Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

(Exact name of registrants as specified in their charters)

 

 

Florida

Florida

 

7900

9995

 

59-3128514

42-1581381

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

Guarantors

LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, FL 32819-7610

(407) 363-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

 

Tracey L. Stockwell

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Universal Orlando

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, FL 32819-7610

(407) 363-8000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies To:

Catherine A. Roth

Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and

General Counsel

Universal Orlando

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, FL 32819-7610

(407) 363-8242

 

LizabethAnn R. Eisen

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

(212) 474-1000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective time of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i)(Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d)(Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amounts
to be
Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit(1)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

  $400,000,000   100%   $400,000,000   $28,520.00

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

  $225,000,000   100%   $225,000,000   $16,042.50

Guarantees of 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A(2)

Guarantees of 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A(2)
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) No additional consideration will be received for the guarantees and, pursuant to Rule 457(n), no additional fee is required.

 

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

SCHEDULE A

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as Specified in its Charter(1)

  

State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code
Number

  

IRS Employer
Identification
Number

Universal City Travel Partners

   Florida    7900    59-3345457

Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store

   Florida    7900    27-0470373

 

(1) The address of each Registrant Guarantor is c/o Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, FL 32819-7610 and the telephone number is (407) 363-8000.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated January 20, 2010

Prospectus

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

Offer to Exchange

Up to $400,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

for

a Like Principal Amount of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

and

Up to $225,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

for

a Like Principal Amount of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

 

 

We are offering to exchange registered 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof (the “senior exchange notes”) for our outstanding unregistered 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof (the “senior original notes” and, together with the senior exchange notes, the “senior notes”) and registered 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof (the “senior subordinated exchange notes” and, together with the senior exchange notes, the “exchange notes”) for our outstanding unregistered 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof (the “senior subordinated original notes” and, together with the senior original notes, the “original notes” or, together with the senior subordinated exchange notes, the “senior subordinated notes”). We sometimes refer to the original notes and the exchange notes in this prospectus together as the “notes.” Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc. are co-issuers of the original notes and the exchange notes. The terms of the senior exchange notes and the guarantees thereof are substantially identical to the terms of the senior original notes, and the terms of the senior subordinated exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the senior subordinated original notes, in each case except that the exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act”, and the transfer restrictions and registration rights and related additional interest provisions applicable to the original notes do not apply to the exchange notes (except that any additional interest that accrues on the original notes through the expiration date (as defined herein) will also accrue on the exchange notes without duplication). The original notes may only be tendered in an amount equal to $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. This offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless we extend it. The exchange notes will not trade on any established exchange. The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities (the “guarantors”).

 

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the this offer to exchange must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for notes where such notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The issuers and the guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of this offer to exchange (the “expiration date”), they will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “ Plan of distribution .”

See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 22 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued in this exchange offer or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2010


Table of Contents

In making your decision whether to exchange your original notes for exchange notes, you should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it.

We are offering to exchange the senior original notes for senior exchange notes, and senior subordinated original notes for senior subordinated exchange notes, only in places where offers and exchanges are permitted.

The notes may not be offered or sold in or into the United Kingdom by means of any document except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995. All applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 must be complied with in respect of anything done in relation to the notes in, from or otherwise involving or having an effect in the United Kingdom.

The notes have not been and will not be qualified under the securities laws of any province or territory of Canada. The notes are not being offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Canada or to or for the account of any resident of Canada in contravention of the securities laws of any province or territory thereof.

You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

Table of contents

 

Summary

   1

Risk factors

   22

Use of proceeds

   38

Capitalization

   39

Selected historical financial data

   40

Unaudited pro forma financial information

   44

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

   50

Industry overview

   71

Business

   74

Management of UCDP

   89

Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence

   102

Description of the UCDP partnership agreement

   110

Description of other debt

   114

The exchange offer

   116

Description of the senior notes

   124

Description of the senior subordinated notes

   170

Description of book-entry system

   220

Certain U.S. federal income tax consequences

   222

Plan of distribution

   223

Legal matters

   224

Independent registered public accounting firm

   225

Index to consolidated financial statements

   F-1

Until                     , 2010 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus.


Table of Contents

Certain definitions and financial presentation

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires: “UCDP” refers to Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership. “UCDP Finance” refers to UCDP Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of UCDP. The “issuers” refers to UCDP and UCDP Finance, collectively. “Universal Orlando”, “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” refers to the issuers and their respective subsidiaries. “Holding I” refers to Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, a Florida general partnership formed in 1995, and “Holding II” refers to Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, a Florida general partnership formed in 1995. “Holdings” or “UCHC” refers collectively to Holding I and Holding II. “Finance” refers to UCFH I Finance, Inc., and UCFH II Finance, Inc., collectively. “Universal Orlando Resort” refers to the resort in Orlando, Florida, which includes our two theme parks (Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure), our entertainment complex (Universal CityWalk), and the three themed hotels owned by UCF Hotel Venture. “UCF Hotel Venture” refers to Loews Portofino Bay Hotel at Universal Orlando ® Resort (or “Loews Portofino Bay Hotel”), Hard Rock Hotel ® (or “Hard Rock Hotel ® ”) and Loews Royal Pacific Resort at Universal Orlando ® Resort (or “Loews Royal Pacific Resort”), in which Vivendi Universal Entertainment has an indirect noncontrolling interest and from which we derive revenue related to lease payments reflected in the other revenue line item, although we do not own the hotel assets. “CityWalk” refers to Universal CityWalk located at Orlando, Florida. “Universal CPM” refers to Universal City Property Management II LLC, one of the partners in Holdings. “NBC Universal” refers to NBC Universal, Inc., the indirect parent of Universal Studios, Inc. and Vivendi Universal Entertainment, and “NBCU” refers to NBC Universal and its affiliates. “USI” refers to Universal Studios, Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of NBC Universal and the indirect parent of Vivendi Universal Entertainment. “Vivendi Universal Entertainment” or “VUE” refers to Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, the parent company of Universal CPM and UCDP’s manager. “Blackstone” refers collectively to Blackstone UTP Capital LLC, Blackstone UTP Capital A LLC, Blackstone UTP Offshore LLC and Blackstone Family Media Partnership III LLC and their sole members, who hold each of their respective interests in and are the remaining partners in Holdings. “Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations” refers to UCDP’s subsidiary Universal City Travel Partners d/b/a Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations. “Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store” refers to a subsidiary of UCDP which was formed on June 30, 2009. Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations and Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store guarantee the notes. “Universal Parks & Resorts” refers to a division of Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Our organizational and ownership structure is graphically depicted below under “ Summary—Organizational and ownership structure .” The “2004 senior secured credit agreement” and the “2004 senior secured credit facilities” refer to UCDP’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2004, as amended, and the credit facilities provided thereunder, respectively. The “April 2010 notes” refers to the 11  3 / 4 % senior notes issued by UCDP which are included in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The “May 2010 notes” refers to the floating rate senior notes and the 8  3 / 8 % senior notes issued by Holdings and Finance which are not included in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These long-term borrowings, substantially all of which were renewed or refinanced on November 6, 2009, are described more fully in note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The terms “renewed senior secured credit agreement” and “renewed senior secured credit facilities” refer to the amendment and restatement of the 2004 senior secured credit agreement and the facilities provided thereunder, respectively, as described under “Description of other debt.” The term “Transactions” means, collectively, the offering of the original notes, the amendment and restatement of the 2004 senior secured credit agreement and the borrowing of additional term loans in connection therewith on or about the issue date of the original notes, the repayment of certain of our and our affiliates’ outstanding indebtedness with the proceeds of the foregoing and the payment of related fees and expenses. The term “Partnership Agreement Amendment” refers to the amendment of UCDP’s partnership agreement announced on October 20, 2009 in connection with the amendment to the Consultant Agreement (as defined herein).

This prospectus contains financial measures not prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, including EBITDA (as defined herein). All references to EBITDA refer to net income (loss) before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization and certain other adjustments permitted by the definition of EBITDA in our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes. For further explanation of EBITDA and a reconciliation of EBITDA from net income (loss) and from net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities, see “ Summary—Summary historical, pro forma financial and other data.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Cautionary notice regarding forward-looking statements

Certain statements appearing in this prospectus are “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenue or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, plans or intentions relating to acquisitions, business trends and other information that is not historical information and, in particular, appear under the headings “ Summary ,” “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ,” “ Industry overview ” and “ Business .” When used in this prospectus, the words “estimates,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts” or future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “should,” “could” or “may” and variations of such words or similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends and data, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. Our expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs and projections will be achieved.

Because these forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements. Some of the risks and uncertainties that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the risks and uncertainties relating to the global recession and its duration, severity and impact on overall consumer activity;

 

   

the substantial indebtedness of us and of our subsidiaries;

 

   

the Consultant’s (as defined herein) right to exercise his put option starting in June 2017 and the impact of such right on our ability to refinance our indebtedness when it matures, including the notes;

 

   

competition within the Orlando theme park market;

 

   

our dependence on Vivendi Universal Entertainment and its affiliates;

 

   

the risks related to the pending joint venture among Comcast, GE and NBC Universal;

 

   

the loss of material intellectual property rights used in our business;

 

   

the risks inherent in deriving substantially all of our revenues from one location;

 

   

the dependence of our business on air travel;

 

   

the loss of key distribution channels for ticket sales;

 

   

publicity associated with accidents occurring at theme parks;

 

   

the seasonality of our business;

 

   

risks related to unfavorable outcomes of our legal proceedings; and

 

   

the additional risks set forth in this prospectus, including under the heading “ Risk factors.

There may also be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.

All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this prospectus and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Trademarks and copyrights

Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure, Universal Studios, Universal Orlando, Universal CityWalk, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations, A Vacation From the Ordinary, TWISTER...Ride It Out, E.T. Adventure, JAWS, Revenge of the Mummy, Pteranodon Flyers, Dueling Dragons, The Lost Continent, Poseidon’s Fury, The Eighth Voyage of Sindbad, Halloween Horror Nights, CityWalk and Red Coconut Club are registered trademarks of Universal Studios. Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit, CityWalk’s Rising Star, Disaster! A Major Motion Picture Ride...Starring You!, Bob Marley’s—A Tribute to Freedom, the groove, and Universal Express Plus are service marks of Universal Studios. HARRY POTTER, character names and related indicia are trademarks and copyrights of Warner Bros. Entertainment, Inc. Harry Potter Publishing Rights are copyrights of JKR. The Simpsons are trademarks and copyrights of Twentieth Century Fox Film Corporation. The Amazing Adventures of Spider-Man, Spider-Man, The Incredible Hulk Coaster, Dr. Doom’s Fearfall, Storm Force Accelatron, Marvel Super Hero Island and Marvel Super Hero character names and likenesses are trademarks and copyrights of Marvel and copyrights of Universal Studios. Barney and A Day in the Park with Barney are trademarks and copyrights of Lyons Partnership, L.P. The names and characters Barney, Baby Bop, BJ and Super-Dee-Duper are trademarks of Lyons Partnership, L.P. Barney and BJ are Reg. U.S. Pat. & Tm. Off. Jurassic Park, Jurassic Park River Adventure, Camp Jurassic, and Jurassic Park Discovery Center are registered trademarks of Universal Studios/Amblin. Dudley Do Right’s Ripsaw Falls is a trademark and copyright of Ward Prods. Popeye & Bluto’s Bilge Rat Barges and all Popeye characters are trademarks and copyrights of KFS, Inc. and trademarks of Hearst Holdings, Inc. Dr. Seuss properties are trademarks and copyrights of Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. T2 and Terminator are registered trademarks of StudioCanal Image S.A. Men In Black and Alien Attack are trademark and copyrights of Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. Beetlejuice and all related characters and elements are trademarks and copyrights of Warner Bros. Entertainment, Inc. Nickelodeon, SpongeBob SquarePants, The Fairly OddParents, Hey Arnold!, Rugrats, The Adventures of Jimmy Neutron Boy Genius, Jimmy Neutron’s Nicktoon Blast and all related titles, logos, and characters are trademarks of Viacom International, Inc. SpongeBob SquarePants created by Stephen Hillenberg. The Fairly OddParents created by Butch Hartman. Hey Arnold! Created by Craig Bartlett. Rugrats created by Klasky Csupo, Inc. Woody Woodpecker’s KidZone and Woody Woodpecker’s Nuthouse Coaster are registered trademarks of Walter Lantz. Shrek 4-D is the trademark and copyright of DreamWorks Animation, LLC. Hard Rock Hotel, Hard Rock Cafe and Hard Rock Live are registered trademarks of Hard Rock Cafe International (USA), Inc. Pat O’Brien’s is a copyright of Pat O’Brien’s Bar, Inc. Emeril’s is the registered trademark of Emeril Lagasse. Jimmy Buffett’s Margaritaville is the registered trademark of Jimmy Buffett. Latin Quarter is the trademark of Latin Quarter Entertainment, Inc. NASCAR is a registered trademarks of NASCAR, Inc. Bubba Gump Shrimp Co. Restaurant & Market is a registered trademark and copyright of Par, Plc. Cinnabon is the registered trademark of Cinnabon, Inc. Starbucks is a registered trademark of Starbucks Coffee Company. Blue Man Group is a registered trademark of Blue Man Productions, Inc. Fossil is the registered trademark of Fossil, Inc. Fresh Produce is the registered trademark of Fresh Produce Sportswear, Inc. Quiet Flight is the registered trademark of Seal Trademarks Pty. The Endangered Species Store is the registered trademark of Theme Stores, Inc. NBA City is the registered trademark of NBA Properties, Inc. Walt Disney World, The Magic Kingdom, EPCOT, Disney’s Hollywood Studios and Disney’s Animal Kingdom are registered trademarks and service marks of Disney Enterprises, Inc. Wet ’n Wild is the registered trademark of Wet ’n Wild, Inc. SeaWorld, Discovery Cove, Aquatica and Busch Gardens are registered trademarks of Busch Entertainment Corporation. Macy’s Thanksgiving Day Parade & Related Characters are copyrights of Macy’s East, Inc.

Market and industry data

This prospectus includes market and industry data that we obtained from periodic industry publications and internal company surveys. This prospectus includes market share and industry data that we prepared primarily based on management’s knowledge of the industry and industry data. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market or industry data presented herein, we cannot assure you of the accuracy and completeness of such information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein.

 

iv


Table of Contents

Summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it may not contain all of the information important to you or that you should consider before deciding whether to exchange your original notes for exchange notes. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this prospectus in its entirety. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information, including “Risk factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We own and operate two theme parks, Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure, and CityWalk, a dining, retail and entertainment complex, at Universal Orlando Resort, a world-class vacation destination. Universal Orlando Resort also includes three themed hotels, Loews Portofino Bay Hotel, Hard Rock Hotel ® and Loews Royal Pacific Resort, each of which is located within walking distance of our theme parks and CityWalk. These hotels are owned by UCF Hotel Venture, which has invested in excess of $580.0 million in these properties and in which Vivendi Universal Entertainment has an indirect noncontrolling interest. Our theme parks combine well-known movie, TV, comic and story book characters with exciting, technologically advanced rides and attractions. We have invested over $3.7 billion in our facilities since 1990, with estimated overall expenditures of $275 million to $310 million for our recent and coming attractions including The Simpsons Ride , Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM and The Wizarding World of Harry Potter . For the nine months ended September 27, 2009, we had paid admissions of 7.0 million guests and on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, we had revenues of $604.1 million, net income of $23.3 million and EBITDA (as defined herein) of $197.1 million.

The four principal areas that make up Universal Orlando Resort are:

 

   

Universal Studios Florida ® . Universal Studios Florida is a movie-and-television-based theme park designed to allow guests to become a part of their favorite movies and television shows. Universal Studios Florida features a total of 20 rides, shows and attractions along with facades of famous film locations. Some of our most popular rides and shows include Revenge of the Mummy ® , Shrek 4-D , JAWS ® , The Simpsons Ride , Men In Black Alien Attack , Twister…Ride It Out ® , E.T. Adventure ® , Terminator 2: 3D ® and Jimmy Neutron’s Nicktoon Blast . In summer 2009, we opened Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM , a high-tech, customizable, multi-sensory entertainment coaster that towers 17 stories over the theme park. Universal Studios Florida is also a working motion picture/TV studio. Universal Studios Florida opened in 1990.

 

   

Universal’s Islands of Adventure ® . Universal’s Islands of Adventure opened in 1999 and, in 2006, won the Applause Award, which is given out every two years by the International Association of Amusement Parks and Attractions to the theme park whose management, operations and creative accomplishments have inspired the amusement industry with their thought, originality and sound business development. At Universal’s Islands of Adventure, guests take a journey through five distinct and individually themed islands: Seuss Landing , The Lost Continent ® , Toon Lagoon ® , Jurassic Park ® and Marvel Super Hero Island ® . With 20 rides, shows and attractions, Universal’s Islands of Adventure combines advanced technology and innovative ride design with well-known characters to provide guests with exciting entertainment experiences. Some of our most popular rides and attractions include The Amazing Adventures of Spider-Man ® and The Incredible Hulk Coaster ® . Also, in spring 2010, we anticipate opening a sixth themed island, The Wizarding World of Harry Potter .

 

   

CityWalk ® . CityWalk is a diverse collection of restaurants, retail outlets and nightclubs and includes a 20-screen cineplex. CityWalk’s 36 facilities are located between the entrances to Universal Studios

 

 

1


Table of Contents
 

Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure. We own and operate 14 of these facilities and lease 22 to third parties and affiliated entities (one of which we operate). We also have an ownership interest in four of the entities that lease land or facilities from us at CityWalk. CityWalk’s facilities include NBA City, The Sports Grille by NASCAR, Emeril’s ® Restaurant Orlando, Bubba Gump Shrimp Co. Restaurant & Market ® , AMC Universal Cineplex 20 ® , and Jimmy Buffett’s ® Margaritaville ® . In 2007, CityWalk opened the 1,015 seat Sharp AQUOS theater which houses the Blue Man Group show, one of seven permanently based Blue Man Group productions worldwide. Additionally, CityWalk contains the Hard Rock Live ® Orlando concert venue, which has featured many popular recording artists. CityWalk was opened in 1999 in conjunction with the opening of Universal’s Islands of Adventure.

 

   

Hotels. Universal Orlando Resort also includes three on-site themed hotels. These hotels are owned by UCF Hotel Venture, a joint venture indirectly owned approximately 50% by Loews Hotel Holding Corp., 25% by Universal Studios Hotel LLC, a subsidiary of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, and 25% by Rank Hotels Orlando, Inc., a subsidiary of Seminole Hard Rock Entertainment, Inc. The hotels, Loews Portofino Bay Hotel, Hard Rock Hotel ® and Loews Royal Pacific Resort, have a total of 2,400 rooms and approximately 130,000 square feet of meeting space. All three hotels are within walking distance of our two theme parks and CityWalk. Hotel guests enjoy express access privileges to designated rides and attractions at our theme parks and preferred seating at certain restaurants in the parks and at CityWalk. Although we own the land on which these hotels are located and we are responsible for sales, marketing and promotional activities relating to the hotels, we do not own the hotels and we derive only a small portion of our total operating revenues from them.

Competitive strengths

World-class entertainment resort. We believe that we offer our guests an outstanding resort and entertainment experience anchored by two distinct theme parks featuring innovative rides, shows and attractions based on blockbuster movies and pop culture’s most incredible and timeless stories. Universal Studios Florida is a working production studio as well as a highly acclaimed movie-and-television-based theme park featuring attractions such as The Simpsons Ride , Shrek 4-D and Revenge of the Mummy ® . Universal’s Islands of Adventure is one of the world’s most technologically advanced theme parks and features five uniquely themed islands, each with its own adventure. Its marquee attractions include Jurassic Park River Adventure ® , The Amazing Adventures of Spider-Man ® and The Incredible Hulk Coaster ® .

In summer 2009, Universal Studios Florida opened one of the most radically innovative coasters ever created, Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM . In spring 2010, we will reveal The Wizarding World of Harry Potter at Universal’s Islands of Adventure, a sixth themed island that will bring one of the most popular stories of our time to life.

Universal Orlando Resort also includes CityWalk, a 30-acre nighttime entertainment complex that features restaurants, shops, clubs, and a 20-screen cineplex. The destination’s three on-site hotels include Loews Portofino Bay Hotel, Hard Rock Hotel ® and Loews Royal Pacific Resort. In 2008, The World Travel Awards, referred to by The Wall Street Journal as the “Oscars of the Travel Industry”, named Universal Orlando as the World’s Leading Theme Park.

Orlando, Florida location. Our theme parks are located in Orlando, Florida, widely recognized to be the theme park capital of the world, with seven major theme parks and the largest annual theme park attendance in the United States. According to a July 2007 Forbes report, Orlando is the third most visited city in the U.S. Theme park attendance in Orlando has grown significantly since 1990 from 33.8 million to an estimated 64.6 million in 2008 for a compound annual growth rate of approximately 3.7%. We believe this growth was fueled by the introduction of new theme parks and attractions, continued investment in Orlando’s infrastructure and industry-wide marketing activities.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Globally recognizable brands. We have obtained licenses from some of the most recognized entertainment companies in the world, allowing us to create a diverse and compelling collection of globally recognized movie, TV, comic and story book characters that appeal to kids of all ages. Major licensors include Marvel Entertainment for Spider-Man and The Incredible Hulk , Twentieth Century Fox for The Simpsons , DreamWorks Animation for Shrek ® and Madagascar ® , Universal Pictures for The Mummy, Amblin Entertainment for Jurassic Park ® , E.T ® , and JAWS ® and characters from Dr. Seuss Enterprises and Nickelodeon Studios. In spring 2010, under license from Warner Bros., we will introduce The Wizarding World of Harry Potter themed island based on the hugely successful film and book series by J.K. Rowling. We believe our collection of characters, brands and themes and our well-established legacy with feature-film production and Hollywood provide us with highly effective means of attracting consumers to our theme parks.

Capital investment. Since 1990, we have invested approximately $3.7 billion in our theme parks and resort infrastructure, including $2.3 billion invested in connection with the opening of Universal’s Islands of Adventure, CityWalk and related resort infrastructure, and a portion of the $275 million to $310 million of estimated overall expenditures for our recent and coming attractions including The Simpsons Ride , Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM and The Wizarding World of Harry Potter . We believe that this capital investment has created a world-class theme park vacation destination with some of the most exciting and technologically advanced rides and attractions for our guests.

Experienced management team. UCDP has assembled an experienced senior management team. John Sprouls, UCDP’s Chief Executive Officer, has 13 years of experience with the Universal theme park business. Bill Davis, UCDP’s President and Chief Operating Officer, has 36 years of theme park experience, including senior roles with Busch Entertainment Corporation (now known as SeaWorld Parks & Entertainment). Thomas Williams, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Universal Parks & Resorts, a division of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, has a substantial role in the oversight and strategic direction of Universal Orlando and was formerly UCDP’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Williams is based in Orlando and has almost 40 years of experience in the hospitality and leisure industries. UCDP’s senior management team has an average of 22 years of experience and leadership in the theme park industry. We believe that UCDP’s current management team’s experience will help UCDP continue to grow.

Our strategy

Our vision is to be recognized as a leading multi-day entertainment vacation destination, particularly suited for families with school age children and young adults. To this end, we intend to continue to capitalize on our competitive strengths by pursuing the following strategies:

Provide innovative entertainment experiences based on globally recognized brand stories. It is our goal to provide guests with innovative and immersive theme park experiences that bring their favorite stories and characters to life. In order to cater to the evolving entertainment desires of our guests, we plan to continue the development of relevant, technologically advanced, thrill and theme-based rides and attractions. As part of this strategy, we introduced The Simpsons Ride attraction in spring of 2008 and Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM , which allows guests to select their own sound track to customize their exhilarating ride experience, in summer 2009. Recognized as an industry leader in technologically advanced rides and attractions, Universal Orlando received the Best Theme Park Attraction Award in 2008 from the Themed Entertainment Association and the Best New Theme Park Attraction Award by Theme Park Insider for The Simpsons Ride . Theme Park Insider also awarded Best New Attraction to Revenge of the Mummy ® in 2004, and Best Overall Attraction to The Amazing Adventures of Spider-Man ® in 2002, 2003 and 2004.

Inspired by J.K. Rowling’s compelling stories and characters, and faithful to the visual landscapes of the highest-grossing movie franchise in film history, The Wizarding World of Harry Potter will provide a one-of-a-kind opportunity to experience the magical world of Harry and his friends. The fully immersive, themed

 

 

3


Table of Contents

island with multiple rides and attractions will enable guests to experience some of the most iconic locations found in the books and the films, including the village of Hogsmeade and even Hogwarts castle itself.

To complement our menu of rides and attractions, we also provide fun and interactive live stage shows such as Beetlejuice’s Graveyard Review and The Eighth Voyage of Sindbad ® stunt show as well as a variety of street entertainment to create a high level of energy and excitement throughout our theme parks. Building on our legacy of providing guests with experiences featuring a collection of globally recognized characters and brands, we also provide compelling food and merchandise offerings based on well-recognized restaurants such as Emeril’s ® Restaurant Orlando, Bubba Gump Shrimp Co. Restaurant & Market ® , Hard Rock Cafe ® Orlando and Jimmy Buffett’s ® Margaritaville ® , along with branded products by such companies as Starbucks ® Coffee, Cinnabon ® , Oakley ® Sunglasses and Billabong. We maintain our theme parks as a safe and comfortable environment with attractive and appealing surroundings based on feedback from our guests. Tracking studies conducted in our major market areas allow us to track awareness and perception of our core brand attributes and response to our marketing and sales initiatives. Frequent guest satisfaction surveys enable us to monitor performance in order to improve guest service and hospitality. This information also allows us to monitor and adapt to changes and opportunities in our marketplace.

Promote Universal Orlando Resort as a premier vacation destination. We use a number of media and distribution channels to promote Universal Orlando Resort as a multi-day theme park destination. Our media campaigns are developed and executed based on distinct segment insights for audiences within Florida, in the United States outside of Florida (the “outer U.S.”) and in each of our primary international markets.

According to a 2008 report of the Travel Industry Association, “Travelers’ Use of the Internet,” approximately 72% of all U.S. adults, or 156.8 million individuals, use the Internet. Further, 71% of these U.S. adult Internet users are travelers, which translates into 112 million travelers online. Approximately 80% of these individuals, or 90 million U.S. adults, used the Internet to plan trips during the past 12 months. Therefore, we continue to focus our efforts on expanding and improving our online capabilities and our data- and technology-enabled marketing and sales programs. We expect these efforts will enable us to improve the relevancy and the efficiency of our online communications. In 2008, our website received over 10.0 million visitors, with Internet ticket transactions of approximately $118 million. Over 70% of this amount resulted from multi-day tickets.

In addition, we utilize strategic channels to increase marketing power. We have regional offices in our top markets and we promote our products through top travel wholesalers that sell Orlando as a destination. We work with top travel agency chains throughout the United States, including the American Automobile Association (“AAA”), American Express Travel, Travelocity, Expedia, Orbitz, Travelsavers and Vacation.com. Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations, our subsidiary travel company, expands our overall marketing and sales reach by promoting complete vacation packages that include airline seats, hotels, theme park tickets, car rentals and other travel components to consumers and travel agencies. We also use a number of sales and distribution channels within the state of Florida, such as Guest Service or hotel concierge desks, timeshare sales offices and receptive operators, to reach guests while on vacation and ensure we remain on their Central Florida itinerary.

We also benefit from our association with NBCU and a variety of corporate sponsorships that continue to provide us with significant media exposure and promotional support in exchange for access, programming content and special offerings, but without substantial cash expenditure on our part. Promotional tie-ins with Universal movie and DVD releases, a cooperative direct marketing campaign with American Express and participation in the “My Coke Rewards” program are examples of this type of involvement.

Capitalize on appeal to families with school age children and young adults. We believe our attractive mix of high energy, exhilarating experiences combined with contemporary themes positions us well with this audience.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Develop effective ticket sales strategies for each market segment. Guests to our theme parks can be divided into three distinct segments: visitors from the outer U.S., international visitors and Florida residents. Our largest market segment is visitors from the outer U.S., representing approximately 39% of our admissions in 2008. We have actively pursued this market segment by employing national media and promotional campaigns, partnering with travel agencies and enhancing our Internet marketing with the goal of increasing prepaid multi-day ticket sales. In 2008, approximately 33% of our admissions were international visitors, approximately 50% of whom came from the United Kingdom. Given their extended time in market, we encourage these international guests to buy prepaid multi-day tickets by using a number of incentives, such as extended length of stay tickets and bundling with other area attractions such as Wet ’n Wild ® , SeaWorld ® , Aquatica and Busch Gardens ® . We also partner with a number of major tour operators, particularly in the United Kingdom. In 2008, approximately 28% of our admissions were Florida residents. We have a series of special events to attract Florida residents to our theme parks during non-peak periods. Examples of these events include Halloween Horror Nights ® , Grinchmas , Mardi Gras and the Macy’s Holiday Parade . To capitalize on the strength of these events, we have introduced a range of annual ticket programs designed to maximize attendance and encourage loyalty from the Florida market.

Maximize the overall visitor experience. We seek to expand our portfolio of products to enhance the guest experience while maximizing financial results. We devote considerable effort toward developing innovative products that provide our guests with added convenience, enhanced flexibility and increased value. For instance, our Universal Express SM Plus (“UEP”) reduces our guests’ wait times at certain attractions and shows and affords our guests added convenience while yielding an incremental revenue stream for us. Additionally, we have developed the FlexPay program, which allows guests to purchase annual tickets while paying for them in installments throughout the year, thus providing guests with enhanced flexibility while increasing our base of annual ticket holders. We also offer the Universal Meal Deal ticket, which permits guests to enjoy all the food they can eat at certain restaurants within our theme parks. This product provides our guests with increased value while helping to keep guests on property for their dining needs.

Recent developments

On December 3, 2009, Comcast Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation (“Comcast”), General Electric Company, a New York corporation (“GE”), NBC Universal, a Delaware corporation, and Navy, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“NewCo”), entered into a Master Agreement (the “Master Agreement”) pursuant to which they will form a joint venture. The joint venture will consist of the businesses of NBC Universal, including its cable networks, filmed entertainment, televised entertainment, theme parks and unconsolidated investments, and Comcast’s cable networks including E!, Versus and the Golf Channel, ten regional sports networks and certain digital media properties. In connection with the closing of the transaction, NBC Universal will borrow approximately $9.1 billion from third party lenders, and the proceeds of this debt financing will be distributed to GE. In addition, in connection with the closing of the transaction, Comcast will make a payment of approximately $6.5 billion in cash to GE, subject to certain adjustments based on various events between signing and closing. On December 3, 2009, GE also entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (“Stock Purchase Agreement”) with Vivendi SA (“Vivendi”) pursuant to which, at or prior to the closing of the Comcast joint venture, GE will acquire Vivendi’s 20% interest in NBC Universal for approximately $5.8 billion. The new joint venture initially will be 51% owned by Comcast and 49% owned by GE.

Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement as currently contemplated, we would continue to be owned 50% by VUE, a wholly-owned subsidiary of NBC Universal. Accordingly, we do not believe the transactions will constitute a change of control under any of our material agreements. In addition, we do not expect the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement to have a direct impact on guest experience at our theme parks. However, we cannot predict what changes, if any, Comcast will implement in our business and operations. In addition, in

 

 

5


Table of Contents

connection with the pending transactions, some of our vendors, customers and strategic partners may delay or defer decisions relating to their ongoing and future relationships with us, which could negatively affect our revenues, earnings and cash flows and adversely affect our prospects which could be detrimental to our debtholders.

The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement is subject to receipt of various regulatory approvals, including clearance under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 and receipt of approvals from the Federal Communications Commission and certain international agencies. The transaction is also subject to completion of GE’s purchase of Vivendi’s 20% interest, satisfaction of customary closing conditions and completion of the $9.1 billion financing described above. The Master Agreement may be terminated by either party: if the transaction has not closed by December 3, 2010 (subject to up to two 90-day extensions, if necessary to obtain certain governmental approvals); if any law or final, non-appealable order prohibits the closing of the transaction; upon a material uncured breach by the other party of its representations, warranties or covenants that would cause a closing condition not to be satisfied; or if after 30 days notice to the other party that the closing conditions have been met, the closing has not occurred because of the other party’s failure to comply with its obligation to close the transaction. There can be no assurance when, or if, the transaction will close.

Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement, GE and Comcast will enter into an operating agreement for the joint venture (“Operating Agreement”). Pursuant to this Operating Agreement, GE will be entitled to cause the joint venture to redeem one-half of GE’s interest after three and a half years and its remaining interest after seven years. The joint venture’s obligation to complete those purchases will be subject to the joint venture’s leverage ratio not exceeding 2.75x EBITDA of the joint venture (calculated as provided in the Operating Agreement) and the joint venture continuing to have investment-grade status. If the joint venture is not required to meet GE’s redemption requests because it does not meet these conditions, Comcast will be required to backstop the joint venture’s obligations, up to a maximum of $2.875 billion for the first redemption and a total backstop obligation of $5.750 billion. Comcast also has certain rights to purchase GE’s interest in the joint venture at specified times.

Pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the joint venture board of directors will initially consist of three Comcast designees and two GE designees. GE’s representation right will be reduced to one director if GE’s ownership interest in the joint venture falls below 20%, and GE will lose its representation right if GE’s ownership interest in the joint venture falls below 10%. The Operating Agreement requires board of director approval for certain matters (whether or not otherwise required by law), and board decisions will be made by majority vote, except that GE will have veto rights with respect to material expansion of the joint venture’s scope of business or purpose, a liquidation or voluntary bankruptcy of the joint venture and certain acquisitions, issuances or repurchases of equity, distributions to equity holders, debt incurrences, loans made outside of the ordinary course of business and tax related actions. The veto rights generally expire when GE’s ownership interest in the joint venture falls below 20%. The Operating Agreement prohibits GE from transferring its ownership interest in the joint venture for three and a half years and Comcast from transferring its ownership interest for approximately four years. After these respective periods, GE and Comcast will each have the right to sell its interest in the joint venture and certain rights to request the registration of its share for sale in one or more public offerings, subject, in the case of GE, to Comcast’s right to purchase the shares. In certain circumstances, if Comcast were to sell its shares, GE would have the opportunity to participate in the sale, and in some cases, Comcast would have the right to require GE to participate in the sale.

We have a number of ongoing relationships with GE. See “ Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence ” for more information. GE and Comcast are still evaluating the extent, if any, to which GE’s relationships with us will continue after the transactions are consummated. To the extent those relationships do not continue, in some cases, such as with respect to our insurance, we will be required to find a replacement (which may require us to incur additional expense, including in advance of the transactions being

 

 

6


Table of Contents

consummated) or, in some cases, we may lose the benefits of the GE relationships, such as our sponsorship agreement with GE Money. See “ Business—Corporate sponsorships—GE Money Bank.

There could be a long time between announcement of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement and consummation thereof. Certain aspects of the internal reorganizations to be implemented in connection with the transactions are still being finalized. Although we currently do not anticipate that these reorganizations will adversely impact us, we cannot be sure that will be the case. In addition, uncertainty around the transactions may adversely impact our business.

On December 1, 2009, an affiliate of Blackstone closed its acquisitions of SeaWorld ® and certain other parks from Anheuser-Busch InBev. Affiliates of the Blackstone Group L.P. own a 50% interest in UCDP, UCDP Finance, Holding I, Holding II, UCFH I Finance and UCFH II Finance. See “ Summary—The Blackstone Group L.P. ” Blackstone’s interests in SeaWorld ® and the Aquatica™ water park might conflict with Blackstone’s interest in us. See “ Risk Factors—Risks related to our partners—Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment control us and may have conflicts of interest with us or you in the future. ” We have key ticket products that allow guests to visit SeaWorld ® and other parks owned by affiliates of Blackstone. Our ability to offer these products, such as the Orlando Flex Ticket™ which we offer under an agreement that will be subject to renewal in December 2011, could be impacted by the recent transactions. See “ Risk Factors Risks related to our business—The theme park industry competes with numerous vacation and entertainment alternatives; the Orlando theme park market is extremely competitive .” This transaction, along with the joint venture described above, could create uncertainty in our relationships with our vendors, customers and strategic partners which could negatively affect our business and operations.

We urge you to consider the foregoing information as you read about our business, including the risks associated therewith.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Ownership and organizational structure

The following chart sets forth our ownership and organizational structure as of December 31, 2009.

LOGO

In January 1987, Universal City Florida Partners, or “UCFP,” a Florida general partnership, was formed to develop, operate and own Universal Studios Florida. In June 1992, Universal City Development Partners, a Florida general partnership, was formed for the purpose of developing and operating Universal’s Islands of Adventure and CityWalk, which were completed and opened to the public in 1999. In January 2000, Universal City Development Partners converted into a Delaware limited partnership and changed its name to Universal City Development Partners, LP, or “UCDP-DEL,” and UCFP was merged with and into UCDP-DEL. In June 2002, UCDP-DEL was merged with and into a newly formed Florida limited partnership. UCDP is the surviving entity of that merger. UCDP Finance is a Florida corporation that serves as co-issuer of the notes. Holding I and Holding II are holding companies and do not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of partnership interests in UCDP, ownership of a special fee receivable from UCDP and cash.

The Blackstone Group L.P.

Affiliates of the Blackstone Group L.P. own a 50% interest in UCDP, UCDP Finance, Holding I, Holding II, UCFH I Finance and UCFH II Finance. The Blackstone Group is a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services founded in 1985 and headquartered in New York. Blackstone manages the largest institutional private equity fund ever raised, a $21.7 billion fund raised in 2005. Since its inception, Blackstone has raised approximately $45 billion for private equity investing and has invested in over 85 separate private equity transactions. In addition to private equity investments, Blackstone’s core businesses include real estate investments, corporate debt investments, asset management, corporate advisory services and restructuring and reorganization advisory services.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP

Vivendi Universal Entertainment is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Universal Studios, Inc., which is in turn an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of NBC Universal. General Electric Company (“GE”) beneficially owns 80% of NBC Universal and Vivendi S.A. controls the remaining 20%. NBC Universal indirectly owns Vivendi Universal Entertainment, which indirectly owns a 50% interest in UCDP, UCDP Finance, Holding I, Holding II, UCFH I Finance and UCFH II Finance. For certain changes contemplated in the ownership of NBC Universal, see “ —Recent developments .”

Additional information

UCDP is a Florida limited partnership. UCDP Finance, a wholly owned subsidiary of UCDP, is a Florida corporation and serves as co-issuer of the notes. UCDP Finance does not have any operations or assets of any kind and will not have any revenues. UCDP Finance will likely not have the ability to service the interest and principal obligations on the notes. Our principal executive offices are located at 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, FL 32819-7610 and our telephone number at that address is (407) 363-8000. Our website address is www.universalorlando.com . The information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The exchange offer

You should consider carefully all the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors under the section “ Risk factors ” prior to deciding whether to exchange your original notes for exchange notes. The following summary contains basic information about the exchange offer and is not intended to be complete. For a more complete understanding of the exchange notes, please refer to “ Description of the senior notes” , “ Description of the senior subordinated notes ” and “ The exchange offer .”

 

Background

On November 6, 2009, we completed a private placement of the original notes. In connection with that private placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement relating to the senior exchange notes (the “Senior Registration Rights Agreement”) and a registration rights agreement relating to the senior subordinated exchange notes (the “Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement” and, together with the senior registration rights agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreements”) in which we agreed, among other things, to complete an exchange offer.

 

The Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange our senior exchange notes and the guarantees thereof, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like principal amount of our outstanding, unregistered senior original notes and the guarantees thereof and our senior subordinated exchange notes and the guarantees thereof, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like principal amount of our outstanding, unregistered senior subordinated original notes and the guarantees thereof.

 

  As of the date of this prospectus, $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior original notes is outstanding and $225.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior subordinated original notes is outstanding.

 

Resale of Exchange Notes

We believe the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the original notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

 

   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

   

you are not our affiliate as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

  Each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for original notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activity must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “ Plan of distribution .”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

Original notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or are not accepted for exchange will continue to bear legends restricting their transfer. You will not be able to offer or sell the original notes:

 

   

except pursuant to an exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act; or

 

   

if the original notes are registered under the Securities Act.

 

  After the exchange offer is closed, we will no longer have an obligation to register the original notes, except for some limited circumstances. See “ Risk Factors If you fail to exchange your original notes, they will continue to be restricted securities and may become less liquid.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” shall mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

We will not be required to consummate the exchange offer and will be entitled to terminate the exchange offer if prior to the expiration date:

 

   

any law, statute, rule or regulation is proposed, adopted or enacted which, in our reasonable judgment, might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or

 

   

any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval we, in our reasonable judgment, consider necessary for the completion of the exchange offer as contemplated in this prospectus.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Holders

If you beneficially own original notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender in the exchange offer, you should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such person to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender in the exchange offer on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your original notes, either arrange to have the original notes registered in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take a considerable amount of time.

 

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time before the expiration date.

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The exchange of your original notes for exchange notes should not be a taxable event for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Terms of the exchange notes

The form and terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are the same as the form and terms of the original notes except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not be entitled to any other exchange or registration rights. For a more complete understanding of the exchange notes, please refer to “ Description of the senior notes ” and “ Description of the senior subordinated notes .”

 

Issuers

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc.

 

Securities offered

$400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.875% senior notes due 2015.

 

  $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.875% senior subordinated notes due 2016.

 

Guarantees

The senior exchange notes will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis and the senior subordinated exchange notes will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations and Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store, each of which is a subsidiary of UCDP (the “guarantors”).

 

Maturity

Senior exchange notes: November 15, 2015.

 

  Senior subordinated exchange notes: November 15, 2016.

 

Interest

Senior exchange notes: 8.875% per annum.

 

  Senior subordinated exchange notes: 10.875% per annum.

 

Interest payment dates

May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2010.

 

Optional redemption

We may redeem some or all of the senior exchange notes at any time after November 15, 2012 at the redemption prices set forth in “ Description of the senior notes—Optional redemption .” We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior exchange notes using the proceeds from certain equity offerings completed before November 15, 2012. In addition, prior to November 15, 2012, we may redeem the senior exchange notes, in whole or from time to time in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the senior exchange notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date plus the applicable “make-whole” premium set forth in “ Description of the senior notes—Optional redemption .”

 

 

We may redeem some or all of the senior subordinated exchange notes at any time after November 15, 2013 at the redemption prices set forth in “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Optional redemption .” We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior subordinated exchange notes using the proceeds from certain equity offerings completed before November 15, 2012. In addition, prior to November 15, 2013 we may redeem the senior subordinated exchange notes, in whole or from time to time in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the senior subordinated exchange notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

plus the applicable “make-whole” premium set forth in “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Optional redemption .”

 

Change of control; certain asset sales

If we experience specific kinds of changes of control we will be required to make an offer to purchase the exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date. See “ Description of the senior notes—Change of control ” and “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Change of control .” If we sell assets under certain circumstances, we will be required to make an offer to purchase the exchange notes at their face amount, plus accrued interest and unpaid interest to the purchase date. See “ Description of the senior notes—Asset sales ” and “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Asset sales .”

 

Ranking

The senior exchange notes will be unsecured senior obligations of the issuers and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the issuers’ existing and future obligations and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior exchange notes, including the senior subordinated notes and special fees owed to VUE;

 

   

rank equal in right of payment to all of the issuers’ existing and future senior obligations and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior exchange notes, including our renewed senior secured credit facilities and our obligations in respect of the Consultant Agreement; and

 

   

be effectively subordinated to all of the issuers’ existing and future secured debt (including obligations under our renewed senior secured credit facilities and our obligations in respect of the Consultant Agreement), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and structurally subordinated to the obligations of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes.

 

  The senior subordinated exchange notes are not expressly subordinated in right of payment to our obligations under the Consultant Agreement, but are effectively subordinated to our obligations thereunder to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations.

 

  Similarly, the senior exchange note guarantees will be unsecured senior obligations of the guarantors and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the guarantors’ existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to such guarantees, including the guarantors’ guarantees under the senior subordinated notes;

 

   

rank equal in right of payment to all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to such guarantees, including the guarantors’ guarantees of the renewed senior secured credit facilities; and

 

   

be effectively subordinated to all of the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt (including such guarantors’ guarantees under our renewed senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and structurally subordinated to the obligations of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes.

 

  The senior subordinated exchange notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the issuers and will:

 

   

be subordinated in right of payment to all of the issuers’ existing and future senior debt, including our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the senior notes;

 

   

rank equal in right of payment to all of the issuers’ future senior subordinated debt and other obligations that are not by the terms of the senior subordinated exchange notes expressly made senior;

 

   

be effectively subordinated to all of the issuers’ existing and future secured debt (including obligations under our renewed senior secured credit facilities and our obligations in respect of the Consultant Agreement), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and structurally subordinated to the obligations of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior subordinated notes; and

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the issuers’ future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated exchange notes, including the special fees owed to VUE.

 

  Similarly, the senior subordinated exchange note guarantees will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the guarantors and will:

 

   

be subordinated in right of payment to all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, including the guarantors’ guarantees under our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the senior notes;

 

   

rank equal in right of payment to all of the guarantors’ future senior subordinated debt and other obligations that are not by the terms of the senior subordinated exchange notes expressly made senior;

 

   

be effectively subordinated to all of the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt (including such guarantors’ guarantees under our renewed senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and structurally subordinated to the obligations of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior subordinated notes; and

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantors’ future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees of the senior subordinated notes.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
  As of September 27, 2009, after giving effect to the Transactions, the exchange notes would have been effectively subordinated to $934.6 million of indebtedness (including $900.0 million of secured indebtedness under our renewed senior secured credit facilities and our obligations in respect of the Consultant Agreement). The senior exchange notes and related guarantees would have ranked senior to the $225.0 million principal amount of senior subordinated notes. The senior subordinated exchange notes and related guarantees would have ranked junior to approximately $1,334.6 million of senior indebtedness, including the renewed senior secured credit facilities and the senior notes. An additional $75.0 million would have been available for future borrowings under the revolving portion of our renewed senior secured credit facilities from time to time, all of which would have been secured and effectively senior to the notes.

 

Certain covenants

The indenture governing the senior notes and the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes, among other things, restrict the issuers’ ability and the ability of the issuers’ restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock;

 

   

transfer or sell assets;

 

   

create certain liens;

 

   

pay dividends and repurchase capital stock;

 

   

merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of their assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries.

 

  The indenture governing the senior notes and the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes also require each of the issuers’ future wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantees certain other indebtedness of the issuers to guarantee the notes.

 

  These covenants are subject to important qualifications. See “ Description of the senior notes—Certain covenants ” and “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Certain covenants .”

 

No public market

The exchange notes will be new issues of securities and there is currently no established trading market for them. The initial purchasers of the original notes advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes. Such initial purchasers are not obligated, however, to make a market in the exchange notes, and any such market making may be discontinued by such initial purchasers in their discretion at any time without notice. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. See “ Plan of distribution.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds upon the completion of the exchange offer.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Despite our competitive strengths discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, investing in the notes involves substantial risks and uncertainties. Some of the more significant risks and uncertainties associated with our business include general economic conditions, particularly the duration, severity and impact on consumer behavior of the global recession, our substantial indebtedness and our ability to service that indebtedness, competition within the Orlando theme park market and the resources of our competitors, our dependence on certain material intellectual property rights used in our business and our dependence on a single location for substantially all of our revenues. The risks described under the heading “ Risk factors ” immediately following this summary may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. See “ Risk factors ” for a discussion of the foregoing and other risks you should consider before deciding whether to exchange your original notes for the exchange notes.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Summary historical, pro forma financial and other data

The following table sets forth certain of our historical, pro forma financial and other data. The summary historical financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data for the nine months ended September 28, 2008 and September 27, 2009, and as of September 27, 2009, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and include all adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations as of the date and for the periods indicated. Results for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. The summary financial data as of September 28, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes which are not included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary pro forma consolidated financial data gives effect to the Transactions and the Partnership Agreement Amendment in the manner described under “ Unaudited pro forma financial information .” Our unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 27, 2009 gives pro forma effect to the Transactions and the Partnership Agreement Amendment as if they had occurred on such date.

The unaudited pro forma financial data is presented for informational purposes only, and does not purport to represent what our results of operations would actually have been if the Transactions and the Partnership Agreement Amendment had occurred on the dates indicated, nor does it purport to project our results of operations or financial condition that we may achieve in the future.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “ Selected historical financial data ,” “ Unaudited pro forma financial information ,” “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ” and “ Risk factors ,” together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Historical   Pro Forma
    Nine months ended   Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended   Year ended
December 31,
2008

(Dollars in thousands)

  September 27,
2009
  September 28,
2008
  2008   2007   2006   September 27,
2009
  September 28,
2008
 

Statement of operations data:

               

Operating revenues:

               

Theme park tickets

  $ 311,072   $ 348,846   $ 455,935   $ 450,844   $ 420,654   $ 311,072   $ 348,846   $ 455,935

Theme park food and beverage

    72,357     88,165     112,270     115,188     108,612     72,357     88,165     112,270

Theme park merchandise

    63,664     79,499     99,634     101,599     91,421     63,664     79,499     99,634

Other theme park related(1)

    63,841     80,242     104,380     102,825     84,245     63,841     80,242     104,380

Other(2)

    93,172     114,738     151,133     161,387     150,454     93,172     114,738     151,133
                                               

Total operating revenues

    604,106     711,490     923,352     931,843     855,386     604,106     711,490     923,352

Costs and operating expenses:

               

Theme park operations

    127,244     135,266     184,371     177,556     168,431     127,244     135,266     184,371

Theme park selling, general and administrative

    92,865     122,370     153,205     153,053     149,075     92,865     122,370     153,205

Theme park cost of products sold

    70,017     88,526     113,536     113,610     105,023     70,017     88,526     113,536

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

    38,568     45,107     58,305     57,996     53,408     39,846     46,606     60,239

Depreciation and amortization

    79,015     83,861     111,130     110,327     111,210     79,015     83,861     111,130

Other

    77,209     95,773     122,374     128,503     123,263     77,209     95,773     122,374
                                               

Total costs and operating expenses

    484,918     570,903     742,921     741,045     710,410     486,196     572,402     744,855
                                               

Operating income

    119,188     140,587     180,431     190,798     144,976     117,910     139,088     178,497

Total other expense, net

    71,263     70,461     102,542     96,137     100,479     94,655     94,639     132,941
                                               

Net income

    47,925     70,126     77,889     94,661     44,497     23,255     44,449     45,556

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

    1,409     1,882     2,149     2,773     2,537     1,409     1,882     2,149
                                               

Net income attributable to the Partners

  $ 46,516   $ 68,244   $ 75,740   $ 91,888   $ 41,960   $ 21,846   $ 42,567   $ 43,407
                                               

 

 

18


Table of Contents
    Historical   Pro Forma

(Dollars in thousands,
except other operational
data)

  Nine months ended   Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended   Year ended
December 31,
2008
  September 27,
2009
  September 28,
2008
  2008   2007   2006   September 27,
2009
  September 28,
2008
 

Other data:

               

EBITDA (as defined)(3)

  $ 198,395   $ 225,382   $ 292,085   $ 302,852   $ 258,133   $ 197,117   $ 223,883   $ 290,151

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

    161,910     197,754     191,333     241,518     165,921     n/a     n/a     n/a

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

    100,716     95,901     134,874     49,721     44,292     n/a     n/a     n/a

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

    67,454     15,712     96,535     130,540     101,845     n/a     n/a     n/a

Capital expenditures

    102,770     98,037     137,010     60,912     45,313     n/a     n/a     n/a

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)

    1.5x     1.9x     1.7x     1.9x     1.4x     1.2x     1.4x     1.3x

Other operational data:

               

Turnstile admissions in thousands(5)

    7,705     8,838     11,357     11,514     11,209     7,705     8,838     11,357

Paid admissions in thousands(6)

    7,046     8,228     10,564     10,758     10,468     7,046     8,228     10,564

Theme park ticket revenue per paid admission

  $ 44.15   $ 42.40   $ 43.16   $ 41.91   $ 40.18   $ 44.15   $ 42.40   $ 43.16

Theme park food, beverage and merchandise revenue per turnstile admission

  $ 17.65   $ 18.97   $ 18.66   $ 18.83   $ 17.85   $ 17.65   $ 18.97   $ 18.66

Other theme park related revenue per turnstile admission

  $ 8.29   $ 9.08   $ 9.19   $ 8.93   $ 7.52   $ 8.29   $ 9.08   $ 9.19

 

     Historical    Pro forma
     As of    As of December 31,    As of
September 27,
2009

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 27,
2009
   September 28,
2008
   2008    2007    2006   

Balance sheet data:

                 

Total cash and equivalents

   $ 81,538    $ 214,015    $ 87,798    $ 127,874    $ 66,617    $ 74,347
                                         

Total assets

     1,977,457      2,089,367      1,975,277      1,986,022      1,926,911      1,991,362
                                         

Total long-term indebtedness (including current portion)

     1,008,584      1,007,751      1,007,960      1,007,126      1,006,364      1,504,215
                                         

Other long-term obligations(7)

     119,609      118,517      119,896      118,721      80,873      25,405
                                         

Total equity

     632,103      714,244      642,346      643,582      686,550      244,581
                                         

 

     Nine months ended
     September 27,
2009
   September 27,
2009
          (pro forma)

Ratios:

     

Total indebtedness/EBITDA

   5.08x    7.63x

EBITDA/Cash interest expense(8)

   3.05x    2.12x

 

(1) Consists primarily of UEP sales, aged ticket sales, theme park corporate special events and the parking facility. We host special events for corporate guests whereby a portion of the theme park is rented for corporate functions. UEP is a ticket that allows guests to experience reduced wait times at certain attractions and shows.
(2) Consists primarily of CityWalk, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations and hotel rent received from our on-site hotels.
(3)

We have included EBITDA (as defined) because it is used by some investors as a measure of our ability to service debt, and to measure company operating performance under our Annual Incentive Plan. EBITDA (as defined) represents earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization and certain other adjustments permitted by the definition of EBITDA in our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes. EBITDA (as defined) is not prepared in accordance with United States generally

 

 

19


Table of Contents
 

accepted accounting principles and should not be considered an alternative for net income, net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. EBITDA (as defined), because it is before debt service, capital expenditures and working capital needs, does not represent cash that is available for other purposes at our discretion. Our presentation of EBITDA (as defined) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. EBITDA (as defined) is the primary basis in our renewed senior secured credit agreement to determine our quarterly compliance with our funded debt ratio and the interest coverage ratio, which is computed based on the prior twelve months. We have defined EBITDA in accordance with our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes. See below for EBITDA reconciliations.

(4) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents net income (loss) plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest expense (including amortization of deferred financing costs) and the portion of operating rental expense that management believes represents the interest component of rent expense.
(5) Turnstile admissions represent total admissions to our theme parks, which includes paid admissions and complimentary tickets.
(6) Paid admissions represent the total paid admissions to our theme parks.
(7) Other long-term obligations include long-term capital lease and financing obligations and long-term deferred special fees.
(8) Cash interest expense consists of net interest expense less amortization of deferred financing costs, accretion of bond discounts, interest on special fees payable to affiliates of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, and interest on financing obligations. Cash interest expense on a pro forma basis was calculated based upon the interest rates on our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the notes. See “ Unaudited pro forma financial informatio n.”

The following is a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA (as defined herein) for each of the periods presented above:

 

     Historical  
     Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006  

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

   $ 161,910      $ 197,754      $ 191,333      $ 241,518      $ 165,921   

Adjustments:

          

Interest expense

     77,239        75,797        102,669        107,906        109,733   

Interest income

     (158     (2,520     (2,654     (7,269     (4,270

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     (7,169     (4,549     (6,939     (5,164     (5,374

Interest on financing obligations

     (1,797     (1,773     (2,380     (1,166     —     

Changes in deferred special fee payable and related interest payable to affiliates

     (2,237     (3,773     (4,359     (6,735     (6,168

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     —          —          —          2,776        5,195   

Distributions from investments in unconsolidated entities

     (2,540     (2,504     (3,691     (3,681     (164

(Loss) income from investments in unconsolidated entities

     1,601        2,816        2,673        1,724        (711

Accretion of bond discount

     (624     (625     (834     (837     (851

Income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     (1,409     (1,882     (2,149     (2,773     (2,537

Net change in working capital accounts(9)

     (26,421     (33,359     18,416        (23,447     (2,641
                                        

EBITDA (as defined)

   $ 198,395      $ 225,382      $ 292,085      $ 302,852      $ 258,133   
                                        

 

(9) Net change in working capital accounts represents changes in operating assets and liabilities, which includes accounts receivable (net), notes receivable, receivables from related parties, inventories (net), prepaid expenses and other assets, other long-term assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, unearned revenue, due to related parties, and other long-term liabilities.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income attributable to the Partners to EBITDA (as defined herein) for each of the periods presented above:

 

    Historical     Pro forma  
    Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,     Nine months ended     Year ended
December 31,
2008
 

(Dollars in thousands)

  September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006     September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
   

Net income attributable to the Partners

  $ 46,516      $ 68,244      $ 75,740      $ 91,888      $ 41,960      $ 21,846      $ 42,567      $ 43,407   

Adjustments:

               

Interest expense

    77,239        75,797        102,669        107,906        109,733        100,631        99,975        133,068   

Depreciation and amortization

    79,015        83,861        111,130        110,327        111,210        79,015        83,861        111,130   

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps and amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (4,217     —          5,200        —          (500     (4,217     —          5,200   

Interest income

    (158     (2,520     (2,654     (7,269     (4,270     (158     (2,520     (2,654
                                                               

EBITDA (as defined)

  $ 198,395      $ 225,382      $ 292,085      $ 302,852      $ 258,133      $ 197,117      $ 223,883      $ 290,151   
                                                               

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Risk factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before you make a decision to exchange any original notes for exchange notes. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially affect our business operations. In addition, our business is subject to uncertainties as a result of the transactions described under “ Summary—Recent developments ” and those transactions and their impact on us are outside of our control. If any of the events described in the risk factors below actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially adversely affected, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to repay the notes. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks related to our business

Recent instability in general economic conditions throughout the world could reduce consumer discretionary spending which could impact our profitability and liquidity while increasing our exposure to counterparty risk.

Unfavorable general economic conditions, such as higher unemployment rates, a constrained credit market, housing-related pressures, and higher prices for consumer goods can reduce spending for leisure travel and family entertainment. Unfavorable economic conditions can also impact our ability to raise theme park ticket prices to counteract increased energy, labor, and other costs. Therefore, a continued economic recessionary environment would likely continue to negatively impact our results of operations. We continue to be cautious of current economic conditions domestically and in our key international markets, as recessionary fears have continued to proliferate. Factors such as continued unfavorable economic conditions, a significant decline in demand for family entertainment, or continued instability of the credit and capital markets could adversely impact our results, which in turn, could trigger a downgrade in our credit rating. These factors could also negatively impact our ability to obtain financing, our profitability and our liquidity generally. These conditions could also hinder the ability of those with which we do business, including vendors, customers and tenants, to satisfy their obligations to us. Our exposure to credit losses will depend on the financial condition of our vendors, customers and tenants and other factors beyond our control, such as deteriorating conditions in the world economy or in the theme park industry. The unprecedented levels of disruption and volatility in the credit and financial markets have increased our possible exposure to vendor, customer and tenant credit risk because it has made it harder for them to access sufficient capital to meet their liquidity needs. This market turmoil coupled with a reduction of business activity generally increases our risks related to our status as an unsecured creditor of most of our vendors, customers and tenants. Credit losses, if significant, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, these issues could also increase the counterparty risk inherent in our business, including with our suppliers, vendors and financial institutions with which we enter into hedging agreements and long-term debt agreements such as our renewed senior secured credit agreement. The soundness of these counterparties could adversely affect us. In this difficult economic environment, our credit evaluations may be inaccurate and we cannot assure you that credit performance will not be materially worse than anticipated, and, as a result, materially and adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

Changes in regulations or new regulations applicable to our business could increase our operating costs.

We are subject to various federal, state and local regulations of our business. These regulations include those relating to environmental protection, privacy and data protection laws and regulations, and the regulation of the safety of consumer products, ride safety and theme park operations. We are also subject to regulation by state and local authorities relating to health, sanitation, safety and fire standards and liquor licenses and federal and state laws governing our relationships with employees, federal and state laws which prohibit discrimination and other laws regulating the design and operation of facilities such as the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990.

 

22


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements applicable to our business could result in revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability. Changes in any of these regulatory areas may increase our costs and adversely affect the profitability of our business.

Attendance at our theme parks is influenced by general economic and other conditions.

Attendance at our theme parks is heavily dependent upon consumer spending on travel and other leisure activities. Because consumer spending on travel and other leisure activities is discretionary, this is usually the first type of spending to be curtailed by consumers during economic downturns such as the current one. As a result, we have historically experienced weaker attendance during economic downturns and during other events affecting travel and leisure activities. In addition, during economic downturns, if people travel to our theme parks, they generally spend less on merchandise, food and beverage while at the park. Any further deterioration in the already weakened general economic conditions, increases in the cost of travel (including the cost of fuel), additional outbreaks or escalation of war, or terrorist or political events that diminish consumer spending and confidence could reduce attendance and in-park spending at our theme parks.

Our business is largely dependent on air travel.

We estimate that approximately half of the visitors to our theme parks travel to Orlando by air. An increase in the price of jet fuel may serve to increase the price of air travel and reduce demand. In addition, the recent economic difficulties facing the airline industry may result in a reduction in scheduled flights to Orlando and an increase in the price of air travel which in turn may have a negative effect on the number of visitors to Orlando. In addition, another terrorist attack in the United States or in one of our major international attendance markets or the mere threat of a terrorist attack is likely to result in a decline in air travel. A significant decline in visitors traveling to Orlando by air would negatively affect attendance at our theme parks, possibly dramatically.

We are subject to the risks inherent in deriving substantially all of our revenue from one location.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from the operation of our two theme parks and CityWalk in Orlando, Florida. This subjects us to a number of risks. Our business is and will continue to be influenced by local economic, financial and other conditions affecting the Orlando area. This may include prolonged or severe inclement weather in the Orlando area, a catastrophic event such as a hurricane or tornado, or the occurrence or threat of a terrorist attack in the Orlando area, any of which could significantly reduce attendance at our theme parks. In addition, the partial or total destruction of our theme parks requiring either of them to be closed for an extended period of time would have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue.

Armed conflicts, acts of terrorism and other world events affecting the safety and security of travel could adversely impact the demand for family entertainment or leisure travel which could affect our future sales and profitability.

Our business has been impacted in the past by geopolitical events such as the terrorist attacks in the U.S. on September 11, 2001 and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. Occurrences such as these have historically had an impact on the demand for family entertainment and leisure travel. Decreases in the demand for our products and services could lead to price discounting which could reduce our profitability.

The United States is currently engaged in military operations in the Middle East, which could drive up the price of gas and air travel and increase the chance of another terrorist attack in the United States or key international markets, each of which would have a negative impact on attendance at our theme parks.

The United States and certain of its allies are currently engaged in military operations in the Middle East. This military action could exacerbate the risks identified above and have a number of other consequences, many of which would likely have a negative impact on attendance at our theme parks and, as a result, our prospects.

 

23


Table of Contents

The military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan could further increase the price of crude oil, which in turn would increase the price of gasoline and jet fuel. According to the Energy Information Administration of the U.S. Department of Energy, the price of gas increased to as much as $4.06 per gallon in Florida in 2008. If gas prices return to these high levels or increase substantially, it may cause significant numbers of domestic consumers to forego taking a vacation, which could negatively affect our attendance, as approximately 25% of our visitors drive more than 200 miles to our theme parks and approximately half of our visitors travel by air to our theme parks. The current military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan may increase the likelihood of another major terrorist attack in the United States or one or more of our key international markets. The threat or occurrence of a terrorist attack could serve to discourage many consumers from travel or otherwise participating in leisure activities.

Risks related to our insurance.

Most of our insurance is arranged by GE through global programs for its businesses via licensed insurers issuing enforceable insurance policies, for which we are allocated charges for premium payments, which we believe are generally less expensive than what we could otherwise obtain on a standalone basis. See “ Summary—Recent developments .” The insurance includes multi-layered property coverage that presently provides for coverage for replacement costs per occurrence (subject to sub-limits such as wind-storm and terrorism). Our deductible varies from year to year based upon a financial analysis of then-current premiums, market conditions and cost of capital. The multi-layered property coverage insures our real and personal properties (other than land) against physical damage resulting from a variety of hazards including terrorism and business interruption. The insurance program also includes workers’ compensation, public/general and automobile liability, accident and other forms of insurance. For many of our insurance policies we are subject to high deductibles.

Loss of key distribution channels for ticket sales or the loss of key ticket products may reduce our revenues.

Approximately 42% of our annual theme park ticket sales are generated by third party distribution channels, the majority of which are concentrated among 40 third party customers. As an example, approximately 10% of our annual theme park ticket sales are derived from time-share operators, which are dominated by a few major operators in the Orlando area. Due to the recent upheaval in the credit markets in conjunction with the timeshare industry’s reliance on access to credit, certain timeshare operators have experienced a significant downturn in their business. Continuation of these circumstances could adversely impact this important distribution channel. Other significant distribution channels include key domestic and international travel operators. In addition, we also have key ticket products such as the Orlando FlexTicket which entitles a guest to visit both of our theme parks as well as Wet ’n Wild ® , SeaWorld ® , Aquatica  and Busch Gardens ® Tampa Bay. A loss of any key distribution channel or ticket product could have a negative effect on our ticket sales.

The theme park industry competes with numerous vacation and entertainment alternatives; the Orlando theme park market is extremely competitive.

Our theme parks compete with other theme, water and amusement parks in Orlando and around the country and with other types of recreational facilities and forms of entertainment, including cruise ships, other vacation travel, major sports attractions and other major entertainment activities. Our business is also subject to factors that affect the recreation, vacation and leisure industries generally, such as general economic conditions, consumer confidence and changes in consumer spending habits. The Orlando theme park market is extremely competitive. There are currently seven major theme parks in the Orlando area including our competitors: Walt Disney World’s Magic Kingdom ® , Epcot ® , Disney’s Hollywood Studios, Disney’s Animal Kingdom ® and Blackstone’s SeaWorld ® . Additionally, on March 1, 2008, Anheuser-Busch InBev opened its Aquatica water park, which along with SeaWorld ® was subsequently acquired by Blackstone on December 1, 2009. Affiliates of the Blackstone Group L.P. own a 50% interest in UCDP, UCDP Finance, Holding I, Holding II, UCFH I Finance and UCFH II Finance. See “ Summary—The Blackstone Group L.P. ” Blackstone’s interests in SeaWorld ® and the Aquatica water park might conflict with Blackstone’s interest in us. See “ —Risks related to our partners—Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment control us and may have conflicts of interest with us or you in

 

24


Table of Contents

the future. ” All of these theme parks are located within a 10-mile radius of our theme parks. Some of these theme parks, particularly those affiliated with The Walt Disney Company, enjoy better name recognition than our theme parks do. This puts us at a disadvantage in our attempts to attract guests to our theme parks over those of our competitors. Additionally, because our sponsorship relationships change over time, the sponsorship relationships that we may have in the future may not benefit our business to the extent they do currently by providing marketing exposure for us.

The close proximity to us of so many of our direct competitors has various other adverse consequences on our business. For example, we offer significant commissions to travel agents and wholesalers in order to provide them with an incentive to encourage their customers to purchase tickets to our theme parks rather than those of our competitors in the Orlando area. Also, it has the effect of increasing competition for market share among the major competitors.

There is the risk of accidents or other incidents occurring at theme parks, including those owned by other theme park operators, which may create negative publicity which may reduce attendance and thereby negatively impact our results of operations.

Our theme parks feature “thrill rides.” There are inherent risks involved with these sorts of rides and attractions. An accident or an injury at our theme parks or at another theme park may result in negative publicity which could reduce attendance and thereby negatively impact our results of operations. We purchase insurance to protect us in the event of an accident or certain other losses, however we are subject to high deductibles and our insurance may not cover all types of incidents. Additionally, we cannot be assured that negative events unrelated to attractions, such as the outbreak of infectious disease or other health concerns, will not occur at our theme parks or at another theme park.

If we are unable to adequately protect the right to use the intellectual property of the themed elements of our rides and attractions, we may be required to re-theme certain rides and attractions, which will be expensive and time consuming. In addition, if there is an uncured event of default under certain of our intellectual property agreements and such agreements are terminated, we may suffer negative consequences such as acceleration of payments due thereunder.

The use of themed elements in our rides and attractions is dependent upon our obtaining and maintaining intellectual property licenses granting us the rights to use those elements. Failure to protect our existing intellectual property rights may result in the loss of those rights or require us to make significant additional payments to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights. The loss of the right to use a particular themed element means that we would be unable to operate the rides or attractions that utilize the relevant element. This may require us to re-theme those rides or attractions which may involve taking the relevant ride or attraction out of service and may require significant capital expenditures. Any of those actions could negatively impact our results of operations, name recognition and growth prospects. In addition, if there was an event of default that we failed to cure under one of our intellectual property agreements and such agreement was terminated, we may become subject to accelerated payments. For example, the License Agreement (the “WB Agreement”) between Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. (“WB”) and UCDP, pursuant to which UCDP licenses certain rights to the characters and other intellectual property contained in the Harry Potter books and motion pictures, is terminable, subject to applicable cure periods, if we fail to maintain quality standards, fail to invest minimum required capital, fail to use the properties in accordance with the license, or upon other customary events of default. In addition, if we sell Universal’s Islands of Adventure, or if 50% of UCDP is not owned by Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates, the agreement is terminable unless the buyer of Universal’s Islands of Adventure or of the interests in UCDP meets certain financial and reputation tests. In addition, Universal’s Islands of Adventure must either continue to be managed by NBCU or continue to be operated under a license from NBCU that enables NBCU to maintain the quality and reputation of Universal’s Islands of Adventure (the “NBCU License Agreement”). Our partnership agreement has been amended to provide that NBCU will execute the NBCU License Agreement with us, on the same financial terms as set forth

 

25


Table of Contents

in our existing partnership agreement and the Universal License Agreement, if, following a sale or change in control, we will no longer be managed by NBCU. In the event that, following a sale or change in control, in accordance with the WB Agreement, the name of the Universal’s Islands of Adventure theme park no longer contains the word “Universal” or “Universal’s”, then The Wizarding World of Harry Potter , Jurassic Park ® , Seuss Landing and Marvel Super Hero Island ® and other themed areas of Universal’s Islands of Adventure need to be operated under the NBCU License Agreement, or the name of the theme park and resort must include the name of another major recognized theme park operator, major established motion picture and television studio or another name approved by WB. In the event of termination by WB due to our default, a sale of Universal’s Islands of Adventure or a change of control of UCDP for which the foregoing requirements are not satisfied, payments due with respect to the remaining term of the agreement will be accelerated and due immediately. In addition, we license various elements based on The Simpsons , including certain characters under the License Agreement ( the “Fox Agreement”) among UCDP, Universal City Studios LLLP and Twentieth Century Fox Licensing & Merchandising (“Fox”). The Fox Agreement would be terminable in the event of our breach, or in certain cases following a change of control to which Fox did not consent. If Fox were to terminate the Fox Agreement, payments due with respect to the remaining term of the Fox Agreement will continue to be due and payable as and when they would have become due and payable, except that if the breach is a result of a change of control, then 50% of such remaining payments allocated to us shall be due and payable as and when they would have become due and payable. See “ Business—Intellectual property .”

The use of, and ability to create derivative works from, copyrighted material is important in our business. If an author claims a right to terminate a copyright for a work from which we have created derivative works for use in our business, our ability to create new derivative works from any such work in the future could be compromised or the costs we incur to preserve our rights to continue to create derivative works from any such work could increase.

Copyright is the right to prevent others from copying protected expression in a work of authorship. Under the U.S. Copyright Act, the owner of a copyright enjoys a number of rights, including the right to prepare derivative works based upon the copyrighted work. Bona fide individual authors and their heirs have a statutory right to terminate their earlier assignments and licenses in certain copyrighted works by sending notice within a statutorily-defined window of time. The timing requirements with respect to such notice period mean that notice is required years in advance of the statutory termination date. For example, we license our rights to the Incredible Hulk™ (“Hulk”) from Marvel and we are aware that the estate of Jack Kirby (the “Kirby Estate”) has claimed a right to terminate rights that allegedly were granted by Jack Kirby to Marvel Entertainment, Inc. or its predecessor (“Marvel”) for the Hulk. Certain Marvel-related entities subsequently filed suit against the Kirby Estate, seeking a declaratory judgment that the aforementioned termination of rights is invalid and of no legal force or effect. If the Kirby Estate is successful in its claim of termination, such termination would only be effective after 2018.

The loss of key personnel could hurt our operations.

Our success depends upon the continuing contributions of our executive officers and other key operating personnel. The complete or partial loss of their services could adversely affect our business. Our Chief Executive Officer and other executives are employees of, and have employment agreements with, Vivendi Universal Entertainment. We cannot be certain that we will be able to retain their services or to find adequate replacements for them in the event we were to lose their services. If Vivendi Universal Entertainment were to cease acting as our manager, we could lose the services of those executives.

Our business is seasonal and bad weather can adversely impact attendance at our theme parks.

Our business is seasonal. Attendance at our theme parks follows a seasonal pattern which coincides closely with holiday and school schedules. Some of our attractions and other facilities may close periodically for maintenance, re-theming, or to adjust to varying attendance levels. Because many of the attractions at our theme

 

26


Table of Contents

parks are outdoors, attendance at our theme parks is adversely affected by bad weather. Prolonged bad or mixed weather conditions during our seasonal peak attendance periods may reduce attendance, causing a more severe decline in revenues than if those conditions occurred during a low attendance period. In addition, temporary but severe weather conditions, such as a hurricane, can adversely impact attendance at our theme parks.

We rely heavily on information technology in our operations, and any material failure, inadequacy, interruption or breach of security of that technology could harm our ability to effectively operate our business and subject us to financial liability, potentially resulting in our reputation being harmed.

We rely heavily on information systems across our operations. Our ability to effectively manage our business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems. Despite our considerable efforts and technology to secure our computer network, security could be compromised, confidential information, such as customer credit card numbers, could be misappropriated, or system disruptions could occur. This could lead to adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, or cause us to incur significant costs to reimburse third parties for damages, which could impact profits.

Risks related to our partners

Risks related to the right of first refusal agreement between our partners.

Pursuant to a right of first refusal provision in the partners’ agreement between Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment, as amended, (the “partners’ agreement”), if either Blackstone or Vivendi Universal Entertainment desires to sell its ownership interest in Holding I and Holding II, it shall, subject to certain conditions, make a binding offer, specifying the proposed sale price, to sell to the other its entire interest in each of Holding I and Holding II. The non-offering partner will then have 90 days after receipt of an offer to accept the offer to sell. If Blackstone exercises its rights under this provision by accepting a binding offer, it may result in 100% control and ownership of us being acquired by Blackstone, which could pose a number of risks to our business. This event could impact our continued use of the “Universal” name and certain intellectual property as discussed below in “ Risks related to use of the “Universal” name and certain intellectual property .” These same risks would be present if a third party unaffiliated with Vivendi Universal Entertainment were to acquire control of us. In addition, we face risks related to a change of control under certain of our business agreements.

Risks related to our reliance on our strategic partners and their affiliates, including our use of the “Universal” name and certain intellectual property.

Our continued use of the “Universal” name and our future access to new intellectual property from Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Studios LLLP, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, Universal CPM and USI Asset Transfer LLC, a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Vivendi Universal Entertainment (collectively referred to as the “Universal License Parties”), is dependent on there not being a change of control as described in UCDP’s partnership agreement and as confirmed by the License Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002, as amended May 25, 2007 and on January 15, 2010 (the “Universal License Agreement”) among UCDP and the Universal License Parties. In addition, a change of control could have other negative consequences for us, including potential termination of the WB Agreement, acceleration of payments due under certain of our license agreements and the loss of significant benefits we enjoy from our relationship with certain of our affiliates. Accordingly, a change of control under our license agreements could impair our name recognition and growth prospects and negatively impact our results of operations.

We license the right to use the “Universal” name and a substantial number of intellectual properties as street entertainment characters and as themed elements in rides and attractions from the Universal License Parties. See “ Business—Intellectual property .” Our right to use the “Universal” name in connection with Universal Orlando continues indefinitely at no cost to us until the latest of (i) 30 months after the occurrence of certain change of

 

27


Table of Contents

control events (as described in UCDP’s partnership agreement), (ii) 30 months after any termination of the WB Agreement prior to its scheduled expiration, or (iii) the expiration of the WB Agreement in accordance with its terms. Under UCDP’s partnership agreement, a change of control occurs when (a) Universal CPM is no longer a wholly owned subsidiary of USI, Vivendi Universal Entertainment, or any of their respective affiliates, or (b) the Universal License Parties do not own any interest in us. A change of control under our WB Agreement, such as Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with the Universal License Parties acquiring all of the partnership interests in us, would cause us to lose our right to use the “Universal” name on the earlier of the expiration of the WB Agreement and 30 months after the date of termination of the WB Agreement, and could cause us to lose such right even earlier if NBCU does not enter into a new license agreement upon such change of control granting us the right to continue to use the “Universal” name in accordance with NBCU’s obligations under our partnership agreement. See “ Business—Intellectual Property—Harry Potter. ” A change of control under our license agreements, such as Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with the Universal License Parties acquiring all of the partnership interests in us, would not necessarily constitute a change of control under the indentures governing the notes. If we are unable to use the “Universal” name, and if we are unable to partner with another similar, recognizable brand, the name recognition of our theme parks could be impaired.

Our right to use the creative and proprietary elements controlled by the Universal License Parties continues at no cost to us, subject to third party contractual limitations, until the later of the expiration or termination of the WB Agreement in accordance with its terms or, if sooner, the date that neither we nor a permitted successor or assign is a party to the WB Agreement, or the date such intellectual property rights would otherwise cease to be licensed to us. The Universal License Parties are required to continue to license those intellectual properties that are currently licensed to us for as long as we or our permitted successor or assign remains a party to the WB Agreement and such WB Agreement remains in effect, and we continue to operate our theme parks at a substantially similar standard, even if the Universal License Parties no longer have an ownership interest in us. However, in a situation where Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with the Universal License Parties acquires all of the partnership interests in us, the Universal License Parties are not required to grant us a license to any new intellectual property rights that they may acquire or develop in the future that may be or become useful or necessary for the operation of our theme parks. See “ Business—Intellectual Property .” Our inability to acquire proprietary and creative elements for possible new attractions could impair the growth prospects of our theme parks. The Universal License Parties could also claim that our theme parks were not being operated to a sufficiently high standard after Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with the Universal License Parties acquired all of the partnership interests in us, and revoke the license completely. If this were to occur, we may be unable to operate our theme parks for an extended period of time, and may not be able to continue operating our theme parks at all. In addition, the WB Agreement is terminable if the Universal License Parties fail to remain involved either as a 50% owner or through certain license arrangements, unless WB consents to the assignment or the entity to which Universal’s Islands of Adventure or our partnership interests are transferred meets other tests designed to ensure the financial capability of the buyer and to maintain the reputation of our theme parks. In the event of termination by WB due to our default or a sale of Universal’s Islands of Adventure or a change of control of us for which the foregoing requirements are not satisfied, payments due with respect to the remaining term of the WB Agreement will be accelerated and due immediately.

We also rely on Vivendi Universal Entertainment and its affiliates for management oversight, advisory and other services. In its capacity as our manager, Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its direct wholly owned subsidiary Universal CPM provides creative services in relation to development of our rides and attractions and the UPR merchandise team provides merchandising services. In addition, certain of our senior executives are NBCU employees. Most of our insurance is arranged by GE through global programs for its businesses via licensed insurers issuing enforceable policies. These and the numerous other arrangements with affiliates of Vivendi Universal Entertainment and, indirectly, NBCU and GE, such as savings we derive from access to favorable purchasing agreements and volume purchasing and other corporate programs, provide us with significant benefits that may be reduced or lost completely if Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with Vivendi Universal Entertainment gains control of us pursuant to the right of first refusal or otherwise. For a description of these arrangements and the right of first refusal, see “ Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence ” and “ Description of the UCDP partnership agreement—Right of first refusal .”

 

28


Table of Contents

If the equity holders of Holding I and Holding II that are controlled by Blackstone default on certain indebtedness, Blackstone’s equity interests in Holding I and Holding II will be subject to foreclosure.

On November 6, 2009, the equity holders of Holding I and Holding II that are controlled by Blackstone entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto with respect to a senior secured term loan (the “Margin Loan”) in the amount of $305 million, the proceeds of which were used to refinance term loans made to the equity holders of Holding I and Holding II that are controlled by Blackstone by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. concurrently with the consummation of the amendment of our 2004 senior secured credit agreement, to pre-fund interest and amortization reserves with respect to the term loans thereunder and to pay related fees and expenses. The obligations of the borrowers under the Margin Loan are secured by their equity interests in Holding I and Holding II and are guaranteed by NBC Universal on a deficiency basis, subject to the terms of the guarantee. The Margin Loan has a five-year maturity. It is anticipated that the only assets of the borrowers will be their equity interests in Holding I and Holding II. If the borrowers default on, or are unable to refinance the Margin Loan, the borrowers’ equity interests in Holding I and Holding II will be subject to foreclosure by the lenders. Any such foreclosure will not constitute a change in control for purposes of our renewed senior secured credit facilities or the notes.

Potential deadlock between the partners of our general partner could prevent us from executing certain aspects of our business strategy.

Major decisions by Holding II regarding our business generally require the consent of representatives of both Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment. This creates a potential for deadlocks. Any deadlock could delay us from taking certain actions in the future which would be beneficial to the business and may prevent or delay us from executing certain aspects of its business strategy.

Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment control us and may have conflicts of interest with us or you in the future.

Their conflicts of interest may make unavailable to us certain sponsorship relationships that would provide us with significant marketing exposure. Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment, together, beneficially own 100% of our equity interests.

As a result, Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and will have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of equity holders, regardless of whether or not noteholders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. For example, Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment could cause us to distribute our cash resources to them or make distributions to service the loan to the Blackstone entities guaranteed by NBC Universal rather than invest such resources in our business. In addition, Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment may have interests adverse to parties with which we would like to enter into sponsorship relationships, and thus certain sponsorship relationships may be unavailable to us. Additionally, our Partners, their subsidiaries or their affiliates may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to purchase debt securities issued by us in open market or privately negotiated transactions or by other means.

Furthermore, on December 1, 2009 an affiliate of Blackstone closed its acquisitions of SeaWorld ® and certain other parks from Anheuser-Busch InBev. As noted previously, we have key ticket products, which allow guests to visit SeaWorld ® and other parks owned by affiliates of Blackstone. Our ability to offer these products, such as the Orlando Flex Ticket which we offer under an agreement that will be subject to renewal in December 2011, could be impacted by these recent events. See “— Risks related to our business—The theme park industry competes with numerous vacation and entertainment alternatives; the Orlando theme park market is extremely competitive .”

 

29


Table of Contents

The pending joint venture among Comcast, GE and NBC Universal may constrain our operations until it is consummated , may affect how our business is managed if it is ultimately consummated, and may affect our relationships with GE and other vendors, customers and strategic partners and trigger a change of control under certain agreements.

On December 3, 2009, Comcast, GE, NBC Universal and NewCo entered into a Master Agreement pursuant to which they will form a joint venture and GE entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Vivendi pursuant to which, at or prior to the closing of the joint venture, GE will acquire Vivendi’s 20% interest in NBC Universal. See “ Summary—Recent developments. ” Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement as currently contemplated, we would continue to be owned 50% by VUE, a wholly-owned subsidiary of NBC Universal. However, certain aspects of the transaction structuring are still being negotiated and finalized. Accordingly, our ownership could change. If VUE ceases to own its interest in us, directly or indirectly, it could trigger a change of control under certain agreements which could negatively affect our revenues, earnings and cash flows and adversely affect our prospects, which could be detrimental to our debt holders.

We cannot predict what changes, if any, Comcast will implement in our business and operations if the pending transactions are consummated. In addition, uncertainty around the transactions (and the impact upon us) could adversely impact our business. Moreover, GE will have veto rights with respect to any material expansion of the joint venture’s scope of business or purpose, certain acquisitions, issuances or repurchases of equity, debt incurrences or loans made outside of the ordinary course of business and tax-related actions, which could adversely affect our business’ growth prospects.

In addition, in connection with the pending transactions, some of our vendors, customers and strategic partners may delay or defer decisions relating to their ongoing and future relationships with us, which could negatively affect our revenues, earnings and cash flows and adversely affect our prospects, which could be detrimental to our debtholders.

We have a number of ongoing relationships with GE. See “ Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence ” for more information. GE and Comcast are still evaluating the extent, if any, to which GE’s relationships with us will continue after the transactions are consummated. To the extent those relationships do not continue, in some cases, such as with respect to our insurance, we will be required to find a replacement (which may require us to incur additional expense, including in advance of the transactions being consummated) or, in some cases, we may lose the benefits of the GE relationships, such as our sponsorship agreement with GE Money. See “ Business—Corporate sponsorships—GE Money Bank.

Even if the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement are ultimately consummated, there could be a long time between their announcement and consummation, which could be as late as June 2011. The Master Agreement requires that until the closing of the transactions the parties must conduct the businesses that will be transferred to NewCo (including our business) in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve those businesses and to keep available certain senior management and key employees.

Certain material transactions outside of the ordinary course of business are prohibited prior to the closing of the transaction without the consent of the other party, such as material mergers, acquisitions and dispositions, certain new material contracts, material increases in the compensation of certain employees and related party transactions. These covenants may impact our ability to operate our business during the pendency of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks related to the exchange notes and our indebtedness

If you fail to exchange your original notes, they will continue to be restricted securities and may become less liquid.

Original notes which you do not tender or we do not accept will, following the exchange offer, continue to be restricted securities, and you may not offer to sell them except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities law. We will issue exchange notes in exchange for the original notes pursuant to the exchange offer only following the satisfaction of the procedures and conditions set forth in “ The exchange offer—Procedures for Tendering .” These procedures and conditions include timely receipt by the exchange agent of the original notes and of a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal.

Because we anticipate that most holders of original notes will elect to exchange their original notes, we expect that the liquidity of the market for any original notes remaining after the completion of the exchange offer will be substantially limited. Any original notes tendered and exchanged in the exchange offer will reduce the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the original notes outstanding. Following the exchange offer, if you do not tender your original notes you generally will not have any further registration rights, and your original notes will continue to be subject to certain transfer restrictions. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for the original notes could be adversely affected.

There is no public market for the exchange notes, and we cannot assure you that a market for the exchange notes will develop or that you will be able to sell your exchange notes.

The exchange notes are new issues of securities for which there is no established public market. We do not intend to have the exchange notes listed on a national securities exchange. The initial purchasers of the original notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, such initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the exchange notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuance, the exchange notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our performance and other factors.

Our ability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control. Our cash debt service for 2009, based on the amount of indebtedness that would have been outstanding at September 27, 2009 after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, was approximately $127.4 million based on the interest rates on our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the notes, of which $60.0 million represents debt service on fixed-rate obligations (including variable rate debt subject to interest rate swap agreements). Accordingly, we will have to generate significant cash flows from operations to meet our debt service requirements. Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes and the renewed senior secured credit facilities, depends on our ability to generate cash from operations in the future. This is subject, in part, to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, social, political and other factors. In addition, Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment may have interests adverse to parties with which we would like to enter into sponsorship relationships, and thus certain sponsorship relationships may be unavailable to us. Additionally, because our sponsorship relationships change over time, the sponsorship relationships that we may have in the future may not benefit our business to the extent they do currently by providing marketing exposure for us.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our renewed senior secured credit agreement, or otherwise, in an amount

 

31


Table of Contents

sufficient to enable us to fund planned capital expenditures, pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we cannot pay our indebtedness, we may need to refinance our indebtedness. The Consultant Agreement caps UCDP’s ability to incur secured borrowings to an amount equal to the greater of $975 million and 3.75x UCDP’s EBITDA (as defined in the renewed senior secured credit facilities). This cap may make it more difficult to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes.

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes and guarantees, subordinate claims in respect of the notes and guarantees and require note holders to return payments received.

Certain of the existing domestic subsidiaries of the issuers guarantee the original notes and will guarantee the exchange notes and certain of their future domestic subsidiaries may guarantee the notes. The issuance of the exchange notes and the incurrence of the guarantees may be subject to review under state and federal laws if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including in circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at some future date by, or on behalf of, our unpaid creditors. Under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes or guarantees or subordinate the notes or guarantees to our existing and future indebtedness. While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, a court might do so if it found that when we issued the notes and incurred the guarantees or, in some states, when payments became due under the notes or guarantees, we received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

 

   

were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

 

   

were engaged in a business or transaction for which our remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

 

   

intended to incur, or believed that we would incur, debts beyond our ability to pay such debts as they mature.

The court might also void the notes or guarantees, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or incurred the guarantees with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our creditors. In addition, any payment by us pursuant to the notes or guarantees could be voided and required to be returned to us or to a fund for the benefit of our creditors.

A court would likely find that we did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or guarantees if we did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. If a court were to void the notes or guarantees, you would no longer have a claim against us. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from us.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an issuer or guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of our assets;

 

   

if the present fair saleable value of our assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay our probable liability on our existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

we could not pay our debts as they become due.

Each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit the guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer.

 

32


Table of Contents

This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may eliminate the guarantor’s obligations or reduce the guarantor’s obligations to an amount that effectively makes the guarantee worthless. In a 2009 Florida bankruptcy case, this kind of provision was found to be ineffective to protect the guarantees. To the extent a court voids the notes as fraudulent transfers or holds the notes unenforceable for any other reason, holders of notes would cease to have any direct claim against us. If a court were to take this action, our assets would be applied first to satisfy our liabilities, if any, before any portion of our assets could be applied to the payment of notes.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes. In addition, we are highly leveraged and have substantial debt service obligations.

As of September 27, 2009, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the notes would have been effectively subordinated to $900.0 million of secured indebtedness under our renewed senior secured credit facilities. As of September 27, 2009, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the aggregate amount of our outstanding indebtedness would have been $1,554.7 million, including the renewed senior secured credit facilities and the notes. An additional $75.0 million is available for future borrowings under the revolving portion of the renewed senior secured credit facilities and, in addition, we may borrow, subject to certain conditions (including limitations in the Consultant Agreement), up to $150.0 million of uncommitted incremental term loans under the renewed senior secured credit facilities from time to time, all of which would be secured and effectively senior to our noteholders. Furthermore, the Consultant (as defined in “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ”) has a lien on certain of our assets to secure his interests under our agreement with him (the “Consultant Agreement”), including a mortgage on our real property up to $400.0 million, and the notes are effectively subordinated to his interests to the extent of the value of those assets. As a result of the foregoing, although we do not classify our obligations to the Consultant as indebtedness, we are highly leveraged. This level of indebtedness and our other obligation could have important consequences to you, including the following:

 

   

it may limit our ability to borrow money for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements and general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and future business opportunities;

 

   

we will be more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;

 

   

it may make us more vulnerable than less leveraged companies to a downturn in our business or the economy;

 

   

the debt service requirements of our indebtedness could make it more difficult to generate cash;

 

   

a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the repayment of our indebtedness, including indebtedness we may incur in the future, and will not be available for other purposes; and

 

   

there would be a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition if we were unable to service our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, as needed.

Our substantial obligations could have other important consequences to you. For example, our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants in the renewed senior secured credit agreement, which limit our ability to incur debt and sell assets, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could harm our business or prospects and could result in our bankruptcy.

 

33


Table of Contents

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still incur significantly more debt. Moreover, we may incur a significant amount of additional secured indebtedness. This could exacerbate the risks described above.

The terms of the indentures governing the notes and the renewed senior secured credit agreement permit us to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. We have $75.0 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit portion of the renewed senior secured credit facilities and are permitted to borrow, subject to certain conditions (including limitations in the Consultant Agreement), up to $150.0 million of uncommitted incremental term loans under the renewed senior secured credit facilities from time to time. All of those borrowings would be effectively senior to the notes (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such borrowings in the case of the senior notes). In addition, the Consultant has a lien on certain of our assets to secure his interests under the Consulting Agreement, including a mortgage on our real property up to $400.0 million, and the notes are effectively subordinated to his interests to the extent of the value of those assets. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, this would increase the risks described above. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

The right of noteholders to receive payments on the notes will be effectively subordinated to the rights of our existing and future secured creditors.

Holders of our secured obligations, including indebtedness outstanding under our renewed senior secured credit agreement and our obligations in respect of the Consultant Agreement, will have claims that are prior to your claims as holders of the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing those other obligations. Notably, our renewed senior secured credit agreement is secured by liens on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the Consultant has a lien on certain of our assets to secure his interests under the Consultant Agreement and the notes are effectively subordinated to his interests to the extent of the value of those assets. The notes are effectively subordinated to all such secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral. In the event of any distribution or payment of our assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or other bankruptcy proceeding, holders of secured indebtedness and other secured claims, such as the Consultant’s, will have a prior claim to the assets that constitute their collateral. Holders of the notes will participate ratably with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the notes, and potentially with all of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in our remaining assets. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the notes. As a result, holders of notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of our secured obligations.

As of September 27, 2009, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the aggregate amount of our secured indebtedness would have been approximately $934.6 million, and $75.0 million would have been available for additional secured borrowings under the revolving portion of our renewed senior secured credit facilities. In addition, we are permitted to borrow, subject to certain conditions (including limitations in the Consultant Agreement), up to $150.0 million of uncommitted incremental term loans under our renewed senior secured credit facilities from time to time. We are permitted to borrow significant additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness, in the future under the terms of the indentures governing the notes and our renewed senior secured credit agreement. See “ Description of other debt ,” “ Description of the senior notes—Certain covenants ” and “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Certain covenants .”

Claims of creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over you.

None of our subsidiaries other than Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations and Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store will initially guarantee the notes. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding indebtedness and guarantees issued by such subsidiaries, will generally have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over our claims or those of our creditors, including you, even if the obligations of those subsidiaries do not constitute senior indebtedness.

 

34


Table of Contents

The right of noteholders to receive payments on the senior subordinated notes will be subordinated to the rights of the lenders under our renewed senior secured credit facilities, the holders of the senior notes and the Consultant, and to all of our other senior indebtedness, including any of our future senior debt.

The senior subordinated notes and the guarantees thereof will rank junior in right of payment to all of our existing senior indebtedness, including borrowings under our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the senior notes, and will rank junior in right of payment to all of our future borrowings, except for any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks equal or junior in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees thereof. See “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Subordination .”

As of September 27, 2009, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, we would have had approximately $1,334.6 million of senior indebtedness outstanding on a consolidated basis, and $75.0 million would have been available for additional secured borrowings under the revolving portion of our renewed senior secured credit facilities. In addition, we are permitted to borrow, subject to certain conditions (including limitations in the Consultant Agreement), up to $150.0 million of uncommitted incremental term loans under our renewed senior secured credit facilities from time to time. We are permitted to borrow significant additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness, in the future under the terms of the indentures governing the notes and our renewed senior secured credit agreement. See “ Description of other debt ,” “ Description of the senior notes—Certain covenants ” and “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Certain covenants .”

We may not be permitted to pay principal, premium, if any, interest or other amounts on account of the senior subordinated notes or the guarantees thereof in the event of a payment default or certain other defaults in respect of certain of our senior indebtedness, including debt under our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the senior notes, unless such senior indebtedness has been paid in full or the default has been cured or waived. In addition, in the event of certain other defaults with respect to such senior indebtedness, we may not be permitted to pay any amount on account of the senior subordinated notes or the guarantees thereof for a designated period of time. See “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Ranking .”

Because of the subordination provisions in the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees thereof, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us, our assets will not be available to pay obligations under the senior subordinated notes or the guarantees until we have made all payments in cash on our senior indebtedness. Sufficient assets may not remain after all these payments of principal or interest when due. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us, holders of the senior subordinated notes will participate with trade creditors and all other holders of our senior subordinated indebtedness, as the case may be, in the assets (if any) remaining after we have paid all of the senior indebtedness. However, because the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the senior subordinated notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior indebtedness instead, holders of senior subordinated notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables or other unsecured, unsubordinated creditors in any such proceeding. In any of these cases, we may not have sufficient funds to pay all creditors, and holders of the senior subordinated notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of senior indebtedness. See “ Description of the senior subordinated notes—Ranking .”

Our ability to refinance our debt obligations, including the notes, could be adversely impacted by the Consultant’s right, starting in June 2017, to terminate the periodic payments under the Consultant Agreement and receive instead one payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the Orlando parks and any comparable projects or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment.

We have a Consultant Agreement with a Consultant under which we pay a fee for consulting services and exclusivity equal to a percentage of our gross revenues from the attractions and certain other facilities owned or operated, in whole or in part, by us. The Consultant Agreement also provides that the Consultant is entitled to a

 

35


Table of Contents

fee based on a percentage of gross revenues of comparable projects, which are gated motion picture and television themed attractions owned or operated, in whole or in part, by us, or any of our partners or any of their affiliates, other than in Universal City, California. At present, the only operating theme park that is a comparable project is Universal Studios Japan in Osaka, Japan, which is not owned by us. The amount of fees paid by Universal Studios Japan to the Consultant have historically been between 70% and 80% of the fees paid to the Consultant by us. Fees with respect to Universal Studios Japan are paid by an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment and are not paid by UCDP. In addition to the existing comparable park, there are four contemplated comparable parks which are vested immediately for purposes of the consulting fee payments and it is possible that other comparable projects will be created in the future that would fall under the Consultant Agreement. In fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the fees paid by us to the Consultant under the Consultant Agreement were approximately $19.6 million, $19.6 million and $18.1 million, respectively. The Consultant has a lien on certain of our assets to secure his interests under the Consultant Agreement, including a mortgage on our real property up to $400.0 million, and the notes are effectively subordinated to his interests to the extent of the value of those assets. The lien securing the Consultant’s interest is junior to the lien securing our renewed senior secured credit facilities. Under the terms of the notes and our renewed senior secured credit agreement, the lien securing our obligations under the Consultant Agreement is a permitted lien. The Consultant Agreement does not have an expiration date, but starting in June 2017, the Consultant has the right upon 90 days’ notice to terminate the periodic payments under the Consultant Agreement and receive instead one cash payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the ongoing revenue streams or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment, in each case with respect to the Orlando parks and any comparable projects that have been opened at that time for at least one year, which amounts could be significant. The amount of such cash payment would be determined in a manner that includes fees paid with respect to Universal Studios Japan and any other comparable parks that may open. Because this could increase the size of such cash payment even if a portion of such cash payment is not our responsibility in the first instance, it could make the financing of any such payment more difficult. In addition, the Consultant Agreement limits the amount of secured debt we may incur to the greater of $975.0 million and 3.75 times our EBITDA (as defined in our renewed senior secured credit agreement). Accordingly, we may not be able to refinance our existing debt on a secured basis or make the payment to the Consultant. This could make any financing in the future more difficult. We cannot predict whether the Consultant will exercise his payment option or the timing of any such decision. Due to uncertainties in the amount and timing of such cash payment and our ability to make such a cash payment and the limits on our ability to incur additional senior secured debt, our ability to refinance our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the notes, and our ability to incur future indebtedness, is likely to be adversely impacted by this right of the Consultant. For more information about the Consultant Agreement, see “ Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence—Consultant agreement.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance any change of control offer required by the indentures governing the notes.

Pursuant to the indentures governing the notes, we may need to refinance large amounts of our debt, including the notes and borrowings under our renewed senior secured credit agreement, upon the incurrence of specific kinds of change of control events. The indentures define a change of control as either (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries, taken as a whole (other than to Blackstone, Vivendi Universal Entertainment or an entity with more than 50% of its capital stock owned collectively by Blackstone or Vivendi Universal Entertainment, each of which is referred to as a “Permitted Holder”), or (2) when the issuers of the notes become aware of an acquisition of more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interests in us by someone other than a Permitted Holder. If a change of control occurs, we must offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding for a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. We cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds available for us to make any required repurchases of the notes upon a change of control. In addition, our renewed senior secured credit agreement may prohibit us from repurchasing the notes until we first repay outstanding indebtedness under our renewed senior secured credit agreement in full. If we fail to repurchase the notes in that circumstance, we will go into default under the indentures governing the notes and

 

36


Table of Contents

under our renewed senior secured credit agreement. Any future debt that we incur may also contain restrictions on repayment upon a change of control. If any change of control occurs, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds to satisfy all of our debt obligations.

Our debt agreements and the Consultant Agreement contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating the business.

Our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes contain a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

create liens on our assets;

 

   

issue dividends;

 

   

engage in mergers or acquisitions; and

 

   

make investments.

These restrictive covenants may not allow us the flexibility we need to operate the business in an effective and efficient manner and may prevent us from taking advantage of strategic opportunities that would benefit our business or addressing the effects of the global recession and liquidity crisis in the financial markets.

In addition, we will be required under our renewed senior secured credit agreement to satisfy specified financial ratios and tests. Our ability to comply with those financial ratios and tests may be affected by events beyond our control, including the current recessionary economic environment, and we may not be able to meet those ratios and tests. A breach of any of those covenants could result in a default under our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed under our renewed senior secured credit agreement, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable and could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral pursuant to the terms of our renewed senior secured credit agreement, and certain of our assets are subject to the Consultant’s second-priority lien. If any of our indebtedness were to be accelerated, our consolidated assets may not be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness. In addition, as described above, the terms of the Consultant Agreement limit our ability to incur existing or subsequent senior secured debt. See “ Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence—Consultant agreement. ” In light of the current global economic recession and liquidity crisis in the financial markets, we would have difficulty finding alternative financing.

Current turmoil in the credit and capital markets could impede our ability to refinance our long-term debt or prevent us from obtaining additional funds required to effectively operate our business, including funds from our renewed revolving credit facility.

Throughout 2008 and 2009, U.S. and global credit markets experienced significant disruption, making it increasingly difficult for many businesses to obtain financing on acceptable or previously customary terms. Additionally, the volatility in equity markets due to rapid and wide fluctuations in value has resulted in a reduction of public offerings of equity securities. If these conditions persist or worsen, our borrowing costs may increase, and it may be more difficult to secure funding for our operations, including capital expenditures for theme park attractions. These risks could also impact our long-term debt ratings which would likely increase our cost of borrowing and/or make it more difficult for us to obtain funding. These factors are particularly important given our substantial long-term debt balance as of September 27, 2009 of $1,525.0 million, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions (based on gross maturities). Additionally, we can not assure you that we will be able to draw upon our renewed revolving credit facility if needed.

 

37


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the Senior Registration Rights Agreement to use our reasonable best efforts to exchange the senior original notes for the senior exchange notes in a transaction registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and our obligations under the Senior Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement to use our reasonable best efforts to exchange the senior subordinated original notes for the senior subordinated exchange notes in a transaction registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes or the exchange offer.

 

38


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 27, 2009 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the Transactions. You should read this table in conjunction with the information set forth under “ Risk factors ,” “ Use of proceeds ,” “ Selected historical financial data ,” “ Unaudited pro forma financial information ” and “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ,” as well as our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(Dollars in millions)

   September 27,
2009 actual
   September 27,
2009 as adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 81.5    $ 74.3
             

Debt, capital leases and deferred special fees payable to an affiliate of VUE:

     

2004 senior secured credit facilities(1)

   $ 509.0    $ —  

Renewed senior secured credit facilities(2)

     —        886.5

April 2010 notes(3)

     499.6      —  

Senior notes(4)

     —        395.4

Senior subordinated notes(5)

     —        222.3

Capital leases and financing obligations

     29.7      29.7

Deferred special fees payable to an affiliate of VUE

     94.2      —  
             

Total debt, capital leases and deferred special fees payable to an affiliate of VUE

     1,132.5      1,533.9

Partners’ equity

     626.0      238.5
             

Total capitalization

   $ 1,758.5    $ 1,772.4
             

 

(1) The term loans under the 2004 senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a floating rate of LIBOR plus 3.00% and matures on June 9, 2011.
(2) The renewed senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a floating rate based, at our option, on either a base rate or LIBOR in each case plus a specified margin as discussed within “ Description of other debt ”. The term loans under the renewed senior secured credit facilities mature in November 2014.
(3) The April 2010 notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 11.75% and mature on April 1, 2010.
(4) Represents the $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes net of $4.6 million of original issue discount, as described under “ Unaudited pro forma financial information ”.
(5) Represents the $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of the senior subordinated notes net of $2.7 million of original issue discount, as described under “ Unaudited pro forma financial information ”.

 

39


Table of Contents

Selected historical financial data

The following table sets forth certain of our historical financial and other data. The selected historical financial and other data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial and other data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, and as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto which are not included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial and other data for the nine months ended September 28, 2008 and September 27, 2009, and as of September 27, 2009, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and include all adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Results for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. The selected historical financial and other data as of September 28, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes which are not included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “ Risk factors ,” “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “ Risk factors ,” “ Unaudited pro forma financial information ,” “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Nine months ended   Year ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

  September 27,
2009
  September 28,
2008
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004

Statement of operations data:

             

Operating revenues:

             

Theme park tickets

  $ 311,072   $ 348,846   $ 455,935   $ 450,844   $ 420,654   $ 436,015   $ 452,113

Theme park food and beverage

    72,357     88,165     112,270     115,188     108,612     105,195     112,538

Theme park merchandise

    63,664     79,499     99,634     101,599     91,421     87,723     97,051

Other theme park related(1)

    63,841     80,242     104,380     102,825     84,245     69,994     61,978

Other(2)

    93,172     114,738     151,133     161,387     150,454     151,669     141,828
                                         

Total operating revenues

    604,106     711,490     923,352     931,843     855,386     850,596     865,508

Costs and operating expenses:

             

Theme park operations

    127,244     135,266     184,371     177,556     168,431     167,143     164,151

Theme park selling, general and administrative

    92,865     122,370     153,205     153,053     149,075     142,472     162,922

Theme park cost of products sold

    70,017     88,526     113,536     113,610     105,023     101,560     108,939

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

    38,568     45,107     58,305     57,996     53,408     53,084     55,179

Depreciation and amortization

    79,015     83,861     111,130     110,327     111,210     117,308     120,235

Other

    77,209     95,773     122,374     128,503     123,263     127,704     116,631
                                         

Total costs and operating expenses

    484,918     570,903     742,921     741,045     710,410     709,271     728,057
                                         

Operating income

    119,188     140,587     180,431     190,798     144,976     141,325     137,451

Total other expense, net

    71,263     70,461     102,542     96,137     100,479     103,639     112,430
                                         

Net income

    47,925     70,126     77,889     94,661     44,497     37,686     25,021

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

    1,409     1,882     2,149     2,773     2,537     2,418     2,537
                                         

Net income attributable to the Partners

  $ 46,516   $ 68,244   $ 75,740   $ 91,888   $ 41,960   $ 35,268   $ 22,484
                                         

 

40


Table of Contents
    Nine months ended   Year ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except
other operational data)

  September 27,
2009
  September 28,
2008
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004

Other data:

             

EBITDA (as defined)(3)

  $ 198,395   $ 225,382   $ 292,085   $ 302,852   $ 258,133   $ 258,217   $ 254,995

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

    161,910     197,754     191,333     241,518     165,921     117,813     185,139

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

    100,716     95,901     134,874     49,721     44,292     32,303     36,053

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

    67,454     15,712     96,535     130,540     101,845     62,556     239,185

Capital expenditures

    102,770     98,037     137,010     60,912     45,313     38,374     40,195

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)

    1.5x     1.9x     1.7x     1.9x     1.4x     1.4x     1.2x

Other operational data:

             

Turnstile admissions in thousands(5)

    7,705     8,838     11,357     11,514     11,209     11,498     12,881

Paid admissions in thousands(6)

    7,046     8,228     10,564     10,758     10,468     10,772     12,110

Theme park ticket revenue per paid admission

    44.15     42.40     43.16     41.91     40.18     40.48     37.33

Theme park food, beverage and merchandise revenue per turnstile admission

    17.65     18.97     18.66     18.82     17.85     16.78     16.27

Other theme park related revenue per turnstile admission

    8.29     9.08     9.19     8.93     7.52     6.09     4.81
    As of   As of December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

  September 27,
2009
  September 28,
2008
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004

Balance sheet data:

             

Total cash and equivalents

  $ 81,538   $ 214,015   $ 87,798   $ 127,874   $ 66,617   $ 46,833   $ 23,879
                                         

Total assets

    1,977,457     2,089,367     1,975,277     1,986,022     1,926,911     1,967,004     2,034,616
                                         

Total long-term indebtedness (including current portion)

    1,008,584     1,007,751     1,007,960     1,007,126     1,006,364     1,041,313     1,045,628
                                         

Other long-term obligations(7)

    119,609     118,517     119,896     118,721     80,873     75,121     97,806
                                         

Total equity

    632,103     714,244     642,346     643,582     686,550     705,107     715,767
                                         

 

41


Table of Contents
    Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

  September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

  $ 161,910      $ 197,754      $ 191,333      $ 241,518      $ 165,921      $ 117,813      $ 185,139   

Adjustments:

             

Interest expense

    77,239        75,797        102,669        107,906        109,733        106,701        116,546   

Interest income

    (158     (2,520     (2,654     (7,269     (4,270     (1,451     (1,069

Amortization of deferred finance costs

    (7,169     (4,549     (6,939     (5,164     (5,374     (5,251     (6,898

Interest on financing obligations

    (1,797     (1,773     (2,380     (1,166     —          —          —     

Changes in deferred special fee payable and related interest payable to affiliates

    (2,237     (3,773     (4,359     (6,735     (6,168     22,169        (9,436

Gain on non-monetary asset acquisition

    —          —          —          —          —          —          812   

Gain on sale of property and equipment

    —          —          —          2,776        5,195        2,180        1,007   

Distributions from investments in unconsolidated entities

    (2,540     (2,504     (3,691     (3,681     (164     (529     (559

(Loss) income from investments in unconsolidated entities

    1,601        2,816        2,673        1,724        (711     (178     (1,161

Accretion of bond discount

    (624     (625     (834     (837     (851     (844     (832

Income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

    (1,409     (1,882     (2,149     (2,773     (2,537     (2,418     (2,537

Net change in working capital accounts(8)

    (26,421     (33,359     18,416        (23,447     (2,641     20,025        (26,017
                                                       

EBITDA (as defined)

  $ 198,395      $ 225,382      $ 292,085      $ 302,852      $ 258,133      $ 258,217      $ 254,995   
                                                       
    Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

  September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Net income attributable to the Partners

  $ 46,516      $ 68,244      $ 75,740      $ 91,888      $ 41,960      $ 35,268      $ 22,484   

Adjustments:

             

Interest expense

    77,239        75,797        102,669        107,906        109,733        106,701        116,546   

Depreciation and amortization

    79,015        83,861        111,130        110,327        111,210        117,308        120,235   

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps and amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (4,217     —          5,200        —          (500     391        (3,201

Interest income

    (158     (2,520     (2,654     (7,269     (4,270     (1,451     (1,069
                                                       

EBITDA (as defined)

  $ 198,395      $ 225,382      $ 292,085      $ 302,852      $ 258,133      $ 258,217      $ 254,995   
                                                       

 

(1) Consists primarily of UEP sales, aged ticket sales, theme park corporate special events and the parking facility. We host special events for corporate guests whereby a portion of the theme park is rented for corporate functions. UEP is a ticket that allows guests to experience reduced wait times at certain attractions and shows.
(2) Consists primarily of CityWalk, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations and hotel rent received from our on-site hotels.
(3)

We have included EBITDA (as defined) because it is used by some investors as a measure of our ability to service debt, and to measure company operating performance under our Annual Incentive Plan. EBITDA (as defined) represents earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization and certain other adjustments permitted by the definition of EBITDA in the renewed senior secured credit agreement. EBITDA (as defined) is

 

42


Table of Contents
 

not prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered an alternative for net income, net cash and equivalents provided by operating activities and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. EBITDA (as defined), because it is before debt service, capital expenditures and working capital needs, does not represent cash that is available for other purposes at our discretion. Our presentation of EBITDA (as defined) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. EBITDA (as defined) is the primary basis in the renewed senior secured credit agreement to determine our quarterly compliance with our funded debt ratio and the interest coverage ratio, which is computed based on the prior twelve months. The calculation of EBITDA under our indentures governing the notes is different, although it generally results in a similar figure. We have defined EBITDA in accordance with the renewed senior secured credit agreement because it is an important liquidity measure. A reconciliation of EBITDA (as defined) from net income and from net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities is set forth below.

(4) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents net income (loss) plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest expense (including amortization of deferred financing costs) and the portion of operating rental expense that management believes represents the interest component of rent expense.
(5) Turnstile admissions represent total admissions to our theme parks, which includes paid admissions and complimentary tickets.
(6) Paid admissions represent the total paid admissions to our theme parks.
(7) Other long-term obligations include long-term capital lease and financing obligations and long-term deferred special fees.
(8) Net change in working capital accounts represents changes in operating assets and liabilities, which includes accounts receivable (net), notes receivable, receivables from related parties, inventories (net), prepaid expenses and other assets, other long-term assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, unearned revenue, due to related parties, and other long-term liabilities.

 

43


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma financial information

We derived the unaudited pro forma financial data set forth below by the application of the pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 27, 2009 gives pro forma effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions occurred on September 27, 2009.

The unaudited pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the nine months ended September 28, 2008 and September 27, 2009 give pro forma effect to the Transactions and the Partnership Agreement Amendment as if they had each occurred on January 1, 2008.

The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our results of operations would actually have been if they had occurred on the date indicated nor do they purport to project our results of operations for any future period.

You should read our unaudited pro forma financial information and the accompanying notes in conjunction with all of the historical financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including information contained in “ Risk factors ,” “ Selected historical financial data ” and “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations .”

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Pro Forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 27, 2009

(in thousands)

 

     Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  

ASSETS

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 81,538      $ (7,191 )(1)    $ 74,347   

Accounts receivable, net

     25,607          25,607   

Receivables from related parties

     2,154          2,154   

Inventories, net

     43,402          43,402   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     14,477          14,477   

Deferred finance costs, net

     4,779        (4,779 )(2)      —     

Assets held for sale

     17,637          17,637   
                        

Total current assets

     189,594        (11,970     177,624   

Property and equipment, at cost:

      

Land and land improvements

     478,418          478,418   

Buildings and building improvements

     1,405,507          1,405,507   

Equipment, fixtures and furniture

     1,147,633          1,147,633   

Construction in process

     183,854          183,854   
                        

Total property and equipment, at cost:

     3,215,412        —          3,215,412   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,497,903       (1,497,903
                        

Property and equipment, net

     1,717,509        —          1,717,509   

Other assets:

      

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     11,000          11,000   

Intangible assets, net

     51,593          51,593   

Deferred finance costs, net

     —          25,875 (2)      25,875   

Other assets

     7,761          7,761   
                        

Total other assets

     70,354        25,875        96,229   
                        

Total assets

   $ 1,977,457      $ 13,905      $ 1,991,362   
                        

 

44


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 27, 2009—(continued)

(in thousands)

 

     Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 141,089      $        $ 141,089   

Unearned revenue

     51,633          51,633   

Due to related parties

     11,484          11,484   

Interest rate swap liability, at fair market value

     1,495          1,495   

Current portion of capital lease and financing obligations

     4,321          4,321   

Current portion of long-term borrowings

     1,008,584        (1,008,584 )(3)      —     
                        

Total current liabilities

     1,218,606        (1,008,584     210,022   

Long-term liabilities:

      

Long-term borrowings

     —          1,504,215 (3)      1,504,215   

Capital lease and financing obligations, net of current portion

     25,405          25,405   

Deferred special fees payable to affiliates

     94,204        (94,204 )(4)      —     

Interest rate swap liability, at fair market value

     —            —     

Other

     7,139          7,139   
                        

Total long-term liabilities

     126,748        1,410,011        1,536,759   

Equity:

      

Partners’ equity:

      

Vivendi Universal Entertainment

     313,251        (193,761 )(5)      119,490   

Blackstone

     313,251        (193,761 )(5)      119,490   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (512       (512
                        

Total Partners’ equity

     625,990        (387,522     238,468   

Noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     6,113          6,113   
                        

Total equity

     632,103        (387,522     244,581   
                        

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,977,457      $ 13,905      $ 1,991,362   
                        

 

45


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Pro forma consolidated statement of operations

For the year ended December 31, 2008

(In thousands)

 

     Historical     Adjustments(6)     Pro forma  

Operating revenues:

      

Theme park tickets

   $ 455,935      $        $ 455,935   

Theme park food and beverage

     112,270          112,270   

Theme park merchandise

     99,634          99,634   

Other theme park related

     104,380          104,380   

Other

     151,133          151,133   
                        

Total operating revenues

     923,352       —          923,352  

Costs and operating expenses:

      

Theme park operations

     184,371          184,371   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     153,205          153,205   

Theme park cost of products sold

     113,536          113,536   

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

     58,305        1,934 (7)      60,239   

Depreciation and amortization

     111,130          111,130   

Other

     122,374          122,374   
                        

Total costs and operating expenses

     742,921        1,934        744,855   
                        

Operating income

     180,431        (1,934     178,497   

Other expense (income):

      

Interest expense

     102,669        30,399 (8)      133,068   

Interest income

     (2,654       (2,654

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps and amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss

     5,200          5,200   

(Income) loss from investments in unconsolidated entities

     (2,673       (2,673
                        

Total other expense, net

     102,542        30,399        132,941   
                        

Net income (loss)

     77,889        (32,333     45,556   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     2,149          2,149   
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Partners

   $ 75,740      $ (32,333   $ 43,407   
                        

 

46


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Pro forma consolidated statement of operations

For the nine months ended September 27, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     Historical     Adjustments     Pro forma  

Operating revenues:

      

Theme park tickets

   $ 311,072      $           $ 311,072   

Theme park food and beverage

     72,357          72,357   

Theme park merchandise

     63,664          63,664   

Other theme park related

     63,841          63,841   

Other

     93,172          93,172   
                        

Total operating revenues

     604,106        —          604,106   

Costs and operating expenses:

      

Theme park operations

     127,244          127,244   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     92,865          92,865   

Theme park cost of products sold

     70,017          70,017   

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

     38,568        1,278 (7)      39,846   

Depreciation and amortization

     79,015          79,015   

Other

     77,209          77,209   
                        

Total costs and operating expenses

     484,918        1,278        486,196   
                        

Operating income

     119,188        (1,278     117,910   

Other expense (income):

      

Interest expense

     77,239        23,392 (8)      100,631   

Interest income

     (158       (158

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps and amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,217       (4,217

(Income) loss from investments in unconsolidated entities

     (1,601       (1,601
                        

Total other expense, net

     71,263        23,392        94,655   
                        

Net income (loss)

     47,925        (24,670     23,255   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     1,409          1,409   
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Partners

   $ 46,516      $ (24,670   $ 21,846   
                        

 

47


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Pro forma consolidated statement of operations

For the nine months ended September 28, 2008

(In thousands)

 

     Historical     Adjustments(6)     Pro forma  

Operating revenues:

      

Theme park tickets

   $ 348,846      $        $ 348,846   

Theme park food and beverage

     88,165          88,165   

Theme park merchandise

     79,499          79,499   

Other theme park related

     80,242          80,242   

Other

     114,738          114,738   
                        

Total operating revenues

     711,490        —          711,490   

Costs and operating expenses:

      

Theme park operations

     135,266          135,266   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     122,370          122,370   

Theme park cost of products sold

     88,526          88,526   

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

     45,107        1,499 (7)      46,606   

Depreciation and amortization

     83,861          83,861   

Other

     95,773          95,773   
                        

Total costs and operating expenses

     570,903        1,499        572,402   
                        

Operating income

     140,587        (1,499     139,088   

Other expense (income):

      

Interest expense

     75,797        24,178 (8)      99,975   

Interest income

     (2,520       (2,520

(Income) loss from investments in unconsolidated entities

     (2,816       (2,816
                        

Total other expense, net

     70,461        24,178        94,639   
                        

Net income (loss)

     70,126        (25,677     44,449   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     1,882          1,882   
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Partners

   $ 68,244      $ (25,677   $ 42,567   
                        

 

(1) Reflects the net cash used in the Transactions. Such use of cash represents $1,517.7 million of combined proceeds from the term loans under the renewed senior secured credit facilities and the issuance of the original notes, less $1,009.0 million in connection with the renewal of the 2004 senior secured credit facilities and the repurchase of the April 2010 notes. Additionally, the adjustment reflects distributions of $358.0 million to Holdings and payments of $94.2 million to Holdings to settle the deferred special fees payable to affiliates, the combination of which will fund Holdings’ repurchase of the May 2010 notes (including premiums and fees due). Finally, the adjustment also reflects $63.7 million in payments of professional and advisory fees and other fees associated with the renewed senior secured credit facilities and the issuance of the original notes. Of this amount, approximately $35.8 million will be capitalized as deferred finance costs or discounts while the remaining $27.9 million will be expensed as non-recurring fees (which are not included in our pro forma statements of operations).
(2) Represents the capitalization of $22.3 million of deferred finance costs associated with the renewed senior secured credit facilities and the issuance of the original notes. Additionally, the adjustment contains the removal of $1.2 million in existing unamortized deferred finance costs associated with the April 2010 notes.
(3)

Represents the recording of $1,525.0 million in combined gross maturities less a combined aggregate original issue discount of $7.3 million related to the term loans under the renewed senior secured credit

 

48


Table of Contents
 

facilities and the issuance of the original notes (such original issue discount amount reflects a 1.144% discount on the senior original notes and a 1.204% discount on the senior subordinated original notes). The adjustment also includes $13.5 million in fees paid to the lenders of the term loans, which is shown as a discount to the long-term borrowings. Additionally, the adjustment contains the impact of the extinguishment of $1,009.0 million in long-term borrowings under the 2004 senior secured credit facilities and the April 2010 notes in addition to the removal of $0.4 million of unamortized discounts on the April 2010 notes which would be recognized as interest expense.

(4) Represents the removal of the deferred special fees payable to affiliates resulting from the $94.2 million payment to Holdings in respect of such amount.
(5) Represents the Partners’ proportionate share of the impacts resulting from the $358.0 million of total distributions made to Holdings in addition to $1.2 million and $0.4 million in incremental interest expense related to a) the removal of unamortized deferred finance costs on the April 2010 notes and b) the recognition of the unamortized discount on the April 2010 notes, respectively. This adjustment also includes the impact to Partners equity resulting from the payment of $27.9 million of certain non-capitalizable professional and advisory fees associated with the renewed senior secured credit facilities and the tender offer for the April 2010 notes.
(6) Approximately $63.7 million in professional and advisory fees and other fees were incurred as a direct result of the renewed senior secured credit facilities and the issuance of the original notes. This includes fees for professional and advisory services to our financial, legal and accounting advisors. It also includes fees totaling $3.0 million paid to holders of the May 2010 notes and April 2010 notes. Approximately $27.9 million of such professional and advisory fees will be expensed as non-recurring fees and has not been included in the pro forma statements of operations. The remainder of such fees will be capitalized as deferred finance costs or discounts to long term borrowings as applicable.
(7) Represents incremental special fees payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment resulting from the amendment of UCDP’s partnership agreement. This amendment, which was announced on October 20, 2009, increased the applicable rate used to calculate the special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment through June 2017 from 5.0% to 5.25% of certain revenue, as defined.
(8) Represents an adjustment to interest expense (including amortization of deferred finance costs and original issue discounts) assuming the Transactions occurred at January 1, 2008. Specifically, the adjustment includes adjustments to record (a) the interest expense relating to the notes and the term loans under the renewed senior secured credit facilities, (b) the elimination of the amortization of deferred finance costs and (c) the elimination of historical interest expense. The following table sets forth the calculation of the interest expense adjustments:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2008
    Nine months
ended
September 27,
2009
    Nine months
ended
September 28,
2008
 

Senior notes

   $ 36,263      $ 27,197      $ 27,197   

Senior subordinated notes

     24,856        18,642        18,642   

Renewed senior secured credit facilities

     58,390        43,436        43,838   

New deferred finance cost amortization

     7,229        5,423        5,423   

Debt repaid

     (89,524     (67,227     (65,307

Removal of existing deferred finance cost amortization

     (2,456     (1,842     (1,842

Removal of interest on deferred special fee payable to affiliates

     (4,359     (2,237     (3,773
                        

Total

   $ 30,399      $ 23,392      $ 24,178   
                        

Exclusive of the impact of any discounts, the interest rate on the senior notes and senior subordinated notes is 8.875% and 10.875%, respectively. The interest rate on the term loans under the renewed senior secured credit facilities is 6.5% (based on a LIBOR floor of 2.25% plus 4.25%). The commitment fee on the unutilized portion of the revolving credit facility is 1.00%. None of the $75.0 million revolving credit has been utilized.

 

49


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

Overview

The following “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ” (“MD&A”) is designed to help the reader understand our financial results, strategies and business environment from our viewpoint. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This overview summarizes the MD&A, which includes the following sections:

 

   

Our operations—a brief description of our operations and our business environment.

 

   

Ownership and basis of presentation—a summary of our company structure including our partners and subsidiaries and other factors impacting our financial presentation.

 

   

Critical accounting policies and estimates—a discussion of our accounting policies requiring critical estimates and judgment.

 

   

Results of operations—an analysis of our results of operations for the three-year fiscal period presented in our consolidated financial statements.

 

   

Liquidity, capital resources and financial position—a discussion on a pro forma and actual historical basis of our sources and uses of cash, our financial position, and contractual obligations.

Our operations

We own and operate two theme parks (Universal’s Islands of Adventure and Universal Studios Florida), an entertainment complex (Universal CityWalk Orlando), and movie and production facilities, all located in Orlando, Florida. Our operations are heavily dependent on theme park attendance, which we consider our most important operating indicator. We use two different metrics to gauge theme park attendance: paid attendance and turnstile attendance, which includes complimentary attendance. Additionally, through in-park surveys, we track our theme park attendance from three distinct points of origin: international, Florida and the outer-U.S., which is the domestic market excluding the state of Florida. Theme park attendance is affected by macroeconomic, competitive and seasonal forces. As our entertainment product is a component of our customers’ discretionary spending, macroeconomic factors, such as consumer sentiment and foreign currency exchange rates, play an important role in our attendance. Consumer sentiment is an important economic indicator, especially in relation to our outer-U.S. market where travel costs are higher when compared to our Florida market. Oil and gas prices affect consumer sentiment for all of our markets due to their impact on discretionary income and travel costs. Foreign currency exchange rates affect the relative prices for our international guests and therefore impact attendance from that market.

Orlando has seven large theme parks in the metro area. As a result, our attendance is also affected by competitive forces. Our largest competitor is Walt Disney World, which contains four of the parks in Orlando. Additionally, Anheuser-Busch InBev historically owned and operated SeaWorld ® . However, on October 7, 2009, Anheuser-Busch InBev announced that it would sell SeaWorld ® to an affiliate of Blackstone and this transaction closed on December 1, 2009. Due to the high level of competition in our market, theme park ticket pricing and the introduction of new attractions are factors significantly impacting theme park attendance.

Theme park attendance follows a seasonal pattern which coincides closely with holiday and school schedules. The year begins with the end of the peak Christmas and New Year’s holiday period. When children return to school, attendance levels subside. During the March to April timeframe, spring break and Easter vacation periods drive seasonally high attendance. Since the peak spring break period fluctuates from year to year between the end of the first quarter and the beginning of the second quarter, historical quarterly financial information might not be comparable. May is a traditionally slow attendance period. June marks the beginning of the summer attendance peak when local schools are out for the summer. This peak attendance period continues

 

50


Table of Contents

throughout the month of June, as schools outside of Florida finish their terms. The peak summer period includes the entire month of July and the first few weeks in August, when the local schools begin to go back into session. Attendance levels continue to decline through Labor Day, when schools outside of Florida begin. Excluding special events such as Rock the Universe in September and Halloween Horror Nights ® in October, the period from September through November is seasonally slow, with an attendance spike around Thanksgiving week. Attendance falls again after Thanksgiving weekend, and does not pick up until the third week of December, when the peak Christmas and New Year’s holiday period begins. The Atlantic Ocean hurricane season begins in June and ends in November of each year. Historically, hurricanes have had little impact on Orlando theme parks. From 1991 to 2003, our parks had been closed only once due to the inclement weather caused by hurricanes. However, during the 2004 and 2005 seasons, we closed our parks on four days as a result of hurricanes. From 2006 through 2008, there were no storms that caused us to close our parks.

In 2008, approximately 49.4% of our revenues were derived from theme park tickets. We analyze our theme park ticket revenue based on revenue per paid admission. Sales of food, beverage and merchandise constitute approximately 22.9% of our revenues. We analyze our theme park food, beverage and merchandise revenues based on revenue per turnstile admission. We derive less than 10% of our revenue from our CityWalk complex, which includes retail, dining, cinema and nightclub entertainment. Our primary operating costs include theme park operations, theme park selling, general and administrative costs, theme park cost of products sold, a special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment, a consultant fee, depreciation and amortization, and interest. We also monitor EBITDA (as defined herein) and certain of our debt covenant ratios as these items impact our ability to service our debt, make distributions to our partners (see the “ Ownership and basis of presentation ” section below) and make payments of special fees to our manager, Vivendi Universal Entertainment. EBITDA (as defined herein) is the primary basis in the UCDP senior secured credit agreement to determine our quarterly compliance with our funded debt ratio and the interest coverage ratio, which is computed based on the prior twelve months. These items are discussed in greater detail within the section entitled “ Liquidity, capital resources and financial position .”

Ownership and basis of presentation

Our ultimate owners, each having a 50% interest in us, are Universal CPM and Blackstone. Universal CPM is a wholly owned subsidiary of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, which in turn is an indirect subsidiary of NBC Universal. Furthermore, GE owns 80% of NBC Universal, while Vivendi S.A. (“Vivendi”) owns the remaining 20%. Our consolidated financial statements include the amounts of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (“UCDP Ltd.”), and all of its subsidiaries including: Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations (“UPRV”), Universal City Restaurant Partners, Ltd. (“UCRP”), and UCDP Finance, Inc. (collectively “UCDP”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. UCDP Ltd. is our primary operating company, while UCDP Finance, Inc. facilitated the issuance of the notes. UPRV is our travel company that sells and coordinates vacation packages for some of our guests.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

In the ordinary course of business, we make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial condition in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles. Results could differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the application of the following accounting policies, which are important to our financial position and results of operations, requires significant judgments and estimates on the part of management. For a summary of all of our significant accounting policies, including the accounting policies discussed below, see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These accounting policies have been discussed and reviewed with the representatives of Holdings and our audit committee, which consists of representatives from both Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone.

 

51


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

Operating revenue primarily consists of sales related to theme park tickets, merchandise and food and beverage. Revenue from theme park tickets is recognized at the time tickets are redeemed. For tickets not redeemed, revenue is recorded after one year from the date of purchase, which coincides with our historical redemption patterns. Proceeds related to the sale of theme park or entertainment complex tickets are exempt from unclaimed property reporting within the State of Florida. Revenue from theme park annual tickets is recognized in equal installments over the life of the annual ticket. Revenue from food and beverage and merchandise is recognized at the time of sale. In addition to unredeemed tickets, we also defer revenue on admissions to CityWalk venues until redemption and on corporate sponsorships, which are recognized as revenue over the period of benefit. Revenue from hotel rent is recognized when earned.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost and is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of those assets. Changes in circumstances such as changes to our business model could result in an impairment of our property and equipment. In addition, it could also result in the actual useful lives differing from our estimates. We review our assumptions whenever a change in these circumstances occurs. We currently depreciate our rides using a 20-year useful life.

We utilize one accounting impairment model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sales, whether previously held and used or newly acquired. We review our long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the review reveals impairment as indicated based on undiscounted cash flows, the carrying amount of the related long-lived assets or identifiable intangibles are adjusted to fair value. Accordingly, we would record a property and equipment impairment adjustment in these situations. If we determine that the useful life of property and equipment should be shortened, such as finalizing the date a ride will be closed as part of developing a new ride, we would depreciate the net book value in excess of the salvage value, over the revised remaining useful life, thereby increasing depreciation expense. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any significant impairment adjustments related to property and equipment. From 2007 through September 27, 2009, we accelerated depreciation on certain assets, primarily in our Lost Continent Island, which will be disposed of as part of the construction of The Wizarding World of Harry Potter . Results during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 contained $2.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively, in additional depreciation expense relating to accelerating the life of various ride and show assets. Similarly, additional depreciation expense of approximately $4.0 million and $2.8 million was recorded during 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our 2006 results do not include significant amounts of additional depreciation.

Provision for inventory

Inventory, which primarily includes spare parts for the theme park rides, food and beverage and merchandise, is recorded at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average cost method. We periodically make judgments regarding the realizable value of certain slow-moving and obsolete inventory. For spare parts, these judgments are based on the usage of the parts on specific rides. If we decide to close down a ride as part of developing a new ride, we specifically review spare parts related to the ride being closed for impairment. For merchandise, these judgments are based primarily on the demand of our customers. The enactment of new product safety regulations can also impact our provision for merchandise inventory. When the realizable value is less than the average cost, we record an inventory provision.

At September 27, 2009, we had a $1.7 million inventory provision, which included $1.0 million for slow-moving merchandise, $0.2 million for food supplies and $0.5 million for obsolete spare parts. At December 31, 2008, we had a $2.0 million inventory provision, which included $1.2 million for slow-moving merchandise, $0.3 million for food supplies and $0.5 million for obsolete spare parts. At December 31, 2007, we had a $1.4 million inventory provision, which included $0.9 million for slow-moving merchandise, $0.3 million for food supplies and $0.2 million for obsolete spare parts.

 

52


Table of Contents

Litigation

We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and other claims, including those discussed within the “ Business section of this prospectus. If we believe that costs from these matters are probable and the amount of the costs can be reasonably estimated, we will accrue the amount of the costs. Accordingly, we have accrued our estimate of the probable legal and settlement costs for the resolution of these claims. This estimate has been developed in consultation with outside counsel and is based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings. As additional information becomes available, we will reassess any potential liability related to these matters and, if necessary, revise our estimates. See note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information on litigation related exposure.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In April 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance that amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and requires enhanced related disclosures. This guidance must be applied prospectively to all intangible assets acquired as of and subsequent to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2009. Although future transactions involving intangible assets may be impacted by this guidance, it did not impact our financial statements as we did not acquire any intangible assets during the nine months ended September 27, 2009.

In March 2008, the FASB issued guidance that expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Specifically, this guidance requires entities to provide enhanced disclosures addressing the following: how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for; and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. This guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2009. Our adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows as it is primarily disclosure related.

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. As such, the new accounting guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2009. This accounting standard impacts the presentation of noncontrolling interests in certain of our investments in consolidated entities. Specifically, it impacted our financial statements by reclassifying the noncontrolling interest in UCRP (formerly known as minority interest) from the liability section into the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As a result, the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP is no longer excluded from the determination of net income (or loss) on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The determination of the income attributable to noncontrolling interest in UCRP continues to be calculated based on the underlying ownership percentage. The adoption of this guidance resulted in the reclassification of $6,782,000 and $7,294,000 of noncontrolling interest in UCRP from minority interest to Partners’ equity on the December 31, 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Balance Sheets and the presentation of net income of $1,409,000, $1,882,000, $2,149,000, $2,773,000 and $2,537,000 attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that modifies certain aspects of how an acquiring entity recognizes and measures the identifiable assets, the liabilities assumed and the goodwill acquired in a business

 

53


Table of Contents

combination. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Although this guidance will impact our accounting for business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009, it did not impact our financial statements as we did not enter into any business combinations during the nine months ended September 27, 2009.

In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes principles and requirements for subsequent events. Specifically, the guidance sets forth parameters pertaining to the period after the balance sheet date during which management should consider events or transactions for potential recognition or disclosure, circumstances under which an event or transaction would be recognized after the balance sheet date and the required disclosures that should be made about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. This guidance is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and as such, became effective for us on June 28, 2009. Our adoption of the standard resulted in additional disclosures surrounding our subsequent events (see note 18 in the notes to our consolidated financial statements).

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that extends the disclosure requirements concerning the fair value of financial instruments to interim financial statements of publicly traded companies. This guidance is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and as such, became effective for us on June 28, 2009. Our adoption of the standard resulted in additional disclosures surrounding the fair values of our financial instruments within note 2 (under the caption “Financial Instruments”) and note 6 in our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued revisions to pre-existing guidance pertaining to the consolidation and disclosures of variable interest entities. Specifically, it changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. This guidance will require a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. This guidance will be effective at the start of a reporting entity’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009. Early application is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact on our financial statements, if any, upon adoption.

In June 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance that will become the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), and related accounting literature. This guidance reorganizes the thousands of GAAP pronouncements into roughly 90 accounting topics and displays them using a consistent structure. Also included is relevant Securities and Exchange Commission guidance organized using the same topical structure in separate sections. This guidance will be effective for financial statements issued for reporting periods that end after September 15, 2009. Beginning in the third quarter of 2009, this guidance impacts our financial statements and related disclosures as all references to authoritative accounting literature reflect the newly adopted codification.

Results of operations

Overview

On a year-to-date basis through September 27, 2009, we experienced a decrease of 14% in our paid attendance and a corresponding decrease in EBITDA (as defined herein) of $27.0 million when compared to the same period of 2008. We believe these decreases were primarily driven by the downturn in the global economy. Additionally, due to the timing of UCDP’s fiscal calendar, the nine months ended September 27, 2009 had two

 

54


Table of Contents

less days than the nine months ended September 28, 2008. Total theme park spending on a per guest basis through the first nine months of 2009 was consistent with the first nine months of 2008, but the reduced volume contributed to a $107.4 million shortfall in revenue, or 15%, when compared to the same period of 2008. Our ability to reduce operating costs, which decreased by $86.0 million in the first nine months of 2009 compared to the same period in 2008, helped partially offset the revenue shortfall. As a result, net income decreased by $22.2 million compared to the first nine months of 2008. We finished the third quarter with $181.5 million in available cash and cash equivalents, including $100.0 million of availability under our revolving credit facility. We owed $1,008.6 million on our indebtedness at September 27, 2009, all of which was current. Additionally, cash paid for capital expenditures during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 totaled $102.8 million as we opened the Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM coaster in summer 2009 and continued progress on The Wizarding World of Harry Potter .

During 2008, our paid admissions decreased 2% compared to 2007. This was driven by softness in our domestic business as our combined outer-U.S. and Florida markets experienced mid single-digit attendance declines versus 2007. As a result of this year-over-year attendance shortfall, total operating revenues decreased 1%, or $8.5 million, in 2008, which was the primary reason for the $10.8 million decrease in EBITDA (as defined herein). Additionally, net income in 2008 decreased $16.8 million versus 2007 as we recorded a $5.2 million charge related to our interest rate swaps which became ineffective in the fourth quarter of 2008.

Nine Months Ended September 27, 2009 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 28, 2008 (in thousands except per capita amounts and percentages):

 

     Nine months ended    % Change
Favorable/
(Unfavorable)
 
     September 27,
2009
   September 28,
2008
  

Operational Data:

        

Paid theme park admissions

     7,046      8,228    (14.4 )% 

Turnstile theme park admissions

     7,705      8,838    (12.8 )% 

Theme park ticket revenue per paid admission

   $ 44.15    $ 42.40    4.1

Theme park food, beverage and merchandise revenue per turnstile admission

   $ 17.65    $ 18.97    (7.0 )% 

Other theme park related revenue per turnstile admission

   $ 8.29    $ 9.08    (8.7 )% 

Statement of operations data:

        

Operating revenues:

        

Theme park ticket revenue

   $ 311,072    $ 348,846    (10.8 )% 

Theme park food and beverage

     72,357      88,165    (17.9 )% 

Theme park merchandise

     63,664      79,499    (19.9 )% 

Other theme park related

     63,841      80,242    (20.4 )% 

Other

     93,172      114,738    (18.8 )% 
                    

Total operating revenues

     604,106      711,490    (15.1 )% 

Costs and operating expenses:

        

Theme park operations

     127,244      135,266    5.9

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     92,865      122,370    24.1

Theme park cost of products sold

     70,017      88,526    20.9

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

     38,568      45,107    14.5

Depreciation and amortization

     79,015      83,861    5.8

Other

     77,209      95,773    19.4
                    

Total costs and operating expenses

     484,918      570,903    15.1
                    

Operating income

     119,188      140,587    (15.2 )% 

Non-operating expense, net

     71,263      70,461    (1.1 )% 
                    

Net income

     47,925      70,126    (31.7 )% 

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     1,409      1,882    25.1
                    

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 46,516    $ 68,244    (31.8 )% 
                    

 

55


Table of Contents

Paid Theme Park Admissions decreased 14% during the first nine months of 2009 compared to the same period of 2008. As discussed previously, we believe this was driven by the downturn in the global economy and, to a lesser extent, the two extra days in 2008 compared to 2009. On a year-to-date basis in 2009, both our domestic and international markets experienced mid-teen percentage attendance declines relative to the comparable period of the prior year. Accordingly, our total Operating Revenue decreased $107.4 million, or 15%. Overall total per capita spending in the first nine months of 2009 was consistent with the first nine months of 2008. Theme Park Ticket Revenue Per Paid Admission increased 4% as a result of selective price changes to maximize yield. Theme Park Food, Beverage, and Merchandise Revenue Per Turnstile Admission decreased 7% primarily due to lower guest spending. Other Theme Park Related Revenue Per Turnstile Admission decreased 9%, principally due to a decrease in corporate special events revenue of $9.5 million and $3.3 million in reduced guest spending on our Universal Express sm Plus product, which typically decreases in periods of lower attendance. As compared to the first nine months of 2008, our Other Revenue category was unfavorable $21.6 million, or 19%, as reduced volume resulted in $7.4 million in lower revenue from our travel company, $7.3 million in lower revenue from our CityWalk operations and $6.1 million in reduced rental income from the three on-site hotels.

Theme Park Operations was favorable by $8.0 million largely due to decreased maintenance, entertainment and operational costs resulting from our reduced attendance levels and management’s cost savings initiatives. Theme Park Selling, General and Administrative was favorable by $29.5 million, or 24%, due to reductions in marketing spend and management’s cost savings initiatives impacting departments throughout the Company. When compared to the first nine months of 2008, Theme Park Cost of Products Sold decreased 21% during the same period of 2009, which correlates to the decrease in Theme Park Food and Beverage Revenue and Theme Park Merchandise Revenue of 18% and 20%, respectively. Similarly, Special Fee Payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Consultant Fee decreased 15%, which corresponds to the decrease in Total Operating Revenue of 15%. Compared to the first nine months of 2008, Other Costs and Operating Expenses was favorable $18.6 million, or 19%, due to reduced operating costs of $4.2 million relating to the lower number of corporate special events, in addition to reduced operating costs at our travel company and CityWalk of $5.7 million and $4.8 million, respectively. These reduced operating costs correlate to the lower revenues from each of these areas as discussed previously. Non-operating Expenses was unfavorable by $0.8 million compared to 2008 as higher interest expense resulting from the amendment of our 2004 senior secured credit agreement in July 2008 combined with reduced interest income and lower income from our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures. These items were partially offset by favorable changes in the fair value of our interest rate swaps.

 

56


Table of Contents

2008 compared to 2007

The following table summarizes our results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands except per capita amounts and percentages):

 

     2008    2007    % Change
Favorable/
(Unfavorable)
 

Operational data:

        

Paid theme park admissions

     10,564      10,758    (1.8 )% 

Turnstile theme park admissions

     11,357      11,514    (1.4 )% 

Theme park ticket revenue per paid admission

   $ 43.16    $ 41.91    3.0

Theme park food, beverage and merchandise revenue per turnstile admission

   $ 18.66    $ 18.82    (0.9 )% 

Other theme park related revenue per turnstile admission

   $ 9.19    $ 8.93    2.9

Statement of operations data:

        

Operating revenues:

        

Theme park ticket revenue

   $ 455,935    $ 450,844    1.1

Theme park food and beverage

     112,270      115,188    (2.5 )% 

Theme park merchandise

     99,634      101,599    (1.9 )% 

Other theme park related

     104,380      102,825    1.5

Other

     151,133      161,387    (6.4 )% 
                    

Total operating revenues

     923,352      931,843    (0.9 )% 

Costs and operating expenses:

        

Theme park operations

     184,371      177,556    (3.8 )% 

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     153,205      153,053    (0.1 )% 

Theme park cost of products sold

     113,536      113,610    0.1

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

     58,305      57,996    (0.5 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

     111,130      110,327    (0.7 )% 

Other

     122,374      128,503    4.8
                    

Total costs and operating expenses

     742,921      741,045    (0.3 )% 
                    

Operating income

     180,431      190,798    (5.4 )% 

Non-operating expenses, net

     102,542      96,137    (6.7 )% 
                    

Net income

     77,889      94,661    (17.7 )% 

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     2,149      2,773    22.5
                    

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 75,740    $ 91,888    (17.6 )% 
                    

As previously described in the “ Overview ” section, Paid Theme Park Admissions decreased by 2% primarily due to the mid single-digit percentage reduction in guests from our domestic points of origin as the U.S. economy worsened throughout 2008. However, attendance from our international market showed strength during 2008 with increases in the low-double digits compared to 2007 thus partially offsetting the softness in our domestic business.

Despite the attendance shortfall, theme park related revenues increased $1.8 million during 2008 driven by growth in Theme Park Ticket Revenue of $5.1 million resulting from a price increase in August and other yield initiatives. As a result, Theme Park Ticket Revenue Per Paid Admission increased 3%. Theme Park Food, Beverage and Merchandise Revenue Per Turnstile Admission decreased 1% as guests began to reduce spending on these items as the economy worsened throughout 2008. Other Theme Park Related Revenue Per Turnstile Admission increased 3% stemming largely from strong park special event revenue which increased $2.1 million

 

57


Table of Contents

in 2008. Other theme park related items primarily include sales of UEP tickets, parking revenue, park special events, stroller rentals and aged ticket sales. Other revenue generating programs decreased $10.3 million or 6% as the economy continued to worsen.

The decrease in Other operating revenue was principally due to reduced revenue of $4.0 million at our CityWalk venues and $3.4 million in lower revenue at our travel company, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations. Additionally, Other revenue was adversely impacted by $1.3 million in lower corporate sponsorship revenue. The results for 2008 were aided by an extra day due to the leap year.

Theme Park Operations increased $6.8 million, or 4%, year-over-year principally due to increased maintenance and operational costs from our newer attractions, The Simpsons Ride  and Disaster! A Major Motion Picture...Starring You! SM . These increased costs were also partially due to increased utility costs as energy costs increased steadily throughout the year. Theme Park Selling, General and Administrative was consistent between 2008 and 2007 as increased costs relating to our investment in information technology initiatives were largely offset by decreases in our marketing expenses. Theme Park Cost of Products Sold was slightly favorable in absolute dollar terms, while as a percentage of revenue they increased from 52.4% in 2007 to 53.6% in 2008, which was chiefly attributable to increased commodity prices. Other costs and operating expenses decreased by $6.1 million, primarily due to $4.9 million in lower costs relating to our travel company’s decrease in revenues. Similarly, we incurred $0.7 million in lower costs relating to the lower CityWalk revenues. Non-operating Expenses increased by $6.4 million primarily due to $5.2 million in losses related to our interest rate swaps and lower interest income of $4.6 million, both of which were partially offset by decreased debt interest expense of $5.2 million as a result of interest rate reductions in 2008. Our interest rate swaps became ineffective in the fourth quarter of 2008 thus resulting in the aforementioned charge. Results from 2007 benefited from a gain from the sale of property of $2.8 million.

 

58


Table of Contents

2007 compared to 2006

The following table summarizes our results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands except per capita amounts and percentages):

 

     2007    2006    % Change
Favorable/
(Unfavorable)
 

Operational data:

        

Paid theme park admissions

     10,758      10,468    2.8

Turnstile theme park admissions

     11,514      11,209    2.7

Theme park ticket revenue per paid admission

   $ 41.91    $ 40.18    4.3

Theme park food, beverage and merchandise revenue per turnstile admission

   $ 18.82    $ 17.85    5.4

Other theme park related revenue per turnstile admission

   $ 8.93    $ 7.52    18.8

Statement of operations data:

        

Operating revenues:

        

Theme park ticket revenue

   $ 450,844    $ 420,654    7.2

Theme park food and beverage

     115,188      108,612    6.1

Theme park merchandise

     101,599      91,421    11.1

Other theme park related

     102,825      84,245    22.1

Other

     161,387      150,454    7.3
                    

Total operating revenues

     931,843      855,386    8.9

Costs and operating expenses:

        

Theme park operations

     177,556      168,431    (5.4 )% 

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     153,053      149,075    (2.7 )% 

Theme park cost of products sold

     113,610      105,023    (8.2 )% 

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

     57,996      53,408    (8.6 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

     110,327      111,210    0.8

Other

     128,503      123,263    (4.3 )% 
                    

Total costs and operating expenses

     741,045      710,410    (4.3 )% 
                    

Operating income

     190,798      144,976    31.6

Non-operating expenses, net

     96,137      100,479    4.3
                    

Net income

     94,661      44,497    NM   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     2,773      2,537    (9.3 )% 
                    

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 91,888    $ 41,960    NM   
                    

 

NM–not meaningful

Paid Theme Park Admissions increased by 3% primarily due to low double digit percentage growth in our Florida market. Theme park related revenues increased $65.5 million, or 9%, compared to 2006 primarily due to the attendance growth and an increase in guest spending. Theme Park Ticket Revenue Per Paid Admission increased 4%. Theme Park Food, Beverage and Merchandise Revenue Per Turnstile Admission increased 5%. Other Theme Park Related Revenue Per Turnstile Admission increased 19%. Additionally, Other revenue generating programs increased $10.9 million or 7%. The increase in Other operating revenue was principally due to $2.7 million in incremental rental income from our onsite resort hotels. In addition to our additional hotel rental income, we also experienced $4.3 million in higher revenue related to our CityWalk venues and $4.1 million of increased revenue from our travel company. These were offset partially by a $1.0 million decrease in revenue from our corporate sponsorships.

Theme Park Operations increased 5% year over year due to the increased cost of entertainment, maintenance and other operational expenses driven by higher attendance. This was partially offset by reduced utility costs from various company initiatives. Theme Park Selling, General and Administrative was unfavorable by $4.0 million primarily due to an increase in marketing spend, an increase in bonus accruals and an investment

 

59


Table of Contents

in information technology infrastructure and support, partially offset by a reduction in property tax and insurance costs. Theme Park Cost of Products Sold remained consistent to 2006 at approximately 52%. Other costs and operating expenses increased by $5.2 million, primarily due to $1.8 million in increased costs relating to our travel company’s increase in revenues, $1.2 million in higher credit card fees due to increased sales and a continuing shift towards credit card transactions from cash transactions, and $1.7 million in increased costs relating to the higher CityWalk revenues. These were offset by lower costs related to park special events due to a lower number of events over the prior year. Non-operating expenses decreased by $4.3 million primarily due to decreased debt interest of $2.0 million which was attributable to the lower interest rates during the year and an increase in interest income of $3.0 million which was attributable to higher cash balances throughout the year.

Liquidity, capital resources and financial position

In light of the difficult economic climate, our significant leverage and our reliance on discretionary consumer spending, our liquidity is subject to numerous risks as discussed in “ Risk factors .”

Pro forma liquidity and capital resources

Following the Transactions, our primary sources of liquidity continue to be cash flow from operations and funds available under our renewed senior secured credit facilities. We expect that ongoing requirements for debt service and capital expenditures will be funded from these sources of funds. After completion of the Transactions, we remain a highly leveraged company, having incurred substantial debt, including the notes, which will result in a significant increase in our interest expense in future periods. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on September 27, 2009, we would have had $1,525.0 million in gross indebtedness. Payments required to service this indebtedness will substantially increase our liquidity requirements as compared to prior years.

In the Transactions, we (i) issued the original notes totaling $625.0 million in aggregate principal amounts and (ii) entered into our renewed senior secured credit facilities consisting of term loans in the principal amount of $900.0 million and a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $75.0 million. At the closing of the Transactions, we had $900.0 million of outstanding term loans and no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Any borrowings under the revolving credit facility would be available to fund our working capital requirements and capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes. The revolving credit facility will mature in November 2013. The term loans are subject to quarterly amortization of principal, with 0.25% of the initial aggregate term loan advances to be payable during each calendar quarter prior to maturity with the balance payable on the term loans’ maturity date. The remaining balance of the term loans is due and payable in full in November 2014. The senior notes will mature on November 15, 2015 and the senior subordinated notes will mature on November 15, 2016. Our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the notes are guaranteed by our existing, and certain of our future, domestic subsidiaries.

Our renewed senior secured credit facilities contain various restrictive covenants. They prohibit us from prepaying other indebtedness, including the notes, and require us to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio and maximum total leverage ratio. In addition, our renewed senior secured credit facilities, among other things, limit our ability to incur indebtedness or liens, make investments or declare or pay dividends. In addition, the Consultant Agreement limits the amount of secured debt we may incur to the greater of $975.0 million and 3.75 times UCDP’s EBITDA (as defined in our renewed senior secured credit agreement). See Risk factors—Risks related to the exchange notes and our indebtedness—Our ability to refinance our debt obligations, including the notes, could be adversely impacted by the Consultant’s right, starting in June 2017, to terminate the periodic payments under the Consultant Agreement and receive instead one payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the Orlando parks and any comparable projects or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment. The indentures governing the notes, among other things: (i) limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments and enter into certain transactions with affiliates and (ii) place restrictions on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer, convey or

 

60


Table of Contents

otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets. However, all of these covenants are subject to significant exceptions. For more information, see “ Description of other debt ,” “ Description of the senior notes ” and “ Description of the senior subordinated notes .”

With the proceeds from the notes issued in the Transactions and the renewal of the senior secured credit facilities in the Transactions discussed above, the April 2010 notes were either tendered by the early settlement deadline of November 5, 2009 or redeemed on December 23, 2009. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt equal to $4,263,000 as a result of the repurchase of the April 2010 notes which includes fees paid of $2,935,000.

Additionally, the Company paid dividends and deferred special fees of approximately $358,000,000 and $94,204,000, respectively, to Holdings which enabled Holdings to repurchase or redeem all of the May 2010 notes (including premiums and fees).

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This ability, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, social, political and other factors that are beyond our control. See “ Risk factors—Risks related to our business .”

Based on our current level of operations, we believe that cash flow from operations and available cash, together with available borrowings under our renewed senior secured credit facilities, will be adequate to meet our short-term liquidity needs.

We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our renewed senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we consummate an acquisition, our debt service requirements could increase. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before maturity. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our renewed senior secured credit facilities and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, the Consultant Agreement limits the amount of secured debt we may incur to the greater of $975.0 million and 3.75 times UCDP’s EBITDA (as defined in our renewed senior secured credit agreement) which could make refinancing our debt obligations more difficult. See “ Risk factors—Risks related to the exchange notes and our indebtedness .” As a result of our recent refinancing activity, we believe that funds generated from our operations and our available borrowing capacity will be adequate to fund our debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements for the next 12 months.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.

Historical overview

We believe our ability to generate cash flows from operations is a key financial strength as well as our principal source of liquidity. We have generated positive cash flows from operations for each of the past five years, and we believe that we will continue to generate positive cash flows from operations in 2009 and in future years. In addition to the cash flow generated from our operations, our available cash and our unused revolving credit facility under our renewed senior secured credit agreement also will provide liquidity. Historically, our principal liquidity requirements have been for capital expenditures, special fee payments, debt retirements, working capital and consultant fee payments. Our strategy includes rationalizing our land holdings, which may involve sales from time to time of non-core land assets. As of September 27, 2009, we had two parcels of land held for sale and are actively evaluating our land assets for optimization potential. One of these parcels was sold

 

61


Table of Contents

in November 2009. However, we cannot assure you as to the timing, size or proceeds with respect to the sale of the other parcel and we may not be able to sell land assets on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our current business structure is heavily leveraged. In the Transactions, we issued the original notes, totaling $625.0 million in aggregate principal amount. At the closing of the Transactions, we had $900.0 million of outstanding term loans and no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. As of September 27, 2009, our total debt was $1,008.6 million. This included $509.0 million outstanding under our 2004 senior secured credit agreement and $499.6 million outstanding under the April 2010 notes ($500.0 million, net of a remaining unamortized discount of $0.4 million). As of December 31, 2008, our total debt was $1,008.0 million which included $509.0 million outstanding under our 2004 senior secured credit agreement and $499.0 million outstanding under the April 2010 notes ($500.0 million, net of a remaining unamortized discount of $1.0 million). At December 31, 2007, our total debt was $1,007.1 million. This included $509.0 million outstanding under our 2004 senior secured credit agreement and $498.1 million outstanding under the April 2010 notes ($500.0 million, net of a remaining unamortized discount of $1.9 million). Our 2004 senior secured credit agreement was renewed and additional credit in the amount of $366 million was extended to us on November 6, 2009. The term loans under the renewed senior secured credit agreement call for quarterly principal installments of 0.25% with the remainder due in 2014. The maturity date of the term loans under the renewed senior secured credit agreement is November 6, 2014. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility under the renewed senior secured credit agreement is November 6, 2013. Our access to capital markets and our ability to issue various securities to raise capital could be affected by our ratings. Additionally, our Partners, their subsidiaries or their affiliates may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to purchase debt securities issued by us in open market or privately negotiated transactions or by other means.

Our renewed senior secured credit facilities consist of $900 million in term loans and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. In addition to there being no amounts drawn on the revolving credit facility under the 2004 senior secured credit agreement as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007, we have never utilized any amounts of this revolving credit facility. In addition, we may borrow up to $150.0 million of uncommitted incremental term loans from time to time. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our renewed senior secured credit agreement is based, at our option, on either a base rate (calculated as the highest of the prime rate in effect on such day, the sum of  1 / 2 of 1.00% plus the federal funds rate, and LIBOR plus 1.00%, provided that the base rate will never be less than 3.25%) or LIBOR (provided that LIBOR will never be less than 2.25%), in each case plus a specified margin. The specified margin for the term loans is 3.25% in the case of base rate loans and 4.25% in the case of LIBOR loans. The initial specified margin for the revolving facility is 3.25% in the case of base rate loans and 4.25% in the case of LIBOR loans. Any amounts payable under our renewed senior secured credit agreement not paid when due bear interest at a default rate of 2.00% above the rates otherwise applicable. In addition to paying interest on outstanding debt, we pay a commitment fee equal to (i) 0.75% per annum for any day on which more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the revolving credit facility commitments are drawn and (ii) 1.00% per annum for any other day.

Additionally, on October 20, 2009 we announced that we amended an agreement (the “Consultant Agreement”) that we have with Steven Spielberg (the “Consultant”), under which we pay a fee for consulting services and exclusivity equal to a percentage of our gross revenues from the attractions and certain other facilities owned or operated, in whole or in part, by us. Under the terms of the Consultant Agreement, the Consultant is also entitled to a fee based on a percentage of gross revenues of comparable projects, which are gated motion picture and television themed attractions owned or operated, in whole or in part, by us, or any of our partners or any of their affiliates, other than in Universal City, California. At present, the only operating theme park that is a comparable project is Universal Studios Japan in Osaka, Japan.

The Consultant Agreement does not have an expiration date, but starting in June 2017, the Consultant has the right, upon 90 days’ notice, to terminate UCDP’s obligation to make periodic payments thereunder and receive instead one cash payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the revenue streams or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment, in each case with respect to the Orlando parks and any comparable projects that were open at that time for at least one year (the “Put Payment”),

 

62


Table of Contents

which amounts could be significant. If the Put Payment is exercised, the Consultant will be precluded from competing or consulting with another theme park for a period of five years after exercise and allows UCDP the right to use ideas generated during the term of the Consultant Agreement without further payment. The Consultant Agreement contains a formula-based method that includes a risk premium of 6.5% with respect to the Orlando parks to determine the amount of the Put Payment. The Consultant Agreement allows the Consultant to make a one-time election to fix the values for certain inputs into the aforementioned formula to establish a minimum amount for the one-time payment to the Consultant (the “Alternative Payment”) in the event that the date the Consultant gives notice to terminate his right to receive compensation under the Consultant Agreement is at least 90 days before March 31, 2018. On January 15, 2010, the Consultant made this election. Accordingly, 90 days after January 15, 2010, we expect to know the amount of the Alternative Payment. In addition to the existing comparable park, four contemplated comparable parks are vested immediately for purposes of the quarterly consulting fee payments but each such contemplated comparable park must still be open for at least one year at the time the Put Payment is exercised in order for such project to be included in the Put Payment. In addition, the Consultant has a second-priority lien over UCDP’s real and tangible personal property, including a mortgage on our real property up to $400.0 million, to secure UCDP’s periodic and one-time payment obligations and the notes are effectively subordinated to his interests to the extent of the value of those assets. The lien securing the Consultant’s interest is junior to the lien securing our renewed senior secured credit facilities. The Consultant Agreement caps UCDP’s ability to incur secured borrowings to an amount equal to the greater of $975 million and 3.75x UCDP’s EBITDA (as defined in the renewed senior secured credit agreement). Our obligations under the agreement are guaranteed by NBC Universal, Inc. and Universal Studios, Inc., as successor to MCA Inc., and Universal Studios, Inc.’s obligations under that guarantee have in turn been assumed by Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Vivendi Universal Entertainment has indemnified us against any liability under the Consultant Agreement related to any comparable project that is not owned or controlled by us. Under the terms of the notes and the renewed senior secured credit agreement, the lien securing our obligations under the Consultant Agreement is a permitted lien. See “ Risk factors—Risks related to the exchange notes and our indebtedness—Our ability to refinance our debt obligations, including the notes, could be adversely impacted by the Consultant’s right, starting in June 2017, to terminate the periodic payments under the Consultant Agreement and receive instead one payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the Orlando parks and any comparable projects or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our renewed senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our ability to continue to fund these items and to continue to reduce debt could be adversely affected by the global recession, general slowdown in consumer spending or occurrence of other unfavorable events.

As a significant portion of our debt is subject to variable rates, we have entered into interest rate swap agreements to help reduce our interest rate risk. These interest rate swaps are discussed in detail in “ Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk ” below. The following table summarizes key aspects in our historical financial position and liquidity (in thousands):

 

     As of
     September 27,
2009
   December 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 81,538    $ 87,798    $ 127,874
                    

Unused portion of revolving credit facility

     100,000      100,000      100,000
                    

Current portion of long-term borrowings, capital lease and financing obligations

     1,012,905      5,822      375
                    

Current portion of special fees

     9,807      8,861      8,967
                    

Total long-term obligations(1)

     119,609      1,127,856      1,125,847
                    

 

(1) Long-term obligations include long-term borrowings (excluding current portions), long-term capital lease and financing obligations and long-term deferred special fees but excludes amounts payable under the Consultant Agreement. For more information regarding capital lease and financing obligations, see note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

63


Table of Contents

Our management assesses operational performance using EBITDA (as defined herein) because it is used by some investors as a measure of our ability to service debt. In addition, it is the primary basis in our renewed senior secured credit agreement to determine our quarterly compliance with our funded debt ratio and the interest coverage ratio, which is computed based on the trailing four quarters. We believe our renewed senior secured credit agreement is a material agreement as it represents a critical component of our capital structure and an important source of our liquidity. Our failure to comply with the financial maintenance covenants in our renewed senior secured credit agreement would result in an event of default occurring under the agreement, which would give our lenders the right to accelerate all of the indebtedness then outstanding under that agreement. EBITDA (as defined herein) represents earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization and certain other adjustments permitted by the definition of EBITDA in the renewed senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes. EBITDA (as defined herein) is not prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as an alternative for net income, net cash provided by operating activities and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. EBITDA (as defined herein), because it is before debt service, capital expenditures, and working capital needs, does not represent cash that is available for other purposes at our discretion. Our presentation of EBITDA (as defined herein) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. The following is a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA (as defined herein) for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and each of the last three fiscal years ended December 31:

 

     Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006  

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

   $ 161,910      $ 197,754      $ 191,333      $ 241,518      $ 165,921   

Adjustments:

          

Interest expense

     77,239        75,797        102,669        107,906        109,733   

Interest income

     (158     (2,520     (2,654     (7,269     (4,270

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     (7,169     (4,549     (6,939     (5,164     (5,374

Interest on financing obligations

     (1,797     (1,773     (2,380     (1,166     —     

Changes in deferred special fee payable and related interest payable to affiliates

     (2,237     (3,773     (4,359     (6,735     (6,168

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     —          —          —          2,776        5,195   

Distributions from investments in unconsolidated entities

     (2,540     (2,504     (3,691     (3,681     (164

Income (loss) from investments in unconsolidated entities

     1,601        2,816        2,673        1,724        (711

Accretion of bond discount

     (624     (625     (834     (837     (851

Income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     (1,409     (1,882     (2,149     (2,773     (2,537

Net change in working capital accounts(1)

     (26,421     (33,359     18,416        (23,447     (2,641
                                        

EBITDA (as defined)

   $ 198,395      $ 225,382      $ 292,085      $ 302,852      $ 258,133   
                                        

 

(1) Net change in working capital accounts represents changes in operating assets and liabilities, which includes accounts receivable (net), notes receivable, receivables from related parties, inventories (net), prepaid expenses and other assets, other long-term assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, unearned revenue, due to related parties, and other long-term liabilities.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income attributable to the Partners to EBITDA (as defined herein) for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and each of the last three fiscal years ended December 31:

 

     Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006  

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 46,516      $ 68,244      $ 75,740      $ 91,888      $ 41,960   

Adjustments:

          

Interest expense

     77,239        75,797        102,669        107,906        109,733   

Depreciation and amortization

     79,015        83,861        111,130        110,327        111,210   

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps and amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss(1)

     (4,217     —          5,200        —          (500

Interest income

     (158     (2,520     (2,654     (7,269     (4,270
                                        

EBITDA (as defined)

   $ 198,395      $ 225,382      $ 292,085      $ 302,852      $ 258,133   
                                        

 

(1) See “ Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk ” below.

Cash flow summary

The following table summarizes key aspects of our cash flows the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and each of the last three fiscal years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     Nine months ended    Year ended December 31,
     September 27,
2009
   September 28,
2008
   2008    2007    2006

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

   $ 161,910    $ 197,754    $ 191,333    $ 241,518    $ 165,921
                                  

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

     100,716      95,901      134,874      49,721      44,292
                                  

Capital expenditures

     102,770      98,037      137,010      60,912      45,313
                                  

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     67,454      15,712      96,535      130,540      101,845
                                  

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, net cash provided by operating activities was $161.9 million and $197.8 million, respectively. This decrease in cash flow from operations of $35.8 million was largely due to the reduction in working capital of $6.9 million and the decrease in net income of $22.2 million, as discussed previously. The reduction in our working capital was chiefly driven by $7.8 million in reduced cash receipts from our guests as compared to 2008. The decrease in cash flow from operations from 2007 to 2008, which totaled $50.2 million, or 21%, resulted from three primary factors. First, cash flows from operations during 2008 were negatively impacted by $10.4 million compared to 2007 as a result of the timing of payments for our marketing initiatives. Second, our cash flows from operations during 2008 were reduced by $10.5 million relative to 2007 due to payments related to our annual incentive and long-term growth plans (see “ Management of UCDP—Compensation discussion and analysis ” for further information). Lastly, our net income was $16.8 million lower during 2008 compared to 2007 for the reasons previously discussed. The increase in cash flow from operations from 2006 to 2007, which totaled $75.6 million, or 46%, resulted primarily from a $50.2 million increase in net income and $23.4 million in changes to our working capital, driven largely by the increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities relating to marketing, the Orlando FlexTicket and incentive plans.

 

65


Table of Contents

Cash flows used in investing activities during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted primarily of capital expenditures. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, these capital expenditures were partially offset by proceeds from land sales, capital reimbursements and capital claims settlements which totaled $2.1 million, $2.1 million, $2.1 million, $14.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively. These proceeds are the result of discrete transactions that may or may not occur in the future. Cash flows related to investing activities in 2007 also contained a $3.7 million contribution related to our unconsolidated investment in Uniman, LLC (see note 4 in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion regarding this investment).

We make annual investments both to provide ongoing capital support for our existing park attractions and infrastructure, and also to fund the development of new park attractions and infrastructure. We believe these investments are critical in maintaining our position of having technologically advanced theme parks and to effectively compete with our competitors. These costs can vary from one year to the next, depending on the timing of the construction cycles. For instance, during 2008 and 2007, we made purchases totaling $142.9 million and $80.0 million, respectively, for capital projects (excluding capitalized interest), while in 2006 similar expenditures amounted to only $40.6 million. Our capital expenditures in excess of the amount permitted by the capital covenant in our 2004 senior secured credit agreement were funded through partner equity contributions. We estimate our 2009 expenditures to be approximately $130.0 million. A large portion of our estimated 2009 capital expenditures relate to the design and construction of the Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM attraction and The Wizarding World of Harry Potter themed island. Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM opened during the summer of 2009 and we anticipate opening The Wizarding World of Harry Potter themed island in the spring of 2010. We estimate our total capital investment in Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM , The Wizarding World of Harry Potter™ and The Simpsons Ride (which opened in the spring of 2008) will range from $275.0 million to $310.0 million. This includes all capital expenditures to build these attractions, excluding capitalized interest. This also takes into account the net present value of all license fee payments made during the initial terms of the applicable licenses, while excluding license payments made during renewal periods and merchandise royalties.

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, net cash used for financing activities was $67.5 million and $15.7 million, respectively. The current year amount is comprised principally of $33.4 million in distributions made to the Partners for their respective tax liabilities resulting from our net income in 2008, $26.2 million in distributions made to Holdings primarily to fund its interest payments, and $5.8 million in payments on our capital lease and financing obligations. The prior year amount consists primarily of $25.5 million in distributions to Holdings to fund its interest payments, $11.6 million in distributions to the Partners for their respective tax liabilities resulting from our net income in 2007, and $4.7 million in payments on our capital lease and financing obligations. The total of these items was offset partially by $28.7 million in contributions from the Partners in order to partially fund our capital expenditures and satisfy the capital covenant in our 2004 senior secured credit agreement. During each of 2008, 2007 and 2006, the primary components of our financing outflows related to distributions made to Holdings and payments on our long term obligations. Additionally, we paid $4.3 million in finance costs attributable to the amendment of our 2004 senior secured credit facilities in 2008 as discussed previously. Also during 2008, we received approximately $28.7 million of Partner contributions in order to partially fund our capital expenditures and satisfy the capital covenant in our 2004 senior secured credit agreement.

Special fee requirements

Under our partnership agreement, a “special fee” is payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment through Universal CPM. The special fee has historically been calculated at 5.0% of certain gross operating revenues, as defined in our partnership agreement, generated from each of Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure. An amendment to our partnership agreement, which was announced on October 20, 2009, increased the applicable rate used to calculate the special fee through June 2017 from 5.0% to 5.25% of certain

 

66


Table of Contents

gross operating revenues, as defined. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, the special fee amounted to $25.6 million and $29.9 million, respectively. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the special fee amounted to $38.7 million, $38.4 million and $35.3 million, respectively. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, the interest incurred on the special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and affiliates, including both the current and long term portions, was $2.4 million and $4.2 million, respectively. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the interest incurred on the special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and affiliates, including both the current and long term portions, was $4.9 million, $7.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

Historically, under the terms of our 2004 senior secured credit facilities and the April 2010 notes, the special fee related to both Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure could only be paid upon achievement of certain but different leverage ratios (and that is still the case under our renewed senior secured credit agreement). The most restrictive quarterly covenant for payment of the special fee was a debt to EBITDA ratio (as defined in the April 2010 notes) of 5.0 to 1.0 or less related to the current special fees and 3.75 to 1.0 or less related to the deferred special fees (as defined in the 2004 senior secured credit agreement); now the most restrictive quarterly covenant is a fixed charge coverage ratio greater than or equal to 1.1 to 1.0. These ratios were met as of each of our quarter end dates throughout the period from January 1, 2006 to September 27, 2009, thus allowing the special fee to be paid. Accordingly, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid total fees of $24.8 million, $28.1 million, $39.3 million, $38.5 million and $35.9 million, respectively, to Vivendi Universal Entertainment. At September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the current portion of our consolidated balance sheet included $9.8 million, $8.9 million and $9.0 million, respectively, related to the special fees payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Also, at September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had accrued long-term special fees payable to an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment of $94.2 million, $92.0 million and $87.6 million, respectively. Pursuant to certain subordination agreements, the special fee may not be paid if there is an event of default (or to the knowledge of our officers a default) under our renewed senior secured credit facilities or the notes.

Distributions

Under the renewed senior secured credit agreement, distributions may be made in an aggregate amount not to exceed 25% of excess cash flow if no event of default exists and the total leverage ratio is not greater than 5.5x. Additionally, the indentures governing the notes limit distributions that may be made to an amount equal to our EBITDA for the period from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing on or after September 28, 2009 to the end of our most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available less 1.75 times our consolidated interest expense. The notes also have an unrestricted basket of $50.0 million available as of the date of the refinancing.

The above restrictions do not apply to our ability to make a distribution to the Partners in an aggregate amount equal to our hypothetical federal income tax, as provided for in UCDP’s partnership agreement.

Covenant stipulations

Our 2004 senior secured credit agreement and the April 2010 notes (which are no longer outstanding) contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness, repay other indebtedness (including the April 2010 notes), pay certain distributions, create liens on assets, make investments, loans or advances, make certain acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, amend certain material agreements governing our indebtedness and change the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries. In addition, the 2004 senior secured credit agreement contains the following financial covenants: a maximum total leverage ratio; a minimum interest coverage ratio; and a limitation on capital expenditures. We believe that we were in compliance in all material respects with all financial covenants as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness, repay other indebtedness (including the notes), pay certain distributions, create liens on assets, make investments, loans or advances, make certain acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, amend certain material agreements governing our indebtedness and change the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries. In addition, the renewed senior secured credit agreement contains the following financial covenants: a maximum total leverage ratio; a minimum interest coverage ratio; and a limitation on capital expenditures.

Contractual obligations

The following table reflects our estimated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008 on an actual, historical basis:

 

     Payments due by fiscal period

(in millions)

   Total    2009    2010 to 2011    2012 to 2013    2014 and beyond

Contractual obligations:

              

Long-term borrowings(1)

   $ 1,009.0    $ —      $ 1,009.0    $ —      $ —  

Interest payments on long-term borrowings

     174.7      106.5      68.2      —        —  

Operating lease obligations

     13.6      4.7      7.3      1.6      —  

Purchase obligations

     94.2      33.7      20.6      17.1      22.8

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and affiliates

     100.9      8.9      —        —        92.0

Other long-term liabilities(2)

     6.6      —        —        —        6.6
                                  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 1,399.0    $ 153.8    $ 1,105.1    $ 18.7    $ 121.4
                                  

 

(1) Amounts exclude discounts and therefore represent gross maturities.
(2) Amounts exclude any potential obligation resulting from the Consultant’s right to receive one cash payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the revenue streams or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment, in each case with respect to the Orlando parks and any comparable projects that have been open at that time for at least one year, which amounts could be significant.

The following table reflects our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2008, and our long-term debt obligations, estimated future interest payments and long-term special fee payable to Holdings as of September 27, 2009, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions:

 

     Payments due by fiscal period

(in millions)

   Total    2009    2010 to 2011    2012 to 2013    2014 and beyond

Contractual obligations

              

Long-term borrowings(1)

   $ 1,525.0    $ —      $ 15.8    $ 18.0    $ 1,491.2

Interest payments on long-term borrowings(2)

     673.5      29.8      237.4      234.9      171.4

Operating lease obligations

     13.6      4.7      7.3      1.6      —  

Purchase obligations

     94.2      33.7      20.6      17.1      22.8

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and affiliates(3)

     8.9      8.9      —        —        —  

Other long-term liabilities(4)

     6.6      —        —        —        6.6
                                  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 2,321.8    $ 77.1    $ 281.1    $ 271.6    $ 1,692.0
                                  

 

(1) Amounts exclude discounts and therefore represent the face amount at maturity.
(2) Variable interest rates based on current interest rates.

 

68


Table of Contents
(3) Amounts reflect the elimination of the deferred special fees payable to Holdings as if the Transactions had occurred on September 27, 2009.
(4) Amounts exclude any potential obligation resulting from the Consultant’s right to receive one cash payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the revenue stream or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment, in each case with respect to the Orlando parks and any comparable projects that have been open at that time for at least one year, which amounts could be significant.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

The following is a schedule of our fixed and variable rate debt maturities and principal payments for each of the next five years, and thereafter (in thousands) as of September 27, 2009:

 

     2009    2010     2011    2012    2013    Total    Fair value

Debt(1):

                   

Fixed rate debt

   $ —      $ 500,000      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 500,000    $ 500,000

Average interest rate

     n/a      11.75     n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a

Variable rate debt

   $ —      $ 509,000      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 509,000    $ 498,820

Average interest rate

     n/a      7.04     n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a
                                                 

Total gross debt

   $ —      $ 1,009,000      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 1,009,000    $ 998,820
                                                 

 

(1) Amounts exclude discounts and therefore represent gross maturities. The maturity date of the 2004 senior secured credit facilities in the amount of $509.0 million was June 9, 2011; however, it would have been repayable in full at April 1, 2010, if the April 2010 notes and the May 2010 notes had not been refinanced or repaid in full prior to such date. These balances were refinanced in the fourth quarter of 2009.

The following table is a schedule of our interest rate swap agreements including notional amounts, weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates and fair value (in thousands) as of September 27, 2009:

 

     2009     2010    2011    2012    2013    Total    Fair value  

Interest Rate Swaps:

                   

Variable to Fixed

   $ 325,000      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 325,000    $ (1,495

Average pay rate

     4.63     n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a   

Average receive rate

     0.62     n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a   

Fixed to Variable

     n/a        n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a   

Average pay rate

     n/a        n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a   

Average receive rate

     n/a        n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a      n/a   
                                                   

Total notional amounts

   $ 325,000      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 325,000    $ (1,495
                                                   

We are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. We may mitigate this risk by paying down additional outstanding balances on our variable rate loans, refinancing with fixed rate permanent debt or obtaining cash flow hedge instruments.

As a result, we have $184.0 million of unhedged variable rate debt as of September 27, 2009. Based on these variable-rate obligations, each 1.0% increase or decrease in the level of interest rates would, respectively, increase or decrease our annual interest expense and related cash payments by approximately $1.8 million. The sensitivity analysis described above, contains certain simplifying assumptions (for example, it assumes a constant level of variable-rate debt for all maturities and an immediate, across-the-board increase or decrease in the level of interest rates with no other subsequent changes for the remainder of the period). Therefore, although it gives an indication of our exposure to changes in interest rates, it is not intended to predict future results and our actual

 

69


Table of Contents

results will likely vary. In the fourth quarter of 2008, our interest rate swap agreements became ineffective in accordance with applicable accounting guidance which is more fully explained in note 6 of our consolidated financial statements. This resulted in a $5.2 million charge to the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our remaining interest rate swaps expired in the fourth quarter of 2009.

We are exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the derivative financial instruments. We limit this exposure by entering into agreements directly with a number of major financial institutions that meet our credit standards and that are expected to satisfy their obligations under the contracts. For more information about our interest rate swaps, see note 6 in our consolidated financial statements elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

70


Table of Contents

Industry overview

The statements regarding industry outlook, trends, the future development of the theme park industry and other non-historical statements contained in this section are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, all of which are out of our control, and some of which are described in the “ Risk factors ” section.

General

The U.S. theme park industry is comprised of over 400 parks and attractions located all over the continental United States, including local amusement parks, larger regional parks, which tend to focus on roller coasters and other “iron rides”, and larger scale destination theme parks. Theme park attendance and nearby hotel occupancy generally peak during school vacation periods over the summer and during early winter and spring holiday periods.

Total revenues of the U.S. theme park industry grew by 4% from $11.5 billion in 2006 to $12.0 billion in 2007. From 2001 to 2007, total revenues of the U.S. theme park industry grew approximately 25%.

Many participants in the industry use popular characters to market their parks and to provide an enhanced family entertainment experience. They feature the characters in advertising, as street entertainers and in attractions and retail outlets in an attempt to create brand association, increase attendance, support higher ticket prices and increase in-park spending. The guest experience is further enhanced by the use of technological advances which have included 3-D film, motion-based simulation and enhanced special effects.

Orlando and Southern California are uniquely positioned as the home of destination theme parks (where theme park visits make up a material component of visitors’ vacations). Destination theme parks offer a greater variety of packaged promotions to consumers than single-day theme parks.

Competitive environment

Companies in the theme park industry benefit from limited direct competition since the combination of a finite supply of real estate appropriate for theme park development, high initial capital investment, long development time and zoning restrictions provides theme park companies with a significant degree of protection from competitive new theme park openings. There are significant barriers to entry for the theme park industry. For example, the Walt Disney Company is currently spending approximately $1.1 billion to overhaul its California Adventure Park.

The theme park industry is highly consolidated, as 17 of the 25 most visited parks in 2008 were affiliated with three major brands, one of which is the Universal theme park brand.

Orlando theme parks

According to a July 2007 Forbes report, Orlando is the third most visited city in the United States. Orlando’s population of 2.1 million (as of 2008) is projected to grow by approximately 14% by 2013 (or 29% by 2018) making it the ninth fastest growing metropolitan area in the United States. In 2007, Orlando hosted over 48.7 million visitors, which represents 2% growth over 2006.

With seven major theme parks, Orlando is widely recognized as the theme park capital of the world. The Orlando market began to develop in 1971 with the opening of Walt Disney World’s Magic Kingdom. Over the next 30 years, seven major theme parks were built in Orlando, with the newest theme park, Universal’s Islands of Adventure, opening in 1999. These seven theme parks make up 53% of the top 20 North American parks’ attendance and have experienced a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3% from 2003 to 2008 according to Themed Entertainment Association/Economic Research Associates (TEA/ERA).

 

71


Table of Contents

Orlando theme park market overview

The largest theme park operator in the Orlando market is The Walt Disney Company, with four major parks and 2008 annual attendance of approximately 47 million according to TEA/ERA. Walt Disney World continues to make substantial capital investments in the Orlando market and its parks draw a significant number of vacationing visitors to Orlando.

Orlando Theme Park Attendance (in millions)

LOGO

Orlando 2008 Theme Park Market Share (source: TEA/ERA)

LOGO

 

72


Table of Contents

Orlando market

Accommodations

In 2008, the greater Orlando area had approximately 112,000 hotel rooms, making Orlando one of the largest hotel markets in the country. Additionally, there were almost 24,000 timeshare units. Several major hotel chains are opening new hotels or expanding existing hotels in the near future. In 2009, two new resorts opened near Disney: the Hilton Bonnet Creek has 1,000 rooms and the Waldorf-Astoria has 497 rooms. Also, in 2010, Hilton is scheduled to open a 1,400-room resort at the Orlando Convention Center and the Peabody Hotel is scheduled to complete a 750 room expansion.

Passenger traffic

Orlando International Airport is the 22nd largest airport in the world, and the 11th largest in the United States, ranked by the number of passengers during 2008, according to the Greater Orlando Aviation Authority. Currently, Orlando International Airport provides non-stop service to approximately 90 destinations in the United States and 23 international cities and served 35.7 million passengers in 2008, representing an increase of 4.9 million, or 16%, from 2000.

Convention/group meeting visitors

The Orange County Convention Center has 2.1 million square feet of exhibition space, which makes it currently ranked second in the United States in terms of space behind McCormick Place in Chicago.

 

73


Table of Contents

Business

General

We own and operate two theme parks, Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure, and CityWalk, a dining, retail and entertainment complex, at Universal Orlando Resort, a multi-day vacation destination. Universal Orlando Resort also includes three themed hotels, Loews Portofino Bay Hotel at Universal Orlando, Hard Rock Hotel ® and Loews Royal Pacific Resort at Universal Orlando, each of which are located within walking distance of our theme parks and CityWalk. These hotels are owned by UCF Hotel Venture, in which Vivendi Universal Entertainment has an indirect noncontrolling interest. The results of the UCF Hotel Venture are not contained in our financial statements. We derive our revenue related to the three themed hotels owned by UCF Hotel Venture from lease payments reflected in the other revenue line item. The resort is located in Orlando, Florida. Our theme parks combine well-known movie, TV, comic and story book characters with exciting and technologically advanced rides and attractions. Since 1999, we have invested $2.9 billion in our facilities, which includes $2.3 billion for the construction of Universal’s Islands of Adventure, CityWalk and infrastructure.

Universal Studios Florida

Universal Studios Florida is a movie-and-television-based theme park designed to allow guests to become part of their favorite movies and television shows. Universal Studios Florida features a total of 20 rides, attractions and shows along with facades of famous film locations. Some of our current rides and shows are:

 

   

Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM : This high-tech, customizable, multi-sensory entertainment coaster has staked its claim as the most technologically advanced roller coaster in the world. The groundbreaking combination of audio and special effects engineering, sophisticated on- and off-board video and one-of-a-kind personalization takes guests on a roller coaster experience unlike any other. This coaster, which is our newest, opened in summer 2009.

 

   

The Simpsons Ride : Guests careen and crash their way through Krustyland in the wild and hilarious The Simpsons Ride . This attraction opened in May 2008 and was voted “Best New Attraction” by Theme Park Insider.com for 2008 in addition to winning the 2008 THEA Award for Outstanding Achievement—Attraction.

 

   

Disaster! A Major Motion Picture... Starring You! SM : Guests take a harrowing trip into the world of disaster movies.

 

   

Revenge of the Mummy ® : Guests plunge into total darkness, as they face fireballs, beetles and an army of mummies on a psychological thrill ride.

 

   

Shrek 4-D : Guests join Shrek ® , Donkey and Princess Fiona on a “4-D” adventure that picks up where DreamWorks’ original Oscar ® winning movie left off.

 

   

JAWS ® : A multi-sensory water-based ride adventure which brings guests face to face with a three ton great white shark during a boat ride off the coast of Amity.

 

   

Jimmy Neutron’s Nicktoon Blast : A wild rocket chase through the world of some favorite Nicktoons ® , such as SpongeBob SquarePants ® and the Rugrats ® .

 

   

E.T. Adventure ® : Guests climb aboard star bound bicycles to help E.T. ® save his dying planet and continue the saga of one of the world’s most beloved screen characters.

 

   

Terminator 2 : 3D ® : A cyber-adventure attraction that puts guests in the middle of the action with live stunts and high-tech special effects.

 

   

TWISTER... Ride It Out ® : The attraction that puts guests a mere 20 feet away from the awesome spectacle of a five-story tornado, including intensifying winds and pounding rain in an indoor vortex.

 

74


Table of Contents
   

MEN IN BLACK Alien Attack : The world’s first life-size, ride-through interactive video game, in which guests zap aliens and compete with each other for high scores.

 

   

Beetlejuice’s Graveyard Revue : A revue-style show featuring the official Universal monsters such as Frankenstein ® , Dracula ® and The Wolfman ® singing and dancing to rock ’n roll classics. This show was redesigned during 2006 and won the “Big E” Entertainment Award presented by IAAPA for Best Overall Production, given to shows within various production budget ranges.

 

   

A Day in the Park with Barney : A sing-along interactive show where children can see Barney ® , Baby Bop and BJ ® live every day.

The streets of Universal Studios Florida feature facades recreating famous movie locations in San Francisco, New York and Hollywood. These facades recreate the “backlot” and are used as locations for filmed entertainment productions. We believe Universal Studios Florida also appeals to younger children with attractions such as Woody Woodpecker’s KidZone ® and A Day in the Park with Barney, featuring an interactive show and play area for pre-schoolers. At Jimmy Neutron’s Nicktoon Blast, kids can board rockets and blast off on a wild chase through the worlds of their favorite Nicktoons, while Beetlejuice’s Graveyard Revue provides entertainment for all ages.

As of December 31, 2008, food and beverage facilities at Universal Studios Florida included two full service restaurants, four cafeteria-style facilities and 14 fast-food locations providing approximately 3,200 seats. The park also has more than 35 food snack carts. Some of our attractions and other facilities may close periodically for maintenance, re-theming, or to adjust to varying attendance levels.

Universal’s Islands of Adventure

With 20 rides, attractions and shows, Universal’s Islands of Adventure won the 2006 Applause Award that is given out every two years by the International Association of Amusement Parks and Attractions to the theme park whose management, operations and creative accomplishments have inspired the amusement industry with their thought, originality and sound business development, and was selected as the “Best Theme Park” by Theme Park Insider in three of the last six years. This park combines advanced technology, innovative ride design and popular themes and characters to provide guests with exciting entertainment experiences drawn from the great stories of comics, movies, myths and books.

Visitors enter Universal’s Islands of Adventure through a Port of Entry ® where they begin their journey through the themed islands of the park. In this area, visitors find numerous street merchants, shops and restaurants. Once through the Port of Entry, our guests have a panoramic view across a large central lagoon surrounded by five distinct and individually themed islands:

 

   

Seuss Landing : The beloved characters of Dr. Seuss come to life in Seuss Landing with rides and attractions such as The Cat In The Hat , Caro-Seuss-el , One Fish, Two Fish, Red Fish, Blue Fish , If I Ran The Zoo and The High In The Sky Seuss Trolley Train Ride! .

 

   

The Lost Continent ® : In The Lost Continent, visitors participate in rides and attractions featuring epic heroes and their many adventures, including Poseidon’s Fury ® , an expedition of explorers that rediscovers a legendary lost underwater city; and The Eighth Voyage of Sindbad ® stunt show, a live-action stunt showcase, which combines stunts, pyrotechnic effects and high seas heroics. The marketplace at The Lost Continent surrounds visitors with games of skill and chance, numerous themed shops, and live entertainment.

 

   

Jurassic Park ® : Visitors to Jurassic Park encounter the mysteries and wonders of a prehistoric world. The Jurassic Park River Adventure ® takes guests on a raft ride tour through Jurassic Park’s dinosaur habitats. Camp Jurassic ® provides children with a prehistoric playground of dinosaur net traps while the Pteranodon Flyers ® coaster ride soars overhead. The Jurassic Park Discovery Center ® features entertaining and educational hands-on activities designed for the whole family to enjoy.

 

75


Table of Contents
   

Toon Lagoon ® : In Toon Lagoon, a line-up of popular comic strip and cartoon characters comes to life on rides and attractions such as Popeye and Bluto’s Bilge-Rat Barges ® , where passengers white-water raft around Popeye’s island in pursuit of Popeye ® , Bluto , Olive Oyl and Swee’ Pea; and Dudley Do-Right’s Ripsaw Falls ® , a high-speed log flume ride featuring appearances by the cast of characters from the Dudley Do-Right animated television series.

 

   

Marvel Super Hero Island ® : Visitors to Marvel Super Hero Island ® discover superheroes and arch villains locked in battle in a place where good always triumphs over evil. Marvel Super Hero Island ® employs a combination of motion simulation and theatrical production techniques to create a unique theme park experience for our guests with such rides as The Amazing Adventures of Spider-Man ® , voted “Best Dark Ride” by Amusement Today in 2006, the Incredible Hulk Coaster ® , which launches riders upward 150 feet and reaches top speeds of 67 miles per hour, and Dr. Doom’s Fearfall ® , where guests skyrocket 150 feet straight up and then plunge back to earth in less than 3 seconds.

In addition, in spring 2010 we will open The Wizarding World of Harry Potter , inspired by J.K. Rowling’s compelling stories and characters, and faithful to the visual landscapes of the highest-grossing movie franchise in film history, which will provide a one-of-a-kind opportunity to experience the magical world of Harry and his friends. The fully immersive, themed island with multiple rides and attractions will enable guests to experience some of the most iconic locations found in the books and the films, including the village of Hogsmeade and even Hogwarts castle itself.

As of December 31, 2008, food and beverage facilities at Universal’s Islands of Adventure included two full service restaurants, four cafeteria-style facilities and 15 fast-food locations providing approximately 3,300 seats. The park also has more than 20 food snack carts. Universal’s Islands of Adventure also features Mythos, our award winning sit down restaurant that was named “Best Theme Park Restaurant” by Theme Park Insider in 2008 for the sixth straight year. Some of our attractions and other facilities may close periodically for maintenance, re-theming, or to adjust to varying attendance levels.

CityWalk

CityWalk is a diverse collection of restaurants, retail outlets, nightclubs and a 20-screen cineplex located between the entrances to both Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure. The 30-acre complex offers free general admission, except for parking fees and cover charges for admission to various night clubs or shows. Easily accessible by foot or boat from the three on-site hotels and our theme parks, CityWalk’s restaurants and storefronts offer a selection of daytime dining and shopping opportunities. In the evening, as guests emerge from our theme parks, CityWalk provides a comprehensive array of nighttime entertainment facilities, including dance clubs and live entertainment. Patrons of CityWalk can enjoy:

 

   

A wide variety of table service restaurants including Emeril’s ® of Orlando, Hard Rock Cafe ® Orlando, Jimmy Buffett’s ® Margaritaville ® , Latin Quarter , The Sports Grille by NASCAR, NBA City and Bubba Gump Shrimp Co. Restaurant & Market ® , along with numerous fast-food venues featuring various themes designed to cater to a wide variety of tastes.

 

   

Nightclubs such as Bob Marley’s—A Tribute to Freedom SM , the groove SM , CityWalk’s Rising Star, Pat O’Brien’s ® Orlando and the Red Coconut Club ® that offer guests an array of music from reggae to blues, as well as other live entertainment and dancing; Jimmy Buffett’s ® Margaritaville ® and Latin Quarter also turn into nightclubs after 11:00 p.m.

 

   

Hard Rock Live ® Orlando concert venue, which has featured many popular recording artists.

 

   

Retail stores, such as Island Clothing Co., Fresh Produce ® , Fossil ® and Quiet Flight ® Surf Shop.

 

   

A 20-screen movie theater which ranks in the top five in Orlando market share, based on revenues as reported by Rentrak Corporation. In December 2009, the theater introduced an IMAX screen featuring IMAX’s digital projection system as well as its sound system.

 

76


Table of Contents
   

A 1,015 seat Sharp AQUOS theater houses the Blue Man Group show, one of seven permanently based Blue Man Group productions produced throughout the world. The Blue Man Group show combines music, comedy and multimedia theatrics to produce a totally unique form of entertainment.

As of December 31, 2008, there were 36 facilities at CityWalk. We owned and operated 14 of these facilities and leased 22 to third parties and affiliated entities. Pursuant to management agreements, we manage one of the facilities that we lease to a third party. We also have an ownership interest in the form of joint ventures for four of the entities that lease establishments from us.

Intellectual property

UCDP licenses the right to use a substantial number of intellectual properties as walk-around characters and as themed elements in rides, attractions, food and retail outlets as well as on merchandise developed by or for us. UCDP’s rights to use third party intellectual property are of critical importance to our operations and currently cost us a minimum of $6.9 million (plus volume-based fees) annually. We have acquired the right to use the majority of this intellectual property pursuant to the terms of UCDP’s partnership agreement which has been confirmed by the Universal License Agreement. UCDP also licenses certain intellectual property rights directly from unaffiliated third parties, including certain rights to the characters and other intellectual property contained in the Harry Potter books and motion pictures, which are licensed directly to UCDP pursuant to the WB Agreement, and various elements based on The Simpsons , including certain characters and elements licensed to us pursuant to the Fox Agreement. The Universal License Agreement and our partnership agreement were amended on May 25, 2007, in connection with the execution of the WB Agreement. References to the Universal License Agreement and our partnership agreement are to those documents as amended in connection with the WB Agreement.

Certain of UCDP’s license agreements and the indentures governing the notes have change of control provisions. The change of control provisions are the result of negotiations among UCDP and the other parties to such agreements. Our parent entities, to our knowledge, have no present intention to enter into a change of control transaction (as defined in these agreements), although it is possible they may do so in the future. There are various consequences to us if a change of control occurs under UCDP’s license agreements, including, in some circumstances, termination of the applicable license agreement. Under certain circumstances, a given event could trigger the change of control provisions of some of the license agreements without triggering the change of control provisions of the indentures governing the notes. For example, if Blackstone were to increase its combined voting power in Holding I and Holding II to greater than 50% of each of such entities, this event would trigger the change of control provisions of the WB Agreement. At 100% combined voting power in Holding I and Holding II, the event would also trigger the change of control provisions of UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed through the Universal License Agreement. Also, if Blackstone or an entity with more than 50% of its capital stock owned by Blackstone acquired an ownership interest in Universal CPM, this event would trigger the change of control provisions of both UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed through the Universal License Agreement, and the WB Agreement, without triggering the change of control provisions of the indentures governing the notes.

Universal License Agreement

The Universal License Agreement confirms the grant to UCDP, pursuant to UCDP’s partnership agreement, of a non-exclusive right to use the name “Universal” in connection with the operation of our theme parks and the non-exclusive right to use all proprietary and creative elements controlled by the Universal License Parties, including rights licensed by the third parties to the Universal License Parties and then sublicensed by the Universal Licensed Parties to UCDP. The rights under UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed by the Universal License Agreement, are granted to UCDP without cost, except for reimbursement of costs paid by the Universal License Parties to unaffiliated third parties to obtain or maintain third party licenses, and are subject to third party contractual limitations. UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed by the Universal License

 

77


Table of Contents

Agreement, also provides that UCDP will be informed of the status of negotiations relating to potential acquisitions of proprietary creative elements for possible new attractions at our theme parks.

UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed by the Universal License Agreement, provides that UCDP’s right to use the Universal name in connection with Universal Orlando continues indefinitely at no cost to us until the latest of (i) 30 months after a change of control, as described in UCDP’s partnership agreement, (ii) 30 months after any termination of the WB Agreement prior to its scheduled expiration, or (iii) the expiration of the WB agreement in accordance with its terms. The right to use the creative and proprietary elements controlled by the Universal License Parties continues at no cost to us, subject to third party contractual limitations, until the later of (a) the expiration or termination of the WB Agreement or, if sooner, the date that neither UCDP nor its permitted successor or assign is a party to the WB Agreement, or (b) the date such intellectual property rights would otherwise cease to be licensed to us.

Intellectual properties licensed to UCDP under the Universal License Agreement include the following:

 

   

The Amazing Adventures of Spider-Man ® ; Doctor Doom’s Fearfall ® ; The Incredible Hulk Coaster ® ; and Storm Force Accelatron ® licensed by Marvel Characters, Inc.

 

   

The Cat in the Hat , If I Ran the Zoo , One Fish, Two Fish, Red Fish, Blue Fish , The High in the Sky Seuss Trolley Train Ride! , Caro-Seuss-el and all other Dr. Seuss-related thematic elements licensed by Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P.

 

   

Shrek ® , as seen in Shrek 4-D , licensed by DreamWorks Animation, LLC.

 

   

Popeye & Bluto’s Bilge-Rat Barges ® and Olive Oyl licensed by King Features Syndicate, a division of The Hearst Corporation.

 

   

Dudley Do-Right’s Ripsaw Falls ® licensed by Jay Ward Productions, Inc.

 

   

Various Nickelodeon elements licensed by MTV Networks, including certain characters and elements used in the Jimmy Neutron’s Nicktoon Blast attraction.

The intellectual property rights UCDP licenses from others vary in term, with some lasting for as long as the relevant attraction is operational and others expiring periodically over the next several years. The intellectual property rights granted to UCDP pursuant to UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed by the Universal License Agreement, and our other third party license agreements generally include the right to use all creative elements, trademarks, trade names and characters in theming for rides and attractions and in retail outlets, and, in some cases, to feature them as walk-around characters. Most of UCDP’s license agreements are subject to customary approval rights concerning the design of merchandise and marketing materials using the themed elements owned by the licensors. Most of UCDP’s intellectual property rights, whether acquired directly or pursuant to UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed by the Universal License Agreement, require the payment of basic license and royalty fees to unaffiliated third parties on merchandise manufactured by or for us that include the licensed elements and are generally terminable if UCDP breaches by failing to maintain quality standards or failing to use the properties in accordance with the license.

While some intellectual properties used at our theme parks and the full scope of our present use of some intellectual properties may not, in all cases, be covered by formal licenses, we believe UCDP’s rights to use these intellectual properties are secured on the basis of custom, practice and knowledge of the relevant intellectual property owners. We believe that UCDP’s rights to the intellectual properties we use at our theme parks are sufficient for the current operation of our business.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following is a brief description of the material terms of the material license agreements entered into by Universal Studios, Inc. or its affiliates through which UCDP sublicenses the right to use certain of its themed elements:

Marvel

Universal Studios, Inc. has a license agreement with Marvel Characters, Inc. (“Marvel”) pursuant to which UCDP holds a sublicense to use properties and elements owned by Marvel. Marvel receives an annual license fee and a guaranteed annual royalty fee for all merchandise themed with Marvel characters. Pursuant to the license agreement, the Marvel properties are entitled to certain levels of advertising and publicity in connection with the marketing of our theme parks. Our use of the Marvel elements for theming, promotions and other purposes are subject to Marvel’s reasonable approval. We have geographical exclusivity east of the Mississippi River with regard to the specific Marvel characters we utilize. The license for the Marvel properties does not prohibit its assignment and is for the duration of our use of attractions themed around Marvel characters.

In August 2009, The Walt Disney Company announced a transaction in which it would acquire Marvel Entertainment. We believe our agreement with Marvel stands and that the proposed transaction will not impact our ability to use characters and attractions currently in use. In addition, we do not expect the proposed transaction to have any impact on our guest experience.

In addition, the applicable NBCU subsidiary executed an agreement with Disney Enterprises, Inc. that maintains the confidentiality of our confidential business information provided pursuant to our and our affiliates’ agreements with Marvel and prevents inappropriate disclosure of our confidential information that could be used by the Parks and Resorts business of The Walt Disney Company, or for any of the theme parks or resorts of The Walt Disney Company (or any of its subsidiaries’ or licensees’), for anticompetitive purposes. After two years, such agreement is terminable by either party on six months notice.

Dr. Seuss

Universal Studios, Inc. has a license agreement with Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. (“Dr. Seuss Enterprises”) pursuant to which we obtain the right to use characters owned by Dr. Seuss Enterprises. Universal Studios, Inc. has theme park exclusivity in certain territories, including the United States, for use of the Dr. Seuss elements with the provision that Universal Studios, Inc. will not develop or operate more than three theme parks based on Dr. Seuss elements in the United States, as well as a non-exclusive license to make and sell Dr. Seuss themed merchandise. Dr. Seuss Enterprises is paid a guaranteed yearly merchandise royalty that varies with the paid attendance at our theme parks for the applicable year. The license will continue for so long as the Dr. Seuss properties are used in our theme parks and is assignable to a successor owner of theme parks containing Dr. Seuss elements.

DreamWorks

The term of the license agreement that Universal Studios, Inc. had with DreamWorks, L.L.C. (“DreamWorks”) and DreamWorks Animation, LLC, pursuant to which we held a sublicense allowing us to incorporate certain properties and elements owned or controlled by DreamWorks into our theme parks, was terminated on January 31, 2006; however the agreement provides for certain rights to be retained by Universal Studios Inc. pursuant to the “Post-Term Exploitation of Properties” section of the agreement. Pursuant to this section, we continue to hold a sublicense which allows us to continue to operate our Shrek 4-D attraction, use certain strolling characters, and develop and sell merchandise based upon DreamWorks properties we used prior to January 31, 2006, for so long as we continue to pay to DreamWorks the applicable annual fees and merchandise royalties for such use.

King Features

Universal City Studios LLLP, a subsidiary of Universal Studios, Inc., has a license agreement with King Features Syndicate, a division of The Hearst Corporation, pursuant to which we obtain the right to use certain

 

79


Table of Contents

characters, such as Popeye ® , Bluto and Olive Oyl . We have a license to use the King Features elements for our theme park attractions, advertising, publicity and marketing, subject to reasonable approval rights of King Features, until 2019, with options to renew in ten-year successive increments so long as we continue to operate a Popeye ® themed attraction. The license is assignable and Universal City Studios LLLP has theme park exclusivity within the United States and Canada with respect to the use of the characters and a non-exclusive right to manufacture and sell related merchandise. King Features receives an annual fee and a guaranteed annual royalty fee for all merchandise themed with King Features characters.

The following is a brief description of the material terms of the WB Agreement, which UCDP licenses directly from Warner Bros. Consumer Products, Inc.

Harry Potter

Pursuant to the WB Agreement, UCDP has directly licensed certain rights to the characters and other intellectual property contained in the Harry Potter books and motion pictures. This license will be used, among other purposes, for appropriately themed attractions, merchandise stores and food venues which will be incorporated in a new themed area at Universal’s Islands of Adventure that will include a re-themed portion of one of its existing “islands” and additional undeveloped real estate. These attractions are expected to be open in spring 2010. Under the terms of the agreement, we have the right to use the licensed property until approximately nine years after the scheduled grand opening date of the attractions. We also have the ability to extend the term for two successive five-year renewal periods. Our use of the licensed property for the attractions, theming, promotions, merchandise and other purposes is subject to the sole approval of WB. The agreement provides us with the exclusive right to use the licensed property in theme parks, amusement parks, water parks and stand-alone themed venues similar to those found in a theme park within a 250-mile radius around Universal’s Islands of Adventure. UCDP will pay WB various license fees, merchandise royalty payments, and other payments throughout the term of the agreement.

The WB Agreement is terminable, subject to applicable cure periods, if we fail to maintain quality standards, fail to invest minimum required capital, fail to use the properties in accordance with the license, or upon other customary events of default. In addition, if we sell Universal’s Islands of Adventure, or if 50% of UCDP is not owned by Vivendi or its affiliates, the agreement is terminable unless the buyer of Universal’s Islands of Adventure or of the interests in UCDP meets certain financial and reputation tests. In addition, Universal’s Islands of Adventure must either continue to be managed by NBCU or continue to be operated under the NBCU License Agreement. Our partnership agreement has been amended to provide that NBCU will execute the NBCU License Agreement with us, on the same financial terms as set forth in our existing partnership agreement and the Universal License Agreement, if, following such sale or change in control, we will no longer be managed by NBCU. In the event that, following such sale or change in control, in accordance with the WB Agreement, the name of the Universal’s Islands of Adventure theme park no longer contains the word “Universal” or “Universal’s”, then The Wizarding World of Harry Potter , Jurassic Park ® , Seuss Landing and Marvel Super Hero Island ® themed areas of Universal’s Islands of Adventure need to be operated under the NBCU License Agreement, or the name of the theme park and resort must include the name of another major recognized theme park operator, major established motion picture and television studio or another name approved by WB. In the event of termination by WB due to our default, a sale of Universal’s Islands of Adventure or a change of control of UCDP for which the foregoing requirements are not satisfied, payments due with respect to the remaining term of the agreement will be accelerated and due immediately.

Competition

The Orlando theme park market is extremely competitive, with the highest concentration of theme parks per square mile in the world. There are currently seven major theme parks in Orlando. The Walt Disney Company owns four of these: Disney’s Magic Kingdom ® , Epcot ® , Disney’s Hollywood Studios and Disney’s Animal Kingdom ® . The Magic Kingdom, Disney’s original Orlando theme park, targets families with young children and benefits from strong brand recognition of its flagship icon, Mickey Mouse. Epcot is a tour through the

 

80


Table of Contents

countries of the world, Disney’s Hollywood Studios is a movie-based theme park and Disney’s Animal Kingdom is an animal based theme park featuring both live and imaginary animal attractions. Due partly to its longer operating history within the theme park industry, Disney has the highest level of unaided awareness in the theme park industry and commands the majority market share. Additionally, Anheuser-Busch InBev historically operated a local SeaWorld ® park in Orlando, which was sold to an affiliate of Blackstone on December 1, 2009. In addition to the seven major theme parks, Orlando is also home to four water parks with which we compete.

The Orlando theme parks compete with other theme parks around the country as well as other forms of entertainment and recreation around the world. These include sports and outdoor activities and other vacation travel (cruises, beaches, etc.). Other principal competitive factors of a theme park include location, price, uniqueness and quality of the rides and attractions, entertainment value, general atmosphere and cleanliness.

Guests to our theme parks

Guests to our theme parks can be divided into three distinct points of origin: U.S. visitors from outside of Florida, international visitors and Florida residents. As measured internally through guest surveys, we believe our largest market is U.S. visitors from outside of Florida, representing approximately 39% of our admissions in 2008. We have actively pursued this market by enhancing our Internet marketing and partnering with travel agencies with the goal of increasing advance multi-day ticket sales. In 2008, based on our survey data, we believe approximately 33% of our admissions were international visitors, approximately 50% of whom came from the United Kingdom. We market to these international guests primarily with advance multi-day tickets through cooperative print and online media campaigns with our marketing partners. We also partner with a number of major tour operators, particularly in the United Kingdom. In 2008, based on our survey data, we believe approximately 28% of our admissions were Florida residents. We have a series of special events to attract Florida residents to our theme parks during the non-peak seasons. Examples of these events include Halloween Horror Nights ® , Mardi Gras, Grinchmas and the Macy’s Holiday Parade . To capitalize on the strength of these events, we have introduced annual ticket programs in a further effort to maximize attendance from the Florida market. The following table summarizes our paid attendance by point of origin during our last three fiscal years ended December 31, (in millions):

 

     2008    2007    2006

Outer U.S.  

   4.1    4.5    4.5

International

   3.5    3.2    3.2

Florida

   3.0    3.1    2.7

 

Source: In-park guest surveys

Marketing and sales

In order to increase the number of visitors to our theme parks, we utilize various sales and marketing channels, including Internet sales channels, our subsidiary travel company (Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations), sales to timeshare operators, the establishment of joint marketing partnerships and other niche channels such as group sales. In addition, we also benefit from significant marketing spending by corporate sponsors on our behalf. Our sales and marketing expense for 2008 was $75.8 million. Our marketing activities are heavily weighted toward the key vacation planning period of February to May.

Internet sales

As measured internally through in-park surveys, in 2008 approximately 59% of our theme park guests visited our website to gather information about us, and Internet sales account for approximately 23% of our 2008 theme park ticket revenue. We have increased our focus on improving and advancing our on-line presence and e-commerce capabilities by making graphical, copy, navigational and functional modifications that we believe

 

81


Table of Contents

will strengthen brand linkage and increase ticket conversions in our online ticket store. Our online strategy also includes efforts to continuously optimize search engine marketing and display advertising to increase brand recognition, traffic to the website and online sales.

Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations

Our subsidiary, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations, serves as our own wholesale and consumer direct travel company and accounted for approximately 5% of our 2008 theme park ticket revenue. Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations primarily sells travel packages directly to consumers and through travel industry sales. This involves organizing vacation packages, including theme park tickets to Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure, reservations for air transportation, hotel accommodations and rental car transportation. In addition, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations operates its own travel website and guest service desks at approximately 30 locations, primarily at key hotels in Orlando.

Timeshare operators and other distribution channels

A significant portion of our ticket revenue is generated through our relationships with timeshare operators in the Orlando area. Many timeshare operators purchase tickets from us at a discounted price in order to offer those tickets to consumers as a reward for taking a tour of their timeshare properties. We also sell discounted tickets to timeshare operators for sale to visitors of their timeshare properties. Ticket sales from the timeshare sales channel constituted approximately 10% of our 2008 theme park ticket revenue. A majority of these tickets are sold by a small group of major timeshare operators in the Orlando area. Due to the recent upheaval in the credit markets in conjunction with the timeshare industry’s reliance on access to credit, certain timeshare operators have experienced a significant downturn in their business. A continuation or worsening of these circumstances could adversely impact this important distribution channel, which could in turn adversely impact our business. In addition to the timeshare channel, we have several other primary distribution channels, including AAA, which has approximately 50 regional clubs that we use across North America. Sales from these AAA locations accounted for approximately 4% of 2008 theme park ticket revenue. Sales from hotel guest service desks accounted for approximately 4% of 2008 theme park ticket revenue. We also utilize several key domestic and international travel operators as distribution channels for our theme park tickets. A dispute with one of our key distribution channels could adversely affect our business.

Corporate sponsorships

We enter into sponsorship agreements and benefit from sponsorship agreements entered into by Vivendi Universal Entertainment and NBC Universal and their affiliates with national and international companies that provide us with significant marketing exposure but do not require significant cash expenditure on our part. The following is a brief summary of some of the major sponsorship agreements that benefit our business.

The Coca-Cola Company

The Coca-Cola Company has been granted certain designations, such as, the “Official Soft Drink, Fruit Juice and Sports Drinks of Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure and CityWalk,” and has been given exclusive marketing, advertising and associational rights in the soft drink, sports drink and juice categories with respect to Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure and CityWalk and has exclusive product availability with respect to soft drinks, juices and sports drinks sold at Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure and those portions of CityWalk wholly owned or controlled by us or our affiliates. In return, Coca-Cola pays annual sponsorship fees and established a marketing fund for joint promotional activities benefiting us as well as certain other affiliates of Universal Parks & Resorts. This sponsorship agreement continues through December 31, 2012.

 

82


Table of Contents

GE Money Bank

Effective January 1, 2008, GE Money Bank became the “Official Financial Services Provider” or the “Official Financial Services Sponsor” of, and was given the right to install and operate ATM machines at, Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure and CityWalk and certain other Universal properties owned by our affiliates. Since January 1, 2008, GE Money Bank has been the sponsor of the TWISTER...Ride it Out ® attraction at Universal Studios Florida and the Jurassic Park River Adventure ® attraction at Universal’s Islands of Adventure and has exclusive marketing, advertising and associational rights in the retail banking and financial services categories with respect to our theme parks, CityWalk and certain other Universal properties owned by our affiliates. In return, GE Money Bank pays annual sponsorship and ATM fees and has committed to participate in mutually agreed upon marketing and promotional programs requiring expenditures by us and other Universal affiliates for our collective benefit. In addition to this sponsorship agreement, GE Money Bank has entered into a co-branded credit card program agreement with Vivendi Universal Entertainment and other Universal affiliates to create a co-branded credit card which was launched in March 2008 and which is marketed in several locations, including Universal Orlando. We share revenue from card acquisition and card usage and participate in joint advertising and marketing programs. This agreement has an initial term through December 31, 2014. See “ Summary—Recent developments .”

American Express

American Express has joined our family of sponsors and has been granted exclusive marketing and promotional rights as the “Official Payment Services Products Provider” of our theme parks, certain other Universal theme park properties and certain other entities owned by our affiliates. In return, American Express pays annual sponsorship and benefits fees and has committed to mutually agreed marketing and promotional programs benefiting us as well as our affiliates. American Express is the sponsor of the VIP tours at our theme parks. This agreement has an initial term through December 31, 2014.

Nestle Waters

Nestle Waters North America has been granted the right to market itself as the “Official Bottled Water” of Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure and CityWalk, has been designated as a sponsor of Shrek 4-D and has exclusive product availability with respect to bottled water at Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure and those portions of CityWalk wholly owned or controlled by us or our affiliates. Nestle Waters pays annual sponsorship fees and has committed to minimum marketing and promotional expenditures benefiting us as well as certain other affiliates of Universal Parks & Resorts. The sponsorship agreement has an initial term through December 31, 2012.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal. Though the weather in Orlando allows us to admit customers on almost every day of the year, our attendance follows a seasonal pattern which coincides closely with holiday and school schedules. We address this seasonality by attempting to attract business during non-peak times and by reducing variable expenses during non-peak times.

We attempt to increase attendance during traditionally slow months in a number of ways. For instance, we try to increase attendance from local customers by coordinating special events. Halloween Horror Nights ® in October covers approximately 23 nights and significantly increases our local attendance. In another effort to boost local attendance and mitigate the effects of seasonality, we host our Mardi Gras special event every Saturday from early February to early April. Other initiatives include renting the parks to corporate customers for after-hour events, providing discount ticket offers to Florida residents and packaging hotel-inclusive special deals to attract customers who do not live in the Orlando area but are close enough to drive.

We also attempt to reduce variable expenses by making a number of operational adjustments during non-peak periods. For example, we reduce our operating hours based on anticipated attendance, opening at 9 a.m.

 

83


Table of Contents

and closing as early as 5 p.m. Also, certain attractions, shows, restaurants and stores are operated at reduced capacity or closed during seasonally slow times. Some of our attractions and other facilities may close periodically for maintenance, re-theming, or to adjust to varying attendance levels.

We also carefully tailor our staffing levels. For example, we only hire enough full-time employees to provide a full schedule during our non-peak periods. Increased labor requirements are handled through casual and seasonal employees, overtime and other approaches, such as having our full-time employees who do not normally work in the park, including our maintenance and support staff, fulfill shifts in the parks during peak times, or hiring employees from retirement communities. We also minimize our labor requirements by categorizing days, for purposes of staffing, based on estimated attendance at our theme parks. For each potential operating hour combination we have low, medium and high attendance levels, and we develop staffing grids to meet the capacity requirements of each particular situation.

The Atlantic Ocean hurricane season begins in June and ends in November of each year. Historically, hurricanes have had little impact on Orlando theme parks. From 1991 to 2003, our parks had been closed only once due to the inclement weather caused by hurricanes. However, we closed our parks on four days as a result of hurricanes during 2004 and 2005. We experienced no closures from 2006 through 2008.

Capital improvements

We make annual investments both to provide ongoing capital support for our existing park attractions and infrastructure, and also to fund the development of new park attractions and infrastructure. We believe these investments are critical in maintaining our position of having technologically advanced theme parks and to effectively compete with our competitors. These costs can vary from one year to the next, depending on the timing of the construction cycles. For instance, during 2008 and 2007, we made purchases totaling $142.9 million and $80.0 million, respectively, for capital projects (excluding capitalized interest), while in 2006 similar expenditures amounted to only $40.6 million. Our capital expenditures in excess of the amount permitted by the capital covenant in our 2004 senior secured credit agreement were funded through partner equity contributions. We estimate our 2009 expenditures to be approximately $130.0 million. A large portion of our estimated 2009 capital expenditures relate to the design and construction of the Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM attraction and The Wizarding World of Harry Potter themed island. Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM opened during the summer of 2009 and we anticipate opening The Wizarding World of Harry Potter themed island in the spring of 2010. We estimate our total capital investment in Hollywood Rip Ride Rockit SM , The Wizarding World of Harry Potter  and The Simpsons Ride (which opened in the spring of 2008) will range from $275.0 million to $310.0 million. This includes all capital expenditures to build these attractions, excluding capitalized interest. This also takes into account the net present value of all license fee payments made during the initial terms of the applicable licenses, while excluding license payments made during renewal periods or merchandise royalties.

In order to ensure the creative content of the licensed movies and television shows is successfully translated into our newly developed rides and attractions, a worldwide creative team from Universal Parks & Resorts, Universal Creative, provides design and oversight for all new capital initiatives in our theme parks. For our rides and attractions that are also developed for other Universal theme parks, research and development costs are allocated pro rata among the various Universal theme parks that are building the same ride or attraction.

Maintenance and inspection

We maintain and develop our rides in accordance with standards developed by ASTM International for the design, manufacture, testing, operation, maintenance and inspection of amusement rides and devices. ASTM International is a not-for-profit organization that provides a global forum for the development and publication of voluntary consensus standards for design, materials, products, systems and services that are widely accepted

 

84


Table of Contents

within our industry. We use a computerized maintenance management system to manage our maintenance program, which includes daily, weekly, monthly and yearly inspections and extensive preventative maintenance.

Our in-house inspectors are certified by the National Association of Amusement Ride Safety Officials. Our in-house inspectors conduct regular inspections and file annual inspection affidavits with the State of Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, or the “FDA.” UCDP has a memorandum of understanding with the FDA pursuant to which our inspection and maintenance personnel conduct an annual consultation at our theme parks with FDA officials and representatives from other major Florida theme parks. During those site visits, our in-house inspectors consult with the FDA on our ride safety programs and conduct an educational seminar for the FDA inspectors on recent developments in amusement ride technology and safety. We also report certain ride injuries to the FDA pursuant to the memorandum of understanding.

Park operations

Although our theme parks are open almost every day of the year, we adjust our hours of operation, as well as our staffing levels, based on expected attendance. The management of the day-to-day operation of our theme parks by our management team is overseen by UCDP’s manager, Vivendi Universal Entertainment, pursuant to the terms of UCDP’s partnership agreement.

Principal products

Ticket sales

In connection with our strategy to maximize revenue and profit opportunities, we regularly review our ticket price levels and sales mix to capitalize on opportunities to implement selective price and product adjustments. We offer a number of ticket options to our theme park guests. Historically, we offered two types of one-day tickets. The first one-day ticket entitled the guest to visit either Universal Studios Florida or Universal’s Islands of Adventure for an entire day. The second type of one-day ticket entitled the guest to visit both Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure for an entire day. In January 2010, we reconfigured our ticket offerings as one-day, two-day, three-day, four-day, and seven-day tickets. Each of the tickets is valid for admission to Universal Studios Florida and/or Universal’s Islands of Adventure, one park per day, during the specified number of days. However, all of these tickets are valid for a 14-day period including first day of use. In addition to expanding the product offerings, we also added an option for the guest to upgrade access to both parks on the same day. The ability to visit both parks on the same day adds flexibility to the ticket and is offered at an additional charge.

Universal Orlando also offers several two-park annual ticket products. The first annual ticket option (Premier Pass) entitles a guest to unlimited visits to both of our theme parks for a full year with no restrictions and includes free valet parking, free kennel use, and after 4:00 PM Universal Express Plus ride access. The second annual ticket option (Preferred Pass) also includes unlimited visits for a full year with no restrictions and includes free self parking. The third annual ticket option (Power Pass) provides access to both of our theme parks but includes blockout dates and does not include free parking. We offer the FlexPay option for certain annual ticket products, which allows them to pay equal monthly installments on their credit card.

In addition to our ticket products featuring Universal Studios Florida and Islands of Adventure, we also offer ticket products in conjunction with other Central Florida attractions. The 5-park Orlando FlexTicket entitles a guest to 14 days of unlimited admission to both of our theme parks as well as to Wet ‘n Wild ® , SeaWorld ® and Aquatica . The 6-park Orlando FlexTicket Plus entitles a guest to 14 days of unlimited admission to Busch Gardens ® Tampa Bay in addition to the five parks listed previously.

 

85


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth certain information relating to our ticket sales in 2008 (visitors, attendance and revenue in millions):

 

Type of ticket

   Total number
of unique
visitors
   Attendance
per visitor
    Average
attendance
   Price(1)     Revenue(1)    % of revenue  

One-day

   3.6    1.00      3.6    $ 59.58      $ 218.3    48

Two-day

   0.6    1.97      1.2      89.98        52.3    11

Seven-day

   1.3    2.43      3.1      81.49        103.0    23

Orlando FlexTicket

   0.4    2.41      1.0      96.79        38.1    9

Annual ticket

   0.3    4.84      1.4      113.38        33.3    7

Other

   0.1    2.04      0.3      85.28        10.9    2
                                     

Total

   6.3    1.67 (2)    10.6    $ 72.08 (2)    $ 455.9    100
                                     

 

(1) Net of discounts and commissions.
(2) Reflects weighted average.

Sales from our tickets were $450.8 million and $420.7 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Merchandise, food and beverage sales

In addition to our ticket sales, we derive revenue from the sale of theme park merchandise, food and beverage. Revenues from these products during the past three fiscal years are set forth in the table below (in millions):

 

     Fiscal year ended December 31,
     2008    2007    2006

Theme park food and beverage

   $ 112.3    $ 115.2    $ 108.6

Theme park merchandise

   $ 99.6    $ 101.6    $ 91.4

Geographic financial summary

We operate exclusively in the theme park industry. Substantially all revenues were the result of sales directly related to our theme parks, which are located in Orlando, Florida. Accordingly, all revenues and long-lived assets were earned and reside in the United States. For additional information about our revenues and long-lived assets please refer to our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Employees

As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 13,360 employees on our payroll of whom approximately 12,220 were hourly employees and approximately 1,140 were salaried employees. Certain of our executive officers are employed and compensated by Vivendi Universal Entertainment, but they work for us in operating Universal Orlando. We reimburse Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates for the value of any compensation paid to such employees allocated to us by an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment. We currently have no employees that are represented by a union. We consider relations with our employees to be satisfactory.

Environmental and other regulations

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those governing water discharges, air emissions, soil and groundwater contamination, the installation and operation of underground and above ground storage tanks, and the disposal of waste and hazardous materials. In the event of any violations of or liabilities under any of these environmental laws or instances of noncompliance with environmental permits required at our facilities, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal penalties. Currently, we do not expect the costs of these environmental requirements to have a material impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

86


Table of Contents

Properties

Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure, CityWalk, our film production studios, our guest parking structures, our employee parking lots, our executive offices and various administrative buildings as well as extensive landscaping and water systems, are located on 441 acres which we own in Orlando, Florida. In addition, we own approximately 137 acres on which the three themed hotels are located which are leased to UCF Hotel Venture under a long-term ground lease. During 2008, we did not complete any property sales. During 2007, we sold approximately 2 acres for $3.1 million with a cost basis of $0.3 million. After the reduction of related expenses, we recorded a gain of approximately $2.8 million. During 2006, we sold approximately 4 acres for $6.4 million with a cost basis of $0.8 million. After the reduction of related expenses, we recorded a gain of approximately $5.2 million. All of these sales pertained to non-strategic land parcels.

We have approximately 104 acres of undeveloped land which has planning approval for additional hotels and other uses. The development of hotels on these vacant sites is subject to a right of first refusal by Loews Hotels to participate in the development. We have identified approximately 35+ acres of this undeveloped land that would not be necessary for the hotel development and are considering the sale of this land for retail, office or other uses.

In addition, we have other smaller parcels of land that are not essential to our operations. As of December 31, 2008, two parcels of land are classified as held for sale in the financial statements. One of these parcels was sold in November 2009. Although the other parcel continues to be classified as held for sale, we cannot assure you as to the amount or timing of receipt of the proceeds with respect to such sale.

As of December 31, 2008, we leased three off-site retail stores including two stores at the Orlando Airport and one off-site liquidation retail store at the Festival Bay Mall in Orlando. In addition, we lease off-site office and warehouse space of approximately 280,000 square feet for merchandise inventory and entertainment props as well as 25,000 square feet for the manufacture of replacement prosthetic skins for some of our attractions.

We believe that our facilities, whether owned or leased, are in satisfactory working order to meet our current and anticipated needs.

Legal proceedings

Settlement of assessment disputes

In June 2009, the Company settled all of the property tax assessment disputes described below for an amount that is not material to its financial statements. The following description of these disputes is provided solely as historical background information.

2008 Assessments

On December 5, 2008, UCDP filed complaints in state circuit court challenging the 2008 assessments by the Orange County Property Appraiser (the “Property Appraiser”) of certain real and tangible personal property owned by UCDP. On February 2, 2009, the Property Appraiser answered the complaints and also moved to dismiss the discriminatory assessment counts asserted by UCDP. On February 16, 2009, the Orange County Tax Collector (the “Tax Collector”) similarly answered the complaints and moved to dismiss the discriminatory assessment counts asserted by UCDP. UCDP paid the full assessments with respect to the 2008 real and personal property on November 26, 2008.

2007 Assessments

On September 18, 2007, UCDP filed petitions to the Orange County Value Adjustment Board (“VAB”) seeking review and adjustment of the 2007 assessments by the Property Appraiser of certain real and tangible personal property owned by UCDP. The Special Magistrates recommended that UCDP’s petitions be denied as to

 

87


Table of Contents

the Universal Studios Florida (“USF”) and Universal’s Islands of Adventure (“UIOA”) tangible personal property and real property and recommended that the assessment as to UCDP’s parking garages be reduced. The VAB approved and adopted the Special Magistrates’ recommendations on February 26, 2008. On April 24, 2008, UCDP filed complaints challenging these assessments in state circuit court. On June 4, 2008, the Tax Collector answered the complaints. On June 16, 2008, the Property Appraiser answered the complaints. Both the Property Appraiser and the Tax Collector also moved to dismiss UCDP’s discriminatory assessment claims. On November 12, 2008, the court consolidated UCDP’s complaint involving the 2007 assessments of the parking garages with a similar complaint that UCDP filed involving the 2006 assessments. On February 11, 2009, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the discriminatory assessment count in UCDP’s complaint involving the parking garages, and it granted UCDP leave to amend that count. On March 16, 2009, UCDP filed its amended complaint, and both the Property Appraiser and the Tax Collector subsequently answered UCDP’s amended complaint. In addition, in late 2008, the Property Appraiser and Tax Collector filed a Joint Motion for Summary Judgment as to Count I of UCDP’s complaint involving its tangible personal property. On March 26, 2009, the court denied that Joint Motion. UCDP paid the full assessment with respect to the 2007 real and personal property on November 30, 2007.

2006 Assessments

In the second quarter of 2007, UCDP received and recorded a refund of approximately $1.0 million (the “2006 Refund”) with respect to an adjustment of the 2006 assessments by the Property Appraiser reducing the assessed property values of certain real and tangible personal property owned by UCDP.

Meanwhile, on April 17, 2007, the Property Appraiser filed a complaint in state circuit court challenging the reduced 2006 tangible personal property assessments. On May 16, 2007, UCDP filed two complaints challenging the Property Appraiser’s 2006 assessments for (i) real property at USF and UIOA, and for (ii) UCDP’s parking garages.

The Property Appraiser and the Tax Collector answered UCDP’s complaints and also moved to dismiss UCDP’s discriminatory assessment claims. On November 12, 2008, the court consolidated UCDP’s complaint involving the 2006 assessments of the parking garages with a similar complaint that UCDP filed involving the 2007 assessments. On February 11, 2009, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the discriminatory assessment count in UCDP’s complaint involving the parking garages, and it granted UCDP leave to amend that count. On March 16, 2009, UCDP filed its amended complaint, and both the Property Appraiser and the Tax Collector subsequently answered UCDP’s amended complaint.

Back Assessments

On December 21, 2006, the Property Appraiser concluded an audit of UCDP’s 2003, 2004 and 2005 tangible personal property returns, asserting that UCDP underreported its tangible personal property in each of those years. The Property Appraiser issued back assessments resulting in back taxes, interest and penalties being charged by the Tax Collector. On February 19, 2007, UCDP filed a complaint in state circuit court challenging the legality of the back assessments and seeking other relief. On April 25, 2007, the Court dismissed the portions of UCDP’s complaint pertaining to the back assessments on UIOA, and it also dismissed UCDP’s due process claim. On May 14, 2007, UCDP re-filed the complaint (“UCDP’s Re-filed Back Assessment Complaint”) as to UIOA. On February 15, 2008, the court denied the Property Appraiser’s motion to dismiss UCDP’s Re-filed Back Assessment Complaint. The Property Appraiser and Tax Collector appealed the denial of the dismissal of UCDP’s Re-filed Back Assessment Complaint. UCDP opposed the appeal, and on July 3, 2008, the Court denied the appeal.

Other

The Company is threatened with or involved in various other legal actions and claims incidental to the conduct of its business. Management does not expect these legal actions and claims to have a material impact to the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

88


Table of Contents

Management of UCDP

Directors and Executive Officers

Pursuant to the terms of UCDP’s partnership agreement, UCDP is governed and managed by its general partner, Holding II, through a six-member committee of representatives of the partners of Holding II, known as the Park Advisory Board. Three members of the Park Advisory Board are designated by Blackstone and three are designated by Universal CPM. Holding II has the exclusive right to manage and control UCDP and may execute documents, instruments and agreements on UCDP’s behalf. All actions of the Park Advisory Board must be approved by the representatives of both Blackstone and Universal CPM (except when the capital account balance of either Blackstone or Universal CPM is half that of the other, then the partner with the greater capital account balance is entitled to exclusively govern and manage UCDP for so long as its capital account balance is twice that of the other partner). UCDP’s partnership agreement provides for Vivendi Universal Entertainment to manage the day-to-day operation of our theme parks subject to the supervision and oversight of the Park Advisory Board.

We employ most of our executive officers and employees. However, some of our executive officers and certain of our employees are employed by our manager, Vivendi Universal Entertainment, or its affiliates, and their services are provided to us on a reimbursement basis. See “ Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence—Reimbursement of UCDP’s manager’s costs ” for a better description of this relationship.

Set forth below is certain information regarding our representatives, the members of our Park Advisory Board, our executive officers and certain other key employees. In this prospectus, “Universal Orlando” refers to the business conducted by UCDP.

 

Name

 

Age(2)

  

Position

Thomas L. Williams(1)   62    Universal CPM representative on UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and Universal CPM representative for each of Holding I and Holding II
John R. Sprouls(1)   51    Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts, President/Chief Executive Officer for each of Holding I and Holding II, Chief Executive Officer for UCDP, President for UCDP Finance and Universal CPM representative for each of Holding I and Holding II
Christy R. Shibata(1)   36    Universal CPM representative on UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and Universal CPM representative for each of Holding I and Holding II
Jean Louis Bonnier(1)   46    Universal CPM representative on the audit committee for each of Holding I and Holding II and UCDP
Salil K. Mehta(1)   45    Universal CPM representative on UCDP’s Park Advisory Board
Michael S. Chae   41    Blackstone representative on UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and Blackstone representative for each of Holding I and Holding II
Jill Greenthal   53    Blackstone representative on UCDP’s Park Advisory Board, Blackstone representative on the audit committee for each of Holding I and Holding II, and UCDP, and Blackstone representative for each of Holding I and Holding II
Sean T. Klimczak   33   

Blackstone representative on UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and

Blackstone representative for each of Holding I and Holding II

 

89


Table of Contents

Name

 

Age(2)

  

Position

William A. Davis   63    President and Chief Operating Officer, UCDP
Tracey L. Stockwell   45    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, UCDP, Treasurer, UCDP Finance, Inc. and Treasurer/Chief Financial Officer for each of Holding I and Holding II
Richard E. Costales   57    Senior Vice President, Resort Operations, UCDP
Richard T. Florell   61    Senior Vice President and General Manager, Resort Revenue Operations, UCDP
Peter C. Giacalone   58    Senior Vice President, Business Development, UCDP
Alice A. Norsworthy   49    Executive Vice President, Marketing and Sales, UCDP
Michelle McKenna   44    Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer, UCDP
John McReynolds   46    Senior Vice President, External Affairs, UCDP
Catherine A. Roth   52    Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and General Counsel, UCDP
James A. Timon   50    Senior Vice President, Entertainment, UCDP
David A. Winslow   56    Senior Vice President, Technical Services, UCDP
Sherry L. Berlin   40    Vice President Finance, Treasurer, UCDP
Daniel P. Neal   36    Vice President Finance, Controller, UCDP

 

(1) Employed by Vivendi Universal Entertainment or one of its affiliates.
(2) As of December 31, 2009.

Thomas L. Williams has been a member of UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and a Universal CPM representative for each of Holding I and Holding II since October 1999. In addition, Mr. Williams was appointed Chairman of each of UCFH I Finance and UCFH II Finance in December 2004. Mr. Williams has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Universal Parks & Resorts, a division of Vivendi Universal Entertainment since 1999. Prior to holding that position, Mr. Williams served as UCDP’s President and Chief Executive Officer from 1997 to 1999, and as UCDP’s President and Chief Operating Officer from 1990 to 1997. Prior to joining Universal Orlando in 1987 he was Vice President of Hotels and Restaurants for Yosemite National Park.

John R. Sprouls has been a Universal CPM representative and the President/Chief Executive Officer for each of Holding I and Holding II since December 2004 and Chief Executive Officer of UCDP and President of UCDP Finance since December 2006. In addition, Mr. Sprouls is a Universal Parks & Resorts Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs since 2004. Since 1999, Mr. Sprouls was Universal Parks & Resorts Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Sprouls served as Universal Parks & Resorts Senior Vice President of Administration from 1997 to 1999, and Universal Parks & Resorts Vice President of Human Resources from 1996 to 1997. Prior to joining us in 1996, Mr. Sprouls held various Human Resource roles within The Seagram Company, Ltd., including Senior Vice President of Human Resources for the Seagram Spirits and Wine Group from 1991 to 1996.

Christy R. Shibata has been a member of UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and a Universal CPM representative for each of Holding I and Holding II since April 2007. Ms. Shibata currently serves as Executive Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis for NBC Universal, a position she has held since October 2008. Prior to that time and since March 2007, Ms. Shibata served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Universal Pictures and Studios. From October 2005 to February 2007, she was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of CNBC and CNBC International. From September 2002 to September 2005, she was the Chief Financial Officer at GE Healthcare Japan.

 

90


Table of Contents

Jean Louis Bonnier was appointed Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer of Universal Parks & Resorts Finance in December 2005. Mr. Bonnier also serves on the audit committees for each of Holding I and Holding II and UCDP. Prior to his current position Mr. Bonnier served as Universal Parks & Resorts Vice President, Finance. Prior to joining Universal Parks & Resorts, Mr. Bonnier was Vice President of NBC Stations Division. He has been with NBC since 1999 and various businesses within GE since 1991.

Salil K. Mehta was appointed as a Universal CPM representative to UCDP’s Park Advisory Board in March 2008. Mr. Mehta is the President of Business Operations, Strategy and Development of NBC Universal, a position held February 2008. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Mehta was an Executive VP of ESPN Enterprises and prior to that time, he worked in the corporate strategic planning department at Walt Disney Company and was the Executive VP of Corporate Business Development for them since 2002.

Michael S. Chae has been a member of UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and a Blackstone representative for each of Holding I and Holding II since September 2005. Mr. Chae is a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity at The Blackstone Group L.P., which he joined in 1997. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Chae worked as an Associate at the Carlyle Group, L.P. and prior to that with Dillon, Read & Co.

Jill Greenthal has been a member of UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and a Blackstone representative for each of Holding I and Holding II since February 2007. Ms. Greenthal also serves on the audit committees for each of Holding I and Holding II and UCDP. Ms. Greenthal is a Senior Advisor in the Private Equity group at Blackstone, a position held since September 2007. Prior to that time, she was a Senior Managing Director in the Corporate and Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory Services group since 2003. Ms. Greenthal currently serves on the Board of Directors of Akamai Technologies, Freedom Communications, Orbitz Worldwide and The Weather Channel.

Sean T. Klimczak was appointed as a member to UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and as a Blackstone representative to each of Holding I and Holding II in December 2009. Mr. Klimczak is a Principal in Blackstone’s Corporate Private Equity group based in New York, which he joined in 2005. Prior to joining Blackstone, Mr. Klimczak worked as an Associate at Madison Dearborn Partners and prior to that with Morgan Stanley & Company’s Investment Banking Division. Mr. Klimczak serves on the Board of Directors of The Weather Channel, Sithe Global Power, American Petroleum Tankers and The Blackstone Charitable Foundation.

William A. Davis was named President and Chief Operating Officer of UCDP in December 2006. During 2005 and 2006 he was the Vice President and General Manager of Six Flags Marine World in San Francisco. Prior to that, Mr. Davis was the Managing Director of Port Aventura, S.A., more commonly known as Universal Mediterranea, in Tarragona, Spain during 2003 and 2004. Mr. Davis also served as a director of Port Aventura, S.A. and USPA Hotel Ventures I, S.A. during that same period. From 2000 until 2002, Mr. Davis was the Senior Vice President of Guest Services for Busch Entertainment Corporation.

Tracey L. Stockwell was named UCDP’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in January 2007, as well as Treasurer of UCDP Finance and Treasurer/Chief Financial Officer of both of Holdings I and Holdings II. Prior to that, she had been UCDP’s Vice President of Finance and Controller since 2000. From 1999 to 2000, she served as UCDP’s Senior Director of Finance. From 1997 to 1999, she was UCDP’s Director of Finance. Prior to that position Ms. Stockwell was a senior manager for Price Waterhouse in Orlando. Ms. Stockwell received a B.Com from the University of Windsor, Ontario and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in Florida.

Richard E. Costales has been UCDP’s Senior Vice President, Resort Operations since 2003. From 1994 to 2003, he served as UCDP’s Senior Vice President, Park Operations. From 1991 to 1994, he served as UCDP’s Vice President of Operations. Prior to 1991, Mr. Costales was UCDP’s Director of Operations.

Richard T. Florell has been UCDP’s Senior Vice President and General Manager, Resort Revenue Operations since 2003. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Florell was Senior Vice President and General Manager of

 

91


Table of Contents

CityWalk and Resort Shared Services. From 1995 to 2000 Mr. Florell was Vice President of CityWalk. Prior to joining us in 1995, Mr. Florell was Vice President of Specialty Entertainment Centers at Walt Disney World, which included Pleasure Island, Disney’s Village Marketplace, Resort Retail Operations, Resort Entertainment and Development of Downtown Disney.

Peter C. Giacalone has been UCDP’s Senior Vice President, Business Development, since 2004. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Giacalone was Senior Vice President, Business Development, Universal Parks & Resorts, a division of Vivendi Universal Entertainment. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Giacalone was UCDP’s Vice President Business Administration. Prior to holding that position he served as UCDP’s Director Business Administration from 1991 to 1993. Prior to holding that position, he served as UCDP’s Assistant Controller from 1987 to 1990.

Alice A. Norsworthy has been UCDP’s Executive Vice President, Marketing and Sales effective September 2008. From 2005 to 2008, Ms. Norsworthy served as Senior Vice President of Marketing for Royal Caribbean. Prior to that role, she held a variety of senior leadership roles at Walt Disney World, most recently as Senior Vice President, Business Integration, Products & Services from mid 2003 to September 2005.

Michelle McKenna has been UCDP’s Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since July 2007. From 2006 to 2007, she was the Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer for Centex Destination Properties. Prior to that position, she served as Vice President of Information Technologies for the Walt Disney Company from 2001 to 2006.

John McReynolds was promoted to UCDP’s Senior Vice President, External Affairs in March 2007. Prior to that, he had been UCDP’s Vice President, Government Relations since 2000. From 1995 until 1997, he served as UCDP’s Manager of Government Relations; from 1997 until 1998 as UCDP’s Director of Government Relations; and from 1998 until 2000, as UCDP’s Senior Director of Government Relations. Prior to holding those positions, Mr. McReynolds held various positions in United States Senator Connie Mack’s office.

Catherine A. Roth was promoted to Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and General Counsel in March 2007. She served as UCDP’s Vice President of Legal Affairs since February 2001. From 1990 until 1992, she served as UCDP’s Senior Attorney, from 1992 until 2000 as UCDP’s Director, Legal and Business Affairs and from 2000 to 2001 as Senior Director, Legal and Business Affairs. Ms. Roth received her J.D. from the University of Miami.

James A. Timon has been UCDP’s Senior Vice President, Entertainment since 2004. Since 2003, Mr. Timon was UCDP’s Vice President of Entertainment after providing consulting services to us since 2002. From 1996 to 2002, he served as President of Renaissance Entertainment. Prior to joining Renaissance Entertainment, Mr. Timon was Vice President of Entertainment for Universal Studios Hollywood, another theme park owned by Vivendi Universal Entertainment.

David A. Winslow was promoted to UCDP’s Senior Vice President, Technical Services, in October 2009. Prior to that, he had been UCDP’s Vice President, Technical Services since 2008. From 2007 to 2008, he served as UCDP’s Senior Director, Engineering. From 2004 to 2007, he served as UCDP’s Director, Engineering, and from 2002 to 2004 as Director, Attraction Development. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Winslow served as Technical Director or Project Leader on several different construction projects at UCDP.

Sherry L. Berlin has been UCDP’s Vice President of Finance and Treasurer since late 2005. From 1996 to 2005, Ms. Berlin held two positions with the company, UCDP’s Assistant Treasurer/Director of Capital and Director of Internal Audit. Prior to joining us, Ms. Berlin was a Senior Auditor at Franklin Templeton Mutual Funds and Deloitte & Touche LLP. Ms. Berlin received a B.B.A. in accounting from Baylor University and is a Certified Public Accountant in Florida.

 

92


Table of Contents

Daniel P. Neal was named as UCDP’s Vice President of Finance and Controller in February 2007. He served as UCDP’s Senior Director of Finance in 2005 and 2006. From 2002 to 2004, he was UCDP’s Director of Finance. Prior to joining us, he was a manager for Arthur Andersen. Mr. Neal received a B.S. and masters in accounting from Florida State University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in Florida.

Audit committee

Our audit committee is comprised of two members. Each of Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment, who together hold 100% of our equity interests (each holding a 50% interest), has appointed one member. Blackstone has appointed Jill Greenthal, and Vivendi Universal Entertainment has appointed Jean Louis Bonnier. Ms. Greenthal was appointed in February 2007, while Mr. Bonnier was appointed in February 2005.

We do not have any securities listed on a national securities exchange and are not a listed issuer. Accordingly, the rules pertaining to audit committees and the rules pertaining to the designation of an audit committee financial expert which apply to listed issuers do not apply to us. As a result, we have not designated an audit committee financial expert nor do we have an audit committee which complies with the rules which apply to listed issuers.

Changes in directors and executives

On December 4, 2009, Sean T. Klimczak was appointed to UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and as a Blackstone representative to each of Holding I and Holding II.

Peter Wallace was appointed to UCDP’s Park Advisory Board and as a Blackstone representative to each of Holding I and Holding II on May 7, 2009. Mr. Wallace replaced Thomas McGrath. Subsequently, in November 2009, Mr. Wallace left his position on the Park Advisory Board and no longer serves as a representative to Holding I or Holding II.

In September 2008, J. Michael Hightower left his position as Senior Vice President, Technical Services.

In July 2008, Alice A. Norsworthy was appointed as Executive Vice President, Marketing and Sales, effective September 2, 2008.

Code of ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to our Senior Financial Officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller. A copy of the Code of Conduct is available upon written request, and is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement which includes this prospectus. In addition, our principal executive officer, and principal financial officer are subject to a Code of Conduct applicable to GE employees, which is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement which includes this prospectus.

Compensation discussion and analysis

The compensation committee

The compensation program for UCDP’s named executive officers (“NEOs”) is designed to attract, retain, incentivize and reward talented executives who can contribute to UCDP’s growth and success and thereby build value over the long term. UCDP’s executive compensation program is organized around the following fundamental principles:

 

   

Compensation should be tied to the success of the Company and each executive’s contribution to that success.

 

93


Table of Contents
   

The level of compensation should consider the importance of the executive to the company, the competition for the executive’s talent and relative compensation levels for other executives within the company.

We do not have any securities listed on a national securities exchange and are not a listed issuer. We do not have a designated compensation committee as the Park Advisory Board believes it is appropriate for executive officer compensation to be determined by two designated representatives of Holdings, Michael Chae and Tom Williams, on behalf of Blackstone and Universal CPM, respectively. This process is set forth in UCDP’s partnership agreement.

Benchmarking of compensation

UCDP periodically assesses the competitiveness of its pay practices for its NEOs through internal staff research and through purchased external studies conducted by Watson Wyatt. External studies analyze nonpublic information regarding overall compensation and specific compensation elements such as base salary and incentive compensation of peer group companies. While the peer group companies used in the study are not explicitly identified, they are categorized by industry, such as entertainment, restaurant, or retail, and their respective revenue levels. UCDP uses the information provided about companies that are in the same industries as UCDP with which UCDP competes for employees. Internal analysis focuses on public information regarding compensation elements such as incentive based compensation of peer group companies in the entertainment, restaurant and retail industries.

Elements of incentive compensation

UCDP’s compensation practices are designed to reward successful individual performance and the success of the Company by aligning executives’ financial interests with those of the Company’s through a combination of base salary and performance-based incentive compensation. Base salary is linked to the executive’s role and contributions to the Company. Performance-based incentive compensation is comprised of annual cash bonuses tied to the individual’s performance against their objectives and the Company’s performance, and a long-term growth plan, used to focus executives’ efforts toward longer-term performance, thereby enhancing the value of the Company to the partners.

Base salary

Base salaries are generally designed to be competitive with comparable positions in peer group companies in order to attract and retain talented executives with compensation packages that are competitive but fair. Several elements of executive compensation are compared to those of peer group companies, including base salary and performance-based incentive compensation under our Annual Incentive Plan and our Long-Term Growth Plan. Each NEO’s actual salary varies based on his or her qualifications and experience, responsibilities and potential. Base salaries are reviewed annually and adjusted based on achievement of qualitative and quantitative individual goals and objectives developed by the individual with their manager, as well as when an individual is promoted or assumes additional responsibilities. Over the last five years, our NEOs have received base salary increases ranging from 4% to 6%. In some situations, base salaries may be modified higher based upon an individual’s performance review and the discretion of the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs for UPR.

Performance-based incentive compensation

The Company’s incentive compensation programs are overseen by the representatives of Holdings and have the ability to offer different types of cash awards to promote high performance levels and achievement of corporate goals by key employees, encourage the growth of stockholder value and allow key employees to participate in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company. NEOs qualify for short and long-term incentives if they meet the individual and corporate performance objectives and targets set at the beginning of each fiscal year.

 

94


Table of Contents

Annual incentive plan

The goal of our Annual Incentive Plan (also referred to in certain employment agreements of our NEOs as the Executive Incentive Plan and hereinafter the “Incentive Plan”) is to reward superior performance. Our Incentive Plan provides our executive team the opportunity to benefit from our business performance in conjunction with their level of personal performance. Currently, employees who are eligible to participate in the Incentive Plan are limited to our executive employees at a Director level or above who do not participate in a Sales Incentive Plan. Under the Incentive Plan, which is administered by our Compensation department, each participant has a bonus target of 15% to 37.5% of their base salary, generally based on their level in the organization with the bonus target for Senior Vice President and above starting at 25% of their base salary. Each year participants and their managers create individual objectives which support the overall operating plan established by senior management. While the specifics of each individual’s goals will vary depending upon their role within the Company, most goals focus upon team member satisfaction, guest satisfaction and financial returns. At the conclusion of the fiscal year the individual objectives are evaluated by the individual’s manager and an overall personal performance percentage is assigned to them. Concurrently, company performance is determined by operating performance of UCDP as measured by EBITDA (as defined herein). Payout is then based on the target multiplied by personal performance multiplied by company performance. During the five-year period from 2004 through 2008, our named executive officers have received incentive rewards ranging from 18% to 51%. If a participant ceases to be employed by reason of retirement, disability, death or termination (other than for cause) they will participate in the Incentive Plan on a pro-rata basis. If a person ceases to be employed by us or Vivendi Universal Entertainment because they have been terminated for cause, or for reasons other than retirement, disability, death prior to Incentive Plan payout, their participation in the Incentive Plan is terminated and no plan payments are made.

2010 Long-Term Growth Plan

On May 22, 2008, the Park Advisory Board of UCDP approved the Long-Term Growth Plan effective as of January 1, 2008. The Long-Term Growth Plan provides key employees the opportunity to benefit from UCDP’s growth in value. Employees who are eligible to participate in the plan are limited to UCDP’s Executive Committee members, UCDP’s business unit heads and a select group of Universal Parks & Resorts and other UCDP executives. Under the plan, which is administered by the Park Advisory Board, each participant is granted one or more value appreciation rights (“VARs”) based upon the participant’s level of responsibility within the Company. The value of a VAR is generally based on the growth in market value of the equity interests of the ownership partners (Blackstone Capital Partners (“BCP”) and NBC Universal) in UCDP. A pool is established for valuing the VARs and such pool is equal to 2% of the growth in UCDP’s equity value. The value of a VAR is calculated by dividing the total pool value by the total number of outstanding VARs. Each VAR will be triggered and automatically exercisable and payable upon the earlier of six months after a change in UCDP’s ownership structure which results in NBC Universal, Inc. owning less than 50%, or January 1, 2011. If a change of ownership occurs, the payout value is calculated based on the sales price of this ownership change. If a change of ownership does not occur, the payout value is calculated based on an earnings multiple from financial results generated during 2010, subject to specific caps so that the payout value for each participant is no more than 150% of their total compensation as of January 1, 2011. Under the plan, all awards are paid in cash. If a participant ceases to be employed by reason of retirement, disability, death or termination (other than for cause), any VARs earned continue under the plan and are pro-rated. Where there is a termination (other than for cause), the participant is not allowed to receive payout under the plan if that party had not been an active participant in the plan for at least nine months. If a person ceases to be employed for reasons other than retirement, disability, death or termination (other than for cause), any rights under the plan and all VARs granted are canceled. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $2,535,000 has been accrued for this plan.

 

95


Table of Contents

Determining Compensation for UCDP’s Chief Executive Officer in 2008

Mr. Sprouls has been Holdings’ Chief Executive Officer since December 2004 and UCDP’s Chief Executive Officer since December 2006. At the beginning of each year, Mr. Sprouls develops objectives designed to achieve Company success. These objectives are reviewed with Mr. Sprouls’ manager, Thomas L. Williams, the Chairman and CEO of UPR, for the corollary purpose of establishing how Mr. Sprouls’ performance will be assessed. These objectives are largely derived from the Company’s focus on team member satisfaction, guest satisfaction and financial returns. Mr. Sprouls does not participate in the final determination of his own compensation.

For 2009, based on the Company’s performance, Mr. Sprouls’ leadership contribution in his role as CEO of UCDP, and Mr. Sprouls’ performance against the above measured objectives, the portion of his base salary attributable to UCDP was $210,250 which is consistent with the prior year. The prior CEO received base salary increases ranging from 2.5% to just over 6% from 2003 through 2006. Additionally for 2009, Mr. Sprouls will receive a bonus under VUE’s Annual Incentive Plan although this amount has not yet been determined. UCDP will reimburse VUE for a portion of Mr. Sprouls’ bonus. The prior CEO received bonuses under UCDP’s Annual Incentive Plan ranging from $150,000 to $391,500 during the period from 2003 to 2006. Mr. Sprouls’ total compensation attributable to UCDP throughout 2009 was $218,500, excluding any amounts related to the Incentive Plan, as the plan has not been finalized. Comparatively, Mr. Sprouls’ total compensation attributable to UCDP in 2008 was $285,250. We believe that Mr. Sprouls’ total compensation is closely connected with the Company’s objective to retain, incentivize and reward talented executives who can contribute to its growth and success and thereby build value over the long term.

 

96


Table of Contents

2009 Summary compensation table

The following table sets forth the compensation during the last three fiscal years awarded to, earned by or paid to NEOs. Compensation for each of the individuals below is approved by the representatives of Holding I and Holding II.

 

Name and principal position

 

Year

   Salary($)    Non- equity
incentive plan
compensation(1)($)
    Bonus($)    All other
compensation(2)($)
   Total(4)($)

John R. Sprouls(3)

President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings, Chief Executive Officer of UCDP and Executive Vice President Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts

 

2009

2008

2007

   210,250

210,250

202,150

       

67,500

560,000

(1) 

  

  

  —  

—  

—  

   8,250

7,500

7,500

   218,500

285,250

769,650

Tracey L. Stockwell

Treasurer/Chief Financial Officer of Holdings and
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer,
Universal Orlando

 

2009

2008

2007

   260,644

260,644

232,056

       

46,916

417,732

(1) 

  

  

  —  

—  

—  

   10,199

11,700

11,339

   270,843

319,260

661,127

Alice A. Norsworthy

Executive Vice President,
Sales and Marketing,
Universal Orlando

  2009    400,004         (1)    200,000    75,680    675,684

William A. Davis

President and Chief Operating Officer, Universal Orlando

 

2009

2008

2007

   468,041

468,041

446,561

       

90,000

829,500

(1) 

  

  

  —  

—  

—  

   30,863

12,824

29,501

   498,904

570,865

1,305,562

Richard T. Florell

Senior Vice President/GM, Resort Revenue Operations, Universal Orlando

 

2009

2008

2007

   338,332

338,332

322,117

       

60,900

477,541

(1) 

  

  

  —  

—  

—  

   22,485

18,420

18,157

   360,817

417,652

817,815

 

(1) Represents incentive plan compensation earned in each respective year presented above, with the exception of the year ended December 31, 2009, under VUE’s Annual Incentive Plan, in the case of Mr. Sprouls, and under UCDP’s Annual Incentive Plan, in the case of Mr. Davis, Ms. Stockwell, Ms. Norsworthy and Mr. Florell. Under the Annual Incentive Plan, awards are based on operating performance as measured by EBITDA (as defined herein) (see “ Annual incentive plan ” above). Compensation awards earned during the year ended December 31, 2009 have not been determined and we will make this information available once it has been determined.
(2) The amounts shown in this column for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 include the following:

 

  (i) GE matches contributions made by employees under the GE Savings & Security Program. The cost of these contributions was $8,250 in the case of Mr. Sprouls for 2009, and $7,500 in the case of Mr. Sprouls for 2008 and 2007.

 

  (ii) We match contributions made by employees under the Universal Orlando 401(k) Plan. In 2009, the cost of these contributions was $9,800 in the case of Mr. Davis, $7,699 in the case of Ms. Stockwell and $9,800 in the case of Mr. Florell. In 2008, the cost of these contributions was $9,200 for Mr. Davis, Ms. Stockwell and Mr. Florell. In 2007, the cost of these contributions was $9,000 in the case of Mr. Davis, $8,839 in the case of Ms. Stockwell and $9,000 in the case of Mr. Florell.

 

97


Table of Contents
  (iii) We match contributions made by employees under our deferred compensation plan. In 2009, the cost of these contributions was $18,563 in the case of Mr. Davis, $5,200 in the case of Ms. Norsworthy and $10,185 in the case of Mr. Florell. In 2008, the cost of these contributions was $1,124 in the case of Mr. Davis and $6,720 in the case of Mr. Florell. In 2007, the cost of these contributions was $18,001 in the case of Mr. Davis and $6,657 in the case of Mr. Florell. We also maintain a program of life and disability insurance generally available to all salaried employees on the same basis.

 

  (iv) We provide a medical allowance to our executives. In each respective year presented above, we paid $2,500 to Mr. Davis, Ms. Stockwell, Ms. Norsworthy and Mr. Florell.

 

  (v) In 2009, Ms. Norsworthy was compensated $67,980 under a relocation plan.

 

(3) During 2009, 2008 and 2007, Mr. Sprouls was an employee of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, and we reimburse Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates for the pro rata cost of his employment compensation based on the time he spent working on UCDP matters. For both years, we reimbursed Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates for 50% of the cost of Mr. Sprouls’ employment compensation. Amounts set forth in the above table represent amounts we reimbursed Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates with respect to Mr. Sprouls. Mr. Sprouls is eligible to participate in various retirement plans with VUE and now GE, which we are not liable for, nor did we incur any expense and therefore, are not reflected in the table above. The following represents plans to which they currently maintain balances:

 

  (i) Mr. Sprouls maintains a balance in the Vivendi Universal Entertainment Pension Plan.

 

  (ii) In 2009, Mr. Sprouls was granted 17,600 GE stock options which vest 20% each year for five years. In 2008, Mr. Sprouls was granted 2,200 GE stock options which vest 20% each year for five years and 734 restricted stock units which vest 20% each year for five years. In 2007, Mr. Sprouls was granted 2,200 GE stock options which vest 20% each year for five years and 734 restricted stock units which vest 50% at the end of years three and five.

 

  (iii) In 2009, under the GE Restricted Stock Plan, Mr. Sprouls earned dividends of $3,870.

 

(4) Represents total compensation earned in each respective year presented above with the exception of the year ended December 31, 2009. Total compensation for the year ended December 31, 2009, excludes non-equity incentive plan compensation as the basis for awarding such compensation has not been finalized (see footnote 1, above).

Nonqualified deferred compensation

UCDP has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) that permits eligible executives and members of management to defer a specified portion of their compensation. Under the plan, employees may defer up to 80% of base salary and/or up to 100% of bonus compensation. The deferred compensation, together with limited partnership matching contributions, which vest immediately, accrue earnings based on elected investment alternatives. Employees are eligible to receive distributions at death or at termination of their employment or after specified waiting periods, as they elect at the time of deferral. Funds are also available at their election at retirement, at termination of their employment, at death or during specified in-service periods, or in the event of an approved unforeseeable financial emergency. During 2009, the Company made matching contributions of $18,563, $10,185 and $5,200 for Mr. Davis, Mr. Florell and Ms. Norsworthy, respectively. The Company’s other NEOs did not participate in the Plan.

 

98


Table of Contents

2009 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table

 

Name

   Executive
contributions
in last fiscal
year($)
   Company
contributions
in last fiscal
year($)
   Aggregate
earnings
(losses) in
last fiscal
year($)
    Aggregate
withdrawals/
distributions
($)
    Aggregate
balance at
last fiscal
year-end
($)

William A. Davis

   60,300    18,563    40,280      (158,096   510,841

Alice A. Norsworthy

   21,845    5,200    (59   —        31,216

Tracey L. Stockwell

   —      —      9,041      —        40,687

Richard T. Florell

   33,677    10,185    75,933      —        471,301

Employment agreements

Mr. John R. Sprouls is a party to an employment agreement with Vivendi Universal Entertainment, and Ms. Tracey Stockwell, Mr. William A. Davis, Ms. Alice A. Norsworthy and Mr. Richard T. Florell are each a party to an employment agreement with UCDP. The following summaries of the material provisions of the employment agreements do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in their entirety by reference to, all provisions of each described agreement.

John R. Sprouls

Vivendi Universal Entertainment has an employment agreement with Mr. Sprouls, pursuant to which he serves as Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs for Universal Parks & Resorts. Mr. Sprouls also serves as President/Chief Executive Officer of each of the issuers and as Chief Executive Officer of UCDP. The initial term of the agreement continued through December 6, 2009, but on March 5, 2009, Vivendi Universal Entertainment exercised an irrevocable option to renew for an additional 24 months. Accordingly, the contract now expires on December 6, 2011. If Vivendi Universal Entertainment continues Mr. Sprouls’ employment beyond the expiration of the term without having entered into a new contract, such employment will be “at will.” Under the agreement, Mr. Sprouls receives a base annual salary and is eligible to participate in UCDP’s Long-Term Growth Plan, annual incentive plan, and other benefit plans that are generally available to employees of Vivendi Universal Entertainment. In the event that Mr. Sprouls receives a higher base salary than that provided for in his employment agreement, that higher base salary will be deemed the annual rate. Under the agreement, Mr. Sprouls is also eligible to receive discretionary equity or equity-equivalent grants, as such grants are offered to similarly situated employees. Any award made to Mr. Sprouls under any GE or VUE plan or program will take into consideration his participation in any UCDP Long-Term Growth Plan. In the event of termination for cause or in the case of death, Mr. Sprouls or his estate would be entitled to receive a payment of accrued but unpaid base salary due to him through the termination date or the date of death, as well as other unpaid amounts due to him under company benefit plans or programs. In the event of termination for disability, Mr. Sprouls or his estate is entitled to receive a payment of accrued but unpaid base salary due to him through the earlier of the 180th day after the onset of his disability absence or his death. In the event of involuntary termination (or termination without cause), Mr. Sprouls is entitled to receive his base salary and benefits, with the exception of certain specified types of plans, including any stock or cash incentive based plans, through the expiration of the term of the agreement, so long as he continues to adhere to the covenants in his employment agreement, which include not to disclose confidential or proprietary information, not to become engaged with a competitive business and not to induce Vivendi Universal Entertainment’s employees, consultants or representatives to leave their employment or to work for competitors. Mr. Sprouls is not entitled to participate in any severance plan of Vivendi Universal Entertainment under the terms of his agreement. However, upon his involuntary termination, Mr. Sprouls will receive the greater of the amounts payable to him under applicable long-term incentive plans or the standard amounts payable under the Vivendi Universal Entertainment severance plan, and if the later is the greater measure, he will receive both that amount and a cash payment equal to the difference between it and the amount payable under long-term incentive plans. Mr. Sprouls’ employment agreement contains a binding arbitration clause.

 

99


Table of Contents

Tracey L. Stockwell

UCDP has an employment agreement with Ms. Stockwell, pursuant to which she serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The term of the agreement continued through January 22, 2009. On September 16, 2008, UCDP exercised its option to extend the employment contract of Ms. Stockwell for a period of two years, commencing on January 23, 2009 and continuing until January 22, 2011. If UCDP continues Ms. Stockwell’s employment beyond the expiration of the term without having entered into a new contract, such employment will be “at will.” Under the agreement, Ms. Stockwell receives a base annual salary and is eligible to participate in UCDP’s annual incentive plan, variable deferred compensation plan and other benefit plans that are generally available to employees of UCDP. Ms. Stockwell is also eligible to participate in UCDP’s Long-Term Growth Plan. Ms. Stockwell’s base salary may be modified upwards as determined by a performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs for UPR. Her employment may be terminated for cause or disability.

William A. Davis

UCDP has an employment agreement with Mr. Davis, pursuant to which he serves as President and Chief Operating Officer. The term of the agreement continued through October 1, 2008. On May 22, 2008, UCDP exercised its option to extend the employment contract of Mr. Davis for a period of two years, expiring October 1, 2010. If UCDP continues Mr. Davis’ employment beyond the expiration of the term without having entered into a new contract, such employment will be “at will.” Under the agreement, Mr. Davis receives a base annual salary and is eligible to participate in UCDP’s annual incentive plan, variable deferred compensation plan and other benefit plans that are generally available to employees of UCDP. Mr. Davis is also eligible to participate in UCDP’s Long-Term Growth Plan. Mr. Davis’ base salary may be modified upwards as determined by a performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs for UPR. His employment may be terminated for cause or disability.

Alice A. Norsworthy

UCDP has an employment agreement with Ms. Norsworthy, pursuant to which she serves as Executive Vice President, Marketing & Sales. The term of the agreement continues through September 1, 2011. UCDP has an irrevocable option to renew the term of this agreement for a period of two years, commencing September 2, 2011 and continuing until September 1, 2013. If UCDP continues Ms. Norsworthy’s employment beyond the expiration of the term without having entered into a new contract, such employment will be “at will.” Under the agreement, Ms. Norsworthy receives a base annual salary and is eligible to participate in UCDP’s annual incentive plan, variable deferred compensation plan and other benefit plans that are generally available to employees of UCDP. Ms. Norsworthy also received a one-time sign on bonus, which was paid in three equal installments. Ms. Norsworthy is also eligible to participate in UCDP’s Long-Term Growth Plan. Ms. Norsworthy’s base salary may be modified upwards as determined by a performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs for UPR. Her employment may be terminated for cause or disability.

Richard T. Florell

UCDP has an employment agreement with Mr. Florell, pursuant to which he serves as Senior Vice President/General Manager, Resort Revenue Operations. The term of the agreement continues through December 3, 2010. UCDP has an irrevocable option to renew the term of this agreement for a period of two years commencing on December 4, 2010 and continuing until December 3, 2012. If UCDP continues Mr. Florell’s employment beyond the expiration of the term without having entered into a new contract, such employment will be “at will.” Under the agreement, Mr. Florell receives a base annual salary and is eligible to participate in UCDP’s annual incentive plan, variable deferred compensation plan and other benefit plans that are generally available to employees of UCDP. Mr. Florell is also eligible to participate in UCDP’s Long-Term Growth Plan.

 

100


Table of Contents

Mr. Florell’s base salary may be modified upwards as determined by a performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs for UPR. His employment may be terminated for cause or disability.

Catherine A. Roth

UCDP has an employment agreement with Ms. Roth, pursuant to which she serves as Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and General Counsel. The term of the agreement continues through January 16, 2012. UCDP has an irrevocable option to renew the term of this agreement for a period of two years, commencing January 17, 2012 and continuing until January 16, 2014. If UCDP continues Ms. Roth’s employment beyond the expiration of the term without having entered into a new contract, such employment will be “at will.” Under the agreement, Ms. Roth receives a base annual salary and is eligible to participate in UCDP’s annual incentive plan, variable deferred compensation plan and other benefit plans that are generally available to employees of UCDP. Ms. Roth is also eligible to participate in UCDP’s Long-Term Growth Plan. Ms. Roth’s base salary may be modified upwards as determined by a performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs for UPR. Her employment may be terminated for cause or disability.

Pension benefits

We do not sponsor or maintain any defined benefit pension plans, supplemental defined contribution plans, supplemental defined contribution plans or other non-qualified pension or retirement plans. For information regarding retirement plans in which our employees participate by virtue of their employment by Vivendi Universal Entertainment, see the footnotes to the “ —2009 Summary compensation table ” above.

Perquisites

We provide certain perquisites to our executives. These perquisites provide flexibility to the executives and increase travel efficiencies, allowing more productive use of executive time, in term allowing greater focus on activities related to our business. More detail on our perquisites may be found in the footnotes to the Summary Compensation Table.

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

We have an employment agreement with Mr. Sprouls that provides him with potential payments upon termination of his employment. For more information about these potential payments, please see “ —Employment agreements .”

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

Executive officer compensation is determined by one representative from each of the Holdings partners. The current designated representatives are Michael Chae and Tom Williams, on behalf of Blackstone and Universal CPM, respectively. Under our partnership agreement, the manager submits a proposal to the two representatives of the Holdings partners for their approval of the job descriptions, compensation packages and identities of each person to be hired for each of the 15 employees who, at that time, receive the highest compensation paid by the Partnership. As the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs for Universal Parks & Resorts, John Sprouls participates in the preparation of the proposal to the two representatives of Holdings partners. Mr. Sprouls is also the CEO of UCDP.

 

101


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence

Vivendi Universal Entertainment’s special fee

Under our partnership agreement, a “special fee” is payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment through Universal CPM. The special fee has historically been calculated at 5% of certain gross operating revenues, as defined in UCDP’s partnership agreement, generated from each of Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure. An amendment to our partnership agreement, which was announced on October 20, 2009, increased the applicable rate used to calculate the special fee through June 2017 from 5.0% to 5.25% of certain gross operating revenues, as defined. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, the special fee amounted to $25.6 million and $29.9 million, respectively. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the special fee amounted to $38.7 million, $38.4 million and $35.3 million, respectively. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, the interest incurred on the special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and affiliates, including both the current and long term portions, was $2.4 million and $4.2 million, respectively. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, the interest incurred on the special fee payable to an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, including the long-term portion, was $4.9 million, $7.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

Under our renewed senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes, the special fee related to both Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure can only be paid upon achievement of certain but different leverage ratios. The corresponding ratios under our 2004 senior secured credit agreement were met as of our fiscal quarter end dates throughout the period from 2006 to 2008 and at March 29, 2009, June 28, 2009 and September 27, 2009. During December 2004, Holdings used $70.0 million of the proceeds from the issuance of the May 2010 notes to purchase from Vivendi Universal Entertainment its right to receive from us the most recently accrued $70.0 million of deferred special fees relating to Universal’s Islands of Adventure. Pursuant to certain subordination agreements, the special fee may not be paid if there is an event of default (or to the knowledge of our officers a default) under our renewed senior secured credit facilities or the notes.

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid total fees of $24.8 million, $28.1 million, $39.3 million, $38.5 million and $35.9 million, respectively, to Vivendi Universal Entertainment. As of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the amounts due to Vivendi Universal Entertainment of approximately $9.8 million, $8.9 million and $9.0 million, respectively, were classified as current. Additionally, at September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had accrued $94.2 million, $92.0 million and $87.6 million, respectively, related to the long-term portion of fees payable to an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Our related obligations will be discharged as a result of the payment of $94.2 million of deferred special fees to Holdings in connection with the Transactions.

Distributions

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid an aggregate of $59.6 million, $37.1 million, $117.9 million, $113.3 million and $61.9 million, respectively, in distributions to Holdings. At December 31, 2007 we had accrued $11.6 million in distributions that were paid in the first quarter of 2008 to Holdings for the Partners’ expected payments of income taxes based on our financial results. This distribution is required per our partnership agreement.

Other partner matters

Our partners have entered into an amendment to the second amended and restated partners’ agreement. Pursuant to a right of first refusal provision in the partners’ agreement, as so amended, if either Blackstone or Vivendi Universal Entertainment desires to sell its ownership interest in Holding I and Holding II, it shall make a

 

102


Table of Contents

binding offer, specifying the proposed sale price, to sell to the other its entire interest in each of Holding I and Holding II. The non-offering partner will then have 90 days after receipt of an offer to accept the offer to sell (the “Initial Offer Period”). If the non-offering partner declines the opportunity to purchase, for offers made after the first anniversary of the effective date of the credit agreement governing the Margin Loan (the “Anniversary Date”), the offering party has the right to market both parties’ interest in Holdings to third parties, and both parties are required to sell their interests if a third party offers a price that is at least 90% of the price for both parties’ interests that is imputed from the offer made by the first party to the second party (i.e., as long as Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone each own 50% of Holdings, then both parties are required to sell to a third party that offers at least 180% of the price quoted by either party to the other party) (such third-party sale option, the “Drag-Along Option”). If the interests in Holdings are not sold to a third party pursuant to the Drag-Along Option by the earlier of the date that is 270 days from the end of the Initial Offer Period and the date on which both the offering party and the other party agree in writing to abandon the third party sale, then the offering party shall be prohibited from making another offer to the other party for a period of one year from the expiration date of the Initial Offer Period, and during such year, the other party may agree to sell its ownership interest without being subject to the offer provisions in the partners’ agreement (such sale right, the “Unrestricted Resale”). The Drag-Along Option and the Unrestricted Resale will not be effective until the Anniversary Date. If Blackstone exercises its rights under this provision by accepting a binding offer, it may result in 100% control and ownership of Holdings being acquired by Blackstone, which could pose a number of risks to our business. UCDP licenses the right to use the “Universal” name and a substantial number of intellectual properties as street entertainment characters and as themed elements in rides and attractions from the Universal License Parties (see “ Business—Intellectual property ”). Our right to use the “Universal” name in connection with Universal Orlando continues indefinitely at no cost to us until the latest of (i) 30 months after the occurrence of certain change of control events (as described in UCDP’s partnership agreement), (ii) 30 months after any termination of the WB Agreement prior to its scheduled expiration, or (iii) the expiration of the WB Agreement in accordance with its terms. Under UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed by the Universal License Agreement, a change of control occurs when (a) Universal CPM is no longer a wholly owned subsidiary of USI, Vivendi Universal Entertainment, or any of their respective affiliates, or (b) the Universal License Parties do not own any interest in us. A change of control under UCDP’s license agreements, such as Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with the Universal License Parties acquiring all of the partnership interests in us, would not necessarily constitute a change of control under the indentures governing the notes. If we are unable to use the “Universal” name, and if we are unable to partner with another similar, recognizable brand, the name recognition of our theme parks could be impaired.

Reimbursement of UCDP’s manager’s costs

Our manager, Vivendi Universal Entertainment, provides us with goods and services relating to the management and operation of our theme parks, the costs of which are reimbursed to Vivendi Universal Entertainment under the terms of our partnership agreement. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total amount of costs we incurred for goods and services relating to the management and operation of our theme parks under the terms of our partnership agreement was $16.2 million, $15.9 million, $21.1 million, $22.4 million and $19.7 million, respectively. Goods and services provided by Vivendi Universal Entertainment include:

 

   

Insurance—NBC Universal arranges multi-layered insurance coverage for our operations. We believe these insurance programs generally provide broader coverage at lower annual premiums than we could purchase on a standalone basis. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the cost of insurance coverage allocated to us was $5.9 million, $5.9 million, $7.8 million, $8.2 million and $8.7 million, respectively.

 

   

Creative Services—Universal Parks & Resort’s creative group designs new rides and attractions for all theme parks owned or operated by Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Costs for the creative group, which includes salaries, benefits and direct costs incurred on our behalf, are allocated to the theme parks based on actual time spent and therefore can vary from year to year. During the nine months

 

103


Table of Contents
 

ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the costs of the creative group allocated to us were $1.7 million, $2.0 million, $2.6 million, $3.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

 

   

Merchandise—Vivendi Universal Entertainment manages the design and procurement of merchandise for all theme parks it owns or operates to leverage purchasing power and supplier relationships and efficiencies. Vivendi Universal Entertainment allocates the cost of the merchandise management to the theme parks based upon relative merchandise revenues. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the costs of merchandise management allocated to us were $2.2 million, $2.1 million, $2.9 million, $2.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively. In addition, we purchase merchandise directly from an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment from time to time based upon specific needs. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, these purchases amounted to $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

   

Shared Executive Salaries—certain of our senior executives are employees of Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates. Vivendi Universal Entertainment allocates the full cost of the amount of time dedicated to our activities by each employee. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006 the total amount of these costs allocated to us was $0.2 million, $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $3.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Additionally, certain of our employees support the efforts of Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates, and we allocate the full cost of the amount of time dedicated to their activities by each employee. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006 the total amount of these costs allocated to Vivendi Universal Entertainment was $0.9 million, $0.7 million, $0.9 million, $1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

 

   

Other Reimbursed Amounts—we also reimburse Vivendi Universal Entertainment for certain other costs it incurs in providing corporate support services for managing our theme parks. These costs relate to legal services, international marketing, information systems and other items which are purchased on our behalf. In addition, Vivendi Universal Entertainment and its affiliates enter into sponsorship agreements with various corporate partners that benefit the theme parks it owns or operates. Revenues and expenses are equitably allocated to the theme parks by Vivendi Universal Entertainment. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total amount of these costs allocated to us was $6.0 million, $5.2 million, $6.9 million, $3.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Transactions with certain CityWalk operations

Vivendi Universal Entertainment, through a subsidiary, owns the Universal Studios Store, which leases space in CityWalk from us under customary and market lease agreements. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total rent earned by us for this store was $0.4 million, $0.4 million, $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively. We have been managing the Universal Studios Store since 2002, and are paid a management fee of 5% of the gross sales generated at the store. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the management fee earned by us was approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. This management fee totaled $0.1 million during each of the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008.

Advisory services agreement

UCDP has an Advisory Services Agreement with Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone. Under the terms of the Advisory Services Agreement, each of Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone has agreed to provide us with advisory and consulting services in connection with the ongoing strategic and operational oversight of our affairs in such areas as financing structures, public and private offerings of debt and

 

104


Table of Contents

equity securities and property dispositions and acquisitions. Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone will each receive an annual advisory fee of $1.25 million. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we incurred $2.5 million for the advisory fee, whereas during the nine months ended September 28, 2008 we incurred $1.9 million. Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment waived this fee for 2009.

Directors’ fees

In 2007, the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. was amended to add a provision which permits VUE and Blackstone to be reimbursed up to $0.1 million each for payments made to their respective, appointed representatives to the Park Advisory Board, who function effectively as Directors of the Partnership. For the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, we paid $0.3 million per year under this amended provision, whereas during the nine months ended September 28, 2008 we incurred expenses of $0.2 million related to this payment. Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment waived this fee for 2009.

Transactions with UCF Hotel Venture

Vivendi Universal Entertainment indirectly owns approximately 25% of UCF Hotel Venture, which owns the three hotels and the common support facility at Universal Orlando Resort. We have a separate long-term ground lease relating to each hotel and the common support facility with UCF Hotel Venture. Under the lease, UCF Hotel Venture pays us rent based upon 1% of gross hotel revenues, plus an additional rent based upon certain cash flow thresholds. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total rent earned by us under the leases was $1.5 million, $7.6 million, $13.2 million, $13.6 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

Hotel guests may charge theme park tickets, food, beverage and merchandise sold at our theme parks and food, beverage, merchandise and entertainment services sold at CityWalk venues owned or operated by us to their hotel room account by presenting their room key. We then collect this revenue by billing UCF Hotel Venture. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, total hotel room key charges from UCF Hotel Venture were $4.3 million, $5.7 million, $7.2 million, $8.1 million and $7.7 million, respectively.

Resort covenants and reciprocal easement agreement

Under a Resort Covenants and Reciprocal Easement Agreement, we are required to provide bus and boat transportation for hotel guests between our theme parks and the UCF Hotel Venture hotels. We are also responsible for maintaining the related waterways and pedestrian walkways. UCF Hotel Venture reimburses us for 50% of these costs. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, UCF Hotel Venture’s portion of the total maintenance and operating costs related to transportation was $0.7 million, $0.9 million, $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

We are also required to maintain all Universal Orlando Resort common areas, such as roadways, landscaping and utility lines. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total common area maintenance cost reimbursements from UCF Hotel Venture were $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

We are responsible for hotel marketing. UCF Hotel Venture reimburses us up to 3.5% of each hotel’s revenue to cover marketing costs. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total hotel marketing costs from UCF Hotel Venture were $4.9 million, $6.6 million, $8.3 million, $8.4 million and $7.8 million, respectively. In June 2009, we entered into an agreement

 

105


Table of Contents

with UCF Hotel Venture stating that the hotel marketing cost reimbursement for the year ended December 31, 2009 will be approximately $7.0 million. A portion of these amounts is used by us to pay for conference management services at the UCF Hotel Venture hotels. The total payments made by us for conference management services during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, were $1.1 million, $1.4 million, $2.0 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Our tour operator, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations, sells wholesale travel packages and receives a travel agent commission for each reservation at one of the hotels and is reimbursed for credit card fees incurred. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total travel agent commissions earned through UCF Hotel Venture were $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and the amounts for credit card fees were $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. In addition, Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations books hotel rooms on behalf of UCF Hotel Venture and receives a booking fee for each reservation. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total booking fees paid by UCF Hotel Venture to us were $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Quarterly amounts related to the travel agent commissions, credit card fees and booking fees are not material.

The Resort Covenants and Reciprocal Easement Agreement requires us to offer to all guests of the UCF Hotel Venture hotels unlimited express ride access at our theme park attractions offering this feature. We are permitted to sell tickets that allow guests express ride access at certain of our theme park attractions to the general public at a price that is at least 20% of the then-applicable single park or combination park (as applicable) admission price per person, provided that we cannot offer unlimited front-of-line access benefits to hotels within 25 miles of the Universal Orlando resort other than the UCF Hotel Venture hotels (although we may sell tickets that allow guests express ride access at certain of our theme park attractions at such other hotels through our guest service desks that may be located at such other hotels).

In the event that Vivendi Universal Entertainment sells its interest in UCF Hotel Venture, we will lose our right to provide the marketing for the UCF Hotel Venture hotels, and we will no longer be entitled to receive from UCF Hotel Venture the Resort Marketing Fee in the amount of 0.5% of the gross revenues of the UCF Hotel Venture. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Resort Marketing Fee totaled $0.7 million, $0.9 million, $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Transactions with other theme parks owned by Vivendi Universal Entertainment

Vivendi Universal Entertainment owns the Wet ’n Wild ® water park in Orlando. We participate with other Orlando theme parks, including Wet ’n Wild ® , in an Orlando FlexTicket program which we manage and which permits a customer to visit our theme parks, Wet ’n Wild ® , SeaWorld ® Orlando and Busch Gardens ® Tampa Bay. Revenue sharing is negotiated and agreed upon by all theme park participants at the beginning of each year, based on attendance share at each attraction participating in the Orlando FlexTicket program. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, our share of revenue from the Orlando FlexTicket program was $23.3 million, $36.4 million, $41.3 million, $38.6 million and $39.3 million, respectively. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, Wet ’n Wild ® ’s share was $6.1 million, $9.1 million, $10.4 million, $7.3 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

We purchase food and alcohol supplies for Wet ’n Wild ® to enable Wet ’n Wild ® to benefit from our purchasing relationships. Although Wet ’n Wild ® does not pay us a fee or commission for this service, we benefit from lower food and alcohol prices as a result of our increased buying power.

For our rides and attractions that are also developed for other Universal theme parks by the creative group of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, we share research and development costs. These costs are allocated pro rata among the various Universal theme parks that are building the ride or attraction.

 

106


Table of Contents

From time to time we may enter into arrangements with other theme parks owned or operated by Vivendi Universal Entertainment to share the expertise of certain employees with other parties. We may enter into similar arrangements with other theme parks that Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates may develop in the future. Services rendered to affiliates are either reimbursed or paid directly by the affiliate.

Vivendi Universal Entertainment has entered into licensing arrangements for Universal theme parks in Singapore and Dubai, which will use our technology and schematics for various components on some of their rides. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008 and 2007, we received approximately $2.1 million, $2.1 million, $2.1 million and $6.9 million, respectively, from these parks as capital reimbursements. No significant capital reimbursements were received in 2006.

Transactions with NBC Universal and GE

We realize synergies with other NBC Universal businesses which include cross-promotion with a variety of NBC Universal television and cable services, in particular, advertising time on the NBC television network and other promotions. In response, NBC television and cable services receive visual identification in our parks.

We lease certain trailers and computer equipment through a subsidiary of GE. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008 and 2007, the cost of these leases was approximately $1.6 million, $0.8 million, $1.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The year ending December 31, 2006 did not contain significant costs associated with these leases. The majority of these leases expire in 2010, while the minimum future lease payments under the leases totaled approximately $3.5 million as of December 31, 2008.

Starting in 2008, we began to participate in the V Payment program with GE, which allows us to directly pay certain vendors through a credit card issued by GE. We then reimburse GE monthly for all such charges. The total amount of these payments during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in the year ended December 31, 2008 was $4.3 million, $16.7 million and $21.5 million, respectively. As of March 2009, GE no longer participates in this program. We also have a sponsorship agreement with GE Money Bank, a subsidiary of GE. See “ Summary—Recent developments.

Partners’ capital contribution

In February 2008, the Partners entered into a contribution agreement (“the 2008 Contribution Agreement”) with us, allowing us to request, through Holdings, cash contributions not to exceed a total of $50.0 million to fund ongoing capital expenditure needs. The capital expenditures funded from such capital contributions will not count against the limitations on capital expenditures under our renewed senior secured credit agreement. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Partners made cash contributions of $28.7 million to us through Holdings.

Blackstone loans

Concurrently with the consummation of the offering of the original notes, the equity holders of Holding I and Holding II that are controlled by Blackstone entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto with respect to the Margin Loan in the amount of $305.0 million, the proceeds of which were used to refinance term loans made to the equity holders of Holding I and Holding II that are controlled by Blackstone by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. concurrently with the consummation of the 2004 senior secured credit agreement, to pre-fund interest and amortization reserves with respect to the term loans thereunder and to pay related fees and expenses. The obligations of the borrowers under the Margin Loan will be secured by their equity interests in Holding I and Holding II and are guaranteed by NBC Universal on a deficiency basis, subject to the terms of the guarantee. The Margin Loan has a five-year maturity. All future distributions received by the borrowers from us are to be applied to the payment of interest and repayment of the Margin Loan. It is anticipated that the only assets of the borrowers will be their equity interests in us.

 

107


Table of Contents

Consultant agreement

Additionally, on October 20, 2009 we announced that we amended an agreement (the “Consultant Agreement”) that we have with Steven Spielberg (the “Consultant”), under which we pay a fee for consulting services and exclusivity equal to a percentage of our gross revenues from the attractions and certain other facilities owned or operated, in whole or in part, by us. The percentage was not altered by the amendment to the agreement. Under the terms of the Consultant Agreement, the Consultant is also entitled to a fee based on a percentage of gross revenues of comparable projects, which are gated motion picture and television themed attractions owned or operated, in whole or in part, by us, or any of our partners or any of their affiliates, other than in Universal City, California. At present, the only operating theme park that is a comparable project is Universal Studios Japan in Osaka, Japan.

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and in 2008, 2007 and 2006, the fees incurred by us under this agreement for our parks were approximately $13.0 million, $15.2 million, $19.6 million, $19.6 million and $18.1 million, respectively. Fees with respect to Universal Studios Japan are paid by an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment and are not paid by us. The unpaid fees relating to Universal Studios Japan were approximately $4.4 million, $4.9 million and $4.2 million, respectively, as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007. Subsequently, these amounts were completely paid. The Consultant may also be entitled to participate in certain sales of equity by our partners and to participate in certain real estate development activities of our partners or their affiliates.

The Consultant Agreement does not have an expiration date, but starting in June 2017, the Consultant has the right, upon 90 days’ notice, to terminate UCDP’s obligation to make periodic payments thereunder and receive instead one cash payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the revenue streams or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment, in each case with respect to the Orlando parks and any comparable projects that were open at that time for at least one year (the “Put Payment”), which amounts could be significant. If the Put Payment is exercised, the Consultant will be precluded from competing or consulting with another theme park for a period of five years after exercise and allows UCDP the right to use ideas generated during the term of the Consultant Agreement without further payment. The Consultant Agreement contains a formula-based method that includes a risk premium of 6.5% with respect to the Orlando parks to determine the amount of the Put Payment. The Consultant Agreement allows the Consultant to make a one-time election to fix the values for certain inputs into the aforementioned formula to establish a minimum amount for the one-time payment to the Consultant (the “Alternative Payment”) in the event that the date the Consultant gives notice to terminate his right to receive compensation under the Consultant Agreement is at least 90 days before March 31, 2018. On January 15, 2010, the Consultant made this election. Accordingly, 90 days after January 15, 2010, we expect to know the amount of the Alternative Payment. In addition to the existing comparable park, four contemplated comparable parks are vested immediately for purposes of the quarterly consulting fee payments but each such contemplated comparable park must still be open for at least one year at the time the Put Payment is exercised in order for such project to be included in the Put Payment. In addition, the Consultant has a second-priority lien over UCDP’s real and tangible personal property to secure UCDP’s periodic and one-time payment obligations, including a mortgage on our real property up to $400.0 million, and the notes are effectively subordinated to his interests to the extent of the value of those assets. The lien securing the Consultant’s interest is junior to the lien securing our renewed senior secured credit facilities. The Consultant Agreement caps UCDP’s ability to incur secured borrowings to an amount equal to the greater of $975 million and 3.75x UCDP’s EBITDA (as defined in the renewed senior secured credit facilities). Our obligations under the agreement are guaranteed by NBC Universal, Inc. and Universal Studios, Inc., as successor to MCA Inc., and Universal Studios, Inc.’s obligations under that guarantee have in turn been assumed by Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Vivendi Universal Entertainment has indemnified us against any liability under the Consultant Agreement related to any comparable project that is not owned or controlled by us. Under the terms of the notes and the renewed senior secured credit agreement, the lien securing our obligations under the Consultant Agreement is a permitted lien. See “ Risk factors—Risks related to the exchange notes and our indebtedness—Our ability to refinance our debt obligations, including the notes, could be adversely impacted by the Consultant’s right, starting in June 2017, to terminate the periodic payments under the Consultant Agreement

 

108


Table of Contents

and receive instead one payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the Orlando parks and any comparable projects or, under certain circumstances, an alternative one-time payment.

Director independence

UCDP has no independent directors. For a description of their relationship with us and our affiliates, please see their biographies above.

Indemnification arrangements

Our policy is to indemnify employees and employees of affiliates for actions taken in connection with their employment or on our behalf and we may from time to time enter into agreements to facilitate that policy.

 

109


Table of Contents

Description of the UCDP partnership agreement

We have two partners, Holding I, our sole limited partner, and Holding II, our sole general partner. Holding I has five partners, Blackstone UTP Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blackstone UTP Capital A LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Blackstone Family Media III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or collectively “Blackstone,” and Universal City Property Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or “Universal CPM.” The partnership interests in Holding I are currently owned 50% by Blackstone and 50% by Universal CPM. Holding II has five partners which are the same five partners that are partners of Holding I. The partnership interests in Holding II are currently owned 50% by Blackstone and 50% by Universal CPM.

The following is a summary of the principal terms of our partnership agreement. An amendment to our partnership agreement was announced on October 20, 2009. The management and governance provisions of our partnership agreement are described under the section entitled “ Management of UCDP .” This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all provisions of our partnership agreement, a copy of which is available from us upon request. For a graphic description of our ownership structure, please see “ Summary—Ownership and organizational structure .”

Purpose

Our purpose under the partnership agreement is to own, develop and operate our Florida theme parks, Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure, and our dining, retail and entertainment complex, CityWalk.

Universal licenses

We have a license to use, at no cost, the “Universal” name in connection with the operation of our theme parks and the non-exclusive right to use all proprietary and creative elements controlled by Universal CPM and its affiliates, including third party licensed rights. The terms of these license arrangements have been confirmed in the Universal License Agreement. For a more detailed description of the Universal License Agreement see “ Business—Intellectual property .”

Upon the date of a transfer or assignment by us of the WB Agreement, more fully described in “ Business—Intellectual property ”) or a Change of Control (as defined in the WB Agreement and more fully described in “ Business—Intellectual property ”), which results in Universal’s Islands of Adventure no longer being managed by NBCU or an affiliate thereof, NBCU shall enter into the NBCU License Agreement. The NBCU License Agreement shall contain the same financial terms as set forth in our partnership agreement and the Universal License Agreement.

Reimbursement of costs incurred by our partners and the manager

Our partners and the manager are entitled to be reimbursed for all costs incurred in connection with partnership activities and activities as manager.

Vivendi Universal Entertainment’s special fee

Under our partnership agreement, a “special fee” is payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment through Universal CPM. The special fee has historically been calculated at 5.0% of certain gross operating revenues, as defined in our partnership agreement, generated from each of Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure. An amendment to our partnership agreement, which was announced on October 20, 2009, increased the applicable rate used to calculate the special fee through June 2017 from 5.0% to 5.25% of certain gross operating revenues, as defined. Interest is charged monthly at prime on the outstanding amount of deferred

 

110


Table of Contents

fees. Subsequent to our refinancings and renewals in November 2009, the most restrictive quarterly covenant for payment of current special fees is a fixed charge coverage ratio greater than or equal to 1.1 to 1.0. Pursuant to certain subordination agreements, the special fees may not be paid if there is an event of default (or to the knowledge of our officers a default) under our renewed senior secured credit agreement or the notes. The renewed senior secured credit agreement restricts the payment of special fees under certain circumstances. The special fee is payable to an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment for so long as Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure continue to operate and regardless of whether Vivendi Universal Entertainment or its affiliates continue to have an ownership interest in those theme parks or act as UCDP’s manager.

Limitation on transfer of partnership interests

Our partners may not transfer or sell their interests in UCDP without the consent of the other partners or as otherwise provided under the partners’ agreement.

Certain actions that require approval of the Park Advisory Board

Although our manager, Vivendi Universal Entertainment, is ultimately responsible for our day-to-day management, certain actions require the approval of the Park Advisory Board. These actions include: (1) changing the area comprising Universal Studios Florida, Universal’s Islands of Adventure, CityWalk, the hotels and resort facilities; (2) incurring indebtedness; (3) repaying indebtedness or other liabilities other than in the ordinary course; (4) any amendment to our renewed senior secured credit agreement; (5) making any election or decision under our renewed senior secured credit agreement; (6) making and determining the amount of distributions to our partners other than (a) the special fee payable to an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment, (b) repayment of any loan or other obligation to one of our partners and (c) those described below under the heading “ Distributions ”; (7) establishing annual operating plans and budgets and annual capital expenditure plans and budgets; (8) certain contracts having a cost in excess of $1,000,000 (subject to CPI escalation); (9) the addition, substantial modification or deletion of a major ride or attraction having a cost in excess of $1,500,000 (subject to CPI escalation); (10) expenditures in excess of approved budgets, except for (a) items resulting from increases in business volume, (b) emergency situations estimated to cost less than $50,000 and (c) the transfer of budgetary funds among categories within approved budgets; (11) entry into or changes to existing corporate sponsorship arrangements having a financial impact in excess of $50,000; and (12) changing the name of Universal Orlando to eliminate the use of “Universal” or “Universal Studios.”

Certain actions that require the approval of both partners

The Park Advisory Board may not take certain actions unless it first receives the approval of Holding I and Holding II. These actions include the sale, pledge or encumbrance of significant assets, the issuance of securities of, or interests in, the partnership or admission of any additional partner to the partnership, changes in the primary business of the partnership, any act that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the partnership, any assignment of partnership property in trust for creditors or the dissolution of the partnership.

Arbitration of disputes

Any dispute arising out of or in connection with the partnership agreement, other than matters requiring partner approval or approval of the Park Advisory Board, will be submitted to arbitration in Orlando, Florida, and the decision of any arbitration shall be final and binding.

Indemnification

The partnership will indemnify and hold harmless Vivendi Universal Entertainment and its affiliates from all claims, liabilities and costs incurred or arising on account of their good faith performance of the functions as our manager.

 

111


Table of Contents

Distributions

Subject to the restrictions contained in our renewed senior secured credit agreement, the indentures governing the notes and applicable law, the partners will cause us to make partnership distributions as follows: (i) to fund the cash needs of Holding I or Holding II, (ii) at the option of NBC Universal, to enable Holding I or Holding II to purchase accrued receivables relating to special fees, (iii) to make distributions to the partners and (iv) for other uses as determined by Holding I and Holding II. This understanding may be modified at any time at the discretion of the partners. In addition, as soon as possible after the end of each fiscal year, a cash distribution shall be made to each partner in an amount equal to the combined federal, state and local and foreign income tax on the amount of such partner’s taxable income of the partnership allocated to it for the tax period using the highest applicable combined tax rates. Cash distributions to pay taxes will not be restricted by the renewed senior secured credit agreement or the indentures governing the notes.

Dissolution of the partnership

The partnership will be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon written agreement of Holding I and Holding II, the acquisition of the partnership interests of the partners of our general partners by a lender in connection with our renewed senior secured credit facilities by foreclosure or power of sale, notice by any partner of our general partner ceasing to have an interest in our theme parks, the occurrence of any event that results in there being no general partner unless the partnership is continued and an additional general partner is appointed or upon the occurrence of any event that results in there being no limited partner unless the partnership is continued and an additional limited partner is appointed.

Upon our dissolution, unless we are reconstituted and continued as a new partnership, the person authorized to wind up our affairs (the liquidator) will, acting with all the powers of our general partner that the liquidator deems necessary or desirable in its good faith judgment, liquidate our assets. The proceeds of the liquidation will be applied as follows: (1) first, towards the payment of all of our creditors and the creation of a reserve for contingent liabilities and (2) then, to our partners in proportion to the balance in their respective capital accounts.

Non-competition agreement

During the term of the partnership agreement neither of our partners nor any of their affiliates may engage in any theme park similar to our theme parks in the State of Florida without the consent of the other partners. In addition, neither Blackstone nor any of its affiliates may engage in any theme park similar to our theme parks anywhere in the world without Universal CPM’s consent. This restriction does not apply to the operation of any studio similar to our working studios at Universal Studios Florida.

If Universal CPM, Vivendi Universal Entertainment or Universal Studios, Inc. or any of their affiliates propose to develop or acquire a theme park having key elements similar to our theme parks, then Blackstone may elect to participate in such development or acquisition on a 50/50 basis with Universal CPM, Vivendi Universal Entertainment or Universal Studios, Inc.

Right of first refusal

Our partners have entered into an amendment to the second amended and restated partners’ agreement. Pursuant to a right of first refusal provision in the partners’ agreement, as so amended, if either Blackstone or Vivendi Universal Entertainment desires to sell its ownership interest in Holding I and Holding II, it shall make a binding offer, specifying the proposed sale price, to sell to the other its entire interest in each of Holding I and Holding II. The non-offering partner will then have 90 days after receipt of an offer to accept the offer to sell (the “Initial Offer Period”). If the non-offering partner declines the opportunity to purchase, for offers made after the first anniversary of the effective date of the credit agreement governing the Margin Loan (the “Anniversary

 

112


Table of Contents

Date”), the offering party has the right to market both parties’ interest in Holdings to third parties, and both parties are required to sell their interests if a third party offers a price that is at least 90% of the price for both parties’ interests that is imputed from the offer made by the first party to the second party (i.e., as long as Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone each own 50% of Holdings, then both parties are required to sell to a third party that offers at least 180% of the price quoted by either party to the other party) (such third-party sale option, the “Drag-Along Option”). If the interests in Holdings are not sold to a third party pursuant to the Drag-Along Option by the earlier of the date that is 270 days from the end of the initial offer period and the date on which both the offering party and the other party agree in writing to abandon the third party sale, then the offering party shall be prohibited from making another offer to the other party for a period of one year from the expiration date of the Initial Offer Period, and during such year, the other party may agree to sell its ownership interest without being subject to the offer provisions in the partners’ agreement (such sale right, the “Unrestricted Resale”). The Drag-Along Option and the Unrestricted Resale will not be effective until the Anniversary Date. If Blackstone exercises its rights under this provision by accepting a binding offer, it may result in 100% control and ownership of Holdings being acquired by Blackstone, which could pose a number of risks to our business. UCDP licenses the right to use the “Universal” name and a substantial number of intellectual properties as street entertainment characters and as themed elements in rides and attractions from the Universal License Parties (see “ Business—Intellectual property ”). Our right to use the “Universal” name in connection with Universal Orlando continues indefinitely at no cost to us until the latest of (i) 30 months after the occurrence of certain change of control events (as described in UCDP’s partnership agreement), (ii) 30 months after any termination of the WB Agreement prior to its scheduled expiration, or (iii) the expiration of the WB Agreement in accordance with its terms. Under UCDP’s partnership agreement, as confirmed by the Universal License Agreement, a change of control occurs when (a) Universal CPM is no longer a wholly owned subsidiary of USI, Vivendi Universal Entertainment, or any of their respective affiliates, or (b) the Universal License Parties do not own any interest in us. A change of control under UCDP’s license agreements, such as Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with the Universal License Parties acquiring all of the partnership interests in us, would not necessarily constitute a change of control under the indentures governing the notes. If we are unable to use the “Universal” name, and if we are unable to partner with another similar, recognizable brand, the name recognition of our theme parks could be impaired.

If Universal CPM or any of its affiliates are providing services with respect to our theme parks at the time of a sale of its interest in Holding I and Holding II pursuant to the partners’ agreement, then Universal CPM has agreed to enter into a customary transitional services agreement with Blackstone or a third party, as applicable, to provide those services for a period of 12 months following the sale, with those services to be provided on the same terms and conditions (including reimbursement) as in effect prior to the sale. If the cost of any service was not being allocated or reimbursed prior to the sale, then Universal CPM will provide that service at cost. Also, if Universal CPM or any of its affiliates is a party to a corporate sponsorship deal pursuant to which we will have obligations or liabilities following the closing of the sale, Universal CPM or its relevant affiliate will agree to provide the benefits of that corporate sponsorship deal to us on the same terms and conditions as in effect prior to the closing, subject to receipt of any necessary consent of the corporate sponsor.

 

113


Table of Contents

Description of other debt

Renewed Senior secured credit agreement

General

Our renewed senior secured credit agreement provides for term loans of up to $900,000,000 and a revolving credit facility of up to $75,000,000. In addition, we may borrow up to $150,000,000 of incremental term debt from time to time.

Structure

The obligations under our renewed senior secured credit agreement are senior obligations and rank pari passu in right of payment to the senior notes.

Security

The obligations under our renewed senior secured credit agreement are secured by first priority security interests in substantially all of our tangible and intangible properties and assets.

Maturity; prepayment

The term loans under our renewed senior secured credit agreement will mature in November 2014. The term loans are repayable in quarterly installments of 0.25% of the initial amount of the term loan, with the first such installment due on March 31, 2010. The term loans may be voluntarily prepaid at any time, and are also subject to mandatory prepayments of 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales and from the sale or issuance of indebtedness, in each case subject to certain exceptions, and of 50% of our excess cash flow for each fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2010. Once repaid, the term loans may not be reborrowed.

The revolving facility will mature in November 2013. Borrowings under the revolving facility may be voluntarily prepaid at any time.

Interest rates

The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our renewed senior secured credit agreement is based, at our option, on either a base rate (calculated as the highest of the prime rate in effect on such day, the sum of  1 / 2 of 1.00% plus the federal funds rate, and LIBOR plus 1.00%, provided that the base rate will never be less than 3.25%) or LIBOR (provided that LIBOR will never be less than 2.25%), in each case plus a specified margin. The specified margin for the term loans is 3.25% in the case of base rate loans and 4.25% in the case of LIBOR loans. The initial specified margin for the revolving facility is 3.25% in the case of base rate loans and 4.25% in the case of LIBOR loans. Any amounts payable under our renewed senior secured credit agreement not paid when due bear interest at a default rate of 2.00% above the rates otherwise applicable.

Covenants; events of default

We are subject to various restrictive financial and other covenants contained in our renewed senior secured credit agreement, including, without limitation, covenants that restrict or limit:

 

   

the incurrence of indebtedness;

 

   

the granting of additional liens;

 

   

certain mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and acquisitions;

 

   

our ability to make investments;

 

114


Table of Contents
   

our ability to distribute cash to our partners;

 

   

transactions with affiliates;

 

   

our ability to make payments in respect of, or modify the terms of, certain other indebtedness; and

 

   

capital expenditures.

Our renewed senior secured credit agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including, without limitation, maintenance of existence, properties, intellectual property and insurance, payment of taxes, delivery of financial statements and compliance with laws. In addition, our renewed senior secured credit agreement requires us to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants, including maintenance of certain ratios of secured debt to EBITDA and certain ratios of EBITDA to interest expense. For more information about these ratios, see “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Pro forma liquidity and capital resources.

Our renewed senior secured credit agreement provides for customary events of default, including inaccuracy of representations and warranties, nonpayment of principal and interest, violation of covenants, default on certain other material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency events and nonpayment of material judgments.

 

115


Table of Contents

The exchange offer

Purpose of the exchange offer

In connection with the sale of the original notes, we entered into the Registration Rights Agreements with the Initial Purchasers (as defined in “ Description of the senior notes Certain definitions ”), under which we agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to file and have declared effective a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the exchange offer.

We are making the exchange offer in reliance on the position of the SEC as set forth in certain no-action letters. However, we have not sought our own no-action letter. Based upon these interpretations by the SEC, we believe that a holder of exchange notes, but not a holder who is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act, who exchanges original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer generally may offer the exchange notes for resale, sell the exchange notes and otherwise transfer the exchange notes without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivery of a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. This does not apply, however, to a holder who is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act. We also believe that a holder may offer, sell or transfer the exchange notes only if the holder acquires the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business and is not participating, does not intend to participate and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes.

Any holder of the original notes using the exchange offer to participate in a distribution of exchange notes cannot rely on the no-action letters referred to above. Any broker-dealer who holds original notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and who receives exchange notes in exchange for such original notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where such original notes were required by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be considered to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. We have agreed that for a period of not less than 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to broker-dealers for use in connection with any such resale. See “ Plan of distribution .”

Except as described above, this prospectus may not be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes.

The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will we accept tenders for exchange from, holders of original notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of it would not be in compliance with the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction.

Terms of the exchange offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, we will accept any and all original notes validly tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the expiration date. Promptly after the expiration date, we will issue an aggregate principal amount of up to $400.0 million of senior exchange notes and guarantees related thereto for a like principal amount of outstanding senior original notes and guarantees related thereto, and we will

 

116


Table of Contents

issue an aggregate principal amount of up to $225.0 million of senior subordinated exchange notes and guarantees related thereto for a like principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated original notes and guarantees related thereto, in each case tendered and accepted in connection with the exchange offer. The exchange notes issued in connection with the exchange offer will be delivered on the earliest practicable date following the expiration date. Holders may tender some or all of their original notes in connection with the exchange offer, but only in an amount equal to $2,000 principal amount or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms of the senior exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the senior original notes, and the terms of the senior subordinated exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the senior subordinated original notes, in each case except that the exchange notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and will be issued free from any covenant regarding registration, including the payment of additional interest upon a failure to file or have declared effective an exchange offer registration statement or to complete the exchange offer by certain dates. The senior exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the senior original notes and will be issued under the same indenture and entitled to the same benefits under that indenture as the senior original notes being exchanged, and the senior subordinated notes will evidence the same debt as the senior subordinated original notes and will be issued under the same indenture and entitled to the same benefits under that indenture as the senior subordinated original notes being exchanged. As of the date of this prospectus, $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the original senior notes and $225.0 million of the original senior subordinated notes are outstanding.

In connection with the issuance of the original notes, we arranged for the original notes purchased by qualified institutional buyers and those sold in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), acting as depositary. Except as described in “ Description of book-entry system ,” the exchange notes will be issued in the form of a global note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and each beneficial owner’s interest in it will be transferable in book-entry form through DTC. See “ Description of book-entry system .”

Holders of original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights in connection with the exchange offer. Original notes which are not tendered for exchange or are tendered but not accepted in connection with the exchange offer will remain outstanding and be entitled to the benefits of the indenture under which they were issued, but will not be entitled to any registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreements. See “— Consequences of failures to properly tender original notes in the exchange .”

We shall be considered to have accepted validly tendered original notes if and when we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us.

If any tendered original notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events described in this prospectus or otherwise, we will return the original notes, without expense, to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration date.

Holders who tender original notes will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes on exchange of original notes in connection with the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. See “— Fees and Expenses .”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The expiration date for the exchange offer is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless extended by us in our sole discretion, in which case the term “expiration date” shall mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.

 

117


Table of Contents

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

 

   

to delay accepting any original notes, to extend the offer or to terminate the exchange offer if, in our reasonable judgment, any of the conditions described below shall not have been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of the delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent, or

 

   

to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we consider material, we will disclose such amendment by means of a prospectus supplement, and we will extend the exchange offer for a period of five to ten business days.

If we determine to extend, amend or terminate the exchange offer, we will publicly announce this determination by making a timely release through an appropriate news agency.

Interest on the exchange notes

The senior exchange notes will bear interest at the rate of 8  7 / 8 % per annum from the most recent date to which interest on the original senior notes has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from November 6, 2009. Interest will be payable semiannually in arrears on November 15 and May 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010. The senior subordinated exchange notes will bear interest at the rate of 10  7 / 8 % per annum from the most recent date to which interest on the original senior subordinated notes has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from November 6, 2009. Interest will be payable semiannually in arrears on November 15 and May 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010.

Conditions to the exchange offer

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to exchange any exchange notes for, any original notes and may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the original notes, if prior to the expiration date:

 

   

any law, statute, rule or regulation is proposed, adopted or enacted, which in our reasonable judgment, might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or

 

   

any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval we, in our reasonable discretion, consider necessary for the completion of the exchange offer as contemplated by this prospectus.

The conditions listed above are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions. We may waive these conditions in our reasonable discretion in whole or in part at any time and from time to time prior to the expiration date. The failure by us at any time to exercise any of the above rights shall not be considered a waiver of such right, and such right shall be considered an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

If we determine in our reasonable discretion that any of the conditions are not satisfied, we may:

 

   

refuse to accept any original notes and return all tendered original notes to the tendering holders;

 

   

extend the exchange offer and retain all original notes tendered before the expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw those original notes (See “— Withdrawal of Tenders ” below); or

 

   

waive unsatisfied conditions relating to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered original notes which have not been withdrawn.

 

118


Table of Contents

Procedures for tendering

Unless the tender is being made in book-entry form, to tender in the exchange offer, a holder must:

 

   

complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of it,

 

   

have the signatures guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal, and

 

   

mail or otherwise deliver the signed letter of transmittal or the signed facsimile, the original notes and any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s Book-Entry Transfer Facility system may make book-entry delivery of the original notes by causing DTC to transfer the original notes into the exchange agent’s account. To validly tender original notes through DTC, the financial institution that is a participant in DTC will electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automated Tender Offer Program. DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance, execute a book-entry transfer of the tendered original notes into the applicable account of the exchange agent at DTC and then send to the exchange agent confirmation of such book-entry transfer. The confirmation of such book-entry transfer will include an agent’s message stating that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering the original notes that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the terms of the letter of transmittal against the participant. A tender of original notes through a book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account will only be effective if an agent’s message or the letter of transmittal (or facsimile), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents are transmitted to and received or confirmed by the exchange agent at the address set forth under the caption “exchange agent” below, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery procedures described below under the caption “— Guaranteed Delivery Procedures ” are complied with. Delivery of documents to DTC in accordance with its procedures does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

The tender by a holder of original notes will constitute an agreement between us and the holder in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of original notes and the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and risk of the holders. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, holders should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. No letter of transmittal of original notes should be sent to us. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the tenders for such holders.

Any beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on behalf of the beneficial owner. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender on that owner’s own behalf, the owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivery of such owner’s original notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in the owners’ name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

Signature on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, unless the original notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:

 

   

by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal, or

 

   

for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

 

119


Table of Contents

In the event that signatures on a letter or transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by:

 

   

a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,

 

   

a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or

 

   

an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any original notes, the original notes must be endorsed by the registered holder or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, in each case signed or endorsed in blank by the registered holder.

If the letter of transmittal or any original notes or bond powers are signed or endorsed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to act in that capacity with the letter of transmittal.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance and withdrawal of tendered original notes in our sole discretion. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all original notes not properly tendered or any original notes whose acceptance by us would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to any particular original notes either before or after the expiration date. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes must be cured within a time period we will determine. Although we intend to request the exchange agent to notify holders of defects or irregularities relating to tenders of original notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will have any duty or incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of original notes will not be considered to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any original notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date.

In addition, we reserve the right, as set forth above under the caption “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer ,” to terminate the exchange offer.

By tendering, each holder represents to us, among other things, that:

 

   

the exchange notes acquired in connection with the exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder;

 

   

neither the holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such exchange notes; and

 

   

neither the holder nor any such other person is our “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

If the holder is a broker-dealer which will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, it will acknowledge that it acquired such original notes as the result of market-making activities or other trading activities and it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “ Plan of distribution.

 

120


Table of Contents

Guaranteed delivery procedures

A holder who wishes to tender its original notes and:

 

   

whose original notes are not immediately available;

 

   

who cannot deliver the holder’s original notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date; or

 

   

who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer before the expiration date

may effect a tender if

 

   

the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

 

   

before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the eligible guarantor institution:

 

   

a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery,

 

   

the name and address of the holder, and

 

   

the certificate number(s) of the original notes, if any, and the principal amount at maturity of original notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal and the certificate(s) representing the original notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer), and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

 

   

the exchange agent receives, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, a properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered original notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of book-entry transfer, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

Withdrawal of tenders

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of original notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of original notes in connection with the exchange offer, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who deposited the original notes to be withdrawn,

 

   

identify the original notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number(s), if any, and principal amount at maturity of such original notes),

 

   

be signed by the depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such original notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee register the transfer of such original notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, and

 

   

specify the name in which any such original notes are to be registered, if different from that of the depositor.

If original notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original notes or otherwise comply with DTC’s procedures. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and

 

121


Table of Contents

eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices. Any original notes so withdrawn will be considered not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, and no exchange notes will be issued unless the original notes withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any original notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange or which are withdrawn will be returned to the holder without cost to such holder promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn original notes may be re-tendered by following one of the procedures described above under “— Procedures for Tendering ” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. has been appointed as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent, at its offices at 101 Barclay Street, 7 East, New York, N.Y. 10286. The exchange agent’s telephone number is (212) 815-2742 and facsimile number is (212) 298-1915.

Fees and Expenses

We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will pay certain other expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including the fees and expenses of the exchange agent and certain accounting and legal fees.

Holders who tender their original notes for exchange generally will not be obligated to pay transfer taxes. If, however:

 

   

exchange notes are to be delivered to, or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the original notes tendered, or

 

   

if tendered original notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal, or

 

   

if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of original notes in connection with the exchange offer,

then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption from them is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

Consequences of failures to properly tender original notes in the exchange

Issuance of the exchange notes in exchange for the original notes under the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of such original notes, of a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or an agent’s message from DTC) and the certificate(s) representing such original notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer), and all other required documents. Therefore, holders of the original notes desiring to tender such original notes in exchange for exchange notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities of tenders of original notes for exchange. Original notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted by us will, following completion of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof under the Securities Act, and, upon completion of the exchange offer, certain registered rights under the Registration Rights Agreements will terminate.

 

122


Table of Contents

In the event the exchange offer is completed, we will not be required to register the remaining original notes. Remaining original notes will continue to be subject to the following restrictions on transfer:

 

   

the remaining original notes may be resold only if registered pursuant to the Securities Act, if any exemption from registration is available, or if neither such registration nor such exemption is required by law, and

 

   

the remaining original notes will bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption.

We do not currently anticipate that we will register the remaining original notes under the Securities Act. To the extent that original notes are tendered and accepted in connection with the exchange offer, any trading market for remaining original notes could be adversely affected. See “ Risk factors—Risks related to the exchange notes and our indebtedness—If you fail to exchange your original notes, they will continue to be restricted securities and may become less liquid.

 

123


Table of Contents

Description of the senior notes

General

The senior original notes were issued under an indenture (the “senior indenture”) dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (the “Company”) and UCDP Finance, Inc., as joint and several obligors (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. The senior exchange notes will be issued under the same indenture and will be identical in all material respects to the original notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will be free of any obligation regarding registration, including the payment of additional interest upon failure to file or have declared effective an exchange offer registration statement or to consummate an exchange offer or otherwise register the original notes for resale by certain dates. We have filed a copy of the senior indenture as an exhibit to the registration statement which includes this prospectus.

The following summary of certain provisions of the senior indenture and the senior notes does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the senior indenture, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part thereof by the TIA. Capitalized terms used in this “ Description of the senior notes ” section and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the section “— Certain Definitions .” As used in this “ Description of the senior notes ” section, “we,” “us” and “our” mean the Issuers and not any of their Subsidiaries.

We issued the senior original notes in an initial aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million and will issue senior exchange notes in exchange therefor. We may issue additional senior notes from time to time after this offering. Any offering of additional senior notes is subject to the covenant described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .” The senior notes and any additional senior notes subsequently issued under the senior indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the senior indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes will be payable, and the senior notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Issuers in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially shall be the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee). At the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the holders at their registered addresses.

The senior notes have been and will continue to be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of notes, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Terms of the senior notes

The senior notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers and will mature on November 15, 2015. Each senior note bears interest at the rate of 8.875% per annum from November 6, 2009 or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date on May 15 or November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2010.

Optional redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuers and the Guarantors will not be entitled to redeem senior notes at their option.

Commencing November 15, 2012, the senior notes will be redeemable, at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s

 

124


Table of Contents

registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on November 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2012

   104.438

2013

   102.219

2014 and thereafter

   100.000

At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2012, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional senior notes) with the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 108.875% plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided , however , that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional senior notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption and provided further that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of senior notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the indenture.

In addition, the senior notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 15, 2012, at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the senior notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any senior note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

 

  (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such senior note; and

 

  (2) the excess, if any, of:

 

  (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such senior note at November 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in the table above plus (ii) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date) due on such senior note through November 15, 2012 computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

  (b) the principal amount of such senior note.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to the senior notes, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2012 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

125


Table of Contents

Selection

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the senior notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such senior notes are listed, or if such notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no senior notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any senior note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such senior note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original senior note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on senior notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuers have deposited with the paying agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) on, the senior notes to be redeemed.

Ranking

The senior notes will be the unsecured obligations of the Issuers ranking pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured unsubordinated debt of the Issuers, including obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement, and senior to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers, including the Senior Subordinated Notes. The senior notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the Issuers’ secured obligations, including obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations and structurally subordinated to all obligations of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not Guarantors. The senior subordinated notes are not expressly subordinated in right of payment to our obligations under the Consultant Agreement, but are effectively subordinated to our obligations thereunder to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations.

The Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Guarantees will be the unsecured obligations of the applicable Guarantor, will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured unsubordinated debt of such Guarantor, including its guarantee of the obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including its guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Guarantees will also be effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor, including its guarantee of the obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all obligations of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

As of September 27, 2009, on an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Company would have had approximately $1,525.0 million of outstanding gross Indebtedness, including approximately $900.0 million of indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (which would have been secured by a pledge of substantially all the Company’s and the Guarantor’s assets), $400.0 million of senior notes and $225.0 million of senior subordinated notes. The Company’s only non-Guarantor subsidiary (not including UCDP Finance, Inc.) would have had no Indebtedness. In addition, pursuant to the Subordination Agreement, the Special Fees will be subordinate in right of payment to the senior notes and may not be paid if there is an Event of Default (or to the knowledge of our officers a Default) under the senior notes.

Senior guarantees

Each of the Company’s direct and indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that were Domestic Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and all future Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are Domestic Subsidiaries, in each case that guarantee Indebtedness under any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Incurs certain other Indebtedness as described under “Certain Covenants—Future Guarantors” will jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantee on an unsecured senior basis the performance and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all

 

126


Table of Contents

obligations of the Company under the senior indenture and the senior notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or additional interest on the senior notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by such Guarantors being herein called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Such Guarantors will agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated above, any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the holders in enforcing any rights under the Senior Guarantees. Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Senior Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the senior indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Each Senior Guarantee will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Senior Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Senior Guarantee from being voided or subordinated under fraudulent transfer laws, and depending on the Guarantor, this provision might reduce such Guarantor’s liability on its Senior Guarantee to zero.

Each Senior Guarantee will be a general unsecured obligation of each Guarantor and (i) will be equal in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (including its guarantee of the Credit Agreement), (ii) will be effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor (including its guarantee of the Credit Agreement) to the extent of its assets that comprise collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness and (iii) will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness (including its Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes).

Each Senior Guarantee will be a continuing guarantee and shall:

 

   

remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or until released in accordance with the provisions in the senior indenture;

 

   

be binding upon each such Guarantor and its successors; and

 

   

inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the holders and their successors, transferees and assigns.

A Senior Guarantee will be automatically released upon the sale (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock, or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor if:

 

   

such sale is made in compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants—Asset Sales ;” and

 

   

such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

A Senior Guarantee also will be automatically released upon the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing the Credit Agreement or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof or if such Subsidiary is released from its guarantees of, and all pledges and security interests granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement, subject to compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants—Future Guarantors .” In addition, a Senior Guarantee made by any Restricted Subsidiary will be automatically released (i) if the Company designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the senior indenture, (ii) upon the exercise by the Issuers of their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “—Defeasance” or (iii) upon the discharge of the Issuers’ obligations under the senior indenture in accordance with the terms of the senior indenture.

 

127


Table of Contents

Mandatory redemption; offers to purchase; open market purchases

The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the senior notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase senior notes as described under the captions “—Change of Control” and “— Certain Covenants—Asset Sales .” The Issuers or their Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase senior notes in the open market or otherwise.

Change of control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s senior notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), except to the extent the Issuers have previously elected to redeem senior notes as described under “— Optional Redemption .”

Within 60 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem the senior notes as described under “— Optional Redemption ,” the Issuers shall mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase such holder’s senior notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

 

  (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control;

 

  (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

 

  (4) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to have its senior notes purchased.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the senior indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all senior notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Senior notes repurchased by the Issuers or an Affiliate pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of senior notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and cancelled at the option of the Issuers. Senior notes purchased by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of senior notes issued and outstanding.

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of the Change of Control Offer.

The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of senior notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof.

This Change of Control repurchase provision is a result of negotiations between the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers. The Issuers have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control,

 

128


Table of Contents

although it is possible that the Issuers could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Issuers could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the senior indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Issuers’ capital structure or credit ratings.

The Credit Agreement contains, and existing and future Indebtedness of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries may contain, prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such indebtedness to be repaid or purchased upon a Change of Control. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required purchases. The Credit Agreement does not permit the Issuers to purchase senior notes in the event of a Change of Control. Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of certain of the Company’s Indebtedness could prohibit the prepayment of senior notes prior to their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if the Issuers are not able to prepay such Indebtedness, they will be unable to fulfill their repurchase obligations if holders of senior notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control. The failure to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer or pay the purchase price when due will give the trustee and the holders the rights described under “—Events of Default.” In the event that the Issuers are required to purchase outstanding senior notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuers expect to seek third party financing to the extent they lack available funds to meet their purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain such financing.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease or transfer of “all or substantially all” the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of senior notes to require the Issuers to repurchase such senior notes as a result of a sale, lease or transfer of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

The provisions under the senior indenture relative to our obligations to make an offer to repurchase the senior notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes.

Certain covenants

The senior indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock . The senior indenture provides that:

 

  (1) the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and

 

  (2) the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;

provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Debt to EBITDA Ratio of the Company at the time of such Incurrence or issuance, as the case may be, would have been less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

 

129


Table of Contents

The foregoing limitations will not apply to the following (“Permitted Indebtedness”):

 

  (a) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount of $1,125.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all mandatory principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales;

 

  (b) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the senior notes (not including any additional senior notes) and the Senior Guarantees and any exchange notes and guarantees thereof;

 

  (c) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Subordinated Notes and the guarantees by the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of the Senior Subordinated Notes and any exchange notes and guarantees thereof in aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $225.0 million;

 

  (d) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a), (b) and (c));

 

  (e) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (but no other material assets)) and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (e) ; provided, however , the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (e) (including any such Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (e)) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets; provided, further that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Refinance Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (e) without regard to subsequent changes in Total Assets;

 

  (f) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

 

  (g) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of the senior indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

  (h) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that, unless such Indebtedness is owed to a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

  (i)

shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided , however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or any other subsequent

 

130


Table of Contents
 

transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary), shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

 

  (j) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (i) any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note and (ii) to the extent applicable, if a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

  (k) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes): (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

 

  (l) obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (m) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (m), does not exceed $60.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

  (n) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligation by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the indenture; provided , however , that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes or any Senior Guarantee, if applicable, of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Senior Guarantee with respect to the senior notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the senior notes or the Senior Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

 

  (o) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (b), (c), (d) or (p) of this paragraph or this clause (o);

 

  (p) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the indenture; provided , however , that such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is not Incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such acquisition or merger; provided further , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

 

  (1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant; or

 

  (2) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test would be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition;

 

  (q) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its Incurrence;

 

  (r) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

131


Table of Contents
  (s) Contribution Indebtedness;

 

  (t) (1) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph hereof after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted hereunder or (2) if the Company could not Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph hereof after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred for working capital purposes, in either case in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (t), does not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 5% of the consolidated assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

  (u) Preferred Stock that is not Disqualified Stock and issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Person holding a minority Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (after giving effect to such issuance) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time issued and outstanding; provided, however, that such Preferred Stock is not exchangeable or convertible into Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not require cash payments of dividends at any time that such cash payment would result in a Default or Event of Default under the senior indenture governing the senior notes;

 

  (v) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (w) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (x) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case Incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms on a recourse basis and not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset-based loan facility or long-term factoring program; and

 

  (y) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, Incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may Incur any Permitted Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness unless such Permitted Indebtedness will be subordinated to the senior notes or such Guarantor’s Senior Guarantee, as applicable, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

  (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify (and may later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) (in the case of a reclassification, to the extent the reclassified item could be Incurred pursuant to one of such categories or such first paragraph at the time of such reclassification) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in such category or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided , however , that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date will be treated as Incurred on the Issue Date under clause (a) of the second preceding paragraph; and

 

  (2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

 

132


Table of Contents

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

The senior indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes or such Guarantor’s Senior Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

The senior indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Limitation on Restricted Payments. The senior indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

 

  (2) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

 

  (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (h) and (j) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”); or

 

  (4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

  (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

  (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

  (c)

such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including, without duplication, Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (8) and (15) (to the extent the repurchase of

 

133


Table of Contents
 

Subordinated Indebtedness occurs as the result of an Asset Sale) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

 

  (1) an amount equal to the Company’s EBITDA for the period from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing on or after September 28, 2009 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Basket Period”) less the product of 1.75 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the Basket Period, plus

 

  (2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock, any Cash Contribution Amount and the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under the caption “— Optional Redemption ”), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), plus

 

  (3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash since the Issue Date (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

 

  (4) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received from:

 

  (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments,

 

  (B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

 

  (C) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

  (5) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

 

  (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

 

  (2)   (a)

the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings to the extent contributed to the Company or out of a capital contribution to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the

 

134


Table of Contents
 

Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); and

 

         (b) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

 

  (3) the Refinancing of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company which is Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as

 

  (a) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced (plus the amount of any premium (including tender offer premiums and defeasance costs) required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced plus any fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith),

 

  (b) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the senior notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so Refinanced,

 

  (c) such indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced, and

 

  (d) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced;

 

  (4) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (4) do not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years); provided further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Equity Interests of Holdings, to the extent contributed to the Company, to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph); plus

 

  (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (a) and (b) above in any single calendar year;

 

  (5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant entitled “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”;

 

  (6)

the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that

 

135


Table of Contents
 

(A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company directly from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

 

  (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $40.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

  (8) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by, or contributed to, the Company from any public offering of common stock of the Company or Holdings other than public offerings registered on Form S-8 or constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

  (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

  (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million;

 

  (11) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

  (12) payments, whether in the form of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock or otherwise, used to fund the payment, purchase or other satisfaction of current or deferred fees and expenses owed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to Affiliates to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “— Transactions with Affiliates ”;

 

  (13) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options;

 

  (14) without duplication of amounts paid under clause (17) below, during a period when the Company is treated as a partnership for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes and after such period to the extent relating to the liability for such period, the payment of distributions in respect of partners’ income tax liability with respect to the Company solely as a result of the Company being a partnership or similar pass-through entity for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes in an amount not to exceed the taxable income of the Company multiplied by the highest combined federal, state and local and foreign income tax rate applicable to the partners of certain Affiliates of Blackstone;

 

  (15) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under the captions “ Change of Control ” and “ Certain Covenants—Asset Sales ”; provided, however, that all senior notes tendered by holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

  (16) the payment of fees and expenses incurred by Blackstone and VUE and paid by the Issuers in connection with the Transactions;

 

  (17)

the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, Holdings in amounts required for Holdings to pay, in each case without duplication, (i) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (ii) without duplication

 

136


Table of Contents
 

of amounts paid under clause (14) above, foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from Holdings; (iii) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of the Company; (iv) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (v) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of Holdings; and

 

  (18) any Restricted Payments in connection with the Transactions;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (7), (10) and (11), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the Issue Date, the Company’s Subsidiaries were all Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The senior indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (a)  (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

         (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

         (c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents and the Consultant Agreement;

 

  (2) the senior indenture and the senior notes;

 

  (3) the Senior Subordinated Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes;

 

  (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

137


Table of Contents
  (5) any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 

  (6) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

  (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” and “— Liens ” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

  (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (9) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (10) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

 

  (11) customary provisions contained in leases and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) above;

 

  (12) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries (i) that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and either (A) the provisions relating to such encumbrances or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Issuers, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or (B) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends or distributions in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the senior notes when due (taking into account the resources of the Company at such time); or (ii) that are Foreign Subsidiaries that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to clause (e), (m) or (t) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”; or

 

  (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Asset Sales . The senior indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of

 

138


Table of Contents

the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of:

 

  (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the senior notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

 

  (b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received),

 

  (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 2.5% of Total Assets and $50.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), and

 

  (d) any non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the sale of unimproved real property owned by the Company on the Issue Date (such non-cash consideration being referred to herein as “Land Sale Non-cash Consideration”)

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this provision.

Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

 

  (1) to permanently reduce:

 

  (a) Obligations under the Credit Agreement (and, in the case of revolving Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto);

 

  (b) Obligations under any other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto); provided , however , that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the senior notes, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase their senior notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of senior notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

  (c) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, or

 

  (2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided, however, that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other long-lived assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

 

  (3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided, however, that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other long-lived assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

 

139


Table of Contents

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. The senior indenture provides that any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the above paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to purchase, prepay or redeem (an “Asset Sale Offer”) on a pro rata basis the maximum principal amount of senior notes and any other Senior Indebtedness that requires that the Company offer to purchase such other Senior Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale to (i) all holders of senior notes and (ii) all holders of any such Senior Indebtedness. Such Asset Sale Offer will be at an offer price in cash (A) in the case of the senior notes, of 100% of the principal amount of the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the senior indenture), and (B) in the case of other Senior Indebtedness of the Company, sufficient to comply with the provisions governing such Senior Indebtedness of the Company (provided that in no event shall the Company offer to purchase other Senior Indebtedness at a purchase price in excess of 100% of its principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon). The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the senior indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of senior notes and other Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by the senior indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of senior notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the pro rata amount of Excess Proceeds to be used to purchase the senior notes, the Trustee shall select the senior notes to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the senior notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the senior indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the senior indenture by virtue thereof.

If more senior notes are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, selection of such senior notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such senior notes are listed or, if such senior notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part.

Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of senior notes at such holder’s registered address. If any senior note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such senior note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

A new senior note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any note purchased in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on senior notes or portions thereof purchased.

Transactions with Affiliates. The senior indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or

 

140


Table of Contents

make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) if such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

 

  (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

  (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

  (1) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the senior indenture described above under the covenant “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ”;

 

  (3) the payment of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to VUE and its Affiliates and Blackstone and its Affiliates in an amount in any fiscal year not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate;

 

  (4) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or of Affiliates of the Company providing services to the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (5) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Blackstone made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 

  (6) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of the preceding paragraph;

 

  (7) payments, loans or advances to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business, subject to any limitations otherwise set forth in the senior indenture;

 

  (8) any consulting, employment or severance agreements or benefits arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (other than with a Permitted Holder);

 

  (9) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the holders of the senior notes in any material respect) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

 

  (10) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (10) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the holders of the senior notes in any material respect;

 

141


Table of Contents
  (11) the payment to VUE or its designee of current or deferred portions of the Special Fee, so long as after giving effect to such payment, on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Special Fee Ratio of no less than 1.10 to 1.00;

 

  (12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the senior indenture, which are on terms not materially less favorable than as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (13) agreements in connection with the development, construction and operation of hotels, restaurants and other resort facilities; provided, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (14) transactions relating to resort venues in which the Company or its Affiliates have an ownership or management interest; provided, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (15) any purchase by any Affiliate of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any contribution by any Affiliate to the equity capital of the Company;

 

  (16) transactions with VUE, Blackstone or their respective Affiliates consisting of reimbursement of expenses, obligations, sharing of operating and capital costs, sharing of software and IT hardware systems, licensing and sublicensing of rights under intellectual property, joint marketing arrangements, promotional, merchandising and advertising arrangements, purchase or sale of services, goods and products, participation in joint ticket products, sharing of personnel and employees, the participation in, and reimbursement obligations with respect to, coverage under insurance policies and joint purchasing arrangements, in each case consistent with past practice or practice in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company; provided, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (17) the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses actually and properly incurred by VUE or its Affiliates and Blackstone or its Affiliates in connection with activities of the Company as permitted pursuant to the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company;

 

  (18) the Transactions;

 

  (19) to the extent otherwise permitted under the senior indenture, any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to (or the funding of) employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans to managers, employees or other individuals that are not employed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries but provide services to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (20) the participation by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any program sponsored by any of the Company’s Affiliates that is made generally available to such Affiliates’ subsidiaries or Persons in which such Affiliate invests; provided, however, that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary participates on substantially the same terms as are made available to such subsidiaries or such Persons; provided further, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

142


Table of Contents
  (21) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the covenant described under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .”

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Special Fees may only be paid in accordance with clause (11) above.

Liens. The senior indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, that secures any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries unless the senior notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes) the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the senior notes if the Lien consists of a Permitted Lien.

Limitation on Business Activities of UCDP Finance, Inc. UCDP Finance, Inc. will not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than the issuance of Equity Interests to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of Indebtedness incurred by the Company, including the senior notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the respective exchange notes, if any, that is permitted to be incurred by the Company under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” above ( provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are retained by the Company or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries other than UCDP Finance, Inc.), and activities incidental thereto. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with UCDP Finance, Inc. in violation of the immediately preceding sentence.

Reports and Other Information. The senior indenture provides that notwithstanding that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuers will continue to file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and holders with copies thereof, without cost to any holder, within 15 days after filing with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

 

  (1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

 

  (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form),

 

  (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and

 

  (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuers would be required to file with the SEC if they were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , the Issuers shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuers will make available such information to prospective purchasers of senior notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuers would be required to file such information with the SEC if they were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may satisfy the foregoing reporting requirements prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement by publicly filing with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, to the extent any such

 

143


Table of Contents

Registration Statement contains substantially the same information as would be required to be filed by the Issuers if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and by providing the Trustee and holders with such Registration Statement (and amendments thereto) promptly following the filing with the SEC thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the holders of the senior notes if the Issuers have filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available or by posting such reports on a publicly accessible page on the Issuer’s website.

Future Guarantors. The senior indenture provides that the Company will cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that:

 

  (a) Incurs any Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to clause (a) of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” or guarantees any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to such clause (a); or

 

  (b) Incurs any capital markets Indebtedness or guarantees any capital markets Indebtedness, shall guarantee the senior notes on the terms provided for in the senior indenture.

Merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets

The senior indenture provides that neither of the Issuers may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

  (1) such Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia (such Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

 

  (2) the Successor Company (if other than such Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the senior indenture and the senior notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

 

  (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”, or

 

  (b) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be no higher than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the senior indenture and the senior notes; and

 

144


Table of Contents
  (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the senior indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Issuer under the senior indenture and the senior notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reforming the Company in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

The senior indenture further provides that subject to certain limitations in the senior indenture governing release of a Senior Guarantee upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, each such Guarantor will not, and the Company will not permit such a Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

 

  (1) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, the District of Columbia (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”);

 

  (2) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the senior indenture and such Guarantor’s Senior Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (4) such Guarantor shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the senior indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor is not increased thereby.

Defaults

An Event of Default is defined in the senior indenture as:

 

  (1) a default in any payment of interest on any senior note when due continued for 30 days,

 

  (2) a default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise,

 

  (3) the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations under the covenant described under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” above,

 

  (4) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 30 days after notice with any of their obligations under the covenant described under “— Change of Control ” or “— Certain Covenants ” above (in each case, other than a failure to purchase senior notes),

 

145


Table of Contents
  (5) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements contained in the senior notes or the senior indenture,

 

  (6) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million (the “cross-acceleration provision”),

 

  (7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (the “bankruptcy provisions”),

 

  (8) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”), or

 

  (9) any Senior Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the senior indenture or any Senior Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days.

The foregoing constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

However, a default under clause (4) or (5) does not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of outstanding senior notes notify the Issuers of the default and the Issuers do not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) hereof after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding senior notes by notice to the Issuers may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the senior notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the senior notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding senior notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the senior notes and its consequences.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (6) of the first paragraph above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the senior notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; provided, however, that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the senior notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

Subject to the provisions of the senior indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the senior indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to

 

146


Table of Contents

receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the senior indenture or the senior notes unless:

 

  (1) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,

 

  (2) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,

 

  (3) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense,

 

  (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and

 

  (5) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding senior notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the senior indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the senior indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

The senior indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder of senior notes notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any senior note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the noteholders. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, the senior indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding note affected, no amendment to the senior indenture may, among other things:

 

  (1) reduce the amount of senior notes whose holders must consent to an amendment,

 

  (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any senior note,

 

  (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any senior note,

 

  (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any senior note or change the time at which any senior note may be redeemed as described under “— Optional Redemption ” above,

 

  (5) make any senior note payable in money other than that stated in such senior note,

 

  (6) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s senior notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s senior notes,

 

147


Table of Contents
  (7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions or

 

  (8) modify the Guarantees, if any, in any manner adverse to the holders.

In addition, except as set forth below, the Subordination Agreement may only be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding.

Without the consent of any holder, the Issuers and Trustee may amend the senior indenture and the Issuers may amend the Subordination Agreement:

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency,

 

  (2) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership or limited liability company of the obligations of either Issuer or any Guarantor under the senior indenture,

 

  (3) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes ( provided that the uncertificated senior notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated senior notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code),

 

  (4) to add guarantees with respect to the senior notes,

 

  (5) to secure the senior notes,

 

  (6) to add to the covenants of the Issuers or any Guarantor for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor,

 

  (7) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder,

 

  (8) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the senior indenture under the TIA or to make certain changes to the senior indenture to provide for the issuance of additional senior notes,

 

  (9) to conform the text of the senior indenture or the senior notes to any provision of this “ Description of the senior notes ” to the extent that such provision in this “ Description of the senior notes ” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the senior indenture or the senior notes, or

 

  (10) to make any amendment to the provisions of the senior indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the senior notes; provided, however , that (a) compliance with the senior indenture as so amended would not result in the senior notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer the senior notes.

The consent of the noteholders is not necessary under the senior indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

After an amendment under the senior indenture becomes effective, the Issuers are required to mail to the noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all noteholders entitled to receive such notice, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Transfer and exchange

A noteholder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the senior indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the registrar and the Trustee may require a noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a noteholder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the senior indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any senior note selected for redemption or to transfer or exchange any senior note for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of senior notes to be redeemed. The senior notes will be issued in registered form and the registered holder of a senior note will be treated as the owner of such senior note for all purposes.

 

148


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and discharge

The senior indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all senior notes issued thereunder, when either

 

  (a) all such senior notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and senior notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  (b)   (1) all such senior notes not theretofore delivered to such Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Company or any Guarantor, if any, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with such Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligation, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

         (2) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the senior indenture or the senior notes issued thereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the senior indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor, if any, is bound;

 

         (3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the senior indenture; and

 

         (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the senior indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Defeasance

The Issuers at any time may terminate all their obligations under the senior notes and the senior indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the senior notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the senior notes. The Issuers at any time may terminate their obligations under the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants ,” the operation of the cross-acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under “— Defaults ” above and the limitations contained under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” above (“covenant defeasance”). If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee.

The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option notwithstanding their prior exercise of their covenant defeasance option. If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the senior notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Issuers exercise their covenant defeasance option, payment of the senior notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3), (4), (6), (7) with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries, (8) or (9) under “—Defaults” above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” above.

 

149


Table of Contents

In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Issuers must irrevocably deposit in trust (the “defeasance trust”) with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on the senior notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the senior notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable Federal income tax law).

Concerning the trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the Trustee under the senior indenture and has been appointed by the Issuers as registrar and a paying agent with regard to the senior notes.

Governing law

The senior indenture provides that it and the senior notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

No personal liability of partners, directors, officers, employees and stockholders

No partner, director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in either of the Issuers or any direct or indirect parent partnership or corporation, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the senior notes, the senior indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of senior notes by accepting a senior note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the senior notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Certain definitions

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,

in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, (i) each of the entities comprising Blackstone and VUE is an Affiliate of the Issuers and (ii) UCF Hotel Venture is not an Affiliate of the Issuers under UCF Hotel Venture’s ownership structure as it existed on the Issue Date.

“Asset Sale” means:

 

  (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or

 

150


Table of Contents
  (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) (other than Preferred Stock issued in compliance with the covenant described under “ Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”),

in each case other than:

 

  (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out equipment, or equipment or property that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

  (c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ”;

 

  (d) any disposition of assets, or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $20.0 million;

 

  (e) any disposition of property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (f) sales of assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

 

  (g) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the senior indenture;

 

  (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (i) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business (not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset-based loan or long-term factoring facility) or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

 

  (j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (k) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (l) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business (in any event excluding any exclusive license, sub-license or assignment of, intellectual property or other general intangibles that precludes the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries from using such intellectual property or general intangibles for a period of time that exceeds ten years); and

 

  (m) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

“Blackstone” means Blackstone Capital Partners III Merchant Banking Fund L.P. and its Affiliates.

“Board of Directors” means as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof or, with respect to the Company, the Park Advisory Board.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York State.

 

151


Table of Contents

“Capital Stock” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Contribution Amount” means half of the aggregate amount of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company pursuant to clause (s) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .”

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

  (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

  (3) certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P;

 

  (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

  (5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

 

  (6) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above;

 

  (7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P; and

 

  (8) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons (other than Blackstone or its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders; or

 

  (2)

the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group

 

152


Table of Contents
 

(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount, expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and non-cash interest accrued on Special Fees);

 

  (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; and

 

  (3) one-third of the obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for rental payments made during such period under operating leases as part of Sale/Leaseback Transactions.

For the avoidance of doubt, any interest expense resulting from “mark to market” accounting shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Interest Expense”.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided , however , that:

 

  (1) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) shall be excluded;

 

  (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

 

  (3) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;

 

  (4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be excluded;

 

  (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

 

153


Table of Contents
  (6) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless (x) such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived or (y) such restriction is permitted by the covenant described under “ Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries ”; provided that the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included; and

 

  (7) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clauses (c)(4) and (5) of the first paragraph thereof.

“Consultant Agreement” means the Consultant Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987, between Diamond Lane Productions (“DLP”) (DLP is the successor in interest to Steven Spielberg) and the Company (as successor in interest to Universal City Florida Partners), as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time (so long as any such amendment, supplement, replacement or other modification, taken as a whole, (1) is not materially disadvantageous to the holders of the senior notes in any material respect or (2) would not in the Company’s good faith judgment materially affect the Company’s ability to pay interest or principal on the senior notes).

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or capital contributions from its shareholders (excluding Designated Preferred Stock of the Company, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock of the Company, the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem senior notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under the caption “— Optional Redemption ” and to the extent such cash proceeds have, or such capital contribution has, not been used to make Restricted Payments); provided , however , that:

 

  (1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than such aggregate cash, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the senior notes, and

 

  (2) such Contribution Indebtedness is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

“Credit Agreement” means the amended and restated credit agreement dated on or about the Issue Date, among the Company, the financial institutions named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace or Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement or Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount loaned or invested thereunder or alters the maturity thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “ Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” above.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Credit Agreement, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation,

 

154


Table of Contents

commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or any other indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “ Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”; or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, obligors or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, investor or group of lenders or investors.

“Debt to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of:

 

  (1) the Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of determination (the “Calculation Date”), on a consolidated basis, to

 

  (2) the EBITDA of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date for which internal financial statements are available.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, discontinued operations, mergers and consolidations (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Debt to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company in a manner consistent with pro forma adjustments permitted under Article 11 of Regulation S-X or otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable adjustments expected to be realized in the twelve month period commencing after the date of the transaction. The calculation of any such pro forma adjustments shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock,

 

155


Table of Contents

pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments .”

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the senior notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the senior notes (including the purchase of any notes tendered pursuant thereto)),

 

  (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or

 

  (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the senior notes;

provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

 

  (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net income; plus

 

  (2) Consolidated Interest Expense plus amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (4) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization, the Transactions or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the senior indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (5) any (a) cash restructuring charges not to exceed $20.0 million and (b) any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions consummated after the Issue Date, in each case, to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (6) the amount of non-cash charges in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition or investment (but excluding any charge that requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

 

156


Table of Contents
  (7) non-cash exchange, translation or performance loss relating to any Hedging Obligations; plus

 

  (8) non-cash charges for the impairment of intangibles and other assets (but excluding any such charge that (A) relates to current assets or (B) requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

 

  (9) the amount of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses payable to VUE or Blackstone (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period, in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million; plus

 

  (10) any non-cash expense relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (11) any other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including any non-cash charges arising from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards no. 133), but excluding any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period; plus

 

  (12) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (13) charges, accruals, interest, depreciation, amortization, fees, expenses, impairment or other asset-write downs or other writeoffs or other impact with respect to the rights in the Consultant Agreement to establish or determine the amount of the floor or in connection with any amendments to the Consultant Agreement and other payments related to such amendment;

less, without duplication,

 

  (1) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, including performance gains relating to any Hedging Obligations (excluding any items (A) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period or (B) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period); less

 

  (2) any income relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock, including without limitation, Preferred Stock of the Company or Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

  (1) public offerings registered on Form S-8; and

 

  (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

 

  (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

157


Table of Contents
  (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Company or Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ” covenant.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value (x) for any transactions involving a price in excess of $175.0 million will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors and (y) for all other transactions will be determined in good faith by the Company, which determination will be conclusive.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof and any subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which were in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of the indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the senior indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further , any calculation or determination in the senior indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the holders of senior notes.

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any indebtedness or other obligations.

“Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Senior Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Senior Guarantee in accordance with the senior indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

  (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

 

  (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

“holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a note is registered on the registrar’s books.

“Holdings” shall mean any corporation, association or other business entity that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company other than Universal City Florida Holding I and Universal City

 

158


Table of Contents

Florida Holding II; provided, however, that such entity (x) shall have been incorporated on a date subsequent to the Issue Date and (y) shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any material business other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Company, (ii) activities incidental to the maintenance of its existence and its employees and (iii) activities incidental to the foregoing activities.

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) the principal of and premium (if any) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor due within twelve months from the date on which it is Incurred, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, which purchase price is due more than twelve months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, or (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

 

  (3) to the extent not otherwise included, indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include:

 

  (1) any obligation of the Company to make distributions to its partners in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement; and

 

  (2) any obligation of the Company relating to the Special Fee.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and such other initial purchasers party to the purchase agreement entered into in connection with the offer and sale of the senior notes.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments

 

159


Table of Contents

that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ”:

 

  (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

  (A) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

 

  (B) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

“Issue Date” means November 6, 2009.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration or Land Sale Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Asset Sales ”) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any required distributions to holders of minority interests in any Restricted Subsidiary party to such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances),

 

160


Table of Contents

damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the senior notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the holders of the senior notes.

“Officer” means any member of the Park Advisory Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the comparable title with respect to its general partner, or performing those functions for the Company but employed by an Affiliate of the Company, as applicable.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable) by two Officers of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable), one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable), that meets the requirements set forth in the senior indenture.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of properties or assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , however , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “ Certain Covenants—Asset Sales ”.

“Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of June 5, 2002, as amended as of the Issue Date.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) VUE, (ii) Blackstone, (iii) any Person in which Blackstone and VUE collectively own at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock and (iv) Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , in the case of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, only so long as no Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders in clauses (i) through (iii), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), acquires more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of Holdings. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investments” means:

 

  (1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

  (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “— Asset Sales ” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

161


Table of Contents
  (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (6) advances to employees of the Company or to employees of an Affiliate of the Company that regularly provides services to the Company not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

 

  (7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (c) in satisfaction of a judgment in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (8) Hedging Obligations;

 

  (9) additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9), not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the same time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (10) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ” covenant;

 

  (12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (6) and (7) of such paragraph);

 

  (13) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

  (14) guarantees issued in accordance with “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” and “— Future Guarantors ”;

 

  (15) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries in other Restricted Subsidiaries and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (16) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1)

pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure

 

162


Table of Contents
 

surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

 

  (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

  (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued at the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

  (6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (a), (e), (m) or (t) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”;

 

  (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”;

 

  (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

  (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (16)

Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements), as a whole or in part, of any

 

163


Table of Contents
 

indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the indebtedness described under causes (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

  (17) Liens securing obligations created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding involving the Company in the ordinary course of business which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves have been set aside and no property is subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture;

 

  (18) Liens securing the obligations of the Company under the Consultant Agreement;

 

  (19) licenses of intellectual property granted in a manner consistent with past practice;

 

  (20) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

  (21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

  (22) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “ Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”; provided , however , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (23) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (24) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (25) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under the Credit Agreement or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

 

  (26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; and

 

  (27) other Liens securing obligations in an amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

164


Table of Contents

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with the senior indenture, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

  (2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

  (3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances Indebtedness junior to the senior notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the senior notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

 

  (4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus premiums (including tender premiums and defeasance costs), fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such Refinancing; and

 

  (5) shall not include Indebtedness of (x) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, or (y) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the senior notes, dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuers, the Senior Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any additional senior notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of additional senior notes to register such additional senior notes under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries.

“S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

165


Table of Contents

“Senior Credit Documents” means the collective reference to the Credit Agreement, the notes issued pursuant thereto and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Senior Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the senior indenture and the senior notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the senior indenture.

“Senior Indebtedness means with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and

 

  (2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are expressly subordinate in right of payment to the senior notes or the Senior Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided, however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

  (1) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

  (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (4) any Capital Stock; and

 

  (5) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person.

“Senior Subordinated Indenture” means the indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee governing the Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Senior Subordinated Notes” means the $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 issued by the Issuers under the Senior Subordinated Indenture.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of either Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

“Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

“Special Fee” means that certain Special Fee, including any interest accrued thereon, payable to VUE as defined in the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as such definition may be modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company.

“Special Fee Ratio” means, with respect to the Company and as of any date of determination for the four most recent full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available ended immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (1)

the Company’s EBITDA, plus, to the extent deducted in computing such EBITDA, the aggregate amount of Special Fees accrued during such period, minus (x) the lesser of (i) $65.0 million and (ii) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Lease Obligations) by the Company and the Restricted

 

166


Table of Contents
 

Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries (except for (i) interest capitalized during such period and (ii) capital expenditures to the extent they are made with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests or out of a capital contribution to the Company), minus (y) the aggregate amount of Special Fees (whether in respect of current or deferred portions) paid in cash during such period, to

 

  (2) the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,

in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Debt to EBITDA Ratio”.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

“Subordination Agreement” means the Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company and the other parties thereto relating to the subordination of the Special Fee in right of payment to the senior notes.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuers, any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Senior Guarantee, including its guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any corporation, association or other business entity that is treated for financial reporting purposes as a consolidated entity in such Person’s annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP unless the Issuers notify the Trustee that such corporation, association or business entity is not to be treated as a Subsidiary for purposes of the senior indenture.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the indenture.

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

“Transactions” means, collectively, the offering of the senior original notes and the senior subordinated original notes, the amendment and restatement of the Senior Credit Documents and the borrowing of additional term loans in connection therewith on or about the Issue Date, the repayment of certain of our and our affiliates’ outstanding Indebtedness with the proceeds of the foregoing, the amendment of the Consultant Agreement, the amendment of our Partnership Agreement and our partners’ agreement and the payment of related fees and expenses.

 

167


Table of Contents

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the indenture.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided further , however , that either:

 

  (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

 

  (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under the covenant entitled “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

 

  (x)  (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ,” or (2) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be lower than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

 

  (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.

 

168


Table of Contents

“VUE” means Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and its Affiliates, and any successor thereto.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 99% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

169


Table of Contents

Description of the senior subordinated notes

General

The senior subordinated original notes were issued under an indenture (the “senior subordinated indenture”) dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (the “Company”) and UCDP Finance, Inc., as joint and several obligors (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. The senior subordinated exchange notes will be issued under the same indenture and will be identical in all material respects to the senior subordinated original notes, except that the senior subordinated exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will be free of any obligation regarding registration, including the payment of additional interest upon failure to file or have declared effective an exchange offer registration statement or to consummate an exchange offer or otherwise register the original notes for resale by certain dates. We have filed a copy of the senior subordinated indenture as an exhibit to the registration statement which includes this prospectus.

The following summary of certain provisions of the senior subordinated indenture and the senior subordinated notes does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the senior subordinated indenture, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part thereof by the TIA. Capitalized terms used in this “ Description of the Senior subordinated notes ” section and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the section “— Certain Definitions .” As used in this “ Description of the senior subordinated notes ” section, “we,” “us” and “our” mean the Issuers and not any of their Subsidiaries.

We issued the senior subordinated original notes in an initial aggregate principal amount of $225.0 million and will issue senior subordinated exchange notes in exchange therefor. We may issue additional senior subordinated notes from time to time after this offering. Any offering of additional senior subordinated notes is subject to the covenant described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .” The senior subordinated notes and any additional senior subordinated notes subsequently issued under the senior subordinated indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the senior subordinated indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior subordinated notes will be payable, and the senior subordinated notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Issuers in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially shall be the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee). At the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the holders at their registered addresses.

The senior subordinated notes have been and will continue to be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of senior subordinated notes, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Terms of the senior subordinated notes

The senior subordinated notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers and will mature on November 15, 2016. Each senior subordinated note bears interest at the rate of 10.875% per annum from November 6, 2009 or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date on May 15 or November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2010.

 

170


Table of Contents

Optional redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuers and the Guarantors will not be entitled to redeem senior subordinated notes at their option.

Commencing November 15, 2013, the senior subordinated notes will be redeemable, at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on November 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2012

   105.438

2013

   102.719

2014 and thereafter

   100.000

At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2012, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior subordinated notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional senior subordinated notes) with the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.875% plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided , however , that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior subordinated notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional senior subordinated notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption and provided further that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of senior subordinated notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the indenture.

In addition, the senior subordinated notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 15, 2013, at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any senior subordinated note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

 

  (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such senior subordinated note; and

 

  (2) the excess, if any, of:

 

  (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such senior subordinated note at November 15, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table above plus (ii) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date) due on such senior subordinated note through November 15, 2013 computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

  (b) the principal amount of such senior subordinated note.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to the senior subordinated notes, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer

 

171


Table of Contents

published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2013; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Selection

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the senior subordinated notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such senior subordinated notes are listed, or if such senior subordinated notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no senior subordinated notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any senior subordinated note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such senior subordinated note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original senior subordinated note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on senior subordinated notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuers have deposited with the paying agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) on, the senior subordinated notes to be redeemed.

Ranking

The senior subordinated notes will be the unsecured obligations of the Issuers and will be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in cash in full of all existing and future unsecured unsubordinated debt of the Issuers, including obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes. The senior subordinated notes are effectively subordinated to all of the Issuers’ secured obligations, including obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the Consultant Agreement, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations and structurally subordinated to all obligations of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

The Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Guarantees will be the unsecured obligations of the applicable Guarantor, will be subordinate in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured unsubordinated debt of such Guarantor, including its guarantee of the obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes. The Senior Subordinated Guarantees will also be effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor, including its guarantee of the obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all obligations of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

As of September 27, 2009, on an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Company would have had approximately $1,525.0 million of outstanding gross Indebtedness, including approximately $900.0 million of indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (which would have been secured by a pledge of substantially all the Company’s and the Guarantor’s assets), $400.0 million of Senior Notes and $225.0 million of senior subordinated notes. The Company’s only non-Guarantor subsidiary (not including UCDP Finance, Inc.) would have had no Indebtedness. In addition, pursuant to the Subordination Agreement, the Special Fees will be subordinate in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes and may not be paid if there is an Event of Default (or to the knowledge of our officers a Default) under the senior subordinated notes.

 

172


Table of Contents

Senior subordinated guarantees

Each of the Company’s direct and indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that were Domestic Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and all future Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are Domestic Subsidiaries, in each case that guarantee Indebtedness under any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Incurs certain other Indebtedness as described under “Certain Covenants—Future Guarantors” will jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantee on an unsecured senior subordinated basis the performance and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company under the senior subordinated indenture and the senior subordinated notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or additional interest on the senior subordinated notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by such Guarantors being herein called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Such Guarantors will agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated above, any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the holders in enforcing any rights under the Senior Subordinated Guarantees. Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Senior Subordinated Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the senior subordinated indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Each Senior Subordinated Guarantee will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Senior Subordinated Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Senior Subordinated Guarantee from being voided or subordinated under fraudulent transfer laws, and depending on the Guarantor, this provision might reduce such Guarantor’s liability on its Senior Subordinated Guarantee to zero.

Each Senior Subordinated Guarantee will be a general unsecured obligation of each Guarantor and (i) will be subordinate in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (including its guarantee of the Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes) and (ii) will be effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor (including its guarantee of the Credit Agreement) to the extent of its assets that comprise collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness.

Each Senior Subordinated Guarantee will be a continuing guarantee and shall:

 

   

remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or until released in accordance with the provisions in the senior subordinated indenture;

 

   

be binding upon each such Guarantor and its successors; and

 

   

inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the holders and their successors, transferees and assigns.

A Senior Subordinated Guarantee will be automatically released upon the sale (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock, or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor if:

 

   

such sale is made in compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants—Asset Sales ;” and

 

   

such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

A Senior Subordinated Guarantee also will be automatically released upon the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing the Credit Agreement

 

173


Table of Contents

or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof or if such Subsidiary is released from its guarantees of, and all pledges and security interests granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement, subject to compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants—Future Guarantors .” In addition, a Senior Subordinated Guarantee made by any Restricted Subsidiary will be automatically released (i) if the Company designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the senior subordinated indenture, (ii) upon the exercise by the Issuers of their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “—Defeasance” or (iii) upon the discharge of the Issuers’ obligations under the senior subordinated indenture in accordance with the terms of the senior subordinated indenture.

Subordination of the senior subordinated notes

Only Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the senior subordinated notes and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees in accordance with the provisions of the senior subordinated indenture. The senior subordinated notes and Senior Subordinated Guarantees in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers and the relevant Guarantor, respectively.

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor is permitted to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the senior subordinated notes (or pay any other obligations relating to the senior subordinated notes, including additional interest, if any, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under “Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge” below and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any senior subordinated notes (collectively, “ pay the notes ”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “ Payment Default ”):

 

  (1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

 

  (2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, the Issuers are permitted to pay the senior subordinated notes if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company is not permitted to pay the senior subordinated notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:

 

  (1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

 

  (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or

 

  (3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described above, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated

 

174


Table of Contents

Senior Indebtedness, the Issuers and related Guarantors are permitted to resume paying the senior subordinated notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The senior subordinated notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the senior subordinated notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice unless such default has been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

In connection with the senior subordinated notes, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property:

 

  (1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the senior subordinated notes are entitled to receive any payment of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the senior subordinated notes;

 

  (2) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the senior subordinated notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the senior subordinated indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders of senior subordinated notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

 

  (3) if a distribution is made to Holders of the senior subordinated notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the senior subordinated notes are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the senior subordinated indenture upon the failure of the Issuers to pay interest or principal with respect to the senior subordinated notes when due by their terms. If payment of the senior subordinated notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration; provided, that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the subordination provisions described herein. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is outstanding, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may pay the senior subordinated notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the senior subordinated notes only if the senior subordinated indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Senior Subordinated Guarantee are senior subordinated obligations of that Guarantor. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Senior Subordinated

 

175


Table of Contents

Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Issuers’ obligations under the senior subordinated notes apply equally to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Senior Subordinated Guarantee.

A Holder by its acceptance of senior subordinated notes agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the senior subordinated indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the senior subordinated indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of the Issuers or a Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the senior subordinated notes, and creditors who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the senior subordinated notes.

The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the senior subordinated notes pursuant to the provisions described under “Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions.

Mandatory redemption; offers to purchase; open market purchases

The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the senior subordinated notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase senior subordinated notes as described under the captions “— Change of Control ” and “— Certain Covenants Asset Sales .” The Issuers or their Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase senior subordinated notes in the open market or otherwise.

Change of control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s senior subordinated notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), except to the extent the Issuers have previously elected to redeem senior subordinated notes as described under “— Optional Redemption .”

Within 60 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem the senior subordinated notes as described under “— Optional Redemption ,” the Issuers shall mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase such holder’s senior subordinated notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

 

  (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control;

 

176


Table of Contents
  (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

 

  (4) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to have its senior subordinated notes purchased.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the senior subordinated indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all senior subordinated notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Senior subordinated notes repurchased by the Issuers or an Affiliate pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of senior subordinated notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and cancelled at the option of the Issuers. Senior subordinated notes purchased by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of senior subordinated notes issued and outstanding.

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of the Change of Control Offer.

The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of senior subordinated notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof.

This Change of Control repurchase provision is a result of negotiations between the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers. The Issuers have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Issuers could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Issuers could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the senior subordinated indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Issuers’ capital structure or credit ratings.

The Credit Agreement contains, the Senior Indenture governing the Senior Notes contains, and existing and future Indebtedness of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries may contain, prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such indebtedness to be repaid or purchased upon a Change of Control. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required purchases. The Credit Agreement and the Senior Indenture do not permit the Issuers to purchase senior subordinated notes in the event of a Change of Control. Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of certain of the Company’s Indebtedness could prohibit the prepayment of senior subordinated notes prior to their scheduled maturity. Consequently, if the Issuers are not able to prepay such Indebtedness, they will be unable to fulfill their repurchase obligations if holders of senior subordinated notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control. The failure to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer or pay the purchase price when due will give the trustee and the holders the rights described under “—Events of Default.” In the event that the Issuers are required to purchase outstanding senior subordinated notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuers expect to seek third party financing to the extent they lack available funds to meet their purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain such financing.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease or transfer of “all or substantially all” the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of senior subordinated notes to require the Issuers to

 

177


Table of Contents

repurchase such senior subordinated notes as a result of a sale, lease or transfer of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

The provisions under the senior subordinated indenture relative to our obligations to make an offer to repurchase the senior subordinated notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior subordinated notes.

Certain covenants

The senior subordinated indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock . The senior subordinated indenture provides that:

 

  (1) the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and

 

  (2) the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;

provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Debt to EBITDA Ratio of the Company at the time of such Incurrence or issuance, as the case may be, would have been less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to the following (“Permitted Indebtedness”):

 

  (a) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount of $1,125.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all mandatory principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales;

 

  (b) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the senior subordinated notes (not including any additional senior subordinated notes) and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees and any exchange notes and guarantees thereof;

 

  (c) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes and the guarantees by the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of the Senior Notes and any exchange notes and guarantees thereof in aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $400.0 million;

 

  (d) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a), (b) and (c));

 

  (e) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (but no other material assets)) and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (e) ; provided, however , the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (e) (including any such Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (e)) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets; provided, further that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Refinance Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (e) without regard to subsequent changes in Total Assets;

 

178


Table of Contents
  (f) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

 

  (g) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of the senior subordinated indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

  (h) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that, unless such Indebtedness is owed to a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

  (i) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided , however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary), shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

 

  (j) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (i) any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note and (ii) to the extent applicable, if a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

  (k) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes): (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

 

  (l) obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (m) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (m), does not exceed $60.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

  (n)

any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligation by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the indenture;

 

179


Table of Contents
 

provided , however , that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes or any Senior Subordinated Guarantee, if applicable, of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Guarantee with respect to the senior subordinated notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the senior subordinated notes or the Senior Subordinated Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

 

  (o) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (b), (c), (d) or (p) of this paragraph or this clause (o);

 

  (p) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the indenture; provided , however , that such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is not Incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such acquisition or merger; provided further , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

 

  (1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant; or

 

  (2) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test would be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition;

 

  (q) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its Incurrence;

 

  (r) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

  (s) Contribution Indebtedness;

 

  (t) (1) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph hereof after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted hereunder or (2) if the Company could not Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph hereof after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred for working capital purposes, in either case in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (t), does not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 5% of the consolidated assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

  (u) Preferred Stock that is not Disqualified Stock and issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Person holding a minority Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (after giving effect to such issuance) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time issued and outstanding; provided, however, that such Preferred Stock is not exchangeable or convertible into Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not require cash payments of dividends at any time that such cash payment would result in a Default or Event of Default under the senior subordinated indenture governing the senior subordinated notes;

 

  (v) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (w) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

180


Table of Contents
  (x) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case Incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms on a recourse basis and not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset-based loan facility or long-term factoring program; and

 

  (y) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, Incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may Incur any Permitted Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness unless such Permitted Indebtedness will be subordinated to the senior subordinated notes or such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Guarantee, as applicable, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

  (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify (and may later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) (in the case of a reclassification, to the extent the reclassified item could be Incurred pursuant to one of such categories or such first paragraph at the time of such reclassification) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in such category or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided , however , that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date will be treated as Incurred on the Issue Date under clause (a) of the second preceding paragraph; and

 

  (2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

Limitation on Restricted Payments. The senior subordinated indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

 

  (2) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

 

  (3)

make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness

 

181


Table of Contents
 

(other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (h) and (j) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”); or

 

  (4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

  (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

  (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

  (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including, without duplication, Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (8) and (15) (to the extent the repurchase of Subordinated Indebtedness occurs as the result of an Asset Sale) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

 

  (1) an amount equal to the Company’s EBITDA for the period from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing on or after September 28, 2009 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Basket Period”) less the product of 1.75 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the Basket Period, plus

 

  (2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock, any Cash Contribution Amount and the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under the caption “— Optional Redemption ”), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), plus

 

  (3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash since the Issue Date (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

 

  (4) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received from:

 

  (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments,

 

  (B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

 

182


Table of Contents
  (C) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

  (5) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

 

  (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

 

  (2) (a) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings to the extent contributed to the Company or out of a capital contribution to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); and

 

        (b) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

 

  (3) the Refinancing of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company which is Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as

 

  (a) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced (plus the amount of any premium (including tender offer premiums and defeasance costs) required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced plus any fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith),

 

  (b) such Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the senior subordinated notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so Refinanced,

 

  (c) such indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced, and

 

  (d) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced;

 

  (4) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (4) do not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years); provided further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a)

the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Equity Interests of Holdings,

 

183


Table of Contents
 

to the extent contributed to the Company, to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph); plus

 

  (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (a) and (b) above in any single calendar year;

 

  (5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant entitled “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”;

 

  (6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company directly from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

 

  (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $40.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

  (8) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by, or contributed to, the Company from any public offering of common stock of the Company or Holdings other than public offerings registered on Form S-8 or constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

  (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

  (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million;

 

  (11) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

  (12) payments, whether in the form of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock or otherwise, used to fund the payment, purchase or other satisfaction of current or deferred fees and expenses owed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to Affiliates to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “— Transactions with Affiliates ”;

 

  (13) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options;

 

  (14)

without duplication of amounts paid under clause (17) below, during a period when the Company is treated as a partnership for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes and after such period

 

184


Table of Contents
 

to the extent relating to the liability for such period, the payment of distributions in respect of partners’ income tax liability with respect to the Company solely as a result of the Company being a partnership or similar pass-through entity for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes in an amount not to exceed the taxable income of the Company multiplied by the highest combined federal, state and local and foreign income tax rate applicable to the partners of certain Affiliates of Blackstone;

 

  (15) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under the captions “ Change of Control ” and “ Certain Covenants—Asset Sales ”; provided, however, that all senior subordinated notes tendered by holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

  (16) the payment of fees and expenses incurred by Blackstone and VUE and paid by the Issuers in connection with the Transactions;

 

  (17) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, Holdings in amounts required for Holdings to pay, in each case without duplication, (i) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (ii) without duplication of amounts paid under clause (14) above, foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from Holdings; (iii) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of the Company; (iv) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (v) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of Holdings; and

 

  (18) any Restricted Payments in connection with the Transactions;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (7), (10) and (11), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the Issue Date, the Company’s Subsidiaries were all Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

185


Table of Contents

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The senior subordinated indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

  (c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents and the Consultant Agreement;

 

  (2) the senior subordinated indenture and the senior subordinated notes;

 

  (3) the Senior Indenture and the Senior Notes;

 

  (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (5) any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 

  (6) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

  (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” and “— Liens ” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

  (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (9) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (10) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

 

  (11) customary provisions contained in leases and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) above;

 

  (12)

other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries (i) that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and either (A) the provisions relating to such encumbrances or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Issuers, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or (B) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends or distributions in an amount sufficient, as determined by the

 

186


Table of Contents
 

Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the senior subordinated notes when due (taking into account the resources of the Company at such time); or (ii) that are Foreign Subsidiaries that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to clause (e), (m) or (t) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”; or

 

  (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Asset Sales . The senior subordinated indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of:

 

  (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the senior subordinated notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

 

  (b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received),

 

  (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 2.5% of Total Assets and $50.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), and

 

  (d) any non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the sale of unimproved real property owned by the Company on the Issue Date (such non-cash consideration being referred to herein as “Land Sale Non-cash Consideration”)

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this provision.

Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

 

  (1) to permanently reduce:

 

  (a) Obligations under Senior Indebtedness (and, in the case of revolving Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto);

 

  (b)

Obligations under any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto); provided , however , that the Company shall equally

 

187


Table of Contents
 

and ratably reduce Obligations under the senior subordinated notes through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase their senior subordinated notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of senior subordinated notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

  (c) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, or

 

  (2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided, however, that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other long-lived assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

 

  (3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided, however, that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other long-lived assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. The senior subordinated indenture provides that any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the above paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to purchase, prepay or redeem (an “Asset Sale Offer”) on a pro rata basis the maximum principal amount of senior subordinated notes and any other Senior Indebtedness that requires that the Company offer to purchase such other Senior Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale to (i) all holders of senior subordinated notes and (ii) all holders of any such Senior Indebtedness. Such Asset Sale Offer will be at an offer price in cash (A) in the case of the senior subordinated notes, of 100% of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the senior subordinated indenture), and (B) in the case of other Senior Indebtedness of the Company, sufficient to comply with the provisions governing such Senior Indebtedness of the Company (provided that in no event shall the Company offer to purchase other Senior Indebtedness at a purchase price in excess of 100% of its principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon). The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the senior subordinated indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of senior subordinated notes and other Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by the senior subordinated indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the pro rata amount of Excess Proceeds to be used to purchase the senior subordinated notes, the Trustee shall select the senior subordinated notes to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the senior subordinated notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the senior subordinated indenture, the Company

 

188


Table of Contents

will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the senior subordinated indenture by virtue thereof.

If more senior subordinated notes are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, selection of such senior subordinated notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such senior subordinated notes are listed or, if such senior subordinated notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part.

Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of senior subordinated notes at such holder’s registered address. If any senior subordinated note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such senior subordinated note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

A new senior subordinated note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any note purchased in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on senior subordinated notes or portions thereof purchased.

The Credit Agreement and Senior Indenture limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Company becomes a party may prohibit or limit, the Company from purchasing any senior subordinated notes pursuant to this Asset Sales covenant. In the event the Company is prohibited from purchasing the senior subordinated notes, the Company could seek the consent of their lenders and the holders of the Senior Notes to the purchase of the senior subordinated notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, it will remain prohibited from purchasing the senior subordinated notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered senior subordinated notes would constitute an Event of Default under the senior subordinated indenture. If, as a result thereof, a default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provisions in the senior subordinated indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of the senior subordinated notes under certain circumstances.

Transactions with Affiliates. The senior subordinated indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) if such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

 

  (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

  (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

  (1) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

189


Table of Contents
  (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the senior subordinated indenture described above under the covenant “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ”;

 

  (3) the payment of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to VUE and its Affiliates and Blackstone and its Affiliates in an amount in any fiscal year not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate;

 

  (4) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or of Affiliates of the Company providing services to the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (5) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Blackstone made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 

  (6) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of the preceding paragraph;

 

  (7) payments, loans or advances to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business, subject to any limitations otherwise set forth in the senior subordinated indenture;

 

  (8) any consulting, employment or severance agreements or benefit arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (other than with a Permitted Holder);

 

  (9) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the holders of the senior subordinated notes in any material respect) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

 

  (10) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (10) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the holders of the senior subordinated notes in any material respect;

 

  (11) the payment to VUE or its designee of current or deferred portions of the Special Fee, so long as after giving effect to such payment, on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Special Fee Ratio of no less than 1.10 to 1.00;

 

  (12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the senior subordinated indenture, which are on terms not materially less favorable than as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (13) agreements in connection with the development, construction and operation of hotels, restaurants and other resort facilities; provided, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (14)

transactions relating to resort venues in which the Company or its Affiliates have an ownership or management interest; provided, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not

 

190


Table of Contents
 

materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (15) any purchase by any Affiliate of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any contribution by any Affiliate to the equity capital of the Company;

 

  (16) transactions with VUE, Blackstone or their respective Affiliates consisting of reimbursement of expenses, obligations, sharing of operating and capital costs, sharing of software and IT hardware systems, licensing and sublicensing of rights under intellectual property, joint marketing arrangements, promotional, merchandising and advertising arrangements, purchase or sale of services, goods and products, participation in joint ticket products, sharing of personnel and employees, the participation in, and reimbursement obligations with respect to, coverage under insurance policies and joint purchasing arrangements, in each case consistent with past practice or practice in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company; provided, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (17) the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses actually and properly incurred by VUE or its Affiliates and Blackstone or its Affiliates in connection with activities of the Company as permitted pursuant to the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company;

 

  (18) the Transactions;

 

  (19) to the extent otherwise permitted under the senior subordinated indenture, any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to (or the funding of) employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans to managers, employees or other individuals that are not employed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries but provide services to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (20) the participation by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any program sponsored by any of the Company’s Affiliates that is made generally available to such Affiliates’ subsidiaries or Persons in which such Affiliate invests; provided, however, that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary participates on substantially the same terms as are made available to such subsidiaries or such Persons; provided further, however, that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

  (21) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the covenant described under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .”

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Special Fees may only be paid in accordance with clause (11) above.

Liens. The senior subordinated indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, that secures any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the senior subordinated notes unless the senior subordinated notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes) the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the senior subordinated notes if the Lien consists of a Permitted Lien.

 

191


Table of Contents

Limitation on Layering. The senior subordinated indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

 

  (1) equal in right of payment with the senior subordinated notes or such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Guarantee of the senior subordinated notes, as the case may be; or

 

  (2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes or such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Guarantee of the senior subordinated notes, as the case may be.

The senior subordinated indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Limitation on Business Activities of UCDP Finance, Inc. UCDP Finance, Inc. will not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than the issuance of Equity Interests to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of Indebtedness incurred by the Company, including the senior subordinated notes, the Senior Notes and the respective exchange notes, if any, that is permitted to be incurred by the Company under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” above ( provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are retained by the Company or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries other than UCDP Finance, Inc.), and activities incidental thereto. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with UCDP Finance, Inc. in violation of the immediately preceding sentence.

Reports and Other Information. The senior subordinated indenture provides that notwithstanding that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuers will continue to file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and holders with copies thereof, without cost to any holder, within 15 days after filing with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

 

  (1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

 

  (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form),

 

  (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and

 

  (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuers would be required to file with the SEC if they were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , the Issuers shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuers will make available such information to prospective purchasers of senior subordinated notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuers would be required to file such information with the SEC if they were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may satisfy the foregoing reporting requirements prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement by publicly filing with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, to the extent any such Registration Statement contains substantially the same information as would be required to be filed by the Issuers

 

192


Table of Contents

if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and by providing the Trustee and holders with such Registration Statement (and amendments thereto) promptly following the filing with the SEC thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the holders of the senior subordinated notes if the Issuers have filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available or by posting such reports on a publicly accessible page on the Issuer’s website.

Future Guarantors. The senior subordinated indenture provides that the Company will cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that:

 

  (a) Incurs any Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to clause (a) of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” or guarantees any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to such clause (a); or

 

  (b) Incurs any capital markets Indebtedness or guarantees any capital markets Indebtedness, shall guarantee the senior subordinated notes on the terms provided for in the senior subordinated indenture.

Merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets

The senior subordinated indenture provides that neither of the Issuers may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

  (1) such Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia (such Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

 

  (2) the Successor Company (if other than such Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the senior subordinated indenture and the senior subordinated notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

 

  (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”, or

 

  (b) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be no higher than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the senior subordinated indenture and the senior subordinated notes; and

 

193


Table of Contents
  (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the senior subordinated indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Issuer under the senior subordinated indenture and the senior subordinated notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reforming the Company in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

The senior subordinated indenture further provides that subject to certain limitations in the senior subordinated indenture governing release of a Senior Subordinated Guarantee upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, each such Guarantor will not, and the Company will not permit such a Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

 

  (1) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, the District of Columbia (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”);

 

  (2) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the senior subordinated indenture and such Guarantor’s Senior Subordinated Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (4) such Guarantor shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the senior subordinated indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor is not increased thereby.

Defaults

An Event of Default is defined in the senior subordinated indenture as:

 

  (1) a default in any payment of interest on any senior subordinated note when due continued for 30 days (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the senior subordinated indenture),

 

  (2) a default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the senior subordinated indenture),

 

  (3) the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations under the covenant described under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” above,

 

194


Table of Contents
  (4) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 30 days after notice with any of their obligations under the covenant described under “— Change of Control ” or “— Certain Covenants ” above (in each case, other than a failure to purchase senior subordinated notes),

 

  (5) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements contained in the senior subordinated notes or the senior subordinated indenture,

 

  (6) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million (the “cross-acceleration provision”),

 

  (7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (the “bankruptcy provisions”),

 

  (8) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”), or

 

  (9) any Senior Subordinated Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the senior subordinated indenture or any Senior Subordinated Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days.

The foregoing constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

However, a default under clause (4) or (5) does not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated notes notify the Issuers of the default and the Issuers do not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) hereof after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated notes by notice to the Issuers may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the senior subordinated notes to be due and payable; provided , however , that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the senior subordinated indenture as part of the Credit Agreement shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

 

  (1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; or

 

  (2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Company and the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement.

Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the senior subordinated notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the senior subordinated notes and its consequences.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (6) of the first paragraph above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled,

 

195


Table of Contents

waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the senior subordinated notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; provided, however, that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

Subject to the provisions of the senior subordinated indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the senior subordinated indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the senior subordinated indenture or the senior subordinated notes unless:

 

  (1) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,

 

  (2) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding senior subordinated notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,

 

  (3) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense,

 

  (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and

 

  (5) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding senior subordinated notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding senior subordinated notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the senior subordinated indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the senior subordinated indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

The senior subordinated indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder of senior subordinated notes notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any senior subordinated note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the noteholders. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, the senior subordinated indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior subordinated notes then outstanding and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal

 

196


Table of Contents

amount of the senior subordinated notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding note affected, no amendment to the senior subordinated indenture may, among other things:

 

  (1) reduce the amount of senior subordinated notes whose holders must consent to an amendment,

 

  (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any senior subordinated note,

 

  (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any senior subordinated note,

 

  (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any senior subordinated note or change the time at which any senior subordinated note may be redeemed as described under “— Optional Redemption ” above,

 

  (5) make any senior subordinated note payable in money other than that stated in such senior subordinated note,

 

  (6) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s senior subordinated notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s senior subordinated notes,

 

  (7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions,

 

  (8) modify the Guarantees, if any, in any manner adverse to the holders, or

 

  (9) make any change to the subordination provisions of the senior subordinated notes that would adversely affect Holders.

In addition, except as set forth below, the Subordination Agreement may only be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior subordinated notes then outstanding.

Without the consent of any holder, the Issuers and Trustee may amend the senior subordinated indenture and the Issuers may amend the Subordination Agreement:

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency,

 

  (2) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership or limited liability company of the obligations of either Issuer or any Guarantor under the senior subordinated indenture,

 

  (3) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes ( provided that the uncertificated senior subordinated notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated senior subordinated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code),

 

  (4) to add guarantees with respect to the senior subordinated notes,

 

  (5) to secure the senior subordinated notes,

 

  (6) to add to the covenants of the Issuers or any Guarantor for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor,

 

  (7) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder,

 

  (8) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the senior subordinated indenture under the TIA or to make certain changes to the senior subordinated indenture to provide for the issuance of additional senior subordinated notes,

 

  (9) to conform the text of the senior subordinated indenture or the senior subordinated notes to any provision of this “ Description of the senior subordinated notes ” to the extent that such provision in this “ Description of the senior subordinated notes ” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the senior subordinated indenture or the senior subordinated notes, or

 

  (10)

to make any amendment to the provisions of the senior subordinated indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the senior subordinated notes; provided, however , that (a) compliance with the senior

 

197


Table of Contents
 

subordinated indenture as so amended would not result in the senior subordinated notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer the senior subordinated notes.

The consent of the noteholders is not necessary under the senior subordinated indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

After an amendment under the senior subordinated indenture becomes effective, the Issuers are required to mail to the noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all noteholders entitled to receive such notice, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Transfer and exchange

A noteholder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the senior subordinated indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the registrar and the Trustee may require a noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a noteholder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the senior subordinated indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any senior subordinated note selected for redemption or to transfer or exchange any senior subordinated note for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of senior subordinated notes to be redeemed. The senior subordinated notes will be issued in registered form and the registered holder of a senior subordinated note will be treated as the owner of such senior subordinated note for all purposes.

Satisfaction and discharge

The senior subordinated indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all senior subordinated notes issued thereunder, when either

 

  (a) all such senior subordinated notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and senior subordinated notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  (b)  (1) all such senior subordinated notes not theretofore delivered to such Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Company or any Guarantor, if any, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with such Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such senior subordinated notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

         (2) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the senior subordinated indenture or the senior subordinated notes issued thereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Agreement, the Senior Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the senior subordinated indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor, if any, is bound;

 

198


Table of Contents
  (3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the senior subordinated indenture; and

 

  (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the senior subordinated indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Defeasance

The Issuers at any time may terminate all their obligations under the senior subordinated notes and the senior subordinated indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the senior subordinated notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen senior subordinated notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the senior subordinated notes. The Issuers at any time may terminate their obligations under the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants ,” the operation of the cross-acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under “— Defaults ” above and the limitations contained under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” above (“covenant defeasance”). If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee.

The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option notwithstanding their prior exercise of their covenant defeasance option. If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the senior subordinated notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Issuers exercise their covenant defeasance option, payment of the senior subordinated notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3), (4), (6), (7) with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries, (8) or (9) under “— Defaults ” above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” above.

In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Issuers must irrevocably deposit in trust (the “defeasance trust”) with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on the senior subordinated notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the senior subordinated notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable Federal income tax law).

Concerning the trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the Trustee under the senior subordinated indenture and has been appointed by the Issuers as registrar and a paying agent with regard to the senior subordinated notes.

Governing law

The senior subordinated indenture provides that it and the senior subordinated notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

199


Table of Contents

No personal liability of partners, directors, officers, employees and stockholders.

No partner, director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in either of the Issuers or any direct or indirect parent partnership or corporation, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the senior subordinated notes, the senior subordinated indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of senior subordinated notes by accepting a senior subordinated note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the senior subordinated notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Certain definitions

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,

in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, (i) each of the entities comprising Blackstone and VUE is an Affiliate of the Issuers and (ii) UCF Hotel Venture is not an Affiliate of the Issuers under UCF Hotel Venture’s ownership structure as it existed on the Issue Date.

“Asset Sale” means:

 

  (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or

 

  (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) (other than Preferred Stock issued in compliance with the covenant described under “ Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”),

in each case other than:

 

  (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out equipment, or equipment or property that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets ” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

200


Table of Contents
  (c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ”;

 

  (d) any disposition of assets, or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $20.0 million;

 

  (e) any disposition of property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (f) sales of assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

 

  (g) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the senior subordinated indenture;

 

  (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (i) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business (not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset-based loan or long-term factoring facility) or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

 

  (j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (k) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (l) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business (in any event excluding any exclusive license, sub-license or assignment of, intellectual property or other general intangibles that precludes the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries from using such intellectual property or general intangibles for a period of time that exceeds ten years); and

 

  (m) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

“Blackstone” means Blackstone Capital Partners III Merchant Banking Fund L.P. and its Affiliates.

“Board of Directors” means as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof or, with respect to the Company, the Park Advisory Board.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York State.

“Capital Stock” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

201


Table of Contents

“Cash Contribution Amount” means half of the aggregate amount of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company pursuant to clause (s) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .”

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

  (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

  (3) certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P;

 

  (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

  (5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

 

  (6) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above;

 

  (7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P; and

 

  (8) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons (other than Blackstone or its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders; or

 

  (2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

202


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount, expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and non-cash interest accrued on Special Fees);

 

  (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; and

 

  (3) one-third of the obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for rental payments made during such period under operating leases as part of Sale/Leaseback Transactions.

For the avoidance of doubt, any interest expense resulting from “mark to market” accounting shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Interest Expense”.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided , however , that:

 

  (1) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) shall be excluded;

 

  (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

 

  (3) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;

 

  (4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be excluded;

 

  (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

 

  (6) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless (x) such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived or (y) such restriction is permitted by the covenant described under “ Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries ”; provided that the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included; and

 

  (7) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or

 

203


Table of Contents

advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clauses (c)(4) and (5) of the first paragraph thereof.

“Consultant Agreement” means the Consultant Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987, between Diamond Lane Productions (“DLP”) (DLP is the successor in interest to Steven Spielberg) and the Company (as successor in interest to Universal City Florida Partners), as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time (so long as any such amendment, supplement, replacement or other modification, taken as a whole, (1) is not materially disadvantageous to the holders of the senior subordinated notes in any material respect or (2) would not in the Company’s good faith judgment materially affect the Company’s ability to pay interest or principal on the senior subordinated notes.

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or capital contributions from its shareholders (excluding Designated Preferred Stock of the Company, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock of the Company, the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem senior subordinated notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under the caption “— Optional Redemption ” and to the extent such cash proceeds have, or such capital contribution has, not been used to make Restricted Payments); provided , however , that:

 

  (1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than such aggregate cash, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the senior subordinated notes, and

 

  (2) such Contribution Indebtedness is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

“Credit Agreement” means the amended and restated credit agreement dated on or about the Issue Date, among the Company, the financial institutions named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace or Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement or Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount loaned or invested thereunder or alters the maturity thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “ Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” above.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Credit Agreement, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or any other indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, obligors or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, investor or group of lenders or investors.

 

204


Table of Contents

“Debt to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of:

 

  (1) the Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of determination (the “Calculation Date”), on a consolidated basis, to

 

  (2) the EBITDA of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date for which internal financial statements are available.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, discontinued operations, mergers and consolidations (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Debt to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company in a manner consistent with pro forma adjustments permitted under Article 11 of Regulation S-X or otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable adjustments expected to be realized in the twelve month period commencing after the date of the transaction. The calculation of any such pro forma adjustments shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Designated Senior Indebtedness” means:

 

  (1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and Senior Indenture; and

 

  (2) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under the senior subordinated indenture, the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Indebtedness.”

 

205


Table of Contents

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the senior subordinated notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the senior subordinated notes (including the purchase of any notes tendered pursuant thereto)),

 

  (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or

 

  (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the senior subordinated notes;

provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

 

  (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net income; plus

 

  (2) Consolidated Interest Expense plus amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (4) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization, the Transactions or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the senior subordinated indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (5) any (a) cash restructuring charges not to exceed $20.0 million and (b) any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions consummated after the Issue Date, in each case, to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (6) the amount of non-cash charges in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition or investment (but excluding any charge that requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

 

  (7) non-cash exchange, translation or performance loss relating to any Hedging Obligations; plus

 

206


Table of Contents
  (8) non-cash charges for the impairment of intangibles and other assets (but excluding any such charge that (A) relates to current assets or (B) requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

 

  (9) the amount of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses payable to VUE or Blackstone (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period, in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million; plus

 

  (10) any non-cash expense relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (11) any other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including any non-cash charges arising from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards no. 133), but excluding any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period; plus

 

  (12) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (13) charges, accruals, interest, depreciation, amortization, fees, expenses, impairment or other asset-write downs or other writeoffs or other impact with respect to the rights in the Consultant Agreement to establish or determine the amount of the floor or in connection with any amendments to the Consultant Agreement and other payments related to such amendment;

less, without duplication,

 

  (1) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, including performance gains relating to any Hedging Obligations (excluding any items (A) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period or (B) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period); less

 

  (2) any income relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock, including without limitation, Preferred Stock of the Company or Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

  (1) public offerings registered on Form S-8; and

 

  (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

 

  (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

207


Table of Contents
  (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Company or Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ” covenant.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value (x) for any transactions involving a price in excess of $175.0 million will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors and (y) for all other transactions will be determined in good faith by the Company, which determination will be conclusive.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof and any subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of the indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the senior subordinated indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further , any calculation or determination in the senior subordinated indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the holders of senior subordinated notes.

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any indebtedness or other obligations.

“Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Senior Subordinated Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Senior Subordinated Guarantee in accordance with the senior subordinated indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

  (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

 

  (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

“holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a note is registered on the registrar’s books.

“Holdings” shall mean any corporation, association or other business entity that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company other than Universal City Florida Holding I and Universal City

 

208


Table of Contents

Florida Holding II; provided, however, that such entity (x) shall have been incorporated on a date subsequent to the Issue Date and (y) shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any material business other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Company, (ii) activities incidental to the maintenance of its existence and its employees and (iii) activities incidental to the foregoing activities.

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) the principal of and premium (if any) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor due within twelve months from the date on which it is Incurred, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, which purchase price is due more than twelve months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, or (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

 

  (3) to the extent not otherwise included, indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include:

 

  (1) any obligation of the Company to make distributions to its partners in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement; and

 

  (2) any obligation of the Company relating to the Special Fee.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and such other initial purchasers party to the purchase agreement entered into in connection with the offer and sale of the senior subordinated notes.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments

 

209


Table of Contents

that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments ”:

 

  (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

  (A) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

 

  (B) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

“Issue Date” means November 6, 2009.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration or Land Sale Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Asset Sales ”) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any required distributions to holders of minority interests in any Restricted Subsidiary party to such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances),

 

210


Table of Contents

damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the senior subordinated notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the holders of the senior subordinated notes.

“Officer” means any member of the Park Advisory Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the comparable title with respect to its general partner, or performing those functions for the Company but employed by an Affiliate of the Company, as applicable.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable) by two Officers of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable), one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable), that meets the requirements set forth in the senior subordinated indenture.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of properties or assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , however , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “ Certain Covenants—Asset Sales ”.

“Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of June 5, 2002, as amended as of the Issue Date.

“Permitted Holders” means (i) VUE, (ii) Blackstone, (iii) any Person in which Blackstone and VUE collectively own at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock and (iv) Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , in the case of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, only so long as no Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders in clauses (i) through (iii), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), acquires more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of Holdings. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investments” means:

 

  (1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

  (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “— Asset Sales ” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

211


Table of Contents
  (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (6) advances to employees of the Company or to employees of an Affiliate of the Company that regularly provides services to the Company not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

 

  (7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (c) in satisfaction of a judgment in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (8) Hedging Obligations;

 

  (9) additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9), not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the same time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (10) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of the “—L imitation on Restricted Payments ” covenant;

 

  (12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Transactions with Affiliates ” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (6) and (7) of such paragraph);

 

  (13) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

  (14) guarantees issued in accordance with “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ” and “— Future Guarantors ”;

 

  (15) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries in other Restricted Subsidiaries and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (16) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means:

 

  (1) Equity Interests in the Company, any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; or

 

  (2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the senior subordinated notes and the related Senior Subordinated Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the senior subordinated indenture;

 

212


Table of Contents

provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is treated as part of the same class as the senior subordinated notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

 

  (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

  (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued at the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

  (6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (e) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”;

 

  (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”;

 

  (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

213


Table of Contents
  (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (16) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements), as a whole or in part, of any indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the indebtedness described under causes (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

  (17) Liens securing obligations created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding involving the Company in the ordinary course of business which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves have been set aside and no property is subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture;

 

  (18) Liens securing the obligations of the Company under the Consultant Agreement;

 

  (19) licenses of intellectual property granted in a manner consistent with past practice;

 

  (20) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

  (21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

  (22) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “ Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ”; provided , however , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (23) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (24) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (25) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under the Credit Agreement or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

 

214


Table of Contents
  (26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

  (27) other Liens securing obligations in an amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; and

 

  (28) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with the senior subordinated indenture, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

  (2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

  (3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances Indebtedness junior to the senior subordinated notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the senior subordinated notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

 

  (4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus premiums (including tender premiums and defeasance costs), fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such Refinancing; and

 

  (5) shall not include Indebtedness of (x) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, or (y) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the senior subordinated notes, dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuers, the Senior Subordinated Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any additional senior subordinated notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of additional senior subordinated notes to register such additional senior subordinated notes under the Securities Act.

“Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

 

215


Table of Contents

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries.

“S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Senior Credit Documents” means the collective reference to the Credit Agreement, the notes issued pursuant thereto and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and

 

  (2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are expressly subordinate in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes or the Senior Subordinated Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided, however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

  (1) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

  (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (4) any Capital Stock; and

 

  (5) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person.

“Senior Indenture” means the indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee governing the Senior Notes.

“Senior Notes” means the $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015 issued by the Issuers under the Senior Indenture.

“Senior Subordinated Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the senior subordinated indenture and the senior subordinated notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the senior subordinated indenture.

 

216


Table of Contents

“Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

 

  (1) with respect to the Company, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes issued by the Company; and

 

  (2) with respect to any Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of senior subordinated notes.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of either Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

“Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

“Special Fee” means that certain Special Fee, including any interest accrued thereon, payable to VUE as defined in the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as such definition may be modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company.

“Special Fee Ratio” means, with respect to the Company and as of any date of determination for the four most recent full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available ended immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (1) the Company’s EBITDA, plus, to the extent deducted in computing such EBITDA, the aggregate amount of Special Fees accrued during such period, minus (x) the lesser of (i) $65.0 million and (ii) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Lease Obligations) by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries (except for (i) interest capitalized during such period and (ii) capital expenditures to the extent they are made with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests or out of a capital contribution to the Company), minus (y) the aggregate amount of Special Fees (whether in respect of current or deferred portions) paid in cash during such period, to

 

  (2) the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,

in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Debt to EBITDA Ratio”.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

“Subordination Agreement” means the Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company and the other parties thereto relating to the subordination of the Special Fee in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuers, any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its guarantee of the Senior Notes.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting

 

217


Table of Contents

power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any corporation, association or other business entity that is treated for financial reporting purposes as a consolidated entity in such Person’s annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP unless the Issuers notify the Trustee that such corporation, association or business entity is not to be treated as a Subsidiary for purposes of the senior subordinated indenture.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the indenture.

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

“Transactions” means, collectively, the offering of the senior original notes and the senior subordinated original notes, the amendment and restatement of the Senior Credit Documents and the borrowing of additional term loans in connection therewith on or about the Issue Date, the repayment of certain of our and our affiliates’ outstanding Indebtedness with the proceeds of the foregoing, the amendment of the Consultant Agreement, the amendment of our Partnership Agreement and our partners’ agreement and the payment of related fees and expenses.

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“Trust Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the indenture.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided further , however , that either:

 

  (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

 

218


Table of Contents
  (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under the covenant entitled “— Limitation on Restricted Payments .”

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

 

  (x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock ,” or (2) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be lower than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

 

  (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.

“VUE” means Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and its Affiliates, and any successor thereto.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 99% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

219


Table of Contents

Description of book-entry system

The global exchange notes

The exchange notes will be issued in the form of notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, which are called collectively the global exchange notes. Upon issuance, the global exchange notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in the global exchange notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, which are called DTC participants, or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

   

upon deposit of the global exchange notes with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global exchange notes to the accounts of the DTC participants; and

 

   

ownership of beneficial interests in the global exchange notes will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global exchange notes).

Beneficial interests in the global exchange notes may not be exchanged for exchange notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-entry procedures for the global exchange notes

All interests in the global exchange notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of DTC’s settlement system are controlled by DTC and may be changed at any time. We are not responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

   

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

   

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

 

   

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

   

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

   

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of the global exchange notes, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the exchange notes represented by that global exchange note for all purposes under the applicable indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in the global exchange notes:

 

   

will not be entitled to have exchange notes represented by the global exchange notes registered in their names;

 

220


Table of Contents
   

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated exchange notes; and

 

   

will not be considered the owners or holders of the exchange notes under the applicable indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the applicable indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global exchange note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of exchange notes under the applicable indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the exchange notes represented by the global exchange note will be made by the Trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of a global exchange note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in the global exchange notes, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of its obligations under the rules and procedures governing its operations.

Certificated exchange notes

Exchange notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related exchange notes only if:

 

   

DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

   

DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

   

we, at our option, notify the Trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or

 

   

certain other events provided in the applicable indenture should occur.

 

221


Table of Contents

Certain U.S. federal income tax consequences

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange offer to holders of original notes, but is not a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The summary below is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), regulations of the Treasury Department, administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not address all of the U.S. Federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to particular holders, including dealers in securities, financial institutions, insurance companies and tax-exempt organizations. In addition, this summary does not consider the effect of any foreign, state, local, gift, estate or other tax laws that may be applicable to a particular holder. This summary applies only to a holder that acquired original notes at original issue for cash and holds such original notes as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

An exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be treated as a taxable exchange or other taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, there will be no U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders who exchange their original notes for exchange notes in connection with the exchange offer and any such holder will have the same adjusted tax basis and holding period in the exchange notes as it had in the original notes immediately before the exchange.

The foregoing discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations does not consider the facts and circumstances of any particular holder’s situation or status. Accordingly, each holder of original notes considering this exchange offer should consult its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the exchange offer to it, including those under state, foreign and other tax laws.

 

222


Table of Contents

Plan of distribution

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of not less than 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may he sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the reimbursement of the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the original notes being registered, which counsel shall be approved by us).

 

223


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the exchange notes and the enforceability of obligations under the exchange notes and guarantees being issued will be passed upon for us by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

 

224


Table of Contents

Independent registered public accounting firm

The consolidated financial statements of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

225


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Index to consolidated financial statements

Contents

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   F-2

Consolidated balance sheets

   F-3

Consolidated statements of operations

   F-5

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income and changes in partners’ equity

   F-6

Consolidated statements of cash flows

   F-7

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   F-9

Terms used in the following consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes have the meanings set forth in such notes, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

The Partners

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries (UCDP) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income and changes in partners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of UCDP’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of UCDP’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of UCDP’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, UCDP retrospectively adopted the presentation and disclosure requirements for noncontrolling interests.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Orlando, Florida

March 13, 2009, except for the retrospective changes for noncontrolling interests described in Note 2, as to which the date is June 26, 2009, and Note 16, as to which the date is January 20, 2010.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets

 

(In thousands)

   September 27,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 
     (unaudited)              

ASSETS

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 81,538      $ 87,798      $ 127,874   

Accounts receivable, net

     25,607        27,521        34,025   

Receivables from related parties

     2,154        7,489        4,924   

Inventories, net

     43,402        42,565        42,240   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     14,477        8,899        5,731   

Current portion of deferred finance costs, net

     4,779        —          —     

Assets held for sale

     17,637        17,637        17,637   
                        

Total current assets

     189,594        191,909        232,431   

Property and equipment, at cost:

      

Land and land improvements

     478,418        475,021        474,224   

Buildings and building improvements

     1,405,507        1,381,492        1,380,898   

Equipment, fixtures and furniture

     1,147,633        1,112,537        1,074,322   

Construction in process

     183,854        157,117        72,568   
                        

Total property and equipment, at cost:

     3,215,412        3,126,167        3,002,012   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,497,903     (1,426,192     (1,340,091
                        

Property and equipment, net

     1,717,509        1,699,975        1,661,921   

Other assets:

      

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     11,000        11,939        12,957   

Intangible assets, net

     51,593        52,955        55,107   

Deferred finance costs, net

     —          11,948        14,592   

Other assets

     7,761        6,551        9,014   
                        

Total other assets

     70,354        83,393        91,670   
                        

Total assets

   $ 1,977,457      $ 1,975,277      $ 1,986,022   
                        

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets (Continued)

 

(In thousands)

   September 27,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 
     (unaudited)              

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 141,089      $ 126,148      $ 130,870   

Unearned revenue

     51,633        45,508        46,681   

Due to related parties

     11,484        11,696        22,583   

Interest rate swap liability, at fair market value

     1,495        9,176        —     

Current portion of capital lease and financing obligations

     4,321        5,822        375   

Current portion of long-term borrowings

     1,008,584        —          —     
                        

Total current liabilities

     1,218,606        198,350        200,509   

Long-term liabilities:

      

Long-term borrowings

     —          1,007,960        1,007,126   

Capital lease and financing obligations, net of current portion

     25,405        27,929        31,113   

Deferred special fees payable to affiliates

     94,204        91,967        87,608   

Interest rate swap liability, at fair market value

     —          —          5,106   

Other

     7,139        6,725        10,978   
                        

Total long-term liabilities

     126,748        1,134,581        1,141,931   

Equity:

      

Partners’ equity:

      

Vivendi Universal Entertainment

     313,251        319,770        320,697   

Blackstone

     313,251        319,770        320,697   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (512     (3,976     (5,106
                        

Total Partners’ equity

     625,990        635,564        636,288   

Noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     6,113        6,782        7,294   
                        

Total equity

     632,103        642,346        643,582   
                        

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,977,457      $ 1,975,277      $ 1,986,022   
                        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of operations

 

(In thousands)

   Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  
   September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006  
     (unaudited)                    

Operating revenues:

          

Theme park tickets

   $ 311,072      $ 348,846      $ 455,935      $ 450,844      $ 420,654   

Theme park food and beverage

     72,357        88,165        112,270        115,188        108,612   

Theme park merchandise

     63,664        79,499        99,634        101,599        91,421   

Other theme park related

     63,841        80,242        104,380        102,825        84,245   

Other

     93,172        114,738        151,133        161,387        150,454   
                                        

Total operating revenues

     604,106        711,490        923,352        931,843        855,386   

Costs and operating expenses:

          

Theme park operations

     127,244        135,266        184,371        177,556        168,431   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     92,865        122,370        153,205        153,053        149,075   

Theme park cost of products sold

     70,017        88,526        113,536        113,610        105,023   

Special fee payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment and consultant fee

     38,568        45,107        58,305        57,996        53,408   

Depreciation and amortization

     79,015        83,861        111,130        110,327        111,210   

Other

     77,209        95,773        122,374        128,503        123,263   
                                        

Total costs and operating expenses

     484,918        570,903        742,921        741,045        710,410   
                                        

Operating income

     119,188        140,587        180,431        190,798        144,976   

Other expense (income):

          

Interest expense

     77,239        75,797        102,669        107,906        109,733   

Interest income

     (158     (2,520     (2,654     (7,269     (4,270

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps and amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,217     —          5,200        —          (500

(Income) loss from investments in unconsolidated entities

     (1,601     (2,816     (2,673     (1,724     711   

Gain from sale of property and equipment

     —          —          —          (2,776     (5,195
                                        

Total other expense, net

     71,263        70,461        102,542        96,137        100,479   
                                        

Net income

     47,925        70,126        77,889        94,661        44,497   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     1,409        1,882        2,149        2,773        2,537   
                                        

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 46,516      $ 68,244      $ 75,740      $ 91,888      $ 41,960   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income and changes in partners’ equity

 

    UCDP’s Partners     Noncontrolling
interest in
UCRP
    Total
Equity
    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

(In thousands)

  Vivendi
Universal
Entertainment
    Blackstone     Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
       

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $ 347,184      $ 347,184      $ 2,248      $ 8,491      $ 705,107     

Distributions to noncontrolling interest in UCRP

    —          —          —          (2,962     (2,962   $ —     

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps designated as hedges

    —          —          1,580        —          1,580        1,580   

Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss from interest rate swaps previously designated as hedges

    —          —          222        —          222        222   

Distributions to Holdings

    (30,947     (30,947     —          —          (61,894     —     

Net income

    20,980        20,980        —          2,537        44,497        44,497   
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2006

    337,217        337,217        4,050        8,066        686,550      $ 46,299   
                                               

Distributions to noncontrolling interest in UCRP

    —          —          —          (3,545     (3,545   $ —     

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps designated as hedges

    —          —          (9,156     —          (9,156     (9,156

Distributions to Holdings

    (62,464     (62,464     —          —          (124,928     —     

Net income

    45,944        45,944        —          2,773        94,661        94,661   
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

    320,697        320,697        (5,106     7,294        643,582      $ 85,505   
                                               

Distributions to noncontrolling interest in UCRP

    —          —          —          (2,661     (2,661   $ —     

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps designated as hedges

    —          —          (46     —          (46     (46

Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss from interest rate swaps previously designated as hedges

    —          —          1,176        —          1,176        1,176   

Partner contributions for capital projects

    14,338        14,338        —          —          28,676        —     

Distributions to Holdings

    (53,135     (53,135     —          —          (106,270     —     

Net income

    37,870        37,870        —          2,149        77,889        77,889   
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    319,770        319,770        (3,976     6,782        642,346      $ 79,019   
                                               

Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss from interest rate swaps previously designated as hedges (unaudited)

    —          —          3,464        —          3,464      $ 3,464   

Distributions to noncontrolling interest in UCRP (unaudited)

    —          —          —          (2,078     (2,078     —     

Distributions to Holdings (unaudited)

    (29,777     (29,777     —          —          (59,554     —     

Net income (unaudited)

    23,258        23,258        —          1,409        47,925        47,925   
                                               

Balance at September 27, 2009 (unaudited)

  $ 313,251      $ 313,251      $ (512   $ 6,113      $ 632,103      $ 51,389   
                                               

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

(In thousands)

   Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  
   September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006  
     (unaudited)                    

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net income

   $ 47,925      $ 70,126      $ 77,889      $ 94,661      $ 44,497   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation

     77,653        82,228        108,978        108,861        109,764   

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,362        1,633        2,152        1,466        1,446   

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     7,169        4,549        6,939        5,164        5,374   

Accretion of bond discount

     624        625        834        837        851   

Interest on financing obligations

     1,797        1,773        2,380        1,166        —     

Distributions from investments in unconsolidated entities

     2,540        2,504        3,691        3,681        164   

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     —          —          —          (2,776     (5,195

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps and amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,217     —          5,200        —          (500

(Income)/loss from investments in unconsolidated entities

     (1,601     (2,816     (2,673     (1,724     711   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable, net

     1,914        1,443        6,504        (3,991     (5,480

Notes receivable

     —          —          —          70        (70

Receivables from related parties

     5,335        887        (2,565     2,523        (2,576

Inventories, net

     (837     (2,182     (325     1,576        (2,313

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (5,578     (5,862     (3,168     (1,808     2,300   

Other long-term assets

     (1,210     1,205        2,463        (1,084     (1,001

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     20,470        24,405        (16,622     20,954        4,321   

Unearned revenue

     6,125        13,934        (1,173     (569     7,768   

Due to related parties

     (212     1,970        723        2,497        (1,034

Deferred special fees payable to affiliates

     2,237        3,773        4,359        6,735        6,168   

Other long-term liabilities

     414        (2,441     (4,253     3,279        726   
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

     161,910        197,754        191,333        241,518        165,921   

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Property and equipment acquisitions

     (102,770     (98,037     (137,010     (60,912     (45,313

Proceeds relating to capital reimbursements

     2,054        2,136        2,136        6,898        —     

Contributions to investments in unconsolidated entities

     —          —          —          (3,655     (129

Proceeds relating to notes receivable from sale of property and equipment

     —          —          —          4,890        —     

Proceeds relating to sale of property and equipment

     —          —          —          3,058        1,150   
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

   $ (100,716   $ (95,901   $ (134,874   $ (49,721   $ (44,292

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flows (Continued)

 

(In thousands)

  Nine months ended     Year ended December 31,  
  September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006  
    (unaudited)                    

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Payment of partner distributions

  $ (59,554   $ (37,136   $ (117,880   $ (113,318   $ (61,894

Receipt of partner contributions for capital projects

    —          28,676        28,676        —          —     

Distributions of noncontrolling interest in equity of UCRP

    (2,078     (2,582     (2,661     (3,545     (2,962

Payments on long-term borrowings, capital lease and financing obligations, net

    (5,822     (4,670     (375     (13,677     (36,989

Payments for financing costs

    —          —          (4,295     —          —     
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

    (67,454     (15,712     (96,535     (130,540     (101,845

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (6,260     86,141        (40,076     61,257        19,784   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    87,798        127,874        127,874        66,617        46,833   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 81,538      $ 214,015      $ 87,798      $ 127,874      $ 66,617   
                                       

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

         

Cash paid for interest, including interest rate swaps

  $ 61,662      $ 55,955      $ 95,981      $ 100,802      $ 109,056   

Supplemental disclosures of noncash information

         

Accrual of partner distribution to partners’ equity

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 11,610      $ —     

Notes payable issued for purchase of property and equipment

    —          —          —          —          642   

Capital lease and financing obligations

    —          —          258        43,290        —     

(Decrease)/increase of property and equipment in accrued liabilities

    (5,529     597        11,900        20,851        (3,901

(Decrease)/increase in interest rate swap asset

    —          —          —          (4,050     2,214   

(Increase)/decrease in interest rate swap liability

    (7,681     32        4,070        (5,106     88   

Disposal of fully depreciated assets

    5,942        13,539        22,877        42,002        4,054   

Notes receivable issued for sale of property and equipment

    —          —          —          —          4,890   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

1. Nature of business

Ownership

Universal City Development Partners, LP (“UCDP LP”) was a limited partnership organized in Delaware. Effective June 5, 2002, UCDP LP became organized in Florida and changed its legal name to Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (“UCDP LTD” or the “Company”). Through Universal City Florida Holding Co. I (“Holding I”) and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II (“Holding II”, collectively with Holding I, “Holdings”), UCDP LTD’s ultimate owners (the “Partners”), each having a 50% interest in UCDP LTD are Universal City Property Management II, LLC (“Universal CPM”), a subsidiary of Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP (“Vivendi Universal Entertainment” or “VUE”), which in turn is a subsidiary of NBC Universal, Inc. (“NBC Universal”), and Blackstone Capital Partners (“Blackstone”). Furthermore, General Electric Company (“GE”) owns 80% of NBC Universal, while Vivendi, S.A. (“Vivendi”) owns the remaining 20%. Both Partners share in profits and losses, contributions and distributions of UCDP LTD in accordance with their ownership percentage. Subject to certain exceptions, neither Partner may transfer or sell their respective partnership interests, sell, pledge or encumber significant assets, issue securities or admit any additional partner or change the primary business without the consent of the other Partner.

Operations

UCDP LTD owns and operates two themed attractions, Universal’s Islands of Adventure (“UIOA”) and Universal Studios Florida (“USF”); an entertainment complex, Universal CityWalk Orlando (“CityWalk”); and movie and television production facilities all located in Orlando, Florida.

Unaudited results

Information as of September 27, 2009 and for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 has not been audited.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the amounts of UCDP LTD and all of its subsidiaries, Universal City Travel Partners d/b/a Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations (“UPRV”), UCDP Finance, Inc., Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store (“UOMS”) and Universal City Restaurant Partners, Ltd. (“UCRP”) (collectively, “UCDP”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

UCRP, a joint venture in which UCDP owns 50%, is deemed a variable interest entity in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. Furthermore, UCDP has been deemed to be the primary beneficiary in UCRP. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements of UCDP include the results of UCRP for all years presented. UCRP operates a restaurant and merchandise outlet in CityWalk. Total assets of UCRP at September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, were approximately $13,781,000 (unaudited), $15,131,000 and $16,183,000, respectively. Total revenues of UCRP during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, were approximately $17,152,000 (unaudited), $20,664,000 (unaudited), $26,244,000, $29,287,000 and $27,421,000, respectively, and were included in other operating revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management of UCDP to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Period end

The nine months ended September 27, 2009 contained 270 days (unaudited) while the nine months ended September 28, 2008 contained 272 days (unaudited). Additionally, the results for the year ended December 31, 2008 benefited from one extra day due to the leap year.

Seasonality (unaudited)

Based on the seasonality of attendance, the results for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of amounts held as bank deposits and marketable securities with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

UCDP carries its accounts receivable at their net realizable value thereby making judgments regarding the collectability of outstanding accounts receivable (including those from related parties) and providing appropriate allowances when collectability becomes in doubt. In addition, UCDP provides a general allowance for outstanding receivables in good standing based on historical bad debt experience. The allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $784,000 (unaudited), $356,000 and $574,000, respectively, at September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

Inventories

Inventories, principally spare parts, merchandise and food, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost for each inventory classification is determined using the average cost method. UCDP records a provision for the value of inventory when the inventory has been deemed to have a realizable value that is less than the average cost.

Investments in unconsolidated entities

In conjunction with the construction and operation of CityWalk, UCDP has joint venture relationships in which it shared in construction costs and the profits and losses, as defined in each separate agreement. After an evaluation under accounting standards which govern consolidation, where the venture is not considered to be a variable interest entity or UCDP is not considered to be the primary beneficiary, the interest in the joint venture is accounted for under the equity method in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The investment in unconsolidated entities is recorded as UCDP’s share of construction costs, adjusted for profits and losses, distributions and contributions for each joint venture.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost and is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of those assets as follows:

 

     Useful life
(in years)

Land improvements

   15

Buildings and building improvements

   20-40

Equipment, fixtures and furniture

   3-20

Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense as incurred.

Impairment of long-lived assets and intangibles

The Company utilizes one accounting impairment model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sales, whether previously held and used or newly acquired.

UCDP reviews its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the review reveals impairment as indicated based on undiscounted cash flows, the carrying amount of the related long-lived assets or identifiable intangibles are adjusted to fair value. There have been no material impairment losses recognized on UCDP’s long-lived assets or identifiable intangibles.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets primarily consist of the rights to use certain characters and trademarks. Intangible assets are recorded at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over a period ranging from 10 to 20 years, which results in a weighted average life of 11 years. Amortization of intangible assets typically begins upon the opening of the related attraction or themed area. Intangible assets totaled $51,593,000 (unaudited), $52,955,000 and $55,107,000, respectively, as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. This included $16,058,000 (unaudited), $14,696,000 and $12,570,000 in accumulated amortization, respectively, as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Amortization expense amounted to $1,362,000 (unaudited), $1,633,000 (unaudited), $2,152,000, $1,446,000 and $1,446,000 during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amortization of existing intangible assets will be approximately $1,768,000 for the year ending December 31, 2009 and $5,255,000 for each of the following four years.

Capital reimbursements

UCDP receives capital reimbursements for development costs on existing rides when VUE licenses the technology and schematics for various components of those rides to other Universal theme parks. Under this arrangement, UCDP collected approximately $2,054,000 (unaudited), $2,136,000 and $6,898,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, related to Universal licensed theme parks under construction in Singapore and Dubai. These costs are accounted for by reducing the cost basis of the various asset components along with the corresponding adjustment to future depreciation over the remaining life of the asset. In instances where the individual asset components are, or become, fully depreciated, the remaining allocation is recorded as other income. As such, approximately $217,000 was recorded as other income during the year ended December 31, 2007. UCDP did not receive any significant capital reimbursements during the nine months ended September 28, 2008 or during the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Financing obligations

Financing obligations represent the net present value of future payment obligations of certain intellectual property rights acquired under long-term contracts. These obligations increase monthly for imputed interest costs and decrease when payments are made. Financing obligations are reported on the consolidated balance sheet under capital lease and financing obligations.

Assets held for sale

At the time management deems a property as held for sale, the cost basis of the land and any improvements made to that parcel are reclassified to assets held for sale on the balance sheet and depreciation of the assets ceases. Additionally, land sold in any year presented is reclassified to assets held for sale in each prior year presented. As of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, two properties were considered held for sale and are expected to close within twelve months.

Deferred finance costs

UCDP capitalizes certain costs related to the issuance of debt. The amortization of such costs is recognized as interest expense based on the effective interest method over the term of the respective debt issuance. Deferred finance costs totaled $4,779,000 (unaudited), $11,948,000 and $14,592,000, respectively, as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

This included $62,508,000 (unaudited), $55,339,000 and $48,400,000 in accumulated amortization, respectively, as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Amortization expense amounted to $7,169,000 (unaudited), $4,549,000 (unaudited), $6,939,000, $5,164,000 and $5,374,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. On July 25, 2008, UCDP amended the early maturity date feature in the senior secured credit facilities (see note 5). In conjunction with this amendment, UCDP paid a fee of $4,295,000 which was recorded in deferred finance costs and will be amortized through April 1, 2010.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from theme park ticket sales is recognized at the time tickets are redeemed. Revenue from unredeemed tickets is recognized after one year from the date of purchase which coincides with historical redemption patterns. Revenue from theme park annual ticket sales is recognized over the period of benefit, which is typically one year from the initial redemption date. Revenue from food and beverage and merchandise sales is recognized at the time of sale. Unearned revenue primarily consists of amounts received from the sale of theme park tickets, which have not yet been redeemed. In addition to unredeemed tickets, unearned revenue includes up-front payments related to CityWalk venues, advance sales from our travel company and corporate sponsorships, which are recognized into revenue over the period of benefit.

Other theme park related revenues

Other theme park related revenues consist primarily of Universal Express sm Plus (“UEP”) sales, aged ticket sales, theme park corporate special events and the parking facility. UCDP hosts special events for corporate guests whereby a portion of the theme park is rented for corporate functions. UEP is a ticket that allows guests to experience reduced wait times at certain rides and attractions. Revenue related to UEP tickets and the parking structure is recognized upon redemption or expiration date. Revenue attributable to theme park corporate special events is recognized at the date of the corporate function.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Other operating revenues

Other operating revenues, which consist primarily of sales generated by CityWalk, UPRV and hotel rent received from UCDP’s on-site hotels, are recognized as earned.

Advertising, sales and marketing costs

The costs of advertising, sales and marketing are charged to operations in the year incurred. Production costs of advertising are charged to operations at the first showing of the related advertisement. Total costs of advertising, sales and marketing amounted to approximately $42,351,000 (unaudited), $63,230,000 (unaudited), $75,841,000, $78,992,000 and $77,599,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, and are primarily included in theme park selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Sales taxes

Revenues collected from the sale of theme park tickets, food and beverage and merchandise are reported net of related sales tax amounts in the statements of operations, as the taxes collected are passed through to the applicable taxing authorities.

Theme park cost of products sold

Theme park cost of products sold consists of payroll and product costs related to the sale of food and beverage and merchandise at the theme parks.

Other costs and operating expenses

Other costs and operating expenses consist primarily of costs incurred by CityWalk, UPRV, UCRP and corporate special events.

Financial instruments

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments.

The estimated fair values of other financial instruments subject to fair value disclosures, determined based on quotes from major financial institutions, and the related carrying amounts are as follows (in thousands):

 

     September 27, 2009    December 31, 2008    December 31, 2007
     Carrying value    Fair value    Carrying value    Fair value    Carrying value    Fair value
     (unaudited)                    

Long-term borrowings, including current portion)

   $ 1,008,584    $ 998,820    $ 1,007,960    $ 760,240    $ 1,007,126    $ 1,015,050

Interest rate swap liabilities

     1,495      1,495      9,176      9,176      5,106      5,106
                                         

Total

   $ 1,010,079    $ 1,000,315    $ 1,017,136    $ 769,416    $ 1,012,232    $ 1,020,156
                                         

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject UCDP to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of accounts receivable and interest rate swaps. The credit risk associated with accounts receivable is limited by the volume of customers as well as the establishment of credit limits. UCDP is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to interest rate swap transactions. The counterparties to these contractual arrangements are major financial institutions that meet UCDP’s credit standards with which UCDP also has other financial relationships. UCDP does not anticipate nonperformance by such parties.

Interest rate swaps

UCDP is exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. UCDP may mitigate this risk by paying down additional outstanding balances on its variable rate loans, refinancing with fixed rate permanent debt or obtaining cash flow hedge instruments. These financial instruments are derivatives. UCDP utilizes interest rate swap agreements as a risk management tool to manage a portion of its interest rate exposures. The principal objective of the swap agreements is to minimize the risks and costs associated with financial activities. UCDP does not use financial instruments for trading purposes. UCDP specifically designates interest rate swap hedges of outstanding debt instruments and recognizes interest differentials in the period they occur.

UCDP follows accounting standards that require the entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those assets at fair value. The fair values are the estimated amounts that UCDP would pay or receive upon termination of the swap agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties. Changes in the underlying market value of swap arrangements that qualify as cash flow hedging activities are recognized as other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income and changes in partners’ equity. Changes in the underlying market value of swap arrangements that do not qualify as hedging activities are recognized as a change in the fair value of interest rate swaps in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to interest rate swaps that become ineffective is amortized on a straight-line basis through the change in the fair value of interest rate swaps in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

UCDP is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the derivative financial instruments. UCDP limits this exposure by entering into agreements directly with a number of major financial institutions that meet its credit standards and that are expected to satisfy their obligations under the contracts.

Income taxes

No provision for income taxes has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements, as the owners are required to report their share of UCDP’s earnings or losses in their respective income tax returns. The Partners’ tax returns and the amounts of allocable income or loss are subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. If such examinations result in changes to income or loss, the tax liability of the Partners could be changed accordingly.

Certain transactions of UCDP may be subject to accounting methods for income tax purposes which differ from the accounting methods used in preparing these consolidated financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, the net income or loss of UCDP reported for income tax purposes may differ from the balances reported for those same items in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The assets as reported in the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2008 are $960,490,000 higher as compared to those reported for tax purposes, while the liabilities are

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

approximately $16,617,000 higher as compared to those reported for tax purposes. The majority of the differences arise primarily due to the use of different estimated useful lives for property and equipment for income tax reporting purposes as compared to those used for financial reporting purposes.

Litigation

UCDP is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and has accrued its estimate of the probable legal and settlement costs for the resolution of these claims. If UCDP believes that costs from these matters are probable and the amount of the costs can be reasonably estimated, it will accrue the estimated costs. If UCDP believes a loss is less than probable but more than remote, it will disclose the nature of the matter and, if possible, disclose the estimate of the possible loss (see note 13).

Segments

UCDP operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In April 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance that amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and requires enhanced related disclosures. This guidance must be applied prospectively to all intangible assets acquired as of and subsequent to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. Although future transactions involving intangible assets may be impacted by this guidance, it did not impact the Company’s financial statements as the Company did not acquire any intangible assets during the nine months ended September 27, 2009.

In March 2008, the FASB issued guidance that expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Specifically, this guidance requires entities to provide enhanced disclosures addressing the following: how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for; and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. This guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. The Company’s adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows as it is primarily disclosure related.

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. As such, the new accounting guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. This accounting standard impacts the presentation of noncontrolling interests in certain of the Company’s investments in consolidated entities. Specifically, it impacted the Company’s financial statements by reclassifying the noncontrolling interest in UCRP (formerly known as minority interest) from the liability section into the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As a result, the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP is no longer excluded from the determination of net income (or loss) on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The determination of the income attributable to noncontrolling interest in UCRP continues to be calculated based on the underlying ownership percentage. The adoption resulted in the reclassification of $8,491,000 of noncontrolling interest in UCRP from minority interest to Partners’ equity on December 31, 2005 as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and Changes in Partners’ Equity. The adoption also resulted in the reclassification of

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

$6,782,000 and $7,294,000 of noncontrolling interest in UCRP from minority interest to Partners’ equity on the December 31, 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Balance Sheets and the presentation of net income of $1,409,000, $1,882,000, $2,149,000, $2,773,000 and $2,537,000 attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that modifies certain aspects of how an acquiring entity recognizes and measures the identifiable assets, the liabilities assumed and the goodwill acquired in a business combination. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Although this guidance will impact the Company’s accounting for business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009, it did not impact the Company’s financial statements as the Company did not enter into any business combinations during the nine months ended September 27, 2009.

In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes principles and requirements for subsequent events. Specifically, the guidance sets forth parameters pertaining to the period after the balance sheet date during which management should consider events or transactions for potential recognition or disclosure, circumstances under which an event or transaction would be recognized after the balance sheet date and the required disclosures that should be made about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. This guidance is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and as such, became effective for the Company on June 28, 2009. The Company’s adoption of the standard resulted in additional disclosures surrounding the Company’s subsequent events (see note 18 ).

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that extends the disclosure requirements concerning the fair value of financial instruments to interim financial statements of publicly traded companies. This guidance is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and as such, became effective for the Company on June 28, 2009. The Company’s adoption of the standard resulted in additional disclosures surrounding the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments within note 1 (under the caption “Financial Instruments”) and note 6.

In June 2009, the FASB issued revisions to pre-existing guidance pertaining to the consolidation and disclosures of variable interest entities. Specifically, it changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. This guidance will require a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. This guidance will be effective at the start of a reporting entity’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial statements, if any, upon adoption.

In June 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance that will become the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), and related accounting literature. This guidance reorganizes the thousands of GAAP pronouncements into roughly 90 accounting topics and displays them using a consistent structure. Also included is relevant Securities and Exchange Commission guidance organized using the same topical structure in separate sections. This guidance will be effective for financial statements issued for reporting periods that end after September 15, 2009.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Beginning in the third quarter of 2009, this guidance impacts the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures as all references to authoritative accounting literature reflect the newly adopted codification.

Liquidity (unaudited)

As of September 27, 2009, the Company had indebtedness totaling $499,584,000 under the April 2010 notes. Additionally, $509,000,000 of debt under the term loan component of the senior secured credit facilities would become due on April 1, 2010 unless the April 2010 notes and Holdings’ May 2010 notes are not refinanced or repaid prior to such date. As a result of its significant working capital deficiencies, the Company will be required to refinance this debt prior to the stated maturity date. The Company’s liquidity could also be negatively impacted by its arrangement with the Consultant as more fully described in note 13. The Company’s efforts to address these circumstances are contained in note 18 below.

3. Inventories

UCDP’s inventories are comprised of the following components (in thousands):

 

           December 31,  
     September 27,
2009
    2008     2007  
     (unaudited)              

Merchandise

   $ 12,469      $ 12,421      $ 12,648   

Food and beverage

     3,343        3,962        3,944   

Operating supplies and maintenance parts

     29,279        28,156        27,028   

Less: reserves

     (1,689     (1,974     (1,380
                        

Total

   $ 43,402      $ 42,565      $ 42,240   
                        

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, UCDP used approximately $1,486,000 (unaudited), $1,292,000 (unaudited), $1,933,000, $2,642,000 and $1,065,000, respectively, of the inventory reserves.

4. Investments in unconsolidated entities

As of December 31, 2008, UCDP had the following investments in unconsolidated entities:

 

Name

 

Year of
inception

  Ownership interest    

Description

NASCAR Café/Orlando Joint Venture(1)

  1997   17   Operates a restaurant in CityWalk.

Universal/Cineplex Orlando Joint Venture(2)

  1997   50   Operates a 20-screen cinema in CityWalk.

Uniman, LLC(3)

  2006   50   Licenses the rights to produce a live Blue Man Group show.

 

(1) NASCAR Café/Orlando Joint Venture (“NASCAR”), is 17% owned by UCDP and 83% owned by NC Orlando, LLC. The entity operates The Sports Grille by NASCAR restaurant located within CityWalk. In February 2007, the renovation of the NASCAR Café was completed and re-opened as the NASCAR Sports Grille. UCDP did not participate financially in the cost of the renovation, thus in accordance with an amended joint venture agreement, UCDP’s ownership percentage decreased from 25% to 17% on the day of re-opening. UCDP’s interest in NASCAR is accounted for under the equity method.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

(2) Universal/Cineplex Orlando Joint Venture (“Cineplex”), is 50% owned by UCDP and 50% owned by Plitt Theatres, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of AMC Entertainment Inc.). The entity operates a 20-screen Cineplex located within CityWalk. UCDP’s interest in the Cineplex is accounted for under the equity method.
(3) Uniman, LLC (“Uniman”), is 50% owned by UCDP and 50% owned by Zebra Horse, LLC, an affiliate of Blue Man Group Productions, Inc. The entity presents a live theatrical production that combines music, comedy and multimedia artistry to create a unique form of entertainment at a theater within CityWalk. The show opened to the public in June 2007. UCDP’s interest in Uniman is accounted for under the equity method.

5. Long-term borrowings

Indebtedness consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

                       December 31,  
     Interest rate     Maturity
Date
    September 27,
2009
    2008     2007  
                 (unaudited)              

Senior secured credit facility

   LIBOR + 3.00 %(1)             (2)    $ 509,000      $ 509,000      $ 509,000   

UCDP fixed rate senior notes
(“April 2010 notes”)

   11.75   April 1, 2010        500,000        500,000        500,000   
                            

Gross principal payable

         1,009,000        1,009,000        1,009,000   

Unamortized discounts

         (416     (1,040     (1,874
                            

Total debt

       $ 1,008,584      $ 1,007,960      $ 1,007,126   
                            

 

(1) The LIBOR interest rate on the senior secured credit facilities is subject to a 3.00% floor.
(2) The maturity date of the senior secured credit facilities is June 9, 2011; however, it is repayable in full at April 1, 2010, if the April 2010 notes and Holdings’ May 2010 notes are not refinanced or repaid in full prior to such date.

The senior secured credit facilities consist of both term loan and revolving credit components with a consortium of lenders led by JPMorgan. The revolving credit component had a maximum available credit line of approximately $100,000,000 at September 27, 2009 (unaudited), December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. On those dates, no funds were outstanding on the revolving credit facility. Additionally, a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum is payable on the unused amounts of the revolving credit facility. In addition, UCDP may borrow up to $200,000,000 of incremental debt from time to time, with modified covenants.

On July 25, 2008, UCDP amended the early maturity date feature in the senior secured credit facilities to April 1, 2010 unless both the April 2010 notes and Holdings’ May 2010 notes are refinanced or repaid prior to that time. Additionally, the interest rate on the senior secured credit facilities increased from 3-month LIBOR plus 175 basis points to 3-month LIBOR plus 300 basis points subject to a 3% floor on the LIBOR rate. This rate also applies to the revolving credit facility. Prior to the amendment, the maturity date was accelerated to December 1, 2009 if the April 2010 notes were not refinanced or repaid at that time, or to January 1, 2010 if Holdings’ May 2010 notes were not refinanced or repaid at that time. The maturity date of the term loans remains at June 9, 2011 if the early maturity date feature is not triggered. In conjunction with this amendment, UCDP paid a fee of $4,295,000 which is being amortized through April 1, 2010.

The senior secured credit facilities are secured by a mortgage on substantially all of UCDP’s real and personal property. Currently, the senior secured credit facilities are repayable in quarterly installments of 0.25%,

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

which commenced on March 31, 2005 and end on December 31, 2010. This equates to annual principal payments of 1.0% with the balance due in 2011. Accordingly, UCHC paid regular principal payments of $5,500,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006 in connection with the principal amortization schedule for the term loans under the senior secured credit facilities. Additionally, during 2006, UCDP made a voluntary prepayment in the amount of $30,000,000; effectively prepaying all principal amounts that would have been due up until the facility’s maturity date. As such, no principal payments were due or paid during 2008 or 2007. The senior secured credit facilities also require a prepayment of 50% of UCDP’s annual excess cash flow if certain financial ratios were not met beginning in 2005. These ratios were met during 2008 and 2007. As such, no such excess cash flow payment was required as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Furthermore, all prepayments are applied in forward order of maturity. The senior secured credit agreement contains certain customary limitations. The most restrictive limitations relate to the incurrence of liens, additional indebtedness and maintenance of funded debt and interest coverage ratios.

The senior secured credit facilities are effectively senior to the April 2010 notes. The Company believes it was in compliance of all debt covenants as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

Scheduled maturities of amounts drawn at December 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year

   Amount

2009

   $ —  

2010

     500,000

2011

     509,000
      

Total

   $ 1,009,000
      

UCDP capitalizes interest on significant capital projects, which require an extended period of time to complete. UCDP capitalized interest of approximately $10,337,000 (unaudited), $3,725,000 (unaudited), $6,020,000, $1,848,000 and $817,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

6. Interest rate swaps and fair value measurements

The following table summarizes the notional values and fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):

 

Notional value   

Expiration date

   Fair value     Interest rate    

Accounting treatment

  

Terms

$ 200,000    November 20, 2009    $ (6,157   4.77   Statement of operations    Fixed
 

 

  125,000

 

   October 15, 2009     

 

(3,019

 

 

  4.41   Statement of operations    Fixed
                      
$

 

325,000

 

      $

 

(9,176

 

 

      
                      

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months ended  
     September 27, 2009    September 28, 2008  
     (unaudited)    (unaudited)  
     Recorded in
statement of
operations
    Recorded
in other
comprehensive
income (loss)
   Recorded in
statement of
operations
   Recorded
in other
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

Swap #1(1)(2)

   $ —        $ —      $ —      $ —     

Swap #2(1)(2)

     —          —        —        —     

Swap #3(1)(2)

     —          —        —        —     

Swap #4(1)(2)

     —          —        —        —     

Swap #5(2)

     —          —        —        —     

Swap #6(3)

     —          —        —        —     

Swap #7(4)

     2,802        —        —        (79

Swap #8(4)

     4,879        —        —        47   

Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss(1)(4)

     (3,464     3,464      —        —     
                              

Total

   $ 4,217      $ 3,464    $ —      $ (32
                              

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2008     2007     2006
     Recorded in
statement of
operations
    Recorded
in other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Recorded in
statement of
operations
   Recorded
in other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Recorded in
statement of
operations
    Recorded
in other
comprehensive
income (loss)

Swap #1(1)(2)

   $ —        $ —        $ —      $ —        $ 30      $ —  

Swap #2(1)(2)

     —          —          —        —          30        —  

Swap #3(1)(2)

     —          —          —        —          30        —  

Swap #4(1)(2)

     —          —          —        —          30        —  

Swap #5(2)

     —          —          —        —          (36     —  

Swap #6(3)

     —          —          —        —          638        —  

Swap #7(4)

     (1,558     (79     —        (4,195     —          355

Swap #8(4)

     (2,466     33        —        (4,961     —          1,225

Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss(1)(4)

     (1,176     1,176        —        —          (222     222
                                             

Total

   $ (5,200   $ 1,130      $ —      $ (9,156   $ 500      $ 1,802
                                             

 

(1) Swaps #1 through #4 became ineffective as the result of the refinancing in December 2004.
(2) These swaps expired during 2006.
(3) This swap expired during 2007.
(4) Swaps #7 and #8 became ineffective in the fourth quarter of 2008.

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted accounting guidance that defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. This guidance specifies that fair value is an

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1.    Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 .    Inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3 .    Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s derivative financial instruments as of September 27, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are valued using inputs that fall within Level 2 of the three-tier hierarchy. Furthermore, as of September 27, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company did not have assets or liabilities valued using inputs that fall within Level 1 or Level 3 of the three-tier hierarchy.

Fair values of the interest rate swap agreements are provided by the counterparty. The significant inputs, primarily the LIBOR yield curves, used by the counterparty to determine fair values are considered Level 2 observable market inputs. Additionally, the Company monitors the credit and nonperformance risk associated with its derivative counterparties and believes them to be insignificant and not warranting a credit adjustment at September 27, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

7. Operating lease obligations

UCDP has entered into various leases for equipment, office and warehouse space. The leases are noncancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2013.

The following is a five-year schedule of minimum future rental payments under the non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year

   Amount

2009

   $ 4,677

2010

     3,908

2011

     3,402

2012

     1,201

2013

     364

Thereafter

     —  
      
   $ 13,552
      

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, UCDP incurred rent expense under the operating leases of approximately $4,290,000 (unaudited), $3,474,000 (unaudited), $4,634,000, $3,406,000 and $3,318,000, which is included in the related costs and operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

8. Capital leases and financing obligations

On May 25, 2007, UCDP entered into an agreement with Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. (“WB”), pursuant to which UCDP licensed certain rights to the characters and other intellectual property contained in the Harry Potter books and motion pictures (the “WB Agreement”). This license will be used for appropriately themed attractions, merchandise stores and food venues which will be incorporated in a new “island” that will include a re-themed portion of one of the “islands”, and additional undeveloped real estate at UIOA. These attractions are expected to open in spring 2010. Under the terms of the agreement, UCDP has the right to use the licensed property until approximately nine years after the scheduled grand opening date of the attractions. UCDP also has the ability to extend the term for two successive five-year renewal periods. UCDP’s use of the licensed property for the attractions, theming, promotions, merchandise and other purposes is subject to approval of WB. The agreement provides UCDP with the exclusive right to use the licensed property in theme parks, amusement parks, water parks and stand-alone themed venues similar to those found in a theme park within a radius of 250 miles around UIOA. UCDP will pay WB various license fees, merchandise royalty payments, and other payments throughout the term of the agreement.

UCDP has other intellectual property agreements. UCDP also leases certain equipment under capital leases. Intangible assets and equipment, fixtures and furniture included approximately $42,267,000 (unaudited), $42,788,000 and $43,059,000, related to financing obligations and capital leases as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. This included $1,282,000 (unaudited), $761,000 and $232,000 in accumulated depreciation and amortization, respectively, as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Depreciation and amortization expense related to assets under financing obligations and capital leases amounted to $521,000 (unaudited), $371,000 (unaudited), $529,000, $714,000 and $587,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. At December 31, 2008, future minimum payments due under financing obligations and capital leases totaled approximately $33,751,000 (net of $13,286,000 in interest). The net present value of future minimum payments include $5,612,000, $4,098,000, $3,809,000, $3,541,000, $3,416,000 and $13,275,000 due in the years ending December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, and years subsequent to 2013, respectively.

9. Compensation plans

Deferred compensation plan

UCDP has a deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) that permits eligible executives and members of management to defer a specified portion of their compensation. Under the plan, employees may defer up to 80% of base salary and/or up to 100% of bonus compensation. The deferred compensation, together with limited partnership matching contributions, which vest immediately, accrue earnings based on elected investment alternatives. Employees are eligible to receive distributions at death or at termination of their employment or after specified waiting periods, as they elect at the time of deferral. Funds are also available at their election at retirement, at termination of their employment, at death or during specified in-service periods, or in the event of an approved unforeseeable financial emergency. At September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, UCDP had accrued approximately $7,139,000 (unaudited), $6,579,000 and $8,915,000 for its obligations to participating employees under the Plan, which are included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. To fund the Plan, UCDP purchased partnership-owned life insurance contracts. The cash surrender value of these policies was approximately $7,467,000 (unaudited), $6,504,000 and $8,998,000, respectively, at September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Long-Term growth plan

UCDP had a Long-Term Growth Plan (the “2007 Growth Plan”) to provide key employees the opportunity to benefit from UCDP’s growth in value. Participating employees were granted Value Appreciation Rights (“VARs”) which became exercisable on January 1, 2008. The value of these VARs was generally based on the growth in market value of the equity interests of the Partners in UCDP. UCDP accrued the estimated payout value of the 2007 Growth Plan straight line over its term. Under the plan, all awards are paid in cash. As of December 31, 2007, UCDP had approximately $8,571,000 accrued under this plan. The amount accrued for at December 31, 2007 was paid in February 2008.

On May 22, 2008, the Park Advisory Board of UCDP approved a new Long-Term Growth Plan (the “2010 Growth Plan”) effective as of January 1, 2008. The 2010 Growth Plan provides key employees the opportunity to benefit from UCDP’s growth in value. Employees who are eligible to participate in the plan are limited to UCDP’s Executive Committee members, UCDP’s business unit heads, and a select group of Universal Parks & Resorts and other UCDP executives. Under the plan, which is administered by the Park Advisory Board, each participant is granted one or more VARs. The value of a VAR is generally based on the growth in market value of the equity interests of the Partners in UCDP. A pool is established for valuing the VARs and such pool is equal to 2% of the growth in UCDP’s equity value. The value of a VAR is calculated by dividing the total pool value by the total number of outstanding VARs. Each VAR will be triggered and automatically exercisable and payable upon the earlier of six months after a change in UCDP’s ownership structure which results in NBC Universal, Inc. owning less than 50%, or January 1, 2011. If a change of ownership occurs, the payout value is calculated based on the sales price of this ownership change. If January 1, 2011 is reached, the payout value is calculated based on an earnings multiple from financial results generated during 2010, subject to specific caps so that the payout value for each participant is no more than 150% of their total compensation as of January 1, 2011. Under the plan, all awards are paid in cash. If a participant ceases to be employed by reason of retirement, disability, death or termination (other than for cause), any VARs earned continue under the plan and are pro-rated. Where there is a termination (other than for cause), the participant is not allowed to receive payout under the plan if that party had not been an active participant in the plan for at least nine months. If a person ceases to be employed for reasons other than retirement, disability, death or termination (other than for cause), any rights under the plan and all VARs granted are canceled. UCDP accrues the estimated payout value of the 2010 Growth Plan straight line over its term. As of September 27, 2009 and December 31, 2008, UCDP had approximately $3,455,000 (unaudited) and $4,492,000, respectively, accrued under this plan.

10. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

The following presents major components of accounts payable and accrued liabilities (in thousands):

 

     September 27,
2009
   December 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007
     (unaudited)          

Accounts payable

   $ 8,476    $ 10,920    $ 11,602

Capital expenditures

     31,188      36,717      24,817

Marketing and advertising

     7,069      4,832      10,322

Interest

     35,603      19,897      19,844

Compensation and benefits

     22,837      27,301      32,826

Operating accruals

     11,880      15,043      17,716

Consulting fees

     4,940      4,443      4,464

Property and sales tax

     14,168      1,972      2,301

Other

     4,928      5,023      6,978
                    

Total

   $ 141,089    $ 126,148    $ 130,870
                    

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

11. Related party transactions

Vivendi universal entertainment’s special fee

Under the terms of UCDP’s partnership agreement, a special fee is payable to Vivendi Universal Entertainment through Universal CPM equal to 5% of certain revenue, as defined, generated by Universal Studios Florida and Universal’s Islands of Adventure. The special fee amounted to approximately $25,569,000 (unaudited), $29,920,000 (unaudited), $38,675,000, $38,419,000 and $35,300,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. Interest expense incurred on the special fee, including the long term portion, was approximately $2,414,000 (unaudited), $4,190,000 (unaudited), $4,882,000, $7,541,000 and $7,164,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

Concurrent with the 2004 amendment to the senior secured credit facilities and the issuance of Holdings’ May 2010 notes, Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone entered into an agreement pursuant to which Blackstone acknowledged, as between the Partners, that the equity distribution condition to the payment of Universal’s Islands of Adventure special fees was satisfied. Accordingly, going forward, the special fee related to Universal’s Islands of Adventure can be paid if certain leverage ratios are met. These ratios were met as of UCDP’s fiscal quarter end dates throughout the period from 2006 to 2008 and at March 29, 2009 and June 28, 2009. In addition, Holdings purchased from Vivendi Universal Entertainment the right to receive from UCDP the most recently accrued $70,000,000 of deferred special fees relating to Universal’s Islands of Adventure for $70,000,000. Also, $50,000,000 of the next most recently accrued deferred special fees related to Universal’s Islands of Adventure and Universal Studios Florida was forgiven and treated as an equity contribution by both Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone. Pursuant to certain subordination aspects of the senior secured credit facilities and the April 2010 notes, the special fee may not be paid if there is an event of default (or to the knowledge of UCDP’s officers a default).

During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, UCDP paid total fees of approximately $24,800,000 (unaudited), $28,063,000 (unaudited), $39,304,000, $38,471,000 and $35,893,000, respectively, to Vivendi Universal Entertainment. The amount due to Vivendi Universal Entertainment as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 approximated $9,807,000 (unaudited), $8,861,000 and $8,967,000, respectively. The balances payable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were classified as current. In addition, at September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, UCDP had accrued $94,204,000 (unaudited), $91,967,000 and $87,608,000, respectively, related to the long-term portion of fees payable to an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment.

Distributions

UCDP paid distributions to Holdings of $59,554,000 (unaudited), $37,136,000 (unaudited), $117,880,000, $113,318,000, and $61,894,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. Included in the amounts paid to Holdings during 2008, was $11,610,000 which was accrued as of December 31, 2007 as it related to the Partners’ expected payments of income taxes based on the Company’s financial results. This distribution is required per UCDP’s partnership agreement.

Other partner matters

Pursuant to a right of first refusal provision in an amended and restated partners’ agreement between Blackstone and Vivendi Universal Entertainment (the “partners’ agreement”), at any time after December 31,

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

2007, if either Blackstone or Vivendi Universal Entertainment desires to sell its ownership interest in Holding I and Holding II, it shall make a binding offer, specifying the proposed sale price, to sell to the other its entire interest in each of Holding I and Holding II. The non-offering partner will then have 90 days after receipt of an offer to accept the offer to sell. If the other party declines the opportunity to purchase, the offering party has the right to market both parties’ interest in Holdings to third parties, and both parties are required to sell their interests if a third party offers a price that is at least 90% of the price for both parties’ interests that is imputed from the offer made by the first party to the second party (i.e., as long as Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone each own 50% of Holdings, then both parties are required to sell to a third party that offers at least 180% of the price quoted by either party to the other party). If the interests in Holdings are not sold to a third party in connection with the marketing process, then the offering party shall be prohibited from making another offer to the other party for a period of one year from the expiration date of the 90-day offer period, and during such period, the other party may agree to sell its ownership interest without restriction. If Blackstone exercises its rights under this provision by accepting a binding offer, it may result in 100% control and ownership of Holdings being acquired by Blackstone, which could pose a number of risks to our business. UCDP licenses the right to use the “Universal” name and a substantial number of intellectual properties as street entertainment characters and as themed elements in rides and attractions from the Universal License Parties. See “ Business—Intellectual property .” Our right to use the “Universal” name in connection with Universal Orlando continues indefinitely at no cost to us until the latest of (i) 30 months after a change of control (as described in UCDP’s partnership agreement), (ii) 30 months after any termination of the WB Agreement prior to its scheduled expiration, or (iii) the expiration of the WB Agreement in accordance with its terms. Under the Universal License Agreement, a change of control is described as when (a) Universal CPM is no longer a wholly owned subsidiary of Universal Studios, Inc. (“USI”), Vivendi Universal Entertainment, or any of their respective affiliates, or (b) the Universal License Parties do not own any interest in us. A change of control under UCDP’s license agreements, such as Blackstone or a third party unaffiliated with the Universal License Parties acquiring all of the partnership interests in us, would not necessarily constitute a change of control under the indentures governing the April 2010 notes and Holdings’ May 2010 notes. If we are unable to use the “Universal” name, and if we are unable to partner with another similar, recognizable brand, the name recognition of our theme parks could be impaired.

Entry into a contribution agreement

Effective February 29, 2008, the Partners entered into a contribution agreement (“the 2008 Contribution Agreement”) with UCDP, allowing UCDP to request, through Holdings, cash contributions not to exceed a total of $50,000,000 to fund ongoing capital expenditure needs. The capital expenditures funded from such capital contributions will not count against the limitations on capital expenditures under UCDP’s senior secured credit agreement. In connection with the 2008 Contribution Agreement, Blackstone amended its loan with JPMorgan Chase Bank and another lender to allow for the capital contribution. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Partners made cash contributions of $28,676,000 to UCDP through Holdings.

Reimbursement of UCDP’s manager’s costs

Vivendi Universal Entertainment provides UCDP with services relating to the management and operation of the theme parks, the costs of which are reimbursed to Vivendi Universal Entertainment under the terms of UCDP’s partnership agreement. These services include: blanket insurance coverage; creative design of new rides and attractions; procurement of merchandise; management of corporate sponsorship; shared services of a number of senior executives; and other miscellaneous services. These costs are allocated to UCDP by Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Insurance premiums are allocated based upon relative payroll, revenues and claims experience. Creative design labor is allocated based upon time spent on UCDP projects. Procurement of merchandise allocation involves the allocation of costs between international and domestic businesses and then among the domestic properties based upon proportionate share of retail revenues. Corporate sponsorship expenses are

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

allocated in proportion to the share of corporate sponsorship revenues. Corporate sponsorship revenues are allocated to the business units that benefit from the sponsorship. Labor cost for shared senior executives is allocated based upon estimated time incurred. UCDP receives an allocation of other shared services provided based upon the relative number of transactions processed. Universal Parks & Resorts, a division of Vivendi Universal Entertainment that administers the allocations, has indicated to UCDP that their allocation methods are reasonable. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, UCDP incurred approximately $16,200,000 (unaudited), $15,977,000 (unaudited), $21,064,000, $22,389,000 and $19,724,000 related to these services.

Advisory services agreements

UCDP has an Advisory Services Agreement (“Services Agreement”) in which the Partners provide UCDP with advisory and consulting services in connection with the ongoing strategic and operational oversight of UCDP’s affairs in such areas as financing structures, public and private offerings of debt and equity securities and property dispositions and acquisitions. In connection with the Services Agreement, UCDP pays each Partner $1,250,000 annually. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, UCDP incurred $2,500,000 per year related to the Services Agreement, whereas during the nine months ended September 28, 2008 UCDP incurred $1,875,000 (unaudited). The Partners waived this fee for 2009. These amounts were included in other costs and operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Directors fees

In 2007, the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., was amended to add a provision which permits VUE and Blackstone to be reimbursed up to $125,000 each for payments made to their respective, appointed representatives to the Park Advisory Board, who function effectively as Directors of the Partnership. For the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, UCDP paid $250,000 per year under this amended provision. During the nine months ended September 28, 2008, UCDP incurred expenses of $188,000 (unaudited) related to this payment. The Partners waived this fee for 2009.

Transactions with UCF Hotel Venture

UCDP has a lease agreement with UCF Hotel Venture (“UCF HV”), an entity partially owned by Vivendi Universal Entertainment. The lease is for the land under three hotel sites and a common support facility, which requires lease payments based on a percentage of hotel revenue. UCF HV is also required to pay UCDP an additional ground rent based on UCF HV’s cash available after distributions to its partners, subject to an annual cap. The cash flow threshold was met during each of the years presented, therefore UCDP received additional rental revenue. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, UCDP recorded approximately $1,501,000 (unaudited), $7,580,000 (unaudited), $13,202,000, $13,598,000 and $10,802,000, related to hotel land lease revenue. These amounts are included in other operating revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Hotel guests may charge theme park tickets, food and beverage and merchandise sold at IOA, USF and certain CityWalk venues to their hotel room account by presenting their room key. UCDP then collects this revenue by billing UCF HV. In addition, UCDP provides and is partially reimbursed for bus and boat transportation for hotel guests, maintenance of the related waterways and pedestrian walkways. Additionally, UCDP is reimbursed for costs incurred to market the hotels. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, total amounts received from UCF HV for these programs were approximately $10,108,000 (unaudited), $13,462,000 (unaudited), $17,061,000, $17,788,000 and $16,827,000.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Transactions with related theme parks

Vivendi Universal Entertainment owns the Wet ‘n Wild ® water park in Orlando (“WNW”). UCDP participates in and manages a ticketing program, which permits customers to visit several local amusement parks on one ticket, including IOA, USF and WNW. Revenue is then shared among the participating amusement parks. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, UCDP’s share of revenue from this ticketing program was approximately $23,296,000 (unaudited), $36,357,000 (unaudited), $41,297,000, $38,574,000 and $39,323,000. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, WNW’s share of this ticketing program was approximately $6,093,000 (unaudited), $9,101,000 (unaudited), $10,395,000, $7,291,000 and $7,400,000.

Vivendi Universal Entertainment has entered into licensing arrangements for Universal theme parks in Singapore and Dubai, which will use our technology and schematics for various components on some of their rides. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company received approximately $2,136,000 and $6,898,000, respectively, from these parks as capital reimbursements, and the Company received $2,054,000 (unaudited) and $2,136,000 (unaudited) during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, respectively. No significant reimbursements were received during the year ended December 31, 2006.

Transactions with NBC Universal and GE

UCDP realizes synergies with other NBC Universal businesses which include cross-promotion with a variety of NBC Universal television and cable services, in particular advertising time on the NBC television network and other promotions. In response, NBC television and cable services receive visual identification in UCDP’s parks.

UCDP leases certain trailers and computer equipment through a subsidiary of GE. During the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the cost of these leases was approximately $1,568,000 (unaudited), $774,000 (unaudited), $1,172,000, $191,000 and $176,000, respectively. These leases have multiple terms but in no case do they extend beyond 2011. The minimum future lease payments under the leases totaled approximately $3,522,000 as of December 31, 2008.

Starting in 2008, UCDP began to participate in the V Payment program with GE, which allows UCDP to directly pay certain vendors through a credit card issued by GE. UCDP then reimburses GE monthly for all such charges. The total amount of these payments during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $4,273,000 (unaudited), $16,703,000 (unaudited), and $21,500,000. As of March 2009, GE no longer participates in this program. UCDP has also entered into a sponsorship agreement with GE Money Bank.

Receivables from related parties

Receivables from related parties are comprised of the following amounts (in thousands):

 

     September 27,
2009
   December 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007
     (unaudited)          

UCF HV

     1,534      6,743      2,667

Cineplex

     211      13      533

Uniman LLC

     141      11      456

Other

     268      722      1,268
                    

Total

   $ 2,154    $ 7,489    $ 4,924
                    

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

12. Retirement plan

UCDP has a defined contribution plan (the “Contribution Plan”) covering all eligible employees. Participation in the Contribution Plan is voluntary. Salaried employees of UCDP are eligible to participate upon their date of hire. Nonexempt employees are eligible to participate in the Contribution Plan upon the accumulation of 1,000 hours of service and may enroll any time after the first Contribution Plan Entry Date (January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1) that coincides with or immediately follows the date upon which the employees become eligible. UCDP provides a discretionary matching contribution equal to 100% up to the first 3% of compensation and 50% of all participant contributions up to the next 2%. Employee and employer contributions are 100% vested immediately. Total contributions made by UCDP under the Contribution Plan were approximately $3,325,000 (unaudited), $3,627,000 (unaudited), $4,686,000, $4,189,000 and $3,853,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008, and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

13. Commitments and contingencies

Consultant agreement

UCDP has an agreement (the “Consultant Agreement”) with a Consultant (as defined in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ) under which UCDP pays a fee for consulting services and exclusivity equal to a percentage of UCDP’s gross revenues from the attractions and certain other facilities owned or operated, in whole or in part, by UCDP. The accompanying consolidated statements of operations include consulting fee expense under the Consultant Agreement of approximately $13,000,000 (unaudited), $15,187,000 (unaudited), $19,630,000, $19,577,000 and $18,108,000, respectively, during the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and September 28, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

Under the terms of the Consultant Agreement, the Consultant is also entitled to a fee based on a percentage of gross revenues of comparable projects, which are gated motion picture and/or television themed attractions owned or operated, in whole or in part, by UCDP, or any of UCDP’s partners or any of their affiliates, other than in Universal City, California. At present, the only theme park which is a comparable project under the Consultant Agreement is Universal Studios Japan. The Consultant may also be entitled to participate in certain sales of equity by the Company’s partners and to participate in certain real estate development activities of the Company’s partners or their affiliates. USI has guaranteed UCDP’s obligations under the Consultant Agreement for the benefit of the Consultant, and Vivendi Universal Entertainment has assumed USI’s obligations under that guarantee. Accordingly, fees with respect to Universal Studios Japan are paid by an affiliate of Vivendi Universal Entertainment and are not paid by UCDP. The unpaid fees related to Universal Studios Japan were approximately $4,419,000 (unaudited), $4,929,000 and $4,202,000, respectively, as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. These amounts were subsequently paid. Vivendi Universal Entertainment has indemnified UCDP against any liability under the Consultant Agreement related to any comparable project that is not owned or controlled by UCDP.

Although the agreement has no expiration date, starting in June 2010, the Consultant has the right, upon 90 days’ notice, to terminate the periodic payments under the Consultant Agreement and receive instead one cash payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the revenue streams in the Orlando parks and any comparable projects that have been open at that time for at least one year, which fair market value could be significant. If the Consultant exercises the option and the parties cannot agree on the fair market value of the buyout option, the fair market value will be determined by binding appraisal. Due to uncertainties in the amount and timing of such a cash payment and the Company’s ability to make such a cash payment, the Company’s ability to refinance its senior secured credit agreement and the April 2010 notes, and the Company’s ability to incur future indebtedness, could be adversely impacted by this right of the Consultant.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Litigation

2008 Assessments

On December 5, 2008, UCDP filed complaints in state circuit court challenging the 2008 assessments by the Orange County Property Appraiser (the “Property Appraiser”) of certain real and tangible personal property owned by UCDP. On February 2, 2009, the Property Appraiser answered the complaints and also moved to dismiss the discriminatory assessment counts asserted by UCDP. UCDP paid the full assessments with respect to the 2008 real and personal property on November 26, 2008.

2007 Assessments

On September 18, 2007, UCDP filed petitions to the Orange County Value Adjustment Board (“VAB”) seeking review and adjustment of the 2007 assessments by the Property Appraiser of certain real and tangible personal property owned by UCDP. The Special Magistrates recommended that UCDP’s petitions be denied as to the Universal Studios Florida (“USF”) and Universal’s Islands of Adventure (“UIOA”) tangible personal property and real property and recommended that the assessment as to UCDP’s parking garages be reduced. The VAB approved and adopted the Special Magistrates’ recommendations on February 26, 2008. On April 24, 2008, UCDP filed complaints challenging these assessments in state circuit court. On June 4, 2008, the Orange County Tax Collector (the “Tax Collector”) answered the complaints. On June 16, 2008, the Property Appraiser answered the complaints. Both the Property Appraiser and the Tax Collector also moved to dismiss UCDP’s discriminatory assessment claims. On November 12, 2008, the court consolidated UCDP’s complaint involving the 2007 assessments of the parking garages with a similar complaint that UCDP filed involving the 2006 assessments. On February 11, 2009, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the discriminatory assessment count in UCDP’s complaint involving the parking garages, and it granted UCDP leave to amend that count. In addition, the Property Appraiser and Tax Collector have filed a Joint Motion for Summary Judgment as to Count I of UCDP’s complaint involving its tangible personal property. UCDP paid the full assessment with respect to the 2007 real and personal property on November 30, 2007.

2006 Assessments

In the second quarter of 2007, UCDP received and recorded a refund of approximately $1.0 million (the “2006 Refund”) with respect to an adjustment of the 2006 assessments by the Property Appraiser reducing the assessed property values of certain real and tangible personal property owned by UCDP.

Meanwhile, on April 17, 2007, the Property Appraiser filed a complaint in state circuit court challenging the reduced 2006 tangible personal property assessments. On May 16, 2007, UCDP filed two complaints challenging the Property Appraiser’s 2006 assessments for (i) real property at USF and UIOA, and for (ii) UCDP’s parking garages. The Property Appraiser and the Tax Collector answered UCDP’s complaints and also moved to dismiss UCDP’s discriminatory assessment claims. On November 12, 2008, the court consolidated UCDP’s complaint involving the 2006 assessments of the parking garages with a similar complaint that UCDP filed involving the 2007 assessments. On February 11, 2009, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the discriminatory assessment count in UCDP’s complaint involving the parking garages, and it granted UCDP leave to amend that count. On March 16, 2009, UCDP filed its amended complaint.

Back assessments

On December 21, 2006, the Property Appraiser concluded an audit of UCDP’s 2003, 2004 and 2005 tangible personal property returns, asserting that UCDP underreported its tangible personal property in each of those years.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

The Property Appraiser issued back assessments resulting in back taxes, interest and penalties being charged by the Tax Collector. On February 19, 2007, UCDP filed a complaint in state circuit court challenging the legality of the back assessments and seeking other relief. On April 25, 2007, the Court dismissed the portions of UCDP’s complaint pertaining to the back assessments on UIOA, and it also dismissed UCDP’s due process claim. On May 14, 2007, UCDP re-filed the complaint (“UCDP’s Re-filed Back Assessment Complaint”) as to IOA. On February 15, 2008, the court denied the Property Appraiser’s motion to dismiss UCDP’s Re-filed Back Assessment Complaint. The Property Appraiser and Tax Collector appealed the denial of the dismissal of UCDP’s Re-filed Back Assessment Complaint. UCDP opposed the appeal, and on July 3, 2008, the Court denied the appeal.

Other

The Company is threatened with or involved in various other legal actions and claims incidental to the conduct of its business. Management does not expect these legal actions and claims to have a material impact to the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

14. Land sales

From time to time, UCDP sells portions of its non-strategic land that is not required to support its long-term growth plans.

In June 2007, UCDP sold 2 acres of land. The cost basis of the land approximated $300,000. In connection with this sale, UCDP recorded a gain of approximately $2,776,000 during the year ended December 31, 2007.

In December 2006, UCDP sold 4 acres of undeveloped land. The cost basis of the land approximated $845,000. In connection with this sale, UCDP recorded a gain of $5,195,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006. As part of the transaction, UCDP received a promissory note from the buyer in the amount of $4,890,000, which was repaid during 2007.

15. Comprehensive income (loss)

 

     Nine months ended     Year ended  
     September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    December 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 
     (unaudited)                    

Net income

   $ 47,925      $ 70,126      $ 77,889      $ 94,661      $ 44,497   

Amortization of accumulated other comprehensive loss from interest rate swaps previously designated as hedges

     3,464        —          1,176        —          222   

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps designated as hedges

     —          (32     (46     (9,156     1,580   
                                        

Comprehensive income

     51,389        70,094        79,019        85,505        46,299   

Less: comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     (1,409     (1,882     (2,149     (2,773     (2,537
                                        

Comprehensive income attributable to the Partners

   $ 49,980      $ 68,212      $ 76,870      $ 82,732      $ 43,762   
                                        

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

16. Guarantor information

The Company’s payment obligations under the 10  7 / 8 % senior subordinated notes and 8  7 / 8 % senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the following domestic wholly owned subsidiaries:

Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations and Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store. Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store is a wholly owned subsidiary that was formed in June 2009 and currently has no significant assets, liabilities or operations.

The following is condensed consolidating financial information as of September 27, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the nine months ended September 27, 2009 and years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 for UCDP LTD and UCDP Finance, Inc. (“Parent”), the co-issuers on a combined basis, the combined guarantor subsidiaries of UCDP LTD (collectively, the “Guarantors”), the combined non-guarantor subsidiaries of UCDP LTD (collectively, the “Non-Guarantors”) and UCDP on a consolidated basis.

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

(in thousands)

 

    September 27, 2009  
    Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

UNAUDITED

         

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 78,999      $ 2,294      $ 245      $ —        $ 81,538   

Other current assets

    109,254        850        1,049        (3,097     108,056   
                                       

Total current assets

    188,253        3,144        1,294        (3,097     189,594   

Property and equipment, at cost

    3,200,425        1,183        13,804        —          3,215,412   

Less accumulated depreciation

    (1,490,177     (994     (6,732     —          (1,497,903
                                       

Total property and equipment, net

    1,710,248        189        7,072        —          1,717,509   

Other assets:

         

Investments in unconsolidated entities

    14,233        —          —          (3,233     11,000   

Intangible assets, net

    46,178        —          5,415        —          51,593   

Other assets

    7,761        —          —          —          7,761   
                                       

Total other assets

    68,172        —          5,415        (3,233     70,354   

Total assets

  $ 1,966,673      $ 3,333      $ 13,781      $ (6,330   $ 1,977,457   
                                       

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERSHIP EQUITY

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 139,223      $ 1,512      $ 531      $ (177   $ 141,089   

Other current liabilities

    1,074,712        4,701        1,024        (2,920     1,077,517   
                                       

Total current liabilities

    1,213,935        6,213        1,555        (3,097     1,218,606   

Long-term liabilities:

         

Long-term borrowings

    —          —          —          —          —     

Other long-term liabilities

    126,748        —          —          —          126,748   
                                       

Total long-term liabilities

    126,748        —          —          —          126,748   

Equity:

         

Partners’ equity

    625,990        (2,880     12,226        (9,346     625,990   

Noncontrolling interest in UCRP

    —          —          —          6,113        6,113   
                                       

Total equity

    625,990        (2,880     12,226        (3,233     632,103   

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,966,673      $ 3,333      $ 13,781      $ (6,330   $ 1,977,457   
                                       

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

(in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2008  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 83,760      $ 3,719      $ 319      $ —        $ 87,798   

Other current assets

     105,626        1,876        1,275        (4,666     104,111   
                                        

Total current assets

   $ 189,386      $ 5,595      $ 1,594      $ (4,666   $ 191,909   

Property and equipment, at cost

     3,110,224        984        14,959        —          3,126,167   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,417,947     (974     (7,271     —          (1,426,192
                                        

Total property and equipment, net

     1,692,277        10        7,688        —          1,699,975   

Other assets:

          

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     16,477        —          —          (4,538     11,939   

Intangible assets, net

     47,105        —          5,850        —          52,955   

Other assets

     18,499        —          —          —          18,499   
                                        

Total other assets

     82,081        —          5,850        (4,538     83,393   
                                        

Total assets

   $ 1,963,744      $ 5,605      $ 15,132      $ (9,204   $ 1,975,277   
                                        

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 123,332      $ 1,914      $ 902      $ —        $ 126,148   

Other current liabilities

     70,267        5,935        666        (4,666     72,202   
                                        

Total current liabilities

     193,599        7,849        1,568        (4,666     198,350   

Long-term liabilities:

          

Long-term borrowings

     1,007,960        —          —          —          1,007,960   

Other long-term liabilities

     126,621        —          —          —          126,621   
                                        

Total long-term liabilities

     1,134,581        —          —          —          1,134,581   

Equity:

          

Partners’ equity

     635,564        (2,244     13,564        (11,320     635,564   

Noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     —          —          —          6,782        6,782   
                                        

Total equity

     635,564        (2,244     13,564        (4,538     642,346   
                                        

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,963,744      $ 5,605      $ 15,132      $ (9,204   $ 1,975,277   
                                        

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

(in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2007  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 124,046      $ 3,310      $ 518      $ —        $ 127,874   

Other current assets

     105,862        1,865        1,590        (4,760     104,557   
                                        

Total current assets

     229,908        5,175        2,108        (4,760     232,431   

Property and equipment, at cost

     2,986,558        1,308        14,146        —          3,002,012   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,332,348     (1,295     (6,448     —          (1,340,091
                                        

Total property and equipment, net

     1,654,210        13        7,698        —          1,661,921   

Other assets:

          

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     15,859        —          —          (2,902     12,957   

Intangible assets, net

     48,677        —          6,430        —          55,107   

Other assets

     23,606        —          —          —          23,606   
                                        

Total other assets

     88,142        —          6,430        (2,902     91,670   

Total assets

   $ 1,972,260      $ 5,188      $ 16,236      $ (7,662   $ 1,986,022   
                                        

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 128,372      $ 1,803      $ 695      $ —        $ 130,870   

Other current liabilities

     65,669        7,777        953        (4,760     69,639   
                                        

Total current liabilities

     194,041        9,580        1,648        (4,760     200,509   

Long-term liabilities:

          

Long-term borrowings

     1,007,126        —          —          —          1,007,126   

Other long-term liabilities

     134,805        —          —          —          134,805   
                                        

Total long-term liabilities

     1,141,931        —          —          —          1,141,931   

Equity:

          

Partners’ equity

     636,288        (4,392     14,588        (10,196     636,288   

Noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     —          —          —          7,294        7,294   
                                        

Total equity

     636,288        (4,392     14,588        (2,902     643,582   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,972,260      $ 5,188      $ 16,236      $ (7,662   $ 1,986,022   
                                        

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of operations

(in thousands)

 

     Nine months ended September 27, 2009  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors    Eliminations     Consolidated  

UNAUDITED

           

Operating revenues:

           

Total operating revenues

   $ 562,478      $ 42,495      $ 17,152    $ (18,019   $ 604,106   

Costs and operating expenses:

           

Theme park operations

     127,244        —          —        —          127,244   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     92,865        —          —        —          92,865   

Theme park cost of products sold

     70,017        —          —        —          70,017   

Other costs and operating expenses

     155,351        43,148        14,312      (18,019     194,792   
                                       

Total costs and operating expenses

     445,477        43,148        14,312      (18,019     484,918   
                                       

Operating income (loss)

     117,001        (653     2,840      —          119,188   
                                       

Other expense (income):

           

Interest expense

     77,213        3        23      —          77,239   

Other income

     (5,955     (21     —        —          (5,976
                                       

Total other expense (income)

     71,258        (18     23      —          71,263   
                                       

Net income (loss)

     45,743        (635     2,817      —          47,925   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     —          —          —        1,409        1,409   
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to the Partners

   $ 45,743      $ (635   $ 2,817    $ (1,409   $ 46,516   
                                       

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of operations

(in thousands)

 

     Nine months ended September 28, 2008  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

UNAUDITED

          

Operating revenues:

          

Total operating revenues

   $ 659,861      $ 56,393      $ 20,664      $ (25,428   $ 711,490   

Costs and operating expenses:

          

Theme park operations

     135,266        —          —          —          135,266   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     122,370        —          —          —          122,370   

Theme park cost of products sold

     88,526        —          —          —          88,526   

Other costs and operating expenses

     177,983        55,297        16,889        (25,428     224,741   
                                        

Total costs and operating expenses

     524,145        55,297        16,889        (25,428     570,903   
                                        

Operating income

     135,716        1,096        3,775        —          140,587   
                                        

Other expense (income):

          

Interest expense

     75,773        1        23        —          75,797   

Other income

     (5,194     (129     (13     —          (5,336
                                        

Total other expense (income)

     70,579        (128     10        —          70,461   
                                        

Net income

     65,137        1,224        3,765        —          70,126   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     —          —          —          1,882        1,882   
                                        

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 65,137      $ 1,224      $ 3,765      $ (1,882   $ 68,244   
                                        

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of operations

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31, 2008  
     Parent    Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Operating revenues:

           

Total operating revenues

   $ 857,998    $ 72,831      $ 26,243      $ (33,720   $ 923,352   

Costs and operating expenses:

           

Theme park operations

     184,371      —          —          —          184,371   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     153,205      —          —          —          153,205   

Theme park cost of products sold

     113,536      —          —          —          113,536   

Other costs and operating expenses

     232,784      70,817        21,928        (33,720     291,809   
                                       

Total costs and operating expenses

     683,896      70,817        21,928        (33,720     742,921   
                                       

Operating income

     174,102      2,014        4,315        —          180,431   
                                       

Other expense (income):

           

Interest expense

     102,637      1        31        —          102,669   

Other expense (income)

     20      (134     (13     —          (127
                                       

Total other expense (income)

     102,657      (133     18        —          102,542   
                                       

Net income

     71,445      2,147        4,297        —          77,889   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     —        —          —          2,149        2,149   
                                       

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 71,445    $ 2,147      $ 4,297      $ (2,149   $ 75,740   
                                       

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of operations

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31, 2007  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Operating revenues:

          

Total operating revenues

   $ 860,356      $ 80,741      $ 29,287      $ (38,541   $ 931,843   

Costs and operating expenses:

          

Theme park operations

     177,556        —          —          —          177,556   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     153,053        —          —          —          153,053   

Theme park cost of products sold

     113,610        —          —          —          113,610   

Other costs and operating expenses

     231,350        80,236        23,781        (38,541     296,826   
                                        

Total costs and operating expenses

     675,569        80,236        23,781        (38,541     741,045   
                                        

Operating income

     184,787        505        5,506        —          190,798   
                                        

Other expense (income):

          

Interest expense

     107,871        3        32        —          107,906   

Other income

     (11,315     (381     (73     —          (11,769
                                        

Total other expense (income)

     96,556        (378     (41     —          96,137   
                                        

Net income

     88,231        883        5,547        —          94,661   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     —          —          —          2,773        2,773   
                                        

Net income attributable to the Partners

   $ 88,231      $ 883      $ 5,547      $ (2,773   $ 91,888   
                                        

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of operations

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31, 2006  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Operating revenues:

          

Total operating revenues

   $ 789,634      $ 77,658      $ 27,421      $ (39,327   $ 855,386   

Costs and operating expenses:

          

Theme park operations

     168,431        —          —          —          168,431   

Theme park selling, general and administrative

     149,075        —          —          —          149,075   

Theme park cost of products sold

     105,023        —          —          —          105,023   

Other costs and operating expenses

     225,247        79,488        22,473        (39,327     287,881   
                                        

Total costs and operating expenses

     647,776        79,488        22,473        (39,327     710,410   
                                        

Operating income (loss)

     141,858        (1,830     4,948        —          144,976   
                                        

Other expense (income):

          

Interest expense

     109,700        2        31        —          109,733   

Other income

     (8,831     (350     (73     —          (9,254
                                        

Total other expense (income)

     100,869        (348     (42     —          100,479   
                                        

Net income (loss)

     40,989        (1,482     4,990        —          44,497   

Less: net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in UCRP

     —          —          —          2,537        2,537   
                                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Partners

   $ 40,989      $ (1,482   $ 4,990      $ (2,537   $ 41,960   
                                        

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

     Nine months ended September 27, 2009  
       Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

UNAUDITED

          

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

     161,043        (1,224     4,169        (2,078     161,910   

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Property and equipment acquisitions

     (102,482     (201     (87     —          (102,770

Proceeds relating to capital reimbursements

     2,054        —            —          2,054   
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

     (100,428     (201     (87     —          (100,716
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Payment of partner distributions

     (59,554     —          (4,156     4,156        (59,554

Distributions of noncontrolling interest in equity of UCRP

     —          —          —          (2,078     (2,078

Payments on long-term borrowings, capital lease and financing obligations, net

     (5,822     —          —          —          (5,822
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     (65,376     —          (4,156     2,078        (67,454
                                        

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,761     (1,425     (74     —          (6,260

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     83,760        3,719        319        —          87,798   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 78,999      $ 2,294      $ 245      $ —        $ 81,538   
                                        

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

     Nine months ended September 28, 2008  
       Parent     Guarantors    Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

UNAUDITED

           

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

   $ 193,370      $ 1,336    $ 5,630      $ (2,582   $ 197,754   

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Property and equipment acquisitions

     (97,382     —        (655     —          (98,037

Proceeds relating to capital reimbursements

     2,136        —          —          2,136   
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

     (95,246     —        (655     —          (95,901
                                       

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Payment of partner distributions

     (37,136     —        (5,164     5,164        (37,136

Receipt of partner contributions for capital projects

     28,676        —        —          —          28,676   

Distributions of noncontrolling interest in equity of UCRP

     —          —        —          (2,582     (2,582

Payments on long-term borrowings, capital lease and financing obligations, net

     (4,670     —        —          —          (4,670
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     (13,130     —        (5,164     2,582        (15,712
                                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     84,994        1,336      (189     —          86,141   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     124,046        3,310      518        —          127,874   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 209,040      $ 4,646    $ 329      $ —        $ 214,015   
                                       

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31, 2008  
     Parent     Guarantors    Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

   $ 187,651      $ 409    $ 5,934      $ (2,661   $ 191,333   

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Property and equipment acquisitions

     (136,199     —        (811     —          (137,010

Proceeds relating to capital reimbursements

     2,136        —          —          2,136   
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

     (134,063     —        (811     —          (134,874
                                       

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Payment of partner distributions

     (117,880     —        (5,322     5,322        (117,880

Receipt of partner contributions for capital projects

     28,676        —        —          —          28,676   

Distributions of noncontrolling interest in equity of UCRP

     —          —        —          (2,661     (2,661

Payments on long-term borrowings, capital lease and financing obligations, net

     (375     —        —          —          (375

Payments for financing costs

     (4,295     —        —          —          (4,295
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     (93,874     —        (5,322     2,661        (96,535
                                       

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (40,286     409      (199     —          (40,076

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     124,046        3,310      518        —          127,874   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 83,760      $ 3,719    $ 319      $ —        $ 87,798   
                                       

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31, 2007  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

   $ 236,067      $ 2,207      $ 6,789      $ (3,545   $ 241,518   

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Property and equipment acquisitions

     (60,519     (14     (379     —          (60,912

Proceeds relating to capital reimbursements

     6,898        —            —          6,898   

Contributions to investments in unconsolidated entities

     (3,655     —          —          —          (3,655

Proceeds relating to notes receivable from sale of property and equipment

     4,890        —          —          —          4,890   

Proceeds relating to sale of property and equipment

     3,058        —          —          —          3,058   
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

     (49,328     (14     (379     —          (49,721
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Payment of partner distributions

     (113,318     —          (7,090     7,090        (113,318

Distributions of noncontrolling interest in equity of UCRP

     —          —          —          (3,545     (3,545

Payments on long-term borrowings, capital lease and financing obligations, net

     (13,677     —          —          —          (13,677
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     (126,995     —          (7,090     3,545        (130,540
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     59,744        2,193        (680     —          61,257   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     64,302        1,117        1,198        —          66,617   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 124,046      $ 3,310      $ 518      $ —        $ 127,874   
                                        

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31, 2006  
     Parent     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Elimination     Total  

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for) operating activities

   $ 162,067      $ (80   $ 6,896      $ (2,962   $ 165,921   

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Property and equipment acquisitions

     (45,153     —          (160     —          (45,313

Contributions to investments in unconsolidated entities

     (129     —          —          —          (129

Proceeds relating to sale of property and equipment

     1,150        —          —          —          1,150   
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities

     (44,132     —          (160     —          (44,292
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Payment of partner distributions

     (61,894     —          (5,924     5,924        (61,894

Distributions of noncontrolling interest in equity of UCRP

     —          —          —          (2,962     (2,962

Payments on long-term borrowings, capital lease and financing obligations, net

     (36,989     —          —          —          (36,989
                                        

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     (98,883     —          (5,924     2,962        (101,845
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     19,052        (80     812        —          19,784   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     45,250        1,197        386        —          46,833   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 64,302      $ 1,117      $ 1,198      $ —        $ 66,617   
                                        

17. Quarterly data (unaudited)

UCDP’s quarterly results are subject to seasonal variations. UCDP’s quarterly financial data is as follows (in thousands):

 

     First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
   Fourth
Quarter

2008

          

Operating revenues

   $ 207,305      $ 241,868    $ 262,317    $ 211,862

Operating income

     24,317        44,659      71,609      39,846

Net income attributable to the Partners

     1,096        20,236      46,910      7,498

2007

          

Operating revenues

   $ 186,593      $ 260,577    $ 266,685    $ 217,988

Operating income

     9,039        60,423      80,658      40,678

Net (loss) income attributable to the Partners

     (18,514     36,312      57,274      16,816

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

The quarterly results above were impacted by the following discrete transactions:

 

  (1) Amounts related to 2008 operating revenues were adjusted from that previously filed on Form 10-Q due to reclassifications of certain revenues attributable to UPRV. This had no impact on operating income or net income.

 

  (2) During the fourth quarter of 2008, UCDP recorded a loss of $5,200,000 related to its interest rate swaps which became ineffective (see note 6).

 

  (3) During the second quarter of 2007, UCDP recorded a gain of $2,776,000 related to a land sale (see note 14).

18. Events subsequent to date of auditor’s report (unaudited)

In April 2009, the Company paid distributions to the Partners totaling $33,368,000 for their expected payments of income taxes based on the Company’s financial results. These distributions are required per the UCDP partnership agreement. Additionally, the Company made other distributions to Holdings of $36,479,000 during the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily to fund Holdings’ interest payments. These amounts exclude the distribution discussed below that allowed Holdings to repurchase the May 2010 notes.

In June 2009, the Company settled all of the property tax assessment disputes described in note 13 for an amount that is not material to its financial statements. The description of these disputes in note 13 is provided solely as historical background information.

On October 20, 2009, the Company announced that it amended the Consultant Agreement (the “2009 Amendment”). Under the prior Consultant Agreement, starting in June 2010, the Consultant had the right, upon 90 days notice, to terminate the Company’s obligation to make periodic payments thereunder and receive instead one cash payment equal to the fair market value of the Consultant’s interest in the revenue streams in the Orlando parks and any comparable projects that were open at that time for at least one year (the “Put Payment”). Under the terms of the 2009 Amendment, the earliest exercise date for the Put Payment is June 2017. If the Put Payment is exercised, the Consultant will be precluded from competing or consulting with another theme park for a period of five years after exercise and allows the Company the right to use ideas generated during the term of the Consultant Agreement without further payment. In addition, the 2009 Amendment established a formula-based method that includes a risk premium of 6.5% with respect to the Orlando parks to determine the amount of the Put Payment and modified terms related to comparable projects so that in addition to the existing comparable park, the four contemplated comparable parks are vested immediately for purposes of the quarterly consulting fee payments but each such contemplated comparable park must still be open for at least one year at the time the Put Payment is exercised in order for such project to be included in the Put Payment. The Consultant Agreement allows the Consultant to make a one-time election to fix the values for certain inputs into the aforementioned formula to establish a minimum amount for the one-time payment to the Consultant (the “Alternative Payment”) in the event that the date the Consultant gives notice to terminate his right to receive compensation under the Consultant Agreement is at least 90 days before March 31, 2018. On January 15, 2010, the Consultant made this election. Accordingly, 90 days after January 15, 2010, the Company expects to know the amount of the Alternative Payment. The 2009 Amendment also provides the Consultant a second-priority lien over UCDP’s real and tangible personal property to secure the Company’s periodic and one-time payment obligations and caps the Company’s ability to incur secured borrowings to an amount equal to the greater of $975 million and 3.75x UCDP’s EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities). In connection with the 2009 Amendment, NBC Universal, Inc. will guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Consultant Agreement and the Company amended its partnership agreement to increase the special fee paid to VUE thereunder through 2017 from 5.0% to 5.25%.

On October 22, 2009, our partners entered into an amendment to the second amended and restated partners’ agreement (the “Partners’ Amendment”). Pursuant to a right of first refusal provision in the Partners’ Agreement, as so amended, if either Blackstone or Vivendi Universal Entertainment desires to sell its ownership interest in Universal City Florida Holding Co. I and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, it shall make a binding offer,

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

specifying the proposed sale price, to sell to the other its entire interest in each of Universal City Florida Holding Co. I and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II. The non-offering partner will then have 90 days after receipt of an offer to accept the offer to sell (the “Initial Offer Period”). If the non-offering partner declines the opportunity to purchase, for offers made after the first anniversary of the effective date of a credit agreement expected to be entered into among Blackstone and certain specified lenders (the “Anniversary Date”), the offering party has the right to market both parties’ interest in Holdings to third parties, and both parties are required to sell their interests if a third party offers a price that is at least 90% of the price for both parties’ interests that is imputed from the offer made by the first party to the second party (i.e., as long as Vivendi Universal Entertainment and Blackstone each own 50% of Holdings, then both parties are required to sell to a third party that offers at least 180% of the price quoted by either party to the other party) (such third-party sale option, the “Drag-Along Option”). If the interests in Holdings are not sold to a third party pursuant to the Drag-Along Option by the earlier of the date that is 270 days from the end of the Initial Offer Period and the date on which both the offering party and the other party agree in writing to abandon the third party sale, then the offering party shall be prohibited from making another offer to the other party for a period of one year from the expiration date of the Initial Offer Period, and during such year, the other party may agree to sell its ownership interest without being subject to the offer provisions in the Partners’ Agreement (such sale right, the “Unrestricted Resale”). The Drag-Along Option and the Unrestricted Resale will not be effective until the first anniversary of the Anniversary Date.

On November 6, 2009, the Company completed a private placement of $400,000,000 8.875% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “2015 notes”) and $225,000,000 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “2016 notes”). The 2015 notes were issued at 98.856%, while the 2016 notes were issued at 98.796%. Also, on November 6, 2009, the Company renewed its 2004 senior secured credit agreement. The renewed senior secured credit agreement provides for term loans with an aggregate principal balance totaling $900,000,000 and a revolving credit facility of up to $75,000,000. This represents an increase in the aggregate principal balance of $391,000,000 as it relates to the term loans, while the renewal decreased the revolver from $100,000,000 to $75,000,000. Under the renewed senior secured credit agreement the term loans will mature in 2014 and the revolving facility will mature in 2013. The term loans are repayable in quarterly installments of 0.25% of the initial amount of the term loan, with the first installment due on March 31, 2010. The term loans may be voluntarily prepaid and are subject to mandatory prepayments of 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales and from the sale or issuance of indebtedness, in each case subject to certain exceptions, and of 50% of our excess cash flow for each fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2010. The Company can choose the applicable interest rate on both the term loans and the revolving credit facility. The Company may choose between a base rate (calculated as the highest of the prime rate, and LIBOR plus 1.00%, provided that the base rate will never be less than 3.25%) or LIBOR (provided that LIBOR will never be less than 2.25%), in each case plus a specified margin. The specified margin for the revolving facility is 3.25% in the case of the base rate loans and 4.25% in the case of LIBOR loans. As a result of the private placements and renewal, the Company incurred costs of approximately $61,000,000 of which approximately $25,000,000 were expensed while approximately $36,000,000 were capitalized as deferred finance costs.

With the proceeds from the private placements and renewal discussed above, the April 2010 notes were either tendered by the early settlement deadline of November 5, 2009 or redeemed on December 23, 2009. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt equal to $4,263,000 as a result of the repurchase of the April 2010 notes which includes fees paid of $2,935,000. Additionally, the Company paid dividends and deferred special fees of approximately $358,000,000 and $94,204,000, respectively, to Holdings which enabled Holdings to repurchase or redeem all of the May 2010 notes (including premiums and fees).

On November 6, 2009, the equity holders of Holding I and Holding II that are controlled by Blackstone entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(Continued)

 

party thereto with respect to a senior secured term loan in the amount of $305,000,000, the proceeds of which were used to refinance term loans made to the equity holders of Holding I and Holding II that are controlled by Blackstone by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. concurrently with the consummation of the amendment of our 2004 senior secured credit agreement, to pre-fund interest and amortization reserves with respect to the term loans thereunder and to pay related fees and expenses.

In November 2009, the Company sold a parcel of land which resulted in a gain of $5,155,000.

Subsequent events were evaluated through October 20, 2009 and again through January 20, 2010, the issuance dates of the consolidated financial statements included in the September 27, 2009 Form 10-Q and this Form S-4, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED TO OFFEREES OR PURCHASERS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We are a Florida limited partnership. Neither the partnership laws in the State of Florida nor our partnership agreement explicitly require insurance or indemnification of officers or directors. The representatives on the Parks Advisory Board receive directors’ and officers’ insurance through us, and Vivendi Universal Entertainment insures the shared officers who are employed by Vivendi Universal Entertainment. Our directors’ and officers’ insurance also affords coverage for certain officers against liability incurred while acting in their capacities.

UCDP Finance, Inc. is a Florida corporation. Section 607.0850(1) of the Florida Business Corporation Act empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party to any proceeding (other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding, including any appeal thereof, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Subsection (2) of 607.0850(1) provides that a corporation shall have power to indemnify any person, who was or is a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses and amounts paid in settlement not exceeding, in the judgment of the board of directors, the estimated expense of litigating the proceeding to conclusion, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, including any appeal thereof. Such indemnification shall be authorized if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this subsection in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable unless, and only to the extent that, the court in which such proceeding was brought, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

    3.1      Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. dated as of June 5, 2002, between Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, as sole general partner, and Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, as sole limited partner
    3.2      First Amendment dated May 25, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. dated as of June 5, 2002, between Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, as sole general partner, and Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, as sole limited partner

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

    3.3      Second Amendment dated November 7, 2007 to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. dated as of June 5, 2002, between Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, as sole general partner, and Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, as sole limited partner
    3.4      Third Amendment dated October 18, 2009 to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. dated as of June 5, 2002, between Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, as sole general partner, and Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, as sole limited partner
    3.5      Articles of Incorporation of UCDP Finance, Inc.
    3.6      Bylaws of UCDP Finance, Inc.
    4.1      Indenture relating to the 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., UCDP Finance, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
    4.2      Indenture relating to the 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., UCDP Finance, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
    4.3      Registration Rights Agreement relating to the 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., UCDP Finance, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    4.4      Registration Rights Agreement relating to the 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., UCDP Finance, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    4.5      Subordination Agreement relating to the 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 dated as of November 6, 2009, among Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Property Management II LLC, Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
    4.6      Subordination Agreement relating to the 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 dated as of November 6, 2009, among Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Property Management II LLC, Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
**5.1      Opinion Letter of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
  10.1      Advisory Services Agreement effective as of January 1, 2002, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and Blackstone Management Partners L.P.
  10.2      License Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002, among Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Studios, Inc., Universal City Property Management Company II and Universal City Development Partners, LP
  10.3      First Amendment dated May 25, 2007 to the License Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002, among Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Studios LLLP, Universal City Property Management Company II LLC and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
  10.4      Joinder Agreement dated January 15, 2010 among Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Studios LLLP, Universal City Property Management II LLC, Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and USI Asset Transfer LLC
*10.5      License Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007, among Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  10.6      UCF Hotel Venture Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998, between Universal City Development Partners, Universal City Florida Partners and UCF Hotel Venture
  10.7      First Amendment dated June 12, 1998 to UCF Hotel Venture Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998, between Universal City Development Partners, Universal City Florida Partners and UCF Hotel Venture
  10.8      Second Amendment dated February 20, 2001 to UCF Hotel Venture Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998, between Universal City Development Partners, LP and UCF Hotel Venture
  10.9      Amendment dated May 29, 2003 to UCF Hotel Venture Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCF Hotel Venture
  10.10    Third Amendment dated May 31, 2005 to UCF Hotel Venture Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCF Hotel Venture
  10.11    Universal Orlando Long-Term Growth Plan
  10.12    Universal City Development Partners, LP Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives
  10.13    Amendment to Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives
  10.14    Amended and Restated Post-2004 Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives
  10.15    Universal Orlando 401(k) Retirement Plan
  10.16    Amendment Number One to Universal Orlando 401(k) Retirement Plan
  10.17    The SchwabPlan ® Directed Employee Benefit Trust Agreement
  10.18    Employment Agreement dated April 17, 2006, between Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and John R. Sprouls
  10.19    Amendment to Employment Agreement of John R. Sprouls dated January 29, 2009
  10.20    Amendment to Employment Agreement of John R. Sprouls dated November 11, 2009
  10.21    Employment Agreement dated October 8, 2007, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and Richard T. Florell
  10.22    Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2006, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and William A. Davis
  10.23    Employment Agreement Option Letter of William A. Davis dated May 22, 2008
  10.24    Employment Agreement dated March 13, 2006, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and Tracey L. Stockwell
  10.25    Amendment to Employment Agreement of Tracey L. Stockwell dated January 23, 2007
  10.26    Employment Agreement Option Letter of Tracey L. Stockwell dated September 16, 2008

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  10.27    Employment Agreement dated May 12, 2008, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and Peter C. Giacalone
  10.28    Employment Agreement dated July 28, 2008, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and Alice A. Norsworthy
  10.29    Employment Agreement dated April 27, 2009, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and Catherine A. Roth
  10.30    Form Universal Orlando Employment Agreement
  10.31    GE 1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10.32    GE 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10.33    GE Stock Option Grant Agreement dated July 15, 2004
  10.34    GE Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement dated July 15, 2004
  10.35    GE Stock Option Grant Agreement dated April 21, 2006
  10.36    GE Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement dated April 21, 2006
  10.37    2007 GE Stock Option Grant Agreement
  10.38    2007 GE Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement
  10.39    2008 GE Stock Option Grant Agreement
  10.40    2008 GE Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement
  10.41    2009 GE Stock Option Grant Agreement
  10.42    2009 GE Supplemental Stock Option Grant Agreement
  10.43    Universal Orlando Annual Incentive Plan
  10.44    Agreement of Limited Partnership of JB/Universal City Restaurant Partners, L.P. dated as of September 11, 1997, between Universal City Development Partners and Margaritaville Holdings LLC
  10.45    Amendment No. 1 dated July 1, 1998 to Agreement of Limited Partnership of JB/Universal City Restaurant Partners, L.P. dated as of September 11, 1997, between Universal City Development Partners and Margaritaville Holdings LLC
  10.46    Amendment No. 2 dated April 18, 2000 to Agreement of Limited Partnership of JB/Universal City Restaurant Partners, L.P. dated as of September 11, 1997, between Universal City Development Partners, LP and Margaritaville Holdings LLC
  10.47    Amendment No. 3 dated January 9, 2004 to Agreement of Limited Partnership of JB/Universal City Restaurant Partners, L.P. dated as of September 11, 1997, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and Margaritaville Holdings LLC
  10.48    Refunding Cooperation Agreement dated as of August 12, 2002, between the City of Orlando Florida, City of Orlando, Florida Community Redevelopment Agency and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
*10.49    Consultant Agreement dated January 20, 1987, between the Consultant and Universal City Florida Partners
  10.50    Amendment dated February 5, 2001 to the Consultant Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987, between the Consultant and Universal City Florida Partners

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

*10.51    Letter Agreement dated July 15, 2003, among Diamond Lane Productions, Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
*10.52    Amendment dated October 18, 2009 to the Consultant Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987, among Diamond Lane Productions, Inc. and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
  10.53    Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 6, 2003, by Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP in favor of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
*10.54    Formal Agreement dated as of April 21, 1994, between Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. and MCA Inc.
  10.55    First Amendment dated October 1, 1997 to Formal Agreement dated as of April 21, 1994, between Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. and MCA Inc.
  10.56    Second Amendment dated August 4, 2009 to Formal Agreement dated as of April 21, 1994, between Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. and USI Asset Transfer LLC
*10.57    Marvel Agreement dated March 22, 1994, between MCA Inc. and Marvel Entertainment Group
*10.58    First Amendment dated September 29, 1995 to Marvel Agreement dated March 22, 1994, between MCA Inc. and Marvel Characters, Inc.
  10.59    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (and as collateral agent) and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent
  10.60    Intercreditor Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Diamond Lane Productions, Inc. and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
  10.61    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2004, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as JPMorgan Chase Bank), as administrative agent (and as collateral agent) and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent
  10.62    Transaction Agreement dated as of December 9, 2004, by and among Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., Universal City Property Management II LLC, USI Entertainment Inc., Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, Universal Studios, Inc., NBC Universal, Inc., Universal City Florida Holding Co. I and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II
  10.63    Capital Contribution Agreement dated as of February 29, 2008, by and among Blackstone UTP Capital LLC, Blackstone UTP Capital A LLC, Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital LLC, Blackstone Family Media III LLC, Universal City Property Management II LLC, Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., Universal City Florida Holding Co. I and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II
  12.1      Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges for the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
  14.1      Universal City Development Partners, Ltd and UCDP Finance, Inc. Code of Conduct
  14.2      General Electric Company Code of Conduct
  21.1      List of Subsidiaries of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc.
  23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
  23.2      Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  24.1      Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to the Registration Statement)
  25.1      Form T-1 with respect to the Senior Notes Indenture
  25.2      Form T-1 with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture
  99.1      Form of Letter of Transmittal
  99.2      Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
  99.3      Form of Letter to Clients
  99.4      Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees

 

* Filed with confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions were omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
** To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 22. Undertakings

 

(1) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(2) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement; to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; to reflect in the prospectus any facts or event arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Orlando, State of Florida, on January 20, 2010.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.,
By:   /s/    T RACEY L. S TOCKWELL        
Name:    Tracey L. Stockwell
Title:   Principal Financial Officer
UCDP FINANCE, INC.,
By:   /s/    T RACEY L. S TOCKWELL        
Name:    Tracey L. Stockwell
Title:   Principal Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John R. Sprouls and Tracey L. Stockwell and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    J OHN R. S PROULS        

John R. Sprouls

  

Principal executive officer of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc.

  January 20, 2010

/s/    T RACEY L. S TOCKWELL        

Tracey L. Stockwell

  

Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc.

  January 20, 2010

/s/    T HOMAS L. W ILLIAMS        

Thomas L. Williams

  

Park Advisory Board Representative and Director of UCDP Finance, Inc.

  January 20, 2010

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    C HRISTY R. S HIBATA        

Christy R. Shibata

  

Park Advisory Board Representative

  January 20, 2010

/s/    S ALIL K. M EHTA        

Salil K. Mehta

  

Park Advisory Board Representative

  January 20, 2010

/s/    M ICHAEL S. C HAE        

Michael S. Chae

  

Park Advisory Board Representative and Director of UCDP Finance, Inc.

  January 20, 2010

/s/    J ILL G REENTHAL        

Jill Greenthal

  

Park Advisory Board Representative

  January 20, 2010

/s/    S EAN T. K LIMCZAK        

Sean T. Klimczak

  

Park Advisory Board Representative

  January 20, 2010

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the guarantor has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Orlando, State of Florida, on January 20, 2010.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS,
By:   /s/    T RACEY L. S TOCKWELL        
Name:    Tracey L. Stockwell
Title:   Principal Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John R. Sprouls and Tracey L. Stockwell and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    J OHN R. S PROULS        

John R. Sprouls

  

Principal executive officer of Universal City Travel Partners

  January 20, 2010

/s/    T RACEY L. S TOCKWELL        

Tracey L. Stockwell

  

Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer of Universal City Travel Partners

  January 20, 2010

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the guarantor has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Orlando, State of Florida, on January 20, 2010.

 

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE,
By:   /s/    T RACEY L. S TOCKWELL        
Name:    Tracey L. Stockwell
Title:   Principal Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John R. Sprouls and Tracey L. Stockwell and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    J OHN R. S PROULS        

John R. Sprouls

  

Principal executive officer of Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store

  January 20, 2010

/s/    T RACEY L. S TOCKWELL        

Tracey L. Stockwell

  

Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer of Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store

  January 20, 2010

 

II-10

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. (the “Agreement”) a Florida limited partnership (the “Partnership”) is made and entered into as of June 5, 2002, by and between two Florida general partnerships, Universal City Florida Holding Co. II (“Holding II”), in its capacity as the sole general partner of the Partnership and Universal City Florida Holding Co.I (“Holding I”), in its capacity as the sole limited partner of the Partnership. Additional parties to this Agreement, in their individual capacities, are the following entities:

A. The five constituents of Holding II, namely Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blackstone UTP”), Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blackstone UTP A”), Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Blackstone Offshore”), and Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blackstone FMP” and, together with Blackstone Offshore, Blackstone UTP A, and Blackstone UTP, the “Blackstone Partners”) and Universal City Property Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“UniCo”) which was formed upon the conversion of Universal City Property Management Company II, a Delaware corporation in connection with the Transaction (defined below); and

B. The five constituents of Holding I, namely the Blackstone Partners and UniCo, as successor to Universal City Property Management Company, a Delaware corporation which merged with and into UniCo in connection with the Transaction (defined below); and

C. Universal Studios, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Universal Parent”) that, immediately prior to the Merger (as defined below), through a series of conveyances (collectively, the “Transaction”), transferred its interest in UniCo to USI Entertainment, Inc. (“USIE”) which shall, on or about April 24, 2002, convey such interest to Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“VUE”). After consummation of the transaction, VUE will directly or indirectly own all of the membership interests in UniCo. Universal Parent now owns all of the outstanding shares of USI Entertainment, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is the sole general partner of, and on consummation of the Transaction will be the owner of an approximately 93% partnership interest in VUE. For purposes of this Agreement, as between USIE or VUE, the owner of the member’s interest in UniCo shall be referred to as the “UniCo Parent.”

The entities, other than Holding II and Holding I, named in clauses A, B and C above, are not partners in the Partnership. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event shall the entities, other than Holding II and Holding I, named in clauses A, B and C above, any Representative (as defined in Subsection 11(a)), or the Manager (as defined in Subsection 11(d)), be considered a partner of the Partnership by agreement, estoppel, as a result of the performance of its duties, or otherwise.


WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Universal Parent and UniCo Parent are diversified international companies directly and indirectly engaged in the production and distribution of theatrical motion pictures and television product, non-theatrical film activities, merchandising and publishing of film properties, other business activities, and operation of the Universal Studios Tour in Los Angeles, California; and

WHEREAS, the Blackstone Partners were organized for the purpose of acquiring and owning partnership interests in Holding II and in Holding I; and

WHEREAS, the Blackstone Partners are affiliates of Blackstone Capital Partners III Merchant Banking Fund, L.P. and its affiliates (“Blackstone Parent”); and

WHEREAS, Holding I is the sole limited partner of Universal City Development Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“UCDP-DEL”) and Holding II is the sole general partner of UCDP-DEL; and

WHEREAS, Holding I is the sole limited partner of the Partnership and Holding II is the sole general partner of the Partnership; and

WHEREAS, Holding I and Holding II desired to merge UCDP-DEL and the Partnership (the “Merger”), with the Partnership being the surviving partnership pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 30, 2002 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the partners desire to amend and restate the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership to be effective as of the Effective Time of the Merger as set forth in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, UCDP-DEL owns a project (“Project 1”) consisting of a motion picture and television themed tourist attraction (“Gate 1”), sound stages and a motion picture and television studio (the “Studio”) and related activities; and

WHEREAS, Project 1, together with support facilities such as access roads and water courses, is located on a site (“Project 1 Site”) consisting of approximately 148.2 acres; and

WHEREAS, UCDP-DEL owns a project (“Project 2”) consisting of a gated themed tourist attraction (“Gate 2”), a retail commercial development known as City Walk, and additional land which may be developed for hotels, restaurants, offices, commercial facilities and recreational facilities; and

WHEREAS, the land comprising Project 1 and Project 2 is hereinafter referred to as the “Master Site” and consists of approximately 821.02 acres located in the Orlando, Florida area and known as “Universal Orlando”, and the Master Site (including any improvements now or hereafter located on any portion thereof) is sometimes referred to as the “Combined Project”; and

WHEREAS, Project 1 was developed and operated by a general partnership organized under the laws of the State of Florida known as Universal City Florida Partners (“UCFP”); the date of

 

2


January 1, 1987 was denominated as the commencement date for UCFP and said date is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Project 1 Commencement Date”; and

WHEREAS, Project 2 was developed and operated by a general partnership organized under the laws of the State of Florida known as Universal City Development Partners (“UCDP”); the date of August 14, 1995 was denominated as the commencement date for UCDP and said date is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Project 2 Commencement Date”; and

WHEREAS, the parties have determined to operate the Combined Project through one entity upon consummation of the Merger which is this Partnership; and

WHEREAS, since its formation, UCDP-DEL has operated the Combined Project; and

WHEREAS, the constituents of Holding II and Holding I as well as Universal Parent have entered into an Amended and Restated Partners’ Agreement dated as of July 27, 2000 and amended as of the date hereof (the “Partners’ Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Holding II, Holding I, and this Partnership are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Related Partnerships”.

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1. Effective Date: Partnership Name: Partners: Initial Capitalization: Agent: Purpose; Representation. This Agreement becomes effective on June 5, 2002 (the “Effective Date”). Holding II and Holding I (each a “Partner” and collectively, the “Partners”) hereby continue the Partnership as a limited partnership under and pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of the Florida Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (1986), F.S.ss.620.101, et seq., as amended from time to time (the “Act”), and agree — — that the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as otherwise provided this Agreement.

(a) The name of the Partnership is Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

(b) Holding II is the sole general partner of the Partnership. The business address of Holding II is c/o Universal Orlando, 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, Florida 32819.

(c) Holding I is the sole limited partner of the Partnership. The business address of Holding I is c/o Universal Orlando, 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, Florida 32819.

(d) The registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the state of Florida is CT Corporation System. The address of the registered agent of the Partnership in the state of Florida is 1200 South Pine Island Road, Plantation, Florida 33324 and the address for the registered office of the Partnership in the state of Florida is 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, Florida 32819.

 

3


(e) The purpose of the Partnership shall be to own, develop, operate, dispose of and derive profit from both Project 1 and Project 2, which shall be operated on an integrated basis, and to carry on any business relating thereto or arising therefrom, and anything incidental or necessary thereto.

(f) The Partnership, and Holding II on behalf of the Partnership, may perform the Credit Agreement (as defined in Section 7 below) and any other agreements described therein or contemplated thereby and any amendments thereto without any further act, vote or approval of any person or entity, including any Partner, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement. Holding II is hereby authorized to enter into the agreements described in the preceding sentence on behalf of the Partnership, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the authority of Holding II.

2. License to use “Universal”. UniCo hereby (if applicable) licenses and shall cause to be licensed to the Partnership the right to use “Universal” as the name of the Master Site on a non-exclusive basis and at no cost to the Partnership; this license shall not limit or impair Universal Parent’s, UniCo Parent’s (or their respective affiliates’) rights in said word; Universal Parent, UniCo Parent and their respective affiliates shall be free to use (and license others to use) “Universal.” Unless consented to by the entity or entities licensing to the Partnership the right to use “Universal” (or their successors), the word “Universal” shall cease to be used with respect to the Master Site after a period of 30 months from the date when, regardless of the reason (i) UniCo is no longer a wholly-owned subsidiary of Universal Parent, UniCo Parent or any of their respective affiliates; or (ii) neither UniCo, UniCo Parent nor Universal Parent, nor any wholly owned subsidiary (regardless of tier) of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, nor any buyer or transferee in connection with the sale or transfer of all or substantially all the assets of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, is a partner in the Partnership or is a partner in a partnership which is a partner in the Partnership. Unless consented to by the entity or entities licensing to the Partnership the right to use “Universal’ (or their successors), the word “Universal” shall also cease to be used with respect respectively to Project I and/or Project 2 after a period of 30 months from the date when, regardless of the reason, the Partnership ceases to be the owner respectively of Project 1 and/or Project 2. During any 30 month period referred to above in this Section 2, UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their affiliates shall have such limited rights as are reasonably required by them in order to protect their trademark and tradename interests in the name “Universal”. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the entity(ies) which grant the right to use the name “Universal” to the Partnership with respect to third party claims arising out of the Partnership’s use thereof. Except as provided above, Holding II shall have no interest in “Universal” other than as a Partner and shall have no right to convey any interest therein, nor shall the Blackstone Partners have any such interest or right.

3. Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be Orlando, Florida, or at such other places as Holding II shall designate.

4. Term. The term of the Partnership as a Florida limited partnership began as of the date the initial Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership was filed with the Department of State of the state of Florida and shall be indefinite in duration, subject to the provisions for dissolution hereinafter set forth and as provided in the Act; provided, that as a result of and effective upon the Merger, the Partnership has assumed all of the rights, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of UCDP-DEL. No Partner shall terminate the Partnership or seek a

 

4


dissolution of the Partnership, except in both cases under circumstances expressly authorized elsewhere in this Agreement. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until its termination in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

5. Non-Waiver of Rights. This Agreement shall not constitute a termination, waiver, release, abandonment or surrender of any rights which may have accrued in favor of the Partnership (including its predecessors) or in favor of the Blackstone Partners or UniCo prior to the date hereof; such rights and claims thereunder shall remain in existence despite the execution and delivery of this Agreement and none of such entities shall be estopped from asserting any such rights or claims as a result of the execution of this Agreement. The preceding provisions of this Section 5 shall not be construed to revive any rights or claims which were it not for this Agreement would have been deemed to have been terminated, waived, released, abandoned or surrendered.

6. Limitation on Holding I. Except as expressly specified in this Agreement, Holding I shall have no right to participate in the management or control of the Partnership or to act on behalf of the Partnership or to bind the Partnership. Holding II acting alone shall have the exclusive right to manage and control the Partnership and shall have all of the rights and powers of a general partner under the Act, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, Holding II acting alone, may execute all documents, instruments, and agreements on behalf of, and bind, the Partnership and no party shall have any duty to inquire as to the power or authority to execute and deliver any document on behalf of Partnership.

7. Loan Arrangements. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1999 by and between UCDP-DEL, the lending institutions identified therein and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of July 27, 2000, Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of December 19, 2001 and Amendment No. 3 thereto dated as of March 25, 2002 (the “Credit Agreement”), the Partnership, as debtor, is subject to certain obligations and restrictions. If the Partnership enters into loan arrangements which are different than the Credit Agreement, the Partners agree to act reasonably to amend those provisions of this Agreement which were drafted to reflect the Credit Agreement so as to reflect the other loan.

8. Proprietary Rights.

(a) The term “Applicable Period” means the period during which all of the conditions specified in this sentence exist: the Partnership continues, and UniCo Parent or Universal Parent (or any of their respective affiliates) is a partner in Holding II or is a partner in a partnership which is a partner in Holding II, and the Partnership owns Gate 1 and Gate 2 (the “Subject Gates”). With respect to the last requirement in the preceding sentence that the Partnership own the Subject Gates, if the Partnership owns one of the two Gates, but does not own the other Gate (e.g. the Partnership owns Gate 1, but does not own Gate 2), the Applicable Period shall apply (assuming the other conditions in the first sentence of this Subsection 8(a) are met) with respect to the Gate which continues to be owned by the Partnership, and the Applicable Period shall not be deemed to continue to exist with respect to the Gate which is no longer owned by the Partnership. Therefore in the instance in which the Partnership owns one of the two Gates, the references in Subsections 8(a) and (b) to the Subject Gates shall be deemed changed to give effect to the continuation of the license (hereinafter referred to) to the Partnership only for the Gate which continues to be owned by the Partnership. If a transfer of an interest in Holding II pertaining to UniCo occurs which is permitted

 

5


under Section 21 of the partnership agreement of Holding II (other than a transfer pursuant to the Credit Agreement), the Applicable Period shall, notwithstanding the prior sentence, continue as long as the continuing or successor partner to UniCo and its affiliates in Holding II possess the rights which will enable it (them) to comply with this Subsection 8(a), and the references hereinafter in this Section 8 to UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and its (or their) affiliates shall be deemed also to refer to such continuing or successor partner and its affiliates in Holding II. During the Applicable Period, but subject to any contractual limitations imposed on it by third parties dealing with it at arm’s length and subject to the exercise of Universal Parent’s or UniCo Parent’s good business judgment exercised in good faith (with a view to both the Partnership and its other business interests), UniCo hereby licenses (if applicable) and shall (if applicable) license and shall cause its affiliates to license to the Partnership on a non-exclusive basis the right to use at the Subject Gates all proprietary and creative elements controlled by it or its affiliates (including without limitation, any such elements controlled by unaffiliated third persons and licensed to UniCo or its affiliate) required by the Subject Gates, without any charge to the Partnership, except that the Partnership shall be obligated to reimburse UniCo and/or its affiliates for any payments due any third person (other than any portion which, because of UniCo’s or its affiliate’s interest in such person, would inure to UniCo’s or its affiliate’s benefit provided however, that with respect to a person entitled to such payments which is not directly or indirectly 100% owned by UniCo’s ultimate parent, the reimbursement obligation of the Partnership shall include that percentage of the benefit inuring to such person as is equal to the percentage of such person which is not directly or indirectly owned by UniCo’s ultimate parent); if the foregoing payments to any third person cover the right to use any such elements at locations other than the Subject Gates, then the aforementioned reimbursement shall be an equitable portion of the payment to such third person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Applicable Period, UniCo, UniCo Parent and Universal Parent shall use their best efforts to ensure that the right to use all such proprietary and creative elements used at or otherwise made available at the Universal Studios Tour operated by an affiliate of Universal Parent in Los Angeles, California (the “Original Tour”) shall be licensed to the Subject Gates. To that end, UniCo, UniCo Parent and Universal Parent will keep Holding II and the Blackstone Partners apprised as to the status of any negotiations relating to the acquisition of proprietary and creative elements for possible new attractions at the Subject Gates and/or at the Original Tour and will advise Holding II and the Blackstone Partners if it appears that UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or affiliates of any of them will be able to acquire such rights and elements for the Original Tour but that difficulties have been encountered in acquiring such rights and elements for the Subject Gates, in which case Holding II and/or the Blackstone Partners will be entitled to participate in such negotiations if it so wishes. Nothing in this Agreement (other than this Section 8 and Section 31) shall limit or impair UniCo’s, UniCo Parent’s or Universal Parent’s (or their affiliate’s) rights in any elements which are the subject of this Section 8. UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their affiliates shall be free to use (and license others to use) any proprietary or creative elements licensed by UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliates to the Partnership, and except as specifically provided in this Agreement or in any partnership agreement of a Related Partnership neither Holding II nor the Blackstone Partners nor any of their respective affiliates shall have any right to use, or license others to use, any such elements. If UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliates develop an element for use at the Subject Gates and for use by UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or others elsewhere (such as at the Original Tour), the costs associated therewith, calculated in the same manner as reimbursable costs under Section 15, shall be equitably apportioned between UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliate (in UniCo’s, UniCo Parent’s, Universal Parent’s, or their affiliate’s own capacity) and the Partnership, and presumptively, if the element is used both elsewhere and at the Subject Gates, or is abandoned, the

 

6


costs would be divided equally between UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliate and the Partnership. UniCo, Holding I, Holding II, the Blackstone Partners, UniCo Parent and Universal Parent shall each be entitled to use (and license others to use)

(i) any elements developed solely by the Partnership, and

(ii) any elements developed by UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent or their affiliate (as specified in the prior sentence) for use elsewhere and at the Subject Gates for its own account (including, in the case of UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their affiliates, in the Original Tour and in other activities similar to the Subject Gates), at no cost, except UniCo, Holding I, Holding II, the Blackstone Partners, UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, as the case may be, will be obligated (whether or not such entity or an affiliate has an equity interest investment in the activity which uses such elements) to reimburse the Partnership for an equitable portion (which shall be recalculated at the time of each such new use) of the Partnership’s applicable design and development cost for elements used. If the entity required by the prior sentence to reimburse the Partnership does not have an equity interest in the activity which uses the elements, such entity will consider in good faith a request by the Partner which is not an affiliate of such entity to agree to increase the amount paid to the Partnership. The prior four sentences are subject to Section 31 below.

The Representatives (as defined in Subsection 11(a)) shall establish procedures to continuously maintain a register of any elements developed solely by the Partnership and the design and development costs incurred by the Partnership in connection with each such element.

(b) The rights and elements previously licensed to Gate 1 and Gate 2 by UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliates may continue to be utilized in the Subject Gates by the owner of the Subject Gates without charge after the Applicable Period for so long as the Subject Gates are operated at a quality level substantially consistent with the standards in effect immediately preceding the date upon which the Applicable Period ended, but only to the extent such rights and elements were utilized in the Subject Gates immediately preceding the date upon which the Applicable Period ended, provided, however, that UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their affiliates shall have, following the Applicable Period, such limited rights as are reasonably required by them in order to protect their trademark and trade name interests in any such rights and elements. Following the Applicable Period, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent and their respective affiliates shall continue to be entitled to be indemnified and held harmless by each successor owner of the Subject Gates as specified in Subsection (c) below. Each successor owner of the Subject Gates must agree to be bound by this Subsection (b) and Subsection (d) below and Section 29 as a condition to its continued use of the aforesaid rights and elements; each successor owner shall be bound by the preceding provisions of this Subsection (b) and Subsection (d) below and Section 29 even if it does not so agree (the provisions for agreement being to ease enforcement). Any rights and elements which as of the date upon which the Applicable Period ends are planned to be incorporated in a Major Facility (as that term is defined in Subsection 12(a)) at the Subject Gates which meets all of the following three criteria shall be deemed for purposes of this Subsection 8(b) to be “utilized in the Subject Gates immediately preceding the date upon which the Applicable Period ended”. The three criteria are (i) final plans and specifications have been approved by the Partnership for the Major Facility; (ii) a budget has been approved by the Partnership for the Major Facility based upon the approved final plans and specifications; and (iii) an announcement has been made to the general

 

7


public by the Partnership of its intent to construct the Major Facility incorporated in the aforementioned rights and elements. Furthermore, if any rights and elements are licensed by the Partnership from UniCo or its affiliates which are in turn controlled by third persons unaffiliated with UniCo and licensed to UniCo or UniCo’s affiliates, and if as of the date upon which the Applicable Period ends the Partnership has paid directly or indirectly more than a de minimis amount to acquire such rights from the unaffiliated third person, such rights shall also be deemed for purposes of this Section 8(b) to be “utilized in the Subject Gates immediately preceding the date upon which the Applicable Period ended”.

(c) The Partnership and each successor Subject Gates owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the entity which grants rights to the Partnership with respect to third party claims arising out of the Partnership’s or successor owner’s use thereof, with the Partnership and each successor owner being obligated with respect to acts or omissions claimed to have occurred during its respective ownership.

(d) Each Partner recognizes that UniCo’s affiliates will receive substantial benefits, including without limitation, publicity and promotional values and merchandising opportunities, from the use by the Partnership of their proprietary and creative elements and the name Universal, and no Partner nor the Partnership will make any claim against UniCo or its affiliates with respect to such benefits.

(e) Intentionally deleted.

(f) The term “Beyond Gate 2 Area” means those portions of Project 2 which are beyond Gate 2. All the above provisions of this Section 8 will be applied to the Beyond Gate 2 Area as if “Project 2” were substituted for “Subject Gates” except as follows:

(i) In the first sentence of Subsection 8(a) the phrase “and the Partnership owns Gate 1 and Gate 2 (the ‘Subject Gates’)” shall be changed to read “and the Partnership owns Gate 2.” The second and third sentences of Subsection 8 (a), which begin with the words “With respect to” and end with the words “continues to be owned by the Partnership” are surplusage and are therefore deemed deleted.

(ii) If at any date all the following conditions specified in this sentence (the “Required Conditions”) do not exist with respect to all or a portion of the Beyond Gate 2 Area:

the Partnership continues, and UniCo Parent or Universal Parent (or any of their respective affiliates) is a partner in Holding II or is a partner in a partnership which is a partner in Holding II, and the Partnership owns all the Beyond Gate 2 Area, or if it does not own all of such area, then it owns the relevant portion of the Beyond Gate 2 Area

then from and after such date, and notwithstanding that such date occurs during the Applicable Period, this Subsection 8(f) shall no longer be applicable to the portion of Beyond Gate 2 Area as to which all the Required Conditions do not exist.

 

8


9. Contracts With Interested Entities. Except as elsewhere provided in or permitted by this Agreement, the Partnership shall not enter into contracts with a partner of Holding II, an affiliate of such a partner, or the Manager (as defined in Subsection 11(d)) or affiliate of the Manager without the approval of the Representatives referred to in Section 11 below.

10. Joint Approval Matters. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the following matters shall require the written approval of Holding II and Holding I:

(a) Dissolution of the Partnership, sale, pledge or encumbrance of significant assets;

(b) Issuance of securities of, or interests in, the Partnership;

(c) Changes in the primary business of the Partnership;

(d) Any act which would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership;

(e) Assignment of Partnership property in trust for creditors or on the assignee’s promise to pay the debts of the Partnership, unless in connection with an abandonment of the business which has been authorized by all Partners; and

(f) Admission of any additional partner to the Partnership.

This Section 10 shall prevail over Sections 11, 12, and 13.

11. Representatives’ Approval Rights: Manager.

(a) The term “Blackstone Holding II Partners” means each of the Blackstone Holding II Partners (or their respective affiliate) in its capacity as general partner of Holding II. The term “UniCo Holding II Partner” means UniCo (or its affiliate) in its capacity as a general partner of Holding II. The term “Holding II Partner” means a general partner of Holding II. The Partnership shall be governed and managed by Holding II through six (6) representatives (hereinafter referred to as “Representative” or “Representatives”) of its partners, of whom three shall be designated from time to time by the Blackstone Holding II Partners (by notice to UniCo) (the “Blackstone Holding II Representatives”) and of whom three shall be designated from time to time by the UniCo Holding II Partner (by notice to the Blackstone Partners) (the “Universal Holding II Representatives”); one of the Blackstone Holding II Representatives shall be a senior executive of Blackstone Parent and one of the Universal Holding II Representatives shall be a senior executive of UniCo. One of the Blackstone Holding II Representatives shall be designated by Blackstone UTP A, one shall be designated by Blackstone UTP, and the remaining Blackstone Holding II Representative shall be designated by the Blackstone Partners. The first three Blackstone Holding II Representatives are Howard Lipson, Neil P. Simpkins and Jon Barnwell. The first three Universal Holding II Representatives designated by the UniCo Holding II Partner are Glenn J. Gumpel, William A. Sutman, and Thomas L. Williams. The vote of any Blackstone Holding II Representative or Representatives shall be deemed the vote (and approval or disapproval as the case may be) of the Blackstone Holding II Representatives and the Blackstone Holding II Representatives be shall

 

9


be bound by such vote notwithstanding that one or more of the Blackstone Holding II Representatives may not have been present, consulted, advised, or otherwise involved. The vote of any Universal Holding II Representative or Representatives shall be deemed the vote (and approval or disapproval as the case may be) of the Universal Holding II Representatives and the Universal Holding II Representatives be shall be bound by such vote notwithstanding that one or more of the Universal Holding II Representatives may not have been present, consulted, advised, or otherwise involved. All actions of the Representatives (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) shall be taken either (i) by a unanimous vote of the Representatives at a meeting which is attended by at least one Blackstone Holding II Representative and one Universal Holding II Representative; or (ii) by the unanimous written vote or written consent of the Representatives, which may be evidenced by the signature of any one Blackstone Holding II Representative and Universal Holding II Representative; or (iii) by the notice/proposal procedure specified below in this Section 11. Any Blackstone Holding II Representative or any Universal Holding II Representative may, by notice given to the other Holding II Partner(s) and to each of the other Holding II Partner(s)’ Representatives, propose that particular action be taken by the Representatives. Such proposal notice shall state in substance that it is a proposal to the Representatives for action to be taken by them and shall also constitute the vote (consent) of the Representatives making the proposal in favor of that proposal. If within 15 business days after the giving of the proposal notice, no Representative of the Holding II Partner(s) to whom the proposal notice was given has given a notice disapproving the proposal to the Representatives of the Holding II Partner(s) who gave the proposal notice, the Representatives of the Holding II Partner(s) to whom the proposal notice was sent will be conclusively deemed to have voted for and consented to the proposal (even if there were no incumbent Representatives of such Holding II Partner(s)) and accordingly the proposal shall be conclusively deemed to have been unanimously approved by the Representatives. Without derogating from the generality of Section 37 below, the method and procedures for giving notices including the address to which notices are to be sent and the computation of time are governed by said Section 37.

(b) Without derogating from the other powers of the Representatives, the Representatives must approve (in the manner specified in Subsection 11(a)), actions with respect to changing the area encompassed within the Master Site, the borrowing of funds, the repayment of borrowings or other liabilities out of the ordinary course of business, and the amending of the Credit Agreement, and the making of any elections and/or decisions to be made by the Partnership under the Credit Agreement. The Representatives must also approve the timing and amount of distributions to the Partners (other than those distributions mandated by Subsections 19(b) and 19(e) below and also other than the payment of the Special Fee to UniCo pursuant to Section 20 below or the

repayment of any loan, or the payment of any other obligation to a Partner).

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have the right or authority to bind the Partnership or any other Partner otherwise than pursuant to a determination made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.

(d) UniCo, or an affiliate of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent designated from time to time by UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, as applicable, will act as manager of the Combined Project (“Manager”), and the approval of the Representatives will not be required when the Manager acts in accordance with Section 13 below or other provisions of this Agreement expressly authorizing the Manager to act (except as specifically provided for in such Section 13 or elsewhere in this Agreement). The rights and obligations of the Partners and the Manager to each

 

10


other under this Agreement shall be governed by the fiduciary standards generally applicable to and between partners. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership will indemnify and hold harmless the Manager and its affiliates with respect to claims, liabilities, and costs incurred or arising on account of their good faith performance of the functions of the Manager. No entity other than UniCo may act as Manager unless such entity is an affiliate of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, and UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, as applicable, guarantees the performance by such affiliate of its managerial obligations, which guarantee shall be in substantially the same form and content as the guarantee contained in this Agreement by Universal Parent of the performance by UniCo of UniCo’s obligations. The rights and obligations of UniCo (or an affiliate of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent) as Manager will continue during the Partnership term but will terminate if and when neither UniCo Parent nor Universal Parent, nor any affiliate of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, is a partner (as long as Holding II is a Partner), or UniCo Holding II Partner becomes a minority partner or a Defaulting Partner in Holding II in accordance with the partnership agreement of Holding II. Upon UniCo (or an affiliate of UniCo) ceasing to be the Manager, the successor manager shall be designated by the Representatives. However, if UniCo’s or the affiliates of UniCo Parent’s or Universal Parent’s ceasing to be Manager occurs because of (i) UniCo affiliate which is a partner of Holding II becomes a minority partner as defined in the partnership agreement of Holding II, (ii) UniCo is a Defaulting Partner (as defined in the partnership agreement of Holding II) in Holding II, (iii) Manager defaults under this Agreement, or (iv) UniCo materially defaults with respect to its obligation under Section 8 of this Agreement after a reasonable time, and opportunity to cure, then in any event described in clauses (i) - (iv) of this sentence any of the Blackstone Partners or an affiliate of the Blackstone Partners (which affiliate is not an operating company) designated from time to time by the Blackstone Partners shall be the successor Manager.

12. Major Facility: CPI Escalation and Index.

(a) The term “Major Facility” as used in this Agreement refers to an individual Gate 1 or Studio or Project 2 facility or attraction having an estimated capital cost of $1,500,000 or more, provided, however that this figure of $1,500,000 shall be subject to “CPI Escalation”.

(b) The term “CPI Escalation” as used in this Agreement means multiplying the dollar figure which is the subject of the escalation by a fraction the denominator of which is the CPI Index for December, 1986 and the numerator of which is the CPI Index for the month prior to the month in which the particular determination, change or the like is made. The term “CPI Index” as used in this Agreement refers to the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the US Department of Labor for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, Miami, Florida (1982-84=100), “All Items.” If the compilation and/or publication of the CPI Index shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the Index most nearly the same as the CPI Index shall be used to make such calculation.

13. Continuing Operations.

(a) Subject to approval of the Representatives as and to the extent hereinafter provided, the Manager shall be responsible for supervision of the winding up of the construction phase of Project 2, including without limitation supervising the completion of punch list items and enforcement of guarantees, but Manager will not be a guarantor of the construction activities nor responsible for defects therein. The Representatives approved a “Claims Budget” of

 

11


$25,000,000, including contract balances, to deal with the pending and anticipated contract balances and claims from the winding up of the construction Phase of Project 2 (“Claims”). In connection with the resolution of such Claims, Manager shall be obligated to secure the approval of the Representatives before spending in excess of $1,000,000 to settle or resolve any Claim or group of Claims within any 30 day period. Manager shall consult with the Representatives as to the timing of any payments required to settle such Claims and shall secure the approval of its Representatives of any settlement or resolution of Claims that calls for disbursement of more than $1,000,000 within any 30 day period. Any changes to the Claims Budget shall require the consent of the Representatives, and Manager shall not exceed the Claims Budget in settling or resolving Claims. Manager shall provide the Representatives with quarterly reports on the status of the Claims and its efforts to resolve them and such other information with respect thereto as they may request. The Manager shall, with respect to the Combined Project, propose to the Representatives for their approval annual operating plans, annual operating budgets, annual capital expenditure plans, and annual capital expenditure budgets for each of Project I and Project 2. Each budget (of whatever type) shall include a 10% contingency factor. The Manager shall also propose to the Representatives for their approval the procedures to be followed by the Partnership in selecting contractors to be engaged by the Partnership. Subject to compliance with the aforesaid approved budgets and with the remaining provisions of this Section 13 and with Section 14, the day-to-day operation and control of the Combined Project will be performed by the Manager and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the Manager shall select the persons and entities to be engaged and employed in the operation of the Combined Project, cause the Partnership to enter into any and all contracts relating to the operation of the Combined Project, supervise the persons and entities rendering services in connection with the Combined Project, terminate personnel and contractors. The various facilities and attractions included in Gate I are, in the aggregate, classified as a single “Business Unit”; the various components of the Studio are, in the aggregate, classified as a single “Business Unit”; the facilities and areas of Project 1 which are not encompassed within Gate I or the Studio are, in the aggregate, classified as a single “Business Unit” but to the extent any such facilities and areas are incorporated into another Business Unit, such facilities and areas shall be treated as part of the Business Unit into which they are incorporated; the various facilities and attractions included in Gate 2 are, in the aggregate, classified as a single “Business Unit”; similarly, the various facilities and attractions included in City Walk are, in the aggregate, classified as another single “Business Unit”. As later phases in the development of land in the Beyond Gate 2 Area are reached, the Representatives, applying the same principles which are inherent in the previously defined examples of Business Units, shall determine which other facilities and attractions constitute other separate Business Units. Manager shall have the right to transfer budgetary funds within an approved budget (other than the Claims Budget) from one category to another pertaining to a Business Unit and its related activities, to make reasonable changes in operating and capital plans and to take such other actions as the owner of a business might reasonably do. Notwithstanding the foregoing any contract with an estimated cost in excess of $1,000,000 (subject to CPI Escalation) shall be subject to the approval of the Representatives and contracts having an estimated cost not in excess of said sum shall not require the prior approval of the Representatives provided such contracts have been entered into in a manner consistent with, and are consistent with, the above described approved selection procedures and the above described plans and budgets (with the above described permitted changes). Furthermore, any contracts having an estimated cost of less than $50,000 (subject to CPI Escalation) may be entered into by the Manager without compliance with the requirements specified in the prior sentence, but after reasonable attempts to consult with the Representatives, provided the estimated cost thereof does not cause the budget applicable to the particular Business Unit, including the contingency amount therein, to be exceeded.

 

12


(b) Notwithstanding Subsection (a) above, the following actions shall be subject to the approval of the Representatives:

(i) the addition, substantial modification (including a substantial change in the basic show concept or basic show elements) or deletion of a Major Facility from any plan or from the Combined Project;

(ii) authorizing expenditures in excess of the totals provided for in approved budgets except for:

(A) increases reasonably necessitated by increases in the volume of business;

(B) any emergency situation not contemplated by the approved plans or approved budgets (including the contingency factors already included therein) provided the estimated cost of dealing with the particular emergency situation does not exceed $50,000 (and in this regard, the Manager shall make reasonable efforts to consult with the Representatives); and

(C) the right of the Manager as above specified to transfer budgetary funds from one category to another within a Business Unit, such as within Gate 1 (but not between the budgets for separate Business Units); and

(iii) entering into corporate sponsorship deals or making changes in existing corporate sponsorship deals which changes are either material to the particular deal or have a financial impact value at the time in excess of $50,000. Each reference above in this Subsection (b) to $50,000 shall be subject to CPI Escalation; and

(iv) changing the name of the Combined Project, Project I or Project 2 to eliminate the use of the words “Universal” or “Universal Studios”; provided, however, that this provision shall not be applicable after the earliest to occur of(i) July 27, 2015, (ii) a change of control (whether by merger, acquisition, consolidation or other business combination) of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent or any direct or indirect parent entity of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, on the one hand, or the Blackstone Partners (except with respect to the Blackstone Partners, a change of control permitted by Section 21(b) of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of General Partnership of Holding I (the “Holding I Agreement”) or Section 21(b) of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement General Partnership of Holding II (the “Holding II Agreement”)), (iii) an Authorized UniCo Transaction (as defined in the Holding I Agreement) or (iv) any withdrawal by the Blackstone Partners as a partner in Holding I or Holding II, or any sale, transfer or assignment by the Blackstone Partners of their respective interest in Holding I or Holding II, whether pursuant to Section 2 of the Partners’ Agreement or otherwise, except for any such sale, transfer or assignment permitted by Section 21(b) of the Holding I Agreement or Section 21(b) of the Holding II Agreement and any such withdrawal by the Blackstone Partners in connection therewith.

(c) Notwithstanding the authorization for the Manager, without Representative approval, to add, modify, or delete shows and rides, to modify Major Facilities, to

 

13


make changes, deletions and the like in plans and budgets, and to transfer budgetary funds from one category to another, the Manager shall notify and shall make reasonable attempts to consult with the Representatives or the Partners in advance of any of the following:

(i) any transfer which results in the transfer of an aggregate of $250,000 or more of budgetary funds relating to a specific show or ride;

(ii) any transfer which results in the transfer of an aggregate of $500,000 or more of budgetary funds relating to any specific matter other than a show or ride; and

(iii) any modification (or contemporaneously contemplated series of modifications) of a specific Major Facility which will cost $500,000 or more.

Each of the dollar amounts specified in (i), (ii), and (iii) above is subject to CPI Escalation.

(d) If, after making all reasonable efforts to do so, the Representatives cannot agree upon any matter which pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement require the approval of the Representatives, the Manager will have the right to continue the activities of the Partnership related to the Combined Project, including without limitation, operation of Project 1 and Project 2 in accordance with then existing levels, plans, and modes, and, without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the Manager would under these circumstances be authorized to cause the Partnership to spend for new facilities and/or attractions in accordance with prior historical practice at Project 2 and at each Business Unit within Project 1, as the case may be; but the foregoing shall not excuse compliance by the Manager with the specific requirements for Representative approval relating to the inclusion, addition, substantial modification or deletion of Major Facilities as specified above.

(e) The Manager will keep the Representatives promptly and fully advised of all information relating to its management activities. The designees of those Representatives which are not affiliates of the entity which designated the Manager will be in frequent contact and consultation with the Manager concerning the Manager’s activities.

(f) The Manager will utilize the expertise and buying strength of the Blackstone Partners, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, the Holding II Partners and their respective affiliates (and such entity will act as buyer on behalf of the Partnership) whenever doing so could reasonably be expected to result in economies to the Partnership and such entity will advise the Manager on an advance basis of those products and services with respect to which such entity believes it has such expertise and buying strength.

(g) The personnel employed by the Manager (or loaned to it by any affiliated entity) must be experienced in outdoor recreation and/or studio matters, or, if applicable, in other relevant specialties.

(h) Whenever equipment and supplies which otherwise meet the requirements of the Manager for use in the Combined Project are offered to the Partnership by, or can be obtained by, the Blackstone Partners, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, any Holding II Partner, or their respective affiliates, the Partnership shall obtain such items from the offering entity

 

14


or its affiliates provided the transaction is on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available from a third person.

14. Staffing.

(a) The term “Senior Personnel” means, the fifteen (15) employees of the Partnership who, at the particular time, receive the highest compensation (salary and other benefits) paid by the Partnership; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 14: (i) “employees of the Partnership” shall be deemed to include employees of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent or any of their respective affiliates that are seconded to the Partnership through loan arrangements on a fully allocated basis and (ii) the “compensation paid by the Partnership” shall be deemed to include amounts paid by the Partnership to UniCo Parent or Universal Parent or any of their respective affiliates for such seconded Senior Personnel. Exhibit B hereto is a list of the Senior Personnel as of the Effective Date together with their respective job descriptions and compensation packages.

(b) The Manager shall propose to the Representatives for their approval the job descriptions, compensation packages and identities of each person to be hired for each of the Senior Personnel positions, and any changes in any of the foregoing from time to time.

(c) The Manager shall propose to the Representatives for their approval the overall compensation programs and salary ranges for all employees of the Partnership who are not Senior Personnel, any qualified deferred compensation plans, and any changes in the foregoing from time to time. Within the parameters established pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Manager may hire and fire and set salary and employment terms for all non-Senior Personnel.

(d) The provisions in Subsections (b) and (c) above will prevail over the provisions elsewhere in this Agreement enabling the Manager to transfer budgetary funds from one category to another, but the foregoing will not preclude the Manager, for example, from transferring budgetary funds to enable the hiring of more (or less) non-Senior Personnel than originally budgeted. The Manager shall notify and shall make reasonable attempts to consult with the Representatives or the Partners in advance of any such transfer which would involve in the aggregate for such transfer more than $250,000 (subject to CPI Escalation).

(e) Subject to the discretion conferred on the Manager, the Combined Project will be staffed to the highest degree economically feasible on a “stand alone” basis, but some of the personnel required in connection with the Combined Project will be loaned to the Partnership on a part time or full time basis by UniCo or its affiliates (or possibly by the Blackstone Partners or their affiliates).

(f) To the extent employees of the Partnership continue to be awarded options to purchase common stock or U.S. depository receipts of Vivendi Universal, S.A., notwithstanding prior practice, the Partnership’s reimbursement obligation to Vivendi Universal, S.A., for such options shall not exceed the value of the options at the time of grant, such value to be established using such a Black-Scholes methodology consistent with past practice.

15. Partner Reimbursement. The Blackstone Partners, UniCo and Manager shall each be entitled to charge the Partnership as a reimbursable cost (which shall be treated as an expense of the Partnership) for its out of pocket expenses which are actually and properly incurred

 

15


in connection with the Partnership activities and activities as Manager, including the allocable portion of salary, fringes, secretarial support, etc. of all personnel (including senior executive personnel directly responsible for Combined Project related activities) rendering services for the benefit of the Partnership but not including any allocation of general and administrative overhead or markups. Notwithstanding the foregoing, charges for the time of corporate officers of any parent of a Holding II Partner whether or not also an officer of the Holding II Partner (and reimbursement of expenses incurred by them) will not be included as a reimbursable item. Reimbursable costs will be calculated in a manner designed to insure that neither the Blackstone Partners nor UniCo nor their affiliates will benefit from, or bear disproportionately the burden of, any effort expended by it in connection with the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall submit to the Blackstone Holding II Representatives on the 10th day of each fiscal quarter, a detail of the costs the Manager and UniCo propose to allocate to the Partnership for the preceding quarter. The Blackstone Partners and their representatives shall be entitled to conduct a review of such quarterly allocations. In the event that the Blackstone Partners disagree that the proposed allocation of costs to the Partnership are consistent with past practice, the Representatives shall use their reasonable efforts to agree on an appropriate allocation of such costs for the relevant quarterly period. The Partnership will reimburse the Blackstone Partners for all direct out of pocket expenses incurred by the Blackstone Partners in connection with Partnership activities in an amount not to exceed $50,000 per annum.

16. Calls for Contributions In Cash. The Representatives or the Manager may, from time to time, make a call (“Call”) upon Holding II to make additional contributions in cash (“Call Payments”) to the Partnership in the following manner:

(a) Although Holding I shall be under no obligation to make Call Payments, Holding I may volunteer to do so with respect to any particular Call, in the proportion which its capital account at such time bears to the total of the capital accounts of both Partners. If and to the extent Holding I does not elect to make a Call Payment, its percentage interest in the total capital accounts of the Partnership shall accordingly be reduced.

(b) Call Payments shall be made within 15 business days after the date upon which the Call was deemed valid as provided in Subsection (c) below.

(c) Any Call made by the Representatives will be conclusively deemed as valid when made. If the Manager (as distinguished from the Representatives) determines that funds are required to provide Partnership working capital or funds are required to enter into or discharge Partnership obligations, all of the foregoing to be in accordance with the Manager’s good faith estimates of Cash Flow (as defined in Subsection 20(b) below), and of the amounts then needed to enable the Manager to discharge and exercise its obligations and powers consistent with Section 13 above, the Manager shall report its determination to Holding II. The Unilateral Call procedures specified in Section 16 of the partnership agreement of Holding II shall then become available and applicable to the Holding II Partners (unless the Representatives of both Holding II Partners concur with the Manager’s determination, in which case the Call would be made by the Representatives of both Holding II Partners as provided in Section 16 of the Holding II partnership agreement) and the proceeds resulting from any such Call shall be contributed to the capital of the Partnership by Holding II (and Holding I shall have the right to contribute its proportionate share). Upon the occurrence of a valid Call in Holding II resulting from a Call made by the Manager hereunder, the Manager’s Call shall be deemed valid.

 

16


17. Shift of Control.

Section 17 of the partnership agreements of each of the Partners provides for a shift of control under certain circumstances to one of the partners of the particular partnership so that one of the partners (the “Minority Partner”) is bound by certain determinations made by the other partner (the “Majority Partner”). If a shift of control does occur under Section 17 of the partnership agreement of any Partner, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11, the Representatives designated by the Holding II Partner who is deemed the Majority Partner, or the Holding II Partner who is the affiliate of the Holding I Partner who is deemed the Majority Partner, shall have complete unrestricted authority with respect to all Partnership matters except that the written approval of one or more of the representatives of the other Holding II Partner shall be required for those decisions referred to in Section 10 (except to the extent such approval is not required because of the operation of other provisions of this Agreement or the partnership agreement of Holding II). The aforementioned vesting of authority in the Representative or Representatives of one of the two Holding II Partners shall continue for as long as such Holding II Partner or its affiliate remains a Minority Partner under the partnership agreement of the particular Partner.

18. Capital Accounts.

(a) An individual capital account shall be established and maintained for each Partner. To each Partner’s capital account there shall be credited, without duplication, (1) the amount of money contributed to capital by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (money contributed by a Partner to the Partnership includes the amount of any Partnership liabilities that are assumed by such Partner (i.e., individually and not by virtue of such liability being a liability of the Partnership and such Partner being a general partner of the Partnership or solely by virtue of a guaranty), other than liabilities secured by property distributed by the Partnership to such Partner where such liability was taken into account in clause (x) below but does not include increases in such Partner’s proportionate share of Partnership liabilities, (2) the fair market value of property contributed to capital by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement net of any liabilities secured by such property that the Partnership assumes or takes subject to, and (3) allocations to such Partner of Net Income (as defined herein) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To each Partner’s capital account, there shall be debited (x) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement in respect of such Partner’s equity interest in the Partnership (money distributed to a Partner by the Partnership includes the amount of such Partners individual liabilities that are assumed (but not solely by virtue of a guaranty) by the Partnership, other than liabilities secured by property contributed to the Partnership by such Partner where such liability was taken into account in clause (2) above, but does not include decreases in such Partner’s proportionate share of Partnership liabilities), (y) the fair market value of property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (net only of any liabilities secured by such property that the Partner assumes or takes subject to, and (z) allocations of Net Loss (as defined herein) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Immediately prior to the distribution of any property (other than cash) to a Partner, the capital account of each Partner shall be increased or decreased (to the extent that such capital account is not otherwise so increased or decreased under paragraph (c)(ii) of this

 

17


Section), as the case may be, to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss and deduction inherent in such property (that has not previously been reflected in the capital accounts of the Partners) would be allocated among the Partners if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair value.

(c) Immediately prior to

(i) a contribution of money or other property (other than a de minimis amount) to the Partnership by a new or existing Partner as consideration for an interest in the Partnership, unless all existing Partners (and no new partners of the Partnership) make such a contribution pro rata in proportion to their capital accounts in the Partnership, or

(ii) a distribution of money or other property (other than a de minimis amount) by the Partnership to a withdrawing or continuing Partner as consideration for an interest in the Partnership, unless all Partners receive simultaneous distributions of money, or undivided interests in the distributed property, in proportion to their capital accounts in the Partnership, the capital account of each Partner shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss and deduction inherent in all of the Partnership’s property (that has not previously been reflected in the capital accounts of the Partners) would be allocated among the Partners if there were a taxable disposition of all such property for its fair value.

(d) In the event any interest in the Partnership is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the capital account of the transferor to the extent such capital account relates to the transferred interest.

(e) The tax matters partner shall have full discretion to make adjustments to the foregoing provisions to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b), provided that any such adjustment must be approved by the Representatives in the event such adjustment results in a materially adverse tax or economic consequence to the Blackstone Partners or UniCo or their respective affiliates.

19. Allocations of Profits and Losses; Distributions: Releveraging.

(a) Allocation of Profits/Losses. Net Income or Net Loss (as defined below) realized during a Fiscal Period (as defined below) of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners at the end of each Fiscal Period proportionately, based upon the average ratio of the respective capital accounts of the Partners throughout such Fiscal Period. For each Fiscal Period, “Net Income” or “Net Loss” shall mean an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year or other period, determined in accordance with Section 703 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with the following adjustments:

(i) any income of the Partnership that is exempt from United States federal income taxation and is not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

18


(ii) upon an adjustment, pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value (as defined below), to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or other amortization attributable to such property shall for purposes of capital account maintenance equal an amount that bears the same ratio to the Carrying Value at the beginning of such year or other period as the United States federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to the property’s adjusted tax basis at the beginning of such year or other period; provided, however, that if the adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of the year is zero, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization shall be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method;

(iii) upon an adjustment to the Carrying Value (as defined below) of any Partnership Property, gain or loss from the sale or other disposition of such property shall be determined based on the Carrying Value of that property;

(iv) any liabilities, which liabilities do not constitute liabilities for tax purposes that have been taken into account for purposes of Capital Account maintenance under Section 18 of this Agreement, shall be included in the calculation of Net Loss under this Section; and

(v) any expenditures of the Partnership not deductible in computing taxable income or loss, not properly capitalizable and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, shall, for purposes of capital account maintenance, be treated as items of deduction, subtracted from such taxable income or loss.

With respect to any asset, the asset’s “Carrying Value” shall mean the asset’s adjusted basis for United States federal income tax purposes, except that the Carrying Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair values on the occurrence of any event described in Section 18(c)(i) or (ii).

“Fiscal Period” shall mean (unless otherwise required applicable Treasury regulations) the period beginning on the day immediately following the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Period and ending on the sooner to occur of the following:

(A) the last day of the fiscal year of the Partnership; or

(B) the day immediately preceding any event described in Section 18(c)(i) or (ii).

The initial Fiscal Period shall begin on the date the term of the Partnership begins.

All the tax credits and any tax credit recapture shall, subject to the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b), be allocated in the same proportion as Net Income is shared as of the time the tax credit or tax credit recapture arises.

(b) Distribution of Cash. Within 30 days following the first day and within 30 days following the 180th day of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the Manager shall cause the Partnership to make a distribution to the Partners of at least 75% of all of the Partnership’s available cash on hand (including cash equivalents) with the amount of the “available” cash being

 

19


determined after the Manager has made good faith estimates of future Cash Flow and reserves and has taken into account the requirements imposed by third parties (such as lenders). Cash shall be distributed among the Partners in accordance with the Partners’ then respective capital accounts; provided, however, that, as soon after the close of each fiscal year as is practicable, the Partnership shall make a cash distribution to the Partners, in proportion to the Partners’ respective capital accounts, in an amount equal to the Hypothetical Income Tax minus any distributions made pursuant to this Section 19(b) and Section 19(i) with respect to such fiscal year (a “Tax Distribution”); and, provided further, that any distribution to a Partner pursuant to this Section 19(b) shall be treated as an advance against and shall reduce subsequent distributions that would otherwise be made to such Partner pursuant to Section 19(b) so that, after taking into account all distributions to the Partners pursuant to this Section 19(b), each Partner receives the aggregate amount of distributions it would have received if distributions were determined under this Agreement without giving effect to these provisos under this Section 19(b). “Hypothetical Income Tax” means the product of (i) the sum of the highest federal, state, local and foreign tax rates (taking into consideration special rates, e.g., capital gains) applicable to partners of the Blackstone Partners on the last day of the fiscal year to which the distribution under Section 19(b) relates and (ii) the amount of taxable income or gain of the Partnership, and the Manager on behalf of the Partnership, shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

(c) Allocation of Other Tax Incidents. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by Section 704 of the Code, for tax purposes, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit shall be allocated to the Partners in the same manner as are Net Income and Net Loss; provided, however, that if the Carrying Value of any property of the Partnership differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes, then items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit related to such property for tax purposes shall be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of the variation between the adjusted basis of the property for tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the manner provided for under Section 704(c) of the Code.

(d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) with respect to such Partner’s Capital Account that causes or increases an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit with respect to such Partner, items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to each such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Partner as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this provision (d) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Section 19 have been tentatively made as if this provision (d) were not in this Agreement. This Section 19(d) is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Period, after giving effect to the following adjustments: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the Treasury Regulations under Section 704 of the Code and (b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6). The foregoing

 

20


definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(e) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to-this Section 19(e) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in Section 19(f) and (g) have been tentatively made as if this Section 19(e) were not in this Agreement.

(f) Loss Allocation Limitation. No allocation of Net Loss (or items thereof) shall be made to any Partner to the extent that such allocation would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit with respect to such Partner. Any new losses subject to this limitation will be reallocated to Partners with positive Adjusted Capital Accounts in proportion to those Adjusted Capital Accounts. “Adjusted Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Period, after giving effect to the following adjustments: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the Treasury Regulations under Section 704 of the Code and (b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

(g) Nonrecourse Deductions. Any Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts. “Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(l).

(h) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Period, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Fiscal Period (and, if necessary, subsequent Fiscal Period) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in such Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to the Partners pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2. This Section 19(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in such section of the Treasury Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. “Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1 .704-2(b)(2).

(i) Releveraging. If at the end of any fiscal quarter, the Funded Debt Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) is less than 4.5 to 1, at the request of the Blackstone Holding II Representatives, the Manager shall cause the Partnership to use commercially reasonable efforts to incur additional indebtedness (or refinance its existing indebtedness) so that the Partnership’s Funded Debt Ratio on a pro forma basis giving effect to the incurrence of such additional indebtedness and the distribution referred to below is approximately 4.5x; provided, however, that following such incurrence or

 

21


refinancing of indebtedness the average weighted life to maturity of the Partnership’s Indebtedness (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall be no less than the average weighted life to maturity of the Partnership’s Indebtedness prior to such incurrence or refinancing and provided, further that the maximum aggregate amount of indebtedness required to be incurred (or refinanced) pursuant to this Section 19(i) shall be limited to the aggregate amount invested by the Blackstone Partners and UniCo in the Partnership on or following the date hereof. The Manager shall cause the Partnership to make a distribution to the Partners of the net proceeds of such indebtedness in the manner set forth in Section 19(b), after paying all expenses related to the incurrence of such indebtedness.

20. UniCo’s Special Fee.

(a) The term “Fee gross revenues” shall for purposes of this Agreement mean gross revenues received by the Partnership or any successor operator of Gate 1, the Studio, and Gate 2 beginning from the date hereof, from all phases of the aforementioned three areas after excluding sales tax, rebates, refunds, discounts, credit card commissions, non-cash tradeouts, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, Fee gross revenues includes gross revenues received from activities which have a clear genesis in Gate 1 and/or Studio and/or Gate 2, such as from “Universal’s Islands of Adventure” T-shirts, whether sold on or off the Combined Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fee gross revenues shall not include amounts received from the sales and leasing of land in Project 2 but which is outside of Gate 2, hotels, restaurants and the like to which customer access may be readily obtained without admission to Gate 1 or Gate 2 (even if accessible also through Gate 1 or Gate 2), the sale of fixtures or equipment, receipt of insurance proceeds (other than business interruption type of proceeds), nor shall it include amounts received under corporate sponsorship deals. Because of the different provisions (hereinafter specified) for the actual payment of the Special Fee depending upon from which portion of the Combined Project the Fee gross revenues were derived, a distinction shall be made between the two streams of gross revenues as follows. The term “Project 1 Gross” means those Fee gross revenues derived from Project 1 and “Gate 2 Gross” means the Fee gross revenues derived from Gate 2. The aggregate of the Project 1 Gross and Gate 2 Gross for any period will never be less than Fee gross revenues for the same period. There shall be a reasonable allocation of Fee gross revenues between Project 1 and Gate 2 of those gross revenues which have a clear genesis in both areas. In those instances in which the Partnership grants licenses, concessions or similar rights in connection with the Project 1 and/or Gate 2, the gross revenues received by the licensee, concessionaire or similar entity shall, for the purposes of this Section 20, be deemed Fee gross revenues received by the Partnership and any “key money,” license fee, commission or other consideration paid to the Partnership by such licensee, concessionaire or similar entity shall not be included in the Partnership’s Fee gross revenues.

(b) As consideration for UniCo’s unique expertise in operations of businesses similar to Project 1 and Gate 2, an entity designated by UniCo Parent or Universal Parent (“Fee Payee”), shall be entitled to a fee (the “Special Fee”) payable monthly equal to 5% of Project 1 Gross and 5% of Gate 2 Gross. If, on a cumulative basis from the Project 1 Commencement Date with respect to Project 1 Gross and on a cumulative basis from the Project 2 Commencement Date with respect to Gate 2 Gross, 5% of the gross revenues received by a licensee, concessionaire or similar entity from activities respectively on Project 1 and on Gate 2, exceeds 10% of the “key money”, license fee, commission or other consideration paid to the Partnership by such licensee, concessionaire or similar entity respectively from Project 1 and from Gate 2 (with a reasonable allocation of such “key money” etc. if such licensee’s etc. rights extended to both Project 1 and Gate 2), then the Special Fee earned based on the Project I Gross or the Gate 2 Gross, as the case may be, shall be limited to the aforementioned 10% figure with respect to that licensee, concessionaire or

 

22


similar entity. No Special Fee shall be paid on the basis of revenues from the real estate operations outside of both the Project 1 Site and Gate 2. The Special Fee shall be treated as a third party expense (as if payable to a person who is not an affiliate of a Holding II Partner) but subject to deferral as hereinafter provided.

The Partners acknowledge that the Special Fee (as provided for in the partnership agreements of UCFP dated January 1, 1987 as amended on August 14, 1995) earned by the Fee Payee under said agreements, or any affiliate thereof, from the Project 1 Commencement Date, which was an obligation of UCFP, and the Special Fee (as provided for in the partnership agreement of UCDP dated August 14, 1995) earned by the Fee Payee under said agreement, or any affiliate thereof, from the Project 2 Commencement Date on Gate 2 Gross, to the extent said two Special Fees have not been paid prior to January 6, 2000, including interest compounded monthly previously earned thereon and unpaid, shall both be obligations of the Partnership to pay to Fee Payee, and the Partnership assumes such obligations.

The Partners also agree that starting with January 6, 2000, the accrued but unpaid Special Fee with respect to Project 1 Gross and the current and future portions of the Special Fee payable with respect to the Project 1 Gross shall be immediately payable to the Fee Payee and not deferred, except the foregoing shall be payable only if and to the extent there is sufficient monthly Cash Flow (as defined below) and is otherwise not restricted from being paid under arrangements with third parties (such as lenders) and the unpaid portion shall continue to bear interest compounded monthly at Prime (“Prime” being defined as the prime or reference rate charged from time to time by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or such substitute bank as the Fee Payee and the Partnership may agree upon, each acting reasonably).

Starting with January 6, 2000, the accrued but unpaid Special Fee with respect to Gate 2 Gross and the current and future portions of the Special Fee payable with respect to Gate 2 Gross shall not be payable but shall accrue (together with interest compounded monthly at Prime) until the date when the Blackstone Partners as general partners of Holding II has received by way of any distributions of Gate 2 Cash Flow from Holding II (other than reimbursement of expenses or repayment of loans) an amount equal to $234,700,000.

Thereafter, the accrued portion of the Special Fee with respect to Gate 2 Gross and the current portions of such Special Fee shall be payable only if and to the extent there is sufficient monthly Cash Flow (as defined below) and is otherwise not restricted from being paid under arrangements with third parties (such as lenders) or pursuant to Section 16(i) of the partnership agreement for Holding II; the unpaid portion shall continue to accrue (together with interest at the Prime compounded monthly) and be payable out of the first available monthly Cash Flow.

“Cash Flow” is defined for purposes of this Agreement as operating profit generated by the Partnership from all sources, plus, to the extent already deducted in computing operating profit, depreciation, similar items, and all other non-cash items, less, to the extent not already deducted in computing operating profit, capital expenditures, debt service, any cash reserves withheld during the particular period, and cash required for operations, all as determined in good faith by the Manager and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The term “Gate 2 Cash Flow” shall mean Cash Flow which has been allocated to Gate 2 pursuant to a formula and procedure specified in attached Exhibit A which is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

23


(c) The Special Fee shall accrue and be payable to the Fee Payee as long as Project 1 and/or Gate 2, or activities similar thereto, are conducted at Project 1 and/or Project 2, and regardless of whether or not the Fee Payee or any affiliate continues to have an interest in the Partnership or in the Combined Project (or any portion thereof) and whether or not UniCo, or the Fee Payee, or any affiliate of either continues to act as Manager and whether or not UniCo’s rights and/or the Fee Payee’s rights under this Agreement are otherwise terminated for any reason. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the sale by UniCo of its interest in Holding II pursuant to Section 2 of the Partners’ Agreement will not terminate the Fee Payee’s right to the Special Fee. Furthermore, from and after the date when UniCo or an affiliate ceases to be a Holding II Partner or the Manager, the Partnership or its successor shall act in good faith with respect to its obligations concerning the Special Fee.

(d) Any successor owner[s] of any portion of Project I and/or Gate 2 must agree to the provisions of this Section 20, and the Partners will be obligated to obtain such agreement. Without derogating from any other remedies available to the Fee Payee for a failure of a successor owner to so agree, and in addition to any other remedy, the Fee Payee and its affiliates may terminate all rights licensed by any of them under Section 8 above to the Combined Project owners.

21. Transfers of Interest; Withdrawal. No Partner shall without the consent of the other Partner withdraw as a partner, sell, transfer, assign or in any manner encumber its interest in the Partnership in whole or in part except pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to in Section 7. Any transaction in violation of this Section shall be void.

22. Intentionally omitted.

23. Event of Default. An “Event of Default” hereunder shall occur when a party breaches or fails to comply with any material provision of this Agreement and such breach or failure materially adversely affects the business, assets or earnings of the Partnership and continues until 30 days after receipt of notice thereof from a partner of Holding II, provided that if the party breaching or failing to comply with such provision has commenced good faith efforts to cure the breach or failure prior to the end of such 30—day period, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred until the termination of such good faith efforts. The affiliates of any party hereto that has caused an Event of Default shall be Defaulting Partners under the Related Partnerships.

24. Intentionally omitted.

25. Intentionally omitted.

26. Dissolution Events. The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound-up if all Partners agree in writing to dissolve the Partnership; or if in connection with any loan under the Credit Agreement, the stock or membership interests of the Holding II Partners is acquired by a lender by foreclosure, power of sale or similar act; or upon notice by any Holding II Partner given anytime after the date the Partnership ceases to have an interest in the Combined Project; or upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 620.158 of the Act; or upon the occurrence of any event that results in a general partner ceasing to be a general partner of the Partnership under the Act, unless (i) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least

 

24


one remaining general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to and does carry on the business of the Partnership, or (ii) the business of the Partnership is continued, and one or more additional general partners of the Partnership are appointed, effective as of the date of such event, in accordance with the Act; or upon the occurrence of any event that results in there being no limited partner of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued, and one or more additional limited partners of the Partnership are appointed, effective as of the date of such event, in accordance with the Act.

27. Winding Up Procedure. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Partnership in accordance with the Act, each Partner shall share in the proceeds in proportion to their then respective capital accounts. The Partnership shall terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership shall have been distributed to the Partners in accordance with this Section, and the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

28. Improper Actions. Subject in each case to each of the other provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to the indemnification obligations of Subsection 11(d), a party that causes a default under this Agreement shall be liable to the Partnership for any and all damages, losses or expenses suffered or incurred by the Partnership as a result of such a default.

29. Arbitration Procedure. Any dispute arising out of or connected with this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration conducted in Orlando, Florida pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. There shall be excluded from the foregoing agreement to arbitrate (a) whether the Partners should take an action requiring both Partners’ approval under Section 10; and (b) whether the Partnership or Manager should take any action or refrain from taking action requiring the approval of the Blackstone Holding II Representatives and the Universal Holding II Representatives. Each party to the dispute shall by notice to the other party name an arbitrator and the two so named shall decide upon the third. The second arbitrator to be appointed must be appointed by notice to the party who appointed the first arbitrator within 10 business days after the notice of the appointment of the first arbitrator, failing which the first arbitrator so appointed shall act as the sole arbitrator. If pursuant to the preceding two sentences, two arbitrators have been appointed by the parties and if the two so appointed do not agree upon a third arbitrator, the American Arbitration Association in Orlando shall be requested to submit a list of five persons to serve as the third arbitrator. The parties shall select the third arbitrator from the list submitted, provided that if the parties cannot agree upon the third arbitrator, then the arbitrator shall be selected from the list of five through the process of striking names from the list until one name remains. The decision of any two of the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon all parties. A judgment upon any award rendered by a majority of the arbitrators may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Unless the arbitrators determine otherwise (which they shall have the right to do), all costs and expenses of the arbitrators shall be borne equally by the parties with the exception that the cost of the arbitrator selected by each party shall be paid by the selecting party. The arbitrators may award the prevailing party all or any portion of its attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connection with the proceeding. The arbitrators shall be requested to render an opinion within 60 days after the date the controversy (within 15 days in the case of an expedited proceeding) is submitted to them. The above procedures contemplate that there will only be two parties to the arbitration proceeding; if there are more, and the parties cannot agree upon the method of choosing arbitrators, the method of proceeding shall be determined pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.

 

25


30. Fiduciary Obligations. The rights and obligations of the Partners and the other parties to each other under this Agreement (other than those of the guarantor under Section 51 which shall be defined and governed solely by such section) shall be governed by the fiduciary standards generally applicable to and between partners.

31. Other Theme Park Attractions.

(a) The term “Key Elements” means all or any of the following: (i) themes and/or characters based on motion pictures and/or television programs; (ii) cartoon characters; (iii) comic strip and/or comic book characters; (iv) themes and/or characters based upon children’s literature which are extensively developed to the degree they are significantly associated with motion pictures and/or television programs. The term “Similar Theme Park” means a theme park where the primary thematic content is based upon one or more Key Elements, individually or in the aggregate and has an area in excess of 50 acres. The term “Other Universal Park” means any Similar Theme Park (other than in the State of Florida) in which an equity interest is held by UniCo or any of its affiliates.

(b) During the term of the Partnership neither of the Partners nor any of their affiliates (while such Partner or any affiliate shall be a Partner) shall, without the consent of the other Partners engage, directly or indirectly, in a Similar Theme Park within the State of Florida. During the term of the Partnership, none of the Blackstone Partners nor any of their affiliates (while the Blackstone Partners or any of their affiliates shall be a Partner) shall without the consent of UniCo engage, directly or indirectly, in a Similar Theme Park anywhere else in the world. None of the Blackstone Partners nor UniCo nor any of their respective affiliates shall be restricted in the ownership or operation of facilities similar to the Studio anywhere in the world. UniCo and its affiliates shall be free to engage in Similar Theme Parks anywhere in the world outside the State of Florida. The provisions of this Subsection 31(b) are subject to the exceptions and qualifications hereinafter provided in this Section 31.

(c) The prohibitions of this Section 31 as respects the Blackstone Partners and their affiliates shall not apply to any theme park owned by the Blackstone Partners or any of its affiliates which is not located in Florida or within a 100-mile radius of any Other Universal Park if Key Elements are used in such Blackstone owned theme park in only a minor manner. Furthermore, any such use of Key Elements may be continued by the Blackstone Partners or their affiliates if such use was in existence at the time (or is a reasonable update of existent uses) when UniCo or its affiliates first acquired any equity interest in a theme park located within a 100-mile radius of such Blackstone owned theme park.

(d) If a theme park which a Partner or its affiliates would otherwise be prohibited from having an interest in by reason of the above provisions of this Section 31 is acquired by a Partner or an affiliate, the ownership interest shall not constitute a breach of this Section 31, provided that within 36 months after such acquisition such Partner or its affiliate has changed such theme park so that such theme park no longer violates the provisions of this Section 31 or has terminated its interest thereon.

(e) If during the term of this Partnership, UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or an affiliate of any of them proposes to develop or acquire (directly or indirectly) a Similar

 

26


Theme Park (other than at, or in the immediate vicinity of, the Original Tour) in which UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or an affiliate of any of them proposes to make an equity investment, Universal Parent, UniCo Parent or UniCo will notify the Blackstone Partners of the material terms and conditions of such proposal and the Blackstone Partners will have the right, exercisable by any of such Blackstone Partners giving an election notice to UniCo, UniCo Parent or Universal Parent within 30 days after UniCo, UniCo Parent or Universal Parent gave notice of the proposal to the Blackstone Partners, to agree to match UniCo’s, UniCo Parent’s, Universal Parent’s (and affiliates’) equity investment, and thereby acquire one-half of the equity investment and one-half of the benefits attributed to such investment which would otherwise be UniCo’s, and in connection therewith such Blackstone Partner or Partners shall agree to assume one-half of UniCo’s, UniCo Parent’s, Universal Parent’s (and affiliates’) future obligations connected with such investment, but the foregoing shall not entitle the Blackstone Partners to participate in any way in any management fees, license fees or any other benefits not arising solely and directly out of the equity investment. If a person or persons other than UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and any of their affiliates has an equity interest of 15% or more, the nature and amount of the aforementioned benefits in which the Blackstone Partners do not participate shall be the same as retained by, or granted to, UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and any of their affiliates in the arrangements with such other person or persons, but if UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or any of their affiliates propose to develop the facility alone, or if the equity interest afforded to the other person or persons, is less than 15%, then, as between the Blackstone Partners, on the one hand, and UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, on the other hand, the benefits in which the Blackstone Partners do not participate shall be the same as under this Agreement; notwithstanding the foregoing, regardless of the amount of the equity investment of UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their affiliates, as between UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, on the one hand, and the Blackstone Partners, on the other hand, UniCo Parent or Universal Parent, as applicable, shall have sole management. For purposes of the preceding provisions, “equity” includes debt which is convertible into equity at the option of the creditor and includes debt in which the creditor also has a so-called “equity kicker” which is of the type not then being obtained by institutional lenders; and “equity” also includes the contribution of assets for which UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their affiliates are given an immediate credit to their capital account specifically relating to such assets. In the case in which all or a portion of the equity investment of UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their affiliates is pursuant to the foregoing based upon their contributed assets, if the Blackstone Partners make the election to match specified above, the Blackstone Partners will be required immediately to pay UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliates in cash an amount equal to one-half the credit UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliates would otherwise receive in their capital accounts for contributing such assets. If the Blackstone Partners make the election specified above, they shall be obligated to make their one-half payment and perform their one-half share of obligation contemporaneously with the time when UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent or their affiliates are obligated. If the Blackstone Partners do make the aforementioned election, they shall be bound to go forward and perform unless there are any changes in the deal terms and conditions of the transaction prior to the Blackstone Partners’ making their investment, in which case the Blackstone Partners shall be advised of such changes and shall be given 3 business days to confirm or retract its election. Conversely, if the Blackstone Partners do not timely give notice of their aforementioned election they shall have no further right of any kind to invest or participate in the Similar Theme Park which was the subject of UniCo’s, UniCo Parent’s or Universal Parent’s notice, except that before UniCo, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, or their affiliates enters into commitments to go forward with the investment in the Similar Theme Park upon terms and conditions which change materially to the benefit of the Blackstone Partners when

 

27


compared to the deal terms and conditions specified in UniCo’s, UniCo Parent’s or Universal Parent’s notice, UniCo, UniCo Parent or Universal Parent shall again give notice of such new terms and conditions and the above provisions of this Section shall become applicable. If the Blackstone Partners do invest in a Similar Theme Park pursuant to this Section 31, the tradenames and symbols of the Blackstone Partners and their affiliates may be utilized in connection with the particular Similar Theme Park in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement.

32. Confidentiality. Each of the Blackstone Partners, UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and their respective affiliates and the Partners shall hold in confidence and not utilize for its or their own benefit any trade secrets or other proprietary information learned from the other or (except as provided in Section 8 of this Agreement) from the Partnership or any Related Partnership.

33. Banking: Auditors. The Partnership will maintain its own separate banking facilities and its own credit lines. The procedures for approving and signing Partnership checks (including the identity of the authorized signatories) will be subject to the approval by the Representatives. The independent auditors for the Partnership will be a national firm selected the Representatives.

34. Initial Expenses. The fees and costs of counsel of Holding II and Holding I Partners, the fees and costs of Florida and Delaware counsel and any others incurred in connection with the Merger and otherwise in connection with formation of, and setting up of, the Partnership shall be a Partnership expense (except and to the extent incurred in connection with giving advice to one Partner or the other for its personal benefit in which case the Partner receiving the advice shall be responsible for such fees and costs.)

35. Usury Limitations. Whenever a rate of interest is specified in this Agreement, if and to the extent such rate would be in excess of the highest rate permitted by Florida law under the circumstances (if Florida law would, under the circumstances, limit the rate), the rate shall be reduced to the highest rate so permitted.

36. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of each of the provisions of this Agreement.

37. Notices. All notices herein provided for shall be in writing and shall be delivered by registered mail (or personally delivered) at the following addresses or at such other addresses as shall be furnished to each other in writing for such purposes:

 

To Holding II or   To the Blackstone Partners and
Holding I   UniCo at
  the respective address for the giving
  of notice to such entity specified below

 

28


To any of the Blackstone Partners

   c/o Blackstone Management Associates III, L.L.C.
   345 Park Avenue
   New York, NY 10154
   Attn: Howard Lipson
   Telecopier: (212) 583-5722
With a Copy To:    Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
   Four Times Square
   New York, NY 10036
   Attn: Allison R. Schneirov, Esq.
   Telecopier: (212) 735-2000
To UniCo or its respective Representatives   

Universal City Property Management II LLC

c/o Universal Studios Recreation Group

   1000 Universal Studios Plaza
   Executive Office Building
   Orlando, FL 32819
   Attn: President
   Telecopier (407) 363-8090
With A Copy To:    Universal Studios Recreation Group
   100 Universal City Plaza
   Universal City, CA 91608
   Attn: President, Int’l & Global Business Affairs
   Telecopier (818) 866-4545
With A Copy To:    Universal Studios, Inc.
   as below
With A Copy To:    Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
   10 Universal City Plaza, Suite 1850
   Universal City, CA 91608
   Attn: Daniel Clivner, Esq.
   Telecopier (818) 755-7009
To Universal Studios, Inc.    Universal Studios, Inc.
   100 Universal City Plaza
   Universal City, CA 91608
   Attn: General Counsel
   Telecopier (818) 866-3444

and shall be simultaneously forwarded by telecopy, telex or some other then customary form of “immediate” transmission. All mailed notices shall be deemed given on the third business day following the date of mailing from a major metropolitan area within the United States.

 

29


38. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida (without regard to principles of conflict of laws).

39. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall end on December 31.

40. Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections. Holding II will be the “tax matters partner” for purposes of this Agreement. Holding II agrees to provide promptly to Holding I all material notices and communications Holding II receives in its capacity as tax matters partner. If Holding II is required to make any elections as tax matters partner, such election will be made only with the consent of the Blackstone Partners, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; without limiting the foregoing, the Blackstone Partners shall be consulted with respect to the choice of methods under Section 704(c) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Holding II shall cause the Partnership to file an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for the taxable year of the transfers contemplated by the third recital to this Agreement if so requested by the Blackstone Partners (in their sole and absolute discretion).

41. Audit Committee. There is hereby established an Audit Committee whose responsibilities shall include reviewing the adequacy of the Partnership’s systems of internal controls with the Representatives, the independent auditors and such other persons it deems necessary and making recommendations to the Representatives on this subject. Unico shall appoint one member of said Committee and the Blackstone Partners shall appoint one member of said Committee, which members shall not be senior employees of the Partnership. The employees and officials of the Partnership shall provide such information and

render such assistance as may be required from time to time by the Audit Committee in the course of satisfying the duties assigned to it by this Agreement or by the Representatives.

42. Captions. The captions throughout this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in order to interpret or construe this Agreement.

43. Fair Construction. It is intended that this Agreement not be construed for or against any Holding II Partner and without regard to which Holding II Partner initiated the drafting process or proposed or drafted particular language.

44. No Third Party Beneficiary. No person or entity other than the Partners, the Blackstone Partners, UniCo Parent and Universal Parent (and their affiliates where applicable) is a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Partnership and no Partner shall have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Partnership to make any contributions to the Partnership. Those provisions of Section 2, Section 8, Subsection 11(d), Subsection 13(f), Subsection 13(h), Section 20, and Section 31 for the benefit of UniCo Parent, Universal Parent and/or the Blackstone Partners and/or their respective affiliates as well as this Section 44 may not be amended or modified to their detriment without their consent, but no such consent shall be required from any person or entity which is not a benefited party under the provision being amended or modified. The consent of UniCo Parent or Universal Parent to an amendment or modification shall be deemed the consent of its affiliates unless and to the extent UniCo Parent, Universal Parent, and/or its affiliate has given Holding II and the Blackstone Partners prior notice that its affiliates will not be deemed bound by UniCo Parent’s or Universal Parent’s

 

30


consent, as applicable. The preceding sentence will apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Blackstone Partners and their affiliates.

45. Only Agreements. This Agreement (together with the partnership agreements of the Related Partnerships and the Partners’ Agreement) constitutes the only agreements between the parties and between Universal Parent and the

Blackstone Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties disclaim any intent to create a partnership or joint venture of any kind or nature which is not reduced to writing and denominated as such.

46. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is binding upon, and except to the extent inconsistent with the express terms of this Agreement, inures to the benefit of, the respective successors and assigns of the various signatories.

47. Recording of UniCo’s Rights. Concurrent with UniCo and its affiliates ceasing to have an interest in the Partnership, Holding II or its successor shall execute and cause to be recorded in Orange County, Florida and such other places, if any, specified by UniCo, such instruments as UniCo may in good faith require to give record notice of UniCo’s rights under Subsection 8(b) and Section 20 of this Agreement.

48. Affiliate Defined. The term “affiliate” means any person, firm, association, corporation, or other entity which, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, is in control of or is under common control with the person, firm, association, corporation, or other entity with reference to which the term “affiliate” is used. Ownership of 50% or more of the voting or decisional power with respect to any such person, firm, association, corporation, or other entity shall be deemed control, although ownership of less than 50% shall not necessarily negate control. Neither this Partnership nor any of the Related Partnerships shall be considered an “affiliate” of the Blackstone Partners, UniCo Parent or Universal Parent or any of their respective affiliates.

49. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be construed and applied so as to give effect, to the extent possible, to the original language and to the intent of the parties; and the invalidity or unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

50. Reports and Access to Information. The Blackstone Partners and UniCo shall be entitled to receive reports on a daily basis within not more than 2 business days following the day which is the subject of the report setting forth the gross revenues from the Combined Project and each of Project 1 and Project 2 for the day in question broken down by major categories (such as admission revenues, merchandise sales, and food/beverage sales) and upon request any Holding II Partner shall be entitled to further breakdown and backup material relating to the aforementioned report. The Holding II Partners, and the representatives thereof, shall have access to all books and records of the Partnership with the right to review them, examine them and make copies thereof, and obtain from the other Holding II Partners, Manager and/or employees of the Partnership full analysis of all entries therein and the basis for any such entry, and, without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, to cause them to be audited and/or reviewed by its own internal auditing staffs or by a firm of independent certified public accountants. Each Holding II Partner shall bear its own expenses incurred in exercising its rights under the prior sentence and will not, unless good cause appears therefore, exercise such rights more than once a month.

 

31


51. Guarantee. The Blackstone Partners and Universal Parent by agreeing with and approving this Agreement do not constitute themselves partners herein but do agree as an inducement to the amendment of this Partnership Agreement to fulfill the obligations which each undertakes herein and, in the case of Universal Parent, to guarantee the obligations and performances of its affiliates under Sections 2, 8, 9, 11, 13, 14, 15, 19(b), 19(e), 20, 28 (to the extent Universal Parent defaults under this Section 51), 31, 32, 40, 41, 51 and 52 of this Agreement to the Blackstone Partners, and, in the case of the Blackstone Partners, to guarantee the obligations of their affiliates hereunder to UniCo Parent and Universal Parent, but the Blackstone Partners and Universal Parent do not guarantee by their execution hereof any obligations or undertakings of the Partnership or of any Partner to any third party. If an affiliate of the Blackstone Partners or Universal Parent ceases to be an affiliate, the Blackstone Partners or Universal Parent, as the case may be, will cease to be liable under this Section with respect to omissions or occurrences pertaining to that affiliate taking place after such cessation, but this sentence will only apply to a particular affiliate if such entity’s ceasing to be an affiliate of the Blackstone Partners or Universal Parent, as the case may be, is not a breach of this Agreement or of the partnership agreement of any Related Partnership or of the Partners’ Agreement, and nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve the guarantor with respect to any claim based upon any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to the date such cessation occurs:

52. Limits on Exercise of Rights. The Partners will not exercise any rights under this Agreement or the Partners’ Agreement in a manner so as to cause a breach of the Credit Agreement. The Partners and Representatives will act in good faith and cooperate to the end of facilitating the exercise by the other Partner and Representatives of rights under this Agreement in a manner which would avoid a breach of the Credit Agreement.

53. VUE Ownership of UniCo. This Agreement is effective as of the date first set forth above, regardless of whether USIE has, as of such date, contributed all of its interests in UniCo to VUE. Universal Parent shall notify each of the parties hereto promptly after such contribution is made by USIE to VUE. If for any reason the contribution by USIE to VUE is not consummated, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a consent to the contribution by USIE of the interests in UniCo to any other entity.

[THE REST OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II,
a Florida general partnership
By:   Universal City Property Management II
  LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Catherine A. Roth

Name:  

Catherine A. Roth

Title:  

Vice President

By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P.
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil P. Simpkins

Name:  

Neil P. Simpkins

Title:  

Member

By:   Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P.
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:  

Neil Simpkins

Title:  

Member

By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P.
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:  

Neil Simpkins

Title:  

Member

 

33


By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P.
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:  

Neil Simpkins

Title:  

Member

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I,

a Florida general partnership

By:   Universal City Property Management II
  LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Catherine A. Roth

Name:  

Catherine A. Roth

Title:  

Vice President

By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P.
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:  

Neil Simpkins

Title:  

Member

By:   Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P.
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:  

Neil Simpkins

Title:  

Member

 

34


By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P.
 

By:

  Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:  

Neil Simpkins

Title:  

Member

By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P.
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:  

Neil Simpkins

Title:  

Member

AGREED AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 51 AND THE OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.: UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Karen Randall

Name:  

Karen Randall

Title:  

Executive Vice President

 

35

Exhibit 3.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is made and entered into as of May 25, 2007 (this “ Amendment ”), by and between UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a Florida general partnership (“ Holding II ”), in its capacity as the sole general partner of the Partnership, and UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I, a Florida general partnership (“ Holding I ”), in its capacity as the sole limited partner of the Partnership. Additional parties to this Amendment, in their individual capacities, are the five constituents of Holding I and Holding II, namely the Blackstone Partners and UniCo, and Universal Parent, which additional parties are not partners in the Partnership.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , the parties hereto have entered into the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., dated as of June 5, 2002 (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), with respect to the Partnership;

WHEREAS, the Partnership has entered into the Theme Park License Agreement with Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc., dated as of the date hereof (the “ WB Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the WB Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend the Partnership Agreement as set forth herein with respect to the licenses granted thereunder relating to the use of the name “Universal” and other rights and proprietary elements.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1.         Certain Defined Terms.   Words and phrases which are introduced by initial capitals and which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Partnership Agreement, as amended.

2.         Amendment to Definition of “Blackstone Partners ”.  Paragraphs A and B on page 1 of the Partnership Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“A.        The constituents of Holding II, namely Blackstone UTP Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ UTP LLC ”), Blackstone UTP Capital A LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ UTP A LLC ”), Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Offshore LLC ”), and Blackstone Family Media III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Family LLC ” and, together with Offshore LLC, UTP A LLC, and UTP LLC, collectively, the “ Blackstone Partners ” and individually, each a “ Blackstone Partner ”) and Universal City Property


Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ UniCo ”) which was formed upon the conversion of Universal City Property Management Company II, a Delaware corporation in connection with the Transaction (defined below); and”

“B.        The constituents of Holding I, namely the Blackstone Partners and UniCo, as successor to Universal City Property Management Company, a Delaware corporation which merged with and into UniCo in connection with the Transaction (defined below); and”

3.         Amendment to Section 2 .  Section 2 of the Partnership Agreement shall be amended so that the references therein to a “30 month” period shall refer to the latest of (i) the 30 month period so specified therein, (ii) the period ending thirty (30) months following the WB Termination Date (if the WB Agreement is terminated prior to its scheduled expiration (including any renewal options thereunder)), regardless of whether the Partnership or a Successor remains a party thereto), and (iii) the period through the WB Termination Date (if the WB Agreement expires in accordance with its terms, regardless of whether the Partnership or a Successor remains a party thereto).

4.         Amendment to Subsection 8(a) .  Subsection 8(a) of the Partnership Agreement shall be amended so that the definition of “Applicable Period” in the Partnership Agreement shall end on the later of (i) the last day of the period so specified therein and (ii) the WB Termination Date.

5.         Addition of Subsection 8(g) .  Section 8 of the Partnership Agreement shall be amended to add the following as Subsection 8(g):

(g)        Effective as of the date of a transfer or assignment by the Partnership of the Theme Park License Agreement between the Partnership and Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc., dated as of May 4, 2007 (the “ WB Agreement ”), or a Change in Control (as defined in the WB Agreement) of the Partnership, in either case as permitted under Section 13.7 of the WB Agreement, UniCo shall cause NBC Universal, Inc. and/or its applicable affiliates (collectively, “ NBCU ”), as licensor, to enter into with the Partnership (or its successor or assign with respect to the WB Agreement (“ Successor ”)), as licensee, the license agreement described in Section 13.7(a) and Exhibit 5 and/or Exhibit 6, as applicable, of the WB Agreement (the “ NBCU License Agreement ”), and the Partnership shall comply (and, if applicable, its Successor shall agree to comply) with the NBCU License Agreement shall not terminate earlier than the earlier of (i) the expiration or termination of the WB Agreement in accordance with its terms or (ii) the date that the Partnership (or a Successor) is no longer a party to the WB Agreement (such earlier date, the “ WB Termination Date ”). The Compensation payable by the Partnership or its Successor to NBCU pursuant to the NBCU License Agreement shall be the same ( i.e. without any duplication of or increae to the) compensation that is currently payable by the Partnership to the Fee Payee under Section 20 of this Agreement (in the case of a Successor, such compensation shall be limited to the portion thereof allocable to Gate 2 or to Project 2 if such successor owns only Gate 2 or only Project 2, as applicable); in

 

2


addition, the Partnership or its Successor shall be obligated to pay under the NBCU License Agreement all ( i.e. without any duplication of or increase to the) amounts that the Partnership or its Successor is obligated to pay under Sections 2 and 8 of this Agreement (in the case of a Successor, such payments shall be limited to the portion thereof allocable to Gate 2 or to Project 2 if such Successor owns only Gate 2 or only Project 2, as applicable). In the event of a conflict between this Subsection 8(g) and any other provision of this Agreement, this Subsection 8(g) shall control.

6.         Otherwise Unchanged .  This Amendment is limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to any other term or condition of the Partnership Agreement. Wherever the Partnership Agreement is referred to therein or in any other agreements, documents or instruments, such reference shall be to the Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby. Except as expressly and specifically amended by this Amendment, the Partnership Agreement shall remain unchanged, and the Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects by the parties hereto and shall remain in full force and effect.

7.         Governing Law .  This Amendment shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Florida.

8.         Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

9.         Headings .  The descriptive headings contained in this Amendment are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Amendment and shall not affect in any way the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Amendment.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

  UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II  
  By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II

LLC

 
  By:  

LOGO

 
    Name:  Thomas L. Williams  
    Title:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

 

  By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL

PARTNERS LLC

 
    By:  

Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its

sole member

 
      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

 
      By:  

LOGO

 
        Name: Michael Chae  
        Title:  

 

  By:  

BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA PARTNERSHIP III

LLC

 
    By:  

Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., its

sole member

 
      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

 
      By:  

LOGO

 
        Name: Michael Chae  
        Title:  

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]


  By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC
    By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., its sole

member

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:
  By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS A LLC
    By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., its sole

member

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:

 

  UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I
  By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II

LLC

  By:  

LOGO

    Name: Thomas L. Williams
    Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to First Amendment to VCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]


  By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL

PARTNERS LLC

    By:  

Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P.,

its sole member

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:
  By:  

BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA PARTNERSHIP III

LLC

    By:  

Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., its

sole member

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:
  By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC
    By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]

 


  By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS A LLC
    By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., its sole

member

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:

 

 

AGREED AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH

SECTION 51 OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

AND THE OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.:

 

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.

  By:  

LOGO

    Name: Maren Christensen
    Title: Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]

Exhibit 3.3

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is made and entered into as of November 7, 2007 (this “ Amendment ”), by and between UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a Florida general partnership (“ Holding II ”), in its capacity as the sole general partner of the Partnership, and UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I, a Florida general partnership (“ Holding I ”), in its capacity as the sole limited partner of the Partnership. Additional parties to this Amendment, in their individual capacities, are the five constituents of Holding I and Holding II, namely the Blackstone Partners and UniCo, and Universal Parent, which additional parties are not partners in the Partnership.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the parties hereto and/or their predecessors have entered into the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., dated as of June 5, 2002 (the “ Original Partnership Agreement ”), with respect to the Partnership;

WHEREAS , the parties hereto and/or their predecessors have entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of May 25, 2007 (the “ First Amendment ”; the Original Partnership Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Partnership Agreement ”), amending certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Partnership Agreement as set forth herein with respect to the payment of fees for the service of the Representatives.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms.  Words and phrases which are introduced by initial capitals and which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Partnership Agreement.

2. Amendment to Section 15 . Section 15 of the Partnership Agreement shall be amended to add the following language at the end of the Section:

“On or before December 1 of each calendar year starting in the year 2007, as payment of reasonable and customary fees for the service of their respective Representatives in their role of providing governance and management of the Partnership, the Partnership shall pay to each of (a) the Unico Holding II Partner and (b) the Blackstone Holding II Partners (collectively for all of the Blackstone Holding II Partners, not for each Blackstone Holding II Partner), the sum of $125,000.”

3. Otherwise Unchanged . This Amendment is limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to any other term or condition of the Partnership Agreement. Wherever the “Partnership Agreement” is referred to therein or in any other agreements,


documents or instruments, such reference shall be to the Original Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby and by the First Amendment. Except as expressly and specifically amended by this Amendment, the Partnership Agreement shall remain unchanged, and each of the First Amendment and the Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects by the parties hereto and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Headings . The descriptive headings contained in this Amendment are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Amendment and shall not affect in any way the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Amendment.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II
By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

Name:   Thomas L. Williams
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL LLC

 

  By:  

Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its sole member

 

    By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner

 

    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
By:   BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III LLC
  By:   Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., its sole member
  By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner

 

    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]

 

- 3 -


By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL LLC
  By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., its sole member

 

    By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner

 

    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A LLC
  By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., its sole member

 

    By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III,

L.L.C., its general partner

    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I
By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

Name:   Thomas L. Williams
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]

 

- 4 -


By:   BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL LLC
  By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
By:   BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III LLC
  By:   Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., its sole member
    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL LLC
  By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]

 

- 5 -


By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A LLC
  By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., its sole member
    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

AGREED AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 51 OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.:

 

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Maren Christensen

Name:   Maren Christensen
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 3.4

THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “Partnership”), is made and entered into as of October 18, 2009 (this “Amendment”), by and between UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a Florida general partnership (“Holding II”), in its capacity as the sole general partner of the Partnership, and UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I, a Florida general partnership (“Holding I”), in its capacity as the sole limited partner of the Partnership. Additional parties to this Amendment, in their individual capacities, are the five constituents of Holding I and Holding II, namely the Blackstone Partners and UniCo, and Universal Parent, which additional parties are not partners in the Partnership.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the parties hereto and/or their predecessors have entered into the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., dated as of June 5, 2002 (the “Original Partnership Agreement”), with respect to the Partnership;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto and/or their predecessors have entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of May 25, 2007 (the “First Amendment”), amending certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto and/or their predecessors have entered into the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of November 7, 2007 (the “Second Amendment”; the Original Partnership Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Partnership Agreement”), amending certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Partnership Agreement as set forth herein with respect to the payment of the Special Fee and related provisions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms. Words and phrases which are introduced by initial capitals and which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Partnership Agreement.

2. Amendment to Section 20. Section 20(b) of the Partnership Agreement shall be amended by adding the following language at the end of the first paragraph of the Section:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the period from and after the first day of the Partnership’s monthly financial reporting period for November, 2009 through and including the last day of the Partnership’s monthly financial reporting period for June, 2017 (the “Fee Modification Period”), the Special Fee shall be equal to 5.25% of Project 1 Gross and 5.25% of Gate 2 Gross. In addition, during the Fee Modification Period, the reference to “5% of the gross revenues received” and each reference to “10%” contained in this first paragraph of Section 20(b) shall be modified to “5.25%” and “10.5%,” respectively.”

3. Effectiveness. The aforementioned Amendment to Section 20 shall not become effective until either (i) the requisite lenders under the Partnership’s senior secured credit facilities shall have consented to permit the transactions contemplated above and any related transactions; or (ii) the Partnership’s senior secured credit facilities shall be amended on terms that permit the transactions contemplated above and any related transactions.


4. Otherwise Unchanged. This Amendment is limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to any other term or condition of the Partnership Agreement. Wherever the Partnership Agreement is referred to therein or in any other agreements, documents or instruments, such reference shall be to the Original Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby and by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment. Except as expressly and specifically amended by this Amendment, the Partnership Agreement shall remain unchanged, and each of the First Amendment, the Second Amendment and the Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects by the parties hereto and shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Amendment are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Amendment and shall not affect in any way the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Amendment.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II
By:    UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC
By:   

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

  Name:   Thomas L. Williams
  Title:   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
By:    BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL LLC
  By:    Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:    Senior Managing Director Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:   /s/ Peter Wallace
    Name:   Peter Wallace
    Title:   President and Treasurer
By:    BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III LLC
By:    Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., its sole member
By:    Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
By:   

/s/ Peter Wallace

Name:   Peter Wallace
Title:   President and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]


By:    BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL LLC
  By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:   /s/ Peter Wallace
    Name:   Peter Wallace
    Title:   President and Treasurer
By:    BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A LLC
By:    Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., its sole member
By:    Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
By:   

/s/ Peter Wallace

  Name:   Peter Wallace
  Title:   President and Treasurer

 

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I
By:    UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC
By:   

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

  Name:   Thomas L. Williams
  Title:   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]


By:    BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL LLC
  By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:    /s/ Peter Wallace
    Name:   Peter Wallace
    Title:   President and Treasurer
By:    BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III LLC
By:    Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., its sole member
By:    Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
By:    /s/ Peter Wallace
Name:   Peter Wallace
Title:   President and Treasurer
By:    BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL LLC
  By:    Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:    Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:   /s/ Peter Wallace
    Name:   Peter Wallace
    Title:   President and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to UCDP Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement]


By:    BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A LLC
  By:    Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., its sole member
    By:    Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:   

/s/ Peter Wallace

    Name:   Peter Wallace
    Title:   President and Treasurer

 

AGREED AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 51 OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.:
UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lynn Calpeter

Name:   Lynn Calpeter
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 3.5

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

The undersigned, in order to form a corporation for the purpose hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the Florida Business Corporation Act, hereby certifies that:

1. Name. The name of the corporation shall be UCDP Finance, Inc.

2. Principal Office. The principal place of business and the mailing address of the corporation are 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, Florida 32819.

3. Purpose. The purpose for which the corporation is organized is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Florida Business Corporation Act.

4. Shares. The total number of shares of capital stock that this corporation is authorized to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, without par value.

5. Registered Agent. The name and street address of the registered agent in the State of Florida are CT Corporation System, 1200 South Pine Island Road Plantation, FL 33324.

6. Incorporator. The name and address of the incorporator is Robert J. Gronek, c/o Gronek & Latham, LLP, 390 N. Orange Avenue, Suite 600, Orlando, Florida 32801.

7. Vacancy on Board of Directors. In the event a vacancy occurs in the board of directors of the corporation, including a vacancy from an increase in the number of directors, such vacancy may be filled only by the shareholders of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Incorporation at Orlando, Florida, this 12th day of March, 2003.

 

/s/ Robert J. Gronek

Robert J. Gronek,
Incorporator


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

 

STATE OF FLORIDA )

) SS:

COUNTY OF ORANGE )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 12th day of March, 2003, by ROBERT J. GRONEK, as incorporator, who is personally known to me.

 

/s/ Pamela S. Hanna

NOTARY PUBLIC

ACCEPTANCE BY REGISTERED AGENT

 

 

 

The undersigned, CT CORPORATION SYSTEM, as registered agent appointed in accordance with the foregoing Articles of Incorporation, does hereby accept such appointment, and does hereby state that it is familiar with, and accepts, the obligations imposed pursuant to (Section) 607.0501 and (Section) 607.0505 of the Florida Business Corporation Act.

 

By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Burke

  CT CORPORATION SYSTEM

Exhibit 3.6

BYLAWS

OF

UCDP FINANCE, INC.,

A FLORIDA CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The corporation may have offices at such places both within and without the State of Florida as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. All meetings of shareholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of any proper business shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 2. Annual meetings of shareholders, commencing with the year 2004, shall be held on the first Wednesday of May, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 12:00 o’clock PM, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.


Section 3. Written or printed notice of the annual meeting stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by United States mail or electronic transmission (in a manner authorized by the shareholder), by or at the direction of the president, secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

ARTICLE III

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose may be held at such time and place within or without the State of Florida as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Special meetings of shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the president, the board of directors, or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 3. Written or printed notice of a special meeting stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by United States mail or electronic transmission (in a manner authorized by the shareholder), by or at the direction of the board, president, or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

2


Section 4. The business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

ARTICLE IV

QUORUM AND VOTING OF STOCK

Section 1. The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 2. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a plurality of the shares of stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the articles of incorporation.

Section 3. Each outstanding share of stock, having voting power, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

 

3


Section 4. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting without notice and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be dated and signed by shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE V

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors shall be two (2). Directors must be natural persons but need not be residents of the State of Florida nor shareholders of the corporation. The directors, other than the first board of directors, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, and each director elected shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified. The first board of directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by amendment to the articles of incorporation or to these bylaws.

Section 2. As provided in the Articles of Incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the shareholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired portion of the term of his or her predecessor in office. A director elected to fill a newly created directorship shall serve until the next succeeding

 

4


annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Section 3. The business affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

Section 4. The directors may keep the books of the corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of Florida, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

Section 5. The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Meetings of the board of directors, regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of Florida.

Section 2. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the shareholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present,

 

5


or it may convene at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

Section 3. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 4. Meetings of the board of directors may be called by the chairman of the board or by the president. Special meetings of the board of directors shall be preceded by two (2) days’ notice sent to directors of the date, time, and place of the meeting. Notice may be sent in writing or orally, and communicated in person, by telephone, voicemail, telegraph, teletype, electronic communication, or by mail. The notice may but need not include the purpose of the meeting.

Section 5. Attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, and a waiver of any and all objections to the place and time of the meeting or the manner in which it has been called or convened, except where a director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 6. A majority of the number of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless a different number is required by law or by the articles of incorporation. The act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by statute or by the articles of incorporation. Whether or not a quorum shall be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may

 

6


adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

ARTICLE VII

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Section 1. The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors, may designate two or more directors to constitute an executive committee which, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have and exercise all of the authority of the board of directors in the management of the corporation, except as otherwise provided by law. Vacancies in the membership of the committee shall be filled by the board of directors at a regular or special meeting of the board of directors. The executive committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board when required.

ARTICLE VIII

NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation or these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

7


ARTICLE IX

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a chairman of the board of directors, a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers.

Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of shareholders shall choose a president, a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the board.

Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

8


THE CHAIRMAN

Section 6. The chairman of the board of directors, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and directors of the corporation, but shall have no additional authority other than as a director.

THE PRESIDENT

Section 7. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, and in the absence of the Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

Section 8. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

Section 9. The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the president and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9


THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

Section 10. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

Section 11. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 12. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in

 

10


books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

Section 13. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all the treasurer transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

Section 14. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of the treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the treasurer and belonging to the corporation.

Section 15. The assistant treasurer, or, if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

11


ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by the president or other officer of the corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof. When the corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class there shall be set forth upon the face or back of the certificate, or the certificate shall have a statement that the corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge, a full or summary statement of the designations, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the shares of each class authorized to be issued and, if the corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series so far as the same have been fixed and determined and the authority of the board of directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series.

Section 2. The signature of the officer of the corporation upon a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if the person were such officer at the date of its issue.

UNCERTIFICATED SHARES

Section 3. The board of directors of the corporation may authorize the issue of some or all of the shares of any or all of its classes or series without certificates. Shares already represented by certificates shall not be affected until they are surrendered to the corporation.

 

12


Section 4. Within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, the corporation shall send shareholders a written statement of the information required on the certificates by F.S. section 607.0625 (2) and (3), and, if applicable, F.S. section 607.0627.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 5. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or an equivalent new uncertificated security in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or an equivalent new uncertificated security, the board of directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require such indemnities as it deems adequate, to protect the corporation from any claim that may be made against it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken.

TRANSFERS OF SHARES

Section 6. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate or an equivalent new uncertificated security shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate canceled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

13


FIXING OF RECORD DATE

Section 7. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting, to demand a special meeting, to vote, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may provide that the record date be fixed not more than seventy (70) days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders. In the absence of the board of directors fixing a record date, the following provisions shall apply: For the purpose of determining those shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting, such record date shall be the date the first shareholder delivers his demand to the corporation. For the purpose of determining those shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and if no prior action is required by the board of directors under applicable law, such record date shall be the date the first signed written consent is delivered to the corporation under F.S. section 607.0704. If not otherwise fixed, and prior action is required by the board of directors pursuant to applicable law, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution taking such prior action. For the purpose of determining those shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at an annual or special shareholders’ meeting, such record date shall be the close of business on the day before the first notice is delivered to shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof to the extent permitted by F.S. section 607.0707(6).

 

14


LIST OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 8. After fixing a record date for a meeting, the officer or agent in charge of the records for shares shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all shareholders who are entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting, arranged by voting group, with the address of, and the number and class and series, if any, of shares held by each. The shareholders’ list shall be available for inspection by any shareholder for a period of 10 days prior to the meeting and shall be kept on file at the corporation’s principal office. A shareholder or his agent or attorney shall be entitled on written demand to inspect the list, subject to the requirements of F.S. section 607.1602(3) during regular business hours and at his expense, during the period it shall be available for inspection. The shareholders’ list shall be made available at the meeting, and any shareholder or his agent or attorney shall be entitled to inspect the list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment. The shareholders’ list shall be prima facie evidence of the identity of shareholders entitled to examine the shareholders’ list or to vote at a meeting of shareholders.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. Subject to the restrictions of the articles of incorporation relating thereto, if any, and to limitation by statute, distributions may be declared by the board of

 

15


directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Distributions may be made in cash, in property, or as a dividend. Share dividends may be issued pro rata and without consideration to the corporation’s shareholders or to the shareholders of one or more classes or series, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation.

Section 2. Before any distribution may be made, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for distributions such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper to meet debts of the corporation as they become due in the usual course of business, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation.

CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Florida”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

 

16


ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, or by the written assent of shareholders entitled to vote such shares, except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation.

Section 2. Subject to the right of shareholders as provided in Section 1 of this Article XII to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws, bylaws, other than a bylaw or amendment thereof contrary to the provisions of F.S. sections 607.1020, 607.1021 or 607.1022, may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

17

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

and

UCDP FINANCE, INC.,

as Issuers,

and

GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN,

as Guarantors,

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

Dated as of November 6, 2009

 

 

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

 

 

 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

    TIA

Section

  

Indenture

    Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.08; 7.10

      (b)

   7.08; 7.10; 11.02

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

      (b)

   11.03

      (c)

   11.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   7.06

      (b)(2)

   7.06

      (c)

   7.06; 11.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.09; 4.18; 11.02

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   7.02; 11.04;
11.05

      (c)(2)

   7.02; 11.04;
11.05

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   11.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   6.05; 7.01

      (e)

   6.11

316(a)(last sentence)

   2.09

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   9.02

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   9.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.09

      (b)

   2.04

318(a)

   11.01

 

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

Note:    This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE ONE   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

SECTION 1.01.

   Definitions    1

SECTION 1.02.

   Other Definitions    32

SECTION 1.03.

   Incorporation by Reference of TIA    33

SECTION 1.04.

   Rules of Construction    33
ARTICLE TWO   
THE NOTES   

SECTION 2.01.

   Form and Dating    34

SECTION 2.02.

   Execution and Authentication    36

SECTION 2.03.

   Registrar and Paying Agent    37

SECTION 2.04.

   Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust    37

SECTION 2.05.

   Holder Lists    38

SECTION 2.06.

   Transfer and Exchange    38

SECTION 2.07.

   Replacement Notes    38

SECTION 2.08.

   Outstanding Notes    39

SECTION 2.09.

   Treasury Notes    39

SECTION 2.10.

   Temporary Notes    39

SECTION 2.11.

   Cancellation    40

SECTION 2.12.

   Defaulted Interest    40

SECTION 2.13.

   CUSIP Number    40

SECTION 2.14.

   Deposit of Moneys    40

SECTION 2.15.

   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes    41

SECTION 2.16.

   Special Transfer Provisions    42
ARTICLE THREE   
REDEMPTION   

SECTION 3.01.

   Notices to Trustee    54

SECTION 3.02.

   Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed    54

SECTION 3.03.

   Notice of Redemption    54

SECTION 3.04.

   Effect of Notice of Redemption    55

SECTION 3.05.

   Deposit of Redemption Price    55

SECTION 3.06.

   Notes Redeemed in Part    56

SECTION 3.07.

   Mandatory Redemption    56

 

-i-


          Page
ARTICLE FOUR   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.01.

  

Payment of Notes

   56

SECTION 4.02.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

   56

SECTION 4.03.

  

Corporate Existence

   57

SECTION 4.04.

  

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

   57

SECTION 4.05.

  

[Reserved]

   57

SECTION 4.06.

  

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default

   57

SECTION 4.07.

  

[Reserved]

   58

SECTION 4.08.

  

Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws

   58

SECTION 4.09.

  

Change of Control

   58

SECTION 4.10.

  

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

   60

SECTION 4.11.

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

   65

SECTION 4.12.

  

Liens

   71

SECTION 4.13.

  

Asset Sales

   72

SECTION 4.14.

  

Transactions with Affiliates

   76

SECTION 4.15.

  

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

   79

SECTION 4.16.

  

Future Guarantors

   81

SECTION 4.17.

  

Limitation on Business Activities of UCDP Finance

   81

SECTION 4.18.

  

Reports and Other Information

   82
ARTICLE FIVE   
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION   

SECTION 5.01.

  

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

   83
ARTICLE SIX   
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.01.

  

Events of Default

   85

SECTION 6.02.

  

Acceleration

   88

SECTION 6.03.

  

Other Remedies

   88

SECTION 6.04.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

   89

SECTION 6.05.

  

Control by Majority

   89

SECTION 6.06.

  

Limitation on Suits

   89

SECTION 6.07.

  

Rights of Holders To Receive Payment

   90

SECTION 6.08.

  

Collection Suit by Trustee

   90

SECTION 6.09.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   90

SECTION 6.10.

  

Priorities

   91

SECTION 6.11.

  

Undertaking for Costs

   91

 

-ii-


          Page
ARTICLE SEVEN   
TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01.

  

Duties of Trustee

   91

SECTION 7.02.

  

Rights of Trustee

   93

SECTION 7.03.

  

Individual Rights of Trustee

   94

SECTION 7.04.

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   94

SECTION 7.05.

  

Notice of Default

   95

SECTION 7.06.

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders

   95

SECTION 7.07.

  

Compensation and Indemnity

   95

SECTION 7.08.

  

Replacement of Trustee

   96

SECTION 7.09.

  

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

   97

SECTION 7.10.

  

Eligibility; Disqualification

   97

SECTION 7.11.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers

   98
ARTICLE EIGHT   
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.01.

  

Termination of the Issuers’ Obligations

   98

SECTION 8.02.

  

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

   99

SECTION 8.03.

  

Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   101

SECTION 8.04.

  

Application of Trust Money

   102

SECTION 8.05.

  

Repayment to the Issuers

   102

SECTION 8.06.

  

Reinstatement

   103
ARTICLE NINE   
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS   

SECTION 9.01.

  

Without Consent of Holders

   103

SECTION 9.02.

  

With Consent of Holders

   104

SECTION 9.03.

  

Compliance with TIA

   105

SECTION 9.04.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents

   105

SECTION 9.05.

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

   106

SECTION 9.06.

  

Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

   106
ARTICLE TEN   
GUARANTEE   

SECTION 10.01.

  

Unconditional Guarantee

   107

SECTION 10.02.

  

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

   108

SECTION 10.03.

  

[Intentionally Omitted]

   108

SECTION 10.04.

  

Release of a Guarantor

   108

 

-iii-


          Page

SECTION 10.05.

  

Waiver of Subrogation

   109

SECTION 10.06.

  

Immediate Payment

   110

SECTION 10.07.

  

No Set-Off

   110

SECTION 10.08.

  

Guarantee Obligations Absolute

   110

SECTION 10.09.

  

Guarantee Obligations Continuing

   110

SECTION 10.10.

  

Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced

   110

SECTION 10.11.

  

Guarantee Obligations Reinstated

   111

SECTION 10.12.

  

Guarantee Obligations Not Affected

   111

SECTION 10.13.

  

Waiver

   112

SECTION 10.14.

  

No Obligation To Take Action Against the Company

   112

SECTION 10.15.

  

Dealing with the Issuers and Others

   112

SECTION 10.16.

  

Default and Enforcement

   113

SECTION 10.17.

  

Amendment, Etc.

   113

SECTION 10.18.

  

Acknowledgment

   113

SECTION 10.19.

  

Costs and Expenses

   113

SECTION 10.20.

  

No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

   114

SECTION 10.21.

  

Survival of Guarantee Obligations

   114

SECTION 10.22.

  

Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations

   114

SECTION 10.23.

  

Severability

   114

SECTION 10.24.

  

Successors and Assigns

   114
ARTICLE ELEVEN   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 11.01.

  

TIA Controls

   115

SECTION 11.02.

  

Notices

   115

SECTION 11.03.

  

Communications by Holders with Other Holders

   116

SECTION 11.04.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   116

SECTION 11.05.

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   117

SECTION 11.06.

  

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar

   117

SECTION 11.07.

  

Legal Holidays

   117

SECTION 11.08.

  

Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

   117

SECTION 11.09.

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

   118

SECTION 11.10.

  

No Recourse Against Others

   118

SECTION 11.11.

  

Successors

   118

SECTION 11.12.

  

Duplicate Originals

   118

SECTION 11.13.

  

Severability

   118

SECTION 11.14.

  

Force Majeure

   118

Signatures

      S-1

 

-iv-


Exhibit A

   -    Form of Note

Exhibit B

   -    Form of Legends

Exhibit C

   -    Form of Certificate of Transfer

Exhibit D

   -    Form of Certificate of Exchange

Note:   This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 

-v-


INDENTURE dated as of November 6, 2009, among UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS, a Florida partnership, and UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE, a Florida partnership, subsidiaries of the Company, each as a Guarantor, the other Guarantors (as defined herein) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) the Issuers’ 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 issued on the date hereof (the “ Original Notes ”), (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued after the date hereof (all such notes in clauses (a) and (b) that are issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (as defined herein) being referred to collectively as the “ Initial Notes ”) and (c) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), the Issuers’ 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 issued in the Exchange Offer (as defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes (the “ Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Notes, the “ Notes ”). On the date hereof, $400,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Original Notes will be issued. Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants (including Section 4.10) set forth herein, the Issuers may issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes.

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.


Additional Interest ” means any additional interest, if any, payable on the Initial Notes pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Original Notes) issued from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture and in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.10 hereof; it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date shall not be Additional Notes, including any Exchange Notes.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, (i) each of the entities comprising Blackstone and VUE is an Affiliate of the Issuers and (ii) UCF Hotel Venture is not an Affiliate of the Issuers under UCF Hotel Venture’s ownership structure as it existed on the Issue Date.

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

amend ” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively, and “ amending ” and “ amended ” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) (other than Preferred Stock issued in compliance with Section 4.10),

 

-2-


in each case other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out equipment, or equipment or property that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.11;

(d) any disposition of assets, or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $20.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) sales of assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business (not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset based loan or long term factoring facility) or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(k) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(l) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business (in any event excluding any exclusive license, sub-license or assignment of, intellectual property or other general intangibles that precludes the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries from using such intellectual property or general intangibles for a period of time that exceeds ten years); and

 

-3-


(m) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Blackstone ” means Blackstone Capital Partners III Merchant Banking Fund L.P. and its Affiliates.

Board of Directors ” means as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof or, with respect to the Company, the Park Advisory Board.

Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a duly adopted resolution or consent of the Board of Directors of such Person, which is in full force and effect on the date of such adoption or consent, and delivered to the Trustee.

Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York State.

Calculation Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Debt to EBITDA Ratio.”

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

-4-


Cash Contribution Amount ” means half of the aggregate amount of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company pursuant to clause (xix) of Section 4.10(b).

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof;

(3) certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above;

(7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P; and

(8) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons (other than Blackstone or its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders; or

 

-5-


(2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of the Company.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, and its successors.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount, expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and non-cash interest accrued on Special Fees);

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; and

(3) one-third of the obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for rental payments made during such period under operating leases as part of Sale/Leaseback Transactions.

For the avoidance of doubt, any interest expense resulting from “mark to market” accounting shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Interest Expense.”

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) shall be excluded;

 

-6-


(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless (x) such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived or (y) such restriction is permitted under Section 4.15; provided that the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included; and

(7) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such Section pursuant to clauses (a)(C)(4) and (a)(C)(5).

Consultant Agreement ” means the Consultant Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987, between Diamond Lane Productions (“ DLP ”) (DLP is the successor in interest to Steven Spielberg) and the Company (as successor in interest to Universal City Florida Partners), as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time (so long as any such amendment, supplement, replacement or other modification, taken as a whole, (1) is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect or (2) would not in the Company’s good faith judgment materially affect the Company’s ability to pay interest or principal on the Notes).

 

-7-


Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or capital contributions from its shareholders (excluding Designated Preferred Stock of the Company, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock of the Company, the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, of the Notes and to the extent such cash proceeds have, or such capital contribution has, not been used to make Restricted Payments); provided , however , that:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than such aggregate cash, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 10161 Centurion Parkway, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered.

Credit Agreement ” means the amended and restated credit agreement dated on or about the Issue Date, among the Company, the financial institutions named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace or Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement or Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount loaned or invested thereunder or alters the maturity thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.10.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Credit Agreement, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or any other indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity

 

-8-


thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.10; or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, obligors or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, investor or group of lenders or investors.

Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Debt to EBITDA Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of:

(1) the Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of determination (the “ Calculation Date ”), on a consolidated basis, to

(2) the EBITDA of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date for which internal financial statements are available.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, discontinued operations, mergers and consolidations (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Debt to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company in a manner consistent with pro forma adjustments permitted under Article 11 of Regulation S-X or otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable adjustments expected to be realized in the twelve month period commencing after the date of the transaction. The calculation of any such pro forma adjustments shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

-9-


Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.15 or Section 2.16(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, its nominees, and their respective successors appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(C).

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event;

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto)),

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries

 

-10-


or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense plus amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization, the Transactions or Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(5) any (a) cash restructuring charges not to exceed $20.0 million and (b) any one-time costs Incurred in connection with acquisitions consummated after the Issue Date, in each case, to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(6) the amount of non-cash charges in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition or investment (but excluding any charge that requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

(7) non-cash exchange, translation or performance loss relating to any Hedging Obligations; plus

(8) non-cash charges for the impairment of intangibles and other assets (but excluding any such charge that (A) relates to current assets or (B) requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

 

-11-


(9) the amount of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses payable to VUE or Blackstone (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period, in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million; plus

(10) any non-cash expense relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(11) any other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including any non-cash charges arising from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards no. 133), but excluding any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period; plus

(12) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(13) charges, accruals, interest, depreciation, amortization, fees, expenses, impairment or other asset-write downs or other write-offs or other impact with respect to the rights in the Consultant Agreement to establish or determine the amount of the floor or in connection with any amendments to the Consultant Agreement and other payments related to such amendment;

less, without duplication,

(1) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, including performance gains relating to any Hedging Obligations (excluding any items (A) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period or (B) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period); less

(2) any income relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders.

 

-12-


Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock, including Preferred Stock of the Company or Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings registered on Form S-8; and

(2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system and its successors.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Offer ” means the registration by the Issuers under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement of the offer by the Issuers to each Holder of the Initial Notes to exchange all the Initial Notes held by such Holder for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes held by such Holder, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” means the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Exchange Offer.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Company or Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(C).

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value (x) for any transactions involving a price in excess of $175.0 million will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (y) for all other transactions will be determined in good faith by the Company, which determination will be conclusive.

 

-13-


Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof and any subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further , any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.

Global Note ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Article Two hereof.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Guarantor ” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

 

-14-


Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Holdings ” shall mean any corporation, association or other business entity that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company other than Universal City Florida Holding I and Universal City Florida Holding II; provided , however , that such entity (x) shall have been incorporated on a date subsequent to the Issue Date and (y) shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any material business other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Company, (ii) activities incidental to the maintenance of its existence and its employees and (iii) activities incidental to the foregoing activities.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor due within twelve months from the date on which it is Incurred, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, which purchase price is due more than twelve months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

 

-15-


(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include:

(1) any obligation of the Company to make distributions to its partners in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement; and

(2) any obligation of the Company relating to the Special Fee.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Purchasers ” means (1) with respect to the Original Notes, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the applicable purchase agreement.

interest ” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and any Additional Interest on the Notes.

Interest Payment Date ” means each May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2010.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required

 

-16-


by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(A) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

(B) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

Issue Date ” means November 6, 2009.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Maturity Date ” means November 15, 2015.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereto.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration or Land Sale Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way

 

-17-


of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.13(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any required distributions to holders of minority interests in any Restricted Subsidiary party to such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes.

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated October 27, 2009, relating to the Original Notes.

Officer ” means any member of the Park Advisory Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the comparable title with respect to its general partner, or performing those functions for the Company but employed by an Affiliate of the Company, as applicable.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable) by two Officers of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable), one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable) that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Issuers or the Trustee.

 

-18-


Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of June 5, 2002, as amended as of the Issue Date.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of properties or assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , however , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.13.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) VUE, (ii) Blackstone, (iii) any Person in which Blackstone and VUE collectively own at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock and (iv) Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , in the case of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, only so long as no Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders in clauses (i) through (iii), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), acquires more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of Holdings. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

-19-


(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

(6) advances to employees of the Company or to employees of an Affiliate of the Company that regularly provides services to the Company not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (c) in satisfaction of a judgment in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(8) Hedging Obligations;

(9) additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9), not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the same time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(C);

(12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (vi) and (vii) of such section);

(13) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.10 and 4.16;

 

-20-


(15) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries in other Restricted Subsidiaries and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(16) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued at the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (i), (v), (xiii) or (xx) of Section 4.10(b);

 

-21-


(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is

 

-22-


not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(17) Liens securing obligations created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding involving the Company in the ordinary course of business which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves have been set aside and no property is subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture;

(18) Liens securing the obligations of the Company under the Consultant Agreement;

(19) licenses of intellectual property granted in a manner consistent with past practice;

(20) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.10; provided , however , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(23) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(24) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

-23-


(25) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under the Credit Agreement or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; and

(27) other Liens securing obligations in an amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A.

Record Date ” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided , however , that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.

Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

Redemption Price ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

-24-


(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances Indebtedness junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus premiums (including tender premiums and defeasance costs), fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such Refinancing; and

(5) shall not include Indebtedness of (x) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, or (y) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (1) with respect to the Original Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

-25-


Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Security ” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Security” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

-26-


SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Documents ” means the collective reference to the Credit Agreement, the notes issued pursuant thereto and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person:

(1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and

(2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(1) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(4) any Capital Stock; and

(5) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person.

Senior Subordinated Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee governing the Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

-27-


Senior Subordinated Notes ” means the $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 issued by the Issuers under the Senior Subordinated Indenture.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Issuers in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of either Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

Similar Business ” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Special Fee ” means that certain Special Fee, including any interest accrued thereon, payable to VUE as defined in the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as such definition may be modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company.

Special Fee Ratio ” means, with respect to the Company and as of any date of determination for the four most recent full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available ended immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio of:

(1) the Company’s EBITDA, plus, to the extent deducted in computing such EBITDA, the aggregate amount of Special Fees accrued during such period, minus (x) the lesser of (i) $65.0 million and (ii) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries (except for (i) interest capitalized during such period and (ii) capital expenditures to the extent they are made with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests or out of a capital contribution to the Company), minus (y) the aggregate amount of Special Fees (whether in respect of current or deferred portions) paid in cash during such period, to;

(2) the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,

in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Debt to EBITDA Ratio.”

 

-28-


Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Issuers, any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee, including its guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company and other parties named thereto relating to the subordination of the Special Fee in right of payment to the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any corporation, association or other business entity that is treated for financial reporting purposes as a consolidated entity in such Person’s annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP unless the Issuers notify the Trustee that such corporation, association or business entity is not to be treated as a Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa77bbbb), as in effect on the date of the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 9.03.

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

Transactions ” means, collectively, the offering of the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes, the amendment and restatement of the Senior Credit Documents and the borrowing of additional term loans in connection therewith on or about the Issue Date, the repayment of certain of the Issuers and the Issuers affiliates’ outstanding Indebtedness with the proceeds of the foregoing, the amendment of the Consultant Agreement, the amendment of the Partnership Agreement and the Issuers’ partners’ agreement and the payment of related fees and expenses.

 

-29-


Trust Officer ” means any officer within the corporate trust department of a Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of that Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided further , however , that either:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

 

-30-


(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.11.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test described under Section 4.10 or (2) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be lower than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

U.S. Legal Tender ” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.

VUE ” means Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and its Affiliates, and any successor thereto.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

 

-31-


Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 99% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term

   Defined in Section
“Affiliate Transaction”    4.14(a)
“Asset Sale Offer”    4.13(c)
“Asset Sale Offer Amount”    4.13(d)
“Asset Sale Offer Period”    4.13(d)
“Asset Sale Purchase Date”    4.13(d)
“Basket Period”    4.11(a)
“Change of Control Offer”    4.09(a)
“Change of Control Payment”    4.09(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”    4.09(c)
“Covenant Defeasance”    8.02(c)
“Event of Default”    6.01
“Excess Proceeds”    4.13(c)
“Exchange Notes”    Recitals
“Global Note Legend”    Exhibit B
“Guarantee Obligations”    10.01(a)
“Initial Notes”    Recitals
“Land Sale Non-cash Consideration”    4.13(a)
“Legal Defeasance”    8.02(b)
“Notes”    Recitals
“Original Notes”    Recitals
“Paying Agent”    2.03

 

-32-


Term

   Defined in Section
“Permitted Indebtedness”    4.10(b)
“Private Placement Legend”    Exhibit B
“Refunding Capital Stock”    4.11(b)
“Registrar”    2.03
“Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend”    Exhibit B
“Restricted Payments”    4.11(a)
“Retired Capital Stock”    4.11(b)
“Successor Company”    5.01(a)
“Successor Guarantor”    5.01(b)

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

(a) “ indenture securities ” means the Notes;

(b) “ indenture security holder ” means a Holder or a Noteholder;

(c) “ indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

(d) “ indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

(e) “ obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

-33-


(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(e) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;

(g) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(h) secured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to any other secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral;

(i) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuers dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (A) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (B) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and

(k) all references to the date the Original Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date.

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating .

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication. Any Note (whether a Global Note or a Definitive Note) that is a Restricted Security shall bear the Private Placement Legend set forth in Exhibit B .

 

-34-


The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A , deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends relating to Global Notes set forth in Exhibit B .

Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A and shall, to the extent applicable, bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B and will not have a “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Sections 2.15 and 2.16 hereof.

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Following (i) the termination of the Restricted Period and (ii) the receipt by the Trustee of (A) a certification or other evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.16(b) hereof) and (B) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication

 

-35-


of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication .

One Officer of each Issuer (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for such Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Original Notes on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000 and (ii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Original Notes, in each case upon a written order of each Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. In addition, the Trustee shall authenticate Additional Notes thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.10) and the same principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor upon a written order of each Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. Each such Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated and, in the case of Additional Notes, the issue price of the Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers and Affiliates of the Issuers.

 

-36-


The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuers may act as their own Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Articles Three and Eight and Sections 4.09 and 4.13, neither Issuer nor any Affiliate of either Issuer shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers, upon notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuers fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust .

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that, subject to Article Eight, each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuers (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuers to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

-37-


SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .

Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing.

Subject to Section 2.15, any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes .

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge such Holder for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

 

-38-


SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes .

Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or any of their respective Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09); provided Notes repurchased by the Issuers or an Affiliate pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and cancelled at the option of the Issuers. Notes purchased by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest thereon ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than either Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest thereon ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by either Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes .

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

 

-39-


SECTION 2.11. Cancellation .

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than either Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuers, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07, the Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuers shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall, unless the Trustee fixes another record date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuers for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special record date, the Issuers shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Number .

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Deposit of Moneys .

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Purchase Date, the Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Purchase Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Purchase Date, as the case may be.

 

-40-


SECTION 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .

(a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear the legends relating to the Global Notes as set forth in Exhibit B .

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Beneficial interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, a Global Note is exchangeable for a Definitive Note of the same series if (i) the Depository (A) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the applicable Global Notes or (B) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed, (ii) the Issuers at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes (although Regulation S Temporary Global Notes at the Issuers’ election pursuant to this Section 2.15 may not be exchanged for Definitive Notes prior to (a) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (b) the receipt of any certificates required under the provisions of Regulation S), or (iii) there has occurred and is continuing a Default with respect to the Notes.

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Registrar shall (if one or more Definitive Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and (i) the Issuers shall execute and (ii) the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred.

 

-41-


(d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation and (i) the Issuers shall execute, and (ii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuers authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(e) Any Definitive Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

(f) The Holder in any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.16. Special Transfer Provisions .

(a) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Article Two, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.16(b)(i).

 

-42-


(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.16(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.16(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.16(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.16(g) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.16(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the

 

-43-


form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.16(b)(ii) hereof and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as deemed in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such exchange or transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

-44-


Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.15(b) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) If such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.16(g) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.16(c) shall be registered in such name or

 

-45-


names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.16(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.16(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.15(b) hereof and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

-46-


and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.15(b) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.16(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.16(g) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.16(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.16(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB, in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

-47-


(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such exchange or transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

-48-


(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.16(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.16(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.16(e):

 

-49-


(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such exchange or transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

-50-


(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part,

 

-51-


each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 4.09, 4.13 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuers shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is

 

-52-


registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.16 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(i) General .

(a) The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 or this Section 2.16. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

(b) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(c) The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the actions or omissions of the Depositary, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depositary.

 

-53-


ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes, they shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Issuers shall give notice of redemption to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 45 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(i) if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(ii) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method that is in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary and applicable legal requirements);

provided , however , that, in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the Notes, the Trustee will select the Notes on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depositary).

No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuers shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at the Issuers’ expense, provided that the Trustee is given at least five days prior written notice of such request. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest to be paid;

 

-54-


(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest;

(v) that, unless the Issuers default in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

(vi) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

(vii) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and

(viii) the section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

Such notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or before 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent, U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest of all Notes to be redeemed on that date.

 

-55-


If the Issuers comply with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuers default in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, interest on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note or Notes.

SECTION 3.07. Mandatory Redemption .

The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes .

The Issuers shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than either Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment then due. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months.

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the office or agency required under Section 2.03. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02.

 

-56-


The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuers hereby initially designate the Trustee, located at the Corporate Trust Office, as such office of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03.

SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence .

Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five, each Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate or partnership existence, as applicable, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and material franchises of each Issuer and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license, franchise or corporate or partnership existence with respect to each such Restricted Subsidiary if the Issuers in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

Each Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.05. [Reserved].

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within the earlier of 90 days after the occurrence and 30 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.

 

-57-


SECTION 4.07. [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws .

Each Issuer and each Guarantor, if any, covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive such Issuer or such Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes or the Guarantee of any such Guarantor as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 4.09. Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”), except to the extent that the Issuers have previously elected to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will offer to pay an amount in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Within 60 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Issuers have previously elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes, the Issuers will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such notice shall state:

(i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;

(ii) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Change of Control Payment Date) and the Change of Control Payment Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

-58-


(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

(vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(vii) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and

(viii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control.

(d) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuers.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

-59-


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(f) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.09. To the extent the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.09, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(g) Notwithstanding any provision in this Indenture, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and conditional upon such Change of Control if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of the Change of Control Offer.

SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) The Company will not

(i) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and

(ii) permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;

provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Debt to EBITDA Ratio of the Company at the time of such Incurrence or issuance, as the case may be, would have been less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.10(a) will not apply to the following (“ Permitted Indebtedness ”):

(i) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to

 

-60-


have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount of $1,125.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all mandatory principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales;

(ii) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the Guarantees and any Exchange Notes and guarantees thereof;

(iii) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Subordinated Notes and the guarantees by the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of the Senior Subordinated Notes and any exchange notes and guarantees thereof in aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $225.0 million;

(iv) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above);

(v) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (but no other material assets)) and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (v); provided , however , the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (v) (including any such Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (v)) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets; provided , further that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Refinance Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (v) without regard to subsequent changes in Total Assets;

(vi) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

-61-


(viii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided however , that, unless such Indebtedness is owed to a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided , however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note and (B) to the extent applicable, if a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(xi) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes):

(A) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding;

(B) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or

(C) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

(xii) obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

-62-


(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii), does not exceed $60.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(xiv) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligation by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, if applicable, of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(xv) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.10(a) or clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (xvi) of this Section 4.10(b) or this clause (xv);

(xvi) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is not Incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such acquisition or merger; provided further , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

(A) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a); or

(B) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test would be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition;

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xviii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

-63-


(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx)(A) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10(a) after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted hereunder or (B) if the Company could not Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10(a) after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred for working capital purposes, in either case in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 5.0% of the consolidated assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;

(xxi) Preferred Stock that is not Disqualified Stock and issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Person holding a minority Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (after giving effect to such issuance) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time issued and outstanding; provided , however , that such Preferred Stock is not exchangeable or convertible into Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not require cash payments of dividends at any time that such cash payment would result in a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture;

(xxii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiii) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xxiv) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case Incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms on a recourse basis and not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset based loan facility or long term factoring program; and

(xxv) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, Incurred in the ordinary course of business.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may Incur any Permitted Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness unless such Permitted Indebtedness will be

 

-64-


subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as applicable, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify (and may later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) (in the case of a reclassification, to the extent the reclassified item could be Incurred pursuant to one of such categories or Section 4.10(a) at the time of such reclassification) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in such category or Section 4.10(a); provided , however , that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date will be treated as Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.10(b)(i); and (2) at the time of Incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.10. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10.

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity,

 

-65-


in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10(b)(viii) and (x)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.10(a); and

(C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including, without duplication, Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (viii) and (xv) (to the extent the repurchase of Subordinated Indebtedness occurs as the result of an Asset Sale) of Section 4.11(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(1) an amount equal to the Company’s EBITDA for the period from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing on or after September 28, 2009 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “ Basket Period ”) less the product of 1.75 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the Basket Period, plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock, any Cash Contribution Amount and the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash since the Issue Date (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

 

-66-


(4) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received from:

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments,

(II) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

(III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(5) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii)(A) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings to the extent contributed to the Company or out of a capital contribution to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the

 

-67-


declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) Refinancing of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.10 so long as;

(A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced (plus the amount of any premium (including tender offer premiums and defeasance costs) required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced plus any fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith),

(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so Refinanced,

(C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced, and

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced;

(iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years); provided further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Equity Interests of Holdings, to the extent contributed to the Company, to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(C)); plus

 

-68-


(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

provided , however , that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any single calendar year;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.10;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio under Section 4.10(a) and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company directly from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $40.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by, or contributed to, the Company from any public offering of common stock of the Company or Holdings other than public offerings registered on Form S-8 or constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million;

(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

-69-


(xii) payments, whether in the form of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock or otherwise, used to fund the payment, purchase or other satisfaction of current or deferred fees and expenses owed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to Affiliates to the extent permitted by Section 4.14;

(xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options; and

(xiv) without duplication of amounts paid under clause (xvii) below, during a period when the Company is treated as a partnership for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes and after such period to the extent relating to the liability for such period, the payment of distributions in respect of partners’ income tax liability with respect to the Company solely as a result of the Company being a partnership or similar pass-through entity for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes in an amount not to exceed the taxable income of the Company multiplied by the highest combined federal, state and local and foreign income tax rate applicable to partners of Blackstone UTP Capital Partners LP, Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A LP, Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners LP and Blackstone Family Media Partnership III LP;

(xv) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13, provided , however , that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(xvi) the payment of fees and expenses Incurred by Blackstone and VUE and paid by the Issuers in connection with the Transactions;

(xvii) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, Holdings in amounts required for Holdings to pay, in each case without duplication, (1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (2) without duplication of amounts paid under clause (xiv) above, foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the

 

-70-


extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from Holdings; (3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of the Company; (4) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of Holdings; and

(xviii) any Restricted Payments in connection with the Transactions;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Issue Date, the Company’s Subsidiaries will all be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.12. Liens .

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, that secures any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Notes if the Lien is a Permitted Lien.

 

-71-


SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause or make an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and

(ii) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided , however , that the amount of:

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

(B) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received),

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 2.5% of Total Assets and $50.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), and

(D) any non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the sale of unimproved real property owned by the Company on the Issue Date (such non-cash consideration being referred to herein as “ Land Sale Non-cash Consideration ”)

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.13(a).

 

-72-


(b) Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce (1) Obligations under the Credit Agreement (and, in the case of revolving Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); (2) Obligations under any other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto); provided , however , that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or (3) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, or

(ii) to make (1) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided , however , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) capital expenditures or (3) acquisitions of other long-lived assets, in each of (1), (2) and (3), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

(iii) to make an Investment in (1) any one or more businesses, provided , however , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) properties or (3) acquisitions of other long-lived assets that, in each of (1), (2) and (3), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

(c) Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.13(b) will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to purchase, prepay or redeem (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) on a pro rata basis the maximum principal amount of Notes and any other Senior Indebtedness requires that the Company offer to purchase such other Senior Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale to (i) all Holders of Notes and (ii) all holders of any such Senior Indebtedness. Such Asset Sale Offer will be at an offer price in cash (A), in the case of the Notes, of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture) and (B), in the case of other Senior Indebtedness of the Company, sufficient to comply with the provisions governing such Senior Indebtedness of the Company ( provided that

 

-73-


in no event shall the Company offer to purchase other Senior Indebtedness at a purchase price in excess of 100% of its principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purposes not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata amount of Excess Proceeds to be used to purchase the Notes, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(d) The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Asset Sale Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period (the “ Asset Sale Purchase Date ”), the Company will repurchase the principal amount of Notes and Senior Indebtedness required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the “ Asset Sale Offer Amount ”) or, if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Senior Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.

(e) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Asset Sale Purchase Date, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13;

(ii) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Asset Sale Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date;

 

-74-


(vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(vii) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and

(viii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Asset Sale Offer.

(f) If more Notes are tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, selection of such Notes for purchase shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirement); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part. The Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.13 and, in addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and Notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Senior Indebtedness. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes or holder or lender of Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the repurchase price of the Notes or Senior Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such Holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided , however , that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Senior Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.

(g) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

-75-


SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) if such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11;

(iii) the payment of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to VUE and its Affiliates and Blackstone and its Affiliates in an amount in any fiscal year not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate;

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or of Affiliates of the Company providing services to the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Blackstone made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 

-76-


(vi) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.14(a)(i);

(vii) payments, loans or advances to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business, subject to any limitations otherwise set forth in this Indenture;

(viii) any consulting, employment or severance agreements or benefits arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (other than with a Permitted Holder);

(ix) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(x) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (x) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(xi) the payment to VUE or its designee of current or deferred portions of the Special Fee, so long as after giving effect to such payment, on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Special Fee Ratio of no less than 1.10 to 1.00;

(xii) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are on terms not materially less favorable than as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xiii) agreements in connection with the development, construction and operation of hotels, restaurants and other resort facilities; provided , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

-77-


(xiv) transactions relating to resort venues in which the Company or its Affiliates have an ownership or management interest; provided , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(xv) any purchase by any Affiliate of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any contribution by any Affiliate to the equity capital of the Company;

(xvi) transactions with VUE, Blackstone or their respective Affiliates consisting of reimbursement of expenses, obligations, sharing of operating and capital costs, sharing of software and IT hardware systems, licensing and sublicensing of rights under intellectual property, joint marketing arrangements, promotional, merchandising and advertising arrangements, purchase or sale of services, goods and products, participation in joint ticket products, sharing of personnel and employees, the participation in, and reimbursement obligations with respect to, coverage under insurance policies and joint purchasing arrangements, in each case consistent with past practice or practice in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company; provided , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(xvii) the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses actually and properly Incurred by VUE or its Affiliates and Blackstone or its Affiliates in connection with activities of the Company as permitted pursuant to the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company;

(xviii) the Transactions;

(xix) to the extent otherwise permitted under this Indenture, any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to (or the funding of) employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans to managers, employees or other individuals that are not employed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries but provide services to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xx) the participation by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any program sponsored by any of the Company’s Affiliates that is made generally available to such Affiliates’ subsidiaries or Persons in which such Affiliate invests; provided , however , that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary participates on substantially the same terms as are made available to such subsidiaries or such Persons; provided

 

-78-


further , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(xxi) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Special Fees may only be paid in accordance with clause (xi) above.

SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4.15 will not prohibit such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents and the Consultant Agreement;

(ii) this Indenture and the Notes;

(iii) the Senior Subordinated Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which

 

-79-


encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(vi) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (a) (iii) above on the property so acquired;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (a) (iii) above;

(xii) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries (A) that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 and either (x) the provisions relating to such encumbrances or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Issuers, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or (y) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends or distributions in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the Notes when due (taking into account the resources of the Company at such time); or (B) that are Foreign Subsidiaries that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to clause (v), (xiii) or (xx) of Section 4.10(b); or

(xiii) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) (i), (ii) and (iii) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xii) above; provided , however , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,

 

-80-


refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

SECTION 4.16. Future Guarantors .

The Company shall cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that:

(1) Incurs any Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(i) or guarantees any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(i); or

(2) Incurs any capital markets Indebtedness or guarantees any capital markets Indebtedness

to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Notes.

SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Business Activities of UCDP Finance .

UCDP Finance will not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than the issuance of Equity Interests to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company, including the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Exchange Notes and the exchange notes with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes, if any, that is permitted to be Incurred by the Company under Section 4.10 ( provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are retained by the Company or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries other than UCDP Finance) and activities incidental thereto. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with UCDP Finance in violation of this Section 4.17.

 

-81-


SECTION 4.18. Reports and Other Information .

(a) Notwithstanding that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act the Issuers will continue to file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after filing with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date:

(i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form),

(iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and

(iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuers would be required to file with the SEC if they were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , the Issuers shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuers will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuers would be required to file such information with the SEC if they were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may satisfy the foregoing reporting requirements (1) prior to the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed within the applicable time limits pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Shelf Registration Statement, by providing the Trustee and the Holders with (x) substantially the same information as would be required to be filed with the SEC by the Issuers on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form applicable to the Issuers) if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 90 days after the end of the applicable fiscal year and (y) substantially the same information as would be required to be filed with the SEC by the Issuers on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form applicable to the Issuers) if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 45 days after the end of the applicable fiscal quarter and (2) prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement by publicly filing with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, to the extent any such registration statement contains substantially the same information as would be required to be filed by the Issuers if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and by providing the Trustee and Holders with such registration statement (and amendments thereto) promptly following the filing with the SEC thereof.

 

-82-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if the Issuers have filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available or by posting such reports on a publicly accessible page on the Issuers’ website.

(c) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

(d) In addition, the Issuers shall furnish to Holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon the requests of such Holders, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as any Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. The Issuers also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Neither of the Issuers will consolidate or merge with or into, or wind up into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person, unless :

(i) such Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(ii) the Successor Company (if other than such Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the

 

-83-


Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) or

(B) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be no higher than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(v) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(vi) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(b) Except as provided in Article Ten, no Guarantor may, and the Company shall not permit such a Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(i) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Guarantor ”);

(ii) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

-84-


(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(iv) such Guarantor shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(c) Upon any consolidation or merger of either Issuer, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of either Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01(a), in which such Issuer is not the continuing obligor under the Notes, the Successor Company formed by such consolidation or into which such Issuer is merged or to which the conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Company had been named therein as such Issuer and such Issuer will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes and all of such Issuer’s other obligations and covenants under the Notes and this Indenture, if applicable.

(d) Notwithstanding clause (iii) or (iv) of Section 5.01(a), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) the Company may merge with any Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reforming the Company in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(e) Notwithstanding Section 5.01(b), a Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not increased thereby.

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due continued for 30 days;

(b) a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

-85-


(c) the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations under Section 5.01;

(d) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 30 days after notice with any of their obligations under Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 (other than a failure to purchase Notes when required by Sections 4.09 and 4.13);

(e) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

(f) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million;

(g) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters (i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such decree or order of the type in clause (i) or (ii) above remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(h) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries:

(i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; or

(ii) consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or

(iii) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law; or

 

-86-


(iv) consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property; or

(v) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(vi) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

(i) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

(j) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Default under clause (d) or (e) of this Section 6.01 will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and the Issuers do not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause (d) or (e) after the receipt of such notice.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (f) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; provided , however , that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

 

-87-


SECTION 6.02. Acceleration .

(a) In the case of an Event of Default arising from either Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

(b) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of overdue principal, premium and interest, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and

(iv) in the event of the cure or waiver of a Default of the type set forth in Section 6.01(g) or (h), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Default has been cured or waived.

No such waiver or rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

-88-


SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults .

Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note as specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b). The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority .

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to the Trustee taking any action or following any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any loss or expense caused by taking or not taking such action or following or not following such direction.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) Except with respect to a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note as specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b), a Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder offers and provides to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and the provision of security or indemnity; and

(v) during such 60 day period, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.

 

-89-


(b) A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Noteholder.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuers, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

 

-90-


SECTION 6.10. Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

Second: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

Third: to Holders for principal and premium due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and premium; and

Fourth: to the Issuers or to the Guarantors, if any, as their respective interests may appear.

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuers, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

-91-


(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the TIA and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.

(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

-92-


(g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

Subject to Section 7.01:

(a) The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuers, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

-93-


(h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

(j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as to authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(m) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.

 

-94-


SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default .

If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the uncured Default within the earlier of 90 days after such Default occurs or 30 days after such Default is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of such Default is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Purchase Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Trust Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Noteholders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders .

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2010, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d). A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct

 

-95-


on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers or Noteholders or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for which it may seek indemnity and of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice. The Issuers may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuers will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuers and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

 

-96-


(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuers.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided , however , that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The

 

-97-


Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of either Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuers and any other obligor of the Notes.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers .

The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE EIGHT

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Issuers’ Obligations .

(a) The Issuers may terminate their obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 8.01, if all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Issuers have paid all sums payable by it hereunder, or if:

(i) either (A) pursuant to Article Three, the Issuers shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof, (B) all Notes have otherwise become or will become due and payable within one year or (C) all Notes are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name of, and at the expense of, the Company;

(ii) the Issuers shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of that purpose, U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amount as is, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, sufficient without consideration of reinvestment of such interest, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes to maturity or redemption; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, to the payment of said principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes;

 

-98-


(iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture, the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument to which either Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound;

(iv) the Issuers shall have paid all other sums payable by each of them hereunder; and

(v) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent providing for or relating to the termination of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and this Indenture have been complied with. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also state that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel that binds or affects either Issuer.

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified in clause (b) below.

(b) Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .

(a) The Issuers may, at their option by Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of each Issuer, at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.

(b) Upon the Issuers’ exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the

 

-99-


expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section 8.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due;

(ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Section 4.02 hereof;

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(iv) this Article Eight.

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.02(c) hereof.

(c) Upon the Issuers’ exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.09 through 4.18, Section 5.01 and clauses (c), (d), (f), (g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), (h) (i) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) and (j) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

 

-100-


SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, U.S. Legal Tender, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(b) hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(c) hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either: (a) on the date of such deposit (other than an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit), or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; provided , however , that such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of such deposit, subject to an Event of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency within such 91-day period;

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Credit Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Senior Subordinated Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries are a party or by which the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries are bound;

 

-101-


(f) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate satisfactory to it stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of either Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of either Issuer or others; and

(g) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money .

The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article Eight, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations except as it may agree with the Issuers.

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the Issuers’ written request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuers .

Subject to this Article Eight, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuers upon written request any excess U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, shall at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. After payment to the Issuers, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

 

-102-


SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight; provided , however , that if the Issuers have made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders .

The (i) Issuers and the Trustee, together, may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes and (ii) the Issuers may amend or supplement the Subordination Agreement, in each case without notice to or consent of any Noteholder to:

(a) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

(c) add Guarantees;

(d) secure the Notes;

(e) provide for the assumption of either Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes by a successor corporation, partnership or limited liability company in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of either Issuer’s assets as contemplated by Section 5.01;

 

-103-


(f) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or surrender any power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor;

(g) make any change that would not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(h) comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(i) provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes;

(j) conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the senior notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the senior notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes; or

(k) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes; provided, however, that (x) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (y) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;

provided , however , that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders .

(a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Issuers and the Trustee, together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, without notice to any other Noteholders. Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Noteholders.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

 

-104-


(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described under Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes;

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(vi) impair the right of any Holder of Notes to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes;

(vii) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

(viii) modify the Guarantees, if any, in any manner adverse to the Holders.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 9.01, the Subordination Agreement may only be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with TIA .

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuers received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked

 

-105-


such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided , however , that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

(b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuers shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuers shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuers’ expense. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc .

The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided , however , that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuers.

 

-106-


ARTICLE TEN

GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Article Ten, each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees, on a senior basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers or any other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (i) (A) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (B) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes and (C) the due and punctual payment and performance (within applicable grace periods hereunder) of all other obligations of the Issuers and all other obligations of the other Guarantors (including under the Guarantees), in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “ Guarantee Obligations ”); and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Issuers to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders of Notes to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuers.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Guarantee. Each Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise

 

-107-


to return to the Issuers or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuers or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuers or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor hereby further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) subject to this Article Ten, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

Each Guarantor and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

SECTION 10.03. [ Intentionally Omitted ].

SECTION 10.04. Release of a Guarantor .

(a) In the event a Guarantor is sold (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets), such Guarantor will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Guarantee if:

(i) the sale is in compliance with Section 4.13(a); and

(ii) such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

(b) A Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Company will automatically be released from its obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement (w) if the applicable Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure

 

-108-


of any pledge or security interest securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof or if such Subsidiary is released from its guarantees of, and all pledges and security interests granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement, (x) if the Company designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture, (y) if the Issuers exercise their Legal Defeasance option or their Covenant Defeasance option as described in Section 8.02 or (z) if the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Company evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Company or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.04; provided , however , that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officers’ Certificates of the Company.

(d) Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 10.04, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

SECTION 10.05. Waiver of Subrogation .

Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuers that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the Issuers, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from the Issuers, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders of Notes under the Notes, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Trustee or the Holders and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of itself or such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.05 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

-109-


SECTION 10.06. Immediate Payment .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing.

SECTION 10.07. No Set-Off .

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

SECTION 10.08. Guarantee Obligations Absolute .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.

SECTION 10.09. Guarantee Obligations Continuing .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 10.10. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.

 

-110-


SECTION 10.11. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Issuers or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of either Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuers or any other Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of either Issuer or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein.

SECTION 10.12. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including:

(a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to either Issuer or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting either Issuer or any other Person;

(b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of either Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;

(c) any failure of either Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;

(d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against either Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;

(e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to either Issuer or any other Person;

 

-111-


(f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes;

(g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of either Issuer or a Guarantor;

(h) any merger or amalgamation of either Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons; and

(i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee.

SECTION 10.13. Waiver .

Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Issuers, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuers or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.

SECTION 10.14. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Company .

Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Issuers or any other Person or any property of the Issuers or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations in respect of their Guarantees under this Indenture.

SECTION 10.15. Dealing with the Issuers and Others .

The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may

(a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuers or any other Person;

 

-112-


(b) take or abstain from taking security or collateral from the Issuers or from perfecting security or collateral of the Issuers;

(c) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuers or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;

(d) accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuers;

(e) apply all monies at any time received from the Issuers or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and

(f) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Company and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.

SECTION 10.16. Default and Enforcement .

If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.06 hereof, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor under this Indenture by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.

SECTION 10.17. Amendment, Etc .

No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee.

SECTION 10.18. Acknowledgment .

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.

SECTION 10.19. Costs and Expenses .

Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including legal fees and expenses on a solicitor and client basis) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee.

 

-113-


SECTION 10.20. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Issuers and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.

SECTION 10.21. Survival of Guarantee Obligations .

Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.01 shall be enforceable against such Guarantor without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Issuers or any Guarantor.

SECTION 10.22. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations .

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee under this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them.

SECTION 10.23. Severability .

Any provision of this Article Ten which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Ten.

SECTION 10.24. Successors and Assigns .

Each Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

-114-


ARTICLE ELEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. TIA Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices .

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers:

c/o Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (407) 224-6740

with a copy to:

Attention: Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs, General Counsel

Facsimile: (407) 363-8219

and a copy to:

Cravath Swaine & Moore

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: LizabethAnn Rogovoy Eisen, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

 

-115-


if to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street, 8th Floor West

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Facsimile: (212) 815-5707 / 5704

The Issuers and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuers and the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.

Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him or her by first class mail or other equivalent means at his or her address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him or her if so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders .

Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuers, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

-116-


SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar .

The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays .

If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

SECTION 11.08. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, if any, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, as applied to contracts made and performed within the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

EACH OF THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-117-


SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others .

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of either Issuer or of any Guarantor, if any, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of such Issuer or the Guarantors, if any, under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantors’ Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 11.11. Successors .

All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals .

All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.

SECTION 11.13. Severability .

In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, in the Notes or in the Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

-118-


SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
By:    /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

 

UCDP FINANCE, INC.
By:    /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:  

Treasurer

 

UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS
By:    /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

 

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE
By:    /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

[Signature Page to the Senior Notes Indenture]

 

S-1


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee
By:    /s/ Christie Leppert
  Name:   Christie Leppert
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to the Senior Notes Indenture]

 

S-2


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

 

   CUSIP No. [144A:913405AD8/REGS:U91454AB1]

No. [            ]

   $[            ]

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), and UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), for value received promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] of [            ] on November 15, 2015.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2010.

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
By:     
  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Agent

 

UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation
By:     
  Name:  
  Title:   Authorized Agent

 

A-2


[FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION]

This is one of the 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated: [            ]     THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY N.A.,
as Trustee
      By:    
        Authorized Signatory

 

A-3


(Reverse of Note)

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest . UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), and UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8  7 / 8 % per annum from the date of the original issuance of the Notes until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing May 15, 2010. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided , however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment . The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“ U.S. Legal Tender ”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes not issued in global form at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

A-4


SECTION 4. Indenture . The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 6, 2009 (“ Indenture ”) by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption . Except as set forth in Section 6 hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option until November 15, 2012. On or after November 15, 2012, the Issuers may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2012

   104.438

2013

   102.219

2014 and thereafter

   100.000

In addition, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 15, 2012, at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

 

  (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

  (2) the excess, if any, of:

 

  (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at November 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in the table above plus (ii) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date) due on such Note through November 15, 2012 computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

  (b) the principal amount of such Note.

 

A-5


Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to the Notes, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2012 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

SECTION 6. Optional Redemption upon Public Offering . At any time on or prior to November 15, 2012, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, including Additional Notes permitted under the Indenture, if any, with the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, including Additional Notes permitted under the Indenture, if any, remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which such Equity Offering is consummated.

SECTION 7. Mandatory Redemption . For the avoidance of doubt, an offer to purchase pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall not be deemed a redemption. The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 8. Repurchase at Option of Holder . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Issuers are, under certain circumstances, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, with certain net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000

 

A-6


may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers or the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers or the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes, and the Issuers may amend the Subordination Agreement, to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare by notice to the Issuers all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes.

 

A-7


SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to Incur indebtedness, to make restricted payments, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of either Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of either Issuer or the Guarantors, if any, under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantors’ Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 16. Trustee Dealings with the Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 17. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 18. Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 19. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes . Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for a 8  7 / 8 % Senior Note due 2015 of the Issuers which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Note (except that such Note shall not be entitled to Additional Interest). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. a

 

a This Section not to appear on Exchange Notes or on Notes the Holder of which is not a party to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

A-8


SECTION 20. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

SECTION 21. Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of laws to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

 

 

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)

and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Dated: _____________   Signed:      
    (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:        
    Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date of the declaration by the SEC of the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering resales of this Note (which effectiveness shall not have been suspended or terminated at the date of the transfer) and (ii) the date following the second anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer:

Check One

 

(1)    ¨    to either Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or
(2)    ¨    pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
(3)    ¨    outside the United States to a “foreign purchaser” in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
(4)    ¨    pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(5)    ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

A-10


(6)    ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from the registration statement requirements of the Securities Act of 1933;

and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the either Issuer as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “ Affiliate ”):

 

  ¨ The transferee is an Affiliate of either Issuer.

Unless one of items (1) through (6) is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if item (3), (4) or (6) is checked, the Issuers or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment letter in the case of item (4)) and other information as the Trustee or the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

If none of the foregoing items are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated: _____________________   Signed:      
    (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:    

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

A-11


Dated: ___________________        
    NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09   ¨                             Section 4.13   ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $___________

 

Dated: ________________   Signed:      
    (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:      
    Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

A-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                      . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount

 

Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase

 

Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
custodian

       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-14


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF LEGENDS

Each Global Note and Definitive Note that constitutes a Restricted Security or is sold in compliance with Regulation S shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Holder thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES, AND 40 DAYS IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES, AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-1


Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear the following legend (the “ Global Note Legend ”):

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ”):

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Fax No.: (407) 224-6740

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street, 8th Floor West

New York, New York 10286

Fax No.: (212) 815-5707 / 5704

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

  Re:

  8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc., as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

_______________ (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to _______________ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE

 

C-1


PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to either Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain

 

C-2


compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

C-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated: _______________________

 

C-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 913405AD8), or

 

  (ii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U91454AB1), or

 

(b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee shall hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 913405AD8), or

 

  (ii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U91454AB1), or

 

  (iii) [ ] Unrestricted Global Note; or

 

(b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c) [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
     in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

C-5


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Fax No.: (407) 224-6740

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street, 8th Floor West

New York, New York 10286

Fax No.: (212) 815-5707 / 5704

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

  Re:

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc., as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture

___________ (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $__________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

D-1


b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the

 

D-2


Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [    ] 144A Global Note [    ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and are dated ______________________.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated: _______________________

 

D-3

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

and

UCDP FINANCE, INC.,

as Issuers,

and

GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN,

as Guarantors,

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

Dated as of November 6, 2009

 

 

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

 

 

 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

  TIA
Section

   Indenture
Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.08; 7.10

      (b)

   7.08; 7.10; 13.02

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

      (b)

   13.03

      (c)

   13.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   7.06

      (b)(2)

   7.06

      (c)

   7.06; 13.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.09; 4.18; 13.02

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   7.02; 13.04; 13.05

      (c)(2)

   7.02; 13.04; 13.05

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   13.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   6.05; 7.01

      (e)

   6.11

316(a)(last sentence)

   2.09

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   9.02

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   9.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.09

      (b)

   2.04

318(a)

   13.01

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE ONE   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

SECTION 1.01.

  

Definitions

   1

SECTION 1.02.

  

Other Definitions

   33

SECTION 1.03.

  

Incorporation by Reference of TIA

   34

SECTION 1.04.

  

Rules of Construction

   35
ARTICLE TWO   
THE NOTES   

SECTION 2.01.

  

Form and Dating

   36

SECTION 2.02.

  

Execution and Authentication

   37

SECTION 2.03.

  

Registrar and Paying Agent

   38

SECTION 2.04.

  

Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust

   38

SECTION 2.05.

  

Holder Lists

   39

SECTION 2.06.

  

Transfer and Exchange

   39

SECTION 2.07.

  

Replacement Notes

   39

SECTION 2.08.

  

Outstanding Notes

   40

SECTION 2.09.

  

Treasury Notes

   40

SECTION 2.10.

  

Temporary Notes

   41

SECTION 2.11.

  

Cancellation

   41

SECTION 2.12.

  

Defaulted Interest

   41

SECTION 2.13.

  

CUSIP Number

   41

SECTION 2.14.

  

Deposit of Moneys

   42

SECTION 2.15.

  

Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

   42

SECTION 2.16.

  

Special Transfer Provisions

   43
ARTICLE THREE   
REDEMPTION   

SECTION 3.01.

  

Notices to Trustee

   55

SECTION 3.02.

  

Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed

   55

SECTION 3.03.

  

Notice of Redemption

   55

SECTION 3.04.

  

Effect of Notice of Redemption

   56

SECTION 3.05.

  

Deposit of Redemption Price

   57

SECTION 3.06.

  

Notes Redeemed in Part

   57

SECTION 3.07.

  

Mandatory Redemption

   57

 

-i-


          Page
ARTICLE FOUR   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.01.

  

Payment of Notes

   57

SECTION 4.02.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

   58

SECTION 4.03.

  

Corporate Existence

   58

SECTION 4.04.

  

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

   58

SECTION 4.05.

  

[Reserved]

   59

SECTION 4.06.

  

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default

   59

SECTION 4.07.

  

[Reserved]

   59

SECTION 4.08.

  

Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws

   59

SECTION 4.09.

  

Change of Control

   59

SECTION 4.10.

  

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

   61

SECTION 4.11.

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

   67

SECTION 4.12.

  

Liens

   73

SECTION 4.13.

  

Asset Sales

   73

SECTION 4.14.

  

Transactions with Affiliates

   77

SECTION 4.15.

  

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

   80

SECTION 4.16.

  

Future Guarantors

   82

SECTION 4.17.

  

Limitation on Business Activities of UCDP Finance

   82

SECTION 4.18.

  

Reports and Other Information

   83

SECTION 4.19.

  

Limitation on Layering

   84
ARTICLE FIVE   
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION   

SECTION 5.01.

  

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

   85
ARTICLE SIX   
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.01.

  

Events of Default

   87

SECTION 6.02.

  

Acceleration

   89

SECTION 6.03.

  

Other Remedies

   90

SECTION 6.04.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

   90

SECTION 6.05.

  

Control by Majority

   91

SECTION 6.06.

  

Limitation on Suits

   91

SECTION 6.07.

  

Rights of Holders To Receive Payment

   91

SECTION 6.08.

  

Collection Suit by Trustee

   92

SECTION 6.09.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   92

SECTION 6.10.

  

Priorities

   92

SECTION 6.11.

  

Undertaking for Costs

   93

 

-ii-


          Page
ARTICLE SEVEN   
TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01.

  

Duties of Trustee

   93

SECTION 7.02.

  

Rights of Trustee

   94

SECTION 7.03.

  

Individual Rights of Trustee

   96

SECTION 7.04.

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   96

SECTION 7.05.

  

Notice of Default

   96

SECTION 7.06.

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders

   97

SECTION 7.07.

  

Compensation and Indemnity

   97

SECTION 7.08.

  

Replacement of Trustee

   98

SECTION 7.09.

  

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

   99

SECTION 7.10.

  

Eligibility; Disqualification

   99

SECTION 7.11.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers

   99
ARTICLE EIGHT   
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.01.

  

Termination of the Issuers’ Obligations

   100

SECTION 8.02.

  

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

   101

SECTION 8.03.

  

Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   102

SECTION 8.04.

  

Application of Trust Money

   103

SECTION 8.05.

  

Repayment to the Issuers

   104

SECTION 8.06.

  

Reinstatement

   104
ARTICLE NINE   
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS   

SECTION 9.01.

  

Without Consent of Holders

   105

SECTION 9.02.

  

With Consent of Holders

   106

SECTION 9.03.

  

Compliance with TIA

   107

SECTION 9.04.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents

   107

SECTION 9.05.

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

   108

SECTION 9.06.

  

Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

   108
ARTICLE TEN   
SUBORDINATION   

SECTION 10.01.

  

Agreement To Subordinate

   108

SECTION 10.02.

  

Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy

   109

SECTION 10.03.

  

Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers

   109

SECTION 10.04.

  

Acceleration of Payment of Notes

   110

 

-iii-


          Page

SECTION 10.05.

  

When Distribution Must Be Paid Over

   111

SECTION 10.06.

  

Subrogation

   111

SECTION 10.07.

  

Relative Rights

   111

SECTION 10.08.

  

Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers

   111

SECTION 10.09.

  

Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent

   112

SECTION 10.10.

  

Distribution or Notice to Representative

   112

SECTION 10.11.

  

Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate

   112

SECTION 10.12.

  

Trust Moneys Not Subordinated

   112

SECTION 10.13.

  

Trustee Entitled To Rely

   113

SECTION 10.14.

  

Trustee To Effectuate Subordination

   113

SECTION 10.15.

  

Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers

   113

SECTION 10.16.

  

Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers on Subordination Provisions

   113
ARTICLE ELEVEN   
GUARANTEE   

SECTION 11.01.

  

Unconditional Guarantee

   114

SECTION 11.02.

  

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

   115

SECTION 11.03.

  

[Intentionally Omitted]

   116

SECTION 11.04.

  

Release of a Guarantor

   116

SECTION 11.05.

  

Waiver of Subrogation

   117

SECTION 11.06.

  

Immediate Payment

   117

SECTION 11.07.

  

No Set-Off

   117

SECTION 11.08.

  

Guarantee Obligations Absolute

   118

SECTION 11.09.

  

Guarantee Obligations Continuing

   118

SECTION 11.10.

  

Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced

   118

SECTION 11.11.

  

Guarantee Obligations Reinstated

   118

SECTION 11.12.

  

Guarantee Obligations Not Affected

   119

SECTION 11.13.

  

Waiver

   120

SECTION 11.14.

  

No Obligation To Take Action Against the Company

   120

SECTION 11.15.

  

Dealing with the Issuers and Others

   120

SECTION 11.16.

  

Default and Enforcement

   121

SECTION 11.17.

  

Amendment, Etc.

   121

SECTION 11.18.

  

Acknowledgment

   121

SECTION 11.19.

  

Costs and Expenses

   121

SECTION 11.20.

  

No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

   121

SECTION 11.21.

  

Survival of Guarantee Obligations

   122

SECTION 11.22.

  

Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations

   122

SECTION 11.23.

  

Severability

   122

SECTION 11.24.

  

Successors and Assigns

   122

 

-iv-


          Page
ARTICLE TWELVE   
SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES   

SECTION 12.01.

  

Agreement To Subordinate

   122

SECTION 12.02.

  

Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy

   123

SECTION 12.03.

  

Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor

   123

SECTION 12.04.

  

Demand for Payment

   125

SECTION 12.05.

  

When Distribution Must Be Paid Over

   125

SECTION 12.06.

  

Subrogation

   125

SECTION 12.07.

  

Relative Rights

   125

SECTION 12.08.

  

Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor

   126

SECTION 12.09.

  

Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent

   126

SECTION 12.10.

  

Distribution or Notice to Representative

   126

SECTION 12.11.

  

Article Twelve Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment

   126

SECTION 12.12.

  

Trust Moneys Not Subordinated

   127

SECTION 12.13.

  

Trustee Entitled To Rely

   127

SECTION 12.14.

  

Trustee To Effectuate Subordination

   127

SECTION 12.15.

  

Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors

   128

SECTION 12.16.

  

Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions

   128
ARTICLE THIRTEEN   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 13.01.

  

TIA Controls

   128

SECTION 13.02.

  

Notices

   129

SECTION 13.03.

  

Communications by Holders with Other Holders

   130

SECTION 13.04.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   130

SECTION 13.05.

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   130

SECTION 13.06.

  

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar

   131

SECTION 13.07.

  

Legal Holidays

   131

SECTION 13.08.

  

Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

   131

SECTION 13.09.

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

   131

SECTION 13.10.

  

No Recourse Against Others

   131

SECTION 13.11.

  

Successors

   132

SECTION 13.12.

  

Duplicate Originals

   132

SECTION 13.13.

  

Severability

   132

SECTION 13.14.

  

Force Majeure

   132

Signatures

      S-1

 

-v-


Exhibit A   -      Form of Note
Exhibit B   -      Form of Legends
Exhibit C   -      Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit D   -      Form of Certificate of Exchange

 

Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 

-vi-


INDENTURE dated as of November 6, 2009, among UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS, a Florida partnership, and UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE, a Florida partnership, subsidiaries of the Company, each as a Guarantor, the other Guarantors (as defined herein) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) the Issuers’ 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 issued on the date hereof (the “ Original Notes ”), (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued after the date hereof (all such notes in clauses (a) and (b) that are issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (as defined herein) being referred to collectively as the “ Initial Notes ”) and (c) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), the Issuers’ 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 issued in the Exchange Offer (as defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes (the “ Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Notes, the “ Notes ”). On the date hereof, $225,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Original Notes will be issued. Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants (including Section 4.10) set forth herein, the Issuers may issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes.

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.


Additional Interest ” means any additional interest, if any, payable on the Initial Notes pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Original Notes) issued from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture and in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.10 hereof; it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date shall not be Additional Notes, including any Exchange Notes.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, (i) each of the entities comprising Blackstone and VUE is an Affiliate of the Issuers and (ii) UCF Hotel Venture is not an Affiliate of the Issuers under UCF Hotel Venture’s ownership structure as it existed on the Issue Date.

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

amend ” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively, and “ amending ” and “ amended ” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) (other than Preferred Stock issued in compliance with Section 4.10), in each case other than:

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out equipment, or equipment or property that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

-2-


(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.11;

(d) any disposition of assets, or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $20.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) sales of assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business (not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset based loan or long term factoring facility) or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(k) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(l) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business (in any event excluding any exclusive license, sub-license or assignment of, intellectual property or other general intangibles that precludes the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries from using such intellectual property or general intangibles for a period of time that exceeds ten years); and

(m) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.

 

-3-


Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Blackstone ” means Blackstone Capital Partners III Merchant Banking Fund L.P. and its Affiliates.

Board of Directors ” means as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof or, with respect to the Company, the Park Advisory Board.

Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a duly adopted resolution or consent of the Board of Directors of such Person, which is in full force and effect on the date of such adoption or consent, and delivered to the Trustee.

Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York State.

Calculation Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Debt to EBITDA Ratio.”

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

-4-


Cash Contribution Amount ” means half of the aggregate amount of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company pursuant to clause (xix) of Section 4.10(b).

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof;

(3) certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above;

(7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P; and

(8) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons (other than Blackstone or its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders; or

 

-5-


(2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of the Company.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, and its successors.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount, expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and non-cash interest accrued on Special Fees);

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; and

(3) one-third of the obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for rental payments made during such period under operating leases as part of Sale/Leaseback Transactions.

For the avoidance of doubt, any interest expense resulting from “mark to market” accounting shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Interest Expense.”

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) shall be excluded;

 

-6-


(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless (x) such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived or (y) such restriction is permitted under Section 4.15; provided that the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included; and

(7) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such Section pursuant to clauses (a)(C)(4) and (a)(C)(5).

Consultant Agreement ” means the Consultant Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987, between Diamond Lane Productions (“ DLP ”) (DLP is the successor in interest to Steven Spielberg) and the Company (as successor in interest to Universal City Florida Partners), as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time (so long as any such amendment, supplement, replacement or other modification, taken as a whole, (1) is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect or (2) would not in the Company’s good faith judgment materially affect the Company’s ability to pay interest or principal on the Notes).

 

-7-


Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or capital contributions from its shareholders (excluding Designated Preferred Stock of the Company, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock of the Company, the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, of the Notes and to the extent such cash proceeds have, or such capital contribution has, not been used to make Restricted Payments); provided , however , that:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than such aggregate cash, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 10161 Centurion Parkway, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered.

Credit Agreement ” means the amended and restated credit agreement dated on or about the Issue Date, among the Company, the financial institutions named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace or Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement or Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount loaned or invested thereunder or alters the maturity thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.10.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Credit Agreement, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or any other indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, restatements or Refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that Refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity

 

-8-


thereof; provided , however , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.10; or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, obligors or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, investor or group of lenders or investors.

Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Debt to EBITDA Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of:

(1) the Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of determination (the “ Calculation Date ”), on a consolidated basis, to

(2) the EBITDA of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date for which internal financial statements are available.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, discontinued operations, mergers and consolidations (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Debt to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company in a manner consistent with pro forma adjustments permitted under Article 11 of Regulation S-X or otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable adjustments expected to be realized in the twelve month period commencing after the date of the transaction. The calculation of any such pro forma adjustments shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

-9-


Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.15 or Section 2.16(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, its nominees, and their respective successors appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(C).

Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and Senior Indenture; and

(2) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture, the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Indebtedness.”

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event;

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto)),

 

-10-


(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense plus amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization, the Transactions or Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(5) any (a) cash restructuring charges not to exceed $20.0 million and (b) any one-time costs Incurred in connection with acquisitions consummated after the Issue Date, in each case, to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(6) the amount of non-cash charges in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition or investment (but excluding any charge that requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

 

-11-


(7) non-cash exchange, translation or performance loss relating to any Hedging Obligations; plus

(8) non-cash charges for the impairment of intangibles and other assets (but excluding any such charge that (A) relates to current assets or (B) requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period); plus

(9) the amount of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses payable to VUE or Blackstone (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period, in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million; plus

(10) any non-cash expense relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(11) any other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including any non-cash charges arising from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards no. 133), but excluding any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period; plus

(12) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(13) charges, accruals, interest, depreciation, amortization, fees, expenses, impairment or other asset-write downs or other write-offs or other impact with respect to the rights in the Consultant Agreement to establish or determine the amount of the floor or in connection with any amendments to the Consultant Agreement and other payments related to such amendment;

less, without duplication,

(1) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, including performance gains relating to any Hedging Obligations (excluding any items (A) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period or (B) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period); less

(2) any income relating to defined benefit pension or post-retirement benefit plans increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion)

 

-12-


that the Net Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock, including Preferred Stock of the Company or Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings registered on Form S-8; and

(2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and its successors.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Offer ” means the registration by the Issuers under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement of the offer by the Issuers to each Holder of the Initial Notes to exchange all the Initial Notes held by such Holder for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes held by such Holder, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” means the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Exchange Offer.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Company or Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(C).

 

-13-


Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value (x) for any transactions involving a price in excess of $175.0 million will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (y) for all other transactions will be determined in good faith by the Company, which determination will be conclusive.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof and any subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further , any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.

Global Note ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Article Two hereof.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

-14-


Guarantor ” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Holdings ” shall mean any corporation, association or other business entity that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company other than Universal City Florida Holding I and Universal City Florida Holding II; provided , however , that such entity (x) shall have been incorporated on a date subsequent to the Issue Date and (y) shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any material business other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Company, (ii) activities incidental to the maintenance of its existence and its employees and (iii) activities incidental to the foregoing activities.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor due within twelve months from the date on which it is Incurred, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, which purchase price is due more than twelve months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

-15-


(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include:

(1) any obligation of the Company to make distributions to its partners in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement; and

(2) any obligation of the Company relating to the Special Fee.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Purchasers ” means (1) with respect to the Original Notes, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the applicable purchase agreement.

interest ” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and any Additional Interest on the Notes.

Interest Payment Date ” means each May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2010.

 

-16-


Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(A) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

(B) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

Issue Date ” means November 6, 2009.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Maturity Date ” means November 15, 2016.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereto.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

-17-


Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration or Land Sale Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.13(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any required distributions to holders of minority interests in any Restricted Subsidiary party to such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes.

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated October 27, 2009, relating to the Original Notes.

Officer ” means any member of the Park Advisory Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the comparable title with respect to its general partner, or performing those functions for the Company but employed by an Affiliate of the Company, as applicable.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable) by two Officers of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable), one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or the Issuers (as applicable) that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

 

-18-


Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Issuers or the Trustee.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of June 5, 2002, as amended as of the Issue Date.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of properties or assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , however , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.13.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) VUE, (ii) Blackstone, (iii) any Person in which Blackstone and VUE collectively own at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock and (iv) Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , in the case of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, only so long as no Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders in clauses (i) through (iii), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), acquires more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or economic interests of Holdings. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-19-


(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

(6) advances to employees of the Company or to employees of an Affiliate of the Company that regularly provides services to the Company not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (c) in satisfaction of a judgment in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(8) Hedging Obligations;

(9) additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9), not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the same time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(C);

(12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (vi) and (vii) of such section);

 

-20-


(13) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.10 and 4.16;

(15) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries in other Restricted Subsidiaries and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(16) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Junior Securities ” means:

(1) Equity Interests in the Company, any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; or

(2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under this Indenture;

provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is treated as part of the same class as the Notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

-21-


(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued at the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (v) of Section 4.10(b);

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;

 

-22-


(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(17) Liens securing obligations created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding involving the Company in the ordinary course of business which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves have been set aside and no property is subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture;

(18) Liens securing the obligations of the Company under the Consultant Agreement;

(19) licenses of intellectual property granted in a manner consistent with past practice;

 

-23-


(20) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.10; provided , however , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(23) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(24) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(25) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under the Credit Agreement or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(27) other Liens securing obligations in an amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; and

(28) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

-24-


Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A.

Record Date ” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided , however , that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.

Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

Redemption Price ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances Indebtedness junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus premiums (including tender premiums and defeasance costs), fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such Refinancing; and

 

-25-


(5) shall not include Indebtedness of (x) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, or (y) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (1) with respect to the Original Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Representative ” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

 

-26-


Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Security ” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Security” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Documents ” means the collective reference to the Credit Agreement, the notes issued pursuant thereto and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-27-


Senior Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person:

(1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and

(2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(1) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(4) any Capital Stock; and

(5) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person.

Senior Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee governing the Senior Notes.

Senior Notes ” means the $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2015 issued by the Issuers under the Senior Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Company, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Notes issued by the Company; and

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 

-28-


Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Issuers in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of either Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

Similar Business ” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Special Fee ” means that certain Special Fee, including any interest accrued thereon, payable to VUE as defined in the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as such definition may be modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company.

Special Fee Ratio ” means, with respect to the Company and as of any date of determination for the four most recent full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available ended immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio of:

(1) the Company’s EBITDA, plus, to the extent deducted in computing such EBITDA, the aggregate amount of Special Fees accrued during such period, minus (x) the lesser of (i) $65.0 million and (ii) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are required to be included as capital expenditures on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries (except for (i) interest capitalized during such period and (ii) capital expenditures to the extent they are made with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests or out of a capital contribution to the Company), minus (y) the aggregate amount of Special Fees (whether in respect of current or deferred portions) paid in cash during such period, to;

(2) the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,

in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Debt to EBITDA Ratio.”

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

 

-29-


Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Issuers, any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its guarantee of the Senior Notes.

Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company and other parties named thereto relating to the subordination of the Special Fee in right of payment to the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any corporation, association or other business entity that is treated for financial reporting purposes as a consolidated entity in such Person’s annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP unless the Issuers notify the Trustee that such corporation, association or business entity is not to be treated as a Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa77bbbb), as in effect on the date of the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 9.03.

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

Transactions ” means, collectively, the offering of the Senior Notes and the Notes, the amendment and restatement of the Senior Credit Documents and the borrowing of additional term loans in connection therewith on or about the Issue Date, the repayment of certain of the Issuers and the Issuers affiliates’ outstanding Indebtedness with the proceeds of the foregoing, the amendment of the Consultant Agreement, the amendment of the Partnership Agreement and the Issuers’ partners’ agreement and the payment of related fees and expenses.

 

-30-


Trust Officer ” means any officer within the corporate trust department of a Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of that Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided further , however , that either:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

(b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.11.

 

-31-


The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x)(1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test described under Section 4.10 or (2) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be lower than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

U.S. Legal Tender ” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.

VUE ” means Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and its Affiliates, and any successor thereto.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

-32-


Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 99% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in Section
“Affiliate Transaction”    4.14(a)
“Asset Sale Offer”    4.13(c)
“Asset Sale Offer Amount”    4.13(d)
“Asset Sale Offer Period”    4.13(d)
“Asset Sale Purchase Date”    4.13(d)
“Basket Period”    4.11(a)
“Blockage Notice”    10.03
“Change of Control Offer”    4.09(a)
“Change of Control Payment”    4.09(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”    4.09(c)
“Covenant Defeasance”    8.02(c)
“Event of Default”    6.01
“Excess Proceeds”    4.13(c)
“Exchange Notes”    Recitals
“Global Note Legend”    Exhibit B
“Guarantee Blockage Notice”    12.03
“Guarantee Obligations”    11.01(a)
“Guarantee Payment Blockage Period”    12.03
“Guarantor Payment Default”    12.03
“Initial Notes”    Recitals
“Land Sale Non-cash Consideration”    4.13(a)
“Legal Defeasance”    8.02(b)
“Non-Guarantor Payment Default”    12.03

 

-33-


Term

   Defined in Section
“Non-Payment Default”    10.03
“Notes”    Recitals
“Original Notes”    Recitals
“pay its Guarantee”    12.03
“pay the Notes”    10.03
“Paying Agent”    2.03
“Payment Blockage Period”    10.03
“Payment Default”    10.03
“Permitted Indebtedness”    4.10(b)
“Private Placement Legend”    Exhibit B
“Refunding Capital Stock”    4.11(b)
“Registrar”    2.03
“Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend”    Exhibit B
“Restricted Payments”    4.11(a)
“Retired Capital Stock”    4.11(b)
“Successor Company”    5.01(a)
“Successor Guarantor”    5.01(b)

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

(a) “ indenture securities ” means the Notes;

(b) “ indenture security holder ” means a Holder or a Noteholder;

(c) “ indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

(d) “ indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

(e) “ obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes.

 

-34-


All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(e) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;

(g) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(h) secured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to any other secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral;

(i) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuers dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (A) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (B) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and

(k) all references to the date the Original Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date.

 

-35-


ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating .

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication. Any Note (whether a Global Note or a Definitive Note) that is a Restricted Security shall bear the Private Placement Legend set forth in Exhibit B .

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A , deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends relating to Global Notes set forth in Exhibit B .

Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A and shall, to the extent applicable, bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B and will not have a “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Sections 2.15 and 2.16 hereof.

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

-36-


Following (i) the termination of the Restricted Period and (ii) the receipt by the Trustee of (A) a certification or other evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.16(b) hereof) and (B) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication .

One Officer of each Issuer (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for such Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Original Notes on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $225,000,000 and (ii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Original Notes, in each case upon a written order of each Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. In addition, the Trustee shall authenticate Additional Notes thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.10) and the same principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange

 

-37-


therefor upon a written order of each Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. Each such Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated and, in the case of Additional Notes, the issue price of the Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers and Affiliates of the Issuers.

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuers may act as their own Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Articles Three and Eight and Sections 4.09 and 4.13, neither Issuer nor any Affiliate of either Issuer shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers, upon notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed.

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuers fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust .

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that, subject to Article Eight, each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest

 

-38-


on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuers (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuers to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .

Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing.

Subject to Section 2.15, any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes .

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such

 

-39-


notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge such Holder for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes .

Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or any of their respective Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09); provided Notes repurchased by the Issuers or an Affiliate pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and cancelled at the option of the Issuers. Notes purchased by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest thereon ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than either Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest thereon ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by either Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

-40-


SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes .

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation .

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than either Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuers, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07, the Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuers shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall, unless the Trustee fixes another record date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuers for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special record date, the Issuers shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Number .

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance

 

-41-


may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Deposit of Moneys .

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Purchase Date, the Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Purchase Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Purchase Date, as the case may be.

SECTION 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .

(a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear the legends relating to the Global Notes as set forth in Exhibit B .

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Beneficial interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, a Global Note is exchangeable for a Definitive Note of the same series if (i) the Depository (A) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the applicable Global Notes or (B) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed, (ii) the Issuers at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes (although Regulation S Temporary Global Notes at the Issuers’ election pursuant to this Section 2.15 may not be exchanged for Definitive Notes prior to (a) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (b) the receipt of any certificates required under the provisions of Regulation S), or (iii) there has occurred and is continuing a Default with respect to the Notes.

 

-42-


(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Registrar shall (if one or more Definitive Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and (i) the Issuers shall execute and (ii) the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred.

(d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation and (i) the Issuers shall execute, and (ii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuers authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(e) Any Definitive Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

(f) The Holder in any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.16. Special Transfer Provisions .

(a) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Article Two, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance

 

-43-


with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.16(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.16(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.16(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.16(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.16(g) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.16(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

-44-


(B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.16(b)(ii) hereof and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as deemed in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such exchange or transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

-45-


and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.15(b) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) If such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

-46-


(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.16(g) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.16(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.16(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.16(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.15(b) hereof and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

-47-


(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.15(b) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.16(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.16(g) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.16(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.16(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a

 

-48-


Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB, in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

 

-49-


(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such exchange or transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.16(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

-50-


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.16(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.16(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

 

-51-


(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such exchange or transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers,

 

-52-


and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 4.09, 4.13 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

-53-


(v) The Issuers shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.16 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(i) General .

(a) The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 or this Section 2.16. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

(b) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

-54-


(c) The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the actions or omissions of the Depositary, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depositary.

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes, they shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Issuers shall give notice of redemption to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 45 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(i) if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(ii) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method that is in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary and applicable legal requirements);

provided , however , that, in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the Notes, the Trustee will select the Notes on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depositary).

No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuers shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at the Issuers’ expense, provided that the

 

-55-


Trustee is given at least five days prior written notice of such request. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest to be paid;

(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest;

(v) that, unless the Issuers default in making the redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

(vi) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

(vii) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and

(viii) the section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

Such notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which

 

-56-


shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or before 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent, U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest of all Notes to be redeemed on that date.

If the Issuers comply with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuers default in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, interest on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note or Notes.

SECTION 3.07. Mandatory Redemption .

The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes .

The Issuers shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than either Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months.

 

-57-


The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the office or agency required under Section 2.03. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.02.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuers hereby initially designate the Trustee, located at the Corporate Trust Office, as such office of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03.

SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence .

Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five, each Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate or partnership existence, as applicable, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and material franchises of each Issuer and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license, franchise or corporate or partnership existence with respect to each such Restricted Subsidiary if the Issuers in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

Each Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

-58-


SECTION 4.05. [ Reserved ].

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within the earlier of 90 days after the occurrence and 30 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.

SECTION 4.07. [ Reserved ].

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws .

Each Issuer and each Guarantor, if any, covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive such Issuer or such Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes or the Guarantee of any such Guarantor as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 4.09. Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”), except to the extent that the Issuers have previously elected to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will offer to pay an amount in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(b) [Reserved].

 

-59-


(c) Within 60 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Issuers have previously elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes, the Issuers will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such notice shall state:

(i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;

(ii) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Change of Control Payment Date) and the Change of Control Payment Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

(vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(vii) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and

(viii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control.

(d) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

-60-


(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuers.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(f) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.09. To the extent the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.09, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(g) Notwithstanding any provision in this Indenture, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and conditional upon such Change of Control if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of the Change of Control Offer.

SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) The Company will not

(i) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and

(ii) permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;

 

-61-


provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Debt to EBITDA Ratio of the Company at the time of such Incurrence or issuance, as the case may be, would have been less than or equal to 5.50 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.10(a) will not apply to the following (“ Permitted Indebtedness ”):

(i) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount of $1,125.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all mandatory principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness made with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales;

(ii) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the Guarantees and any Exchange Notes and guarantees thereof;

(iii) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes and the guarantees by the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of the Senior Notes and any exchange notes and guarantees thereof in aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $400.0 million;

(iv) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above);

(v) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (but no other material assets)) and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (v); provided , however , the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (v) (including any such Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (v)) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets; provided , further that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Refinance Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (v) without regard to subsequent changes in Total Assets;

 

-62-


(vi) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided however , that, unless such Indebtedness is owed to a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided , however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary), shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note and (B) to the extent applicable, if a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

-63-


(xi) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes):

(A) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding;

(B) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or

(C) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

(xii) obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii), does not exceed $60.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(xiv) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligation by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, if applicable, of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(xv) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.10(a) or clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (xvi) of this Section 4.10(b) or this clause (xv);

(xvi) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is not Incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to

 

-64-


consummate such acquisition or merger; provided further , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

(A) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a); or

(B) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test would be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition;

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xviii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) (A) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10(a) after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted hereunder or (B) if the Company could not Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10(a) after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred for working capital purposes, in either case in an aggregate principal amount, which when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 5.0% of the consolidated assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;

(xxi) Preferred Stock that is not Disqualified Stock and issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Person holding a minority Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (after giving effect to such issuance) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time issued and outstanding; provided , however , that such Preferred Stock is not exchangeable or convertible into Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not require cash payments of dividends at any time that such cash payment would result in a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture;

(xxii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

-65-


(xxiii) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xxiv) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case Incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms on a recourse basis and not pursuant to any receivables securitization facility, asset based loan facility or long term factoring program; and

(xxv) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, Incurred in the ordinary course of business.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may Incur any Permitted Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness unless such Permitted Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as applicable, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify (and may later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) (in the case of a reclassification, to the extent the reclassified item could be Incurred pursuant to one of such categories or Section 4.10(a) at the time of such reclassification) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in such category or Section 4.10(a); provided , however , that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date will be treated as Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.10(b)(i); and (2) at the time of Incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.10. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10.

 

-66-


SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10(b)(viii) and (x)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.10(a); and

(C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including, without duplication, Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (viii) and (xv) (to the extent the repurchase of Subordinated Indebtedness occurs as the result

 

-67-


of an Asset Sale) of Section 4.11(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(1) an amount equal to the Company’s EBITDA for the period from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing on or after September 28, 2009 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “ Basket Period ”) less the product of 1.75 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the Basket Period, plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock, any Cash Contribution Amount and the net proceeds received from Equity Offerings to the extent used to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash since the Issue Date (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(4) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received from:

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments,

(II) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

(III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

-68-


(5) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii)(A) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings to the extent contributed to the Company or out of a capital contribution to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) Refinancing of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.10 so long as;

(A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced (plus the amount of any premium (including tender offer premiums and defeasance costs) required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced plus any fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith),

(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so Refinanced,

 

-69-


(C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced, and

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so Refinanced;

(iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Company or Holdings held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years); provided further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Equity Interests of Holdings, to the extent contributed to the Company, to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(C)); plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

provided , however , that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any single calendar year;

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.10;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to

 

-70-


EBITDA Ratio under Section 4.10(a) and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company directly from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $40.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(viii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by, or contributed to. the Company from any public offering of common stock of the Company or Holdings other than public offerings registered on Form S-8 or constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million;

(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(xii) payments, whether in the form of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock or otherwise, used to fund the payment, purchase or other satisfaction of current or deferred fees and expenses owed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to Affiliates to the extent permitted by Section 4.14;

(xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options; and

(xiv) without duplication of amounts paid under clause (xvii) below, during a period when the Company is treated as a partnership for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes and after such period to the extent relating to the liability for such period, the payment of distributions in respect of partners’ income tax liability with respect to the Company solely as a result of the Company being a partnership or similar pass-through entity for federal, state or local or foreign income tax purposes in an amount not to exceed the taxable income of the Company multiplied by the highest combined federal, state and local and foreign income tax rate applicable to partners of Blackstone UTP Capital Partners LP, Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A LP, Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners LP and Blackstone Family Media Partnership III LP;

 

-71-


(xv) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13, provided , however , that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(xvi) the payment of fees and expenses Incurred by Blackstone and VUE and paid by the Issuers in connection with the Transactions;

(xvii) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, Holdings in amounts required for Holdings to pay, in each case without duplication, (1) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (2) without duplication of amounts paid under clause (xiv) above, foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from Holdings; (3) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income of the Company; (4) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (5) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of Holdings; and

(xviii) any Restricted Payments in connection with the Transactions;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Issue Date, the Company’s Subsidiaries will all be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by

 

-72-


the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.12. Liens .

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, that secures any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien. The preceding sentence will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Notes if the Lien is a Permitted Lien.

SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause or make an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and

(ii) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided , however , that the amount of:

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

(B) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received),

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration

 

-73-


received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 2.5% of Total Assets and $50.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), and

(D) any non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the sale of unimproved real property owned by the Company on the Issue Date (such non-cash consideration being referred to herein as “ Land Sale Non-cash Consideration ”)

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.13(a).

(b) Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce (1) Obligations under Senior Indebtedness (and, in the case of revolving Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); (2) Obligations under any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto); provided , however , that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or (3) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, or

(ii) to make (1) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided , however , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) capital expenditures or (3) acquisitions of other long-lived assets, in each of (1), (2) and (3), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

(iii) to make an Investment in (1) any one or more businesses, provided , however , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) properties or (3) acquisitions of other long-lived assets that, in each of (1), (2) and (3), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

 

-74-


(c) Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.13(b) will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to purchase, prepay or redeem (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) on a pro rata basis the maximum principal amount of Notes and any other Senior Indebtedness requires that the Company offer to purchase such other Senior Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale to (i) all Holders of Notes and (ii) all holders of any such Senior Indebtedness. Such Asset Sale Offer will be at an offer price in cash (A), in the case of the Notes, of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture) and (B), in the case of other Senior Indebtedness of the Company, sufficient to comply with the provisions governing such Senior Indebtedness of the Company ( provided that in no event shall the Company offer to purchase other Senior Indebtedness at a purchase price in excess of 100% of its principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purposes not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata amount of Excess Proceeds to be used to purchase the Notes, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(d) The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Asset Sale Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period (the “ Asset Sale Purchase Date ”), the Company will repurchase the principal amount of Notes and Senior Indebtedness required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the “ Asset Sale Offer Amount ”) or, if less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Senior Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.

(e) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Asset Sale Purchase Date, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13;

 

-75-


(ii) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Asset Sale Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(vii) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and

(viii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Asset Sale Offer.

(f) If more Notes are tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, selection of such Notes for purchase shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirement); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part. The Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.13 and, in addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and Notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Senior Indebtedness. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes or holder or lender of Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the repurchase price of the Notes or Senior Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such Holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to

 

-76-


such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided , however , that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Senior Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.

(g) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) if such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(i) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11;

(iii) the payment of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to VUE and its Affiliates and Blackstone and its Affiliates in an amount in any fiscal year not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate;

 

-77-


(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or of Affiliates of the Company providing services to the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Blackstone made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.14(a)(i);

(vii) payments, loans or advances to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business, subject to any limitations otherwise set forth in this Indenture;

(viii) any consulting, employment or severance agreements or benefits arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (other than with a Permitted Holder);

(ix) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(x) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (x) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(xi) the payment to VUE or its designee of current or deferred portions of the Special Fee, so long as after giving effect to such payment, on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Special Fee Ratio of no less than 1.10 to 1.00;

 

-78-


(xii) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are on terms not materially less favorable than as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xiii) agreements in connection with the development, construction and operation of hotels, restaurants and other resort facilities; provided , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(xiv) transactions relating to resort venues in which the Company or its Affiliates have an ownership or management interest; provided , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(xv) any purchase by any Affiliate of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any contribution by any Affiliate to the equity capital of the Company;

(xvi) transactions with VUE, Blackstone or their respective Affiliates consisting of reimbursement of expenses, obligations, sharing of operating and capital costs, sharing of software and IT hardware systems, licensing and sublicensing of rights under intellectual property, joint marketing arrangements, promotional, merchandising and advertising arrangements, purchase or sale of services, goods and products, participation in joint ticket products, sharing of personnel and employees, the participation in, and reimbursement obligations with respect to, coverage under insurance policies and joint purchasing arrangements, in each case consistent with past practice or practice in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company; provided , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

(xvii) the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses actually and properly Incurred by VUE or its Affiliates and Blackstone or its Affiliates in connection with activities of the Company as permitted pursuant to the Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Company;

(xviii) the Transactions;

 

-79-


(xix) to the extent otherwise permitted under this Indenture, any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to (or the funding of) employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans to managers, employees or other individuals that are not employed by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries but provide services to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xx) the participation by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any program sponsored by any of the Company’s Affiliates that is made generally available to such Affiliates’ subsidiaries or Persons in which such Affiliate invests; provided , however , that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary participates on substantially the same terms as are made available to such subsidiaries or such Persons; provided further , however , that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(xxi) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Special Fees may only be paid in accordance with clause (xi) above.

SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i)(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

-80-


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4.15 will not prohibit such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents and the Consultant Agreement;

(ii) this Indenture and the Notes;

(iii) the Senior Indenture and the Senior Notes;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(vi) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (a)(iii) above on the property so acquired;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (a)(iii) above;

 

-81-


(xii) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries (A) that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 and either (x) the provisions relating to such encumbrances or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Issuers, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or (y) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends or distributions in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the Notes when due (taking into account the resources of the Company at such time); or (B) that are Foreign Subsidiaries that is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to clause (v), (xiii) or (xx) of Section 4.10(b); or

(xiii) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xii) above; provided , however , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

SECTION 4.16. Future Guarantors .

The Company shall cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that:

(1) Incurs any Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(i) or guarantees any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement or otherwise pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(i); or

(2) Incurs any capital markets Indebtedness or guarantees any capital markets Indebtedness

to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Notes.

SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Business Activities of UCDP Finance .

UCDP Finance will not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than the issuance of Equity Interests to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company,

 

-82-


including the Notes, the Senior Notes, the Exchange Notes and the exchange notes with respect to the Senior Notes, if any, that is permitted to be Incurred by the Company under Section 4.10 ( provided that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are retained by the Company or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries other than UCDP Finance) and activities incidental thereto. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with UCDP Finance in violation of this Section 4.17.

SECTION 4.18. Reports and Other Information .

(a) Notwithstanding that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act the Issuers will continue to file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after filing with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date:

(i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC), reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form),

(iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and

(iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuers would be required to file with the SEC if they were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , the Issuers shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuers will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuers would be required to file such information with the SEC if they were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may satisfy the foregoing reporting requirements (1) prior to the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed within the applicable time limits pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Shelf Registration Statement, by providing the Trustee and the Holders with (x) substantially the same information as would be required to be filed with the SEC by the Issuers on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable

 

-83-


form applicable to the Issuers) if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 90 days after the end of the applicable fiscal year and (y) substantially the same information as would be required to be filed with the SEC by the Issuers on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form applicable to the Issuers) if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 45 days after the end of the applicable fiscal quarter and (2) prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement by publicly filing with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, to the extent any such registration statement contains substantially the same information as would be required to be filed by the Issuers if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and by providing the Trustee and Holders with such registration statement (and amendments thereto) promptly following the filing with the SEC thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if the Issuers have filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available or by posting such reports on a publicly accessible page on the Issuers’ website.

(c) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

(d) In addition, the Issuers shall furnish to Holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon the requests of such Holders, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as any Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. The Issuers also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

SECTION 4.19. Limitation on Layering .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

(1) equal in right of payment with the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be; or

(2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be.

 

-84-


ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Neither of the Issuers will consolidate or merge with or into, or wind up into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person, unless :

(i) such Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

(ii) the Successor Company (if other than such Issuer) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) or

(B) the Debt to EBITDA Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be no higher than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(v) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

-85-


(vi) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(b) Except as provided in Article Eleven, no Guarantor may, and the Company shall not permit such a Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(i) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Guarantor ”);

(ii) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(iv) such Guarantor shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(c) Upon any consolidation or merger of either Issuer, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of either Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01(a), in which such Issuer is not the continuing obligor under the Notes, the Successor Company formed by such consolidation or into which such Issuer is merged or to which the conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Company had been named therein as such Issuer and such Issuer will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes and all of such Issuer’s other obligations and covenants under the Notes and this Indenture, if applicable.

 

-86-


(d) Notwithstanding clause (iii) or (iv) of Section 5.01(a), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) the Company may merge with any Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reforming the Company in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(e) Notwithstanding Section 5.01(b), a Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not increased thereby.

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due continued for 30 days (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture);

(b) a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture);

(c) the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations under Section 5.01;

(d) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 30 days after notice with any of their obligations under Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19 (other than a failure to purchase Notes when required by Sections 4.09 and 4.13);

(e) the failure by the Issuers to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

(f) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million;

 

-87-


(g) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters (i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such decree or order of the type in clause (i) or (ii) above remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(h) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries:

(i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; or

(ii) consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or

(iii) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law; or

(iv) consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property; or

(v) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(vi) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

(i) the failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

-88-


(j) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Default under clause (d) or (e) of this Section 6.01 will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and the Issuers do not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause (d) or (e) after the receipt of such notice.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (f) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; provided , however , that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration .

(a) In the case of an Event of Default arising from either Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided , however , that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture as part of the Credit Agreement shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(i) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; or

(ii) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Company and the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement.

 

-89-


(b) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of overdue principal, premium and interest, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and

(iv) in the event of the cure or waiver of a Default of the type set forth in Section 6.01(g) or (h), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Default has been cured or waived.

No such waiver or rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults .

Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note as specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b). The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured.

 

-90-


SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority .

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to the Trustee taking any action or following any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any loss or expense caused by taking or not taking such action or following or not following such direction.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) Except with respect to a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note as specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b), a Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder offers and provides to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and the provision of security or indemnity; and

(v) during such 60 day period, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.

(b) A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Noteholder.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

-91-


SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuers, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

Second: to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and, if such money or property has been collected from a Guarantor, to holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, in each case to the extent required by Article Ten and/or Article Twelve of this Indenture, as applicable;

Third: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

 

-92-


Fourth: to Holders for principal and premium due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and premium; and

Fifth: to the Issuers or to the Guarantors, if any, as their respective interests may appear.

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuers, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the TIA and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

-93-


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.

(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

Subject to Section 7.01:

(a) The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

-94-


(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 13.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuers, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

(j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

-95-


(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as to authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(m) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default .

If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the uncured Default within the earlier of 90 days after such Default occurs or 30 days after such Default is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of such Default is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Purchase Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Trust Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Noteholders.

 

-96-


SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders .

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2010, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d). A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers or Noteholders or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for which it may seek indemnity and of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice. The Issuers may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuers will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors subject to the claim in connection with such defense as

 

-97-


reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuers and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder.

 

-98-


(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuers.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided , however , that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of either Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuers and any other obligor of the Notes.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers .

The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

-99-


ARTICLE EIGHT

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Issuers’ Obligations .

(a) The Issuers may terminate their obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 8.01, if all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Issuers have paid all sums payable by it hereunder, or if:

(i) either (A) pursuant to Article Three, the Issuers shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof, (B) all Notes have otherwise become or will become due and payable within one year or (C) all Notes are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name of, and at the expense of, the Company;

(ii) the Issuers shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of that purpose, U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amount as is, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, sufficient without consideration of reinvestment of such interest, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes to maturity or redemption; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, to the payment of said principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes;

(iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture, the Credit Agreement, the Senior Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which either Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound;

(iv) the Issuers shall have paid all other sums payable by each of them hereunder; and

 

-100-


(v) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent providing for or relating to the termination of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and this Indenture have been complied with. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also state that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel that binds or affects either Issuer.

After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified in clause (b) below.

(b) Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .

(a) The Issuers may, at their option by Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of each Issuer, at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.

(b) Upon the Issuers’ exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section 8.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due;

(ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Section 4.02 hereof;

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

 

-101-


(iv) this Article Eight.

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.02(c) hereof.

(c) Upon the Issuers’ exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.09 through 4.19, Section 5.01 and clauses (c), (d), (f), (g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), (h) (i) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) and (j) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, U.S. Legal Tender, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(b) hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and

 

-102-


based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(c) hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either: (a) on the date of such deposit (other than an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit), or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; provided , however , that such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of such deposit, subject to an Event of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency within such 91-day period;

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes or the Senior Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries are a party or by which the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries are bound;

(f) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate satisfactory to it stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of either Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of either Issuer or others; and

(g) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money .

The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article Eight, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations except as it may agree with the Issuers. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article Ten.

 

-103-


The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the Issuers’ written request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuers .

Subject to this Article Eight, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuers upon written request any excess U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, shall at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. After payment to the Issuers, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight; provided , however , that if the Issuers have made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

-104-


ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders .

The (i) Issuers and the Trustee, together, may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes and (ii) the Issuers may amend or supplement the Subordination Agreement, in each case without notice to or consent of any Noteholder to:

(a) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

(c) add Guarantees;

(d) secure the Notes;

(e) provide for the assumption of either Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes by a successor corporation, partnership or limited liability company in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of either Issuer’s assets as contemplated by Section 5.01;

(f) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or surrender any power conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor;

(g) make any change that would not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(h) comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(i) provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes;

(j) conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the senior subordinated notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the senior subordinated notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes; or

(k) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes; provided , however , that (x) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (y) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;

 

-105-


provided , however , that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders .

(a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Issuers and the Trustee, together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, without notice to any other Noteholders. Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Noteholders.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described under Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes;

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(vi) impair the right of any Holder of Notes to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes;

(vii) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions;

(viii) modify the Guarantees, if any, in any manner adverse to the Holders; or

(ix) make any change to the subordination provisions of this Indenture that would adversely affect Holders.

 

-106-


(c) Except as set forth in Section 9.01, the Subordination Agreement may only be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with TIA .

From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuers received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided , however , that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

(b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies),

 

-107-


and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuers shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuers shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuers’ expense. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc .

The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided , however , that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuers.

ARTICLE TEN

SUBORDINATION

SECTION 10.01. Agreement To Subordinate .

The Issuers agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the payment of all Obligations owing in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Ten, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Notes and the Guarantees shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers; and only Indebtedness of the Issuers that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Notes and the Guarantees in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article Ten shall be subject to Section 10.12.

 

-108-


SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuers upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to the Issuers or their property:

(i) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the Notes;

(ii) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

(iii) if a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 10.03. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers .

The Issuers shall not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (or pay any other Obligations relating to the Notes, including fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to Article Eight hereof and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “ pay the Notes ”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “ Payment Default ”):

(i) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

(ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, the Issuers are permitted to pay the Notes if the Issuers and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

-109-


During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuers are not permitted to pay the Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuers) of written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the respective Representatives thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuers from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 10.03 and Section 10.02 hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Issuers are permitted to resume paying the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360 day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360 day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Notes .

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration; provided that any

 

-110-


failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article Ten. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is outstanding, the Issuers may not pay the Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the Issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over .

If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold such distribution in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and pay such distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.

SECTION 10.06. Subrogation .

After all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article Ten to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Issuers and Holders, a payment by the Issuers on such Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights .

This Article Ten defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between the Issuers and Holders, the obligation of the Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal (and any accretion) of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

(ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

(iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Issuers other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers .

No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuers or by their failure to comply with this Indenture.

 

-111-


SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .

Notwithstanding Section 10.03 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that payments may not be made under this Article Ten. The Issuers, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be entitled to give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Ten with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article Seven shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article Ten shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative .

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

SECTION 10.11. Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate .

The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article Ten shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article Ten shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.

SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated .

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article Eight hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article Ten, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuers or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or any other creditor of the Issuers, provided that the subordination provisions of this Article Ten were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article Eight hereof.

 

-112-


SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely .

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Ten, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Issuers, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Ten. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Ten, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Ten, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article Ten.

SECTION 10.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination .

A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article Ten and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers as provided in this Article Ten and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers .

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Issuers or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Ten or otherwise.

SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers on Subordination Provisions .

Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created

 

-113-


or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Ten or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuers and any other Person.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

GUARANTEE

SECTION 11.01. Unconditional Guarantee .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Article Eleven, each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees, on a senior subordinated basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers or any other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (i) (A) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (B) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes and (C) the due and punctual payment and performance (within applicable grace periods hereunder) of all other obligations of the Issuers and all other obligations of the other Guarantors (including under the Guarantees), in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “ Guarantee Obligations ”); and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of

 

-114-


any other obligation of the Issuers to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders of Notes to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuers.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Guarantee. Each Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuers or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuers or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor hereby further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) subject to this Article Eleven, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(c) The Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article Twelve, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

Each Guarantor and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and

 

-115-


the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article Eleven shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Eleven, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

SECTION 11.03. [Intentionally Omitted] .

SECTION 11.04. Release of a Guarantor .

(a) In the event a Guarantor is sold (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets), such Guarantor will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Guarantee if:

(i) the sale is in compliance with Section 4.13(a); and

(ii) such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

(b) A Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Company will automatically be released from its obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement (w) if the applicable Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof or if such Subsidiary is released from its guarantees of, and all pledges and security interests granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement, (x) if the Company designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture, (y) if the Issuers exercise their Legal Defeasance option or their Covenant Defeasance option as described in Section 8.02 or (z) if the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Company evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Company or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 11.04; provided , however , that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officers’ Certificates of the Company.

(d) Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 11.04, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

 

-116-


SECTION 11.05. Waiver of Subrogation .

Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes and all obligations to which the Guarantee Obligations are subordinate as provided in Article Twelve are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuers that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the Issuers, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from the Issuers, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders of Notes under the Notes, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Trustee or the Holders and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of itself or such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 11.05 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 11.06. Immediate Payment .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing.

SECTION 11.07. No Set-Off .

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

-117-


SECTION 11.08. Guarantee Obligations Absolute .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.

SECTION 11.09. Guarantee Obligations Continuing .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 11.10. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.

SECTION 11.11. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Issuers or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of either Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuers or any other Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of either Issuer or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein.

 

-118-


SECTION 11.12. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected .

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including:

(a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to either Issuer or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting either Issuer or any other Person;

(b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of either Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;

(c) any failure of either Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;

(d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against either Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;

(e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to either Issuer or any other Person;

(f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes;

(g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of either Issuer or a Guarantor;

(h) any merger or amalgamation of either Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons; and

(i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee.

 

-119-


SECTION 11.13. Waiver .

Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Issuers, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuers or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.

SECTION 11.14. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Company .

Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Issuers or any other Person or any property of the Issuers or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations in respect of their Guarantees under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.15. Dealing with the Issuers and Others .

The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may

(a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuers or any other Person;

(b) take or abstain from taking security or collateral from the Issuers or from perfecting security or collateral of the Issuers;

(c) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuers or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;

(d) accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuers;

(e) apply all monies at any time received from the Issuers or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and

 

-120-


(f) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Company and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.

SECTION 11.16. Default and Enforcement .

If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 11.06 hereof, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor under this Indenture by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.

SECTION 11.17. Amendment, Etc .

No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee.

SECTION 11.18. Acknowledgment .

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.

SECTION 11.19. Costs and Expenses .

Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including legal fees and expenses on a solicitor and client basis) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee.

SECTION 11.20. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Issuers and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.

 

-121-


SECTION 11.21. Survival of Guarantee Obligations .

Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 11.01 shall be enforceable against such Guarantor without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Issuers or any Guarantor.

SECTION 11.22. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations .

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee under this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them.

SECTION 11.23. Severability .

Any provision of this Article Eleven which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Eleven.

SECTION 11.24. Successors and Assigns .

Each Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

ARTICLE TWELVE

SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES

SECTION 12.01. Agreement To Subordinate .

Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Twelve, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. A Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and only Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article Twelve shall be subject to Section 12.12.

 

-122-


SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization, insolvency or bankruptcy or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property:

(1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the Guarantee;

(2) until the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

(3) if a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 12.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor .

A Guarantor shall not make any payment pursuant to its Guarantee (or pay any other Obligations relating to its Guarantee, including fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire or acquire for cash or property any Notes (collectively, “ pay its Guarantee ”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “ Guarantor Payment Default ”):

(1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

(2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Guarantor Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, such Guarantor is permitted to pay its Guarantee if such Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

-123-


During the continuance of any default (other than a Guarantor Payment Default) (a “ Non-Guarantor Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor is not permitted to pay its Guarantee (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “ Guarantee Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to such Guarantor and the Issuer) of written notice (a “ Guarantee Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Guarantor Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Guarantee Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, a Guarantee Blockage Notice may be given only by the respective Representatives thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. The Guarantee Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee, the relevant Guarantor and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Guarantee Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Guarantee Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 12.03 and Section 12.02 hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the relevant Guarantor is permitted to resume paying its Guarantee after the end of such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period. Each Guarantee shall not be subject to more than one Guarantee Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor during such period; provided that if any Guarantee Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement may in the aggregate give one other Guarantee Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Guarantee Payment Blockage Period or Periods on a Guarantee is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360 day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360 day period during which no Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Guarantee Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Guarantee Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Guarantee

 

-124-


Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Guarantor Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Guarantor Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Guarantor Payment Default for this purpose).

SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment .

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article Eleven hereof, the Issuers or such Guarantor shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such demand; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article Twelve. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not pay its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay its Guarantee only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

SECTION 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over .

If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 12.06. Subrogation .

After all Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article Twelve to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the relevant Guarantor and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights .

This Article Twelve defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(1) impair, as between such Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments under its Guarantee in accordance with its terms;

(2) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by such Guarantor under its obligations with respect to its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor to receive payments or distributions other-wise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

 

-125-


(3) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor .

No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .

Notwithstanding Section 12.03 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that payments may not be made under this Article Twelve. A Guarantor, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Twelve with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article Seven shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article Twelve shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture.

SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative .

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

SECTION 12.11. Article Twelve Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment .

The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment pursuant its Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article Twelve shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Guarantee. Nothing in this Article Twelve shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to Article Eleven hereof.

 

-126-


SECTION 12.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated .

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article Eight hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article Twelve, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to such Guarantor or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or any other creditor of such Guarantor, provided that the subordination provisions of this Article Twelve were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article Eight.

SECTION 12.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely .

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Twelve, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Twelve. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Twelve, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Twelve, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article Twelve.

SECTION 12.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination .

A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article Twelve and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor as provided in this Article Twelve and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

-127-


SECTION 12.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors .

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or such Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Twelve or otherwise.

SECTION 12.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions .

Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and with-out impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Twelve or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against such Guarantor and any other Person.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.01. TIA Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.

 

-128-


SECTION 13.02. Notices .

Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers:

c/o Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (407) 224-6740

with a copy to:

Attention: Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs, General Counsel

Facsimile: (407) 363-8219

and a copy to:

Cravath Swaine & Moore

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: LizabethAnn Rogovoy Eisen, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

if to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street, 8th Floor West

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Facsimile: (212) 815-5707 / 5704

The Issuers and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuers and the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.

 

-129-


Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him or her by first class mail or other equivalent means at his or her address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him or her if so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

SECTION 13.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders .

Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuers, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and

 

-130-


(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 13.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar .

The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

SECTION 13.07. Legal Holidays .

If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

SECTION 13.08. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, if any, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, as applied to contracts made and performed within the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

EACH OF THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others .

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of either Issuer or of any Guarantor, if any, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of such Issuer or the Guarantors, if any, under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantors’ Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

-131-


SECTION 13.11. Successors .

All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

SECTION 13.12. Duplicate Originals .

All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.

SECTION 13.13. Severability .

In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, in the Notes or in the Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

SECTION 13.14. Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

-132-


SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

 

UCDP FINANCE, INC.
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:  

Treasurer

 

UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

 

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

[Signature Page to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture]

 

S-1


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:   /s/ Christie Leppert
  Name:   Christie Leppert
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture]

 

S-2


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

CUSIP No. [144A:913405AF3/REGS:U91454AC9]

 

No. [        ]

   $ [            

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), and UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), for value received promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] of [            ] on November 15, 2016.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2010.

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT

PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership

By:    
 

Name:

Title:     Authorized Agent

 

UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation
By:    
 

Name:

Title:     Authorized Agent

 

A-2


[FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION]

This is one of the 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated: [            ]    

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST

COMPANY N.A.,

as Trustee

      By:    
        Authorized Signatory

 

A-3


(Reverse of Note)

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 1. Interest . UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), and UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10  7 / 8 % per annum from the date of the original issuance of the Notes until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing May 15, 2010. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided , however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 2. Method of Payment . The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“ U.S. Legal Tender ”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes not issued in global form at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

A-4


SECTION 4. Indenture . The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 6, 2009 (“ Indenture ”) by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. Except as set forth in Section 6 hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option until November 15, 2013. On or after November 15, 2013, the Issuers may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2013

   105.438

2014

   102.719

2015 and thereafter

   100.000

In addition, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 15, 2013, at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

 

  (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

  (2) the excess, if any, of:

 

  (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at November 15, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table above plus (ii) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date) due on such Note through November 15, 2013 computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

  (b) the principal amount of such Note.

 

A-5


Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to the Notes, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2013; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

SECTION 6. Optional Redemption upon Public Offering . At any time on or prior to November 15, 2012, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, including Additional Notes permitted under the Indenture, if any, with the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 110.875% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, including Additional Notes permitted under the Indenture, if any, remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which such Equity Offering is consummated.

SECTION 7. Mandatory Redemption . For the avoidance of doubt, an offer to purchase pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall not be deemed a redemption. The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 8. Repurchase at Option of Holder . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, and subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Issuers are, under certain circumstances, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, with certain net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture.

SECTION 9. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000

 

A-6


may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers or the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers or the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 11. Subordination . The Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and the Guarantors on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Notes and Guarantees may be paid. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

SECTION 12. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

SECTION 13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes, and the Issuers may amend the Subordination Agreement, to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.

SECTION 14. Defaults and Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare by notice to the Issuers all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the

 

A-7


then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes.

SECTION 15. Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to Incur indebtedness, to make restricted payments, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

SECTION 16. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of either Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of either Issuer or the Guarantors, if any, under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantors’ Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 17. Trustee Dealings with the Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

SECTION 18. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

SECTION 19. Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

SECTION 20. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes . Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for a 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Note due 2016 of the Issuers which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Note (except that such Note shall not be entitled to Additional Interest). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. a

 

a

This Section not to appear on Exchange Notes or on Notes the Holder of which is not a party to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

A-8


SECTION 21. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

SECTION 22. Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of laws to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)

and irrevocably appoint              agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Dated:         Signed:    
        (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:        
    Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date of the declaration by the SEC of the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering resales of this Note (which effectiveness shall not have been suspended or terminated at the date of the transfer) and (ii) the date following the second anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer:

Check One

 

(1)    ¨     to either Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

(2)    ¨     pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or

 

(3)    ¨     outside the United States to a “foreign purchaser” in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

(4)    ¨     pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(5)    ¨     pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

A-10


(6)    ¨     pursuant to another available exemption from the registration statement requirements of the Securities Act of 1933;

and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the either Issuer as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an “ Affiliate ”):

 

  ¨ The transferee is an Affiliate of either Issuer.

Unless one of items (1) through (6) is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if item (3), (4) or (6) is checked, the Issuers or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment letter in the case of item (4)) and other information as the Trustee or the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

If none of the foregoing items are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated:         Signed:    
        (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee: ________________________________________________________________________________________

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

A-11


Dated:          
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.09 ¨                          Section 4.13 ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $                 

 

Dated:         Signed:    
        (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:      
      Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

A-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $              . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
   Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
custodian

 

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-14


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF LEGENDS

Each Global Note and Definitive Note that constitutes a Restricted Security or is sold in compliance with Regulation S shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Holder thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES, AND 40 DAYS IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES, AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-1


Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear the following legend (the “ Global Note Legend ”):

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ”):

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Fax No.: (407) 224-6740

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street, 8th Floor West

New York, New York 10286

Fax No.: (212) 815-5707 / 5704

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Re: 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc., as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                  in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                  (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to either Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain

 

C-2


compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

C-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

Dated:                     

 

C-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP 913405AF3), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U91454AC9), or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee shall hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP 913405AF3), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U91454AC9), or

 

  (iii) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note; or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c) ¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

C-5


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Fax No.: (407) 224-6740

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street, 8th Floor West

New York, New York 10286

Fax No.: (212) 815-5707 / 5704

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Re: 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and UCDP Finance, Inc., as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture

                     (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                  in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

D-1


b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

D-2


b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [    ] 144A Global Note [    ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and are dated                      .

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

Dated:                         

 

D-3

Exhibit 4.3

EXECUTION VERSION

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

8.875% $400,000,000 SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

November 6, 2009

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

c/o J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

  as Representative for each of the

  Initial Purchasers

270 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida partnership (the “ Company ”), and UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ”), as joint and several obligors (the “ Issuers ”), propose to issue and sell to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (“ J.P. Morgan ”), Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), for whom J.P. Morgan is acting as representative (the “ Representative ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated October 27, 2009 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 8.875% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “ Notes ”), which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.


As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Issuers and the Guarantors agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees, and the Exchange Notes (as defined herein) (collectively, the “ Holders ”), as follows:

1. Registered Exchange Offer . The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) under the Securities Act with respect to a proposed offer to the Holders of the Notes (the “ Registered Exchange Offer ”) to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuers (the “ Exchange Notes ”) that are identical to the Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest for failure to comply with this Agreement and thereafter cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 365 days after the date of original issuance of the Notes (the “ Issue Date ”), and the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed no later than 395 days after the Issue Date. The Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture or an indenture (the “ Exchange Indenture ”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee or such other bank or trust company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, as trustee (the “ Exchange Trustee ”), such indenture to be identical to the Indenture, except that such indenture shall not contain any provisions relating to restrictions on transfer with respect to the Exchange Notes or to any increase in annual interest for failure to comply with this Agreement.

Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer, to enable each Holder electing to exchange Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not complying with the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial Purchaser holding Notes that have the status of an unsold allotment remaining from the initial distribution of the Notes, (c) acquires the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes) and to trade such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. The Issuers, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Notes, acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Notes (an “ Exchanging Dealer ”), may be deemed to be an “underwriter”, within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Notes received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

-2-


In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(a) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders;

(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

(e) otherwise comply in all respects with all laws that are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer.

The Registered Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Registered Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission.

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(a) accept for exchange all Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

(b) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(c) cause the Trustee or the Exchange Trustee, as the case may be, promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder Exchange Notes equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

-3-


The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Notes; provided that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers have sold all Exchange Notes held by them and (ii) the Issuers and the Guarantors shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes for a period of not less than 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (such period being called the “ Exchange Offer Registration Period ”).

The Indenture or the Exchange Indenture, as the case may be, shall provide that the Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Notes or the Exchange Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

Interest on each Exchange Note issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Note surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Notes, from the Issue Date.

Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers and the Guarantors that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Notes to be received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes, (iii) such Holder is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is an Exchange Dealer, then such Holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with a sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Holder pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not, at any time during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-4-


2. Shelf Registration . If (i) because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers and the Guarantors are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) any Notes validly tendered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer are not exchanged for Exchange Notes within 425 days after the Issue Date, or (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any Holder to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (v) any Holder that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely transferable Exchange Notes in exchange for tendered Notes, or (vi) the Issuers and the Guarantors so elect, then the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as practicable with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing), a shelf registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined below) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such registration statement (a “ Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “ Registration Statement” ).

(b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes for a period ending two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto (such period being called the “ Shelf Registration Period ”). The Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if any of them voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Notes during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law or (B) such action was permitted by Section 2(c).

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(b) (but subject to the provisions of Section 3(b)), the Issuers and the Guarantors may issue a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable pending the announcement of a material corporate transaction and may issue any notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement required under applicable securities laws to be issued.

 

-5-


(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto (in either case, other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for use therein (the “ Holders Information ”)) does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of the Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Holders’ Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

3. Additional Interest .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes will suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 1 or Section 2, as applicable, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages. Accordingly, in the event that either (i) the Registered Exchange Offer is not completed (other than in the event the Issuers and the Guarantors file a Shelf Registration Statement) or (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is not declared effective, in either case on or prior to 425 days after the Issue Date (the “ Target Registration Date ”), the interest rate on the Notes will be increased by (x) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum thereafter (provided that the interest rate on the Notes will not be increased by more than 1.0% per annum in the aggregate) in each case until the Registered Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is declared effective by the Commission.

(b) If the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared (or becomes automatically) effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective, or the prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable at any time during the Shelf Registration Period (as a result of the issuance by the Issuers and the Guarantors of a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable pending the announcement of a material corporate transaction, the issuance by the Issuers and the Guarantors of a notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement as may be required under applicable securities laws to be issued or for any other reason), and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any twelve-month period, then the interest rate on Notes that constitute Transfer Restricted Notes will be increased (commencing on the 61st day in such twelve-month period) by (x) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such 60th day of ineffectiveness or lack of usability and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum thereafter (provided that the interest rate on the Notes will not be increased by more

 

-6-


than 1.0% per annum in the aggregate), which additional interest shall cease to accrue on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again been declared effective or the prospectus contained therein again becomes usable. If after any such cessation of the accrual of additional interest the Shelf Registration Statement again ceases to be effective or the prospectus contained therein again ceases to be usable beyond the period permitted above, additional interest will again accrue pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

(c) The Issuers shall notify the Trustee and the paying agent under the Indenture promptly upon the happening of each and every event that results in the accrual of additional interest pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) (any such event being called a “ Registration Default ”). The Issuers shall pay the additional interest due on the Transfer Restricted Notes by depositing with the paying agent (which may not be either of the Issuers for these purposes), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders thereof, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes, sums sufficient to pay the additional interest then due. The additional interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes to the record holder entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date. Each obligation to pay additional interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the date of the applicable Registration Default.

(d) The parties hereto agree that the liquidated damages in the form of additional interest provided for in this Section 3 constitute a reasonable estimate of and are intended to constitute the sole damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes by reason of the failure of (i) the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, to be declared effective or (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective (and the prospectus contained therein to remain usable), in each case to the extent required by this Agreement.

(e) As used herein, the term “ Transfer Restricted Notes ” means (i) each Note until the date on which such Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) each Note until the date on which it has been registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition and solely for the purposes of Section 8 hereof, “Transfer Restricted Note” also means each Note until the date on which it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or may be resold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 by a person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) hereof, the Issuers shall not be required to pay additional interest to a Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any, pursuant to Section 4(n).

 

-7-


4. Registration Procedures . In connection with any Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein; and (ii) include substantially the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange offer procedures” section and the “Purpose of the exchange offer” section (or comparable sections, however captioned) and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of distribution” section, in each case of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in The Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

(b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall advise each Initial Purchaser and, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) below, each Exchanging Dealer and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such person, confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

(i) when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission after the effective date for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

(iv) of the receipt by the Issuers and the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes or the Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included herein in order that the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-8-


(c) The Issuers and the Guarantors will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement.

(d) The Issuers and the Guarantors will furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

(e) The Issuers and the Guarantors will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in connection with the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(f) The Issuers and the Guarantors will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each Exchanging Dealer, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

(g) The Issuers and the Guarantors will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request; and the Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid.

 

-9-


(h) Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Notes or Exchange Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder reasonably requests in writing, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement; provided that neither of the Issuers nor any of the Guarantors will be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject them to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject.

(i) The Issuers and the Guarantors will cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may request in writing at least three business days prior to the closing date of any sales of Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(j) If any event contemplated by Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) occurs during the period for which the Issuers and the Guarantors are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement (the “ Effectiveness Period ”), the Issuers and the Guarantors will promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Notes or Exchange Notes from a Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will provide a CUSIP number and an International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) for the Notes and the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company any and with the common depositary for accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream.

(l) The Issuers and the Guarantors will comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and the Issuers and the Guarantors will make generally available to their security holders, as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

 

-10-


(m) The Issuers and the Guarantors will cause the Indenture or the Exchange Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner.

(n) The Issuers and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers and the Guarantors such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Notes as the Issuers and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request for inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement, and the Issuers and the Guarantors may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Notes of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(o) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be registered pursuant thereto agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Notes that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers pursuant to Sections 2(c), 3(c) or 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will discontinue disposition of such Transfer Restricted Notes until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until advised in writing by the Issuers and the Guarantors that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed (the “ Advice ”). If the Issuers and the Guarantors shall give any notice under Sections 2(c), 3(b) or 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the Effectiveness Period, such Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

(p) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, or the managing underwriters (if any), shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of the Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

-11-


(q) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection at the location where they are normally kept and during normal business hours by a representative of, and Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder and any underwriter participating in any disposition of the Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Issuers and the Guarantors and their subsidiaries and (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to have each of their officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (each, an “ Inspector ”) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that such Inspector shall first agree in writing with the Issuers and the Guarantors that any information that is reasonably and in good faith designated by the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Inspector, unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities, (ii) disclosure of such information is required by law (including any connection with the filing of such Registration Statement or the use of any prospectus), (iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard such information by such Inspector or (iv) such information becomes available to such Inspector from a source other than the Issuers and their subsidiaries and such source is not known, after due inquiry, by the relevant Holder to be bound by a confidentiality agreement; provided , further , that the foregoing investigation shall be coordinated on behalf of the Holders by one representative designated by and on behalf of such Holders, and any such confidential information shall be available from such representative to such Holders so long as any Holder agrees to be bound by such confidentiality agreement.

(r) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, if requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, use their reasonable best efforts to cause (i) their counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Shelf Registration Statement and the Notes in customary form and substance, (ii) their officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) and (iii) their independent public accountants to provide a comfort letter or letters in customary form and substance, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.

 

-12-


5. Registration Expenses . The Issuers and the Guarantors will jointly and severally bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 and, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder (the “ Special Counsel ”) acting for the Initial Purchasers or Holders in connection therewith, which counsel shall be approved by the Issuers (such approval to not be unreasonably withheld). Each Initial Purchaser and Holder shall pay all expenses of its counsel (other than as set forth in the preceding sentence), underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Initial Purchaser’s or Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

6. Indemnification .

(a) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, any such Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7 as a “Holder”) from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Notes or Exchange Notes), to which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omissions or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information;

 

-13-


(b) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Issuers and the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 7 as the “Issuers”), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Issuers may become subject, whether commenced. or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information furnished to the Issuers by such Holder, and shall reimburse the Issuers for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuers in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that no such Holder shall be liable for any indemnity claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its

 

-14-


own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b) otherwise than as a result of the limitations therein contained, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers from the offering and sale of the Notes, on the one hand, and a Holder with respect to the resale by such Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Issuers, on the one hand, and such Holder, on the other,

 

-15-


with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuers, on the one hand, and a Holder, on the other, with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Notes (before deducting expenses) received by or on behalf of the Issuers, on the one hand, bear to the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to the Issuers or information supplied by the Issuers, on the one hand, or to any Holders’ Information supplied by such Holder, on the other, the intent of the parties, and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes or Exchange Notes sold by such indemnifying party to any purchaser exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided in this Section 7 and in Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified person at law or in equity. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 7 and in Section 6 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder, their respective affiliates or any person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Issuers, their respective affiliates or the officers or directors of or any person controlling the Issuers, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

8. Rules 144 and 144A . The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by them under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Issuers and the Guarantors are not required to file such reports, they will, upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to

 

-16-


permit sales of such Holder’s securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Issuers and the Guarantors covenant that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Issuers and the Guarantors to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

9. Underwritten Registrations . If any of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Notes included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Issuers and the Guarantors (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for the payment of all underwriting commissions and discounts and related expenses incurred in connection therewith.

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Notes on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers and the Guarantors so agree and have obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, taken as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Notes or Exchange Notes are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

-17-


(b) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery:

(1) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Representative;

(2) if to an Initial Purchaser, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

(3) if to the Issuers and the Guarantors, initially at the address of the Issuers and the Guarantors set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day after being delivered to a next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier.

(c) Successors And Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Definition of Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “business day” means any day on which bond markets are generally open for trading in New York City, (b) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(f) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(h) No Inconsistent Agreements . Each Issuer and each Guarantor represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not entered into, and shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, (ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to any person and (iii) (with respect to such Issuer

 

-18-


and such Guarantor) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes, it shall not grant to any person the right to request such Issuer or such Guarantor to register any debt securities of such Issuer or such Guarantor under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(i) No Piggyback on Registrations . None of the Issuers and none of the Guarantors nor any of their security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in such capacity) shall have the right to include any securities of the Issuers and the Guarantors in any Shelf Registration or Registered Exchange Offer other than Transfer Restricted Notes and the Subordinated Notes.

(j) Severability . The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(k) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

 

-19-


EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

LTD., a Florida limited partnership.

By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation.
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Treasurer
GUARANTORS
UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS, a Florida partnership.
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE

MERCHANDISE STORE, a Florida partnership.

By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name:   Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

[Signature Page to Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement]


Accepted:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

for itself and as Representative of the

several Initial Purchasers

By:   /s/ Jacob Steinberg
 

Name: Jacob Steinberg

  Title:   Executive Director

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 

-21-


SCHEDULE I

GUARANTORS

 

   

UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS, a Florida partnership.

 

   

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE, a Florida partnership.

 

Schedule I-1


ANNEX A

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (the “Expiration Date”), they will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of distribution.”

 

Annex A-1


ANNEX B

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See “Plan of distribution.”

 

Annex B-1


ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, they will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until [DATE], all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

The Issuers and the Guarantors will not receive any proceeds from any exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes or from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter’ within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer the Issuers will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Annex C-1


ANNEX D

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:

Address:

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

Annex D-1

Exhibit 4.4

EXECUTION VERSION

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

10.875% $225,000,000 SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2016

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

November 6, 2009

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

c/o J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

    as Representative for each of the

    Initial Purchasers

270 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida partnership (the “ Company ”), and UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ”), as joint and several obligors (the “ Issuers ”), propose to issue and sell to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (“ J.P. Morgan ”), Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), for whom J.P. Morgan is acting as representative (the “ Representative ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated October 27, 2009 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Notes ”), which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.


As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Issuers and the Guarantors agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees, and the Exchange Notes (as defined herein) (collectively, the “ Holders ”), as follows:

1. Registered Exchange Offer . The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) under the Securities Act with respect to a proposed offer to the Holders of the Notes (the “ Registered Exchange Offer ”) to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuers (the “ Exchange Notes ”) that are identical to the Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest for failure to comply with this Agreement and thereafter cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 365 days after the date of original issuance of the Notes (the “ Issue Date ”), and the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed no later than 395 days after the Issue Date. The Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture or an indenture (the “ Exchange Indenture ”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee or such other bank or trust company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, as trustee (the “ Exchange Trustee ”), such indenture to be identical to the Indenture, except that such indenture shall not contain any provisions relating to restrictions on transfer with respect to the Exchange Notes or to any increase in annual interest for failure to comply with this Agreement.

Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer, to enable each Holder electing to exchange Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not complying with the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial Purchaser holding Notes that have the status of an unsold allotment remaining from the initial distribution of the Notes, (c) acquires the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes) and to trade such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. The Issuers, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Notes, acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Notes (an “ Exchanging Dealer ”), may be deemed to be an “underwriter”, within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Notes received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

-2-


In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(a) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders;

(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

(e) otherwise comply in all respects with all laws that are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer.

The Registered Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Registered Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission.

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(a) accept for exchange all Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

(b) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(c) cause the Trustee or the Exchange Trustee, as the case may be, promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder Exchange Notes equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

-3-


The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Notes; provided that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers have sold all Exchange Notes held by them and (ii) the Issuers and the Guarantors shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes for a period of not less than 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (such period being called the “ Exchange Offer Registration Period ”).

The Indenture or the Exchange Indenture, as the case may be, shall provide that the Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Notes or the Exchange Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

Interest on each Exchange Note issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Note surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Notes, from the Issue Date.

Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers and the Guarantors that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Notes to be received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes, (iii) such Holder is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is an Exchange Dealer, then such Holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with a sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Holder pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not, at any time during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-4-


2. Shelf Registration . If (i) because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers and the Guarantors are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) any Notes validly tendered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer are not exchanged for Exchange Notes within 425 days after the Issue Date, or (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any Holder to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (v) any Holder that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely transferable Exchange Notes in exchange for tendered Notes, or (vi) the Issuers and the Guarantors so elect, then the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as practicable with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing), a shelf registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined below) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such registration statement (a “ Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “ Registration Statement” ).

(b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes for a period ending two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto (such period being called the “ Shelf Registration Period ”). The Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if any of them voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Notes during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law or (B) such action was permitted by Section 2(c).

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(b) (but subject to the provisions of Section 3(b)), the Issuers and the Guarantors may issue a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable pending the announcement of a material corporate transaction and may issue any notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement required under applicable securities laws to be issued.

 

-5-


(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors will ensure that (i) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto (in either case, other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for use therein (the “ Holders Information ”)) does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of the Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Holders’ Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

3. Additional Interest .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes will suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 1 or Section 2, as applicable, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages. Accordingly, in the event that either (i) the Registered Exchange Offer is not completed (other than in the event the Issuers and the Guarantors file a Shelf Registration Statement) or (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is not declared effective, in either case on or prior to 425 days after the Issue Date (the “ Target Registration Date ”), the interest rate on the Notes will be increased by (x) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum thereafter (provided that the interest rate on the Notes will not be increased by more than 1.0% per annum in the aggregate) in each case until the Registered Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is declared effective by the Commission.

(b) If the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared (or becomes automatically) effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective, or the prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable at any time during the Shelf Registration Period (as a result of the issuance by the Issuers and the Guarantors of a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable pending the announcement of a material corporate transaction, the issuance by the Issuers and the Guarantors of a notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement as may be required under applicable securities laws to be issued or for any other reason), and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any twelve-month period, then the interest rate on Notes that constitute Transfer Restricted Notes will be increased (commencing on the 61st day in such twelve-month period) by (x) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such 60th day of ineffectiveness or lack of usability and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum thereafter (provided that the interest rate on the Notes will not be increased by more

 

-6-


than 1.0% per annum in the aggregate), which additional interest shall cease to accrue on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again been declared effective or the prospectus contained therein again becomes usable. If after any such cessation of the accrual of additional interest the Shelf Registration Statement again ceases to be effective or the prospectus contained therein again ceases to be usable beyond the period permitted above, additional interest will again accrue pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

(c) The Issuers shall notify the Trustee and the paying agent under the Indenture promptly upon the happening of each and every event that results in the accrual of additional interest pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) (any such event being called a “ Registration Default ”). The Issuers shall pay the additional interest due on the Transfer Restricted Notes by depositing with the paying agent (which may not be either of the Issuers for these purposes), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders thereof, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes, sums sufficient to pay the additional interest then due. The additional interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes to the record holder entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date. Each obligation to pay additional interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the date of the applicable Registration Default.

(d) The parties hereto agree that the liquidated damages in the form of additional interest provided for in this Section 3 constitute a reasonable estimate of and are intended to constitute the sole damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes by reason of the failure of (i) the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, to be declared effective or (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective (and the prospectus contained therein to remain usable), in each case to the extent required by this Agreement.

(e) As used herein, the term “ Transfer Restricted Notes ” means (i) each Note until the date on which such Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) each Note until the date on which it has been registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition and solely for the purposes of Section 8 hereof, “Transfer Restricted Note” also means each Note until the date on which it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or may be resold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 by a person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) hereof, the Issuers shall not be required to pay additional interest to a Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any, pursuant to Section 4(n).

 

-7-


4. Registration Procedures . In connection with any Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein; and (ii) include substantially the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange offer procedures” section and the “Purpose of the exchange offer” section (or comparable sections, however captioned) and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of distribution” section, in each case of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in The Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

(b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall advise each Initial Purchaser and, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) below, each Exchanging Dealer and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such person, confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

(i) when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission after the effective date for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

(iv) of the receipt by the Issuers and the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes or the Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included herein in order that the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-8-


(c) The Issuers and the Guarantors will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement.

(d) The Issuers and the Guarantors will furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

(e) The Issuers and the Guarantors will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in connection with the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(f) The Issuers and the Guarantors will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each Exchanging Dealer, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

(g) The Issuers and the Guarantors will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request; and the Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid.

 

-9-


(h) Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Notes or Exchange Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder reasonably requests in writing, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement; provided that neither of the Issuers nor any of the Guarantors will be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject them to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject.

(i) The Issuers and the Guarantors will cooperate with the Holders of Notes or Exchange Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may request in writing at least three business days prior to the closing date of any sales of Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(j) If any event contemplated by Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) occurs during the period for which the Issuers and the Guarantors are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement (the “ Effectiveness Period ”), the Issuers and the Guarantors will promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Notes or Exchange Notes from a Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will provide a CUSIP number and an International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) for the Notes and the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company any and with the common depositary for accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

-10-


(l) The Issuers and the Guarantors will comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and the Issuers and the Guarantors will make generally available to their security holders, as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(m) The Issuers and the Guarantors will cause the Indenture or the Exchange Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner.

(n) The Issuers and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers and the Guarantors such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Notes as the Issuers and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request for inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement, and the Issuers and the Guarantors may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Notes of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(o) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be registered pursuant thereto agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Notes that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers pursuant to Sections 2(c), 3(c) or 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will discontinue disposition of such Transfer Restricted Notes until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until advised in writing by the Issuers and the Guarantors that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed (the “ Advice ”). If the Issuers and the Guarantors shall give any notice under Sections 2(c), 3(b) or 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the Effectiveness Period, such Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

(p) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, or the managing underwriters (if any), shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of the Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

-11-


(q) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection at the location where they are normally kept and during normal business hours by a representative of, and Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder and any underwriter participating in any disposition of the Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Issuers and the Guarantors and their subsidiaries and (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to have each of their officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (each, an “ Inspector ”) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that such Inspector shall first agree in writing with the Issuers and the Guarantors that any information that is reasonably and in good faith designated by the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Inspector, unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities, (ii) disclosure of such information is required by law (including any connection with the filing of such Registration Statement or the use of any prospectus), (iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard such information by such Inspector or (iv) such information becomes available to such Inspector from a source other than the Issuers and their subsidiaries and such source is not known, after due inquiry, by the relevant Holder to be bound by a confidentiality agreement; provided , further , that the foregoing investigation shall be coordinated on behalf of the Holders by one representative designated by and on behalf of such Holders, and any such confidential information shall be available from such representative to such Holders so long as any Holder agrees to be bound by such confidentiality agreement.

(r) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, if requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, use their reasonable best efforts to cause (i) their counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Shelf Registration Statement and the Notes in customary form and substance, (ii) their officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) and (iii) their independent public accountants to provide a comfort letter or letters in customary form and substance, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.

 

-12-


5. Registration Expenses . The Issuers and the Guarantors will jointly and severally bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 and, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being registered thereunder (the “ Special Counsel ”) acting for the Initial Purchasers or Holders in connection therewith, which counsel shall be approved by the Issuers (such approval to not be unreasonably withheld). Each Initial Purchaser and Holder shall pay all expenses of its counsel (other than as set forth in the preceding sentence), underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Initial Purchaser’s or Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

6. Indemnification .

(a) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, any such Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7 as a “Holder”) from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Notes or Exchange Notes), to which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omissions or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information;

 

-13-


(b) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Issuers and the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 7 as the “Issuers”), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Issuers may become subject, whether commenced. or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information furnished to the Issuers by such Holder, and shall reimburse the Issuers for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuers in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that no such Holder shall be liable for any indemnity claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its

 

-14-


own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b) otherwise than as a result of the limitations therein contained, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers from the offering and sale of the Notes, on the one hand, and a Holder with respect to the resale by such Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Issuers, on the one hand, and such Holder, on the other,

 

-15-


with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuers, on the one hand, and a Holder, on the other, with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Notes (before deducting expenses) received by or on behalf of the Issuers, on the one hand, bear to the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Notes or Exchange Notes, on the other. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to the Issuers or information supplied by the Issuers, on the one hand, or to any Holders’ Information supplied by such Holder, on the other, the intent of the parties, and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes or Exchange Notes sold by such indemnifying party to any purchaser exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided in this Section 7 and in Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified person at law or in equity. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 7 and in Section 6 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder, their respective affiliates or any person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Issuers, their respective affiliates or the officers or directors of or any person controlling the Issuers, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

8. Rules 144 and 144A . The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by them under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Issuers and the Guarantors are not required to file such reports, they will, upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to

 

-16-


permit sales of such Holder’s securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Issuers and the Guarantors covenant that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Issuers and the Guarantors to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

9. Underwritten Registrations . If any of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Notes included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Issuers and the Guarantors (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for the payment of all underwriting commissions and discounts and related expenses incurred in connection therewith.

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Notes on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers and the Guarantors so agree and have obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes, taken as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Notes or Exchange Notes are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Exchange Notes being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

-17-


(b) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery:

(1) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Representative;

(2) if to an Initial Purchaser, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

(3) if to the Issuers and the Guarantors, initially at the address of the Issuers and the Guarantors set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day after being delivered to a next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier.

(c) Successors And Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Definition of Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “business day” means any day on which bond markets are generally open for trading in New York City, (b) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(f) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(h) No Inconsistent Agreements . Each Issuer and each Guarantor represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not entered into, and shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, (ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to any person and (iii) (with respect to such Issuer

 

-18-


and such Guarantor) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes, it shall not grant to any person the right to request such Issuer or such Guarantor to register any debt securities of such Issuer or such Guarantor under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(i) No Piggyback on Registrations . None of the Issuers and none of the Guarantors nor any of their security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in such capacity) shall have the right to include any securities of the Issuers and the Guarantors in any Shelf Registration or Registered Exchange Offer other than Transfer Restricted Notes and the Senior Notes.

(j) Severability . The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(k) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

 

-19-


EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership.
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name: Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
UCDP FINANCE, INC., a Florida corporation.
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name: Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Treasurer
GUARANTORS
UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS, a Florida partnership.
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name: Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent
UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE, a Florida partnership.
By:   /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
  Name: Tracey L. Stockwell
  Title:   Authorized Agent

[Signature Page to Senior Subordinated Notes Registration Rights Agreement]


Accepted:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

for itself and as Representative of the

several Initial Purchasers

By:   /s/ Jacob Steinberg
 

Name: Jacob Steinberg

  Title:   Executive Director

Signature Page to Senior Subordinated Reg. Rights

 

-21-


SCHEDULE I

GUARANTORS

 

   

UNIVERSAL CITY TRAVEL PARTNERS, a Florida partnership.

 

   

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO ONLINE MERCHANDISE STORE, a Florida partnership.

 

Schedule I-1


ANNEX A

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (the “Expiration Date”), they will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of distribution.”

 

Annex A-1


ANNEX B

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See “Plan of distribution.”

 

Annex B-1


ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, they will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until [DATE], all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

The Issuers and the Guarantors will not receive any proceeds from any exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes or from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter’ within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer the Issuers will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Annex C-1


ANNEX D

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:

Address:

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

Annex D-1

Exhibit 4.5

EXECUTION COPY

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Agreement” ) is made and dated as of November 6, 2009, by and among VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“ VUE ”), UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Universal” ), UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Universal Management” ), and such other Persons (the “Additional Creditors” ) that may from time to time become party hereto pursuant to the terms hereof (VUE, Universal, Universal Management and any Additional Creditors are herein collectively and severally referred to as the “Subordinated Creditors” ), UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as trustee, and its successors under the Indenture (the “ Trustee ”) for the benefit of the holders of the 8.875% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “ Original Notes ”, and, together with any new notes issued in replacement of and exchange therefor and any additional notes issued from time to time under the Indenture defined below, the “ Notes ”) issued by UCDP and UCDP Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), under an indenture dated as of November 6, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuers and the Trustee.

RECITALS

A. The Issuers propose to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture. As a condition to the purchase of the Notes, the parties have agreed to enter into this agreement for the benefit of the holders of Notes regardless of when issued. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein are used with the defined meanings given in the Indenture.

B. The Company may now be obligated and may hereafter from time to time become obligated to pay to an entity designated by Universal or VUE the Special Fees (and interest thereon) pursuant to the terms of the agreement establishing the Company, such fees hereinafter referred to as the “Subordinated Fees .

C. The Subordinated Creditors are parties to an Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009 governing certain claims of, among others, the Subordinated Creditors against the Company (as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or modified, including any similar subordination agreement for the benefit of the lenders under any future Credit Agreement, the “Original Subordination Agreement” ) as required by the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS GENERALLY


A. The following term, as used herein, has the following meaning:

Credit Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent.

The definitions of terms herein (including those incorporated by reference to another document) apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun includes the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ”, “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation ”. The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall ”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth in the Loan Documents), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ”, “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (v) the word “ property ” shall be construed to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. Agreement to Subordinate . The Subordinated Creditors and the Company each agree that the Subordinated Fees are and shall be subject, subordinate and rendered junior, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment, to the prior payment in full of all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company now existing or hereafter arising under the Indenture and the Notes, and all renewals or amendments thereof, whether for principal, interest (including, without limitation, then unpaid interest after the filing of a petition initiating any proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) hereof, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding), fees (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements which shall include the reasonable estimate of the allocable cost of in-house legal counsel and staff), expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the “Obligations” ). This Section 1 shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, the Obligations (the “ Holders ”), and its provisions are made for the benefit of the Holders, and Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Obligations and the Trustee may enforce such provision for the benefit of such Holders.

SECTION 2. No Payment on the Subordinated Fees . The Subordinated Creditors agree not to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner (including without limitation from or by way of collateral), payment of all or any of the Subordinated Fees, and the Company shall not make any such payment, unless and until the Obligations of the Company shall have been paid in full in cash; provided, however , that the Subordinated Creditors may, so long as no


Event of Default (and, to the actual knowledge of any Officer of the Company, no Default) shall exist under the Indenture at the time of payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, ask, demand, sue for, take or receive and the Company may pay the Subordinated Fees. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2, the Company shall make, and/or any Subordinated Creditor shall receive, any payment on the Subordinated Fees prohibited hereby, then and in any such event such payment, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, shall be deemed to be the property of, segregated, received and held in trust for the benefit of and shall be immediately paid over and delivered to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders. The Subordinated Creditors agree that, in the event that all or any part of any payment made on account of the Obligations is recovered from the Holders as a preference under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, any payment or distribution received by the Subordinated Creditors on account of any Subordinated Fees that constitute antecedent debt at any time after the date of the payment so received shall be deemed to have been received by such Subordinated Creditors in trust as the property of the Holders and, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, such Subordinated Creditors shall forthwith deliver the same to the Trustee for application to payment of the Obligations; provided that no holder of Subordinated Fees shall be required to make any payment to the Trustee pursuant to this sentence in respect of any payment received by it and thereafter recovered from it as a preference.

SECTION 3. In Furtherance of Subordination.

(a) Upon any distribution of all or any of the assets of the Company in the event of (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors, as such, or to its assets, or (ii) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company, then and in any such event, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all amounts due or to become due (whether or not an event of default has occurred under any evidence of the Obligations or the maturity of the Obligations has been declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable) on or in respect of all Obligations, including any postpetition interest thereon, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in such proceedings, before the Subordinated Creditors are entitled to receive further any payment on account of the Subordinated Fees, and to that end, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, which may thereafter be payable or deliverable in respect of the Subordinated Fees, in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up or event, shall, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, be paid or delivered directly to the Trustee for the payment or prepayment of the Obligations until the Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash.

(b) If any proceeding referred to in subsection (a) above is commenced by or against the Company, the Subordinated Creditors shall, subject to clause (iii) of Section 18, duly and promptly take such action as the Trustee may reasonably request (i) to collect the Subordinated Fees and to file appropriate claims or proofs of claim in respect of such Subordinated Fees,


(ii) to execute and deliver to the Trustee such powers of attorney, assignments, or other instruments as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to enforce any and all claims with respect to, and any security interests and other liens securing payment of, the Subordinated Fees and (iii) to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to the Subordinated Fees.

(c) All payments or distributions upon or with respect to the Subordinated Fees that are received by the Subordinated Creditors contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Holders (and any other lenders entitled to the benefits of a similar subordination agreement (including the Original Subordination Agreement)), shall be segregated from other funds and property held by the Subordinated Creditors and shall, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, be forthwith paid over to the Trustee in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) for the payment or prepayment of the Obligations of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

(d) The Trustee is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the Company shall have complied with any of the provisions hereof applicable to it, at any time when the Subordinated Creditors shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Subordinated Creditors hereby irrevocably waive any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law, which might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

SECTION 4. No Commencement of Any Proceedings . Each Subordinated Creditor agrees that, so long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid, it will not in its capacity as such a creditor of the Company commence, or join (in such capacity) with any creditor (in such capacity) other than the Lenders and the Agents (as such terms are defined in the Original Subordination Agreement) in commencing, any proceeding in respect of the Company of the nature referred to in Section 3(a).

SECTION 5. Agreement by the Company . The Company agrees, subject to clause (iii) of Section 18, that it will not make any payment of any of its Subordinated Fees, or take any other action, in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 6. Obligations Hereunder Not Affected . All rights and interests of the Holders and the Trustee hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the Subordinated Creditors and the Company under this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture or the Notes;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from the Indenture; and


(iii) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any of the Subordinated Creditors in respect of this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Trustee upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

SECTION 7. Representations and Warranties. The Subordinated Creditors and the Company each hereby represent and warrant that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Subordinated Creditor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of general applicability.

SECTION 8. Amendments, Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Subordinated Creditor or the Company herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Obligations, the Subordinated Creditors and the Company, in which case, such waiver, amendment or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. Any waiver, forbearance, failure or delay in exercising, or the exercise or beginning of exercise of, any right, power or remedy, simultaneous or later shall not preclude the further, simultaneous or later exercise thereof, and every right, power or remedy of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue in full force and effect until such right, power or remedy is specifically waived in a writing executed by the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Obligations, the Subordinated Creditors and the Company.

SECTION 9. Expenses. Each Subordinated Creditor severally agrees to pay, upon demand, to the Trustee any and all reasonable costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees (including, without limitation, the reasonable estimate of the allocated cost of in-house legal counsel and staff and the fees and disbursements of the Trustee’s outside counsel) which the Trustee may incur in connection with the enforcement of any of the rights or interests of Holders hereunder against or in respect of such Subordinated Creditor. No Person other than the parties hereto and the Holders and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing shall have any rights hereunder.

SECTION 10. Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopy communication) and, if to the Subordinated Creditors, mailed (registered or certified, return receipt requested) or telecopied or hand delivered at its address set forth opposite its name on the signature pages hereto, if to the Company or the Trustee, mailed (registered or certified, return receipt requested) or hand delivered to it, addressed to it at the address of the Company or the Trustee (as the case may be) specified in the Indenture, or as to each party at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section. All such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt.

SECTION 11. Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire subordination agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the obligations of the Company. If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, this Agreement shall be construed as if not containing those provisions, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and enforced accordingly.


SECTION 12. Cumulative Rights. The rights, powers and remedies of the Holders under this Agreement shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to the Holders by virtue of any statute or rule of law, the Indenture or any other agreement, all of which rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently.

SECTION 13. Continuing Agreement; Transfer of Notes. This Agreement shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the Obligations shall have been paid in full, (ii) be binding upon the Subordinated Creditors, the Company and their respective successors and assigns, heirs and legatees and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee on behalf of Holders and their respective successors, transferees, and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (iii), any Holder may, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, assign or otherwise transfer any Note held by it to any other person or entity, and such other person or entity shall thereupon become vested with all the rights in respect thereof granted to such Holder herein or otherwise.

SECTION 14. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 15. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 16. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities. Each Subordinated Creditor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or Federal court sitting in The City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each Subordinated Creditor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each Subordinated Creditor consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by either (a) mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to its address specified pursuant to Section 10 or (b) serving a copy thereof upon such Subordinated Creditor at its address specified pursuant to Section 10. Each Subordinated Creditor agrees that such service (a) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (b) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Nothing in this Section 16 shall affect the right of any holder of Obligations to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of any holder of Obligations to bring proceedings against any Subordinated Creditor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.


To the extent that any Subordinated Creditor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, such Subordinated Creditor hereby irrevocably waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 17. Additional Creditors. VUE covenants that it shall cause any of its Affiliates which from time to time become a creditor or other obligee of the Company (solely in respect of the Subordinated Fees) to become a party to this Agreement and bound by its terms, through the execution of an Addendum to Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto.

SECTION 18. Subordination in Favor of Pari Passu Indebtedness; Conflicts with Original Subordination Agreement. The parties hereto agree that (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way restrict the Company from entering into agreements in the future providing for similar and ratable subordination in favor of the holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company, (ii) such agreements may provide for, and this Agreement will allow, the payment of distributions of assets or cash to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness on a ratable basis with the Holders and (iii) for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a conflict between the obligations of the Subordinated Creditors under this Agreement and the Original Subordination Agreement, or an ambiguity or inconsistency between this Agreement and the Original Subordination Agreement, or a conflict between any requests or instructions of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and the Trustee under the Indenture, the parties shall give precedence to and follow the provisions set forth in the Original Subordination Agreement, and the requests and instructions of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, in each case, to the extent of such conflict, ambiguity or inconsistency.

SECTION 19. No Recourse. No recourse shall be had to any Subordinated Creditor, in its capacity as a partner of the Company, for any liability or breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 20. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective when (i) the Trustee shall have received counterparts hereof signed by each of the parties hereto (or, in the case of any party as to which an executed counterpart shall not have been received, the Trustee shall have received a telegraphic, telex, facsimile or other written confirmation from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such party) and (ii) the Issue Date shall have occurred.

SECTION 21. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting hereunder, the Trustee is entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, benefits, immunities and indemnities provided to it under the Indenture.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Subordinated Creditors, the Company and the Trustee each has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership
By:    /s/ Maren Christensen
  Name: Maren Christensen
  Title: Executive Vice President

 

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:    /s/ Maren Christensen
  Name: Maren Christensen
  Title: Executive Vice President

 

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:    /s/ Maren Christensen
  Name: Maren Christensen
  Title: Executive Vice President
Address for each of the above:
  100 Universal City Plaza
  Universal City, CA 91608

[ Signature Page to Senior Notes Subordination Agreement ]


UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
  By:    /s/ Tracey Stockwell
    Name:    Tracey Stockwell
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Notice Address:
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, Florida 32819
  Attn: Tracey Stockwell
  Facsimile: (407) 224-6740

[ Signature Page to Senior Notes Subordination Agreement ]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

By:    /s/ Christie Leppert
  Name:   Christie Leppert
  Title:   Vice President
Notice Address:
  10161 Centurion Parkway
  Jacksonville, Fl 32256
  Attention: Christie Leppert
  Facsimile: (904) 645-1921

[ Signature Page to Senior Notes Subordination Agreement ]


EXHIBIT I

ADDENDUM TO SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

To: THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture dated as of November 6, 2009, with respect to the 8.875% Senior Notes due 2015, by and among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., UCDP Finance, Inc. and the Trustee.

The undersigned hereby consents to and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2009, by and among VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation, UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership, and the Trustee, as a Subordinated Creditor signatory thereunder.

 

[Name of Subordinated Creditor]
By.    
Name:     
Title:    
Date:    
 

Exhibit 4.6

EXECUTION COPY

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Agreement” ) is made and dated as of November 6, 2009, by and among VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“ VUE ”), UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Universal” ), UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Universal Management” ), and such other Persons (the “Additional Creditors” ) that may from time to time become party hereto pursuant to the terms hereof (VUE, Universal, Universal Management and any Additional Creditors are herein collectively and severally referred to as the “Subordinated Creditors” ), UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Company ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as trustee, and its successors under the Indenture (the “ Trustee ”) for the benefit of the holders of the 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Original Notes ”, and, together with any new notes issued in replacement of and exchange therefor and any additional notes issued from time to time under the Indenture defined below, the “ Notes ”) issued by UCDP and UCDP Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ UCDP Finance ” and together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), under an indenture dated as of November 6, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuers and the Trustee.

RECITALS

A. The Issuers propose to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture. As a condition to the purchase of the Notes, the parties have agreed to enter into this agreement for the benefit of the holders of Notes regardless of when issued. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein are used with the defined meanings given in the Indenture.

B. The Company may now be obligated and may hereafter from time to time become obligated to pay to an entity designated by Universal or VUE the Special Fees (and interest thereon) pursuant to the terms of the agreement establishing the Company, such fees hereinafter referred to as the “Subordinated Fees .

C. The Subordinated Creditors are parties to an Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009 governing certain claims of, among others, the Subordinated Creditors against the Company (as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or modified, including any similar subordination agreement for the benefit of the lenders under any future Credit Agreement, the “Original Subordination Agreement” ) as required by the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS GENERALLY


A. The following term, as used herein, has the following meaning:

Credit Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent.

The definitions of terms herein (including those incorporated by reference to another document) apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun includes the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ”, “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation ”. The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall ”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth in the Loan Documents), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ”, “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (v) the word “ property ” shall be construed to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. Agreement to Subordinate . The Subordinated Creditors and the Company each agree that the Subordinated Fees are and shall be subject, subordinate and rendered junior, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment, to the prior payment in full of all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company now existing or hereafter arising under the Indenture and the Notes, and all renewals or amendments thereof, whether for principal, interest (including, without limitation, then unpaid interest after the filing of a petition initiating any proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) hereof, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding), fees (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements which shall include the reasonable estimate of the allocable cost of in-house legal counsel and staff), expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the “Obligations” ). This Section 1 shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, the Obligations (the “ Holders ”), and its provisions are made for the benefit of the Holders, and Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Obligations and the Trustee may enforce such provision for the benefit of such Holders.

SECTION 2. No Payment on the Subordinated Fees . The Subordinated Creditors agree not to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner (including without limitation from or by way of collateral), payment of all or any of the Subordinated Fees, and the Company shall not make any such payment, unless and until the Obligations of the Company shall have been paid in full in cash; provided, however , that the Subordinated Creditors may, so long as no


Event of Default (and, to the actual knowledge of any Officer of the Company, no Default) shall exist under the Indenture at the time of payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, ask, demand, sue for, take or receive and the Company may pay the Subordinated Fees. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2, the Company shall make, and/or any Subordinated Creditor shall receive, any payment on the Subordinated Fees prohibited hereby, then and in any such event such payment, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, shall be deemed to be the property of, segregated, received and held in trust for the benefit of and shall be immediately paid over and delivered to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders. The Subordinated Creditors agree that, in the event that all or any part of any payment made on account of the Obligations is recovered from the Holders as a preference under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, any payment or distribution received by the Subordinated Creditors on account of any Subordinated Fees that constitute antecedent debt at any time after the date of the payment so received shall be deemed to have been received by such Subordinated Creditors in trust as the property of the Holders and, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, such Subordinated Creditors shall forthwith deliver the same to the Trustee for application to payment of the Obligations; provided that no holder of Subordinated Fees shall be required to make any payment to the Trustee pursuant to this sentence in respect of any payment received by it and thereafter recovered from it as a preference.

SECTION 3. In Furtherance of Subordination.

(a) Upon any distribution of all or any of the assets of the Company in the event of (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors, as such, or to its assets, or (ii) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company, then and in any such event, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all amounts due or to become due (whether or not an event of default has occurred under any evidence of the Obligations or the maturity of the Obligations has been declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable) on or in respect of all Obligations, including any postpetition interest thereon, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in such proceedings, before the Subordinated Creditors are entitled to receive further any payment on account of the Subordinated Fees, and to that end, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, which may thereafter be payable or deliverable in respect of the Subordinated Fees, in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up or event, shall, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, be paid or delivered directly to the Trustee for the payment or prepayment of the Obligations until the Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash.

(b) If any proceeding referred to in subsection (a) above is commenced by or against the Company, the Subordinated Creditors shall, subject to clause (iii) of Section 18, duly and promptly take such action as the Trustee may reasonably request (i) to collect the Subordinated Fees and to file appropriate claims or proofs of claim in respect of such Subordinated Fees,


(ii) to execute and deliver to the Trustee such powers of attorney, assignments, or other instruments as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to enforce any and all claims with respect to, and any security interests and other liens securing payment of, the Subordinated Fees and (iii) to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to the Subordinated Fees.

(c) All payments or distributions upon or with respect to the Subordinated Fees that are received by the Subordinated Creditors contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Holders (and any other lenders entitled to the benefits of a similar subordination agreement (including the Original Subordination Agreement)), shall be segregated from other funds and property held by the Subordinated Creditors and shall, to the extent not otherwise provided for in the Original Subordination Agreement, be forthwith paid over to the Trustee in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) for the payment or prepayment of the Obligations of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

(d) The Trustee is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the Company shall have complied with any of the provisions hereof applicable to it, at any time when the Subordinated Creditors shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Subordinated Creditors hereby irrevocably waive any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law, which might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

SECTION 4. No Commencement of Any Proceedings . Each Subordinated Creditor agrees that, so long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid, it will not in its capacity as such a creditor of the Company commence, or join (in such capacity) with any creditor (in such capacity) other than the Lenders and the Agents (as such terms are defined in the Original Subordination Agreement) in commencing, any proceeding in respect of the Company of the nature referred to in Section 3(a).

SECTION 5. Agreement by the Company . The Company agrees, subject to clause (iii) of Section 18, that it will not make any payment of any of its Subordinated Fees, or take any other action, in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 6. Obligations Hereunder Not Affected . All rights and interests of the Holders and the Trustee hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the Subordinated Creditors and the Company under this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture or the Notes;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from the Indenture; and


(iii) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any of the Subordinated Creditors in respect of this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Trustee upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

SECTION 7. Representations and Warranties. The Subordinated Creditors and the Company each hereby represent and warrant that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Subordinated Creditor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of general applicability.

SECTION 8. Amendments, Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Subordinated Creditor or the Company herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Obligations, the Subordinated Creditors and the Company, in which case, such waiver, amendment or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. Any waiver, forbearance, failure or delay in exercising, or the exercise or beginning of exercise of, any right, power or remedy, simultaneous or later shall not preclude the further, simultaneous or later exercise thereof, and every right, power or remedy of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue in full force and effect until such right, power or remedy is specifically waived in a writing executed by the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Obligations, the Subordinated Creditors and the Company.

SECTION 9. Expenses. Each Subordinated Creditor severally agrees to pay, upon demand, to the Trustee any and all reasonable costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees (including, without limitation, the reasonable estimate of the allocated cost of in-house legal counsel and staff and the fees and disbursements of the Trustee’s outside counsel) which the Trustee may incur in connection with the enforcement of any of the rights or interests of Holders hereunder against or in respect of such Subordinated Creditor. No Person other than the parties hereto and the Holders and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing shall have any rights hereunder.

SECTION 10. Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopy communication) and, if to the Subordinated Creditors, mailed (registered or certified, return receipt requested) or telecopied or hand delivered at its address set forth opposite its name on the signature pages hereto, if to the Company or the Trustee, mailed (registered or certified, return receipt requested) or hand delivered to it, addressed to it at the address of the Company or the Trustee (as the case may be) specified in the Indenture, or as to each party at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section. All such notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt.

SECTION 11. Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire subordination agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the obligations of the Company. If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, this Agreement shall be construed as if not containing those provisions, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and enforced accordingly.


SECTION 12. Cumulative Rights. The rights, powers and remedies of the Holders under this Agreement shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to the Holders by virtue of any statute or rule of law, the Indenture or any other agreement, all of which rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently.

SECTION 13. Continuing Agreement; Transfer of Notes. This Agreement shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the Obligations shall have been paid in full, (ii) be binding upon the Subordinated Creditors, the Company and their respective successors and assigns, heirs and legatees and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee on behalf of Holders and their respective successors, transferees, and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (iii), any Holder may, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, assign or otherwise transfer any Note held by it to any other person or entity, and such other person or entity shall thereupon become vested with all the rights in respect thereof granted to such Holder herein or otherwise.

SECTION 14. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 15. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 16. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities. Each Subordinated Creditor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or Federal court sitting in The City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each Subordinated Creditor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each Subordinated Creditor consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by either (a) mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to its address specified pursuant to Section 10 or (b) serving a copy thereof upon such Subordinated Creditor at its address specified pursuant to Section 10. Each Subordinated Creditor agrees that such service (a) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (b) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Nothing in this Section 16 shall affect the right of any holder of Obligations to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of any holder of Obligations to bring proceedings against any Subordinated Creditor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.


To the extent that any Subordinated Creditor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, such Subordinated Creditor hereby irrevocably waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 17. Additional Creditors. VUE covenants that it shall cause any of its Affiliates which from time to time become a creditor or other obligee of the Company (solely in respect of the Subordinated Fees) to become a party to this Agreement and bound by its terms, through the execution of an Addendum to Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto.

SECTION 18. Subordination in Favor of Pari Passu Indebtedness; Conflicts with Original Subordination Agreement. The parties hereto agree that (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way restrict the Company from entering into agreements in the future providing for similar and ratable subordination in favor of the holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company, (ii) such agreements may provide for, and this Agreement will allow, the payment of distributions of assets or cash to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness on a ratable basis with the Holders and (iii) for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a conflict between the obligations of the Subordinated Creditors under this Agreement and the Original Subordination Agreement, or an ambiguity or inconsistency between this Agreement and the Original Subordination Agreement, or a conflict between any requests or instructions of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and the Trustee under the Indenture, the parties shall give precedence to and follow the provisions set forth in the Original Subordination Agreement, and the requests and instructions of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, in each case, to the extent of such conflict, ambiguity or inconsistency.

SECTION 19. No Recourse. No recourse shall be had to any Subordinated Creditor, in its capacity as a partner of the Company, for any liability or breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 20. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective when (i) the Trustee shall have received counterparts hereof signed by each of the parties hereto (or, in the case of any party as to which an executed counterpart shall not have been received, the Trustee shall have received a telegraphic, telex, facsimile or other written confirmation from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such party) and (ii) the Issue Date shall have occurred.

SECTION 21. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting hereunder, the Trustee is entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, benefits, immunities and indemnities provided to it under the Indenture.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Subordinated Creditors, the Company and the Trustee each has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership
By:    /s/ Maren Christensen
  Name: Maren Christensen
  Title:   Executive Vice President

 

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:    /s/ Maren Christensen
  Name: Maren Christensen
  Title:   Executive Vice President

 

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:    /s/ Maren Christensen
  Name: Maren Christensen
  Title:   Executive Vice President
Address for each of the above:
  100 Universal City Plaza
  Universal City, CA 91608

[ Signature Page to Senior Subordinated Notes Subordination Agreement ]


UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
  By:    /s/ Tracey L. Stockwell
    Name:    Tracey L. Stockwell
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Notice Address:
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, Florida 32819
  Attn: Tracey Stockwell
  Facsimile: (407) 224-6740

[ Signature Page to Senior Subordinated Notes Subordination Agreement ]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

By:    /s/ Christie Leppert
  Name: Christie Leppert
  Title:   Vice President
Notice Address:
  10161 Centurion Parkway
  Jacksonville, Fl 32256
  Attention: Christie Leppert
  Facsimile: (904) 645-1921

[ Signature Page to Senior Subordinated Notes Subordination Agreement ]


EXHIBIT I

ADDENDUM TO SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

To: THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture dated as of November 6, 2009, with respect to the 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, by and among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., UCDP Finance, Inc. and the Trustee.

The undersigned hereby consents to and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2009, by and among VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation, UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership, and the Trustee, as a Subordinated Creditor signatory thereunder.

 

[Name of Subordinated Creditor]
By.    
Name:    
Title:    
Date:    
 

Exhibit 10.1

ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Advisory Services Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of July     , 2002 but effective as of January 1, 2002, among Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (the “Company”), Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“Universal”), and Blackstone Management Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Blackstone”).

WHEREAS, Blackstone, by and through itself, its affiliates and their respective officers, employees and representatives, has expertise in the areas of management, finance, strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to the business of the Company; and

WHEREAS, Universal, by and through itself, its affiliates and their respective officers, employees and representatives, has expertise in the areas of management, finance, strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to the business of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to avail itself, for the term of this Agreement, of the expertise of Blackstone and Universal in the aforesaid areas and Blackstone and Universal wish to provide the services to the Company as herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment. The Company hereby appoints Blackstone and Universal to render the advisory and consulting services described in Section 2 hereof for the term of this Agreement.

2. Services. Each of Blackstone and Universal hereby agree that during the term of this Agreement it shall render to the Company, by and through itself, its affiliates, and its respective officers, members, employees and representatives as each of Blackstone in its sole discretion on the one hand and Universal in its sole discretion on the other hand shall designate from time to time, advisory and consulting services in relation to the affairs of the Company in connection with ongoing strategic and operational oversight of the Company, including, without limitation, (i) advice in designing financing structures and advice regarding relationships with the Company’s lenders and bankers; (ii) advice regarding the structure and timing of public and private offerings of debt and equity securities of the Company; (iii) advice regarding property dispositions or acquisitions; and (iv) such other advice directly related or ancillary to the above financial advisory services as may be reasonably requested by the Company. It is expressly agreed that the services to be performed hereunder shall not include investment banking or other financial advisory services rendered by Universal, Blackstone or their respective affiliates to the Company in connection with any specific acquisition, divestiture, refinancing or recapitalization by the Company. Blackstone and Universal may be entitled to receive additional compensation for providing services of the type specified in the preceding sentence in the sole discretion of the Company.


3. Fees. In consideration of the services contemplated by Section 2, for the term of this Agreement, the Company and its successors agrees to pay to each of Universal and Blackstone an annual advisory fee of $1,250,000 (the “Advisory Fee”) which will be paid annually on or about January 1. The Advisory Fee payable to Universal under this Agreement is supplemental to, and not in place or lieu of, the Special Fee (as defined in Section 20 of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company) payable pursuant to Section 20 of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company. The Special Fee shall, to the extent payable under said Section 20 of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company, be fully paid before any payment of the Advisory Fee to Universal or Blackstone.

4. Indemnification. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each of Universal, Blackstone, and their respective affiliates, partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives (each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, whether joint or several (the “Liabilities”), related to, arising out of or in connection with the advisory and consulting services contemplated by this Agreement, whether or not pending or threatened, whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party, whether or not resulting in any liability and whether or not such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding is initiated or brought by the Company. The Company will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto, provided that, subject to the following sentence, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in its reasonable judgment. Any Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense, and in any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding in which both the Company, on the one hand, and an Indemnified Party, on the other hand, is, or is reasonably likely to become, a party, such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the reasonable expense of the Company and to control its own defense of such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, that, would make such separate representation necessary. The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the applicable Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, suit, investigation, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the applicable Indemnified Party and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, suit, investigation, action or proceeding. Provided the Company is not in breach of its indemnification obligations hereunder, no Indemnified Party shall settle or compromise any claim subject to indemnification hereunder

 

2


without the consent of the Company. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision with respect to any Indemnified Party, to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Blackstone or Universal, as the case may be. If an Indemnified Party is reimbursed hereunder for any expenses, such reimbursement of expenses shall be refunded to the extent it is judicially determined that the Liabilities in question resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Blackstone or Universal, as the case may be.

5. Accuracy of Information. The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Blackstone and Universal such information as Blackstone and Universal believe appropriate to their respective assignment (all such information so furnished being the “Information”).

6. Term. The term of this agreement (the “Term”) shall be for a period of one year beginning from the date hereof. The Term shall be automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless Blackstone, Universal or the Company provides the other parties with written notice at least 60 days prior to any extension date that it desires to terminate the Agreement. The provisions of Sections 4, 8 and otherwise as the context so requires shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

7. Permissible Activities. Subject to applicable law, the terms of each of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company, the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of General Partnership of Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, and the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of General Partnership of Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, nothing herein shall in any way preclude Universal, Blackstone, their respective affiliates or their respective partners (both general and limited), members (both managing and otherwise), officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives from engaging in any business activities or from performing services for its or their own account or for the account of others, including for companies that may be in competition with the business conducted by the Company.

8. Assignment. The rights granted to Universal and Blackstone shall not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company, except that Universal and Blackstone may transfer or assign their respective rights under this Agreement to any of their respective affiliates.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by either party hereto from any such provision, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. Any amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. The waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver by such party of any subsequent breach.

 

3


(b) Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by telecopier, Federal Express, or other overnight courier, addressed as follow or to such other address of which the parties may have given notice:

 

If to Blackstone:   Blackstone Management Partners L.P.
  345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor
  New York, New York 10154
  Attention:    Mr. Robert Barrack
  Telecopy:    (212) 583-5692
If to Universal:   Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP
  100 Universal City Plaza, 1280/11
  Universal City, California 91608
  Attention:    Vice President, Business and Legal Affairs, Universal Recreation Group
  Telecopy:    (818) 866-4545
If to the Company:   Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
  c/o Universal Orlando
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza, B-5
  Orlando, Florida 32819
  Attention:    Vice President, Legal Affairs
  Telecopy:    (407) 363-8219

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed received (i) on the date delivered, if delivered personally or sent by telecopier, and (ii) one business day after being sent by Federal Express or other overnight courier.

(c) This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all previous oral and written (and all contemporaneous oral) negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings relating hereto.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, Universal, Blackstone, the Company and their respective successors and assigns. The provisions of Section 4 shall inure to the benefit of each Indemnified Party.

(e) This Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

(f) The waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver by such party of any subsequent breach.

 

4


(g) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any

other jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or agents as of the date first above written.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Short

  Name:   Michael J. Short
  Title:   EVP & CFO
BLACKSTONE MANAGEMENT PARTNERS L.P.
By:   Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C.,
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Howard Lipson

  Name:  
  Title:  
VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP
By:  

/s/ Karen Randall

  Name:   Karen Randall
  Title:   Executive Vice President

 

5

Exhibit 10.2

LICENSE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated as of March 28, 2002 by and among Universal Studios, Inc. (“USI,” formally known as MCA Inc.), Universal City Studios, Inc. (“UCSI”), Universal City Property Management Company II (“UNICO”) and Universal City Development Partners, LP (“UCDP, LP”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of UCDP, LP dated as of July 27, 2000 by and between Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, as general partner, and Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, as limited partner (the “PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT”), UniCo for certain limited purposes licensed and agreed to cause its affiliates to license to UCDP, LP certain intellectual property rights and USI agreed to guarantee such obligations and performances of such affiliates;

WHEREAS, on March 28, 2002, UCDP, LP intends to enter into an amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 5, 1999 (as amended from time to time, the “AMENDED AGREEMENT”) with the Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank successor by merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent;

WHEREAS, the Amended Agreement will contain certain representations by UCDP, LP with respect to its owning, possessing, or holding under valid licenses all material Intellectual Property Rights that are necessary for the operation of the Theme Parks (as each of those terms are defined in the Amended Agreement);

WHEREAS, UCSI is the owner of certain trademarks, service marks and trade names using “Universal” and “Universal Studios” (the “MARKS”), and UCDP, LP acknowledges UCSI’s ownership of the Marks and desires a license to use the same; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Islands License Agreement dated October 31, 1995 and a Studio License Agreement dated October 31, 1995 (collectively, the “LICENSE AGREEMENTS”), USI’s predecessor and UCSI for certain limited purposes licensed and caused to be licensed certain intellectual property rights, respectively, to Universal City Development Partners and Universal City Florida Partners, both of which subsequently converted to Delaware limited partnerships, UCDP, LP and UCFP, LP, respectively. UCFP, LP and UCF Ltd., LP, a Delaware limited partnership, then merged into UCDP, LP;


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. License. Each of UniCo, USI and UCSI hereby confirms that pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, it has licensed and caused its affiliates to license to UCDP, LP certain rights with respect to the name “Universal” as described in Section 2 of the Partnership Agreement and those “proprietary and creative elements” as described in Section 8 of the Partnership Agreement including, without limitation, those such rights arising under the contracts set forth on Schedule A hereto, which license shall in each case and instance be upon the applicable terms set forth in and subject to the terms and provisions of the Partnership Agreement which is deemed incorporated herein by reference.

2. Effect of License Agreements. This agreement shall supersede the License Agreements.

3. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

4. Assignment. The rights granted to UCDP, LP hereunder may be assigned to any successor entity of UCDP, LP or any successor owner of Universal Orlando.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date above written.

 

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Karen Randall

  Name:   Karen Randall
  Title:   Director
UNIVERSAL CITY STUDIOS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Karen Randall

  Name:   Karen Randall
  Title:   Director

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Robert K. Gault, Jr.

  Name:   Robert K. Gault, Jr.
  Title:   President


UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
By:   UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a Florida general partnership, its general partner
  By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II, a Delaware corporation, a general partner
    By:  

/s/ Robert K. Gault, Jr.

      Name:   Robert K. Gault, Jr.
      Title:   President
 

By:

 

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS A L.P., a Delaware general partnership, a general partner

  By:   BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
   

By:

 

/s/ Neil P. Simpkins

      Name:   Neil P. Simpkins
      Title:   Member


By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware general partnership, a general partner
By:   BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Neil P. Simpkins

    Name:   Neil P. Simpkins
    Title:   Member
By:   BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware general partnership, a general partner
By:   BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Neil P. Simpkins

    Name:   Neil P. Simpkins
    Title:   Member
By:   BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA PARTNERSHIP III L.P., a Delaware general partnership, a general partner
By:   BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Neil P. Simpkins

    Name:   Neil P. Simpkins
    Title:   Member

Exhibit 10.3

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE LICENSE AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of May 25, 2007 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among Universal Studios, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ USI ”), Universal City Studios LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (formerly known as Universal City Studios, Inc., “ UCS ”), Universal City Property Management Company II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as Universal City Property Management II, “ UniCo ”) and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (“ UCDP Ltd., ” formerly known as Universal City Development Partners, LP (“ UCDP LP ”)).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the predecessors of USI, UCS, UniCo and UCDP entered into that certain License Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002 (the “ License Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the License Agreement was made pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of UCDP LP, dated as of July 27, 2000, by and between Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, as general partner, and Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, as limited partner (the “ Original Partnership Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 30, 2002, UCDP LP merged with and into UCDP Ltd. (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, on June 5, 2002, Universal City Florida Holding Co. II (“ Holding II ”). in its capacity as the sole general partner of UCDP Ltd., and Universal City Florida Holding Co. I (“ Holding I ”), in its capacity as the sole limited partner of UCDP Ltd., among additional parties, entered into that certain Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of UCDP Ltd. (as amended, the “ New Partnership Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Theme Park License Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ WB Agreement ”), by and between Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. and UCDP Ltd., the parties to the New Partnership Agreement have entered into a First Amendment to the New Partnership Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Partnership Agreement Amendment ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the License Agreement as set forth herein in order to incorporate the terms of the New Partnership Agreement, as amended by the Partnership Agreement Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, it is agreed by and among the parties hereto as follows:


1.         Certain Defined Terms .  Words and phrases which are introduced initial capitals and which are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the New Partnership Agreement, as amended by the Partnership Agreement Amendment.

2.         New Partnership Agreement References .  Each reference to the “Partnership Agreement” in Section 1 and, as amended hereby, Section 4 of the License Agreement shall mean the New Partnership Agreement, as amended by the Partnership Agreement Amendment.

3.         UCDP References .  Each reference to “UCDP LP” in Sections 1 and 4 of the License Agreement shall mean “UCDP Ltd.”

4.         Subject Gate References .  “Universal Orlando” in Section 4 of the License Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with “the Subject Gates and, for purposes of Subsection 8(f) of the Partnership Agreement, the Beyond Gate 2 Area (each as defined in the Partnership Agreement)”.

5.         Otherwise Unchanged .  This Amendment is limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to any other term or condition of the License Agreement. Wherever the License Agreement is referred to therein or in any other agreements, documents or instruments, such reference shall be to the License Agreement, as amended hereby. Except as expressly and specifically amended by this Amendment, the License Agreement shall remain unchanged, and the License Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects by parties hereto and shall remain in full force and effect.

6.         Governing Law .  This Amendment shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

7.         Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

8.         Headings .  The descriptive headings contained in this Amendment are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Amendment and shall not affect in any way the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Amendment.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

  UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
  By:  

LOGO

    Name: Maren Christensen
    Title: Executive Vice President
  UNIVERSAL CITY STUDIOS LLLP
  By:  

LOGO

    Name: Maren Christensen
    Title: Executive Vice President
 

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY

MANAGEMENT COMPANY II LLC

  By:  

LOGO

    Name: Thomas L. Williams
    Title: Chairman and CEO

 

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT

PARTNERS, LTD.

  By:  

Universal City Florida Holding Co. II,

General Partner

  By:   Universal City Property Management II LLC
  By:  

LOGO

    Name: Thomas L. Williams
    Title: Chairman and CEO

[Signature Page to First Amendment to License Agreement]

 


By:  

Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners

LLC

  By:  

Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital

Partners L.P., its sole member

    By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C., its general

partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:

 

By:   Blackstone Family Media Partnership III LLC
  By:  

Blackstone Family Media Partnership III

L.P., its sole member

    By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C., its general

partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:
By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners LLC
  By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general

partner

      By:  

LOGO

        Name: Michael Chae
        Title:

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to License Agreement]


By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A LLC
  By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P.,

its sole member

    By:  

Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general

partner

      By:  

LOGO

      Name:   Michael Chae
      Title:  

 

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to License Agreement]

 

Exhibit 10.4

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of January 15, 2010 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Universal Studios, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ USI ”), Universal City Studios LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“UCS”), formerly known as Universal City Studios, Inc., Universal City Property Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“UniCo”), formerly known as Universal City Property Management Company II, Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (“ UCDP Ltd. ”), formerly known as Universal City Development Partners, LP (“ UCDP LP ”), and USI Asset Transfer LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ UAT ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the predecessors of USI, UCS, UniCo and UCDP Ltd. entered into that certain License Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002, which License Agreement was amended by USI, UCS, UniCo and UCDP Ltd. pursuant to that certain First Amendment to the License Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2007 (as amended, the “ License Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement by and between USI and UAT, dated April 24, 2002 (the “ Contribution Agreement ”), USI, as parent of UAT, contributed to UAT certain property, including but not limited to certain intangible rights and intellectual property (the “ Contributed Assets ”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Contributed Assets are the same assets which previously were licensed by USI to UCDP LP and UCDP Ltd. pursuant to the License Agreement (the “ USI Licensed Assets ”);

WHEREAS, from and after the transfer from USI to UAT of the Contributed Assets pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, UAT, as an affiliate of USI, UniCo and UCS, has, in fact, licensed to, and/or otherwise made available for use under certain terms and conditions by, UCDP LP and UCDP Ltd., all of the USI Licensed Assets, and continues to do so; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto now wish to formalize UAT’s previous and current treatment of the USI Licensed Assets by entering into this Agreement pursuant to which UAT will become a party to the License Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, it is agreed by and among the parties hereto as follows:

1. Agreement to be Bound by License Agreement . UAT, as of the date hereof, hereby (a) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the License Agreement as a licensor as if UAT were a signatory to the License Agreement, (b)


accepts and assumes all rights and obligations under the License Agreement, and (c) agrees to perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which are required under the License Agreement to be performed by it as a licensor.

2. Representations and Warranties . UAT represents and warrants to the other parties as follows:

(a) It has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to fulfill its obligation under, and to consummate the transaction contemplated by, this Agreement,

(b) The making and performance of this Agreement do not and will not violate any law or regulation applicable to it, and

(c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

3. Ratification . UAT hereby acknowledges and affirms that from and after its entry into the Contribution Agreement on April 24, 2002, it, as an affiliate of USI, UniCo and UCS, has licensed to, and/or otherwise made available for use under certain terms and conditions by, UCDP LP and UCDP Ltd., all of the USI Licensed Assets. By its signature below, UAT hereby formally enters into the License Agreement and hereby ratifies, approves and confirms all such action taken by it or its officers and/or representatives with respect to licensing or making available to UCDP LP and UCDP Ltd. all of the USI Licensed Assets from and after April 24, 2002.

4. Otherwise Unchanged . This Agreement is limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be an amendment or modification to any other term or condition of the License Agreement other than the joinder of UAT as a party thereto. Wherever the License Agreement is referred to therein or in any other agreements, documents or instruments, such reference shall be to the License Agreement, as modified hereby to add UAT as a party. Except as expressly and specifically provided in this Agreement, the License Agreement shall remain unchanged, and the License Agreement, as modified hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects by the parties hereto and shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

6. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.


7. Headings . The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning, construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

[Signature pages follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have signed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

  UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
    By:       /s/ Gabriela Kornzweig            
    Name:   Gabriela Kornzweig
    Title:   Secretary
  UNIVERSAL CITY STUDIOS LLLP
    By:       /s/ Gabriela Kornzweig            
    Name:   Gabriela Kornzweig
    Title:   Secretary
  UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC
    By:       /s/ Thomas L. Williams            
    Name:   Thomas L. Williams
    Title:   Chairman and CEO
  UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.
    By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II,

its General Partner

      By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY

MANAGEMENT II LLC

        By:   /s/ Thomas L. Williams
        Name:   Thomas L. Williams
        Title:   Chairman and CEO
      By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL LLC
      By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P.,

its sole member

        By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III L.L.C., its general partner

          By:   /s/ Michael S. Chae
          Name:   Michael S. Chae
          Title:  

                                                 


By:   BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A LLC
By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., its sole member
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C., its general partner
    By:   /s/ Michael S. Chae
    Name:   Michael S. Chae
    Title:  

 

By:   BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL LLC
By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C., its general partner
    By:   /s/ Michael S. Chae
    Name:   Michael S. Chae
    Title:  

 

By:   BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III LLC
By:   Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., its sole member
  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C., its general partner
    By:   /s/ Michael S. Chae
    Name:   Michael S. Chae
    Title:  

 


USI ASSET TRANSFER LLC
  By:  

/s/ Gabriela Kornzweig

  Name:   Gabriela Kornzweig
  Title:   Secretary

EXHIBIT 10.5

ASTERISKS INDICATE MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN REDACTED, FOR WHICH

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED.

THEME PARK LICENSE

WARNER BROS. CONSUMER PRODUCTS INC.

#16246 - HP

LICENSE AGREEMENT made May 25, 2007, by and between Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. , a Delaware corporation, whose address is 4000 Warner Blvd., Burbank, CA 91522 (hereinafter referred to as “Licensor”) and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (“Licensee”), a Florida limited partnership, whose address is 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, FL 32819, Attention: President.

The parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS: As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Agreement” means this Theme Park License as the same may be amended from time to time.

(b) “Author” means J.K. Rowling, the author of the Books as defined in Section 1(c) below.

(c) “Books” means the novels written by the Author entitled “HARRY POTTER AND THE SORCERER’S STONE,” “HARRY POTTER AND THE CHAMBER OF SECRETS,” “HARRY POTTER AND THE PRISONER OF AZKABAN,” “HARRY POTTER AND THE GOBLET OF FIRE,” “HARRY POTTER AND THE ORDER OF THE PHOENIX,” and “HARRY POTTER AND THE HALF-BLOOD PRINCE” , and to the extent that, during the Term of this Agreement, Licensor acquires merchandising and theme park rights to the seventh HARRY POTTER book entitled HARRY POTTER AND THE DEATHLY HALLOWS” that is anticipated to constitute the final installment in the series of HARRY POTTER books, the elements of such seventh book shall be included within the definition of Books hereunder.

(d) “Brand Guidelines” means Licensor’s requirements and guiding principles for all licensees of the Licensed Property, as set forth in writing and delivered to Licensee, as may be amended by Licensor from time to time, provided that no such amendment shall frustrate Licensee’s ability to utilize the Licensed Property for the Licensed Uses as contemplated in this Agreement in any material respect.

(e) “Business Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21 below.

(f) “Business Review” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.22 below.

 

- 1 -


(g) “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 below.

(h) “Clips” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 below.

(i) “Consulting Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 below.

(j) “Consumables” means products not separately sold and not usually retained by the consumer, such as paper cups and napkins (specifically excluding souvenir cups that are sold to guests and not intended for immediate disposal after use), which are based upon, utilize or include the Licensed Property.

(k) “Grand Opening” means the date on which the Themed Area is fully operational and open to the public, which is targeted to occur in or about December 15, 2009 but may occur as late as June 30, 2010.

(l) “Licensed Premiums” means products distributed to a consumer in order to promote, publicize or sell Licensed Products or services (relating to the Themed Area, as defined below) at the Themed Area, the Theme Park, as defined below, and/or the Resort, as defined below, or items distributed in connection with any similar scheme or device (to promote the Themed Area), including, without limitation, traffic or continuity building promotions, purchase-with-purchase promotions (including without limitation souvenir drink cups), combination sales, sweepstakes or any other giveaways.

(m) “Licensed Products” means merchandise that is based upon, utilizes or includes the Licensed Property (and/or the character likenesses of any of the actors or actresses in the Movies, to the extent that Licensor now has or later acquires the right to utilize such likenesses in merchandise associated with the Licensed Property) and food and beverages that are described in the Books or the Movies, that are offered for sale at the Theme Park, the Resort, the Resort-themed stores at Orlando International Airport, the liquidation stores in Orlando at which slow-selling or discontinued Resort merchandise items are sold and in response to unsolicited requests by mail or telephone directly from individual members of the public. “Licensed Products” shall include food and beverage items to the extent that such food or beverage item is specifically described in the Books (e.g., Butter Beer), but shall not include food and beverage items that are not specifically described in the Books even if such food or beverage item, with Licensor’s consent, utilizes a name based on the Licensed Property; provided, however, that any food or beverage item that is served or packaged in any cup or other packaging that utilizes the Licensed Property and that is intended to be retained as a souvenir or given as a gift (e.g., a souvenir sipper cup, a pre-packaged tin of candy or cookies), shall be deemed to be a Licensed Product.

(n) “Licensed Property” means:

(i) The character names, costumes, environmental settings, plot elements, artwork, logos and other elements depicted in the Movies (as set forth in Section 1(q) below) , including all copyrights and trademarks relating thereto;

(ii) The fictional character(s) and/or other element(s) from the Books, including the representations, names and likenesses of such character(s) and/or other element(s) and all environmental settings, costumes and other indicia associated with such character(s), together with all copyrights and trademarks as exploited by Licensor relating thereto; and

 

- 2 -


(iii) To the extent that during the Term of this Agreement, Licensor acquires merchandising and theme park rights to a seventh HARRY POTTER book, entitled HARRY POTTER AND THE DEATHLY HALLOWS” that is anticipated to constitute the final installment in the series of Books, and releases a seventh HARRY POTTER motion picture based upon such seventh book, that is anticipated to constitute the final installment in the series of Movies, the elements of such seventh book and seventh movie shall be included within the definition of Licensed Property hereunder.

(o) “Licensed Property Developments” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 below.

(p) “Licensed Use(s)” means use of the Licensed Property:

(i) Within the Themed Area:

 

  (1) Rides, attractions, signage, facades, atmospheric elements and themed areas;

 

  (2) Consumables;

 

  (3) Retail stores, kiosks and other retail stands;

 

  (4) Themed restaurants, portable food cart locations and other food stands;

 

  (5) Atmospheric strolling costumed characters (e.g., generic Hogwarts students), ****;

 

  (6) Clips (subject to Section 4.5 below);

 

  (7) “Green screen” photographic venues at which images of guests will be incorporated within Clips or Stills (defined below) made available by Licensor to Licensee for such purpose, each of which may contain images of environments and sets from the Movies, as defined below, and each of which may contain character images of the talent from the Movies (subject to Licensor approval in its sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion and provided that no image of a guest may touch, gesture at, interact with or be “morphed” into or on, any character image of any talent from the Movies), which “green screen” photographic images shall be sold to such guests as souvenir merchandise; and

 

  (8) Street entertainers and movie props (and, if available and if approved by Licensor, in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor, sets and costumes) integrated into the themed environment.

(ii) Within the Theme Park (but not within other themed lands or islands at the Theme Park, other than the “Port of Entry” portion of the Theme Park), the Themed Area and the Resort:

 

  (1) Licensed Products;

 

- 3 -


  (2) Licensed Premiums;

 

  (3) Printed matter, including but not limited to, tickets, brochures, Theme Park maps, menus and signage; and

 

  (4) For the press event associated with the Grand Opening and thereafter for private events within the Theme Park (i.e., events that are not open to the general public), atmospheric strolling costumed characters (e.g., generic Hogwarts students), ****.

(iii) Within and outside the Theme Park, the Themed Area and the Resort:

 

  (1) In advertising, marketing and promotion for the Theme Park, the Themed Area and/or the Resort, including, without limitation, sweepstakes, signage, brochures, newspapers, magazines and other print media, billboards, radio and television, in cinema and on the internet;

 

  (2) Atmospheric strolling costumed characters (e.g., generic Hogwarts students), ****, at trade shows and promotional events that are open to the trade only (e.g., travel agency conventions); and

 

  (3) Display elements at the retail stores located near the main entrance/exit of the Theme Park and the retail stores located at Universal CityWalk Orlando and at the Universal Orlando on site resort hotels and at Resort-themed stores at Orlando International Airport and at the liquidation stores in Orlando at which a variety of merchandise based on Resort attractions and characters are sold.

(q) “Movies” means the 2001 release of the theatrical motion picture entitled “HARRY POTTER AND THE SORCERER’S STONE,” the 2002 release of the theatrical motion picture entitled “HARRY POTTER AND THE CHAMBER OF SECRETS,” the 2004 release of the theatrical motion picture entitled “HARRY POTTER AND THE PRISONER OF AZKABAN,” the 2005 release of the theatrical motion picture entitled “HARRY POTTER AND THE GOBLET OF FIRE,” and the following two motion pictures provided they are produced and generally released: the tentatively scheduled to be released in 2007 theatrical motion picture entitled “HARRY POTTER AND THE ORDER OF THE PHOENIX,” and the tentatively scheduled to be released in 2008 theatrical motion picture entitled “HARRY POTTER AND THE HALF-BLOOD PRINCE”, and to the extent that during the Term of this Agreement, Licensor acquires merchandising and theme park rights to a seventh HARRY POTTER book, entitled HARRY POTTER AND THE DEATHLY HALLOWS” that is anticipated to constitute the final installment in the series of Books, and releases a seventh HARRY POTTER motion picture based upon such seventh book, that is anticipated to constitute the final installment in the series of Movies, the elements of such seventh movie shall be included within the definition of Movies hereunder, provided, however, that the above release dates of the Movies are for identification purposes only and shall not be included or referred to on or in connection with the Licensed Uses, Licensed Products or any of Licensee’s activities pursuant to this Agreement.

(r) “Other Developments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 below.

 

- 4 -


(s) “Pass Through Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 below.

(t) “Resort” means the Universal Orlando Resort, comprised of the Theme Park, the Universal Studios Florida theme park, Universal CityWalk Orlando, the three on-site resort hotels existing as of the date of this Agreement (the Portofino Bay Hotel, a Loews Hotel; the Hard Rock Hotel; and the Royal Pacific Resort, a Loews Hotel) and any other on-site resort hotels or time-share developments that may hereafter be built and operated as part of the Universal Orlando Resort, the parking facilities for the foregoing, and the roadways and waterways that connect the foregoing (and the Universal Orlando Resort busses, boats and other vehicles that traverse the same).

(u) “Royalties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 below.

(v) “Sell-Off” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2 below.

(w) “Stills” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 below.

(x) “Style Guide” means any materials provided to Licensee by Licensor setting forth the style, format and any characterization of the Licensed Property for all licensees of the Licensed Property.

(y) “Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 below.

(z) “Territory” means the Theme Park and all areas within a two hundred fifty (250) mile radius around the Theme Park.

(aa) “Text and Verbiage” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 below.

(bb) “Theme Park” means Licensee’s “Universal’s Islands of Adventure” theme park located at the Resort.

(cc) “Themed Area” means the separate and distinct “land” to be developed, constructed and operated by Licensee pursuant to this Agreement with theming based on the Licensed Property within the “Theme Park”, as defined below, to be comprised of a portion of the real estate currently occupied by “The Lost Continent” land and a portion of currently unoccupied real estate, and to be located between the remainder of the real estate currently occupied by “The Lost Continent” land and the “Jurassic Park” land. Such new land is to be named “The Wizarding World of Harry Potter” or such other name as may be proposed by Licensee and approved by Licensor in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor. The Themed Area shall be an extensively themed environment no less than 20 acres in size (including the back-of-house areas for the Themed Area and the Themed Area’s proportionate share of the Theme Park’s central lagoon) and shall include, without limitation, the attractions, facilities and other items set forth in Exhibit 8.

(dd) “Wholesale Price” means the invoiced cost of the product from the supplier excluding artwork, sample cost, tooling, product development charges, freight, duty, insurance and any V.A.T., sales taxes or other goods and services taxes so as to reflect the invoiced cost of the products from the manufacturer.

 

- 5 -


2. LICENSE AND OTHER RIGHTS:

2.1 Subject to the restrictions, limitations, reservations and conditions and Licensor’s approval rights set forth in this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee and Licensee hereby accepts for the Term of this Agreement, a license to utilize the Licensed Property solely in connection with the development, construction and operation of the Themed Area and for the Licensed Uses. The licenses and rights granted pursuant to this Section 2 shall be exclusive in relation to use of the Licensed Property in connection with theme parks, amusement parks, water parks and stand-alone themed venues that are smaller than typical theme parks but are extensively themed and contain rides, retail and/or food service, similar to those found in a theme park (e.g., the “Star Trek: The Experience” attraction at the Las Vegas Hilton), during the Term within the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensor may use, or permit others to use, the Licensed Property in connection with a traveling museum-quality exhibition that may be presented at museums, convention/exhibition halls and other venues.

2.2 The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) consists of the Initial Term (as defined below) and, if the option(s) below are exercised, the First Renewal Term (as defined below) and the Second Renewal Term (as defined below).

(a) “Initial Term” means the period beginning on the date of complete signing of this Agreement through and including June 30, 2019.

(b) Provided that at the time of each renewal, Licensee is not in material default of any of its obligations provided for in this Agreement, Licensee shall be entitled to two (2) successive options to renew this Agreement for successive five (5) year terms (the “First Renewal Term” and the “Second Renewal Term”) pursuant to all the same terms, conditions and covenants herein, subject to the payment of the additional Guaranteed Fee set forth in Section 6.1(b) and (c).

(i) To exercise each such option to renew, Licensee must give notice of such intent to Licensor in writing not less than twelve (12) months prior to the end of the then current Initial Term or First Renewal Term.

(ii) Upon the exercise of each such option, the First Renewal Term will begin on July 1, 2019 and expire on June 30, 2024, and the Second Renewal Term will begin on July 1, 2024 and expire on June 30, 2029.

 

3. APPROVALS:

3.1 Licensee shall at all times in all respects maintain the general appearance, maintenance, staffing and overall quality of the Theme Park, including without limitation, the rides, attractions, themed areas and all other aspects of the Theme Park at a first class, world class level for destination theme parks unsurpassed in quality by any other destination theme park worldwide (at a minimum, equivalent to the quality of the Theme Park as of the date of this Agreement) throughout the Term.

3.2 Licensee shall use the Licensed Property only in a manner that is consistent with the Brand Guidelines and with the goodwill and legal rights of Licensor in the Licensed Property.

 

- 6 -


3.3 Licensee shall not initiate any use of the Licensed Property hereunder unless such use is first approved as set forth herein. Any approved use of the Licensed Property is permitted only in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3.4 It is understood and agreed that all aspects and elements of the Themed Area, whether specifically utilizing the Licensed Property or otherwise (and, in any event, all attractions and facilities, all atmospheric and scenic elements, all facades and props, all signage, flags and banners, and all other content, readily observable to guests within the Themed Area), that are observable by patrons at the Themed Area, shall be subject to the prior written approval of Licensor in its sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion.

3.5 Licensee and Licensor shall each appoint a contact person to serve as the point person for presentation and review of all items submitted for approval and to facilitate the review and decision process as set forth herein (provided that Licensee may appoint different point persons for approvals with respect to the Themed Area, with respect to advertising, marketing and promotions, and with respect to Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables). To the extent any items submitted by Licensee hereunder require the approval of ****, Licensor, and only Licensor shall submit such items to **** or **** for approval, and Licensor shall reasonably cooperate with Licensee in endeavoring to obtain such approval. Licensee shall not directly contact **** or any of ****, including without limitation ****. In the event Licensor determines in its sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion that **** require assistance in processing the volume of approvals required for Licensee, Licensee shall, upon request of Licensor, reimburse to **** the cost of hiring a designated employee of **** to assist in processing such approvals, provided that such employee (a) shall not perform any functions other than the processing of approvals required for Licensee, (b) shall be paid salary and provided benefits no greater than those Licensor pays and provides to its own employees who perform similar tasks, and (c) shall not be employed by **** for more than three (3) months beyond the Grand Opening. Under no circumstances shall such employee be deemed to be Licensee’s employee, and Licensee shall have no responsibility for compliance with any labor or employment laws, codes or regulations, nor shall Licensee incur or be responsible for any labor or employment liability, in connection with such employee.

3.6 Licensee shall submit a written request to Licensor specifying each specific Licensed Use that it wishes to make of the Licensed Property, in such detail as Licensor may require at successive stages of development as specified by Licensor, for example, at the following stages as indicated for the following uses (as may be applicable in each particular case) or as Licensor may otherwise request in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor:

(a) Two-Dimensional Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums or Consumables: (i) rough sketches/layout concepts; (ii) finished artwork or final proofs; (iii) pre-production samples or strike-offs; and (iv) finished products, including packaged samples together with any packaging, hangtags, and wrapping material;

(b) Three-Dimensional Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums or Consumables including clay sculpts & resin (or any other composite material) sculpts: (i) rough sketches or layout concepts; (ii) finished artwork; (iii) clay sculpts (or any other composite material); (iv) paint master; (v) pre-production samples or strike-offs; and (vi) finished products including packaged samples;

 

- 7 -


(c) Food and beverage Licensed Products: successive stages of development for each of the following: (i) product formulation; (ii) recipe; (iii) nutritional content; (iv) taste; (v) naming; and (vi) menu design and appearance;

(d) Rides and attractions: (i) rough sketches/layout concepts, plans, designs and elevations; (ii) scripts and music as applicable; (iii) models, finished artwork, intermediate stages of construction or development; and (iv) finished construction;

(e) Print media: (i) rough sketches or layout concepts and copy; (ii) finished artwork; and (iii) finished materials;

(f) Television and internet advertising and promotion: (i) initial concept; (ii) storyboard, including written text; (iii) pencil tests and voice-overs for animation, if any (subject to Section 4.6 below), and/or selection of performers for live action; (iv) rough edit; and (v) a cassette or disc of, or on-line access to, the finished commercial prior to air date;

(g) Radio or other audio media or materials: (i) initial concept; (ii) script; (iii) voice recordings; (iv) rough edit; and (v) a cassette or disc of, or on-line access to, the finished commercial prior to the air date; and

(h) All other Licensed Uses not included above at successive stages of development as determined by Licensor in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor.

In all cases set forth above, Licensor’s approval may be given or denied in its sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion. Without in any manner limiting the meaning of the foregoing sentence, it is expressly acknowledged and agreed by Licensee that any objection whatsoever by the Author with regard to any submissions relating to or concerning food and beverage and/or uses of Licensed Property in connection with third party names, logos or other third party elements is sufficient grounds for disapproval by Licensor.

Licensor shall use reasonable commercial efforts to approve, disapprove or otherwise comment upon any major concepts and plans for the Themed Area, rides, attractions and architectural designs submitted to it for approval as may be required hereunder for the first time and any items that contain any written text or verbiage other than the pre-approved names of the characters or other pre-approved names or titles of discrete elements of the Licensed Property (“Text and Verbiage”) within thirty (30) business days after receipt by it of such item(s). Licensor shall use reasonable commercial efforts to approve, disapprove or otherwise comment upon all other items submitted to it for approval as may be required hereunder within ten (10) business days after receipt by it of such item(s). In the event that Licensor fails to approve, disapprove or otherwise comment upon the item(s) so submitted within the applicable time period, then Licensee shall have the right to notify Licensor of such failure by the means set forth for giving notice in Section 13.13, below, and Licensor shall thereafter be required to approve, disapprove or otherwise comment upon the item(s) so submitted within seven (7) business days after receipt by it of said notice and failure to do so shall be deemed approval of any item(s) so submitted. Any denial of approval shall be accompanied by specific reasons for the denial. All approvals must be in writing in order to be effective. In the event that Licensor approves any artwork, design, logo, slogan, video element, audio element or other item containing an element of the Licensed Property for a particular limited category of use (e.g., a specific print advertisement or outdoor billboard campaign), Licensee may continue to use such artwork, design, logo, slogan, video element, audio element or other item for such category of use without need to obtain further approval from Licensor, as

 

- 8 -


long as Licensor has approved the overall advertising, marketing or promotional campaign in which such artwork, design, logo, slogan, video element, audio element or other item will be used, including the duration and media plan for such advertising, marketing or promotional campaign. Licensor shall endeavor to approve “key” artwork and “key” video and audio footage that Licensee is permitted to use for several specifically designated Licensed Uses without need to obtain further approval from Licensor.

3.7 All promotion, publicity, marketing and advertising, and signage, with respect to the Licensed Uses, not otherwise included above, shall also be submitted to Licensor for approval or disapproval in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor.

3.8 Subsequent to final approval of Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables, no fewer than twelve (12) production samples will be sent to Licensor simultaneously upon distribution to the public. Licensor shall be entitled to purchase any Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables in any quantity at Licensee’s cost;

3.9 All submissions must be approved at each stage in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor, with multiple resubmissions, if necessary, before moving to the next stage. Licensee understands that it is Licensee’s responsibility to make all of the above submissions in sufficient time for Licensee to make all revisions which Licensor in its sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion may require.

3.10 No Licensed Use and no other material utilizing the Licensed Property shall be made available or accessible to the public, manufactured, sold, distributed or promoted by Licensee without prior written approval from Licensor in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor.

3.11 All Licensor approvals set forth in this Section 3 shall be in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor whether specifically stated as being so or not. Any Licensed Uses not so approved in writing shall be deemed unlicensed and shall not be promoted, accessible or available to the public, manufactured, distributed or sold. Upon any material failure of Licensee to comply with the requirement set forth in the foregoing sentence, Licensor may, together with other remedies available to it including, but not limited to, termination of this Agreement (subject to Licensee’s cure rights set forth in Section 11.2 below) require such Licensed Uses to be promptly withdrawn from the market and to be destroyed, such destruction to be attested to in a certificate signed by an officer of Licensee.

3.12 Any modification of a Licensed Use must be submitted in advance for Licensor’s written approval as if it were a new Licensed Use. Subject to the final sentence of the last paragraph of Section 3.6, approval of a Licensed Use which uses particular artwork or any other approved material or elements does not imply approval of such artwork or other material or elements for use with a different Licensed Use or for use bundled or otherwise combined with any other approved Licensed Use unless specifically approved in writing by Licensor in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor.

3.13 Licensed Uses must conform in all respects to the final stage approved by Licensor. If in Licensor’s reasonable judgment, the quality of a Licensed Use originally approved has deteriorated in later use or later production runs, or if a Licensed Use has otherwise been altered, Licensor may, in addition to other remedies available to it, require that such Licensed Use be promptly terminated, including but not limited to withdrawal from the market.

 

- 9 -


3.14 Licensee shall provide to Licensor a copy of the environmental, health and safety policies that are provided to all third parties performing work in the Theme Park, and Licensee shall enforce such policies against all third parties performing work within the Themed Area. Licensee shall permit Licensor to inspect all construction activities within the Themed Area and shall promptly correct any safety violations or deficiencies that Licensor may detect. In addition, Licensee shall permit Licensor to inspect all locations that are under the control of Licensee or any of its affiliates at which Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables are being manufactured and/or tested, and Licensee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain permission for Licensor to inspect all other locations at which Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables are being manufactured and/or tested (which inspection, in either case, may include a review by Licensor of testing and manufacturing payroll records, with respect to the Licensed Uses), and Licensee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any supplier or manufacturer approved pursuant to Section 5.2 below to likewise permit Licensor to inspect such supplier’s or manufacturer’s construction and manufacturing operations, and testing and manufacturing payroll records, with respect to the Licensed Uses.

3.15 If any changes or modifications are required to be made to any material submitted to Licensor for its written approval in order to ensure compliance with Licensor’s specifications or standards of quality, Licensee agrees promptly to make such changes or modifications, or to withdraw the request for Licensor’s approval thereof and discontinue development of the item for which approval was requested.

3.16 To avoid confusion of the public, Licensee agrees not to associate other characters or properties with the Licensed Property or in connection with the Licensed Uses or in any promotional, advertising, packaging, or display materials unless Licensee receives Licensor’s prior written approval, provided that the name and logo of the Theme Park and/or the Resort may be used with the Licensed Property and in connection with the Licensed Uses as long as such name and logo are not touching or otherwise co-mingled with the Licensed Property. It is understood and agreed that Licensee may include other characters or properties in promotional materials for the Resort and the Theme Park that also promote the Themed Area, provided any elements associated with any other character or properties are not touching or otherwise co-mingled with the Licensed Property and subject to all of Licensor’s rights of approval set forth in this Agreement. Furthermore, Licensee agrees not to use the Licensed Property (or any component thereof) on any business sign, business cards, stationery or forms, nor as part of the name of Licensee’s business or any division thereof. Licensee shall not otherwise utilize the Licensed Property to promote Licensee and/or its related and affiliated companies except as specifically provided herein to promote the Resort, the Theme Park and the Themed Area.

3.17 Licensor will use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate communications between Licensee and the talent that play the leading roles in (and, if mutually agreed by Licensor and Licensee, other personnel such as the director(s) and writer(s) of) the feature films “HARRY POTTER AND THE ORDER OF THE PHOENIX” and/or “HARRY POTTER AND THE HALF-BLOOD PRINCE” ****, provided that Licensee shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred in connection with the production of such new film footage, including amounts to be paid to such personnel and all reuse fees, residuals and other amounts that may be payable under any guild, union or collective bargaining agreement to which Licensor or Licensee, or any of their respective affiliates, may be a party, or which may otherwise affect the Licensed Property. In addition, if desired by Licensee, Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate Licensee access to the sets, props, costumes and other elements of the Movies, for such filming, to the extent available and upon a mutually agreeable schedule, and at Licensee’s sole expense.

 

- 10 -


3.18 Licensor’s approval of Licensed Uses shall in no way constitute or be construed as an approval by Licensor of Licensee’s use of any trademark, copyright, right of publicity and/or other proprietary materials not owned by Licensor.

3.19 Licensee may be required by Licensor to use certain of Licensor’s proprietary online systems and/or software (the “Proprietary Systems”) and/or other electronic file transfer systems in connection with the submission to Licensor of samples and materials, the receipt of artwork and/or the exchange of other information or materials pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants Licensee a non-exclusive license, during the Term, to use the Proprietary Systems solely in connection with Licensee’s performance under this Agreement and in accordance with and subject to such rules, restrictions, disclaimers and limitations as may be posted on or provided to Licensee together with the Proprietary Systems. If any Proprietary Systems and/or any other electronic file transfer system(s) are required and approved by Licensor for use in connection herewith, Licensee will: (a) utilize any file encryption password access functionality made available to Licensee; and (b) maintain a database of all Licensee-authorized users of such system(s).

3.20 Licensor shall have the right to enter and inspect the Theme Park at any time during normal business hours, in a manner that does not interfere with the usual operations of the Theme Park, to ascertain adherence to the quality standards set forth in this Agreement and to insure (a) that any use of the Licensed Property is in compliance with the use that has been approved by Licensor, and (b) that such use is being maintained so as to insure that the quality thereof is not less than that approved. In the event of any deterioration in the overall quality of the Theme Park below that specified in Section 3.1 above or any deterioration of a specific approved use, Licensee shall promptly (in no event later than within ten (10) business days upon written notice from Licensor) repair or remediate as necessary to rectify any such deterioration to the satisfaction of Licensor, provided that if such repair or remediation cannot reasonably be completed within such ten (10) business day period, Licensee shall commence such repair or remediation within such ten (10) business day period and thereafter shall at all times prosecute such repair or remediation with due diligence until such repair or remediation is completed. Absent such repair or remediation, this Agreement shall terminate subject to the notice and cure provisions set forth in Section 11.2.

3.21 Licensee shall, no later than July 15, 2007 (and quarterly thereafter through the opening of the Themed Area as set forth in Section 3.22, and thereafter annually), submit to Licensor for Licensor’s written approval, a business plan (the “Business Plan”) setting forth Licensee’s plans with respect to its activities during the Term in connection with this Agreement. The Business Plan shall, without limitation, address the following matters, to the extent that Licensee has, at the time that any particular Business Plan is required to be submitted, formulated plans with respect to such matters:

(a) Proposed rides and attractions for the Themed Area;

(b) Projected attendance, on a consolidated basis, for the theme parks within the Resort;

(c) Projected capital expenditures for the Themed Area;

(d) Retail areas at which Licensed Products will be sold, including Wholesale Price, retail sales and volume or quantities of Licensed Products projected to be sold;

 

- 11 -


(e) Food service facilities within the Themed Area, including without limitation, all proposed food and beverage to be sold in the Themed Area, the Wholesale Price of Consumables and Licensed Products that constitute food and beverages, retail sales and volume or quantities of food and beverage projected to be sold;

(f) Themed Area theming and signage;

(g) Entertainment within the Themed Area;

(h) Plans for distribution of any Licensed Premiums, including Wholesale Price and volume or quantities of Licensed Premiums projected to be distributed;

(i) Advertising, promotional and publicity plans and strategies for the Licensed Uses; and

(j) A summary of Licensee’s staffing plan and staff training program for the Themed Area including (i) adjustments for level of staffing based upon variations in demand due to seasonality, special events, weather conditions and overall tourism trends, and (ii) specifications of the minimum level of education with respect to the Licensed Property to be provided to each employee based upon the tasks to be performed by each such employee and the extent to which each such employee is reasonably expected to interact with guests and/or receive questions from guests regarding the Licensed Property.

3.22 Licensee shall meet with Licensor at business review meetings (“Business Reviews”), and at such other mutually convenient times as reasonably requested by Licensor, to discuss the implementation of the Business Plan and the results of Licensee’s operation and business relating to this Agreement. Prior to the opening of the Themed Area, the Business Reviews shall be held quarterly and shall occur on (or as close as reasonably practical to) January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year (or on such other dates as the parties hereto may mutually agree). After the opening of the Themed Area, for the remainder of the Term, the Business Reviews shall be held annually and shall occur on (or as close as reasonably practical to) January 15 of each year (or on such other dates as the parties hereto may mutually agree). At the Business Reviews, Licensee shall present an updated Business Plan for Licensor’s review and approval. Licensee’s and Licensor’s respective point persons specified in relationship to Section 3.5 above shall also serve as point persons for Business Reviews unless Licensee or Licensor shall designate another person for such purpose. Business Reviews may occur in person, or by audio conference or video conference, provided that, while the Themed Area is under construction, the Business Reviews shall occur at the Resort or at such other location as may be mutually agreed by Licensor and Licensee.

 

4. CONDITIONS, LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS:

4.1 It is specifically understood and agreed that, except for the Licensed Property, no television, motion picture, video, cartoon, animation (whether hand drawn, computer generated or otherwise produced), if any (subject to Section 4.6 below), comic book or literary properties may be used at the Themed Area without the prior written approval of Licensor in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor.

4.2 Use of the Licensed Property is limited to the Licensed Uses and any other uses that have been approved in writing by Licensor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and all rights in,

 

- 12 -


to or associated with any and all other uses are excluded from this license. Moreover, all uses in, to or associated with the Licensed Property, including without limitation, the following elements are included in this license only to the extent specifically approved in writing by Licensor and then only to the extent rights in and to such uses and elements are owned or controlled by Licensor and subject to any applicable guild or union agreement, regulations, restrictions or requirements and to any applicable laws:

(a) film clips (live action or computer generated), stills, sound bites, voices, music or other audio clips;

(b) the names, likenesses, autographs, signatures, visual representations, audio recordings or voices of any and all actor(s), author(s), creator(s), director(s) and/or other individuals represented in, or otherwise attached to or connected with, the Licensed Property. Elements of or related to the Licensed Property that are not owned or controlled by Licensor are specifically excluded from the Licensed Property. Licensor will endeavor in good faith to timely inform Licensee of the extent of its merchandising or other relevant rights in and to any of the foregoing uses and elements as requested by Licensee. To the extent that Licensor does not confirm the existence of its merchandising or other relevant rights in and to such uses or elements, Licensee may with the approval of Licensor attempt to itself obtain such rights. If Licensee does obtain such rights, Licensee shall demonstrate same to Licensor by production of proper documentation. Any rights clearance or related fees arising from same shall be at Licensee’s sole expense and shall not offset any other amounts referred to herein. In the event that Licensee uses any such elements referenced above without obtaining a specific representation from Licensor that it owns or controls the specific merchandising or other theme park rights to be exploited, such use shall be at Licensee’s sole risk and is subject to Licensee’s indemnification hereinbelow.

Licensor acknowledges that Licensee may use any Clips in the Themed Area, that are made available by Licensor to Licensee, and Licensor acknowledges that such usage is intended to promote the Movies from which such Clips originate, provided that such usage is explicitly tied by means of a specific message to the viewer, such as an announcement, to encourage attendance, at theatrical exhibition within the Territory, or viewership via television, cable or satellite distribution within the Territory, or purchase of DVDs, at the Theme Park, of the Movies from which such Clip may originate, provided further that Licensee indemnify and defend Licensor from any and all loss, liability, damage, cost or expense, arising out of any claims or suits which may be brought or made against Licensor Related Parties (as defined in Section 9.1(b), below) relating to Licensee’s use of such materials, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 9.1(b) below.

4.3 Licensor reserves all rights in and to the Licensed Property not expressly conveyed to Licensee hereunder.

4.4 Licensee specifically understands and agrees that no rights are granted herein with respect to the Warner Bros. “shield” logo or trademark, or any other trademark(s), logo(s) or copyrights owned by Licensor other than those specifically approved hereunder, it being understood that all rights in and to said intellectual properties are reserved exclusively to Licensor for use by Licensor and/or licensing as Licensor deems appropriate to third party(s) of its choice, subject to Licensee’s right of exclusivity set forth in Section 2.1 above.

 

- 13 -


4.5 Film, video or sound clips (“Clips”) and stills (“Stills”) from the Movies may be provided to Licensee by Licensor (or by one of Licensor’s affiliates, agents or designees) subject to the following terms and conditions.

(a) Licensee shall not make any reproduction of or from the Clips or Stills whatsoever, in whole or in part, except for use in connection with the Licensed Uses, and Licensee will not have the right to edit or otherwise alter the Clips or Stills, or any portion thereof, except as specifically approved in writing by Licensor (provided that Clips and Stills in which images of guests are to be incorporated through “green screen” technology and then sold to such guests as souvenir merchandise, as set forth in Section 1(p)(i)(7), above, may be cropped or “touched up” to enhance the quality of such merchandise to such guests).

(b) The Clips and Stills as utilized by Licensee in the Licensed Uses must be submitted by Licensee to Licensor for approval in accordance with Section 3 above.

(c) Licensor will use reasonable commercial efforts to inform Licensee of its rights to use of the name and likeness of the talent appearing in the Clips and Stills and to inform Licensee of other relevant information of which it is aware affecting use and clearance of the Clips and Stills. Except to the extent that Licensor has informed Licensee in writing of its rights to use the Clips and Stills (e.g., control of merchandising rights related to the use of the name and likeness of talent appearing therein), Licensee shall be responsible for and will obtain all authorizations, consents and releases that may be necessary for use of the Clips and Stills by Licensee.

(d) Licensee will pay any reuse fees and other compensation as may be required by applicable collective bargaining agreements (if any), personal services agreements, or otherwise with respect to the use of any Clips and Stills, provided that nothing herein shall preclude Licensee from claiming that its usage of the Clips and Stills is intended to promote the Movies from which such Clips and Stills originate, provided that such usage is explicitly tied by means of a specific message to the viewer, such as an announcement to encourage attendance at theatrical exhibition within the Territory, or viewership via television, cable or satellite distribution within the Territory, or purchase of DVDs at the Theme Park, of the Movies from which such Clips and Stills originate, provided further that Licensee indemnify and defend Licensor from any and all loss, liability, damage, cost or expense, arising out of any claims or suits which may be brought or made against Licensor Related Parties relating to Licensee’s use of such Clips and Stills, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 9.1(b) below.

(e) Any payment made or payable to any third party with respect to the use of any Clips and Stills, and any Royalties to be paid to Licensor with respect to Clips and Stills in which images of guests are incorporated through “green screen” technology and then sold to such guests as souvenir merchandise (as provided in Sections 6.2(b)), will be in addition to and will not offset any other amounts required to be paid by Licensee hereunder.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, if any music is included in the Clips and Stills as utilized hereunder, Licensee will obtain all necessary composition and master clearances, including synchronization and performance rights from the copyright proprietors of such music and such other persons or entities, including performing rights societies, as may own or control the rights thereto, and will obtain all necessary master recording licenses required in connection with any music included in the soundtrack of any Clips and Stills (although Licensor and Licensee acknowledge that master recording licenses will not be required if Licensee arranges for the applicable music to be re-recorded, subject to

 

- 14 -


approval or disapproval by Licensor in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor). Licensee’s use of the Clips and Stills will not affect Licensor’s continued and separate copyright ownership of the Clips and Stills or the production from which the Clips and Stills were taken, or Licensor’s continued ownership of the trademarks and any other intellectual property rights associated with any characters or other elements appearing or embodied in the Clips and Stills or such production. Licensee will hold any copyrights in trust for Licensor insofar as the Clips and Stills are concerned (and, upon Licensor’s request, subject to Section 8.8, the Licensed Uses will bear a specific copyright notice for the Clips and Stills in a form required by Licensor). Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.5(f) to the contrary, however, in the event that Licensor or any of its affiliates owns any of the rights to any music included in a Clip or Still that is approved for use pursuant to this Agreement by Licensor, **** Licensee shall be required to pay any composer, performer or other third party **** (to the extent that any such composer, performer or other third party is entitled to be compensated beyond the compensation that may be provided pursuant to the blanket licenses from the ASCAP, BMI and SESAC performing rights societies that Licensee holds with respect to the Theme Park). ****. Such good faith consideration shall include whether the music is used as a featured element and how much music is used, with the final decision being in the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor.

(g) Licensor shall not charge Licensee its customary clip or still licensing fee for use by Licensee of a reasonable number of Clips and Stills, provided that Licensee shall reimburse Licensor for all actual and direct laboratory and other reproduction charges and all other direct costs and expenses incurred by Licensor in making the Clips and Stills available. Such reimbursement shall be made promptly on receipt of Licensor’s invoice therefor.

4.6 It is understood and agreed that the Author has retained certain rights, including without limitation certain print and audiobook publishing rights and stage performance rights, relating to the Books (provided that Licensor has the right to license the Licensed Uses to Licensee as set forth in this Agreement). All such rights retained by the Author, and animation and non-Author written sequel rights, are specifically excluded from the grant of rights to Licensee hereunder, subject to approval by the Author to be sought if at all only by Licensor. Licensee may not publish, conduct a live reading from, re-enact, or reproduce extracts from the Books. **** retains the specific right to approve all Text and Verbiage used by licensees of the Licensed Property, including, without limitation, Text and Verbiage included on products, product packaging, rides and attractions, voice recordings, promotional materials, advertising and signage. Licensee shall comply with Licensor’s procedure for approval of Text and Verbiage, as set forth in the Brand Guidelines. Upon receipt from Licensee of a request for Text and Verbiage approval in connection with the Licensed Uses, Licensor shall diligently endeavor to obtain such approval ****.

4.7 Licensee shall not, without the prior written consent of Licensor, use, display or promote, at the Themed Area, or in advertising, promotion or publicity for the Themed Area (or for the Resort or the Theme Park if such materials refer to the Themed Area, except as specifically set forth in Section 3.16 above), any logo, trademark, service mark, trade name or other mark or name except for those associated with the Licensed Property and approved by Licensor for such use pursuant to Section 3 above, and except for (a) the name and logo of the Theme Park and/or the Resort, (b) the logos and/or marks of manufacturers of the following guest convenience items and such other guest convenience items as may be approved by Licensor on a case by case basis in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor: bottled water, sunblock, film and batteries, and hand cleaning solutions that are sold in the Themed Area, as such logos and/or marks appear on the guest convenience items themselves (except, especially in the case of bottled water, no name or logo that is associated with candy, confection, soft drinks, or other products perceived by the public as being high in sugar content, may

 

- 15 -


appear prominently on such guest convenience items), (c) at or near points of sale within the Themed Area, discretely placed logos of credit card companies whose payment service products are accepted for payment at such points of sale, and (d) within restrooms within the Themed Area, a discretely placed logo of Licensee’s soap and cleaning agent provider.

 

5. CONSUMABLES, LICENSED PRODUCTS AND LICENSED PREMIUMS:

5.1 Licensee shall have the right, subject to Licensor’s prior written approval, in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor, to manufacture (or cause to be manufactured by third party manufacturers) Licensed Products, Consumables and Licensed Premiums for approved Licensed Uses.

5.2 Licensor shall have the right to approve in writing any and all such manufacturers referenced in Section 5.1 above (provided that Licensor shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of any manufacturer that Licensee has previously used to manufacture merchandise, except for food/beverage manufacturers, offered for sale or distributed as premiums at the Theme Park or the Resort), and, subject to Section 6.2, Licensor shall receive Royalties from Licensee with respect to all such Licensed Products (including food/beverage items to the extent included within the definition of “Licensed Products”) and Licensed Premiums as specified in Section 6.2(a). All such manufacturers shall execute a letter in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (or an agreement that is, in all material respects, in the form of Licensee’s standard form of Merchandise Vendor Agreement, as set forth in Exhibit 4 attached hereto).

5.3 Licensee may not sell or distribute at the Themed Area any products other than the Licensed Products, the Licensed Premiums and Consumables, without the prior written approval of Licensor in each and every instance, such approval to be granted or denied in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee may also sell and distribute at the Themed Area, the guest convenience items referenced in Section 4.7 above, provided that (a) there shall be no advertising or promotional signage or other identification bearing the names or logos of the manufacturers of such guest convenience items within the Themed Area, except as may be set forth on the guest convenience items themselves, (b) guest convenience items shall not constitute more than **** of the total merchandise and food/beverage items offered for sale or distribution within the Themed Area, and (c) no food/beverage item other than bottled water shall be considered a guest convenience item unless approved by Licensor in its sole and absolute discretion. Licensee may not utilize the names or logos of any third parties in advertising, publicity or promotion for the Themed Area (or for the Resort or the Theme Park if such materials refer to the Themed Area, except as specifically set forth in Section 3.16 above), without the prior written approval of Licensor in each and every instance, such approval to be granted or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Licensor. In no event shall Licensee have the right to utilize the Licensed Property in any manner in connection with any third party joint promotional use, advertising or sponsorship arrangements of any kind, including without limitation, any use which could in any way be construed as a commercial tie-up, without the prior written approval of Licensor in each and every instance, such approval to be granted or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Licensor.

 

- 16 -


6. CONSIDERATION:

6.1 Guaranteed Fee .

(a) Initial Term. Licensee shall pay to Licensor a nonrefundable, non-recoupable fee (the “Guaranteed Fee”) in the amount of **** for the Initial Term, payable as follows and subject to increases pursuant to Section 6.1(d):

**** payable within fifteen (15) days after the execution of this Agreement;

**** payable on the earlier of (i) the Grand Opening of the Themed Area, or (ii) July 1, 2009;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2010;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2011;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2012;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2013;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2014;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2015;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2016;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2017; and

**** payable on or before July 1, 2018.

(b) First Renewal Term. In the event Licensee exercises its option to renew this Agreement for the First Renewal Term, Licensee shall pay to Licensor an additional Guaranteed Fee amount of ****, payable as follows and subject to increases pursuant to Section 6.1(d):

**** payable on or before July 1, 2019;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2020;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2021;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2022; and

**** payable on or before July 1, 2023.

(c) Second Renewal Term. In the event Licensee exercises its option to renew this Agreement for the Second Renewal Term, Licensee shall pay to Licensor an additional Guaranteed Fee amount of ****, payable as follows and subject to increases pursuant to Section 6.1(d):

**** payable on or before July 1, 2024;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2025;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2026;

**** payable on or before July 1, 2027; and

**** payable on or before July 1, 2028.

(d) The Guaranteed Fee payments set forth above, commencing with the Guaranteed Fee payment due on or before July 1, 2012, are subject to increase every three years, by a percentage

 

- 17 -


equal to the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index (all urban customers), U.S. City Average, All Items, published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1982-84 = 100 (or any successor or replacement index) (the “CPI”), from the month of May 2006 through the month of May in the year that is the first year of each such three-year period. For example, the Guaranteed Fee payment due on July 1, 2012 shall be increased by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the CPI from May 2006 through May 2012. The Guaranteed Fee payments due on July 1, 2013 and July 1, 2014 shall likewise be increased by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the CPI from May 2006 through May 2012, but the Guaranteed Fee payment due on July 1, 2015 shall be increased by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the CPI from May 2006 through May 2015 (and similarly for the Guaranteed Fee payments due on July 1, 2016 and July 1, 2017), and so on and so forth.

6.2 Royalties. Licensee shall pay Licensor royalties (“Royalties) as follows:

(a) Licensed Product and Licensed Premium Royalties . Subject to Section 6.2(d), Licensee shall pay royalties to Licensor with regard to sales of Licensed Products and Licensed Premiums at the rate of **** of the Wholesale Price. It is understood and agreed that Licensee shall be entitled to purchase Licensed Products and Licensed Premiums from other licensees of Licensor and, in such cases, if the other licensee of Licensor is required to pay a royalty to Licensor in connection with such sale, Licensee shall have no liability to pay Licensed Product or Licensed Premium Royalties to Licensor in connection with the purchase or sale of same. Licensor shall supply Licensee, upon Licensee’s request, with a list of Licensor’s other licensees that produce Licensed Products and Licensed Premiums (including a list of the categories of Licensed Products and Licensed Premiums that such other licensees are authorized to produce).

(b) Other Royalties . Subject to Section 6.2(c) and Section 6.2(d), for sales of merchandise other than Licensed Products and Licensed Premiums, such as photographs taken by Licensee (or by Licensee’s concessionaire) of patrons on themed rides or in themed areas of the Themed Area, that are based upon, derived from or include any element of the Licensed Property, as well as Clips and Stills in which images of guests are incorporated through “green screen” technology and then sold to such guests as souvenir merchandise, Licensee shall pay Royalties to Licensor at the rate of ****. No royalties shall be payable to Licensor in connection with photographs or video or audio recordings that guests take or record in the Licensed Area on their own.

(c) Consumables . ****.

(d) Park Compilation Merchandise . Subject to Licensor’s approval as provided in Section 3, Licensee shall have the right to include Licensed Property elements and photographs, audio recordings, video recordings, and digital images and recordings of the Themed Area and of rides, attractions, merchandise venues, food/beverage venues, entertainers and other elements of the Themed Area in DVD’s, videocassettes, and other merchandise that may be approved on a case by case basis in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor, that contain a wide variety of the different attractions, characters and other intellectual properties used at the Theme Park or the Resort (“Park Compilation Merchandise”). Royalties and Consulting Fees shall be paid to Licensor with respect to Park Compilation Merchandise, at the rates specified in Sections 6.2(a) and 6.3 for Licensed Products and Licensed Premiums, provided that the Royalties and Consulting Fees for Park Compilation Merchandise items shall be equitably apportioned on a pro-rata basis, such that Licensor shall receive a portion of its usual Royalties and Consulting Fees equal to the proportion that the Licensed Property elements and photographs, audio recordings, video recordings, and digital images and recordings of the

 

- 18 -


Themed Area and of rides, attractions, merchandise venues, food/beverage venues, entertainers and other elements of the Themed Area used, depicted, contained in and/or referenced in such Park Compilation Merchandise item bear to the total number of all intellectual property elements used, depicted, contained in and/or referenced in such Park Compilation Merchandise item.

6.3 Consulting Fee . Consistent with its normal business practices, Licensor will reasonably cooperate with Licensee in making available to Licensee, at Licensor’s actual out-of-pocket cost, including actual duplication and shipping costs (but without any markup), information, artwork, Clips, Stills, music, voice tracks and other relevant materials in order that Licensee can creatively develop the Themed Area, the Licensed Products, the Licensed Premiums, the Consumables, and advertising, marketing and promotional materials in connection therewith. Among other things, Licensor shall supply to Licensee, free of charge, master artwork and Style Guides with respect to the Licensed Property (and updates thereof from time to time), to assist Licensee in correctly depicting the Licensed Property in the Themed Area, the Licensed Products, the Licensed Premiums, the Consumables, and the advertising, marketing and promotional materials in connection therewith. Licensor shall also consult with Licensee in connection with the development of the Themed Area, the Licensed Products, the Licensed Premiums, the Consumables, and the advertising, marketing and promotional materials in connection therewith, and, as more specifically set forth in Section 3, Licensor shall review and shall approve or disapprove all such items. For all of such services to be provided by Licensor, subject to Section 6.2(d), Licensee shall pay Licensor a consulting fee of ****.

6.4 Pass Through Amounts . Licensee shall reimburse Licensor, without markup, for 100% of amounts (“Pass Through Amounts”) that Licensor may be required to pay to third parties for the exercise of the exploitation of any of the rights granted to Licensee herein (e.g., payment of a participation for use of a performer’s name and likeness, guild mandated fees, etc.). To the best of Licensor’s knowledge as of the date hereof, Exhibit 3 attached hereto contains a list of all third parties who may be due Pass Through Amounts by reason of contract with Licensor (excluding obligations pursuant to collective bargaining agreements) in order for Licensee to use the Licensed Property for the Licensed Uses, and the Pass Through Amounts payable in connection therewith. In the event that, after the date of this Agreement, Licensor acquires knowledge of any other third parties to whom Pass Through Amounts may be due by reason of contract with Licensor (excluding obligations pursuant to collective bargaining agreements) in order for Licensee to use the Licensed Property for the Licensed Uses, Licensor will provide prompt written notice thereof to Licensee which notice shall include the Pass Through Amounts payable in connection therewith.

6.5 Capital Expenditure . Licensee shall spend on the initial capital expenditure to build out the Themed Area such sums as may be necessary to create a first class, world class level themed area unsurpassed by any other themed area in any destination theme park worldwide (at a minimum, equivalent to the quality of the Theme Park as of the date of this Agreement). Such capital expenditure shall in no event be less than ****. After the opening of the Themed Area, Licensee shall continue to expend on the Themed Area such sums as are necessary to maintain the Themed Area as a first class, world class level themed area unsurpassed by any other themed area in any destination theme park worldwide (at a minimum, equivalent to the quality of the Theme Park as of the date of this Agreement) **** Licensee shall pay particular attention to incorporating within the Themed Area elements from the final two Movies, and shall implement such elements into the Themed Area such that elements from the final two Movies are represented in the Themed Area in a generally similar per-Movie proportion as elements from the first five Movies. All capital improvements to the Themed Area shall be developed through a collaborative process between Licensor and Licensee, and shall be subject to Licensor’s approval as provided in Section 3.

 

- 19 -


6.6 No Offset . None of the types of consideration set forth in this Section 6 shall offset against any other type of consideration set forth in this Section 6. Each is an independent obligation without any recoupment or offset of any kind. By way of example, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Licensed Product Royalties payable pursuant to Section 6.2 shall be in addition to and shall not offset or accrue against the Guaranteed Fee payable pursuant to Section 6.1.

6.7 **** Likewise, the provisions of this Section 6.7 are inapplicable to any agreement that may have been entered into by any entity, portfolio company or fund affiliated with The Blackstone Group (other than Licensee), if such agreement is not in connection with the Resort or any portion thereof. In addition, the provisions of this Section 6.7 are inapplicable to the “special fee” that is paid by Licensee under the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., as such agreement may be amended from time to time, and to any amounts that may be payable by Licensee, or by its successor or assign, under any license agreement referenced in Section 13.7(a).

 

7. STATEMENTS AND PAYMENTS:

7.1 Periodic Statements . Within thirty (30) days after the end of the first calendar quarter after the date of this Agreement and promptly on the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the end of each calendar quarter thereafter, Licensee will furnish to Licensor complete and accurate statements, certified as such, in writing, by an officer or other authorized principal representative of Licensee. Accompanying each statement will be the indicated payment. Each statement shall show:

(a) For Guaranteed Fee, Royalties, **** and other calculation purposes:

(i) with respect to all Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables manufactured on behalf of Licensee or that Licensee has purchased royalty-free from other licensees or designees of Licensor during the preceding calendar quarter:

(1) the total number of units of each Licensed Product, Licensed Premium and Consumable manufactured, purchased or received by Licensee during the preceding calendar quarter;

(2) the country or countries where such Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables were manufactured, purchased and received;

(3) a Description (as such term is defined below) of such Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables;

(4) the Wholesale Price for all such Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables;

 

  (ii) **** but that is not included in Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums or Consumables (as set forth in Section 6.2(b) above), ****; and

 

  (iii) a calculation of the Royalties and Consulting Fees.

 

- 20 -


(b) Such other information as Licensor may reasonably require to verify the accuracy of the payments accompanying each periodic statement.

7.2 Such statements will be in a format required by Licensor (as may be periodically revised by Licensor), or such other format as may be proposed by Licensee and approved by Licensor in the reasonable discretion of Licensor. Receipt or acceptance by Licensor of any of the statements furnished pursuant to this Agreement or of any sums paid hereunder will not preclude Licensor from questioning the correctness thereof at any time within five (5) years after the end of the calendar year in which such statements were prepared, or such sums were paid, and in the event that any inconsistencies or mistakes are discovered in such statements or payments, they will promptly be rectified and the appropriate payments made by Licensee. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Description” means a detailed description of the Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables including the nature of each of the Licensed Products, any and all names, voices, and likenesses, of either live actors or animated characters, from the Licensed Property utilized on the Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables and/or any related packaging and/or wrapping material, and any other components of the Licensed Property utilized on the Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables and/or any related packaging and/or wrapping material. In the event Licensor is responsible for the payment of any additional third party participations based on Licensee not reporting by character name, voice and likeness or by other components of the Licensed Property as requested by Licensor, Licensee will be responsible for reimbursing Licensor for the full amount of all such third party claims, including without limitation, the participation itself, audit and attorneys’ fees (in each case, to the extent actually required to be paid by Licensor to the third party) and interest. Licensee understands and agrees that the inclusion of the Description on all statements by Licensee is a material term and condition of this Agreement.

7.3 Delivery Information for Statements and Payments . Licensee will deliver all statements and payments to Licensor pursuant to instructions given to Licensee by Licensor in writing. On all statements and payments required hereunder, Licensee will reference the contract number(s) set forth on the first page of this Agreement (and/or such other contract number(s) designated by Licensor in a written notice to Licensee). Methods for delivery of statements may include United States mail, express courier service, e-mail, facsimile, or wire transfer.

7.4 Books and Records; Right to Audit . Licensee shall keep, maintain and preserve, in Licensee’s principal place of business, complete and accurate records relating to Licensee’s performance under this Agreement, including, without limitation, purchase orders, inventory records, invoices, correspondence, banking and financial and other relevant records, for no less than five (5) years and six (6) months after the end of the year with respect to which such records pertain, including any such time period that may occur after the expiration or termination of the Term. Such records shall be available for inspection and audit during any such times during reasonable business hours and upon reasonable notice by Licensor or its nominees. Licensee agrees not to cause or permit any interference with Licensor or nominees of Licensor in the performance of their duties, and Licensor agrees that Licensor and its nominees shall minimize the disruption and interference that they cause to Licensee’s business operations. During such inspections and audits, Licensor will have the right to take extracts and/or make copies of Licensee’s records as it deems necessary. Further, upon Licensor’s request and in connection with any inspection and audit conducted by Licensor pursuant to this Agreement, Licensee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Licensor with access to the records of Licensee’s affiliates, third party distributors, vendors and customers relating to purchases and sales of Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums, Consumables and any services provided in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

- 21 -


7.5 No Waiver of Rights . The exercise by Licensor in whole or in part, at any time of the right to audit records and accounts or of any other right herein granted, or the acceptance by Licensor of any statement or statements or the receipt and/or deposit by Licensor, of any payment tendered by or on behalf of Licensee will be without prejudice to any rights or remedies of Licensor and such acceptance, receipt and/or deposit will not preclude or prevent Licensor from thereafter disputing the accuracy of any such statement or payment.

7.6 Deficiencies . If pursuant to its right hereunder Licensor causes an audit and inspection to be instituted which thereafter discloses a deficiency between the amount found to be due to Licensor and the amount actually received or credited to Licensor (the “Deficiency”), then, Licensee will, upon Licensor’s demand, promptly pay the Deficiency, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to the “prime” rate, as quoted by the Wall Street Journal (New York Edition) from time to time, plus 3% (or the maximum rate permissible by law, if less), from the date such Deficiency was due to the date of payment. In addition, if the Deficiency is more than five percent (5%) of all Royalties paid by Licensee during the period covered by such audit and inspection, then Licensee will reimburse Licensor for the reasonable costs and expenses of such audit and inspection.

7.7 Exchange Rates . All payments of the Guaranteed Fee, Royalties and Consulting Fee and any other amounts payable to Licensor hereunder will be paid to Licensor in U.S. Dollars. If applicable, each such payment will be converted to U.S. Dollars at the applicable exchange rate quoted by the Wall Street Journal (New York Edition) published as of the date such payment is actually paid to Licensor; provided, however, that if the amount converted to U.S. Dollars is less than the stated U.S. Dollar amounts specified in Section 6 due to the conversion of any payment to Licensor being made after the applicable due date for such payment or otherwise, Licensee will be solely responsible for any shortfall and will pay to Licensor the difference in U.S. Dollars (together with any required interest) when the payment is remitted. Licensee will bear all costs for such conversion. Further, Licensee will indicate on each statement related to any converted payment the amount of the payment in the original currency before conversion, the actual exchange rate used to convert the payment and the amount of the payment in U.S. Dollars.

 

8. USE, OWNERSHIP AND PROTECTION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:

8.1 Use and Ownership

(a) Licensee covenants and agrees that, as between Licensee and Licensor, Licensor retains all right, title, interest and copyright in and to the Licensed Property.

(b) Licensor and Licensee agree that Licensee’s use of the Licensed Property is conditional upon Licensor obtaining the rights and goodwill resulting from such use. Licensee recognizes the value of the publicity and goodwill associated with the Licensed Property and acknowledges that such goodwill shall inure exclusively to the benefit of Licensor. Licensee further recognizes and acknowledges that the Licensed Property has acquired a secondary meaning as Licensor’s trademarks and/or identifications in the mind of the public. Licensee further recognizes and acknowledges that a breach by Licensee of any of its covenants, agreements or undertakings hereunder with respect to the Licensed Property will cause Licensor irreparable damage, which cannot be readily

 

- 22 -


remedied in damages in an action at law, and may, in addition thereto, constitute an infringement of Licensor’s copyrights, trademarks and/other proprietary rights in, and to the Licensed Property, thereby entitling Licensor to equitable remedies and costs.

8.2 Artwork, Copyright and Trademark Notices. Subject to Sections 8.3 and 8.4 below, Licensee further agrees and acknowledges that all intellectual property rights in any uses of the Licensed Property hereunder, including without limitation, additional material that uses, exploits or derives from the Licensed Property, new versions of the Licensed Property, and translations, adaptations, rearrangements of or other changes in or relating to the Licensed Property (collectively, the “Licensed Property Developments”), which are created by or for Licensee, as between Licensor and Licensee, shall be and will remain the exclusive property of Licensor, and the same shall be and will remain a part of the Licensed Property, as the case may be, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that the Licensed Property Developments do not include any elements created by Licensee, solely or jointly with any third party, or licensed to Licensee from a third party, that do not use, exploit or derive from the Licensed Property, nor any intellectual property rights related thereto; for avoidance of doubt, the Licensed Property Developments do not include the Other Developments. Accordingly, Licensee agrees that any and all Licensed Property Developments will be deemed, to the extent possible, a “work made for hire” for Licensor under the U.S. Copyright Act (or a “commissioned work” or other designated type of work under any other applicable similar laws of other jurisdictions that provide that such work is owned by the party that commissions or otherwise directs another party to create such work). Licensor will be deemed the author and the exclusive owner of such Licensed Property Developments, and all copyrights, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights therein (to the extent any such rights exist), in perpetuity and throughout the universe, in all media now known and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any and all media later devised. To the extent any such Licensed Property Developments cannot be deemed a “work made for hire” as set forth above, Licensee hereby assigns to Licensor all right, title and interest in and to such Licensed Property Developments, including all copyrights, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights therein (to the extent any such rights exist), in perpetuity and throughout the universe, and all extensions, renewals and reversions of the same. Licensee will execute, at Licensor’s request and expense, all documents and other instruments necessary or desirable to confirm such assignment. Licensee hereby irrevocably appoints Licensor as Licensee’s attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing such documents on Licensee’s behalf, which appointment is coupled with an interest. If Licensee has any rights, including without limitation “artist’s rights” or “moral rights,” in such Licensed Property Developments that cannot be assigned, Licensee hereby waives any such rights and agrees that it will not seek to enforce such rights against Licensor in any location and, further, agrees that Licensor will have the right to revise, condense, abridge, expand, adapt, change, modify, add to, subtract from, re-title, re-draw, re-color, translate and otherwise modify such Licensed Property Developments without the consent of Licensee. In the event that any of the above-referenced rights cannot be assigned or waived, Licensee hereby grants to Licensor, an exclusive (but not exclusive of Licensee’s rights under this Agreement), worldwide, irrevocable, perpetual, fully-paid, royalty-free, freely transferable license to use, reproduce, distribute, create derivative works of, publicly perform, publicly display and digitally transmit such Licensed Property Developments for any purpose in any and all media now known and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any and all media later devised (including, without limitation, all paper, canvas, transparencies and other two dimensional media used to depict drawings, designs, written information and the like, all metal, plastic, wood and other three dimensional media used to create sculptures, molds, models and the like, and all cassettes, computer hard drives, DVDs, CD-ROMs and other electronic storage media used to store voice-recordings, software programs, digital, optical, numerical, magnetic data and the like). Licensee reserves no intellectual property rights whatsoever in or to any such Licensed Property Developments. Licensee acknowledges that Licensor will have the right,

 

- 23 -


without limitation of any other rights and remedies to which Licensor may be entitled, at law, in equity or otherwise, but subject to Licensee’s cure rights as set forth below, to terminate this Agreement in the event Licensee asserts any intellectual property rights (other than those specifically granted pursuant to this Agreement) in or to such Licensed Property Developments or any of the other Licensed Property. In no event will Licensor be required to attribute to Licensee, any of Licensee’s employees or any third party recognition or otherwise identify any such party as an author, creator or contributor to any Licensed Property Developments created by Licensee, solely or jointly with Licensor or any third party, in connection with this Agreement, provided that Licensee may request, subject to the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor, on a case by case basis, that Licensee’s and Licensor’s respective employees, vendors and independent contractors who conceive, create, design, construct and/or otherwise contribute to the Themed Area receive appropriate credit for such matters in connection with any applicable trade or industry awards (e.g., the Themed Entertainment Association awards).

8.3 In no event may any third party commence work on anything to be created in connection with this Agreement unless Licensee obtains Licensor’s specific written approval of such third party pursuant to a fully executed Contributor’s Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2 or such other form as may be required by Licensor (except that Licensee may, without Licensor’s consent, use designers, manufacturers and vendors of ride and show equipment, engineers and other technical personnel, general contractors, specialty subcontractors, film and video producers, special effects developers, and other consultants that Licensee has used in the past (except in the area of food and beverage where all such persons or entities are subject to the approval or disapproval of Licensor in the sole and absolute discretion of Licensor), as long as each such party signs an appropriate agreement with Licensee based upon a standard form agreement that has been approved by Licensor (or an agreement that conforms in all material respects to such approved standard form agreement), under which such party acknowledges that it has no rights in, or claims upon, the Licensed Property, the Licensed Property Developments, any Other Developments (other than any patented or proprietary portion thereof as to which such party owns any rights that do not use, exploit or derive from the Licensed Property), or any other item created or work performed by such party under such agreement; provided, however, that, pursuant to Licensee’s pre-existing agreement with Amec Structural Devices Limited (together with its successors and assigns, “Amec”), such entity has the right, under certain circumstances, to license from Licensee the technology developed pursuant to such agreement for any purpose other than an amusement ride in the State of Florida containing more than **** (Licensee represents and warrants that such technology does not constitute a Licensed Property Development and that Amec has no rights with respect to the Licensed Property or any Licensed Property Development). Licensor may, however, in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor, require Licensee to hire specific consultants to advise Licensee with regard to specific uses of the Licensed Property in connection with the Licensed Uses in order to ensure that the execution of such Licensed Uses is consistent with Licensor’s requirements, provided that (i) Licensee, acting in good faith, is able to reach an agreement with each such consultant as to the compensation to be paid and benefits to be provided by Licensee to such consultant, (ii) Licensor designates the specific consultants to be hired by Licensee sufficiently in advance of the time that the services to be rendered by such consultants are required to be rendered, as set forth in Licensee’s then-current Licensor approved Business Plan, and (iii) such consultants are available to render the services required by Licensee in accordance with the schedule and budget set forth in the then-current Licensor approved Business Plan. Such consultants shall include **** and may include others, for example, without limitation, pertaining to the area of food and beverages to be sold at the Themed Area, scripting of ride narration, ride design and general theming of the Themed Area. In the case of ****, it is understood and agreed that Licensee shall pay **** the sum of ****, within fifteen (15) days after the execution of this Agreement, for consultation with regard to the design and development of the Themed Area, Licensed Products and Licensed Premiums, including specifically,

 

- 24 -


food and beverages to be sold at the Themed Area, scripting of ride narration, ride design and general theming of the Themed Area. Licensor and Licensee understand and agree that, except to the extent stated to the contrary in Section 3.5, above, under no circumstances will Licensee be required to pay any additional compensation to **** or ****, it being understood that all other payments to **** and to **** with respect to the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement and with respect to any other consulting services provided by **** or by **** with respect to this Agreement will be the sole responsibility of Licensor, unless Licensee, at its sole and absolute discretion, wishes to engage **** or **** for additional services and comes to further agreement with either or both of them.

8.4 Reproduction . Without in any manner restricting any of the rights of Licensor set forth in this Agreement, it is specifically understood and agreed that Licensor shall have the right to reproduce, and use any reproductions of, the Licensed Property Developments and anything else developed by Licensee pursuant to this Agreement, for use at the Themed Area or elsewhere, to the extent that it uses, exploits or derives from the Licensed Property (such developments including but not limited to product formulations of food and beverage, graphics and scripts), in any other theme park or outside of a theme park, subject only to Licensee’s right of exclusivity set forth in Section 2.1 above. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, for the avoidance of doubt, the parties expressly agree that Licensor is not granted, by virtue of this Agreement, any right to reproduce, or use any reproductions of, any patented elements, trade secrets, proprietary technology, proprietary methods or other proprietary items of Licensee or of any third party that may be incorporated or utilized in conjunction with any Licensed Property Developments or Licensed Uses, except any portion of the foregoing solely to the extent that such portion uses, exploits or derives from the Licensed Property (such patented elements, trade secrets, proprietary technology, proprietary methods and other proprietary items of Licensee or of any third party that may be incorporated or utilized in conjunction with any Licensed Property Developments or Licensed Uses, except any portion of the foregoing solely to the extent that such portion uses, exploits or derives from the Licensed Property, are collectively referred to herein as the “Other Developments”). By way of examples, (a) if Licensee develops a portion of a ride vehicle that contains images of Licensed Property characters, or that is in the shape of any such character, Licensor will own the intellectual property rights in, and will have the right to reproduce, and use any reproductions of, such image or shape, which intellectual property rights shall be considered to be Licensed Property Developments, but Licensor shall not own, and shall not have the right to reproduce, or use any reproductions of, any of the patented elements, trade secrets, proprietary technology, proprietary methods or other proprietary items used in connection therewith (unless Licensor otherwise obtains such rights from Licensee or relevant third party), which patented elements, trade secrets, proprietary technology, proprietary methods and other proprietary items used in connection therewith shall be considered to be Other Developments, and (b) if Licensee creates a special effect that depicts any Licensed Property character, such as a pyrotechnic effect in the shape of a Licensed Property character or a pyrotechnic effect that embodies a “wizard magic” element contained within the Licensed Property, Licensor will own the intellectual property rights in, and will have the right to reproduce, and use any reproductions of, such character depiction or shape or such “wizard magic” element, as applicable, which intellectual property rights shall be considered to be Licensed Property Developments, but Licensor shall not own, and shall not have the right to reproduce, or use any reproductions of, any of the patented elements, trade secrets, proprietary technology, proprietary methods or other proprietary items used in connection therewith (unless Licensor otherwise obtains such rights from Licensee or relevant third party), which patented elements, trade secrets, proprietary technology, proprietary methods and other proprietary items used in connection therewith shall be considered to be Other Developments.

8.5 If Licensee desires to use depictions of the Licensed Property that vary from those set forth in the Style Guide(s), Licensee will make a request to Licensor to such effect, and if such request is

 

- 25 -


approved, in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor, Licensor will approve Licensee going forward with development of artwork based upon the Licensed Property or, if requested by Licensee and approved by Licensor, prepare and deliver appropriate artwork to Licensee. Where Licensor furnishes artwork to Licensee at Licensee’s request, Licensee will, within thirty (30) days of receiving an invoice therefor, pay Licensor for such artwork at Licensor’s prevailing commercial art rates. Any such fees are in addition to, and will not be offset by, any Guaranteed Fee or other consideration required hereunder.

8.6 If Licensor expressly consents, as set forth in Section 8.5 above, to permit Licensee to develop artwork based upon the Licensed Property, Licensor may prescribe such conditions as Licensor may elect in its sole and absolute but good faith discretion. In any event, Licensee shall assign or procure the assignment in writing of all rights, copyright and otherwise, in and to any artwork or other material referring to, pertaining, derived from or otherwise relating to the Licensed Property, including any and all newly created elements which may be marketed in connection with the Licensed Property and the Licensed Uses, and it is intended that this provision shall take effect as an assignment of prospective copyrights in works yet to be created by or for Licensee referring to, displaying, derived from or otherwise relating to the Licensed Property. Licensee further undertakes to take all and any steps necessary for the recordal or registration of the assignment(s) referred to hereinabove. Any artwork created by or for Licensee pursuant to this Section 8.6 shall constitute a Licensed Property Development.

8.7 Protection .

(a) Licensee shall assist Licensor and/or Licensor’s designees, at no out-of-pocket cost to Licensee, as requested by Licensor in obtaining and maintaining in the name of Licensor any and all available protection of its rights in and to the Licensed Property. Licensee agrees, at no out-of-pocket cost to Licensee, to sign documents, give testimony, provide exhibits, provide facts, give notices and otherwise cooperate with Licensor or any of its affiliates, agents or representatives in obtaining registrations, assignments, certificates and the like evidencing the rights of Licensor or its affiliates in the Licensed Property, including without limitation, any Licensed Uses.

(b) Licensor may, if it so desires, commence or prosecute any actions, claims, suits or proceedings in respect of infringement of rights in the Licensed Property and may, if it so desires, join Licensee as a party in such suit (provided that Licensee shall not incur any out-of-pocket costs in connection with any such suit, and Licensor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Licensee from and against any and all loss, cost, expense, damage and liability that Licensee may incur in connection with such suit). Licensee shall notify Licensor in writing of any activities which Licensee believes to be infringements or utilization by others of any of the Licensed Property. Licensor shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether or not any such action, claim, suit or proceeding shall be undertaken by Licensor and shall have absolute discretion in the accommodation or settlement of any controversy relating thereto. Licensee shall not institute any such action, claim, suit or proceeding or take any other action with respect to any such infringement or activity without first obtaining the written consent of Licensor to do so.

(c) As more particularly set forth in Section 8.8, Licensee shall cause to be imprinted, irremovably and legibly in relation to each Licensed Use of the Licensed Property (in tangible form), including without limitation, any signage, printed materials, advertising, Licensed Products and any other use, the copyright and/or trademark notice(s) (or such other notice as may be approved by Licensor) including if Licensor so directs specified copyright and trademark symbols, the name of Licensor affiliate or division that owns the intellectual property and the year date.

 

- 26 -


(d) In no event shall Licensee use, in respect to the Licensed Uses or any other approved use of the Licensed Property hereunder and/or in relation to any advertising, promotional, packaging or wrapping material, any copyright or trademark notices which shall conflict with, be confusing with, or negate, any notices required hereunder by Licensor. Licensee may, however, in respect to the Licensed Uses or any other approved use of the Licensed Property hereunder and/or in relation to any advertising, promotional, packaging or wrapping material, use Licensee’s house mark (e.g., the Universal Studios globe logo), the name and logo of the Theme Park and/or the Resort, and Licensee’s own copyright and trademark notices, as long as (i) none of the foregoing are touching or otherwise co-mingled with any Licensed Property, (ii) it is clear that Licensee’s copyright and trademark notices refer only to Licensee’s house mark, the name and logo of the Theme Park and/or the Resort, and/or other elements supplied by Licensee, and not to the Licensed Property or any part thereof, and (iii) it is clear that Licensee is not making any claim of ownership in or to the Licensed Property or any part thereof. Moreover, Licensor acknowledges that the Licensed Property may, in Theme Park maps, brochures and advertising and marketing materials, and in Park Compilation Merchandise, be used in conjunction with trademarks and copyrighted material of third parties from whom Licensee licenses intellectual property rights used at the Theme Park, subject to Licensor’s approval in its sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion, provided that (i) the Licensed Property shall not touch or be commingled with such third party trademarks or copyrighted material, and (ii) proper copyright and trademark notices for the Licensed Property and for the third party trademarks and/or copyrighted material shall be used in the Theme Park maps, brochures and advertising and marketing materials, and in the Park Compilation Merchandise, so that it is clear that Licensor is the owner of the Licensed Property and that the third party is the owner of the third party trademarks or copyrighted material.

8.8 Trademark Registration; Copyright and Trademark Notices .

(a) At Licensee’s request, Licensor shall apply to register such trademarks and service marks relating to the Licensed Property as Licensee may request, in such countries and categories, and for such products and services, as Licensee shall request, provided that Licensee shall be solely responsible for the payment of all fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Licensor in connection with such registrations that are requested by Licensee. In all such cases, Licensor shall be both the legal and beneficial owner of all such applications and registrations.

(b) Licensee agrees that when utilizing the Licensed Property or any portion thereof in any Licensed Product, Licensed Premium, Consumable (including packaging, wrapping, hangtags and/or sewn-in labels for any such Licensed Product, Licensed Premium or Consumable), or for any advertising, marketing or promotional materials, Licensee shall include the following copyright and trademark notice, or such other copyright or trademark notice of which Licensor gives notice to Licensee in writing, with respect thereof (the year designation in each of the following copyright and trademark notices shall change to reflect the year of manufacture of such Licensed Product, Licensed Premium or Consumable, or the year of public dissemination of such advertising, marketing or promotional materials):

For all HARRY POTTER product and sewn-in labels:

™ & © Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc.

(s09)

 

- 27 -


For all HARRY POTTER packaging, advertising and promotional materials where BILLING BLOCK (credits for the film) appears, the following author legal notice must be included:

™ & © Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. Harry Potter Publishing Rights © J.K. Rowling.

(s09)

For all HARRY POTTER packaging, advertising and promotional materials, where NO BILLING BLOCK (credits for the film) appears, the following author legal notice must be included:

™ & © Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. Harry Potter Publishing Rights © JKR.

(s09)

When necessary to avoid confusion, the following extended notices shall be used instead:

For all HARRY POTTER product and sewn-in labels:

HARRY POTTER, characters, names and related indicia are trademarks of and © Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc.

(s09)

For all HARRY POTTER packaging, advertising and promotional materials where BILLING BLOCK (credits for the film) appears, an author legal notice must be included:

HARRY POTTER, characters, names and related indicia are trademarks of and © Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. Harry Potter Publishing Rights © J.K. Rowling.

(s09)

For all HARRY POTTER packaging, advertising and promotional materials, where NO BILLING BLOCK (credits for the film) is used:

HARRY POTTER, characters, names and related indicia are trademarks of and © Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. Harry Potter Publishing Rights © JKR.

(s09)

If there is insufficient space in the Licensed Product, Licensed Premium or Consumable, or the advertising marketing or promotional material, for the foregoing copyright and trademark notices, shorter notices may be utilized subject to the sole and absolute, but good faith, discretion of Licensor.

(c) Except as stated above, and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor and Licensee agree that there are no other copyright or trademark notices, or other credits for Licensor, presently required in the Themed Area.

 

9. INDEMNITY & INSURANCE:

9.1 Indemnity .

(a) During the Term, and continuing after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Licensor shall indemnify Licensee and its parent companies, subsidiaries and affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and constituent general and limited partners of each of them and all persons connected with and/or employed by them or any of them (including, without limitation, Steven Spielberg and any entity in which he owns a controlling interest), and the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “Licensee Related Parties”), and shall hold Licensee Related Parties harmless from any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense, arising out of any claims or suits which may

 

- 28 -


be brought or made against any Licensee Related Party based upon, arising out of, or otherwise attributable to: (i) any breach or violation of this Agreement by Licensor, including any breach of Licensor’s warranties or representations as set forth in Section 10.1 hereof; or (ii) Licensor’s non-compliance with any applicable federal, state or local laws or with any other applicable regulations. With respect to the foregoing indemnity, Licensor shall defend and hold harmless the Licensee Related Parties and each of them at no cost or expense to them whatsoever, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses and court costs. Licensee shall give prompt written notice, and full cooperation and assistance, to Licensor relative to the conduct and defense of any such claim or suit, and/or proceedings related thereto, at no out-of-pocket cost to Licensee. Licensee shall not, however, be entitled to recover for lost profits. Licensee shall have the right but not the obligation to be represented in any such action or proceeding with counsel of its own choice, at its sole cost and expense. In no event will Licensor agree to any settlement of any such action or proceeding if such settlement involves an admission of guilt, wrongdoing, intentional misconduct or negligence on the part of any Licensee Related Party.

(b) During the Term, and continuing after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall indemnify Licensor and its parent companies, subsidiaries and affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, constituent general and limited partners, and the Author, and agents of each of the foregoing, including without limitation the Christopher Little Literary Agency, the publishers of the Books, and all persons connected with and/or employed by them or any of them, and the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “Licensor Related Parties”), and shall hold Licensor Related Parties harmless from any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense, arising out of any claims or suits which may be brought or made against any Licensor Related Party based upon, arising out of, or otherwise attributable to: (i) any breach or violation of this Agreement by Licensee, including any breach of Licensee’s warranties or representations set forth in Section 10.2 hereof; (ii) any use of the Licensed Property other than in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; (iii) any breach of any duty, failure to perform, or any alleged defect (whether obvious or hidden) in or use of, any product sold, or in any ride or attraction, or connected to any other service, at the Themed Area, the Theme Park or anywhere at the Resort; (iv) any injury to property or persons (including, without limitation, bodily injury or death) arising out of or in connection with the Themed Area, the Theme Park, the Resort, or any of Licensee’s activities or operations relating to the Themed Area, the Theme Park, or the Resort, including, without limitation, promotion, advertising and publicity activities; (v) Licensee’s non-compliance with any applicable federal, state or local laws or with any other applicable regulations; or (vi) any infringement or breach of any copyright, design, trade name, trade mark, service mark, patent or other proprietary or equitable right of any person or entity, or any libel or invasion of the right of privacy, publicity or other proprietary or equitable right of any person, in connection with the Themed Area, the Theme Park or the Resort (other than any claim or suit based upon Licensor’s breach of any of Licensor’s warranties or representations as set forth in Section 10.1 hereof) or; (vi) Licensee’s or Licensee’s agents’ or designees’ construction or operation of the Themed Area, the Theme Park or the Resort, including without limitation, any rides or attractions. With respect to the foregoing indemnity, Licensee shall defend and hold harmless Licensor Related Parties and each of them at no cost or expense to them whatsoever, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses and court costs. Licensor shall give prompt written notice, and full cooperation and assistance, to Licensee relative to the conduct and defense of any such claim or suit, and/or proceedings related thereto, at no out-of-pocket cost to Licensor. Licensor shall not, however, be entitled to recover for lost profits. Licensor shall have the right but not the obligation to be represented in any such action or proceeding with counsel of its own choice, at its sole cost and expense. In no event will Licensee agree to any settlement of any such action or proceeding if such settlement involves an admission of guilt, wrongdoing, intentional misconduct or negligence on the part of any Licensor Related Party.

 

- 29 -


9.2 Insurance to be Maintained by Licensee . Without limiting its obligations hereunder, Licensee shall at its own cost and expense effect and maintain public risks insurance in respect of anything relating to the Theme Park and product liability insurance in respect of any products sold or otherwise utilized at or in connection with the Theme Park. Such insurance shall be:

(a) With an insurer having an A.M. Best rating of at least A VI or a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A-;

(b) In amounts no less than **** per occurrence, combined single limits (subject to reasonable increases over time in accordance with the CPI (as defined in Section 6.1(d));

(c) In the name of Licensee, and shall name Licensor and any other Licensor Related Party having an insurable interest, as instructed by Licensor, as additional insureds; and

(d) Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Licensee undertakes to submit to Licensor a fully paid policy or certificate of insurance naming Licensor and each of its affiliates as instructed by Licensor as additional insured parties and, requiring that the insurer shall not terminate or materially modify such policy or certificate of insurance without written notice to Licensor at least twenty (20) days in advance thereof (provided that the insurer need give Licensor only ten (10) days advance notice of a termination or material modification due to non-payment of premium). Such insurance shall at all times be primary and not contributory with any insurance carried by Licensor or any of its affiliates.

9.3 Insurance to be Maintained by Licensor . Without limiting its obligations hereunder, Licensor shall at its own cost and expense, effect and maintain producer’s errors and omissions insurance in respect of the Licensed Property. Such insurance shall be:

(a) With an insurer having an A.M. Best rating of at least A VI or a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A-;

(b) In amounts no less than **** per occurrence (subject to reasonable increases over time in accordance with the CPI (as defined in Section 6.1(d));

(c) In the name of Licensor, and shall name Licensee and any other Licensee Related Party having an insurable interest, as instructed by Licensee, as additional insureds; and

(d) Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Licensor undertakes to submit to Licensee a fully paid policy or certificate of insurance naming Licensee and each of its affiliates as instructed by Licensee as additional insured parties and, requiring that the insurer shall not terminate or materially modify such policy or certificate of insurance without written notice to Licensee at least twenty (20) days in advance thereof (provided that the insurer need give Licensee only ten (10) days advance notice of a termination or material modification due to non-payment of premium). Such insurance shall at all times be primary and not contributory with any insurance carried by Licensee or any of its affiliates.

 

10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

10.1 Licensor . Licensor represents, warrants and agrees that:

(a) it has, and will have throughout the Term of this Agreement, the right to license the Licensed Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

- 30 -


(b) the making of this Agreement by Licensor does not and will not violate any agreement, right or obligation existing between Licensor and any other person, firm or entity;

(c) Licensor shall maintain its rights in the Licensed Property during the Term;

(d) Licensor has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and fully perform its obligations hereunder, and this Agreement is a valid and binding agreement, enforceable against Licensor in accordance with its terms;

(e) Licensor is the owner of each element of the Licensed Property and neither the Licensed Property nor any element thereof is subject to a current assignment, transfer, encumbrance, hypothecation or security interest that will adversely affect Licensee’s ability to exercise the rights granted hereunder;

(f) to the best of Licensor’s knowledge, there are no liens, encumbrances, claims or litigation pending or threatened regarding any element of the Licensed Property that will adversely affect Licensee’s ability to exercise the rights granted hereunder;

(g) the exercise by Licensee of the rights herein granted in the Licensed Property in accordance with all the terms and conditions of this Agreement will not violate or infringe the copyright or trademark rights of any person or entity whatsoever;

(h) to the best of Licensor’s knowledge, provided that Licensee enters into appropriate agreements with the applicable talent (and, if mutually agreed by Licensor and Licensee, other personnel such as the director(s) and writer(s)) of the feature films HARRY POTTER AND THE ORDER OF THE PHOENIX” and “HARRY POTTER AND THE HALF-BLOOD PRINCE” , in accordance with Section 3.17, and provided, further, that Licensee obtains any required synchronization, performance rights and/or master recording licenses with respect to music from any of the Movies that is used by Licensee, in accordance with Section 4.5(f), the exercise by Licensee of the rights herein granted in the Licensed Property, in accordance with all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, will not violate or infringe any rights of publicity, rights of privacy, or moral or other personal rights of any person or entity whatsoever; and

(i) except for any amounts that may be payable under any guild, union or collective bargaining agreement to which Licensor or Licensee, or any of their respective affiliates, may be a party, or that are otherwise set forth in Exhibit 3, Licensor has no knowledge of any third party to whom any amount may be payable by Licensee in connection with Licensee’s exercise of the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement.

10.2 Licensee . Licensee represents, warrants and agrees that:

(a) it will not dispute the title of Licensor in or to the Licensed Property (including any copyright or trademark therein), nor will it attack the validity of the license granted hereunder;

(b) it will not disparage or bring into disrepute the Licensed Property, Licensor or the Author;

 

- 31 -


(c) it will not harm or misuse the Licensed Property (including any part thereof);

(d) it will not use the Licensed Property or any part thereof, in any manner which is obscene, defamatory, misleading or deceptive or likely to mislead or deceive;

(e) it will use the Licensed Property only in accordance with the uses approved by Licensor from time to time and will comply with any conditions or restrictions attached to such approval (including, without limitation, all quality standards and specifications of Licensor);

(f) it will comply with the approved Business Plan in all material respects;

(g) it will not incur any expenses chargeable to Licensor; nor cause or allow any liens or encumbrances to be placed against, or grant any security interest in, the Licensed Property or in any physical assets that embody the Licensed Property, including without limitation, Licensee’s inventory of Licensed Products; provided, however, that Licensee may grant a security interest in the Copyright License Collateral (as defined in the form of Copyright Security Agreement in Copyright License attached hereto as Exhibit 7 (the “Copyright Security Agreement”)) to a financial lending institution or other third party if approved in advance by Licensor, pursuant to a fully executed Copyright Security Agreement (Licensor hereby approves JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. for purposes hereof);

(h) it will not enter into any agreement relating to the Licensed Property or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Licensor, provided that Licensor’s consent shall not be required for (i) agreements that Licensee enters into with manufacturers of Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables, provided that such agreements are, in all material respects, on Licensee’s standard form of Merchandise Vendor Agreement, in the form of Exhibit 4 attached hereto (except that Licensor’s approval is always required with regard to food and beverage), (ii) agreements that Licensee enters into with designers, manufacturers and vendors of ride and show equipment, engineers and other technical personnel, general contractors, specialty subcontractors and other consultants that Licensee has used in the past, as long as each such party signs an appropriate agreement with Licensee based upon a standard form agreement that has been previously approved by Licensor (or an agreement that conforms in all material respects to such approved standard form agreement) under which such party acknowledges that it has no rights in, or claims upon, the Licensed Property, any Licensed Property Developments or any Other Developments (other than any patented or proprietary portion thereof as to which such party owns any rights that do not use, exploit or derive from the Licensed Property) (except that Licensor’s approval is always required with regard to food and beverage), (iii) agreements with advertising agencies, marketing consultants and other developers of advertising, marketing and promotional materials that utilize the Licensed Property, as long as each such party signs an appropriate standard form agreement with Licensee that has been previously approved by Licensor under which such party acknowledges that it has no rights in, or claims upon, the Licensed Property or any Licensed Property Developments, and (iv) a copyright security agreement to be executed by Licensee with respect to its rights under this Agreement, in the form of Exhibit 7 attached hereto;

(i) all rights granted to it under this Agreement with respect to music are subject in all respects to the rights (if any) of composers, music publishers and performing rights associations, and Licensee shall pay any and all applicable royalties or license fees to any and all such persons arising out of the exploitation by Licensee of the music rights granted pursuant to this Agreement, provided that nothing herein negates or affects in any respect the provisions of Section 6.4 with respect to Pass-Through Amounts;

 

- 32 -


(j) it will provide Licensor with the date(s) of first use of the Licensed Uses including without limitation the Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables;

(k) it will not distribute or sell Consumables outside the Themed Area, it will not distribute or sell Licensed Premiums outside the Resort, and it will not distribute or sell Licensed Products outside the Resort (except for the Resort-themed stores at Orlando International Airport, the liquidation stores in Orlando at which slow-selling or discontinued Resort merchandise items are sold and in response to unsolicited requests by mail or telephone directly from individual members of the public), nor will it distribute or sell Consumables, Licensed Premiums or Licensed Products to a third party who Licensee knows intends to, or who Licensee reasonably should suspect intends to, distribute or sell such Consumables, Licensed Premiums or Licensed Products, as applicable, outside of the foregoing permitted distribution and sale locations;

(l) it will not use any prison, slave or child labor or any labor that violates any local labor laws, including, without limitation, any wage laws, hour laws or laws against discrimination, and, to the best knowledge of Licensee, the working conditions for all individuals involved in the manufacture, sale and/or distribution of Licensed Products will be safe, clean, healthy and sanitary;

(m) it shall not send, share with or otherwise disclose any artwork, plans, designs or other similar materials or works approved for use hereunder to any third party, including other licensees of Licensor, without the prior written consent of Licensor (except for third party manufacturers or third party contributors, or other third parties such as advertising agencies or publicity consultants, previously approved by Licensor or otherwise permitted by Licensor to be used by Licensee in accordance with this Agreement);

(n) it will at all times comply with all applicable government laws and regulations, including but not limited to product safety, food, health, drug, cosmetic, sanitary or other similar laws, and all voluntary industry standards relating or pertaining to its obligations hereunder. It shall maintain its appropriate customary high quality standards as set forth in greater detail in Section 3.1 above. It shall comply with any regulatory agencies which shall have jurisdiction over its activities as an operator of theme parks and manufacturer and/or seller of the Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums, Consumables and all other Licensed Uses and shall procure and maintain in force any and all permissions, certifications and/or other authorizations from governmental and/or other official authorities that may be required in relation thereto. Licensee shall follow reasonable and proper procedures for testing that all rides, attractions, and Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables comply with such laws and regulations. Licensee shall permit Licensor or its designees to inspect testing records and procedures with respect to Licensee’s activities for compliance. Any Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums, Consumables or Licensed Uses that do not comply with all applicable laws, regulations and standards shall automatically be deemed unapproved and promptly removed from the Theme Park;

(o) it will, upon Licensor’s request, provide to Licensor copies of its 10-K annual reports and its 10-Q quarterly reports as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and such other credit information as Licensor may request that Licensee is permitted to provide in accordance with and subject to Regulation FD of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

(p) it will, pursuant to Licensor’s instructions, execute all necessary documentation for the recordation of itself as user of the Licensed Property licensed from Licensor hereunder if

 

- 33 -


required by local laws or where Licensor reasonably requests that such recordation shall be effected. Licensee further agrees that it will at its own expense cooperate with Licensor in cancellation of any such recordation at the expiration of this Agreement or upon termination of Licensee’s right to use the Licensed Property licensed from Licensor hereunder. Licensee hereby appoints Licensor its attorney-in-fact for such purpose;

(q) it shall obtain such licenses and clearances from, and make any related payments to, any third parties as may be required, necessary or proper, and Licensor will assist Licensee in determining any such applicable payments (to the extent that the necessary information is readily available without cost or liability to Licensor), concerning, without limitation, the use of any music, story or plot in connection with the Licensed Property, and shall obtain such permissions, licenses and clearances as may be required by or from any guild, union, collective bargaining unit or other talent or labor association or organization which may have jurisdiction over Licensee’s activities hereunder; and

(r) it does not intend to charge admissions to particular rides, attractions or other areas within the Themed Area, and in the event that it does so, it shall pay Royalties on such uses pursuant to the relevant terms of this Agreement, including Section 6 above (provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any “price fixe” or “all you can eat” meal within any venue in the Themed Area for which a single price is being charged that covers both the admission to such venue and the meal cost, and the foregoing also does not apply to any “front of line” pass or other preferred attraction admission pass that may be sold by Licensee (whether sold as part of or separately from a Theme Park admission pass) that permits guests to obtain express or preferred admission to attractions throughout the Theme Park, including those in the Themed Area).

 

11. TERMINATION:

11.1 Defaults . Licensor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without prejudice to any rights which it may have, whether pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, or otherwise in law, or in equity, or otherwise, upon the occurrence of or, where applicable, failure to cure, any one or more of the following events within the time provided for in Section 11.2 (herein called “defaults”):

(a) Licensee breaches any of its representations and warranties or defaults with regard to the performance of any of its obligations provided for in this Agreement in any material respect;

(b) Licensee fails to deliver to Licensor or to maintain in full force and effect the insurance referred to in Section 9.2 hereof;

(c) Licensee fails to make any payments due hereunder on the date due;

(d) Licensee fails to deliver any of the statements required herein or to give access to the premises and/or Licensee records pursuant to the provisions hereof to Licensor’s authorized representatives for the purposes permitted hereunder;

(e) Licensee fails to comply with any laws, regulations or voluntary industry standards, or if any governmental agency or other body, office or official vested with appropriate authority makes a finding that any Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums or Consumables sold by Licensee or theme park rides, attractions or other facilities at the Theme Park are harmful or defective in any way, manner or form, or are being manufactured, sold or distributed in contravention of applicable laws, regulations or standards, or in a manner likely to cause harm;

 

- 34 -


(f) Licensee is unable to pay its debts when due, or shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall file any petition under the bankruptcy or insolvency laws of any jurisdiction, county or place, or shall have or suffer a receiver or trustee to be appointed for its business or property, or be adjudicated a bankrupt or an insolvent;

(g) Licensee uses the Licensed Property in a manner not approved or deemed approved by Licensor;

(h) Licensee distributes or sells Consumables outside the Themed Area, or distributes or sells Licensed Premiums outside the Resort, or distributes or sells Licensed Products outside the Resort (except for the Resort-themed stores at Orlando International Airport and the liquidation stores in Orlando at which slow-selling or discontinued Resort merchandise items are sold and in response to unsolicited requests by mail or telephone directly from individual members of the public, and except for charitable organizations that have been approved by Licensor, in advance, on a case by case basis, in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor,), or Licensee distributes or sells Consumables, Licensed Premiums or Licensed Products to a third party who Licensee knows intends to, or who Licensee reasonably should suspect intends to, distribute or sell such Consumables, Licensed Premiums or Licensed Products, as applicable, outside of the foregoing permitted distribution and sale locations;

(i) A manufacturer of Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums or Consumables sells such items to parties other than Licensee or engages in conduct, which conduct if engaged in by Licensee would entitle Licensor to terminate this Agreement;

(j) Except as permitted by Section 13.7 below, Licensee undergoes a Change in Control;

(k) **** (except to the extent any such delay is caused by a Force Majeure Event or by a delay on the part of Licensor in granting any material approval requested by Licensee or in performing any of Licensor’s material obligations under this Agreement);

(l) Licensee fails to submit the Business Plan on or before the due date therefor, fails to obtain Licensor’s approval of the Business Plan as required hereunder, or fails to operate the Themed Area and the Theme Park in accordance with the terms of the approved Business Plan in all material respects;

(m) Licensee has made a material misrepresentation or has omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements not misleading; or

(n) Licensee fails to notify Licensor of the occurrence of a Triggering Event as required in Section 6.7 above.

As used herein, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon any of the following:

(A) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of Licensee, taken as a whole, to: (i) any person or group, other than Vivendi

 

- 35 -


Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, its Affiliates (as defined below) and its successors (collectively, “Vivendi Universal”), or (ii) any corporation, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or limited liability company in which Vivendi Universal does not own at least 50% of the outstanding Equity Interest (as defined below); or

(B) the acquisition of Licensee by any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than Vivendi Universal, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision), the result of which, following the consummation of such transaction, is that Vivendi Universal does not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities of Licensee, or of the surviving entity, representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Licensee or of the surviving entity.

As used herein, “ Affiliate ” means any individual or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Vivendi Universal, where, in this context, “control” means beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision, of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding voting shares or Equity Interests of the individual or entity in question or the ability to otherwise direct the affairs or operations of the individual or entity in question.

As used herein, “ Equity Interests ” of any corporation, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or limited liability company shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such corporation, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or limited liability company, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest.

11.2 Termination . In the event any of these defaults occur, Licensor shall give notice of default in writing to Licensee in the manner prescribed in this Agreement. Licensee shall have ten (10) days from the date of Licensor giving such notice in which to cure any default under subsection 11.1(c), and thirty (30) days from the date of Licensee’s receipt of such notice in which to cure any other default (except that Licensee shall have sixty (60) days to have dismissed any involuntary bankruptcy case filed against Licensee or any receiver or trustee that is appointed, without Licensee’s consent, for Licensee’s business or property); and failing such cure, this Agreement shall thereupon immediately terminate, and any and all payments of the Guaranteed Fee, Royalties and Consulting Fees then or later due from Licensee hereunder during the then-applicable Initial Term, First Renewal Term or Second Renewal Term (as the case may be) shall then be immediately due and payable in full and no portion of those payments or prior payments shall be repayable to Licensee.

 

12. EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION CONSEQUENCES:

12.1 Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement or the license granted hereunder, Licensee shall, subject to Section 12.2, cease all use of the Licensed Property. Licensee shall: (i) immediately following expiration or termination of this Agreement, cease operation of all attractions within the Themed Area until all Licensed Property is removed therefrom (provided that in no event

 

- 36 -


shall the underlying mechanical or control systems of any such attraction be required to be removed), (ii) remove all signage utilizing any Licensed Property from the Themed Area and the Theme Park within thirty (30) days following expiration or termination of this Agreement (other than signage at any venue at which Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and/or Consumables continue to be sold in accordance with Section 12.2, it being agreed that any such signage may remain in place until the end of the Sell-Off), (iii) remove any and all other uses of, or references to, Licensed Property from the Themed Area and the Theme Park, including without limitation, from architecture, equipment, props, dressings, stages, scenery, entrance gates, character representations, and any and all uses of the Licensed Property from rides, attractions, stores and any other themed areas, within ninety (90) days following expiration or termination of this Agreement (other than any of the foregoing at any venue at which Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and/or Consumables continue to be sold in accordance with Section 12.2, it being agreed that any of the foregoing at any such venue may remain in place until the end of the Sell-Off); (iv) not print or cause to be printed any further advertising, marketing, sales or publicity materials, or park maps or brochures, that contain any Licensed Property, and cause all such advertising, marketing, sales and publicity materials, and all such park maps and brochures, that contain any Licensed Property, to be removed from circulation within one hundred twenty (120) days following expiration or termination of this Agreement; and (v) cancel, deregister and transfer to Licensor all company names, business names, domain names or any other similar uses which include or are based upon the Licensed Property, within thirty (30) days following expiration or termination of this Agreement (other than any company names, business names, domain names or similar uses that are used at or in connection with any venue at which Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and/or Consumables continue to be sold in accordance with Section 12.2, it being agreed that any company names, business names, domain names or similar uses that are used at or in connection with any such venue may remain in place until the end of the Sell-Off). Licensor shall have the right to enter upon and inspect the Theme Park to verify such compliance.

12.2 Licensee shall deliver to Licensor, no later than thirty (30) days following expiration or termination of this Agreement, a statement indicating the number and description of Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables on hand together with a description of all advertising and promotional materials relating thereto. Following expiration or termination, Licensee shall not continue to manufacture, order or purchase the Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums or Consumables. However, if Licensee has complied with all the terms of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, complete and timely payment of all consideration, then Licensee may continue to distribute and sell its remaining inventory of Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums and Consumables, for a period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days following such termination or expiration (the “Sell-Off”), subject to payment of applicable royalties and fees thereto. In the event this Agreement or the license granted hereunder is terminated by Licensor for cause, Licensee shall be deemed to have forfeited its Sell-Off rights hereunder. If Licensee has any remaining inventory of Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums or Consumables following expiration of the Sell-Off, Licensee shall, at Licensor’s option, deliver up to Licensor said remaining inventory or furnish to Licensor an affidavit attesting to the destruction of said remaining inventory, provided that Licensee may also donate said remaining inventory to charitable organizations that have been approved by Licensor, in advance, on a case by case basis, in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor. Licensor shall have the right to conduct a physical inventory in order to ascertain or verify such inventory and/or statement. In the event that Licensee refuses to permit Licensor to conduct such physical inventory, Licensee shall forfeit its right hereunder to dispose of such inventory. In addition to the forfeiture, Licensor shall have recourse to all other remedies available to it.

 

- 37 -


13. GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS:

13.1 Severance If any term or provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction or any other authority vested with jurisdiction, such holding shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other term or provision hereto and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed as if such term or provision, to the extent the same shall have been held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, had never been contained herein.

13.2 Further Acts and Deeds The parties shall do, execute, acknowledge and deliver all and every such further acts, agreements, covenants, assignments and assurances as shall be reasonably required for the purposes and intentions of this Agreement.

13.3 Amendment This Agreement may only be varied, modified, amended or added to pursuant to a writing executed by the parties.

13.4 Merger None of the terms or conditions of, or any act, matter or thing done under or by virtue of or in connection with, this Agreement shall operate as a merger of any of the rights and remedies of the parties in or under this Agreement, but such rights and remedies shall at all times continue in full force and effect.

13.5 Exclusion of Statutory Provisions Unless application is mandatory by law, no statute, proclamation, order, regulation or moratorium, whether present or future, shall apply to this Agreement so as to abrogate, extinguish, impair, diminish, delay or otherwise prejudicially affect any rights, powers, remedies or discretion of, or accruing hereunder, to the parties or to either of them.

13.6 Waiver Modification, etc. No waiver, modification or cancellation of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be effective unless executed in writing by the party charged therewith. No written waiver shall excuse the performance of any acts other than those specifically referred to therein. The fact that either party has not previously insisted upon the other party expressly complying with any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such first party’s future right to require compliance in respect thereof, and each party specifically acknowledges and agrees that the prior forbearance in respect of any act, term or condition shall not prevent the other party from subsequently requiring full and complete compliance thereafter.

13.7 Assignment, Sublicense, Change in Control . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Licensor, its successors and assigns. This Agreement is personal to Licensee. Except as provided below, Licensee shall not franchise or delegate to third parties its rights hereunder, and neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of Licensee hereunder shall be sold, transferred or assigned by Licensee without the prior written approval of Licensor in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor (such consent shall not be conditioned upon the payment of money or other consideration). In the event Licensee purports to assign this Agreement without obtaining the prior written approval of Licensor, or except as provided below, any such purported assignment shall be null and void and of no force or effect. No rights hereunder shall devolve by operation of law or otherwise upon any receiver, liquidator, trustee or other party. Any purported sale, transfer, sublicense, delegation or assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void and of no force or effect. Likewise, except as set forth below, any Change in Control of Licensee will result in the automatic termination of this Agreement, unless Licensor consents to such Change in Control in advance (such consent not to be conditioned upon the payment of money or other consideration but otherwise in the sole and absolute but good faith discretion of Licensor).

 

- 38 -


Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Licensor’s consent to an otherwise prohibited transfer, assignment or Change in Control will not be required, and a Change in Control will not constitute a default under Section 11.1(j) or result in termination of this Agreement, if:

(a) either (i) the Theme Park will, following the transfer, assignment or Change in Control, continue to be managed on a daily basis by NBC Universal, Inc. or any of its affiliates, for as long as same shall continue to so manage the Theme Park, or (ii) either (A) if, and for so long as, the name of the Theme Park will, following the transfer, assignment or Change in Control, continue to include the word “Universal” or “Universal’s”, then the Theme Park will, following the transfer, assignment or Change in Control, be operated under a license agreement from NBC Universal, Inc. or any of its affiliates (an “NBC Universal License Agreement”) that gives NBC Universal, Inc. or any of its affiliates the right to control all aspects of the quality of the Theme Park and the Themed Area, including, without limitation, the Themed Area’s overall design, architecture and cleanliness, placement of signs and inclusion or exclusion of specific facilities, by means of provisions that are similar in all material respects to the provisions set forth in Exhibit 5 attached hereto, or (B) if, in accordance with Section 13.7(c) and for so long as, the name of the Theme Park will not, following the transfer, assignment or Change in Control, continue to include the word “Universal” or “Universal’s”, then (w) the “Jurassic Park”, (x) “Seuss Landing”, (y) “Marvel Super-Hero Island” and (z) to the extent that this Agreement does not address a particular aspect of the operation of the Themed Area, the Themed Area sections of the Theme Park (collectively, the “Affected Islands”) will, following the transfer, assignment or Change in Control, be operated under an NBC Universal License Agreement that gives NBC Universal, Inc. or any of its affiliates the right to control the quality of the Affected Islands by means of provisions that are similar in all material respects to the provisions set forth in Exhibit 6 attached hereto (it being agreed that in no event will any such licensee of NBC Universal be required to obtain any approval, consent or determination under such NBC Universal License Agreement if such matter is subject to an approval, consent or determination under this Agreement, and in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of such NBC Universal License Agreement, the provision of this Agreement shall prevail);

(b) any of the following conditions is satisfied (it being agreed that Licensee may select the condition to be satisfied): (i) the third party to which the transfer or assignment is proposed to be made, or that will acquire ownership and/or control of Licensee as a result of the Change in Control, has an issuer credit rating of at least **** issued by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, or a long-term issuer rating of at least **** issued by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc., (ii) at the time of such transfer, assignment or Change in Control, such third party delivers to Licensor, at Licensee’s or such third party’s sole cost and expense, a standby letter of credit issued by a bank that has an issuer credit rating of at least **** issued by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, or a long-term issuer rating of at least **** issued by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc., in the amount of the then-remaining amount of the Guaranteed Fee due for the then-applicable portion of the Term (i.e., Initial Term, First Renewal Term or Second Renewal Term), which standby letter of credit shall automatically renew each year for the duration of the then-applicable portion of the Term (i.e., Initial Term, First Renewal Term or Second Renewal Term), and shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of each Guaranteed Fee payment that is thereafter made to Licensor, or (iii) ****;

(c) the name of the Theme Park and the Resort will each continue, following the transfer, assignment or Change in Control, to include either (i) the word “Universal” or “Universal’s”, (ii) the name of another major recognized theme park operator or another major established motion picture and television studio, or (iii) any other name not associated with an Objectionable Business (as defined in Section 13.7(d) below) if such other name is approved by Licensor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; and

 

- 39 -


(d) to ensure that the third party to which the transfer or assignment is proposed to be made, or that will acquire ownership and/or control of Licensee as a result of the Change in Control, is of good character and reputation appropriate to association with the Licensed Property and family entertainment, such third party may not be involved, as a primary activity, in businesses related to sexually oriented products or services, adult entertainment, adult publishing, firearms or tobacco (collectively, the “Objectionable Businesses”) and cannot have been found guilty of violating any bank fraud, securities fraud, wire fraud, money laundering or RICO criminal statute of any jurisdiction within the United States, provided, however, that (i) any such third party that is a pension fund, private equity fund or other fund shall not be deemed to be involved in an Objectionable Business as a primary activity simply because it has an investment in any Objectionable Business, provided that all such fund’s investments in Objectionable Businesses do not exceed **** of the fund’s total investments in the aggregate, (ii) any such third party that produces products or services that may incidentally relate to, depict or promote Objectionable Businesses (e.g., a motion picture studio that produces mainstream feature films that contain occasional adult situations or that occasionally portray firearm or tobacco usage) shall not, solely by reason of such incidental relation, depiction or promotion, be deemed to be involved in an Objectionable Business as a primary activity, and (iii) any such third party shall not be deemed to have been found guilty of violating any bank fraud, securities fraud, wire fraud, money laundering or RICO criminal statute of any jurisdiction within the United States simply because one or more of its directors or officers may have been found guilty of any such violation.

13.8 Entry The parties hereto hereby irrevocably covenant and agree that the designees of each shall be granted unfettered entry during normal business hours to the Themed Area, the Theme Park and the Resort during the Term for the purpose of checking or ensuring compliance by the other party with its obligations under this Agreement.

13.9 Costs Each party shall bear its own legal and other costs incurred in negotiating and documenting this Agreement.

13.10 Construction and Dispute Resolution This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California of the United States of America without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions. Any and all controversies, claims or disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement or the interpretation, performance or breach thereof, including, but not limited to, alleged violations of state or federal statutory or common law rights or duties, and the determination of the scope or applicability of this agreement to arbitrate (“Dispute”), except as set forth in subsections (d) and (e), below, shall be resolved according to the procedures set forth in subsections (a), (b) and (c) below, which shall constitute the sole dispute resolution mechanism hereunder:

(a) Informal Dispute Resolution . Either party may demand, in writing, that each party’s management representatives, with full authority to settle the Dispute, and counsel meet at such place as the Parties may agree upon to resolve the Dispute. Upon receipt of this demand, each party, within thirty (30) days after the date of such demand (or such longer period as the parties may agree), will comply and negotiate in good faith to resolve the Dispute. Except for claims for injunctive relief under Section 13.10(d) or that are not arbitrable under Section 13.10(e), no third party shall have authority to consider or resolve any Dispute that is not first the subject of informal dispute resolution pursuant to this Section 13.10(a).

 

- 40 -


(b) Mediation . If the parties do not resolve the Dispute within fifteen (15) business days of the date of the first meeting between management representatives, the parties agree to select a date (which shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the end of such fifteen (15) business day period, unless otherwise agreed by the parties) to mediate the Dispute at such place as the parties may agree upon with a mutually agreed upon mediator. If the parties cannot agree upon the selection of a mediator, a mediator will be chosen from the existing list of JAMS mediators in Los Angeles, California. The parties agree to share the cost of any independent mediator engaged to assist the parties in resolving their differences. The mediator shall be a person familiar with complex business transactions and litigation in the entertainment industry, unless the parties agree otherwise in a writing signed by both parties.

(c) Arbitration : In the event that the parties are unable to resolve any Dispute pursuant to subsection (a) or subsection (b) above, then such Dispute shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be initiated and conducted according to either the JAMS Streamlined (for claims under $250,000) or the JAMS Comprehensive (for claims over $250,000) Arbitration Rules and Procedures, except as modified herein, including the Optional Appeal Procedure, at the Los Angeles office of JAMS, or its successor (“JAMS”) in effect at the time the request for arbitration is made (the “Arbitration Rules”). The arbitration shall be conducted in Los Angeles County before a single neutral arbitrator appointed in accordance with the Arbitration Rules. The arbitrator shall follow California law and the Federal Rules of Evidence in adjudicating the Dispute, provided, however, that (i) each party shall be permitted to take one corporate representative deposition, one party witness deposition, one nonparty witness deposition (by subpoena issued by the arbitrator(s)), and a deposition of each expert witness disclosed by the other party, (ii) each deposition shall be limited to seven (7) hours of actual deposition time, and (iii) the depositions of the nonparty witness and of the expert witnesses may include duces tecum (document) requests. The arbitrator(s) shall have the authority to hear and rule upon all discovery motions and, in connection therewith, to award sanctions as appropriate in accordance with the then-prevailing California law. The parties waive the right to seek consequential, special, exemplary and punitive damages, and the arbitrator shall have no authority to award such damages . The arbitrator will provide a detailed written statement of decision, which will be part of the arbitration award and admissible in any judicial proceeding to confirm, correct or vacate the award. Unless the parties agree otherwise, the neutral arbitrator and the members of any appeal panel shall be former or retired judges or justices of any California state or federal court with experience in matters involving the entertainment industry. The cost of any such arbitration will be borne equally by Licensor and by Licensee. Each party shall bear its own attorney’s fees incurred in any such arbitration, and the arbitrator shall have no authority to award any such attorneys’ fees or arbitration costs to any such party regardless of whether it is the prevailing party. Except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to the Arbitration Rules and applicable law, each party will pay the expense of its witnesses, costs of any record or transcript of the arbitration, and any other expenses connected with the arbitration that such party might be expected to incur had the Dispute been subject to resolution in court. If either party refuses to perform any or all of its obligations under the final arbitration award (following appeal, if applicable) within thirty (30) days of such award being rendered, then the other party may enforce the final award in any court of competent jurisdiction in Los Angeles County. The party seeking enforcement shall be entitled to an award of all costs, fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in enforcing the award, to be paid by the party against whom enforcement is ordered.

(d) Injunctive Relief : Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief (unless otherwise precluded by any other provision of this Agreement) in the state and federal courts of Los Angeles County.

 

- 41 -


(e) Other Matters : Any Dispute or portion thereof, or any claim for a particular form of relief (not otherwise precluded by any other provision of this Agreement), that may not be arbitrated pursuant to applicable state or federal law may be heard only in a court of competent jurisdiction in Los Angeles County. If a party believes in good faith that all or part of a Dispute, or any claim for relief or remedy sought, is not subject to arbitration under then-prevailing law, then that party may seek a determination to that effect from an appropriate court. If the court determines that the matter is not arbitrable or that the remedy sought is not available in arbitration, then the specific matter or request for remedy in question shall be resolved by the court, sitting without a jury, and the parties hereby irrevocably waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any cause of action, claim, counterclaim or cross-complaint in any action or other proceeding brought by any party against any other party with respect to any matter arising out of, or in any way connected with or related to, this Agreement or any portion thereof, whether based upon contractual, statutory, tortious or other theories of liability. All other matters and claims for relief shall be subject to arbitration as set forth above.

13.11 Number, Gender and Persons : Except to the extent that such an interpretation is excluded by or is repugnant to the context,

(a) a reference to a party includes its successors and permitted assigns,

(b) the word “person” includes natural persons, partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, associations, governments and other entities or organizations,

(c) words importing the singular number or plural number include the plural number and singular number, respectively, and

(d) words importing the one gender shall mean and include the other genders and each of them.

13.12 Headings : Headings and clause headings in this Agreement have been inserted for guidance only and shall not be taken into account when this Agreement is interpreted.

13.13 Notices : Notices that either party is required or may desire to provide to the other party in connection with this Agreement must be provided in accordance with this Section, unless specifically indicated otherwise elsewhere in this Agreement with respect to any particular notices. Notices may be delivered in writing by either party to the other party by mail (postage prepaid), courier (by a major commercial rapid delivery courier service), facsimile or e-mail. If not received sooner, notice by mail will be deemed received seven (7) days after deposit in the mail, notice by courier service will be deemed received one (1) day after sending and notice by facsimile or e-mail will be deemed received as of the date of transmission. All notices delivered to Licensor must be delivered to the following:

 

 

Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc.

 

Attention: Senior Vice President, Business & Legal Affairs

 

4000 Warner Boulevard

 

Bldg. 118, 5 th Floor

 

Burbank, CA 91522

 

Facsimile: (818) 977-6340

 

E-mail: wbcplegalnotices@warnerbros.com

 

- 42 -


All notices delivered to Licensee must be delivered to the following:

 

  

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

  

Attention: Senior Vice President and General Counsel

  

1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Bldg. B-5

  

Orlando, FL 32819

  

Facsimile: (407) 363-8219

  

E-Mail: cathy.roth@universalorlando.com

  

 

with a copy to:

  

 

Universal Parks & Resorts

  

Attention: Senior Vice President, Business and Legal Affairs

  

100 Universal City Plaza, Bldg. 1280, 8 th Floor

  

Universal City, CA 91608

  

Facsimile: (818) 866-4545

  

E-mail: michael.silver@nbcuni.com

Either party may update the foregoing contract information for the delivery of notices at any time in a notice to the other party provided in the manner set forth in this Section. Royalties and other financial statements and all payments due to Licensor in connection with this Agreement must be delivered to Licensor in accordance with Section 7. Pre-production submissions, samples and other materials to be delivered to Licensor in connection with this Agreement must be delivered to Licensor in accordance with Section 3.

13.14 Confidentiality . The proprietary materials and information of Licensor supplied to Licensee hereunder, or to which Licensee gains access as the result of the privileged relationship created by this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Style Guide(s), artwork, design elements, character profiles, unpublished works of authorship, release dates, marketing and promotional strategies, information about the Author or information obtained directly or indirectly from the Author by virtue of this Agreement (including without limitation comments received from the Author on Licensee submissions hereunder), information about new products, properties and characters and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, constitute the proprietary and confidential information of Licensor (the “Licensor Proprietary Information”). Likewise, the proprietary materials and information of Licensee supplied to Licensor hereunder, in the Business Plan, the Business Reviews and otherwise (including all information with respect to the contents of the Themed Area, Licensee’s sales and marketing strategies, Licensee’s plans for the development, sale and distribution of merchandise and food/beverage products, Licensee’s capital improvement plans, Licensee’s financial results with respect to the Theme Park, attendance and capital expenditure projections, and Licensee’s overall plans with respect to the Resort and the Theme Park), constitute the proprietary and confidential information of Licensee (the “Licensee Proprietary Information”); the Licensor Proprietary Information and the Licensee Proprietary Information are, collectively, the “Proprietary Information”; the owner of any such Proprietary Information is referred to herein as the “Disclosing Party”, and the other party is referred to herein as the “Receiving Party”). The Receiving Party will hold the Proprietary Information in strict confidence, and will treat such Proprietary Information with the same degree of care as it accords its own proprietary information of a similar nature, and in no event will it use less than reasonable care to protect such Proprietary Information. Without limiting the foregoing, the Receiving Party:

(a) will store all Proprietary Information in secure environments when not in use;

 

- 43 -


(b) will not remove or modify any burn-in warnings or watermarks included on physical assets containing any Proprietary Information;

(c) will employ security procedures reasonably intended to prevent any theft or unauthorized access, copying, exhibition, transmission or removal of Proprietary Information from the Receiving Party’s facility; and

(d) will maintain at all times a complete and accurate inventory of all Proprietary Information in the Receiving Party’s possession and a list of all individuals under the Receiving Party’s supervision or control provided with access to such Proprietary Information. The Receiving Party acknowledges that the Proprietary Information is highly confidential and that unauthorized use or disclosure of such Proprietary Information will result in serious, irreparable harm for which the Disclosing Party’s remedies at law would be inadequate.

Among other damage, unauthorized use or disclosure of the Licensor Proprietary Information will:

(i) damage Licensor’s carefully planned marketing strategies;

(ii) reduce interest in the Licensed Property;

(iii) make unique or novel elements of the Licensed Property susceptible to imitation or copying by competitors, infringers or third parties prior to Licensor’s release of the information or materials;

(iv) damage Licensor’s proprietary protection in undisclosed or unpublished information or materials; and

(v) provide unauthorized third parties with materials capable of being used to create counterfeit and unauthorized merchandise, audio-visual products or other products.

Among other damage, unauthorized use or disclosure of the Licensee Proprietary Information will:

(i) damage Licensee’s carefully planned marketing strategies;

(ii) reduce interest in the Resort, the Theme Park and the Themed Area;

(iii) provide a competitive advantage to Licensee’s competitors, who would not otherwise have a means to obtain advance knowledge of Licensee’s business plans, strategies, tactics and campaigns and therefore would not be able to formulate their own business plans, strategies, tactics and campaigns to counteract Licensee’s business plans, strategies, tactics and campaigns;

(iv) damage Licensee’s proprietary protection in undisclosed or unpublished information or materials; and

 

- 44 -


(v) make unique or novel elements of the Licensed Property Developments and Other Developments, and other contents of the Themed Area, Licensed Products, Licensed Premiums, Consumables and advertising, marketing and promotional materials for the foregoing (or for the Resort or the Theme Park), susceptible to imitation or copying by competitors, infringers or third parties prior to Licensor’s release of the information or materials.

Accordingly, the Receiving Party agrees that if any unauthorized use or disclosure occurs, the Disclosing Party will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, to the issuance of injunctive or other equitable relief. The Receiving Party will promptly notify the Disclosing Party of any loss or theft of or unauthorized access to any of the Proprietary Information and will use its best efforts, at the Receiving Party’s own cost and expense, to recover all lost or stolen materials. If any such loss or theft of or unauthorized access to any of the Proprietary Information occurs, the Receiving Party shall be liable for all resulting damages. Except as expressly approved in writing by the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall not reproduce or use the Proprietary Information and shall not discuss, distribute, disseminate or otherwise disclose the Proprietary Information or the substance or contents thereof, in whole or in part, in its original form or in any other form, with or to any other person or entity other than:

(1) the Receiving Party’s employees;

(2) in the case of Licensor Proprietary Information, contributors who have been approved by Licensor and who have executed a Contributor’s Agreement or an appropriate standard form agreement with Licensee, that has been approved by Licensor, under which such contributor acknowledges that it has no rights in, or claims upon, the Licensed Property or any Licensed Property Developments (as provided in Section 8.3); and

(3) in the case of Licensor Proprietary Information, third party manufacturers who been approved by Licensor and who have executed a third party manufacturer’s agreement or an agreement that, in all material respects, conforms to Licensee’s standard form of Merchandise Vendor Agreement (as provided in Section 5.2).

All such employees and third parties shall be given access to the Proprietary Information only as necessary to enable the Receiving Party to perform under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 13.14, however, nothing herein shall require the Receiving Party to keep confidential any Proprietary Information that:

(A) has become part of the public domain through no act or omission of the Receiving Party;

(B) was lawfully disclosed to the Receiving Party without restriction on disclosure by a third party who is not and was not subject to an obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party or otherwise prohibited from transmitting such Proprietary Information;

 

- 45 -


(C) was developed independently by the Receiving Party (and is not based upon, utilizing or derived from the Licensed Property) prior to August 31, 2005, the date of Licensee’s first presentation to Licensor with respect to the Themed Area;

(D) is required to be disclosed by law or regulation, or is necessary to disclose for financial or securities reporting requirements or in order to comply with accounting practices or standards (Licensee will notify Licensor as promptly as possible of any such required or necessary disclosure and shall redact Proprietary Information that Licensor requests be redacted prior to such disclosure, except to the extent otherwise required by law); or

(E) is legally compelled (whether by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigation, demand, or similar process), to be disclosed. In such event, the Receiving Party shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party in writing of such requirement so that the Disclosing Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions hereof. The Receiving Party will use its best efforts, at the Disclosing Party’s expense, to obtain or assist the Disclosing Party in obtaining any such protective order. Failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Receiving Party may disclose, without liability hereunder, that portion (and only that portion) of the Proprietary Information that the Receiving Party has been advised by written opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Disclosing Party that it is legally compelled to disclose; provided that the Receiving Party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Proprietary Information by the person or persons to whom it was disclosed.

13.15 No Partnership. This Agreement does not constitute and shall not be construed to constitute a partnership or joint venture between Licensor and Licensee. Neither party shall have any right nor authority to obligate or bind the other party in any manner whatsoever, and nothing herein shall give, or is intended to give, any rights of any kind to any third persons.

13.16 Bankruptcy Related Provisions.

(a) The parties hereby agree and intend that this Agreement is an executory contract governed by Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (“Bankruptcy Code”).

(b) In the event of Licensee’s bankruptcy, the parties intend that any royalties payable under this Agreement during the bankruptcy period be deemed administrative claims under the Bankruptcy Code because the parties recognize and agree that the bankruptcy estate’s enjoyment of this Agreement will (i) provide a material benefit to the bankruptcy estate during its reorganization and (ii) deny Licensor the benefit of the exploitation of the rights through alternate means during the bankruptcy reorganization.

(c) The parties acknowledge and agree that any delay in the decision of the trustee of the bankruptcy estate to assume or reject the Agreement (the “Decision Period”) materially harms Licensor by interfering with Licensor’s ability to alternatively exploit the rights granted under this Agreement during a Decision Period of uncertain duration. The parties recognize that arranging

 

- 46 -


appropriate alternative exploitation would be a time consuming and expensive process and that it is unreasonable for Licensor to endure a Decision Period of extended uncertainty. Therefore, the parties agree that the Decision Period shall not exceed sixty (60) days.

(d) Licensor, in its interest to safeguard its valuable interests (including, without limitation, its intellectual property rights in the Licensed Property), has relied on the particular skill and knowledge base of Licensee. Therefore, the parties acknowledge and agree that in a bankruptcy context this Agreement is a license of the type described by Section 365(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Licensor.

13.17 Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the parties hereto with respect thereto. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, expressed, implied or statutory, between the parties other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

13.18 Acceptance by Licensor This instrument, when signed by Licensee, shall be deemed an application for license and not a binding agreement unless and until accepted by Licensor by signature of a duly authorized officer and the delivery of such a signed copy to Licensee. The receipt and/or deposit by Licensor of any check or other consideration given by Licensee and/or delivery of any material by Licensor to Licensee shall not be deemed an acceptance by Licensor of this application. The foregoing shall apply to any documents relating to renewals or modifications hereof.

13.19 Execution by Fax and in Counterparts This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in any number of counterparts, all of which together will constitute one instrument.

13.20 Force Majeure Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event of the occurrence of any event of force majeure (i.e., an act of God, hurricane, flood, tsunami, fire, accident, terrorist acts, earthquake, war, labor dispute, work stoppage and similar matters outside of a party’s control), which event has the effect of materially interfering with such party’s ability to develop and/or exploit the rights granted under this Agreement (“ Force Majeure Event ”), each Party’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended for the period of time such party is materially affected by such Force Majeure Event, plus a reasonable period thereafter to resume normal business activities (such reasonable period thereafter not to exceed two (2) weeks). In the event that the suspension of either party’s obligations under this Agreement by reason of any Force Majeure Event exceeds six (6) months, the other party may, by written notice, terminate this Agreement. In such event, payments of the Guaranteed Fee, Royalties and Consulting Fees due from Licensee hereunder **** that would have become due hereunder after the date of termination of this Agreement, had this Agreement not terminated by reason of any Force Majeure Event, and no portion of any payments of the Guaranteed Fee, Royalties and Consulting Fees required to be made by Licensee pursuant to this sentence, or of any prior payments, shall be repayable to Licensee.

13.21 Interpretation of Language The language in all parts of this Agreement will be interpreted simply, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party regardless of which party drafted this Agreement.

 

- 47 -


The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the dates set forth below.

 

AGREED and ACCEPTED:     AGREED and ACCEPTED:

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

   

WARNER BROS. CONSUMER PRODUCTS INC.

By:  

/s/ William Davis

    By:  

/s/ Ana M. de Castro

  William Davis       Ana M. de Castro
  President and Chief Operating Officer      

Senior Vice President

Business & Legal Affairs

Date:                            Date:                       

 

- 48 -


 

Exhibit 8 – Page 49

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

GROUND LEASE

dated as of

June 12, 1998

between

UNIVERSAL CITY

DEVELOPMENT

PARTNERS

and

UNIVERSAL CITY

FLORIDA PARTNERS

and

UCF HOTEL VENTURE

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    Definitions    2
Section 1.2    Partnership Agreement Definitions    14
ARTICLE II
GRANT AND TERM
Section 2.1    Lease of Site    14
Section 2.2    Term    14
Section 2.3    Condition    14
Section 2.4    Ownership of Hotels, FF&E, etc.    15
Section 2.5    Landlord’s Right to Inspect    15
ARTICLE III
INITIAL CONSTRUCTION; ALTERATIONS
Section 3.1    Initial Construction; Development Period Remedies    16
Section 3.2    Alterations    16
Section 3.3    Site Inspection    19
Section 3.4    No Subordination of Fee    20
ARTICLE IV
RENT
Section 4.1    Rent    20
Section 4.2    Payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent; Right to Audit    21
Section 4.3    Manner of Payment    23
Section 4.4    No Partnership Created    23
Section 4.5    Survival    23
Section 4.6    Rent to Market Adjustment    23
Section 4.7    Rent Suspension    24
ARTICLE V
CERTAIN COVENANTS
Section 5.1    Net Lease Generally    24
Section 5.2    Repairs and Maintenance    24

 

(i)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

 

          PAGE
Section 5.3    Legal Requirements, etc.    25
Section 5.4    Taxes    25
Section 5.5    Use of Premises    27
Section 5.6    Management Standard    28
Section 5.7    Continuous Operation    29
Section 5.8    Rubbish Removal; Extermination    29
Section 5.9    Liens    29
Section 5.10    FF&E; Loews Name    30
Section 5.11    FF&E Reserve Account    30
Section 5.12    Utilities; Telecommunications Services    31
Section 5.13    Options on and Access Rights to Phase II Sites    31
Section 5.14    Significant Theme Park Quality Change    34
Section 5.15    Changes in Legal Descriptions    35
Section 5.16    Title    35
Section 5.17    Title Matters    35
ARTICLE VI

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

Section 6.1    Landlord’s Environmental Representation and Warranty    35
Section 6.2    Environmental Covenants    36
Section 6.3    No Obligations of Landlord    37
Section 6.4    Survival    38
ARTICLE VII
INSURANCE
Section 7.1    Insurance During Alterations    38
Section 7.2    Property Insurance    38
Section 7.3    Liability Insurance and Other Coverages    38
Section 7.4    Additional Coverage or Amounts; Deductibles    39
Section 7.5    Form of Policies    39
Section 7.6    Waivers of Subrogation    41
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.1    Non-Liability    41
Section 8.2    Indemnification    41
Section 8.3    Notice of Claim    42
Section 8.4    Survival    43

 

(ii)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

          PAGE
ARTICLE IX

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT

Section 9.1    Estoppel Certificates    43
Section 9.2    Subordination and Attornment    44

ARTICLE X

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING; HOTEL MANAGER

Section 10.1    Prohibition on Assignment, Subleasing, Etc. by Tenant    44
Section 10.2    Certain Permitted Assignments by Tenant    45
Section 10.3    Permitted Assignments by Tenant to Established Operators    46
Section 10.4    Permitted Transfers of Tenant’s Equity Interests    47
Section 10.5    Subleases and Concessions    48
Section 10.6    Landlord Rights Against Assignee, Sublessee of Tenant    49
Section 10.7    Sale or Assignment by Landlord    50
Section 10.8    Certain Permitted Sales/Assignments by Landlord    51
Section 10.9    Tenant Rights Against Transferee of Landlord    52
Section 10.10    Release of Assignor    52
Section 10.11    Right of First Offer    53
Section 10.12    Management Agreement    54

ARTICLE XI

CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

Section 11.1    Casualty    54
Section 11.2    Eminent Domain    56
Section 11.3    Partial Lease Termination    57
Section 11.4    Temporary Taking    57
Section 11.5    Governmental Action Not Resulting in a Taking    58
Section 11.6    Collection of Awards    58

ARTICLE XII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 12.1    Events of Default    58
Section 12.2    Enforcement of Performance; Damages; and Termination    60
Section 12.3    Expiration and Termination of Lease    60
Section 12.4    Waiver of Rights of Tenant and Landlord    61
Section 12.5    Receipt of Moneys after Notice or Termination    61
Section 12.6    Strict Performance    61

 

(iii)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

          PAGE
Section 12.7    Right to Enjoin Defaults    62
Section 12.8    Remedies Under Bankruptcy and Insolvency Codes    62
Section 12.9    Landlord Right to Cure    62

ARTICLE XIII

LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE

Section 13.1    Right to Grant Leasehold Mortgage    63
Section 13.2    Rights of Leasehold Mortgagee    63
Section 13.3    New Lease With Leasehold Mortgagee    65
Section 13.4    Assignment by Leasehold Mortgagee    66
Section 13.5    Additional Instrument    66
Section 13.6    No Subordination of Fee Interest    67

ARTICLE XIV

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Section 14.1    Condition of Premises    67
Section 14.2    Title to Premises, FF&E, Etc.    67
Section 14.3    Title to FF&E Reserve Account    67
Section 14.4    Cash and Accounts Receivable    68
Section 14.5    Refusal to Surrender Premises    68
Section 14.6    Survival Clause    68

ARTICLE XV

QUIET ENJOYMENT

Section 15.1    Quiet Enjoyment    68

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 16.1    Landlord Consent    69
Section 16.2    Inflation Adjustment    70
Section 16.3    Force Majeure    70
Section 16.4    No Waiver    70
Section 16.5    Accord and Satisfaction    70
Section 16.6    Entire Agreement    71
Section 16.7    Notices    71
Section 16.8    Consents and Approvals    73
Section 16.9    Headings and Section Numbers; Terms Generally    74

 

(iv)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

 

          PAGE
Section 16.10    Construction of Language    74
Section 16.11    Broker’s Commission    74
Section 16.12    Interest    75
Section 16.13    Limitations on Liability    75
Section 16.14    Successors and Assigns; Third Party Rights    75
Section 16.15    Labor Harmony    75
Section 16.16    Governing Law    76
Section 16.17    Cumulative Rights    76
Section 16.18    Partial Invalidity    76
Section 16.19    Injunctive Relief    76
Section 16.20    Confidentiality    76
Section 16.21    Memorandum of Lease    77

ARTICLE XVII

LANDLORD’S INTEREST NOT SUBJECT TO LIEN

Section 17.1    Landlord’s Interest Not Subject To Lien    77

ARTICLE XVIII

ARBITRATION

Section 18.1    Arbitration    78
Section 18.2    Election of Remedies    80
Section 18.3    Emergency Provisional Relief    80
Section 18.4    Resolution by Chairmen    81
Section 18.5    No Merger of Title    81

 

(v)


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

 

 

Exhibit A    Resort Property Site Plan   
Exhibit B    Legal Description of Resort Property   
Exhibit C    Legal Description of UCDP’s portion of Resort Property and Legal Description of UCFP’s portion of Resort Property   
Exhibit D    Legal Descriptions of Sites and Phase II Sites   
Exhibit E    Memorandum of Lease   
Schedule 1.1    Property Restrictions   
Schedule 4.1    Income After Debt Service; Available Cash   

 

(vi)


GROUND LEASE

 

 

GROUND LEASE, dated as of June 12, 1998 (this “LEASE”), between Universal City Development Partners, a general partnership formed under the laws of the State of Florida (“UCDP”), and Universal City Florida Partners, a general partnership formed under the laws of the State of Florida (“UCFP” and, together with UCDP, “LANDLORD”), and UCF Hotel Venture, a general partnership formed under the laws of the State of Florida (“TENANT”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

 

WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, URH (as hereinafter defined), an Affiliate of Landlord, and LOH (as hereinafter defined) have entered into the Partnership Agreement (as hereinafter defined) for the purpose of, inter alia, planning, financing, constructing, developing, maintaining, managing, owning and operating the Project (as hereinafter defined) within the resort located in the City of Orlando, Orange County, Florida currently known as Universal Studios Escape and pursuant to which URH and LOH have formed Tenant;

WHEREAS, the land on which Universal Studios Escape is situated (the “RESORT PROPERTY”) is described on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and legally described in Exhibit B hereto, and the portion of the Resort Property described in Item 1 of Exhibit C is owned by UCDP, and the portion of the Resort Property described in Item 2 of Exhibit C is owned by UCFP; and

WHEREAS, UCFP currently owns, and, together with its Affiliates, operates, Universal Studios Florida, a motion picture and television themed Tourist Attraction (as hereinafter defined), on a portion of the Resort Property identified as “First Gate” on Exhibit A hereto (the “FIRST GATE”).

WHEREAS, UCDP is constructing adjacent to the First Gate “Universal’s Islands of Adventure,” a themed Tourist Attraction to be owned by UCDP and operated by Theme Park Owner (as hereinafter defined) and its Affiliates, which is being constructed on a portion of the Resort Property identified as “Second Gate” on Exhibit A hereto (the “SECOND GATE”) along with a planned entertainment district that will include restaurants, entertainment and shopping facilities and two (2) parking garages and related facilities (such district, restaurants, entertainment and shopping facilities, parking garages and related facilities, the First Gate, the Second Gate and any other Tourist Attraction constructed on the Resort Property, collectively, the “THEME PARK”);

WHEREAS, Landlord desires to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, the following portions of the Resort Property (each such portion, a “SITE”, which Sites are described on Exhibit A hereto and legally described on Exhibit D hereto) on which Tenant intends to construct and operate the following: (a) The Portofino Bay Hotel, a Loews Hotel (the “PORTOFINO”) to be constructed on the portion of the Resort Property identified as the “Portofino Hotel” on Exhibit A hereto and legally described in Item 1 of Exhibit D hereto; (b) The Hard Rock Hotel (the “HARD ROCK HOTEL”), to be constructed on the portion of the Resort Property


identified as “Hard Rock Hotel” on Exhibit A hereto and legally described in Item 2 of Exhibit D hereto; (c) a third hotel currently having a South Seas theme but which hotel has not yet been named (the “THIRD HOTEL”) to be constructed on the portion of the Resort Property identified as “Third Hotel Site” on Exhibit A hereto and legally described in Item 3 of Exhibit D hereto; and (d) a common support facility (the “SUPPORT FACILITY”) to be constructed on the portion of the Resort Property identified as the “Support Facility” on Exhibit A hereto and legally described in Item 4 of Exhibit D hereto (each of the Hotels (as hereinafter defined) and the Support Facility described in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Whereas clause, a “PROPERTY” and all Properties, together with the Building & Appurtenances and FF&E (as hereinafter defined) applicable thereto, the “PROJECT”), all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS, the Hotels are intended to be components of a “full-service destination resort” with a high degree of integration and cooperation with the Theme Park, with an objective of presenting to the Hotel guest and Theme Park customer (and potential Hotel guest and Theme Park customer) a “seamless” experience with respect to the various elements of the Project and the Theme Park, all as more fully provided in the Resort Covenants and Reciprocal Easement Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Tenant and the Theme Park Owner (the “RESORT AGREEMENT”) and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9 of the Partnership Agreement, URH and LOH, through their Affiliates, may elect to develop, own and operate an additional three (3) hotels on the Resort Property, which development would include two (2) hotels having a total of approximately 2,600 keys and approximately 150,000 square feet of meeting space (the “PRIMARY PHASE II HOTELS”) to be constructed on the portions of the Resort Property identified as Sites C and D, respectively, on Exhibit A hereto and described in Item 5 of Exhibit D hereto (the “PRIMARY PHASE II SITES”) and a third hotel (the “THIRD PHASE II PROPERTY” and, together with the Primary Phase II Hotels, the “PHASE II HOTELS”) having approximately 300 time share units to be constructed on the portion of the Resort Property identified as Site F on Exhibit A hereto and described in Item 6 of Exhibit D hereto (the “THIRD PHASE II SITE” and, together with the Primary Phase II Sites, the “PHASE II SITES”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply:

“AAA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.1(a).

“AAA RULES” shall mean the American Arbitration Association.

 

2


“ACCOUNTANT’S STATEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

“ADDITIONAL RENT” for each Fiscal Year, shall mean (i) 1% of Total Revenues during such Fiscal Year plus (ii) $7,000,000, adjusted for inflation from the month in which the Opening Date of the Portofino occurs.

“AFFILIATE” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person (and, for purposes of this definition, “control”, including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise); provided that so long as Universal and Rank, or Affiliates of Universal and Rank, jointly control a Person, each of Universal and Rank, and each such Affiliate of Universal and Rank (if applicable), shall be Affiliates of such Person; and each such Person who is so jointly controlled shall be an Affiliate of (A) each other Person who is so jointly controlled and (B) each other Affiliate of Universal and Rank.

“ALTERATIONS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

“APPROVED SUBLEASE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(e).

“ASSIGNEE PARTIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a)(iv).

“AVAILABLE CASH” shall have the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

“BANKRUPTCY CODE” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto.

“BASE RENT” for each Fiscal Year, shall mean 1% of Total Revenues during such Fiscal Year.

“BUILDING & APPURTENANCES” shall mean a building or structure, including all installations incorporated in or attached thereto and used or useable in the operation thereof such as machinery, motors, engines, dynamos, energy co-generation equipment, compressors, pumps, boilers and burners, heating, plumbing, electric, ventilating, air cooling and air conditioning equipment, chutes, ducts, pipes, tanks, conduits and wiring, elevators, escalators and hoists, washroom, toilet and lavatory plumbing equipment, window washing hoists and equipment, and built-in kitchen fixtures and equipment (excluding FF&E and Operating Equipment).

“CAPITAL INVESTMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

“COMMENCEMENT DATE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“CONCESSIONAIRE” shall mean a Person (other than the Hotel Manager), including a shopkeeper, retailer, operator of a bar, restaurant or similar establishment, or other provider of services, that has entered into a lease, sublease, or similar agreement with Tenant granting a possessory right to occupy space at the Premises.

 

3


“CONSUMER PRICE INDEX” shall mean the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, as compiled and published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor for the Miami, Florida area.

“CONTAMINATION” shall mean the presence of any Hazardous Substance on, in, at, under or within the Premises, or the Release of any Hazardous Substance on, in, at, under, within, from or to the Premises, to the extent such presence or Release would be in violation of any Environmental Law.

“COUNTY” shall mean Orange County, Florida.

“DISNEY” shall mean (i) The Walt Disney Company (which shall include, for the purposes of this Lease, any corporate successor thereto), (ii) its parent (for purposes of this definition, the term “parent” shall mean any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, greater than fifty percent (50%) of the equity of The Walt Disney Company or that has the ability to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body of The Walt Disney Company) and (iii) any Person in which such parent, directly or indirectly, owns greater than fifty percent (50%) of the equity, or of which such parent, directly or indirectly, has the ability to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body.

“DISPUTE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.1(a).

“ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS” shall mean any federal, state or local laws, regulations, statutes, ordinances or common law theories relating to the protection of the environment or to the protection of individuals from exposure to Hazardous Substances, as the same may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including but not limited to the following:

(i) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C.(Sections)9601 et seq.;

(ii) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C.(Sections)1802 et seq.;

(iii) the Resources Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C.(Sections)6901 et seq.;

(iv) the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, 15 U.S.C.(Sections)2601 et seq.;

(v) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. (Sections)1251 et seq.;

(vi) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.(Sections)7401 et seq.;

 

4


(vii) the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Public Law 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613;

(viii) the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. Section 4321;

(ix) the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 300F, et seq.;

(x) all rules, regulations and orders promulgated in connection with any of the foregoing;

(xi) Environmental Protection Agency rules, regulations and orders pertaining to asbestos and asbestos-containing material (including, without limitation, 40 C.F.R. Part 61, Subpart M);

(xii) Occupational Safety and Health Administration rules, regulations and orders pertaining to asbestos and asbestos-containing material (including, without limitation, 29 C.F.R. Sections 1910.1001 and 1926.58); and

(xiii) any and all other federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and orders relating to Hazardous Substances, now existing or hereafter promulgated.

“EVENT OF BANKRUPTCY” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any of the following events: (i) if such Person shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; (ii) if an involuntary case is commenced under the Bankruptcy Code against such Person and the petition is not controverted within one hundred fifty (150) days, or is not dismissed within one hundred eighty (180) days, after commencement of the case; (iii) if a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or any substantial part of the property of such Person and such appointment has not been vacated or stayed on appeal or otherwise within one hundred fifty (150) days or, if within one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of any such stay, such appointment has not been vacated; (iv) if such Person commences any other proceeding under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to such Person or there is commenced against such Person any such proceeding which is not stayed or dismissed within a period of one hundred fifty (150) days; (v) if such Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (vi) if such Person admits, in writing, that it is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due; or (vii) if such Person is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt.

“EVENT OF DEFAULT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

“EVENT OF DEFAULT NOTICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

“EXPIRATION DATE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

5


“FF&E” shall mean all furniture, fixtures and equipment (other than Building & Appurtenances, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies) located at or used in connection with the Project, including (without limitation): (i) all furniture, furnishings, built-in furniture, carpeting, draperies, decorative millwork, decorative lighting, doors, cabinets, hardware, partitions (but not permanent walls), televisions and other electronic equipment, interior plantings, interior water features, artifacts and artwork, and interior and exterior graphics; (ii) communications equipment; (iii) all fixtures and specialized hotel equipment used in the operation of kitchens, laundries, dry cleaning facilities, bars and restaurants; (iv) telephone and call accounting systems; (v) rooms management systems, point-of-sale accounting equipment, front and back office accounting, computer, duplicating systems and office equipment; (vi) cleaning and engineering equipment and tools; (vii) vehicles; (viii) recreational equipment; and (ix) all other similar items which are used in the operation of the Project, excluding, however, any personal property which is owned by subtenants, licensees, Concessionaires or contractors.

“FF&E RESERVE ACCOUNT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.11(a).

“FIRST GATE” shall have the meaning set forth in the third Whereas clause hereof.

“FIRST PERMITTED LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE” shall mean (i) the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage that is prior in lien among all such mortgages in effect and (ii) collectively, a First Permitted Leasehold Mortgage and a Permitted Leasehold Mortgage if such Permitted Leasehold Mortgage is second in priority in lien among such mortgages in effect and both such mortgages are held by the same Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagees under such mortgages are Affiliates.

“FIRST PERMITTED LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE” shall mean the holder of or secured party under the First Permitted Leasehold Mortgage.

“FISCAL YEAR” shall mean the twelve (12) month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31, except that the first Fiscal Year of the Project shall be that period commencing on the Opening Date of the first Hotel to open and ending on the next December 31 which is at least one (1) year thereafter.

“FORCE MAJEURE EVENT” shall mean a strike, slowdown, lockout, act of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, war, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, casualty, catastrophic weather condition, a court order which causes a delay (unless resulting from disputes between or among the Person alleging a Force Majeure Event, present or former employees, officers, members, partners or shareholders of such alleging Person or Affiliates (or present or former employees, officers, partners, members or shareholders of such Affiliates) of such alleging Person), the application of any Legal Requirement, or another cause beyond such Person’s control or which, if susceptible to control by such Person, shall be beyond the reasonable control of such Person.

“GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

 

6


“GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY” shall mean the United States of America, the State of Florida, and any agency, quasi-governmental agency, department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality or political subdivision (including any city, county or district) of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Premises or any portion thereof.

“HARD ROCK HOTEL” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth Whereas clause hereof.

“HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES” shall mean any substance, material or waste which is regulated by any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, asbestos, asbestos-containing materials, radon gas, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum products and by-product substances, any material or substance which is defined in any Legal Requirement as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous waste”, “hazardous material”, “restricted hazardous waste”, “industrial waste”, “solid waste”, “contaminant”, “pollutant”, “toxic waste” or “toxic substances” and any oil or petroleum or chemical liquids or solid, liquid or gaseous products or hazardous waste, the discharge, spillage, uncontrolled loss, seepage or filtration of which constitutes a violation of any Legal Requirement.

“HOTEL” shall mean each of the Portofino, the Hard Rock Hotel and the Third Hotel, and “HOTELS” shall mean, collectively, all such Hotels.

“HOTEL MANAGER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.12(a).

“INCOME AFTER DEBT SERVICE” shall have the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

“INITIAL CONSTRUCTION” shall mean Tenant’s proposed construction of the Project in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Partnership Agreement.

“LANDLORD” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

“LANDLORD COMPETITOR” shall mean a “Prohibited LOH Transferee” as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

“LANDLORD INDEMNIFIED PARTIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

“LEASE” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

“LEGAL REQUIREMENTS” shall mean any and all laws, rules, regulations, constitutions, orders, ordinances, charters, statutes, codes, executive orders and requirements of all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over a Person and/or the Premises or any street, road, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of, or lying in front of, the Premises or any vault in or under the Premises (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to handicapped

 

7


access or parking, and the laws, rules, regulations, orders, ordinances, statutes, codes and requirements of any applicable Fire Rating Bureau or other body exercising similar functions).

“LENDING INSTITUTION” shall mean any Person (which is not, and which shall not become during the term of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgage held by it, a Tenant Competitor or Landlord Competitor, as applicable, or an Affiliate of Tenant or Landlord, as applicable) subject to the personal jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia which is, at all times during the term of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgage, (i) a commercial bank, national bank or savings bank, savings and loan association, trust company, credit union, foreign banking institution, or insurance company, (ii) a state, municipal or private employees’ welfare, pension or retirement fund or system, (iii) an investment banking firm, (iv) a publicly held real estate investment trust (but excluding any “paired-share” or “paper clip” real estate investment trust or any other real estate investment trust, or an Affiliate thereof, that is permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to manage or operate (or control the operation of) hotels), (v) an entity that qualifies as a “REMIC” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (vi) any governmental agency or entity insured by a governmental agency, whether any of the foregoing is acting individually or in a fiduciary or representative capacity and in each case having total assets of at least $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) and a net worth of at least $25,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) as shown, in each case, by its most recent financial statements distributed to its shareholders, unless the Landlord’s prior written waiver of such requirement shall have been obtained.

“LOH” shall mean Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc., a Delaware corporation and, as of the date of this Lease, a general partner of Tenant.

“MAJOR ALTERATIONS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).

“MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.12(a).

“MANAGEMENT FEE” shall mean the “Basic Fee” (as defined in the Management Agreement) payable by the Tenant to the Hotel Manager pursuant to Section 13 of the Management Agreement.

“MANAGEMENT STANDARD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.6.

“NET CONDEMNATION AWARD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

“NET INSURANCE PROCEEDS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).

“NON-AFFILIATED LENDER” shall mean any Person who is not an Affiliate of URH (or its successor as a Partner).

“NOTICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.7.

“NOTICE OF FAILURE TO CURE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.2(b).

 

8


“OPENING DATE” shall mean, as the context requires, the date (i) that a Property is opened for business to the public or (ii) that the Project is completed and every Property is opened for business to the public.

“OPERATING EQUIPMENT” shall mean all cooking utensils, chinaware, glassware, linens, silverware, uniforms, menus and other similar items.

“OPERATING EXPENSES” shall have the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

“OPERATING SUPPLIES” shall mean all paper supplies, cleaning materials, fuel, food and beverages, light bulbs and other consumable and expendable items.

“PARTNER” shall mean each general partner in Tenant so long as Tenant is a partnership and “PARTNERS” shall mean all of them.

“PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT” shall mean the UCF Hotel Venture Partnership Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1998, by and between URH and LOH, as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

“PERMITTED LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE” shall mean any mortgage made pursuant to Article XIII, together with any applicable security instruments entered into in connection therewith, including mortgages, deeds of trust, mortgage deeds, security deeds, conditional deeds, financing statements, security agreements and any other documentation that the applicable lender may require.

“PERMITTED LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE” shall mean the holder of or secured party under a Permitted Leasehold Mortgage.

“PERSON” shall mean (i) an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, estate, trust, unincorporated association or other entity, (ii) a Federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department, political subdivision or agency thereof or (iii) a fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

“PHASE II HOTELS” shall have the meaning set forth in the seventh Whereas clause hereof.

“PHASE II NOTICE PROVIDER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(c).

“PHASE II NOTICE RECIPIENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(c).

“PHASE II PARTNERSHIP” shall have the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

“PHASE II SITES” shall have the meaning set forth in the seventh Whereas clause hereof.

 

9


“PORTOFINO” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth Whereas clause hereof.

“PREMISES” shall mean, collectively, the Sites, the Hotels, the FF&E, and the Building & Appurtenances.

“PRIMARY PHASE II HOTELS” shall have the meaning set forth in the seventh Whereas clause hereof.

“PRIMARY PHASE II SITES” shall have the meaning set forth in the seventh Whereas clause hereof.

“PROJECT” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth Whereas clause hereof.

“PROPERTY” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth Whereas clause hereof.

“PROPERTY RESTRICTIONS” shall mean all mortgages, encumbrances, liens, leases, covenants, conditions, restrictions, limitations, regulations, easements and other instruments and agreements recorded in the land records of the County as of the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto and encumbering the Sites or any portion thereof, including any covenants or restrictions adopted by a property owners’ association, community association or similar organization as of the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

“RANK” shall mean The Rank Group Plc, a corporation organized under the laws of England or its successor, provided, however, that if The Rank Group Plc (or such successor) is not the parent of the business of Rank Parks (as described in the definition of Rank Parks), then “Rank” shall mean the Person that is then the parent of such business (but excluding any parent or shareholder of Rank).

“RANK PARKS” shall have the meaning provided in the Partnership Agreement.

“RELEASE” shall mean the intentional or unintentional spilling, leaking, disposing, discharging, emitting, depositing, injecting, leaching, escaping, or any other release or threatened release (as defined in any Environmental Law) of any Hazardous Substance.

“RENT” shall mean collectively, any Base Rent and Additional Rent, Taxes and any other sums, costs, expenses or deposits which Tenant is obligated, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, to pay to Landlord or to a third party or deposit with a third party.

“RESORT AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the sixth Whereas clause hereof.

“RESORT PROPERTY” shall have the meaning set forth in the second Whereas clause hereof.

“SEAGRAM” shall mean The Seagram Company Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada.

 

10


“SECOND GATE” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth Whereas clause hereof.

“SECTION 11.1(D) PROCEEDS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(d).

“SIGNIFICANT ALTERATIONS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).

“SITE” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth Whereas clause hereto and shall include all rights, easements, privileges and appurtenances belonging or appertaining to such portions of the Resort Property on the date hereof or at any time thereafter and “SITES” shall mean all of them.

“SUBSIDIARY” shall have the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

“SUPPORT FACILITY” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth Whereas clause hereof.

“TAXES” shall mean, collectively, the following:

(i) all real estate taxes, assessments (special or otherwise), sewer rents, rates and charges, county taxes, transit taxes and any other governmental charge of a similar or dissimilar nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be charged, laid, levied, assessed, imposed, become due and payable or liens upon, or arise in connection with the use, occupancy or possession of, or grow due or payable out of or for, the Premises by the City of Orlando, Florida, the County or any other taxing authority having jurisdiction over the Premises; and

(ii) any sales tax, use tax, occupancy tax or other tax or assessment charged by any Governmental Authority to Landlord or Tenant based upon any rents or other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder;

provided, that, in each such case, if at any time after the date hereof the methods of taxation prevailing on the date hereof shall be altered so that, in addition to, in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the Taxes now levied, assessed or imposed on all or any part of the Premises, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed any other tax, however described or imposed, then all such taxes or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be included in Taxes; and, provided, further, that, in each such case, (A) any municipal, state or federal income or gross receipts taxes assessed against Landlord, (B) any municipal, state or federal capital levy, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer or gains taxes of Landlord, (C) any corporation or franchise taxes imposed on Landlord and (D) any penalties or late charges assessed against Landlord resulting from Landlord’s failure to timely pay any Taxes or to otherwise take timely action with respect thereto, unless such failure resulted solely from the failure of Tenant to pay Landlord its proportionate share of such Taxes as determined pursuant to Section 5.4, shall be excluded from “Taxes” unless expressly imposed by the taxing authority in substitution for an item that had been included in “Taxes”.

 

11


“TENANT” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

“TENANT COMPETITOR” shall mean a “Prohibited URH Transferee” as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

“TENANT INDEMNIFIED PARTIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c).

“TERM” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“THEME PARK” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth Whereas clause hereof.

“THEME PARK OWNER” shall mean, collectively, UCDP and UCFP and any successors and permitted assigns thereof who own and operate the Theme Park.

“THEME PARK RELATED TRANSFER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.7.

“THIRD HOTEL” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth Whereas clause hereof.

“THIRD PHASE II PROPERTY” shall have the meaning set forth in the seventh Whereas clause hereof.

“THIRD PHASE II SITE” shall have the meaning set forth in the seventh Whereas clause hereof.

“TOTAL REVENUE” shall mean Total Revenue as determined under the Uniform System, and in any event shall include, without limitation, all income of every kind and all proceeds of sales of every kind (whether in cash or on credit) resulting from the operation of the Project and any of the facilities therein and goods and services provided thereby, including, without limitation, all income and proceeds from the rental of rooms, food and beverage sales, sales of other goods and services, vending machine income, telephone revenues, parking revenues, revenues from any recreational facilities, entertainment charges and all income and proceeds received from tenants, transient guests, customers, lessees, licensees and Concessionaires (but not including the gross receipts of such lessees, licenses or Concessionaires) and other Persons occupying space at the Project and/or rendering services to Project guests (but exclusive of all consideration received at the Project for hotel accommodations, goods and services to be provided elsewhere, although arranged by, for or on behalf of the Hotel Manager), all awards (other than condemnation awards for the value of the Project), any other form of incentive payments or awards from any source whatsoever which are attributable to the operation of the Project, the proceeds from any temporary taking (after deduction from said proceeds of all necessary expenses incurred, in accordance with Section 11.4, in the restoration of the improvements as may have been necessitated by such taking), and

 

12


the proceeds (after deduction from said proceeds of all necessary expenses incurred in the adjustment or collection thereof) of business interruption insurance actually received by the Hotel Manager or Tenant with respect to the operation of the Project. The following shall, however, be excluded from Total Revenue:

(i) Federal, state and municipal excise, sales, resort, use, and other taxes collected from patrons or guests as a part of or based upon the sales price of any goods or services, including, without limitation, gross receipts, room, bed, admission, cabaret, or similar taxes;

(ii) Any gratuities collected and paid over to employees;

(iii) The proceeds of any financing or refinancing;

(iv) Interest on funds in the FF&E Reserve Fund (as defined in the Management Agreement);

(v) Proceeds from the sale of any FF&E;

(vi) Proceeds from the sale of a Hotel, the Support Facility or any recreational facilities;

(vii) Capital contributions and loans to Tenant; and

(viii) Proceeds from hazard insurance (which shall not include business interruption insurance).

“TOURIST ATTRACTION” shall mean any theme park or amusement park, whether now existing or hereafter devised.

“UCDP” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

“UCFP” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

“UNIFORM SYSTEM” shall mean the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels as adopted by the American Hotel and Motel Association of the United States and Canada and in effect from time to time during the Term.

“UNIVERSAL” shall mean Universal Studios, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its successor, provided, however, that if Universal Studios, Inc. (or such successor) is not the parent of the business of Universal Parks (as described in the definition of Universal Parks), then “Universal” shall mean the Person that is then the parent of such business (but excluding any parent or shareholder of Universal).

“UNIVERSAL PARKS” shall have the meaning provided in the Partnership Agreement.

 

13


“UNIVERSAL PLAT” shall mean the Plat of Universal City Florida, according to the Plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

“URH” shall mean Universal Rank Hotel Partners, a Florida general partnership and, as of the date of this Lease, a general partner of Tenant.

SECTION 1.2 PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT DEFINITIONS. Any term that is defined by reference to a definition in the Partnership Agreement shall mean such definition as in effect from time to time in the Partnership Agreement or, if such Partnership Agreement is terminated, as in effect as of the date of such termination; provided, however, that at such time that an Affiliate of Landlord no longer owns an equity interest in Tenant such term shall thereafter have the definition (a) in effect as of the date on which such event occurs or (b) as such definition is modified with Landlord’s approval.

ARTICLE II

 

 

GRANT AND TERM

 

 

SECTION 2.1 LEASE OF SITE. Landlord does hereby grant, demise and lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby lease and take from Landlord, the Sites in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of this Lease.

SECTION 2.2 TERM. The term of this Lease (the “TERM”) shall commence as of the date hereof (the “COMMENCEMENT DATE”) and shall terminate on the date one hundred (100) years after the date hereof (such date, or any prior date upon which this Lease shall terminate pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, shall be hereinafter referred to as the “EXPIRATION DATE”).

SECTION 2.3 CONDITION. Upon Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, except as expressly set forth in this Lease or in the Resort Agreement, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Sites in their “as-is” condition as of the date of this Lease. Landlord hereby represents and warrants that, (i) UCDP is the owner of fee simple title to the property described in Item 1 of Exhibit C, (ii) UCFP is the owner of fee simple title to the property described in Item 2 of Exhibit C, (iii) Schedule 1.1 hereto contains a list of each Property Restriction to which any portion of any Site is subject and (iv) to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, there are no outstanding obligations under that certain Agreement by and between the City of Orlando and Major Realty Corporation, dated February 12, 1968, and recorded in official Records Book 1709, Page 813, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, as amended and assigned; provided however, Landlord shall only be liable to Tenant for a breach of such representations and warranties pursuant to Section 8.2(c) to the extent that any of the loss arising out of such breach is not covered by title insurance. Tenant acknowledges that it has fully examined the Sites and is familiar with the physical condition thereof and that, except as may be expressly set forth herein, no representations, warranties, guarantees or assurances, whether express or implied, have been made by Landlord, or any Person representing or acting on behalf of Landlord, to Tenant with respect to the condition of the Sites, any easements, covenants, liens or encumbrances affecting

 

14


the Sites, or the environmental history or environmental condition of the Sites, and Tenant acknowledges that it has not relied on any such representations or warranties other than those expressly set forth herein. Each of Landlord and Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth herein, no representations, warranties, guarantees or assurances, whether express or implied, have been made to it by the other party hereto, or any Person representing or acting on behalf of such other parry, with respect to the projected revenues, expenses or operating results of the Project, the obtainability of any licenses or permits which may be necessary or desirable in connection with the use and operation of the Sites, the Support Facility or the Hotels, the zoning and other Legal Requirements applicable to the Sites or the compliance of the Sites therewith, the use or occupancy of the Sites or any part thereof, or any other matter whatsoever relating to the Sites, and each of Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it has not relied on any such representations or warranties other than those expressly set forth herein. Landlord shall have no liability because of, or as a result of, the existence of any subsurface or soil condition, either on the Sites or land adjacent thereto, which might affect Tenant’s construction unless such existence is a breach of Landlord’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.1 or caused by Landlord’s operations on the Resort Property.

SECTION 2.4 OWNERSHIP OF HOTELS, FF&E, ETC. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, at all times during the Term, Tenant is and shall be the owner of the Properties, the FF&E, the Building & Appurtenances, the Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies, except for equipment leases for electronic, telecommunications, computer and similar equipment, vehicles and any leases for FF&E, which are entered into in the ordinary course of business. On the Expiration Date, the Properties, the Building & Appurtenances, the FF&E, the Operating Equipment and the Operating Supplies shall vest in Landlord pursuant to Article XIV.

SECTION 2.5 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO INSPECT. Landlord and its agents, employees and contractors shall have the right upon at least two (2) days’ prior written notice to the Hotel Manager (provided, that, in the event of an emergency, only such notice as is reasonable under the circumstances need be provided) to enter upon the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the operation, sanitation, safety, maintenance and use of the Premises, or any portions thereof (including, without limitation, kitchens, housekeeping rooms and unoccupied guest rooms), or any construction work or Alterations being performed at the Premises, in order to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations under this Lease (but Landlord shall not thereby assume any responsibility for the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, nor any liability arising from the improper performance thereof); provided, that such entry shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.5, this Section 2.5 shall not be effective until such time as an Affiliate of Landlord does not own, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant.

 

15


ARTICLE III

 

 

INITIAL CONSTRUCTION; ALTERATIONS

 

 

SECTION 3.1 INITIAL CONSTRUCTION; DEVELOPMENT PERIOD REMEDIES.

(a) Tenant shall in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Partnership Agreement and in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, at its sole cost and expense, construct, furnish and equip each Property. Landlord acknowledges that, in accordance with Section 12 of the Partnership Agreement, URH shall be responsible for monitoring, managing and implementing the design, development, construction, furnishing and equipping of the Project on behalf of Tenant, subject to the rights of consent and participation of LOH set forth in such Section 12 of the Partnership Agreement. The Landlord (solely in its capacity as the owner of the Sites) shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the permits and approvals required to be issued by Governmental Authorities in connection with the Initial Construction required pursuant to the terms of this Lease and any necessary utility access agreements, shall sign any application reasonably made by Tenant which is required in order to obtain such permits and approvals and utility access agreements and shall provide Tenant with any information and/or documentation not otherwise reasonably available to Tenant (if available to the Landlord) which is necessary to procure such permits and approvals and utility access agreements.

(b) If Tenant shall fail to timely develop or complete the Project in accordance with the requirements of the Partnership Agreement and subject to the rights of Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee pursuant to Article XIII, Landlord’s sole remedy shall be to terminate this Agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.1(b)(iii) hereof or anything contained in the Resort Agreement to the contrary.

SECTION 3.2 ALTERATIONS.

(a) Alterations. Tenant shall have the right to make, at its sole expense, alterations, modifications, additional installations, substitutions, improvements, renovations or betterments made at or to the Premises, or any part thereof, from and after the completion of the Initial Construction (collectively, “ALTERATIONS”, but excluding the addition, renewal and replacement of FF&E), subject to the requirements set forth in this Section 3.2.

(i) Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary permits and certificates from Governmental Authorities for the commencement and prosecution of any Alterations and final approval from Governmental Authorities and upon completion, promptly deliver copies of the same to Landlord and cause any Alterations to be performed in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and requirements of Permitted Leasehold Mortgagees and insurers of the Premises, and in a good and workmanlike manner, using materials and equipment at least equal in quality to the original quality of the installations at the Premises that are being replaced.

 

16


(ii) The Landlord (solely in its capacity as the owner of the Sites) shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the permits and approvals required to be issued by Governmental Authorities in connection with construction on the Premises, including Alterations, required pursuant to the terms of this Lease and any necessary utility access agreements, shall sign any application reasonably made by Tenant which is required in order to obtain such permits and approvals and utility access agreements and shall provide Tenant with any information and/or documentation not otherwise reasonably available to Tenant (if available to the Landlord) which is necessary to procure such permits and approvals and utility access agreements. Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord, within ten (10) days after the Landlord’s demand accompanied by reasonably sufficient documentation, for any reasonable out-of-pocket cost or expense incurred by the Landlord in connection with Landlord’s assistance in obtaining the permits and approvals and utility access agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing sentence, for so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant, Landlord shall not be entitled to any such reimbursement from Tenant other than as provided in the Partnership Agreement.

(iii) No Alteration materially affecting the structural portions, roofs or the heating, air conditioning, elevator, plumbing, electrical, sanitary, mechanical or other service or utility systems of such Property shall be undertaken except under the supervision of a licensed architect or licensed professional engineer.

(iv) The costs of all Alterations shall be borne by Tenant.

(v) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that any Alterations shall be subject to the approval rights of the Theme Park Owner with respect to Creative Aspects (as defined in the Resort Agreement) as set forth in the Resort Agreement; provided, that to the extent there is any conflict arising out of Landlord’s approval rights pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of Section 3.2(c) and the Theme Park Owner’s approval rights pursuant to the Resort Agreement as required thereby, Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that the rights of the Theme Park Owner shall govern and control.

(b) Significant Alterations. In addition to, but not in limitation of, the terms and provisions of Section 3.2(a), any Alterations (or series of related Alterations as part of the same project) to a Property or related Site estimated to cost more than $1,500,000 (as reasonably estimated by Tenant’s architect or engineer), adjusted for inflation (“SIGNIFICANT ALTERATIONS”), may be made by Tenant, at any time and from time to time, at Tenant’s sole expense, from and after the completion of the Initial Construction subject to the requirements set forth in clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 3.2(b).

(i) Tenant shall provide broad form builders risk insurance, on a completed value (or reporting form) basis and general liability insurance, which insurance shall be effected by policies complying with the applicable provisions of Article VII, and shall deliver certificates of insurance to Landlord evidencing such coverage with respect to each Significant Alteration.

 

17


(ii) No Significant Alteration shall be undertaken except under the supervision of a licensed architect or licensed professional engineer.

(iii) Prior to the commencement of any Significant Alteration, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (A) notice of such commencement together with a general description of the scope and estimated cost of such Significant Alteration and (B) at Tenant’s option, either (1) a performance bond and a labor and materials payment bond (issued by a surety company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of Florida), each in an amount equal to 100% of the estimated cost, naming Landlord and Tenant as co-obligees, and otherwise in customary form and content, or (2) such other security for the completion of such Significant Alteration as may be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

(iv) Prior to the commencement of any Significant Alteration, if required by any Legal Requirement, Tenant shall execute, and record in the land records of the County, a “Notice of Commencement” in accordance with applicable Florida law with respect to such Significant Alteration, and Tenant shall send to Landlord, contemporaneously with the recordation of such Notice of Commencement, a copy thereof.

(v) Promptly after completion of any Significant Alteration, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with (A) if and to the extent that such Property is relocated and/or reconfigured, a final “as built” survey showing the location and configuration of the buildings and improvements on the applicable Site and (B) copies of all evidences of such completion (including, without limitation, certificates of any architect or construction consultant) which Tenant delivers to any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee in connection with such Alterations.

(c) Major Alterations. In addition to, but not in limitation of, the terms and provisions of Sections 3.2(a) and (b), any Alterations (or series of related Alterations as part of the same project) to a Property or related Site estimated to cost more than $3,000,000 (as reasonably estimated by Tenant’s architect or engineer), adjusted for inflation, that relates to or affects (A) the exterior of such Property if such Property is a Hotel, (B) any electrical, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, elevator, plumbing, sprinkler, exhaust, security, life-safety, emergency generator, gas or swimming pool-related systems installed at any time as part of such Property, or (C) any areas of the applicable Site outside of such Property if such Property is a Hotel (“MAJOR ALTERATIONS”) may be made by Tenant, at any time and from time to time, at Tenant’s sole expense, in and to such Property from and after the completion of the Initial Construction subject to the prior approval of Landlord and the requirements set forth in clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 3.2(c).

(i) Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its approval plans and specifications showing in reasonable detail any proposed Major Alteration. Within

 

18


forty-five (45) days after Landlord’s receipt of such plans and specifications, Landlord shall notify Tenant of its approval or, with specificity of its reasons therefor, its disapproval thereof and the failure of Landlord to so notify Tenant within such forty-five (45) day period shall be deemed to constitute the approval by Landlord thereof.

(ii) If Tenant desires to modify in any material respect previously approved plans and specifications for a Major Alteration (as such may have been modified by approved plans and specifications), Tenant shall submit any such proposed modifications to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of such proposed modifications, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its approval or, with specificity of its reasons therefor, its disapproval thereof and the failure of Landlord to so notify Tenant within such twenty (20) day period shall be deemed to constitute the approval by Landlord thereof.

(iii) If a Major Alteration is required because of any Legal Requirement, no approval or consent by Landlord with respect to such Major Alteration shall be required to be obtained by Tenant prior to performing and completing such Major Alteration; provided, that Tenant gives Landlord notice of such Major Alteration prior to commencement thereof.

(iv) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all actual out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with (A) its decision to grant or withhold its approval of a proposed Major Alteration and (B) its inspection of such Major Alteration to determine whether the same is being or has been performed in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

(v) Tenant shall cause any Major Alterations to be completed substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications (including any material modifications thereto) submitted to and approved by Landlord pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3.2(c).

SECTION 3.3 SITE INSPECTION. Landlord shall have (a) the right, with respect to Alterations, to inspect any construction work at all times during normal working hours, and (b) the right, during the construction period for any Major Alterations, to maintain at the Premises for the purpose set forth in the foregoing clause (a) (at its own expense) one on-site individual representative, so long as such inspections and such individual maintained at the Premises do not interfere in any material respect with Tenant’s construction work and shall comply with all safety standards and other job-site rules and regulations of Tenant (but Landlord shall not thereby assume any responsibility for the proper performance of such work in accordance with the terms of this Lease, nor any liability arising from the improper performance thereof). If any time such work is not being performed in substantial accordance with the approved plans and specifications, Tenant shall promptly correct such situation upon notice thereof from Landlord. The Landlord’s on-site representative is an inspector only. Such on-site representative shall make only such communications with Tenant’s construction manager(s), the general contractor, its subcontractors, or any other Person involved in the construction of the

 

19


Major Alteration, as are reasonably necessary to enable such on-site representative to conduct its investigations, and in no event shall the on-site representative give directions to such Persons. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, this Section 3.3 shall not be effective until such time as an Affiliate of Landlord does not own, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant.

SECTION 3.4 NO SUBORDINATION OF FEE. In no event will Landlord be required to subordinate its fee interest in the Sites to the lien of any Person providing financing to Tenant in connection with the performance of the Initial Construction or any Alterations, the purchase of FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies, or the maintenance and operation o(pound) the Premises. All liabilities and obligations relating to any such financing shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, and such financing shall be subject to the provisions of Article XIII. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge the existence of a landlord’s lien pursuant to Chapter 83, Laws of Florida. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby waives its statutory lien with respect to Tenant’s bona fide lenders and, if requested, will execute a landlord waiver agreement with such lender(s).

ARTICLE IV

 

 

RENT

 

 

SECTION 4.1 RENT.

(a) During each Fiscal Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

(b) For so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent out of Income After Debt Service, to the extent of Available Cash, in accordance with the priority of distribution set forth in Section 18.4 of the Partnership Agreement for the applicable Fiscal Year. To the extent that there is insufficient Income After Debt Service to pay to Landlord all or any portion of Base Rent or Additional Rent for a Fiscal Year, such Base Rent or Additional Rent or portion thereof shall not be deemed earned or payable with respect to such Fiscal Year, and shall not be curried forward to any subsequent Fiscal Year.

(c) If an Affiliate of Landlord does not own, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent out of Income After Debt Service, to the extent of Available Cash, in accordance with the priority of distributions and the other provisions set forth in Schedule 4.1 hereto for the applicable Fiscal Year, except that the amount of debt service that shall be deducted when computing Income After Debt Service and the amount of Capital Investment for each Partner used for calculating the Priority Returns before any payment of Additional Rent shall each be determined as follows:

(A) the ratio of secured debt to Non-Affiliated Lenders to total capital contributions plus secured debt to Non-Affiliated Lenders and loans provided by the Partners shall be determined on the last day of the most recently completed Fiscal Year prior to the date on which an Affiliate of Landlord no longer owned, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant;

 

20


(B) on each date on which Income After Debt Service is determined for purposes of distributions in accordance with Schedule 4.1 hereto, a deemed amount of secured debt and a deemed amount of capital contributions shall be determined by adding together the actual amount of secured debt to Non-Affiliated Lenders, the actual amount of loans provided by Partners and the actual amount of capital contributions (collectively, “Total Financing”), in each case as of such date, and then multiplying such Total Financing by the ratio determined pursuant to (A) above;

(C) the amount of deemed debt service to be used solely for purposes of determining Income After Debt Service shall then be calculated by multiplying the then existing interest rate of the actual secured debt to Non-Affiliated Lenders by the deemed amount of such secured debt determined pursuant to (B) above, which amount shall not exceed one hundred ten (110%) percent of the interest payments paid during the most recently completed Fiscal Year prior to the date on which an Affiliate of Landlord no longer owned, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant; and

(D) the amount of deemed capital contributions to be used solely for purposes of calculating the priority return on Capital Investment for each Partner set forth in subparagraph (a)(v) of Schedule 4.1 before any payment of Additional Rent shall be Total Financing minus the deemed amount of secured debt determined pursuant to (B) above.

To the extent that there is insufficient Income After Debt Service (as determined pursuant to this Section 4.1(c)) to pay to Landlord all or any portion of the Base Rent or Additional Rent for a Fiscal Year, such Base Rent and such Additional Rent or portion thereof shall not be deemed earned or payable with respect to such Fiscal Year, and shall not be carried forward to any subsequent Fiscal Year.

SECTION 4.2 PAYMENT OF BASE RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT; RIGHT TO AUDIT.

(a) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, Tenant shall, or shall cause the Hotel Manager to, furnish to Landlord a statement (the “ACCOUNTANT’S STATEMENT”) prepared in accordance with the Uniform System and GAAP and reported by a reputable nationally recognized independent certified public accountant with experience in the hotel industry and by Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth a calculation, in reasonable detail, of the following amounts for such Fiscal Year: (i) Total Revenues; (ii) Income After Debt Service; (iii) Available Cash; and (iv) any required adjustments to the amount of Base Rent or Additional Rent, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord during such Fiscal Year. Landlord shall have the right to approve any independent certified public accountant of Tenant that does not satisfy the standard set forth therefor in this Section 4.2(a).

(b) Tenant shall, or shall cause the Hotel Manager to, provide Landlord with a reasonably detailed statement within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month of each

 

21


Fiscal Year during the Term, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth, for the immediately preceding calendar month and for the Fiscal Year to date, a summary of the information required to be set forth in the Accountant’s Statement, which statement shall be prepared in accordance with the Uniform System.

(c) If the aggregate Base Rent and/or Additional Rent, if any, paid by Tenant in respect of any Fiscal Year, or portion thereof, shall be more or less than the actual amount of Base Rent and/or Additional Rent, if any, determined to be due and payable in respect of such Fiscal Year, or portion thereof (if such determination is based upon the Accountant’s Statement), an adjusting payment for such difference shall be made between the parties within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Accountant’s Statement.

(d) Tenant shall, or shall cause the Hotel Manager to, keep and maintain at Tenant’s offices on the Premises a full and accurate set of books and records relating to the calculation of Total Revenues and Income After Debt Service, and such books and records shall be kept and maintained in accordance with the Uniform System and GAAP. Tenant further shall, or shall cause the Hotel Manager to, keep, retain and preserve for at least five (5) years after each respective Fiscal Year all such books and records for such Fiscal Year as would be customarily preserved or kept for an audit by an independent certified public accountant of the operation of hotels of similar size and quality to the Hotels.

(e) If Landlord disagrees with the Accountant’s Statement, Landlord, and Landlord’s agents, employees and/or accountants, shall thereafter have the right at any reasonable time, upon reasonable notice, to inspect and to audit all of the books of account and records of Tenant to the extent reasonably required to establish Base Rent and Additional Rent due for any Fiscal Year or portion thereof, and Tenant, upon request by Landlord, shall make all such books and records available at the Premises for such examination and for copying. If Landlord shall request that an audit be conducted and if, as a result of such audit, Base Rent and Additional Rent due and payable for the applicable Fiscal Year pursuant to Schedule 4.1 hereto shall be found to be greater than Base Rent and Additional Rent theretofor paid for such Fiscal Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, promptly after written demand, all understated amounts of Base Rent and Additional Rent and interest thereon at the rate of interest provided for in Section 16.12, from the date on which such understated amounts should have been paid until actual payment thereof. If Base Rent and Additional Rent, was in the aggregate, understated by more than five percent (5%) of the actual amount thereof determined pursuant to such audit, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the sums due pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, promptly after written demand therefore, the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such audit. In all other cases, Landlord shall pay the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such audit. Landlord’s right to commence such an audit with respect to the Accountant’s Statement for a particular Fiscal Year shall expire one (1) year after the Accountant’s Statement for such Fiscal Year shall have been delivered to Landlord. Landlord shall be deemed to have waived any objection to any Annual Statement not specified to Tenant in writing within one (1) year after such Annual Statement shall have been delivered to Landlord. The acceptance by Landlord of any amounts paid to Landlord by Tenant as Base Rent and Additional Rent as shown by any statements shall not be an admission of the accuracy of

 

22


said statements or of the sufficiency of the amount of said payment. All information acquired by Landlord pursuant to the exercise of its inspection and audit rights set forth in this Section 4.2(d) shall be used solely for the purpose of establishing Base Rent and Additional Rent for such Fiscal Year and shall be subject to the terms of Section 16.20.

SECTION 4.3 MANNER OF PAYMENT. All Rent and other sums of money which are paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid in lawful money of the United States at the address for UCDP set forth in Section 16.7 or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.

SECTION 4.4 NO PARTNERSHIP CREATED. The relationship between Landlord and Tenant pursuant to this Lease is and at all times shall remain that of lessor and lessee. Neither party shall be construed or held to be a partner, joint venturer or associate of the other party for the purpose of this Agreement, nor shall either party be liable for any debts incurred by the other party in the conduct of such other party’s business, or for any loss incurred by such other party from operations or otherwise.

SECTION 4.5 SURVIVAL. The obligation, if any, to pay all Rent and any other payments, charges, expenses or amounts due hereunder shall survive the expiration or prior termination of this Lease to the extent such Rent or such other payments, charges, expenses or amounts due hereunder were due and payable with respect to any portion of the Term prior to such expiration or prior termination.

SECTION 4.6 RENT TO MARKET ADJUSTMENT. If, at any time during the Term, the Theme Park is no longer operated at the Resort Property (other than temporary closings due to a Force Majeure Event or as described in Section 13.4(a), (b) or (c) of the Resort Agreement), at Tenant’s option, Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder for any portion of any Fiscal Year during which such event has occurred and is continuing shall be adjusted to equal fair market rent for the Properties based on use of the Sites (excluding the Site described in Item 4 of Exhibit D) solely for hotels but otherwise vacant and unimproved as determined by a nationally known investment banking firm experienced in such valuations which is reasonably acceptable to the Leasehold Mortgagee and at the time of retention is not providing services to either of the parties hereto or any of their Affiliates, and within the two (2) years prior to such retention did not receive more than $500,000 of revenues from such persons or entities; provided, that in no event shall Base Rent and Additional Rent after such adjustment be higher than Base Rent and Additional Rent payable, immediately prior to such adjustment, pursuant to Section 4.1. If the parties hereto are unable to agree upon the selection of such investment banking firm within thirty (30) days of the date of the exercise by Tenant of such option, then each party hereto shall choose one (1) investment banking firm so qualified, and such two firms shall select a third such firm so qualified. The investment banking firm so selected shall furnish the parties hereto with a written valuation within sixty (60) days of such selection, setting forth its determination of such fair market rent. The determination of the investment banking firm shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and a judgment upon the determination of the investment banking firm may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such adjusted Rent shall be paid out of Income After Debt Service, to the extent of Available Cash, in accordance with the priority of

 

23


distributions set forth (a) in Section 18.4 of the Partnership Agreement (for so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns an equity interest in Tenant) or (b) in Schedule 4.1 hereto (if an Affiliate of Landlord does not own an equity interest in Tenant) for the applicable Fiscal Year.

SECTION 4.7 RENT SUSPENSION. If at any time Theme Park Owner closes the Theme Park (other than temporary closings as described in Section 13.4(a) of the Resort Agreement or due to a Force Majeure Event) in accordance with the terms of Section 13.4(b) or (c) of the Resort Agreement, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent to Landlord during such periods of closure and the Total Revenues of the Hotels during such periods shall be excluded from Total Revenues used to determine Base Rent and Additional Rent for the months and Fiscal Years in which such closings occur.

ARTICLE V

 

 

CERTAIN COVENANTS

 

 

SECTION 5.1 NET LEASE GENERALLY. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Rent set forth in Article IV have been established on the assumption that Landlord will not be obligated to pay any expenses or incur any liabilities of any kind relating to, or in connection with, the Premises during the Term, except as expressly assumed by Landlord elsewhere in this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant shall promptly pay all costs, expenses, fees, charges, amounts and obligations of every kind and description relating to, or arising out of, the Premises during the Term, except as expressly assumed by Landlord elsewhere in this Lease.

SECTION 5.2 REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE. With respect to each Property, once such Property has opened, subject to Article XI, Tenant shall, at all times thereafter during the Term and at its own cost and expense (whether or not insurance proceeds are available for such purpose), and in accordance with the Management Standard, put, keep, replace and maintain such Property and the entire Premises (including the structural portions of such Property, the entrances, windows, partitions, doors, lighting and plumbing fixtures, the grounds and all landscaping, the paving and other surfaces, and all fixtures, equipment and appurtenances relating to the Project and the Premises) in good repair and in good, safe order and condition, shall make all repairs thereto, both inside and outside, structural and non-structural, extraordinary and ordinary, howsoever the necessity for repairs may occur, whether or not necessitated by wear, tear, obsolescence or defects, latent or otherwise, and shall not commit, suffer or permit waste, damage, defacing, public nuisance or injury to the Premises. Tenant shall also, at its own cost and expense, put, keep and maintain in good repair and in good, safe order and condition, and free from dirt, standing water, rubbish and other obstructions or obstacles, the sidewalks on the Premises. Tenant shall also, at its own cost and expense, put, keep and maintain the FF&E in good repair and in good, safe order and condition, howsoever the necessity or desirability for repairs may occur, whether or not necessitated by wear, tear, obsolescence or defects. Tenant may at any time and from time to time remove and dispose of any of the FF&E which have become obsolete or unfit for use or which are no longer useful in the operation of the hotel business conducted by Tenant on the Premises; provided, however, that the FF&E so disposed of shall be promptly replaced with other FF&E required to enable Tenant to operate each Property

 

24


in accordance, and in compliance, with the applicable Management Standard. Landlord shall not be required to make any Alterations or repairs to any Property during the Term.

SECTION 5.3 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, ETC. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with and observe (a) all Legal Requirements pertaining to the Premises and the operations to be conducted by Tenant thereon and (b) any applicable requirements of any Person insuring any portion of the Premises. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall (i) make such Alterations to the Premises as may be required by any such Governmental Authority, including without limitation, Alterations to the structural elements of the Hotels, (ii) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all licenses, permits, consents and approvals from any Governmental Authority as may be required in connection with the use, occupancy and operation of the Premises, and (iii) comply with all Environmental Laws. Tenant agrees to give Landlord notice of any Legal Requirement enacted, passed, promulgated, made, issued or adopted affecting the Premises, a copy of which is served upon, or received by, Tenant, or a copy of which is posted on, or fastened or attached to, the Premises, within twenty (20) days after such service, receipt, posting, fastening or attaching. At the same time, the Tenant will inform Landlord as to the work or steps which Tenant proposes to do or take in order to comply therewith.

SECTION 5.4 TAXES.

(a) During the Term, subject to receipt by Landlord from Tenant of the Taxes required to be paid by Tenant under this Section 5.4, Landlord shall pay directly to the applicable Governmental Authority all Taxes (or installments thereof) not later than the date the same may be paid without interest or penalty (which shall be the date of delinquency). Landlord shall complete and submit to the applicable Governmental Authority, in a timely manner, all filings, returns, reports and other documents required in connection with the Taxes described in this Section 5.4.

(b) At least thirty (30) business days prior to the date that any installment of Taxes is due and payable by Landlord, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement setting forth the amount of such installment together with a copy of any related invoice, statement or assessment received from any Governmental Authority for each site with respect to such installment. At least five (5) business days prior to the due date of such installment Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the amount of such installment. Landlord acknowledges that the Sites for the Portofino, Third Hotel and Support Facility are separately assessed for Taxes, but currently the Site for the Hard Rock Hotel is not separately assessed for Taxes. The Site for the Hard Rock Hotel consists of a portion of Lots 8A, 9A and 13A of the Universal Plat (the “HARD ROCK LOTS”). Notwithstanding the second sentence of this Section 5.4(b), until such time as the Site for the Hard Rock Hotel is separately assessed for Taxes, Tenant shall only pay to Landlord an amount equal to 61.49% of the installment of Taxes for the Hard Rock Lots, which percentage is based upon the square footage of the Site for the Hard Rock Hotel divided by the square footage of the Hard Rock Lots. The obligation of Tenant to pay Taxes pursuant to the immediately preceding sentences, shall be prorated at the beginning and at the end of the Term to reflect periods during the tax fiscal years at the commencement and expiration (or sooner

 

25


termination) of this Lease for which said Taxes are paid in which this Lease is not in effect. If requested by Tenant, and provided that Tenant, as of the date of such request, has paid to Landlord such Taxes required to be paid by Tenant in accordance with this Section 5.4(b), Landlord shall make any payment of Taxes prior to the due date in order to take advantage of any discounts arising as a result of early payment, which discount shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant, pro rata based on their allocable share of such Taxes.

(c) Tenant shall, upon the reasonable request of Landlord, promptly execute and deliver to Landlord any forms, filings, returns, affidavits, certificates or other instruments or documents reasonably required in connection with any applications or submissions made by Landlord to any Governmental Authority in connection with Landlord’s obligations relating to the Project or the Premises with respect to Taxes.

(d) Landlord and Tenant agree to consult with. each other and to keep each other advised concerning any controversy or contest pertaining to the amount or validity of any Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right, and upon the request of Tenant the obligation, to contest or review, by legal proceedings or in such other manner as it may reasonably deem suitable (which, if instituted, shall be conducted by Landlord at the expense of Landlord and Tenant), the amount of any assessed valuation or rate in respect of any Taxes or the validity of any Taxes enacted after the date of this Lease. Tenant may cause to be paid under protest, or Tenant may cause to be deferred to the extent permitted by any Legal Requirement the payment of, a contested item; provided, that in the case of such a deferral of payment such contest does not subject Landlord to criminal liability and that, prior to the institution of any such proceedings, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord and to any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee if so required by the terms of its Permitted Leasehold Mortgage: (i) an agreement by Tenant, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, to indemnify Landlord against all losses, costs, damages and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by reason of such contest; or (ii) a surety company bond, cash deposit or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and such Mortgagee, sufficient to cover the amount of the contested item or items and interest and penalties covering the period which such proceedings may be expected to take, securing payment of such contested items, interest, penalties and all costs in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the furnishing of any such indemnity, bond or security (other than a cash deposit), if the Premises or any part thereof shall at any time be in imminent danger of being sold, forfeited or otherwise lost, then Tenant shall promptly pay such contested item or items; provided, however, that if Tenant shall have made a cash deposit, then Landlord or such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, as the case may be, shall thereupon pay the contested item or items out of the cash deposit, and any balance of the cash deposit remaining after the payment or cancellation thereof shall be repaid to Tenant without interest. The legal proceedings to review tax assessments, appeals from orders therein and appeals from any judgments, decrees or orders shall be commenced as soon as practicable after the imposition or assessment of any contested item and shall be prosecuted to final adjudication with dispatch. Tenant has the right to contest any Tax for which it is liable; provided, that Tenant has complied with any applicable provisions of this Section 5.4. Any refunds recovered by Tenant may be retained by and shall be the property of Tenant except that such refunds (net of the costs of collection) shall belong to Landlord if and to the extent they are in respect of any

 

26


period prior to the commencement of the Term or after the expiration thereof or attributable to the portions of the tax parcel not leased to Tenant. Landlord shall not be required to join in any proceedings referred to in this Section 5.4 unless the provisions of any Legal Requirements at the time in effect shall require that such proceedings be brought by or in the name of Landlord, in which event Landlord shall join in such proceedings or permit the same to be brought in its name. Landlord shall bear its pro rata share of any costs or expenses in connection with any such proceedings, and Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in excess thereof, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Tenant shall make available to Landlord upon Landlord’s written request any documents related to any contest by Tenant of any Tax hereunder.

(e) Tenant shall have the right to examine and copy, during regular business hours at the office of Landlord, those portions of Landlord’s books and records which pertain to Taxes and which may be required to verify the accuracy of any amounts with respect to Taxes shown on any statement from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Section 5.4.

SECTION 5.5 USE OF PREMISES.

(a) The Premises shall be used exclusively by Tenant for the construction, maintenance, management and operation of the Hotels and the Support Facility (and any services, entertainment activities, amenities and ancillary activities as may be found from time to time in hotels or similar facilities) in accordance with the Management Standard and for no other purpose whatsoever, unless Tenant shall have first obtained the prior approval of Landlord and the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee. Tenant covenants that no Hotel shall at any time contain more than 110% of the number of guest rooms in such Hotel immediately after the construction thereof is substantially completed.

(b) Tenant shall not use, occupy, suffer or permit the Premises, or any part thereof, to be used in any manner, or suffer or permit anything to be brought into or kept therein, which would, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, (i) constitute a hazardous condition so as to increase the risk to personal health, welfare and safety and the risk involved in Tenant’s operation beyond the level of risk normally attendant upon the operation of hotels of the quality standard of the Hotels, (ii) make void or voidable any insurance policy of Tenant then in force with respect to the Project, (iii) make it commercially impossible to obtain from reputable insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of Florida at customary rates any fire insurance with extended coverage, including water damage, or general comprehensive liability, elevator, boiler and machinery or other insurance, (iv) cause injury or damage to any Property or to the FF&E, (v) constitute waste or a public nuisance, (vi) violate any certificate of occupancy or operation which may be obtained for any Property, (vii) interfere with access to the Premises by fire prevention personnel and/or equipment, or (viii) pose a threat to the safety or security of any Property or any occupant thereof.

(c) Tenant shall not suffer or permit the Premises to be used in such manner as would reasonably be expected to impair Landlord’s title to, or its reversionary interest in, the Premises or in such manner as would reasonably be expected to result in a claim or claims of adverse usage or adverse possession by the public or of implied dedication of the Premises or any portion thereof.

 

27


(d) Subject to the terms of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgage, Tenant shall have the right (i) to convert the use of a Hotel (that is not already constructed as a time share, time interval or cooperative ownership property) and/or its leasehold estate under this Lease to any time sharing, time interval or cooperative form of ownership and (ii) upon Landlord’s approval, to subject the leasehold estate under this Lease to any condominium regime; provided, that any such use or regime shall be ultimately transient in character involving average periods of continuous rental or occupancy equal to or less than two (2) weeks in duration.

SECTION 5.6 MANAGEMENT STANDARD.

(a) Tenant shall operate, maintain, manage, repair and furnish each Property and the business to be carried on therein (including, without limitation, as to matters of maintenance, repair, safety, sanitation, guest service, and employee courtesy, appearance and conduct), in at least the applicable standard (such standard as it applies to a particular Property, the “MANAGEMENT STANDARD”) set forth below, subject, however, in each case to the initial quality and design aspects of each Property’s facilities, the provisions and limitations of the Management Agreement and such Hotel’s Annual Plan (as defined in the Management Agreement) and the availability of necessary working capital:

(i) The Portofino Bay Hotel shall be operated and managed as a first-class resort hotel in accordance with the standard of first-class resort hotel properties in the Orlando area as of the date hereof;

(ii) The Hard Rock Hotel shall be operated and managed as a first-class resort hotel in accordance with the standard of first-class resort hotel properties in the Orlando area as of the date hereof;

(iii) The Third Hotel shall be operated and managed as a first-class resort hotel in accordance with the standard of first-class resort hotel properties in the Orlando area as of the date hereof. and

(iv) The Support Facility shall be operated and managed in a good and business like fashion.

(b) The ability of Tenant to comply with the Management Standard for each Hotel is based upon, among other things, the success of the Theme Park Owner, as the Person responsible for Marketing (as defined in the Resort Agreement) of the Hotels, to generate sufficient revenue per available room through its Marketing efforts so that there will be sufficient working capital available to meet the high level of costs required to comply with such Management Standard. In addition, Tenant recognizes that an integral element of the success of the Theme Park Owner’s Marketing efforts is the ability of Tenant to operate the Hotels in a manner sufficient to justify the room rates which Theme Park Owner and Tenant will attempt to obtain. To the extent Theme Park Owner has not provided adequate Marketing services as contemplated by the first sentence of this paragraph, Tenant may be unable to meet such Management Standard for a particular period of time.

 

28


SECTION 5.7 CONTINUOUS OPERATION.

(a) After the opening for business of a Property, Tenant shall, except during any Force Majeure Event, cause such Property, if it is a Hotel, to be continuously opened to the public and each Property to be operated each day during the Term in the ordinary course of business of such Property.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 5.7(a), Tenant shall have the right, from time to time, to close portions of a Property for such reasonable periods of time as may be required to make repairs or Alterations or to prevent a dedication to the public of any such portions, including those required as a result of casualty or other damage to such Property. Tenant shall use all reasonable efforts to give Landlord with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any such closing and shall consult with Landlord with respect to the reasons for such closing.

SECTION 5.8 RUBBISH REMOVAL; EXTERMINATION.

(a) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall cause any garbage and rubbish to be promptly removed from the Premises in a sanitary and efficient manner and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete or cause to be completed such rubbish removal prior to 11:00 a.m. on each day.

(b) Tenant shall, at its own cost, retain a licensed, bonded professional pest and sanitation control service to perform inspections of the Premises as reasonably necessary for the purposes of controlling infestation by insects, rodents and vermin and Tenant shall promptly cause any corrective or extermination work reasonably recommended by such service to be performed.

SECTION 5.9 LIENS.

(a) Except to the extent required by any Legal Requirement, Tenant shall not create, or permit to be created or to remain, any lien, encumbrance or charge (whether levied on account of any mechanic’s, laborer’s or materialmen’s lien or any conditional sale, title retention agreement or chattel mortgage) which might become a lien, encumbrance or charge upon the Premises or any part thereof. Except to the extent required by any Legal Requirement, Tenant shall not cause or permit any work to be done upon, or any materials or services furnished to, any portion of the Premises except under a contract which states that a contractor is not permitted to file a mechanic’s lien or claim against Landlord’s interest in the Premises or any part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any mechanic’s, laborer’s or materialmen’s lien shall at any time be filed against the Premises, Tenant shall with all due diligence cause the same to be discharged of record by payment or a transfer of such lien to other security pursuant to Florida law.

 

29


(b) Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting the request or consent of Landlord, express or implied, to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer or materialmen for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any services or materials for any improvements, alteration to or repair of the Premises or any part thereof.

SECTION 5.10 FF&E; LOEWS NAME.

(a) Tenant shall at all times during the Term cause each Property to be furnished and equipped with FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies in accordance with the Management Standard for such Property. Upon the Expiration Date, Tenant shall be obligated to irrevocably transfer to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in and to FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies in existence on such date in accordance with Article XIV.

(b) No right or remedy of Landlord for any default and neither the termination nor cancellation of this Lease, nor any provision of this Lease, shall confer upon Landlord or any transferee, assignee or successor, or any Person claiming by or through Landlord, any right to use the “LOEWS” name, or any variation thereof, either alone or in conjunction with any other word or words, in the use or operation of the Project or otherwise. Tenant shall have the right to seek relief in a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce the provisions of this Section 5.10(b) by injunction and all other remedies at law and in equity, and Landlord shall bear all costs in connection with such proceedings, if the court rules against Landlord. The provisions of this Section 5.10(b) shall survive any termination of the Lease or expiration of the Term.

SECTION 5.11 FF&E RESERVE ACCOUNT.

(a) Tenant shall, or shall cause the Hotel Manager to, establish, in Tenant’s name and for the benefit of Tenant, a separate interest-bearing account (the “FF&E RESERVE ACCOUNT”) for each Hotel solely for the purpose of funding the renewal, replacement and additions of FF&E required for the operation of such Hotel in accordance with the terms of this Lease from and after the Opening Date thereof. To fund the FF&E Reserve Account, Tenant shall deposit, or shall cause the Hotel Manager to deposit, within thirty (30) days after the end of each month during the term of this Lease from and after such Opening Date, an amount equal to the percentage of Total Revenues of such Hotel as set forth in the following schedule:

 

FISCAL YEAR

   PERCENTAGE OF
TOTAL REVENUES
 

1

   1

2

   2

3 AND THEREAFTER

   3

To the extent Available Cash (without regard to the required FF&E Reserve Account payments) for any month is insufficient to allow for the FF&E Reserve Account deposit required above, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, deposit into the FF&E Reserve Account an amount sufficient to cause the FF&E Reserve Account to be fully funded as so required above.

 

30


(b) Tenant shall, or shall cause the Hotel Manager to, make expenditures from the FF&E Reserve Account for the purposes permitted hereunder as is necessary to maintain the Properties in accordance with this Lease. All amounts remaining in the FF&E Reserve Account at the close of each Fiscal Year shall be carried forward and retained until fully used as herein provided. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written statement of the balance in the FF&E Reserve Account and the amount and nature of Tenant’s expenditures from the FF&E Reserve Account since the prior statement provided by Tenant.

(c) Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a security interest in the FF&E Reserve Account, and all profits and proceeds thereof, in order to secure Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.11, which security interest shall be subject and subordinate only to the rights of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or purchase money lender in such FF&E Reserve Account. Tenant hereby agrees not to grant a security interest in the FF&E Reserve Account to any Person other than a Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, Landlord or purchase money lender. Landlord shall execute and deliver all such instruments as any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or purchase money lender shall reasonably require in order to confirm Landlord’s subordination of its security interest as aforesaid.

SECTION 5.12 UTILITIES; TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining and paying, in a timely manner, all costs, expenses, fees, charges and amounts for heat, gas, potable water, irrigation water, air conditioning, electricity, sewerage, solid waste removal, cable television, telephone and any other utility used or consumed in or upon the Premises and shall separately meter the same to the extent practicable. Pursuant to Section 3.1, Landlord (solely in its capacity as the owner of the Sites) shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the permits and approvals required by Governmental Authorities and any necessary utility access agreements.

SECTION 5.13 OPTIONS ON AND ACCESS RIGHTS TO PHASE II SITES.

(a) UCDP hereby grants to Tenant an irrevocable option, exercisable in the manner and at the times provided in Section 5.13(c), to lease from UCDP the Primary Phase II Sites on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and the Partnership Agreement, including a base rent calculated in the same manner as Base Rent hereunder and additional rent equal to $5,687,500 (which amount shall be adjusted for inflation from and after the Opening Date of the Portofino), which shall be paid out of Income After Debt Service, to the extent of Available Cash, in accordance with the priority of distributions set forth (a) in Section 18.4 of the Partnership Agreement (for so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant) or (b) in Schedule 4.1 hereto (if an Affiliate of Landlord does not own, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant) for the applicable Fiscal Year, which right may not be assigned by Tenant except as provided in the next sentence. Upon the date that LOH has given URH or its successor notice of its decision to have its Affiliate participate in the

 

31


development of the Primary Phase II Hotels pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Partnership Agreement, Tenant shall assign the option set forth in this Section 5.13(a) to the Phase II Partnership and UCDP agrees that Tenant may so assign such option. Promptly after delivery by the Phase II Partnership to UCDP of a notice indicating the Phase II Partnership’s exercise of the foregoing option, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after such delivery, UCDP and the Phase II Partnership shall enter into a ground lease with respect to the Primary Phase II Sites on substantially similar terms as this Lease such that the Primary Phase II Sites will be treated as the “Sites” for all purposes of such ground lease (in substantially the same manner as such term is used in this Lease) and the hotels to be constructed on such sites will each be treated as the “Project”, “Properties” and “Hotels” for all purposes of such ground lease (in substantially the same manner as such term is used in this Lease). Such ground lease shall include such other changes from the terms of this Lease as necessary to give effect to the foregoing. Until such time as the option set forth in this Section 5.13(a) is exercised, UCDP hereby grants Tenant reasonable rights of access to such sites during normal business hours in connection with Tenant’s review of such sites for possible development. After the date that LOH has given or is deemed to have given URH or its successor notice of its decision not to have its Affiliate participate in the development of the Primary Phase II Hotels pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Partnership Agreement, this option shall terminate upon the expiration of Hotel Venture’s, or its successor’s, rights under Section 9.5 of the Partnership Agreement. Tenant, upon Landlord’s reasonable request, shall promptly execute a recordable document or instrument evidencing such termination of this option.

(b) UCDP hereby grants to Tenant an irrevocable option, exercisable in the manner and at the times provided in Section 5.13(c), to lease from UCDP the Third Phase II Site on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and the Partnership Agreement, including a base rent calculated in the same manner as Base Rent hereunder and additional rent equal to $1,312,500 (which amount shall be adjusted for inflation only from and after the Opening Date of the Portofino), which shall be paid out of Income After Debt Service, to the extent of Available Cash, in accordance with the priority of distributions set forth (a) in Section 18.4 of the Partnership Agreement (for so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant) or (b) in Schedule 4.1 hereto (if an Affiliate of Landlord does not own, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant) for the applicable Fiscal Year, which right may not be assigned by Tenant except as provided in the next sentence. Upon the date that LOH has given URH or its successor notice of its decision to have its Affiliate participate in the development of the Third Phase II Property pursuant to Sections 9.3 and 9.6 of the Partnership Agreement, Tenant shall assign the option set forth in this Section 5.13(b) to the Phase II Partnership and UCDP agrees that Tenant may so assign such option. Promptly after delivery by the Phase II Partnership to UCDP of a notice indicating the Phase II Partnership’s exercise of the foregoing option, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after such delivery, UCDP and the Phase II Partnership shall enter into a ground lease with respect to the Third Phase II Site on substantially similar terms as this Lease such that the Third Phase II Site will be treated as a “Site” for all purposes of such ground lease (in substantially the same manner as such term is used in this Lease) and the hotel to be constructed on such site will be treated as the “Project”, a “Property” and a “Hotel” for all purposes of such ground lease (in substantially the same manner as such terms are used in this Lease except for changes to reflect that the Third Phase II Property

 

32


consists of approximately 300 time share units). Such ground lease shall include such other changes from the terms of this Lease as necessary to give effect to the foregoing. Until such time as the option set forth in this Section 5.13(b) is exercised, UCDP hereby grants Tenant reasonable rights of access to such sites during normal business hours in connection with Tenant’s review of such sites for possible development. After the date that LOH has given or is deemed to have given URH or its successor notice of its decision not to have its Affiliate participate in the development of the Third Phase II Property pursuant to Section 9.3 or 9.5 of the Partnership Agreement, this option shall terminate upon the expiration of Hotel Venture’s, or its successor’s, rights under Section 9.5 of the Partnership Agreement. Tenant, upon Landlord’s reasonable request, shall promptly execute a recordable document or instrument evidencing such termination of this option.

(c) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the options set forth in Section 5.13(a) and (b) may be exercised by Tenant (i) only after LOH or the Hotel Venture, as applicable (the “Phase II Notice Recipient”) has received a Phase II Commencement Notice with respect to the Primary Phase II Hotels or the Third Phase II Property (as applicable), and (ii) the Phase II Notice Recipient has provided the Person sending the applicable Phase II Commencement Notice (the “Phase II Notice Provider”) with written notice of its decision to have its Affiliate participate in the development of the Primary Phase II Hotels or the Third Phase II Property (as applicable) pursuant to the Partnership Agreement or Resort Agreement (as applicable). The delivery by Tenant to Landlord of a written certification, executed by the Phase II Notice Recipient, that the conditions set forth in clause (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence have been complied with, together with a copy of the applicable Phase II Commencement Notice executed by the Phase II Notice Provider, shall be conclusive and binding upon Landlord. The option set forth in this Section 5.13 shall terminate automatically with respect to the Primary Phase II Hotels or the Third Phase II Property (as applicable) when the Phase II Notice Recipient and its Affiliates shall have no further rights to participate in such development pursuant to Section 9.5 of the Partnership Agreement or pursuant to Section 13.5(e) of the Resort Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Landlord shall have the right to develop and use the Phase II Sites at any time before the exercise of the options set forth in this Section 5.13 for any lawful use or purpose other than for hotels or properties with a time share or time interval form of ownership.

(d) Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its option rights under this Section 5.13 with respect to the Primary Phase II Sites or the Third Phase II Site (as applicable) when the exercise of such rights would require, or result in, the demolition of, or a material impairment of the value of, any building constructed on such Phase II Site in accordance with subparagraph (c); provided however, if the Phase II Notice Provider has issued a Phase II Commencement Notice with respect to the Primary Phase II Hotels or the Third Phase II Property (as applicable) and the Phase II Notice Recipient has consented to participate in the development of any Phase II Hotel in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement or Resort Agreement (as applicable) and either (i) the Landlord is an Affiliate of the Phase II Notice Provider or (ii) the Landlord has consented in writing (which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion) to the construction of a Phase II Hotel on the Primary Phase II Sites or the Third Phase II Site (as applicable) as a stand alone hotel or as part of a mixed use

 

33


development, any buildings located on the Primary Phase II Sites or the Third Phase II Site (as applicable) shall be demolished, if reasonably necessary, and the cost of such demolition shall be paid solely by the Phase II Notice Provider and not by the Phase II Notice Recipient or by any joint venture created by such Persons to develop the Phase II Hotels. The restriction on Phase II Notice Recipient’s rights set forth in the preceding sentence due to the existence of an existing building on a Phase II Site is not intended to limit Phase II Notice Recipient’s or its Affiliates’ rights to participate in any future development of hotels or properties with a time share or time interval form of ownership on the Primary Phase II Sites or the Third Phase II Site. Landlord shall have the right to transfer or convey any interest or title in the Phase II Sites to any other party subject to Section 10.7, and any transfer by Landlord permitted under Article X shall be subject to the options in favor of Tenant set forth in this Section 5.13.

(e) If any Phase II Hotel is constructed and owned by a Person other than Tenant and the Support Facility is planned to be used to provide services to such Phase II Hotel, Landlord shall, upon request from Tenant, execute an agreement with such other Person pursuant to which Landlord shall grant its consent to such other Person acquiring from Tenant a right of access to the Support Facility for all purposes necessary to service such Phase II Hotel in connection with its operation.

SECTION 5.14 SIGNIFICANT THEME PARK QUALITY CHANGE. If on any date the attendance at the Theme Park for the twelve (12) full calendar months immediately preceding such date is less than 8,000,000 (other than as a result of a Force Majeure Event or because the Theme Park has ceased to operate, which shall be governed by Sections 4.6 and 4.7), then, until the next date that attendance at the Theme Park for the twelve (12) full calendar months immediately preceding such date has exceeded 8,000,000, any obligation of Tenant to manage and operate each Hotel at the applicable management standard set forth in the Management Agreement and in Section 5.6 shall be suspended and, at Tenant’s option, Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted to equal fair market rent for the Properties as determined by a nationally known investment banking firm experienced in such valuations which at the time of retention is not providing services to either of the parties hereto or any of their Affiliates, and within the two (2) years prior to such retention did not receive more than $500,000 of revenues from such persons or entities; provided, that in no event shall Base Rent and Additional Rent after such adjustment be higher than Base Rent and Additional Rent payable, immediately prior to such adjustment, pursuant to Section 4.1. If the parties hereto are unable to agree upon the selection of such investment banking firm within thirty (30) days of the date of the exercise by Tenant of such option, then each party hereto shall choose one (1) investment banking firm so qualified, and such two firms shall select a third such firm so qualified. The investment banking firm so selected shall furnish the parties hereto with a written valuation within sixty (60) days of such selection, setting forth its determination of such fair market rent. The determination of the investment banking firm shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and a judgment upon the determination of the investment banking firm may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such adjusted Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid out of Income After Debt Service, to the extent of Available Cash, in accordance with the priority of distributions set forth (a) in Section 18.4 of the Partnership Agreement (for so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest

 

34


in Tenant) or (b) in Schedule 4.1 hereto (if an Affiliate of Landlord is does not own, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant) for the applicable Fiscal Year.

SECTION 5.15 CHANGES IN LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has entered into the Resort Agreement with the Theme Park Owner. If a legal description for all or a portion of the Shared Area described (and defined) in the Resort Agreement needs to be amended, subsequent to the date hereof, pursuant to the Resort Agreement, Landlord and Tenant each agree to execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease, or such documents as may be reasonably required, for the purpose of evidencing a corresponding amendment to the legal description of any affected Site.

SECTION 5.16 TITLE. Landlord shall not create or permit to be created any covenants, restrictions, conditions or easements affecting the Sites, without the prior approval of Tenant. Landlord may create or permit to be created liens, encumbrances, covenants, restrictions, conditions or easements (the “TITLE EXCEPTIONS”) affecting the Phase II Sites, provided that such Title Exceptions have no adverse effect (other than to an insignificant extent) upon Tenant’s exercise of its option rights set forth in Section 5.13 and Tenant’s ability to develop the Phase II Sites as contemplated by Section 9 of the Partnership Agreement and operate the Phase II Hotels thereon, subject to covenants, conditions or similar matters of title that are not more restrictive (with respect to the development or operation of hotels) than those applicable to the Phase I Hotels upon the exercise of such option. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.16, the foregoing shall not restrict Landlord’s right to mortgage its interest in the Sites or the Phase II Sites, or to use the Phase II Sites as provided in Section 5.13(c).

SECTION 5.17 TITLE MATTERS. Landlord covenants that:

(a) it shall comply, or cause to be complied, with the maintenance obligations set forth in that certain Drainage Easement by and between the City of Orlando and UCDP and UCFP recorded in Official Records Book 4991, Page 446, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, and

(b) it shall, prior to the commencement of the construction of the Third Hotel, obtain the release of that certain Easement by and between Florida Center Limited Partnership and City of Orlando recorded in Official Records Book 2444, Page 1030, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

ARTICLE VI

 

 

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

 

 

SECTION 6.1 LANDLORD’S ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date hereof, (a) to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry and except as disclosed in the three “Phase I” environmental reports prepared by Law Engineering and Environmental Associates dated February 4, February 4, February 13, 1998 and April 2, 1998 with respect to the Sites, (i) the

 

35


Sites and the Phase II Sites are in compliance with all Environmental Laws and no condition exists with respect to the soil, surface waters, groundwater, land, surface or subsurface strata, and/or ambient air at, on or with respect to the Sites and the Phase II Sites which could result in liability under any Environmental Laws and (ii) there has been no occurrence of a Release or Contamination, or threat of Release or Contamination, in each case, at, on or with respect to the Sites and the Phase II Sites, (b) Landlord has delivered to Tenant or shall make available to Tenant copies of all reports and other documentation in Landlord’s possession with respect to all studies of an environmental nature conducted on any portion of the Resort Property, including all environmental audits, environmental assessments and “Phase I” and “Phase II” reports, and (c) to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, the Resort Property (excluding the Sites and the Phase II Sites) is in compliance with all Environmental Laws and no condition exists with respect to the soil, surface waters, groundwater, land, surface or subsurface strata, and/or ambient air at, on or with respect to such adjacent property which could reasonably be expected to adversely impact the Sites or Phase II Sites.

SECTION 6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS. In addition to, but not in limitation of, the obligations of Tenant to comply with all Legal Requirements pursuant to Section 5.3, Tenant covenants and agrees as follows:

(a) The Premises, and the operations of Tenant thereon (including, without limitation, the performance of any Alterations), shall at all times comply in all respects with all Environmental Laws.

(b) Tenant shall obtain or caused to be obtained all environmental, health and safety permits necessary for the operations of Tenant and the Premises, in compliance with all Environmental Laws; all such permits shall at all times remain in good standing and Tenant’s operations and the Premises shall remain in compliance with all terms and conditions of such permits.

(c) No portion of the Premises shall become subject to any lien or security interest in favor of any Governmental Authority or other party for (i) liability under any Environmental Laws or (ii) damages arising from or costs incurred by such Governmental Authority in response to a Release or threatened Release or any Contamination, which is not discharged within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date filed against the Premises.

(d) Promptly after learning of the occurrence of any of the following affecting the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice thereof, describing the same and the steps being taken by Tenant with respect thereto, and including with such written notice all related correspondence and documentation: (i) the occurrence of any Contamination; (ii) any action, suit, investigation, litigation, arbitration, or governmental proceeding in respect of any Environmental Laws; (iii) Tenant’s operations on the Premises not being in compliance with any requirements of applicable Environmental Laws; (iv) Tenant being subject to any federal or state investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to any Contamination; (v) the Premises being subject to a lien in favor of any governmental entity for any liability under any Environmental Laws or damages arising from, or costs incurred by such governmental entity

 

36


in response to, any Contamination; or (vi) any violation or breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 6.2. Tenant shall also send to Landlord a notice and copies of any and all results of any tests of underground storage tanks or any other environmental tests or examinations of the Premises performed or completed subsequent to the date hereof.

(e) If Tenant fails to comply with any Environmental Law (including compliance with requirements for curative action thereunder), then Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to enter the Premises and to perform, and the right (but not the obligation) to require Tenant to perform, from time to time, in each case at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, reasonable inspections and investigations of the environmental condition of the Premises, including but not limited to soil and groundwater sampling and monitoring, inspections for Hazardous Substances, and environmental audits and risk assessments of the Premises’ waste management practices and of waste disposal sites used by Tenant. Any such environmental audits and risk assessments shall, among other things, (i) investigate any environmental hazards or conditions for which Tenant may be liable with regard to the Premises, (ii) determine whether Tenant’s operations on the Premises comply, in all respects deemed material by Landlord, with all applicable Environmental Laws, (iii) be performed by an environmental consultant reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (iv) be of a scope and nature that is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall promptly comply with all recommendations made by the environmental consultant or other expert conducting such audit or risk assessment or any other inspection or investigation under this Section 6.2(e), and shall promptly correct all deficiencies or problems reported by such environmental consultant or other expert (only to the extent the recommendations relate to procedures for preventing environmental damage, Contamination or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, and only to the extent any such matter or condition was not caused, by Landlord or its agents, employees, guests or contractors); provided, that Tenant shall have the right to obtain a second environmental audit and/or risk assessment by a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord of a scope and nature substantially the same as that described in the immediately preceding sentence. Landlord and Tenant shall work together to reasonably resolve any differences between the two reports. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in the performance of an environmental audit and/or risk assessment or any other inspection or investigation provided for hereunder shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon written demand therefor.

SECTION 6.3 NO OBLIGATIONS OF LANDLORD. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, neither the execution by Tenant, nor the acceptance by Landlord, of this Lease, nor any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to obligate Landlord to (a) cure any failure by Tenant to comply with any Environmental Law, (b) take any actions or complete any actions taken, or expend any sums, to cure any failure by Tenant to comply with any Environmental Law, or (c) require or otherwise cause Tenant to do any of the same; nor shall the execution by Tenant, nor the acceptance by Landlord, of this Lease, nor the existence or the exercise of any provision hereof, operate to place upon Landlord any responsibility for the operation, control, care, investigation of the environmental condition, management or repair of the Premises, or any responsibility for, or any right, power or ability to control or direct, the storage, transportation, release, removal, containment, encapsulation, remediation or other disposition of any Hazardous Substances.

 

37


SECTION 6.4 SURVIVAL. The provisions of this Article VI shall survive the expiration or prior termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE VII

 

 

INSURANCE

 

 

SECTION 7.1 INSURANCE DURING ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall provide and maintain, at Tenant’s sole expense, builder’s risk insurance (covering, without limitation, wind storm, flood and earthquake to the extent available at commercially reasonable rates, limits and deductibles) during the Initial Construction and any period that Tenant is performing Alterations, covering the Hotels, the Support Facility, the Building & Appurtenances, FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies for replacement cost, including, without limitation, boiler and machinery insurance. Tenant shall also, during such period, provide and maintain at Tenant’s sole expense, adequate (but in no event less than $100,000,000 combined single limit) comprehensive general liability insurance, protecting against loss or damage arising in connection with the construction, furnishing and equipping and preparation for opening of the Premises. Such comprehensive general liability insurance shall specifically include the coverages and limits specified in Section 7.3, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance (with a limit of not less than $1,000,000) as required by law and, in addition, any other coverage as may be required by law.

SECTION 7.2 PROPERTY INSURANCE. From and after the substantial completion of the Initial Construction, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, shall insure the Premises (including, without limitation, the FF&E, the Building & Appurtenances, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies) for replacement cost against damage for “all risk” perils (including, without limitation, wind storm, flood and earthquake coverage to the extent available at commercially reasonable rates, limits and deductibles) in aggregate amounts of at least the full replacement cost (less a $150,000 deductible) of each Property, including the Building & Appurtenances, FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies thereof.

SECTION 7.3 LIABILITY INSURANCE AND OTHER COVERAGES. Tenant shall, throughout the Term, provide and maintain the following additional insurance coverage:

(a) Comprehensive general liability insurance having a minimum per occurrence limit of $100,000,000 (less a $150,000 deductible) against all claims for personal or bodily injury or for death or damage to property of third persons, which insurance shall include (without limitation) coverage against liability arising out of alleged (i) sale and/or service of intoxicating beverages, (ii) assault or battery, (iii) false arrest, detention or imprisonment, or malicious prosecution, (iv) libel, slander, defamation or violation of the right of privacy, (v) wrongful entry or eviction, (vi) contractual liability, (vii) completed operations (including broad form property damage) and (viii) contractor’s protective coverage.

(b) Workers’ compensation insurance and employer’s liability insurance, in amounts of at least $1,000,000, and any additional insurance required by similar employee benefit acts.

 

38


(c) Combined business interruption and extra expense insurance covering loss of income to Landlord and Tenant for a minimum period of one (1) year resulting from interruption of business caused by the occurrence of any of the risks insured against under the property damage insurance referred to in Section 7.2. With respect to each Property, during the first Fiscal Year thereof, Tenant shall maintain business interruption insurance in an amount equal to at least one (1) year of Base Rent payable under this Lease and management fee payable under the Management Agreement, as reasonably projected by Landlord. Thereafter, the business interruption insurance shall be for an amount equal to the Base Rent paid by Tenant to Landlord and management fee paid by Tenant to the Hotel Manager for the preceding Fiscal Year. This business interruption insurance shall commence not later than the date of substantial completion of the applicable Property.

(d) Crime insurance, including bonds covering Tenant employees, for a minimum of $10,000,000 per loss (less a $150,000 deductible).

(e) Boiler and machinery insurance, including use and occupancy (loss of income), for all direct loss or damage to property caused by failure of boilers or breakdown of machinery, in minimum limits of $25,000,000.

(f) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, promptly pay all premiums due and payable for the insurance required under Sections 7.3(a) through (e).

SECTION 7.4 ADDITIONAL COVERAGE OR AMOUNTS; Deductibles. Tenant shall carry, at Tenant’s sole expense, (a) insurance coverage of the types specified in Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 but in such different amounts as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time and (b) such other or additional insurance in such amounts and against such risks as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time with respect to the buildings, facilities and contents of the Premises similar to such insurance coverage carried by major hotels in the Orlando area.

SECTION 7.5 FORM OF POLICIES.

(a) All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Article VII shall be written in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord by insurance companies with general policy holder’s ratings of not less than A and a financial rating of not less than Class XI as rated in the most recent available “Best’s” insurance reports, and licensed to do business in the State of Florida and authorized to issue such policies. Upon the failure of Tenant to procure, maintain and place such insurance and pay all premiums and charges therefor within fifteen (15) days after written demand by Landlord, Landlord may do so (but shall not be obligated to do so), and in such event Tenant agrees to pay the amount thereof to Landlord as additional rent within thirty (30) days after demand.

(b) All policies of insurance procured by Tenant shall:

(i) provide that such policies may not be changed, amended, reduced, canceled (including for nonpayment of premium) or allowed to lapse with respect to Landlord, except after at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice from the insurance company to Landlord, sent by registered mail;

 

39


(ii) provide that Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of all premiums under such policies and Landlord shall have no obligation for the payment thereof notwithstanding that Landlord is or may be named as an insured;

(iii) provide that the liability of the insurer thereunder shall not be affected by, and that the insurer shall not claim, any right of setoff, counterclaim, apportionment, proration, or contribution by reason of, any other insurance obtained by or for Landlord, Tenant, or any Person claiming by, through, or under any of them;

(iv) contain no provision relieving the insurer from liability for loss occurring while the hazard to buildings, improvements and fixtures is increased, whether or not within the knowledge or control of, or because of any breach of warranty or condition or any other act or neglect by, Landlord, Tenant, or any Person claiming by, through, or under any of them; and

(v) in the case of property insurance, contain a standard mortgagee clause which shall (A) provide that any reference to a mortgagee in such policy shall mean and include all holders of mortgages of any interests in the Premises, in their respective order and preference as provided in their respective mortgages, (B) provide that such insurance as to the interest of any mortgagee shall not be invalidated by any act or neglect of Landlord, Tenant or any Person claiming by, through, or under any of them and (C) waive any provision invalidating such mortgagee clause by reason of the failure of any mortgagee, Landlord, Tenant, or any Person claiming by, through, or under any of them to notify the insurer of any hazardous use or vacancy, any requirement that any mortgagee pay any premium thereon, or any contribution clause.

(c) On the Commencement Date, appropriate certificates, including evidence of the waivers of subrogation required pursuant to Section 7.6, shall be deposited by Tenant with Landlord. Any endorsements to any such policies (or, at Tenant’s election, appropriate certificates) shall also be so deposited upon issuance thereof and each renewal or replacement of a policy (or, at Tenant’s election, appropriate certificates) shall be so deposited at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policy.

(d) Any property damage policies required under this Article VII shall provide that any loss equal to or less than $5,500,000, adjusted for inflation, shall be payable to Tenant only and that the amount of any loss in excess of $5,500,000, adjusted for inflation, payable thereunder shall be adjusted with and payable to Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear.

(e) All insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article VII shall name as an additional insured Landlord and any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, and such other Persons as may be designated by Landlord.

 

40


SECTION 7.6 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any right of subrogation against the other in connection with any casualty, loss or damage affecting the Premises, and Landlord and Tenant shall each cause all property insurance policies maintained by Landlord or Tenant for the Premises to include a full waiver by the insurance company of any subrogation claims against Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, any of its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, shareholders, constituent partners, employees, agents and contractors of any of the foregoing Persons. Tenant assumes all risks in connection with the adequacy of any insurance maintained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord, and its Affiliates, for any liability, cost or expense arising out of any uninsured claim, in part or in full, of any nature whatsoever, unless such claim has been shown to have been due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its Affiliates.

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

SECTION 8.1 NON-LIABILITY. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage to property of Tenant or any of its employees, guests, invitees or licensees by reason of theft or otherwise, unless such injury or damage has been shown to have been due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its Affiliates. Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or leaks from any part of the Premises or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, unless such injury or damage has been shown to have been due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its Affiliates. Subject to the foregoing, all property of Tenant or others kept or stored on the Premises shall be so kept or stored at the risk of Tenant only.

SECTION 8.2 INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) Other than with respect to provisions herein providing for indemnification by Landlord of Tenant, Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for losses of, or damage to, property of any kind in, upon or about the Premises, and for injuries to Tenant or its employees, or Tenant’s agents and third persons, regardless of the cause of such losses, damages or injuries, unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord.

(b) Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its members and their constituent partners, its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “LANDLORD INDEMNIFIED PARTIES”) from and against any and all third party (i.e. other than those of Landlord Indemnified Parties) claims, actions, damages, liabilities, costs, obligations, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising from or out of or connected with or alleged to have arisen out of or be connected with, (i) any occurrence in, upon or at the Premises, or the occupancy or use by Tenant of the Premises or any part thereof, or occasioned wholly or in part by any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, patrons, guests, contractors, contractors’ employees,

 

41


servants, Concessionaires, or business invitees on the Premises, provided such claim, action, damage, liability, cost, obligation, loss or expense is not caused in whole or in part by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of a Landlord Indemnified Party, and (ii) any brokerage commissions or finder’s fees resulting from acts of Tenant or any of its Affiliates. If Landlord shall be made a party to any litigation arising out of the foregoing, then Tenant shall protect and hold Landlord harmless and defend Landlord in connection with such litigation, subject to the same exception for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Indemnified Party, as aforesaid. All of Tenant’s covenants contained in this Section 8.2(b) shall inure to the benefit of each of the Landlord Indemnified Parties, and shall be enforceable against Tenant by each of the Landlord Indemnified Parties.

(c) Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant, its constituent partners, its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “TENANT INDEMNIFIED PARTIES”) from and against any and all third party (i.e. other than those of Tenant Indemnified Parties) claims, actions, damages, liabilities, costs, obligations, losses and expenses (including, but not limited, to attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising from or out of or connected with or alleged to have arisen out of or be connected with, (i) any occurrence in, upon or at the Premises due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its Affiliates, or occasioned wholly or in part by any act or omission of Landlord or its Affiliates, (ii) the exercise of Landlord’s rights pursuant to Section 3.3, (iii) breach by Landlord of its representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.1, (iv) any brokerage commissions or finder’s fees resulting from acts of Landlord or any of its Affiliates, and (v) any breach of the representation and warranty of Landlord in Section 2.3 to the extent required in Section 2.3. The rights of Tenant under clause (iii) in the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease or the Term. If Tenant shall be made a party to any litigation arising out of any of the foregoing, the Landlord shall protect and hold Tenant harmless and shall reimburse Tenant upon demand for all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred or paid by Tenant in connection with such litigation. All of Landlord’s covenants contained in this Section 8.2(c) shall inure to the benefit of each of the Tenant Indemnified Parties, and shall be enforceable against Landlord by each of the Tenant Indemnified Parties.

SECTION 8.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM. Whenever any claim shall arise for indemnification under this Article VIII, the indemnified party shall promptly notify the indemnifying party of the claim and, when known, the facts constituting the basis for such claim, and shall cooperate fully in the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim. The indemnifying party shall have the sole right to select counsel for the defense of such claim, which selection shall not be subject to arbitration hereunder, and to control the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim, as long as, with respect to a settlement or compromise, such settlement or compromise involves only the payment of money for which the indemnified party is fully indemnified and includes a full unconditional release of the indemnified party from all related liability; provided that if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the indemnified party, there is a conflict or potential conflict of interest between the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, the indemnified party shall be entitled to direct the defense thereof, but only with respect to such matters so in conflict, and any settlement

 

42


or compromise of such matters shall be subject to the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided that the indemnifying party shall not be obligated pursuant to this Article VIII to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel in any single action in any single jurisdiction for all indemnified parties, except to the extent two or more of such indemnified parties have conflicting interests in the outcome of any such action. The indemnified party shall have the right to participate in (but not control) the defense of any such claim, with its counsel and at its own expense. In the event of any such claim for indemnification hereunder resulting from or in connection with any action by a third party, the notice shall specify, if known, the amount or an estimate, if reasonably possible, of the amount that could reasonably be expected to arise therefrom. The indemnified party shall not settle or compromise any claim by a third party for which it is entitled to indemnification hereunder without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party shall obtain the prior written approval of the indemnified party (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld) before ceasing to defend against such third party claim or entering into any settlement or compromise of such third party claim involving injunctive or similar equitable relief being asserted against any indemnified party and no indemnifying party will, without the prior written consent of each indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened demand, claim, action or cause of action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any such indemnified party is a party to such demand, claim, action or cause of action, suit or proceeding), unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of all such indemnified parties from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

SECTION 8.4 SURVIVAL. The provisions of this Article VIII shall survive the expiration or prior termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE IX

 

 

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT

 

 

SECTION 9.1 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Any party hereto shall, within twenty (20) days after a reasonable request made from time to time, but in no event more than once every twelve (12) months (unless in connection with a transfer, financing or refinancing), by the other party hereto and without charge, give a certification in writing to any Person reasonably specified by the requesting party stating: (a) that this Lease is then in full force and effect and unmodified or, if modified, stating the modifications; (b) that, as far as the maker of the certificate knows, Tenant is not in default in the payment of Rent or any additional charges to Landlord, or if in default, stating such default; (c) that, as far as the maker of the certificate knows, no party is in default in the performance or observance of any other covenant or condition to be performed or observed under this Lease or, if any party is in default, stating such default; (d) that, as far as the maker of the certificate knows, no event has occurred which authorizes, or with the lapse of time will authorize, Landlord or Tenant to claim a default under, or terminate, this Lease or, if such event has occurred, stating such event; (e) that, as far as the maker of the certificate knows, no party hereto has any offsets, counterclaims or defenses or, if so, stating them; (f) the dates to which rents and other amounts payable by Tenant have been paid; and (g) any other matters

 

43


which may be reasonably requested by the requesting party. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Premises, or any portion thereof.

SECTION 9.2 SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT. This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to any mortgage or any deed of trust (or a lien resulting from any other method of financing or refinancing), now or hereafter incurred by Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant’s rights hereunder shall not be subordinated unless Tenant receives a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement reasonably acceptable to Tenant and the holder of such Permitted Mortgage from the mortgagee or beneficiary under the mortgage or deed of trust agreeing that it will recognize all of the rights of Tenant under this Lease, including, without limitation, the restrictions on Landlord set forth under Section 10.7 (which shall apply to such mortgagee or beneficiary as if it was Landlord hereunder) and the right of Tenant to occupy and use the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease, including without limitation the right of Tenant to exercise the option set forth in Section 5.13 hereof, notwithstanding the foreclosure of, or exercise of the power of sale under, the mortgage or deed of trust given by Landlord which covers the Premises or any part thereof. Except as required above, no further instrument of subordination shall be required to evidence subordination.

ARTICLE X

 

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING; HOTEL MANAGER

 

 

SECTION 10.1 PROHIBITION ON ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASING, ETC. BY TENANT. (a) Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.3, for so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant, the right of Tenant and its Partners and their respective Affiliates to sell, transfer or assign interests in the Project shall be governed by the Partnership Agreement. At any other time, except as expressly permitted in this Lease, Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord in each instance, sell, assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or the Premises, in whole or in part, or any rights or interest which Tenant may have under this lease, or sublet the Premises or any part of the Premises, or otherwise permit the use thereof by any other Person, except for the use, in the ordinary course of Tenant’s operation of the Project, by guests and invitees of the Hotels. Any assignment, transfer or sublease in violation of this Section 10.1(a) shall be voidable at Landlord’s option.

(b) Subject to Section 10.2, (i) if Tenant is a corporation that is neither a Lending Institution nor a corporation whose shares are traded on a national securities exchange, or if a corporation that is neither a Lending Institution nor a corporation whose shares are traded on a national securities exchange is a general partner of Tenant, then a direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions) of the stock in such corporation which result in a change of control (which means, for purposes of this Section 10.1 and Section 10.7, the change in ownership of greater than 50% of (A) the voting equity interests in the applicable Person or (B) the votes necessary to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or other comparable governing body of such Person), or a merger, consolidation or other combination of such

 

44


corporation with another entity which results in a change of control, shall be deemed an assignment hereunder, (ii) if Tenant is a general or limited partnership, then the direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or any portion of a general partner’s interest, the substitution of a general partner, or the addition of a general partner shall be deemed an assignment hereunder, and (iii) if Tenant is a limited liability company, then the direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of a managing member’s interest, the substitution of a managing member, or the addition of a managing member shall be deemed to be an assignment hereunder. For purposes of this Lease, (1) a joint venture shall be deemed to be a partnership and a joint venturer a partner and (2) the term “corporation” shall include a limited liability company.

SECTION 10.2 CERTAIN PERMITTED ASSIGNMENTS BY TENANT. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X to the contrary, none of the following events shall require the consent or approval of Landlord; provided, that, as to any transfer described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) below, the assignee or transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease by a written instrument, in recordable form, delivered to Landlord promptly after execution thereof; and, provided, further, that for so long as Theme Park Owner is an Affiliate of Landlord, no such assignee or transferee (or any Affiliate thereof) shall be a Landlord Competitor:

(a) a sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of this Lease, together with the Premises, (i) to a Lending Institution, (ii) to a general partner of Tenant, (iii) to a limited partnership having as its sole general partner either (A) a wholly owned (whether directly or indirectly) Subsidiary of LOH or URH or (B) a limited partnership in which a wholly owned Subsidiary of LOH or URH is the sole general partner, (iv) to a general partnership having as its sole general partners any entity described in clause (ii) or (iii) above and/or a Lending Institution and (v) to a corporation that is controlled (as such term is defined in Section 1.1(e)) by LOH or URH or a wholly owned Subsidiary of either LOH or URH;

(b) a judicial sale of this Lease in a proceeding to foreclose a Permitted Leasehold Mortgage;

(c) an assignment, transfer or other disposition in lieu of foreclosure of a Permitted Leasehold Mortgage to the holder of such mortgage or a nominee controlled by such holder;

(d) a sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any general partnership interest in Tenant or in a general partner in Tenant if such sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition is to a Lending Institution, to the partnership itself or to another general partner in Tenant or general partner in a general partner in Tenant;

(e) a sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any limited partnership interest in Tenant or any partner in Tenant;

 

45


(f) a sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of the stock of any corporation which is a general partner in Tenant or which is a general partner in such general partner if another general partner in Tenant or in a partnership which is a general partner in Tenant shall own, in the aggregate, greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock in such corporation after such sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition; or

(g) any transactions in the shares of LHHC or any parent organization of LHHC, provided, that such transactions are not in securities which have the effect of avoiding the restrictions in Section 10.1 and this Section 10.2, such as tracking stock or a similar security.

As soon as practicable, but in no event less than forty-five (45) days prior to the closing for any sale, transfer or assignment of an interest in the Project, Tenant shall notify Landlord of (i) the identity of the proposed assignee, (ii) the principal terms of the proposed sale, transfer or assignment, and (iii) financial statements and other information relating to such assignee sufficient for Landlord to determine the financial strength and ability of such assignee to meet its obligations under this Agreement (taking into account the income generated, and reasonably anticipated to be generated, by operations at the Project).

SECTION 10.3 PERMITTED ASSIGNMENTS BY TENANT TO ESTABLISHED OPERATORS.

(a) Landlord shall not withhold its consent to a sale or assignment by Tenant of this Lease, together with the Premises in whole but not in part, to a third-party assignee if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) No Event of Default by Tenant hereunder shall be continuing;

(ii) The proposed assignee or at least one of its principal or controlling parties possesses management ability and experience and a well-established reputation for quality management or the proposed assignee has provided by contract (the terms of which shall meet the requirements of a Management Agreement pursuant to Section 10.12 and a copy of which shall be furnished to Landlord) for the management of the Project by a Hotel Manager who possesses such ability, experience and reputation; provided, however, that any Hotel Manager operating the Project and the Phase II Hotels, or any Management Agreement which is in effect, at the time of the occurrence shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this clause (ii);

(iii) The proposed assignee (or the Person controlling the proposed assignee) has adequate financial responsibility to discharge all of the obligations on its part to be performed hereunder as and when the same fall due (taking into account the income generated, and reasonably anticipated to be generated, by operations in the Premises);

(iv) The proposed assignee (and its constituent partners, major shareholders, senior executive officers and other controlling Persons, if appropriate) (the

 

46


“ASSIGNEE PARTIES”) has been disclosed to Landlord and Landlord has not shown that the proposed assignee and its Affiliates do not enjoy a reputation for integrity, honesty and veracity;

(v) For so long as Theme Park Owner is an Affiliate of Landlord, the proposed assignee is not a Landlord Competitor;

(vi) The proposed assignee has agreed, in a writing in recordable form and delivered to Landlord promptly after execution thereof, to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Lease and to accept all the duties and obligations of Tenant hereunder arising from and after the effective date of the assignment; and

(vii) If the proposed sale or assignment by Tenant results in a change in the record owner of the Project, the proposed assignee has agreed in writing to assume unconditionally any obligations of Tenant hereunder arising after the effective date of such assignment.

(b) Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to any sale or assignment by Tenant of this Lease, together with the Premises in whole but not in part, to a third-party assignee that the Theme Park Owner has approved or that is permitted under the Resort Agreement.

SECTION 10.4 PERMITTED TRANSFERS OF TENANT’S EQUITY INTERESTS.

(a) Landlord shall not withhold its consent to an occurrence deemed to be an assignment under Section 10.1(b) if each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(i) No Event of Default by Tenant hereunder shall be continuing;

(ii) At least one of the principals or controlling parties of Tenant after such occurrence possesses management ability and experience and a well-established reputation for quality management or Tenant has provided by contract (the terms of which shall meet the requirements of a Management Agreement pursuant to Section 10.12, and a copy of which shall be furnished to Landlord) for the management of the Project by a Hotel Manager who possesses such ability, experience and reputation;

(iii) For so long as Theme Park Owner is an Affiliate of Landlord, after such occurrence, the Persons controlling Tenant shall not be a Landlord Competitor; and

(iv) Any Persons who become Assignee Parties after the occurrence (and whose involvement cause the occurrence) but prior to Landlord’s consent to the deemed assignment who would have to be disclosed to Landlord pursuant to Section 10.3(a)(iv) have been disclosed to Landlord and Landlord has not shown to Tenant that such parties do not enjoy a reputation for integrity, honesty and veracity.

 

47


(b) Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to an occurrence deemed to be an assignment under Section 10.1(b) if the Theme Park Owner has approved such occurrence or it is permitted under the Resort Agreement.

SECTION 10.5 SUBLEASES AND CONCESSIONS.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article X, Tenant shall have the right, without the prior approval or consent of Landlord, to sublet any store, merchandise shop, restaurant or similar space in or about any Hotel, or to grant concessions, for beauty or barber shops, airline ticketing, automobile rental, newsstands, gift shops, apparel shops, arcades, or any other commercial or retail activities customarily found in hotels with a management standard consistent with the Management Standard of such Hotel; provided, that each sublease and concession agreement shall be consistent with the applicable Management Standard and shall be evidenced by an instrument, duly executed and acknowledged by the parties thereto, and an executed counterpart thereof shall be delivered to Landlord no later than the commencement of the term thereof; and, provided, further, that for so long as Theme Park Owner is an Affiliate of Landlord, no Concessionaire or sublessee shall be a Landlord Competitor. In amplification of, and not in limitation of, the foregoing, each such sublease and concession agreement shall:

(i) require the Concessionaire to comply with all Legal Requirements, the Resort Agreement (to the extent applicable), and any and all rules and regulations of any nature to which Tenant is or shall be subject by virtue of this Lease which affects the Premises; and

(ii) provide that, in the event of the termination of this Lease, the Concessionaire shall, if required by Landlord, attorn to and pay rents and all other charges directly to Landlord, but that if Landlord does not so require (which Landlord shall not be obligated to do, except with respect to any Approved Sublease), then such sublease or concession agreement shall cease and expire upon the termination of this Lease.

(b) Tenant shall, in all events, use its commercially reasonable efforts to require the faithful performance by Concessionaires of obligations imposed by the sublease and concession agreement.

(c) Tenant covenants that it will perform and observe all the material terms, covenants, conditions and agreements required to be performed and observed by it under each sublease and concession agreement, unless such performance shall have been expressly waived by the subtenant thereunder, to the effect that all things shall be done by Tenant which are necessary to keep unimpaired Tenant’s rights as landlord under each sublease and concession agreement.

(d) If Landlord shall recover or come into possession of the Premises subsequent to the Expiration Date, Landlord shall take over any and all subleases and concession agreements of the Premises or any part thereof made by Tenant and shall succeed to all the rights

 

48


and obligations contained in said subleases and concession agreements or such of them as it may elect to take over upon the terms and conditions herein provided. Subject to the rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, Tenant hereby expressly assigns and transfers to Landlord all of such subleases and concession agreements in effect at the time of such recovery of possession (such assignment and transfer not to be effective until the termination of this Lease or re-entry by Landlord hereunder) or, if Landlord shall otherwise succeed to Tenant’s estate in the Premises, Tenant shall, upon request of Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord such further assignments and transfers as may be necessary to vest in Landlord the then existing subleases and concession agreements.

(e) If for any reason this Lease is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, such termination shall not result in a termination of any sublease or concession agreement that was specifically approved by Landlord (an “APPROVED SUBLEASE”), and all such Approved Subleases shall continue for the duration of their respective terms and any extensions thereof as direct leases between Landlord hereunder and the subtenant or Concessionaire thereunder, with the same force and effect as if Landlord hereunder had originally entered into such sublease or concession agreement as landlord thereunder (subject, however, to the right of a Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee under a new lease granted pursuant to the provisions of Article XIII). Provided they are not in default under their respective Approved Subleases beyond any applicable grace periods provided for in their respective Approved Subleases, any subtenants or Concessionaires under Approved Subleases shall not be named or joined in any action or proceeding by Landlord under this Lease to recover possession of the Premises or for any other relief. Landlord shall, upon request of Tenant, prepare, execute, acknowledge and deliver agreements evidencing and agreeing to the foregoing provisions of the paragraph; provided, that Tenant shall pay the reasonable legal fees and disbursements of Landlord’s counsel in connection therewith.

SECTION 10.6 LANDLORD RIGHTS AGAINST ASSIGNEE, SUBLESSEE OF TENANT.

(a) If this Lease be assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant under this Lease and expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, if any, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to the rents herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of Section 10.1, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(b) The consent by Landlord to an assignment, mortgaging or subletting pursuant to any provision of this Lease shall not in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent of Landlord to any other or further assignment, mortgaging or subletting to the extent that Landlord’s consent is otherwise required hereunder. References in this Lease to use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but shall also include licensees and

 

49


others claiming under or through Tenant with a possessory right to occupy space on the Premises for the transaction of business on or from the Premises, immediately or remotely. From and after the first day on which an Affiliate of Landlord does not own an equity interest in Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed assignment by Tenant of this Lease or subletting by Tenant of the Premises or any part thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article X, (i) all assignments of this Lease by Tenant shall include the entire interest of Tenant in, under and to this Lease and in and to the Premises, and no transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Premises shall be made unless the entity receiving such transfer also receives assignment of this Lease, and (ii) no assignment, whether or not the same shall require the consent of Landlord, shall be effective unless and until a fully executed copy of the instrument effecting the assignment setting forth the assignee’s assumption of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of such assignment has been delivered to Landlord.

SECTION 10.7 SALE OR ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 10.7 and in Sections 10.8 and 10.9, Landlord shall have the right, without the prior consent of Tenant, to assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or sell the Sites and the Phase II Sites, or any rights or interest which Landlord may have under this Lease, to any Person other than a Tenant Competitor or any Affiliate thereof; provided, (A) that Landlord shall be prohibited from consummating any such assignment, transfer or sale (i) prior to the Completion Date (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) and (ii) if the Phase II Partnership exercises the option set forth in either Section 5.13(a) or (b), during the Phase II Development Period (as defined in the Partnership Agreement); and (B) nothing in this Section 10.7(a) or elsewhere in this Article X shall restrict an assignment, transfer or sale of the Sites and the Phase II Sites, together with Landlord’s interest in this Lease, (i) as part of, or in connection with, a direct or indirect sale of the Theme Park permitted by, Section 12.1 of the Resort Agreement or (ii) to the then current Theme Park Owner or an Affiliate thereof (and such assignment, transfer or sale described in this clause (B) shall be hereinafter referred to as a “Theme Park Related Transfer”). In no event shall Landlord sell Landlord’s interest in this Lease, the Sites and the Phase II Sites (as long as LOH or any Affiliate thereof has an ownership interest in such Phase II Hotels) other than as a sale of all of Landlord’s interests in the Sites, the Phase II Sites and this Lease in a single transaction to a single purchaser. The consent of Tenant, in its sole discretion (which shall not be subject to arbitration hereunder), shall be required for any such assignment, transfer or sale to a Tenant Competitor or any Affiliate thereof, except pursuant to a Theme Park Related Transfer. Such consent shall in no event be construed to relieve Landlord or such assignee or buyer from the obligation of obtaining the express consent in writing of Tenant to any further such assignment, transfer or sale to a Tenant Competitor to the extent such consent is required hereunder. Any assignment, transfer or sale in violation of this Section 10.7(a) shall be voidable at Tenant’s option.

(b) Subject to Section 10.8, (i) if Landlord is a corporation that is neither a Lending Institution nor a corporation whose shares are traded on a national securities exchange,

 

50


or if a corporation that is neither a Lending Institution nor a corporation whose shares are traded on a national securities exchange is a general partner of Landlord, then a direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions) of the stock in such corporation which results in a change of control (as defined in Section 10.1(b)), or a merger, consolidation or other combination of such corporation with another entity which results in a change of control, shall be deemed an assignment hereunder, (ii) if Landlord is a general or limited partnership, then the direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or any portion of a general partner’s interest, the substitution of a general partner, or the addition of a general partner shall be deemed an assignment hereunder, and (iii) if Landlord is a limited liability company, then the direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of a managing member’s interest, the substitution of a managing member, or the addition of a managing member shall be deemed to be an assignment hereunder.

SECTION 10.8 CERTAIN PERMITTED SALES/ASSIGNMENTS BY LANDLORD.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X to the contrary, none of the following events shall require the consent or approval of Tenant; provided, that, as to any transfer described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) below, the assignee or transferee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease assumes all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease by a written instrument, in recordable form, delivered to Tenant promptly after execution thereof; and, provided, further, that no such assignee or transferee (or any Affiliate thereof) shall be a Tenant Competitor:

(a) an assignment or transfer of this Lease (i) to a general partner of Landlord, (ii) to a limited partnership having as its sole general partner either (A) a wholly owned (whether directly or indirectly) Subsidiary of the Theme Park Owner or any Affiliate thereof or (B) a limited partnership in which a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Theme Park Owner or any Affiliate thereof is the sole general partner, (iii) to a general partnership having as its sole general partners any entity described in clause (i) or (ii) above and (iv) to a corporation that is controlled (as such term is defined in Section 1.1(e)) by either the Theme Park Owner or a wholly owned Subsidiary thereof;

(b) an assignment or transfer of this Lease as a result of the bankruptcy of Landlord;

(c) a sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any general partnership interest in Landlord or in a general partner in Landlord if such sale, assignment, transfer, exchange or other disposition is to the partnership itself or to another general partner in Landlord or general partner in a general partner in Landlord;

(d) any transactions in the shares of, or other equity interest in, Rank, Rank Parks, Universal, or Universal Parks, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any of the foregoing, or any parent organization of any of the foregoing, to the extent any such entity is publicly traded (or, with respect to the shares of Universal, any transfer of shares of Universal); provided, that such transactions are not in securities which have the effect of avoiding the restrictions in Section 10.7 and this Section 10.8, such as tracking stock or a similar security; or

 

51


(e) any Transfer (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) that is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 20 of the Partnership Agreement or Section 12 of the Resort Agreement.

SECTION 10.9 TENANT RIGHTS AGAINST TRANSFEREE OF LANDLORD.

(a) The consent by Tenant to an assignment or sale pursuant to any provision of this Lease shall not in any way be considered to relieve Landlord from obtaining the express consent of Tenant to any other or further assignment or sale to the extent that Tenant’s consent is otherwise required hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article X, so long as LOH or an Affiliate of LOH owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant, (i) all assignments of this Lease by Landlord shall include the entire interest of Landlord in, under and to this Lease and in and to the Sites and the Phase II Sites, and no transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Sites and the Phase II Sites shall be made unless the entity receiving such transfer also receives assignment of this Lease, and (ii) no assignment, whether or not the same shall require the consent of Tenant, shall be effective unless and until a fully executed copy of the instrument effecting the assignment setting forth the assignee’s assumption of all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of such assignment has been delivered to Tenant and each Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee.

SECTION 10.10 RELEASE OF ASSIGNOR.

(a) Neither any assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease nor any subletting, occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any Person other than Tenant, nor any collection of rent by Landlord from any Person other than Tenant as provided in this Article X, nor any application of any such rent as provided in this Article X shall, under any circumstances, relieve Tenant of its liability for the observance and performance of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord has consented to or approved any assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or if no such consent or approval was required for such assignment, Tenant shall be relieved of, and released from, all liability and obligations under this Lease arising after the effective date of such assignment.

(b) No assignment of Landlord’s interest in this Lease and no sale of any Site or any Phase II Site or any part thereof to any Person shall, under any circumstances, relieve Landlord of its liability for the observance and performance of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Landlord’s part to be observed and performed; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant has consented to or approved any assignment of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or if no such consent or approval was required for such assignment, Landlord shall be relieved of, and released from, all liability and obligations under this Lease arising after the effective date of such assignment.

 

52


SECTION 10.11 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. Subject to the proviso of the first sentence of Section 10.7(a), if Landlord proposes to offer the Sites and the Phase II Sites for sale, other than (a) pursuant to a Theme Park Related Transfer, or as permitted under Section 10.8 or (b) in connection with the sale or transfer of any other real property or other assets owned by Landlord or its Affiliates that are reasonably related to the Sites and the Phase II Sites, provided that, with respect to a sale or transfer described in the preceding clause (b), (i) the primary purpose of such sale is not the sale of the Sites and the Phase II Sites, (ii) the circumvention of the obligations of Landlord set forth in this Section 10.11 is not a purpose of such sale or (iii) such transaction is not in the form of a sale of securities which have the effect of avoiding the right of first refusal in this Section 10.11, such as tracking stock or similar security, then Landlord shall first offer the Sites and the Phase II Sites to Tenant in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Landlord shall deliver a notice to Tenant stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer the Sites and the Phase II Sites for sale and (ii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer the Sites and the Phase II Sites.

(b) Within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice, Tenant may elect to purchase the Sites and the Phase II Sites, at the price and on the terms specified in such notice, upon delivery by Tenant to Landlord of a written notice of such election. If Tenant elects to purchase the Sites and the Phase II Sites within such sixty (60) day period, Tenant shall complete such purchase within ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice; provided, however, that such purchase shall not take place until five (5) business days after the receipt of all government approvals required by all applicable Legal Requirements, if any.

(c) If Tenant does not elect to purchase the Sites and the Phase II Sites, Landlord may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the sixty (60) day period provided in Section 10.11(b), offer the Sites and the Phase II Sites to any third party (other than a Tenant Competitor); provided, that, if the economic terms reached with any such third party are more favorable to such third party by more than 5%, or the non-economic terms are more favorable to such third party in any material respect, from those initially presented to Tenant pursuant hereto with respect to the Sites and the Phase II Sites, the Sites and the Phase II Sites shall be reoffered to Tenant in accordance with Sections 10.11(a) and (b) and this Section 10.11(c) based on such revised terms; and, provided, further, that, if Landlord does not sell the Sites and the Phase II Sites to such third party within one hundred eighty (180) days, subject to extension for the duration of a Force Majeure Event or in connection with obtaining a required governmental consent, so long as Landlord is diligently pursuing obtaining such consent, but in no event longer than 365 days after the offer to such third party, the right provided under this Section 10.11 shall be deemed to be revived and the Sites and the Phase II Sites shall not be sold unless first reoffered to Tenant in accordance herewith. It shall be a condition to any such sale to any third party that such third party assume all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease by a written instrument, in recordable form, delivered to Tenant on the date of the closing of such sale.

 

53


SECTION 10.12 MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT.

(a) Tenant agrees that proper management and operation of the Project and the Phase II Hotels, if any, is necessary to maximize Rent. Accordingly, subject to Section 10.12(b), Tenant shall enter into a management agreement (a “MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT”) for the management and operation of the Project and the Phase II Hotels, if any, by a hotel manager (the “HOTEL MANAGER”), and Tenant shall maintain in effect a Management Agreement at all times during the Term. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of any Management Agreement, and any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto. Any Hotel Manager shall be an organization, or an Affiliate of an organization, with not less than five (5) years experience in the operation and management of at least three (3) hotels of a level of quality consistent with the highest Management Standard; provided, that in no event shall a Landlord Competitor be the Hotel Manager. The Management Agreement should be on terms and conditions then customary for management agreements for first-class hotels.

(b) Landlord acknowledges that (i) Tenant has entered into a Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, with Loews Orlando Operating Company, Inc. as Hotel Manager and (ii) that it has consented to such agreement and to Loews Orlando Operating Company, Inc. as Hotel Manager.

ARTICLE XI

 

 

CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

 

 

SECTION 11.1 CASUALTY.

(a) If the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed by fire or any other casualty or occurrence, whether or not such damage or destruction is insured under the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, shall cause the Project (or portion thereof) to be fully repaired and restored to the condition existing immediately prior to such fire, casualty or occurrence; provided, that, if such casualty or occurrence resulted in damage or destruction of a significant portion of the Theme Park, Tenant shall only be required to repair and restore the Project (or portion thereof) if the Theme Park Owner is required to repair and restore the damage or destruction to such portion of the Theme Park. Subject to the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, Tenant shall commence the restoration within (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the insurance proceeds paid following a fire or other insured casualty (the “NET INSURANCE PROCEEDS”) arising from the damage or destruction which caused the need for such restoration or (ii) if the fire or other casualty was not insured, one hundred five (105) days after the occurrence of the fire or casualty and in each case Tenant shall at such time diligently pursue the completion of such restoration.

(b) Except as may otherwise be required by any mortgage encumbering the Premises or any portion thereof, all Net Insurance Proceeds shall, if in an amount equal to $5,500,000, adjusted for inflation, or less per occurrence, be paid to Tenant and applied as provided herein. If greater than $5,500,000, adjusted for inflation, then all Net Insurance Proceeds shall be deposited with the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or, if none, with another

 

54


Lending Institution pursuant to a mutually acceptable trust agreement. Provided Tenant is conducting the restoration in accordance with this Lease and the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage or trust agreement, the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or Lending Institution shall disburse the Net Insurance Proceeds to Tenant from time to time upon receipt of a request from Tenant to cover amounts due to contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, engineers, architects or other Persons who have rendered services or furnished materials in connection with the restoration. The Net Insurance Proceeds shall be held in an interest-bearing account, and any interest so earned shall be deemed to be part of the Net Insurance Proceeds. Any Net Insurance Proceeds which are in excess of the costs of such restoration shall be promptly paid to Tenant and shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive property.

(c) If, in accordance with this Section 11.1, Tenant shall undertake promptly to restore the Project (or such portion thereof) that has been destroyed or damaged, then from the date of such casualty and during the diligent restoration by the Tenant of the Project, until such time as the Project shall be fully restored, this Lease shall remain in good standing and shall not be in default and there shall be no abatement during such restoration period of any fees, charges or amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder. Nothing contained herein shall relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Article XI if the destruction or damage is not covered, either in whole or in part, by insurance or if the Net Insurance Proceeds shall be insufficient to pay the entire cost of the repair, restoration or replacement. Tenant’s liability under this Article XI shall survive any termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 11.1(d).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Property is totally destroyed (as defined in Section 11.1(e)) during the last three (3) years of the Term and insurance proceeds are available (“SECTION 11.1(D) PROCEEDS”) to fully cover the cost of repairing, restoring and/or replacing such Property (or, to the extent such Section 11.1 (d) Proceeds are inadequate for such purposes, funds sufficient therefor are provided by Tenant), then, in such event, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease effective forty-five (45) days after Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord written notice of termination given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the destruction of such Property; provided, that Tenant’s right to so terminate shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s compliance with all of the following conditions:

(i) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such damage or destruction promptly, but not later than ninety (90) days after the event, detailing the facts that qualify the casualty under this Section 11.1(d);

(ii) No Event of Default of Tenant shall exist or be continuing under any provision of this Lease; and

(iii) Prior to the effectiveness of any such termination, Tenant shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Landlord an amount equal to the cost, as reasonably estimated by an architect or engineer mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, of restoring such Property to its condition existing immediately prior to such fire or other casualty, which amount shall be due whether or not Landlord elects to demolish, reconstruct, or make any other changes, alterations, and/or improvements whatsoever in or to such Property.

 

55


(e) For purposes of this Lease, the term “totally destroyed” shall mean damage or destruction to a Property, the cost of which to repair, restore and/or replace shall exceed seventy-five percent (75%) of the then current full replacement cost of such Property, as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant.

(f) The Landlord (solely in its capacity as the owner of the Sites) shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the permits and approvals required to be issued by Governmental Authorities in connection with the construction, repair and restoration of any Property, Alterations or otherwise required pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.1 and any necessary utility access agreements, shall sign any application reasonably made by Tenant which is required in order to obtain such permits and approvals and utility access agreements and shall provide Tenant with any information and/or documentation not otherwise reasonably available to Tenant (if available to the Landlord) which is necessary to procure such permits and approvals and utility access agreements. Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord, within ten (10) days after the Landlord’s demand, for any reasonable out-of-pocket cost or expense incurred by the Landlord in connection with Landlord’s assistance in obtaining the permits and approvals and utility access agreements.

SECTION 11.2 EMINENT DOMAIN.

(a) If a Property, or such material portion thereof as to render the balance unsuitable for the operation of such Property by Tenant as required under this Lease, shall be taken (excluding a taking of the fee interest in such Property if, after such taking, Tenant’s rights under this Lease are not affected and no rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee are affected) for any public or quasi-public purpose by any Governmental Authority by the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain or by agreement among Landlord, Tenant, the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee and those authorized to exercise any such right, then this Lease shall terminate with respect to such Property as of the effective date of such taking. In such event, the actual amount of the award paid in connection with or arising from the acquisition or other taking of such Property or any portion of thereof by any such authority, less all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord, Tenant or the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee in connection with obtaining such award, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in connection therewith (the “NET CONDEMNATION AWARD”) shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the day immediately prior to the vesting of title in such authority as follows:

(i) First, Landlord shall receive the then fair market value of the Property so taken or condemned considered as vacant, unimproved, and unencumbered, but subject to this Lease and including the Landlord’s reversionary interest in the Project at the end of the Term; and

(ii) Second, Tenant shall be entitled to the then fair market value of Tenant’s interest under this Lease in such Property and Tenant’s leasehold estate so taken or condemned (subject, however, to the rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagees therein).

 

56


(b) If this Lease does not terminate with respect to the affected Property due to such taking or condemnation, (i) Tenant shall be entitled to the entire award to the extent required, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, for the restoration of the remaining portion of such Property, and (ii) out of the portion of the award not applied to restoration, the award shall be distributed to Landlord and (subject to the rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee) Tenant, which (A) as to Landlord, shall be in the same proportion as the loss attributable to such Property, considered as set forth in Section 11.2(a)(i), bears to the sum of the loss attributable to such Property and Tenant’s leasehold estate in such Property and (B) as to Tenant, shall be in the same proportion as the loss attributable to Tenant’s leasehold estate bears to the sum of the loss attributable to such Property and Tenant’s leasehold estate in such Property. If this Lease does not terminate due to such taking or condemnation, then Tenant shall commence such restoration within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of the Net Condemnation Award and, thereafter proceed with due diligence to restore the remaining portion of such Property and the Project to complete, independent and self-contained architectural units in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If in connection with a taking the award is in excess of $3,000,000, adjusted for inflation, then the award shall be deposited with the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or, if none, with a Lending Institution pursuant to a mutually acceptable trust agreement. Except as may otherwise be required by a Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, if such funds are less than or equal to $3,000,000, adjusted for inflation, the same shall be paid directly to Tenant to be applied as provided herein. Provided Tenant is conducting the condemnation restoration in accordance with this Lease and the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage, the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or Lending Institution shall disburse the funds to Tenant from time to time upon receipt of a request from Tenant to cover amounts due to contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, engineers, architects or other Persons who have rendered services or furnished materials in connection with the condemnation restoration. If the Net Condemnation Award is insufficient to pay for the restoration, Tenant shall be responsible for the remaining cost and expense.

SECTION 11.3 PARTIAL LEASE TERMINATION. If there is a taking (excluding a taking of the fee interest in the Premises if, after such taking, Tenant’s rights under this Lease are not affected and no rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee are affected) for any public or quasi-public purpose by any Governmental Authority by the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain or by agreement among Landlord, Tenant, the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee and those authorized to exercise such right, of any portion of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease in accordance with Section 11.2(a), then this Lease shall terminate with respect to the portion of the Site and/or Property so taken, but this Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the portion of the Premises not taken by condemnation or eminent domain.

SECTION 11.4 TEMPORARY TAKING.

(a) If the temporary use of the whole or any portion of the Premises is taken for a public or quasi-public purpose by a lawful power or authority by the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain or by agreement between Tenant and those authorized to exercise such right, Tenant shall give Landlord notice within five (5) days thereof. The Term

 

57


shall not be reduced or affected in any way by reason of such temporary taking and Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord Rent without reduction or abatement; provided, however, that if such temporary taking is for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, then such taking shall be deemed a permanent taking and the provisions of Sections 11.1 and 11.2, as applicable, shall apply.

(b) If the temporary taking is for a period not extending beyond the Term (including a taking restricted entirely to Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises and not affecting Landlord’s interest in this Lease and the Sites in any way), Tenant shall apply the award it receives in compensation therefor toward a restoration of the improvements as may have been necessitated by such taking, and Tenant shall, subject to the rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, be entitled to retain any remaining amount of such award.

(c) If the temporary taking is for a period extending beyond the expiration of the Term, the award therefor shall first be applied toward such restoration of the improvements as may have been necessitated by such taking, and the remainder shall be equitably apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the expiration of the Term.

SECTION 11.5 GOVERNMENTAL ACTION NOT RESULTING IN A TAKING. In case of any governmental action not resulting in the taking or condemnation of any portion of the Premises but creating a right to compensation therefor, such as the changing of the grade of any street upon which the Premises abut, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect without reduction or abatement of Rent. Any award payable thereunder shall be applied first to reimburse Tenant for any construction work performed by Tenant resulting from such governmental action and Tenant shall, subject to the rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, be entitled to retain any remaining amount of such award.

SECTION 11.6 COLLECTION OF AWARDS. Each of the parties hereto shall execute such documents as may be reasonably required to facilitate collection of any awards made in connection with any condemnation proceeding referred to in this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII

 

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

SECTION 12.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Article XII, the occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances shall constitute an “EVENT OF DEFAULT” of Tenant hereunder:

(a) the failure by Tenant to pay any rent or other cost, fee, charge or amount due hereunder within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord;

(b) any failure by Tenant to perform any other of the material terms, conditions, covenants or obligations of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord; provided, that if the matter cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, Tenant shall have such additional time as may be necessary to

 

58


effect a cure so long as Tenant commences such cure within thirty (30) days after written notice and prosecutes such cure diligently to completion thereafter;

(c) the failure by Tenant to fully maintain its existence as a corporation, partnership or other entity in good standing which is not resolved within ninety (90) days after notice thereof; or

(d) immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy of Tenant.

In the event of a default which with the giving of notice to Tenant and the passage of time would constitute an Event of Default, Landlord’s notice of such default to Tenant shall state with reasonable specificity the provision of this Lease under which the default is claimed, the nature and character of such default, the date by which such default must be cured, and that the failure of Tenant to cure such default by the date set forth in such notice will result in Landlord having the right to terminate this Lease. Landlord’s allegation of a default hereunder shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article XVIII; provided, that Tenant shall initiate any such arbitration within the applicable grace period provided in this Section 12.1 or within ten (10) days after the giving of Landlord’s notice with respect to a default under Section 12.1(d). If Tenant has initiated arbitration of Landlord’s allegation of a default pursuant to this paragraph and the arbitrators have determined that a default has occurred, Tenant shall have an additional thirty (30) days thereafter in which to cure such default.

If, after the later to occur of (i) the last day of any cure period provided in Sections 12.1(a), (b) or (c) or (ii) the last day of the cure period, if applicable, provided for in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord determines that Tenant has not cured the default of which Tenant was given notice as required by this Section 12.1, Landlord may give Tenant notice of the occurrence of an Event of Default (an “EVENT OF DEFAULT NOTICE”); provided, that no such Event of Default shall become effective for ten (10) days after such notice during which period Tenant may submit to arbitration, pursuant to Section 18.1, any dispute related to Tenant’s cure of such default. If Tenant does not submit such dispute to arbitration within such ten (10) day period or, if Tenant has initiated arbitration of a dispute related to Tenant’s cure of such default, upon a decision of the arbitrator that Tenant did not cure such default, the Event of Default shall become effective immediately after the end of such ten (10) day period or such arbitration, as the case may be. Subject to Section 3.1(b), an Event of Default Notice shall state which remedy Landlord is electing from among the remedies set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of Section 12.2. If Landlord’s Event of Default Notice does not state that it will seek the remedy set forth in clause (c) of Section 12.2, then Landlord shall be deemed to have waived any right to such remedy as to that particular Event of Default if it is determined that such Event of Default has occurred. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for so long as URH or any other Affiliate of Landlord is a partner in the Partnership, Landlord shall not have any rights under this Article XII with respect to any Event of Default that is the result of actions taken by URH or any such other Affiliate under the Partnership Agreement or arises out of the exercise of rights and obligations of the Theme Park Owner with respect to Creative Aspects or marketing as provided in Article IX of the Resort Agreement.

 

59


SECTION 12.2 ENFORCEMENT OF PERFORMANCE; DAMAGES; AND TERMINATION. If an Event of Default occurs and becomes effective, Landlord may elect to (a) enforce performance or observance by Tenant of the applicable provisions of this Lease, (b) recover damages for breach of this Lease, or (c) subject to Section 16.1(b)(iii) and Article XIII, terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 12.3 if Landlord has elected such remedy in the applicable Event of Default Notice. Landlord’s election of a remedy hereunder with respect to an Event of Default shall not limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to elect any of the remedies available to Landlord hereunder with respect to any other Event of Default, except for an election to terminate the Lease.

SECTION 12.3 EXPIRATION AND TERMINATION OF LEASE.

(a) Subject to Article XIII, Section 16.1(b)(iii) and Section 18.2(a), if an Event of Default of Tenant occurs and becomes effective, provided Landlord has elected the remedy of termination in its Event of Default Notice, Landlord may, within ten (10) days after the date of entry by a court of a final judgment that an Event of Default of Tenant exists (but without Tenant waiving any rights it may have to stay the termination pending appeal), give Tenant and any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee notice stating that this Lease and the Term shall terminate on the date specified in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten (10) days after the giving of the notice, and this Lease and the Term and all rights of Tenant under this Lease shall expire and terminate as if the date specified in the notice were the Expiration Date, and Tenant shall quit and surrender Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises and possession thereof forthwith. If such termination is stayed by order of any court having jurisdiction over any case in connection with an Event of Bankruptcy of Tenant or by federal or state statute, then, following the expiration of any such stay, or if the trustee appointed in any such case, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession fails to assume Tenant’s obligations under this Lease within the period prescribed therefor by any Legal Requirement or within thirty (30) days after entry of the order for relief or as may be allowed by the court, Landlord, to the extent permitted by any Legal Requirement or by leave of the court having jurisdiction over such case, shall have the right, at its election, to terminate this Lease on five (5) days’ notice to such trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession. Upon the expiration of such five (5) day period, this Lease shall expire and terminate and such trustee, Tenant and/or Tenant as debtor-in-possession, as the case may be, immediately shall quit and surrender Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Project and possession thereof forthwith.

(b) Subject to Article XIII, if this Lease is terminated as provided in Section 12.3(a), Landlord may, without notice, re-enter and repossess Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises (which may include, but not be limited to, re-entering and repossessing the Premises) and may dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings, writ of possession, proceedings in bankruptcy court or otherwise, subject to applicable Legal Requirements.

(c) If this Lease is terminated as provided in Section 12.3(a):

(i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent and all other payments, charges and amounts payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord to the date upon which the Term shall have expired and come to an end and Tenant shall surrender to

 

60


Landlord Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises (and possession thereof) in the manner required by this Lease, and both parties hereto shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder, except to the extent this Lease expressly provides that an obligation hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease or of the Term; and

(ii) In no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any credit or payment with respect to the value of the land and the Premises, title to which shall automatically vest in Landlord upon such termination.

SECTION 12.4 WAIVER OF RIGHTS OF TENANT AND LANDLORD. To the extent not prohibited by any Legal Requirement, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release all rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise that would have the effect of limiting or modifying any of the provisions of this Article XII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party shall be deemed to have waived the benefit of any automatic stay provisions or any rights to remain in possession of the Sites under any present or future bankruptcy code.

SECTION 12.5 RECEIPT OF MONEYS AFTER NOTICE OR TERMINATION. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease, or after the giving of any notice of the termination of this Lease, shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term or affect any notice theretofore given to Tenant, or operate as a waiver of the right of Landlord to recover Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises (which may include, but not be limited to, recovering possession of the Premises) by proper remedy. After the service of notice to terminate this Lease or the commencement of any suit or summary proceedings or after a final order or judgment for the possession of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises (which may include, but not be limited to, a judgment for possession of the Premises), Landlord may demand, receive and collect any moneys due or thereafter falling due without in any manner affecting the notice, proceeding, order, suit or judgment, all such moneys collected being deemed payments on account of the use and occupation of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises (including, without limitation, the use and occupation of the Premises) or, at the election of Landlord, on account of Tenant’s liability hereunder.

SECTION 12.6 STRICT PERFORMANCE. No failure by Landlord or Tenant to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Lease or to exercise any right or remedy available to such party by reason of the other party’s default or an Event of Default, and no payment or acceptance of full or partial Rent during the continuance (or with Landlord’s knowledge of the occurrence) of any default or Event of Default, shall constitute a waiver of any such default or Event of Default or of such covenant, agreement, term or condition or of any other covenant, agreement, term or condition. No covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Lease to be performed or complied with by either party, and no default by either party, shall be waived, altered or modified except by a written instrument executed by the other party. No waiver of any default or Event of Default shall affect or alter this Lease, but each and every covenant, agreement, term and condition of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent default. Payment by Tenant to Landlord of any Rent shall be without prejudice to, and shall not constitute a waiver of, any

 

61


rights of Tenant against Landlord provided for under this Lease or at law or in equity. Tenant’s compliance with any request or demand made by Landlord shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to contest the validity of such request or demand.

SECTION 12.7 RIGHT TO ENJOIN DEFAULTS. Subject to the provisions of Articles XIII and XVIII, in the event of Tenant’s default or Event of Default, Landlord shall be entitled to seek to enjoin the default or Event of Default and shall have the right to invoke any rights and remedies allowed at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, except to the extent Landlord’s remedies are expressly limited by the terms hereof. Subject to the provisions of Article XVIII, in the event of any default by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to seek to enjoin the default and shall have the right to invoke any rights and remedies allowed at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, except to the extent Tenant’s remedies are expressly limited by the terms hereof. Each right and remedy of Landlord and Tenant provided for in this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise except to the extent Landlord’s remedies and Tenant’s remedies are expressly limited by the terms hereof, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Landlord or Tenant of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord or Tenant of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, except to the extent Landlord’s remedies and Tenant’s remedies are expressly limited by the terms hereof.

SECTION 12.8 REMEDIES UNDER BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY CODES. If an order for relief is entered or if any stay of proceeding or other act becomes effective against Tenant or Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises or Landlord or Landlord’s interest in this Lease and the Sites, as applicable, in any proceeding which is commenced by or against Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, under the Bankruptcy Code or in a proceeding which is commenced by or against Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, seeking a reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any other present or future applicable federal, state or other bankruptcy or insolvency statute or law, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, shall be entitled to invoke any and all rights and remedies available to it under such bankruptcy or insolvency code, statute or law or this Lease (except to the extent Landlord’s remedies and Tenant’s remedies are expressly limited by the terms hereof). Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee will have possessory rights of Tenant with the same priority as Tenant originally.

SECTION 12.9 LANDLORD RIGHT TO CURE. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (unless Landlord reasonably believes there to be an emergency threatening Landlord’s property outside the Premises, or threatening substantial damage to Landlord’s interest in the Premises as Landlord, in which event no notice shall be required and Landlord may act immediately), perform the same for the account of, and at the expense of, Tenant and upon such performance Tenant’s Event of Default shall be deemed cured. The reasonable out-of-pocket costs so paid or incurred by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, together with interest at

 

62


the rate specified in Section 16.12, shall be due from and paid by Tenant, as additional rent, within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of written demand therefor from Landlord.

ARTICLE XIII

 

 

LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE

 

 

SECTION 13.1 RIGHT TO GRANT LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.1, Tenant shall have the right to mortgage or grant a security interest in Tenant’s interest in this Lease and the Premises under one or more leasehold mortgages to one or more Lending Institutions upon the condition that all rights acquired under such leasehold mortgages shall be subject to each and all of the covenants, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Lease and to all rights and interests of Landlord herein, none of which covenants, conditions, restrictions, rights or interests is or shall be waived by Landlord. In no event, however, shall there be more than two (2) such leasehold mortgages in effect at any one time.

SECTION 13.2 RIGHTS OF LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE. If a Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall send to Landlord a true copy of its leasehold mortgage, together with written notice specifying the name and address of such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, then so long as such Permitted Leasehold Mortgage shall remain unsatisfied of record or until written notice of satisfaction is given by the holder to Landlord, the following provisions shall apply (in respect of such Permitted Leasehold Mortgage and of any other Permitted Leasehold Mortgages):

(a) Without the prior written consent of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, Landlord and Tenant shall not enter into any material amendment, modification or supplement to this Lease.

(b) Landlord shall, upon sending Tenant any written notice or communication to Tenant of a material nature (including, without limitation, a notice of default), simultaneously send a copy of such notice or communication to the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee in the same manner provided by this Lease for the giving of notices to Tenant, and no such material notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given by Landlord to Tenant hereunder unless Landlord shall have sent such notice to the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee in the manner required by this Section 13.2. Landlord shall also give the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee notice (“NOTICE OF FAILURE TO CURE”) if Tenant fails to cure a Default within the period, if any, provided in this Lease for such cure, promptly following the expiration of such period (i.e., an Event of Default). Only Events of Default expressly described in the Notice of Failure to Cure may give rise to a termination of the Lease by Landlord pursuant to its termination rights hereunder.

(c) The Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall have a period of forty-five (45) days after receipt of the Notice of Failure to Cure, in the case of any Event of Default, to (i) cure the Event of Default referred to in the Notice of Failure to Cure or (ii) cause it to be cured, subject to the provisions of Section 12.1(b). Nothing contained herein shall be construed as imposing any obligation upon any such mortgagee to so perform or comply on behalf of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.2(c), following the delivery of a

 

63


Notice of Failure to Cure, within five (5) days following the written request of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee (which request may be contained in a notice from such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee to Landlord with respect to the subject matter referred to in the foregoing clause (i) of this Section 13.2(c)), Landlord shall deliver to such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee a statement certifying the aggregate amount of Rent then due and in arrears hereunder and the estimated per diem increase in such amount, but no such request shall increase any of the time periods provided for in this Section 13.2(c).

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Landlord shall elect to terminate this Lease by reason of any default of Tenant, each Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall not only have the right to nullify any notice of termination by curing such default prior to the effective date of termination but shall also have the separate right to postpone and extend the specified date for the termination of this Lease, as fixed by Landlord in its notice of termination, for a period of not more than six (6) months from the date so specified for termination; provided, that such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall unconditionally agree with Landlord (by giving a notice to that effect to Landlord), prior to the effective date of termination, that such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee will accomplish the following within the times hereinafter provided and shall, in fact, accomplish the following in a timely manner: (i) cure or cause to be cured within thirty (30) days of such notice any then existing monetary defaults of which the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee has knowledge; (ii) pay or cause to be paid during such six (6) month period any Rent and other monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder of which the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee has knowledge, as the same fall due; (iii) promptly cure or cause to be cured any other defaults that such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee can cure and of which the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee has knowledge; and (iv) forthwith take such steps as it shall be lawfully able to acquire or sell Tenant’s interest in this Lease by foreclosure of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage or otherwise, and thereafter prosecute the same to completion with reasonable diligence. If, at the end of said six (6) month period, the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall be actively engaged in steps to acquire or sell Tenant’s interest herein including, without limitation, contesting any court order, or seeking relief from any statutory stay, restricting such acquisition or sale, and is in compliance with the other conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above, the time for said Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee to comply with the applicable provisions of clause (iv) above shall be extended for such period as shall be reasonably necessary to complete such steps with reasonable diligence upon the same conditions. If Tenant’s interest is acquired or sold as aforesaid, the intended termination of this Lease by Landlord under the aforesaid notice will be automatically nullified, and this Lease will continue as if said notice of termination had never been given.

(e) The name of each Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall be added to the loss payable endorsement of any and all fire and other casualty insurance policies to be carried by Tenant in respect of the Premises and/or the FF&E, and all such policies shall state that the insurance proceeds are to be paid to the First Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee to be held for the benefit of the parties hereto and applied in the manner specified in this Lease.

(f) A Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the right to appear in any condemnation proceedings and to participate in any and all hearings, trials and appeals in

 

64


connection therewith. If there is a condemnation or eminent domain in respect of the Premises and/or the FF&E which does not result in a termination of this Lease, any award of payment therein shall be paid to the First Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee for the benefit of the parties hereto and applied in the manner specified in this Lease; and if the same results in a termination of this Lease, to the extent required under the applicable mortgage, Tenant’s portion of the award or payment (if any) shall be paid to the First Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee for the benefit of Tenant and the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagees.

(g) To the extent required under the applicable mortgage, no fire or casualty loss claims shall be settled and no agreement will be made in respect of any award or payment in condemnation or eminent domain without in each case the prior written consent of the First Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee.

(h) Except where the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee has become the tenant hereunder, no liability for the payment of Rent or the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants and agreements hereunder shall attach to or be imposed upon the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee (other than any obligations assumed by the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee), all such liability (other than any obligations assumed by the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee) being hereby expressly waived by Landlord.

(i) Landlord shall accept performance by a mortgagee of any covenant, condition or agreement on Tenant’s part to be performed hereunder with the same force and effect as though performed by Tenant; provided, that the covenants, conditions or agreements set forth in Section 16.20 shall continue to be obligations of Tenant.

(j) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, except for payments of Rent and Additional Rent, no payment made to Landlord by any mortgagee shall constitute the mortgagee’s agreement that such payment was, in fact, due under the terms of this Lease.

SECTION 13.3 NEW LEASE WITH LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE. In the event of termination of this Lease by reason of any uncured default by Tenant or rejection of this Lease by Tenant pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to any provisions of any bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Legal Requirements relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, Landlord will promptly notify the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee of such termination and the amount of any sums then due to Landlord under this Lease, and the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the right to have Landlord enter into a new lease of the Premises with the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or a nominee controlled by such Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee (hereinafter referred to in this Section 13.3 as its “nominee”) in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or its nominee shall be entitled to such new lease if the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall make written request upon Landlord for such new lease on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after the date on which the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall have received the notice from Landlord of such termination and if such written request is accompanied by the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee’s agreement to

 

65


pay to Landlord, upon the execution and delivery of the new lease, the sums which would then be due to Landlord under this Lease had this Lease remained in effect;

(b) Such new lease shall be for what would have been the remainder of the Term hereunder if this Lease had not terminated, effective as of the date of such termination, at the rent and upon the terms, provisions, covenants and agreements as herein contained, including all rights and options herein contained;

(c) In such new lease, the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or its nominee shall agree to perform and observe all covenants herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed and to cure all defaults of Tenant hereunder except for those covenants not capable of being cured by a party other than Tenant;

(d) Landlord shall not warrant possession of the Premises to the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or its nominee under the new lease, it being understood that the new lease shall be expressly made subject to the rights, if any, of Tenant under this Lease or any other Person claiming the right to possession through or under said Tenant;

(e) The Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee or its nominee as tenant under the new lease shall have the same right, title and interest in and to the Premises as Tenant had under this Lease;

(f) If more than one Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall make written request upon Landlord in accordance with the provisions hereof for a new lease, the new lease shall be delivered pursuant to the request of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee whose leasehold mortgage is prior in lien among those who made the request, and the written request of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee whose leasehold mortgage is subordinate in lien shall be void and of no force or effect; and

(g) Effective upon the commencement of the term of any new lease executed pursuant to this Section 13.3, all subleases for portions of the Premises to which Landlord is then a party shall be assigned and transferred without recourse by Landlord to the tenant under such new lease, and all monies on deposit with Landlord by sublessees which tenant would have been entitled to use but for the termination and expiration of this Lease may be used by the tenant under such new lease for the purposes of and in accordance with the provisions of such new lease.

SECTION 13.4 ASSIGNMENT BY LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE. If a Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee shall acquire title to Tenant’s interest in this Lease by foreclosure, assignment in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, or obtain a new lease pursuant to Section 13.3, Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee may assign this lease or such new lease in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article X.

SECTION 13.5 ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENT. Landlord shall, upon request, execute, acknowledge and deliver to each Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee an agreement prepared at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, in form satisfactory to the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee and Landlord, among Landlord, Tenant and the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, agreeing to all the provisions of this Article XIII.

 

66


SECTION 13.6 NO SUBORDINATION OF FEE INTEREST. Landlord shall at no time be required to subordinate its fee simple interest in the Premises to the lien of any leasehold mortgage or to mortgage its fee simple interest in the Premises as collateral or additional security for any leasehold mortgage.

ARTICLE XIV

 

 

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

 

 

SECTION 14.1 CONDITION OF PREMISES. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.10, Tenant shall, on or before the last day of the Term or upon any other Expiration Date, peaceably and quietly surrender and deliver to Landlord the Premises (including the FF&E, the Operating Equipment and the Operating Supplies) in good order, condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear (and damage by fire or other casualty if the termination is pursuant to Article XI) excepted, and free and clear of liens, encumbrances and ownership rights or claims of Tenant (other than liens and encumbrances created by Landlord or its Affiliates (other than Tenant)) and (only if Landlord so elects) sublessees and Concessionaires; provided, however, that Landlord may, at its option, require any or all sublessees or Concessionaires not theretofore approved by Landlord to recognize Landlord under such sublease or concession agreement, in which event any such sublessees or Concessionaire shall become the sublessees or Concessionaire of Landlord for the balance of the remaining term of the applicable sublease or concession agreement.

SECTION 14.2 TITLE TO PREMISES, FF&E, ETC. Upon the Expiration Date, title to the Premises (including any FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies owned by Tenant subject to any leases or encumbrances) shall thereupon, and without further act (or representation or warranty) of either party, vest in Landlord (subject, however, in the event of the sooner termination of this Lease, to the rights of any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee to acquire the same in connection with the new lease pursuant to Section 13.3), subject to the rights of the holders of any trademarks appearing on any FF&E, Operating Equipment, and Operating Supplies owned by Tenant. Tenant shall promptly thereafter execute and deliver to Landlord such deed, bill of sale and other transfer documents or instruments as Landlord may reasonably request; provided, that they contain no covenant, warranty, representation or other liability of Tenant not contained herein.

SECTION 14.3 TITLE TO FF&E RESERVE ACCOUNT. Ownership of and to the FF&E Reserve Account and all proceeds thereof shall automatically vest in Landlord (subject to the lien therein of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagees) upon the expiration of the Term without the payment of consideration therefor and without the necessity for the execution and delivery by Tenant of any instrument transferring title thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees that, upon the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, execute and deliver to Landlord any instrument or document reasonably requested by Landlord to confirm title in Landlord to said FF&E Reserve Account and all proceeds thereof.

 

67


SECTION 14.4 CASH AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. Tenant shall retain the right to all cash (other than cash in the FF&E Reserve Account) and accounts receivable on or in connection with the Premises existing as of the expiration of the Term and Landlord shall pay Tenant for all unopened consumable supplies located at the Premises upon the expiration of the Term (based on Tenant’s actual cost therefor); provided, however, that Tenant shall turn over to Landlord all deposits, accounts receivable and other payments with respect to all bookings for periods after the expiration of the Term. Landlord shall assume all advanced bookings for periods after the expiration of the Term made in the ordinary course of the operation of the Project. If, after the expiration of the Term, Landlord collects any accounts receivable to which Tenant is entitled, Landlord shall promptly remit such amounts to Tenant, subject to the rights of any recognized mortgagee.

SECTION 14.5 REFUSAL TO SURRENDER PREMISES.

(a) If Tenant holds over or refuses to surrender possession of the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it, to treat such holding over as a tenancy at sufferance or a month-to-month tenancy. During such holding over period, Tenant shall be obligated to perform all of its obligations under this Lease (as if this Lease had not so expired or terminated), except that the Base Rent during the period of holding over shall be one hundred seventy-five percent (175%) of the Base Rent during the Term. During any such holding over period, Landlord shall have no obligations of any nature whatsoever under this Lease or otherwise to Tenant.

(b) If the Premises (including the Hotels and the FF&E) are not timely so surrendered, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all expenses which Landlord may incur by reason thereof and, in addition, shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against all claims made against Landlord by any tenant or tenants succeeding to the Premises or any part thereof, founded upon delay by Landlord in delivering possession of the Premises to such tenant or tenants or upon the improper or inadequate condition of the Premises, to the extent that such delay or improper or inadequate condition is occasioned by the failure of Tenant to perform its said surrender obligations and/or to timely surrender the Premises. All property of Tenant or of any other person which shall remain in the Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been abandoned and may be retained by Landlord as its property or be disposed of without accountability in such manner as Landlord may deem fit and, if the cost of any disposition exceeds any proceeds from the sale of such property, such cost shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

SECTION 14.6 SURVIVAL CLAUSE. The provisions of this Article XIV shall survive the expiration of the Term.

ARTICLE XV

 

 

QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

 

SECTION 15.1 QUIET ENJOYMENT. Upon full and timely payment by Tenant of the amounts herein provided, and upon the observance and performance by Tenant of all the

 

68


covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly be entitled to use and enjoy the Premises for the term of the Lease, without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other Person or Persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, through or under Landlord.

ARTICLE XVI

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

SECTION 16.1 LANDLORD CONSENT.

(a) All consents or approvals required to be obtained by Tenant from Landlord hereunder shall be granted by Landlord when UCDP has given its consent or approval, whether express or implied; and, for all purposes under this Lease, UCFP designates and appoints UCDP as the member of Landlord from which consents and approvals shall be obtained by Tenant. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each of UCDP and UCFP shall, jointly and severally, be obligated to perform or satisfy any obligation, covenant or agreement of Landlord hereunder.

(b) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as of the date hereof, URH, an Affiliate of Landlord, is a general partner of Tenant. For so long as an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant, the following provisions shall apply to Landlord hereunder:

(i) any consent or approval required to be obtained by Tenant from Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be granted by Landlord if an Affiliate of Landlord which owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant had given its consent or approval to such matter in accordance with the Partnership Agreement;

(ii) any consent, approval, action or controversy concerning Section 3.2 (except for Section 3.2(a)(v)), Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Sections 5.2 through 5.15 (except for Sections 5.5(a) and (c)), Article VII, Article VIII, Section 10.1, Section 10.5, and Section 11.1 shall be resolved between the Partners, as such, in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures in the Partnership Agreement including Section 28.7 of the Partnership Agreement and arbitration pursuant to Section 28 of the Partnership Agreement. In any such arbitration, the Partner that is an Affiliate of Landlord may assert, and the arbitrator shall give due consideration to, any claim that the matter at issue, if adversely decided, as to such Partner, would have a significant adverse effect with respect to a material interest as Landlord hereunder; and

(iii) Landlord shall be prohibited from terminating this Lease.

(c) To the extent that the indemnification obligations provided in Section 8.2(b) are inconsistent with the indemnification obligations of Landlord and its Affiliates in the Partnership Agreement, the indemnification obligations granted in the Partnership Agreement shall control.

 

69


(d) Except as otherwise provided in Section 16.1(b)(ii), the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, so long as a partner or other equity owner in Tenant is an Affiliate of the Landlord, the partner or other equity owner in Tenant that is not an Affiliate of the Landlord shall have the right on behalf of the Tenant, to give all notices, grant or withhold consents or approvals, and exercise any remedies of Tenant under this Agreement and the Landlord shall only look to such unaffiliated party with respect to such matters.

SECTION 16.2 INFLATION ADJUSTMENT. All currency figures referred to in this Agreement as being “adjusted for inflation” shall be deemed to be adjusted every year (as of each succeeding anniversary date of this Agreement) by the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index between the figure established by such index for the month in 1998 as of which this Agreement is dated (or such other month as may be expressly specified), and the last month immediately preceding such anniversary date for which such figure is publicly available. In the event such Consumer Price Index shall be discontinued or abandoned, the term Consumer Price Index shall refer to the closest comparable index as may be substituted by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. If no such index shall be substituted, then another index generally recognized as authoritative shall be substituted by agreement of the parties hereto, and if such parties cannot agree, such index shall be determined pursuant to arbitration as provided in Article XVIII.

SECTION 16.3 FORCE MAJEURE. A party alleging the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event shall use reasonable good faith efforts to notify the other party not later than twenty (20) days after such party knows of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event; provided, however, that either party’s failure to notify the other of the occurrence of an event constituting a Force Majeure Event shall not alter, detract from or negate its character as a Force Majeure Event or otherwise result in the loss of any benefit or right granted to the delayed party under this Lease. In no event shall any party’s financial condition or inability to fund or obtain funding or financing constitute a “Force Majeure Event” with respect to such party. The times for performance set forth in this Lease (other than for monetary obligations of a party) shall be extended only to the extent performance is delayed by the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease.

SECTION 16.4 NO WAIVER. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition, or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rents hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease other then the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance. No covenant, tern or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, unless such waiver is expressly set forth in writing by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be.

SECTION 16.5 ACCORD AND SATISFACTION. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rents herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rents, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or

 

70


any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease.

SECTION 16.6 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease sets forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, obligations, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant, oral or written, relating to the subject matter of this Lease. Neither Landlord nor Tenant has made any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements not expressly contained in this Lease. No subsequent alterations, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant unless reduced to writing and signed by both parties hereto. Landlord and Tenant shall in no event be construed as partners or joint venturers.

SECTION 16.7 NOTICES. Whenever it is provided herein that notice, demand, request, consent, approval or other communication shall or may be given to, or served upon, any of the parties hereto by the other, or whenever any of such parties desires to give or serve upon any other any notice, demand, request, consent, approval or other communication with respect hereto, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval or other communication (referred to in this Section 16.7 as a “NOTICE”) shall be in writing (whether or not so indicated elsewhere in this Lease) and shall be effective for any purpose only if given or served by (i) certified or registered U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (ii) personal delivery with a signed receipt or (iii) a recognized national courier service, in each case addressed as follows:

to Tenant:

UCF Hotel Venture

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Attention: Mr. Tom Williams

with a copy to each of the following:

Loews Hotels Holding Corporation

667 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10021

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP

201 S. Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 2500

Miami, Florida 33131

Attention: William A. Weber, Esq.

Universal Rank Hotel Partners

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, FL 32819

Attn: General Manager

 

71


Universal Studios, Inc.

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, CA 91608

Attn: General Counsel

Universal Studios Recreation Group

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, CA 91608

Attn: Chairman and Peter Csathy

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Stephen Gellman, Esq.

The Rank Group Plc

6 Connaught Place

London W2 2EZ

ENGLAND

Attn: Douglas M. Yates

Lord, Bissell & Brook

115 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60603

Attn: Wesley S. Walton, Esq.

to Landlord:

Universal City Development Partners

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Attn: General Manager

Universal City Florida Partners

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Attn: General Manager

with a copy to:

Universal Studios, Inc.

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, CA 91608

Attn: General Counsel

 

72


Universal Studios Recreation Group

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, CA 91608

Attn: Chairman and Peter Csathy

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Stephen Gellman, Esq.

The Rank Group Plc

6 Connaught Place

London W2 2EZ

ENGLAND

Attn: Douglas M. Yates

Lord, Bissell & Brook

115 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60603

Attn: Wesley S. Walton, Esq.

Any such Notice may be given, in the manner provided in this Section 16.7, on any party’s behalf by its attorneys designated by such party by notice hereunder. Every Notice shall be effective on the date actually received, as indicated on the receipt therefor or on the date delivery thereof is refused by the recipient thereof. All references in this Lease to the date of Notice shall mean the effective date, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence.

SECTION 16.8 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

(a) All consents and approvals which may be given under this Lease shall, as a condition of their effectiveness, be in writing. The granting by a party hereto of any consent to or approval of any act requiring consent or approval under the terms of this Lease, or the failure on the part of a party hereto to object to any such action taken without the required consent or approval, shall not be deemed a waiver by the party whose consent was required of its right to require such consent or approval for any other act.

(b) Unless expressly stated herein to be in the sole discretion of a party hereto, all consents and approvals which may be given by a party under this Lease shall not (whether or not so indicated elsewhere in this Lease) be unreasonably withheld or conditioned by such party and shall be given or denied within the time period provided, and if no such time period has been provided, within a reasonable time. Upon disapproval of any request for a consent or approval, which is not in the consenting or approving party’s sole discretion, the disapproving party shall, together with notice of such disapproval, submit to the requesting party a written statement setting forth with specificity its reasons for such disapproval.

 

73


(c) If, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, any consent or approval by either Landlord or Tenant is alleged to have been unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, then any dispute as to whether such consent or approval has been unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with Article XVIII. If there shall be a final determination that the consent or approval was unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so that the consent or approval should have been granted, the consent or approval shall be deemed granted. Such deemed grant of consent or approval shall not be deemed to be satisfaction of any obligation under this Lease of the party from whom such consent or approval was requested to give such consent or approval reasonably, unconditionally and/or without delay and shall not prejudice any rights under this Lease of the party seeking such consent or approval to seek damages for such failure by the other party to so perform as required hereunder.

(d) Except as specifically provided herein, no fees or charges of any kind or amount shall be required by either party hereto as a condition of the grant of any consent or approval which may be required under this Lease.

SECTION 16.9 HEADINGS AND SECTION NUMBERS; TERMS GENERALLY.

(a) The headings and article and section numbers appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of such heading, section or article, nor in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(b) (i) Words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other genders as the context requires, (ii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Lease as a whole (including all of the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) and not to any particular provision of this Lease, and Article, Section, paragraph, clause Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses, Exhibits and Schedules to this Lease unless otherwise specified, (iii) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Lease shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified, (iv) the word “or” shall not be exclusive, (v) references to a Person are also references to its permitted successors and assigns and (vi) any reference herein to a “copy” or “copies” of any document, instrument or agreement shall mean a true, correct and complete copy (or copies) thereof.

SECTION 16.10 CONSTRUCTION OF LANGUAGE. The language in all parts of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with its meaning, and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

SECTION 16.11 BROKER’S COMMISSION. Except for any broker’s or finder’s fees due to Sonnenblick-Goldman Company incurred in connection with the agreement between URH and LOH described in the third Whereas clause hereof, which shall be the sole responsibility of URH, each of Landlord and Tenant warrant that it has employed no broker or finders in connection with this transaction.

 

74


SECTION 16.12 INTEREST. Interest shall accrue on any sums owed by Tenant to Landlord, commencing on the first date of delinquency and continuing until the full amount (including interest) is paid to Landlord, at the rate of interest of four percentage points (4%) over the prime rate (which shall mean, for each interest period, the annual prime rate (or base rate) reported in the “Money Rates” column or section of The Wall Street Journal as being the base rate on corporate loans at larger U.S. Money Center commercial banks on the first date on which The Wall Street Journal is published during such interest period; provided that, if such rate is not available in The Wall Street Journal, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to agree upon such a rate and, if no such rate is agreed upon, such rate shall be determined pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Article XVIII), unless the failure to timely pay such amount is due to any act or omission of any Affiliate of Landlord that is a Partner, or has an equity interest, in Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, this Section 16.12 shall not be effective until such time as an Affiliate of Landlord does not own, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant.

SECTION 16.13 LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. It is specifically understood and agreed that there shall be absolutely no personal liability on the part of Landlord or Tenant or on the part of any of Landlord’s Affiliates or Tenant’s Affiliates, as the case may be, in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, and Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, shall look solely to the interest of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in the Premises for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, in the event of any breach or default by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, or by any successor in interest to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. From and after any conveyance of the Premises by Landlord, except if and to the extent that the conveying Landlord is personally liable for an obligation pursuant to the terms of this Lease, if such conveyance has been approved by Tenant, the conveying Landlord shall have no obligation or liability of any kind under this Lease for obligations arising from and after such conveyance if and to the extent that the entity receiving the conveyance shall assume the obligations of Landlord thereafter to be performed under this Lease.

SECTION 16.14 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns, respectively, of Landlord and Tenant. Except as otherwise provided in Article VIII with respect to the indemnification obligations for the benefit of Landlord Indemnified Parties and Tenant Indemnified Parties and, with respect to LOH, Universal and Rank, as provided in any provisions hereof specifically referencing such Person, the provisions of this Lease are for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant and shall not inure to the benefit of any other Person (other than permitted assigns of the parties hereto) either as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, except a Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee.

SECTION 16.15 LABOR HARMONY. Without limiting the generality of any other provision in this Lease, each party hereto, in its sole discretion (which shall not be subject to arbitration), shall use good faith efforts to avoid any jurisdictional strike or dispute or any other labor dispute or problem which may adversely affect the other party in the efficient operation of its business.

 

75


SECTION 16.16 GOVERNING LAW. This Lease and all provisions thereof, irrespective of the place of execution or performance, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida applicable to agreements which are executed and are performed wholly in Florida.

SECTION 16.17 CUMULATIVE RIGHTS. The rights and remedies given to the Landlord or Tenant in this Lease are distinct, separate and cumulative rights and remedies, and no one of them, whether or not exercised by the Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any of the others, except as expressly set forth in this Lease.

SECTION 16.18 PARTIAL INVALIDITY. If any provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material benefit by any party hereunder or substantially increase the burden on any party hereto, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Lease.

SECTION 16.19 INJUNCTIVE RELIEF. Subject to Section 18.3, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by either party hereto of any of the covenants or provisions of this Lease, the other party hereto shall, in addition to any remedies expressly mentioned in this Lease, have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity.

SECTION 16.20 CONFIDENTIALITY.

(a) Landlord and Tenant shall hold, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to hold, in strict confidence and not disclose to others any proprietary or confidential information (including, without limitation, trade secrets and information with respect to competitors and any information provided to Landlord pursuant to Section 4.2) learned from the other or from or in connection with the operation of the Project or the Premises; provided, that proprietary or confidential information shall not include information which (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of this Lease or Section 31 of the Partnership Agreement or (ii) was or becomes available to a Person bound by this Section 16.20 on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the other party or its Affiliates; provided, that such source was not, to such bound Person’s knowledge, bound by a confidentiality agreement with respect to such information. In addition, if Landlord, UCDP or UCFP transfers, directly or indirectly, its interests hereunder, the transferee thereof shall not at any time thereafter disclose any such proprietary or confidential information to any Affiliate or subsidiary of such transferee that is involved in the hotel business or any of the agents, employees or accountants of such Affiliate or subsidiary.

(b) If such a bound Person is requested, or becomes legally compelled, to disclose any of such proprietary or confidential information, such bound Person will provide the other party with prompt notice thereof (before such information is disclosed, if practicable) so that the other party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive

 

76


compliance with the terms of this Section 16.20. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or that the other party, in its sole discretion, waives any provision of this Section 16.20, such bound entity may furnish only that portion of the proprietary or confidential information which is legally required and will exercise its reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.

(c) All publicity relating to the Project and the Premises, including the development of the Project, the historical and projected financial results of the Project, future business plans of the Project, and the relationship among the parties hereto, shall be jointly planned, coordinated and agreed to by the parties hereto. Other than with respect to marketing of the Project by Tenant, neither party hereto shall act unilaterally in this regard without the prior written approval of the other party hereto; provided, however, that such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(d) Landlord and Tenant shall remain bound by the provisions of this Section 16.20 despite any subsequent transfer of any interest in the Premises or any termination of this Lease.

SECTION 16.21 MEMORANDUM OF LEASE. Upon the execution and delivery of this Lease by both parties, Landlord and Tenant shall each execute a Memorandum of Lease in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto. Tenant shall cause such Memorandum of Lease to be recorded in the land records of the County.

ARTICLE XVII

 

 

LANDLORD’S INTEREST NOT SUBJECT TO LIEN

 

 

SECTION 17.1 LANDLORD’S INTEREST NOT SUBJECT TO LIEN.

(a) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS LEASE, THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE PREMISES, WHICH PREMISES ARE DEFINED IN THIS LEASE TO INCLUDE THE SITES, THE HOTELS, THE SUPPORT FACILITY, THE BUILDING & APPURTENANCES, THE FF&E, THE OPERATING EQUIPMENT, AND THE OPERATING SUPPLIES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY LIENS FOR IMPROVEMENTS FOR WORK MADE OR DONE BY OR AT THE INSTANCE OF TENANT, WHETHER OR NOT THE SAME SHALL BE MADE OR DONE WITH THE CONSENT OF LANDLORD OR BY AGREEMENT BETWEEN TENANT AND LANDLORD. IT IS AGREED THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD, OR THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PREMISES, OR ANY IMPROVEMENTS THERETO, BE LIABLE FOR OR SUBJECTED TO ANY CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS’, MATERIALMEN’S, LABORER’S, OR OTHER STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW LIENS FOR IMPROVEMENTS OR WORK DONE BY, OR AT THE INSTANCE OF THE TENANT. THIS LEASE EXPRESSLY PROHIBITS THE SUBJECTING OF THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD, INCLUDING LANDLORD’S REVERSIONARY INTEREST, IN THE PREMISES OR ANY IMPROVEMENTS THERETO, TO ANY CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICS’, MATERIALMEN’S, LABORER’S, OR OTHER STATUTORY OR

 

77


COMMON LAW LIENS, INCLUDING EQUITABLE CLAIMS OF LIEN, FOR IMPROVEMENTS MADE BY OR AT THE INSTANCE OF TENANT, OR CONCERNING WHICH TENANT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE, OR OTHERWISE, AND ALL PERSONS DEALING WITH, OR CONTRACTING WITH, TENANT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY THROUGH OTHER PARTIES, ARE HEREBY PUT ON NOTICE OF THESE PROVISIONS.

(b) FURTHER, AT ALL TIMES DURING THE TERM OF THIS LEASE, WHICH IS A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED (100) YEARS, LANDLORD’S REVERSIONARY INTEREST IN THE SITES, THE HOTELS, THE SUPPORT FACILITY, THE BUILDING & APPURTENANCES, THE FF&E, THE OPERATING EQUIPMENT, AND THE OPERATING SUPPLIES SHALL REMAIN AT ALL TIMES SUPERIOR IN RIGHT, TITLE, AND DIGNITY TO ANY LIENS, RIGHTS TO CLAIM LIENS, OR ANY EQUITABLE RIGHT OR CLAIM OF LIEN, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, WHICH ANY CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, SUB-SUBCONTRACTOR, MATERIALMAN, OR LABORER, OR ANY PARTY CONTRACTING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY WITH TENANT, MAY IMPOSE OR MAY SEEK TO IMPOSE, UPON TENANT’S INTEREST DURING THE TERM OF THIS LEASE, IN THE SITES, THE HOTELS, THE SUPPORT FACILITY, THE BUILDING & APPURTENANCES, THE FF&E, THE OPERATING EQUIPMENT, AND THE OPERATING SUPPLIES.

(c) THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTICE OF LANDLORD’S NON-LIABILITY FOR LIENS SHALL APPLY TO ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY WHICH MAY OCCUR DURING THE TERM OF THIS LEASE. SPECIFICALLY, THIS NOTICE OF LANDLORD’S NON-LIABILITY SHALL CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT DURING THE TERM OF THIS LEASE, AND SHALL APPLY TO ANY REMODELING, RETROFITTING, ADDITIONS, REPLACEMENT, REFURBISHING, REPAIR, AND ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND SUPPLY OF CONSTRUCTION LABOR, SERVICES, AND MATERIALS, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, WHICH MAY OCCUR DURING THE TERM OF THIS LEASE.

(d) THIS ARTICLE XVII SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE MEMORANDUM OF LEASE TO BE PLACED OF RECORD IN THE COUNTY TO PUT EACH CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, MATERIALMAN, LABORER, VENDOR. OR SUPPLIER THAT MAY BE PROVIDING WORK IN CONNECTION WITH THE INITIAL CONSTRUCTION OR ANY ALTERATIONS ON NOTICE OR THE TERMS OF THIS ARTICLE XVIII.

ARTICLE XVIII

 

 

ARBITRATION

 

 

SECTION 18.1 ARBITRATION.

(a) Any dispute, disagreement, controversy or claim between Landlord and Tenant arising out of or relating to this Lease, or the breach hereof (a “DISPUTE”), except for

 

78


matters that are stated to be in a party’s “sole discretion” or as otherwise provided herein to the contrary, shall be resolved by arbitration administered by the AAA as provided in this Section 18.1 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA (the “AAA RULES”) in effect as of the commencement of the applicable arbitration proceeding, except to the extent the then current AAA Rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 18.1, in which event the terms hereof shall control. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act and this Section 18.1, and judgment upon the award entered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

(b) If either Landlord or Tenant asserts that a Dispute has arisen, such asserting party shall give prompt written notice (or notice as otherwise provided herein) thereof to the other party and to the AAA. Any arbitration pursuant to this Section 18.1 shall be conducted in Orlando, Florida, unless the arbitrator or arbitrators are unable in a timely manner to conduct the arbitration in Orlando, Florida, in which case the arbitration will be conducted in a location mutually agreed upon by Tenant, Landlord and the arbitrator or arbitrators.

(c) (i) The arbitration shall be conducted by three (3) arbitrators, which arbitrators shall be selected in accordance with the AAA Rules, and at least one (1) of whom (but no more than two (2) of whom) shall have had experience in the management and/or operation of hotels, or as a consultant in connection with the management and/or operation of hotels.

(ii) Notwithstanding clause (i) above, if the Dispute at issue is for a liquidated amount not in excess of $500,000, adjusted for inflation, then the arbitration shall be conducted by one (1) arbitrator in accordance with the AAA Rules for Expedited Procedures, which arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the AAA Rules for Expedited Procedures, and which arbitrator shall have had experience in the management and/or operation of hotels, or as a consultant in connection with the management and/or operation of hotels.

(iii) In connection with any arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 18.1, (A) no arbitrator shall have been employed or engaged by a party hereto within the previous five (5) year period, (B) each arbitrator shall be neutral and independent of the parties to this Lease and their respective hotel consultants, (C) no arbitrator shall be affiliated with either party’s auditors, (D) no arbitrator shall be employed by any hotel operator or an Affiliate of any hotel operator, and (E) no arbitrator shall have a conflict of interest with (including, without limitation, any bias towards or against) a party hereto or its then current hotel consultants. As used in this Lease, the term “arbitrator” or “arbitrators” shall mean the one (1) member arbitration panel or the three (3) member arbitration panel, as applicable, described herein.

(d) The award of the arbitrators shall be accompanied by a statement of the reasons upon which the award is based. The arbitrators shall not have the power to modify this Lease. The award may not include, and the parties hereto specifically waive, any award of punitive damages or attorneys’ fees and costs. Accordingly, each party hereto shall bear its own

 

79


attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with any arbitration proceeding. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the fees and costs of the arbitrators shall be borne equally by the parties hereto.

(e) The arbitrators may consolidate proceedings with respect to any Dispute under this Lease with proceedings with respect to any related controversy; provided, that any parties to such controversy who are not parties to this Lease consent to such consolidation.

(f) The parties hereto will cooperate in the exchange of documents relevant to any Dispute. Deposition or interrogatory discovery may be conducted only by agreement of such parties or if ordered by the arbitrators. In considering a request for such deposition or interrogatory discovery, the arbitrators shall take into account that the parties hereto are seeking to avoid protracted discovery in connection with any arbitration proceeding hereunder.

SECTION 18.2 ELECTION OF REMEDIES.

(a) If an Event of Default Notice states that Landlord has elected to seek the remedy of termination of this Lease, then Section 18.1 shall not be applicable. In such event, Landlord shall be required to commence a proceeding against Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Event of Default Notice, in the Circuit Court in and for the County. Such proceeding shall expressly seek, as an initial request for relief, among other relief not prohibited by this Lease that may be requested at the discretion of Landlord, an equitable determination by the court that an Event of Default exists under the terms of this Lease and an award of termination of this Lease. Tenant shall have the right to assert any counterclaim it may have against Landlord in any such proceeding. Such proceeding shall be commenced by Landlord in the Circuit Court in and for the County. If it is determined that the Circuit Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such proceeding, then Landlord shall dismiss such action and the matter shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 18.1.

(b) If an Event of Default Notice does not state that Landlord has elected to seek the remedy of termination of this Lease, then any Dispute arising therefrom shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with Section 18.1. If Tenant shall dispute Landlord’s assertion that such Event of Default has occurred, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Event of Default Notice, commence an arbitration proceeding regarding such Dispute. In such event, an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred and Landlord shall not be permitted to exercise any rights against Tenant pursuant to Section 12.2(a) or 12.2(b) until such time as the arbitrators have determined that an Event of Default has occurred.

SECTION 18.3 EMERGENCY PROVISIONAL RELIEF. If a party hereto determines that a Dispute presents such party with an extraordinary situation that requires it to seek emergency provisional relief prior to the appointment of the arbitrators who will determine such Dispute, it may seek such emergency provisional relief from any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that (a) in order to obtain any such relief, the court shall determine that such party has met any applicable standards imposed by the law applicable to the relief requested with respect to such party’s rights to such relief and (b) such relief may only be sought and obtained on the condition that any order entered by the court will expire ten (10) days after the appointment of

 

80


the arbitrators unless the party that sought the order renews its application for emergency provisional relief to the arbitrators within such ten (10) day period, which arbitrators shall then make de novo any findings of fact that may be required in ruling on such renewed application.

SECTION 18.4 RESOLUTION BY CHAIRMEN. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XVIII, so long as Universal and Rank each own equity interests in Landlord and LHHC owns an equity interest in Tenant, prior to the submission of any Dispute to an arbitrator, either Tenant or Landlord may, upon written notice to the other party, cause the Dispute to be first referred to a group consisting of the Chairman of Universal Parks and the Commercial Director of Rank, as representatives of Landlord, and the Chief Executive Officer of LHHC, as representative of Tenant. In attempting to resolve such Dispute, the representatives of Landlord shall collectively be entitled to one vote and the representative of Tenant shall be entitled to one vote. If Landlord and Tenant, through such representatives, are unable to unanimously resolve such matter within ten (10) days after delivery of the written notice described in the preceding sentence, then the matter shall be referred to an arbitrator as provided in this Article XVIII. Any such unanimous resolution shall be deemed to be the determination of such parties.

SECTION 18.5 NO MERGER OF TITLE. There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate created hereby by reason of the fact that the same Person may acquire, own or hold, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, (a) this Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby or any interest in this Lease or such leasehold estate, (b) the fee estate in the Project, except as may expressly be stated in a written instrument duly executed and delivered by the appropriate Person, or (c) a beneficial interest in Landlord.

 

81


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

    UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS
    By:   Universal City Florida Ltd., a general partner
      By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, a general partner
WITNESS:           By:   Rank Orlando II, Inc., a general

/s/

           
          By:  

/s/

         

Title:

 

V.P.

/s/

           
WITNESS:           By:   Universal City Property Management Company II, a general partner

/s/

           
          By:  

/s/

/s/

          Title:  

Authorized Representative

    By:   Universal City Holding Co. II, a general partner
WITNESS:       By:     Rank Orlando II, Inc., a general partner

/s/

           
      By:    

/s/

/s/

      Title:    

V.P.

WITNESS:       By:     Universal City Property Management Company II, a general partner

/s/

      By:    

/s/

      Title:     Authorized Representative

/s/

           

 

82


   

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS

WITNESS:         By:   Rank Orlando, Inc., a general partner

/s/

        By:  

/s/

        Title:  

V.P.

/s/

         
        By:   Universal City Property Management Company, a general partner
WITNESS:            

/s/

        By:  

/s/

        Title:  

Authorized Representative

/s/

    By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, a general partner
      By:   Rank Orlando, Inc., a general partner
WITNESS:       By:  

/s/

/s/

      Title:  

V.P.

/s/

    By:   Universal City Property Management Company, a general partner
      By:  

/s/

WITNESS:       Title:  

Authorized Representative

/s/

      UCF HOTEL VENTURE

/s/

    By:  

Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc., a general partner

      By:  

/s/

      Title:  

 

 

83


    By:   Universal Rank Hotel Partners, a general partner
      By:   Universal Studios Hotel, Inc., a general partner

/s/

     
        By:  

/s/

 

        Title:  

Exec. V.P.

      By:  

Rank Hotels Orlando, Inc., a general partner

 

        By:  

/s/

        Title:  

V.P.

 

         

 

84

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE

dated as of

June 12, 1998

among

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS

and

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, collectively, as Landlord

and

UCF HOTEL VENTURE, as Tenant

 

 

 


FIRST AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE

FIRST AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE, dated as of June 12, 1998 (this “ Amendment ”), among:

 

(a) UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership (“ UCDP ”);

 

(b) UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership (“ UCFP ”; together with UCDP, the “ Landlord ”); and

 

(c) UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership (the “ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Landlord and the Tenant are parties to the Ground Lease, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), with respect to the real property described therein which is located in the City of Orlando, Orange County, Florida and more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Leased Land ”);

WHEREAS, the Tenant is a party to the Senior Secured Loan Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), with the banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Syndication Agent named therein, the Documentation Agent named therein, the Collateral Agent named therein and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Lenders have agreed to make certain extensions of credit to the Tenant for the purpose of financing the development and construction of three hotels and a common support facility upon the Leased Land;

WHEREAS, the Lenders have requested that certain changes be made to the Lease for the benefit of the Lenders;

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligations of the Lenders to make such extensions of credit that the Tenant shall have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by the parties hereto, delivered to the Administrative Agent and recorded by incorporating it by reference in a memorandum;


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valid consideration (the receipt of which hereby is acknowledged), the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized terms which are used is this Amendment without definition shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Lease.

2. Section 1.1 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting in its entirety the definition of the term “Permitted Leasehold Mortgage” contained therein and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

“‘ Permitted Leasehold Mortgage ’ shall mean any mortgage made pursuant to Article XIII, together with (a) any applicable security instruments entered into in connection therewith, including mortgages, deeds of trust, mortgage deeds, security deeds, conditional deeds, financing statements, security agreements and any other documentation that the applicable lender may require, (b) all renewals, increases, modifications, spreaders, consolidations and extensions thereof and (c) to the extent that such replacement secures obligations which are owing to a substantially similar group of lenders, all replacements thereof.”

3. Section 1.2 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting clause (b) in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following clause (b):

“(b) as such definition is modified with Landlord and Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee’s approval.

4. Subsection 4.1 of the Lease is hereby amended by adding the following as a new clause (d) thereto:

“(d) If Tenant’s interest herein is transferred to Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee (or its assigns) by Foreclosure, assignment in lieu or other similar event, the transferee (the “ Successor Tenant ”) shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent out of Income After Debt Service, to the extent of Available Cash, in accordance with the following priority of distributions for the applicable Fiscal Year:

 

  (i) first, to the payment of Base Rent to the landlord (or its successor);

 

  (ii) next, an amount to be retained by the Successor Tenant equal to the Priority Return; and

 

  (iii) next, to the payment of Additional Rent to the landlord (or its successor),

 

2


except that the amount of debt service that shall be deducted when computing Income After Debt Service and the amount of the Priority Return shall each be determined as follows:

 

  (A) the amount of deemed debt service, on an annual basis, to be used solely for the purpose of determining Income After Debt Service shall be deemed to be equal to the interest expense which would have accrued under the terms of the Loan Agreement as if no default or event of default was in existence thereunder for the period of the twelve (12) consecutive months most recently ended prior to the occurrence of the Foreclosure, assignment in lieu or other similar event, or such prorated portion thereof as shall be applicable to any partial Fiscal Year; and

 

  (B) the amount of the Priority Return for each Fiscal Year after the occurrence of a Foreclosure, assignment in lieu or similar event shall be deemed to be Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000), or such prorated portion thereof as shall be applicable to any partial Fiscal Year.

If Income After Debt Service is not sufficient to make all or part of any of the distributions described in this section, any resulting deficiency in such distributions, and any related rights, if any, to any such distributions, shall not be cumulative and shall not be carried forward to the subsequent Fiscal Year. If Available Cash distributed pursuant to this section for any Fiscal Year is not sufficient to make distributions equal to the total aggregate amount of Income After Debt Service, then such deficiency in such distributions, and any related rights, if any, to any such distributions, shall be cumulative and shall be carried forward and paid out of the first Available Cash subsequently available prior to any distribution of Available Cash in respect of Income After Debt Service in subsequent Fiscal Years.”

5. Section 10.5 of the Lease is hereby amended by adding the following sentence after the first sentence:

“All such sublessees and concessionaires which are for a term of greater than three years (inclusive of all extensions) shall agree to attorn to such Successor Landlord, provided such Successor Landlord agrees not to disturb such sublessee or concessionaire.”

6. Section 11.1 of the Lease is hereby amended by (i) deleting subsection 11.1 (a) in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) If the Project or any portion thereof is damaged or destroyed by fire or any other casualty or occurrence, whether or not such damage or destruction is insured under the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease, subject to the terms of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, shall cause the Project (or portion thereof) to be fully repaired and restored to

 

3


the condition existing immediately prior to such fire, casualty or occurrence; provided , that, if such casualty or occurrence resulted in damage or destruction of a significant portion of the Theme Park, Tenant shall only be required to repair and restore the Project (or portion thereof) if the Theme Park Owner is required to repair and restore the damage or destruction to such portion of the Theme Park. Subject to the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event and the terms of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage, Tenant shall commence the restoration within (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the insurance proceeds paid following a fire or other insured casualty (the “ Net Insurance Proceeds ”) arising from the damage or destruction which caused the need for such restoration or (ii) if the fire or other casualty was not insured, one hundred five (105) days after the occurrence of the fire or casualty and in each case Tenant shall at such time diligently pursue the completion of such restoration.”

(ii) Adding in subsection 11.1(d) after the clause “Notwithstanding the foregoing”, the following:

“and subject to the terms of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage,”

7. Subsection 11.2(b) of the Lease is hereby amended by adding after the clause “If this Lease does not terminate with respect to the affected Property due to such taking or condemnation”, the following:

“and subject to the terms of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage,”

8. Subsection 12.8 of the Lease is hereby amended by adding at the end of the paragraph the following:

“In the event of a Landlord bankruptcy, Tenant’s rights under Section 365(h)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to accept a disaffirmance by debtor or trustee and treat the Lease as terminated or to stay in possession of the Premises, shall be exercised by Tenant or the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee (as applicable) only in accordance with the provisions of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee.”

9. Section 13.6 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting said section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Section 13.6 . Fee Interest . In the event that the Tenant shall at any time be the owner of the fee interest in the Premises, then (as of the later of the date upon which Tenant became the owner of such fee interest and the date of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage) (a) the lien created by the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage from Tenant to The Chase Manhattan Bank (as administrative agent) shall attach to and cover and be a first priority lien on such fee interest and (b) such fee interest shall, without further assignment, mortgage or conveyance, become and be subject to the lien of and covered by such Permitted Leasehold Mortgage.

 

4


10. The following Section 13.7 is added to the Lease immediately following Section 13.6:

Section 13.7 No Mortgage of Fee . While the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage is outstanding, Landlord shall not mortgage or encumber the fee.”

11. The following Article is added to the Lease immediately following Article XVIII therein:

ARTICLE XIX

PERMITTED LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE PROVISIONS

Section 19.1 Severance of Ground Lease . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord and Tenant agree that upon written notice from the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, the Ground Lease shall be severed into four separate ground leases in accordance with the provisions of this Section 19.1 within six months after the date (the “ Trigger Date ) which is the earlier of the Foreclosure Date or the date upon which Universal Studios, Inc., The Rank Group Plc and Loews Corporation (and their respective successors and assigns) have either:

(i) contributed (or caused to be contributed) to Tenant pursuant to those certain Operating Expenses Shortfall Agreements to which they are a party; or

(ii) paid (or caused to be paid) to the Administrative Agent pursuant to those certain Interest Payment Agreements to which they are a party;

more than $25,000,000 in Post-Completion Liabilities (as such term is defined in each such Operating Expenses Shortfall Agreement or Interest Payment Agreement, as applicable).

(b) In the event that the Trigger Date occurs, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith such that the Ground Lease shall be severed by Landlord and Tenant into four separate ground leases, in order to create (i) a lease between Landlord and Tenant of the site presently contemplated to be known as “The Portofino Bay Hotel, a Loews Hotel” which is more particularly described on Exhibit B-l attached hereto (the “ Portofino Lease ”); (ii) a lease between Landlord and Tenant of the site presently contemplated to be known as the “Hard Rock Hotel” which is more particularly described on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto (the “ Hard Rock Lease ”); (iii) a lease between Landlord and Tenant of the site presently contemplated to be known as the “The South Seas Hotel, a Loews Hotel” which is more particularly described on Exhibit B-3 attached hereto (the “ South Seas Lease ”); and (iv) a lease between Landlord and Tenant of the site commonly known as the common support facility which is more particularly described on Exhibit B-4 attached hereto (the “ Common Support Facility Lease ”; together with the Portofino Lease, the Hard Rock Lease and the South Seas Lease, the “ Severed Leases ”; each, a “ Severed Lease ”). The Severed

 

5


Leases shall have terms and conditions which, in the aggregate, are substantially similar in all material respects to the remaining terms and conditions of the Ground Lease, with any obligations which is predicated upon the existence of a single ground lease (e.g., Base Rent and Taxes) being prorated among the Severed Leases based upon an allocation of actual construction costs and with any other terms and conditions of the Ground Lease being equitably distributed among the Severed Leases and being reasonably acceptable to the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee.

(b) If the Severed Leases are not effected within six months following the Trigger Date, Landlord and Tenant shall submit to binding arbitration any items which have not then been agreed upon. In any such arbitration, the arbitrator shall be an independent expert who is chosen by mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant (or, if Landlord and Tenant are not able to agree upon an arbitrator, by mutual agreement of the principal independent accounting firms to Landlord and Tenant) and is reasonably satisfactory to the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee. The arbitrator shall arbitrate the dispute and shall submit to Landlord and Tenant (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a written statement of its adjudication, which statement, when delivered to Landlord and Tenant, shall become binding upon Landlord and Tenant. In acting hereunder, the arbitrator shall be entitled to the privileges and immunities of arbitrators, and each party agrees to enter into an engagement agreement reasonably acceptable to both parties with such arbitrator in connection with the foregoing and shall request, and seek in any such engagement agreement to require, that the arbitrator issue a written statement of its adjudication as promptly as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days of the date of final submission of documentation by Landlord and Tenant in connection therewith.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Event of Default under any Severed Lease shall not be an Event of Default under the other Severed Leases.

Section 19.2 Changes in Legal Description . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon Substantial Completion (as defined in the Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof from Tenant to Administrative Agent (the “ Mortgage ”)), Landlord and Tenant shall obtain new legal description of the real property that reflect any immaterial modifications of the “as-built” placement of (a) common area infrastructure and (b) the Hotels or Common Support Facility encroaching into the Shared Areas (as that term is defined in the Resort and Reciprocal Easement Agreement. Upon receipt of such modified descriptions, Exhibit D (or the corresponding Exhibit, if the Lease has been severed pursuant to subsection 19.1 above) to this Lease shall be deleted and replaced with such modified descriptions; provided that net change in the legal description has no Material Adverse Effect on the use, operation or value of the Hotels and Common Support Facility.

 

6


Section 19.3 Subordination of Rent . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Rent shall not be payable hereunder during the continuance of an Event of Default under subparagraph 8.01 (a) or 8.01(b) of the Loan Agreement; provided , however , that the obligation to pay Rent on a current basis hereunder shall be reinstated upon the earlier to occur of (a) the amount of time reasonably necessary for the Administrative Agent or its assignee to acquire the rights of Tenant under the Lease or the Severed Leases, if applicable (or, if later, the date which is 18 months after the occurrence of such Event of Default and declaration of acceleration) and (b) the Foreclosure Date. For purposes of this Section 19.3, the term “ Foreclosure Date ” shall mean the date upon which title to or possession of any Hotel or the Common Support Facility is transferred to a subsequent owner pursuant to the exercise by the holder of record of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage of any rights or remedies available to it upon a default thereunder, including, without limitation, (i) a transfer by judicial foreclosure, (ii) a transfer by assignment in lieu of foreclosure, (iii) the transfer of either ownership or control of Tenant by exercise of a stock pledge or otherwise, (iv) a transfer resulting from an order given in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding, (v) an assignment of Tenant’s interests hereunder or (vi) any similar judicial or non-judicial exercise of remedies held by the holder of the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage.

12. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, allocations of condemnation proceeds shall be made to Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee if its interest or security is materially impaired.

13. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, this Amendment shall terminate (and shall cease to be of any force and effect) upon payment in full of the Debt (as defined in the Mortgage) and the parties shall execute a document confirming such termination.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

7


18. The Ground Lease, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed and is and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

      UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, as Landlord
      By:   Universal City Florida Ltd., a general partner
        By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, a general partner
WITNESS:         By:   Rank Orlando II, Inc., a general partner
LOGO           By:   LOGO
          Name:  
          Title:  
WITNESS:         By:   Universal City Property Management Company II, a general partner
Kelly Mantle           By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel

LOGO

          Name:   Glenn Gumpel
          Title:   Executive Vice President-Recreations
      By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, a general partner
WITNESS:       By:   Rank Orlando II, Inc., a general partner
LOGO         By:   LOGO
        Name:  
        Title:  
WITNESS:       By:   Universal City Property Management Company II, a general partner
Kelly Mantle         By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel

LOGO

        Name:   Glenn Gumpel
        Title:   Executive Vice President-Recreations

 

8


      UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, as Landlord
WITNESS:     By:   Rank Orlando, Inc., a general partner
LOGO       By:   LOGO
      Name:  
      Title:  
WITNESS:       By:   Universal City Property Management Company, a general partner
Kelly Mantle         By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel
LOGO         Name:   Glenn Gumpel
        Title:  

Executive Vice President-Recreations

 

    By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, a general partner
WITNESS:       By:   Rank Orlando, Inc., a general partner
LOGO         By:   LOGO
        Name:  
        Title:  
WITNESS:       By:   Universal City Property Management Company, a general partner
Kelly Mantle         By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel
LOGO         Name:   Glenn Gumpel
        Title:  

Executive Vice President-Recreations

 

    UCF HOTEL VENTURE, as Tenant
WITNESS:       By:   Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc., a general partner
          By:    
        Name:  
          Title:  

 

9


      UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, as Landlord
      By:   Rank Orlando Inc., a general partner
        By:    
          Name:  
          Title:  
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of the following two witnesses:     By:   Universal City Property Management Company, a general partner
/s/ Marcell Clark       By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel

(Signature of witness one)

        Name:   Glenn Gumpel

Print name: Marcell Clark

        Title:  
/s/ Robert J. Lennon     By:   Universal City Holding Co. I, a general partner

(Signature of witness two)

           

Print name: Robert J. Lennon

           
      By:   Rank Orlando, Inc., a general partner
        By:    
            Name:  
            Title:  
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of the following two witnesses:       By:   Universal City Property Management Company, a general partner
/s/ Marcell Clark         By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel

(Signature of witness one)

          Name:   Glenn Gumpel

Print name: Marcell Clark

          Title:  
/s/ Robert J. Lennon      

(Signature of witness two)

           

Print name: Robert J. Lennon

    UCF HOTEL VENTURE, as Tenant
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of the following two witnesses:     By:   Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc., a general partner
/s/ Stephanie Anastassiou       By:   /s/ Jack S. Adler

(Signature of witness one)

        Name:   Jack S. Adler

Print name: Stephanie Anastassiou

        Title:   E.V.P.
/s/ Marcell Clark      

(Signature of witness two)

           

Print name: Marcell Clark

           

 

10


      By:   Universal Rank Hotel Partners, a general partner
WITNESS:       By:   Universal Studios Hotel, lnc., a general partner
Kelly Mantle         By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel
LOGO         Name:   Glenn Gumpel
        Title:   Executive Vice President-Recreations
WITNESS:       By:   Rank Hotels Orlando, Inc., a general partner
LOGO         By:   LOGO
        Name:  
        Title:  

 

11


THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY

AND SHOULD BE RETURNED TO:

Peter G. Latham, Esq.

KAY, PANZL & LATHAM, LLP

390 North Orange Avenue, Suite 600

Post Office Box 3353

Orlando, FL 32802

(407) 481-5801

For Recording Purposes Only

FIRST AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE (“First Amendment”) made and entered into this 12 th day of June, 1998 by and between UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership (“Lessor”) and UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership (“Lessee”)

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee have previously entered into a Ground Lease dated ____________, 1995 (the “Lease”) a memorandum of which Lease was recorded November 8, 1995 in Official Records Book 4971, Page 2577, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida; and .

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee have agreed to enter into a Ground Lease of the Premises as well as other lands owned by Lessor to UCF Hotel Venture (the “UCF Lease”); and

WHEREAS , Lessor and Lessee desire to modify the Lease to facilitate the making of the UCF Lease, by releasing from the Lease all portions of the Premises, as defined therein, which will be leased to UCF Hotel Venture pursuant to the UCF Lease;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal covenants herein made and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1 . Correction of Description of Premises . The parties acknowledge that the description of the Premises set forth in the Lease was created prior to the construction of many infrastructure and supporting facilities and the development of the infrastructure and supporting facilities has resulted in a number of minor changes in the legal description of the Premises and the Premises has been subject to a Plat of Universal City, Florida. In addition the parties have agreed that all portions of the Premises located within Lots 8 A and 10A of the Plat of Universal City Florida, according to the Plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 35, Page 84 through 87, Public Records of Orange County Florida, are removed, discharged and forever released from the


description of the Premises and from all terms and conditions of the Lease. Accordingly, Exhibits A, A-1, B, B-1, C and C-1 of the Lease are hereby deleted in their entirety. The parties agree that the description of (1) Lessor’s Property shall be as set forth on Exhibit “A;” and (2) the Premises shall be as set forth on Exhibits “B”, said Exhibits “A” and “B” being attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Joint Use Facilities . The parties agree that the third, fourth, and fifth recitals Sections 1.4, 2.2, and Section 4 (including all subsections), as well as all other references to the Joint Use Facilities and Joint Use Agreements set forth in the Lease are hereby deemed deleted and shall be null and void.

3. Rent . Lessor acknowledges that Lessee has herewith paid the sum of $470.00 plus all applicable sales tax as a prepayment of all Rent required by Section 2.1 of the Lease and that no further Rent or any additional rent or other charges or payments shall be required under the terms of the Lease. Accordingly, all of Sections 2.3,2.4, 2.5 and that portion of Section 2.6 commencing with the phrase “and the Rent...” through the end of Section 2.6, are hereby deemed deleted and shall be null and void.

4. Other Deletions; Modifications . The parties agree that in Section 1.3 of the Lease, from the eleventh line through the twenty-third line, the phrase beginning with, “ except to the extent” and ending with “Section 1.1, hereof” is hereby deemed deleted and shall be null and void.

5. Memorandum of First Amendment to Lease . Lessor and Lessee agree that this First Amendment shall be recorded in the Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

6. Continued Effect . Except as herein modified, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Lease is in full force and effect and each party represents and warrants to the other that neither party is in default under the Lease and that no state of facts exists which, if continued, would create a default by the other party as of the date of this First Amendment (it being acknowledged and agreed that any and all defaults existing as of the date hereof, whether known or unknown, are hereby waived). All defined terms in this First Amendment have the same meaning as in the Lease, except as otherwise noted. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall control.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment this _________ day of _________, 1998.

 

      “LESSEE”
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:    

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

a Florida general partnership

Signature   /s/ Kelly Mantle     By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING

CO. II, a Florida general partnership, a

general partner

Print/Type Name:   Kelly Mantle        
Signature   /s/ Richard Long       By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II, a

Delaware corporation, a general partner

Print/Type Name:   Richard Long      

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Glenn Gumpel

        Name:   Glenn Gumpel
        Title:   Authorized Representative
          And
Signature           By:  

RANK ORLANDO II, INC., a

Delaware corporation, a general partner

 

Print/Type Name:            
Signature           By:    
Print/Type Name:           Name:    
        Title:    
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:     By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA LTD. , a

Florida limited partnership, a general partner

Signature   /s/ Kelly Mantle       By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a Florida general partnership, general partner

 

Print/Type Name:   Kelly Mantle         By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II, a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Signature   /s/ Richard Long         By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel
Print/Type Name:   Richard Long         Name:   Glenn Gumpel
          Title:   Authorized Representative


    And
Signature        
Print/Type Name:          By:   RANK ORLANDO II, INC., a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Signature        
Print/Type:         By:    
      Name:    
      Title:    

 

State of California

   )   
   )   

County of Los Angeles

   )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Glenn Gumpel as the Authorized Representative of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him by said corporation. He is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 23 rd day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Lisa Blau
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

 

State of

   )    LOGO
   )   

County of

   )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared                      as the                      of RANK ORLANDO II, INC., a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is ¨ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this      day of June, 1998.

 

   
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)


State of California

   )   
   )   

County of Los Angeles

   )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Glenn Gumpel, as the Authorized Rep. of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA LTD., a Florida limited partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him by said corporation. He is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 23 rd day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Lisa Blau
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

 

State of

   )    LOGO
   )   

County of

   )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared                      , as the                      of RANK ORLANDO II, INC., a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA LTD., a Florida limited partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is ¨ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this      day of June, 1998.

 

   
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)


    “LESSOR”
   
   

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, a

Florida general partnership

Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:    
Signature:   /s/ Kelly Mantle     By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Print/Type Name:    Kelly Mantle      
Signature:   /s/ Richard Long     By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel
Print/Type Name:   Richard Long     Name:   Glenn Gumpel
      Title:   Authorized Representative
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:    

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING

CO. I, a Florida general partnership a general partner

Signature:   /s/ Kelly Mantle       By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Print/Type Name:    Kelly Mantle        
Signature:   /s/ Richard Long       By:   /s/ Glenn Gumpel
Print/Type Name:   Richard Long       Name:   Glenn Gumpel
        Title:   Authorized Representative
      and
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:       By:   RANK ORLANDO, INC. a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Signature:           By:    
Print/Type Name:           Name:    
        Title:    
Signature:            
Print/Type Name:            
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:     By:   RANK ORLANDO, INC. a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Signature:         By:    
Print/Type Name:         Name:    
      Title:    
Signature:          
Print/Type Name:          


State of California    )   
   )   
County of Los Angeles    )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Glenn Gumpel, as the Authorised Rep. of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him by said corporation. He is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced                          as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 23 rd day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Lisa Blau
Notary Public

 

(NOTARIAL SEAL)    LOGO

 

State of California    )   
   )   
County of Los Angeles    )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Glenn Gumpel as the Authorised Rep. of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him by said corporation. He is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 23 rd day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Lisa Blau
Notary Public

 

(NOTARIAL SEAL)    LOGO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this First Amendment this              day of              , 1998.

 

      “LESSEE”

Signed, sealed and delivered

in the presence of:

   

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

a Florida general partnership

Signature         By:   UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING
Print/Type Name:           CO. II, a Florida general partnership, a
       

general partner

 

Signature           By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II, a
Print/Type Name:             Delaware corporation, a general partner
        By:    
        Name:    
        Title:    
          And
Signature   /s/ Denise D. Brock       By:  

RANK ORLANDO II, INC., a

Delaware corporation, a general partner

 

Print/Type Name:   Denise Brock       By:   /s/ Anthony Ainsworth

 

Signature

 

 

/s/ Debbie Jones

     

Name:

Title:

 

Anthony Ainsworth

Vice President

Print/Type Name:   Debbie Jones        

Signed, sealed and delivered

in the presence of:

    By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA LTD. , a

Florida limited partnership, a general partner

Signature           By:   UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO.
Print/Type Name:             II , a Florida general partnership, general partner
         
          By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY
Signature               MANAGEMENT COMPANY II, a
Print/Type Name:               Delaware corporation, a general partner
          By:    
          Name:    
          Title:    


    And
Signature   /s/ Denise D. Brock     By:   RANK ORLANDO II, INC., a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Print/Type Name:    Denise D. Brock      
      By:   /s/ Anthony Ainsworth
Signature   /s/ Debbie Jones     Name:   Anthony Ainsworth
Print/Type:   Debbie Jones     Title:   Vice President

 

State of    )   
   )   
County of    )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared                      as the                      of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is ¨ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this              day of June, 1998.

 

   
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

 

State of Florida    )   
   )   
County of Orange    )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Anthony Ainsworth as the Vice President of RANK ORLANDO II, INC. , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this,              day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Maryanne Brown
Notary Public

 

(NOTARIAL SEAL)    LOGO


State of    )   
   )   
County of    )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared                          , as the                          of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA LTD. , a Florida limited partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is ¨ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                          as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this __ day of June, 1998.

 

   
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

 

State of Florida    )   
   )   
County of Orange    )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Anthony Ainsworth, as the Vice President of RANK ORLANDO II , INC. , a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA LTD. , a Florida limited partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS , a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                          as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 22 nd day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Maryanne Brown
Notary Public

 

(NOTARIAL SEAL)                                     LOGO

 


    “LESSOR”
    UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, a
Signed, sealed and delivered     Florida general partnership
in the presence of:    

 

Signature:

        By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Print/Type Name:           
Signature:         By:    
Print/Type Name:         Name:    
      Title:    
Signed, sealed and delivered     UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I,
in the presence of:     a Florida general partnership a general partner
   

 

Signature:

          By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Print/Type Name:             
Signature:           By:    
Print/Type Name:            Name:    
        Title:    
      and

Signed, sealed and delivered

in the presence of:

      By:   RANK ORLANDO, INC. a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Signature:   /s/ Denise D. Brock       By:   /s/ Anthony Ainsworth
Print/Type Name:    Denise D. Brock       Name:   Anthony Ainsworth

 

Signature:

 

 

/s/ Debbie Jones

      Title:   Vice President
Print/Type Name:    Debbie Jones        

Signed, sealed and delivered

in the presence of:

    By:   RANK ORLANDO, INC. a Delaware corporation, a general partner
Signature:   /s/ Denise D. Brock     By:   /s/ Anthony Ainsworth
Print/Type Name:    Denise D. Brock     Name:   Anthony Ainsworth
      Title:   Vice President
Signature:   /s/ Debbie Jones      
Print/Type Name:    Debbie Jones      


State of Florida

   )   
   )   

County of Orange

   )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Anthony Ainsworth, as the Vice President of RANK ORLANDO, INC., a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I, a Florida general partnership, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 22 nd day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Maryanne Brown
Notary Public

 

(NOTARIAL SEAL)    LOGO

State of Florida

   )   
   )   

County of Orange

   )   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the State aforesaid and in the County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, appeared Anthony Ainsworth, as the Vice President of RANK ORLANDO, INC., a Delaware corporation, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership, and that he/she acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership, in the presence of two subscribing witnesses freely and voluntarily under authority duly vested in him/her by said corporation. He/She is þ personally known to me or ¨ produced a                      as identification.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 22 nd day of June, 1998.

 

/s/ Maryanne Brown
Notary Public

 

(NOTARIAL SEAL)    LOGO


EXHIBIT “A”

First Amendment to Ground Lease

Legal Description

of

Lessor’s Property

All of Lots 6, 7, 8, and 12 according to the Replat of Universal City/Florida Plat 1 as recorded in Plat Book 22, Pages 1 and 2, Public Records of Orange County, Florida;

TOGETHER WITH:

Lots 5A, 8A, 9A, 10A and 13A, as well as Tracts A and C of the Plat of Universal City Florida, according to the Plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87 (inclusive) Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

TOGETHER WITH:

Lots 1, 3, 4 and 5, UNIVERSAL CITY WEST, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 38, Pages 13 and 14, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

TOGETHER WITH:

That certain portion of Lot 1A, UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, lying North of the South Line of REPLAT OF UNIVERSAL CITY / FLORIDA PLAT 1, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 22, Pages 1 and 2, all of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida.


EXHIBIT “B”

First Amendment to Ground Lease

“Premises”

That certain portion of Lot 1A, UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, lying North of the South Line of REPLAT OF UNIVERSAL CITY / FLORIDA PLAT 1, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 22, Pages 1 and 2, all of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Exhibit 10.8

THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY

AND SHOULD BE RETURNED TO:

Peter G. Latham, Esq.

GRONEK & LATHAM, LLP

390 North Orange Avenue, Suite 600

Orlando, FL 32801

(407) 481-5800

SECOND AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE , dated as of February 20, 2001 (this “Second Amendment”), between UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP , a Delaware limited partnership, successor by conversion to Universal City Development Partners , a Florida general partnership and successor by merger/conversion to Universal City Florida Partners , a Florida general partnership (the “Landlord”), and UCF HOTEL VENTURE , a Florida general partnership (the “Tenant”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998 (the “Ground Lease”), together with that certain First Amendment to Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998 (the “First Amendment”), as evidenced by that certain Memorandum of Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998 and recorded June 26, 1998 in Official Records Book 5512, Page 3855 Public Records of Orange County, Florida (the “Original Memorandum”, and together with the Ground Lease and the First Amendment, collectively, the “Lease”).

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to substitute tracts, and modify the legal descriptions for the Third Hotel Site and the Primary Phase II Sites (as defined in the Lease).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal covenants herein made, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The Recitals as set forth above are agreed to be true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Substitution of Leased Property .

a. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the legal description for that certain real property described under Item 3 and Exhibit “D” , which was attached to, and made a part of the Ground Lease, and under Item 3 on Exhibit “B” , which was attached to, and made a part of the Original Memorandum, is hereby deleted and replaced with the legal description for that certain real property more


particularly described in Exhibit “1” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “New Third Hotel Site”), and the New Third Hotel Site is hereby substituted for the Third Hotel Site in the Lease. Any reference in the Lease to the Third Hotel Site shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the New Third Hotel Site.

b. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the legal description for that certain real property described under Item 5 on Exhibit “D” , which was attached to, and made a part of the Ground Lease, and under Item 5 on Exhibit “B” , which was attached to, and made a part of the Original Memorandum is hereby deleted and replaced with the legal description for that certain real property more particularly described in Exhibit “2” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “New Primary Phase II Sites”), and the New Primary Phase II Sites are hereby substituted for the Primary Phase II Sites in the Lease. Any reference in the Lease to the Primary Phase II Sites shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the New Primary Phase II Sites.

c. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Resort Property Site Plan set forth on Exhibit “A” , which was attached to, and made a part of the Ground Lease, is hereby deleted and replaced with the Resort Property Site Plan more particularly set forth on Exhibit “3” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “New Resort Property Site Plan”). Any reference in the Lease to the Resort Property Site Plan shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the New Resort Property Site Plan.

3. Terms . Any term not defined herein shall have the definition ascribed to such term in the Lease.

4. Memorandum of Second Amendment to Lease . Landlord and Tenant agree that this Second Amendment shall be recorded in the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, to give notice thereof.

5. Continued Effect . Excerpt as herein modified, the Lease is in full force and effect and each party represents and warrants to the other that neither party is in default under the Lease and that no sate of facts exists which, if continued, would create a default by the other party as of the date of this Second Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this Second Amendment, this Second Amendment shall control.

6. Joinder and Consent of Leasehold Lender . In accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement dated June 12, 1998 and recorded June 26, 1998, in Official Records Book 5512, Page 4073; as modified and amended by that certain Mortgage Modification Agreement dated as of August 28, 1998 and recorded in Official Records Book 5606, Page 3037, as re-recorded in Official Records Book 5628, Page 1976, and as further re-recorded in Official Records Book 5725, Page 1902; and as supplemented by that certain Supplemental Mortgage Agreement recorded November 13, 2000, in Official Records Book 6129, Page 1453, all of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, the Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, (the “Leasehold Mortgages”), hereby joins in the execution of this Second Amendment to consent and agree to the modifications to the Lease set forth herein.

7. Joinder and Consent of Fee Lender . In accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated as of July 27, 2000 and recorded July 27, 2000 in Official Records Book 6054, Page 320, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Collateral Agent, (the “Fee Mortgages”), hereby joins in the execution of this Second Amendment to consent and agree to the modifications to the Lease set forth herein.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Modification as of the date first above written.

 

            LANDLORD:
Signed, sealed and delivered      
in the presence of:    

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

LP, a Delaware limited partnership

      By:  

Universal City Florida Holding Co. II , a

Florida general partnership, a general partner

        By:  

Universal City Property

Management Company II , a Florida

general partnership, a general partner

/s/ Peter G. Latham       By:   /s/ Peter C. Giacalone
Printed Name:   PETER G. LATHAM       Name:   PETER C. GIACALONE
  /s/ Karen K. Ward       Its:   AUTHORIZED AGENT
Printed Name:   Karen K. Ward        

STATE OF Florida

COUNTY OF Orange

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Peter C. Giacalone as Authorized Agent of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT COMPANY II, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP , a Delaware limited partnership and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said partnerships in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 16 th day of February, 2001.

 

      /s/ Karen K. Ward
      Signature of Notary
  Karen K. Ward      
  Commission # CC 982515       Karen K. Ward
[SEAL]   Expires Nov. 16, 2004       Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
  Bonded Thru       Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
  Atlantic Bonding Co., Inc.       My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):


Signed, sealed and delivered

in the presence of:

    LANDLORD:
   

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

LP, a Delaware limited partnership

    By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners, A L.P. , a

Delaware general partnership, a general

partner

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C. , a Delaware

limited liability company, its general

partner

/s/ Cyndy Cesena         By:   /s/ David Blitzer
Printed Name:   Cyndy Cesena         Name:   David Blitzer
  /s/ Ruth A. Diemer         Its:   Member
Printed Name:   Ruth A. Diemer          

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared David Blitzer as Member of BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III, L.L.C. , a general partner of BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS, A L.P. , a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said company and partnerships in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 16 day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Holly B. Cohen
Signature of Notary
Holly B. Cohen
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):
HOLLY B. COHEN
NOTARY PUBLIC, State of New York
No. 01CO6003607
Qualified in Bronx County
Commission Expires March 9, 2002


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

    LANDLORD:
   

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

LP, a Delaware limited partnership

    By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners,

L.P. , a Delaware general partnership, a general partner

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C., a Delaware

limited liability company, its general partner

/s/ Cyndy Cesena       By:   /s/ David Blitzer
Printed Name:   Cyndy Cesena       Name:   David Blitzer
  /s/ Ruth A. Diemer       Its:   Member
Printed Name:   Ruth A. Diemer        

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared David Blitzer as Member of BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III, L.L.C. , a general partner of BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P. , a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said company and partnerships in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 16 day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Holly B. Cohen
Signature of Notary
Holly B. Cohen
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):
HOLLY B. COHEN
NOTARY PUBLIC, State of New York
No. 01CO6003607
Qualified in Bronx County
Commission Expires March 9, 2002


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

    LANDLORD:
   

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

LP, a Delaware limited partnership

    By:  

Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners,

L.P. , a Delaware general partnership, a general partner

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C. , a Delaware

limited liability company, its general partner

/s/ Cyndy Cesena       By:   /s/ David Blitzer
Printed Name:   Cyndy Cesena       Name:   David Blitzer
  /s/ Ruth A. Diemer       Its:   Member
Printed Name:   Ruth A. Diemer        

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared David Blitzer as Member of BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III, L.L.C. , a general partner of BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P. , a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said company and partnerships in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 16 day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Holly B. Cohen
Signature of Notary
Holly B. Cohen
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):
HOLLY B. COHEN
NOTARY PUBLIC, State of New York
No. 01CO6003607
Qualified in Bronx County
Commission Expires March 9, 2002


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

    LANDLORD:
   

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

LP, a Delaware limited partnership

    By:  

Blackstone Family Media Partnership III,

L.P. , a Delaware general partnership, a general partner

      By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C. , a Delaware

limited liability company, its general partner

/s/ Cyndy Cesena         By:   /s/ David Blitzer
Printed Name:   Cyndy Cesena         Name:   David Blitzer
  /s/ Ruth A. Diemer         Its:   Member
Printed Name:   Ruth A. Diemer          

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared David Blitzer as Member of BLACKSTONE MEDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES III, L.L.C. , a general partner of BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA PARTNERSHIP III, L.P. , a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said company and partnerships in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 16 day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Holly B. Cohen
Signature of Notary
Holly B. Cohen
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):
HOLLY B. COHEN
NOTARY PUBLIC, State of New York
No. 01CO6003607
Qualified in Bronx County
Commission Expires March 9, 2002


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

    TENANT:
    UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership
    By:  

Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc. ,

a general partner

/s/ Elaine C. Appollo     By:   /s/ Vincent Danleavy
Printed Name:   ELAINE C. APPOLLO     Name:   Vincent Danleavy
  /s/ Sandra Grant Wooten     Its:   V.P.
Printed Name:   SANDRA GRANT WOOTEN      

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Vincent Danleavy as Vice President of LOEWS ORLANDO HOTEL PARTNER, INC., a general partner of UCF HOTEL VENTURE , a Florida general partnership, and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 15 day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Gary W. Garson
Signature of Notary
Gary W. Garson
NOTARY PUBLIC, State of New York
Qualified in New York County
Commission Expires Sept, 30, 2001
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

  TENANT:
  UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership
  By:  

Universal Rank Hotel Partners, a general

partner

    By:  

Rank Hotels Orlando, Inc., a general

partner

/s/ Glenda Gail Bradford     By:   /s/ Scott Little
Printed Name:   GLENDA GAIL BRADFORD     Name:   SCOTT LITTLE
  /s/ Patricia A. Tsonis     Its:   PRESIDENT
Printed Name:   PATRICIA A. TSONIS      

STATE OF Florida

COUNTY OF Orange

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared SCOTT LITTLE as PRESIDENT of RANK HOTELS ORLANDO, INC., a general partner of UNIVERSAL RANK HOTEL PARTNERS, a general partner of UCF HOTEL VENTURE , a Florida general partnership and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnerships in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 22 nd day of December, 2000.

 

         /s/ Patricia A. Tsonis   
         Signature of Notary   
         PATRICIA A. TSONIS   
   PATRICIA A. TSONIS       Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)   

[SEAL]

   My Comm Exp. 4/17/01       Commission Number (if not legible on seal):    CC622021
   No. CC 622021       My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):    4/17/01
   X Personally known [    ] Other I.D.         


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

  TENANT:
  UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership
  By:   Universal Rank Hotel Partners, general partner
    By:  

Universal Studios Hotels, Inc., a

general partner

/s/ Peter G. Latham     By:   /s/ Peter C. Giacalone
Printed Name:   PETER G. LATHAM     Name:   PETER C. GIACALONE
  /s/ Karen K. Ward     Its:   AUTHORIZED AGENT
Printed Name:   Karen K. Ward      

STATE OF Florida

COUNTY OF Orange

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Peter C. Giacalone as Authorized Agent of UNIVERSAL STUDIOS HOTEL, INC., a general partner of UNIVERSAL RANK HOTEL PARTNERS , a general partner of UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said company and partnerships in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 16 th day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Karen K. Ward
Signature of Notary
Karen K. Ward
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):
  Karen K. Ward
  Commission # CC 982515
[SEAL]   Expires Nov. 16, 2004
  Bonded Thru
  Atlantic Bonding Co., Inc.


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

    LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE:
   

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, a New York

banking corporation, as Administrative Agent

/s/ Ralph Totoonchie     By:   /s/ Marc E. Costantino
Printed Name:   Ralph Totoonchie     Name:   MARC E. COSTANTINO
  /s/ Christina Gould     Its:   VICE PRESIDENT
Printed Name:   CHRISTINA GOULD      

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF Kings

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Marc E. Costantino as Vice President of THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, a New York banking corporation, and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said banking corporation in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 16 th day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Marian Zai
Signature of Notary
MARIAN ZAI
Notary Public, State of New York
No. 31 4888037
Qualified in Kings County
Term Expires March 30, 2001
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):


Signed, sealed and delivered in

the presence of:

    FEE MORTGAGEE:
    MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as Collateral Agent
/s/ Norma A. Toth     By:   /s/ Joseph F. Murray
Printed Name:   Norma A. Toth     Name:   Joseph F. Murray
  /s/ Ruth Hass     Its:   Vice President
Printed Name:   Ruth Hass      

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared JOSEPH F. MURRAY as VICE PRESIDENT of MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, and who x is personally known to me or ¨ produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said banking corporation in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 15 th day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Richard Karkada
Signature of Notary
RICHARD KARKADA
Notary Public, State of New York
No. 01KA8029845
Qualified in Richmond County
Term Expires August 30, 2001
Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)
Commission Number (if not legible on seal):
My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):


Exhibit “1”


New Third Hotel Site


HOTEL SITE C

That part of Lot 2A and that part of Tract D, UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA, according to the plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, described as follows:

Begin at the Southernmost corner of said Tract D; thence run S 48°10’00” W along the South line of said Lot 2A for a distance of 1270.11 feet; thence leaving said Southerly line of Lot 2A run N 29° 08’15” W for a distance of 565.30 feet; thence run N 77° 25’12” E for a distance of 142.24 feet; thence run N 12°34’48” W for a distance of 320.00 feet; thence run N 77° 25’12” E for a distance of 86.06 feet; thence run N 12°34’48” W for a distance of 652.39 feet; thence run N 04°32’39” W for a distance of 182.33 feet; thence run N 11°57’24” W for a distance of 136.26 feet; thence run N 24°16’38” W for a distance of 75.11 feet to a point on the Northerly line of said Lot 2A, said point also being a point on a non-tangent curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 2080.00 feet and a chord bearing of N 49°28’25” E; thence run the following 3 courses and distances along said Northerly line: thence run Northeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 22°08’02” for a distance of 803.52 feet to the point of reverse curvature of a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 1020.00 feet; thence run Northeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 52°36’17” for a distance of 936 feet to the point of compound curvature of a curve concave Southwesterly having a radius of 40.00 feet; thence run Southeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 96°22’07” for a distance of 67.28 feet to a point on the East line of said Lot 2A, said point also being the point of reverse curvature of a curve concave Southwesterly having a radius of 2663.00 feet; thence run Southerly along the arc of said curve and the East line of said Lot 2 through a central angle of 05°56’38” for a distance of 276.26 feet to the point of tangency, thence run S 01°26’10” W along said East line for a distance of 398.87 feet to the Northernmost corner of said Tract D; thence run S 38°17’48” W along the Easterly line of said Lot 2A for a distance of 54.65 feet to a point on a non-tangent curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 425.00 feet and a chord bearing of S 23°22’10” W; thence run Southwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 44°20’24” for a distance of 328.90 feet to the point of tangency, thence run S 45°32’22” W for a distance of 400.68 feet to the point of curvature of a curve concave Northeasterly having a radius of 315.00 feet; thence run Southeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 147°28’01” for a distance of 810.74 feet to a non-tangent line; thence run S11°54’32” E for a distance of 65.22 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.


Exhibit “2”


New Primary Phase II Sites


HOTEL SITE E

Lot 1, ROYAL PACIFIC RESORT, according to the Plat thereof as recorded in Plat Book 43, Pages 142 through 144, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Also described as:

That part of Lot 3A, UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, described as follows:

Begin at the Northwest corner of said Lot 3A, said point being the point of curvature of a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 40.00 feet; thence run the following 5 courses along the North line of said Lot 3A; thence run Northeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 89 degrees 42 minutes 19 seconds for a distance of 62.63 feet to the point of tangency; thence run North 89 degrees 20 minutes 30 seconds East for a distance of 455.74 feet; thence run South 86 degrees 42 minutes 13 seconds East for a distance of 174.00 feet to a point on a non-tangent curve concave Northerly having a radius of 2080.00 feet and a chord bearing of North 88 degrees 14 minutes of 17 seconds East; thence run Easterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 02 degrees 12 minutes 25 seconds for a distance of 80.12 feet to the point of reverse curvature of a curve concave Southwesterly having a radius of 40.00 feet; thence run Southeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 90 degrees 14 minutes 24 seconds for a distance of 63.00 feet to the point of tangency, point being on the Easterly line of said Lot 3A; thence run the following 10 courses along said Easterly line; thence run South 02 degrees 37 minutes 31 seconds East for a distance of 752.34 feet to the point of curvature of a curve concave Northeasterly having a radius of 1093.13 feet; thence run Southeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 33 degrees 17 minutes 23 seconds for a distance of 645.13 feet to the point of tangency; thence run South 35 degrees 54 minutes 52 seconds East for a distance of 202.93 feet; thence run South 54 degrees 05 minutes 06 seconds West for a distance of 0.20 feet; thence run South 35 degrees 54 minutes 51 seconds East for a distance of 311.88 feet to the point of curvature of a curve concave Westerly having a radius of 344.10 feet and a chord bearing of South 06 degrees 07 minutes 34 seconds West; thence run Southwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 84 degrees 04 minutes 52 seconds for a distance of 504.96 feet to a point of a non-tangency; thence run South 41 degrees 50 minutes 00 seconds East for a distance of 2.00 feet; thence run South 48 degrees 10 minutes 00 seconds West for a distance of 390.74 feet to the point of curvature of a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 3024.00 feet; thence run Southwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 17 degrees 18 minutes 13 seconds for a distance of 913.26 feet to a point on a non-tangent curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 2564.57 feet and a chord bearing of South 33 degrees 15 minutes 57 seconds West; thence run Southwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 03 degrees 13 minutes 13 seconds for a distance of 144.14 feet to a point of non-tangency; thence run South 90 degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds West for a distance of 341.79 feet to a point on the Westerly line of said Lot 3A; thence run the following 4 courses along said West line; thence run North 00 degrees 00 minutes 21 seconds West for a distance of 217.80 feet; thence run North 04 degrees 15 minutes 47 seconds East for a distance of 210.61 feet; thence run North 00 degrees 05 minutes 39 seconds West for a distance of 1569.81 feet; thence run North 00 degrees 21 minutes 49 seconds West for a distance of 1305.02 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.


Exhibit “2”


New Primary Phase II Sites


Together with:

HOTEL SITE D

That part of Lot 2A, UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA, according to the plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, lying West of the following described line:

Commence at the Southernmost corner of said Lot 2A; thence run N 48°10’00” E along the Southerly line of said Lot 2A for a distance of 142.59 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING; thence leaving said Southerly line run N 29°08’15” W for a distance of 565.30 feet; thence run N 77°25’12” E for a distance of 142.24 feet; thence run N 12°34’48” W for a distance of 320.00 feet; thence run N 77°25’12” E for a distance of 86.06 feet; thence run N 12°34’48” W for a distance of 652.39 feet; thence run N 04°32’39” W for a distance of 182.33 feet; thence run N 11°57’24” W for a distance of 136.26 feet; thence run N 24°16’38” W for a distance of 75.11 feet to the Northerly line of said Lot 2A and the POINT OF TERMINATION of this line.

Exhibit 10.9

 

THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY

AND SHOULD BE RETURNED TO:

  

INSTR 20030297374

OR BK 06931 PG 4975

Peter G. Latham, Esq.

GRONEK & LATHAM, LLP

390 North Orange Avenue, Suite 600

Orlando, Florida 32801

(407) 481-5800

  

MARTHA O. HAYNIE, COMPTROLLER

ORANGE COUNTY, FL

05/30/2003 10: 58:12 AM

REC FEE 87.00

For Recording Purposes Only

AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE

AND TO RESORT COVENANTS AND

RECIPROCAL EASEMENT AGREEMENT

RELEASE AND GRANT OF RESTRICTION

THIS AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE AND TO RESORT COVENANTS AND RECIPROCAL EASEMENT AGREEMENT, RELEASE AND GRANT OF RESTRICTION, dated as of May 29, 2003 (this “Release”), between UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership, successor by conversion to Universal City Development Partners, a Florida general partnership and successor by merger / conversion to Universal City Florida Partners, a Florida general partnership (the “Landlord”), and UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership (the “Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998 (the “Ground Lease”), together with that certain First Amendment to Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998 (the ‘First Amendment), as evidenced by that certain Memorandum of Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998 and recorded June 26, 1998 in Official Records Book 5512, Page 3855, Public Records of Orange County, Florida (the ‘Original Memorandum”) and that certain Second Amendment to Ground Lease dated as of February 20, 2001 and recorded February 21, 2001 in Official Records Book 6198, Page 4666, Public Records of Orange County, Florida (the “Second Amendment”, and together with the Ground Lease, the First Amendment and the Memorandum, collectively, the “Lease”).

WHEREAS , in connection with the Lease, Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Resort Covenants and Reciprocal Easement Agreement dated as of June 12, 1998 and recorded June 26, 1998 in Official Records Book 5512, Page 3886, Public Records of Orange County, Florida (the “Original RCREA”), as modified by that certain First Amendment to Resort Covenants and Reciprocal Easement Agreement dated as of February 20, 2001 and recorded February 21, 2001 in Official Records Book 6198, Page 4690, Public Records of Orange County, Florida (the “First Amendment to RCREA” and together with the Original RCREA, collectively, the “RCREA”).


WHEREAS , the parties have agreed that neither a hotel nor a property with a time share or time interval form of ownership shall be developed on the Third Phase II Site (as defined in the Lease).

WHEREAS , Landlord desires to sell and convey the Third Phase II Site to a third party purchaser and Tenant has consented to Landlord’s sale and conveyance of the Third Phase II Site to said third party purchaser so long as said Third Phase II Site is not developed as a hotel or property with a time share or time interval form of ownership.

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease and the RCREA to evidence Tenant’s consent to the sale and transfer of the Third Phase II Site, release the Third Phase II Site from any rights Tenant may have in and to the Third Phase II Site, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual and reciprocal covenants herein made, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The Recitals as set forth above are agreed to be true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Release . Subject to Landlord’s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, Tenant hereby forever fully discharges and releases the Third Phase II Site from and against any and all right, title or interest Tenant may have in or to the Third Phase II Site, including, without limitation, rights arising out of, or relating to, the Lease or RCREA or any other contracts, leases, rights to lease, rights to purchase, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, options to lease, options to purchase, options to develop, options to occupy, easements, licenses, rents, profits, notices, filings with governmental authorities, reservations, entitlements and/or development rights.

3. Condition of Release / Grant of Restrictive Covenant . Tenant has agreed to the Release in Section 2 above on the condition that the Third Phase II Site is not developed or utilized as a hotel or property with a time share or time interval form of ownership. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant and hereby covenants to Tenant that any deed of conveyance of the Third Phase II Site shall be subject to the Declaration of Restrictive Covenants attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as Exhibit “A ” (the “Declaration”), and Landlord will record the Declaration in the Public Records of Orange County, Florida prior to the recording of any such deed of conveyance. Landlord hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that such recordation shall be a condition precedent of the effectiveness of this Release. In addition, Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that any such sale of the Third Phase II Property will not (a) adversely affect the present zoning, permits, or entitlements applicable to the Phase I Hotels as of the date hereof, or (b) prevent or impair the development of the Primary Phase II Hotels as the Primary Phase II Hotels are contemplated in the Lease, RCREA or Partnership Agreement as of the date hereof.

 

2


4. Amendment to Lease and RCREA . Any and all references and provisions relating to the Third Phase II Site, the Third Phase II Property and Hotel Site F in the Lease and RCREA are hereby deleted in their entirety. All references in the Lease and RCREA to the Phase II Hotels shall no longer include the Third Phase II Property and all references in the Lease, RCREA and Partnership Agreement to the Phase II Sites shall no longer include Hotel Site F. Although all references to Hotel Site F have been deleted from the RCREA, the parties acknowledge and agree that the allocations with respect to the Infrastructure Costs set forth in Schedule 4.1 to the RCREA shall not change or be reallocated and, therefore, Landlord shall be responsible for the full cost of the Infrastructure Costs allocated to Hotel Site F pursuant to the RCREA. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13.5(a) of the RCREA, the parties acknowledge and agree that URH shall have no right to elect to have an executive golf course located on the Phase II Sites.

5. Terms . Any term not defined herein shall have the definition ascribed to such term in the Lease.

6. Recording of Release . Landlord and Tenant agree that this Release shall be recorded in the Public Records of Orange County, Florida, to give notice thereof.

7. Continued Effect . Except as herein modified, the Lease and RCREA are in full force and effect and each party represents and warrants to the other that neither party is in default under the Lease and that no state of facts exists which, if continued, would create a default by the other party as of the date of this Release. In the event of any conflict between the Lease or the RCREA and this Release, this Release shall control.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:   TENANT:
  UCF HOTEL VENTURE, A FLORIDA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP
    By:   Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc.,

/s/ Gary W. Garson

      a general partner
Printed Name:  

Gary W. Garson

      By:  

/s/ Vincent F. Dunleavy

/s/ Sandra Grant-Wooten

      Name:  

Vincent F. Dunleavy

Printed Name:  

Sandra Grant-Wooten

      Its:  

Vice President

STATE OF New York

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Vincent F. Dunleavy as Vice President of LOEWS ORLANDO HOTEL PARTNER, INC., a general partner of UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership, and who [ X ] is personally known to me or [            ] produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 29 day of January, 2002.

 

/s/ Carol Doktorsig

Signature of Notary

Carol Doktorsig

Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)

Commission Number (if not legible on seal):

My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto executed this Declaration and have intended the same to become effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:     UCDP:

/s/ Maryanne Brown

    UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
Signature    

Maryanne Brown

    By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING

CO. II, a Florida general partnership

Print/Type Name      

/s/ Denise Brock

      By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Partner
Signature        
Print/Type Name:  

Denise Brock

      By:  

/s/ Peter C. Giacalone

        Name:  

Peter C. Giacalone

        Title:  

Vice President

 

STATE OF FLORIDA   )      
COUNTY OF ORANGE   )      

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Peter Giacalone as Vice President of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, as partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership and who [ X ] is personally known to me or [            ] produced                      as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

 

5


WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 21st day of May, 2003.

 

/s/ Maryanne Brown

Signature of Notary

Maryanne Brown

Print Name

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

 

6


EXHIBIT “A”

 

THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY

AND SHOULD BE RETURNED TO:

 

INSTR 20030297374

OR BK 06931 PG 4980

Peter G. Latham, Esq.

GRONEK & LATHAM, LLP

390 North Orange Avenue, Suite 600

Orlando, Florida 32801

(407) 481-5800

 

For Recording Purposes Only

DECLARATION OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

THIS DECLARATION, OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS (this “Declaration”) is made and entered into this 29 day of May, 2002, by and among UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (“UCDP”) UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a, Florida general partnership (“UCF) and DELUCA ENTERPRISES, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation, d/b/a DELUCA GROUP, INC. (the “Buyer”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Buyer has of even date herewith purchased from UCDP a portion of the Property (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS, UCDP has retained fee simple title to certain property more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “UCDP Property”); and

WHEREAS, UCF is the leasehold owner of a portion of the UCDP Property pursuant to that certain Ground Lease between UCF and UCDP, dated as of June 12, 1998, as amended (the “Lease”), and UCF has agreed to release certain rights and options granted to UCF pursuant to the Lease with respect to that certain real property located in Orange County, Florida, which is more particularly described on Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “Property”); provided that the Property may not be used as a hotel or property with a time share or time interval form of ownership; and

WHEREAS, the parties mutually desire to protect their respective rights, benefits, uses, and enjoyment of the UCDP Property and the Property, and as a result, have agreed to impose certain restrictions and limitations upon the Property as hereinafter set forth.

 

7


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants, and agreement herein made and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The foregoing recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein by this reference.

2. Specific Restriction or Limitation on Use of Property . The Property shall be used, occupied, and enjoyed subject to the restrictions and limitations that the development or utilization of the Property as a hotel or property with a time share or time interval form of ownership shall be prohibited.

3. Effect of Declaration .

a. Covenants Running with Land . This Declaration and each and every one of the covenants, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained herein are hereby declared to be, and shall hereafter continue as, covenants running with the title to the Property.

b. Property Affected . This Agreement and the covenants, conditions, and restrictions set forth herein shall be binding upon and constitute a burden upon all of the Property in accordance with the terms set forth herein. Accordingly, all portions of land within the Property shall hereafter be owned, held, transferred, sold, conveyed, demised, devised, assigned, leased, mortgaged, occupied, used and enjoyed subject to and benefited and burdened by the terms and provisions of this Declaration.

c. Parties Affected . Except as hereinafter specifically provided, this Declaration shall be binding upon all owners of the Property affected and encumbered by this Declaration; and inure to the benefit of all owners of the UCDP Property affected by this Declaration, UCF, and their successors and/or assigns. Accordingly, each and every person or party who or which shall hereafter acquire, have or claim any right, title, entitlement or interest in or to any lot, piece, parcel or tract of land within the Property, whether by, through or under a party or any subsequent owner, shall, by virtue of the acceptance of any such right, title, entitlement, interest or claim, whether by deed or other instrument, or by operation of law or otherwise, and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, be deemed to have acquired or accepted such right, title, entitlement, interest or claim in or to any such tract of the Property subject to and burdened by the covenants, conditions, limitations, restrictions, and reservations set forth in this Declaration the same as if such person or party had specifically joined in and agreed and consented to each and every one of the terms and provisions of this Declaration.

d. Duration . The terms, provisions, covenants, conditions, and restrictions set forth in this Declaration shall continue in full force and effect until June 12, 2098, unless the same are amended, modified or terminated as provided in this Declaration. The parties hereto and their respective successors and/or assigns shall be entitled to record a notice preserving the enforceability of this Declaration pursuant to Florida Statute Sections 712.05 and 712.06 (2001).

 

8


4. Indemnification . Buyer shall indemnify against, hold UCDP and UCF harmless from, and reimburse UCDP and UCF for any and all loss, liability, damage, claim, or expense, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, court costs, and all costs of experts and investigations, whether incurred before or during trial or upon appeal, arising out of or in connection with any breach of or default under this Agreement by Buyer. In addition, UCDP shall indemnify against, hold UCF harmless from, and reimburse UCF for any and all loss, liability, damage, claim, or expense, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, court costs, and all costs of experts and investigations, whether incurred before or during trial or upon appeal, arising out of or in connection with any breach of or default under this Agreement by UCDP.

5. Enforcement .

a. Persons Entitled to Enforce/Amendments . This Declaration, the terms, provisions, covenants, conditions, limitations and restrictions herein, as properly changed, modified or amended from time to time shall be enforceable by each owner of the UCDP Property, as well as by UCDP or UCF and its successors and/or assigns, as lessee of any portion of the UCDP Property, regardless of whether either shall have title to any portion of the UCDP Property. This Declaration may not be amended, modified or terminated except if in writing and executed by each owner of the Property, each owner of the UCDP Property and UCF, its successors and/or assigns (if applicable).

b. Nuisance . The result of every act or omission where any term, provision, covenant, condition, limitation or restriction set forth in this Declaration is violated, breached or in default in whole or in part is hereby declared to be a nuisance, and every remedy allowed by law or in equity against a nuisance, either public or private, shall be applicable against every such result, and may be exercised by the parties, any owner of the UCDP Property or UCF.

c. Legal Proceedings . In the event that any party entitled to institute a legal proceeding under this Declaration institutes legal proceedings against any other party to this Declaration, the prevailing party in said legal proceedings shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those incurred on appeal, and court costs incidental thereto from the non-prevailing party.

d. Specific Remedy . The parties acknowledge that UCDP, UCF, its successors and/or assigns, as lessee of any portion of the UCDP Property, and any subsequent owner of the UCDP Property shall suffer irreparable harm if any owner of the Property shall default in the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Declaration and that such harm cannot adequately be remedied by monetary compensation. Accordingly, UCDP, UCF, its successors and/or assigns, and any subsequent owner of the UCDP Property shall be entitled, in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, to injunctive relief to require performance as required pursuant to this Declaration and each owner of the Property waives any defense or claim that UCDP, UCF, its successors and/or assigns, or any subsequent owner of the UCDP Property would not be irreparably harmed or that any of UCDP, UCF, its successors and/or assigns, or any subsequent owner of the UCDP Property has not suffered harm that could not adequately

 

9


be monetarily or otherwise compensated. In connection with any action by UCDP, UCF, its successors and/or assigns, or any subsequent owner of the UCDP Property for injunctive relief, specific performance, or similar remedy, each owner of the Property waives any requirement for the posting of a bond or other financial security.

e. Remedies Cumulative . In connection with the enforcement of this Declaration, all rights and remedies of UCDP, UCF, its successors and/or assigns, and any subsequent owner of the UCDP Property, to the extent provided herein, at law or in equity, shall be cumulative, and no single right or remedy shall be exclusive of any other, and UCDP; UCF, its successors and/or assigns, and any subsequent owner of the UCDP Property shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such rights or any other right or remedy available at law or in equity, whether provided in this Declaration or otherwise.

6. Notices and Communications . Whenever any party hereto desires or is required to give any notice, demand, consent, approval, satisfaction, or request with respect to this Declaration, each such communication shall be in writing and shall be effective only if it is delivered by personal service (which shall include delivery by delivery service or over-night delivery service), or mailed, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows:

 

If to UCDP, to:   UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, FL 32819-7610
  Attn: President
with copies to:   UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, FL 32819-7610
  Attn: General Counsel
  Peter G. Latham, Esq.
  GRONEK & LATHAM, LLP
  390 North Orange Avenue, Suite 600
  Orlando, Florida 32801
If to Buyer:   DELUCA ENTERPRISES, INC.
  DELUCA GROUP, INC.
  620 North Wymore Road, Suite 240
  Maitland, Florida 32751
  Attn: Lino Mancebo, Vice President
with a copy to:   Robert T. Rosen, Esq.
  BROAD AND CASSEL
  390 North Orange Avenue, Suite 1100
  Orlando, Florida 32801
If to UCF:   UCF HOTEL VENTURE
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, FL 32819-7610
  Attn: President

 

10


with a copy to:   LOEWS HOTELS HOLDING CORPORATION
  667 Madison Avenue
  New York, New York 10021
  Attn: Corporate Secretary
  HUGHES HUBBARD & REED LLP
  201 S. Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 2500
  Miami, Florida 33131
  Attn: William A. Weber, Esq.
  UNIVERSAL RANK HOTEL PARTNERS
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, Florida 32819
  Attn: General Manager
  UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
  100 Universal City Plaza
  Universal City, California 91608
  Attn: General Counsel
  UNIVERSAL STUDIOS RECREATION GROUP
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, Florida 32819
  Attn: Chairman
  THE RANK GROUP PLC
  6 Connaught Place
  London W2 2EZ
  ENGLAND
  Attn: Douglas M. Yates

Such communications, when personally delivered, shall be effective upon receipt, but, if sent by certified mail in the manner set forth above, shall be effective three (3) business days following deposit in the United States mail. Any party may change its address for such communications by giving notice thereof to all other parties in accordance with the requirements of this section.

7. Applicable Law; Exclusive Jurisdiction . This Declaration shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the state of Florida (i.e.,without reference its conflicts of Laws provisions or the principles of comity). Each party hereto and each subsequent owner consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal and state courts with jurisdiction in Orange County, Florida, for a resolution of all disputes in connection with the interpretation, construction, or enforcement of this Declaration (including, without limitation, any Exhibit attached hereto), and hereby waives the claim or defense that such courts constitute an inconvenient forum.

 

11


8. Severability . If any term or provision of this Declaration is finally held, in any non-appealable proceeding by a court of competent jurisdiction, to be invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be deemed limited by construction in scope or effect to the minimum extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, and, in the event no such limiting construction is possible, such invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be deemed severed from this Declaration without affecting the validity of any other term or provision hereof.

9. Construction of Declaration . This Declaration has been negotiated by the respective parties hereto, and the language of this Declaration shall not be construed for or against any party. Whenever from the context of this Declaration it appears appropriate, each term of this Declaration in either the singular or plural shall include both, and pronouns stated in any gender shall include the masculine, the feminine, and the neuter, as appropriate. The parties intend that each covenant contained in this Declaration shall have independent significance. If any party is in breach of any covenant contained in this Declaration in any respect, the fact that there exists another covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) as to which such party is not in breach shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party is in breach of such first described covenant.

10. Entire Declaration; Amendments and Waivers . This Declaration constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations, and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties hereto. No waiver of any provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto executed this Declaration and have intended the same to become effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:  

UCDP:

/s/ Maryanne Brown

    UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
Signature    

Maryanne Brown

    By:   UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, a Florida general partnership
Print/Type Name      

/s/ Denise Brock

      By:   UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Partner
Signature        
Print/Type Name:  

Denise Brock

      By:  

/s/ Peter C. Giacalone

        Name:  

Peter C. Giacalone

      Title:  

Vice President

 

STATE OF FLORIDA    )
COUNTY OF ORANGE    )

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Peter C. Giacalone as Vice President of UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC, as partner of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II a general partner of UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership, and who [ X ] is personally known to me or [            ] produced              as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 21st day of May, 2003.

 

/s/ Maryanne Brown

Signature of Notary

Maryanne Brown

Print Name

(NOTARIAL SEAL)


Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of   UCF:
  UCF HOTEL VENTURE, A Florida general partnership

/s/ Gary W. Garson

    by   Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc., a general partner
Printed Name:  

Gary W. Garson

      by  

/s/ Vincent F. Dunleavy

/s/ Sandra Grant-Wooten

      Name:  

Vincent F. Dunleavy

Printed Name:  

Sandra Grant-Wooten

      Its:  

Vice President

STATE OF New York             

COUNTY OF New York

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Vincent F. Dunleavy as Vice President of LOEWS ORLANDO HOTEL PARTNER, INC., a general partner of UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership, and who [ X ] is personally known to me or [            ] produced             as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 29 day of January, 2002.

 

/s/ Carol Doktorsig

Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)

Commission Number (if not legible on seal):

My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):

Carol Doktorsig


Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:   UCF:
  UCF HOTEL VENTURE, A Florida general partnership
    By:   Universal Rank Hotel Partners, a general partner

/s/ Patricia A. Tsonis

         
           
Printed Name:  

Patricia A. Tsonis

      By:  

Rank Hotels Orlando, Inc., a general partner

           
           

/s/ Teresa A. Steen

        By:  

/s/ Jay Wolszczak

           
Printed Name:  

Teresa A. Steen

        Name:  

Jay Wolszczak

           
          Its:  

Secretary

           

STATE OF Florida

COUNTY OF Orange

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Jay Wolszczak as Secretary of RANK HOTELS ORLANDO, INC., a general partner of UNIVERSAL RANK HOTEL PARTNERS, a general partner of UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership, and who [ X ] is personally known to me or [            ] produced             as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 27th day of May, 2002.

 

/s/ Patricia A. Tsonis

Signature of Notary

Patricia A. Tsonis

Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped) Commission Number (if not legible on seal): My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):


Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:   UCF:
  UCF HOTEL VENTURE, A Florida general partnership

/s/ Peter G. Latham

    By:   Universal Rank Hotel Partners, Inc., a general partner
           
Printed Name:  

Peter G. Latham

      By:  

Universal Studios Hotel, Inc., a general partner

           

/s/ Joy P. Ewertz

        By:  

/s/ Peter C. Giacalone

           
Printed Name:  

Joy P. Ewertz

        Name:  

Peter C. Giacalone

           
          Its:  

Authorized Agent

           

STATE OF Florida

COUNTY OF Orange

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Peter C. Giacalone as Authorized Agent of UNIVERSAL STUDIOS HOTEL, INC., a general partner of UNIVERSAL RANK HOTEL PARTNERS, a general partner of UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership, and who [ X ] is personally known to me or [            ] produced             as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation and partnership in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 28 day of May, 2002.

 

/s/ Joy P. Ewertz

Signature of Notary

Joy P. Ewertz

Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped) Commission Number (if not legible on seal): My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):


Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:     BUYER:
    DELUCA ENTERPRISES, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation, d/b/a DELUCA GROUP, INC.

/s/

   
       
Printed Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Nick Conderousis

/s/

    Name:  

Nick Conderousis

       
Printed Name:  

 

    Its:  

Vice President

STATE OF Florida

COUNTY OF Orange

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer duly authorized in the State and County aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared Nick Conderousis as Vice President of DELUCA ENTERPRISES, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation, d/b/a DELUCA GROUP, INC., and who [ X ] is personally known to me or [            ] produced             as identification, and that he acknowledged executing the same on behalf of said corporation in the presence of two subscribing witnesses, freely and voluntarily, for the uses and purposes therein expressed.

WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 28th day of May, 2003.

 

/s/ Robert T. Rosen

Signature of Notary

Robert T. Rosen

Name of Notary (Typed, Printed or Stamped)

Commission Number (if not legible on seal):

My Commission Expires (if not legible on seal):


EXHIBIT “A”

UCDP Property

Lots 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12 and that certain private road known as UNIVERSAL STUDIOS PLAZA, OF THE REPLAT OF UNIVERSAL CITY/FLORIDA PLAT 1, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 22, Pages 1 and 2, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Lots 1A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 9A, 10A, 11A and 13A, also Tracts A, B, C, and E, of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Lot 2A and Tract D of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA (LESS that portion of Lot 2A and Tract D, as replatted by ROYAL PACIFIC RESORT FIRST ADDITION, recorded in Plat Book 47, Pages 11 through 13) according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Lot 1 of ROYAL PACIFIC RESORT FIRST ADDITION, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 47, Pages 11 through 13, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Lot 1 and Tract A of LAKEWOOD BUILDING (RePlat), according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 41, Page 139, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Lot 1 of ROYAL PACIFIC RESORT, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 43, Page 142, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Lot 1 (LESS that portion of Lot 1, as replatted by KINDERCARE AT UNIVERSAL CITY WEST, recorded in Plat Book 43, Page 131), also Lots 3 and 4 of UNIVERSAL CITY WEST, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 38, Pages 13 and 14, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Lot 1 of KINDERCARE AT UNIVERSAL CITY WEST, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 43, Page 131, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.


Together with:

Commence at the Northeast corner of Section 26, Township 23 South, Range 28 East; run thence South 89 degrees 47 minutes 59 seconds West 30.00 feet along the North line of said Section to a point on the Westerly right of way line of Orlando-Vineland Road; thence South 00 degrees 06 minutes 08 seconds East along said right of way line, 150.0 feet for a POINT OF BEGINNING; thence continue South 00 degrees 06 minutes 08 seconds East along said Westerly right of way line 160.04 feet; thence South 89 degrees 46 minutes 11 seconds West 222.00 feet; thence North 00 degrees 06 minutes 08 seconds West 160.16 feet; thence North 89 degrees 47 minutes 59 seconds East 222.0 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.


EXHIBIT “B”

Property

Parcel A

Lot 5 of UNIVERSAL CITY WEST, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 38, Pages 13 and 14, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Together with:

Parcel B

Lot 12A of UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 35, Pages 84 through 87, Public Records of Orange County, Florida.

Exhibit 10.10

THIRD AMENDMENT TO

GROUND LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE (this “ Third Amendment ”) is made effective as of May 31, 2005 by and between UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership, as successor in interest to both UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership, and UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”), and UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida general partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

WHEREAS, Landlord has leased to Tenant, and Tenant has leased from Landlord, the Sites pursuant to that certain Ground Lease dated as of June 12, 1998, which was amended by that certain First Amendment to Ground Lease dated June 12, 1998 (the “ First Amendment ”), and which was further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Ground Lease dated February 20, 2001 (collectively, the “ Lease ”), for the purpose set forth therein; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend certain provisions of the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the facts referenced in the foregoing recitals, the agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereby acknowledge, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals . The above recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein as if set forth in full.

2. General Provisions . All defined terms in this Third Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Lease, except as otherwise noted. Except as amended and modified by this Third Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of this Third Amendment, this Third Amendment shall control.

3. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which may be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any facsimile signature hereto shall be deemed for all purposes an original. The signature of any party to any counterpart may be appended to any other counterpart.

4. Rent . Section 4.1 of the Lease shall be amended as follows:

 

  a. Section 4.1(b) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language:

“(b) If an Affiliate of Landlord owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent out of Income After Debt Service (as defined in Section 1.1 of Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof (“Schedule A”)), to the extent of Available Cash (as defined in Section 1.1 of Schedule A), in accordance with the priority of distribution set forth in Section 18.4 of Schedule A for the


applicable Fiscal Year (as defined in Section 38 of Schedule A). If an Affiliate of Landlord does not own, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent out of Income After Debt Service to the extent of Available Cash in accordance with the priority of distribution set forth in Section 18.4 of Schedule A for the applicable Fiscal Year, provided that, if the total amount of all financing of the Project exceeds the Base Principal Amount (as defined in Section 18.4(f) of Schedule A), Additional Rent shall be payable pursuant to Section 18.4(f) of Schedule A regardless of whether such total amount of all financing of the Project exceeds the maximum amount of a Refinancing (as defined in Section 18.4(f) of Schedule A). To the extent that there is insufficient Income After Debt Service to pay to Landlord all or any portion of Base Rent or Additional Rent for a Fiscal Year pursuant to this Section (b), such Base Rent or Additional Rent or portion thereof shall not be deemed earned or payable with respect to such Fiscal Year, and shall not be carried forward to any subsequent Fiscal Year.”

 

  b. Section 4.1(c) and Schedule 4.1 are hereby deleted in their entirety and references to Schedule 4.1 in this Lease as amended by this Third Amendment shall be replaced by references to Section 4.1(b) as amended by Subsection 4(a) of this Third Amendment above.

 

  c. The following is added as a new Section 4.1(c): “Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.1(b) to the contrary, but subject to Section 4.1(d) as provided in the First Amendment, in no event shall Base Rent or Additional Rent be paid prior to the payment of Debt Service. Debt Service shall include Debt Service on any Permitted Leasehold Mortgage and any Permitted Mezzanine Financing.”

5. Definitions and References .

 

  a. Section 1.2 of the Ground Lease is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Section 1.2. Partnership Agreement Definitions and References . Any Term that is defined by reference to a definition in the Partnership Agreement or any cross-reference to a provision in the Partnership Agreement shall be and is hereby deemed to be a reference to the definition or provision as set forth in Schedule A attached to that certain Third Amendment to Ground Lease between Tenant and Landlord dated May 31, 2005 (“Third Amendment”) and incorporated herein by this reference. Any Term that is defined in Schedule A or in this Lease by reference to the Management Agreement or any cross-reference to a provision of the Management Agreement in Schedule A or in this Lease shall be and is hereby deemed to be a reference to the definition or provisions as set forth in Schedule B attached to the Third Amendment and incorporated herein by this reference.”

 

  b. Schedule A and Schedule B are attached to this Third Amendment and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

2


6. Modifications to First Amendment . Landlord and Tenant agree to modify the First Amendment as follows:

 

  (a) The definition of Landlord (contained in sections (a) and (b) of the first paragraph) and Tenant (contained in section (c) of the first paragraph) are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(A) Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership as successor by merger to Universal City Development Partners, a Florida general partnership and Universal City Florida Partners, a Florida general partnership (the “ Landlord ”); and

(B) UCF Hotel Venture, a Florida general partnership (the “ Tenant ”).”

 

  (b) The second “Whereas” clause is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“WHEREAS, the Tenant is the borrower under that certain Loan Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) with German American Capital Corporation as lender on behalf of the holder of the notes (together with its successors and/or assigns, as the “ Lender ”).”

 

  (c) The third “Whereas” clause is deleted in its entirety.

 

  (d) All references to the “Third Hotel” are hereby deleted and substituted therefore is the term “Royal Pacific Resort.”

 

  (e) Delete all references to the term “Administrative Agent” and replace them with the term “Lender.”

 

  (f) Item 3 is deleted in its entirety.

 

  (g) Item 8 is amended to change the last word of the added Paragraph from “Mortgagee” to “Mortgage.”

 

  (h) Item 9 which amended and restated Section 13.6 of the Lease is amended to delete reference to “Chase Manhattan Bank (as administrative agent)”, and replace it with “Lender”.

 

  (i) Item 10 is amended so that as amended it shall read as follows:

“Section 13.7 Subordinate Mortgage of Fee . While the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage is outstanding, Landlord shall not mortgage or encumber the fee interest in the Sites, unless (i) the mortgage or encumbrance of Landlord’s fee interest in the Sites (a “ Fee Mortgage ”) is expressly made subject to the Lease and all rights

 

3


of Tenant and any Permitted Leasehold Mortgage under the Lease, (ii) any foreclosure or exercise of remedies under such Fee Mortgage shall not affect, impair or terminate the Lease or the rights and interests of Tenant or any Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, (iii) all Fee Mortgages shall automatically terminate upon such time as Tenant acquires a fee interest in the Site, and (iv) the holder of each Fee Mortgage shall be required to deliver a recognition agreement acceptable to Lender providing that, among other things, upon any foreclosure by such mortgagee, or deed-in-lieu thereof, the rights and privileges of Tenant under the Lease and the rights and privileges of Lender under the Permitted Leasehold Mortgage shall not be disturbed, diminished or interfered with by such mortgagee or any party claiming by, through, or under such mortgagee.

 

  (j) Item 11 which created Article XIX of the Lease is amended as follows:

(i) delete Subsection 19.1(a) in its entirety and replace it with the following:

“Section 19.1 Severance of Ground Lease . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord and Tenant agree that upon written notice from the Permitted Leasehold Mortgagee, the Ground Lease shall be severed into four separate ground leases in accordance with the provisions of this Section 19.1 within six months after the earlier of the Foreclosure Date or the Defeasance Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement) (the “Trigger Date”).

(ii) in Subsection 19.1(b), delete the term “South Seas” in all places and substitute therefore the term “Royal Pacific Resort.”

(iii) Delete Subsection 19.2 in its entirety.

(iv) in Subsection 19.3, delete the words “Subparagraph 8.01(a) or 8.01(b)” and substitute therefore “Section 17.”

 

  (k) Item 13 is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefore is the following:

“Notwithstanding anything contained herein but subject to the following sentence, this First Amendment shall terminate upon payment in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Mortgage) and the parties shall execute a document confirming such termination. Items 2, 8, 9, 10 and 11 of this First Amendment shall continue in effect following payment in full of the Obligations, provided that the term “increases” in clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Leasehold Mortgage in Item 2 of this First Amendment shall be deleted and substituted therefore is “protective advances”.”

 

4


  (l) Except as modified herein, Landlord and Tenant agree that the First Amendment remains in full force and effect.

7. Memorandum of Third Amendment . The parties agree not to record this Third Amendment, but have agreed to record a Memorandum of Third Amendment to Ground Lease.

[Signatures on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Third Amendment as of the date first above stated.

“LANDLORD”

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

 

WITNESSES:

    “LANDLORD”
    UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.
    By:    

Universal City Florida Holding Co. I

General Partner

      By:  

Universal City Property Management II,

LLC, General Partner

1. /s/                                                                By:  

/s/ Peter C. Giacalone

Name:                                                             Its:  

Vice President

2. /s/                                                                 
Name:                                                              

 

6


WITNESSES:     “TENANT”

1. /s/                                                     

Name:

   

UCF HOTEL VENTURE, a Florida

general partnership

2. /s/                                                     

Name:

    By:  

Loews Orlando Hotel Partner, Inc.,

its general partner

      By:  

/s/ Vincent F. Dunleavy

      Name:   Vincent F. Dunleavy
      Title:   Executive Vice President

[Signatures of Tenant continue on next page]

THIRD AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE


WITNESSES:          

1. /s/                                                     

Name:

    By:  

Universal Rank Hotel Partners

a Florida general partnership,

its general partner

2. /s/                                                     

Name:

      By:  

Universal Studios Hotel LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its general partner

        By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

        Name:   Thomas L. Williams
        Title:   President

[Signatures of Tenant continue on next page]

 

8


WITNESSES:          

1. /s/                                                     

Name:

    By:  

Universal Rank Hotel Partners

a Florida general partnership,

its general partner

2. /s/                                                     

Name:

      By:  

Rank Hotels Orlando, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation,

its general partner

        By:  

/s/ Michael Salter

        Name:   Michael Salter
        Title:   Treasurer

 

9


SCHEDULE A

[Partnership Agreement, together with First Amendment to Partnership Agreement and Second Amendment to Partnership Agreement]

THIRD AMENDMENT TO GROUND LEASE

Exhibit 10.11

[UNIVERSAL LOGO]

PARTICIPANT MEMORANDUM

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

LONG-TERM GROWTH PLAN

PARTICIPANTS/ELIGIBILITY

Selected key employees of Universal Orlando (“UO”) or Universal Studios Recreation Group (“USRG”) (jointly, the “Company”) are eligible to participate in the Universal Orlando Long-Term Growth Plan (the “Plan”). Eligibility will be limited to: (a) UO Executive Committee members; (b) UO business unit heads; and (c) select UO and USRG senior executives who, by nature of their position, can and do have measurable impact upon the results and growth of UO.

Plan will not be subject to ERISA, nor qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Plan will commence on September 1, 2001.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Plan is to provide selected key employees the opportunity to benefit from the growth in value of Universal Orlando, thus providing an increased incentive for those employees to contribute to the future success and prosperity of UO, enhancing the value of UO for the benefit of UO’s partners, and increasing the ability of UO to attract and retain key executives of exceptional skill.

ADMINISTRATION

Except as otherwise provided, the UO Park Advisory Board (the “Board”) or such other persons designated by the Board administers the Plan and has full power to grant participation (“Awards”), construe and interpret the Plan, establish and amend rules and regulations for its’ administration, and perform all other acts relating to the Plan that it believes reasonable and proper.

After inception, no additional participants may be added to the Plan nor may any additional VARs (as defined below) be granted, except with the unanimous approval of a 3-member subcommittee of the Board, consisting of one representative of each partner of UO (initially, Howie Lipson representing Blackstone and Ron Meyer representing Universal Studios Group) and one representative of the participants (initially, Tom Williams)

 


AWARDS

Participation in the Plan will be granted to selected key executives as defined above. Any such employee who has been selected by the Board to participate is herein referred to as a “Participant”.

Under the Plan, each Participant will be granted one or more value appreciation rights (“VARs”). The value of such VARs will be determined as defined below. All awards under the Plan will be paid in cash.

VAR

The value of a VAR will, in general, be based upon the growth in market value of the equity ownership interests of the ownership partners (Universal Studios Inc. and the Blackstone Group, the “Partners”) in UO. A pool will be established for valuing the VARs (the “Pool”). The Pool will be equal to 2% of the growth in equity value of UO. The initial equity value will be as detailed in Attachment A hereto.

The value of a VAR will be determined by the following formula:

 

VAR $ Value    =

 

Total Pool $ Value

  
  Total Number of VARs outstanding   

EXERCISE

Each VAR will be triggered and automatically become exercisable and payable to a Participant upon the earlier of:

 

(a) A change in ownership interest of UO;

 

(b) January 1, 2005 (the “Exercise Date”).

In the event that a change of ownership interest in UO occurs prior to January 1, 2005, the value of the equity ownership interest of the Partners and the value of the Pool will be determined utilizing the market value realized pursuant to such change in ownership, after accounting for debt. In the event no such change occurs, then the Pool shall be valued utilizing the 9.9 multiple of EBITDA provided in Attachment A, after accounting for debt and deferred management fees, and will be based on actual EBITDA for the 12 month fiscal period ending December 31, 2004.

 


DEATH OR TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; ASSIGNMENT

Each award is, during a Participant’s lifetime, payable only to the Participant, and neither it nor any right under the Plan is transferable, assignable or subject to attachment, execution or similar process.

If a Participant ceases to be employed by UO or USRG, other than by reason of Retirement, Disability, Termination (other than Termination for Cause) (each as defined below) or Death, any participation in the Plan, and any VARs granted to Participant will be cancelled, and all rights under the Plan will terminate on the date of cessation of employment.

If a Participant ceases to be employed by reason of Retirement, Disability, or Termination (other than Termination for Cause), any VARs held by Participant will continue under the Plan, except that the value of the VAR will be pro-rated by multiplying the value of the VARs held by the following pro-ration calculation:

Participants’ active employment (in months) from Sept. 1, 2001 to date of cessation of employment

Period between Sept. 1, 2001 and the Exercise Date (in months)

Provided, that in the event of cessation of employment due to Termination (other than Termination for Cause), no Participant will be allowed to continue under the Plan or receive any payout or award thereunder unless they have been an active participant in the Plan for at least 6 months.

If a Participant dies while employed by the Company, or at any time after cessation of employment by reason of Retirement, Disability or Termination (other than Termination for Cause), any VARs held by the Participant shall continue under the Plan, except that the value of the VAR will be pro-rated by multiplying the value of the VARs held by the following pro-ration calculation:

Participants’ active employment (in months) from Sept. 1, 2001 to date of cessation of employment

Period between Sept. 1, 2001 and the Exercise Date (in months)

Such award will be payable to the person or persons to whom the Participants’ rights under the Plan shall pass by will or by applicable laws of descent and distributions.

For purposes hereof, “Retirement” means separation from service with the Company on or after the attainment of age 65 or, with the prior written consent of the Company, retirement at an earlier age. “Disability” means inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that constitutes a permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination whether a Participant has suffered a Disability shall be made by the Board based upon such evidence as it deems necessary and appropriate. “Termination” means any involuntary termination of employment other than Termination for Cause. “Termination for Cause” means termination of employment with the Company due to insubordination, willful misconduct, willful failure to implement corrective actions, misappropriation of any funds or property of the Company, unreasonable neglect or refusal to perform duties assigned during employment or the conviction of a felony.

 


AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

At any time, or from time to time, the Board may suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part or amend it in such respects as it may deem appropriate; provided, however, that no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may, without the Participant’s consent, impair any of the rights or obligations under any VAR previously granted to a Participant.

MISCELLANEOUS

All Awards will be evidenced by written agreements executed by the Board and the Participant.

The right of the Company to terminate at will (whether by dismissal, discharge or otherwise) a Participant’s employment with it at any time is specifically reserved.

 

Exhibit 10.12

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP

VARIABLE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR

EXECUTIVES

PLAN DOCUMENT

(AS AMENDED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2002)


ARTICLE 1. PURPOSE

 

 

The purpose of the Universal City Development Partners Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “Plan”) is to provide a means whereby Universal City Development Partners, LP (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) may afford increased financial security, on a tax-favored basis, to a select group of key management employees of the Company who have rendered and continue to render valuable services to the Company which constitute an important contribution towards the Company’s continued growth and success, by providing for additional future compensation so that such employees may be retained and their productive efforts encouraged. This document reflects the continuation of both this Plan and the Universal Studios Florida Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, which were merged as a single Plan when Universal City Development Partners and Universal City Florida Partners merged. All elections made by participating executives under the Universal Studios Florida Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives during periods of employment with Universal City Florida Partners remain in full effect and binding upon both the Company and the executives.

 


ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS

 

 

Section 2.1. Affiliate. “Affiliate” means any firm, partnership, or corporation that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company. “Affiliate” also includes the Universal Studios, Inc., Blackstone Group LP (and, for periods before purchase of its interest by Blackstone Group LP, Rank Organization PLC), their Affiliates and any other organization similarly related to the Company that is designated as such by the Committee.

Section 2.2. Base Salary. “Base Salary” means with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year such Participant’s annual base salary before deferral pursuant to this Plan or any agreement or any other plan of the Company whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 401(K) or reduced in accordance with Code Section 125.

Section 2.3. Base Salary Deferral. “Base Salary Deferral” means that portion of the Base Salary which an eligible employee has made an annual irrevocable election to defer receipt of until the date specified under the In-Service Distribution Option and/or the Retirement Distribution Option.

Section 2.4. Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 11.3.

Section 2.5. Bonus Compensation. “Bonus Compensation” means, with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year, such Participant’s bonus compensation before deferral pursuant to this Plan or any agreement or any other plan of the Company whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Code Section 401(k) or reduced in accordance with Code Section 125.

Section 2.6. Bonus Compensation Deferral. “Bonus Compensation Deferral” means that portion of the Bonus Compensation which an eligible employee has made an annual irrevocable election to defer receipt of until the date specified under the In-Service Distribution Option and/or the Retirement Distribution Option.

Section 2.7. Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Section 2.8. Committee. “Committee” means the persons appointed by the Company to administer the Plan.

Section 2.9. Company. “Company” means Universal City Development Partners, LP., d/b/a Universal Orlando and, during the period of its prior separate existence, also means Universal City Florida Partners.

 

-2-


Section 2.10. Disabled. “Disabled” means a mental or physical condition which qualifies a Participant for benefits under the Company’s insured Long Term Disability Plan.

Section 2.11. Distribution Option. “Distribution Option” means the two distribution options which are available under the Plan, consisting of the Retirement Distribution Option and the In-Service Distribution Option.

Section 2.12. Distribution Option Account. “Distribution Option Account” or “Accounts” means, with respect to a Participant, the Retirement Distribution Account and/or the In Service Distribution Account established on the books of account of the Company, pursuant to Section 5.1, for each Distribution Option Period.

Section 2.13. Distribution Option Period. “Distribution Option Period” means that period of not more than five (5) Plan Years, as designated by the Committee from time to time, for which an Eligible Employee elects, in his Enrollment Agreement, the time and manner of payment of amounts credited to his Distribution Option Accounts for such Plan Years.

Section 2.14. Earnings Crediting Options. “Earnings Crediting Options” means the options selected by the Participant from time to time pursuant to which earnings are credited to the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts.

Section 2.15. Effective Date. “Effective Date” means the original effective date of the Plan, which is January 1, 1995.

Section 2.16. Eligible Employee. “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is a member of the group of selected management and/or highly compensated employees of the Company designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan.

Section 2.17. Employee. “Employee” means any person employed by the Company on a regular full-time salaried basis or who is an officer of the Company.

Section 2.18. End Termination Date. “End Termination Date” means the date of termination of a Participant’s Service with the Company and its Affiliates.

Section 2.19. Enrollment Agreement. “Enrollment Agreement” means the authorization form which an Eligible Employee files with the Company to participate in the Plan.

Section 2.20. In-Service Distribution Account. “In-Service Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant for each Distribution Option Period to which Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation and Company matching Contributions deferred by a Participant pursuant to the In-Service Distribution Option are credited.

 

-3-


Section 2.21. In-Service Distribution Option. “In-Service Distribution Option” means the Distribution Option pursuant to which benefits are payable in accordance with Section

Section 2.22. Matching Contributions. “Matching Contributions” are those credited to the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account and Retirement Distribution Account by the Company in accordance with section 4.3. Matching Contributions are to be allocated between the Participant’s In-Service Account and Retirement Distribution Account in proportion to the Participant’s deferrals to those accounts.

Section 2.23. Participant. “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has filed a completed and executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee and is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.

Section 2.24. Plan. “Plan” means this plan, called the Universal City Development Partners LP Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, as amended from time to time.

Section 2.25. Plan Year. “Plan Year” means the 12 month period beginning on each January 1 and ending on the following December 31. The first Plan Year begins January 1, 1995.

Section 2.26. Qualified Plan. “Qualified Plan” means the S.T.A.R.S. (Save to Achieve Retirement Success) (formerly known as the Universal Studios Florida Retirement Plan Plus) or any successor plan which allows for compensation deferrals in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 401(K).

Section 2.27. Retirement. “Retirement” means the termination of the Participant’s Service with the Company (for reasons other than death) at or after age 65, or if the Participant has 10 or more years of Service, at or after age 55.

Section 2.28. Retirement Distribution Account. “Retirement Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant for each Distribution Option Period to which the Company Matching Contributions, Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation deferred by a Participant pursuant to the Retirement Distribution Option are credited.

Section 2.29. Retirement Distribution Option. “Retirement Distribution Option” means the Distribution Option pursuant to which benefits are payable in accordance with Section 7.1.

Section 2.30. Service. “Service” means the period of time during which an employment relationship exists between an Employee and the Company, including any period during which the Employee is on an approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid. “Service” also includes employment with an Affiliate if an Employee transfers directly between the Company and the Affiliate.

 

-4-


Section 2.31. Vesting. “Vesting” refers to the permanent ownership rights to the Company’s Matching Contributions a Participant earns through Years of Service. All Matching Contributions made as of January 1. 1998 or any later date will be 100% vested at all times. With respect to Matching Contributions made for prior periods, after three Years of Service, the Participant will own 20% of the Company’s Matching Contributions; 40% after four Years of Service; and an additional 20% for each additional Year of Service so that the Participant is 100% vested in all Matching Contributions after seven Years of Service. Matching Contributions and related earnings are forfeited when service terminates, to the extent not vested.

A Participant is 100% vested automatically if the Participant becomes Disabled or dies. A Participant is always 100% vested in Base Salary Deferrals, Bonus Deferrals, and related earnings.

Section 2.32. Year of Service. A “Year of Service” for Vesting purposes is a calendar year during which a Participant is credited with 1000 Hours of Service. An Eligible Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week which is counted as “Service”, as defined above.

 

-5-


ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

 

The Committee is hereby authorized to administer the Plan and establish, adopt, or revise such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine the rights, if any, of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan. The Committee’s resolution of any matter concerning the Plan shall be final and binding upon any Participant and Beneficiary affected thereby. Members of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving as members of the Committee, but a member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to such member’s interest in the Plan as a Participant.

 

-6-


ARTICLE 4. PARTICIPATION

 

 

Section 4.1. Election to Participate. Annually, all Eligible Employees will be offered the opportunity to defer compensation to be earned in the following Plan Year. Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year. Pursuant to said Enrollment Agreement, the Eligible Employee shall elect (a) the percentages, in whole percentages, by which up to 80% of Base Salary (after required payroll tax deductions) and/or up to 100% of Bonus Compensation (required payroll tax deductions may be elected to be taken from subsequent payments of Base Salary or from the Bonus Compensation prior to deferral hereunder) of such Eligible Employee for the Plan Year will be deferred, and (b) the Distribution Option Accounts to which such amounts will be credited, and shall provide such other information as the Committee shall require. The Committee may permit a separate election with respect to Base Salary up to the Social Security Wage Base for the year, Base Salary between the Social Security Wage Base and that year’s Code section 401(a)(17) limit and Base Salary in excess of the latter. A Participant who has elected to defer Base Salary for a Plan Year may, by filing a written revocation with the Committee in such form as the Committee may require, elect to suspend deferrals with respect to Base Salary paid for the balance of the Plan Year, starting with Base Salary due with respect to the payroll period beginning after the filing of the revocation. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any election by a Participant to defer Base Salary or Bonus Compensation for any Plan Year by less than 2%, or such other amount as the Committee may determine from time to time, shall not be given effect.

For purposes of this Plan, compensation is not earned until all events have occurred which entitle the individual to the compensation.

Section 4.2. New Eligible Employees. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit Employees who first become Eligible Employees after the beginning of a Plan Year to enroll in the Plan for that Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement, in accordance with Section 4.1, as soon as practicable following the date the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, any election by an Eligible Employee, pursuant to this section, to defer Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation shall apply only to such amounts as are earned by the Eligible Employee after the date on which such Enrollment Agreement is filed.

Section 4.3. Matching Contributions. An Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1 and/or Section 4.2 shall be eligible to receive Matching Contributions by Universal City Development Partners LP. The amount of such Matching Contributions for a Plan Year shall be (i) 100% of the amount deferred under this Plan, but not to exceed 3% of the excess of the Participant’s Base Salary for the Plan Year plus Bonus Compensation paid during the Plan Year over $170,000 (or such other amount specified in Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17)); plus (ii) 50% of additional deferrals not to exceed an additional 2% of the excess of the Participant’s Base Salary for the Plan Year plus

 

-7-


Bonus Compensation paid during the Plan Year over $170,000 (or such other amount specified in 401(a)(17); plus (iii) 4% of the amount deferred under this Plan to the extent that such deferral reduces the Participant’s considered compensation for purposes of the S.T.A.R.S. Plan; but (iv) during the period, if any, in which he is not eligible for the Company’s 401(k) plan, Matching Contributions of the Company will be 100% of the Eligible Employee’s deferral under this Plan, not to exceed 3% of his Compensation for the Period plus 50% of additional deferrals for the period not to exceed an additional 2% of his Compensation for that period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Matching Contributions will only be made if the Company has sufficient current operating or accumulated net income. Matching Contributions will be credited to the Distribution Option Account to which the matched Base Salary or Bonus Compensation deferrals are credited. Matching Contributions will be credited as frequently as determined by the Committee but in any event at least once per year. Matching Contributions will be credited as soon as practicable in the Participant’s final year of Participation.

 

-8-


ARTICLE 5. DISTRIBUTION OPTION ACCOUNTS

 

 

Section 5.1. Distribution Option Accounts. The Committee shall establish and maintain Distribution Option Accounts with respect to each Participant. A Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall consist of the Retirement Distribution Account and/or one or more In-Service Distribution Option Accounts. The amount of Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation deferred pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 shall be credited by the Company to the Participant’s Distribution Option Account no later than the first day of the month following the month in which such Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation would otherwise have been paid, in accordance with the Distribution Option irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement. Any amount once taken into account as Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation for purposes of this Plan shall not be taken into account thereafter. Matching Contributions, when credited, are credited to the Distribution Option Accounts in the same proportion as the Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation they match. The Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of payments made by the Company to the Participant or the participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan.

Section 5.2. Earnings on Distribution Option Accounts. A Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall be credited with earnings in accordance with the Earnings Crediting Options elected by the Participant from time to time. Participants may allocate each of their Retirement Distribution Accounts and/or In-Service Distribution Accounts among the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan only in whole percentages of not less than five (5) percent. The rate of return, positive or negative, credited under each Earnings Crediting Option is based upon the actual investment performance of the corresponding investment of such investment fund as the Company may designate from time to time, and shall equal the total return of such investment fund net of asset based charges, including, without limitation, money management fees, fund expenses and mortality and expense risk insurance contract charges. The Company reserves the right, on a prospective basis, to add or delete Earnings Crediting Options.

Section 5.3. Earnings Crediting Options. Notwithstanding that the rates of return credited to Participants’ Distribution Option Accounts under the Earnings Crediting Options are based upon the actual performance of the corresponding portfolios of such investment funds as the Company may designate, the Company shall not be obligated to invest any Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation deferred by Participants under this Plan, Matching Contributions, or any other amounts, in such portfolios or in any other investment funds.

Section 5.4. Changes in Earnings Crediting Options. A Participant may change the Earnings Crediting Options to which his Distribution Option Accounts are allocated not more frequently than four (4) times per Plan Year. Each such change may include (a) reallocation of the Participant’s existing Accounts in whole percentages of not less than five (5) percent, and/or (b) change in investment allocation of amounts to be credited to the Participant’s Accounts in the future, as the Participant may elect. Notwithstanding the

 

-9-


foregoing, however, in the event the Company deletes an Earnings Crediting Option, a Participant whose Accounts are allocated to such Earnings Crediting Option, in whole or in part, shall be entitled to reallocate his Distribution Option Accounts and/or any amounts to be credited in the future to such Distribution Option Accounts among the remaining Earnings Crediting Options, at the time of such deletion, without regard to the annual limit of four (4) such changes.

Section 5.5. Valuation of Accounts. The value of a Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts as of any date shall equal the amounts theretofore credited to such Accounts, including any earnings (positive or negative) deemed to be earned on such accounts in accordance with Section 5.2 through the day preceding such date, less the amounts theretofore deducted from such Accounts.

Section 5.6. Statement of Accounts. The Committee shall provide to each Participant, not less frequently than quarterly, a statement in such form as the Committee deems desirable setting forth the balance standing to the credit of each Participant in each of his Distribution Option Accounts.

Section 5.7. Distributions from Accounts. Any distribution made to or on behalf of a Participant from one or more of his Distribution Option Accounts in an amount which is less than the entire balance of any such Account shall be made pro rata from each of the Earnings Crediting Options to which such Account is then allocated.

 

-10-


ARTICLE 6. DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS

 

 

Section 6.1. Election of Distribution Option. In the Enrollment Agreement filed with the Committee prior to the beginning of each Distribution Option Period, an Eligible Employee shall irrevocably allocate his deferrals and Matching Contributions between the Distribution Options in increments of ten (10) percent, provided, however that 100 percent of such deferrals and Matching Contributions may be allocated to one or the other of the Distribution Options.

Section 6.2. Retirement Distribution Option. Subject to Section 7.1, distribution of the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account for any Distribution Option Period shall commence upon (a) the Participant’s Retirement, or (b) if later, the Participant’s attainment of age 65, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Account was established. Once an election is made, it may be modified by filing a subsequent written election, but any modification will be effective only if filed at least 12 months before termination of service.

Section 6.3. In-Service Distribution Option. Subject to Section 7.2, the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account for any Distribution Option Period shall be distributed commencing in the year irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant elects to receive a distribution of his In-Service Distribution Account for any Distribution Option Period commencing in a year which is within such Distribution Option Period, the Participant shall not be entitled to allocate any additional deferrals and Matching Contributions to such In-Service Distribution Account after the date on which such Account is distributed.

 

-11-


ARTICLE 7. BENEFITS TO PARTICIPANTS

 

 

Section 7.1. Benefits Under the Retirement Distribution Option. Benefits under the Retirement Distribution Option shall be paid to a Participant as follows:

(a) Benefits Upon Retirement. In the case of a Participant whose Service with the Company terminates on account of his Retirement, the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account with respect to any Distribution Option Period shall be distributed (i) in a lump sum, or (ii) in five (5), ten (10), or fifteen (15) annual installments, or any other mathematically derived formula acceptable to the Committee as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Account was established. Any lump-sum benefit payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid not later than January 31 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Retirement or, if later, attainment of age 65 as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.2, in an amount equal to the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment. Annual installment payments, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Retirement or if later, attainment of age 65, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.2, in an amount equal to (i) the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment, divided by (ii) the number of annual installment payments irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement distribution Account was established. The remaining annual installments shall be paid not later than January 31 of each succeeding year in an amount equal to (i) the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the immediately preceding Plan Year divided by (ii) the number of installments remaining.

(b) Benefits Upon Termination of Employment. In the case of a Participant whose Service with the Company terminates prior to the earliest date on which he is eligible for Retirement, other than on account of his disability or death, the vested portion of a Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account with respect to any Distribution Option Period shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s End Termination Date or attainment of age 65, or in 5, 10 or 15 year installments, or any other mathematically derived formula acceptable to the Committee, as elected by the Participant in accordance with section 6.2.

Section 7.2. Benefits Under the In-Service Distribution Option. Benefits under the In-Service Distribution Option shall be paid to a Participant as follows:

(a) In-Service Distributions. In the case of a Participant who continues in Service with the Company, the vested portion of a Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account for any Distribution Option Period shall be paid to the Participant commencing no later than January 31 of the year irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established, in one

 

-12-


lump sum or in annual installments payable over 2, 3, 4, or 5 years. Any lump-sum benefit payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid not later than January 31 of the year irrevocably elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3, in an amount equal to the vested value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment. Annual installment payments, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year irrevocably elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3, in an amount equal to (i) the vested value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment, divided by (ii) the number of annual installment payments irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established. The remaining annual installments shall be paid not later than January 31 of each succeeding year in an amount equal to (i) the vested value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the immediately preceding Plan Year divided by (ii) the number of installments remaining. If a Participant is not fully vested when his In-Service Distribution Account is to be paid, the non-vested portion at the date of first payment will automatically be transferred to his Retirement Distribution Account.

(b) Benefits Upon Termination of Employment. In the case of a Participant whose Service with the Company terminates prior to the date on which the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account with respect to any Distribution Option Period would otherwise be distributed, other than on account of his disability or death, the vested portion of such In-Service Distribution Account shall be distributed either (i) in a lump sum as soon as is practicable following the Participant’s End Termination Date; (ii) in annual installments commencing on the date such In-Service Distribution Account would otherwise have been distributed; or (iii) in a lump sum on the date such In-Service Distribution Account would otherwise have been distributed, all as irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established.

 

-13-


ARTICLE 8. DISABILITY

 

 

In the event a Participant becomes Disabled, the Participant’s right to make any further deferrals under this Plan shall terminate as of the date which the Participant first receives benefits under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Benefit Plan, as amended from time to time. The Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall continue to be credited with earnings in accordance with Section 5.2 until such Accounts are fully distributed. For purposes of this Plan, a Disabled Participant will not be treated as having terminated Employment. The Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts, if any, shall be distributed to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1(a), provided, however, that distribution of the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year immediately following the later of (a) the Plan Year in which the Participant first becomes eligible for Retirement, or (b) the Plan Year in which the Participant first received benefits under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time. The Participant’s In-Service Distribution Accounts, if any, will be distributed to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.2(a).

 

-14-


ARTICLE 9. SURVIVOR BENEFITS

 

 

Section 9.1. Death of Participant Prior to the Commencement of Benefits. In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the commencement of benefits in accordance with Article 7, benefits shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, as determined under Section 11.3, pursuant to Section 9.2 or 9.3, whichever is applicable, in lieu of any benefits otherwise payable under the Plan to or on behalf of such Participant.

Section 9.2. Survivor Benefits Under the Retirement Distribution Option. In the case of a Participant with respect to whom the Company has established one or more Retirement Distribution Accounts, and who dies prior to the commencement of benefits under such Retirement Distribution Accounts pursuant to Section 7.1, distribution of such Retirement Distribution Accounts shall be made (a) in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death, or (b) in 5, 10 or 15 year installments or any other mathematically derived formula acceptable to the Committee and beginning as elected by the Participant in accordance with section 6.2. The amount of any lump sum benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal the value of such Retirement Distribution Accounts as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such benefit is paid. The amount of any annual installment benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal (a) the value of such Retirement Distribution Accounts as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such installment is paid, divided by (b) the number of annual installments remaining to be paid pursuant to the irrevocable election of the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Accounts were established.

Section 9.3. Survivor Benefits Under the In-Service Distribution Option. In the case of a Participant with respect to whom the Company has established one or more In-Service Distribution Accounts, and who dies prior to the date on which such In-Service Distribution Accounts are to be paid pursuant to Section 7.2, distribution of such In-Service Distribution Accounts shall be made (a) in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death, or (b) at such time and in such form as such In-Service Distribution Accounts would otherwise have been distributed in accordance with Section 7.2 had the Participant lived, as irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Accounts were established. The amount of any lump sum benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal the value of such In-Service Distribution Accounts as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such benefit is paid.

Section 9.4. Death of Participant After Benefits Have Commenced. In the event a Participant who elected the Retirement Distribution Option for any Distribution Option Period dies after annual installment benefits payable under Section 7.1 from one or more of the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts have commenced, but before the entire balance of such Retirement Distribution Accounts has been paid, any remaining installments shall

 

-15-


continue to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, as determined under Section 11.3, at such times and in such amounts as they would have been paid to the Participant had he survived.

ARTICLE 10. EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS

 

 

Section 10.1. Emergency Benefit

In the event that the Committee, upon written request of a Participant, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant has suffered an unforeseeable financial emergency, the Company shall pay to the Participant from the vested portion of his Distribution Option Account, as soon as practicable following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency, after deduction of any and all taxes as may be required pursuant to Section 11.9 (the “Emergency Benefit”). For purposes of this Plan, an unforeseeable financial emergency is an unexpected need for cash arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or other such unforeseeable occurrence. Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a house or education expenses for children shall not be considered to be the result of an unforeseeable financial emergency. Emergency Benefits shall be paid first from the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Accounts, if any, to the extent the vested balance of one or more of such In-Service Distribution Accounts is sufficient to meet the emergency, in the order in which such Accounts would otherwise be distributed to the Participant. If the distribution exhausts the vested In-Service Distribution Accounts, the vested Retirement Distribution Accounts may be accessed. With respect to that portion of any Distribution Option Account which is distributed to a Participant as an Emergency Benefit, in accordance with this Article, no further benefit shall be payable to the Participant under this Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a Participant who receives an Emergency Benefit in any Plan Year shall not be entitled to make any further deferrals for the remainder of such Plan Year.

Section 10.2. Accelerated Distribution

(a) Availability of Withdrawal Prior to Retirement. A Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may elect to withdraw all or a portion of the Participant’s Distribution Option Account at any time prior to the time such Distribution Option Account otherwise becomes payable under the Plan, provided the conditions specified in paragraphs (c) (d) and (e) are satisfied.

(b) Acceleration of Periodic Distributions. A Participant or Beneficiary who is receiving installment payments under the Plan may elect to have all or a percentage of the remaining installments distributed in the form of an immediately payable lump sum, provided the individual files a written election and the condition specified in paragraph (c) is satisfied.

(c) Forfeiture Penalty. In the event of a withdrawal pursuant to paragraph (a), or an accelerated distribution pursuant to paragraph (b), the Participant or Beneficiary shall forfeit from his Distribution Option Account from which the withdrawal is made an amount equal to 10% of the amount of the withdrawal or accelerated distribution, as the case may be.

 

-16-


The forfeited amount shall be deducted from the applicable Distribution Option Account prior to giving effect to the requested withdrawal or acceleration. The Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary shall not have any right or claim to the forfeited amount, and the Company shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary or any other person with regard to the forfeited amount.

(d) Minimum Withdrawal. In no event shall the amount withdrawn in accordance with paragraph (a) be less than 25% of the amount credited to the Participant” Distribution Option Account immediately prior to the withdrawal.

(e) Suspension from Deferrals. In the event of a withdrawal pursuant to paragraph (a) by a Participant who is otherwise eligible to make deferrals under Article 4, the Participant shall be prohibited from making any deferrals with respect to the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year during which the withdrawal was made, and any election previously made by the Participant with respect to deferrals for the Plan Year of the withdrawal shall be void and of no effect with respect to subsequent deferrals for such Plan Year.

 

-17-


ARTICLE 11. MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

Section 11.1. Amendment and Termination. The Plan may be amended, suspended, discontinued or terminated at any time by the Company, or by any other entity authorized by the Company, provided, however, that no such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination shall reduce or in any manner adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to benefits that are payable or may become payable under the Plan based upon the balance of the Participant’s Accounts as of the effective date of such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination.

Section 11.2. Claims Procedure.

a. Claim

A person who believes that he is being denied a benefit to which he is entitled under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as a “Claimant”) may file a written request for such benefit with the Benefits Department of the Company, setting forth his claim.

b. Claim Decision

Upon receipt of a claim, the Benefits Department of the Company shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within ninety (90) days and shall, in face, deliver such reply within such period. The Benefits Department of the Company may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety (90) days for reasonable cause.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Claimant shall be provided a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:

(a) The specific reason or reasons for such denial

(b) The specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Agreement on which such denial is based;

(c) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary;

(d) Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; and

(e) The time limits for requesting a review under subsection c. and for review under subsection d. hereof.

 

-18-


c. Request for Review

Within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Claimant of the written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that the Committee review the determination of the Company. The Claimant or his duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comment in writing for consideration by the Committee. If the Claimant does not request a review of the initial determination within such sixty (60) day period, he shall be barred and estopped from challenging the determination.

d. Review of Decision

Within sixty (60) days after the Committee’s receipt of a request for review, it will review the initial determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Committee will render a written opinion, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Agreement on which the decision is based. If special circumstances require that the sixty (60) day time period be extended, the Committee will so notify the Claimant and will render the decision as soon as possible, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review.

Section 11.3. Designation of Beneficiary. Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (which Beneficiary may be an entity other than a natural person) to receive any payments which may be made following the Participant’s death. Such designation may be changed or canceled at any time without the consent of any such Beneficiary. Any such designation, change or cancellation must be made in a form approved by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee, or its designee. If no Beneficiary has been named, or the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall have predeceased the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’ 5 estate. If a Participant designates more than one Beneficiary, the interests of such Beneficiaries shall be paid in equal shares, unless the Participant has specifically designated otherwise.

Section 11.4. Limitation of Participant’s Right. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company, nor shall it interfere with the rights of the Company to terminate the employment of any Participant and/or to take any personnel action affecting any Participant without regard to the effect which such action may have upon such Participant as a recipient or prospective recipient of benefits under the Plan.

Section 11.5. No Limitation on Company Actions. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company from taking any action which is deemed by it to be appropriate or in its best interest. No Participant, Beneficiary, or other person shall have any claim against the Company as a result of such action.

 

-19-


Section 11.6. Obligations to Company. If a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution of benefits under the Plan, and if at such time the Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount owed to it against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable. Such determination shall be made by the Committee.

Section 11.7. Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as expressly provided herein, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have the power or right to transfer (otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), alienate, or otherwise encumber the Participant’s interest under the Plan. The Company’s obligations under this Plan are not assignable or transferable except to (a) any corporation or partnership which acquires all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (b) any corporation or partnership into which the Company may be merged or consolidated. The provisions of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of each Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or successors in interest.

Section 11.8. Protective Provisions. Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Company may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses to cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than payment to such Participant of the then current balance of the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts in accordance with his prior elections.

Section 11.9. Withholding Taxes. The Company may make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with any benefits under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the withholding of appropriate sums from any amount otherwise payable to the Participant (or his Beneficiary). Each Participant, however, shall be responsible for the payment of all individual tax liabilities relating to any such benefits.

Section 11.10. Unfunded Status of Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan of deferred compensation for Participants. Benefits payable hereunder shall be payable out of the general assets of the Company, and no segregation of any assets whatsoever for such benefits shall be made. Not withstanding any segregation of assets or transfer to a grantor trust, with respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights to assets that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

Section 11.11. Severability. If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

 

-20-


Section 11.12. Governing Law. The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Florida, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

Section 11.13. Headings. Headings are inserted in this Plan for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction of the provisions of the Plan.

Section 11.14. Gender. Singular and Plural. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

Section 11.15. Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the Benefits Department, or to such other entity as the Committee may designate from time to time. Such notice shall be deemed given as to the date of delivery, or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or Certification.

 

-21-


ARTICLE 12. SIGNATURE

 

 

This Plan is hereby adopted and approved, to be effective as of the 1st day of July, 2000.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/ John R. Sprouls

  John R. Sprouls
Its:  

EVP, Human Resources, Universal Studios Recreation Group

 

-22-

Exhibit 10.13

AMENDMENT

TO

VARIABLE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES

This Amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect that as of June 5, 2002, the Company converted its legal status from that of a Delaware limited partnership, into a Florida limited partnership, by merging with a newly formed Florida limited partnership, Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., which was the surviving entity of the merger.

Accordingly, effective June 5, 2002, Section 2.9 of the Plan is revised to read as follows:

Section 2.9. Company. “Company” means Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., d/b/a Universal Orlando, and, during the period in which each of them previously existed separately, also means Universal City Florida Partners and Universal City Development Partners, LP.

EXECUTED AT Orlando, Florida, this 9th day of June, 2003.

 

By:   /s/ John Sprouls
Title:   Executive Vice President, HR

 

Exhibit 10.14

Post-2004 Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

Variable Deferred Compensation Plan

for

Executives

Plan Document

As Amended and Restated

Effective January 1, 2007

(Effective for Deferrals after December 31, 2004)

 


ARTICLE 1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Post-2004 Universal City Development Partners Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “Plan”) is to provide a means whereby Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (the “Company”) may afford increased financial security, on a tax-favored basis, to a select group of key management employees of the Company who have rendered and continue to render valuable services to the Company which constitute an important contribution towards the Company’s continued growth and success, by providing for additional future compensation so that such employees may be retained and their productive efforts encouraged.

This document is applicable to deferrals of salary and bonus otherwise payable on and after January 1, 2005. Salary and bonus deferred prior to January 1, 2004 is controlled by, and subject to, the terms of the Universal City Development Partners Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “Prior Plan”), as in effect on January 1, 2004 and as it may subsequently be modified. Elections made by Participants under the terms of this Plan document shall not modify elections made under the terms of the Prior Plan and vice versa.

The Plan was amended and restated effective January 1, 2007, to revise the Distribution Options available to Plan participants, and to comply with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

 


ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1. Affiliate . “Affiliate” means any firm, partnership, or corporation that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company, within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b) or 414(c); provided that for purposes of determining when a Participant has incurred a Separation from Service, the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used in place of “at least 80 percent” in each place that phrase appears in the regulations thereunder. “Affiliate” also includes the Universal Studios, Inc., Blackstone Group LP (and, for periods before purchase of its interest by Blackstone Group LP, Rank Organization PLC), their Affiliates and any other organization similarly related to the Company that is designated as an Affiliate by the Committee.

Section 2.2. Base Salary . “Base Salary” means, with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year, such Participant’s annual base salary before deferral pursuant to this Plan or any agreement or any other plan of the Company whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) or reduced in accordance with Code Section 125.

Section 2.3. Base Salary Deferral . “Base Salary Deferral” means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, that portion of Base Salary which an Eligible Employee has made an annual irrevocable election to defer receipt of until the date specified under the Flexible Distribution Option and/or the Retirement Distribution Option. For Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 2006, “Base Salary Deferral” meant that portion of the Base Salary which an Eligible Employee made an annual irrevocable election to defer receipt of until the date specified under the In-Service Distribution Option and/or the Retirement Distribution Option.

Section 2.4. Beneficiary . “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 11.4.

Section 2.5. Bonus Compensation . “Bonus Compensation” means, with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year, such Participant’s bonus compensation before deferral pursuant to this Plan or any agreement or any other plan of the Company whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Code Section 401(k) or reduced in accordance with Code Section 125.

Section 2.6. Bonus Compensation Deferral . “Bonus Compensation Deferral” means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, that portion of Bonus Compensation which an Eligible Employee has made an annual irrevocable election to defer receipt of until the date specified under the Flexible Distribution Option and/or the Retirement Distribution Option. For Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 2006, “Bonus Compensation Deferral” meant that portion of Bonus Compensation to which an Eligible Employee made an annual irrevocable election to defer receipt of until the date specified under the In-Service Distribution Option and/or the Retirement Distribution Option.

 

-3-


Section 2.7. Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Section 2.8. Committee . “Committee” means the persons appointed by the Company to administer the Plan.

Section 2.9. Company . “Company” means Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

Section 2.10. Disabled . “Disabled” means a mental or physical condition which qualifies a Participant for benefits under the Company’s insured Long Term Disability Plan, which renders the Participant unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity and which is a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

Section 2.11. Distribution Option . “Distribution Option” means the distribution options which are available under the Plan, consisting of the Flexible Distribution Option, the Retirement Distribution Option and the In-Service Distribution Option.

Section 2.12. Distribution Option Account . “Distribution Option Account” or “Accounts” means, with respect to a Participant, the Flexible Distribution Account, the Retirement Distribution Account and/or the In Service Distribution Account established on the books of account of the Company, pursuant to Section 5.1, for each Distribution Option Period.

Section 2.13 . Distribution Option Period . “Distribution Option Period” means, for Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 2006, each period of not more than five (5), Plan Years, as were designated by the Committee from time to time, for which an Eligible Employee elected, in his Enrollment Agreement, the time and manner of payment of amounts credited to his Distribution Option Accounts for such Plan Years.

Section 2.14. Earnings Crediting Options . “Earnings Crediting Options” means the investment fund options selected by the Participant from time to time pursuant to which earnings are credited to the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts.

Section 2.15. Effective Date . “Effective Date” means the original effective date of the Plan, which is January 1, 2005.

Section 2.16. Eligible Employee . “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is a member of the group of selected management and/or highly compensated employees of the Company designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan.

Section 2.17. Employee . “Employee” means any person employed by the Company on a regular full-time salaried basis or who is an officer of the Company.

 

-4-


Section 2.18. End Termination Date . “End Termination Date” means the date of a Participant’s Separation from Service with the Company and its Affiliates.

Section 2.19. Enrollment Agreement . “Enrollment Agreement” means the authorization form which an Eligible Employee files with the Company to participate in the Plan.

Section 2.20. Flexible Distribution Account . “Flexible Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant with respect to any particular Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, to which Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation and Company Matching Contributions deferred by a Participant pursuant to the Flexible Distribution Option are credited.

Section 2.21. Flexible Distribution Option . “Flexible Distribution Option” means the Distribution Option pursuant to which benefits are payable in accordance with Section 7.2.

Section 2.22. In-Service Distribution Account . “In-Service Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant during Distribution Option Periods commencing prior to December 31, 2006, to which Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation and Company Matching Contributions deferred by a Participant pursuant to the In-Service Distribution Option were credited.

Section 2.23. In-Service Distribution Option . “In-Service Distribution Option” means the Distribution Option pursuant to which benefits were payable in accordance with Section 7.3 during Distribution Option Periods commencing prior to December 31, 2006.

Section 2.24. Key Employee . “Key Employee” means, in the event the Company becomes a publicly-traded company the stock of which is traded on an established securities market, a Participant who is a key employee (as defined in Code Section 416(i), but without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5)). In such event, a Participant shall be a Key Employee under Code Section 416(i) if he meets the requirements of Code Sections 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii), applied in accordance with the regulations issued under Code Section 416, but disregarding Code Section 416(i)(5), at any time during the 12-month period ending on an identification date. If a Participant is a key employee under Code Section 416 as of an identification date, the Participant shall be treated as a Key Employee for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth (4 th ) month following the identification date. The identification date for the Plan shall be September 30 of each calendar year. A Participant who satisfies the foregoing requirements for key employee status under Code Section 416 as of September 30 of a calendar year shall be treated as a Key Employee of the Plan for the following Plan Year.

Section 2.25. Matching Contributions . “Matching Contributions” are, for Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 2006, those contributions credited to the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account and Retirement Distribution Account by the Company in accordance with Section 4.4. For such Plan Years, Matching Contributions were to be

 

-5-


allocated between the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account and Retirement Distribution Account in proportion to the Participant’s deferrals to those accounts. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, “Matching Contributions” are those contributions credited to the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account and Retirement Distribution Account by the Company in accordance with Section 4.4. For these Plan Years, Matching Contributions are to be allocated between the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account and Retirement Distribution Account in proportion to the Participant’s deferrals to those accounts.

Section 2.26. Participant . “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has filed a completed and executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee and is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.

Section 2.27. Plan . “Plan” means this plan, called the Post-2004 Universal City Development Partners Ltd. Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, as amended from time to time.

Section 2.28. Plan Year . “Plan Year” means the 12 month period beginning on each January 1 and ending on the following December 31. The first Plan Year begins January 1, 2005.

Section 2.29. Qualified Plan . “Qualified Plan” means the S.T.A.R.S. (Save to Achieve Retirement Success) (formerly known as the Universal Studios Florida Retirement Plan Plus) or any successor plan which allows for compensation deferrals in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k).

Section 2.30. Retirement . “Retirement” means the Participant’s Separation from Service with the Company (for reasons other than death or becoming Disabled) at or after age 65, or, if the Participant has 10 or more years of Service, at or after age 55.

Section 2.31. Retirement Distribution Account . “Retirement Distribution Account” means, for Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 2006, the Account maintained for a Participant for each Distribution Option Period commencing prior to December 31, 2006, to which the Company Matching Contributions, Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation deferred by a Participant pursuant to the Retirement Distribution Option are credited. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, “Retirement Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant for each Plan Year to which the Company Matching Contributions, Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation deferred by a Participant pursuant to the Retirement Distribution Option are credited.

Section 2.32. Retirement Distribution Option . “Retirement Distribution Option” means the Distribution Option pursuant to which benefits are payable in accordance with Section 7.1.

Section 2.33. Separation from Service . “Separation from Service” means a Participant’s termination of employment from the Company, provided that the facts and circumstances indicate that, as of the Participant’s End Termination Date, the Company and

 

-6-


the Participant reasonably believed that the Participant would perform no further services for the Company after the Participant’s End Termination Date, or believed that the level of services the Participant would perform for the Company after such date (either as an employee or an independent contractor) would permanently decrease below the default levels set forth in Regulations issued under Code Section 409A.

Section 2.34. Service . “Service” means the period of time during which an employment relationship exists between an Employee and the Company, including any period during which the Employee is on an approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid. “Service” also includes an Employee’s employment with an Affiliate if the Employee transfers directly between the Company and the Affiliate.

 

-7-


ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Committee is hereby authorized to administer the Plan and establish, adopt, or revise such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine the rights, if any, of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan. The Committee’s resolution of any matter concerning the Plan shall be final and binding upon any Participant and Beneficiary affected thereby. Members of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving as members of the Committee, but a member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to such member’s interest in the Plan as a Participant.

 

-8-


ARTICLE 4. PARTICIPATION

Section 4.1. Election to Participate . Annually, all Eligible Employees will be offered the opportunity to defer Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation payable for services performed in the following Plan Year. Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year. Pursuant to said Enrollment Agreement, the Eligible Employee shall elect (a) the percentage, in a whole percentage up to 80%, of Base Salary and/or up to 100% of Bonus Compensation (in each case after required payroll tax deductions and prior to deferral hereunder) which may be taken from subsequent payments of Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation payable for services performed during the Plan Year and deferred hereunder; and (b) the Distribution Option Accounts to which such amounts will be credited. In addition, the Eligible Employee shall (x) designate the time and form in which the Participant’s deferrals under the Plan, together with any Matching Contributions made for such Plan Year and all notional earnings on such combined deferrals, shall be distributed; and (y) shall provide such other information as the Committee shall require. The Committee may, but is not required to, permit separate deferral elections with respect to Base Salary up to the Social Security Wage Base (as described in 42 U.S.C. § 415(e)) for the year; Base Salary between the Social Security Wage Base and that calendar year’s Code section 401(a)(17) limit; and Base Salary in excess of that calendar year’s Code section 401(a)(17) limit. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any election by a Participant to defer Base Salary or Bonus Compensation for any Plan Year by less than 2%, or such other amount as the Committee may determine from time to time, shall not be given effect.

Section 4.2. Enrollment Agreements . Each Enrollment Agreement filed by an Eligible Employee must provide for the distribution of the Distribution Option Accounts selected by the Eligible Employee at a time and in a form consistent with the distribution options made available to Participants under the Plan and permitted under applicable law, including, without limitation, Code Section 409A. Except as expressly provided in Article 7 herein, an Eligible Employee’s election as to the time and form of distribution of his Distribution Option Accounts is irrevocable.

Section 4.3. New Eligible Employees . The Committee may, in its discretion, permit Employees who first become Eligible Employees after the beginning of a Plan Year to enroll in the Plan for that Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement, in accordance with Section 4.1, provided that the Employee’s election to participate in the Plan is made no later than 30 days following the date the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, any election by an Eligible Employee, pursuant to this section, to defer Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation shall apply only to such amounts as are earned for services performed by the Eligible Employee after the date on which such Enrollment Agreement is filed. This Section 4.3 shall also apply to any Employee who first becomes an Eligible Employee after the beginning of a Plan Year as a result of a promotion.

 

-9-


Section 4.4. Matching Contributions . An Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1 and/or Section 4.3 shall be eligible to receive Matching Contributions from the Company. The amount of such Matching Contributions for a Plan Year shall be (i) 100% of the amount deferred under this Plan, but not to exceed 3% of the excess of the Participant’s Base Salary for the Plan Year plus Bonus Compensation paid during the Plan Year over $170,000 (or such other amount specified in Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17)); plus (ii) 50% of additional deferrals not to exceed an additional 2% of the excess of the Participant’s Base Salary for the Plan Year plus Bonus Compensation paid during the Plan Year over $170,000 (or such other amount specified in 401(a)(17); plus (iii) 4% of the amount deferred under this Plan to the extent that such deferral reduces the Participant’s considered compensation for purposes of the Qualified Plan; but (iv) during the period, if any, in which the Participant is not eligible for the Company’s 401(k) plan, Matching Contributions of the Company will be 100% of the Eligible Employee’s deferral under this Plan, not to exceed 3% of his Compensation for the Period plus 50% of additional deferrals for the period not to exceed an additional 2% of his Compensation for that period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Matching Contributions will only be made if the Company has sufficient current operating or accumulated net income to permit such contributions. Matching Contributions will be credited to the Distribution Option Account of the Participant to which the matched Base Salary or Bonus Compensation deferrals are credited. Matching Contributions will be credited as frequently as determined by the Committee but in any event at least once per year. Matching Contributions will be credited as soon as practicable in the Participant’s final year of participation in the Plan.

Section 4.5. Vesting . All contributions to the Plan, whether Base Salary Deferrals, Bonus Compensation Deferrals or Matching Contributions, as well as all earnings thereon, will always be immediately 100% vested, and not subject to forfeiture for any reason. (Negative earnings is not considered a forfeiture.)

 

-10-


ARTICLE 5. DISTRIBUTION OPTION ACCOUNTS

Section 5.1. Distribution Option Accounts . The Committee shall establish and maintain one or more Distribution Option Accounts with respect to each Participant. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, a Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall consist of a Retirement Distribution Account and/or up to five (5) separate Flexible Distribution Accounts, and may also include one or more In-Service Distribution Accounts, if the Participant selected the In-Service Distribution Option in Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 2006, and if any benefits payable under the In-Service Distribution Accounts related to that selection have not yet been distributed to the Participant. The Company shall credit a Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts with the amount of Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation deferred by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.3 in accordance with the Distribution Options irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement, and as soon as reasonably practicable following the close of the applicable payroll period or bonus payment date of such Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation. The Company shall in no case credit a Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts for such deferred amounts later than the first day of the month next following the month in which the Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation would have otherwise been paid. Any amount once taken into account as Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation for purposes of this Plan shall not be taken into account thereafter. Matching Contributions, to the extent available to a Participant, shall be credited to the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts in the same proportion as the deferred Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation they match. The Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of payments made by the Company to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan.

Section 5.2. Earnings on Distribution Option Accounts . A Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall be credited with earnings in accordance with the Earnings Crediting Options elected by the Participant from time to time. Participants may allocate each of their Retirement Distribution Accounts, Flexible Distribution Accounts and/or In-Service Distribution Accounts among the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan in any whole percentage. The rate of return, positive or negative, credited to each Earnings Crediting Option is based upon the actual investment performance of the investment funds underlying each Earnings Crediting Option, and shall equal the total return of such Earnings Crediting Option net of asset based charges, including, without limitation, money management fees, fund expenses and mortality and expense risk insurance contract charges. The Company reserves the right, on a prospective basis, to add or delete Earnings Crediting Options.

Section 5.3. No Actual Investment Required . Notwithstanding that the rates of return credited to Participants’ Distribution Option Accounts under the Earnings Crediting Options are based upon the actual performance of the investment funds underlying such Earnings Crediting Options, the Company shall not be obligated to invest any Base Salary and/or Bonus Compensation deferred by Participants under this Plan, Matching Contributions, or any other amounts, in the investment funds underlying such Earnings Crediting Options.

 

-11-


Section 5.4. Changes in Earnings Crediting Options . A Participant may change the Earnings Crediting Options to which his Distribution Option Accounts are allocated not more frequently than four (4) times per Plan Year. Each such change may include (a) reallocation of the Participant’s existing Accounts in any whole percentage, and/or (b) change in investment allocation of amounts to be credited to the Participant’s Accounts in the future, as the Participant may elect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the event the Company deletes an Earnings Crediting Option, a Participant whose Accounts are allocated to such Earnings Crediting Option, in whole or in part, shall be entitled to reallocate his Distribution Option Accounts and/or any amounts to be credited in the future to such Distribution Option Accounts among the remaining Earnings Crediting Options, at the time of such deletion, without regard to the annual limit of four (4) such changes described above.

Section 5.5. Valuation of Accounts . The value of a Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts as of any particular valuation date shall equal the amounts previously credited to such Accounts, including any earnings (positive or negative) deemed to be earned on such accounts in accordance with Section 5.2 through the day preceding such valuation date, less the amounts previously deducted from such Accounts.

Section 5.6. Statement of Accounts . The Committee shall provide to each Participant, not less frequently than quarterly, a statement, in such form as the Committee deems desirable, setting forth the Participant’s balance in each of his Distribution Option Accounts.

Section 5.7. Distributions from Accounts . Any distribution made to or on behalf of a Participant from one or more of his Distribution Option Accounts in an amount which is less than the entire balance of such Account shall be made pro rata from each of the Earnings Crediting Options to which such Account is then allocated.

 

-12-


ARTICLE 6. DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS

Section 6.1. Election of Distribution Option . In the Enrollment Agreement filed with the Committee prior to the beginning of each Plan Year or Distribution Option Period, an Eligible Employee shall irrevocably allocate his deferrals and Matching Contributions between the Retirement Distribution Option and the Flexible Distribution Option in increments of ten (10) percent; provided, however that an Eligible Employee may allocate 100 percent of his deferrals and Matching Contributions to one or the other of the two Distribution Options.

Section 6.2. Retirement Distribution Option . Subject to Section 7.1, distribution of the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account for any Distribution Option Period or Plan Year shall commence upon (a) the Participant’s Retirement, or (b) if later, the Participant’s attainment of age 65, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Account was established. Once a Retirement Distribution Option election is made, it may be modified by filing a subsequent written election, but any modification will be effective only:

(a) if it has been on file for at least twelve (12) months prior to the January 1 of the calendar year in which the original initial payment was to have been made; and

(b) it does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan; and

(c) except in the case of payments contingent upon death, being Disabled or due to an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency (as described in Section 10.1), the first payment with respect to which the subsequent election is made must be made at least five (5) years later than the date such first payment would otherwise have been made under the Participant’s original Retirement Distribution Option election.

Section 6.3. Flexible Distribution Option . Subject to Section 7.2, the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account for any Plan Year shall be distributed commencing in the year elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Flexible Distribution Account was established. Once a Flexible Distribution Option election is made, it may be modified by filing a subsequent written election, but any modification will be effective only:

(a) if it has been on file for at least twelve (12) months prior to the January 1 of the calendar year in which the original initial payment was to have been made; and

(b) it does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan; and

(c) except in the case of payments contingent upon death, being Disabled or due to an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency (as described in Section 10.1), the first payment

 

-13-


with respect to which the subsequent election is made must be made at least five (5) years later than the date such first payment would otherwise have been made under the Participant’s original Flexible Distribution Option election.

Section 6.4. In-Service Distribution Option . Subject to Section 7.3, if a Participant elected to make deferrals under the In-Service Distribution Option with respect to a Distribution Option Period commencing on or before December 31, 2006, the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account for such Distribution Option Period shall be distributed commencing in the year elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established. Once an In-Service Distribution Option election is made, it may be modified by filing a subsequent written election, but any modification will be effective only:

(a) if it has been on file for at least twelve (12) months prior to the January 1 of the calendar year in which the original initial payment was to have been made; and

(b) it does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan; and

(c) except in the case of payments contingent upon death, being Disabled or due to an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency (as described in Section 10.1), the first payment with respect to which the subsequent election is made must be made at least five (5) years later than the date such first payment would otherwise have been made under the Participant’s original In-Service Distribution Option election.

 

-14-


ARTICLE 7. BENEFITS TO PARTICIPANTS

Section 7.1. Benefits Under the Retirement Distribution Option . Benefits under the Retirement Distribution Option shall be paid to a Participant as follows:

(a) Benefits Upon Retirement . In the case of a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service with the Company on account of his Retirement, the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account with respect to any Distribution Option Period or Plan Year shall be distributed (i) in a lump sum, or (ii) in five (5), ten (10), or fifteen (15) annual installments, or any other mathematically derived formula acceptable to the Committee as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Account was established. Any lump-sum benefit payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid not later than January 31 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Retirement or, if later, the Participant’s attainment of age 65, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.2, in an amount equal to the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment. Annual installment payments, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Retirement or, if later, the Participant’s attainment of age 65, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.2, in an amount equal to (i) the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment, divided by (ii) the number of annual installment payments irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement distribution Account was established. The remaining annual installments shall be paid not later than January 31 of each succeeding year in an amount equal to (i) the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the immediately preceding Plan Year divided by (ii) the number of installments remaining. Unless otherwise elected in accordance with Section 6.2, the default form of payment of a Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account shall be a lump sum.

(b) Benefits Upon Separation From Service . In the case of a Participant who Separates from Service with the Company prior to the earliest date on which he is eligible for Retirement, for reasons other than his becoming Disabled or his death, such Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account with respect to any Distribution Option Period or Plan Year shall be distributed in a lump sum within 90 days following the Participant’s End Termination Date or attainment of age 65; or in 5, 10 or 15 year installments, or any other mathematically derived formula acceptable to the Committee, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.2, such installments commencing not later than January 31 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which occurs such Separation from Service.

Section 7.2. Benefits Under the Flexible Distribution Option . Benefits under the Flexible Distribution Option shall be paid to a Participant as follows:

 

-15-


(a) Flexible Distributions . In the case of a Participant who continues in Service of the Company, the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account shall be paid or commence to be paid to the Participant by January 31 of the Plan Year following the payment date elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Flexible Distribution Account was established (which payment date may be no earlier than two (2) years after the date such Flexible Distribution Account was established), in a lump sum or in up to fifteen (15) annual installments, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3. Any lump-sum benefit payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid not later than January 31 of the year elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3, in an amount equal to the value of such Flexible Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment. Annual installment payments, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3, in an amount equal to (i) the value of such Flexible Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment, divided by (ii) the number of annual installment payments elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Flexible Distribution Account was established. The remaining annual installments shall be paid not later than January 31 of each succeeding year in an amount equal to (i) the value of such Flexible Distribution Account as of the last business day of the immediately preceding Plan Year divided by (ii) the number of installments remaining. Unless otherwise elected in accordance with Section 6.3, the default form of payment of a Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account shall be a lump sum.

(b) Benefits Upon Separation From Service . In the case of a Participant who Separates from Service with the Company prior to the date on which the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account with respect to any Distribution Option Period would otherwise be distributed, for reasons other than his becoming Disabled or his death, such Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account shall be distributed either (i) in a lump sum within 90 days following the Participant’s End Termination Date; (ii) in annual installments commencing on the date such Flexible Distribution Account would otherwise have been distributed; or (iii) in a lump sum payable on the date that is thirteen (13) months following the Participant’s End Termination Date, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3.

Section 7.3. Benefits Under the In-Service Distribution Option . Benefits under the In-Service Distribution Option shall be paid to a Participant as follows:

(a) In-Service Distributions . In the case of a Participant who continues in Service with the Company, the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account for any Distribution Option Period shall be paid to the Participant commencing no later than January 31 of the year elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established, in one lump sum or in annual installments payable over 2, 3, 4, or 5 years. Any lump-sum benefit payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid not later than January 31 of the year elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.4, in an amount equal to the value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment. Annual installment payments, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year

 

-16-


elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.4, in an amount equal to (i) the value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the Plan Year preceding the date of payment, divided by (ii) the number of annual installment payments elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established. The remaining annual installments shall be paid not later than January 31 of each succeeding year in an amount equal to (i) the value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the immediately preceding Plan Year divided by (ii) the number of installments remaining. Unless otherwise elected in accordance with Section 6.4, the default form of payment of a Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account shall be a lump sum.

(b) Benefits Upon Separation From Service . In the case of a Participant who Separates from Service with the Company prior to the date on which the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account with respect to any Distribution Option Period would otherwise be distributed, for reasons other than his becoming Disabled or his death, such Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account shall be distributed either (i) in a lump sum within 90 days following the Participant’s End Termination Date; (ii) in annual installments commencing on the date such In-Service Distribution Account would otherwise have been distributed; or (iii) in a lump sum on the date such In-Service Distribution Account would otherwise have been distributed, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

-17-


ARTICLE 8. DISABILITY

In the event a Participant becomes Disabled, the Participant’s right to make any further deferrals under this Plan shall terminate as of the date which the Participant first receives benefits under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Benefit Plan, as amended from time to time. The Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall continue to be credited with earnings in accordance with Section 5.2 until such Accounts are fully distributed. For purposes of this Plan, a Disabled Participant will not be treated as having Separated from Service. The Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts, if any, shall be distributed to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1(a), provided, however, that distribution of the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year immediately following the later of (a) the Plan Year in which the Participant first becomes eligible for Retirement, or (b) the Plan Year in which the Participant first received benefits under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time. The Participant’s Flexible Distribution Accounts and In-Service Distribution Accounts, if any, will be distributed to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.2(a) and 7.3(a).

 

-18-


ARTICLE 9. SURVIVOR BENEFITS

Section 9.1. Death of Participant Prior to the Commencement of Benefits . In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the commencement of benefits in accordance with Article 7, benefits shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, as determined under Section 11.4, pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3 or 9.4, whichever is applicable, in lieu of any benefits otherwise payable under the Plan to or on behalf of such Participant.

Section 9.2. Survivor Benefits Under the Retirement Distribution Option . In the case of a Participant with respect to whom the Company has established one or more Retirement Distribution Accounts, and who dies prior to the commencement of benefits under such Retirement Distribution Accounts pursuant to Section 7.1, distribution of such Retirement Distribution Accounts shall be made (a) in a lump sum within 90 days following the Participant’s death, or (b) in 5, 10 or 15 year installments or any other mathematically derived formula acceptable to the Committee and beginning as elected by the Participant in accordance with section 6.2. The amount of any lump sum benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal the value of such Retirement Distribution Accounts as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such benefit is paid. The amount of any annual installment benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal (a) the value of such Retirement Distribution Accounts as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such installment is paid, divided by (b) the number of annual installments remaining to be paid pursuant to the irrevocable election of the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Accounts were established.

Section 9.3. Survivor Benefits Under the Flexible Distribution Option . In the case of a Participant with respect to whom the Company has established one or more Flexible Distribution Accounts, and who dies prior to the date on which such Flexible Distribution Accounts are to be paid pursuant to Section 7.2, distribution of such Flexible Distribution Accounts shall be made (a) in a lump sum within 90 days following the Participant’s death, or (b) at such time and in such form as such Flexible Distribution Accounts would otherwise have been distributed in accordance with Section 7.2 had the Participant lived, as irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Flexible Distribution Accounts were established. The amount of any lump sum benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal the value of such Flexible Distribution Accounts as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such benefit is paid.

Section 9.4. Survivor Benefits Under the In-Service Distribution Option . In the case of a Participant with respect to whom the Company has established one or more In-Service Distribution Accounts, and who dies prior to the date on which such In-Service Distribution Accounts are to be paid pursuant to Section 7.3, distribution of such In-Service Distribution Accounts shall be made (a) in a lump sum within 90 days following the Participant’s death, or (b) at such time and in such form as such In-Service Distribution Accounts would otherwise have been distributed in accordance with Section 7.3 had the

 

-19-


Participant lived, as irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Accounts were established. The amount of any lump sum benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal the value of such In-Service Distribution Accounts as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such benefit is paid.

Section 9.5. Death of Participant After Benefits Have Commenced . In the event a Participant who elected to make deferrals under any of the Distribution Options offered by the Plan dies after annual installment benefits payable under Article 7 from one or more of the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts have commenced, but before the entire balance of such Distribution Option Accounts has been paid, any remaining installments shall continue to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, as determined under Section 11.4, at such times and in such amounts as they would have been paid to the Participant had he survived.

 

-20-


ARTICLE 10. EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 10.1. Acceleration of Payment Under the Plan .

(a) Separation From Service . The Distribution Account(s) of a Participant who Separates from Service with the Company shall be distributed as elected by the Participant in accordance with Article 6; provided, however, that the Distribution Account(s) of Participants who are Key Employees shall not be distributed prior to six (6) months from the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Prior to distribution of the Participant’s Distribution Account(s), such Account(s) shall continue to be credited with earnings and/or losses in accordance with Section 5.2 until fully distributed.

(b) Disability or Death . In the case of a Participant who becomes Disabled or dies, the Participant’s Distribution Account(s) shall be distributed as elected by the Participant in accordance with Article 6. Prior to distribution, such Participant’s Distribution Account(s) shall continue to be credited with earnings and/or losses in accordance with Section 5.2 until fully distributed.

(c) Unforeseeable Financial Emergency . In the event that the Committee, upon written request of a Participant, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Company shall pay to the Participant from his or her Distribution Account(s), as soon as practicable following such determination, an amount necessary to meet such Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A and the regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder, after deduction of any and all taxes as may be required pursuant to Section 11.10 (the “Emergency Benefit”). For purposes of this Plan, an “Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” is a severe financial hardship to the Participant arising from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or the Participant’s dependent (within the meaning of Code section 152(a)), or the loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of circumstances beyond the control of the Participant. Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a house or education expenses for children shall not be considered to be the result of an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. The amount necessary to relieve the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency is determined after taking into account any reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise and by liquidation of the Participant’s assets to the extent that the liquidation of assets would not itself cause financial hardship. Emergency Benefits shall be paid first from the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account(s), if any, to the extent the balance of one or more of such Flexible Distribution Accounts is sufficient to meet the Unforeseeable Emergency, in the order of which such Accounts would otherwise be distributed to the Participant. If the distribution exhausts the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account(s), the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Account(s), if any, may next be accessed in a similar manner to pay for Emergency Benefits. Finally, if both the Participant’s Flexible Distribution Account(s) and In-Service Distribution Account(s), if any, are exhausted in paying

 

-21-


Emergency Benefits to the Participant, the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Account may be accessed to pay for such benefits. With respect to that portion of any Distribution Option Account which is distributed to a Participant as an Emergency Benefit, in accordance with this Article 10, no further benefit shall be payable to the Participant under this Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a Participant who receives an Emergency Benefit in any Plan Year shall not be entitled to make any further deferrals for the remainder of such Plan Year.

(d) Change of Control . To the extent permitted by the regulations and other Internal Revenue Service guidance issued under Code Section 409A, within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a “Change of Control” (as defined by Code Section 409A), the Company may exercise its authority to terminate this Plan and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the terms of any Enrollment Agreement to the contrary, distribute to or with respect to each Participant his entire Distribution Account.

(e) Other Acceleration Events . To the extent permitted by Code Section 409A and the regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder, and notwithstanding the terms of an Enrollment Agreement, distribution of all or a part of a Participant’s Distribution Account(s) may be made:

(1) to the extent necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)); or

(2) to the extent necessary to pay the amount included in income by the Participant as a result of the Plan failing to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

-22-


ARTICLE 11. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Amendment . The Company, or any other entity authorized by the Company, may amend this Plan at any time, provided that no such amendment shall accelerate, reduce or in any manner adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to benefits that are payable or may become payable under the Plan based upon the balance of the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts as of the effective date of such amendment.

Section 11.2. Termination . The Company, or any other entity authorized by the Company, may at any time terminate this Plan when, in the sole opinion of the Company or such authorized entity, termination is advisable, in accordance with and subject to the following rules:

(a) The Company or such authorized entity may at any time irrevocably terminate the Plan and require that all benefits accrued under the Plan be distributed to Participants or their Beneficiaries, as applicable, in a single lump sum. The amount of any lump sum benefit payable in accordance with this Section shall equal the value of the Participant’s Distribution Accounts as determined within thirty (30) days of the Plan’s termination date, without regard to a Participant’s prior Enrollment Agreement elections, if (1) the Plan’s termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the Company’s financial health; (2) the Company terminates and liquidates all arrangements it sponsors that would be aggregated with any terminated and liquidated arrangements under regulations issued under Code Section 409A if Participants in this Plan also had deferrals of compensation under those arrangements; (3) no payments in liquidation of the Plan are made within twelve (12) months of the date on which the Company takes all necessary corporate action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Plan, other than those payments that would payable under the pre-existing terms of the Plan; (4) all payments are completed within 24 months of the date of the Company’s irrevocable corporate action to terminate and liquidate the Plan; and (5) the Company does not, for the three (3) years following the date of its irrevocable corporate action to terminate and liquidate the Plan, adopt a new arrangement covering those Participants that would be aggregated with any terminated and liquidated arrangements under regulations issued under Code Section 409A.

(b) The Plan shall terminate and all benefits accrued thereunder will be distributed to Participants or their Beneficiaries, as applicable, in a lump sum benefit equal to the value of the Participant’s Distribution Accounts as determined within thirty (30) days of the Plan’s termination date without regard to a Participant’s prior Enrollment Agreement elections, if (1) payment is made upon a complete dissolution that is taxed under Code Section 331 or upon approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to Section 503(b)(1)(A) of Title 11 of the United States Code, and (2) the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the gross income of Participants and their Beneficiaries by the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs, (ii) the calendar year in which the amounts are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

-23-


(c) Except as provided in this Section 11.2, above or as otherwise permitted in regulations issued under Code Section 409A, any action that purports to terminate the Plan shall instead be construed as an amendment to discontinue further Base Salary and Bonus Compensation Deferrals, but the Plan will continue to operate, in accordance with its terms as from time to time amended and in accordance with the applicable Participant Distribution Options, with respect to the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts through the date of termination, and in no event shall any such action purporting to terminate the Plan form the basis for accelerating distributions to Participants and their Beneficiaries.

(d) Termination of the Plan as described above shall not adversely affect a Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts without the Participant’s prior written consent.

Section 11.3. Claims Procedure .

 

  a. Claim

A person who believes that he is being denied payment of a benefit to which he is entitled under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as a “Claimant”) may file a written request for such benefit with the Benefits Department of the Company, setting forth his claim within 90 days of the latest date upon which such payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan or regulations issued under Code Section 409A.

 

  b. Claim Decision

Upon receipt of a claim, the Benefits Department of the Company shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming, and within 135 days of the latest date upon which such payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan or regulations issued under Code Section 409A, shall deliver such reply to the Claimant.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Claimant shall be provided a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:

(a) The specific reason or reasons for such denial

(b) The specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Agreement on which such denial is based;

(c) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary;

(d) Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; and

(e) The time limits for requesting a review under subsection (c) and for review under subsection (d) hereof.

 

-24-


If the Benefits Department of the Company fails to furnish the Claimant with such written notice within the 135-day period specified above, the Claimant’s claim shall be deemed to be denied.

 

  c. Request for Review

Within 180 days of the latest date upon which such payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan or regulations issued under Code Section 409A, the Claimant may request in writing that the Committee review the determination of the Company. The Claimant or his duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comment in writing for consideration by the Committee. If the Claimant does not request a review of the initial determination within such period, he shall be barred and estopped from challenging the Committee’s determination.

 

  d. Review of Decision

Within sixty (60) days after the Committee’s receipt of a request for review, it will review the initial determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Committee will render a written opinion, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Agreement on which the decision is based. If special circumstances require that the sixty (60) day time period be extended, the Committee will so notify the Claimant and will render the decision as soon as possible, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review.

Section 11.4. Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (which Beneficiary may be an entity other than a natural person) to receive any payments which may be made following the Participant’s death. Such designation may be changed or canceled at any time without the consent of any such Beneficiary. Any such designation, change or cancellation must be made in a form approved by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee, or its designee. If no Beneficiary has been named, or the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall have predeceased the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. If a Participant designates more than one Beneficiary, the interests of such Beneficiaries shall be paid in equal shares, unless the Participant has specifically designated otherwise.

Section 11.5. Limitation of Participant’s Right . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company, nor shall it interfere with the rights of the Company to terminate the employment of any Participant and/or to take any personnel action affecting any Participant without regard to the effect which such action may have upon such Participant as a recipient or prospective recipient of benefits under the Plan.

Section 11.6. No Limitation on Company Actions . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company from taking any action which is deemed by it to be appropriate or in its best interest. No Participant, Beneficiary, or other person shall have any claim against the Company as a result of such action.

 

-25-


Section 11.7. Obligations to Company . If a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution of benefits under the Plan, and if at such time the Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount owed to it against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable. Such determination shall be made by the Committee.

Section 11.8. Nonalienation of Benefits . Except as expressly provided herein, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have the power or right to transfer (otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), alienate, or otherwise encumber the Participant’s interest under the Plan. The Company’s obligations under this Plan are not assignable or transferable except to (a) any corporation or partnership which acquires all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (b) any corporation or partnership into which the Company may be merged or consolidated. The provisions of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of each Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or successors in interest.

Section 11.9. Protective Provisions . Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Company may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses to cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than payment to such Participant of the then current balance of the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts in accordance with his prior elections.

Section 11.10. Withholding Taxes . The Company may make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with any benefits under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the withholding of appropriate sums from any amount otherwise payable to the Participant (or his Beneficiary). Each Participant, however, shall be responsible for the payment of all individual tax liabilities relating to any such benefits.

Section 11.11. Unfunded Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan of deferred compensation for Participants. Benefits payable hereunder shall be payable out of the general assets of the Company, and no segregation of any assets whatsoever for such benefits shall be made. Notwithstanding any segregation of assets or transfer to a grantor trust, with respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights to assets that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

Section 11.12. Lump Sum Cash-Out . Upon a Participant’s Separation from Service, if the actuarial equivalent value of a Participant’s Distribution Accounts hereunder is

 

-26-


equal to or less than the limit imposed by Code Section 402(g) for the calendar year in which the Participant’s Separation from Service occurs, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without regard to any request filed by the Participant, direct that the balance of the Participant’s Distribution Accounts be paid to the Participant.

Section 11.13. Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

Section 11.14. Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Florida, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

Section 11.15. Headings . Headings are inserted in this Plan for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction of the provisions of the Plan.

Section 11.16. Gender. Singular and Plural . All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

Section 11.17. Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the Benefits Department, or to such other entity as the Committee may designate from time to time. Such notice shall be deemed given as to the date of delivery, or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or Certification.

 

-27-


ARTICLE 12. SIGNATURE

This Amended and Restated Plan is hereby adopted and approved, to be effective as of the 1st day of January, 2007.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS Ltd.
By:   John R. Sprouls
Its:   Chief Executive Officer

 

-28-

Exhibit 10.15

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN


Table of Contents

 

Article 1

   - 1 -

Definitions

   - 1 -

1.1      ACP Test

   - 1 -

1.2      ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution

   - 1 -

1.3      ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account

   - 1 -

1.4      Actual Contribution Percentage

   - 1 -

1.5      Actual Contribution Percentage Test

   - 1 -

1.6      Actual Deferral Percentage.

   - 2 -

1.7      Actual Deferral Percentage Test

   - 2 -

1.8      Administrator

   - 2 -

1.9      Adopting Employer

   - 2 -

1.10    ADP Safe Harbor Contribution

   - 2 -

1.11    ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution

   - 2 -

1.12    ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account

   - 3 -

1.13    ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution

   - 3 -

1.14    ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account

   - 3 -

1.15    ADP Test

   - 3 -

1.16    Affiliated Employer

   - 4 -

1.17    Age

   - 4 -

1.18    Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate

   - 4 -

1.19    Allocation Period

   - 4 -

1.20    Allocation Rate

   - 4 -

1.21    Anniversary Date

   - 4 -

1.22    Annuity Starting Date

   - 4 -

1.23    Annual Additions

   - 5 -

1.24    Applicable Contribution Rate

   - 5 -

1.25    Applicable Plan Year

   - 5 -

1.26    Beneficiary

   - 5 -

1.27    Benefiting Participant

   - 5 -

1.28    Break in Service

   - 5 -

1.29    Broadly Available Allocation Rates

   - 6 -

1.30    Broadly Available Separate Plans

   - 6 -

1.31    Cash of Deferred Contribution

   - 6 -

1.32    Catch-Up Contribution

   - 6 -

1.33    Catch-Up Contribution Limit

   - 6 -

1.34    Code

   - 6 -

1.35    Code §3401 Compensation

   - 7 -

1.36    Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit

   - 7 -

1.37    Code §414(s) Compensation

   - 7 -

1.38    Code §415(c)(3) Compensation

   - 7 -

1.39    Committee

   - 8 -

1.40    Compensation

   - 8 -

1.41    Compensation Determination Period

   - 8 -

1.42    Contribution Percentage

   - 8 -

1.43    Contribution Percentage Amounts

   - 9 -

1.44    Counting of Hours Method

   - 11 -

1.45    Current Year Testing Method

   - 11 -

1.46    Deemed Code §125 Compensation

   - 11 -

1.47    Designated Beneficiary

   - 11 -

1.48    Determination Date

   - 11 -

1.49    Disability

   - 11 -

1.50    Distribution Calendar Year

   - 11 -

1.51    Early Retirement Age

   - 11 -

1.52    Earned Income

   - 12 -

1.53    Elective Deferral

   - 12 -

1.54    Eligibility Computation Period

   - 12 -

1.55    Eligible Employee

   - 12 -

1.56    Employee

   - 12 -

1.57    Employee Contribution

   - 12 -

1.58    Employer

   - 13 -

1.59    Employment Commencement Date

   - 13 -

1.60    Equivalent Accrued Rate

   - 13 -

1.61    ERISA

   - 13 -


1.62   Excess Annual Additions

   - 13 -

1.63   Excess Aggregate Contributions

   - 13 -

1.64   Excess Contributions

   - 14 -

1.65   Excess Elective Deferrals

   - 14 -

1.66   401(k) Plan

   - 14 -

1.67   401(m) Plan

   - 14 -

1.68   Fiscal Year

   - 14 -

1.69   Forfeiture

   - 14 -

1.70   Forfeiture Account

   - 14 -

1.71   Form W-2 Compensation

   - 14 -

1.72   Gradually Increasing Age or Service Schedule

   - 15 -

1.73   HCE

   - 15 -

1.74   Highly Compensated Employee

   - 15 -

1.75   Hour of Service

   - 16 -

1.76   Hypothetical Entry Date

   - 16 -

1.77   Immediately Distributable

   - 16 -

1.78   Independent Contractor

   - 17 -

1.79   Key Employee

   - 17 -

1.80   Leased Employee

   - 17 -

1.81   Life Expectancy

   - 18 -

1.82   Limitation Year

   - 18 -

1.83   Matching Contribution

   - 18 -

1.84   Matching Contribution Account

   - 18 -

1.85   Matching Rate

   - 18 -

1.86   Maternity or Paternity Leave

   - 18 -

1.87   Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway

   - 18 -

1.88   Minimum Allocation Gateway

   - 19 -

1.89   Named Fiduciary

   - 20 -

1.90   NHCE

   - 20 -

1.91   Non-Elective Contribution

   - 20 -

1.92   Non-Highly Compensated Employee

   - 20 -

1.93   Non-Key Employee

   - 20 -

1.94   Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan

   - 20 -

1.95   Non-Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan

   - 20 -

1.96   Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution

   - 20 -

1.97   Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account

   - 20 -

1.98   Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution

   - 20 -

1.99   Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account

   - 20 -

1.100  Normal Accrual Rate

   - 21 -

1.101  Normal Form of Distribution

   - 21 -

1.102  Normal Retirement Age

   - 21 -

1.103  Normal Retirement Date

   - 21 -

1.104  Otherwise Excludable Participant

   - 21 -

1.105  Optional Form of Distribution

   - 21 -

1.106  Participant

   - 21 -

1.107  Participant’s Account

   - 21 -

1.108  Participant’s Account Balance

   - 21 -

1.109  Permissive Aggregation Group

   - 22 -

1.110  Plan

   - 22 -

1.111  Plan Year

   - 22 -

1.112  Policy

   - 22 -

1.113  Post-Severance Compensation

   - 22 -

1.114  Pre-Tax Elective Deferral

   - 22 -

1.115  Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account

   - 22 -

1.116  Primarily Defined Benefit in Character

   - 22 -

1.117  Prior Year Testing Method

   - 22 -

1.118  QJSA

   - 22 -

1.119  QMAC

   - 22 -

1.120  QMAC Account

   - 22 -

1.121  QNEC

   - 22 -

1.122  QNEC Account

   - 23 -

1.123  QPSA

   - 23 -

1.124  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity

   - 23 -

1.125  Qualified Matching Contribution

   - 23 -

1.126  Qualified Matching Contribution Account

   - 23 -


1.127 Qualified Non-Elective Contribution

   - 23 -

1.128 Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account

   - 24 -

1.129 Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity

   - 24 -

1.130 Reemployment Commencement Date

   - 24 -

1.131 Regulation

   - 24 -

1.132 Representative Contribution Rate

   - 24 -

1.133 Representative Matching Rate

   - 24 -

1.134 Required Aggregation Group

   - 25 -

1.135 Required Beginning Date

   - 25 -

1.136 Rollover

   - 25 -

1.137 Rollover Contribution

   - 25 -

1.138 Rollover Contribution Account

   - 25 -

1.139 Rollover Participant

   - 26 -

1.140 Roth Elective Deferral

   - 26 -

1.141 Roth Elective Deferral Account

   - 26 -

1.142 Rule of Parity

   - 26 -

1.143 Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

   - 26 -

1.144 Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution

   - 27 -

1.145 Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan

   - 27 -

1.146 Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan

   - 27 -

1.147 Safe Harbor Notice

   - 27 -

1.148 Safe Harbor Participant

   - 27 -

1.149 Self-Employed Individual

   - 27 -

1.150 Service

   - 27 -

1.151 Sponsoring Employer

   - 27 -

1.152 Spousal

   - 27 -

1.153 Spouse

   - 27 -

1.154 Statutory Code §415 Compensation

   - 27 -

1.155 Terminated (or Terminates) Employment

   - 28 -

1.156 Terminated Participant

   - 28 -

1.157 Termination of Employment

   - 28 -

1.158 Top Heavy

   - 28 -

1.159 Top Heavy Minimum Allocation

   - 29 -

1.160 Top Heavy Ratio

   - 29 -

1.161 Transfer Contribution

   - 30 -

1.162 Transfer Contribution Account

   - 30 -

1.163 Trustee

   - 30 -

1.164 Trust (or Trust Fund)

   - 30 -

1.165 Valuation Calendar Year

   - 30 -

1.166 Valuation Date

   - 30 -

1.167 Vested Aggregate Account

   - 31 -

1.168 Vested, Vested Interest or Vesting

   - 31 -

1.169 Vesting Computation Period

   - 31 -

1.170 Voluntary Employee Contribution

   - 31 -

1.171 Voluntary Employee Contribution Account

   - 31 -

1.172 Year of Service

   - 31 -

Article 2

   - 33 -

Plan Participation

   - 33 -

2.1      Eligibility and Entry Date Requirements

   - 33 -

2.2      Waiver of Participation

   - 34 -

2.3      Reemployment After Termination

   - 34 -

Article 3

   - 35 -

Contributions and Allocations

   - 35 -

3.1      General Contribution and Allocation Provisions

   - 35 -

3.2      Elective Deferrals

   - 36 -

3.3      Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions

   - 38 -

3.4      Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions

   - 38 -

3.5      Qualified Matching Contributions

   - 38 -

3.6      Qualified Non-Elective Contributions

   - 38 -

3.7      Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions

   - 39 -

3.8      Rollover Contributions

   - 40 -

3.9      Voluntary Employee Contributions

   - 40 -

3.10    Allocation of Earnings and Losses

   - 40 -

3.11    Forfeitures and Their Usage

   - 40 -


3.12    Top Heavy Minimum Allocation

   - 41 -

3.13    Failsafe Allocation

   - 42 -

3.14    Actual Deferral Percentage Test and Correction

   - 42 -

3.15    Actual Contribution Percentage Test and Correction

   - 45 -

3.16    ADP Safe Harbor Contributions

   - 47 -

3.17    ACP Safe Harbor Contributions

   - 51 -

3.18    General Non-Discrimination Test Requirements

   - 53 -

3.19    Annual Overall and Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit

   - 53 -

3.20    Deemed IRA Contributions

   - 55 -

Article 4

   - 56 -

Plan Benefits

   - 56 -

4.1      Benefit Upon Normal Retirement

   - 56 -

4.2      Benefit Upon Late Retirement

   - 56 -

4.3      Benefit Upon Death

   - 56 -

4.4      Benefit Upon Disability

   - 56 -

4.5      Benefit Upon Termination of Employment

   - 56 -

4.6      Determination of Vested Interest

   - 56 -

Article 5

   - 58 -

Distribution of Benefits

   - 58 -

5.1      Distribution of Benefit Upon Retirement

   - 58 -

5.2      Distribution of Benefit Upon Death

   - 58 -

5.3      Distribution of Benefit Upon Disability

   - 59 -

5.4      Distribution of Benefit Upon Termination of Employment

   - 60 -

5.5      Mandatory Cash-Out of Benefits

   - 60 -

5.6      Restrictions on Immediate Distributions

   - 60 -

5.7      Accounts of Rehired Participants

   - 61 -

5.8      Spousal Consent Requirements

   - 63 -

5.9      Required Minimum Distributions

   - 65 -

5.10    Statutory Commencement of Benefits

   - 67 -

5.11    Earnings Before Benefit Distribution

   - 68 -

5.12    Distribution in the Event of Legal Incapacity

   - 68 -

5.13    Missing Payees and Unclaimed Benefits

   - 68 -

5.14    Direct Rollovers

   - 68 -

5.15    Distribution of Property

   - 70 -

5.16    Financial Hardship Distributions

   - 70 -

5.17    Pre-Retirement Distributions

   - 70 -

5.18    Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals

   - 71 -

5.19    Distribution of Excess Contributions

   - 71 -

5.20    Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions

   - 73 -

5.21    Distribution of Rollover Contributions

   - 74 -

5.22    Distribution of Transfer Contributions

   - 75 -

5.23    Distribution of Voluntary Employee Contributions

   - 76 -

Article 6

   - 77 -

Code § 415 Limitations

   - 77 -

6.1      Maximum Annual Additions

   - 77 -

6.2      Adjustments to Maximum Annual Addition

   - 77 -

6.3      Multiple Plans and Multiple Employers

   - 77 -

6.4      Adjustment for Excessive Annual Additions

   - 77 -

Article 7

   - 79 -

Loans, Insurance and Directed Investments

   - 79 -

7.1      Loans to Participants

   - 79 -

7.2      Insurance on Participants

   - 79 -

7.3      Key Man Insurance

   - 79 -

7.4      Directed Investment Accounts

   - 79 -

Article 8

   - 80 -

Duties of the Administrator

   - 80 -

8.1      Appointment, Resignation, Removal and Succession

   - 80 -

8.2      General Powers and Duties

   - 80 -

8.3      Functioning of the Committee

   - 80 -

8.4      Multiple Administrators

   - 80 -

8.5      Correcting Administrative Errors

   - 80 -

8.6      Promulgating Notices and Procedures

   - 80 -


8.7      Employment of Agents and Counsel

   - 81 -

8.8      Compensation and Expenses

   - 81 -

8.9      Claims Procedures

   - 81 -

8.10    Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

   - 81 -

8.11    Appointment of Investment Manager

   - 81 -

Article 9

   - 82 -

Trustee Provisions

   - 82 -

Article 10

   - 83 -

Adopting Employer Provisions

   - 83 -

10.1    Plan Contributions

   - 83 -

10.2    Plan Amendments

   - 83 -

10.3    Plan Expenses

   - 83 -

10.4    Employee Transfers

   - 83 -

10.5    Multiple Employer Provisions Under Code §413(c)

   - 83 -

10.6    Termination of Adoption

   - 83 -

Article 11

   - 84 -

Amendment, Termination and Merger

   - 84 -

11.1    Plan Amendment

   - 84 -

11.2    Termination By Sponsoring Employer

   - 86 -

11.3    Merger or Consolidation

   - 86 -

11.4    Plan-to-Plan Elective Transfers

   - 87 -

Article 12

   - 88 -

Miscellaneous Provisions

   - 88 -

12.1    No Contract of Employment

   - 88 -

12.2    Title to Assets

   - 88 -

12.3    Qualified Military Service

   - 88 -

12.4    Fiduciaries and Bonding

   - 88 -

12.5    Severability of Provisions

   - 88 -

12.6    Interpretation of the Plan and Trust

   - 88 -

12.7    Costs of Legal Action

   - 89 -

12.8    Qualified Plan Status

   - 89 -

12.9    Mailing of Notices to Administrator, Employer or Trustee

   - 89 -

12.10    Participant Notices and Waivers of Notices

   - 89 -

12.11    No Duplication of Benefits

   - 89 -

12.12    Evidence Furnished Conclusive

   - 89 -

12.13    Release of Claims

   - 89 -

12.14    Discontinued Contributions

   - 89 -

12.15    Multiple Copies of Plan And/or Trust

   - 89 -

12.16    Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

   - 89 -

12.17    Written Elections and Forms

   - 90 -

12.18    Assignment and Alienation of Benefits

   - 90 -

12.19    Exclusive Benefit Rule

   - 90 -

12.20    Prior Provisions of Amended and Restated Plans

   - 90 -

12.21    Dual and Multiple Trusts

   - 90 -


Universal Orlando

401(k) Retirement Plan

This Plan is entered into as of the __________ day of ___________________, 200____, by Universal City Development Partners, Ltd d/b/a Universal Orlando (hereafter referred to as the “Sponsoring Employer”).

Introduction

The Sponsoring Employer previously established a profit sharing plan which includes a cash or deferred arrangement under Code §401(k) (hereafter referred to as the “Plan”), effective January 1, 1989, which the Sponsoring Employer wishes to amend . Therefore, effective January 1, 2008 (except for those specific provisions that have an earlier effective date), the Sponsoring Employer hereby amends and restates the Plan. This amended and restated Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended by subsequent legislation, including The Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 and the Job Creation and Workers Assistance Act of 2002, and it is also intended to comply with all applicable rulings and Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Article 1

Definitions

 

1.1 ACP Test . The term ACP Test means the Actual Contribution Percentage Test.

 

1.2 ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . The term ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution means an Employer contribution (including an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution) made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals and/or a Participant’s Employee Contributions made by such Participant under a plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, which falls within the requirements of the ACP Safe Harbor as set forth in Code §401(m)(11) and Section 3.17 of the Plan and which is intended to automatically satisfy the requirements of the ACP Test for a Plan Year.

 

1.3 ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account . The term ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account means the account to which a Participant’s ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are credited.


1.4 Actual Contribution Percentage . The term Actual Contribution Percentage means, for a specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Non-Highly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average of the Contribution Percentages of the “Eligible Participants” in a group. An Actual Contribution Percentage for a specified group of Participants will be calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point. For purposes of this definition, the term “Eligible” Participant” means any Employee (either a Highly Compensated Employee or a Non-Highly Compensated Employee) who is eligible (a) to make a Voluntary Employee Contribution, (b) to make a Mandatory Employee Contribution, (c) to make an Elective Deferral (if the Sponsoring Employer takes such Elective Deferrals into account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), (d) to receive a Matching Contribution (including Forfeitures that are contingent upon the Participant making Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions), or (e) to receive a Qualified Matching Contribution. If an Employee Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, then any Employee who would be a Participant if such Employee made such a contribution will be treated as an “Eligible Participant” on behalf of whom no Employee Contributions are made.

 

1.5 Actual Contribution Percentage Test . The term Actual Contribution Percentage Test means the nondiscrimination test of Section 3.17 that is performed each Plan Year on a Non-Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan. The Plan uses the Current Year Testing Method to apply the Actual Contribution Percentage Test. In any Plan Year, if ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (including, if applicable, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) satisfy the requirements of Section 3.17 , then the Actual Contribution Percentage Test will be deemed to be satisfied with respect to such ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for that Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Plan that makes ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that satisfy the requirements of Section 3.17 is deemed to have elected the Current Year Testing Method.

 

1.6 Actual Deferral Percentage. The term Actual Deferral Percentage means, for a specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Non-Highly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point for each Participant in such group) of (a) the amount of Employer contributions actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to (b) the Code §414(s) Compensation of such Participant for such Plan Year. For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Elective Deferrals will be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made and such Participant’s ratio will equal zero (0). An Actual Deferral Percentage for a specified group of Participants will be calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point. Employer contributions actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of such Participant (either a HCE or a NHCE) for the Plan Year will include the following:

(a) Elective Deferrals. Any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election (including Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees), but excluding the following: (1) Excess Elective Deferrals of NHCEs that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under this Plan or plans of this Sponsoring Employer; (2) Elective Deferrals that are treated as Catch-Up Contributions under Code §414(v) because the Elective Deferrals exceed a statutory limit or employer-provided limit (within the meaning of Regulation §1.414(v)-1(b)(1)) for the Plan Year for which the Elective Deferrals were made, or for any other Plan Year; (3) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (provided the ADP Test is satisfied both with and without the exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and (4) additional Elective Deferrals that are made pursuant to Code §414(u) by reason of a Participant’s qualified military service for the Plan Year for which the contributions are made, or for any other Plan Year.


(b) QNECs and QMACs. In the discretion of the Sponsoring Employer, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions.

 

1.7 Actual Deferral Percentage Test . The term Actual Deferral Percentage Test means the nondiscrimination test of Section 3.14 that is performed each Plan Year on a Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. The Plan uses the Current Year Testing Method to apply the Actual Deferral Percentage Test. In any Plan Year, if ADP Safe Harbor Contributions satisfy the requirements of Section 3.16 , then the Actual Deferral Percentage Test will be deemed to be satisfied with respect to any Elective Deferrals of that Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Plan that makes ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that satisfy the requirements of Section 3.16 is deemed to have elected the Current Year Testing Method.

 

1.8 Administrator . The term Administrator means the Sponsoring Employer unless the Sponsoring Employer appoints another Administrator under Section 8.1. The term “Administrator” also means a Qualified Termination Administrator (“QTA”) charged with the task of holding the assets of an orphan plan as permitted by the Department of Labor. A QTA will be an eligible custodian such as a bank, mutual fund house, or insurance company. Third party record-keepers cannot be QTAs. However, in the case of a one participant-owner only plan, the spouse of a deceased owner can continue to operate the Plan, pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2006-27.

 

1.9 Adopting Employer . The term Adopting Employer means any entity which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Sponsoring Employer. In addition to all other terms and conditions in the Plan, Adopting Employers will be, and must comply with, the terms and conditions set forth in Article 10. An Affiliated Employer is not considered an Adopting Employer unless such Affiliated Employer has specifically adopted the Plan.

 

1.10 ADP Safe Harbor Contribution . The term ADP Safe Harbor Contribution means an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution and/or an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution.


1.11

ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . The term ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution means an Employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant (a) on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals made by such Participant under a plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, (b) in which a Participant will have a 100% Vested Interest at all times, and (c) which falls within the requirements of the ADP Safe Harbor as set forth in Code §401(k)(12) and Section 3.16 of the Plan and which is intended to automatically satisfy the requirements of the ADP Test and the ACP Test for a Plan Year. ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can be either “Basic” or “Enhanced” as set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum. ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can only be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (a) a Participant Terminates Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (b) a Participant dies; (c) a Participant suffers a Disability; (d) an event that is described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a Participant reaches Age 59  1 / 2 (if on or before such date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions is permitted under Section 5.17 ). With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of the Plan, so long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date of the Plan’s termination are eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, then the other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code § 4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §457(b) or Code §457(f). For Plan Years beginning before 2002, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions could also be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon (a) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code §409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or (b) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code §409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.

 

1.12 ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account . The term ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account means the account to which a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are credited.

 

1.13

ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution . The term ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution means a Non-Elective Contribution in which a Participant will have a 100% Vested Interest at all times, which falls within the requirements of the ADP Safe Harbor as set forth in Code §401(k)(12) and Section 3.16 of the Plan, and which is intended to automatically satisfy the requirements of the ADP Test for a Plan Year. ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions can only be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (a) a Participant Terminates Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (b) a Participant dies; (c) a Participant suffers a Disability; (d) an event that is described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a Participant reaches Age 59  1 / 2 (if on or before such date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions is permitted under Section 5.17 ). With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence, ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of the Plan, so long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date of the Plan’s termination are eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, then the other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or


 

Code §409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §457(b) or Code §457(f). For Plan Years beginning before 2002, ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions could also be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon (a) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code §409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if it continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or (b) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code §409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.

 

1.14 ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account . The term ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account means the account to which a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions are credited.

 

1.15 ADP Test . The term ADP Test means the Actual Deferral Percentage Test.

 

1.16 Affiliated Employer . The term Affiliated Employer means any of the following: (1) a controlled group of corporations as defined in Code §414(b); (2) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control as described in Code §414(c); (3) any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group as described in Code §414(m); and (4) any other entity required to be aggregated as described in Code §414(o). Any Periods of Service or Years of Service with an Affiliated Employer will only be taken into account as otherwise provided under the Plan.

 

1.17 Age . The term Age means actual attained unless other specified.

 

1.18 Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate . The term Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate means the sum of the Employee’s Allocation Rate under the defined contribution plan(s) and the equivalent normal allocation rate under the defined benefit plan(s), determined in the following manner:

(a) Aggregate Allocation Rates. An Employee’s Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate is determined by treating all defined contribution plans that are part of the combination of defined benefit plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) as a single plan, and all defined benefit plans that are part of the combination of defined benefit plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) as a separate single plan. Furthermore, an equivalent normal allocation rate for the Employee is determined pursuant to Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-8(c)(2).


(b) Options Applied on an Aggregate Basis. The optional rules in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-2(c)(2)(iv) (imputation of permitted disparity) and (v) (grouping of rates) may not be used to determine an Employee’s allocation or equivalent normal allocation rate, but may be applied to determine an Employee’s Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate by substituting the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate (determined without regard to the option) for the Employee’s Allocation Rate in that Regulation section where appropriate.

(c) Consistency Rule. Aggregate Normal Allocation Rates must be determined in a consistent manner for all employees for the Plan Year. The same measurement periods and interest rates must be used, and any available options must be applied consistently, if at all, for the entire combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plan(s). Options that are not permitted to be used under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-8 in cross-testing a defined contribution plan or a defined benefit plan (such as measurement periods that include future periods, non-standard interest rates, the option to disregard compensation adjustments described in §1.401(a)(4)-13(d), or the option to disregard Plan provisions providing for actuarial increases after normal retirement age under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(f)(3)) may not be used in testing a combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plan(s) on either a benefits or contributions basis, because their use would inevitably result in inconsistent determinations under the defined contribution and defined benefit plan(s).

 

1.19 Allocation Period . The term Allocation Period means a period of 12 consecutive months or less for which (a) an Employer contribution is made and allocated under the terms of the Plan; (b) Forfeitures are allocated under the terms of the Plan; and/or (c) earnings and losses are allocated under the terms of the Plan.

 

1.20 Allocation Rate . The term Allocation Rate means, for a Participant for a Plan Year, the sum of the allocations to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of Code §414(s) Compensation, subject to the following: (a) the allocations used to determine an Allocation Rate for a Plan Year include all Employer contributions and forfeitures that are allocated or treated as allocated to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year, other than amounts described in clause (b) below. For this purpose, Employer contributions include Annual Additions described in Regulation §1.415-6(b)(2)(i) (regarding amounts arising from certain transactions between the Plan and the Employer); and (b) allocations of income, expenses, gains, and losses attributable to the balance in a Participant’s Account are not used to determine an Allocation Rate.

 

1.21 Anniversary Date . The term Anniversary Date means December 31st.

 

1.22 Annuity Starting Date . The term Annuity Starting Date means the first day of the first period for which a benefit is paid as an annuity, in the case of a benefit not payable as an annuity, the first day all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to the benefit. The first day of the first period for which a benefit is to be paid by reason of Disability will be treated as the Annuity Starting Date only if it is not an auxiliary benefit.


1.23 Annual Additions . The term Annual Additions means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant’s Account for any Limitation Year: (a) Employer contributions; (b) Employee contributions; (c) Forfeitures; (d) amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Code §415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer; and (e) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued that are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee, as defined in Code § 419A(d)(3), under a welfare fund, as defined in Code §419(e), maintained by the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Annual Additions do not include a Participant’s rollovers, loan repayments, Catch-up Contributions, repayments of either prior Plan distributions or prior distributions of Mandatory Employee Contributions, direct transfers of contributions from another plan to this Plan, deductible contributions to a simplified employee pension plan, or voluntary deductible contributions.

 

1.24 Applicable Contribution Rate . The term Applicable Contribution Rate , for a Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee, means (a) for purposes of the ADP Test, the sum of the Qualified Matching Contributions used in the ADP Test for the Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made for the Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, divided by the Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year; and (b) for purposes of the ACP Test, the sum of the Matching Contributions used under the Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made for the Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, divided by the Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

1.25 Applicable Plan Year . The term Applicable Plan Year means (a) for any Plan Year in which the Prior Year Testing Method is being used, the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year that is being tested; and (b) for any Plan Year in which the Current Year Testing Method is being used, the Plan Year that is being tested.

 

1.26 Beneficiary . The term Beneficiary means the recipient designated by a Participant to receive the benefit payable upon the Participant’s death, or the recipient designated by a Beneficiary to receive any benefit which may be payable in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to receiving the entire death benefit to which the Beneficiary is entitled. All such Beneficiary designations will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Beneficiary Designations by a Participant. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.8 regarding the rights of a Participant’s Spouse, each Participant may designate a Beneficiary in writing with the Administrator. If a Participant designates his or her Spouse and the Participant and his or her Spouse are legally divorced subsequent to the date of the designation, then the designation of such Spouse as a Beneficiary hereunder will be deemed null and void unless the Participant, subsequent to the legal divorce, reaffirms the designation in writing. In the absence of any other designation, the Participant will be deemed to have designated the following Beneficiaries in the following order, provided however, that with respect to clauses (1) and (2) following, such Beneficiaries are then living: (1) the Participant’s Spouse, (2) the Participant’s issue per stirpes; and (3) the Participant’s estate.


(b) Beneficiary Designations by a Beneficiary. In the absence of a Beneficiary designation or other directive from a Participant to the contrary, any Beneficiary may name his or her own Beneficiary under Section 5.2(d) of the Plan to receive any benefits payable in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the receipt of all the Participant’s death benefits to which the Beneficiary was entitled.

(c) Beneficiaries Considered Contingent Until the Death of the Participant. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to the contrary, any Beneficiary named hereunder will be considered a contingent Beneficiary until the death of the Participant (or Beneficiary, as the case may be), and until such time will have no rights granted to Beneficiaries under the Plan.

 

1.27 Benefiting Participant . The term Benefiting Participant means a Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation of any type of Employer contributions or related Forfeitures as of the last day of an Allocation Period in accordance with the allocation conditions set forth in Article 3 of the Plan. Whether a Participant is a Benefiting Participant for any Allocation Period is determined separately for each type of contribution.

 

1.28 Break in Service . The term Break in Service means (a) in determining eligibility under Section 2.1, there shall be no Break in Service with respect to an Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan; and (b) in determining Vesting under Section 4.6, a Vesting Computation Period during which an Employee is not credited with more than 500 Hours of Service. If any computation period is less than 12 months, then the Hours of Service threshold set forth in the preceding sentence will be proportionately reduced if the Hours of Service threshold is greater than one. With respect to the Elective Deferral component of a 401(k) Plan, a Participant who incurs a Break in Service but who does not Terminate Employment may continue to have Elective Deferrals made on his or her behalf to the Plan.

 

1.29 Broadly Available Allocation Rates . The term Broad Available Allocation Rates means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, that each Allocation Rate is currently available during the Plan Year (within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-4(b)(2)) to a group of Employees that satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b) without regard to the average benefit percentage test of Regulation §1.410(b)-5. If two Allocation Rates could be permissively aggregated under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-4(d)(4), assuming that the Allocation Rates were treated as benefits, rights, or features, then the Allocation Rates may be aggregated and treated as a single Allocation Rate. However, the disregarding of the age and service conditions as set forth in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-4(b)(2)(ii)(A) does not apply for purposes of this definition. Furthermore, in determining whether the Plan has Broadly Available Allocation Rates, differences in Allocation Rates attributable solely to the use of permitted disparity as described in Regulation §1.401(1)-2 are disregarded.


1.30 Broadly Available Separate Plans . The term Broadly Available Separate Plans means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plans that satisfy the requirements of Code §410(b) and the nondiscrimination in amount requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2) if each plan were tested separately and assuming that the average benefit percentage test of Regulation §1.410(b)-5 were satisfied. For this purpose, all defined contribution plans that are part of the combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plans are treated as a single defined contribution plan, and all defined benefit plans that are part of the combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plans are treated as a single defined benefit plan. If permitted disparity under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7 is used for a Participant for purposes of satisfying the separate testing requirement for plans of one type, permitted disparity may not be used in satisfying the separate testing requirement for plans of the other type for the Participant.

 

1.31 Cash of Deferred Contribution . The term Cash or Deferred Contribution means an Employer amount that the Participant can elect, subject to the provisions of Section 3.2(b), to have the Employer either (a) provide to the Participant as cash; or (b) contribute to the Plan as an Elective Deferral on behalf of the Participant, which contribution defers the receipt of Compensation by the Participant.

 

1.32 Catch-Up Contribution . The term Catch-Up Contribution means Elective Deferrals made to the Plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants who are age 50 or over by the end of their taxable year. An otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit in the Plan that applies to Elective Deferrals without regard to Catch-Up Contributions, such as (a) the limit on Annual Additions; (b) the dollar limit on Elective Deferrals under Code §402(g) (not counting Catch-Up Contributions); (c) the limit imposed by the ADP Test under § 401(k)(3); or (d) a Plan imposed limit set forth in a resolution properly executed by the Employer which is considered to be an amendment to the Plan. Catch-Up Contributions are not subject to the limit on Annual Additions, are not counted in the ADP Test, and are not counted in determining the Top Heavy Minimum Allocations under Code §416. However, Catch-Up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy. Provisions in the Plan relating to Catch-Up Contributions apply to Elective Deferrals made to the Plan after 2001. The total amount of Catch-Up Contributions for any taxable year will not exceed the Catch-Up Contribution Limit.

 

1.33 Catch-Up Contribution Limit . The term Catch-Up Contribution Limit means the statutory limit on Catch-Up Contributions for a Participant for any taxable year. A Participant’s Catch-Up Contributions for a taxable year may not exceed (a) the dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year, or (b) when added to other Elective Deferrals, 100% of the Participant’s Compensation for the taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Different limits apply to Catch-Up Contributions under SIMPLE 401(k) plans.

 

1.34 Code . The term Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Regulations, and rulings promulgated thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service. All citations to sections of the Code and Regulations are to such sections as they may from time to time be amended or renumbered.


1.35 Code §3401 Compensation . The term Code §3401 Compensation means wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) (for purposes of income tax withholding at the source), but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code §3401(a)(2)).

 

1.36 Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit . The term Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit means, for any Plan Year and/or Limitation Year which begins on or after January 1, 2002, the statutory limit that applies to each Participant’s annual Compensation for a specific Compensation Determination Period; such annual Compensation will not exceed $200,000. However, the $200,000 statutory limit on annual Compensation will be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code §401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the Compensation Determination Period that begins with or within such calendar year. If a Compensation Determination Period is less than 12 consecutive months, then the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Compensation Determination Period, and the denominator of which is 12. If Compensation for any prior Compensation Determination Period is used in determining a Participant’s Plan benefits for the current Plan Year, then the annual Compensation for such prior Compensation Determination Period is subject to the applicable Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit as in effect for that prior Compensation Determination Period.

 

1.37 Code §414(s) Compensation . The term Code §414(s) Compensation means, for testing purposes (including, but not limited to, the ADP Test and the ACP Test), any compensation that qualifies as a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the Regulations thereunder. The Administrator is not bound by any other definition of compensation in the Plan in determining Code §414(s) Compensation. The Administrator may determine on an annual basis (and within its discretion) Code §414(s) Compensation, which will be applied consistently to all Participants for a Plan Year; to all applicable tests that are administered for such Plan Year; and to all plans (including this Plan) of the Sponsoring Employer and Adopting Employers for such Plan Year. Code §414(s) Compensation may be determined over the Plan Year for which the applicable test is being performed or the calendar year ending within such Plan Year. In determining Code §414(s) Compensation, the Administrator within its discretion may take into consideration only the Compensation received while the Employee is a Participant under the component of the Plan being tested, and/or only the Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the Plan was a 401(k) Plan.

 

1.38 Code §415(c)(3) Compensation . The term Code §415(c)(3) Compensation means the following:

(a) Top Heavy Allocations and Key Employee Determinations. In determining any Top Heavy Minimum Allocation and whether an Employee is a Key Employee, the term Code §415(c)(3) Compensation means Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation during the entire Compensation Determination Period that statutorily applies.


(b)  Code §415 Limitations. In determining a Participant’s Code §415 limitation for any Limitation Year, the term “Code §415(c)(3) Compensation means Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation during the entire Compensation Determination Period that statutorily applies.

(c)  Highly Compensated Employee Determination. In determining whether a Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee (or for any other statutory determination not described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above), the term “Code §415(c)(3) Compensation means Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation during the entire Compensation Determination Period that statutorily applies.

(d)  Exclusions to Compensation Do Not Apply. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes any amounts that are excluded from Compensation under Section 1.40 of the Plan.

(e)  Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes any elective deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which is not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125, Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457.

(f)  Self-Employed Individuals. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual will be equal to his or her Earned Income, plus amounts deferred at the election of the Self-Employed Individual that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code §402(e)(3), §402(h)(1)(B), §402(k), or § 457(b).


(g) Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.

 

1.39 Committee . The term Committee means the administrative/advisory group that the Sponsoring Employer may establish, to which the Sponsoring Employer may delegate certain of the Sponsoring Employer’s responsibilities as Administrator. The Sponsoring Employer is permitted to select another name for such administrative/advisory group. The Sponsoring Employer may appoint one or more members to the Committee. Members of the Committee need not be Participants or Beneficiaries, and officers and directors of the Sponsoring Employer are not precluded from serving as members of the Committee.

 

1.40 Compensation . The term Compensation means the following with respect to determining the amount of, and the allocation of, the various Employer contributions permitted under the terms of the Plan:

(a) Compensation for Elective Deferral Purposes. In determining the amount of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals, the term Compensation means a Participant’s Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation received during a Compensation Determination Period. For purposes of this paragraph, (1) a Compensation Determination Period is the Plan Year; and (2) any elective deferrals as defined under Code §402(g) and any amount contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which is not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125, Code §132(f)(4) or Code §457, will be included in Compensation. In addition, any amount received under the following circumstances will not be considered Compensation for purposes of this paragraph: (1) amounts received prior to the date the Employee becomes a Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan; (2) amounts received by an Employee while an Employee is a member of an ineligible class of Employees with respect to the Elective Deferral component of the Plan; (3) amounts set forth in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e., reimbursements or other expense allowances, including fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, even if includible in gross income); and (4) Tuition Reimbursement; Service Awards.

(b) Compensation Used to Determine Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions. For any year in which this is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan or a Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan, the Compensation used in determining the Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution will be set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum executed by the Sponsoring Employer, except that no dollar limit, other than the Code §401(a)(17) Limit, applies to the Compensation of a NHCE. Compensation for a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan or Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan must qualify as a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the Regulations thereunder.


(c) Compensation of Self-Employed Individuals. For purposes of this Plan, the Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual will be equal to his or her Earned Income; however, such Compensation will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit.

(d) Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit. In determining Compensation for all purposes other than for Elective Deferral purposes under Code §402(g), a Participant’s Compensation for any Compensation Determination Period will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit.

(e) Compensation for Permitted Disparity Purposes. If a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution is determined and/or allocated according to the rules of permitted disparity under Code §401(l) and the Regulations thereunder, then Compensation for such purposes must qualify as a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the Regulations thereunder.

 

1.41 Compensation Determination Period . The term Compensation Determination Period means, for each definition of Compensation as it relates to a particular component or type of contribution under the Plan, either the Plan Year, the Fiscal Year ending with or within the Plan Year, or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year, as specifically set forth in the Plan with respect to the particular component or type of contribution. However, for purposes of a specific statutory determination (e.g. whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee), the term “Compensation Determination Period” means the period that is stated in this Plan.

 

1.42 Contribution Percentage . The term Contribution Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point) of the Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year, subject to the following rules:

(a) Highly Compensated Employees in Multiple 401(m) Plans of the Sponsoring Employer. The Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two or more Code §401(m) plans that are maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, will be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each 401(m) plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more Code §401(m) plans of the Sponsoring Employer that have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year under all such Code §401(m) plans will be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning prior to 2006 (or the year of such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final §401(m) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), all such Code §401(m) plans ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single Code §401(m) plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Code §401(m) Regulations.


(b)  Participants Without Contributions. If no Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions, Elective Contributions, or Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are taken into account in the ACP Test with respect to a Participant for the Plan Year, then the Contribution Percentage of the Participant is zero (0).

 

1.43 Contribution Percentage Amounts . The term Contribution Percentage Amounts means the sum of the Employee Contributions, Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Elective Deferrals, and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. The calculation of a Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts is subject to the following rules:

(a)  Timing of Employee Contributions. An amount withheld from an Employee’s pay (or a payment by the Employee to a Plan agent) is treated as an Employee Contribution at the time of withholding (or payment) if the paid funds are transmitted to the Trust within a reasonable period after withholding (or payment).

(b)  Recharacterized Elective Contributions Are Included. Excess Contributions which are recharacterized in accordance with Regulation §1.401(k)-2(b)(3) are taken into account as Employee Contributions for the Plan Year that includes the time at which the Excess Contribution is includible in the gross income of the Employee under Regulation §1.401(k)-2(b)(3)(ii).

(c)  Matching Contributions That Are Included. A Matching Contribution is used in determining a Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amount for a Plan Year only if each of the following requirements is satisfied: (1) the contribution is allocated to the Employee’s Matching Contribution Account under the terms of the Plan as of an allocation date within that Plan Year; (2) the contribution is made on account of (or the Matching Contribution is allocated on the basis of) the Participant’s Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions for that Plan Year; and (3) the contribution is actually paid to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year that contains the allocation date for the Matching Contribution.


(d) Elective Deferrals May Be Included in the Contribution Percentage Amounts. The Sponsoring Employer also may elect to use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so long as (a) the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP Test, and (b) the ADP Test continues to be met following the exclusion of the Elective Deferrals used to meet the ACP Test, subject to the following rules: (1) Elective Deferrals in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan described in Regulation §1.401(k)-3 cannot be used as Contribution Percentage Amounts; (2) the plan that provides for Employee Contributions and/or Matching Contributions and the plan to which the Elective Deferrals are made are plans that would be permitted to be aggregated under Regulation §1.401(m)-1(b)(4); and (3) if the Plan Year of the plan that provides for Employee Contributions and/or Matching Contributions is changed to satisfy the requirement under Regulation §1.410(b)-7(d)(5) that aggregated plans have the same Plan Year, then Elective Deferrals may be taken into account in the resulting short Plan Year, but only if such Elective Deferrals could have been taken into account under an ADP Test for a plan with that same short Plan Year.

(e) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions That May be Used. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken into account in determining a Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts for a Plan Year, but only to the extent that the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfy the following requirements:

 

  (1) Timing of Allocation. The Qualified Non-Elective Contribution is allocated to the Participant’s Account as of a date within that Plan Year (within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(4)(i)(A)). In order to be used in calculating the Contribution Percentage Amounts for a Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employees for an Applicable Plan Year, the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution must be contributed no later than the end of the 12-month period following the Applicable Plan Year.

 

  (2) QNECs Must Satisfy Code §401(a)(4). The amount of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfies the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) and Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2). If the Sponsoring Employer is applying the special rule for Employer-wide plans in Regulation §1.414(r)-1(c)(2)(ii) with respect to the Plan, then the determination of whether the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) must be made on an Employer-wide basis, regardless of whether the plans to which the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are made are satisfying the requirements of Code §410(b) on an Employer-wide basis. If the Sponsoring Employer is treated as operating qualified separate lines of business and does not apply the special rule for Employer-wide plans in Regulation §1.414(r)-1(c)(2)(ii) with respect to the Plan, then the determination of whether the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) is not permitted to be made on an Employer-wide basis regardless of whether the plans to which the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are made are satisfying the requirements of Code §410(b) on an Employer-wide basis.


  (3) Aggregation Must Be Permitted. The plan that provides for Employee Contributions and/or Matching Contributions and the plan to which the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are made, are plans that would be permitted to be aggregated under Regulation §1.401(m)-1(b)(4). If the Plan Year of the plan that provides for Employee Contributions and/or Matching Contributions is changed to satisfy the requirement under Regulation §1.410(b)-7(d)(5) that aggregated plans have the same Plan Year, then Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken into account in the resulting short Plan Year, but only if such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions could have been taken into account under an ADP Test for a plan with that same short Plan Year.

 

  (4) Limitation on Disproportionate QNECs. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions cannot be taken into account as Contribution Percentage Amounts of a Plan Year for a Non-Highly Compensated Employee to the extent the QNECs exceed the product of (i) that Non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Code §414(s) Compensation, multiplied by (i) the greater of (A) 5% (or 10% of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Code §414(s) Compensation with respect to an Employer’s obligation to make Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan), or (B) two times the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate. Any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution used under an ADP Test under Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv)(B)), is not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of the ACP Test (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of the ACP Test).

 

  (5) Prohibition Against Double-Counting. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions cannot be taken into account for purposes of the Contribution Percentage Amounts to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other ACP Test, any ADP Test, or the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-3, §1.401(m)-3 or §1.401(k)-4. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are made pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)-3(b) cannot be taken into account under the ACP Test.

 

  (6) Switching the Testing Method. If this Plan switches from the Current Year Testing Method to the Prior Year Testing Method pursuant to Regulation §1.401(m)-2(c)(1), Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are taken into account under the Current Year Testing Method for a Plan Year may not be taken into account under the Prior Year Testing Method for the next Plan Year.

(f) Qualified Matching Contributions Used to Satisfy ADP Test Are Excluded. Qualified Matching Contributions that are taken into account for the ADP Test of Code §401(k)(3) under Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(6) are not taken into account in determining a Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts.


(g) Forfeited Matching Contributions Are Excluded. Contribution Percentage Amounts will not include either the non-Vested portion of Matching Contributions that are forfeited to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions, or Matching Contributions (both the Vested and non-Vested portions) that are forfeited because they relate to Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions.

(h) Additional Employee Contributions or Matching Contributions of Code §414(u) Are Excluded. Contribution Percentage Amounts will not include additional Employee Contributions and Matching Contributions that are made by reason of a Participant’s qualified military service under Code §414(u) for the Plan Year for which the contributions are made, or for any other Plan Year.

 

1.44 Counting of Hours Method . The term Counting of Hours Method means a method for crediting service for eligibility, for Vesting, for determining a Participant’s allocation, and/or for applying the allocation conditions for an Employer contribution of Forfeiture. Under the Counting of Hours Method, an Employee is credited with the number of Hours of Service for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment (or such other circumstances for which Hours of Service are credited), pursuant to the definition of Hour of Service.

 

1.45 Current Year Testing Method . The term Current Year Testing Method means the nondiscrimination testing method in which (a) for purposes of the ADP Test, the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested is compared to the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested; and (b) for purposes of the ACP Test, the ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested is compared to the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested.

 

1.46 Deemed Code §125 Compensation . The term Deemed Code §125 Compensation means an amount that is excludable from the gross income of the Employee under Code §106 and that is not available to the Employee in cash in lieu of group health coverage under a Code §125 arrangement solely because that Employee is not able to certify that he or she has other health coverage. Amounts are Deemed Code §125 Compensation only if the Employer does not otherwise request or collect information regarding the Employee’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

 

1.47 Designated Beneficiary . The term Designated Beneficiary means, for purposes of required minimum distributions under Section 5.9 of the Plan, the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and is the Designated Beneficiary under Code §401(a)(9), the previously final Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, and the final Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-4.


1.48 Determination Date . The term Determination Date means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the term “Determination Date” means the last day of that first Plan Year.

 

1.49 Disability . The term Disability means a physical or mental impairment of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which renders such Participant incapable of continuing usual and customary employment with the Employer or obtaining other gainful employment. This condition must have lasted, or is expected to last, at least twelve consecutive months or is expected to result in death. The disability of a Participant shall be determined by the Committee. Such incapacity shall be deemed to exist when certified by a physician acceptable to the Committee.

 

1.50 Distribution Calendar Year . The term Distribution Calendar Year means, for purposes of required minimum distributions under Section 5.9 , a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If a Participant elects the Life Expectancy method, then for distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 5.9(b)(2)(B) . The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

 

1.51 Early Retirement Age . There is no Early Retirement Age under the Plan.

 

1.52 Earned Income . The term Earned Income means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable thereto. Net earnings will be reduced by deductible contributions by the Employer to a qualified retirement plan. Net earnings will be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code §164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

 

1.53

Elective Deferral . The term Elective Deferral means Employer contributions made to the Plan at the election of the Participant in lieu of cash Compensation, and will include contributions made pursuant to a salary deferral agreement or other deferral mechanism. In any taxable year, a Participant’s Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under (a) any qualified cash or deferred


 

arrangement under Code §401(k); (b) any salary reduction simplified employee pension described in Code § 408(k)(6); (c) any SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Code §408(p); (d) any plan under Code §501(c)(18); and (e) any Employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code §403(b) pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement. For years beginning after 2005, the term “Elective Deferral” includes Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. An Elective Deferral must relate to Compensation that either (a) would have been received by the Employee in the Plan Year but for the Employee’s election to defer; or (b) if elected by the Sponsoring Employer for purposes of the ADP Test, is attributable to services performed by the Employee in the Plan Year and, but for the Employee’s election to defer, would have been received by the Employee within 2  1 / 2 months after the close of the Plan Year. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer for purposes of the ADP Test, then this Plan will provide for Elective Deferrals that relate to Compensation that would have been received after the close of a Plan Year to be considered for such prior Plan Year rather than the Plan Year in which the Compensation would have been received.

 

1.54 Eligibility Computation Period . The term Eligibility Computation Period means a period of 12 consecutive months which is used for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan (or a component of the Plan). An Employee’s initial Eligibility Computation Period will begin on his or her Employment Commencement Date. The second Eligibility Computation Period will begin on the first day of the Plan Year which begins prior to the first anniversary of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date (regardless of whether the Employee is credited with a specific number of Hours of Service during the initial Eligibility Computation Period) and each subsequent Eligibility Computation Period will consist of each subsequent Plan Year.

 

1.55 Eligible Employee . The term Eligible Employee means any Employee who is a member of an eligible class of Employees and who is not excluded from participating in the Plan (or a component of the Plan). Furthermore, the Sponsoring Employer may elect at any time to reclassify any Employee who had been excluded from participating in the Plan (or a component of the Plan) to be an Eligible Employee through a Plan amendment that is retroactively applied for one or more prior Plan Years because the Plan (or a component of the Plan) failed to satisfy for such Plan Year one of the tests set forth in Code §410(b)(1)(A), (B) or (C), or for any other reason required to maintain the tax exempt status of the Plan.

 

1.56 Employee . The term Employee means (a) any person who is reported on the payroll records of the Employer as an employee and who is deemed by the Employer to be a common law employee; (b) any person who is reported on the payroll records of an Affiliated Employer as an employee and who is deemed by the Affiliated Employer to be a common law employee (even if the Affiliated Employer is not an Adopting Employer), except for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan; (c) any Self-Employed Individual who derives Earned Income from the Employer; and (d) any person who is considered a Leased Employee but who (1) is not covered by a plan described in Code §414(n)(5), or (2) is covered by a plan described in Code §414(n)(5) but Leased Employees constitute more than 20% of the Employer’s non-highly compensated workforce. However, the term “Employee” will not include an Independent Contractor. If an Independent Contractor is later determined by the Employer, a court, or governmental agency to be an Employee or to have been an Employee of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, and so long as such individual is an Eligible Employee, then such individual will only be eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) under Revenue Procedure 2006-27 and subsequent guidance.


1.57 Employee Contribution . The term Employee Contribution means any contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in the year in which the contribution is made (other than Roth Elective Deferrals) and that is maintained under a separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated. Employee Contributions include Voluntary Employee Contributions.

 

1.58 Employer . The term Employer means the Sponsoring Employer and any Adopting Employer.

 

1.59 Employment Commencement Date . The term Employment Commencement Date means the first day that an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service for an Employer or an Affiliated Employer.

 

1.60 Equivalent Accrued Rate . The term Equivalent Accrual Rate means the annual benefit that is the result of normalizing the increase in the Participant’s Account balance during the measurement period, divided by the number of years in which the Participant benefited under the Plan during the measurement period, and expressed either as a dollar amount or as a percentage of the Participant’s average annual Code §414(s) Compensation. A measurement period that includes future years may not be used. For purposes of determining an Equivalent Accrual Rate, the following rules apply:

(a) Determination of Account Balance. The increase in the Participant’s Account balance during the measurement period taken into account does not include income, expenses, gains, or losses allocated during the measurement period that are attributable to the Participant’s Account balance as of the beginning of the measurement period, but does include any additional amounts that would have been included in the increase in the Participant’s Account balance but for the fact that the additional amounts were previously distributed (including a reasonable adjustment for interest). If the measurement period is the current Plan Year, the Sponsoring Employer may also elect to disregard the income, expenses, gains, and losses allocated during the current Plan Year that are attributable to the increase in the Participant’s Account balance since the beginning of the Plan Year, and thus determine the increase in Participant’s Account balance during the Plan Year taking into account only allocations described in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-2(c)(2)(ii). In addition, the Sponsoring Employer may disregard distributions to a Non-Highly Compensated Employee as well as distributions to any Employee in Plan Years beginning before a selected date no later than January 1, 1986.

(b) Normalization. The Participant’s Account balance determined under paragraph (a) is normalized into a single-sum benefit that is immediately and unconditionally payable to the Employee. A standard interest rate, and a straight life annuity factor that is based on the same or a different standard interest rate and on a standard mortality table, must be used in normalizing this benefit. In addition, no mortality may be assumed prior to the Employee’s testing age.


(c) Options. Any of the optional rules in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(d)(3) (e.g., imputation of permitted disparity) may be applied in determining an Employee’s Equivalent Accrual Rate by substituting the Employee’s Equivalent Accrual Rate (determined without regard to this option) for the Employee’s Normal Accrual Rate where appropriate. For this purpose, however, the last sentence of the fresh-start alternative in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(d)(3)(iii)(A) (dealing with Compensation adjustments to the frozen accrued benefit) is not applicable. No other options are available in determining an Employee’s Equivalent Accrual Rate except those (e.g., selection of alternative measurement periods) specifically provided in this definition. None of the optional special rules in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(f) (e.g., determination of benefits on other than a Plan Year basis under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(f)(6)) is available.

(d) Consistency Rule. Equivalent Accrual Rates must be determined in a consistent manner for all Employees for the Plan Year. The same measurement periods and standard interest rates must be used, and any available options must be applied consistently if at all.

 

1.61 ERISA . The term ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Department of Labor Regulations, and Advisory Opinions and other rulings promulgated by the Department of Labor (or any agency thereunder). All citations to sections of ERISA and the Department of Labor Regulations are to such sections as they may from time to time be amended or renumbered.

 

1.62 Excess Annual Additions . The term Excess Annual Additions means an amount of Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s Account that exceeds the maximum Annual Additions limitation set forth in Section 6.1 for any Limitation Year. If Excess Annual Additions are treated according to Section 6.4 , then such Excess Annual Additions will not be deemed Annual Additions.

 

1.63 Excess Aggregate Contributions . The term Excess Aggregate Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts used in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Participants who are HCEs for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing Contribution Percentage Amounts made on behalf of Participants who are HCEs in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such Contribution Percentages). Such determination will be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals and then determining Excess Contributions.

 

1.64 Excess Contributions . The term Excess Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage of HCEs for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of HCEs in the order of their Actual Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages).


1.65 Excess Elective Deferrals . The term Excess Elective Deferrals means those Elective Deferrals of a Participant that either (a) are made during the Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g) (including, if applicable, the Catch-up Contribution Limit as defined in Code §414(v)) for such taxable year; or (b) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g) (including, if applicable, the Catch-Up Contribution Limit as defined in Code §414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year, counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Sponsoring Employer.

 

1.66 401(k) Plan . The term 401(k) Plan means a plan which permits the plan’s participants to have Elective Deferrals made on their behalf to the plan.

 

1.67 401(m) Plan . The term 401(m) Plan means a plan which permits or requires the plan’s participants to make Employee Contributions to the plan, and/or which allocates Matching Contributions to participants in the plan.

 

1.68 Fiscal Year . The term Fiscal Year means the Sponsoring Employer’s 12 consecutive month accounting year beginning January 1st and ending the following December 31st. If the Fiscal Year is changed, a short Fiscal Year is established beginning the day after the last day of the Fiscal Year in effect before this change and ending on the last day of the new Fiscal Year.

 

1.69 Forfeiture . The term Forfeiture means generally the amount by which a Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions exceeds his or her Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions as of the date set forth in Section 3.11 . Furthermore, the term “Forfeiture” means the non-Vested portion of Matching Contributions that are removed from a Participant’s Account to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions, and Matching Contributions (both the Vested and non-Vested portions) removed from a Participant’s Account because such Matching Contributions relate to Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. Lastly, the term “Forfeiture” means any amount that is removed from a Participant’s Account pursuant to any Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) program or any other correction guidance that is issued by the Internal Revenue Service. No Forfeitures will occur solely because (a) a Participant withdrawals Employee Contributions from the Plan; (b) a Participant withdrawals Elective Deferrals from the Plan; or (c) a Participant transfers employment from the Sponsoring Employer to an Affiliated Employer or Adopting Employer (or vice versa).

 

1.70 Forfeiture Account . The term Forfeiture Account means the notational bookkeeping account into which all Forfeitures are placed pending allocation (or other use) pursuant to Section 3.11.


1.71 Form W-2 Compensation . The term Form W-2 Compensation means wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) which is actually paid or made available and is included in the Employee’s gross income for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a Form W-2 under Code §6041(d), §6051(a)(3) and §6052. Form W-2 Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code §3401(a) that limit remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code §3401(a)(2)).

 

1.72 Gradually Increasing Age or Service Schedule . The term Gradually Increasing Age or Service Schedule means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, that the allocation formula for all Participants under the Plan provides for a single schedule of Allocation Rates under which:

(a) Series of Bands. The schedule defines a series of bands based on Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service), or the number of points representing the sum of Age and Years of Service (or Periods of Service) with respect to age and service points, under which the same Allocation Rate applies to all employees whose Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service), or Age and service points are within each band; and

(b) Smoothly Increasing at Regular Intervals. The Allocation Rates under the schedule increase smoothly at regular intervals, within the following meanings:

 

  (1) Smoothly Increasing Schedule of Allocation Rates. A schedule of Allocation Rates increases smoothly if the Allocation Rate for each band within the schedule is greater than the Allocation Rate for the immediately preceding band (i.e., the band with the next lower number of years of Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service), or Age and service points) by no more than 5 percentage (5%). However, a schedule of Allocation Rates will not be treated as increasing smoothly if the ratio of the allocation rate for any band to the rate for the immediately preceding band is more than 2.0 or if it exceeds the ratio of Allocation Rates between the two immediately preceding bands.


  (2) Regular Intervals. A schedule of Allocation Rates has regular intervals of Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service), or Age and service points, if each band, other than the band associated with the highest Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service), or Age and service points, is the same length. For this purpose, if the schedule is based on Age, the first band is deemed to be of the same length as the other bands if it ends at or before age 25. If the first age band ends after Age 25, then, in determining whether the length of the first band is the same as the length of other bands, the starting age for the first age band is permitted to be treated as Age 25 or any Age earlier than 25. For a schedule of allocation rates based on Age and service points, the rules of the preceding two sentences are applied by substituting 25 Age and service points for age 25. For a schedule of allocation rates based on service, the starting service for the first service band is permitted to be treated as one Year of Service (or Period of Service) or any lesser amount of service.

(c)  Minimum Allocation Rates Permitted. A schedule of Allocation Rates under the Plan is considered to increase smoothly at regular intervals if a minimum uniform Allocation Rate is provided for all Participants or the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation described in Code §416(c)(2) is provided for all Non-Key Employees (either because the Plan is Top Heavy or without regard to whether the Plan is Top Heavy) if the schedule satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

  (1) Hypothetical Schedule. The Allocation Rates under the Plan that are greater than the minimum Allocation Rate can be included in a hypothetical schedule of Allocation Rates that increases smoothly at regular intervals, where the hypothetical schedule has a lowest allocation rate no lower than 1% of Code §414(s) Compensation; or

 

  (2) Schedule of Allocation Rates Based on Age. If the Plan is using a schedule of Allocation Rates based on Age, for each Age band in the schedule that provides an Allocation Rate greater than the minimum Allocation Rate, then there could be a Participant in that Age band with an Equivalent Accrual Rate that is less than or equal to the Equivalent Accrual Rate that would apply to a Participant whose Age is the highest Age for which the Allocation Rate equals the minimum Allocation Rate.

 

1.73 HCE . The term HCE means a Highly Compensated Employee.


1.74 Highly Compensated Employee . The term Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who (a) was a 5% owner as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(i) at any time during the Plan Year or during the look-back year. In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee based on his or her status as a 5% owner, the look-back year will be the 12-month period immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the determination is being made; or (b) for the look-back year, had Code §415(c)(3) Compensation in excess of $80,000 as adjusted under Code §415(d) (except that the base period will be the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996). In determining if an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee based on Code §415(c)(3) Compensation, the look-back year will be the 12-month period immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the determination is being made, and the top paid group election in Code §414(q)(3) will not be applied. In determining if an individual is a highly compensated former Employee, the rules for determining which Employees are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year for which the determination is being made (in accordance with Temporary Regulation §1.414(q)-1T, A-4 and Notice 97-45) will be applied. If the Employer maintains more than one qualified retirement plan, this Section will be applied in a uniform, consistent manner to all such plans.

 

1.75 Hour of Service . The term Hour of Service means:

(a) Determination of Hours. The term Hour of Service means (1) each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, which will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed; (2) each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, except that no more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this clause (2) for any single continuous period (regardless of whether such period occurs in a single computation period); and (3) each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, except that the same Hours of Service will not be credited both under clause (1) or clause (2), as the case may be, and under this clause (3), and these Hours of Service will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. Hours of Service under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation §2530.200b-2, which is incorporated herein by reference. Furthermore, Hours of Service will be credited for any individual who is considered to be an Employee under Code §414(n) for purposes of this Plan.

(b) Maternity or Paternity Leave. Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred in a computation period for purposes of an Employee’s eligibility for Plan participation, Vesting, and benefit accrual/allocation, an individual on Maternity or Paternity Leave will receive credit for up to 501 Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such absence. The Hours of Service credited for a Maternity or Paternity Leave will be credited in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that computation period, or in all other cases, in the following computation period.


(c) Use of Equivalencies. Notwithstanding paragraph (a), the Administrator may elect for all Employees or for one or more different classifications of Employees (provided such classifications are reasonable, are consistently applied, and are nondiscriminatory) to apply one or more of the following equivalency methods in determining an Employee’s Hours of Service. Under such equivalency methods, an Employee will be credited with (1) 190 Hours of Service for each month that he or she would credited with at least one Hour of Service during that month; (2) 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly period that he or she would credited with at least one Hour of Service during that semi-monthly period; (3) 45 Hours of Service for each week that he or she would credited with at least one Hour of Service during that week; and/or (4) 10 Hours of Service for each day that he or she would credited with at least one Hour of Service during that day.

 

1.76 Hypothetical Entry Date . The term Hypothetical Entry Date means, with respect to a Plan (or a component of a Plan) that provides that Otherwise Excludable Participants are eligible to participate in the Plan (or component of the Plan), the date that an Otherwise Excludable Participant would hypothetically enter the Plan (or component of the Plan) and would no longer be considered an Otherwise Excludable Participant had the Plan (or component of the Plan) used the statutory minimum age and service requirements under Code §410(a)(1)(A) as the eligibility requirements for the Plan (or component of the Plan). The Hypothetical Entry Date for purposes of this Plan is the Employee’s maximum statutory entry date under Code §410(a)(4) after the Employee satisfies the maximum statutory age and service requirements under Code §410(a)(1)(A).

 

1.77 Immediately Distributable . The term Immediately Distributable means any part of the Participant’s benefit that could be distributed to the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving Spouse) before the Participant reaches (or would have reached if not deceased) the later of his or her Normal Retirement Age or Age 62.

 

1.78 Independent Contractor . The term Independent Contractor means an individual who is not reported on the payroll records of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer as a common law employee. The determination of whether an individual is an Independent Contractor will be based upon the facts and circumstances and upon the guidance of Revenue Ruling 87-41.

 

1.79 Key Employee . The term Key Employee means, in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, any Employee, former Employee or deceased Employee who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is (a) an officer of the Employer having annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code §416(i)(1)(A) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002); (b) a 5% owner as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(i); or (c) a 1% owner as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(ii) whose annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation is more than $150,000. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code §416(i)(1), the applicable Regulations, and other guidance issued thereunder. With respect to Employees who are treated as Key Employees by reason of being officers pursuant to clause (a), the following rules apply:


(a)  Definition of Officer. The term “officer” means generally an administrative executive who is in regular and continued service (a continuity of service), and excludes an individual who is employed for a special and single transaction. Whether an individual is an officer will be determined upon the basis of all the facts and circumstances, including the source of the individual’s authority, the term for which the individual is elected or appointed, and the nature and extent of the individual’s duties. An Employee who merely has the title of an officer but not the authority of an officer is not an officer for purposes of determining whether the Employee is a Key Employee. Similarly, an Employee who does not have the title of an officer but has the authority of an officer is an officer for purposes of determining whether the Employee is a Key Employee.

(b)  Number of Officers Taken Into Account. There is no minimum number of officers that must be taken into account. After aggregating all Employees (including Leased Employees) of the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers, there is a maximum limit to the number of officers that are to be taken into account as officers for the entire group consisting of the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers. The number of Employees that the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers has for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date is the greatest number of Employees the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers had during that Plan Year, and Employees include only those individuals who perform services for the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers during that Plan Year. However, in determining the number of officers taken into account, Employees described in Code §414(q)(5) will be excluded. If the number of Employees (including part-time Employees) of the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers is less than or equal to 30 Employees, then no more than 3 Employees will be treated as Key Employees for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date by reason of being officers. If the number of Employees of the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers is greater than 30 but less than or equal to 500, then no more than 10% of the number of Employees will be treated as Key Employees by reason of being officers. If 10% of the number of Employees is not an integer, then the maximum number of individuals to be treated as Key Employees by reason of being officers will be increased to the next integer. If the number of Employees of the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers exceeds 500, then no more than 50 Employees will be treated as Key Employees for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date by reason of being officers. This limited number of officers is comprised of the individual officers, selected from the group of all individuals who are officers in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date, who have annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code §416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), and who had the largest annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date.

 

1.80 Leased Employee . The term Leased Employee means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient-Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient-Employer and other person (known as the “Leasing Organization”) has performed services for the recipient-Employer (or for the recipient-Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code §414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient-Employer. Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased Employee by the Leasing Organization attributable to services performed for the recipient-Employer will be treated as provided by the recipient-Employer. A Leased Employee will not be considered an Employee of the recipient-Employer if (a) the Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase plan providing (1) a non-integrated Employer contribution of at least 10% of the Leased Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation; (2) immediate participation; and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (b) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient-Employer’s non-highly compensated work force.

 

1.81 Life Expectancy . The term Life Expectancy means, for purposes of required minimum distributions under Section 5.9, life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A 1.


1.82 Limitation Year . The term Limitation Year means the Plan Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, then the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

 

1.83 Matching Contribution . The term Matching Contribution means either (a) an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution; (b) an ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution; (c) a Qualified Matching Contribution; or (d) a Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, depending on the context in which the term is used in the Plan.

 

1.84 Matching Contribution Account . The term Matching Contribution Account means the sub-account to which a Participant’s Matching Contributions are allocated.

 

1.85 Matching Rate . The term Matching Rate means:

(a) Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Elective Deferrals (but not Employee Contributions), then generally the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made for a Participant divided by the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year. If the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals for a Participant, the Participant’s Matching Rate is determined by assuming that a Participant’s Elective Deferrals are equal to 6% of such Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation.

(b) Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals, then generally the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made for a Participant divided by the sum of the Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year. If the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals for a Participant, the Participant’s Matching Rate is determined by assuming that the sum of a Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals is equal to 6% of the Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation.

(c) Matching Contributions With Respect to Employee Contributions. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee Contributions (but not Elective Deferrals), then generally the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made for a Participant divided by the Participant’s Employee Contributions for the Plan Year. If the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Employee Contributions for a Participant, the Participant’s Matching Rate is determined by assuming that a Participant’s Employee Contributions are equal to 6% of such Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation.


1.86 Maternity or Paternity Leave . The term Maternity or Paternity Leave means an Employee’s absence from work because of (a) the Employee’s pregnancy; (b) the birth of the Employee’s child; (c) the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee; or (d) the need to care for such child for a period beginning immediately following the child’s birth or placement as set forth above.

 

1.87 Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway . The term Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, in the case where this Plan (or any other defined contribution plan that is aggregated with this Plan) is aggregated with any defined benefit plan for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for the defined contribution plan(s), a minimum Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate that must be provided to each Non-Highly Compensated Employee. Notwithstanding the above, in determining the Benefiting Participants for purposes of the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway, the permissive disaggregation rules under Regulation §1.410(b)-6(b)(3)(ii) and §1.410(b)-7(c)(3) will be applied. The Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway is subject to the following rules:

(a) Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway Amount. The amount of the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway is equal to the lesser of (1) 7.5% of Code §415(c)(3) Compensation; or (2) an Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate based upon the following formulae:

 

  (1) One-Third Formula. If the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest aggregate allocation rate is less than 15%, then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least one-third (1/3) of the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate.

 

  (2) 5% Formula. If the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate is between 15% and 25%, then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 5% of Code §415(c)(3) Compensation.


  (3) 5% Plus Formula. If the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds 25%, then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 5% plus one percentage point for each five percentage point increment (or portion thereof) by which the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds 25% (e.g., if the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds 25% but not 30%, then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 6%; if the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds 30% but not 35%, then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 7%).

(b)  Averaging of Equivalent Allocation Rates for NHCEs. For purposes of this definition, the Plan is permitted to treat each Non-Highly Compensated Employee who benefits under the defined benefit plan as having an equivalent normal allocation rate equal to the average of the equivalent normal allocation rates under the defined benefit plan for all Non-Highly Compensated Employees benefiting under that plan.

(c)  No Permitted Disparity. For purposes of this definition, the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate must not take into account the imputation of permitted disparity under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7.

(d)  Compensation Limited to Compensation After Entry Date. For purposes of determining if the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway of paragraph (a) has been satisfied, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation will be limited to the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation on and after a Participant’s Entry Date of the Plan’s component subject to the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway.

(e)  Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway, Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.


1.88 Minimum Allocation Gateway . The term Minimum Allocation Gateway means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a minimum allocation that must be provided to each Non-Highly Compensated Employee who receives an allocation of any Non-Elective Contribution (including any ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution) or any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution under this Plan (or any other defined contribution plan that is aggregated with this Plan) that performs the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates as set forth in Regulation § 1.401(a)(4)-8. Notwithstanding the above, in determining the Benefiting Participants for purposes of the Minimum Allocation Gateway, the permissive disaggregation rules under Regulation §1.410(b)-6(b)(3)(ii) and §1.410(b)-7(c)(3) will be applied. The Minimum Allocation Gateway is subject to the following rules:

(a)  Minimum Allocation Gateway Satisfied So Long As This Plan Is Not Aggregated With Any Defined Benefit Plan. The Minimum Allocation Gateway can be utilized so long as neither this Plan nor any other defined contribution plan (that is aggregated with this Plan) is aggregated with any defined benefit plan in applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for the defined contribution plan(s). If this Plan or any other defined contribution plan (that is aggregated with this Plan) is aggregated with any defined benefit plan for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for the defined contribution plan(s), then the Minimum Allocation Gateway pursuant to this definition will not satisfy the requirements of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-9.

(b)  Minimum Allocation Gateway Amount. The amount of the Minimum Allocation Gateway is equal to the lesser of (1) five percent (5%) of the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation; or (2) one-third of the Allocation Rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Allocation Rate.

(c) Satisfaction of Minimum Allocation Gateway. The Minimum Allocation Gateway may be satisfied with any Non-Elective Contributions (including any ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions) or any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

(d)  No Permitted Disparity. For purposes of this definition, allocations and Allocation Rates must not take into account the imputation of permitted disparity under §1.401(a)(4)-7.


(e) Compensation Limited to Compensation After Entry Date. For purposes of determining if the Minimum Allocation Gateway of paragraph (b) has been satisfied, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation will be limited to the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation on and after a Participant’s Entry Date of the Plan’s component subject to the Minimum Allocation Gateway.

(f) Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of the Minimum Allocation Gateway, Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.

 

1.89 Named Fiduciary. The term Named Fiduciary means the Administrator or other fiduciary named by the Administrator to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan. To the extent authorized by the Administrator, a Named Fiduciary may delegate its responsibilities to a third party or parties. The Employer is also a Named Fiduciary.

 

1.90 NHCE.  The term NHCE means a Non-Highly Compensated Employee.

 

1.91 Non-Elective Contribution . The term Non-Elective Contribution means an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution, and/or a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution, depending on the context in which the term is used in the Plan. Furthermore, the term Non-Elective Contribution means any Top Heavy Minimum Allocation that may be required under the terms of the Plan.

 

1.92 Non-Highly Compensated Employee . The term Non-Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

1.93 Non-Key Employee . The term Non-Key Employee means any Employee who is not a Key Employee. A former Key Employee (a Key Employee during any Plan Year prior to the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date) is a Non-Key Employee for purposes of determining whether such former Key Employee is required to receive a Top Heavy Minimum Allocation; however, a former Key Employee is ignored for purposes of determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy.


1.94     Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan . The term Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan means a 401(k) Plan which does not automatically satisfy the ADP Test under Code §401(k).

 

1.95     Non-Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan . The term Non-Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan means a 401(m) Plan which does not automatically satisfy the ADP Test under Code §401(m).

 

1.96     Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. The term Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution means an Employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals and/or a Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contributions made by such Participant under a plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer. Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are not intended to automatically satisfy the ACP Test. Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are not permitted.

 

1.97     Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. The term Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account means the account to which a Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are allocated.

 

1.98     Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution. The term Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution means an Employer contribution that (a) is allocated to a Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account, (b) the Participant may not elect to receive in cash until such contributions are distributed from the Plan; and (c) is not intended to be used to automatically satisfy the ADP Test.

 

1.99     Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account. The term Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account means the account to which a Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions are allocated.

 

1.100  Normal Accrual Rate. The term Normal Accrual Rate means, for a Participant for a Plan Year, the increase in the Participant’s accrued benefit (within the meaning of Code §411(a)(7)(A)(i)) during the measurement period, divided by the Participant’s testing service during the measurement period, and expressed either as a dollar amount or as a percentage of the Participant’s average annual Code §414(s) Compensation.

 

1.101  Normal Form of Distribution . The term Normal Form of Distribution means the form in which a Participant’s benefit will be distributed absent an election to the contrary, as set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.3 and 5.4.


1.102  Normal Retirement Age. The term Normal Retirement Age means the later of Age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. There is no mandatory retirement Age under the terms of the Plan.

 

1.103  Normal Retirement Date . The term Normal Retirement Date means the same date a Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age.

 

1.104  Otherwise Excludable Participant . The term Otherwise Excludable Participant means a Participant in the Plan (or a component of the Plan) who (a) has not satisfied the statutory minimum age and service requirements set forth in Code §410(a)(1)(A), and (b) has not reached such Participant’s Hypothetical Entry Date.

 

1.105  Optional Form of Distribution . The term Optional Form of Distribution means a form of distribution other than the Normal Form of Distribution as set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.3 and 5.4.

 

1.106  Participant . The term Participant means anyone who has met the eligibility and participation requirements under Article 2 of the Plan. In addition, if the Plan utilizes the failsafe allocation provisions of Section 3.13, then the term Participant means any Employee who receives a failsafe allocation, even if such Employee is not an Eligible Employee and/or has not satisfied the eligibility and participation requirements of the Plan. Furthermore, the Sponsoring Employer may elect at any time to reclassify any Employee who had been excluded from participating in the Plan (or a component of the Plan) to be a Participant through a Plan amendment that is retroactively applied for one or more prior Plan Years because the Plan (or a component of the Plan) failed to satisfy for such Plan Year one of the tests set forth in Code §410(b)(1)(A), (B) or (C), or for any other reason required to maintain the tax exempt status of the Plan. However, an individual who is no longer an Employee will cease to be a Participant if his or her entire Plan benefit (a) is fully guaranteed by an insurance company and legally enforceable at the sole choice of such individual against such insurance company, provided that a contract, Policy, or certificate describing the individual’s Plan benefits has been issued to such individual; (b) is paid in a lump sum distribution which represents such individual’s entire interest in the Plan; or (c) is paid in some other form of distribution and the final payment thereunder has been made.


1.107  Participant’s Account . The term Participant’s Account means the account to which is allocated a Participant’s share of Employer contributions and Employee Contributions; earnings or losses; and, if applicable, Forfeitures. A Participant’s Account will also include the proceeds of any Policies purchased on the Participant’s life under Section 7.2. Each Participant’s Account will be divided (where applicable) into the following sub-accounts for accounting purposes: the Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account; the Roth Elective Deferral Account; the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account; the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account; the Qualified Matching Contribution Account; the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account; the ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account; the ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account; the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account; the Voluntary Employee Contribution Account; the Mandatory Employee Contribution Account; the Deemed IRA Contribution Account; the Rollover Contribution Account; the Transfer Account; and any other sub-accounts the Administrator may determine necessary from time to time.

 

1.108  Participant’s Account Balance . The term Participant’s Account Balance means, for purposes of required minimum distributions under Section 5.9, the balance of the Participant’s Account as of the last Valuation Date in the Valuation Calendar Year, increased by any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account as of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date. The Participant’s Account Balance for the Valuation Calendar Year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the Valuation Calendar Year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the Valuation Calendar Year.

 

1.109  Permissive Aggregation Group . The term Permissive Aggregation Group means a group consisting of the Required Aggregation Group plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) and §410.

 

1.110  Plan . The term Plan means the Universal Orlando 401(k) Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

1.111  Plan Year . The term Plan Year means the Plan’s 12 consecutive month accounting year beginning January 1st and ending the following December 31st. If the Plan Year is changed, a short Plan Year will be established beginning the day after the last day of the Plan Year in effect before the change and ending on the last day of the new Plan Year.

 

1.112  Policy . The term Policy means a life insurance policy or annuity contract purchased by the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2 of the Plan.


1.113 

Post-Severance Compensation . The term Post-Severance Compensation means the following amounts that are paid within 2  1 / 2 months after an Employee’s Termination of Employment: (a) payments that, absent a Termination of Employment, would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer and are regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation; and (b) payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. Any other payment that is not described in clause (a) above and clause (b) above is not considered Post-Severance Compensation if paid after Termination of Employment, even if it is paid within 2  1 / 2 months following Termination of Employment; for example, Post-Severance Compensation does not include amounts paid after Termination of Employment that are severance pay, unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation, or parachute payments within the meaning of Code §280G(b)(2). However, the rule of the prior sentence does not apply to payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service; those payments are considered Compensation.

 

1.114  Pre-Tax Elective Deferral . The term Pre-Tax Elective Deferral means an Elective Deferral that is not includible in gross income at the time deferred.

 

1.115  Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account . The term Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account means the sub-account of a Participant’s Account to which his or her Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals are allocated.

 

1.116  Primarily Defined Benefit in Character . The term Primarily Defined Benefit in Character means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a combination of defined benefit plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) in which, for more than 50% of Non-Highly Compensated Employees benefiting under the combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plans, the Normal Accrual Rate for the Non-Highly Compensated Employees attributable to benefits provided by the defined benefit plan(s) that are part of the combination exceeds the Equivalent Accrual Rate for the Non-Highly Compensated Employees attributable to contributions under the defined contribution plan(s) that are part of the combination.

 

1.117  Prior Year Testing Method . The term Prior Year Testing Method means the nondiscrimination testing method in which (a) for purposes of the ADP Test, the ADP for Participants who are HCEs for the Plan Year being tested is compared to the ADP for Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year being tested; and (b) for purposes of the ACP Test, the ACP for Participants who are HCEs for the Plan Year being tested is compared to the ACP for Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year being tested.

 

1.118  QJSA . The term QJSA means a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.


1.119  QMAC . The term QMAC means a Qualified Matching Contribution.

 

1.120  QMAC Account . The term QMAC Account means a Qualified Matching Contribution Account.

 

1.121  QNEC . The term QNEC means a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution.

 

1.122  QNEC Account . The term QNEC Account means a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account.

 

1.123  QPSA . The term QPSA means a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

 

1.124  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity . The term Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means, with respect to a Participant who is married on the Annuity Starting Date and has not died before such date, an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor benefit for the life of the Participant’s surviving Spouse which is not less than 50% nor more than 100% of the annuity that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his or her Spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance. The survivor benefit will be 50% unless a higher percentage is elected by the Participant at the time that the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is to be distributed. With respect to a Participant who is not married on the Annuity Starting Date and has not died before such date, the term “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for his or her life.

 

1.125 

Qualified Matching Contribution . The term Qualified Matching Contribution means an Employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of Elective Deferrals, Voluntary Employee Contributions, and/or Mandatory Employee Contributions made by such Participant under a plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, that is subject to the distribution (but financial hardship distributions are not permitted) and nonforfeitability requirements of Code §401(k) when made to the Plan. Qualified Matching Contributions are available for either the ADP Test or the ACP Test. Qualified Matching Contributions may be used to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement pursuant to Section 3.12(e). Qualified Matching Contributions can only be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (a) a Participant Terminates Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (b) a Participant dies; (c) a


 

Participant suffers a Disability; (d) an event that is described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a Participant reaches Age 59  1 / 2 (if on or before such date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of Qualified Matching Contributions is permitted under Section 5.17). With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence, Qualified Matching Contributions can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of the Plan, so long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date of the Plan’s termination are eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, the other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan if the defined contribution plan is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §457(b) or Code §457(f).

 

1.126  Qualified Matching Contribution Account . The term Qualified Matching Contribution Account means the sub-account of a Participant’s Account to which his or her Qualified Matching Contributions are allocated.

 

1.127 

Qualified Non-Elective Contribution . The term Qualified Non-Elective Contribution means an Employer contribution (other than a Matching Contribution or a Qualified Matching Contribution) that is allocated to Participant’s Account and that satisfies the following requirements: (a) a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be used for the purpose of satisfying either the ADP or ACP Test; (b) a Participant may not elect to receive a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in cash until distributed from the Plan; (c) a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution is subject to the distribution (but financial hardship distributions are not permitted) and nonforfeitability requirements of Code §401(k) when made to the Plan. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be used to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement under Section 3.12(e). Any allocation formula for a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution must satisfy the additional requirements in Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(6) in order to be used in the ADP Test and Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(6) in order to be used in the ACP Test. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions can only be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (a) a Participant Terminates Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (b) a Participant dies; (c) a Participant suffers a Disability; (d) an event that is described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a Participant reaches Age 59  1 / 2 (if on or before such date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions is permitted under Section 5.17). With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon Plan termination so long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date of Plan termination are eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, the other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. A defined contribution plan is also not an alternative defined contribution plan if the defined contribution plan is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code § 4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code §403(b), or a plan described in Code §457(b) or §457(f).

 

1.128  Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account . The term Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account means the sub-account of a Participant’s Account to which Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are allocated.


1.129  Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity . The term Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity means a survivor annuity for the life of a deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse which is equal to the amount of benefit which can be purchased by 50% of the deceased Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account determined at the date of death. In determining a Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account hereunder, any security interest held by the Plan because of a loan outstanding to the Participant will be taken into consideration and, if applicable, the Participant’s own deductible contributions made for Plan Years prior to January 1, 1989 will be disregarded.

 

1.130  Reemployment Commencement Date . The term Reemployment Commencement Date means the first day on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service for an Employer or an Affiliated Employer following the Employee’s Termination of Employment.

 

1.131  Regulation . The term Regulation means any regulation as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or delegates of the Treasury Department, as amended and/or renumbered from time to time. If this Plan references a regulation that is promulgated by any other Department, Agency, Commission, or other federal entity, then the name of such Department, Agency, Commission, or other federal entity will be referenced with such regulation.

 

1.132  Representative Contribution Rate . The term Representative Contribution Rate means the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any Participant who is a NHCE among a group of Participants who are NHCEs that consists of half of all Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any Participant who is a NHCE in the group of all Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Sponsoring Employer on the last day of the Plan Year).

 

1.133  Representative Matching Rate . The term Representative Matching Rate means the following:

(a) Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Elective Deferrals, then the lowest Matching Rate for any Participant who is a NHCE among a group of Participants who are NHCEs that consists of half of all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Sponsoring Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year).

(b) Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to the sum of a Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals, then the lowest Matching Rate for any Participant who is a NHCE among a group of Participants who are NHCEs that consists of half of all Participants who are


NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year who make either Employee Contributions or Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Sponsoring Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make either Employee Contributions or Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year).

(c) Matching Contributions With Respect to Employee Contributions. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee Contributions (but not Elective Deferrals), then the lowest Matching Rate for any Participant who is a NHCE among a group of Participants who are NHCEs that consists of half of all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Employee Contributions for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Sponsoring Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Employee Contributions for the Plan Year).

 

1.134  Required Aggregation Group . The term Required Aggregation Group means a group consisting of (a) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated); and (b) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in clause (a) above to satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) or §410.

 

1.135 

Required Beginning Date . The term Required Beginning Date means, with respect to a Participant who is a 5% owner as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(i), April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant reaches Age 70  1 / 2 . With respect to Participants who are not 5% owners, Required Beginning Date means April 1st of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant reaches Age 70  1 / 2 or the calendar year in which the Participant actually retires, subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below:

(a) Election to Defer Distribution. Any Participant (other than a 5% owner) who attains Age 70  1 / 2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attains Age 70  1 / 2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a Participant who attains Age 70  1 / 2 in 1996), to defer distributions until April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If no such election is made, the Participant will begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains Age 70  1 / 2 .

(b) Election to Suspend Distribution. Any Participant (other than a 5% owner) who attains age 70  1 / 2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions and then recommence such distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. In such an event, the Administrator may, on a uniform non-discriminatory basis, elect that a new Annuity Starting Date will begin upon the Participant’s distribution recommencement date.


(c) Elimination of Pre-Retirement Age 70  1 / 2 Distribution Option. The pre-retirement Age 70  1 / 2 distribution option will only be eliminated for Employees who reach Age 70  1 / 2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of this amended Plan. The pre-retirement Age 70  1 / 2 distribution option is an optional form of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be elected after benefit commencement) begin at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1st of the calendar year in which an Employee reaches Age 70  1 / 2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar year.

 

1.136  Rollove r. The term Rollover means a Rollover Contribution.

 

1.137  Rollover Contribution . The term Rollover Contribution means an amount which is eligible for tax free rollover treatment and is transferred to this Plan from one or more of the plans the Sponsoring Employer elects, which plans, effective as of January 1, 2002 (or such later date pursuant to written procedures established and adopted by the Administrator), may include (a) a qualified plan under Code §401(a); (b) a qualified annuity plan under Code §403(a); (c) a qualified annuity under Code §403(b); (d) an individual retirement account under Code §408(a), without regard to whether the individual retirement account is a “conduit individual retirement account”; (d) an individual retirement annuity under Code §408(b), without regard to whether the individual retirement annuity is a “conduit individual retirement annuity”; and (e) an eligible plan under Code §457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. If this Plan accepts a Rollover Contribution of Roth Elective Deferrals, it will separately account for the Roth Elective Deferrals and for any prior (and subsequent) earnings or losses attributable to such Roth Elective Deferrals. A direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) of assets from a defined benefit plan, a money purchase plan, a target benefit plan, a stock bonus plan, or a profit sharing plan that provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant will not be considered a Rollover Contribution, but will be considered a Transfer Contribution. Similarly, any Elective Deferrals (including QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this Plan in a direct or indirect trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which are subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d) will not be considered a Rollover Contribution but a Transfer Contribution.

 

1.138  Rollover Contribution Account . The term Rollover Contribution Account means the account to which a Participant’s Rollover Contributions, if any, are allocated.

 

1.139  Rollover Participant . The term Rollover Participant means an Employee who has made a Rollover Contribution into the Plan but who is not eligible to participate in any other component of the Plan.


1.140  Roth Elective Deferral . The term Roth Elective Deferral means a Participant’s Elective Deferral that (a) is includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time that the Elective Deferral is deferred, and (b) has been irrevocably designated as a Roth Elective Deferral by the Participant in his or her deferral election. Roth Elective Deferrals are not currently permitted.

 

1.141 

Roth Elective Deferral Account . The term Roth Elective Deferral Account means the account into which a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals are allocated and deposited. No contributions other than Roth Elective Deferrals and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account; and gains, losses and other credits or charges will be allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to such Roth Elective Deferral Account. The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Elective Deferrals in each Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account. Distributions from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account (other than corrective distributions) are not includible in the Participant’s gross income if the distribution is made after 5 years and after the Participant’s death, disability, or age 59  1 / 2 . Earnings on corrective distributions of Roth Elective Deferrals are includible in the Participant’s gross income in the same manner as earnings on corrective distributions of Pre-tax Elective Deferrals; however, corrective distributions of Roth Elective Deferrals are not includible in the Participant’s gross income.

 

1.142  Rule of Parity . The term Rule of Parity means a rule that is used for purposes of determining an Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, Vesting, and benefit accrual/allocation (if applicable) to determine the Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service of a non-Vested Employee who Terminates Employment and is subsequently reemployed by the Employer after incurring a Break in Service, determined as follows: Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service, as applicable, completed prior to the Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted if the Employee’s total number of consecutive Break(s) in Service equals or exceeds the greater of (a) five, or (b) the Employee’s aggregate number of Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service, as applicable, credited prior to incurring the Break(s) in Service. In computing an Employee’s aggregate number of Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service under this Section, Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service, as applicable, previously disregarded under prior applications of the Rule of Parity will not be counted.

 

1.143  Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation . The term Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation means an Employee’s compensation as determined under Regulation §1.415-2(d)(10), to wit: Earned Income, wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Sponsoring Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services based on a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a non-accountable plan as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c)). Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation includes amounts paid or made available to the Employee. An Employee’s Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Exclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation does not include the following: (1) Employer contributions made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent that, before the application of the Code §415 limitations to that plan, the contributions are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed; Employer contributions made on behalf of an Employee to a simplified employee pension described in Code §408(k) for the taxable year in which contributed; and any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation for Code §415 purposes, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the Employee’s gross income when distributed; (2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a


non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and (4) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the employee), or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary deferral agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in Code §403(b) (regardless of whether such the contributions are excludible from an Employee’s gross income).

(b) Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation includes any elective deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125 (including Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457.

(c) Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.

 

1.144  Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution . The term Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution means, collectively or separately, depending on the context in which the term is used, an ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, and/or an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution.

 

1.145  Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan . The term Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan means a 401(k) Plan which automatically satisfies the ADP Test under Code §401(k), pursuant to Section 3.16.

 

1.146  Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan . The term Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan means a 401(m) Plan which automatically satisfies the ACP Test under Code §401(m), pursuant to Section 3.17.

 

1.147  Safe Harbor Notice . The term Safe Harbor Notice means a written notice provided by the Employer to all Eligible Employees in accordance with Regulation §1.401(k)-3(d) and/or §1.401(m)-3(e) and complies with the requirements of Section 3.16 and/or 3.17. In addition to any other election periods that may be provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make an initial Elective Deferral election or modify a prior Elective Deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following his or her receipt of a Safe Harbor Notice.


1.148  Safe Harbor Participant . The term Safe Harbor Participant means each Employee who satisfies all of the following conditions: (a) the Employee is an Eligible Employee for Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution purposes as set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum; (b) the Employee has satisfied the age and/or service requirements for Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution purposes as set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum (unless such requirements have been waived with respect to the Employee as set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum; (c) the Employee has entered the Plan as a Participant for Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution purposes as set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum; and (d) the Employee is eligible to make an Elective Deferral to the Plan at any time during the Plan Year or would be eligible to make Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a financial hardship distribution or a statutory limitation (such as the limits of Code §402(g) or §415).

 

1.149  Self-Employed Individua l . The term Self-Employed Individual means an individual who owns an interest in the Employer (other than a stock interest) and has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established or would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

 

1.150  Service . The term Service means Years of Service.

 

1.151  Sponsoring Employer . The term Sponsoring Employer means Universal Development Partners, Ltd d/b/a Universal Orlando (and any successor thereto that elects to assume sponsorship of this Plan).

 

1.152  Spousal . The term Spousal means of, or related to, a Spouse.

 

1.153  Spouse . The term Spouse means the person to whom a Participant is legally married. Furthermore, a former Spouse will be treated as the Participant’s Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code §414(p).


1.154  Statutory Code §415 Compensation . The term Statutory Code §415 Compensation means, in applying the Code §415 limits, an Employee’s compensation as determined under Regulation §1.415-2(d)(2) and (3), to wit:

(a)  Amounts Includable as Statutory Code §415 Compensation. Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes all of the following: (1) wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Sponsoring Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services based on a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a non-accountable plan as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c)); (2) in the case of a Self-Employed Individual, Earned Income; (3) amounts described in Code §104(a)(3), §105(a) and 105(h), but only to the extent these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee; (4) amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by the Employee, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the Employee under Code §217; (5) the value of a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted; and (6) the amount includible in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Code §83(b). Clauses (1) and (2) above include foreign earned income (as defined in Code §911(b)), regardless of whether excludible from gross income under Code §911. Compensation determined under clause (1) above is to be determined without regard to the exclusions from gross income in Code §931 and §933. Similar principles are to be applied with respect to income subject to Code §931 and §933 in determining compensation described in clause (2). Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes amounts paid or made available to the Employee.

(b)  Exclusion of Certain Amounts. Statutory Code §415 Compensation does not include (1) Employer contributions made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent that, before the application of the Code §415 limitations to that plan, the contributions are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed; Employer contributions made on behalf of an Employee to a simplified employee pension described in Code §408(k) for the taxable year in which contributed; and any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation for Code §415 purposes, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the Employee’s gross income when distributed; (2) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; (3) amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and (4) other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the employee), or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary deferral agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in Code §403(b) (regardless of whether such the contributions are excludible from an Employee’s gross income).

(c)  Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes any elective deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125 (including Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457.

(d)  Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.


1.155  Terminated (or Terminates) Employment . The terms Terminated Employment and Terminates Employment mean that a person has incurred a Termination of Employment.

 

1.156  Terminated Participant . The term Terminated Participant means a Participant who has Terminated Employment for reasons other than retirement, death or Disability.

 

1.157  Termination of Employment . The term Termination of Employment means that a person ceases to be an Employee with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, taking into account the following: (1) the existence of a controlled group; (2) the existence of an affiliated service group; (3) whether the person has gone to work for an Adopting Employer; (4) whether the person’s new employer has been substituted as the sponsor of the Plan (or a spun-off portion of the Plan); and (5) whether there has been a transfer of Plan assets and liabilities of the person’s benefits from this Plan to a plan sponsored by the person’s new employer.

 

1.158  Top Heavy . The term Top Heavy means for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date that (a) the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group; or (b) this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top Heavy Ratio for the Required Aggregation Group exceeds 60%; or (c) this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

 

1.159  Top Heavy Minimum Allocation . The term Top Heavy Minimum Allocation means an amount of Employer contributions and Forfeitures that is subject to the following rules:

(a) DB Plan not Part of Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group with This Plan. If a defined benefit plan is not part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with this Plan, then the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation equals an Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation multiplied by the lesser of (1) three percent (3%), or (2) the largest percentage of Employer contributions (including any Elective Deferrals made on behalf of a Key Employee to a 401(k) Plan maintained by the Employer) and Forfeitures that are allocated to the Participant’s Account of a Key Employee for that Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of such Key Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation.


(b)  Certain Contributions Cannot Be Used to Satisfy Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. Elective Deferrals that are made on behalf of a Participant to a 401(k) Plan (and, for Plan Years beginning before 2002, Matching Contributions) cannot be used to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation.

(c)  Social Security Contribution Disregarded. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution.

(d)  Forfeiture of Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code §416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code §411(a)(3)(B) or §411(a)(3)(D).

 

1.160  Top Heavy Ratio . The term Top Heavy Ratio means for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, in determining if this Plan is Top Heavy, a ratio that is calculated in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Employer Only Maintains DC Plans. If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, then the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone, for the Required Aggregation Group, or for the Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part of any Participant’s Account balance distributed during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date(s); however, including any part of any Participant’s Account balance distributed during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Termination of Employment, death, or Disability), and the denominator of which is the sum of all Participant’s Account balances (including any part of any Participant’s Account balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date(s); however, including any part of any Participant’s Account balance distributed during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Termination of Employment, death, or Disability), both computed in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution that is not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that Determination Date under Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder.


(b)  Employer Maintains Both DB and DC Plans. If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, then the Top Heavy Ratio for any Required Aggregation Group or for any Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with paragraph (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with paragraph (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date (or the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Termination of Employment, death, or Disability).

(c)  Value of Participant’s Account Balances and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits. For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b), the value of the Participant’s Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code §416 and the Regulations for the first and second Plan Years of a defined benefit plan. The Participant’s Account balances and accrued benefits will be disregarded for a Participant (1) who is not a Key Employee during the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date but was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. The calculation of the Top Heavy Ratio and the extent to which distributions, Rollover Contributions, and Transfer Contributions are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account in computing the Top Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of the Participant’s Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee will be determined under (1) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (2) if there is no such method, then as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code §411(b)(1)(C).

(d)  Computing Present Values. In establishing the present value of accrued benefits to compute the Top Heavy Ratio, benefits not in pay status are handled on the basis that retirement occurs on the automatic vesting date or, if later, the date of reference. Benefits are discounted only for interest and mortality. Unless different actuarial assumptions are elected in an administrative policy that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator, the following factors apply: (1) with respect to the interest assumption: (i) pre-retirement: 6% interest, and (ii) post-retirement: 5% interest; and (2) with respect to the mortality assumption: (i) pre-retirement: no mortality assumption, and (ii) post-retirement: the mortality assumption will be the 1994 Group Annuity Reserving Mortality Table projected to 2002 based on a fixed blend of 50% of the unloaded Male mortality rates and 50% of the unloaded Female mortality rates (the 1994 GAR Mortality Table) as set forth in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.


1.161  Transfer Contribution . The term Transfer Contribution means a non-taxable transfer of a Participant’s benefit directly or indirectly from another qualified plan to this Plan. Transfer Contributions include assets transferred to this Plan from another plan as a result of a merger or similar transaction involving this Plan and the other plan. Any direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) of assets from a defined benefit plan, a money purchase plan, a target benefit plan, a stock bonus plan, or a profit sharing plan that provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant will be considered a Transfer Contribution. Elective Deferrals (including QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this Plan in a direct or indirect trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which remain subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d) will be considered a Transfer Contribution. The assets that are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan elective transfer pursuant to Section 11.4 will also be considered a Transfer Contribution.

 

1.162  Transfer Contribution Account . The term Transfer Contribution Account means the account to which a Participant’s Transfer Contributions, if any, are allocated.

 

1.163  Trustee . The term Trustee means the persons or entity named as trustee or trustees of the Trust.

 

1.164  Trust (or Trust Fund) . The term Trust or Trust Fund means the assets of the Plan.

 

1.165  Valuation Calendar Year . The term Valuation Calendar Year means, for purposes of required minimum distributions under Section 5.9, the calendar year immediately preceding a Distribution Calendar Year.

 

1.166  Valuation Date . The term Valuation Date means the date when the Trustee determines the value of the Trust Fund. A Valuation Date of the Trust Fund must occur as of the last day of each Plan Year. However, the Administrator can value all or any portion of the assets of the Trust Fund more frequently, including, but not limited to, semi-annually, quarterly, monthly, or daily; the Administrator may implement any additional Valuation Dates for any reason. For purposes of calculating the Top Heavy Ratio, the term “Valuation Date” means the date when the Participant’s Account balances or accrued benefits are valued.

 

1.167  Vested Aggregate Account . The term Vested Aggregate Account means a Participant’s Vested Interest in the aggregate value of his or her Participant’s Account and any accounts attributable to the Participant’s own Plan contributions (including the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account and Transfer Contribution Account).


1.168  Vested, Vested Interest or Vesting . The terms Vested , Vested Interest and Vesting mean a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage in an account maintained on his or her behalf under the Plan. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account will be determined in accordance with Section 4.6.

 

1.169  Vesting Computation Period . The term Vesting Computation Period means a period of twelve consecutive months which is used for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vested Interest in the Plan (or a component of the Plan). Each Vesting Computation Period will consist of each Plan Year.

 

1.170  Voluntary Employee Contribution . The term Voluntary Employee Contribution means an Employee Contribution which is made voluntarily to the Plan by a Participant.

 

1.171  Voluntary Employee Contribution Account . The term Voluntary Employee Contribution Account means the sub-account to which a Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contributions, if any, are allocated.

 

1.172  Year of Service . The term Year of Service means, with respect to any provision of the Plan in which service is determined by the Counting of Hours Method, a computation period described below during which an Employee is credited with at least a specified number of Hours of Service with the Employer, an Affiliated Employer, or an Adopting Employer, determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Year of Service for Eligibility. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 are based on Years of Service, an Employee will be treated as completing a Year of Service as of the date on which he is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service. Such service requirement may be satisfied at any time during the Employee’s employment with the Employer.

(b) Year of Service for Vesting. For any Plan Year in which a Participant’s Vested Interest under Section 4.6 is based on Years of Service, a Year of Service is a Vesting Computation Period during which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service. If a Vesting Computation Period is less than 12 consecutive months, the Hours of Service requirement set forth herein will be proportionately reduced (if it is greater than one) in determining whether an Employee is credited with a Year of Service during such short Vesting Computation Period. Alternatively, with respect to a short Vesting Computation Period, an Employee will be credited with a Year of Service pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation §2530.203 2(c).


(c)  Prior Service Credit. If the Employer maintains (or has ever maintained) any plan of a predecessor employer, then service during the existence of such predecessor plan with such predecessor employer will be credited as Years of Service with the Employer. In addition, an Employee will receive credit for all Years of Service with General Electric Company and affiliates; NBC Universal; MCA, Inc.; Rank Organization, PLC; Ewing Company and Blackston Group, LP in accordance with the following: (1) with respect to Elective Deferrals, QMACS and QNECS, such prior Service will be credited in determining the Employee’s eligibility under Section 2.1; and (2) with respect to ADP Safe Harbor Contributions and/or ACP Safe Harbor Contributions, such prior Service will only be credited as may be set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum If the Employer does not maintain (and has never maintained) any plan of a predecessor employer and if such predecessor service of the predecessor employer of the previous sentence exceeds five Years of Service, then the crediting of predecessor service must comply with the requirements of Regulation § 1.401(a)(4)-11(d).

(d)  Reemployment of an Employee Before a Break In Service and Before Eligibility Requirements Are Satisfied. Not applicable.

(e)  Reemployment of an Employee Before a Break In Service and After Eligibility Requirements Are Satisfied. Not applicable=.

(f)  Reemployment of a Participant Before a Break In Service. Not applicable.

(g)  Reemployment of an Employee After a Break In Service and Before the Entry Date. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 are based on Years of Service, if an Employee Terminates Employment with the Employer either prior to or after satisfying the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 (but before the Employee’s Entry Date in Section 2.1) and the Employee is subsequently reemployed by the Employer after incurring a Break in Service, then the Employee’s Years of Service that were completed prior to the Break in Service will be recognized, subject to the following provisions:

 

  (1) Determination of Years of Service for Eligibility Using the Rule of Parity. Not applicable.


  (2) Determination of Years of Service for Vesting. Any Years of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s Vesting Interest in the Participant’s Account balance if those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Year(s) of Service are not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the Vesting Computation Periods will remain unchanged.

 

  (3) Determination of Years of Service for Benefit Accrual/Allocation Purposes. Any Years of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation purposes if those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity.

(h) Reemployment of a Participant After a Break In Service. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 are based on Years of Service, if an Employee (1) was a Participant in the Plan, (2) Terminates Employment with the Employer, and (3) is subsequently reemployed by the Employer after incurring a Break in Service, then the Employee’s Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to the Break in Service will be recognized, subject to the following provisions:

 

  (1) Determination of Years of Service for Eligibility Purposes. Not applicable.

 

  (2) Determination of Years of Service for Vesting Purposes. Any Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for purposes of determining an Employee’s Vesting Interest in the Participant’s Account balance if those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Year(s) of Service are not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the Vesting Computation Periods will remain unchanged.

 

  (3) Determination of Years of Service for Benefit Accrual/Allocation Purposes. Any Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation purposes if those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity.

(i) Ignoring Service for Eligibility If Service Requirement for Eligibility Is More Than 1 Year of Service. Not applicable.


Article 2

Plan Participation

 

2.1 Eligibility and Entry Date Requirements . An Eligible Employee who was a Participant on December 31, 2007 will continue to participate in the Plan. Otherwise, an Eligible Employee will become eligible to enter the Plan as a Participant in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Elective Deferrals. An Eligible Employee will be eligible to enter the Elective Deferral component of the Plan as a Participant in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (1) Eligible Employees. For purposes of this Section 2.1(a) , all Employees are Eligible Employees except for the following ineligible classes of Employees: (A) Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives and the Employer in which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining unless such collective bargaining agreement expressly provides for the inclusion of such Employees as Participants; (B) Employees who are non-resident aliens who do not receive earned income (within the meaning of Code §911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3)); and (C) Employees who are employed by an Affiliated Employer which is not an Adopting Employer.


  (2) Eligibility Requirements. For purposes of this Section 2.1(a), there shall be no service requirement for any salaried Eligible Employee described in Section 2.1(a)(1) who is also exempt from the overtime requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act and who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of this Section 2.1(a), all other Eligible Employees (hourly employees and Highly Compensated Employees) described in Section 2.1(a)(1) will be eligible to enter the Plan as a Participant on the applicable entry date described in Section 2.1(a)(3) being credited with 1 Year of Service.

 

  (3) Entry Date. For purposes of this Section 2.1(a) , an Eligible Employee described in Section 2.1(a)(1) who has satisfied the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1(a)(2) and who are salaried Employees exempt from the overtime requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act and who are not a Highly Compensated Employee will enter the Plan on such Employee’s Date of Hire. If such Employee subsequently becomes a Highly Compensated Employee, participation will be suspended for that Employee until the Employee has completed the eligibility requirements otherwise applicable to Highly Compensated Employees. All Eligible Employees described in Section 2.1(a)(2) who are hourly employees or Highly Compensated Employees will enter the Plan as a Participant on the January 1st, the April 1st, the July 1st, or the October 1st coincident with or following the date such requirements are satisfied.

(b) Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions. For any year in which this is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the eligibility requirements and entry date for the purpose, and only for the purpose, of entering the Plan as a Participant in order to receive an allocation of Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions are as set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum executed by the Sponsoring Employer.

(c) Participation By Employees Whose Status Changes. If an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee with respect to a particular type of contribution (or a component of the Plan) becomes an Eligible Employee for such contribution (or component), then the Employee will participate in the Plan immediately with respect to that type of contribution (or component), so long as (1) the Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements for that type of contribution (or component) and (2) the Employee would have previously become a Participant with respect to that type of contribution (or component) had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee for that type of contribution (or component). The participation of a Participant who is no longer an Eligible Employee with respect to a particular type of contribution (or component) will be suspended and such Participant will be entitled to an allocation of that type of contribution (and any applicable Forfeitures) for the Allocation Period only to the extent of any applicable Hours of Service completed while an Eligible Employee for that type of contribution (or component). Upon again becoming an Eligible Employee with respect to that type of contribution (or component), a suspended Participant will immediately resume eligibility with respect to that type of contribution. Years of Service or Periods of Service while an Employee is not an Eligible Employee will be recognized for purposes of determining the Vested Interest of such Employee with respect to a particular type of contribution (or component) in accordance with Section 4.6.

 

2.2 Waiver of Participation . An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1 is not permitted to waive participation in the Plan.


2.3 Reemployment After Termination . If an Employee terminates employment and is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, such Employee’s Years of Service for purposes of eligibility (as well as the time such Employee enters or reenters the Plan as a Participant) will be determined in accordance with the rules described in the definition of Year of Service in Section 1.172.

Article 3

Contributions and Allocations

 

3.1 General Contribution and Allocation Provisions . The Employer intends to make contributions to the Plan, unless the Plan is a frozen Plan, subject to the following provisions:

(a)  Types and Amount of Contributions. The type and the amount of the contribution will be determined by the Employer, and such determination by the Employer will be binding on the Trustee, Administrator and all Participants and may not be reviewed in any manner.

(b)  No Guarantee. The Employer does not guarantee either the making of Employer contributions or the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Employer reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue contributions for any reason at any time; however, if the Plan is deemed to be terminated as a result of such reduction, suspension or discontinuance, then the provisions of Article 11 will become effective.

(c)  Limitations on Contributions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article, (1) no Employer contribution will be made for any Participant who is not a Benefiting Participant for an Allocation Period unless otherwise required by the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation provisions in Section 3.12; and (2) if the Plan provides contributions or benefits for Employees some or all of whom are owner-employees as defined in Code §401(c)(3), such contributions or benefits can only be provided with respect to the Earned Income of such owner-employees derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established.


(d) Frequency of Contributions and Allocations. Any Employer contribution that is made under the terms of the Plan may, at the election of the Administrator, be contributed (1) each payroll period; (2) each month; (3) each Plan quarter; (4) on an annual basis; or (5) on any Allocation Period as determined by the Employer, provided that such Allocation Period does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. The Employer may elect a different Allocation Period for each type of Employer contribution. Employer contributions will be allocated based on the applicable Allocation Period.

(e) Form of Contribution. If the contribution is not used to reduce an obligation or liability of an Employer to the Plan, and the contribution is unencumbered and discretionary, then the contribution (if any) may consist of (1) cash; (2) cash equivalencies (3) qualifying employer real property and/or qualifying employer securities as defined in ERISA §407(d)(4) and ERISA §407(d)(5), provided the acquisition of such qualifying employer real property and/or qualifying employer securities satisfies the requirements of ERISA §408(e); or (4) any other property that is not prohibited under Code §4975 and is acceptable to the Trustee. If the contribution is used to reduce an obligation or liability of an Employer or the contribution is encumbered and not discretionary, then the contribution will consist of (1) cash; or (2) cash equivalencies; such Employer’s contribution will not consist of any non-cash or non-cash equivalency assets to the Trust.

(f) Refund of Contributions. Contributions that are made to the Plan by the Employer can only be returned to the Employer in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (1) Failure of Plan to Initially Qualify. If the Plan fails to initially satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a) and the Employer declines to amend the Plan to satisfy such requirements, then contributions that were made prior to the date such qualification is denied must be returned to the Employer within one year of the date of such denial, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s tax return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or by such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.


  (2) Contributions Made Under a Mistake of Fact. If a contribution is attributable in whole or in part to a good faith mistake of fact, including a good faith mistake in determining the deductibility of the contribution under Code §404, an amount may be returned to the Employer equal to the excess of the amount that had been contributed over the amount that would have been contributed if the mistake of fact had not occurred (which excess will hereafter be known as a “Mistaken Contribution”). Earnings attributable to a Mistaken Contribution will not be returned, but losses attributable to the Mistaken Contribution will reduce the amount so returned. The Mistaken Contribution will be returned within one year of the date the Mistaken Contribution was made or the deduction disallowed, as the case may be.

 

  (3) Nondeductible Contributions. Except to the extent that an Employer may intentionally make a nondeductible contribution, for example, to correct an administrative error, or restore a Forfeiture, Employer contributions are conditioned on deductibility and will otherwise be returned to the Employer.

 

3.2 Elective Deferrals . The Employer will contribute each Participant’s Elective Deferrals to the Plan, determined in accordance with, and determined subject to, the following provisions:

(a)  Amount of Elective Deferrals. Each Participant may enter into and submit to the Administrator at any time a Salary Deferral Agreement authorizing the Employer to withhold all or a portion of the Participant’s Compensation, specifying the amount (either in whole percentage increments of Compensation or in whole dollar amounts as designated by the Participant; but the Administrator will have the right to direct that such increments of Compensation be rounded to the next highest or lowest dollar or percentage) and type (either Roth Elective Deferrals (if permitted by the Plan), Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals, or a specific combination of Roth Elective Deferrals (if permitted by the Plan) and Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals). The amount withheld will be deemed an Elective Deferral that the Employer will contribute to the Plan on behalf of the Participant. Such Salary Deferral Agreement will be effective as soon as administratively feasible after receipt of the Salary Deferral Agreement, unless a later pay period is specified by the Participant. A Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement will remain in effect until superseded by another Salary Deferral Agreement (subject to the Automatic Enrollment provisions of paragraph (g) below). The Administrator, pursuant to an administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals that is promulgated under Section 8.6 , will designate the effective date of such elections that are submitted to the Administrator, and the frequency of such elections (and the frequency of modifications to such elections) but not less frequently than once per Plan Year. In addition, other Elective Deferral provisions may be set forth in such administrative policy, including, but not limited to, provisions that (1) set the maximum Elective Deferral percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (if such percentage is less than the maximum percentage set forth above); (2) describe a program of automatic increases to a Participants’ Elective Deferral percentage as elected by the Administrator and/or the Participant; and (3) permit a Participant to identify separate components of the Participant’s Compensation (such as base salary, bonuses, etc.) and to specify that a different Elective Deferral percentage (or dollar amount) apply to each such component.

(b)  Cash or Deferred Option. For any Plan Year, the Employer may declare a Cash or Deferred Contribution. In such event, the Employer will provide each Participant who is entitled to this Cash or Deferred Contribution the right to elect to receive as cash some or all of such Participant’s Cash or Deferred Contribution. Any amount that a Participant elects not to receive as cash will be deemed an Elective Deferral of the Participant, will be contributed to the Plan within 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the Plan Year, and will be allocated to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account.


(c)  Roth Elective Deferrals. Roth Elective Deferrals are not permitted.

(d)  Reclassification Not Permitted. An Elective Deferral contributed to the Plan as one type of Elective Deferral (either a Roth Elective Deferral or a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral) may not later be reclassified as the other type of Elective Deferral.

(e)  Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions are permitted and Participants who are age 50 or over by the end of their taxable years will be eligible. If this Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, Catch-Up Contributions will be treated as Elective Deferrals and will be matched in accordance with the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula(s), if any, set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum.

(f)  Limitations on Elective Deferrals. In no event may Elective Deferrals be more than the maximum dollar amount permitted for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in that calendar year under Code §402(g). Elective Deferrals that exceed the applicable Code §402(g) limit are Excess Elective Deferrals and will be distributed to the affected Participants under Section 5.18. No Participant will be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, during any calendar year, in excess of the dollar limit in Code §402(g) in effect for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year. The dollar limitation in Code §402(g) is $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, and increasing by $1,000 each taxable year thereafter up to $15,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $15,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §402(g)(4). Adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Catch-Up Contributions will not be used in determining the Code §402(g) limitations.

(g)  Automatic Enrollment. The Employer may establish an automatic enrollment program. The terms of the automatic enrollment program (which may include, but are not limited to, the Elective Deferral percentage or amount, any automatic increases that apply to that Elective Deferral percentage or amount, the portion of the Elective Deferral which is considered a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral and, if available in this Plan, the portion which is considered a Roth Elective Deferral, and the Participants to whom the automatic enrollment program applies) will be set forth from time to time in an administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator; if the Administrator does not adopt such administrative policy, then the terms of the notice that is issued to Participants regarding the automatic enrollment program will define the terms and conditions of the automatic enrollment program regarding Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year.


(h)  Salary Deferral Agreement. Salary Deferral Agreements may be entered into as of such date or dates (but at least once per Plan Year) as established by the Administrator in an administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals promulgated under Section 8.6. A Participant may thereafter modify a Salary Deferral Agreement to increase or decrease the percentage or amount being withheld as permitted under such administrative policy. The Participant may also at any time suspend or cancel his or her Salary Deferral Agreement upon reasonable written notice to the Administrator. If a Participant cancels or suspends his or her Salary Deferral Agreement, the Participant will not be permitted to put a new Salary Deferral Agreement into effect until such time as set forth in such administrative policy. If necessary to insure that the Plan satisfies the ADP Test or upon a Participant reaching the Elective Deferral limit of Code §402(g) with respect to such Participant’s Elective Deferrals in the Plan, then the Sponsoring Employer may temporarily suspend a Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement upon notice to the Participant. If a Participant has not elected in his or her Salary Deferral Agreement to withhold at the maximum rate permitted by the Plan for a Plan Year and the Participant wants to increase the total amount withheld for that Plan Year up to the maximum permitted rate, then the Participant can make a supplemental election at any time during the last two months of the Plan Year to withhold an additional amount for one or more pay periods (including Catch-Up Contributions not in excess of the Catch-Up Contribution Limit if Catch-up Contributions are permitted). An Elective Deferral will constitute a payroll deduction authorization for purposes of applicable state law. If automatic enrollment is implemented by the Sponsoring Employer pursuant to paragraph (g) above, then the Participant must be given an effective opportunity to elect a different amount (including no amount).

(i)  ADP Testing. Elective Deferrals in a Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan must satisfy the ADP Test of Section 3.14 for a Plan Year, and Elective Deferrals in a Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan that do not satisfy the ADP Test for a Plan Year will utilize the correction methods of such Section.

(j)  Distribution of Elective Deferrals. Elective Deferrals can only be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (1) a Participant Terminates Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (2) a Participant dies; (3) a Participant suffers a Disability; (4) an event that is described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; (5) a Participant reaches Age 59  1 / 2 (if on or before such date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of Elective Deferrals is permitted under Section 5.17 ); or (6) if financial hardship distributions are permitted under Section 5.16, the Participant qualifies for a financial hardship distribution. With respect to clause (4) of the prior sentence, Elective Deferrals can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon Plan termination so long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date of the Plan’s termination are eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, the other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. A defined contribution plan is also not an alternative defined contribution plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code § 4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code§ 403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §457(b) or Code §457(f).


(k) Allocation of Elective Deferrals. Participant’s Pre-tax Elective Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account. Each Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals (if any) will be allocated to the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account.

 

3.3 Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are not permitted.

 

3.4 Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions . Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions are not permitted.

 

3.5 Qualified Matching Contributions . The Employer may make a Qualified Matching Contribution in such amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, may determine, subject to the following provisions:

(a) Contributions Treated as Qualified Matching Contributions. The Employer may elect to treat all or any portion of a Matching Contribution as a Qualified Matching Contribution.

(b) Allocation of Qualified Matching Contributions. Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs), and any Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that are treated as QMACs, will be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Eligible Participant for that Allocation Period. Such contributions will be allocated in the manner elected by the Administrator, subject to the following:

 

  (1)

Permissible Methods of Allocation. The Administrator may elect to make the allocation from one of the following allocation methods: (A) pro-rata based on the Compensation of each Eligible Participant; (B) pro-rata based on the Compensation of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Compensation and working up until the ADP


 

Test or the ACP Test is satisfied; (C) pro-rata based on the Elective Deferrals of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Elective Deferrals and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied; (D) per capita to each Eligible Participant; (E) per capita based on the Compensation of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Compensation and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied; or (F) per capita based on the Elective Deferrals of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Elective Deferrals and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied.

 

  (2) Maximum Permissible Allocation. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (b) to the contrary, the Sponsoring Employer may limit the maximum amount of QMACs that will be allocated for any Allocation Period to an Eligible Participant, to the limitation on disproportionate QMACs as described in Section 3.14(j)(3) (B) for purposes of the ADP Test or the limitation on disproportionate Matching Contributions as described in Sections 3.15(h) or 3.15(i) for purposes of the ACP Test.

 

  (3) Eligible Participants. As used in this paragraph (b), the term “Eligible Participant” means any Participant who is a NHCE and who makes an Elective Deferral during the Allocation Period being tested. Furthermore, the Administrator may elect to limit the allocations of QMACs only to Eligible Participants who are employed on the last day of the Allocation Period. In addition, if this 401(k) Plan and/or this 401(m) Plan provides that Otherwise Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the Plan applies Code §410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(k) Plan and/or the 401(m) Plan meets the requirements of Code §410(b)(1), then the Administrator may elect to limit the allocations of QMACs only to either: (A) Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who are Otherwise Excludable Participants; or (B) Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who are not Otherwise Excludable Participants. The Administrator may also elect to allocate QMACs to one or more Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

 

3.6 Qualified Non-Elective Contributions . The Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution to the Plan in such amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, may determine, subject to the following provisions:

(a) Contributions Treated as Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. The Employer may elect to treat all or any portion of a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution as a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution.


(b) Allocation of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (QNECS), Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions that are treated as QNECS, and Prevailing Wage Contributions that are treated as QNECS will be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account of each Eligible Participant for that Allocation Period. Such contributions will be allocated in the manner elected by the Administrator, subject to the following provisions:

 

  (1) Permissible Methods of Allocation. The Administrator may elect to make the allocation from one of the following allocation methods: (A) pro-rata based on the Compensation of each Eligible Participant; (B) pro-rata based on the Compensation of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Compensation and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied; (C) per capita to each Eligible Participant; or (D) per capita based on the Compensation of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Compensation and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied.

 

  (2) Maximum Permissible Allocation. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (b) to the contrary, the Sponsoring Employer may limit the maximum amount of QNECs to be allocated for any Allocation Period to an Eligible Participant, to the limitation on disproportionate QNECs as described in paragraph 3.14(j)(3)(A) for purposes of the ADP Test or Section 1.43(e)(4) for purposes of the ACP Test.

 

  (3) Eligible Participants. As used in this paragraph (b), the term “Eligible Participant” means any Participant (A) who is a NHCE, and (B) who is eligible, in the Administrator’s discretion, either to make an Elective Deferral (regardless of whether such Participant actually makes an Elective Deferral) and/or to receive a Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution (regardless of whether such Participant actually receives a Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution) during the Allocation Period being tested. Furthermore, the Administrator may elect to limit the allocations of QNECs only to Eligible Participants who are employed on the last day of the Allocation Period. In addition, if this 401(k) Plan and/or this 401(m) Plan provides that Otherwise Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the plan applies Code § 410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(k) Plan and/or the 401(m) Plan meets the requirements of Code §410(b)(1), then the Administrator may elect to limit the allocations of QNECs only to either: (A) Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who are Otherwise Excludable Participants; or (B) Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who are not Otherwise Excludable Participants. Lastly, the Administrator may elect to allocate QNECs to one or more Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.


3.7 Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions . The Employer may make Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions as set forth from time to time in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum, subject to the following provisions:

(a)  ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. To the extent set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum (or to the extent the Employer amends the Plan either by executing a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum or via the Safe Harbor Notice), the Employer will make an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution equal to 3% (or such higher percentage as elected by the Employer) of the Compensation of each Safe Harbor Participant. The Employer may elect in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum to make this ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to a money purchase plan named in such addendum. For any Allocation Period in which the Employer elects to make an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to the named money purchase plan, an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be made to this Plan in lieu of the ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to the money purchase plan unless each Safe Harbor Participant under this Plan also participates in such other plan and such other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. Such ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be subject to the provisions of Section 3.16.

(b)  ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. To the extent set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum, an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution (whether “Basic” or “Enhanced”) will be made that is equal to the amount specified in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum, subject to the provisions of Section 3.16.

(c)  ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. To the extent set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum, the Employer may also make additional ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for each Allocation Period. Such ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will be subject to the provisions of Section 3.17.

(d)  True-Ups. If (1) the Allocation Period for either ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and/or ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (which contributions, for purposes of this paragraph, will hereafter be known as “Safe Harbor Matching Contributions”) is a computation period that is less than the Plan Year, and (2) on the last day of any Plan Year, the dollar amount of the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Benefiting Participant is less than the dollar amount that would have been made had the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions been contributed for an Allocation Period of a Plan Year, then the Employer may elect, pursuant to the Employer’s discretion and subject to any Safe Harbor Notice requirements, for any Plan Year to make an additional Safe Harbor Matching Contribution so that the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution contributed for a Benefiting Participant is equal to the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution that would have been made had the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions been contributed for an Allocation Period of the Plan Year. However, any such additional Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can only be made to the Plan on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis.

(e)  Prorating the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit for Each Allocation Period. If the Allocation Period for either ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and/or ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions is a computation period that is less than the Plan Year, then the Employer may elect, pursuant to the Employer’s discretion and subject to any Safe Harbor Notice requirements, for any Plan Year to prorate the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit to each Allocation Period of the Plan Year. However, any prorating of the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit can only be made on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis.


(f) Allocation of Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions. Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions will be allocated as follows: (1) ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be allocated to a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account; (2) ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions will be allocated to a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account; and (3) ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be allocated to a Participant’s ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account.

 

3.8 Rollover Contributions . Subject to any changes, limitations, or effective dates adopted by written notice and/or procedures established and adopted by the Administrator pursuant to Section 8.6, any Eligible Employee (whether a Participant or not) is permitted to make Rollover Contributions to the Plan. Rollover Contributions will be allocated to an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account in which the Employee will have a 100% Vested Interest. The Administrator may choose for investment purposes either to segregate Rollover Contribution Accounts into separate interest bearing accounts or to invest Rollover Contribution Accounts as part of the general Trust Fund, except for that portion of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account which an Employee may be permitted to self-direct pursuant to Section 7.4.

 

3.9 Voluntary Employee Contributions . Voluntary Employee Contributions are not permitted.

 

3.10 Allocation of Earnings and Losses . As of each Valuation Date, amounts in Participants’ accounts/sub-accounts which have not been segregated from the general Trust Fund for investment purposes (accounts which have been segregated include any Directed Investment Accounts established under Section 7.4 ) and which have not been distributed since the prior Valuation Date will have the net income of the Trust Fund that has been earned since the prior Valuation Date allocated in accordance with such rules and procedures that are established by the Administrator and that are applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner based upon the investments of the Trust Fund and the Participants’ accounts/sub-accounts to which the net income is allocated. For purposes of this Section, the term “net income” means the net of any interest, dividends, unrealized appreciation and depreciation, capital gains and losses, and investment expenses of the Trust Fund determined on each Valuation Date. However, Participants’ accounts and/or sub-accounts which have been segregated from the general Trust Fund for investment purposes (accounts which have been segregated include any Directed Investment Accounts established under Section 7.4) will only have the net income earned thereon allocated thereto. Policy dividends or credits will be allocated to the Participant’s Account for whose benefit the Policy is held.


3.11 Forfeitures and Their Usage . The following provisions relate to Forfeitures and their usage and allocation:

(a)  When Forfeitures Occur. The date upon which a Forfeiture occurs of the amount by which a Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions exceeds his or her Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions is the earlier of (1) the date that the Participant who Terminated Employment receives a distribution of his or her Vested Interest under Article 5; or (2) the date that the Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in Service after Termination of Employment. Effective as of the first day of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final Code §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), a Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions will not occur pursuant to clause (1) of the prior sentence unless the entire Elective Deferral Account of the Participant who Terminated Employment is or has been distributed. However, if a Participant’s Vested Interest in the entire Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions is zero on the date that the Participant Terminates Employment, then the Participant will be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Interest on the date of such Termination of Employment and a Forfeiture of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions will occur pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph on the date of such Termination of Employment.

(b)  Usage and Allocation of Forfeitures. On each annual Valuation Date, the Administrator may elect to use all or any portion of the Forfeiture Account to pay administrative expenses incurred by the Plan. The portion of the Forfeiture Account that is not used to pay administrative expenses will be used first to restore previous Forfeitures of Participants’ Accounts pursuant to Section 5.7 and/or to restore Participants’ Accounts pursuant to Section 5.13.

 

3.12 Top Heavy Minimum Allocation . In any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy and a Key Employee receives an allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures, each Participant who is described in paragraph (a) below will receive a Top Heavy Minimum Allocation determined in accordance with the following:

(a)  Participants Who Must Receive the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation will be made for each Participant who is a Non-Key Employee who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, even if such Participant (1) fails to complete any minimum Hours of Service/Period of Service required to receive an allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures for the Plan Year; (2) fails to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan in the case of a 401(k) plan; (3) receives Compensation that is less than a stated amount; or (4) declines to make a mandatory employee contribution to the Plan. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation is not required for a Participant whose participation is limited to a Rollover Contribution.


(b) Participation in Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. If (1) this Plan is not part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with a defined benefit plan, (2) this Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with one or more defined contribution plans, (3) a Participant who is described in paragraph (a) participates in this Plan and in one or more defined contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group, and (4) the allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures of each plan that is part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (when each plan is considered separately) is insufficient to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement with respect to such Participant, the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement will nevertheless be satisfied if the aggregate allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures that are made on behalf of such Participant under this Plan and all other defined contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (and any other defined contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) is sufficient to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement. However, if the aggregate allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures that are made on behalf of a Participant under this Plan and all other defined contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (and any other defined contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) is not sufficient to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement, then the Employer will make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant to this Plan and/or to one or more defined contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (or any other defined contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) in order that the aggregate allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures that are made on behalf of such Participant under this Plan and all defined contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (and any other defined contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) satisfies the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement.

(c) Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group With a DB Plan. If this Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with a defined benefit plan, then the Sponsoring Employer may, in the Sponsoring Employer’s discretion and in a uniform non-discriminatory manner which is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code §416(f) regarding the preclusion of required duplication and inappropriate omission of Top Heavy minimum benefits or Top Heavy Minimum Allocations, determine to satisfy the requirements of Code §416 with respect to each Participant described in paragraph (a) who participates in this Plan and in the defined benefit plan which is part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group, by any of the following methods:

 

  (1) Defined Benefit Minimum Benefit. A defined benefit minimum, which is an accrued benefit at any point in time equal to at least the product of (A) an Employee’s average annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding five) when the Employee had the highest aggregate Code §415(c)(3) Compensation from the Employer and (B) the lesser of 2% per Year of Service or 1-Year Period of Service, as applicable, with the Employer or 20%, subject to the rules of Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder.

 

  (2) Floor Offset Arrangement. A floor offset approach, pursuant to Revenue Ruling 76-259, under which the defined benefit minimum of the defined benefit plan that is provided pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) is offset by the benefits provided under the defined contribution plan.

 

  (3) Using Comparability. A demonstration, using a comparability analysis pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-202, that the plans are providing benefits at least equal to the defined benefit minimum that is provided pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) above.


  (4) 5% Defined Contribution Allocation. An allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures that are made on behalf of such Participant under this Plan (or any defined contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) equal 5% of an Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for each Plan Year that the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group is Top Heavy.

(d)  Frozen DB Plan After December 31, 2001. In determining Top Heavy minimum benefits or Top Heavy Minimum Allocations in any Plan Year which begins after December 31, 2001, a defined benefit plan in which no Key Employee and no former Key Employee benefits (within the meaning of Code §410(b)) in the defined benefit plan during a Plan Year will be disregarded in determining whether the defined benefit plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with this Plan.

(e)  Contributions That Can Be Used to Satisfy Top Heavy Minimum. All Employer contributions to the Plan (other than (1) Elective Deferrals that are made on behalf of a Participant and (2) for Plan Years beginning before 2002, Matching Contributions) will be taken into account in determining if the Employer has satisfied the Top Heavy minimum benefit and/or Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements of this Section. Furthermore, the following Employer contributions that are made on behalf of a Participant to a 401(k) Plan may be taken into account in determining whether the Top Heavy minimum benefit and/or Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements have been satisfied: Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions; Qualified Non-Elective Contributions; ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions; for Plan Years beginning after 2001, Matching Contributions (including Qualified Matching Contributions); and any other Employer contributions as may be permitted by law.

(f)  Safe Harbor Plan and SIMPLE 401(k) Plan Exceptions. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements will not apply to the Plan for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a 401(k) Plan that consists solely of Elective Deferrals, ADP Safe Harbor Contributions which meet the requirements of Code §401(k)(12), and, if applicable, ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (including ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) which meet the requirements of Code §401(m)(11), so long as each Participant (1) who is a Non-Key Employee and (2) who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals is also a Safe Harbor Participant for such Plan Year. Also, a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is not subject to the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements.

 

3.13 Failsafe Allocation. If the Plan fails to satisfy the minimum coverage requirements of Code §410(b), no automatic “failsafe” is provided under the Plan. Rather, the Sponsoring Employer must timely execute a corrective amendment pursuant to Section 11.1(f) of the Plan.


3.14 Actual Deferral Percentage Test and Correction. If a 401(k) Plan is subject to the Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) for a Plan Year, then the following rules will apply:

(a) The ADP Test. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested and the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

 

  (1) 1.25 Test. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested will not exceed the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

  (2) Multiplied By 2 or 2% Test. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested will not exceed the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided, that the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested does not exceed the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points.

(b)  Testing Methods and Restriction. The Sponsoring Employer may elect either the Prior Year Testing Method or Current Year Testing Method. However, once the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method, the Sponsoring Employer can elect the Prior Year Testing Method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used the Current Year Testing Method for each of the preceding five (5) Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years that the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a 401(k) plan using the Prior Year Testing Method and a 401(k) plan using Current Year Testing Method and the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

(c)  Prior Year Testing Method for the First Plan Year. If the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Prior Year Testing Method for the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals (and this is not a successor plan), then the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year will be the greater of (1) three percent (3%), or (2) the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the first Plan Year.


(d)  HCEs as Sole Participants in Plan Year Being Tested. If the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Prior Year Testing Method and if there are no Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year that is being tested. Similarly, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method and if there are no Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the current Plan Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year that is being tested. The provisions of this paragraph may be utilized with the permissive disaggregation rule of Section 3.14(e)(2).

(e)  Special Rule for Early Participation. If this 401(k) Plan provides that Otherwise Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the Plan applies Code §410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(k) Plan meets the requirements of Code §410(b)(1), then in determining whether the 401(k) Plan satisfies the ADP Test, the Sponsoring Employer may, in the Sponsoring Employer’s discretion (but is not required to), either:

 

  (1) Early Participation Rule. Pursuant to Code §401(k)(3)(F), perform the ADP Test for the Plan (determined without regard to disaggregation under Regulation §1.410(b)-7(c)(3)), by using the ADP for all Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year, disregarding all Otherwise Excludable Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees; or

 

  (2) Permissive Disaggregation Rule. Pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b)(4), disaggregate the Plan into separate plans and perform the ADP Test separately for all Participants who are Otherwise Excludable Participants and for all Participants who are not Otherwise Excludable Participants.

(f)  HCEs and NHCEs for a Particular Plan Year. A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if that Participant meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.


(g)  ADP for an HCE in Multiple CODAs of the Sponsoring Employer. The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two or more cash or deferral arrangements (CODAs) described in Code §401(k), that are maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, will be determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more CODAs of the Sponsoring Employer that have different plan years, all Elective Deferrals made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements will be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning prior to 2006 (or the year of such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), all such CODAs ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the §401(k) Regulations.

(h)  Plan Aggregation and Coverage Change Rules. If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code §401(k), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with one or more other plans of the Sponsoring Employer, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of Code §401(k), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with this Plan, then this Section will be applied by determining the ADP of the Employees as if all such plans (including this Plan) were a single plan. If the Prior Year Testing Method is being used and if more than 10% of the Employer’s NHCEs are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation §1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ADP for the prior Plan Year will be made in accordance with such Regulations. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code §401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method (the Prior Year Testing Method or the Current Year Testing Method).

(i)  Contributions Must Be Made Within 12 Months. Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made, for purposes of determining the ADP Test, by the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate.

(j)  Correction Methods for Failed ADP Test. If a 401(k) Plan is subject to the Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) for a Plan Year and the Plan fails to satisfy the ADP Test for such Plan Year, then the Sponsoring Employer will use one or more of the following correction methods to satisfy the ADP Test for such Plan Year (and the Sponsoring Employer has the discretion to determine which one or more of the correct methods may be used to satisfy the ADP Test):

 

  (1) Distribution of Excess Contributions Plus Income or Loss. Excess Contributions of Highly Compensated Employee(s), plus any income and minus any loss allocable to such Excess Contributions, may be distributed pursuant to Section 5.19.


  (2) Recharacterization as Catch-Up Contributions. To the extent that a catch-up eligible Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee is to receive a distribution of Excess Contributions, and to the extent that such catch-up eligible Participant has not exceeded the Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Limit, the Excess Contributions of such Participant may be recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions (to the extent that the recharacterized Catch-Up Contributions do not cause the Catch-Up Contribution Limit to be exceeded for the taxable year of the Participant).

 

  (3) QMACs and QNECs. The Sponsoring Employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.5 and/or Qualified Non-Elective Contributions pursuant to Section 3.6 to satisfy the ADP Test, subject to the following limitations:

 

  (A) Limitation on Disproportionate QNECs. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions cannot be taken into account in the ADP Test of a Plan Year for a NHCE to the extent the QNECs exceed the product of (i) that NHCE’s Code §414(s) Compensation, multiplied by (ii) the greater of [a] 5% (or 10% of a NHCE’s Code §414(s) Compensation with respect to an Employer’s obligation to make Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan), or [b] two times the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate. Any QNEC used in an ACP Test under Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B)), cannot be used for purposes of the ADP Test (including the determination of the Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of the ADP Test).

 

  (B) Limitation on QMACs. Qualified Matching Contributions are permitted to be used in the ADP Test only to the extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions are Matching Contributions that are not precluded from being taken into account under the ACP Test for the Plan Year under the rules of Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii).

 

  (C) Prohibition Against Double-Counting. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account in the ADP Test to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other ADP Test, any ACP Test, or the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-3, §1.401(m)-3 or §1.401(k)-4. Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)-3(c) cannot be taken into account under the ADP Test. Furthermore, if this Plan switches from the Current Year Testing Method to the Prior Year Testing Method pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)-2(c), then Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are taken into account under the Current Year Testing Method for a Plan Year may not be taken into account under the Prior Year Testing Method for the next Plan Year.


3.15 Actual Contribution Percentage Test and Correction. If a 401(m) Plan is subject to the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) for a Plan Year, then the following rules will apply:

(a)  The ACP Test. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested and the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

 

  (1) 1.25 Test. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested will not exceed the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

  (2) Multiplied By 2 or 2% Test. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested will not exceed the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided, that the ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested does not exceed the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points.

(b)  Testing Methods and Restriction. The Sponsoring Employer may elect either the Prior Year Testing Method or Current Year Testing Method. However, once the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method, the Sponsoring Employer can elect the Prior Year Testing Method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used the Current Year Testing Method for each of the preceding five (5) Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years that the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a 401(m) plan using the Prior Year Testing Method and a 401(m) plan using Current Year Testing Method and the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

(c)  Prior Year Testing Method for the First Plan Year. If the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Prior Year Testing Method for the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant to make Employee Contributions, provides for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, or both (and this is not a successor plan), then the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year will be the greater of (1) three percent (3%), or (2) the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the first Plan Year.


(d)  HCEs as Sole Participants in Plan Year Being Tested. If the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Prior Year Testing Method and if there are no Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ACP Test for the Plan Year that is being tested. Similarly, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method and if there are no Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the current Plan Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ACP Test for the Plan Year that is being tested. The provisions of this paragraph may be utilized with the permissive disaggregation rule of Section 3.15(e)(2).

(e)  Special Rule for Early Participation. If this 401(m) Plan provides that Otherwise Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the Plan applies Code §410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(m) Plan meets the requirements of Code §410(b)(1), then in determining whether the 401(m) Plan satisfies the ACP Test, the Sponsoring Employer may, in the Sponsoring Employer’s discretion (but is not required to), either:

 

  (1) Early Participation Rule. Pursuant to Code §401(m)(5)(C), perform the ACP Test for the Plan (determined without regard to disaggregation under Regulation §1.410(b)-7(c)(3)), by using the ACP for all Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year, disregarding all Otherwise Excludable Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees; or

 

  (2) Permissive Disaggregation Rule. Pursuant to Regulation §1.401(m)-1(b)(4), disaggregate the Plan into separate plans and perform the ACP Test separately for all Participants who are Otherwise Excludable Participants and for all Participants who are not Otherwise Excludable Participants.

(f)  HCEs and NHCEs for a Particular Plan Year. A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if that Participant meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.


(g)  Plan Aggregation and Coverage Change Rules. If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code §401(m), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with one or more other plans of the Sponsoring Employer, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of Code §401(m), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with this Plan, this Section will be applied by determining the ACP of the Employees as if all such plans (including this Plan) were a single plan. If the Plan uses the Prior Year Testing Method and if more than 10% of the Employer’s NHCEs are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation §1.401(m)-2(c)(4), any adjustments to the NHCEs’ ACP for the prior Plan Year will be made in accordance with such Regulations. Plans may be aggregated to satisfy Code § 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method (Prior Year Testing Method or Current Year Testing Method).

(h)  Disproportionate Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals Excluded From ACP Test. A Matching Contribution with respect to an Elective Deferral for a Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee is not taken into account under the ACP Test for a Plan Year to the extent that the Matching Contribution exceeds the greatest of (1) 5% of such Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation; (2) 100% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year; and (3) the product of 2 times the Plan’s Representative Matching Rate and the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year.

(i)  Disproportionate Matching Contributions With Respect to Employee Contributions Excluded From ACP Test. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to the sum of a Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals, then the sum of the Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals is substituted for the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals in paragraph (h). Similarly, if the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee Contributions (but not Elective Deferrals), then the Participant’s Employee Contributions are substituted for the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals in paragraph (h).

(j)  Matching Contributions Taken Into Account Under Safe Harbor Provisions. If this Plan satisfies the ACP safe harbor requirements of Code §401(m)(11) for a Plan Year but nonetheless must satisfy the ACP Test because the Plan provides for Employee Contributions for such Plan Year, then the Sponsoring Employer is permitted (but is not required) to apply the ACP Test by disregarding all Matching Contributions with respect to all Participants. In addition, if this Plan satisfies the ADP safe harbor requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-3 for a Plan Year using ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions but does not satisfy the ACP safe harbor requirements of Code §401(m)(11) for such Plan Year, then the Sponsoring Employer is permitted (but is not required) to apply the ACP Test by excluding Matching Contributions with respect to all Participants that do not exceed 4% of each Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation. If the Plan disregards any Matching Contributions pursuant to this paragraph, then this disregard must be applied to all Participants.

(k)  Multiple Use Test. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the multiple use test is repealed and does not apply to this Plan, pursuant to EGTRRA §666.


(l)  Correction Methods for Failed ACP Test. If a 401(m) Plan is subject to the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) for a Plan Year and the Plan fails to satisfy the ACP Test for such Plan Year, then the Sponsoring Employer will use one or more of the following correction methods to satisfy the ACP Test for such Plan Year (and the Sponsoring Employer has the discretion to determine which one or more of the correct methods may be used to satisfy the ACP Test):

 

  (1) Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions Plus Income or Loss. Excess Aggregate Contributions of Highly Compensated Employee(s), plus any income and minus any loss allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions, may be forfeited (if forfeitable) and may be distributed (if non-forfeitable), pursuant to Section 5.20.

 

  (2) QNECs and QMACs. The Sponsoring Employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 3.5 and/or Qualified Non-Elective Contributions pursuant to Section 3.6 to satisfy the ACP Test, subject to the following limitations: (A) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are permitted to be used in the ACP Test only to the extent that such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfy the limitations of Section 1.43(e); and (B) Qualified Matching Contributions are permitted to be used in the ACP Test only to the extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions satisfy the limitations of Section 1.43(c), 1.43(f), 1.43(g), and either 3.15(h) or 3.15(i).

 

3.16 ADP Safe Harbor Contributions. A 401(k) Plan that satisfies the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution requirements of Code §401(k)(12) for a Plan Year is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan if it satisfies the following requirements:

(a) ADP Safe Harbor Contribution. The Sponsoring Employer makes an ADP Safe Harbor Contribution on behalf of each Safe Harbor Participant, equal to either an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution or an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, that satisfies the following requirements:

 

  (1) ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution. An ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution equal to at least three percent (3%) of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year; or


  (2) ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. An ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution in an amount determined under either a basic matching formula or an enhanced matching formula, that satisfies the following requirements:

 

  (A) Basic Matching Formula. An ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution in an amount equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the amount of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation; plus (ii) 50% of the amount of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed 3% of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation but that do not exceed 5% of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation.

 

  (B) Enhanced Matching Formula. An ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula that, at any rate of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals, provides an aggregate amount of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that is at least equal to the aggregate amount of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that would have been provided under the basic matching formula of subparagraph (a)(2)(A) above. Furthermore, the ratio of a Safe Harbor Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under the enhanced matching formula for a Plan Year to the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals may not increase as the amount of a Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals increases.

 

  (C) Limitation on HCE Matching Contributions. The ratio of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to Elective Deferrals of a Safe Harbor Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee must not exceed the ratio of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to Elective Deferrals of any Safe Harbor Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee with Elective Deferrals at the same percentage of Compensation as any Highly Compensated Employee.

 

  (D) ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on Employee Contributions. ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be made on both Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions if the ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are made on the sum of Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions on the same terms as ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that are made with respect to Elective Deferrals alone. Alternatively, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be made on Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions if ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on Elective Deferrals are not affected by the amount of Employee Contributions.

 

  (E) Periodic Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects to contribute and allocate separately ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for an Allocation Period of less than the Plan Year (e.g., each payroll period or with respect to all payroll periods ending with or within each month or quarter of a Plan Year), then such ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions with respect to any Elective Deferrals made during a Plan Year quarter will be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the immediately following Plan Year quarter.


  (F) Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions will be treated as any other Elective Deferrals and will be matched according to the ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula as if the Catch-Up Contributions were any other Elective Deferrals.

 

  (G) Permissible Restrictions on Elective Deferrals by NHCEs. Elective Deferrals by Safe Harbor Participants who are NHCEs cannot be restricted, except pursuant to the following rules:

 

  (i) Restrictions on Election Periods. The Plan may limit the frequency and duration of periods in which Safe Harbor Participants may make or change cash or deferred elections under the Plan. However, a Safe Harbor Participant must have a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period after receipt of the Safe Harbor Notice) to make or change a cash or deferred election for the Plan Year. A 30-day period is deemed to be a reasonable period to make or change a cash or deferred election.

 

  (ii) Restrictions on Amount of Elective Deferrals. The Plan may limit the amount of Elective Deferrals that may be made by a Safe Harbor Participant, provided that each Safe Harbor Participant who is a NHCE is permitted (unless restricted under paragraph (a)(2)(G)(iv)) to make Elective Deferrals in an amount that is at least sufficient to receive the maximum amount of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions available under the Plan for the Plan Year, and the Safe Harbor Participant who is a NHCE is permitted to elect any lesser amount of Elective Deferrals. However, the Plan may limit cash or deferred elections to whole percentages of Compensation or whole dollar amounts.

 

  (iii) Restrictions on Types of Compensation that May Be Deferred. The Plan may limit the types of Compensation that may be deferred by a Safe Harbor Participant, provided that each Safe Harbor Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee is permitted to make Elective Deferrals under a definition of Compensation that is a reasonable definition of compensation within the meaning of Regulation §1.414(s)-1(d)(2). Therefore, the definition of Compensation from which Elective Deferrals may be made is not required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirement of Regulation §1.414(s)-1(d)(3).

 

  (iv) Restrictions Due to Limitations Under the Code. The Plan may limit the amount of Elective Deferrals made by an a Safe Harbor Participant under the Plan either [a] because of the limitations of Code §402(g) or §415; or [b] because, on account of a financial hardship distribution, the Safe Harbor Participant’s ability to make Elective Deferrals has been suspended for 6 months in accordance with Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(E).

(b) Safe Harbor Notice. The Sponsoring Employer must give a Safe Harbor Notice to each Safe Harbor Participant, which must satisfy the following content and timing requirements:

 

  (1) Safe Harbor Notice Must Be Written. The Safe Harbor Notice must be in writing or in such other form of communication as permitted by Regulation §1.401(a)-21.

 

  (2)

Content Requirements. The content requirement for a Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied if the Safe Harbor Notice is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to inform the Safe Harbor Participant of the Safe Harbor Participant’s rights and obligations under the plan; and the Safe Harbor Notice is written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Safe Harbor Participant in the Plan. A Safe Harbor Notice will satisfy this content requirement if the Safe Harbor Notice accurately describes (A) the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution formula used by the Plan (including a description of the levels of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, if any, available under the Plan); (B) any other contributions under the Plan or Matching Contributions to another plan on account of


 

Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions under this plan (including the potential for discretionary Matching Contributions) and the conditions under which such contributions are made; (C) the plan to which the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution will be made (if different than this Plan); (D) the type and amount of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan; (E) how to make cash or deferred elections, including any administrative requirements that apply to such elections; (F) the periods available under the plan for making cash or deferred elections; (G) the distribution and Vesting provisions applicable to contributions under the Plan; and (H) information that makes it easy to obtain additional information about the Plan (including an additional copy of the summary plan description) such as telephone numbers, addresses and, if applicable, electronic addresses, of individuals or offices from whom Safe Harbor Participants can obtain such Plan information. The Safe Harbor Notice may cross-reference relevant portions of a summary plan description that provides the same information that would be provided (or is concurrently provided) to Safe Harbor Participants, with respect to information described in (i) paragraph (b)(2)(B) (relating to any other contributions under the Plan); (ii) paragraph (b)(2)(C) (relating to the plan to which safe harbor contributions will be made); and/or (iii) paragraph (b)(2)(D) (relating to the type and amount of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan).

 

  (3) Timing Requirement. The timing requirement for a Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied if the Safe Harbor Notice is provided within a reasonable period before the beginning of the Plan Year (or, in the Plan Year in which an Employee will become a Safe Harbor Participant, within a reasonable period before the Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant). The determination of whether a Safe Harbor Notice satisfies the timing requirement is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. However, this timing requirement is deemed to be satisfied if at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, or any other reasonable period, before the beginning of a Plan Year, the Safe Harbor Notice is given to each Safe Harbor Participant for the Plan Year. In the case of an Employee who does not receive the Safe Harbor Notice within the period described in the previous sentence because the Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year, the timing requirement is deemed to be satisfied if the Safe Harbor Notice is provided no more than 90 days before the Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant (and no later than the date that the Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant). The preceding sentence would apply in the case of any Employee who becomes a Safe Harbor Participant for the first Plan Year under a newly established plan that provides for Elective Deferrals, or would apply in the case of the first Plan Year in which an Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant under an existing plan that provides for Elective Deferrals.

(c)  Plan Year Requirement. Except as provided in this paragraph or paragraph (d), the Sponsoring Employer must adopt ADP Safe Harbor Contribution provisions before the first day of the Plan Year and remain in effect for an entire 12-month Plan Year. In addition, except as provided in paragraph (e), if the Plan includes ADP Safe Harbor Contribution provisions, then the Plan cannot be amended to change such provisions for that Plan Year. Moreover, if ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be made to another plan for a Plan Year, provisions under that other plan that specify that the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions will be made and provide that the contributions will be ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must also be adopted before the first day of that Plan Year. A 401(k) Plan will be considered to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for a Plan Year of less than 12 months, pursuant to the following rules:

 

  (1) Initial Plan Year. If this Plan is a newly established plan (other than a successor plan within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(k)-2(c)(2)(iii)), then the Plan Year may be less than 12 months, provided that the Plan Year is at least 3 months long (or, in the case of a newly established Employer that establishes the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after the employer comes into existence, a shorter period). Similarly, a cash or deferred arrangement may be added to an existing profit sharing, stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan for the first time during that Plan Year, provided that (A) the Plan is not a successor plan; and (B) the cash or deferred arrangement is made effective no later than 3 months prior to the end of the Plan Year.


  (2) Change of Plan Year. If the Plan has a short Plan Year as a result of changing its Plan Year, then the Plan Year may be less than 12 months, provided that (A) the Plan satisfied the requirements of this Section for the immediately preceding Plan Year; and (B) the Plan satisfies the requirements of this Section (determined without regard to paragraph (e)) for the immediately following Plan Year (or for the immediately following 12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is less than 12 months).

 

  (3) Final Plan Year. If the Plan terminates during a Plan Year, then the final Plan Year may be less than 12 months, provided that the Plan satisfies the requirement of this Section through the date of termination and either (A) the Plan satisfies the requirements of paragraph (e), treating the termination of the Plan as a reduction or suspension of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, other than the requirement that Safe Harbor Participants have a reasonable opportunity to change their cash or deferred elections and, if applicable, Employee Contribution elections; or (B) the Plan termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code §410(b)(6)(C) or the employer incurs a substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code §412(d).

(d) Contingent ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Notwithstanding paragraph (c), if the Plan provides for the use of the Current Year Testing Method, then the Plan may be amended after the first day of the Plan Year and no later than 30 days before the last day of the Plan Year to adopt ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for the Plan Year, effective as of the first day of the Plan Year, but only if the Plan provides the contingent Safe Harbor Notice and follow-up Safe Harbor Notice:

 

  (1) Contingent Safe Harbor Notice Provided. The requirement to provide the contingent Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied, if the Sponsoring Employer provides a Safe Harbor Notice that would satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b), except that, in lieu of setting forth the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions used under the Plan as set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(A), the Safe Harbor Notice specifies that the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to include the ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution and that, if the Plan is amended, a follow-up Safe Harbor Notice will be provided.


  (2) Follow-up Safe Harbor Notice Requirement. The requirement to provide the follow-up Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied if, no later than 30 days before the last day of the Plan Year, each Safe Harbor Participant is given a Safe Harbor Notice that states that the ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be made for the Plan Year. The Safe Harbor Notice must be in writing or in such other form of communication as permitted by Regulation §1.401(a)-21 and is permitted to be combined with a contingent Safe Harbor Notice for the next Plan Year.

(e)  Permissible Reduction or Suspension of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Plan provides for ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for a Plan Year, then the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to reduce or suspend ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on future Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, Employee Contributions), provided that:

 

  (1) Supplemental Notice. All Safe Harbor Participants are provided a supplemental notice in writing or in such other form of communication as permitted by Regulation §1.401(a)-21, that explains (A) the consequences of the amendment which reduces or suspends ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on future Elective Deferrals and, if applicable, Employee Contributions; (B) the procedures for changing their cash or deferred election and, if applicable, their Employee Contribution elections; and (C) the effective date of the amendment.

 

  (2) Effective Date. The reduction or suspension of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions is effective no earlier than the later of (A) 30 days after Safe Harbor Participants are provided the supplemental notice, or (B) the date that the amendment is adopted.

 

  (3) Opportunity to Change Deferral Elections. Safe Harbor Participants are given a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period after receipt of the supplemental notice) prior to the reduction or suspension of safe harbor matching contributions to change their cash or deferred elections and, if applicable, their Employee Contribution elections.

 

  (4) Satisfaction of ADP Test. The Plan is amended to provide that the ADP Test will be satisfied for the entire Plan Year in which the reduction or suspension occurs using the Current Year Testing Method.

 

  (5) Satisfaction Through Effective Date. The Plan satisfies the requirements of this Section (other than this paragraph) with respect to Elective Deferrals and/or Employee Contributions through the effective date of the amendment.


(f)  Additional Rules. The following additional rules apply to ADP Safe Harbor Contributions:

 

  (1) ADP Safe Harbor Contributions Taken into Account. An ADP Safe Harbor Contribution is taken into account for purposes of this Section for a Plan Year if the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution would be taken into account for such Plan Year under the rules of Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a) or §1.401(m)-2(a). Thus, an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution must be made within 12 months after the end of the Plan Year. Similarly, an Elective Deferral that would be taken into account for a Plan Year under Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(4)(i)(B)(2) must be taken into account for such Plan Year for purposes of this Section, even if the Compensation would have been received after the close of the Plan Year.

 

  (2) Use of ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for Other Non-Discrimination Tests. ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions may also be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the Plan satisfies Code §401(a)(4). Thus, ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions are not subject to the limitations on Qualified Non-Elective Contributions under Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(ii), but are subject to the rules generally applicable to Non-Elective Contributions under Code §401(a)(4) and Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2)(ii). However, pursuant to Code §401(k)(12)(E)(ii), ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions may not be taken into account under the Plan (or any other plan) for purposes of Code §401(l) (including the imputation of permitted disparity under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7).

 

  (3) Early Participation Rule. The Plan is permitted to apply the rules of Code §410(b)(4)(B) to treat the Plan as two separate plans for purposes of Code §410(b) and apply the safe harbor requirements to one plan and apply the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-2 to the other plan.


  (4) Satisfying ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Requirements Under Another Plan. ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be made to this Plan or to another defined contribution plan that satisfies Code §401(a) or §403(a). If ADP Safe Harbor Contributions are made to another defined contribution plan, then this Plan must specify the plan to which the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions are being made and the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution requirements of paragraph (a) must be satisfied in the other defined contribution plan in the same manner as if the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions were made to this Plan. The plan to which the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions are being made must have the same Plan Year as this Plan, and each Safe Harbor Participant under this Plan must be eligible under the same conditions under the other defined contribution plan. The plan to which the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions are being made need not be a plan that can be aggregated with this Plan.

 

  (5) Contributions Used Only Once. ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions cannot be used to satisfy the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution requirements for more than one plan.

 

3.17 ACP Safe Harbor Contributions. Matching Contributions (including, if applicable, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) that satisfy the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution requirements of Code §401(m)(11) for a Plan Year are ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in a Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan if such contributions (including, if applicable, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) satisfy the following requirements:

(a) Satisfaction of ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Requirements. The Plan must satisfy the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution requirements of Section 3.18 with either ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions (including contingent ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions of Section 3.18(d)) or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Pursuant to Code §401(k)(12)(E)(ii), the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution requirements must be satisfied without regard to Code §401(l).

(b) Limitation on Matching Contributions. The Plan that provides for ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must satisfy the following limitations:

 

  (1) Matching Contribution Rate Must Not Increase. The ratio of Matching Contributions on behalf of a Safe Harbor Participant for a Plan Year to the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, cannot not increase as the amount of a Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions increases;


  (2) Matching Contribution Cannot Be Made for Deferrals in Excess of 6% of Compensation. Matching Contributions cannot be made with respect to Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions that exceed six percent (6%) of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation;

 

  (3) Discretionary Matching Contribution Cannot Exceed 4% of Compensation. If Matching Contributions are discretionary, then the Matching Contributions cannot exceed 4% of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation; and

 

  (4) Limitation on Rate of Match. The ratio of Matching Contributions on behalf of a Safe Harbor Participant who is a HCE to his or her Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions (or to the sum thereof) for that Plan Year is no greater than the ratio of Matching Contributions to Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions (or the sum of Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions) that would apply with respect to any Safe Harbor Participant who is a NHCE for whom the Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions (or the sum of Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions) are the same percentage of Compensation. The determination of the rate of Matching Contributions will be made pursuant to the rules of Regulation §1.401(m)-3(d)(4) and §1.401(m)-3(d)(5).

 

  (5) Catch-Up Contributions. With respect to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions will be treated as any other Elective Deferrals and will be matched according to the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula as if the Catch-Up Contributions were Elective Deferrals.

 

  (6) Permissible Restrictions on Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions by NHCEs. Elective Deferrals and/or Employee Contributions by Safe Harbor Participants who are NHCEs cannot be restricted, except pursuant to the rules of Section 3.18(a)(2)(G) (which rules will apply to Elective Deferrals and/or Employee Contributions) and Regulation §1.401(m)-3(d)(6).

(c) Safe Harbor Notice. The Sponsoring Employer must give a Safe Harbor Notice to each Safe Harbor Participant that satisfies the content and timing requirements of Section 3.16(b) and Reg. §1.401(k)-3(d).


(d)  Plan Year Requirement. The Sponsoring Employer must adopt ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions provisions before the first day of the Plan Year and remain in effect for an entire 12-month Plan Year, subject to the rules and exceptions of Section 3.16(c) (which will apply to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) and Regulation §1.401(m)-3(f). For purposes of an initial Plan Year of a Plan, the amendment providing for ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must be made effective at the same time as the adoption of a cash or deferred arrangement that satisfies the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-3.

(e)  Permissible Reduction or Suspension of ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Plan provides for ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for a Plan Year, then the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to reduce or suspend ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on future Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, Employee Contributions), subject to the rules of Section 3.16(e) (which rules will apply to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) and Regulation §1.401(m)-3(h).

(f)  Additional Rules. The following additional rules apply to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions:

 

  (1) ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Taken into Account. An ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution is taken into account for purposes of this Section for a Plan Year, pursuant to the same rules of Section 3.16(f)(1) and Regulation §1.401(k)-3(h)(1).

 

  (2) Early Participation Rule. The Plan is permitted to apply the rules of Code §410(b)(4)(B) to treat the 401(m) Plan as two separate plans for purposes of Code §410(b) and apply the safe harbor requirements to one plan and apply the requirements of Regulation §1.401(m)-2 to the other plan.

 

  (3) Satisfying ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Requirements Under Another Plan. ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be made to this Plan or to another defined contribution plan that satisfies Code §401(a) or §403(a), pursuant to the same rules of Section 3.16(f)(4) and Regulation §1.401(k)-3(h)(4). Consequently, each Safe Harbor Participant who is a NHCE under the plan providing for ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must be eligible under the same conditions under the other defined contribution plan and the plan to which the contributions are made must have the same Plan Year as the plan providing the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.


  (4) ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Used Only Once. ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions cannot be used to satisfy the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution requirements for more than one plan.

 

  (5) Plan Must Satisfy ACP Test With Respect to Employee Contributions. If this Plan permits Employee Contributions, then in addition to satisfying the requirements of this Section, the Plan must also satisfy the ACP Test. However, the ACP Test is permitted to be performed disregarding some or all ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions when this Section is satisfied with respect to the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, pursuant to Section 3.15(j) and Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(iv).

 

3.18 General Non-Discrimination Test Requirements. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, if the Sponsoring Employer applies the general test for non-discrimination as set forth in Code §401(a)(4) based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates to demonstrate that a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution that is made to this Plan is non-discriminatory, or if a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution that is made to this Plan is aggregated with one or more other plans of the Sponsoring Employer so that the Sponsoring Employer can apply the general test for non-discrimination set forth in Code §401(a)(4) based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for the defined contribution plan(s) (including this Plan) to demonstrate that the plans (including this Plan) are non-discriminatory, then the following rules will apply:

(a) Defined Contribution Rule. If this Plan (or any defined contribution plan(s) which are aggregated with this Plan) is not aggregated with any defined benefit plan of the Sponsoring Employer for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for this Plan (or any defined contribution plan(s) which are aggregated with this Plan), then any NHCE who is a Participant in this Plan (or, if any defined contribution plan(s) are aggregated with this Plan, any NHCE who is a Participant in this Plan or the other defined contribution plan(s)) and who receives an allocation of Non-Elective Contributions and/or QNECs must receive an allocation of Non-Elective Contributions and/or QNECs that is at least equal to the Minimum Allocation Gateway for the Plan Year, subject to the following provisions:

 

  (1) Circumstances When Minimum Allocation Gateway Not Required. The Minimum Allocation Gateway requirement need not be satisfied if this Plan (or the group of any defined contribution plan(s) which are aggregated with this Plan) has Broadly Available Allocation Rates or a Gradually Increasing Age or Service Schedule.

 

  (2) Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of this paragraph (a), Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.


(b)  Combination of Defined Benefit/Defined Contribution Rule. If this Plan (or any defined contribution plan(s) which are aggregated with this Plan) is aggregated with any defined benefit plan for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for this Plan (or any defined contribution plan(s) which are aggregated with this Plan), then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of each Non-Highly Compensated Employee in any plan that is part of the aggregated defined benefit plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) (including this Plan) must be at least equal to the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway for the Plan Year, subject to the following provisions:

 

  (1) Circumstances When Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway Not Required. The Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway requirement need not be satisfied if the aggregated combination of defined benefit plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) (including this Plan) either is Primarily Defined Benefit in Character or consists of Broadly Available Separate Plans.

 

  (2) Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of this paragraph (b), Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.

 

3.19 Annual Overall and Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. In any Plan Year, if an Employee benefits under more than one plan, then the annual overall permitted disparity limit of this Section is satisfied only if an Employee’s Total Annual Disparity Fraction does not exceed one. Furthermore, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35 Total Cumulative Permitted Disparity Years. The following rules apply in determining compliance with the two prior sentences:

(a)  Plans Taken into Account. All plans of the Employer are taken into account. In addition, all plans of any other employer are taken into account for all Service with the other employer for which the Employee receives credit for purposes of allocations/benefit accruals under any plan of the current Employer.

(b)  Application of the Limit. The limit of this Section takes into account the disparity provided under a section 401(l) plan as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12 and the permitted disparity imputed under a plan that satisfies Code §401(a)(4) by relying on Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7.


(c)  Total Annual Disparity Fraction. The term “Total Annual Disparity Fraction” means the sum of the Employee’s Annual Disparity Fractions for a Plan Year. An Employee’s Total Annual Disparity Fraction is determined as of the end of each Plan Year, based on the Employee’s Annual Disparity Fractions under all plans with plan years ending in the current Plan Year. The following subparagraphs determine an Employee’s Annual Disparity Fractions:

 

  (1) Annual Disparity Fraction for a Defined Contribution Plan. The Annual Disparity Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a defined contribution plan that is a section 401(l) plan, as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12, is a fraction: (A) the numerator of which is the disparity provided under the plan for the Plan Year; and (B) the denominator of which is the maximum excess allowance under Regulation §1.401(l)-2(b)(2) for the Plan Year.

 

  (2) Annual Disparity Fraction for a Defined Benefit Excess Plan. The Annual Disparity Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a defined benefit excess plan that is a section 401(l) plan, as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12, is a fraction: (A) the numerator of which is the disparity provided under the plan for the Plan Year; and (B) the denominator of which is the maximum excess allowance under Regulation §1.401(l)-3(b)(2) for the Plan Year.

 

  (3) Annual Disparity Fraction for a Defined Benefit Offset Plan. In general, the Annual Disparity Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a defined benefit offset plan that is a section 401(l) plan, as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12, is a fraction: (A) the numerator of which is the disparity provided under the plan for the Plan Year; and (B) the denominator of which is the maximum offset allowance under Regulation §1.401(l)-3(b)(3) for the Plan Year. However, if a defined benefit offset plan applies an offset of a specified percentage of the employee’s PIA, as permitted under Regulation §1.401(l)-3(c)(2)(ix), then the numerator of the prior sentence is the offset percentage used in the Code §401(l) overlay under the plan.

 

  (4) Annual Disparity Fraction for a Plan that Imputes Disparity. The Annual Disparity Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a plan that imputes permitted disparity with respect to the Employee under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7 is one.

 

  (5) Annual Disparity Fraction for a Plan That Is Neither a Section 401(l) Plan Nor Imputes Disparity. The Annual Disparity Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a plan that neither is a section 401(l) plan as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12 nor imputes permitted disparity under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7 is zero.


  (6) Determination of Annual Disparity Fractions. Generally, a separate Annual Disparity Fraction is determined for each plan under which the Employee benefits. If two plans are aggregated and treated as a single plan for purposes of Code §401(a)(4), a single annual disparity fraction applies to the aggregated plan. However, if a plan provides an allocation or benefit equal to the sum of two or more formulas, then each formula is considered a separate plan for purposes of this Section. If a plan provides an allocation or benefit equal to the greater of two or more formulas, then an Annual Disparity Fraction is calculated for the Employee under each formula and the largest of the fractions is the Employee’s Annual Disparity Fraction under the plan.

(d)  Adjustment to Plans if the Total Annual Disparity Fraction Exceeds One. If (1) this Plan utilizes the disparity provided under a section 401(l) plan as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12 and/or the permitted disparity imputed under a plan that satisfies Code §401(a)(4) by relying on Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7, and (2) the Total Annual Disparity Fraction exceeds one, then the following provisions will apply in a uniform manner for all Employees:

 

  (1) Other Plan(s) Have Adjustment Method. If the other plan(s) have a method to adjust Employer-provided contributions or benefits to assure that the Total Annual Disparity Fraction does not exceed one, the adjustment method of the other plan(s) will apply.

 

  (2) Other Plan(s) Do Not Have Adjustment Method. If the other plan(s) do not have a method to adjust employer-provided contributions or benefits to assure that the Total Annual Disparity Fraction does not exceed one, then the Sponsoring Employer will establish a administrative policy that is promulgated under Section 8.6 that adjusts Employer-provided contributions or benefits so that the Total Annual Disparity Fraction does not exceed one.

 

  (3) Special Rule for Multiple Prototypes Using this Same Basic Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if multiple prototype plans (including this Plan) utilize this same Prototype Basic Plan, then the Sponsoring Employer will establish a administrative policy that is promulgated under Section 8.6 that adjusts Employer-provided contributions or benefits so that the Total Annual Disparity Fraction does not exceed one.


(e)  Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35 Total Cumulative Permitted Disparity Years. The term Total Cumulative Permitted Disparity Years” means the number of Plan Years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, and under any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant’s cumulative permitted disparity limit, all Plan Years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same Plan Year. If the Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit plan for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, then the Participant has no cumulative disparity limit. For purposes of the prior sentence, a Participant is not treated as benefiting under a defined benefit plan for a Plan Year if the defined benefit plan was not a section 401(l) plan within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12 for that Plan Year and did not impute permitted disparity under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7 for that Plan Year.

 

3.20 Deemed IRA Contributions. Deemed IRA Contributions are not permitted.

Article 4

Plan Benefits

 

4.1 Benefit Upon Normal Retirement. Every Participant who has reached Normal Retirement Age will be entitled upon subsequent Termination of Employment with the Employer to receive his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution. Distribution will be made under Section 5.1.

 

4.2 Benefit Upon Late Retirement. A Participant who has reached Normal Retirement Age may elect to remain employed by the Employer and retire at a later date. Such Participant will continue to participate in the Plan and his or her Participant’s Account will continue to receive allocations under Article 3. Upon actual retirement, the Participant will be entitled to his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution. A Participant who elects late retirement may at any time (1) choose to have distributed prior to actual retirement all or part of his or her Vested Aggregate Account determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution; or (2) choose to have such Vested Aggregate Account transferred to another qualified retirement plan maintained by the Employer. Upon actual retirement, the Participant will be entitled to his or her undistributed Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution. Distribution will be made in accordance with Section 5.1.


4.3 Benefit Upon Death. Upon the death of a Participant prior to Termination of Employment with the Employer, or upon the death of a Terminated Participant prior to distribution of his or her Vested Aggregate Account, his or her Beneficiary will be entitled to the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution. If any Beneficiary who is living on the date of the Participant’s death dies prior to receiving his or her entire death benefit, the portion of such death benefit will be paid in a lump sum to the estate of such deceased Beneficiary. The Administrator’s determination that a Participant has died and that a particular person has a right to receive a death benefit will be final. Distribution will be made under Section 5.2.

 

4.4 Benefit Upon Disability. If a Participant suffers a Disability prior to Termination of Employment with the Employer, or if a Terminated Participant suffers a Disability prior to distribution of his or her Vested Aggregate Account, he or she will be entitled to his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution. Distribution will be made under Section 5.3.

 

4.5 Benefit Upon Termination of Employment . A Terminated Participant will be entitled to his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution. Distribution to a Terminated Participant who does not die prior to distribution or who does not suffer a Disability prior to distribution will be made under Section 5.4.

 

4.6 Determination of Vested Interest . A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Vesting Upon Retirement, Death or Disability. A Participant will have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account upon reaching Normal Retirement Age prior to Termination of Employment. A Participant will also have a 100% Vested Interest therein (1) upon his or her Disability prior to Termination of Employment; and (2) upon his or her death prior to Termination of Employment.

(b)  Vesting of Elective Deferrals, QMACs and QNECs and Certain Other Accounts. A Participant will at all times have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her Elective Deferral Account, ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account, Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, and Deemed IRA Contribution Account.


(c)  Vesting of ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account is described in the Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution Addendum executed by the Sponsoring Employer from time to time.

(d)  Vesting Requirement Upon Complete Termination or Upon Discontinuance of Contributions. Upon a complete termination of the Plan or upon a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, the following Participants will have a 100% Vested Interest in their Participants’ Accounts: (1) Participants who are affected by such complete termination or, if applicable, such complete discontinuance of contributions; (2) Participants who have not Terminated Employment with the Employer; and (3) Participants who have Terminated Employment with the Employer and who (A) have not incurred five consecutive Breaks in Service and (B) have not received a complete distribution of their Vested Aggregate Account balance.

(e)  Vesting Requirement Upon Partial Termination. Upon partial termination of the Plan, only a Participant who has Terminated Employment because of the event which causes the partial termination but who has not incurred five consecutive Breaks in Service will have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her unpaid Participant’s Account as of the date of partial termination.

(f)  Amendments to the Vesting Schedule. No amendment to the Plan may directly or indirectly reduce a Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account. If the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account, or the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top Heavy Vesting schedule, then the following provisions will apply:

 

  (1) Participant Election. Any Participant with at least three Years of Service may, by filing a written request with the Administrator, elect to have the Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account computed by the Vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. A Participant who fails to make an election will have the Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account computed under the new schedule. The period in which the election may be made will begin on the date the amendment is adopted or is deemed to be made and will end on the latest of (A) 60 days after the amendment is adopted; (B) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or (C) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Administrator.


  (2) Preservation of Vested Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if the vesting schedule is amended, then in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account determined as of such date will not be less than his or her Vested Interest computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

Article 5

Distribution of Benefits

 

5.1 Distribution of Benefit Upon Retirement . Unless a cash-out occurs under Section 5.5, the retirement benefit a Participant is entitled to receive under Section 4.1 or 4.2 will be distributed in the following manner:

(a)  Normal Form of Distribution. The Normal Form of Distribution is a lump sum payment.

(b)  Optional Forms of Distribution. There are no Optional Forms of Distribution.

(c)  Time of Distribution. Distribution will be made under this Section within a reasonable time after the Participant’s actual retirement on or after the Normal Retirement Date; or within a reasonable time after the date a Participant who elects late retirement under Section 4.2 requests payment as permitted thereunder.


5.2 Distribution of Benefit Upon Death. Unless a mandatory cash-out occurs under Section 5.5, the death benefit a deceased Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive under Section 4.3 will be distributed as follows:

(a)  Surviving Spouse. If a Participant has a surviving Spouse on the date of the Participant’s death, then the deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse will be entitled to receive a death benefit determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (1) Form of Distribution. If a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting Date, and the Participant has a surviving Spouse on the date of the Participant’s death, then notwithstanding any other Beneficiary designation made by the Participant, the deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse will be entitled to receive 100% of the deceased Participant’s death benefit unless the surviving Spouse has waived that right in accordance with Section 5.8. The benefit will be distributed, at the election of the surviving Spouse, (A) in a lump sum payment; or (B) in Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life of the surviving Spouse (or beyond the life expectancy of the surviving Spouse), in which case the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be segregated and separately invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; may remain invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity that is selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the Plan from an insurance company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments. All forms of distribution are available on a non-discriminatory basis and are not subject to the Administrator’s discretion.

 

  (2)

Time of Distribution. Any death benefit payable to a surviving Spouse will be distributed within a reasonable time after the death of the Participant, but not later than December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of the Participant’s death pursuant to Section 5.9(b)(2)(A), if required minimum distributions to the Participant have not begun. However, if the surviving Spouse elects the Life Expectancy rule under Section 5.9(b)(2)(B), then the surviving Spouse may elect to defer distribution of the death benefit, but distribution must begin no later than December 31st of the calendar year in which the deceased Participant would have attained Age 70  1 / 2 .

 

  (3) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distribution Begins. If the surviving Spouse dies before distribution begins, then distribution will be made as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.


(b)  Non-Spouse Beneficiary. Any death benefit payable to a non-Spouse Beneficiary will be distributed to the Beneficiary in accordance with the following provisions :

 

  (1) Form of Distribution. Any such death benefit will be distributed, at the election of the Beneficiary, (A) in a lump sum payment; or (B) in Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life of the surviving Spouse (or beyond the life expectancy of the surviving Spouse), in which case the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be segregated and separately invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; may remain invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity that is selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the Plan from an insurance company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments. All forms of distribution are available on a non-discriminatory basis and are not subject to the Administrator’s discretion.

 

  (2) Time of Distribution. Any death benefit payable to a non-Spouse Beneficiary will be distributed within a reasonable time after the death of the Participant, but not later than December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of the Participant’s death pursuant to Section 5.9(b)(2)(A), if required minimum distributions to the Participant have not begun. However, if the non-Spouse Beneficiary elects the Life Expectancy rule pursuant to Section 5.9(b)(2)(B), then distribution of the death benefit to a non-Spouse Beneficiary must begin no later than December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(c) Distribution If the Participant or Other Payee Is In Pay Status. If a Participant or Beneficiary who has begun receiving distribution of his or her benefit dies before the entire benefit is distributed, then the balance thereof will be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary (or Beneficiary’s Beneficiary) at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used on the date of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s death.

(d) Payments to a Beneficiary of a Beneficiary. In the absence of a Beneficiary designation or other directive from the deceased Participant to the contrary, any Beneficiary may name his or her own Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to receiving the entire death benefit to which the Beneficiary is entitled; if a Beneficiary has not named his or her own Beneficiary, then the Beneficiary’s estate will be the Beneficiary. If any benefit is payable under this paragraph to a Beneficiary of the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary, to the estate of the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary, or to any other Beneficiary or the estate thereof, then subject to the limitations regarding the latest dates for benefit payment of this Section and Section 5.9, the Administrator may (1) continue to pay the remaining value of such benefits in the amount and form that has already commenced, (2) pay such benefits in any other manner permitted under the Plan for distribution of benefits upon death, and/or (3) if payments have not already commenced, pay such benefits in any other manner permitted under the Plan for distribution of benefits upon death. Distribution to the Beneficiary of a Beneficiary must begin no later than the date that a distribution would have been made to the Participant’s Beneficiary. The Administrator’s determination under this paragraph will be final and will be applied in a uniform manner that does not discriminate in favor of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.


(e) Partial Distributions. If a Participant’s Beneficiary receives a distribution of less than 100% of the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance, then the Administrator will determine the portion (including zero) of the distribution that will be made from each of the Participant’s sub-accounts, provided that any such determination is made in a uniform manner that does not discriminate in favor of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

 

5.3 Distribution of Benefit Upon Disability. Unless a mandatory cash-out occurs under Section 5.5, the Disability benefit a Participant is entitled to receive under Section 4.4 will be distributed in the following manner:

(a) Normal Form of Distribution. The Normal Form of Distribution is a lump sum payment.

(b) Optional Forms of Distribution. There are no Optional Forms of Distribution.

(c) Time of Distribution. Distribution will be made under this Section within an administratively reasonable time after the date on which a Participant who suffers a Disability Terminates Employment with the Employer on account of the Disability.

 

5.4 Distribution of Benefit Upon Termination of Employment. Unless a mandatory cash-out occurs under Section 5.5 or a distribution occurs under Sections 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, the benefit that a Terminated Participant is entitled to receive under Section 4.5 will be distributed in the following manner:

(a) Normal Form of Distribution. The Normal Form of Distribution is a lump sum payment.


(b) Optional Forms of Distribution. There are no Optional Forms of Distribution.

(c) Time of Distribution. Distribution will be made under this Section within an administratively reasonable time after the Participant requests payment.

 

5.5 Mandatory Cash-Out of Benefits. Mandatory cash-outs prior to March 28, 2005 will be governed by the terms of the Plan (including amendments) as in effect prior to such date. Effective on or after such date, the Vested Aggregate Account of a Participant who has Terminated Employment, who is entitled to a distribution and who satisfies the requirements of this Section will be distributed without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Cashout Threshold. Distribution can only be made under this Section if a Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account on or after the date of Termination of Employment does not exceed $1,000 (the “cash-out threshold”), which will be determined by including the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account (if any).

(b) Time of Distribution. Distribution will be made under this Section as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant Terminates Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that his or her Vested Aggregate Account exceeded the cash-out threshold, and if at a later time the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account is reduced to an amount not greater than the cash-out threshold, the Administrator will distribute such Vested Aggregate Account in a lump sum without the Participant’s consent as soon as administratively feasible after the date the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account no longer exceeds the cash-out threshold.


(c) Form of Distribution. Distribution under this Section will, at the election of the Participant, be made as a lump sum cash payment or as a direct rollover under Section 5.14. However, if the Participant does not elect to have the distribution made as a lump sum cash payment or as a direct rollover under Section 5.14, then the Administrator will pay the distribution as a lump sum cash payment, and any such lump sum cash payment will occur not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days (or such other time as permitted by law) after the Code §402(f) notice is provided to the Participant.

 

5.6 Restrictions on Immediate Distributions. If a Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance exceeds the amount set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section and is Immediately Distributable, then such account can only be distributed in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) General Rule. If (1) the Vested Aggregate Account balance (effective January 1, 2002, determined before taking into account the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account) of a Participant who has Terminated Employment exceeds $5,000, or if there are remaining payments to be made with respect to a particular distribution option that previously commenced, and (2) such amount is Immediately Distributable, then the Participant (and, with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s Spouse, if any (or where either the Participant or Spouse has died, the survivor)), must consent to any distribution of such amount. If (1) the Vested Aggregate Account balance (effective January 1, 2002, determined before taking into account the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account) of a Participant who has Terminated Employment does not exceed $5,000, but (if applicable) exceeds the cash-out threshold set forth in Section 5.5(a), and (2) such amount is Immediately Distributable, then only the Participant (or where the Participant has died, the Participant’s Spouse or Beneficiary) must consent to any distribution of such amount.

(b) General Consent Requirement. The consent of the Participant (and, with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s Spouse, if any (or where either the Participant or Spouse has died, the survivor)) to any benefit that is Immediately Distributable must be obtained in writing within the 90-day period (or such other period as may be required by law) ending on the Annuity Starting Date. However, (1) with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is not subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant will not be required to consent to a distribution that is required by Code §401(a)(9) or § 415; and (2) with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, (A) only the Participant must consent to the distribution of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the benefit is Immediately Distributable, and (B) neither the Participant (nor the Participant’s Spouse) is required to consent to a distribution required by Code §401(a)(9) or §415.


(c)  Notification Requirement. The Administrator must notify the Participant (and, with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s Spouse) of the right to defer any distribution until it is no longer Immediately Distributable. Notification will include a general explanation of the material features and relative values of the optional forms of benefit that are available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code §417(a)(3), and any such notification will be provided no less than 30 days or more than 90 days (or such other period as may be required by law) prior to the Annuity Starting Date. Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section, the notices prescribed by this Section need not be given to a Participant if (1) the Plan “fully subsidizes” the costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity; (2) the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity; and (3) the Plan does not allow a Participant who has a Spouse to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary. For purposes of this Section, a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no increases in cost, or decreases in benefits to the Participant may result from the Participant’s failure to elect another benefit.

(d)  Waiver of 30-Day Requirement. Distribution of a Participant’s benefit may begin less than 30 days after the notice described in paragraph (c) is given the Participant if (1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution; (2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution (or a particular distribution option); and (3) with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant does not revoke the election at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins on the date the notice is given.

(e)  Consent Not Needed on Plan Termination. If upon Plan termination neither the Employer nor an Affiliated Employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) as defined in Code §4975(e)(7)), then the Participant’s benefit will, without the Participant’s consent (and, with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, without consent of the Participant’s Spouse), be distributed to the Participant. If the Employer or an Affiliated Employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an ESOP), then the Participant’s benefit will, without the Participant’s consent (and, with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, without consent of the Participant’s Spouse), be transferred to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution under this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph will not apply to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417 if the Plan, upon termination, offers an annuity option purchased from a commercial provider with respect to such portion of the Participant’s Account.

 

5.7 Accounts of Rehired Participants. If a Participant who is not 100% Vested in his or her Participant’s Account Terminates Employment, a Forfeiture of all or a portion of the Participant’s Account of the Participant who has Terminated Employment may have occurred, and the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, then his or her Participant’s Account will be administered in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Reemployment of a Participant After 5 Consecutive Breaks in Service. If the Participant is reemployed by the Employer after incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, then any previous Forfeiture of the Participant’s Account will not be restored under the terms of this Plan.


(b) Reemployment of a Non-Vested Participant Before 5 Consecutive Breaks in Service. If a Participant’s Vested Interest in the entire Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions is 0% on the date that the Participant Terminates Employment, restoration of the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions will occur in the Plan Year that such Participant is reemployed by the Employer.

(c) Reemployment of a Vested Participant Before 5 Consecutive Breaks in Service. If a Participant’s Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions is less than 100% (but greater than 0%) on the date that the Participant Terminates Employment, a Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions of the Participant who has Terminated Employment may have occurred, and the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer before incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, then the following provisions will apply:

 

  (1) Distribution Has Occurred But No Forfeiture Has Occurred. If a Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions has not occurred but a distribution of all or a portion of the Participant’s Account of the Participant who has Terminated Employment has occurred, then a separate bookkeeping account will be established for the Participant’s Account at the time of distribution; the Participant’s Vested Interest in the separate bookkeeping account at any relevant time will be an amount (“X”) determined according to the following formula: X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)). In applying the formula, “P” is the Vested Interest at the relevant time, “AB” is the respective account balance at the relevant time, “D” is the amount of the distribution, and “R” is the ratio of the respective account balance at the relevant time to the respective account balance after the distribution.

 

  (2)

Both Distribution and Forfeiture Have Occurred. If a distribution of all or a portion of the Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account of a Participant who has Terminated Employment has occurred and Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions has occurred (which may not necessarily occur at the same time that the distribution occurs), then the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions will be restored, calculated as of the date the Forfeiture occurred (unadjusted by subsequent gains and losses) and based upon the Sponsoring Employer’s decision whether the Participant is required to repay to the Plan the full amount of all distribution(s) which were attributable to Employer contributions (and effective as of the first day of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final Code §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), including Elective Deferrals). With respect to such decision of the Sponsoring Employer whether the Participant is required to repay to the Plan the full amount of all distribution(s) which were attributable to Employer contributions (and effective as of the first day of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final Code §401(k)


 

Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), including Elective Deferrals) in order to have the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions be restored, the following provisions will apply:

 

  (A) Precedent Established. Once such decision by the Sponsoring Employer has been made, such decision will establish precedence for the Plan and cannot be changed, altered or modified.

 

  (B) Time of Restoration If Repayment Is Not Required. If, based upon the Sponsoring Employer’s decision, the Participant is not required to repay to the Plan the full amount of all distribution(s) which were attributable to Employer contributions (and effective as of the first day of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final Code §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), including Elective Deferrals) in order to have the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions be restored, then such restoration will occur in the Plan Year in which the Participant is reemployed by the Employer.

 

  (C) Time of Restoration If Repayment Is Required. If, based upon the Sponsoring Employer’s decision, the Participant is required to repay to the Plan the full amount of all distribution(s) which were attributable to Employer contributions (and effective as of the first day of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final Code §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), including Elective Deferrals) in order to have the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions be restored, then, such repayment by the Participant must be made before the earlier of (i) five years after the Participant’s Reemployment Commencement Date, or (ii) the date on which the Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in Service following the date of distribution of either the entire or the remaining Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account. Such restoration of the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions will occur in the Plan Year that the Participant repays to the Plan the full (or any remaining) amount of the distribution which was attributable to Employer contributions (and effective as of the first day of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final Code §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), including Elective Deferrals).

(d) Sources of Restoration of Previously Forfeited Amounts. The sources to restore a previous Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions pursuant to this Section will be made first by using available Forfeitures to restore the previous Forfeiture and, if such available Forfeitures are insufficient to restore the previous Forfeiture, by the Employer making a special Employer contribution to the Plan to the extent necessary to restore the previous Forfeiture.


5.8 Spousal Consent Requirements. The following provisions apply to a Participant’s (or, where applicable, a Participant’s Spouse’s) waiver of benefits under the Plan:

(a) Normal Form of Distribution Is Not a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If the Normal Form of Distribution under the Plan is not a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, all distributions can be made from the Plan to a Participant without the consent of the Participant’s Spouse, except for any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417. Subject to the provisions of the next sentence, with regard to a death benefit payable to a Spouse, a Spouse can elect to waive such death benefit under Section 5.2 of the Plan, but the election will not be effective unless (1) the election is in writing; (2) the election designates a specific Beneficiary or form of benefit which may not be changed without Spousal consent (or the Spouse’s consent expressly permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further Spousal consent); and (3) the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election and is witnessed by the Administrator or a notary public. With regard to a distribution of any portion of a Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and/or the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the provisions set forth in paragraph (b) below apply.

(b) Normal Form of Distribution Is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If the Normal Form of Distribution under the Plan is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, then the following provisions will apply:

 

  (1) Election to Waive a QJSA. A married Participant’s election to waive a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or an unmarried Participant’s election to waive a life annuity, must be in writing and must be made during the 90-day period (or such other period as may be required by law) ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The election may be revoked in writing and a new election may be made at any time and any number of times during the election period.

 

  (2) Election to Waive a QPSA. A married Participant’s election to waive a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity must be in writing and must be made during an election period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Age 35 and ending on the date of his or her death. The election may be revoked in writing and a new election made at any time and any number of times during the election period. A Terminated Participant’s election period concerning the Vested Aggregate Account before Termination of Employment will not begin later than such date. If the Participant has not completed a designation form specifying the time and/or form of payment of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity prior to the Participant’s death, the surviving Spouse may elect to receive the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in any optional form permitted in Section 5.2.


  (3) Special Pre-Age 35 QPSA Election. A Participant who has not yet reached Age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special election to waive a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which such Participant reaches Age 35. This election will not be valid unless the Participant receives the same written explanation of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity as described in paragraph (4). Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Age 35. A new election to waive a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity on or after such date is subject to the full requirements of this Section.

 

  (4) Required Written Explanation. In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Administrator will no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days (or such other period as may be required by law) prior to the Annuity Starting Date provide to each Participant a written explanation of: (A) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (B) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (C) the rights of a Participant’s Spouse; and (D) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Annuity Starting Date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the preceding sentence provided: (A) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with Spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (B) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (C) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant. In the case of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the Administrator will provide each Participant within the Applicable Period under subparagraph (5) with a written explanation of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and manner as would be comparable to the written explanation applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

 

  (5) Applicable Period. The term “Applicable Period” means whichever of the following periods ends last: (A) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Age 35; (B) a reasonable period after the individual becomes a Participant in the Plan; (C) a reasonable period ending after the requirements of Code §401(a)(11) apply to the Participant; or (D) a reasonable period ending after the requirements of Code §417(a)(5) cease to apply with respect to the Participant. For purposes of this paragraph, a reasonable period means the end of the two year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that date.


  (6) Participants Who Terminate Before Age 35. If a Participant Terminates Employment before the Plan Year in which he or she reaches Age 35, the notice required under subparagraph (4) will be provided within the two year period beginning one year prior to such Termination of Employment and ending one year after such Termination of Employment. If such Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the Applicable Period for such Participant will be re-determined.

 

  (7) Elections Must Have Spousal Consent. A Participant’s election not to receive a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Participant’s election not to receive a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity will not be effective unless (A the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the election; (B) the election designates a specific Beneficiary (or form of benefit) which may not be changed without Spousal consent (or the consent of the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further Spousal consent); and (C) the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election and is witnessed by the Administrator or a notary public.

 

  (8) Additional Requirements and Exceptions for Spousal Consent. Notwithstanding paragraph (7) above, a Spouse’s consent will not be required if there is no Spouse, if the Spouse cannot be located, or if there are other circumstances (as set forth in the Code or Regulations) which preclude the necessity of such Spouse’s consent. Any consent by a Participant’s Spouse (or establishment that consent cannot be obtained) will be effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further Spousal consent must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior election may be made by a Participant without the Spouse’s consent at any time before benefits begin. No Spouse’s consent obtained under subparagraph (7) above will be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in paragraph (4) above.

 

5.9 Required Minimum Distributions. All distributions from the Plan will be determined and made in accordance with the final and temporary Regulations under Code §401(a)(9) on April 17, 2002. Pursuant to those Regulations, all distributions will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) General Rules. All distributions under this section will be made in accordance with these general rules:

 

  (1) Effective Date. The provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.


  (2) Precedence. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan and any prior Plan amendments.

 

  (3) Requirements of Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Regulations under Code §401(a)(9).

 

  (4) TEFRA §242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) §242(b)(2) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to TEFRA §242(b)(2).

(b) Time and Manner of Distribution. All required minimum distributions will be made from the Plan in the following time and in the following manner:

 

  (1) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

 

  (2) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distribution begins, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed (or begin to be distributed) not later than as follows:

 

  (A) 5-Year Rule Applies to All Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries. If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving Spouse begin, this subparagraph will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. This subparagraph also applies to all distributions.


  (B) Life Expectancy Rule. Notwithstanding subparagraph (b)(2)(A), a Participant (or, if no election has been made by the Participant prior to the Participant’s death, then the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary) may elect on an individual basis whether the Life Expectancy rule applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than September 30th of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under this subparagraph (b)(2)(B). If neither the Participant nor the Beneficiary makes an election under this subparagraph (or the election is received later than September 30th of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under this subparagraph (b)(2)(B)), then distributions will be made in accordance with the 5-Year rule of subparagraph (b)(2)(A) above. The following provisions relate to the Life Expectancy rule under this subparagraph (b)(2)(B):

 

  (i)

Surviving Spouse Is the Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by the later of [a] December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; or [b] December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 .

 

  (ii) Surviving Spouse Is Not the Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

 

  (iii) No Designated Beneficiary. If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

  (iv) Surviving Spouse Dies Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, then this subparagraph (b)(2)(B), other than subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(i), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

  (v) Election to Allow Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under 5-Year Rule to Elect Life Expectancy Distributions. A Designated Beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-Year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the Life Expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the Life Expectancy rule for all Distribution Calendar Years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-Year period.

 

  (C) Date Distributions Are Deemed To Begin. For purposes of this subparagraph (b)(2) and paragraph (d), unless subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(iv) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(iv) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(i) above. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(i)), then the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.


  (3) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed as an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d). If the Participant’s interest is distributed as an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the Regulations.

(c) Required Minimum Distributions During the Participant’s Lifetime. The amount of required minimum distributions during a Participant’s lifetime will be determined as follows:

 

  (1) Amount of Required Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or (B) if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s Spouse, then the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

 

  (2) Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this paragraph (c) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

(d)  Required Minimum Distributions After the Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be made after a Participant’s death in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (1) Death On or After the Date Distribution Begins. If a Participant dies on or after the date distribution begins, then the amount of a required minimum distribution will be determined as follows:

 

  (A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, then the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary, determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (i) Calculation of Remaining Life Expectancy. The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using his or her age in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.


  (ii) Surviving Spouse Is the Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that Distribution Calendar Year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

  (iii) Surviving Spouse Is the Not Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

  (B) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, then the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one each subsequent year.

 

  (2) Death Before the Date Distribution Begins. If a Participant dies before the date distribution begins, then the amount of a required minimum distribution will be determined as follows:

 

  (A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If (i) a Participant (or, if no election has been made by the Participant prior to the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary) is permitted to elect the Life Expectancy rule of subparagraph (b)(2)(B); (ii) the Participant dies before distributions begin; and (iii) there is a Designated Beneficiary, then the minimum amount to be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in subparagraph (d)(1).

 

  (B) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, then distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.


  (C) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If (i) a Participant (or, if no election has been made by the Participant prior to the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary) is permitted to elect the Life Expectancy rule of subparagraph (b)(2)(B); (ii) the Participant dies before distributions begin; (iii) the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary; and (iv) the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(i), then this subparagraph (d)(2) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

5.10 Statutory Commencement of Benefits. Unless the Participant otherwise elects, distribution of a Participant’s benefit must begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant (a) reaches the earlier of Age 65 or Normal Retirement Age; (b) reaches the 10th anniversary of the year that the Participant commenced Plan participation; or (c) Terminates Employment with the Employer. However, the failure of a Participant (and, with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s Spouse) to consent to a distribution while a benefit is Immediately Distributable will be deemed to be an election to defer the payment (or the commencement of the payment) of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section. In addition, if this Plan provides for an Early Retirement Date, then a Participant who satisfied the service requirement (if applicable) for Early Retirement Age prior to Termination of Employment will be entitled to receive his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance, if any, upon (a) the satisfaction of the age requirement (if applicable) for Early Retirement Age, and (b) reaching the Participant’s Early Retirement Date.

 

5.11 Earnings Before Benefit Distribution. As of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date a Participant Terminates Employment with the Employer for any reason, the Administrator will, until a distribution is made to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, or 5.5, direct the Trustee in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner to either (a) invest the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of such Valuation Date in a separate interest bearing account; or (b) leave the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance as part of the general Trust Fund. If the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance remains as part of the general Trust Fund, then such account will either (a) share in the allocation of net earnings and losses under Section 3.10 as a non-segregated account, or (b) be granted interest at a rate consistent with the interest bearing investments of the Trust Fund.

 

5.12 Distribution in the Event of Legal Incapacity. If any person entitled to benefits (the “Payee”) is under any legal incapacity by virtue of age or mental condition, then payments may be made in one or more of the following ways as directed by the Administrator: (a) to a court-appointed guardian of the Payee; (b) to the person or entity having a valid power of attorney of the Payee or the Payee’s estate; (c) to any other person or entity authorized under State (or Commonwealth) law to receive benefits on behalf of the Payee; or (d) if the Payee is a minor, to the authorized person or entity of the Payee (e.g., custodian or guardian) under any State’s (or Commonwealth’s) Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.


5.13 Missing Payees and Unclaimed Benefits . With respect to a Participant or Beneficiary who has not claimed any benefit (the “missing payee”) to which such missing payee is entitled, and with respect to any Participant or Beneficiary who has not satisfied the administrative requirements for benefit payment, the Administrator may elect to either (a) to segregate the benefit into an interest bearing account, in which event an annual maintenance fee as may be set from time to time in a policy established by the Sponsoring Employer may be assessed against the segregated account; (b) subject to a policy established by the Administrator, distribute the benefit at any time in any manner which is sanctioned by the Internal Revenue Service and/or the Department of Labor, which may include (but not be limited to) (1) distribute the benefit in a automatic direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Administrator; such individual retirement plan, as defined in Code §7701(a)(37), may be either an individual retirement account within the meaning of Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity within the meaning of Code §408(b); or (2) distribute the benefit to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation or any other authorized Federal Department or agency; (c) distribute the benefit to any person or entity who is appointed under State (or Commonwealth) law to act as a duly authorized guardian, legal representative, conservator, or power of attorney; or (d) treat the entire benefit as a Forfeiture. If a missing payee whose benefit has been forfeited is located, or if a payee whose benefit has been forfeited for failure to satisfy the administrative requirements for benefit payment subsequently satisfies such administrative requirements and claims his or her benefit, and if the Plan has not terminated (or if the Plan has terminated, all benefits have not yet been paid), then the benefit will be restored. The Administrator, on a case by case basis, may elect to restore the benefit by the use of earnings from non-segregated assets of the Fund, by Employer contributions, by available Forfeitures of the Forfeiture Account, or by any combination thereof. However, if any such payee has not been located (or satisfied the administrative requirements for benefit payment) by the time the Plan terminates and all benefits have been distributed from the Plan, then the Forfeiture of such unpaid benefit will not be restored.

 

5.14 Direct Rollovers . This Section applies to distributions made after December 31, 2001. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution that is equal to at least $500 paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. If an eligible rollover distribution is less than $500, then a distributee may not make the election described in the preceding sentence to rollover a portion of the eligible rollover distribution.

(a)  Eligible Rollover Distribution. The term “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include (1) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (2) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code §401(a)(9); (3) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities); (4) the portion of any distribution which is attributable to a financial hardship distribution; and (5) any other distribution that is reasonably expected to total less than $500 during a year.


(b)  Voluntary Employee Contributions as Eligible Rollover Distributions. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, an eligible rollover distribution may include Voluntary Employee Contributions (if any) which are not includible in gross income; however, the portion of an eligible rollover distribution attributable to Voluntary Employee Contributions can be paid only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code §408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code §401(a) or §403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible. Furthermore, in accordance with the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, when a distribution includes Voluntary Employee Contributions which are not includible in gross income, the amount that is rolled over will first be attributed to amounts includible in gross income.

(c)  Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. With respect to distributions made after December 31, 2001, the term “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a); an individual retirement annuity described in Code §408(b); an annuity plan described in Code §403(a); an annuity contract described in Code §403(b); a qualified trust described in Code §401(a); or an eligible deferred compensation plan under Code §457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. This definition of eligible retirement plan will also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code §414(p); such distribution will be made in the same manner as if the Spouse was the Employee. If any portion of an eligible rollover distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from an individual’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, if any, (or the segregated portion of an individual’s Rollover Contribution Account that is attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals, if any), then an eligible retirement plan with respect to such portion will only be either another plan’s designated Roth account of the individual from whose account the payments or distributions were made, or such individual’s Roth IRA.

(d)  Definition of Distributee. The term “distributee” means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, an Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and an Employee’s or former Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code §414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. With respect to any portion of a distribution that is made after December 31, 2006 from an eligible retirement plan of a deceased Employee, a distributee for purposes of a direct trustee-to trustee transfer will include an individual who is the Designated Beneficiary of the Employee and who is not the surviving Spouse of the Employee.

(e)  Definition of Direct Rollover. The term “Direct Rollover” means a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan that is specified by the distributee.


(f)  Direct Rollover Rules for Roth Elective Deferral Account. The Plan will not provide for a direct rollover for distributions from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, if any, if the amount of the distributions that are eligible rollover distributions are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. In addition, any distribution from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account is not taken into account in determining whether distributions from the other Participant’s Account(s) are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. Furthermore, the provision of this Section that allows a Participant to elect a direct rollover of only a portion of an eligible rollover distribution (but only if the amount rolled over is at least $500) is applied by treating any amount distributed from the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the other Participant’s Account(s) in the Plan, even if the amounts are distributed at the same time.

 

5.15 Distribution of Property . The determination to pay any distribution in property will be made by the Administrator in its sole discretion applied in a nondiscriminatory manner that does not discriminate in favor of Participants who are HCEs. However, if this is an amended or restated Plan, then the payee will have the right to elect a full or partial distribution in property pursuant to and limited by the provisions of Section 11.1(e).

 

5.16 Financial Hardship Distributions . Subject to rules and procedures established by the Administrator in an administrative policy regarding hardship distributions, a Participant who is still an Employee may make a written request to the Administrator that a distribution be made to the Participant because of his or her immediate and heavy financial hardship. Any such distribution will be made in accordance with the provisions of an administrative policy regarding financial hardship distributions that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator; such administrative policy will include (but not be limited to) (a) the Participant’s accounts (or sub-accounts) that are available for financial hardship distributions; (b) the maximum percentages of such accounts (or sub-accounts) that may be distributed for financial hardships; and (c) the standards to be used in determining if a Participant has incurred a financial hardship for purposes of financial hardship distributions. Such standards must be based on non-discriminatory and objective criteria. Any distribution under this Section of a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals may include any allocable earnings that are credited to such Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account as of the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989, any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (and allocable earnings) as of the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989, and any Qualified Matching Contributions (and allocable earnings) as of the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989.

 

5.17 Pre-Retirement Distributions . A Participant who is still an Employee may request in writing to the Administrator that up to 100% of the Participant’s Vested Interest in the accounts set forth below be distributed to the Participant prior to Normal Retirement Age, subject to the following provisions:

(a)  Amount and Form of Distribution. The amount of a Participant’s Vested Interest for distribution under this Section will be determined as of the Valuation Date which coincides with or immediately precedes the date of distribution. Any distribution under this Section will be made to the Participant in a single payment. When feasible, any such distribution will be paid at the Participant’s direction within 60 days of his or her request, but not later than a date as soon as administratively practical following the next Valuation date after the Administrator’s receipt of such request.


(b)  Elective Deferral, QMAC/QNEC Accounts. A Participant who has reached Age 59  1 / 2 can take a distribution of up to 100% of his or her Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account.

(c)  Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions. Distribution under this Section with respect to Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions will only be permitted as set forth in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Addendum executed by the Sponsoring Employer from time to time. However, the minimum attained age requirement with respect to the distribution of amounts attributable to a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions and/or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions is age 59  1 / 2 .

(d)  Frequency of Pre-Retirement Distributions. The frequency of pre-retirement distributions to any Participant under this Section will be determined pursuant to an administrative policy regarding pre-retirement distributions that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator.

(e)  Participants Who Are Not 100% Vested. If a distribution is made under this Section at a time when the Participant has less than a 100% Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution sub-account and Matching Contribution sub-account and such Vested Interest may increase, a separate account will be established for the Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution sub-account balance and the Participant’s Matching Contribution sub-account balance at the time of distribution, and at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested Interest in the separate account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the following formula: X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D). In applying the formula, “P” is the Vested Interest at the relevant time, “AB” is the respective account balance at the relevant time, “D” is the amount of the distribution, and “R” is the ratio of the respective account balance at the relevant time to the respective account balance after distribution.

(f)  Restriction on Certain Transfer Contributions Account. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, no pre-retirement distribution can be made under this Section with respect to Transfer Contribution Accounts (including post-transfer earnings thereon) that are transferred into this Plan from a money purchase plan or target benefit plan (other than any portion thereof which is attributable to Voluntary Employee Contributions). Furthermore, if the Transfer Contributions are Elective Deferrals (including QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this Plan in a direct or indirect trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which are subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d), then the distribution of such Transfer Contributions (including post-transfer earnings thereon) will be subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d).


5.18 Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals . Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than April 15th to any Participant to whose account Excess Elective Deferrals were allocated for the preceding taxable year or calendar year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year or calendar year. Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Assignment of Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the Administrator on or before March 15th (or such later date as established by the Administrator) of the subsequent year of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant will be deemed to notify the Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement of the Sponsoring Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable to such Excess Elective Deferrals, will be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year or calendar year.

(b)  Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Elective Deferrals will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year, without considering the gap period or any adjustment for income or loss during the gap period (the period between the end of the Participant’s taxable year and the date of distribution). The Plan may use any reasonable method for computing income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals, provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants’ Accounts:

(c)  Source of Distribution. Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals will be taken from a Participant’s investment options (if any) based on rules established by the Administrator. In addition, for years beginning after 2005, unless another rule is established by the Administrator, distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals will first be made from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, if any, before the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the year, unless the Administrator permits the Participant to specify otherwise.

 

5.19 Distribution of Excess Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than 12 months after a Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year, except to the extent such Excess Contributions are classified as Catch-up Contributions.


(a)  Allocation to Highly Compensated Employees. Excess Contributions will be allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of Employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP Test for the Plan Year in which the Excess Contributions arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined by including and excluding such Employer contributions actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year that are described in Section 1.6 . To the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached his or her Catch-Up Contribution Limit, Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are Catch-Up Contributions and will not be treated as Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions will be treated as Annual Additions, even if such Excess Contributions are distributed.

(b)  Distribution of Excess Contributions After 2  1 / 2 Months. If Excess Contributions (other than Catch-up Contributions) are distributed more than 2  1 / 2 months (or such later time as may be granted by future governmental guidance) after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose, then a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Sponsoring Employer with respect to such Excess Contributions.

(c)  Determination of Net Income or Loss. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), Excess Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and, at the discretion of the Administrator, may be adjusted for income or loss during the period, if any, between the end of the Plan Year and the actual date of distribution (the “gap period”). However, effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), Excess Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and during the gap period. Any adjustment for income or loss during the gap period will be allocated in a consistent manner to all Participants, and to all corrective distributions made for the Plan Year, and will be the amount determined by one of the methods set forth either in subparagraph (1), subparagraph (2), or subparagraph (3) below, as elected by the Administrator:

 

  (1) Method 1. The amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) for the Plan Year and the gap period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account balance (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) as of the beginning of the Plan Year plus any Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) allocated to the Participant during the Plan Year and gap period.


  (2) Method 2. The sum of (A) and (B): (A) the amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) for the Plan Year, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account balance (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) as of the beginning of the Plan Year plus any Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) allocated to the Participant during such Plan Year; plus (B) the amount of gap period income or loss equal to 10% of the amount determined under clause (A) above multiplied by the number of whole months between the end of the Plan Year and the distribution date, counting the month of distribution if the distribution occurs after the 15th day of such month.

 

  (3) Method 3. The amount determined by any reasonable method of allocating income or loss to the Participant’s Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the gap period, provided the method used is the same method used for allocating income or losses to Participants’ Accounts. This Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Contributions merely because the income allocable thereto is determined on a date that is no more than 7 days before the distribution.

(d)  Accounting for Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions allocated to a Participant will be distributed from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account and QMAC Account in proportion to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and QMACs (to the extent used in the ADP Test) for the Plan Year. Excess Contributions will be distributed from the Participant’s QNEC Account only to the extent that the Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account and QMAC Account.

(e)  Source and Ordering of Distribution. Distribution of Excess Contributions will be taken from a Participant’s investment options (if any) based on rules established by the Administrator. For purposes of determining the sources of a distribution of Excess Contributions, the sources will be distributed in the following order (unless a policy for the order of the sources to distribute Excess Contributions is established by the Administrator and such policy will control): (1) unmatched Elective Deferrals, (2) matched Elective Deferrals, (3) Qualified Matching Contributions (that are tested in the ACP Test and that are utilized in (or shifted into) the ADP Test), and (4) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (to the extent that such contributions are utilized in the ADP Test). In addition, for Plan Years beginning after 2005, unless a different rule is established by the Administrator, distribution of Elective Deferrals that are Excess Contributions will first be made from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, if any, before the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account, to the extent that Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year, unless the Administrator permits the Participant to specify otherwise.


5.20 Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions . Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed no later than 12 months after a Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year. Distribution will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Allocation to Highly Compensated Employees. Excess Aggregate Contributions will be allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test for the Plan Year in which the Excess Aggregate Contributions arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined by including and excluding such Employer contributions and allocations that are described in the definition of “Contribution Percentage Amounts.” Excess Aggregate Contributions will be treated as Annual Additions, even if such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed.

(b)  Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions After 2  1 / 2 Months. If Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2  1 / 2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Aggregate Contributions arose, then a ten percent (10%) excise tax will be imposed on the Sponsoring Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such Excess Aggregate Contributions.

(c)  Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions will be used and/or allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.11(b).

(d)  Determination of Net Income or Loss. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment implementing the final §401(m) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), Excess Aggregate Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and, at the discretion of the Administrator, may be adjusted for income or loss during the period, if any, between the end of the Plan Year and the actual date of distribution (the “gap period”). However, effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment implementing the final §401(m) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), Excess Aggregate Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and during the gap period. Any adjustment for income or loss during the gap period will be allocated in a consistent manner to all Participants, and to all corrective distributions made for the Plan Year, and will be the amount determined by one of the methods set forth either in subparagraph (1), subparagraph (2), or subparagraph (3) below, as elected by the Administrator:

 

  (1) Method 1. The amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions (if not used in the ADP Test), QNECs (if not used in the ADP Test) and, to the extent applicable, Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year and the gap period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Account balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts as of the beginning of the Plan Year, plus any additional amounts attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to the Participant during such Plan Year and the gap period.


  (2) Method 2. The sum of (A) and (B) as follows: (A) the amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions (if not used in the ADP Test), QNECs (if not used in the ADP Test) and, to the extent applicable, Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year, by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Account balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts as of the beginning of the Plan Year, plus any additional amounts attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to the Participant during such Plan Year; plus (B) the amount of gap period income or loss equal to 10% of the amount determined under clause (A) above multiplied by the number of whole months between the end of the Plan Year and the distribution date, counting the month of distribution if the distribution occurs after the 15th day of such month.

 

  (3) Method 3. The amount determined by any reasonable method of allocating income or loss to the Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year and for the gap period, provided the method used is the same method used for allocating income or losses to Participants’ Accounts. This Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions merely because the income allocable to a Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than 7 days before the distribution.

(e)  Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions that are allocated to a Participant will be forfeited, if forfeitable, or will be distributed on a pro-rata basis from the Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, Mandatory Employee Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account (and if applicable, from the Participant’s Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account, Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account, Roth Elective Deferral Account, or any combination thereof).

(f)  Source of Distribution. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions will be taken from a Participant’s investment options (if any) based on rules established by the Administrator. For purposes of determining the sources of a distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions, the sources will be distributed in the following order (unless a policy for the order of the sources to distribute Excess Aggregate Contributions is established by the Administrator and such policy will control): (1) unmatched Voluntary Employee Contributions; (2) unmatched Mandatory Employee Contributions; (3) unmatched Elective Deferrals (that are tested in the ADP Test and that are utilized in (or shifted into) the ACP Test); (4) matched Voluntary Employee Contributions and the Matching Contributions that relate to such Voluntary Employee Contributions; (5) matched Mandatory Employee Contributions and the Matching Contributions that relate to such Mandatory Employee Contributions; (6) matched Elective Deferrals (that are tested in the ADP Test and that are utilized in (or shifted into) the ACP Test) and the Matching Contributions that relate to such Elective Deferrals; (7) Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions; (8) ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (to the extent that such contributions are subject to the ACP Test); (9) ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (to the extent that such contributions are subject to the ACP Test); (10) Qualified Matching Contributions, and (11) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (to the extent that such contributions are utilized in the ACP Test). With respect to Elective Deferrals that are tested in the ADP Test, that are utilized in (or shifted into) the ACP Test, and that become Excess Aggregate Contributions, then for Plan Years beginning after 2005, unless a different rule is


established by the Administrator, distribution of such Elective Deferrals that are Excess Aggregate Contributions will first be made from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, if any, before the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account, to the extent that Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year, unless the Administrator permits the Participant to specify otherwise.

 

5.21 Distribution of Rollover Contributions . An Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account will be distributed from the Plan in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Time of Distribution. An Employee may request in writing a withdrawal of all or any portion of his or her Rollover Contribution Account at any time prior to becoming a Participant, and thereafter upon the earlier of (1) the date the Employee is entitled to a distribution of his or her Participant’s benefits under the provisions of Article 5, or (2) the soonest possible administratively practical date after the Participant’s Termination of Employment. In addition, the Employee may also withdraw all or any portion of his or her Rollover Contribution Account at any time. The Administrator may require advance notice of a reasonable period not to exceed 60 days prior to the requested date of withdrawal. Any amount withdrawn can only be redeposited to the Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account if the withdrawn amount continues to be deemed a Rollover (except for the fact that the amount originated from this Plan). A withdrawal of all or any portion of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account will not prevent an Employee from accruing any future benefit attributable to Employer contributions. The Administrator may establish rules or procedures regarding withdrawals from an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account.

(b)  Spousal Consent Requirements Upon Withdrawal. All or any portion of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account can be withdrawn from the Plan without the consent of the Employee’s Spouse.

(c)  Form of Distribution. A distribution of all or any portion of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account prior to the time that the Employee is entitled to a distribution of his or her Participant Account will only be made as a lump sum payment. Any amount remaining in an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account at the time the Employee is entitled to a distribution of his or her Participant Account will be distributed, at the election of the Participant, in a lump sum payment or in the same manner as the Participant Account is distributed under the other provisions of this Article 5.


5.22 Distribution of Transfer Contributions . A Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account will be distributed from the Plan at the same time and in the same manner as the Participant’s Account is distributed under Section 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, subject to the following rules:

(a)  Spousal Consent Requirements Upon Withdrawal. The following provisions apply to the requirement of consent by the Participant’s Spouse with respect to a withdrawal of all or any portion of a Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account from the Plan:

 

  (1) Transfer Was Subject to Code §401(a)(11). If the Transfer Contribution was a direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) from a defined benefit plan, a money purchase plan, a target benefit plan, a stock bonus plan, or a profit sharing plan that provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant, then a withdrawal of all or any portion of such Transfer Contribution (and post-transfer earnings thereon) will be subject to the Spousal consent requirements set forth in Section 5.8(b).

 

  (2) Transfer Was Not Subject to Code §401(a)(11). If the Transfer Contribution was not a direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) from a defined benefit plan; a money purchase plan; a target benefit plan; or a stock bonus plan or a profit sharing plan that provided for a joint and survivor annuity or a life annuity form of payment to the Participant, then all or any portion of such Transfer Contribution (and post-transfer earnings thereon) can be withdrawn by the Participant without the consent of the Participant’s Spouse.

(b)  Form of Distribution. A withdrawal of all or any portion of a Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account may also be made in the same manner as the Participant’s Account under the other provisions of this Article 5, subject to the Spousal consent requirements set forth in paragraph (a) above and Section 5.8. However, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the contrary, if the Transfer Contribution was a direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) from a defined benefit plan; a money purchase plan; a target benefit plan; or a stock bonus plan or a profit sharing plan that provided for a joint and survivor annuity or a life annuity form of payment to the Participant, then regardless of the Normal Form of Distribution, a withdrawal of all or any portion of such Transfer Contribution will be subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, and will be distributed in accordance with following provisions:

 

  (1) Distributions Other Than Death. If the Participant is married on the Annuity Starting Date and has not died before such date, then such portion of the Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account will be distributed in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If the Participant is unmarried on the Annuity Starting Date and has not died before such date, then such portion of the Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account will be distributed as a life annuity. If a Participant elects not to receive the annuity form of payment described above, then such portion of the Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account will be distributed in the manner described in Sections 5.1 through 5.4, as applicable. Any such election by a Participant not to receive the annuity form of benefit described in this paragraph must be made in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Plan.


  (2) Distributions Upon Death. Notwithstanding any other Beneficiary designation made by a Participant to the contrary, if a Participant is married on the date of his or her death and dies before the Annuity Starting Date, then with respect to such portion of a deceased Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account, the Participant’s surviving Spouse will receive a minimum death benefit as a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity unless such annuity has been waived under Section 5.8(b), in which event such death benefit will be distributed to the surviving Spouse in the manner described in Section 5.2.

(c)  Special Rule for Withdrawal of Elective Deferral Transfers. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if the Transfer Contributions are Elective Deferrals (including QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this Plan in a direct or indirect trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which are subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d), then the distribution of such Transfer Contributions (including post-transfer earnings thereon) will be subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d).

 

5.23 Distribution of Voluntary Employee Contributions . Voluntary Employee Contributions are not permitted.

 

5.24 QDRO Distributions . Benefits payable pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order can be distributed at any time (even if the affected Participant has not yet reached earliest retirement age).

Article 6 

Code § 415 Limitations

 

6.1 Maximum Annual Additions . Subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3, the maximum Annual Additions made to a Participant’s various accounts maintained under the Plan for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Dollar Limitation of paragraph (a) or the Compensation Limitation of paragraph (b) below, as follows:

(a)  Dollar Limitation. For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Dollar Limitation is $40,000 as adjusted in accordance with Code §415(d).


(b)  Compensation Limitation. For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Compensation Limitation is 100% of the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation, but this limit does not apply to any contribution for medical benefits within the meaning of Code §401(h) or §419A(f)(2) after Termination of Employment which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code §415(l)(1) or §419A(d)(2).

 

6.2 Adjustments to Maximum Annual Addition . In applying the limitation on Annual Additions set forth in Section 6.1, the following adjustments must be made:

(a)  Short Limitation Year. If a Limitation Year is less than 12 months, then the Dollar Limitation of Section 6.1(a) will be adjusted by multiplying the Dollar Limitation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (including any fractional parts of a month) in the short Limitation Year and the denominator of which is 12.

(b)  Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. If a Participant participates in multiple defined contribution plans sponsored by the Employer which have different Anniversary Dates, the maximum Annual Addition in this Plan for the Limitation Year will be reduced by the Annual Additions credited to the Participant’s accounts in the other defined contribution plans during the Limitation Year. If a Participant participates in multiple defined contribution plans sponsored by the Employer which have the same Anniversary Date, then (1) if only one of the plans is subject to Code §412, Annual Additions will first be credited to the Participant’s accounts in the plan subject to Code §412; and (2) if none of the plans are subject to Code §412, the maximum Annual Addition in this Plan for a given Limitation Year will either (A) equal the product of (i) the maximum Annual Addition for such Limitation Year minus any other Annual Additions previously credited to the Participant’s account(s), multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Annual Additions which would be credited to a Participant’s accounts hereunder without regard to the Annual Additions limitation of Section 6.1 and the denominator of which is the Annual Additions for all plans described in this paragraph, or (B) be reduced by the Annual Additions credited to the Participant’s accounts in the other defined contribution plans for such Limitation Year.

 

6.3 Multiple Plans and Multiple Employers . All defined contribution plans (whether terminated or not) sponsored by the Employer will be treated as one defined contribution plan. In addition, all Affiliated Employers will be considered a single Employer.


6.4 Adjustment for Excessive Annual Additions . For any Limitation Year, if the Annual Additions allocated to a Participant’s Account exceed the Annual Additions limitation of Section 6.1 because of an allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective contributions (within the meaning of Code §402(g)(3)), or because of other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this Section, then such Participant’s Account will be adjusted as follows in order to reduce the Excess Annual Additions:

(a)  Catch-Up Contributions. First, if Catch-Up Contributions are permitted, a catch-up eligible Participant who has Excess Annual Additions which include Elective Deferrals and who has not reached his or her Catch-Up Contribution Limit can recharacterize such Excess Annual Additions as Catch-Up Contributions.

(b)  Return of Employee Contributions. Next, Voluntary Employee Contributions, if any, and next, the amount of Elective Deferrals and corresponding Employer Matching Contributions, if any, to the extent that they would reduce the excess amount, will be calculated. Such Elective Deferrals and Voluntary Employee Contributions plus earnings attributable thereto, will be returned to the Participant. Any Employer Matching Contribution amount will be applied as described in paragraphs (c) or (d) below, depending on whether the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year.

(c)  Excess Used To Reduce Employer Contributions If Participant Is Still Covered By The Plan. If, after the application of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, Excess Annual Additions still exist and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions in the Participant’s Account will be used to reduce Employer contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.

(d)  Excess Used To Reduce Employer Contributions If Participant Is Not Covered By The Plan. If, after the application of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, Excess Annual Additions still exist and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions (including the allocation of any Forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.

(e)  Suspense Account. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, then such suspense account will not participate in the allocation of the Trust’s investment gains and losses. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, then all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to Participants’ Accounts before any Employer Contributions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. A suspense account may not be distributed to Participants or former Participants.


Article 7 

Loans, Insurance and Directed Investments

 

7.1 Loans to Participants . Loans to Participants are not permitted.

 

7.2 Insurance on Participants . The purchase of Policies is not permitted except to the extent otherwise provided under Section 7.3 of the Plan with respect to “key man” insurance.

 

7.3 Key Man Insurance. The Administrator may instruct the Trustee to purchase insurance Policies on the life of any Participant whose employment is deemed to be key to the Employer’s financial success. Such key man Policies will be deemed to be an investment of the Trust Fund and will be payable to the Trust Fund as the beneficiary thereof. The Trustee may exercise any and all rights granted under such Policies. Neither the Trustee, Employer, Administrator, nor any fiduciary (including any Named Fiduciary) will be responsible for the validity of any Policy or the failure of any insurer to make payments thereunder, or for the action of any person which delays payment or renders a Policy void in whole or in part. No insurer which issues a Policy will be deemed to be a party to this Plan for any purpose or to be responsible for its validity; nor will any such insurer be required to look into the terms of the Plan nor to question any action of the Trustee. The obligations of the insurer will be determined solely by the Policy’s terms and any other written agreements between it and the Trustee. The insurer will act only at the written direction of the Trustee, and will be discharged from all liability with respect to any amount paid to the Trustee. The insurer will not be obligated to see that any money paid by it to the Trustee or any other person is properly distributed or applied.

 

7.4 Directed Investment Accounts . Pursuant to any rules or procedures promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator, Participants can direct the investment of a portion of (or all of) one or more of their accounts (hereafter called Directed Investment Accounts) established under the terms of the Plan. Investment directives will only be given in accordance with an administrative policy regarding Directed Investment Accounts that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator. With respect to any Participant who fails to exercise the right to direct the investment of his or her Directed Investment Accounts, such Directed Investment Accounts will be invested by the Trustee at the direction of the Administrator in a “default investment” which has been selected by the Administrator and which is expected to produce a favorable rate of return and that minimizes the overall risk of losing money. With respect to Directed Investment Accounts, fiduciaries will only be protected by ERISA §404(c) for a Plan Year if all of the requirements of ERISA §404(c) and the Department of Labor Regulations promulgated thereunder are complied with on each day of the Plan Year.


Article 8 

Duties of the Administrator

 

8.1 Appointment, Resignation, Removal and Succession . The Sponsoring Employer will serve as the Administrator unless the Sponsoring Employer elects to appoint another Administrator. Each Administrator that is appointed will continue until his death, resignation, or removal, and any Administrator may resign by giving 30 days written notice to the Sponsoring Employer. If an Administrator dies, resigns, or is removed, his successor will be appointed as promptly as possible and such appointment will become effective upon its acceptance in writing by such successor. Pending the appointment and acceptance of any successor Administrator, any then acting or remaining Administrator will have full power to act.

 

8.2 General Powers and Duties . The powers and duties of the Administrator include (a) appointing the Plan’s attorney, accountant, actuary, or any other party needed to administer the Plan; (b) directing the Trustees with respect to payments from the Trust Fund; (c) deciding if a Participant is entitled to a benefit; (d) communicating with Employees regarding their participation and benefits under the Plan, including the administration of all claims procedures; (e) filing any returns and reports with the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, or any other governmental agency; (f) reviewing and approving any financial reports, investment reviews, or other reports prepared by any party under clause (a) above; (g) establishing a funding policy and investment objectives consistent with the purposes of the Plan and ERISA; (h) construing and resolving any question of Plan interpretation; and (i) making any findings of fact the Administrator deems necessary to proper Plan administration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Plan, benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. The Administrator’s interpretation of Plan provisions, and any findings of fact, including eligibility to participate and eligibility for benefits, are final and will not be subject to “de novo” review unless shown to be arbitrary and capricious.

 

8.3 Functioning of the Committee . If a Committee is established, a member of the Committee will serve until his or her death, disability, removal by the Sponsoring Employer, or resignation. In the event of any vacancy arising from the death, disability, removal, or resignation of a member of the Committee, the Sponsoring Employer may, but is not required to, appoint a successor to serve in his or her place. The Committee will select a chairman and secretary from among its members. Members of the Committee will serve without compensation. The Committee will act by majority vote. The proper expenses of the Committee, and the compensation of its agents, if any, that are appointed pursuant to Section 8.7, will be paid directly by the Employer.

 

8.4 Multiple Administrators. If more than one Administrator has been appointed by the Sponsoring Employer, the Administrators may delegate specific responsibilities among themselves, including the authority to execute documents unless the Sponsoring Employer revokes such delegation. The Sponsoring Employer and Trustee will be notified in writing of any such delegation of responsibilities, and the Trustee thereafter may rely upon any documents executed by the appropriate Administrator.


8.5 Correcting Administrative Errors . The Administrator will take such steps as the Administrator considers necessary and appropriate to remedy administrative or operational errors, including, but not be limited to, the following: (a) any action pursuant to (1) any Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) that is issued by the Internal Revenue Service, (2) any asset management or fiduciary conduct error correction program that is issued by the Department of Labor, or (3) any other correction program issued by any Department or governmental agency; (b) a reallocation of Plan assets; (c) an adjustment in the amount of future payments to any Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee; and (d) the institution, prosecution, and/or settlement of legal actions to recover benefit payments made in error or on the basis of incorrect or incomplete information.

 

8.6 Promulgating Notices and Procedures . The Sponsoring Employer and Administrator are given the power and responsibility to promulgate certain written notices, policies and/or procedures under the terms of the Plan and disseminate them to Participants, and the Administrator may satisfy such responsibility by the preparation of any such notice, policy and/or procedure in a written form which can be published and communicated to a Participant in one or more of the following ways: (a) by distribution in hard copy; (b) through distribution of a summary plan description or summary of material modifications thereto which sets forth the policy or procedure with respect to a right, benefit or feature offered under the Plan; (c) by e-mail, either to a Participant’s personal e-mail address or his or her Employer-maintained e-mail address; and (d) by publication on a web-site accessible by the Participant, provided the Participant is notified of said web-site publication. Any notice, policy and/or procedure provided through an electronic medium will only be valid if the electronic medium which is used is reasonablydesigned to provide the notice, policy and/or procedure in a manner no less understandable to the Participant than a written document, and under such medium, at the time the notice, policy and/or procedure is provided, the Employee may request and receive the notice, policy and/or procedure on a written paper document at no charge.


8.7 Employment of Agents and Counsel . The Administrator may appoint such actuaries, accountants, custodians, counsel, agents, consultants, service companies and other persons deemed necessary or desirable in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan. Any person or company so appointed will exercise no discretionary authority over investments or the disposition of Trust assets, and their services and duties will be ministerial only and will be to provide the Plan with those things required by law or by the terms of the Plan without in any way exercising any fiduciary authority or responsibility under the Plan. The duties of a third party Administrator will be to safe-keep the individual records for all Participants and to prepare all required actuarial services and disclosure forms under the supervision of the Administrator and any fiduciaries of the Plan. It is expressly stated that the third party Administrator’s services are only ministerial in nature and that under no circumstances will such third party Administrator (a) exercise any discretionary authority whatsoever over Plan Participants, Plan investments, or Plan benefits; or (b) be given any authority or discretion concerning the management and operation of the Plan that would cause them to become fiduciaries of the Plan.

 

8.8 Compensation and Expenses . The Administrator may receive such compensation as agreed upon between the Sponsoring Employer and the Administrator, provided that any person who already receives full-time pay from the Employer may not receive any fees from the Plan for services to the Plan as Administrator or in any other capacity, except for reimbursement for expenses actually and properly incurred. The Sponsoring Employer will pay all “settlor” expenses (as described in Department of Labor Advisory Opinion 2001-01-A) incurred by the Administrator, the Committee or any party that is appointed under Section 8.7 in the performance of their duties. The Sponsoring Employer may pay, but is not required to pay, all “non-settlor” expenses incurred by the Administrator, the Committee, or any party that is appointed under Section 8.7 in the performance of their duties. Any “non-settlor” expenses incurred by the Administrator, the Committee or any party that is appointed under Section 8.7 that the Sponsoring Employer elects not to pay will be reimbursed from Trust Fund assets. Any expenses paid from the Trust Fund will be charged to each Adopting Employer in the ratio that each Adopting Employer’s Participants’ Accounts bears to the total of all the Participants’ Accounts maintained by this Plan, or in any other reasonable method elected by the Administrator.

 

8.9 Claims Procedures(a). The claims procedure required under ERISA §503 and Department of Labor Regulations thereunder is set forth in an administrative policy regarding claims procedures that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator. Such administrative policy will be the sole and exclusive remedy for an Employee, Participant or Beneficiary (“Claimant”) to make a claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

8.10 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . A Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or QDRO, is a signed domestic relations order issued by a State or a Commonwealth court which creates, recognizes or assigns to an alternate payee(s) the right to receive all or part of a Participant’s Plan benefit. An alternate payee is a Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant who is treated as a Beneficiary under the Plan as a result of the QDRO. The Administrator will determine if a domestic relations order received by the Plan is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order based on an administrative policy regarding Qualified Domestic Relations Orders that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator.


8.11 Appointment of Investment Manager . The Administrator, with the consent of the Sponsoring Employer, may appoint an Investment Manager to manage and control the investment of all or any portion of the assets of the Trust. Each Investment Manager must be a person (other than the Trustee) who (a) has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets, (b) is an investment adviser, a bank, or an insurance company as described in ERISA §3(38)(B), and (c) acknowledges fiduciary responsibility to the Plan in writing. The Administrator will enter into an agreement with an Investment Manager that specifies the duties and compensation of the Investment Manager and specifies any other terms and conditions under which the Investment Manager will be retained. The Trustee is not liable for any act or omission of an Investment Manager and is not liable for following an Investment Manager’s advice with respect to duties delegated by the Administrator to the Investment Manager. The Administrator can determine the portion of the Plan’s assets to be invested by a designated Investment Manager and can establish investment objectives and guidelines for the Investment Manager to follow.

Article 9 

Trustee Provisions

 

9.1 Separate Trust Agreement. A separate Trust Agreement executed by the Sponsoring Employer and the Trustee shall govern the duties and responsibilities of the Trustee. The provisions of th e Trust Agreement shall supersede any conflicting provisions contained in this Plan document.

Article 10 

Adopting Employer Provisions

 

10.1 Plan Contributions. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, or unless otherwise required by law, no Employer will have any obligation to make contributions to this Plan for or on behalf of the Employees of any other Employer. If an Employee is employed by more than one Employer, any contributions made on his or her behalf will be prorated between those Employers on the basis of the Compensation that the Employee received from each Employer. If any Employer is unable to make a contribution for any Plan Year, any Employer which is an Affiliated Employer of such Employer may make an additional contribution to the Plan on behalf of any Employee of the non-contributing Employer.

 

10.2 Plan Amendments . Any amendment to this Plan that is adopted by the Sponsoring Employer, at any time, will be deemed to be accepted by any Adopting Employer, unless such Adopting Employer is not an Affiliated Employer and elects not to adopt a discretionary Plan amendment.


10.3 Plan Expenses . Any expenses paid from the Trust will be charged to each Adopting Employer in the ratio that each Adopting Employer’s Participants’ Accounts bears to the total of all the Participants’ Accounts maintained by this Plan, or in any other reasonable method elected by the Administrator.

 

10.4 Employee Transfers . An Employee’s transfer to or from an Employer or Adopting Employer will not affect his or her Participant’s Account balance and total Years of Service.

 

10.5 Multiple Employer Provisions Under Code §413(c) . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, unless the Plan is a collectively bargained plan under Regulation §1.413-1(a), the following provisions apply to any Adopting Employer that is not also an Affiliated Employer:

(a)  Instances of Separate Employer Testing. Employees of any such Adopting Employer will be treated separately for testing under Code §401(a)(4), §401(k), §401(m) and, if the Sponsoring Employer and the Adopting Employer do not share Employees, Code §416. Furthermore, the terms of Code §410(b) will be applied separately on an employer-by-employer basis by the Sponsoring Employer (and the Adopting Employers which are part of the Affiliated Group which includes the Sponsoring Employer) and each Adopting Employer that is not an Affiliated Employer of the Sponsoring Employer, taking into account the generally applicable rules described in Code §401(a)(5), §414(b) and §414(c).

(b)  Instances of Single Employer Testing. Employees of the Adopting Employer will be treated as part of a single Employer plan for purposes of eligibility to participate under Article 2 and under the provisions of Code §410(a). Furthermore, the terms of Code §411 relating to Vesting will be applied as if all Employees of all such Adopting Employers and the Sponsoring Employer were employed by a single Employer, except that the rules regarding Breaks in Service will be applied under the Department of Labor Regulations.

(c)  Common Provisions. Contributions made by any Adopting Employer will be held in a common Trust Fund with contributions made by the Sponsoring Employer, and all such contributions will be available to pay the benefits of any Participant (or Beneficiary thereof) who is an Employee of the Sponsoring Employer or any such Adopting Employer. The failure of the Sponsoring Employer or an Adopting Employer to satisfy the qualification requirements under the provisions of Code §401(a), as modified by the provisions of Code §413(c), will result in the disqualification of the Plan for all such Employers maintaining the Plan.


10.6 Termination of Adoption . An Adopting Employer may terminate its adoption of the Plan by delivering written notice to the Sponsoring Employer, to the Administrator and to the Trustee. Upon termination of adoption by an Adopting Employer, the Adopting Employer may request a transfer of Trust Fund assets attributable to its Employees to a successor qualified retirement plan maintained by the Adopting Employer or its successor. If such request is not made by the Adopting Employer, or if the Administrator refuses to make the transfer because in its opinion a transfer would operate to the detriment of any Participant, would jeopardize the continued qualification of the Plan, or would not comply with any requirements of the Code, Regulations, or rules promulgated by the Department of Treasury or Internal Revenue Service, then termination of adoption by an Adopting Employer as described herein will not be considered a distributable event; distribution of a Participant’s Account of an Employee of the Adopting Employer will be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 upon the death, retirement, Disability, or the Termination of Employment from the Adopting Employer or former Adopting Employer, as if termination of adoption by the Adopting Employer had not occurred.

Article 11 

Amendment, Termination and Merger

 

11.1 Plan Amendment . The Plan can be amended at any time in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Amendment by the Volume Submitter Sponsor. Subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in subparagraphs (1), (2) and (3) below, and in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the Volume Submitter Sponsor can amend any part of the Plan without the consent of the Sponsoring Employer or any Adopting Employer, nor does the Sponsoring Employer have to reexecute the Plan. The Volume Submitter Sponsor will provide each Sponsoring Employer a copy of the amended Plan (either by providing an amendment, substitute or additional pages, or by providing a restated Plan). For purposes of amendments made by the Volume Submitter Employer, the Sponsoring Employer can override any such amendment by executing another amendment by the end of the applicable remedial amendment period that applies to such amendment.

 

  (1) Scope of Amendments. Any such amendments by the Volume Submitter Sponsor will amend the plan on behalf of all adopting Employers, including those Employers who have adopted the plan prior to this amendment, for changes in the Code, regulations, revenue rulings, other statements published by the Internal Revenue Service, including model, sample or other required good faith amendments, but only if their adoption will not cause the Plan to be individually designed, and for corrections of prior approved plans. These amendments will be applied to all Employers who have adopted the Plan.


  (2) Cessation of Amendment Authority. The Volume Submitter Sponsor will no longer have the authority to amend the Plan on behalf of any adopting Employer as of either (1) the date the Internal Revenue Service requires the Employer to file Form 5300 as an individually designed plan as a result of an Employer amendment to the Plan to incorporate a type of plan not allowable in the Volume Submitter program, as described in Revenue Procedure 2005-16, or (2) as of the date the Plan is otherwise considered an individually designed plan due to the nature and extent of the amendments. If the Employer is required to obtain a determination letter for any reason in order to maintain reliance on the advisory letter, the Volume Submitter Sponsor’s authority to amend the Plan on behalf of the adopting Employer is conditioned on the Plan receiving a favorable determination letter.

 

  (3) Recordkeeping. The Volume Submitter Sponsor will maintain, or have maintained on its behalf, a record of the Employers that have adopted the Plan, and will make reasonable and diligent efforts to ensure that adopting Employers have actually received and are aware of all Plan amendments and that such Employers adopt new documents when necessary. This amendment supersedes other provisions of the Plan to the extent those other provisions are inconsistent with this amendment.

(b)  Amendment by the Sponsoring Employer. Subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in paragraphs (c) and (d) below, the Sponsoring Employer will have the right at any time to amend the Plan in the following manner without affecting the Plan’s status as a Volume Submitter Plan: (1) the Sponsoring Employer may change any optional selections under the Plan; (2) the Sponsoring Employer may add additional language where authorized under the Plan including language necessary to satisfy Code §415 or Code §416 due to the aggregation of multiple plans; (3) the Sponsoring Employer may change the addendums to the Plan from time to time without having to reexecute of the Plan; (4) the Sponsoring Employer may adopt any model, sample and/or “good faith” amendments promulgated/suggested by the IRS, for which the IRS has provided guidance that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan; (5) the Sponsoring Employer may adopt any amendments that it deems necessary to resolve qualification failures under any Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) that is promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service; and (6) the Sponsoring Employer may adopt an amendment to cure a coverage or nondiscrimination testing failure, as permitted under applicable Regulations. The Sponsoring Employer may also amend the Plan at any time for any other reason. The ability to amend the Plan as authorized under this Section applies only to the Sponsoring Employer that executes the signature page of the Plan. Any amendment to the Plan by the Sponsoring Employer under this Section applies to any Affiliated Employer that participates under the Plan as an Adopting Employer. The Sponsoring Employer’s amendment of the Plan from one type of defined contribution plan (e.g., a money purchase plan) into another type of defined contribution plan (e.g., a profit sharing plan) will not result in a partial termination or any other event that would require full Vesting of some or all Plan Participants.

(c)  Manner of Amendment. Any amendments by the Volume Submitter Sponsor or Sponsoring Employer can be made by (1) substituting pages with the new elections (or new addendum) and executing an “Amendment By Page Substitution” and attaching it as part of the Plan; (2) executing an “Amendment By Section Replication” in which the section or sections (or addendum or addendums) to be changed are reproduced with the new elections indicated, and attaching it as part of the Plan; (3) executing a properly worded corporate resolution and attaching it as part of the Plan; or (4) creating and distributing a Safe Harbor Notice (other than a contingent Safe Harbor Notice as described in Section 3.16(b) ) to Safe Harbor Participants.


(d)  General Requirements. An amendment by the Volume Submitter Sponsor or the Sponsoring Employer must be in writing. However, no such amendment or modification (1) can increase the responsibilities of the Trustee or the Administrator without their written consent; (2) can deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of the benefits to which he or she is entitled from the Plan; (3) can result in a decrease in the amount of any Participant’s Account except as may be permitted under the terms of Code §412(c)(8) if applicable; or (4) can, except as otherwise provided, permit any part of the Trust Fund (other than as required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries, or cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become the property of the Employer. In addition, unless the provisions of paragraph (e) below are satisfied, no amendment to the Plan will have the effect of eliminating or restricting the ability of a Participant or other payee to receive payment of his or her Account balance or benefit entitlement from the Plan under a particular optional form of benefit provided under the Plan.

(e)  Elimination of Optional Forms of Benefit. No Plan amendment will be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence will not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of the Participant’s Account balance under a particular optional form of benefit (including annuities and installments) if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. With respect to the modification or elimination of an optional form of benefit under which benefits are distributable to a Participant in a medium other than cash, the following provisions will apply:

 

  (1) Eliminating Distributions Payable in Marketable Securities (Other Than Employer Securities). If the Plan includes an optional form of benefit under which benefits are distributed in the form of Marketable Securities (other than Securities of the Employer), then that optional form of benefit may be eliminated by a Plan amendment (or the Plan’s amendment and restatement) by substituting cash for the Marketable Securities as the medium of distribution.

 

  (2) Amendments to Specify Medium of Distribution. If the Plan includes an optional form of benefit under which benefits are distributable to a Participant in a medium other than cash, then the Plan may be amended (or may be amended and restated) to limit the types of property in which distributions may be made to the Participant to the types of property specified in the amendment (or the amendment and restatement). For this purpose, the types of property specified in the amendment (or the amendment and restatement) must include all types of property (other than marketable securities that are not securities of the Employer) that are allocated to the Participant’s Account on the effective date of the amendment (or the amendment and restatement) and in which the Participant would be able to receive a distribution immediately before the effective date of the amendment (or the amendment and restatement) if a distributable event occurred. In addition, a Plan amendment (or the Plan’s amendment and restatement) may provide that the Participant’s right to receive a distribution in the form of specified types of property is limited to the property allocated to the Participant’s Account at the time of distribution that consists of property of those specified types.


  (3) In-Kind Distributions After Plan Termination. If the Plan includes an optional form of benefit under which benefits are distributed in specified property, then that optional form of benefit may be modified for distributions after Plan termination by substituting cash for the specified property as the medium of distribution to the extent that, on Plan termination, an Employee has the opportunity to receive the optional form of benefit in the form of the specified property. However, if the Employer that maintains the terminating Plan also maintains another plan that provides an optional form of benefit under which benefits are distributed in the specified property, then this exception is not available.

 

  (4) Definitions of Marketable Securities and Securities of the Employer. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Marketable Securities” means marketable securities as defined in Code §731(c)(2). The term “Securities of the Employer” means securities of the Employer as defined in Code §402(e)(4)(E)(ii).

(f)  Certain Corrective Amendments. To satisfy the minimum coverage requirements of Code §410(b), the nondiscriminatory amount requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2), or the nondiscriminatory plan amendment requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(4), a corrective amendment may retroactively increase allocations for Employees who benefited under the Plan during the Plan Year being corrected, or may grant allocations to Employees who did not benefit under the Plan during the Plan Year being corrected. To satisfy the nondiscriminatory current availability requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-4(b) for benefits, rights or features, a corrective amendment may make a benefit, right or feature available to Employees to whom it was previously not available. A corrective amendment will not be effective prior to the date of adoption unless it satisfies the applicable requirements of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-11(g)(3)(ii) through (vii), including the requirement that, in order to be effective for the preceding Plan Year, such amendment must be adopted by the 15th day of the 10th month after the close of the preceding Plan Year.

 

11.2 Termination By Sponsoring Employer . The Sponsoring Employer at any time can terminate the Plan and Trust in whole or in part in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)  Termination of Plan. The Sponsoring Employer can terminate the Plan and Trust by filing written notice thereof with the Administrator and Trustee and by completely discontinuing contributions to the Plan. Upon any such termination, the Trust Fund will continue to be administered until complete distribution has been made to the Participants and other payees, which distribution must occur as soon as administratively feasible after the termination of the Plan, and must be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of the Plan, including Section 5.6 where applicable. However, the Administrator may elect not to distribute the Accounts of Participants and other payees upon termination of the Plan but instead to transfer the entire Trust Fund assets and liabilities attributable to this terminated Plan to another qualified plan maintained by the Employer or its successor.

(b)  Vesting Requirement on Complete Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions. Upon a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, then (1) any Participant who is affected by such complete termination or, if applicable, such complete discontinuance of contributions; (2) any Participant who has not Terminated Employment with the Employer; (3) any Participant who has Terminated Employment with the Employer and has not received a complete distribution of the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account; and (4) any Participant who has Terminated Employment but has not incurred five consecutive Breaks in Service, will have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her unpaid Participant’s Account.


(c)  Vesting Requirement on Partial Termination. Upon partial termination of the Plan, only a Participant who has Terminated Employment because of the event which causes the partial termination but who has not incurred five consecutive Breaks in Service will have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her unpaid Participant’s Account as of the date of partial termination.

(d)  Discontinuance of Contributions. The Sponsoring Employer may at any time completely discontinue contributions to the Plan but continue the Plan in operation in all other respects, in which event the Trust Fund will continue to be administered until eventual full distribution of all benefits has been made to the Participants and other payees in accordance with Article 5 after their Termination of Employment for any reason. Discontinuance of contributions without an additional notice of termination from the Sponsoring Employer to the Administrator and Trustee will not constitute a termination of the Plan.

 

11.3 Merger or Consolidation. This Plan may not be merged or consolidated with, nor may any of its assets or liabilities be transferred to, any other plan, unless the benefits payable to each Participant if the Plan was terminated immediately after such action would be equal to or greater than the benefits to which such Participant would have been entitled if this Plan had been terminated immediately before such action. For purposes of this Section, the term “Code §410(b)(6)(C) Transaction” means an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a business. If the Employer acquires another company in a Code §410(b)(6)(C) Transaction, employees of the acquired company may be excluded from this Plan regardless of the provisions of Section 2.1 during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the Plan Year that begins after the date of the Code §410(b)(6)(C) Transaction.

 

11.4 Plan-to-Plan Elective Transfers . To permit Participants to consolidate all qualified defined contribution plan accounts into a single plan for investments, distributions, loans and other administrative purposes, the Sponsoring Employer may permit Participants to transfer amounts to and from this Plan under the following rules:

(a)  Transfers to This Plan. If permitted by the Sponsoring Employer and subject to the provisions of this Section, then a Participant may request that such Participant’s entire account balance (both the vested interest and the non-vested interest) in another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer (or an Adopting Employer) be transferred in cash or in property into this Plan. Such transferred amount into this Plan will be considered a Transfer Contribution.


(b)  Transfers From This Plan. If permitted by the Sponsoring Employer, then a Participant may request that such Participant’s Account balance (both the Vested Interest and the Non-Vested Interest) in this Plan be transferred in cash or in property into another qualified defined contribution plan of the Sponsoring Employer (or an Adopting Employer).

(c)  Limitation on Transfers. A transfer into or from this Plan pursuant to this Section is only permitted if the Participant is ineligible to actively participate at the same time in the Sponsoring Employer’s (or an Adopting Employer’s) plan from which the transfer is being made (the transferor plan) and the Sponsoring Employer’s (or an Adopting Employer’s) plan into which the transfer is being made (the transferee plan).

(d)  Plan Accounts. Transfer Contributions from another qualified defined contribution plan into this Plan will maintain their identity as Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Voluntary Employee Contributions, Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions, and Rollover Contributions in this Plan. Such Transfer Contributions will be accounted for separately in this Plan.

(e)  Protected Benefits. Any Transfer Contributions into this Plan that have benefits, rights and features (including, but not limited to, certain optional forms of benefit payments, such as annuities) required to be preserved by Code §411(d)(6) will continue to be preserved and protected in this Plan to the extent required by Code §411(d)(6). The Sponsoring Employer (or an Adopting Employer) reserves the right to eliminate any benefits, rights and features (including, but not limited to, certain optional forms of benefit payments) of any Transfer Contributions into this Plan, to the extent permitted under Code §411(d)(6).

(f)  Vesting. Transfer Contributions into this Plan must Vest at least as rapidly under this Plan (the transferee plan) as they would Vest under the plan from which the transfer is being made (the transferor plan), as if the transfer had not occurred. If this Plan is the transferee plan and the Vesting schedule under the transferor plan for a specific source of transferred amounts (Matching Contributions or Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions) is less favorable than the Vesting schedule that applies to the same component (Matching Contributions or Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions) in this Plan, the Administrator may apply, in a non-discriminatory manner, the Vesting schedule of this Plan’s component (Matching Contributions or Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions) to that portion of the Transfer Contributions.

(g)  Transfer Requests Subject to Administrative Approval. Any transfer into or from this Plan must be made in cash or property acceptable to the Trustee. Any benefits, rights and features of a Transfer Contribution required to be protected by Code §411(d)(6) must be acceptable to and approved by the Administrator.


(h)  Application of this Section. The provisions of this Section will apply to all Transfer Contributions, regardless of whether a Transfer Contribution was an elective transfer initiated by the Participant.

Article 12 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

12.1 No Contract of Employment . Except as otherwise provided by law, neither the establishment of this Plan, any modification hereto, the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving any Participant or other person any legal or equitable rights against the Employer, any officer or Employee thereof, or the Trustee, except as herein provided. Further, under no circumstances will the terms of employment of any Participant be modified or otherwise affected by this Plan.

 

12.2 Title to Assets . No Participant or Beneficiary will have any right to, or any interest in, any assets of the Trust upon separation from service with the Employer, Affiliated Employer, or Adopting Employer, except as otherwise provided by the terms of the Plan.

 

12.3 Qualified Military Service . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code §414(u).


12.4 Fiduciaries and Bonding . Fiduciaries (including Named Fiduciaries) of the Plan will have only those powers and duties specifically given to them under the terms of this Plan. Every fiduciary other than a bank, an insurance company, or a fiduciary of an Employer which has no common-law employees, will be bonded in an amount not less than 10% of the amount of funds under the fiduciary’s supervision, but the bond will not be less than $1,000 or more than $500,000 or such other amount that may be required by law. The bond will provide protection to the Plan against any loss for acts of fraud or dishonesty by a fiduciary acting alone or in concert with others. The cost of such bond will be an expense of either the Employer or the Trust, at the election of the Sponsoring Employer.

 

12.5 Severability of Provisions . If any Plan provision is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Plan, and this Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

 

12.6 Interpretation of the Plan and Trust . The following provisions apply to the interpretation of the Plan and Trust:

(a)  Names. Names that are used in this Plan should be used consistently in any appendixes, policies, procedures, and/or any other documents which are legally binding upon the Plan. However, in documents that are not considered to be part of this Plan, appendixes, policies or procedures that are not legally binding upon the Plan; and that may be are distributed to individuals (such as the SPDs, SMMs, notices, and election forms), names may use plain English terms. These terms include, but are not limited to, the following: in the case of a profit sharing plan, the Non-Elective Contribution may be called the Employer contribution or the profit sharing contribution. Similarly, the Non-Elective Contribution Account may be called the Participant’s Account or the Participant’s profit sharing account.

(b)  Gender. Words that are used in the masculine gender may be construed as though they are also used in the feminine or neuter gender, where applicable (and vice versa).

(c)  Number. Words that are used in the singular form may be construed as though they are also used in the plural form, where applicable (and vice versa).


(d)  Headings and Subheadings. Headings and subheadings are inserted for convenience of reference. Headings and subheadings constitute no part of this Plan and/or Trust and are not to be considered in its construction or interpretation.

(e)  Single Subparagraphs. This Plan and/or Trust may have Sections and/or paragraphs that contain a single subparagraph; such document construction will not constitute a Scrivener’s error.

(f)  Application of Law. This Plan and/or Trust will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the Code and ERISA. However, if the Plan and/or Trust needs to be construed and interpreted according to a State’s or Commonwealth’s laws (to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the provisions of the Code and ERISA), then this Plan and/or Trust will be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Sponsoring Employer maintains its principal place of business.

(g)  Effective Dates. This Plan and/or Trust contains various effective dates, which include, but are not limited to: (1) the effective date of the Plan and, if applicable, the effective date of the amended and restated Plan; and (2) the effective dates of legally required or permitted provisions.

 

12.7 Costs of Legal Action . Unless otherwise prohibited by law, either the Sponsoring Employer or the Trust, in the sole discretion of the Sponsoring Employer, will reimburse the Trustee and/or the Administrator for all costs, attorneys fees and other expenses associated with any claim, suit or proceeding.

 

12.8 Qualified Plan Status . This Plan and Trust are intended to be a qualified retirement plan under the provisions of Code §401(a) and §501(a).


12.9 Mailing of Notices to Administrator, Employer or Trustee . Notices, documents or forms required to be given to or filed with the Administrator, the Employer or the Committee will be either hand delivered or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Committee or the Employer, at the Employer’s principal place of business. Any notices, documents or forms required to be given to or filed with the Trustee will be either be hand delivered or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Trustee at its principal place of business.

 

12.10 Participant Notices and Waivers of Notices . Whenever written notice is required to be given under the terms of this Plan, such notice will be deemed to be given on the date that such written notice is either hand delivered to the recipient or deposited at a United States Postal Service Station, first class mail, postage paid. Notice may be waived by any party entitled to receive written notice concerning any matter under the terms of this Plan.

 

12.11 No Duplication of Benefits . There will be no duplication of benefits under the Plan because of employment by more than one participating Employer.

 

12.12 Evidence Furnished Conclusive . Anyone required to give evidence under the terms of the Plan may do so by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person to act in reliance may consider pertinent, reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. The fiduciaries of the Plan will be fully protected in acting and relying upon any evidence described under this Section.

 

12.13 Release of Claims . Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, his or her legal representative, or to a guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary, will, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Administrator and the Trustee, either of whom may require such Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian or committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as determined by the Administrator or the Trustee.

 

12.14 Discontinued Contributions. Any Participants’ Accounts (or sub-Accounts) that were established for specific contributions to the Plan which are (or were) subsequently discontinued will continue to be administered in accordance with the Vesting and Forfeiture provisions of the Plan in effect on the date that such contributions are (or were) discontinued.

 

12.15 Multiple Copies of Plan And/or Trust . This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same Agreement and will be binding on the respective successors and assigns of the Employer and all other parties.


12.16 Limitation of Liability and Indemnification . In addition to and in furtherance of any other limitations provided in the Plan, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Employer will indemnify and hold harmless its board of directors (collectively and individually), if any, the Administrative/Advisory Committee (collectively and individually), if any, and its officers, Employees, and agents against and with respect to any and all expenses, losses, liabilities, costs, and claims, including legal fees to defend against such liabilities and claims, arising out of their good-faith discharge of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, excepting only expenses and liabilities resulting from willful misconduct. This indemnity will not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Employer or as may be provided by the Employer under any by-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under state law. Payments with respect to any indemnity and payment of expenses or fees under this Section will be made only from assets of the Employer, and will not be made directly or indirectly from assets of the Trust.

 

12.17 Written Elections and Forms . Whenever the word “written” or the words “in writing” are used, such words will include any method of communication permitted by the DOL with respect to such documentation. In a similar manner, the word “form” will include any other method of election permitted under current law. Such alternative methods will include, but not be limited to, electronic modes to the extent permitted by law.

 

12.18 Assignment and Alienation of Benefits . Except as may otherwise be permitted under Code §401(a)(13)(C), as may otherwise be permitted under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as provided in Section 8.10, or as may otherwise be permitted under Section 7.1 relating to loans to Participants, no right or claim to, or interest in, any part of the Trust Fund, or any payment therefrom, will be assignable, transferable, or subject to sale, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, commutation, anticipation, garnishment, attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and the Trustees will not recognize any attempt to assign, transfer, sell, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, commute, or anticipate the same, except to the extent required by law.

 

12.19 Exclusive Benefit Rule . All contributions made by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to the Trust Fund will be used for the exclusive benefit of the Participants who are Employees of the Employer or Affiliated Employer and for their Beneficiaries and will not be used for nor diverted to any other purpose except the payment of the costs of maintaining the Plan. All contributions made by an Adopting Employer who is not an Affiliated Employer will be used for the exclusive benefit of the Participants who are Employees of the Adopting Employer and for their Beneficiaries and will not be used for nor diverted to any other purpose except the payment of the Adopting Employers’ proportionate costs of maintaining the Plan.

 

12.20 Prior Provisions of Amended and Restated Plans . If the Plan’s effective date is prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and this is an amendment and restatement of the Plan, then the provisions of the prior Plan document in effect prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002 will apply to this Plan; however, if any provisions of the prior Plan document contradict any provisions of this Plan, then the provisions of this Plan will apply.


12.21 Dual and Multiple Trusts . Plan assets may be held in two or more separate trusts, or in trust and by an insurance company or by a trust and under a custodial agreement. Plan assets may also be held in a common trust.

This Plan has been executed by the Sponsoring Employer as of the day, month and year set forth on page 1 of this Agreement.

Universal Development Partners, Ltd d/b/a Universal Orlando

By:   /s/ John Sprouls


UNIVERSAL ORLANDO 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN

ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY REGARDING THE CLAIMS PROCEDURE

In accordance with Section 8.9 of the Universal Orlando 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), the rules and procedures set forth below (hereafter called the “Policy”) govern claims for benefits under the Plan. This Policy is the sole and exclusive remedy for an Employee, Participant or Beneficiary (“Claimant”) to make a claim for benefits, and this Policy will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements of ERISA §503 and the regulations thereunder. All claims determinations made by the Administrator, by the Appropriate Named Fiduciary, and/or by the Committee (if one is appointed under Section 8.3 of the Plan) will be made in accordance with this Policy and will be applied consistently to similarly situated Claimants.

DEFINITIONS

In applying the terms of this Policy, any terms used herein which are also used in the Plan will have the same meaning ascribed to them under this Policy as ascribed to them under the terms of the Plan except as may otherwise be provided. In addition, the following terms specific to this Policy will have the following meanings:

APPROPRIATE NAMED FIDUCIARY. The term “Appropriate Named Fiduciary” means (a) if a Committee has been appointed by the Sponsoring Employer under Section 8.3 of the Plan, the Committee; (b) if a Committee has not been appointed pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Plan, the Administrator (and for purposes of this Policy, if a Committee has not been appointed by the Sponsoring Employer, any reference to Committee will be considered a reference to the Administrator); or (c) if an appeal of the initial denial is made for Disability Benefits, initially the Administrator, but the Administrator must immediately appoint as the Appropriate Named Fiduciary for this purpose an individual who is neither the individual who made the initial adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of such individual.

DISABILITY BENEFIT. The term “Disability Benefit” means a benefit that becomes payable upon a determination of a Participant’s Disability, other than any disability that, under the terms of this Plan, is determined by the Social Security Administration or under the Sponsoring Employer’s long term disability plan.

INITIAL DETERMINATION OF A CLAIM

A Claimant (or an authorized representative) may file a claim for a benefit to which the Claimant believes he or she is entitled. Claims must be filed in writing with the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole and complete discretion, will make all initial determinations as to the right of any person to benefits. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Administrator will send the Claimant a written or electronic notice (which electronic notice must comply with the standards imposed by Department of Labor Regulation §2520.104b-1(c)(1)(i), (iii), and (iv)) informing the Claimant of the denial. The notice will be given as provided in the next section below.

NOTICE OF A CLAIM DENIAL

NOTICE OF DENIAL OF A CLAIM FOR NON-DISABILITY BENEFITS. With respect to a claim for benefits that are not Disability Benefits, the written or electronic notice of the denial will be given within a reasonable period of time (but no later than 90 days) from the date the Administrator receives the written claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. In no event may the extension exceed 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period. If an extension is necessary, the Administrator will send the Claimant a written notice prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period in which the Administrator indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Administrator expects to render a decision. The notice must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and must contain the following information: (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b) reference to the specific plan provisions on which the denial is based; (c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (d) a description of the Plan’s review (i.e., appeal) procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA §502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

NOTICE OF DENIAL OF A CLAIM FOR DISABILITY BENEFITS. With respect to a claim for Disability Benefits, the written or electronic notice of the denial will be given within a reasonable period of time (but no later than 45 days) from the date the Administrator receives the written claim. The 45-day period can be extended by the Administrator for up to 30 days if the Administrator both determines that an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Administrator and notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 45-day period, of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrator expects to render a decision. If, prior to the end of the first 30-day extension period, the Administrator determines that, due to matters beyond the control of the Administrator, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, then the period for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional 30 days, provided the Administrator notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the first 30-day extension period, of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Administrator expects to render a decision. In the case of any extension under this paragraph, the notice of extension will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information.

The notice of denial must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and must contain the following information: (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b) reference to the specific plan provisions on which the denial is based; (c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (d) a description of the Plan’s review (i.e., appeal) procedures and the time limits for such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA §502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review. If an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination, the notice must provide either the specific rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion, or a statement that such a rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination and that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol, or other criterion will be provided free of charge to the Claimant on request; and if the


adverse benefit determination is based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, the notice must provide either an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the plan to the Claimant’s medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided free of charge on request.

APPEALING THE DENIAL OF A CLAIM

CLAIMS FOR NON-DISABILITY BENEFITS. If the Administrator denies a claim for a non-Disability benefit in whole or in part, the Claimant may elect to appeal the denial. If the Claimant does not appeal the denial pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Policy, the denial will be final, binding and unappealable. Appeals will be filed in accordance with, and will be determined subject to, the following provisions:

 

  (a) WHEN THE APPEAL MUST BE FILED. The written request for appeal must be filed by the Claimant (or by the Claimant’s authorized representative) with the Appropriate Named Fiduciary within 60 days after the date on which the Claimant receives the Administrator’s notice of denial.

 

  (b) REVIEW OF THE CLAIM FOLLOWING AN APPEAL. If a request for an appeal is timely filed, the Appropriate Named Fiduciary will conduct a full and fair review of the claim and the denial. As part of the review, the Claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim, and the review will take into account all such comments, documents, records, or other information submitted by the Claimant, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the Administrator’s initial benefit determination. The Claimant also may obtain, free of charge and upon request, records and other information relevant to the claim, without regard to whether such information was relied upon by the Administrator in making the initial benefit determination. As a result of this review, the Appropriate Named Fiduciary will, in its sole and complete discretion, determine whether to uphold all or part of the initial denial.

 

  (c) NOTICE OF DENIAL. If the Appropriate Named Fiduciary determines pursuant the review under paragraph (b) above that all or part of the initial denial should be upheld, the Administrator will send the Claimant a written or electronic notice informing the Claimant of its decision to uphold all or part of the initial denial. The notice of denial must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and must contain (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b) a specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (c) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents and other information relevant to the claim; and (d) an explanation of the Claimant’s right to request arbitration and the applicable time limits for doing so.

 

  (d) WHEN THE NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN. If the Administrator is serving as the Appropriate Named Fiduciary, the notice will be given within a reasonable period of time (but no later than 60 days) after the date the Appropriate Named Fiduciary receives the request for appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for reviewing the claim. In no event may the extension exceed 60 days from the end of the initial 60-day period. If an extension is necessary, prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period, the Administrator will send the Claimant a written notice, indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Appropriate Named Fiduciary expects to render a decision. However, if the Committee is serving as the Appropriate Named Fiduciary and the Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings on a quarterly or more frequent basis, notice will be given at the next regularly scheduled meeting if the Committee receives the written request for appeal more than 30 days prior to its next regularly scheduled meeting, or at the regularly scheduled meeting immediately following the next regularly scheduled meeting if the Committee receives the written request for appeal within 30 days of the next regularly scheduled meeting. If special circumstances require an extension, the decision may be postponed to the third regularly scheduled meeting following the Committee’s receipt of the written request for appeal if, prior to the expiration of the initial time period for review, the Claimant is provided with written notice indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render a decision. If the extension is required because the Claimant has not provided information that is necessary to decide the claim, the Committee may suspend the review period from the date on which notice of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds to the request for additional information. The Committee must notify the Claimant of its decision as soon as possible, but not later than 5 days after the decision is made.

CLAIMS FOR DISABILITY BENEFITS. If the Administrator denies a claim for a Disability benefit in whole or in part, the Claimant may elect to appeal the denial. If the Claimant does not appeal the denial pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Policy, the denial will be final, binding and unappealable. Any appeal by a Claimant will be filed in accordance with, and will be determined subject to, the following provisions:

 

  (a) WHEN THE APPEAL MUST BE FILED. The written request for appeal must be filed by the Claimant (or by the Claimant’s authorized representative) with the Appropriate Named Fiduciary within 180 days after the date on which the Claimant receives the Administrator’s notice of denial.

 

  (b)

REVIEW OF THE CLAIM FOLLOWING AN APPEAL. If a request for an appeal is timely filed, the Appropriate Named Fiduciary will conduct a full and fair review of the claim and the denial, and the initial denial of the claim will not be afforded any deference. As part of this review, the Claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim, and the review will take into account all such comments, documents, records, or other information submitted by the Claimant, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the Administrator’s initial benefit determination. The Claimant also may obtain, free of charge and upon request, records and other information relevant to the claim, without regard to whether such information was relied upon by the Administrator in making the initial benefit determination. In addition, if the appeal is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, including determinations with regard to whether a particular treatment, drug, or other item is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary or appropriate, then the Appropriate Named Fiduciary will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment, provided, however, that any such health care professional cannot be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial denial that is the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of any such individual. The Claimant will also be given the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with a Claimant’s initial denial, without regard to whether the


 

advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination. As a result of this review, the Appropriate Named Fiduciary will, in its sole and complete discretion, determine whether to uphold all or part of the initial claim denial.

 

  (c) NOTICE OF DENIAL. If the Appropriate Named Fiduciary determines pursuant the review under paragraph (b) above that all or part of the initial denial should be upheld, the Administrator will send the Claimant a written or electronic notice informing the Claimant of its decision to uphold all or part of the initial denial. The notice of denial must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and must contain (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b) a specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (c) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents and other information relevant to the claim; and (d) an explanation of the Claimant’s right to request arbitration and the applicable time limits for doing so.

 

  (d) WHEN THE NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN. If the Administrator is serving as the Appropriate Named Fiduciary, the notice will be given within a reasonable period of time (but no later than 45 days) after the date the Appropriate Named Fiduciary receives the request for appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for reviewing the claim. In no event may the extension exceed 45 days from the end of the initial 45-day period. If an extension is necessary, prior to the expiration of the initial 45-day period, the Administrator will send the Claimant a written notice, indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Appropriate Named Fiduciary expects to render a decision. However, if the Committee is serving as the Appropriate Named Fiduciary and the Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings on a quarterly or more frequent basis, notice will be given at the next regularly scheduled meeting if the Committee receives the written request for appeal more than 30 days prior to its next regularly scheduled meeting, or at the regularly scheduled meeting immediately following the next regularly scheduled meeting if the Committee receives the written request for appeal within 30 days of the next regularly scheduled meeting. If special circumstances require an extension, the decision may be postponed to the third regularly scheduled meeting following the Committee’s receipt of the written request for appeal if, prior to the expiration of the initial time period for review, the Claimant is provided with written notice indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render a decision. If the extension is required because the Claimant has not provided information that is necessary to decide the claim, the Committee may suspend the review period from the date on which notice of the extension is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds to the request for additional information. The Committee must notify the Claimant of its decision as soon as possible, but not later than 5 days after the decision is made.

VOLUNTARY ARBITRATION

If a Claimant wishes to contest a final decision of the Appropriate Named Fiduciary and voluntarily chooses not to bring a civil action under ERISA §502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on appeal, then the Claimant and the Appropriate Named Fiduciary may agree to arbitration. If a Claimant agrees to arbitration, then a written request for arbitration must be filed by the Claimant (or the Claimant’s authorized representative) with the Administrator within 60 days (or such additional time as the Administrator may deem appropriate) after the date the Claimant receives the written decision of the Appropriate Named Fiduciary. The Claimant and the Administrator will each name an arbitrator within 20 days after the Administrator receives the Claimant’s written request for arbitration. The two arbitrators will jointly name a third arbitrator within 15 days after their appointment. If either party fails to select an arbitrator within the 20 day period, or if the two arbitrators fail to select a third arbitrator within 15 days after their appointment, then the Administrator will determine that either (a) the arbitration will cease, or (b) the presiding judge of the county court (or its equivalent) in the county in which the principal office of the Sponsoring Employer is located will appoint the other arbitrator or arbitrators. The arbitrators will render a decision within 60 days after the appointment of the third arbitrator and will conduct all proceedings pursuant to the laws of the state in which the Sponsoring Employer’s principal place of business is located and in accordance with the then current Rules of the American Arbitration Association governing commercial transactions, to the extent such rules are not inconsistent with applicable state law. The cost of arbitration will be borne by the losing party or, if the decision is not clearly in favor of one party or the other, as determined by the arbitrators. Pursuant to the Claimant’s voluntary choice to pursue arbitration, the arbitrators’ decision will be final, binding and unappealable.

BY   /s/     DATE    
  For the Plan Administrator      


UNIVERSAL ORLANDO 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN

ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY REGARDING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

In accordance with paragraph 3.2(a) of the Universal Orlando 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), the rules and procedures set forth below govern Elective Deferrals made to the Plan on behalf of Participants. The terms used in this administrative policy will have the same meaning ascribed to those terms in the Plan (or in some cases, in the summary plan description).

ELECTIVE DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE

Each Participant may enter into a Salary Deferral Agreement authorizing the Employer to withhold a portion of the Participant’s Compensation in whole percentage increments of Compensation. A Participant can also specify that a different percentage apply to different components of the Participant’s Compensation (such as base salary, bonuses, etc.). However, the Administrator can direct that any election be rounded to the next highest or lowest dollar or percentage. All elections are subject to the following limits:

 

   

MINIMUM ELECTIVE DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE. There is no minimum Elective Deferral percentage.

 

   

MAXIMUM ELECTIVE DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE. The maximum Elective Deferral is 100% of a Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.

 

   

CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS. Catch-Up Contributions are permitted.

 

   

STATUS OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS VOLUNTARILY WITHHELD. Elective Deferrals voluntarily withheld at a Participant’s election under a Salary Deferral Agreement will be irrevocably considered Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.

CHANGING SALARY DEFERRAL AGREEMENTS

After a Participant’s initial election in his or her Salary Deferral Agreement, the Salary Deferral Agreement can be changed by filing a new agreement with the Administrator at any time during the Plan Year. A Participant can also suspend or cancel his or her Salary Deferral Agreement at any time upon reasonable notice to the Administrator, but the Participant will not thereafter be permitted to put a new Salary Deferral Agreement into effect until the first available date the Participant would otherwise be entitled to change an existing Salary Deferral Agreement as described in the preceding sentence.

If necessary to insure that the Plan satisfies the ADP Test or upon a Participant reaching the Elective Deferral limit of Code §402(g) with respect to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals in the Plan, the Sponsoring Employer can temporarily suspend a Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement by notifying the Participant.

BY   /s/     DATE    
  For the Plan Administrator      


UNIVERSAL ORLANDO 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN

SAFE HARBOR 401(K) ADDENDUM

Until a superseding Addendum is executed by the Sponsoring Employer, any Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions made to the Plan will be made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and with the terms of this addendum.

SECTION 1. ADP SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS

 

1.1 TYPE OF ADP SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION. The Employer will make an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution for each Safe Harbor Participant equal to the sum of (a) 100% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of his or her Compensation for the Plan Year, plus (b) 50% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed 3% but do not exceed 5% percent of his or her Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

1.2 ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY DATE REQUIREMENTS FOR ADP SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS. An Eligible Employee will be eligible to enter the Plan as a Participant for the purpose of receiving allocations of ADP Safe Harbor Contributions made to the Plan in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (a) ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. For purposes of this Section 1.2, all Employees are Eligible Employees except for the following ineligible classes of Employees: (1) Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives and the Employer in which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining unless such collective bargaining agreement expressly provides for the inclusion of such Employees as Participants; (2) Employees who are non-resident aliens who do not receive earned income (within the meaning of Code §911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3)); and (3) Employees who are employed by an Affiliated Employer which is not an Adopting Employer.

 

  (b) ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. There shall be no service requirement for any salaried Eligible Employee described in Section 2.1(a)(2) who is also a salaried Employee exempt from the overtime requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act and who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. All other Eligible Employees (hourly employees and Highly Compensated Employees) described in Section 1.2(a) will be eligible to enter the Plan as a Participant on the applicable entry date described in Section 1.2(c) after being credited with 1 Year of Service.

 

  (c) ENTRY DATE. For purposes of this Section 1.2, an Eligible Employee described in Section 1.2(a) who has satisfied the eligibility requirements in Section 1.2(b) who is exempt from the overtime requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act and who is not a Highly Compensated Employee will enter the Plan on such Employee’s Date of Hire. If such Employee subsequently becomes a Highly Compensated Employee, participation will be suspended for that Employee until the Employee has completed the eligibility requirements otherwise applicable to Highly Compensated Employees. All Eligible Employees described in Section 1.2(a) who are hourly employees or Highly Compensated Employees will enter the Plan as a Participant on the January 1st, the April 1st, the July 1st, or the October 1st coincident with or following the date such requirements are satisfied.

 

1.3 VESTING OF ADP SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account will be 100% at all times.

 

1.4 COMPENSATION USED FOR ADP SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION PURPOSES. In determining the Employer’s ADP Safe Harbor Contribution, the term Compensation means a Participant’s Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation received during a Compensation Determination Period. For purposes of this paragraph, (1) a Compensation Determination Period is the Plan Year; and (2) any elective contributions as defined under Code §402(g) which are contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b), §457(b) and §414(h)(2) will be included in Compensation. In addition, any amount received under the following circumstances will not be considered Compensation for purposes of this paragraph: (1) amounts received prior to the date the Employee becomes a Participant in the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution component of the Plan; (2) amounts received by an Employee while an Employee is a member of an ineligible class of Employees with respect to the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution component of the Plan; (3) amounts set forth in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e., reimbursements or other expense allowances, including fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, even if includible in gross income); and (4) Tuition Reimbursement; Service Awards.

 

1.4 DISTRIBUTION OF ADP SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS. With regard to a Participant who Terminates Employment because of retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age, death or Disability, his or her ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account will be distributed within an administratively reasonable time after such Termination of Employment. With regard to a Participant who Terminates Employment for any other reason, his or her ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account will be distributed within an administratively reasonable time after the Participant requests payment.

 

1.5

Pre-Retirement Distributions . A Participant who is still an Employee who has reached Age 59  1 / 2 can take a distribution of up to 100% of his or her ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account.

SECTION 2. SIGNATURE OF SPONSORING EMPLOYER AND EXECUTION DATE

By   /s/     Dated    

Exhibit 10.16

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN FOR EGTRRA,

REVENUE RULING 2002-27 AND

REVENUE PROCEDURE 2002-29

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN


AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN FOR EGTRRA,

REVENUE RULING 2002-27 AND

REVENUE PROCEDURE 2002-29

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN

BY THIS AGREEMENT, Universal Orlando 401(k) Retirement Plan (herein referred to as the Plan) is hereby amended as follows:

ARTICLE I

PREAMBLE

1.1 Adoption and effective date of amendment. This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA), the model amendment of Revenue Ruling 2002-27 and the model amendment of Revenue Procedure 2002-29. This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA, the model amendment of Revenue Ruling 2002-27 and the model amendment of Revenue Procedure 2002-29 and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA, the model amendment of Revenue Ruling 2002-27 and the model amendment of Revenue Procedure 2002-29 and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.

1.2 Supersession of inconsistent provisions. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

ARTICLE II

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

2.1 Effective date. This Article shall be effective for “limitation years” beginning after December 31, 2001.

2.2 Maximum annual addition. Except to the extent permitted under Article IX of this amendment and Code Section 414(v), the “annual addition” that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s account under the Plan for any “limitation year” shall not exceed the lesser of:

(a) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code Section 415(d), or

(b) one-hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s “415 Compensation” for the “limitation year.”

The “415 Compensation” limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or Code Section 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition.”


ARTICLE III

INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT

The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B).

ARTICLE IV

MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES

4.1 Effective date. This Article shall apply for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy plan under Code Section 416(g) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of Code Section 416(c) for such years. This Article amends Article VIII of the Plan.

4.2 Determination of top-heavy status.

(a) Key employee. Key employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having “415 Compensation” greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having “415 Compensation” of more than $150,000. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

(b) Determination of present values and amounts. This section (b) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the determination date.

(1) Distributions during year ending on the determination date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”

(2) Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

4.3 Minimum benefits. Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The

 

2


preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

4.4 Applicability. The top-heavy requirements of Code Section 416, Article VIII of the Plan and this Article IV shall not apply in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are met.

ARTICLE V

DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Effective date. This Article shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001.

5.2 Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 6.13 p.62 of the Plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

5.3 Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to exclude hardship distributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 6.13 p. 62 of the Plan, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.

ARTICLE VI

ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS

The Administrator, operationally and on a nondiscriminatory basis, may limit the source of rollover contributions that may be accepted by this Plan.

ARTICLE VII

ROLLOVERS DISREGARDED IN INVOLUNTARY CASH-OUTS

7.1 Applicability and effective date. This Article applies to rollover contributions and involuntary cash-outs, and shall be effective with respect to distributions made on and after January 1, 2005 with respect to Participants who separate from service on or after January 1, 2005.

7.2 Rollovers disregarded in determining value of account balance for involuntary distributions. For purposes of the Sections of the Plan that provide for the involuntary distribution of Vested accrued benefits of $5,000 or less, the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable account balance shall be determined without regard to that portion of the account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and

 

3


earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16). If the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable account balance as so determined is $5,000 or less, then the Plan shall immediately distribute the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable account balance.

ARTICLE VIII

REPEAL OF MULTIPLE USE TEST

The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2 and Section 4.5(a)(2) p.33 and 4.7(a)(2) p.38 of the Plan shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

ARTICLE IX

CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

9.1 Effective date. This Article shall apply to catch-up contributions made on and after January 1, 2005.

9.2 Applicability. All Employees who are eligible to make salary reductions under this Plan and who are projected to attain age 50 before the end of a calendar year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions as of the January 1st of that calendar year in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions.

ARTICLE X

SUSPENSION PERIOD FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION

A Participant who, after December 31, 2001, receives a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv) of elective deferrals, shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and after-tax Employee contributions under this Plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer for six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution. A Participant who receives such a hardship distribution in calendar year 2001 shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and after-tax Employee contributions under this Plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer for six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution or until January 1, 2002, if later.

The provisions of paragraph (4) of Section 6.11(b) of the Plan with respect to limitations on the amount of deferrals in the year following a hardship distribution shall not apply for years beginning on or after January 1, 2002.

[Eliminate 402(g) limitation following hardship.]

 

4


ARTICLE XI

MODEL AMENDMENT UNDER REVENUE PROCEDURE 2002-29

MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

11.1 General Rules.

(a) Effective Date. The provisions of this Article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

(b) Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this Article equals or exceeds the required minimum distributions determined under this Article, then no additional distributions will be required to be made for 2002 on or after such date to the distributee. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this Article is less than the amount determined under this Article, then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 made to the distributee will be the amount determined under this Article.

(c) Precedence. The requirements of this Article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(d) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

11.2 Time and Manner of Distribution.

(a) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.

(b) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

(1) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 , if later.

(2) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(3) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30th of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31st of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

5


(4) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 11.2(b), other than Section 11.2(b)(1), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this Section 11.2(b) and Section 11.4, unless Section 11.2(b)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If Section 11.2(b)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 11.2(b)(1).

(c) Form of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 11.3 and 11.4 of this Article.

11.3 Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.

(a) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

(1) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

(2) if the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

(b) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 11.3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

11.4 Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.

(a) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.

(1) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

(i) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

6


(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in hat year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

(iii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(2) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30th of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(b) Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

(1) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 11.4(a).

(2) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30th of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31st of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(3) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 11.2(b)(1), this Section 11.4(b) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

7


11.5 Definitions.

(a) Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 1.6 p.1 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

(b) Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 11.2(b). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31st of that distribution calendar year.

(c) Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

(d) Participant’s account balance. The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

(e) Required beginning date. The date specified in Sections 6.5(d) p.55 and 6.6(b) p.57 of the Plan.

ARTICLE XII

MODEL AMENDMENT UNDER REVENUE RULING 2002-27

COMPENSATION

12.1 Effective date. This Article shall apply to Plan Years and “limitation years” beginning on and after January 1, 2005.

12.2 For purposes of the definition of compensation under the Plan that includes a reference to amounts under Code Section 125, amounts under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed this              day of             .

Signed, sealed, and delivered

in the presence of:

 

    Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
    d/b/a Universal Orlando
/s/ Tim Arnst     By   /s/ John R. Sprouls
      EMPLOYER JOHN R. SPROULS
/s/ Glenda Kordich     12/20/04
WITNESSES AS TO EMPLOYER     DATE

 

9

Exhibit 10.17

THE SCHWABPLAN ®

DIRECTED EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST AGREEMENT

This TRUST AGREEMENT (“Trust Agreement” or “Agreement”), entered into this 1st day of January, 2005, by and between Universal City Development Partners, LTD. d/b/a Universal Orlando (the “Company”) and THE CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST COMPANY (the “Trustee”).

PURPOSE

The Company has adopted a plan called the Universal Orlando 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to certain of its employees and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. The Plan provides that, from time to time, cash and other assets may be paid to the Trustee by the Company to be held and administered as a trust (the “Trust Fund” or “Trust”) for the uses and purposes of the Plan. The Company intends that the Plan shall qualify under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and that the Trust shall constitute a part of the Plan, as a tax-exempt entity within the meaning of Code section 501(a).

Subject to specific conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Trustee agrees that it will hold in the Trust and invest cash and other acceptable property received pursuant to this Agreement and received as contributions from the Company or transfers from another plan qualified under section 401(a) of the Code and from such other plans from which such transfers are permitted under the terms of the Plan and applicable law, rules and regulations, upon the terms and conditions stated below.

ARTICLE 1

TRUST FUND

1.1 The Company’s President or other duly authorized official shall certify in writing to the Trustee the names and specimen signatures of all those persons who are authorized to act as or on behalf of the Plan’s named fiduciary, which term shall include the administrator of the Plan (the “Administrator”) and these names and specimen signatures shall be updated as necessary by the President or other duly authorized official.

1.2 All contributions or transfers shall be received by the Trustee in cash or in any other property acceptable to the Trustee as determined by the Trustee under its Investment Guidelines, which are incorporated herein and made part of the Agreement as amended from time to time. The Trust Fund shall consist of the contributions and transfers received by the Trustee, together with the income and earnings from them and any increments to them. The Trustee shall manage and administer the Trust Fund without distinction between principal and income. The Trustee shall have no duty to (i) compute any amount required to be transferred or paid to it by the Company, (ii) collect any contributions or transfers to the Trust Fund, or (iii) determine whether any contribution or transfer complies with the terms of the Plan.

If the Company creates or maintains one or more employee benefit plans qualified under Code section 401(a) in addition to the Plan, the Company may request the Trustee to hold the assets of the additional plan or plans in the Trust Fund. The Administrator shall keep records showing the interest of the Plan and each additional plan in the Trust Fund unless the Trustee enters into an agreement with the Company to keep separate accounts for each such plan. The Company and the Administrator shall not permit or cause the assets of one plan to be used to pay benefits or the administrative expenses of any other plan with the assets in the Trust Fund.

 

1


1.3 The Trustee shall accept a contribution of cash or other property otherwise acceptable to the Trustee that has been distributed to a participant (or an eligible employee who is about to become a participant) from another employee benefit plan qualified under Code section 401(a), from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408, and from such other plans, accounts and annuities with respect to which such contributions are permitted under the terms of the Plan and applicable law, rules and regulations, at the direction of the Administrator. The Administrator shall be solely responsible for determining that such assets represent an eligible rollover contribution within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4) or 408(d)(3). The Trustee shall accept a transfer of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee on behalf of a participant (or an employee who is about to become a participant) directly from the trustee of an employee benefit plan qualified under Code section 401(a) and from such other plans from which such transfers are permitted under the terms of the Plan and applicable law, rules and regulations at the direction of the Administrator.

ARTICLE 2

INVESTMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

2.1 (a) Except as provided below, the Administrator shall have all power over and responsibility for the management, disposition, and investment of the Trust assets, and the Trustee shall comply with proper written directions of the Administrator concerning those assets. The Administrator shall not issue directions in violation of the terms of the Plan and Trust or prohibited by the fiduciary responsibility rules of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Except to the extent required by ERISA or otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to review, initiate action, or make recommendations regarding Trust assets and shall retain assets until directed in writing by the Administrator to dispose of them.

The Administrator may delegate to any other person or persons any of the Administrator’s rights, powers or responsibilities with respect to the operation and administration of the Trust Fund. Any such delegation shall be made in writing and communicated to the Trustee. The Administrator shall not be liable for any breach of fiduciary responsibility of a delegatee that is not proximately caused by the Administrator’s failure to properly select or supervise such delegatee and in which the Administrator does not participate.

(b) If permissible under the Plan, each participant and/or beneficiary may have investment power over the account maintained for him or her, and may direct the investment and reinvestment of assets of the account among the options authorized by the Administrator. Such direction shall be furnished to the Trustee in writing under procedures agreed to by the Trustee and the Administrator. To the extent provided under ERISA section 404(c), the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which results from such participant’s or beneficiary’s exercise of control. If a participant who has investment authority under the terms of the Plan fails to provide such directions, the Administrator shall direct the investment of the participant’s accounts. The Administrator shall maintain records showing the interest of each participant and/or beneficiary in the Trust Fund unless the Trustee enters into an agreement with the Company to keep separate accounts for each such participant and/or beneficiary. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to review or make recommendations regarding investments made at the direction of the Administrator or participant and shall be required to act only upon receipt of proper written directions. A participant or beneficiary shall not have authority to direct the investment of assets in his or her account in a loan to any participant, including himself or herself, or “collectibles” within the meaning of Code section 408(m)(2).

 

2


(c) The Administrator may appoint an investment manager or managers within the meaning of section 3(38) of ERISA to direct, control or manage the investment of all or a portion of the Trust assets, as provided in sections 3(38) and 403(a)(2) of ERISA. The Administrator shall notify the Trustee in writing of the appointment of each investment manager, and the assets over which each manager shall exercise control and cause the investment manager to acknowledge to the Trustee in writing that the investment manager is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. If the foregoing conditions are met, the investment manager shall have the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any Trust assets identified as under such manager’s control, and the Trustee shall not be liable for acts or omissions of the investment manager, or be under an obligation to invest or otherwise manage any asset of the Trust that is subject to the management of such investment manager. The Trustee shall act only upon receipt of proper written directions from a duly appointed investment manager, and shall have no liability to review or question any such directions.

(d) If the Plan authorizes loans to Plan participants, the duties of the Trustee and Administrator may be covered by a separate agreement to be incorporated as part of this Agreement.

2.2 (a) Subject to the Investment Guidelines of the Trustee, any general or specific investment guidelines formulated by the Company or the Administrator and the provisions of Section 2.1 above, the person with investment responsibility (“Authorized Person”) may cause the Trust Fund to be invested and reinvested in every kind of investment including, without limitation, publicly traded equity and debt interests of all kinds issued by domestic or foreign governments, business organizations, limited partnerships, investment companies and trusts or other entities, convertible securities of all kinds, interest-bearing deposits in any depository institution (including the Trustee or any affiliate of the Trustee), money market securities of all kinds, collective investments as described in subsection (b) below and insurance contracts as described in subsection (c) below. Notwithstanding anything in the Trust Agreement to the contrary, the Trustee may hold uninvested and without liability for interest such part of the Trust Fund as may be reasonably necessary for the orderly administration of the Trust Fund.

(b) Subject to the following provisions, the assets of the Trust Fund may be invested and reinvested, in whole or in part, in any common or collective investment fund (referred to as the “fund”) maintained by the Trustee or an investment manager in which the Trust Fund is eligible to participate. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent Trust Fund assets are invested in any such fund, the terms of the fund’s governing instrument shall govern the investment responsibilities and powers of the entity responsible for management of the fund (referred to as “fund manager”), and the terms of such governing instrument shall be incorporated into the Trust Agreement. The value of any interest in a fund held by the Trust Fund shall be the fair market value of the interest as determined by the fund manager in accordance with the fund’s governing instrument. For purposes of valuation of the Trust Fund assets, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the value reported by the fund manager.

The Trust Fund may be invested in a pooled investment vehicle funded by contracts issued by an insurance company qualified to do business in a state (within the meaning of ERISA section 3(10)) including, without limitation, group annuity and guaranteed investment contracts. Any such contract may provide for the allocation of amounts received by the insurance company to its general account, one or more of its separate accounts (including pooled separate accounts), or both. To the extent Trust Fund assets are allocated to a separate account of an insurance company, the Administrator shall appoint the insurance company as an investment manager as provided above. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Trust Agreement, the terms of the contract(s) governing the separate account(s) in which the Trust Fund is invested shall govern the investment responsibilities and powers of the insurance company and, to the extent required by law, the terms of such contract(s) shall be incorporated into the Trust Agreement.

 

3


(c) To the extent permitted by the Plan, the Authorized Person may direct the Trustee to apply for and purchase life insurance or annuity contracts (referred to as “contracts”) from an insurance company, subject to the following provisions:

(i) The Authorized Person shall be responsible for ensuring that the purchases conform with the requirements of the Plan and any rules and policies established by the Administrator regarding the form, value, optional settlement methods and other provisions of the contracts. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the validity or proper execution of any contract delivered to it, or any act of any persons which renders the contract void or voidable. The Trustee shall not be responsible if the contract held in the Trust Fund fails to meet the requirements of the Plan, and shall have no duty to inform participants of the terms and conditions of any such contract.

(ii) The Administrator shall instruct the Insurer to notify the Administrator of all premiums becoming due under the contracts. The Administrator shall deliver all premium notices to the Trustee, together with a direction to the Trustee to pay the premiums out of the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for paying the premium unless the Administrator or the Participant provides written instructions directing the Trustee to pay the premium and sufficient assets of the Trust Fund are available for that purpose.

(iii) The Administrator shall cause the Trustee to be designated as the sole owner of any such contract, with sole power to exercise all rights, privileges, options and other incidents of ownership at the Administrator’s direction. The Administrator from time to time shall direct the Trustee regarding the designation of a beneficiary of the death benefit payable under any such contract in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan.

(d) To the extent permitted by the Plan and ERISA and subject to the applicable federal and state securities laws, the Authorized Person may direct the Trustee to invest in qualifying employer securities within the meaning of ERISA section 407(d)(5) (“Employer Securities”). The Administrator shall have full responsibility for determining that any such investment, and the voting rights attributable to such investment, complies with applicable law. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or Trust Agreement, the Administrator shall have responsibility for voting any shares or directing that such shares shall be sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of except to the extent provided in Sections 2.3 (q) and (r) herein, or to the extent that such duties are made the responsibility of another person or persons under the terms of the Plan or other governing document, and such person performs according to such terms.

2.3 In its administration of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall have and exercise whatever powers are necessary to discharge its obligations and exercise its rights under the Trust Agreement. Subject to the direction of the Administrator, participants, or an investment manager as provided in Section 2.1, the Trustee shall have full power and authority with respect to property held in the Trust Fund to do all such acts, take all proceedings, and exercise all such rights and privileges, whether specifically referred to or not in this document, as could be done, taken, or exercised by the absolute owner, including, without limitation, the following:

(a) To collect income generated by the Trust Fund investments and proceeds realized on the sale or disposition of assets and to hold the same pending reinvestment or distribution in accordance with this Agreement;

(b) To register Trust Fund property in the Trustee’s own name, in the name of a nominee or in bearer form, provided the Trustee’s records and accounts show that such property is an asset of the Trust Fund;

 

4


(c) To deposit securities in a security depository and permit the securities so deposited to be held in the name of the depository’s nominee, and to deposit securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, including securities evidenced by book entry rather than by certificate, with the U.S. Department of the Treasury, a Federal Reserve Bank or other appropriate custodial entity, in the same account as the Trustee’s own property, provided the Trustee’s records and accounts show that such securities are assets of the Trust Fund;

(d) To retain the property in the Trust;

(e) To sell Trust assets, at either public or private sale, at such time or times and on such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate;

(f) To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation, or merger of any business unit, any security of which is held in the Trust Fund, to pay calls and assessments imposed upon the owners of such securities as condition of their participating therein, and to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property, by or between such business unit and any other party;

(g) To exercise or dispose of any right it may have as the holder of any security, to convert the same into another security, to acquire any additional security or securities, to make any payments, to exchange any security, or to do any other act with reference thereto;

(h) To renew or extend the time of payment of any obligation due or becoming due;

(i) To grant options to purchase property held in the Trust;

(j) To compromise, arbitrate, or otherwise adjust or settle claims in favor of or against the Trust and to deliver or accept consideration in either total or partial satisfaction of any indebtedness or other obligation, and to continue to hold property so received for the period of time that the Trustee deems appropriate;

(k) To exchange any property for other property upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee may deem proper, and to give or receive money to effect equality in price;

(l) To foreclose any obligation by judicial proceeding or otherwise;

(m) To sue or defend in connection with any and all securities or property at any time received or held in the Trust Fund and to charge against the Trust Fund all reasonable expenses and attorney’s fees in connection therewith;

(n) To manage any real property in the same manner as if the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof, including the power to lease the same for such term or terms, and upon such conditions including, but without limitation, agreements for the purchase or disposal of buildings on the property or options to the tenant to renew such lease from time to time or to purchase such property as the Trustee deems proper; to make ordinary and extraordinary repairs and alterations to any property that the Trustee deems proper; to make ordinary and extraordinary repairs and alterations to any building, to raze old buildings, to erect new buildings, to insure against loss by fire or other casualties, and to employ agents and confer upon them authority with respect to the management of such real property as the Trustee deems appropriate;

(o) To borrow money from any person other than a party in interest of the Plan with or without giving security;

 

5


(p) To deposit any security with any protective or reorganization committee, and to delegate to that committee such power and authority as the Trustee may deem proper, and to agree to pay out of the Trust Fund that portion of the expenses and compensation of that committee as the Trustee may deem proper;

(q) To deliver to the Administrator, or the person or persons identified by the Administrator, proxies and powers of attorney and related informational material, for any shares or other property held including Employer Securities in the Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 (r), the Administrator shall have responsibility for instructing the Trustee as to voting such shares and the tendering of such shares, by proxy or in person, except to the extent such responsibility is delegated to another person, under the terms of the Plan or Trust Agreement or under an agreement between the named fiduciary of the Plan and an investment manager, in which case such persons shall have such responsibility. The Trustee may use agents to effect such delivery to the Administrator or the person or persons identified by the Administrator. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible for the voting or tendering of shares of securities held in the Trust or for ascertaining or monitoring whether, or how, proxies are voted or whether the proper number of proxies is received;

(r) If Company Stock is a permissible investment option under the Plan, all voting rights with respect to shares of Company Stock held in the Trust Fund and allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be exercised by the Trustee in such manner as may be directed by the respective Participant (which term, for purposes of this subsection (r), shall include the beneficiary of a deceased Participant and any alternate payee for whom an account has been established with an interest in Company Stock). Any shares of Company Stock in the Trust Fund that are allocated to Participants who fail to give directions to the Trustee and all Company Stock otherwise unallocated shall be voted by the Trustee in the same proportion as the shares for which voting instructions have been received, subject to the power, responsibility and obligation of the Administrator to direct the Trustee to act with respect to the voting of such shares in a different manner, if the Administrator determines that such action is consistent with and/or required by its fiduciary obligations under ERISA. The Company acknowledges that it shall be the responsibility of the Administrator, and not the Trustee, to determine whether the fiduciary responsibilities of ERISA require that a direction be provided to the Trustee to override such proportionate voting. The Administrator may establish such rules and guidelines as it deems necessary to properly effect the provision of this section;

(s) To appoint agents as necessary or desirable, including legal counsel who may be counsel for the Company;

(t) To hold that portion of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem necessary for ordinary administration and for the disbursement of funds in cash, without liability for interest, by depositing the same in any bank (including deposits which bear a reasonable rate of interest in a bank or similar financial institution supervised by the United States or a State, even where a bank or financial institution is the Trustee, or otherwise is a fiduciary of the Plan, including The Charles Schwab Trust Company), subject to the rules and regulations governing such deposits, and without regard to the amount of any such deposit;

(u) To retain group or individual insurance contracts of all kinds authorized under the Plan;

(v) If directed by the Administrator, participant or investment manager, to acquire, hold, and administer limited partnership interests, or interests in other specialized investment vehicles, provided that such Authorized Person signs any agreement or other necessary documents requested by the Trustee prior to entering into the transaction;

 

6


(w) To write covered call options on securities where appropriate for the Trust; provided that any such transaction is in conformity with the Plan and all applicable rules, regulations and laws governing the Trustee, the Plan, and this Trust;

(x) To the extent permitted under applicable laws, to invest in deposits, long and short term debt instruments, stocks, and other securities, including those of the Trustee, The Charles Schwab Corporation (the “Public Company”), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (the “Broker/Dealer”), their affiliates and subsidiaries; and

(y) To lend securities from the Trust on a secured basis in accordance with a separate written agreement between the Administrator and the Trustee.

2.4 The Trustee is authorized to contract or make other arrangements with The Public Company, the Broker/Dealer, their affiliates and subsidiaries, successors and assigns and any other organizations affiliated with or subsidiaries of the Trustee or related entities, for the provision of services to the Trust or Plan, except where such arrangements are prohibited by law or regulation.

2.5 The Trustee is authorized to place securities orders, settle securities trades, hold securities in custody, and other related activities on behalf of the Trust through or by the Broker/Dealer whenever possible, unless the Authorized Person specifically instructs the use of another broker/dealer. Trades (and related activities) conducted through the Broker/Dealer shall be subject to fees and commissions established by the Broker/Dealer, which may be paid from the Trust or netted from the proceeds of trades.

Trades shall not be executed through the Broker/Dealer unless the Administrator and the Authorized Person have received disclosure concerning the relationship of the Broker/Dealer to the Trustee, and fees and commissions which may be paid to the Public Company, Broker/Dealer, the Trustee and/or their affiliates or subsidiaries as a result of using the Broker/Dealer’s execution or other services.

The Trustee is authorized to disclose such information as is necessary to the operation and administration of the Trust to the Public Company or any of its affiliates, and to such other persons or organizations that the Trustee determines have a legitimate business purpose for obtaining such information.

2.6 At the direction of the Authorized Person, the Trustee may purchase shares of regulated investment companies (or other investment vehicles) advised by the Public Company, Broker/Dealer or the Trustee or any affiliate of them (“SchwabFunds ® ”) except to the extent prohibited by law or regulation.

Uninvested cash of the Trust will be invested in Schwab Funds designated by the Authorized Person for that purpose, unless the Authorized Person specifically instructs the use of another fund or account, except to the extent prohibited by law or regulation.

Schwab Fund shares may not be purchased or held by the Trust unless the Authorized Person has received disclosure concerning the Public Company’s, Broker/Dealer’s, the Trustee’s and/or their affiliate’s or subsidiary’s relationship to the Funds, and any fees which may be paid to the Public Company, Broker/Dealer, Trustee and/or their affiliates or subsidiaries.

2.7 The Administrator shall have responsibility for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method, as specified in section 402(b)(1) of ERISA, consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA, taking into consideration the Plan’s short-term and long-term financial needs.

 

7


The Trustee shall not be responsible for proper diversification of the assets of the Trust Fund. The Administrator or the person to whom such responsibility has been properly delegated under the requirements of ERISA shall be responsible for the funding policy, for diversification of assets held in trust for the Plan, and for compliance of the Trust Fund with statutory limitations on the amount of investment in securities or other property of the Company or its affiliated companies.

2.8 No assets of the Trust Fund shall be invested in the securities of the Company or its affiliates unless the Administrator determines that the securities are exempt from registration under the federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and are exempt from registration or qualification under the applicable state law, and of any other applicable blue sky law, or in the alternative, that the securities have been so registered and/or qualified. The Administrator shall also specify what restrictive legend on transfer, if any, is required to be set forth on the certificates for the securities and the procedure to be followed by the Trustee to effectuate a resale of such securities. The Administrator shall not direct the investment in “employer securities” or “employer real property”, within the meaning of section 407 of ERISA, if such investment would be prohibited by ERISA. The Administrator shall only direct the investment of Trust funds into securities of the Company or an affiliate (i) if those securities are traded on an exchange permitting a readily ascertainable fair market value, or (ii) if the Administrator shall have obtained a current valuation by a qualified independent appraiser.

2.9 The Company represents and warrants that it will take all responsibility (and hereby assumes all liability for the failure) to notify Participants of any limitations on investment directions necessary or appropriate to comply with federal securities laws (including the Exchange Act and the 1933 Act), including but not limited to the frequency of investment changes by certain officers and shareholder-employees pursuant to Section 16 and, to the extent applicable, the volume of trading in Company Stock pursuant to Regulation M. Consequently the Trustee shall have no liability to a Participant, and beneficiary, or the Company for carrying out instructions relating to the acquisition or disposition of Company Stock regardless of whether those instructions subject such person or the Company to any liability.

The Company represents and warrants that either the percentage of the issued and outstanding class of equity security registered under section 12 of the Exchange Act which is Company Stock owned by the Plan (the “Plan Percentage”) is less than 4.5% or that the Plan and its prior trust have complied with all notice and filing requirements imposed by federal securities laws with regard to Company Stock. The Company covenants that it will (a) notify the Trustee in writing within 5 business days following any date as of which the Plan Percentage equals or exceeds 4.5%, (b) monitor the Plan Percentage on a daily basis so long as the Plan Percentage is at least 4.5%, (c) notify the Trustee in writing within 5 business days following any date as of which the Plan Percentage equals or exceeds 5% and, if applicable, 10%, and (d) provide monthly written reports to the Trustee disclosing the Plan Percentage. The foregoing monitoring and notification requirements shall cease during any month when the Plan Percentage is below 4.5% for each day of the month. The provisions of this Section 2.9 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement.

The Administrator further represents and warrants that the Company will file all statements and reports required by the Securities and Exchange Commission that are required on account of the purchase, sale or ownership of Company Stock by the Trust Fund, including without limitation Forms 11-K, 13-D, 13-G, and Forms 4 and 5, and that the Trustee shall have no responsibility for any such filings.

2.10 The Trustee shall make distributions or transfers from the Trust as specified in proper written directions from the Administrator. The Trustee is authorized, to the extent required under applicable law, to withhold from distributions to any payee an amount that the Trustee determines is necessary to cover federal and state taxes, and the Trustee is required to withhold such amounts if so

 

8


directed by the Administrator. The Trustee shall have no liability for making any distribution or transfer pursuant to the direction of the Administrator (including amounts withheld pursuant to the previous sentence) and shall be under no duty to make inquiry whether any distribution or transfer directed by the Administrator is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Administrator shall furnish to the Trustee all information necessary to carry out such withholding, or, if such information is not provided to the Trustee, the Administrator and the Company shall hold the Trustee harmless from and indemnify it for any liability and related expenses that arise in connection with improper withholding.

The Trustee shall not be liable for the proper application of any part of the Plan or Trust if distributions or transfers are made in accordance with the written directions of the Administrator including any distribution made pursuant to a domestic relations order which the Administrator has determined to be qualified within the meaning of section 414(p) of the Code, nor shall the Trustee be responsible for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to discharge any and all payments and liabilities under the Plan.

2.11 The Trustee may make any payment required of it under this Agreement by mailing its check for the amount specified to the recipient at such address last furnished to the Trustee by the Administrator, or if the Trustee has never received an address, to the recipient in care of the Administrator.

2.12 All persons dealing with the Trustee are released from inquiring into the decision or authority of the Trustee and from seeing to the proper application of any monies paid or securities or other property delivered to the Trustee.

2.13 The Trustee shall bear no liability for acting upon any instruction or document believed by it to be genuine and to be presented or signed by a party duly authorized to do so, and the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation or inquiry about the correctness of such instruction or document.

2.14 The Trustee may consult with legal counsel of its choice, including counsel for the Company, upon any question or matter arising hereunder and the opinion of such counsel, when relied upon by the Trustee shall be evidence the Trustee was acting in good faith.

2.15 If as provided in the Plan, other trustees of separate trusts under the Plan may be appointed, the Trustee under this Agreement shall have no duties or responsibilities for Plan assets not held in the Trust by the Trustee, except as required by applicable law. The Trustee accepts the appointment as Trustee effective as of the date the assets of the Plan are received by the Trustee. The Trustee shall assume responsibility for only those assets of the Plan which are transferred and accepted by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Trust and which have been previously reviewed and approved by the Trustee.

ARTICLE 3

SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNTS

3.1 (a) The Trustee shall maintain accurate records and detailed accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions related to the Trust, and those records shall be available at all reasonable times to the Administrator, the Company, or their authorized representatives.

(b) The Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator, shall submit to the Administrator and any other person that the Administrator designates those valuations, reports, or other

 

9


information as the Administrator may request. In any case, the Trust Fund shall be valued by the Trustee at the frequency agreed to by the Trustee and the Company, but in any event not less than annually at the fair market value as of the close of business at the end of the last business day of the fiscal year of the Plan. Except as specified below, in the absence of fraud or bad faith, the Trustee’s valuation of the Trust Fund shall be conclusive.

3.2 (a) Within sixty days following the close of each fiscal year of the Plan or the close of any other period as may be agreed upon by the Trustee and the Administrator, the Trustee shall file with the Administrator a written account setting forth a description of all securities and other property purchased and sold, all receipts, disbursements, and other transactions effected by it during that fiscal year or other designated period, and listing the securities and other property held by the Trustee at the end of such fiscal year or other designated period, together with their then fair market values.

(b) The Administrator may approve an account by written notice of approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to deliver to the Trustee express objections to the account in writing within sixty days from the date upon which the account was mailed or otherwise delivered to the Administrator.

(c) The account shall be deemed approved upon receipt by the Trustee of the Administrator’s written approval of the account or upon the passage of the sixty day period of time, except for any matters covered by written objections that have been delivered to the Trustee by the Administrator and for which the Trustee has not given an explanation or made an adjustment satisfactory to the Administrator.

(d) If the account is not settled as provided above, the Trustee, the Company or the Administrator shall have the right to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Trust Fund for a judicial settlement of the accounting. Any judgment or decree entered in such proceedings shall be conclusive on all persons interested in the Trust Fund.

3.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 3, if the Trustee shall determine that the Trust Fund consists in whole or in part of property not traded freely on a recognized market, or that information necessary to ascertain the fair market value is not readily available, the Trustee may request instructions from the Administrator concerning the value of such property for all purposes under the Plan and this Trust Agreement, and the Administrator shall comply with that request. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon the value placed upon such property by the Administrator. At the Trustee’s option, it may request that the Administrator hire an independent appraiser that meets the requirements of Code section 401(a)(28)(C) to value the property. Alternatively, if the Trustee chooses, or if the Administrator shall fail or refuse to instruct the Trustee on the value of such property within a reasonable time after receipt of the Trustee’s request, the Trustee at its sole discretion may engage an independent appraiser to determine the fair market value of such property. Any expenses with respect to such appraisal shall be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund or, at the option of the Company, by the Company.

ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION

4.1 To the extent permitted under ERISA, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, its officers, employees, and agents from and against all liabilities, losses, expenses, and claims (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of defense) arising out of (1) the acts or omissions to act with respect to the Plan or Trust by persons unrelated to the Trustee (“unrelated persons”), (2) the Trustee’s action or inaction with respect to the Plan or Trust resulting from reliance on the action or inaction of unrelated persons, including directions to invest or otherwise deal with Plan assets, or (3) any violation by any unrelated person of the provisions of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, unless the

 

10


Trustee commits a breach of its duties by reason of its negligence or willful misconduct. Expenses incurred by the Trustee which it believes to be subject to indemnification under this Agreement shall be paid by the Company upon the Trustee’s request, provided that the Company may delay payment of any amount in dispute until such dispute is resolved according to the provisions of Sec. 8.5 of the Agreement. Such resolution may include the award of interest on unpaid amounts determined to be payable to the Trustee under this Section.

4.2 To the extent permitted under ERISA, the Trustee shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, employees and agents from and against any and all liabilities, losses, expenses and claims (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of defense) as a result of the Trustee’s breach of its responsibilities under this Agreement due to its own negligence or willful misconduct and not that of any other party; provided, however no such indemnification and hold harmless shall be provided by the Trustee for any losses, claims, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of defense) which are the subject of indemnification by the Company to the Trustee as provided in Section 4.1 above.

ARTICLE 5

TAXES, EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEE

5.1 The Trustee shall notify the Plan Administrator of any tax levied upon or assessed against the Trust Fund of which the Trustee has knowledge. If the Trustee receives no instructions from the Administrator, the Trustee may pay the tax from the Trust Fund. If the Plan Administrator wishes to contest the tax assessment, it shall give appropriate written instructions to the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be required to bring any legal actions or proceedings to contest the validity of any tax assessments unless the Trustee has been indemnified to its satisfaction against loss or expense related to such actions or proceedings, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

5.2 The Company shall quarterly pay the Trustee its expenses in administering the Trust Fund and reasonable compensation for its services as Trustee as described in the SchwabPlan ® Services Agreement, which may be amended from time to time. Trustee reserves the right to alter this rate of compensation at any time by providing the Company with written notice of such change at least sixty days prior to its effective date. Reasonable compensation shall include compensation for any extraordinary services or computations required, such as determination of the value of assets when current market values are not published, and the covering of overdrafts. The Trustee shall have a lien on the Trust Fund for compensation and for any reasonable expenses including counsel, appraisal, or accounting fees, and such amounts may be withdrawn from the Trust Fund unless paid by the Company within thirty days after mailing of the written billing by the Trustee.

ARTICLE 6

RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

6.1 The Trustee may resign as Trustee hereunder or may be removed by the Company. This resignation or removal may be accomplished at any time upon the giving of sixty days written notice to the Trustee or Company, as applicable (or less if the other party agrees to waive notice). Upon resignation or removal, the Company shall appoint a successor trustee who shall then succeed to all the powers and duties given to the Trustee by this Agreement. The terminating Trustee shall transfer all property of the Trust Fund then held by it to such successor Trustee. The terminating Trustee may require as a condition of making such transfer that the successor Trustee present evidence that any bonding requirement under ERISA section 412 has been met and/or may require that the Company provide a writing indemnifying the Trustee against any losses arising from the replacement of the Trustee. If either

 

11


party has given notice of termination as provided under this Agreement, and upon the expiration of the advance notice period no other successor Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment, this provision shall serve as (i) notice of appointment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company as Trustee and (ii) as acceptance by that person of that appointment. The Trustee is authorized to reserve such sum of money as it may deem advisable for payment of its fees and expenses in connection with the settlement of its accounts or other proper Trust expenses, and any balance of such reserve remaining after the payment of such fees and expenses shall be paid to the successor Trustee.

6.2 Within sixty days of the transfer to the successor Trustee, the terminating Trustee shall provide the Company with an account in the form and manner prescribed for the annual account by Article 3. Unless the Company files with the Trustee written objections within sixty days after such account has been mailed or otherwise delivered, the account shall be deemed to have been approved by the Company.

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

7.1 It is the intention of the Company that this Trust and the Plan of which it is a part shall be permanently administered for the benefit of the Plan’s participants and their beneficiaries, and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. This Trust is, accordingly, irrevocable except with respect to Section 8.4; however, this Trust may be terminated at any time by the Company, and upon such termination, the Trust Fund shall be distributed by the Trustee as and when directed by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10 and the Plan document. From the date of termination of the Plan and until the final distribution of the Trust assets, the Trustee shall continue to have all the powers provided under this Agreement that are necessary or desirable for the orderly liquidation and distribution of the Trust Fund. In no instance upon any termination, or discontinuance, and subsequent distribution shall the Trust Fund or any part of it be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than providing benefits to participating employees and their beneficiaries, and defraying the administrative expenses of the Plan until all Plan liabilities have been satisfied, except in the instance of the failure of the Trust initially to qualify for tax-exempt status as set forth in Section 8.4.

7.2 This Trust Agreement, other than Section 7.1, may be amended at any time by written agreement of the Company and the Trustee, provided, that such amendment shall not operate:

(i) to cause any part of the Trust Fund to revert to or be recoverable by the Company or to be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries, except to the extent permitted by law and the Plan; or

(ii) to reduce the then accrued benefits or the amounts then held for the benefit of any participant or beneficiary of the Plan.

7.3 The Trustee may condition the transfer or distribution of any assets of the Trust Fund upon termination of the Trust on receipt of a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service confirming that the termination of the Plan does not adversely affect the tax-exempt status of the Trust Fund. Alternatively, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may accept the indemnification of the Trustee against any liability arising from such transfer or distribution that is provided by the Company or may require the Company to post a bond sufficient to protect the Trustee against such liability until such time as a favorable determination letter is received.

 

12


ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 The Trust will be administered in the State of California, and its validity, construction, and all rights hereunder shall be governed by ERISA and, to the extent not preempted, by the laws of California. If any provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be fully effective.

8.2 The headings in this instrument have been inserted for convenience of reference only, and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions of this Agreement.

8.3 No person entitled to any benefit under this Trust and the Plan shall have any right to assign, alienate, hypothecate, or encumber his interest in any benefits under this Agreement (except as to any loans under the Plan) and those benefits shall not in any way be subject to claim of his creditors or liable to attachment, execution, or other process of law except to the extent required under a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of section 414(p) of the Code.

8.4 It is intended that this Trust shall be tax exempt under section 501 of the Code and that the Plan referred to herein shall qualify under section 401(a) of the Code. However, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Trust, if the Internal Revenue Service is requested to issue to the Company a favorable written determination or ruling with respect to the initial qualification of the Plan and exemption of the Trust from tax and such request is denied, the Trustee shall, after receiving a written direction from the Administrator, pay to each participant that portion of the Trust Fund applicable to said participant’s voluntary contributions, if any, and provided the Plan so states, pay to the Company any part of the Trust Fund attributable to Company contributions then remaining in the Trustee’s possession. As a condition to such repayment, the Company must execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Trustee its written undertaking, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, to indemnify, defend, and hold the Trustee harmless from all claims, actions, demands, or liabilities arising in connection with such repayment, and provided further that such repayment will occur within one year after the date the request for qualification is denied.

8.5 (i) With regard to any material disputes between Schwab and Employer, the parties agree to work together in good faith to resolve all disputes promptly. Either party may demand in writing that each parties’ management representatives meet at such place as the parties may agree upon to resolve the dispute. Upon receipt of this demand, each party will promptly comply and will negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. If the parties do not resolve the dispute within fourteen (14) days of the date of the first meeting between management representatives, Schwab and Employer agree to mediate the dispute with a mutually agreed upon mediator. If the parties cannot agree upon the selection of a mediator, the mediator will be chosen from the list of certified mediators maintained by the American Arbitration Association. The parties agree to share the cost of any independent mediator engaged to assist the parties in resolving their differences.

(ii)Any dispute under this Agreement, which cannot be settled in accordance with subparagraph (i) above, shall be resolved by submission of the issue to a member of the American Arbitration Association who is chosen by the Company and the Trustee. If the Company and the Trustee cannot agree on such a choice, each shall nominate a member of the American Arbitration Association, and the two nominees will then select an arbitrator. Expenses of the arbitration shall be paid as decided by the arbitrator.

8.6 This Trust Agreement is incorporated into and is a part of the Plan. Anything in any other part of the Plan that is inconsistent with this Trust Agreement is overridden, and in the case of such conflict, the terms of this Trust Agreement shall govern.

 

13


8.7 The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be solely those set forth in this document. The Trustee shall not be a named fiduciary under the Plan and shall not have the authority to interpret the Plan.

8.8 To the extent permitted by statutory or administrative exemption, the Trustee may engage in actions that otherwise would violate section 406 of ERISA.

8.9 Each fiduciary shall be solely responsible for the fiduciary’s own acts or omissions under the Plan or the Trust. Except to the extent otherwise provided by ERISA, the parties specifically intend that no fiduciary shall be liable for any breach of fiduciary responsibility of another fiduciary.

8.10 The Trustee is authorized to tape record conversations between the Trustee and persons acting on behalf of the Plan or a participant in the Plan to verify data on transactions.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Universal City Development Partners, LTD. d/b/a Universal Orlando and THE CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST COMPANY, have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Universal City Development Partners, LTD. d/b/a Universal Orlando Company
By:   /s/ John R. Sprouls
Printed Name:   John Sprouls
Title:   EVP, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs
THE CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST COMPANY
Trustee
By:   /s/ William Dallas
Printed Name:   William Dallas
Title:   Trust Officer

 

15


THE CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST COMPANY

INVESTMENT GUIDELINES

FOR TRUST AND CUSTODY ACCOUNTS

INVESTMENT GUIDELINES

Acceptable Assets . Assets are considered to be Acceptable Assets depending on the adequacy of CSTC’s ability to support and administer the asset, CSTC’s powers and duties over the asset, the type of account, business risk, and other factors. Because CSTC does not exercise investment management powers over the Account, CSTC does not ordinarily make judgments about whether a particular investment decision made by the Account Holder or the Investment Manager fits the investment objectives of the Account or is otherwise appropriate for the Account. Subject to the foregoing subjective criteria, and to other policies and procedures that may be issued, the following types of assets are ordinarily acceptable in CSTC accounts:

1. Cash.

2. Publicly traded stock listed on a U.S. stock exchange or regularly quoted over-the-counter.

3. Publicly traded bonds listed on a U.S. bond exchange or regularly quoted over-the-counter.

4. Mutual funds available through the Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Mutual Fund Marketplace.

5. Registered limited partnership interests, REITs and similar investments listed on a U.S. stock exchange or regularly quoted over-the-counter.

6. Commercial paper, bankers acceptances eligible for rediscounting at the Federal Reserve, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and other “money market” instruments for which trading and custodial facilities are readily available.

7. U.S. Government and U.S. Government Agency issues.

8. Municipal securities whose bid and asked values are readily available.

9. Federally insured savings accounts, Certificates of Deposit and Bank Investment Contracts. The party directing such investments is responsible for determining Federal insurance coverage and limits and for diversifying Account assets in accordance with those limits.

10. American Depository Receipts, Eurobonds and similar instruments listed on a U.S. exchange or regularly quoted domestically over-the-counter for which trading and custodial facilities are readily available.

11. Life insurance, annuities, and Guaranteed Investment Contracts issued by insurance companies licensed to do business in one or more states in the U.S. (Note: The party directing such investments is responsible for determining the safety of such investments, the economic viability of the underwriter and for diversifying Account assets accordingly.)

The Account Holder understands that in certain circumstances a particular investment may be determined by CSTC to be unacceptable, even though it would be acceptable in other instances.


Unacceptable Assets . CSTC generally cannot acquire or hold the following assets:

1. General partnerships or undivided interests in real property.

2. Tangible personal property (e.g., precious metals, gems, works of art, stamps, coins, furniture and other household items, motor vehicles, etc.).

3. Foreign currency and bank accounts.

4. Short sales.

5. Commodity futures and forward contracts.

6. Oil, gas and mineral interests.

7. Intangible personal property (e.g., patents and rights).

8. Real property.

9. Unsecured loans.

Conditionally Acceptable Assets . CSTC will follow the directions of the Account Holder or the Investment Manager to acquire or hold Conditionally Acceptable Assets only after analysis of CSTC’s administrative capabilities and the business risk involved in holding the particular assets in question. The Account Holder understands that CSTC reserves the right in its sole discretion to refuse to purchase or hold any particular issue or asset described below. In addition, the purchase and holding of any such assets may be subject to certain conditions, including additional fees.

1. Unregistered Limited Partnerships.

2. Other unregistered securities, closely held stock and other securities for which there is no readily available market.

3. Loans secured by First Deeds of Trust.

4. Other secured loans.

5. The securities of the Charles Schwab Corporation, its affiliates and subsidiaries. These securities may be subject to legal and regulatory prohibitions or restrictions. In any event, no Trust account may acquire and hold securities of the Charles Schwab Corporation securities unless specifically authorized by the underlying Trust agreement.

6. Foreign securities for which trading and custodial facilities are readily available.

7. Options.

Specific Indemnity . Notwithstanding any general indemnity given elsewhere, CSTC reserves the right to seek specific indemnity from the Account Holder or other appropriate parties where CSTC determines in its sole discretion that the acquisition or holding of a particular asset or class of asset involves unusual business risk.

Exhibit 10.18

LOGO

April 17, 2006

Mr. John R. Sprouls

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32817

Dear Mr.Sprouls:

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP (the “Company”) agrees to employ you and you agree to accept employment upon the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement (the “Agreement”).

1. Term . The term of this Agreement will commence on December 7, 2006 and continue until December 6, 2009 unless extended pursuant to subparagraph (a) below (the “Term”), or unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 4.

(a) Option . The Company will have the following irrevocable option, exercisable at its sole discretion, to extend the Term, commencing upon the expiration of the preceding Term, upon all the same terms and conditions as during such preceding Term. Such option is exercisable by written notice given not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Term preceding that for which such option is exercised:

(i) a period of two (2) years commencing on December 7, 2009 and continuing until December 6, 2011.

You agree and acknowledge that the Company has no obligation to extend the Term or to continue your employment after expiration of the Term, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached. You also agree and acknowledge that, should the Company choose to continue your employment for any period of time following the expiration of the Term (including any extensions thereof), your employment with the Company will be “at will;” in other words, during any time following the expiration of the Term, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without reason and with or without notice, and you may resign at any time, with or without reason and with or without notice.

2. Duties . You agree to be employed and perform your exclusive services for the Company or one of its affiliates upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement. You will commence your services hereunder as Executive Vice President, Human Resources for Universal Parks & Resorts and you will perform the services requested from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized officer of the Company (the “Board”). You will not be required, without your consent, to perform your primary duties under this Agreement in a location other than in Orlando, Florida, except for required travel on the Company’s business.

3. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Base Salary. For all services rendered under this Agreement, commencing December 7, 2006, the Company will pay you base

 

  Page 1


salary at an annual rate of Three Hundred Eighty Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($385,000.00), payable in accordance with the Company’s applicable payroll practices (“Base Salary”). The Base Salary reflected herein may not correspond exactly to the amount received in any given calendar year. Your Base Salary is paid biweekly and is calculated by dividing Base Salary by 26.08335. Any higher Base Salary paid to you subsequently will be deemed the annual rate for the purposes of this Agreement and will commence on the date determined by the Board.

The Company is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and payment as described in Paragraphs 4 (a) and 4 (c) will discharge the Company’s obligation under this Agreement.

(b) Bonus Compensation. You will be eligible to participate at a level appropriate to your position in the Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP (“VUE”) Annual Incentive Plan or any plan adopted in replacement thereof as determined by the Board and in accordance with the plan’s terms and conditions.

(c) Long Term Incentive Plan. In accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan and/or program, as well as the specific terms of the particular grant, you shall be eligible to receive discretionary equity or equity-equivalent grants from time to time, as such grants are offered similarly situated employees (“Discretionary Grants”). You understand that all such awards, if any, are based on performance and are not guaranteed compensation. In addition, you are eligible to participate at a level appropriate to your position in the Universal Orlando Long-Term Growth Plan (or any plan adopted in replacement thereof in which you are specifically designated as a participant) as determined by the Universal Orlando Park Advisory Board and in accordance with the plan’s terms and conditions. However, since you are eligible to participate in the Universal Orlando Long-Term Growth Plan, such participation in Orlando program will be taken into account by General Electric or VUE when determining the extent of your receipt of any Discretionary Grants.

(d) Benefits. You will be entitled to participate in the benefit plans generally available to employees of the Company so long as the Company provides such plans and programs and subject to their terms and conditions, except that you will not participate in any severance plan of the Company. Instead, subject to the requirements of this Paragraph, upon an involuntary termination of employment, as described in Paragraph 4 (c), you will receive the greater of (i) the amounts payable pursuant to Paragraph 4 (c) or (ii) the standard amounts payable pursuant to the Company severance plan or policy. Specifically, if the amount described in clause (ii) above is greater than the amount described in clause (i) above, in addition to the amounts payable under Paragraph 4 (c), you will receive, in exchange for a release acceptable to the Company, a lump sum payment calculated by the Company in its sole discretion equal to the difference between the amounts described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the previous sentence. You will receive this lump sum payment as soon as practical after the release has been fully executed by you and the Company.

(e) Expense Reimbursements/Deductions. During your employment, the Company will reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy for similarly situated employees (which will include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred). The Company is entitled to deduct from monies payable and reimbursable to you by the Company, all sums that you owe the Company or any of its affiliates at any time.

 

K04770

  Page 2


(f) Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as will be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable laws or regulation.

4. Compensation Upon Certain Termination Events.

(a) Compensation Payable. Should your employment with the Company terminate, you will be entitled to the amounts and benefits shown on the following table, subject to Paragraphs 4(b) through 4(e). In the event of such termination, and except for payments noted in this Paragraph 4, the Company will have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

 

Termination For Cause

  

Involuntary Termination

  

Disability

  

Death

Payment of (1) any accrued but unpaid Base Salary due you through termination, and (2) other unpaid amounts then due you under Company benefit plans or programs.    Same as for termination for Cause except that your Base Salary and benefits (other than benefits provided under (1) any plan qualified under Section 104 (a) of the Internal Revenue Code, (2) any nonqualified pension plan and (3) any stock or cash incentive based plan) will also continue through the expiration of the Term, provided you meet the requirements in Paragraph 5 and subject to the terms and conditions of each benefit plan.    Same as for termination for Cause except that your Base Salary will continue until the earliest of (1) the 180 th day following the start of your disability absence, or (2) your death and will be reduced by other Company-provided disability benefits available to you.    Payment of (1) any accrued but unpaid Base Salary due you through your date of death, and (2) other unpaid amounts then due you under Company benefit plans or programs, except that those payments will be made to your estate or legal representative, and your death benefits payable due to your death under Company employee benefit plans or programs will also be paid.

(b) Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate your employment for cause at any time without advance notice. “Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

(i) your material failure to perform your duties or your material breach of the terms of this Agreement;

(ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, as such policies may be amended from time to time, including, without limitation, the General Electric Integrity Policies contained in The Spirit and the Letter , a copy of which is enclosed herewith (a copy of

 

K04770

  Page 3


the Personal Commitment Acknowledgement Form is also attached hereto as Schedule 1 for your signature), the NBC Universal Policy on Harassment and the Employment Data Protection Standards, copies of which are attached as Schedule 2 to this Agreement; or

(iii) your conviction of a felony or crime of moral turpitude.

(c) Involuntary Termination. The Company may terminate your employment other than for Cause or on account of Disability, as defined in Paragraph 4 (d), in which case you will receive continuation of Base Salary and benefits as specified in Paragraph 4 (a); provided the Company will retain a right to offset against the amounts payable to you under this Paragraph and will be entitled to reduce the amount of any compensation and benefits payable to you under this Agreement by the amount of compensation and benefits of any kind earned or received by you from any third party from the date of termination through the end of the payment term pursuant to this Paragraph. You agree that you will have no rights or remedies in the event of your termination without Cause other than those set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Termination for Disability. The Company may terminate your employment on account of a Disability and the payments required by Paragraph 4 (a) will be made. You will be deemed to have a “Disability” if you are incapacitated by a physical or mental condition, illness or injury which has prevented you from being able to perform the essential duties of your position under this Agreement in a satisfactory fashion for all of a consecutive 180-day period.

(e) Death. If you die while employed under this Agreement, the payments required by Paragraph 4 (a) will be made.

5. Covenants.

(a) Acknowledgement. You acknowledge that you currently possess or will acquire secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets concerning the operations, future plans, or business methods of the Company or its affiliates. You agree that the Company would be severely damaged if you misused or disclosed this information. To prevent this harm, you are making the promises set forth in this Paragraph. You acknowledge that the provisions of this Paragraph are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of such provisions would result in irreparable injury to the Company. In the event of a violation of the provisions in this Paragraph, you further agree that the Company will, in addition to all other remedies available to it, be entitled to seek equitable relief by way of injunction and any other legal or equitable remedies.

(b) Promise Not to Disclose. You will hold in a fiduciary capacity, for the benefit of the Company, all confidential or proprietary information, knowledge and data of the Company, which you may acquire, learn, obtain or develop during your employment by the Company. Further, you will not, during the Term or any time thereafter, directly or indirectly use, communicate or divulge for your own benefit or for the benefit of another any such information, knowledge or data other than (i) as required by the Company or (ii) as required by law or as ordered by a court or (iii) with respect to matters that are generally known to the public. You make the same commitments with respect to the secret, confidential or proprietary information, knowledge and data of affiliates, customers, contractors and others with

 

K04770

  Page 4


whom the Company has a business relationship or to whom the Company or its affiliates owe a duty of confidentiality. The information covered by this protection includes, but is not limited to, matters of a business or strategic nature such as information about costs and profits, projections, personnel information, reengineering, records, customer lists, contact persons, customer data, software, sales data, possible new business ventures and/or expansion plans or matters of a creative nature, including without limitation, matters regarding ideas of a literary, creative, musical or dramatic nature, or regarding any form of product produced, distributed or acquired by the Company (“Company Information”). Company Information will be considered and kept as the private, proprietary and confidential information of the Company except within the Company as required to perform services, and may not be divulged (A) without the express written authorization of the Company or (B) unless required by law or ordered by a court or (C) unless the Company Information is generally known to the public. You further agree that you will neither publicly disclose the terms of this Agreement nor publicly discuss the Company in a manner that tends to portray the Company in an unfavorable light.

(c) Promise Not to Engage In Certain Activities. You will not at any time during your employment by the Company or the period of payment pursuant to Paragraph 4 be or become (i) interested or engaged in any manner, directly or indirectly, either alone or with any person, firm or corporation now existing or hereafter created, in any business which is or may be competitive with the business of the Company and its affiliates or (ii) directly or indirectly a stockholder or officer, director, agent, consultant or employee of, or in any manner associated with, or aid or abet, or give information or financial assistance to, any such business. The provisions of this Paragraph will not be deemed to prohibit your purchase or ownership, as a passive investment, of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded.

(d) Promise to Return Property. All records, files, lists, drawings, documents, models, equipment, property, computer, software or intellectual property relating to the Company’s business in whatever form (including electronic) will be returned to the Company upon the termination of your employment, whether such termination is at your or the Company’s request.

(e) Promise Not to Solicit. You will not during (i) the period of your employment by the Company, (ii) the period of payment pursuant to Paragraph 4 or (iii) the period ending (1) year after the later of the periods described in the previous clauses (i) or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employees, consultants, contractors or representatives of the Company (or those of any of its affiliates) to stop working for, contracting with or representing the Company or any of its affiliates or to work for, contract with or represent any of the Company’s (or its affiliates’) competitors.

(f) Company Ownership. The results and proceeds of your services hereunder, including, without limitation, any works of authorship resulting from your services during your employment with the Company and/or any of the Company’s affiliates and any works in progress, will be works-made-for hire and the Company will be deemed the sole owner throughout the universe of any and all rights of whatsoever nature therein, whether or not now or hereafter known, existing, contemplated, recognized or developed, with the right to use the same in perpetuity in any manner the Company determines in its sole discretion without any further payment to you whatsoever. If, for any reason, any

 

K04770

  Page 5


of such results and proceeds will not legally be a work-for-hire and/or there are any rights which do not accrue to the Company under the preceding sentence, then you hereby irrevocably assign and agree to assign any and all of your right, title and interest thereto, including without limitation, any and all copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trademarks and/or other rights of whatsoever nature therein, whether or not now or hereafter known, existing, contemplated, recognized or developed, to the Company, and the Company will have the right to use the same in perpetuity throughout the universe in any manner the Company determines without any further payment to you whatsoever. You will, from time to time, as may be requested by the Company, do any and all things which the Company may deem useful or desirable to establish or document the Company’s exclusive ownership of any and all rights in any such results and proceeds, including, without limitation, the execution or appropriate copyright and/or patent applications or assignments. To the extent you have any rights in the results and proceeds of your services that cannot be assigned in the manner described above, you unconditionally and irrevocably waive the enforcement of such rights. This Paragraph is subject to and will not be deemed to limit, restrict, or constitute any waiver by the Company of any rights of ownership to which the Company may be entitled by operation of law by virtue of the Company being your employer.

(g) Prior Restrictions. You represent that you are free to enter into this Agreement and are not restricted in any manner from performing under this Agreement by any prior agreement, commitment, or understanding with any third party. If you have acquired confidential or proprietary information in the course of your prior employment or as a consultant, you will fully comply with any duties not to disclose such information then applicable to you during the Term.

6. Service Unique. You recognize that your services hereunder are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character, giving them a peculiar value, the loss of which the Company cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in damages. In the event of a breach of this Agreement by you (particularly, but without limitation, with respect to the provisions hereof relating to the exclusivity of your services), the Company will, in addition to all other remedies available to it, be entitled to seek equitable relief by way of injunction and any other legal or equitable remedies. This provision will not be construed as a waiver of the rights which the Company may have for damages under this Agreement or otherwise, and all of the Company’s rights and remedies will be unrestricted.

7. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or by overnight mail, addressed as follows:

If to Employee:

At the address indicated on the first page hereof.

If to the Company:

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, California 91608

Attention: Executive Vice President, Human Resources

 

K04770

  Page 6


or to such other address as either party will have furnished to the other in writing. Notice and communications will be effective when actually received by the addressee.

8. Assignment/Affiliated Corporations. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor of the Company. You acknowledge and agree that all of your covenants and obligations to the Company, as well as the rights of the Company hereunder, will run in favor of and will be enforceable by the Company, its affiliates and their successors.

9. Arbitration of Disputes.

(a) Arbitrable Disputes. You and the Company agree to use final and binding arbitration to resolve any dispute each party may have with the other or any affiliate relating to this Agreement or your employment with and/or termination from the Company (an “Arbitrable Dispute”). An Arbitrable Dispute includes, without limitation, any dispute about the validity, interpretation, or effect of this Agreement, or alleged violations of it, and further including, without limitation, any and all claims for compensation, breach of implied contract, tort violations and claims arising out of any alleged discrimination, harassment, or retaliation, including, but not limited to, those covered by the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (or similar state statute), the 1964 Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000e et seq. , the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Americans With Disabilities Act.

(b) Exclusive Forum. Arbitration in this manner will be the exclusive forum for any Arbitrable Dispute. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JUDGE OR JURY IN REGARD TO AN ARBITRABLE DISPUTE. Should you or the Company attempt to resolve an Arbitrable Dispute by any method other than arbitration pursuant to this Paragraph (excluding any initial oral or written settlement negotiations by either party), the responding party will be entitled to recover from the initiating party all damages, expenses, and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of that breach.

(c) Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 9 (a) and 9 (b), due to the irreparable harm that would result from certain actual or threatened violations of this Agreement, where either party is seeking only injunctive relief (e.g., a temporary restraining order, temporary injunction or permanent injunction), such party may file suit or bring an application for such injunctive relief in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction without violating this Agreement and such suit for injunctive relief will not be considered an Arbitrable Dispute.

(d) The Arbitration. Arbitration will take place in Orlando, Florida before a single experienced employment arbitrator licensed to practice law in Florida and selected in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association. The provisions of Section 1283.05 of the California Code of Civil Procedure regarding the taking of discovery in arbitration proceedings will apply to any such arbitration. In any such arbitration proceeding, any hearing must be transcribed by a certified court reporter. The arbitrator may not modify, change or disregard any lawful terms of this Agreement in any way or issue an award that is contrary to the law of Florida. At the conclusion of the arbitration, the arbitrator shall issue a written ruling consistent with Florida law setting forth the essential findings of fact and conclusions of law on which the arbitration award is based. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding and enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

K04770

  Page 7


(e) Fees and Expenses. Each party will pay the fees of their respective attorneys, the expenses of their witnesses and experts, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration, and any other expenses connected with the arbitration that such party might be expected to incur had the dispute been subject to resolution in court. The Company shall pay all costs and expenses of the arbitration that you would not otherwise have incurred if the dispute had been adjudicated in a court of law, rather than through arbitration; such as the arbitrator’s fees and any arbitration association administrative fees or filing fees in excess of the maximum court filing fee in the jurisdiction in which the arbitration is commenced.

(f) Confidentiality. All proceedings and all documents prepared in connection with any Arbitrable Dispute shall be confidential and, unless otherwise required by law, the subject matter thereof shall not be disclosed to any person other than the parties to the proceedings, their counsel, witnesses and experts, the arbitrator, and, if involved, the court and court staff.

10. Miscellaneous. No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement in a given instance will not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time. The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Florida without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This Agreement will be binding upon, and will inure to the benefit of, you and your estate and the Company and any successor thereto, but neither this Agreement nor any rights arising under it may be assigned or pledged by you.

11. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute the same instrument.

13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between you and the Company. All oral or written agreements or representations express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. All prior employment agreements, understandings and obligations (whether written, oral, express or implied) between you and the Company, if any, are terminated as of the commencement date of the Term and are superseded by this Agreement.

 

Very Truly Yours,
Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP
By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ John R. Sprouls

JOHN R. SPROULS

 

  Page 8

Exhibit 10.19

LOGO

January 29, 2009

Mr. John R. Sprouls

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, CA 91608

Dear Mr. Sprouls:

Reference is made to the employment agreement between you and Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP (“VUE” or the “Company”) dated April 17, 2006, as amended on July 25, 2008 (the “Employment Agreement”), pursuant to which you have been employed in an executive capacity. The Company hereby exercises its option to extend the term of the Employment Agreement for two (2) years, commencing December 7, 2009 and continuing through and including December 6, 2011.

Please acknowledge receipt of this notice by signing the attached copy and returning it to VUE. The original is for your records.

 

    Very truly yours,
    VIVENDI UNIVERSAL
   

ENTERTAINMENT LLLP

    By:   /s/ Crystal Wright
RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:      
     
/s/ John R. Sprouls      
JOHN R. SPROULS      
3/5/09      
Date      

OP1369

Note: Option to be delivered to executive no later than October 1, 2009.

Exhibit 10.20

LOGO

November 11, 2009

Mr. John Sprouls

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, FL 32819

Dear Mr. Sprouls:

Reference is made to the employment agreement between you and Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP (the “Company”) dated April 17, 2006, as amended July 25, 2008 (the “Employment Agreement”) pursuant to which you have been employed in an executive capacity. It is now our mutual intention to amend, and the parties do hereby amend, the Employment Agreement as follows:

1. The current term of the Employment Agreement will be hereby extended for a period through and including December 6, 2013.

2. Paragraph 3(e) of the Employment Agreement relating to reimbursement of reasonable and necessary business expenses shall be amended to provide that such reimbursement shall be made not later than the end of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which such expenses is incurred, subject to and in accordance with the Company’s then prevailing policy for similarly situated employees.

3. The following Paragraph is hereby inserted into the Employment Agreement as Paragraph 3(g):

“3(g) Future Benefits . In the event of a corporate transaction requiring a change in the application to you of any GE/NBCU benefit, equity or other program(s), such changes shall be dictated by the terms and conditions of the GE/NBCU plans and the availability of successor programs.”

4. To the extent that you are entitled to receive any payments of compensation under the Employment Agreement under Paragraph 4 as a result of a termination of employment for Cause, disability or death, such payments shall paid as follows:

(i) Payment of any accrued Base Salary (as defined in the Employment Agreement) and any accrued and unpaid vacation, shall be payable in accordance with the Employment Agreement, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the date of termination, or presentation to the Company of evidence of death or permanent disability.

 

A00656

PSC West Coast Administration

  Page 1


(ii) Payment of any accrued but unreimbursed expenses shall be paid in accordance with Paragraph 2 hereunder.

(iii) Unpaid amounts due under any Company benefit plan or program shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of each such plan or program.

5. To the extent that any payments due you under Paragraph 4 of the Employment Agreement are subject to the Company’s right of offset, you hereby agree that any such offset permitted shall be applied against the first payments of compensation due under the Employment Agreement at least ten (10) business days after receipt by the Company of notice that the compensation that is subject to offset (“Offset Compensation”) had been paid (or, if applicable, earned) as provided in the next following sentence, and to each subsequent payment of compensation due hereunder until all Offset Compensation theretofore received (or, if applicable, earned) has been applied against the compensation payable under this Agreement. You agree to inform the Company in writing (i) within five (5) business days of agreeing to provide services for which Offset Compensation may be payable and (ii) within one (1) business day following the time at which payment of any Offset Compensation is received or earned (or, if any such Offset Compensation is not reasonably expected to be paid within thirty (30) days of when it is earned).

6. The following Paragraph is hereby inserted into the Employment Agreement as Paragraph 4(f):

“(f) Section 409A Special Rules . Notwithstanding anything else in this Paragraph 4 to the contrary,

(i) if your termination of employment does not constitute a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (“Section 409A”), any payment that would otherwise have been due and payable, or would have commenced to be paid, under this Paragraph 5 in connection with your separation from service shall be delayed until such time as you shall incur such a separation from service (and such separation from service shall be treated as though a termination of your employment for purposes of determining when such payments are to be made); and

(ii) if, at the date of your separation from service, you are a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A, any payment, which constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and is payable on account of separation from service that would otherwise have been due and payable under this Paragraph 5 within six (6) months of the date of such separation from service, shall be delayed until the six (6) month anniversary of the date of such separation from service (“the “Six

 

A00656

PSC West Coast Administration

  Page 2


Month Delay”). The Six Month Delay shall not apply to any deferred compensation that is payable at a fixed date (including the payment of Base Salary that, as a series of separate payments, is a short-term deferral within the meaning of Section 409A, and any payment arising on account of your death).”

7. The following Paragraph 14 of the Employment Agreement is hereby inserted in the Employment Agreement.

“14. Interpretation . It is the intent of the parties that this Agreement be administered in a manner consistent with, and in compliance with, Section 409A. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted, to the maximum extent possible, in a manner consistent with the requirements of such Section 409A and the regulations thereunder. If any amounts payable hereunder are paid in installments, each installment shall be considered a separate payment. Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company does not represent, warrant or guarantee that the payments and benefits that may be paid or provided pursuant to this Agreement will not be includible in the Executive’s federal gross income pursuant to Section 409A, nor does the Company make any other representation, warranty or guaranty to the Executive as to the tax consequences of this Agreement.”

8. All of the other provisions of the Employment Agreement, which are not modified hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect.

Please confirm your agreement to the foregoing by signing in the space provided below.

 

Sincerely,

 

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP

By:   /s/
 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
/s/ John Sprouls
John Sprouls

 

A00656

PSC West Coast Administration

  Page 3

Exhibit 10.21

October 8, 2007

Richard T. Florell

6026 Jamestown Park

Orlando, FL 32819

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Ric,

You and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. d/b/a “Universal Orlando” (hereinafter referred to as “UO” or the “Company”) have agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions :

UO includes any subsidiary, or affiliated company or any divisions thereof now existing or formed at any time after the date of this Agreement; any business entity which may merge into UO or with which UO may be merged or consolidated; any business entity which may acquire all or a substantial portion of the assets or good will of UO; or any business entity which may result from a division or other reorganization of UO.

 

2. Employment and Services :

 

  a) UO has employed you and you have agreed to perform your exclusive services for UO upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the UO employee policies and procedures as communicated to you from time to time.

 

  b) You will perform such services as requested from time to time by the President or Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or their duly authorized representative. Your employment as Senior Vice President/General Manager, Resort Revenue Operations, will commence on December 4, 2007, it being understood that the President or Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or their duly authorized officers may assign you to render your services in different occupational areas within Universal Orlando, in their sole discretion.


3. Results and Proceeds :

As your employer, UO shall own all rights in and to the results and proceeds connected with or arising out of, directly and indirectly, your services hereunder.

 

4. Term; Renewal :

 

  a) The term of this Agreement shall run three (3) years, commencing on December 4, 2007 and continuing until December 3, 2010.

 

  b) Option : UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on December 4, 2010 and continuing until December 3, 2012.

 

  c) In the event the Company exercises its right to renew your employment under the option provided above, you shall be notified in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the then current term. In the event the Company does not elect to continue your employment at the expiration of any term, no special severance consideration is provided. Rather, standard Company practice (if any) shall apply.

 

  d) You agree and acknowledge that UO has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after expiration of the term hereunder, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached.

 

5. Compensation :

 

  a) Basic Salary : For all your services rendered under this Agreement, UO shall pay you a salary at an annual rate of no less than $324,552.00 or at such higher salary as may be determined by your performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts (“UPR”). Such higher salary shall subsequently be deemed the annual rate, commencing on such date as the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR may determine, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  b) Such salary shall be payable in equal installments on UO’s regular paydays during the term, subject to the usual and required employee payroll deductions and withholdings. UO is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and in the event it elects not to do so, you shall continue to be compensated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon.

 

Page 2 of 6


6. Covenants:

 

  a) You will not at any time during your employment by the Company or the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 be or become (i) interested or engaged in any manner, directly or indirectly, either alone or with any person, firm or corporation now existing or hereafter created, in any business which is or may be competitive with the business of the Company and its affiliates or (ii) directly or indirectly a stockholder or officer, director, agent, consultant or employee of, or in any manner associated with, or aid or abet, or give information or financial assistance to, any such business. The provisions of this Paragraph will not be deemed to prohibit your purchase or ownership, as a passive investment, of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded.

 

  b) You will not during (i) the period of your employment by the Company, (ii) the period of payment pursuant to Section 5, or (iii) the period ending one (1) year after the later of the periods described in the previous clauses (i) or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employees, consultants, contractors or representatives of the Company (or those of any of its affiliates) to stop working for, contracting with, or representing the Company or any of its affiliates, or to work for, contract with or represent any of the Company’s (or its affiliates’) competitors.

 

7. Place and Condition of Employment :

Your principal place of employment, unless otherwise specified, is the Orlando office of Universal Orlando. However, it is understood that you may be required to travel to other locations on behalf of Universal Orlando.

 

8. Vacation :

You shall be entitled to vacation with pay under the UO vacation plan. Any unused vacation may not be “carried over” into another year without the approval of your Department Head and the Human Resources Department. No more than ten (10) days may be carried over at any one time.

 

9. Termination :

UO may terminate your services as follows:

 

  a) The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time without advance notice. “Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (i) your material failure to perform your duties;

 

Page 3 of 6


  (ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, including, without limitation those set forth in the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct, the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Universal Orlando E-Mail Policy, the Universal Orlando Internet and Computer On-Line Services Policy and the Universal Orlando Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy, or

 

  b) In the event you have suffered a permanent and total disability, which prevents your performance of your full-time duties under this Agreement, but in no case, shall such right be exercised until six (6) months from the date of the commencement of such disablement.

 

10. Benefits :

During the term hereof and so long as you are not in breach of this Agreement:

 

  a) UO shall reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy (which shall include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred).

 

  b) You shall be entitled to participate in the group insurance benefit plans.

 

  c) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO 401(k) retirement program upon terms and conditions as developed by UO.

 

  d) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, with a potential payout of 30% of your base salary. However, no specific amount is guaranteed. In the event UO has terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 9(a) above, you will have no right to receive compensation under the Incentive Plan for any portion of the year in which your termination occurred.

 

  e) You shall be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored “Highly Compensated Employees” supplemental benefit plan to our 401(k) plan.

You further expressly agree and acknowledge that after expiration of the term hereunder you are entitled to no additional benefits not expressly set forth herein, except as specifically provided under the benefit plan referred to herein and those benefit plans in which you may subsequently become a participant, and subject in all cases to the term and conditions of each such plan.

 

Page 4 of 6


11. Assignment of Agreement :

UO may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor in interest without your prior consent. This Agreement is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned by you.

 

12. Compliance with Policies :

Incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement are the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct and the Company’s Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy. Compliance with such Policies and Code of Conduct, and any amendments thereto which you receive, such amendments to be consistent with the tenor of the current Policies and Codes of Conduct and not in violation of public policy, are conditions to your continued employment. Any material violation thereof shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, and shall provide for termination as set forth in Section 9 above.

In addition to such Policies and Code of Conduct, also incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement is the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement. In view of the fact that your position of service to UO is a unique one of trust and confidence and, as a condition to your employment by UO under this Agreement, you agree to sign and comply with each of the provisions of such Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

13. Termination of All Previous Agreements :

All prior personal employment service agreements (whether written, oral or implied) between us, if any, are terminated as of the commencement of the term of this Agreement.

 

14. Choice of Laws :

This Agreement shall be covered by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Florida. Any legal proceeding brought by either party for enforcing any right or obligation under this Agreement, or arising under any matter pertaining to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, shall be submitted without jury before any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury.

 

15. Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability :

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between us; there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing, signed by the appropriate party(ies). No waiver of any breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other term or condition.

 

Page 5 of 6


The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Very truly yours,

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

John R. Sprouls

Executive Vice President

Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR

 

JRS:jal            
AGREED:            

/s/ Richard T. Florell

   October 8, 2007         
Richard T. Florell    Date         

 

Page 6 of 6

Exhibit 10.22

October 1, 2006

Mr. William Davis

210 Acacia Terrace

Celebration, FL 34747

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Bill,

You and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. d/b/a “Universal Orlando” (hereinafter referred to as “UO” or the “Company”) have agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions :

UO includes any subsidiary, or affiliated company or any divisions thereof now existing or formed at any time after the date of this Agreement; any business entity which may merge into UO or with which UO may be merged or consolidated; any business entity which may acquire all or a substantial portion of the assets or good will of UO; or any business entity which may result from a division or other reorganization of UO.

 

2. Employment and Services :

 

  a) UO has employed you and you have agreed to perform your exclusive services for UO upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the UO employee policies and procedures as communicated to you from time to time.

 

  b) You will perform such services as requested from time to time by the Chairman/CEO, Universal Parks & Resorts (“UPR”), or his duly authorized representative. Your employment as President & Chief Operating Officer will commence on December 5, 2006, it being understood that the Chairman/CEO, UPR or his duly authorized officers may assign you to render your services in different occupational areas within Universal Orlando, in their sole discretion, provided, however, that all such services will be consistent and comparable to your current position. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall begin working in a transitional role with UO’s current President and CEO and other member’s of UO’s senior management team as of October 2, 2006.


3. Results and Proceeds :

As your employer, UO shall own all rights in and to the results and proceeds connected with or arising out of, directly and indirectly, your services hereunder.

 

4. Term; Renewal :

 

  a) The term of this Agreement shall run two (2) years, commencing on October 2, 2006 and continuing until October 1, 2008.

 

  b) Option : UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on October 2, 2008 and continuing until October 1, 2010.

 

  c) In the event the Company exercises its right to renew your employment under the option provided above, you shall be notified in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the then current term. In the event the Company does not elect to continue your employment at the expiration of any term, no special severance consideration is provided. Rather, standard Company practice (if any) shall apply.

 

  d) You agree and acknowledge that UO has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after expiration of the term hereunder, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached.

 

5. Compensation :

 

  a) Basic Salary : For all your services rendered under this Agreement, UO shall pay you a salary at an annual rate of no less than $450,000, or at such higher salary as may be determined by your performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR. Such higher salary shall subsequently be deemed the annual rate, commencing on such date as the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR may determine, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Page 2 of 6


  b) Such salary shall be payable in equal installments on UO’s regular paydays during the term, subject to the usual and required employee payroll deductions and withholdings. UO is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and in the event it elects not to do so, you shall continue to be compensated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon.

 

6. Place and Condition of Employment :

Your principal place of employment, unless otherwise specified, is the Orlando office of Universal Orlando. However, it is understood that you may be required to travel to other locations on behalf of Universal Orlando.

 

7. Vacation :

You shall be entitled to vacation with pay under the UO vacation plan. However, as a material inducement to this agreement, you will be eligible to receive fifteen (15) days of vacation in your first year of employment and each year thereafter up to your 15 th year whereafter your vacation allotment increases and caps out at a maximum of twenty (20) days per year. Any unused vacation in your first year of employment may not be carried over to the following year. In subsequent years, no more than ten (10) days may be carried over at any one time.

 

8. Termination :

UO may terminate your services as follows:

 

  a) The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time without advance notice. “Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (i) your material failure to perform your duties;

 

  (ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, including, without limitation those set forth in the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct, the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Universal Orlando E-Mail Policy, the Universal Orlando Internet and Computer On-Line Services Policy and the Universal Orlando Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy, or

 

  b) In the event you have suffered a permanent and total disability, which prevents your performance of your full-time duties under this Agreement, but in no case, shall such right be exercised until six (6) months from the date of the commencement of such disablement.

 

Page 3 of 6


9. Benefits :

During the term hereof, and so long as you are not in breach of this Agreement:

 

  a) UO shall reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy (which shall include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred).

 

  b) You shall be entitled to participate in the group insurance benefit plans.

 

  c) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO 401(k) retirement program upon terms and conditions as developed by UO.

 

  d) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, with a potential payout of $150,000 per fiscal year. However, no specific amount is guaranteed. In the event UO has terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 8(a) above, you will have no right to receive compensation under the Incentive Plan for any portion of the year in which your termination occurred.

 

  e) You shall be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored “Highly Compensated Employees” supplemental benefit plan to our 401(k) plan.

You further expressly agree and acknowledge that after expiration of the term hereunder you are entitled to no additional benefits not expressly set forth herein, except as specifically provided under the benefit plan referred to herein and those benefit plans in which you may subsequently become a participant, and subject in all cases to the term and conditions of each such plan.

 

10. Assignment of Agreement :

UO may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor in interest without your prior consent. This Agreement is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned by you.

 

Page 4 of 6


11. Compliance with Policies :

Incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement are the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct and the Company’s Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy. Compliance with such Policies and Code of Conduct, and any amendments thereto which you receive, such amendments to be consistent with the tenor of the current Policies and Codes of Conduct and not in violation of public policy, are conditions to your continued employment. Any material violation thereof shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, and shall provide for termination as set forth in Section 8 above.

In addition to such Policies and Code of Conduct, also incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement is the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement. In view of the fact that your position of service to UO is a unique one of trust and confidence and, as a condition to your employment by UO under this Agreement, you agree to sign and comply with each of the provisions of such Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

12. Termination of All Previous Agreements :

All prior personal employment service agreements (whether written, oral or implied) between us, if any, are terminated as of the commencement of the term of this Agreement.

 

13. Choice of Laws :

This Agreement shall be covered by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Florida. Any legal proceeding brought by either party for enforcing any right or obligation under this Agreement, or arising under any matter pertaining to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, shall be submitted without jury before any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury.

 

14. Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability :

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between us; there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing, signed by the appropriate party(ies). No waiver of any breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other term or condition.

 

Page 5 of 6


The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Very truly yours,

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

 

/s/ John R. Sprouls

Executive Vice President
Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR

JRS:jal

AGREED:

 

/s/ William A. Davis

   

10/30/06

 
William A. Davis     Date  

 

Page 6 of 6

Exhibit 10.23

May 22, 2008

William A. Davis

210 Acacia Terrace

Celebration, FL 34747

Re: Employment Agreement – Option

Dear Bill:

Pursuant to your Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2006 under which you have been employed as President & Chief Operating Officer we hereby exercise our option to extend the term for two (2) years, commencing on October 2, 2008 and continuing until October 1, 2010, such employment to be on all the same terms and conditions presently applicable to your employment.

Please acknowledge your receipt of this letter and agreement to the foregoing additional term of your Employment Agreement by signing and returning one original of this letter to me.

Very truly yours,

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

By: Thomas L. Williams

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

/s/ William A. Davis

     May 22, 2008  
William A. Davis              Date  

Exhibit 10.24

March 13, 2006

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Tracey,

You and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. d/b/a “Universal Orlando” (hereinafter referred to as “UO” or the “Company”) have agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions :

UO includes any subsidiary, or affiliated company or any divisions thereof now existing or formed at any time after the date of this Agreement; any business entity which may merge into UO or with which UO may be merged or consolidated; any business entity which may acquire all or a substantial portion of the assets or good will of UO; or any business entity which may result from a division or other reorganization of UO.

 

2. Employment and Services :

 

  a) UO has employed you and you have agreed to perform your exclusive services for UO upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the UO employee policies and procedures as communicated to you from time to time.

 

  b) You will perform such services as requested from time to time by the President and Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or his duly authorized representative. Your employment as Vice President, Finance & Controller will commence on April 2, 2006, it being understood that the President and Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or his duly authorized officers may assign you to render your services in different occupational areas within Universal Orlando, in their sole discretion.


3. Results and Proceeds :

As your employer, UO shall own all rights in and to the results and proceeds connected with or arising out of, directly and indirectly, your services hereunder.

 

4. Term; Renewal :

 

  a) The term of this Agreement shall run two (2) years, commencing on April 2, 2006 and continuing until April 1, 2008.

 

  b) Option : UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on April 2, 2008 and continuing until April 1, 2010.

 

  c) In the event the Company exercises its right to renew your employment under the option provided above, you shall be notified in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the then current term. In the event the Company does not elect to continue your employment at the expiration of any term, no special severance consideration is provided. Rather, standard Company practice (if any) shall apply.

 

  d) You agree and acknowledge that UO has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after expiration of the term hereunder, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached.

 

5. Compensation :

 

  a) Basic Salary : For all your services rendered under this Agreement, UO shall pay you a salary at an annual rate of no less than $200,012.80, or at such higher salary as may be determined by your performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts (“UPR”). Such higher salary shall subsequently be deemed the annual rate, commencing on such date as the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR may determine, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  b) Such salary shall be payable in equal installments on UO’s regular paydays during the term, subject to the usual and required employee payroll deductions and withholdings. UO is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and in the event it elects not to do so, you shall continue to be compensated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon.

 

6. Place and Condition of Employment :

Your principal place of employment, unless otherwise specified, is the Orlando office of Universal Orlando. However, it is understood that you may be required to travel to other locations on behalf of Universal Orlando.

 

Page 2 of 6


7. Vacation :

You shall be entitled to vacation with pay under the UO vacation plan. Any unused vacation may not be “carried over” into another year without the approval of your Department Head and the Human Resources Department. No more than ten (10) days may be carried over at any one time.

 

8. Termination :

UO may terminate your services as follows:

 

  a) The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time without advance notice. “Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (i) your material failure to perform your duties;

 

  (ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, including, without limitation those set forth in the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct, the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Universal Orlando E-Mail Policy, the Universal Orlando Internet and Computer On-Line Services Policy and the Universal Orlando Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy, or

 

  b) In the event you have suffered a permanent and total disability, which prevents your performance of your full-time duties under this Agreement, but in no case shall such right be exercised until six (6) months from the date of the commencement of such disablement.

 

9. Benefits :

During the term hereof, and so long as you are not in breach of this Agreement:

 

  a) UO shall reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy (which shall include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred).

 

  b) You shall be entitled to participate in the group insurance benefit plans.

 

Page 3 of 6


  c) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO 401(k) retirement program upon terms and conditions as developed by UO.

 

  d) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO Management Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, with a potential payout of 22% of your base salary. However, no specific amount is guaranteed. In the event UO has terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 8(a) above, you will have no right to receive compensation under the Incentive Plan for any portion of the year in which your termination occurred.

 

  e) You shall be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored “Highly Compensated Employees” supplemental benefit plan to our 401(k) plan.

You further expressly agree and acknowledge that after expiration of the term hereunder you are entitled to no additional benefits not expressly set forth herein, except as specifically provided under the benefit plan referred to herein and those benefit plans in which you may subsequently become a participant, and subject in all cases to the term and conditions of each such plan.

 

10. Assignment of Agreement :

UO may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor in interest without your prior consent. This Agreement is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned by you.

 

11. Compliance with Policies :

Incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement are the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct and the Company’s Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy. Compliance with such Policies and Code of Conduct, and any amendments thereto which you receive, such amendments to be consistent with the tenor of the current Policies and Codes of Conduct and not in violation of public policy, are conditions to your continued employment. Any material violation thereof shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, and shall provide for termination as set forth in Section 8 above.

 

Page 4 of 6


In addition to such Policies and Code of Conduct, also incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement is the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement. In view of the fact that your position of service to UO is a unique one of trust and confidence and, as a condition to your employment by UO under this Agreement, you agree to sign and comply with each of the provisions of such Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

12. Termination of All Previous Agreements :

All prior personal employment service agreements (whether written, oral or implied) between us, if any, are terminated as of the commencement of the term of this Agreement.

 

13. Choice of Laws :

This Agreement shall be covered by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Florida. Any legal proceeding brought by either party for enforcing any right or obligation under this Agreement, or arising under any matter pertaining to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, shall be submitted without jury before any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury.

 

14. Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability :

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between us; there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing, signed by the appropriate party(ies). No waiver of any breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other term or condition.

 

Page 5 of 6


The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Very truly yours,

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

 

John R. Sprouls

Executive Vice President

Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR

JRS:jal

AGREED:

 

 

/s/Tracey Stockwell

    January 23, 2007
Tracey Stockwell    

Date

 

Page 6 of 6

Exhibit 10.25

January 23, 2007

Re: Employment Agreement – Amendment

Dear Tracey:

This letter shall serve to amend the Employment Agreement dated March 13, 2006 between you, Tracey Stockwell, and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (“Universal”) (the “Agreement”). Specifically, as of January 23, 2007, the Agreement is amended as follows:

 

  1. Your title, as set forth in Section 2, shall be Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

 

  2. The term of the Agreement, as set forth in Section 4(a) shall be extended and shall now expire on January 22, 2009. Additionally, the Option set forth in Section 4(b) shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety as follows:

“UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement

for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on January 23, 2009

and continuing until January 22, 2011.”

 

  3. Your base salary, as set forth in Section 5(a), shall be $235,000.00; and

 

  4. The 22% potential payout set forth in Section 9(d) is hereby deleted, and you shall be entitled to participate in the UO Executive Incentive Plan at an established target of 30%; however no specific amount is guaranteed.


Tracey Stockwell

Page 2

January 23, 2007

Please acknowledge your receipt of this letter and your agreement to the foregoing amendments to your Employment Agreement by signing and returning one original of this letter to me.

Very truly yours,

 

John R. Sprouls

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

  

/s/ Tracey_Stockwell

  

January 23, 2007

Tracey L. Stockwell   

Date

Exhibit 10.26

September 16, 2008

Tracey L. Stockwell

8955 Elliotts Court

Orlando, FL 32836

RE: Employment Agreement – Option

Dear Tracey:

Pursuant to your Employment Agreement dated March 13, 2006, as amended, under which you have been employed as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, we hereby exercise our option to extend the term for two (2) years, commencing on January 23, 2009 and continuing until January 22, 2011, such employment to be on all the same terms and conditions presently applicable to your employment.

Please acknowledge your receipt of this letter and agreement to the foregoing additional term of your Employment Agreement by signing and returning one original of this letter to me.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Rhonda Rhodes

 

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO
By:   Rhonda Rhodes

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

/s/ Tracey L. Stockwell

   

9/26/08

Tracey L. Stockwell     Date

Exhibit 10.27

May 12, 2008

Peter C. Giacalone

709 South Atlantic Avenue

Cocoa Beach, FL 32931-2515

Re:   Employment Agreement

Dear Peter,

You and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. d/b/a “Universal Orlando” (hereinafter referred to as “UO” or the “Company”) have agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions :

UO includes any subsidiary, or affiliated company or any divisions thereof now existing or formed at any time after the date of this Agreement; any business entity which may merge into UO or with which UO may be merged or consolidated; any business entity which may acquire all or a substantial portion of the assets or good will of UO; or any business entity which may result from a division or other reorganization of UO.

 

2. Employment and Services :

 

  a) UO has employed you and you have agreed to perform your exclusive services for UO upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the UO employee policies and procedures as communicated to you from time to time.

 

  b) You will perform such services as requested from time to time by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Universal Parks & Resorts (“UPR”) or his duly authorized representative. Your employment as Senior Vice President, Business Development will commence on October 1, 2008, it being understood that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, UPR, or his duly authorized officers may assign you to render your services in different occupational areas within Universal Orlando, in their sole discretion.


3. Results and Proceeds :

As your employer, UO shall own all rights in and to the results and proceeds connected with or arising out of, directly and indirectly, your services hereunder.

 

4. Term; Renewal :

 

  a) The term of this Agreement shall run two (2) years, commencing on October 1, 2008 and continuing until September 30, 2010.

 

  b) Option : UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on October 1, 2010 and continuing until September 30, 2012.

 

  c) In the event the Company exercises its right to renew your employment under the option provided above, you shall be notified in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the then current term. In the event the Company does not elect to continue your employment at the expiration of any term, no special severance consideration is provided. Rather, standard Company practice (if any) shall apply.

 

  d) You agree and acknowledge that UO has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after expiration of the term hereunder, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached.

 

5. Compensation :

 

  a) Basic Salary : For all your services rendered under this Agreement, UO shall pay you a salary at an annual rate of no less than $300,622.40 or at such higher salary as may be determined by your performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts (UPR”). Such higher salary shall subsequently be deemed the annual rate, commencing on such date as the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR may determine, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  b) Such salary shall be payable in equal installments on UO’s regular paydays during the term, subject to the usual and required employee payroll deductions and withholdings. UO is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and in the event it elects not to do so, you shall continue to be compensated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon.

 

6. Covenants :

 

  a) You will not at any time during your employment by the Company or the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above be or become (i) interested or engaged in any manner, directly or indirectly, either alone or with any person, firm or corporation now existing or hereafter created, in any business which is or may be competitive with the business of the Company and its affiliates, or (ii) directly or indirectly a stockholder or officer, director, agent, consultant or employee of, or in any manner associated with, or aid or abet, or give information or financial assistance to, any such business. The provisions of this paragraph will not be deemed to prohibit your purchase or ownership, as a passive investment, of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded.

 

  b) You will not during (i) the period of your employment by the Company, (ii) the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above, or (iii) the period ending one (1) year after the later of the periods described in the previous clauses (i) or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employees, consultants, contractors or representatives of the Company (or those of any of its affiliates) to stop working for, contracting with or representing the Company or any of its affiliates or to work for, contract with or represent any of the Company’s (or its affiliates) competitors.

 

7. Place and Condition of Employment :

Your principal place of employment, unless otherwise specified, is the Orlando office of Universal Orlando. However, it is understood that you may be required to travel to other locations on behalf of Universal Orlando.

 

8. Vacation :

You shall be entitled to vacation with pay under the UO vacation plan. Any unused vacation greater than 80 hours may not be “carried over” into another year without the approval of your Department Head and the Human Resources Department.


9. Termination :

UO may terminate your services as follows:

 

  a) The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time without advance notice. Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (i) your material failure to perform your duties;

 

  (ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, including, without limitation those set forth in the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct, the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Universal Orlando E-Mail Policy, the Universal Orlando Internet and Computer On-Line Services Policy and the Universal Orlando Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy, or

 

  b) In the event you have suffered a permanent and total disability, which prevents your performance of your full-time duties under this Agreement, but in no case, shall such right be exercised until six (6) months from the date of the commencement of such disablement.

 

10. Benefits :

During the term hereof and so long as you are not in breach of this Agreement:

 

  a) UO shall reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy (which shall include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred).

 

  b) You shall be entitled to participate in the group insurance benefit plans.

 

  c) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO 401(k) retirement program upon terms and conditions as developed by UO.

 

  d) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO Executive Incentive Plan (the Incentive Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, with a potential payout of 30% of your base salary. However, no specific amount is guaranteed. In the event UO has terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 9(a) above, you will have no right to receive compensation under the Incentive Plan for any portion of the year in which your termination occurred.

 

  e) You shall be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored Variable Deferred Compensation Plan.

You further expressly agree and acknowledge that after expiration of the term hereunder you are entitled to no additional benefits not expressly set forth herein, except as specifically provided under the benefit plan referred to herein and those benefit plans in which you may subsequently become a participant, and subject in all cases to the term and conditions of each such plan.

 

11. Assignment of Agreement :

UO may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor in interest without your prior consent. This Agreement is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned by you.

 

12. Compliance with Policies :

Incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement are the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct and the Company’s Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy. Compliance with such Policies and Code of Conduct, and any amendments thereto which you receive, such amendments to be consistent with the tenor of the current Policies and Codes of Conduct and not in violation of public policy, are conditions to your continued employment. Any material violation thereof shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, and shall provide for termination as set forth in Section 9 above.

In addition to such Policies and Code of Conduct, also incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement is the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement. In view of the fact that your position of service to UO is a unique one of trust and confidence and, as a condition to your employment by UO under this Agreement, you agree to sign and comply with each of the provisions of such Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

13. Termination of All Previous Agreements :

All prior personal employment service agreements (whether written, oral or implied) between us, if any, are terminated as of the commencement of the term of this Agreement.

 

14. Choice of Laws :

This Agreement shall be covered by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Florida. Any legal proceeding brought by either party for enforcing any right or obligation under this Agreement, or arising under any matter pertaining to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, shall be submitted without jury before any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury.


15. Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability :

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between us; there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing, signed by the appropriate party(ies). No waiver of any breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other term or condition.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
UNIVERSAL ORLANDO
/s/ John R. Sprouls
John R. Sprouls
Executive Vice President
Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR

JRS:jal

 

AGREED:  
/s/ Peter C. Giacalone   05-23-08
Peter C. Giacalone   Date

Exhibit 10.28

July 28, 2008

Alice Norsworthy

679 Destacada Ave.

Coral Gables, FL 33156

Re:   Employment Agreement

Dear Alice,

You and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. d/b/a “Universal Orlando” (hereinafter referred to as “UO” or the “Company”) have agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions :

UO includes any subsidiary, or affiliated company or any divisions thereof now existing or formed at any time after the date of this Agreement; any business entity which may merge into UO or with which UO may be merged or consolidated; any business entity which may acquire all or a substantial portion of the assets or good will of UO; or any business entity which may result from a division or other reorganization of UO.

 

2. Employment and Services :

 

  a) UO has employed you and you have agreed to perform your exclusive services for UO upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the UO employee policies and procedures as communicated to you from time to time.

 

  b) You will perform such services as requested from time to time by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Universal Parks & Resorts (“UPR”), or his duly authorized representative. Your employment as Executive Vice President, Marketing & Sales, will commence on September 2, 2008, it being understood that the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, UPR, or his duly authorized officers may assign you to render your services in different occupational areas within Universal Orlando, in their sole discretion.


3. Results and Proceeds :

As your employer, UO shall own all rights in and to the results and proceeds connected with or arising out of, directly and indirectly, your services hereunder.

 

4. Term; Renewal :

 

  a) The term of this Agreement shall run three (3) years, commencing on September 2, 2008 and continuing until September 1, 2011.

 

  b) Option : UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on September 2, 2011 and continuing until September 1, 2013.

 

  c) In the event the Company exercises its right to renew your employment under the option provided above, you shall be notified in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the then current term. In the event the Company does not elect to continue your employment at the expiration of any term, no special severance consideration is provided. Rather, standard Company practice (if any) shall apply.

 

  d) You agree and acknowledge that UO has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after expiration of the term hereunder, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached.

 

5. Compensation :

 

  a) Basic Salary : For all your services rendered under this Agreement, UO shall pay you a salary at an annual rate of no less than $400,000.00 or at such higher salary as may be determined by your performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts (UPR”). Such higher salary shall subsequently be deemed the annual rate, commencing on such date as the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR may determine, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  b) Such salary shall be payable in equal installments on UO’s regular paydays during the term, subject to the usual and required employee payroll deductions and withholdings. UO is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and in the event it elects not to do so, you shall continue to be compensated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon.

 

  c) As a material inducement for you to accept UO’s employment offer and forgo other employment opportunities, UO agrees to pay you a one-time sign on bonus of $300,000, payable as follows: (i) $100,000 within ten (10) business days after you begin working; (ii) $100,000 on or about January 1, 2009; and (iii) $100,000 on or about your first anniversary of your employment with us. In the event that you voluntarily terminate your employment with UO anytime on or before September 2, 2009, you will be responsible for repaying the entire sign-on bonus that you received to Universal Orlando within thirty (30) days of such voluntary termination.

 

6. Covenants :

 

  a) You will not at any time during your employment by the Company or the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above be or become (i) interested or engaged in any manner, directly or indirectly, either alone or with any person, firm or corporation now existing or hereafter created, in any business which is or may be competitive with the business of the Company and its affiliates, or (ii) directly or indirectly a stockholder or officer, director, agent, consultant or employee of, or in any manner associated with, or aid or abet, or give information or financial assistance to, any such business. The provisions of this paragraph will not be deemed to prohibit your purchase or ownership, as a passive investment, of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded.

 

  b) You will not during (i) the period of your employment by the Company, (ii) the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above, or (iii) the period ending one (1) year after the later of the periods described in the previous clauses (i) or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employees, consultants, contractors or representatives of the Company (or those of any of its affiliates) to stop working for, contracting with or representing the Company or any of its affiliates or to work for, contract with or represent any of the Company’s (or its affiliates) competitors.


7. Place and Condition of Employment :

Your principal place of employment, unless otherwise specified, is the Orlando office of Universal Orlando. However, it is understood that you may be required to travel to other locations on behalf of Universal Orlando.

 

8. Vacation :

You shall be entitled to vacation with pay under the UO vacation plan. However, as a material inducement to this agreement, you will be eligible to receive fifteen (15) days of vacation in your first year of employment and each year thereafter up to your 15 th year whereafter your vacation allotment increases to a maximum of twenty (20) days per year. After twenty (20) years of service, your vacation increases and caps out at a maximum of twenty-five (25) days per year. Any unused vacation in your first year of employment may not be carried over to the following year. In subsequent years, any unused vacation greater than 80 hours may not be “carried over” into another year without the approval of your Department Head and the Human Resources Department.

 

9. Termination :

UO may terminate your services as follows:

 

  a) The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time without advance notice. Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (i) your material failure to perform your duties;

 

  (ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, including, without limitation those set forth in the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct, the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Universal Orlando E-Mail Policy, the Universal Orlando Internet and Computer On-Line Services Policy and the Universal Orlando Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy, or

 

  b) In the event you have suffered a permanent and total disability, which prevents your performance of your full-time duties under this Agreement, but in no case, shall such right be exercised until six (6) months from the date of the commencement of such disablement.

 

10. Benefits :

During the term hereof and so long as you are not in breach of this Agreement:

 

  a) UO shall reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy (which shall include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred).

 

  b) You shall be entitled to participate in the group insurance benefit plans.

 

  c) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO 401(k) retirement program upon terms and conditions as developed by UO.

 

  d) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO Executive Incentive Plan (the Incentive Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, with a target payout of $150,000.00 per fiscal year. However, no specific amount is guaranteed. In the event UO has terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 9(a) above, you will have no right to receive compensation under the Incentive Plan for any portion of the year in which your termination occurred.


  e) You shall be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored Variable Deferred Compensation Plan.

You further expressly agree and acknowledge that after expiration of the term hereunder you are entitled to no additional benefits not expressly set forth herein, except as specifically provided under the benefit plan referred to herein and those benefit plans in which you may subsequently become a participant, and subject in all cases to the term and conditions of each such plan.

 

11. Assignment of Agreement :

UO may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor in interest without your prior consent. This Agreement is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned by you.

 

12. Compliance with Policies :

Incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement are the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct and the Company’s Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy. Compliance with such Policies and Code of Conduct, and any amendments thereto which you receive, such amendments to be consistent with the tenor of the current Policies and Codes of Conduct and not in violation of public policy, are conditions to your continued employment. Any material violation thereof shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, and shall provide for termination as set forth in Section 9 above.

In addition to such Policies and Code of Conduct, also incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement is the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement. In view of the fact that your position of service to UO is a unique one of trust and confidence and, as a condition to your employment by UO under this Agreement, you agree to sign and comply with each of the provisions of such Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

13. Termination of All Previous Agreements :

All prior personal employment service agreements (whether written, oral or implied) between us, if any, are terminated as of the commencement of the term of this Agreement.

 

14. Choice of Laws :

This Agreement shall be covered by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Florida. Any legal proceeding brought by either party for enforcing any right or obligation under this Agreement, or arising under any matter pertaining to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, shall be submitted without jury before any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury.

 

15. Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability :

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between us; there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing, signed by the appropriate party(ies). No waiver of any breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other term or condition.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
UNIVERSAL ORLANDO
/s/ John R. Sprouls
John R. Sprouls
Executive Vice President
Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR

JRS:jal


AGREED:  
/s/ Alice Norsworthy   8/04/08
Alice Norsworthy   Date

Exhibit 10.29

April 27, 2009

Catherine A. Roth

1136 Lake Willisara

Orlando, FL 32806

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Cathy,

You and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. d/b/a “Universal Orlando” (hereinafter referred to as “UO” or the “Company”) have agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions :

UO includes any subsidiary, or affiliated company or any divisions thereof now existing or formed at any time after the date of this Agreement; any business entity which may merge into UO or with which UO may be merged or consolidated; any business entity which may acquire all or a substantial portion of the assets or good will of UO; or any business entity which may result from a division or other reorganization of UO.

 

2. Employment and Services :

 

  a) UO has employed you and you have agreed to perform your exclusive services for UO upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the UO employee policies and procedures as communicated to you from time to time.

 

  b) You will perform such services as requested from time to time by the President or Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or their duly authorized representative. Your employment as Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and General Counsel pursuant to this Agreement will commence on January 17, 2010, it being understood that the President or Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or their duly authorized officers may assign you to render your services in different occupational areas within Universal Orlando, in their sole discretion.


3. Results and Proceeds :

As your employer, UO shall own all rights in and to the results and proceeds connected with or arising out of, directly and indirectly, your services hereunder.

 

4. Term; Renewal :

 

  a) The term of this Agreement shall run two (2) years, commencing on January 17, 2010 and continuing until January 16, 2012.

 

  b) Option : UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on January 17, 2012 and continuing until January 16, 2014.

 

  c) In the event the Company exercises its right to renew your employment under the option provided above, you shall be notified in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the then current term. In the event the Company does not elect to continue your employment at the expiration of any term, no special severance consideration is provided. Rather, standard Company practice (if any) shall apply.

 

  d) You agree and acknowledge that UO has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after expiration of the term hereunder, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached.

 

5. Compensation :

 

  a) Basic Salary : For all your services rendered under this Agreement, UO shall pay you a salary at an annual rate of no less than $254,820.80, or at such higher salary as may be determined by your performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts (“UPR”). Such higher salary shall subsequently be deemed the annual rate, commencing on such date as the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR may determine, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  b) Such salary shall be payable in equal installments on UO’s regular paydays during the term, subject to the usual and required employee payroll deductions and withholdings. UO is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and in the event it elects not to do so, you shall continue to be compensated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon.

 

Page 2 of 6


6. Covenants :

 

  a) You will not at any time during your employment by the Company or the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above be or become (i) interested or engaged in any manner, directly or indirectly, either alone or with any person, firm or corporation now existing or hereafter created, in any business which is or may be competitive with the business of the Company and its affiliates, or (ii) directly or indirectly a stockholder or officer, director, agent, consultant or employee of, or in any manner associated with, or aid or abet, or give information or financial assistance to, any such business. The provisions of this paragraph will not be deemed to prohibit your purchase or ownership, as a passive investment, of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded.

 

  b) You will not during (i) the period of your employment by the Company, (ii) the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above, or (iii) the period ending one (1) year after the later of the periods described in the previous clauses (i) or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employees, consultants, contractors or representatives of the Company (or those of any of its affiliates) to stop working for, contracting with or representing the Company or any of its affiliates or to work for, contract with or represent any of the Company’s (or its affiliates) competitors.

 

7. Place and Condition of Employment :

Your principal place of employment, unless otherwise specified, is the Orlando office of Universal Orlando. However, it is understood that you may be required to travel to other locations on behalf of Universal Orlando.

 

8. Vacation :

You shall be entitled to vacation with pay under the UO vacation plan. Any unused vacation greater than 80 hours may not be “carried over” into another year without the approval of your Department Head and the Human Resources Department.

 

9. Termination :

UO may terminate your services as follows:

 

  a) The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time without advance notice. “Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (i) your material failure to perform your duties;

 

  (ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, including, without limitation those set forth in the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct, the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Universal Orlando E-Mail Policy, the Universal Orlando Internet and Computer On-Line Services Policy and the Universal Orlando Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy, or

 

Page 3 of 6


  b) In the event you have suffered a permanent and total disability, which prevents your performance of your full-time duties under this Agreement, but in no case, shall such right be exercised until six (6) months from the date of the commencement of such disablement.

 

10. Benefits :

During the term hereof and so long as you are not in breach of this Agreement:

 

  a) UO shall reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy (which shall include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred).

 

  b) You shall be entitled to participate in the group insurance benefit plans.

 

  c) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO 401(k) retirement program upon terms and conditions as developed by UO.

 

  d) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, with a target payout of 25% of your base salary. However, no specific amount is guaranteed. In the event UO has terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 9(a) above, you will have no right to receive compensation under the Incentive Plan for any portion of the year in which your termination occurred.

 

  e) You shall be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored Variable Deferred Compensation Plan.

You further expressly agree and acknowledge that after expiration of the term hereunder you are entitled to no additional benefits not expressly set forth herein, except as specifically provided under the benefit plan referred to herein and those benefit plans in which you may subsequently become a participant, and subject in all cases to the term and conditions of each such plan.

 

11. Assignment of Agreement :

UO may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor in interest without your prior consent. This Agreement is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned by you.

 

Page 4 of 6


12. Compliance with Policies :

Incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement are the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct and the Company’s Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy. Compliance with such Policies and Code of Conduct, and any amendments thereto which you receive, such amendments to be consistent with the tenor of the current Policies and Codes of Conduct and not in violation of public policy, are conditions to your continued employment. Any material violation thereof shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, and shall provide for termination as set forth in Section 9 above.

In addition to such Policies and Code of Conduct, also incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement is the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement. In view of the fact that your position of service to UO is a unique one of trust and confidence and, as a condition to your employment by UO under this Agreement, you agree to sign and comply with each of the provisions of such Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

13. Termination of All Previous Agreements :

All prior personal employment service agreements (whether written, oral or implied) between us, if any, are terminated as of the commencement of the term of this Agreement.

 

14. Choice of Laws :

This Agreement shall be covered by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Florida. Any legal proceeding brought by either party for enforcing any right or obligation under this Agreement, or arising under any matter pertaining to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, shall be submitted without jury before any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury.

 

15. Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability :

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between us; there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing, signed by the appropriate party(ies). No waiver of any breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other term or condition.

Any negotiated changes made regarding payments under this Agreement may result in a 20% excise tax and additional penalties under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company makes no representations regarding income tax treatment for you, and you are solely responsible for any and all taxes or tax penalties arising from any negotiated change in payments under this Agreement. You are urged to consult with your own tax adviser regarding taxation of separation benefits.

 

Page 5 of 6


The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
UNIVERSAL ORLANDO
/s/ John R. Sprouls
John R. Sprouls
Executive Vice President
Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR
JRS:jal
AGREED:

/s/ Catherine A. Roth

  

/s/ 5-4-09

Catherine A. Roth    Date

 

Page 6 of 6

Exhibit 10.30

Date

Name

Address

City, State zip

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Name,

You and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. d/b/a “Universal Orlando” (hereinafter referred to as “UO” or the “Company”) have agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions :

UO includes any subsidiary, or affiliated company or any divisions thereof now existing or formed at any time after the date of this Agreement; any business entity which may merge into UO or with which UO may be merged or consolidated; any business entity which may acquire all or a substantial portion of the assets or good will of UO; or any business entity which may result from a division or other reorganization of UO.

 

2. Employment and Services :

 

  a) UO has employed you and you have agreed to perform your exclusive services for UO upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the UO employee policies and procedures as communicated to you from time to time.

 

  b) You will perform such services as requested from time to time by the President or Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or their duly authorized representative. Your employment as                                          pursuant to this Agreement will commence on                     , it being understood that the President or Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, or their duly authorized officers may assign you to render your services in different occupational areas within Universal Orlando, in their sole discretion.


3. Results and Proceeds :

As your employer, UO shall own all rights in and to the results and proceeds connected with or arising out of, directly and indirectly, your services hereunder.

 

4. Term; Renewal :

 

  a) The term of this Agreement shall run two (2) years, commencing on                      and continuing until                     .

 

  b) Option : UO shall have the irrevocable option to renew the term of this Agreement for a period of twenty four (24) months, commencing on                      and continuing until                     .

 

  c) In the event the Company exercises its right to renew your employment under the option provided above, you shall be notified in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the then current term. In the event the Company does not elect to continue your employment at the expiration of any term, no special severance consideration is provided. Rather, standard Company practice (if any) shall apply.

 

  d) You agree and acknowledge that UO has no obligation to renew this Agreement or to continue your employment after expiration of the term hereunder, and you expressly acknowledge that no promises or understandings to the contrary have been made or reached.

 

5. Compensation :

 

  a) Basic Salary : For all your services rendered under this Agreement, UO shall pay you a salary at an annual rate of no less than                     , or at such higher salary as may be determined by your performance review and the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, Universal Parks & Resorts (“UPR”). Such higher salary shall subsequently be deemed the annual rate, commencing on such date as the Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR may determine, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  b) Such salary shall be payable in equal installments on UO’s regular paydays during the term, subject to the usual and required employee payroll deductions and withholdings. UO is not obligated to actually utilize your services, and in the event it elects not to do so, you shall continue to be compensated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon.

 

Page 2 of 6


6. Covenants :

 

  a) You will not at any time during your employment by the Company or the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above be or become (i) interested or engaged in any manner, directly or indirectly, either alone or with any person, firm or corporation now existing or hereafter created, in any business which is or may be competitive with the business of the Company and its affiliates, or (ii) directly or indirectly a stockholder or officer, director, agent, consultant or employee of, or in any manner associated with, or aid or abet, or give information or financial assistance to, any such business. The provisions of this paragraph will not be deemed to prohibit your purchase or ownership, as a passive investment, of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded.

 

  b) You will not during (i) the period of your employment by the Company, (ii) the period of payment pursuant to Section 5 above, or (iii) the period ending one (1) year after the later of the periods described in the previous clauses (i) or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employees, consultants, contractors or representatives of the Company (or those of any of its affiliates) to stop working for, contracting with or representing the Company or any of its affiliates or to work for, contract with or represent any of the Company’s (or its affiliates) competitors.

 

7. Place and Condition of Employment :

Your principal place of employment, unless otherwise specified, is the Orlando office of Universal Orlando. However, it is understood that you may be required to travel to other locations on behalf of Universal Orlando.

 

8. Vacation :

You shall be entitled to vacation with pay under the UO vacation plan. Any unused vacation greater than 40 hours may not be “carried over” into another year without the approval of your Department Head and the Human Resources Department.

 

9. Termination :

UO may terminate your services as follows:

 

  a) The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause at any time without advance notice. “Cause” will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (i) your material failure to perform your duties;

 

  (ii) your material failure to comply with Company policies, including, without limitation those set forth in the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct, the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Universal Orlando E-Mail Policy, the Universal Orlando Internet and Computer On-Line Services Policy and the Universal Orlando Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy, or

 

Page 3 of 6


  b) In the event you have suffered a permanent and total disability, which prevents your performance of your full-time duties under this Agreement, but in no case, shall such right be exercised until six (6) months from the date of the commencement of such disablement.

 

10. Benefits :

During the term hereof and so long as you are not in breach of this Agreement:

 

  a) UO shall reimburse you for your reasonable and necessary business expenses in accordance with its then prevailing policy (which shall include appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred).

 

  b) You shall be entitled to participate in the group insurance benefit plans.

 

  c) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO 401(k) retirement program upon terms and conditions as developed by UO.

 

  d) You shall be entitled to participate in the UO Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, with a target payout of         % of your base salary. However, no specific amount is guaranteed. In the event UO has terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 9(a) above, you will have no right to receive compensation under the Incentive Plan for any portion of the year in which your termination occurred.

 

  e) You shall be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored Variable Deferred Compensation Plan.

You further expressly agree and acknowledge that after expiration of the term hereunder you are entitled to no additional benefits not expressly set forth herein, except as specifically provided under the benefit plan referred to herein and those benefit plans in which you may subsequently become a participant, and subject in all cases to the term and conditions of each such plan.

 

11. Assignment of Agreement :

UO may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or successor in interest without your prior consent. This Agreement is a personal services agreement and may not be assigned by you.

 

Page 4 of 6


12. Compliance with Policies :

Incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement are the Universal Orlando Code of Conduct and the Company’s Discrimination and Sexual Harassment Policy. Compliance with such Policies and Code of Conduct, and any amendments thereto which you receive, such amendments to be consistent with the tenor of the current Policies and Codes of Conduct and not in violation of public policy, are conditions to your continued employment. Any material violation thereof shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, and shall provide for termination as set forth in Section 9 above.

In addition to such Policies and Code of Conduct, also incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement is the Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement. In view of the fact that your position of service to UO is a unique one of trust and confidence and, as a condition to your employment by UO under this Agreement, you agree to sign and comply with each of the provisions of such Employee Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

13. Termination of All Previous Agreements :

All prior personal employment service agreements (whether written, oral or implied) between us, if any, are terminated as of the commencement of the term of this Agreement.

 

14. Choice of Laws :

This Agreement shall be covered by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Florida. Any legal proceeding brought by either party for enforcing any right or obligation under this Agreement, or arising under any matter pertaining to this Agreement or the services to be rendered hereunder, shall be submitted without jury before any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Florida. The parties hereto expressly waive trial by jury.

 

15. Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability :

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between us; there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing, signed by the appropriate party(ies). No waiver of any breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other term or condition.

Any negotiated changes made regarding payments under this Agreement may result in a 20% excise tax and additional penalties under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company makes no representations regarding income tax treatment for you, and you are solely responsible for any and all taxes or tax penalties arising from any negotiated change in payments under this Agreement. You are urged to consult with your own tax adviser regarding taxation of separation benefits.

 

Page 5 of 6


The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Very truly yours,

UNIVERSAL ORLANDO

John R. Sprouls

Chief Executive Officer, Universal Orlando, and

Executive Vice President

Human Resources, Legal & Business Affairs, UPR

JRS:jal

AGREED:

 

 

 

 
Name   Date  

 

Page 6 of 6

Exhibit 10.31

GE 1990 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

As Amended And Restated As Of August 1, 1997

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purposes of this GE 1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are to encourage selected salaried employees of General Electric Company (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”) and its Affiliates (as defined below) to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company, to generate an increased incentive to contribute to the Company’s future success and prosperity, thus enhancing the value of the Company for the benefit of its share owners, and to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth and profitability of the Company depend.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

  (a) “Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.

 

  (b) “Award” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

  (c) “Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan.

 

  (d) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

  (e) “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, designated by the Board to administer the Plan and composed of not less than three directors, each of whom is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

  (f) “Dividend Equivalent” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(e) of the Plan.

 

  (g) “Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities), the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee.

 

  (h) “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

 

  (i) “1983 Plan” shall mean the Company’s 1983 Stock Option-Performance Unit Plan.

 

  (j) “Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

  (k) “Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

  (l) “Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(f) of the Plan.


  (m) “Participant” shall mean a Salaried Employee designated to be granted an Award under the Plan.

 

  (n) “Performance Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(d) of the Plan.

 

  (o) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or political subdivision thereof.

 

  (p) “Released Securities” shall mean securities that were Restricted Securities with respect to which all applicable restrictions have expired, lapsed, or been waived.

 

  (q) “Restricted Securities” shall mean Awards of Restricted Stock or other Awards under which issued and outstanding Shares are held subject to certain restrictions.

 

  (r) “Restricted Stock” shall mean any Share granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan.

 

  (s) “Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan that is denominated in Shares.

 

  (t) “Salaried Employee” shall mean any salaried employee of the Company or of any Affiliate.

 

  (u) “Shares” shall mean the common shares of the Company, $0.16 par value, and such other securities or property as may become the subject of Awards, or become subject to Awards, pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 4(b) of the Plan.

 

  (v) “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and authority to:

 

  (i) designate Participants;

 

  (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant under the Plan;

 

  (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards;

 

  (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award;

 

  (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended;

 

  (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the committee;

 

- 2 -


  (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan;

 

  (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and

 

  (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, any share owner, and any employee of the Company or of any Affiliate. Actions of the Committee may be taken either

 

  (i) by a subcommittee, designated by the Committee, composed of three or more members, or

 

  (ii) by the Committee but with one or more members abstaining or recusing himself or herself from acting on the matter, so long as two or more members remain to act on the matter. Such action, authorized by such a subcommittee or by the Committee upon the abstention or recusal of such members, shall be the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

SECTION 4. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

 

  (a) SHARES AVAILABLE. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b):

 

  (i) CALCULATION OF NUMBER OF SHARES AVAILABLE. The number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan in each calendar year or, in the case of the years 1990 and 2007, part thereof shall be ninety-five onehundredths of one percent (0.95%) of the issued Shares (including, without limitation, treasury Shares) as of the first day of such year; provided, however, that the number of Shares available for granting Awards in any calendar year shall be increased in any such year by the number of Shares available under the Plan in previous years but not covered by Awards granted under the Plan in such years. Further, if, after the effective date of the Plan, any Shares covered by an Award granted under the Plan or by an award granted under the 1983 Plan, or to which such an Award or award relates, are forfeited, or if an Award or award otherwise terminates without the delivery of Shares or of other consideration, then the Shares covered by such Award or award, or to which such Award or award relates, or the number of Shares otherwise counted against the aggregate number of Shares available under the Plan with respect to such Award or award, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be, or shall become, available for granting Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), no more than one hundred million (100,000,000) Shares shall be cumulatively available for delivery pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

  (ii) ACCOUNTING FOR AWARDS. For purposes of this Section 4,

 

  (A) if an Award (other than a Dividend Equivalent) is denominated in Shares, the number of Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, shall be counted on the date of grant of such Award against the aggregate number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan; and

 

- 3 -


  (B) Dividend Equivalents and Awards not denominated in Shares shall be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan in such amount and at such time as the Committee shall determine under procedures adopted by the Committee consistent with the purposes of the Plan;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Awards that operate in tandem with (whether granted simultaneously with or at a different time from), or that are substituted for, other Awards or awards granted under the 1983 Plan may be counted or not counted under procedures adopted by the Committee in order to avoid double counting. Any Shares that are delivered by the Company, and any Awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Company through the assumption by the Company or an Affiliate of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an acquired company, shall not be counted against the Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan.

 

  (iii) SOURCES OF SHARES DELIVERABLE UNDER AWARDS. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

 

  (b) ADJUSTMENTS. In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:

 

  (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards,

 

  (ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards,

 

  (iii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) specified as the annual per-participant limitation under Section 6(g)(vi), and

 

  (iv) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award, or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in each case, that with respect to Awards of Incentive Stock Options no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code or any successor provision thereto; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

 

- 4 -


SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

Any Salaried Employee, including any officer or employee-director of the Company or of any Affiliate, who is not a member of the Committee shall be eligible to be designated a Participant.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

 

  (a) OPTIONS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

 

  (i) EXERCISE PRICE. The purchase price per Share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that such purchase price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option (or, if the Committee so determines, in the case of any Option retroactively granted in tandem with or in substitution for another Award or any outstanding award granted under any other plan of the Company, on the date of grant of such other Award or award).

 

  (ii) OPTION TERM. The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee.

 

  (iii) TIME AND METHOD OF EXERCISE. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which, payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

 

  (iv) INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  (b) STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder thereof a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise or, if the Committee shall so determine in the case of any such right other than one related to any Incentive Stock Option, at any time during a specified period before or after the date of exercise over (ii) the grant price of the right as specified by the Committee, which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right (or, if the Committee so determines, in the case of any Stock Appreciation Right retroactively granted in tandem with or in substitution for another Award or any outstanding award granted under any other plan of the Company, on the date of grant of such other Award or award). Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the grant price, term, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be as determined by the Committee. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem appropriate.

 

- 5 -


  (c) RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (i) ISSUANCE. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Participants.

 

  (ii) RESTRICTIONS. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, any limitation on the right to vote a Share of Restricted Stock or the right to receive any dividend or other right or property), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

  (iii) REGISTRATION. Any Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates. In the event any stock certificate is issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

 

  (iv) FORFEITURE. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment (as determined under criteria established by the Committee) for any reason during the applicable restriction period, all Shares of Restricted Stock and all Restricted Stock Units still, in either case, subject to restriction shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may, when it finds that a waiver would be in the best interests of the Company, waive in whole or in part any or all remaining restrictions with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units. Unrestricted Shares, evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall deem appropriate, shall be delivered to the holder of Restricted Stock promptly after such Restricted Stock shall become Released Securities.

 

  (d) PERFORMANCE AWARDS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Performance Awards to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, a Performance Award granted under the Plan

 

  (i) may be denominated or payable in cash, Shares (including, without limitation, Restricted Stock), other securities, other Awards, or other property and

 

  (ii) shall confer on the holder thereof rights valued as determined by the Committee and payable to, or exercisable by, the holder of the Performance Award, in whole or in part, upon the achievement of such performance goals during such performance periods as the Committee shall establish.

Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Awards Agreement, the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance Award granted, and the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.

 

  (e) DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants Awards under which the holders thereof shall be entitled to receive payments equivalent to dividends or interest with respect to a number of Shares determined by the Committee, and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or otherwise reinvested. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, such Awards may have such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

 

- 6 -


  (f) OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants such other Awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, provided, however, that such grants must comply with applicable law. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 6(f) shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine, the value of which consideration, as established by the Committee, shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is granted (or, if the Committee so determines, in the case of any such purchase right retroactively granted in tandem with or in substitution for another Award or any outstanding award granted under any other plan of the Company, on the date of grant of such other Award or award).

 

  (g) GENERAL.

 

  (i) NO CASH CONSIDERATION FOR AWARDS. Awards shall be granted for no cash consideration or for such minimal cash consideration as may be required by applicable law.

 

  (ii) AWARDS MAY BE GRANTED SEPARATELY OR TOGETHER. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

 

  (iii) FORMS OF PAYMENT UNDER AWARDS. Subject to the terms of the Plan and of any applicable Award Agreement, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise, or payment of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.

 

  (iv)

LIMITS ON TRANSFER OF AWARDS. No Award (other than Released Securities), and no right under any such Award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or, in the case of an Award of Restricted Securities, to the Company); provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant, and to receive any property distributable, with respect to any

 

- 7 -


 

Award upon the death of the Participant. Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Award (other than Released Securities), and no right under any such Award, may be pledged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment, or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions in this paragraph or elsewhere in the Plan, the Committee may permit a Participant to transfer Awards, subject to such conditions as the Committee may establish.

 

  (v) TERM OF AWARDS. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the term of any Incentive Stock Option exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant.

 

  (vi) PER-PERSON LIMITATION ON OPTIONS AND SARs. The number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted under the Plan to an individual Participant in any three-year period from April 23, 1997 through the end of the term of the Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b).

 

  (vii)  AGGREGATE LIMITATION ON CERTAIN AWARDS. The number of Shares with respect to which Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted under the Plan to all Participants in any three-year period from April 23, 1997 through the end of the term of the Plan shall not in the aggregate exceed 20% of the total number of Shares available for granting Awards during such three-year period.

 

  (viii)  SHARE CERTIFICATES. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state securities laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

SECTION 7. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan:

 

  (a) AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN. The Board of Directors of the Company may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan, including, without limitation, any amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant, or any other holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted, without the consent of any share owner, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, without the approval of the share owners of the Company no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination shall be made that would:

 

  (i) increase the total number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan, except as provided in Section 4 hereof; or

 

- 8 -


  (ii) permit Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or other Stock-Based Awards encompassing rights to purchase Shares to be granted with per Share grant, purchase, or exercise prices of less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant thereof, except to the extent permitted under Sections 6(a), 6(b), or 6(f) hereof.

 

  (b) AMENDMENTS TO AWARDS. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate, any Awards theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or beneficiary of an Award.

 

  (c) ADJUSTMENTS OF AWARDS UPON CERTAIN ACQUISITIONS. In the event the Company or any Affiliate shall assume outstanding employee awards or the right or obligation to make future such awards in connection with the acquisition of another business or another corporation or business entity, the Committee may make such adjustments, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, in the terms of Awards as it shall deem appropriate in order to achieve reasonable comparability or other equitable relationship between the assumed awards and the Awards granted under the Plan as so adjusted.

 

  (d) ADJUSTMENTS OF AWARDS UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN UNUSUAL OR NONRECURRING EVENTS. The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4 (b) hereof) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits to be made available under the Plan.

 

  (e) CORRECTION OF DEFECTS, OMISSIONS, AND INCONSISTENCIES. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

SECTION 8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  (a) NO RIGHTS TO AWARDS. No Salaried Employee, Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Salaried Employees, Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

  (b) DELEGATION. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers or managers of the Company or any Affiliate, or a committee of such officers or managers, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall determine, to grant Awards to, or to cancel, modify, waive rights with respect to, alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate Awards held by, Salaried Employees who are not officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

- 9 -


  (c) WITHHOLDING. The Company or any Affiliate shall be authorized to withhold from any Award granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property) of withholding taxes due in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under such Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company or Affiliate to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

 

  (d) NO LIMIT ON OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

  (e) NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

 

  (f) GOVERNING LAW. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and applicable Federal law.

 

  (g) SEVERABILITY. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  (h) NO TRUST OR FUND CREATED. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

  (i) NO FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

 

  (j) HEADINGS. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

SECTION 9. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the share owners of the Company.

 

- 10 -


SECTION 10. TERM OF THE PLAN

No Award shall be granted under the Plan after May 1, 2007. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board of Directors of the Company to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

Note: The par value and numbers of shares of stock set forth herein have been adjusted to give effect to the 2-for-1 stock split effective April 28, 1997.

 

- 11 -

Exhibit 10.32

2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purposes of this GE 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are to encourage selected Salaried Employees of General Electric Company (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”) and its Affiliates (as defined below) to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company, to generate an increased incentive to contribute to the Company’s future success and prosperity, thus enhancing the value of the Company for the benefit of its shareowners, and to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth and profitability of the Company depend.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

  (a) “Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.

 

  (b) “Award” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

  (c) “Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document, including an electronic communication, as may from time to time be designated by the Company as evidencing any Award granted under the Plan.

 

  (d) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

  (e) “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, designated by the Board to administer the Plan and composed of not less than three non-employee directors.

 

  (f) “Dividend Equivalent” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(e) of the Plan.

 

  (g) “Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any Shares or other securities, the closing price of a Share on the date as of which the determination is being made or as otherwise determined in a manner specified by the Committee.

 

  (h) “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Sections 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

 

  (i) “1990 Plan” shall mean the Company’s 1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

  (j) “Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

  (k) “Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

  (l) “Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(f) of the Plan.

 

  (m) “Participant” shall mean a Salaried Employee designated to be granted an Award under the Plan.

 

  (n) “Performance Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(d) of the Plan.

 

  (o) “Performance Criteria” shall mean any quantitative and/or qualitative measures, as determined by the Committee, which may be used to measure the level of performance of the Company or any individual Participant during a Performance Period, including any Qualifying Performance Criteria.

 

  (p) “Performance Period” shall mean any period as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

  (q) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or political subdivision thereof.


  (r) “Qualifying Performance Criteria” shall mean one or more of the following performance criteria, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the company as a whole or to a business unit or related company, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to a previous year’s results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee in the Award: sales, revenue, net income, net earnings, earnings per share, return on total capital, return on equity, cash flow, operating profit and margin rate, subject to adjustment by the Committee to remove the effect of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and all items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence, related to the disposal of a segment or a business, or related to a change in accounting principle or otherwise.

 

  (s) “Restricted Securities” shall mean Awards of Restricted Stock or other Awards under which issued and outstanding Shares are held subject to certain restrictions.

 

  (t) “Restricted Stock” shall mean any award of Shares granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan.

 

  (u) “Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan that is denominated in Shares.

 

  (v) “Salaried Employee” shall mean any salaried employee of the Company or of any Affiliate.

 

  (w) “Shares” shall mean the common shares of the Company, $0.06 par value, and such other securities as may become the subject of Awards, or become subject to Awards, pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 4(b) of the Plan.

 

  (x) “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the power to interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules and guidelines for implementing the terms of the Plan as it may deem appropriate. The Committee shall have the ability to modify the Plan provisions, to the extent necessary, or delegate such authority, to accommodate any changes in law and regulations in jurisdictions in which Participants will receive Awards.

 

  (a) Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and authority to:

 

  (i) designate Participants;

 

  (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant under the Plan;

 

  (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards;

 

  (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award;

 

  (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, or other Awards, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended;

 

  (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee;

 

  (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan;


  (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and guidelines;

 

  (ix) appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan;

 

  (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan; and

 

  (xi) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

 

  (b) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, any shareowner, and any employee of the Company or of any Affiliate. Actions of the Committee may be taken by:

 

  (i) the Chairman of the Committee;

 

  (ii) a subcommittee, designated by the Committee;

 

  (iii) the Committee but with one or more members abstaining or recusing himself or herself from acting on the matter, so long as two or more members remain to act on the matter. Such action, authorized by such a subcommittee or by the Committee upon the abstention or recusal of such members, shall be the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan; or

 

  (iv) one or more officers or managers of the Company or any Affiliate, or a committee of such officers or managers whose authority is subject to such terms and limitations set forth by the Committee, and only with respect to Salaried Employees who are not officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This delegation shall include modifications necessary to accommodate changes in the laws or regulations of jurisdictions outside the U.S.

SECTION 4. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

 

  (a) SHARES AVAILABLE. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b):

 

  (i) The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for delivery pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be 500,000,000; of which no more than 250,000,000 may be available for Awards granted in any form provided for under the Plan other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights. If any Shares covered by an Award granted under the Plan, or to which such an Award or award relates, are forfeited, or if an Award or award otherwise terminates without the delivery of Shares or of other consideration, then the Shares covered by such Award or award, or to which such Award or award relates, or the number of Shares otherwise counted against the aggregate number of Shares available under the Plan with respect to such Award or award, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be available for granting Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), no more than 500,000,000 Shares shall be available for delivery pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

Except as otherwise provided herein, any Award made under the 1990 Plan before the expiration of the 1990 Plan shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 1990 Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

  (ii) ACCOUNTING FOR AWARDS. For purposes of this Section 4,

 

  (A) if an Award (other than a Dividend Equivalent) is denominated in Shares, the number of Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, shall be counted on the date of grant of such Award against the aggregate number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan; and


  (B) Dividend Equivalents denominated in Shares and Awards not denominated, but potentially payable, in Shares shall be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan in such amount and at such time as the Dividend Equivalents and such Awards are settled in Shares, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Awards that operate in tandem with (whether granted simultaneously with or at a different time from), or that are substituted for, other Awards or awards granted under the 1990 Plan may only be counted once against the aggregate number of shares available, and the Committee shall adopt procedures, as it deems appropriate, in order to avoid double counting. Any Shares that are delivered by the Company, and any Awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Company through the assumption by the Company or an Affiliate of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an acquired company, shall not be counted against the Shares available for granting Awards under this Plan.

 

  (C) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Shares related to Awards which terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of such Shares, are settled in cash in lieu of Shares, or are exchanged with the Committee’s permission, prior to the issuance of Shares, for Awards not involving Shares, shall be available again for grant under this Plan. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may not again be made available for issuance under the Plan if such Shares are: (x) Shares that were subject to an Option or a stock- settled Stock Appreciation Right and were not issued upon the net settlement or net exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (y) Shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the exercise price or the withholding taxes under Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or (z) Shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an Option exercise.

 

  (iii) SOURCES OF SHARES DELIVERABLE UNDER AWARDS. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

 

  (b) ADJUSTMENTS.

 

  (i) In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, or other securities), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event constitutes an equity restructuring transaction, as that term is defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised) or otherwise affects the Shares, then the Committee shall adjust the following in a manner that is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan:

 

  (A) the number and type of Shares or other securities which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards including the limit specified in Section 4(a)(i) regarding the number of shares that may be granted in the form of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Awards, or Other Stock-Based Awards;

 

  (B) the number and type of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards;

 

  (C) the number and type of Shares or other securities specified as the annual per- participant limitation under Section 6(g)(v) and (vi);
  (D) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award, or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award; and


  (E) other value determinations applicable to outstanding awards.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in each case, that with respect to Awards of Incentive Stock Options no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause the Plan to violate Sections 422(b)(1) of the Code or any successor provision thereto; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

 

  (ii) ADJUSTMENTS OF AWARDS UPON CERTAIN ACQUISITIONS. In the event the Company or any Affiliate shall assume outstanding employee awards or the right or obligation to make future such awards in connection with the acquisition of another business or another corporation or business entity, the Committee may make such adjustments, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, in the terms of Awards as it shall deem appropriate in order to achieve reasonable comparability or other equitable relationship between the assumed awards and the Awards granted under the Plan as so adjusted.

 

  (iii) ADJUSTMENTS OF AWARDS UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN UNUSUAL OR NONRECURRING EVENTS. The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits to be made available under the Plan.

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

Any Salaried Employee, including any officer or employee-director of the Company or of any Affiliate, who is not a member of the Committee shall be eligible to be designated a Participant.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

 

  (a) OPTIONS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

 

  (i) EXERCISE PRICE. The purchase price per Share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, and except as provided in Section 4(b), that such purchase price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option.

 

  (ii) OPTION TERM. The term of each Option shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

  (iii) TIME AND METHOD OF EXERCISE. The Committee shall establish in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, or other Awards, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which, payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

 

  (iv)

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be designed to comply in all respects with the provisions of Sections 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, and any regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6(a) to the contrary, Options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall not be eligible for treatment under the Code as Incentive Stock Options (and will be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options) to the extent that either (1) the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares (determined as of the time of grant) with respect to which such Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant


 

during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted, or (2) such Options otherwise remain exercisable but are not exercised within three (3) months of termination of employment (or such other period of time provided in Section 422 of the Code).

 

  (b) STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder thereof a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over (ii) the grant price of the right as specified by the Committee

 

  (i) GRANT PRICE. Shall be determined by the Committee, provided, however, and except as provided in Section 4(b), that such price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, except that if a Stock Appreciation Right is at any time granted in tandem to an Option, the grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than the exercise price of such Option.

 

  (ii) TERM. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

  (iii) TIME AND METHOD OF EXERCISE. The Committee shall establish in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which a Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part.

 

  (c) RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

 

  (i) ISSUANCE. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Participants.

 

  (ii) RESTRICTIONS. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may establish in the applicable Award Agreement (including, without limitation, any limitation on the right to vote a Share of Restricted Stock or the right to receive any dividend or other right), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate. Unrestricted Shares, evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall deem appropriate, shall be delivered to the holder of Restricted Stock promptly after such restrictions have lapsed.

 

  (iii) REGISTRATION. Any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates. In the event any stock certificate is issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

 

  (iv) FORFEITURE. Upon termination of employment during the applicable restriction period, except as determined otherwise by the Committee, all Shares of Restricted Stock and all Restricted Stock Units still, in either case, subject to restriction shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company.

 

  (d) PERFORMANCE AWARDS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Performance Awards to Participants. Performance Awards include arrangements under which the grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or transferability of any Award is subject to such Performance Criteria and such additional conditions or terms as the Committee may designate. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, a Performance Award granted under the Plan:

 

  (i) may be denominated or payable in cash, Shares (including, without limitation, Restricted Stock), other securities, or other Awards; and


  (ii) shall confer on the holder thereof rights valued as determined by the Committee and payable to, or exercisable by, the holder of the Performance Award, in whole or in part, upon the achievement of such performance goals during such Performance Periods as the Committee shall establish.

 

  (e) DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants Awards under which the holders thereof shall be entitled to receive payments equivalent to dividends or interest with respect to a number of Shares determined by the Committee, and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or otherwise reinvested. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, such Awards may have such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

 

  (f) OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants such other Awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, provided, however, that such grants must comply with applicable law. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 6(f) shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, or other Awards, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine, the value of which consideration, as established by the Committee, and except as provided in Section 4(b), shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is.

 

  (g) GENERAL.

 

  (i) NO CASH CONSIDERATION FOR AWARDS. Awards shall be granted for no cash consideration or for such minimal cash consideration as may be required by applicable law.

 

  (ii) AWARDS MAY BE GRANTED SEPARATELY OR TOGETHER. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

 

  (iii) FORMS OF PAYMENT UNDER AWARDS. Subject to the terms of the Plan and of any applicable Award Agreement, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise, or payment of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, rights in or to Shares issuable under the Award or other Awards, other securities, or other Awards, or any combination thereof, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.

 

  (iv)

LIMITS ON TRANSFER OF AWARDS. Except as provided by the Committee, no Award and no right under any such Award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or


 

beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant. Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Award and no right under any such Award, may be pledged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment, or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

 

  (v) PER-PERSON LIMITATION ON OPTIONS AND SARs. The number of Shares with respect to which Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted under the Plan during any three-year period to an individual Participant shall not exceed 9,000,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b).

 

  (vi) PER-PERSON LIMITATION ON CERTAIN AWARDS. Other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted under the Plan during any three-year period to an individual Participant shall not exceed 3,000,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b).

 

  (vii) CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS UPON SECURITIES SUBJECT TO AWARDS. The Committee may provide that the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or otherwise subject to or issued under an Award shall be subject to such further agreements, restrictions, conditions or limitations as the Committee in its discretion may specify prior to the exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right or the grant, vesting or settlement of such Award, including without limitation, conditions on vesting or transferability and forfeiture or repurchase provisions or provisions on payment of taxes arising in connection with an Award. Without limiting the foregoing, such restrictions may address the timing and manner of any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any Shares issued under an Award, including without limitation: (A) restrictions under an insider trading policy or pursuant to applicable law, (B) restrictions designed to delay and/or coordinate the timing and manner of sales by Participant and holders of other Company equity compensation arrangements, (C) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers and (D) provisions requiring Shares to be sold on the open market or to the Company in order to satisfy tax withholding or other obligations.

 

  (viii)  SHARE CERTIFICATES. All Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal, state, or local securities laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

SECTION 7. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan:

 

  (a) AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN. The Board of Directors of the Company may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part; provided, however, that without the prior approval of the Company’s shareowners, no material amendment shall be made if shareowner approval is required by law, regulation, or stock exchange, and; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination shall be made without the approval of the shareowners of the Company that would:

 

  (i) increase the total number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan, except as provided in Section 4 hereof; or


  (ii) except as provided in Section 4(b), permit Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or other Stock-Based Awards encompassing rights to purchase Shares to be repriced, replaced, or regranted through cancellation, or by lowering the Option Price of a previously granted Option or the grant price of a previously granted Stock Appreciation Right, or the purchase price of a previously granted Other Stock-Based Award.

 

  (b) AMENDMENTS TO AWARDS. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate, any Awards theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively. No such amendment or alteration shall be made which would impair the rights of any Participant, without such Participant’s consent, under any Award theretofore granted, provided that no such consent shall be required with respect to any amendment or alteration if the Committee determines in its sole discretion that such amendment or alteration either (i) is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy or conform to any law or regulation or to meet the requirements of any accounting standard, or (ii) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such Award.

SECTION 8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  (a) NO RIGHTS TO AWARDS. No Salaried Employee, Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, or, having been selected to receive an Award under this Plan, to be selected to receive a future Award, and further there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Salaried Employees, Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

  (b) WITHHOLDING. The Company or any Affiliate shall be authorized to withhold from any Award granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, or other Awards) of withholding taxes due in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under such Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company or Affiliate to satisfy statutory withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes.

 

  (c) NO LIMIT ON OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

  (d) NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT. The grant of an Award shall not constitute an employment contract nor be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

 

  (e) GOVERNING LAW. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and applicable Federal law without regard to conflict of law.

 

  (f) SEVERABILITY. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.


  (g) NO TRUST OR FUND CREATED. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

  (h) NO FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, or other securities shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

 

  (i) HEADINGS. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

 

  (j) INDEMNIFICATION. Subject to requirements of New York State law, each individual who is or shall have been a member of the Board, or a Committee appointed by the Board, or an officer of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Section 3, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his/her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability, or expense is a result of his/her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such individuals may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

  (k) COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. Except to the extent specifically provided otherwise by the Committee, Awards under the Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (and the Treasury Department guidance and regulations issued thereunder) so as to avoid the imposition of any additional taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. If the Committee determines that an Award, Award Agreement, payment, distribution, deferral election, transaction or any other action or arrangement contemplated by the provisions of the Plan would, if undertaken, cause a Participant to become subject to any additional taxes or other penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then unless the Committee specifically provides otherwise, such Award, Award Agreement, payment, distribution, deferral election, transaction or other action or arrangement shall not be given effect to the extent it causes such result and the related provisions of the Plan and/or Award Agreement will be deemed modified, or, if necessary, suspended in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case without the consent of or notice to the Participant.

 

  (l) NO REPRESENTATIONS OR COVENANTS WITH RESPECT TO TAX QUALIFICATION. Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify an Award for favorable U.S. or foreign tax treatment (e.g., incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code or French qualified stock options) or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on holders of Awards under the Plan.


  (m) AWARDS TO NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES. The Committee shall have the power and authority to determine which Affiliates shall be covered by this Plan and which employees outside the U.S. shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee may adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures or sub-plans relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws, procedures, and practices. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee is specifically authorized to adopt rules, procedures and sub-plans with provisions that limit or modify rights on death, disability or retirement or on termination of employment; available methods of exercise or settlement of an award; payment of income, social insurance contributions and payroll taxes; the withholding procedures and handling of any stock certificates or other indicia of ownership which vary with local requirements. The Committee may also adopt rules, procedures or sub-plans applicable to particular Affiliates or locations.

 

  (n) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or stock exchanges on which the Company is listed as may be required. The Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver evidence of title for Shares issued under the Plan prior to:

 

  (i) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and

 

  (ii) completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable national or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable or at a time when any such registration or qualification is not current, has been suspended or otherwise has ceased to be effective.

The inability or impracticability of the Company to obtain or maintain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

SECTION 9. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the shareowners of the Company.

SECTION 10. TERM OF THE PLAN

No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the date of the Annual Meeting of the Company in 2017. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board of Directors of the Company to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

Exhibit 10.33

 

 

July 15, 2004 Stock Option Grant Agreement

GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan

GE Stock Option Grant Agreement For «Full_Name» (“Grantee”)

 

Grant Date

   Options
Granted
   Option
Price
   Expiration
Date
   Option Vesting Schedule
            # Options    Exercisable
Date

07/15/2004

   «Options»    $ 33.37    07/15/2014    «Stock_Option_VestingInstallment»    07/15/2005
            «Stock_Option_VestingInstallment»    07/15/2006
            «Stock_Option_VestingInstallment»    07/15/2007
            «Stock_Option_VestingInstallment»    07/15/2008
            «Stock_Option_VestingInstallment»    07/15/2009

Stock Option Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Options. The Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”) of the General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Options to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each Option entitles the Grantee to purchase from the Company one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share, at the Option Exercise Price in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Exercisability and Expiration Date. Options shall become exercisable only at and after the Exercisable Dates, and shall expire on the Expiration Date, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date, provided however, that if the Expiration Date is less than 2 years after the Grantee’s death, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 5 years after termination of service or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first, provided however, that if the Grantee dies less than 2 years before the earlier of such dates, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.

c. Employment Termination Less Than One Year After Grant Date. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any reason other than death or due to transfer of business to successor employer before the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire upon such termination.

 

NBC Universal

   Page 1 of 3   


d. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, each as defined below or determined in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee, then the Exercisable Dates and Expiration Date shall be automatically adjusted as provided below:

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. If (a) the Grantee is a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date, provided however, that if the Grantee dies less than 2 years before such Expiration Date, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.

(ii) Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of voluntary termination or termination for cause, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.

(iii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then Options covered by the first installment of this Grant shall become immediately exercisable if they are not already exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 1 year after termination of service or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first, provided however, that if the Grantee dies before the earlier of such dates, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death, and provided further that in no event shall Options covered by the second or later installments of this Grant become exercisable if they were not exercisable on the date of such termination of service.

(iv) Termination Due to Other Reasons. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Grantee and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then no unexercisable Options shall become exercisable and any unexercised Options which are exercisable on the date of termination shall expire 3 months after such termination or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first, provided however, that if the Grantee dies before the earlier of such dates, then the Options which are exercisable on the date of termination of service shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.

e. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of service for purposes of this Grant.

a. Notice and Manner of Exercise. The Grantee may exercise some or all of the Options then exercisable by giving the Company notice of the number of Options to be exercised either in writing or by such other means as shall be acceptable to the Company. At or before issuance by the Company of the shares to the Grantee pursuant to the Option exercise, the

 

NBC Universal

   Page 2 of 3   


Grantee shall make payment of the Option Exercise Price in U.S. funds, or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company, at the office of the Comptroller of the Company, or such other place as may be mutually acceptable to the Company and the Grantee.

b. Withholding Tax. Upon the exercise of any Option, the Grantee shall pay to or reimburse the Company for any federal, state, local taxes or foreign taxes required to be withheld and paid over by it, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may prescribe.

c. Delivery. Upon the receipt of all required payments from the Grantee, the Company thereupon shall, without additional expense to the Grantee (other than any transfer or issue taxes if the Company so elects), deliver to the Grantee by mail or otherwise at such place as the Grantee may request a certificate or certificates for such shares, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Options without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the Options shall be null and void to the extent the grant of Options or exercise thereof is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee.

5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, contain all of the provisions applicable to the Options and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

 

 

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended.

 

 

 

NBC Universal

   Page 3 of 3   

Exhibit 10.34

 

 

July 15, 2004 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement

GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan

GE Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for «Full_Name» (“Grantee”)

 

Grant Date

   RSUs
Granted
   Value on
Grant Date
   Restriction Lapse Schedule    Dividend Equivalent*
         # RSUs    Lapse Date    Current
Annual Value

07/15/2004

   «RSUs»    «RSU_Value»    «RSU_Lapse_Amount_1»    07/15/2007    «RSU_Dividends»
         «RSU_Lapse_Amount_2»    07/15/2009   

 

* Paid periodically in cash

Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Management Development and Compensation Committee (“Committee”) of the Board of Directors of General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Restricted Stock Units with Dividend Equivalents (“RSUs”) to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each RSU entitles the Grantee to receive from the Company (i) one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share (“Common Stock”) for which the restrictions set forth in paragraph 3 lapse in accordance with their terms, and (ii) cash payments based on dividends paid to shareholders of such stock, each in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Dividend Equivalents . Until such time as the following restrictions lapse, or the RSUs are cancelled, whichever occurs first, the Company will establish an amount to be paid to the Grantee (“Dividend Equivalent”) equal to the number of RSUs subject to restriction times the per share quarterly dividend payments made to shareholders of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company shall accumulate Dividend Equivalents and will pay the Grantee a cash amount equal to the Dividend Equivalents accumulated and unpaid as of each date that restrictions lapse (without interest) reasonably promptly after such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any accumulated and unpaid Dividend Equivalents attributable to RSUs that are cancelled will not be paid and are immediately forfeited upon cancellation of the RSUs.


3. Restrictions. Restrictions on the number of RSUs specified in this Grant Agreement will lapse on the designated Restriction Lapse Dates only if the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or one of its affiliates to such dates. RSUs shall be immediately cancelled upon termination of employment, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.

c. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, each as defined below or determined in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee, then restrictions on RSUs shall automatically lapse or the RSUs shall be cancelled as provided below:

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. Restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse if (a) the Grantee is a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience.

(ii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then restrictions on RSUs scheduled to lapse on the first Restriction Lapse Date shall immediately lapse, and the remaining RSUs covered by this Grant shall be immediately cancelled.

d. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of service for purposes of this Grant.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any RSUs without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the RSUs shall be null and void to the extent the grant of RSUs or the lapse of restrictions thereon is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee. Any RSUs for which the restrictions do not lapse in accordance with the terms in paragraph 3 above shall be cancelled. The Committee may, in circumstances determined in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of the above restrictions at earlier dates.

5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee contain all of the provisions applicable to the RSUs and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

 

 

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.35

April 21, 2006 Stock Option Grant Agreement

GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan

GE Stock Option Grant Agreement For (“Grantee”)

 

Grant Date

   Options
Granted
   Option
Price
   Expiration
Date
   Option Vesting Schedule
            # Options    Exercisable
Date

04/21/2006

   1,200    $ 34.15    04/21/2016    240    04/21/2007
            240    04/21/2008
            240    04/21/2009
            240    04/21/2010
            240    04/21/2011

Stock Option Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Options. The Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”) of the General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Options to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each Option entitles the Grantee to purchase from the Company one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share, at the Option Exercise Price in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Exercisability and Expiration Date . Options shall become exercisable only at and after the Exercisable Dates, and shall expire on the Expiration Date, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date, provided however, that if the Expiration Date is less than 2 years after the Grantee’s death, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 5 years after termination of service or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first, provided however, that if the Grantee dies less than 2 years before the earlier of such dates, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.


c. Employment Termination Less Than One Year After Grant Date. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any reason other than death or due to transfer of business to successor employer before the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire upon such termination.

d. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, each as defined below or determined in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee, then the Exercisable Dates and Expiration Date shall be automatically adjusted as provided below:

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. If (a) the Grantee is a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date, provided however, that if the Grantee dies less than 2 years before such Expiration Date, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.

(ii) Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of voluntary termination or termination for cause, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.

(iii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then Options covered by the first installment of this Grant shall become immediately exercisable if they are not already exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 1 year after termination of service or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first, provided however, that if the Grantee dies before the earlier of such dates, then the Options shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death, and provided further that in no event shall Options covered by the second or later installments of this Grant become exercisable if they were not exercisable on the date of such termination of service.

(iv) Termination Due to Other Reasons. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Grantee and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then no unexercisable Options shall become exercisable and any unexercised Options which are exercisable on the date of termination shall expire 3 months after such termination or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first, provided however, that if the Grantee dies before the earlier of such dates, then the Options which are exercisable on the date of termination of service shall not expire until 2 years after the Grantee’s death.

e. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of service for purposes of this Grant.


3. Method of Exercise .

a. Notice and Manner of Exercise. The Grantee may exercise some or all of the Options then exercisable by giving the Company notice of the number of Options to be exercised either in writing or by such other means as shall be acceptable to the Company. At or before issuance by the Company of the shares to the Grantee pursuant to the Option exercise, the Grantee shall make payment of the Option Exercise Price in U.S. funds, or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company, at the office of the Comptroller of the Company, or such other place as may be mutually acceptable to the Company and the Grantee.

b. Withholding Tax. Upon the exercise of any Option, the Grantee shall pay to or reimburse the Company for any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required to be withheld and paid over by it, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may prescribe.

c. Delivery. Upon the receipt of all required payments from the Grantee, the Company thereupon shall, without additional expense to the Grantee (other than any transfer or issue taxes if the Company so elects), deliver to the Grantee by mail or otherwise at such place as the Grantee may request a certificate or certificates for such shares, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Options without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the Options shall be null and void to the extent the grant of Options or exercise thereof is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee.

5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, contain all of the provisions applicable to the Options and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

 

 

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.36

April 21, 2006 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement

GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan

GE Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for (“Grantee”)

 

Grant Date

   RSUs
Granted
   Value on
Grant
Date
   Restriction Lapse
Schedule
   Dividend
Equivalent*
         # RSUs    Lapse Date    Current
Annual Value

04/21/2006

   267    $ 9,118    133    04/21/2009    $ 267
         134    04/21/2011   

 

* Paid periodically in cash

Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Management Development and Compensation Committee (“Committee”) of the Board of Directors of General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) with Dividend Equivalents to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each RSU entitles the Grantee to receive from the Company (i) one share of General Electric Company common stock (“Common Stock”), par value $0.06 per share for which the restrictions set forth in paragraph 3 lapse in accordance with their terms, and (ii) cash payments based on dividends paid to shareholders of such stock, each in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 1990 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Dividend Equivalents. Until such time as the following restrictions lapse, or the RSUs are cancelled, whichever occurs first, the Company will establish an amount to be paid to the Grantee (“Dividend Equivalent”) equal to the number of RSUs subject to restriction times the per share quarterly dividend payments made to shareholders of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company shall accumulate Dividend Equivalents and will pay the Grantee a cash amount equal to the Dividend Equivalents accumulated and unpaid as of each date that restrictions lapse (without interest) reasonably promptly after such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any accumulated and unpaid Dividend Equivalents attributable to RSUs that are cancelled will not be paid and are immediately forfeited upon cancellation of the RSUs.

3. Restrictions. Restrictions on the number of RSUs specified in this Grant Agreement will lapse on the designated Restriction Lapse Dates only if the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or one of its affiliates to such dates. RSUs shall be immediately cancelled upon termination of employment, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.


b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.

c. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, each as defined below or determined in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee, then restrictions on RSUs shall automatically lapse or the RSUs shall be cancelled as provided below:

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. Restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse if (a) the Grantee is a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience.

(ii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then restrictions on RSUs scheduled to lapse on the first Restriction Lapse Date shall immediately lapse, and the remaining RSUs covered by this Grant shall be immediately cancelled.

d. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of service for purposes of this Grant.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any RSUs without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the RSUs shall be null and void to the extent the grant of RSUs or the lapse of restrictions thereon is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee. Any RSUs for which the restrictions do not lapse in accordance with the terms in paragraph 3 above shall be cancelled.

5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee contain all of the provisions applicable to the RSUs and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

 

 

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.37

Stock Option Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Options. The Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”) of the General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Options to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each Option entitles the Grantee to purchase from the Company one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share, at the Option Exercise Price in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Exercisability and Expiration Date. Options shall become exercisable only at and after the Exercisable Dates, and shall expire on the Expiration Date, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 5 years after termination of service or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

c. Employment Termination Less Than One Year After Grant Date. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any reason other than death or due to transfer of business to successor employer before the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire upon such termination.

d. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, each as defined below or determined in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee, then the Exercisable Dates and Expiration Date shall be automatically adjusted as provided below:

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. If (a) the Grantee is a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

(ii) Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of voluntary termination or termination for cause, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.


(iii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then Options covered by the first installment of this Grant shall become immediately exercisable if they are not already exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 1 year after termination of service or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first. In no event shall Options covered by the second or later installments of this Grant become exercisable if they were not exercisable on the date of such termination of service.

(iv) Termination Due to Other Reasons. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Grantee and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then no unexercisable Options shall become exercisable and any unexercised Options which are exercisable on the date of termination shall expire 3 months after such termination or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

e. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of service for purposes of this Grant.

3. Method of Exercise

a. Notice and Manner of Exercise. The Grantee may exercise some or all of the Options then exercisable by giving the Company notice of the number of Options to be exercised either in writing or by such other means as shall be acceptable to the Company. At or before issuance by the Company of the shares to the Grantee pursuant to the Option exercise, the Grantee shall make payment of the Option Exercise Price in U.S. funds, or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company, at the office of the Comptroller of the Company, or such other place as may be mutually acceptable to the Company and the Grantee.

b. Withholding Tax. Upon the exercise of any Option, the Grantee shall pay to or reimburse the Company for any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required to be withheld and paid over by it, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may prescribe.

c. Delivery. Upon the receipt of all required payments from the Grantee, the Company thereupon shall, without additional expense to the Grantee (other than any transfer or issue taxes if the Company so elects), deliver to the Grantee by mail or otherwise at such place as the Grantee may request a certificate or certificates for such shares, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Options without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the Options shall be null and void to the extent the grant of Options or exercise thereof is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee.


5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, contain all of the provisions applicable to the Options and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized Officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.38

Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Management Development and Compensation Committee (“Committee”) of the Board of Directors of General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Restricted Stock Units with Dividend Equivalents (“RSUs”) to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each RSU entitles the Grantee to receive from the Company (i) one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share (“Common Stock”) for which the restrictions set forth in paragraph 3 lapse in accordance with their terms, and (ii) cash payments based on dividends paid to shareholders of such stock, each in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Dividend Equivalents. Until such time as the following restrictions lapse, or the RSUs are cancelled, whichever occurs first, the Company will pay the Grantee a cash amount equivalent in value to the per share quarterly dividend payment made to shareholders of the Company’s Common Stock, with such payments to be made reasonably promptly after the payment date of each quarterly dividend.

3. Restrictions. Restrictions on the number of RSUs specified in this Grant Agreement will lapse on the designated Restriction Lapse Dates only if the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or one of its affiliates to such dates. RSUs shall be immediately cancelled upon termination of employment, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.

c. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, each as defined below or determined in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee, then restrictions on RSUs shall automatically lapse or the RSUs shall be cancelled as provided below:

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. Restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse if (a) the Grantee is a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of retirement under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience.


(ii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s service with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then restrictions on RSUs scheduled to lapse on the first Restriction Lapse Date shall immediately lapse, and the remaining RSUs covered by this Grant shall be immediately cancelled.

d. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of service for purposes of this Grant.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any RSUs without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the RSUs shall be null and void to the extent the grant of RSUs or the lapse of restrictions thereon is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee. Any RSUs for which the restrictions do not lapse in accordance with the terms in paragraph 3 above shall be cancelled.

5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee contain all of the provisions applicable to the RSUs and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized Officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.39

Stock Option Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Options. The Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”) of the General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Options to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each Option entitles the Grantee to purchase from the Company one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share, at the Option Exercise Price in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Exercisability and Expiration Date. Options shall become exercisable only at and after the Exercisable Dates, and shall expire on the Expiration Date, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer . If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 5 years after termination of employment or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

c. Employment Termination Less Than One Year After Grant Date. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any reason other than death or due to transfer to a successor employer before the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire upon such termination.

d. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, or the Grantee becomes eligible to retire, each as defined, then the Exercisable Dates and Expiration Date shall be automatically adjusted as provided below (subject to any rules adopted by the Committee):

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. If (a) the Grantee becomes eligible for Optional Retirement at or after age 60 under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and becomes eligible to retire under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

(ii) Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of voluntary termination or termination for cause, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.


(iii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then Options covered by the first installment of this Grant shall, if they are not already exercisable, or Options scheduled to become exercisable during protected service if applicable, become immediately exercisable and any unexercised Options shall expire 1 year after the end of any protected service period, or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

(iv) Termination Due to Other Reasons. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Grantee and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then no unexercisable Options shall become exercisable and any unexercised Options which are exercisable on the date of termination shall expire 3 months after such termination or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

e. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of employment for purposes of this Grant.

3. Method of Exercise

a. Notice and Manner of Exercise. The Grantee may exercise some or all of the Options then exercisable by giving the Company notice of the number of Options to be exercised either in writing or by such other means as shall be acceptable to the Company. At or before issuance by the Company of the shares to the Grantee pursuant to the Option exercise, the Grantee shall make payment of the Option Exercise Price in U.S. funds, or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company, at the office of the Comptroller of the Company, or such other place as may be mutually acceptable to the Company and the Grantee.

b. Withholding Tax . Upon the exercise of any Option, the Grantee shall pay to or reimburse the Company for any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required to be withheld and paid over by it, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may prescribe.

c. Delivery. Upon the receipt of all required payments from the Grantee, the Company thereupon shall, without additional expense to the Grantee (other than any transfer or issue taxes if the Company so elects), deliver to the Grantee by mail or otherwise at such place as the Grantee may request a certificate or certificates for such shares, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Options without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the Options shall be null and void to the extent the grant of Options or exercise thereof is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee.


5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, contain all of the provisions applicable to the Options and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized Officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.40

Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Management Development and Compensation Committee (“Committee”) of the Board of Directors of General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Restricted Stock Units with Dividend Equivalents (“RSUs”) to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each RSU entitles the Grantee to receive from the Company (i) one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share (“Common Stock”) for which the restrictions set forth in paragraph 3 lapse in accordance with their terms, and (ii) cash payments based on dividends paid to shareholders of such stock, each in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Dividend Equivalents . Until such time as the following restrictions lapse or the RSUs are cancelled, whichever occurs first, the Company will pay the Grantee a cash amount equivalent in value to the per share quarterly dividend payment made to shareholders of the Company’s Common Stock, with such payments to be made reasonably promptly after the payment date of each quarterly dividend.

3. Restrictions. Restrictions on the number of RSUs specified in this Grant Agreement will lapse on the designated Restriction Lapse Dates only if the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or one of its affiliates to such dates. RSUs shall be immediately cancelled upon termination of employment, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse.

c. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, or the Grantee becomes eligible to retire, each as defined below, then restrictions on RSUs shall automatically lapse or the RSUs shall be cancelled as provided below (subject to any rules adopted by the Committee):

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. Restrictions on all RSUs shall immediately lapse if (a) the Grantee becomes eligible for Optional Retirement at or after age 60 under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and becomes eligible to retire under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of qualifying service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience.


(ii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing, each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then restrictions on RSUs scheduled to lapse on the first Restriction Lapse Date, or during protected service if applicable, shall immediately lapse, and the remaining RSUs covered by this Grant shall be immediately cancelled.

(iii) Termination Due to Other Reasons. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Grantee and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then the remaining RSUs shall be immediately cancelled.

d. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of employment for purposes of this Grant.

4 . Delivery and Withholding Tax. Upon the lapse of restrictions set forth in paragraph 3 in accordance with their terms, the Company shall deliver to the Grantee by mail or otherwise a certificate for such shares as soon as practicable, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares. Further, the Grantee shall pay to or reimburse the Company for any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required to be withheld and paid over by it, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may prescribe before the Company shall be required to deliver such shares.

5. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any RSUs without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the RSUs shall be null and void to the extent the grant of RSUs or the lapse of restrictions thereon is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee.

6. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

7. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee contain all of the provisions applicable to the RSUs and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.41

Stock Option Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Options. The Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”) of the General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Options to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each Option entitles the Grantee to purchase from the Company one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share, at the Option Exercise Price in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Exercisability and Expiration Date. Options shall become exercisable only at and after the Exercisable Dates, and shall expire on the Expiration Date, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 5 years after termination of employment or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

c. Employment Termination Less Than One Year After Grant Date. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any reason other than death or due to transfer to a successor employer before the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire upon such termination.

d. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, or the Grantee becomes eligible to retire, each as defined, then the Exercisable Dates and Expiration Date shall be automatically adjusted as provided below (subject to any rules adopted by the Committee):

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. If (a) the Grantee becomes eligible for Optional Retirement at or after age 60 under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and becomes eligible to retire under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

(ii) Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of voluntary termination or termination for cause, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.


(iii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing (without regard to any period of protected service), each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then Options scheduled to become exercisable at or before the end of the second calendar year following the year in which employment terminates become immediately exercisable and any unexercised Options shall expire at the end of second calendar year following the year in which employment terminates or on the Expiration Date, whichever occurs first.

(iv) Termination Due to Other Reasons. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Grantee and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then no unexercisable Options shall become exercisable and any unexercised Options which are exercisable on the date of termination shall expire 3 months after such termination or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

e. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of employment for purposes of this Grant.

3. Method of Exercise

a. Notice and Manner of Exercise. The Grantee may exercise some or all of the Options then exercisable by giving the Company notice of the number of Options to be exercised either in writing or by such other means as shall be acceptable to the Company. At or before issuance by the Company of the shares to the Grantee pursuant to the Option exercise, the Grantee shall make payment of the Option Exercise Price in U.S. funds, or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company, at the office of the Comptroller of the Company, or such other place as may be mutually acceptable to the Company and the Grantee.

b. Withholding Tax. Upon the exercise of any Option, the Grantee shall pay to or reimburse the Company for any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required to be withheld and paid over by it, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may prescribe.

c. Delivery. Upon the receipt of all required payments from the Grantee, the Company thereupon shall, without additional expense to the Grantee (other than any transfer or issue taxes if the Company so elects), deliver to the Grantee by mail or otherwise at such place as the Grantee may request a certificate or certificates for such shares, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Options without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the Options shall be null and void to the extent the grant of Options or exercise thereof is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee.


5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, contain all of the provisions applicable to the Options and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized Officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.42

Stock Option Grant Agreement - additional terms & conditions

1. Grant of Options. The Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”) of the General Electric Company (“Company”) has granted Options to the individual named in this Grant Agreement (“Grantee”). Each Option entitles the Grantee to purchase from the Company one share of General Electric Company common stock, par value $0.06 per share, at the Option Exercise Price in accordance with the terms of this Grant, the GE 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”), and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

2. Exercisability and Expiration Date. Options shall become exercisable only at and after the Exercisable Dates, and shall expire on the Expiration Date, except as follows:

a. Employment Termination Due to Death. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

b. Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire 5 years after termination of employment or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

c. Employment Termination Less Than One Year After Grant Date. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any reason other than death or due to transfer to a successor employer before the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire upon such termination.

d. Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date. If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, or the Grantee becomes eligible to retire, each as defined, then the Exercisable Dates and Expiration Date shall be automatically adjusted as provided below (subject to any rules adopted by the Committee):

(i) Termination for Retirement or Total Disability. If (a) the Grantee becomes eligible for Optional Retirement at or after age 60 under the U.S. GE Pension Plan, or (b) the Grantee is not a participant in the U.S. GE Pension Plan and becomes eligible to retire under another retirement plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliates on or after Grantee has attained age 60 and accumulated 5 or more years of combined service with the Company and any of its affiliates, or (c) the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Grantee is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience, then any unexercisable Options shall become immediately exercisable, and any unexercised Options shall expire on the Expiration Date.

(ii) Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of voluntary termination or termination for cause, then all unexercised Options, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.


(iii) Termination for Layoff or Plant Closing. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff or plant closing (without regard to any period of protected service), each as defined in the Company’s U.S. Layoff Benefit Plan, then Options scheduled to become exercisable at or before the end of the second calendar year following the year in which employment terminates become immediately exercisable and any unexercised Options shall expire at the end of second calendar year following the year in which employment terminates or on the Expiration Date, whichever occurs first.

(iv) Termination Due to Other Reasons. If the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Grantee and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then no unexercisable Options shall become exercisable and any unexercised Options which are exercisable on the date of termination shall expire 3 months after such termination or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

e. Affiliate. For purposes of this Grant, “affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is owned 50% or more by the Company and thereby deemed under its control and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest as determined by the Committee. Transfer of employment among the Company and any of its affiliates is not a termination of employment for purposes of this Grant.

3. Method of Exercise

a. Notice and Manner of Exercise. The Grantee may exercise some or all of the Options then exercisable by giving the Company notice of the number of Options to be exercised either in writing or by such other means as shall be acceptable to the Company. At or before issuance by the Company of the shares to the Grantee pursuant to the Option exercise, the Grantee shall make payment of the Option Exercise Price in U.S. funds, or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company, at the office of the Comptroller of the Company, or such other place as may be mutually acceptable to the Company and the Grantee.

b. Withholding Tax. Upon the exercise of any Option, the Grantee shall pay to or reimburse the Company for any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required to be withheld and paid over by it, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the Company may prescribe.

c. Delivery. Upon the receipt of all required payments from the Grantee, the Company thereupon shall, without additional expense to the Grantee (other than any transfer or issue taxes if the Company so elects), deliver to the Grantee by mail or otherwise at such place as the Grantee may request a certificate or certificates for such shares, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares.

4. Alteration/Termination. The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Options without the consent of the Grantee. Also, the Options shall be null and void to the extent the grant of Options or exercise thereof is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Grantee.


5. Plan Terms. All terms used in this Grant have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

6. Entire Agreement. This Grant, the Plan, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, contain all of the provisions applicable to the Options and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized Officer of the Company and delivered to the Grantee.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.43

LOGO

Variable Pay Plan

Documentation

 

 

Annual Incentive Plan

Effective January 2009-December 2009


Annual Incentive Plan – Effective 1/09-12/09

 

Plan Name:

Annual Incentive Plan (AIP)

Plan Inception Date:

Unknown

Plan Period (Plan Year):

January 2009 – December 2009

Plan Review Date:

11/2008

Plan Purpose:

To provide incentive and reward to Universal Orlando (UO) executives who contribute to UO’s success.

The Plan is specifically designed to support UO’s business needs and fit its culture. The Plan directly supports the long-term objectives of UO and, when business goals are met or exceeded, will pay competitive incentive compensation levels.

Plan Objectives:

 

   

Provide incentive to executives to perform at superior levels in support of the Company’s financial and strategic goals.

 

   

Encourage a team approach throughout UO.

 

   

reward participants for their contribution to the Company’s success.

 

   

Enable UO to attract and retain outstanding team members.

 

   

Ensure that UO operating plans are understood and implemented throughout each operating unit and division.

 

   

Provide a format and systematic approach to be utilized for determining individual awards under the Plan.

 

   

Ensure that individuals are accountable for specific objectives that impact the Company, their division, and department.

Eligibility:

The plan is specifically applicable to incumbents in Director level and above jobs.

Plan Funding:

Each year the Finance department will accrue for payouts under the plan. Depending on Company performance during the course of the plan year the accrual may be increased or decreased to assure funds are present at the conclusion of the year to make payouts.

Performance Measures:

Either before the plan year beings or early in the plan year, participants and their managers set individual objectives that directly support the participant’s role in attaining Company objectives. These objectives should include activities and projects that are distinct from on-going job responsibilities. They should reflect areas in which the individual can impact the company, division and department goals.

Individual objectives should be specific and quantitative to the extent feasible. The participants and their managers should agree on weights for each objective. Most Objectives will focus on:

 

Operating Profit    Guest Service Ratings
Per Caps    Asset & Inventory Control
Overhead Management    Cost Containment
Quality Measures    Labor Scheduling
People Development    Product/non-labor cost

 

Page 2 of 5   Printed on 1/12/2010                    


Annual Incentive Plan – Effective 1/09-12/09

 

Throughout the plan period the participant and immediate management, including input from Operational and Functional management, should hold periodic progress reviews to evaluate progress toward achievement of objectives.

The Plan operates on four principles:

The Company must meet a minimum Operating Profit performance level for awards to be made . A level of Operating Profit is established, which must be achieved before participants in the Plan earn an award. This minimum acceptable performance is annually set at meaningful levels.

Each participant’s individual performance is critical to the attainment of Company objectives . It is the combined accomplishments of all team members that enable UO to achieve aggressive objectives. Participants will be held accountable for the achievement of their individual objectives.

Each AIP participant has a target incentive award based on the participant’s job and level within the organization. Target awards will provide competitive incentive compensation upon the achievement of set objectives. The target award levels are evaluated periodically against competitive data to ensure they meet the Company’s compensation objectives. AIP target awards will be communicated to participants by their managers. In general target will be based on a percentage of salary following the schedule below, this schedule is not inclusive of all scenarios and individual participant’s may have a different target then delivered by the schedule (as determined by the Company):

 

Salary Plan    Salary
Grade
   Level    Target %  

1FL

   20    Director    15

1FL

   21    Director    15

1FL

   22    Director    15

1FL

   23    Vice President    22

1FL

   24    Vice President    25

1FL

   25    Vice President    25

1FL

   26    Vice President    30

1FL

   27    Vice President    30

Each year, the AIP’ s financial performance objectives will change to match UO’s business plans. The Plan is designed to provide superior rewards for superior performance consistent with achieving those important business objectives.

Plan Administration:

The Plan will be administered by the Compensation department. They will be responsible for the following:

 

   

Verifying that objectives are established between the Plan Participant and their manager at the beginning of the plan period

 

   

Maintaining Company-wide documentation of the Plan Participant’s objectives

 

   

Recording results of the Plan Participant’s achievement of objectives at the conclusion of the plan period

 

   

Maintaining Company-wide documentation of the Plan Participant’s achievement of objectives

 

   

Establishing suggested Plan payouts based on Plan Participant’s performance against objectives to the Participant’s manager

 

   

Presenting Company-wide recommended Plan payouts to Senior Management for approval

 

   

Ensuring payments are paid pursuant to the approval of Senior Management

Interpretations, determinations, and actions regarding plan administration will be made by the Executive Vice President, UPR/CEO UO or the President/COO UO.

 

Page 3 of 5   Printed on 1/12/2010                    


Annual Incentive Plan – Effective 1/09-12/09

 

Plan Payment:

At the end of the review period, the manager assigns an Overall Performance and Percentage Rating based upon achievement against all objectives.

The AIP award is then forwarded for approval to the next level of management. The UO Compensation Department will collect the recommendations and present to Senior Management for final approval.

AIP incentive awards will be paid as soon as practicable after the plan year’s financial results are approved and available.

Plan Audits:

Plan audits will be conducted on an as needed basis by the Internal Audit department and/or external auditors.

Special Considerations:

Merit Reviews

This plan has no affect on the merit process. Performance against this plan may be evaluated in the annual performance appraisal; however, any payment made under this plan will not affect the merit increase percentage.

New Hires:

A team member hired during the plan year will participate in the plan on a pro-rated basis determined by the number of full months of employment during each fiscal month of the plan year. However, team members hired during the fourth quarter of the plan year will not participate in the Plan.

Transfers:

An existing team member promoted or transferred to an eligible job from an ineligible job will participate in the Plan on a pro-rated basis determined by the number of full months in the Plan during each fiscal month of the plan year. However, team members promoted or transferred during the fourth quarter of the plan year will not participate in the Plan.

A participant transferred to an ineligible job ceases to participate in the Plan on the date of transfer to the ineligible job, but will still be a plan participant for the period they were covered under the Plan.

A participant promoted to a higher level eligible job or demoted to a lower level eligible job will participate in the Plan on a pro-rated basis determined by the number of full months in the Plan at each level during the Plan year.

Termination:

A participant is not eligible for incentive pay in the event of termination for cause or by team member resignation at any time during the plan year. A pro-rated incentive will be paid if a participant is laid off, dies, becomes disabled or retires during the plan year based on the date of the action.

A TEAM MEMBER MUST BE DESIGNATED AS AN ACTIVE EMPLOYEE AT THE DATE OF PLAN PAYOUT IN ORDER TO RECEIVE AN AWARD, UNLESS THEY WERE LAID OFF, ARE DECEASED, HAVE BECOME DISABLED, OR RETIRED. (Team Members employed in the state of Illinois must be employed on the last date of the plan year in order to receive an award).

Benefit Hours

All benefit hour (i.e. Vacation, Personal Holiday, Paid Time Off) payments are made at the team member’s base rate. Payments under this plan will not impact the rate paid for these hours.

 

Page 4 of 5   Printed on 1/12/2010                    


Annual Incentive Plan – Effective 1/09-12/09

 

Life Insurance

Life insurance is based upon the “basic annual earnings”. Commissions, overtime pay, bonuses, and other compensation not received as salary is not included in “basic annual earnings”. Any payments made under this plan would not be included in “basic annual earnings”.

Disability Benefits

Disability benefits are based upon the average of the gross amount paid to a team member over a six-month period. Bonuses, overtime pay and earnings for more than 40 hours per weeks are not included. Any payments made under this plan would not be included in this average.

401(k)/HCE Compensation

Incentive payments will be included in the definition of 401(k)/HCE compensation.

Taxes

Payments made under this plan are subject to FICA, FUTA, and OASDI taxes and will be withheld at the time of payout. In the event this bonus is being deferred, pursuant to a bonifide plan, these taxes will be deducted from the payout and the remaining amount will be deferred pursuant to the plan.

 

The Company reserves the right to revise established payouts for incentive purposes (up or down) after the plan period has begun. The Company also reserves the right to withhold plan payments for behavior deemed unethical or found to be inappropriate. Discussion between or among plan participants or any other team members regarding the actual payment of awards will be subject to loss of such payments and may result in termination. While it is the intent of the Company to continue the plan, the Company reserves the right to change or discontinue the plan at its sole discretion at any time. Participation in the Plan does not constitute a contract of employment with Universal Orlando.

Plan Approvals:

 

Divisional Executive:   

/s/ John Sprouls

    

 

  
   John Sprouls, EVP, UPR/CEO UO      Date   
Compensation Dept:   

/s/ Greg Kelsoe

    

 

  
   Greg Kelsoe, Sr. Dir UPR/UO      Date       
   Compensation & Benefits        

Additional Information:

For more information and examples, please see:

 

   

Instructions for Individual Objective Setting and Assessment Process

 

   

Frequently Asked Questions – Annual Incentive Plan

 

   

Executive Performance Appraisal

 

Page 5 of 5   Printed on 1/12/2010                    

Exhibit 10.44

 

 

 

 

JP/UNIVERSAL CITY RESTAURANT PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Dated as of September 11, 1997

THE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I

 

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1
 

SECTION 1.1. Formation

   1
 

SECTION 1.2. Name

   1
 

SECTION 1.3. Purpose

   1
 

SECTION 1.4. Names and Addresses of Partners

   1
 

SECTION 1.5. Term

   1
 

SECTION 1.6. Principal Place of Business: Registered Agent

   1
 

SECTION 1.7. Books of Account and Records

   2
 

SECTION 1.8. Fiscal Year

   2

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

   2
 

“Act”

   2
 

“Actual Development Costs”

   2
 

“Additional Capital Contribution”

   2
 

“Affiliate”

   2
 

“Approved Business Plan”

   2
 

“Buffett”

   2
 

“Buffett Intellectual Property”

   2
 

“Buffett Memorabilia”

   3
 

“Callable Interest”

   3
 

“Call Exercise Period”

   3
 

“Call Notice”

   3
 

“Call Notice Period”

   3
 

“Call Purchase Price”

   3
 

“Capital Account”

   3
 

“Capital Contribution”

   3
 

“CityWalk”

   3
 

“Closing”

   3
 

“Closing Date”

   3
 

“Code”

   3
 

“Control”

   3
 

“Deficit”

   3
 

“Development Budget”

   4
 

“Distributable Cash”

   4
 

“Final Determination”

   4
 

“GAAP”

   4
 

“General Partner”

   4
 

“Initial Capital Contribution”

   4
 

“Initial General Partner”

   4
 

“Investment”

   4
 

“Lease”

   4
 

“License Agreement”

   4

 

i


     “Limited Partner”    5
   “Management Agreement”    5
   “Manager”    5
   “Note”    5
   “Operative Documents”    5
   “Net Profits” and “Net Losses”    5
   “Participating Percentage”    5
   “Partners”    5
   “Partnership”    5
   “Partnership Interest”    6
   “Person”    6
   “Proceeding”    6
   “Put Notice”    6
   “Putable Interest”    6
   “Put Notice Period”    6
   “Put Purchase Price”    6
   “Restricted Transferee”    6
   “Substantial Completion”    6
   “Tax Decisions”    6
   “Transfer”    7
   “Universal”    7
   “Venue”    7

ARTICLE III

   CAPITAL AND CONTRIBUTIONS    7
   SECTION 3.1. Initial Capital Contributions    7
   SECTION 3.2. Additional Capital Contributions    8
   SECTION 3.3. Capital Accounts    9
   SECTION 3.4. Negative Capital Accounts    9
   SECTION 3.5. Loans From Partners    9

ARTICLE IV

   PARTICIPATING PERCENTAGES    10
   SECTION 4.1. Universal 50%/General Partner 50%    10
   SECTION 4.2. Universal 70%/General Partner 30%    10
   SECTION 4.3. Universal 25%/General Partner 75%    10
   SECTION 4.4. Universal Less Than 25%/General Partner Greater Than 75%    10
   SECTION 4.5. Put/Call Partnership Termination    10
   SECTION 4.6. Purchase of Universal’s Interest    10

ARTICLE V

   DISTRIBUTIONS    11
   SECTION 5.1. Distributions from Operations    11
   SECTION 5.2. Amounts Required to be Withheld    11
   SECTION 5.3. Distributions on Liquidation    11

 

ii


ARTICLE VI

   ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES    11
   SECTION 6.1. Allocations    11
  

(a)    General Tax Allocations

   11
  

(b)    Special Allocations

   12
   SECTION 6.2. Tax Items    13
   SECTION 6.3. Partial Year Allocations    13
   SECTION 6.4. Allocations and Distributions    13

ARTICLE VII

   CALLABLE INTEREST AND PUTABLE INTEREST    14
   SECTION 7.1. Callable Interest    14
   SECTION 7.2. Call Notice    14
   SECTION 7.3. Call Purchase Price    14
   SECTION 7.4. Putable Interest; Put Notice; Put Purchase Price    14
   SECTION 7.5. Call/Put Closing    14
   SECTION 7.6. Transfer of Interest in Partnership    15
   SECTION 7.7. Repayment of Loans    16

ARTICLE VIII

   STATUS OF LIMITED PARTNER    16
   SECTION 8.1. Partnership Management    16
   SECTION 8.2. Interest in the General Partner’s Assets    16
   SECTION 8.3. Limited Liability    16
   SECTION 8.4. No Right of Partition    16
   SECTION 8.5. Withdrawal; No Dissolution    16
   SECTION 8.6. GAAP Reports to the Limited Partner    17

ARTICLE IX

   POWER, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER    17
   SECTION 9.1. Powers of General Partner    17
   SECTION 9.2. Limitations on General Partner    19
   SECTION 9.3. Additional Limitations on General Partner    20
   SECTION 9.4. Tax Matters    20
   SECTION 9.5. Indemnification    21
   SECTION 9.6. Other Business Interests    22
   SECTION 9.7. Transactions With Affiliates    23
   SECTION 9.8. Liability    24
   SECTION 9.9. Withdrawal of General Partner    24
   SECTION 9.10. 754 Election    24
   SECTION 9.11. Compensation and Reimbursement of General Partner    24
   SECTION 9.12. General Partner Services    24
   SECTION 9.13. Deadlock    25

 

iii


ARTICLE X

   TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS: ADMISSION OF PARTNERS    25
   SECTION 10.1. Transfer Restrictions    25
   SECTION 10.2. Encumbrances    25
   SECTION 10.3. Acceptance of Transfer: Substituted Limited Partner    25

ARTICLE XI

   DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP    26

ARTICLE XII

   ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP    26
   SECTION 12.1. Liquidating Committee    26
   SECTION 12.2. Distributions on Liquidation    26
   SECTION 12.3. Liquidation    27
   SECTION 12.4. Return of Capital    27
   SECTION 12.5. Certificate of Cancellation    27

ARTICLE XIII

   AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT    27
   SECTION 13.1. Certificate of Limited Partnership    27

ARTICLE XIV

   MISCELLANEOUS    27
   SECTION 14.1. Delivery of Documents    27
   SECTION 14.2. Applicable Law    28
   SECTION 14.3. Successors and Assigns    28
   SECTION 14.4. Gender    28
   SECTION 14.5. Headings    28
   SECTION 14.6. Severability    28
   SECTION 14.7. Counterparts    28
   SECTION 14.8. Entire Agreement    28
   SECTION 14.9. Third Parties    28
   SECTION 14.10. Title to Partnership Assets    28
   SECTION 14.11. Notices    29
   SECTION 14.12. Consent    29
   SECTION 14.13. Dispute Resolution    29
   Schedule A    A-1
   Schedule B    B-1

 

iv


AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

JB/UNIVERSAL CITY RESTAURANT PARTNERS, L.P.,

a Delaware Limited Partnership

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (this “Partnership Agreement”), made and entered into as of the 11th day of September, 1997 between UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, a Florida general partnership, as the limited partner (the “Limited Partner”) and MARGARITAVILLE HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the general partner (the “General Partner”).

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

SECTION 1.1. Formation. The parties hereby enter into a limited partnership (the “Partnership”) under the provisions of the Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act of the State of Delaware 6 Del. C. ss. 17-201 et seq. (the “Act”), and the rights and liabilities of the Partners (as defined herein) shall be as provided in such Act except as herein otherwise expressly provided. A Certificate of Limited Partnership and other required documents shall have been or shall be filed and recorded in the appropriate offices and places as are required by law.

SECTION 1.2. Name. The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name JB/Universal City Restaurant Partners, L.P. The General Partner shall be required to execute and file any assumed or fictitious name certificates or documents.

SECTION 1.3. Purpose. The purpose of the Partnership is and shall be (i) to carry on the business of acquiring, developing, owning, and operating the Venue (as defined herein) and to manage the Venue if the Management Agreement (as defined herein) is terminated in accordance with its terms, and (ii) to engage in any and all activities related or incidental to the foregoing.

SECTION 1.4. Names and Addresses of Partners. The names and business addresses of the General Partner and the Limited Partner are as set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, as Schedule A may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 1.5. Term. The Partnership shall commence upon the effective date of this Partnership Agreement and shall continue until December 31, 2047, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Partnership Agreement.

SECTION 1.6. Principal Place of Business: Registered Agent. The principal place of business of the Partnership initially shall be 19 Golfview Road, Palm Beach, Florida 33450. The address of the Partnership’s registered office and the address of its registered agent in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of the Partnership’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Trust Company. The General Partner may change the principal place of business of the Partnership or its registered agent at


any time and from time to time and, in such events, the General Partner shall notify the Limited Partner in writing of such change. The General Partner may in its sole discretion establish additional places of business for the Partnership.

SECTION 1.7. Books of Account and Records. Proper and complete records and books of account shall be kept by the General Partner in which shall be entered fully and accurately all transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s business as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by persons engaged in businesses of a like character. The Partnership books and records shall be kept using the accrual method of accounting for GAAP and federal income tax purposes. The books and records shall at all times be maintained at the principal office of the Partnership, or at such other location as the General Partner in its discretion determines, and shall be open to the reasonable inspection and examination by the Partners or their duly authorized representatives during reasonable business hours.

SECTION 1.8. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall end on the thirty—first (31st) day of December in each year.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

“Act” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1 hereof.

“Actual Development Costs” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1 hereof.

“Additional Capital Contribution” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.2 hereof.

“Affiliate” when used with respect to any Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with such Person.

The terms “Affiliate” or “Affiliates,” when used to define a class of Persons that is related to a party to this Partnership Agreement (the “First Party”), shall not include any other party to this Partnership Agreement or any Affiliate of such party (collectively, the “Other Party”) to the extent that this Partnership Agreement and the other Operative Documents would otherwise cause such Other Party to be an Affiliate of the First Party.

“Approved Business Plan” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1 hereof.

“Buffett” shall mean Jimmy Buffett, a natural Person.

“Buffett Intellectual Property” shall mean that intellectual property licensed to the Partnership pursuant to the License Agreement.

 

2


“Buffett Memorabilia” shall mean that certain memorabilia loaned to the Partnership pursuant to Exhibit E of the Lease.

“Callable Interest” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.1 hereof.

“Call Exercise Period” means the period, if any, from Universal’s date of receipt of the Call Notice to and through the Closing Date.

“Call Notice” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.2 hereof.

“Call Notice Period” means the period from the first anniversary of the opening of the Venue to and through forty-five (45) days after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the opening of the Venue, (b) the first anniversary of Substantial Completion of CityWalk or (c) ninety (90) days after Universal’s “Islands of Adventure” project opens for business to the general public.

“Call Purchase Price” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Capital Account” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.3 hereof.

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to each Partner, the amount specified on Schedule A as the Initial Capital Contribution plus any Additional Capital Contribution made by such Partner.

“CityWalk” means the “Project” as defined in the Lease.

“Closing” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.5 hereof.

“Closing Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.5 hereof.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including effective date and transition rules (whether or not codified), and any successor thereto. Any reference to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of succeeding law.

“Control” (including the terms “controlling,” and “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Deficit” shall mean negative cash flow from operations of the Venue on or after the Opening of the Venue.

 

3


“Development Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1 hereof.

“Distributable Cash” means, with respect to the applicable period of time, the net amount of (i) all cash receipts from all sources arising out of the Partnership’s operations during such period, excluding proceeds from indebtedness of the Partnership, the issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Capital Contributions to the Partnership, (ii) adjusted proportionately by any increases or decreases in any reserve funds pursuant to the Management Agreement and (iii) further decreased by all cash disbursements of the Partnership during such period of time, including without limitation, distributions to Partners, disbursements made in connection with operational expenses, debt service (including the payment of principal and interest), payments pursuant to the Lease, management fees, and licensing payments (pursuant to the License Agreement).

“Final Determination” means with respect to an Internal Revenue Service audit or state taxing authority audit when (a) there is a decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction, which decision, judgment, decree or other order has become final, i.e., all allowable appeals (other than an appeal to the United States Supreme Court) pursued by the Partnership or the Partners have been exhausted by either party to the action, (b) there is a closing agreement made under Section 7121 of the Code (or similar provision under state law), or (c) the time for instituting a claim for refund has expired, or if a claim was filed, the time for instituting suit with respect thereto has expired.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America from time to time.

“General Partner” means Margaritaville Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, any successor party admitted as a substitute general partner, or any party admitted as an additional general partner; provided however, if a deadlock arises with respect to a decision to be made by multiple general partners, then the provisions of Section 9.14 shall govern.

“Initial Capital Contribution” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1 hereof.

“Initial General Partner” means Margaritaville Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Investment” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Lease” means that certain CityWalk Lease Agreement of even date herewith by and between the Partnership and Universal.

“License Agreement” means that certain License Agreement of even date herewith between the Partnership and Buffett.

 

4


“Limited Partner” means Universal City Development Partners, a Florida general partnership, and any party who is accepted by the General Partner as a substitute Limited Partner, including, without limitation, pursuant to Article X hereof.

“Management Agreement” means that certain Management Agreement of even date herewith by and between the Partnership and Universal.

“Manager” means Universal while Universal is engaged to manage the Venue.

“Note” means that certain Promissory Note and Security Agreement of even date herewith in the original principal amount of $602,100, executed by General Partner in favor of Universal.

“Operative Documents” includes, but is not limited to, the Lease, the License Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Note and this Partnership Agreement.

“Net Profits” and “Net Losses” mean the Partnership’s taxable income or loss determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) for each of its fiscal years or portions thereof (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) will be included in taxable income or loss) with the following adjustments: (i) such Net Profits and Net Losses will be computed as if items of tax-exempt income and nondeductible, noncapital expenditures (under Code Section 705(a)(1)(B) and 705(a)(2)(B)) were included in the computation of taxable income or loss; (ii) that any items of income, gain, loss or deduction specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(b) hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses; (iii) if any Partner contributes property to the Partnership with an initial book value to the Partnership different from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes to the Partnership, or if Partnership property is revalued in accordance with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) or as otherwise required by the Regulations, Net Profits and Net Losses will be computed as if the initial adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes to the Partnership of such contributed or revalued property equaled its initial book value to the Partnership as of the date of contribution or revaluation; and (iv) as a result of a Tax Decision, credits or debits to Capital Accounts due to a revaluation of Partnership assets in accordance with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), or due to a distribution of noncash assets as provided in Article 12 hereof, will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such assets for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Losses.

“Participating Percentage” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under Article IV hereof.

“Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

“Partnership” means the limited partnership formed pursuant to this Partnership Agreement by the parties hereto, as such partnership may from time to time be constituted.

 

5


“Partnership Interest” means with respect to each Partner, the Partner’s entire ownership interest in the Partnership acquired by such Partner pursuant to the terms hereof, including such Partner’s Participating Percentage and the right of such Partner to any and all benefits to which it may be entitled as provided under this Agreement or in the Act, together with the obligation of such Partner to comply with all the terms hereof.

“Person” means any natural person or any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, business trust, organization, business or government or any governmental agency or political subdivision of any government.

“Proceeding” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.3.

“Put Notice” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.4 hereof.

“Putable Interest” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.4 hereof.

“Put Notice Period” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.4 hereof.

“Put Purchase Price” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.4 hereof.

“Restricted Transferee” shall mean one of the following described entities or its Affiliate: The Walt Disney Company; The Anheuser-Busch Company; and any other entity which owns, holds or effectively Controls an equity interest of at least thirty percent (30%) in a destination theme park, which shall mean any gated theme park (or entertainment complex attached to such theme park) in the State of Florida that has an annual attendance of at least five hundred thousand (500,000) customers.

“Substantial Completion” shall mean the initial opening for business to the general public at CityWalk of at least five of the eight venues listed below or their replacements:

Nascar Cafe

Emeril’s

Marvelmania

Jazz Club

Marley’s

Motown Cafe

Pat O’Brien’s

Dance Club

“Tax Decisions” shall mean the determination: (a) based on advice of counsel, to amend the provisions of this Agreement to the minimum extent necessary to ensure that the allocations set forth in Article VI hereof for federal income tax and Capital Account purposes are respected by the Internal Revenue Service and otherwise remain in compliance with applicable law; (b) to make any election under the Code on behalf of the Partnership other than the election under

 

6


Code Section 754 which shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.10; (c) to change the accounting method or fiscal year of the Partnership for tax purposes; (d) to cause a revaluation of the Partnership’s assets upon the occurrence of various events, consistent with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f); (e) the determination of the fair market value of noncash property of the Partnership whether pursuant to a revaluation of Partnership assets under Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) or for purposes of an in-kind current distribution or in-kind liquidating distribution, including the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); (f) based on advice of counsel, to amend the provisions of this Agreement in order to maintain the status of the Partnership as a “partnership” for federal income tax purposes; and (g) of any other matter relating to the Partnership’s tax accounting methods, positions or other tax return issues other than any allocation of taxable income and loss which is not specifically provided for in this Agreement.

“Transfer” means any sale, disposition, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, redemption, encumbrance or other transfer of any Partnership Interest.

“Universal” shall mean Limited Partner or an Affiliate of Limited Partner if such Person becomes a successor Limited Partner.

“Venue” means the combined restaurant, nightclub and retail project in Orlando, Florida at Universal City Development Partners’ retail/entertainment project known as City Walk to be operated by the Partnership as a “Jimmy Buffett’s Margaritaville Cafe,” including any fixtures, improvements and personal property that are part of such project that the Partnership constructs on the Leased Property, but excluding Buffett Memorabilia and Buffett Intellectual Property.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL AND CONTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 3.1. Initial Capital Contributions. From time to time, as required to fund the costs incurred in connection with the design, construction and start-up of a turnkey facility to be operated as the Venue, Universal shall be liable to make an initial capital contribution (the “Initial Capital Contribution”), of approximately $8,700,000. In the event it is determined during the build-out of the Venue that the amount of the Development Budget will likely be exceeded, General Partner and Universal agree to endeavor in good faith to “value engineer” the build-out of the Venue so as to restore compliance with the Development Budget. In the further event that such “value engineering” process does not achieve compliance with the Development Budget, the Development Budget shall be adjusted to reflect the increased costs, and Universal shall fund such increased costs as part of its Initial Capital Contribution. The Initial Capital Contribution pursuant to the Development Budget shall be comprised of payments made by Universal on behalf of the Partnership or deposited into the Partnership bank account. The parties expressly agree that the General Partner has not made, nor will the General Partner be required to make, contemporaneously with the execution hereof, or thereafter, any Initial Capital Contribution or Additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership. Instead, the General Partner’s Participating Percentages as set forth in Article IV hereof reflect the issuance to the

 

7


General Partner of a “profits interest” for its agreement to perform future services for the Partnership including without limitation, the services described in Section 9.12 hereof.

The Partners expressly agree that Universal’s funding of its Initial Capital Contribution shall be made in accordance with the following procedure. Universal shall submit to the General Partner a proposal for the development of the Venue. Such proposal shall include a construction budget, detailed architectural plans and specifications, detailed design plans and specifications, a site development plan, proposed architectural, design and construction contracts, a working capital budget, pro forma operating statements and such other documents, statements and information as may be reasonably requested by the General Partner in connection with the development of the Venue. The General Partner shall have the right to approve or reject the proposal in its reasonable discretion. Upon their mutual approval of the proposal, the Partners shall execute an itemized statement, which statement shall provide a detailed breakdown of the total development costs, pre-opening costs, commissioning and working capital required for the development of the Venue from inception through the opening date of the Venue (such itemized statement, the “Development Budget”).

Concurrently with the above, Universal shall submit to the General Partner an initial written business plan which shall set forth in reasonable detail the proposed operation of the Venue. The General Partner shall have the right to approve or reject such business plan in its reasonable discretion. Upon their mutual approval of the business plan, the Partnership shall adopt such business plan as the “Approved Business Plan”. The General Partner shall keep originally-executed copies of the Development Budget and the Approved Business Plan with the books and records of the Partnership.

As soon as practicable after the opening date of the Venue, but in no event later than 270 days after such opening date, Universal shall deliver to the General Partner an itemized statement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the General Partner, prepared in accordance with GAAP by independent certified public accountants for the Partnership and certified by Universal as to truth and accuracy to the best of Universal’s knowledge and belief after good faith investigation, which statement shall reflect the aggregate actual development costs for the Venue (the “Actual Development Costs”). The General Partner shall have the right to independently audit the accuracy of Universal’s statement of Actual Development Costs. Unless the Partners agree otherwise, any additional amounts that Universal may pay to fund the Actual Development Costs in excess of the Development Budget shall be treated as part of the Initial Capital Contribution.

SECTION 3.2. Additional Capital Contributions. The Partners shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions (with respect to each Partner, an “Additional Capital Contribution”) to the Partnership except for such Additional Capital Contributions in such amounts and under such terms, as may be unanimously approved by the Partners from time to time. Universal shall not make any Additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the General Partner’s approval. The General Partner may, without the approval of Universal, make Additional Capital Contributions.

 

8


SECTION 3.3. Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (each a “Capital Account”) shall be established, maintained, and adjusted in accordance with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv). Consistent therewith, each Partner’s Capital Account will be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Articles V and VI hereof, the purpose of which Article VI is to set forth certain operating rules for the allocation of “book items” of income, gain, loss and deduction for Capital Account purposes. The provisions of Article VI shall be construed in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for items as they are computed and allocated to the Partners for federal income tax purposes, but shall instead be adjusted for such items as computed for “book” purposes which will, however, be the same method of computation of such items as for federal income tax purposes, except as specifically provided to the contrary in this Agreement or the applicable Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code on the last day of the applicable accounting period for such adjustment. Upon the Transfer hereunder of all or part of a Partner’s Partnership Interest, other than a transfer that terminates the Partnership within the meaning of Code Section 708(b)(1)(B), the Capital Account of the transferor Partner that is attributable to the transferred Partnership Interest will carry over to the transferee Partner. If Universal agrees in its sole and absolute discretion to such a purchase, then, in the event of any such purchase by the General Partner (or its assignee) of all or part of Universal’s Partnership Interest, pursuant to Article VII, the Capital Account transferred to the transferee partner shall equal the purchase price for the Partnership Interest. In the event of a transfer of all or part of a Partner’s Partnership Interest that causes a termination of the Partnership within the meaning of Code Section 708(b)(1)(B), the Partners’ Capital Accounts will be adjusted in accordance with Treasury Regulations ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(1).

SECTION 3.4. Negative Capital Accounts. A Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership, or to any other Partner, or to any party for any negative balance in its Capital Account; provided, however, that the General Partner shall have the right exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion to amend this Partnership Agreement from time to time to reflect the imposition on the General Partner (but not on Universal) of a limited deficit Capital Account restoration obligation within the meaning of Treasury Regulation ss.1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c).

SECTION 3.5. Loans From Partners. Except as may be specifically provided herein, no interest shall be paid or credited to the Partners or their Capital Accounts; provided, however, nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent or prohibit the payment of interest on account of loans made by the Partners to the Partnership. Any loans made to the Partnership by a Partner shall not increase such Partner’s Capital Contribution or interest in Net Profits, Net Losses, and Distributable Cash of the Partnership but shall be a debt due from the Partnership and repaid accordingly. Except for the loans by Universal as the Manager provided for in the Management Agreement, neither Partner may obtain any loan for which the Partnership is liable without the approval of the other Partner, which approval may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of that Partner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, obtain a loan for which the Partnership is liable for the sole purpose described in Article VII of this Partnership Agreement and/or Section 19.2B of the Lease. All loans permitted pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall be deemed to be “Permitted Loans.”

 

9


ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPATING PERCENTAGES

The interests of each of the Partners in the Partnership (each Partner’s interest, respectively, a “Participating Percentage”) shall be determined in accordance with the following:

SECTION 4.1. Universal 50%/General Partner 50%. During the period from the date hereof until such time as an event either occurs or does not occur as specified in Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of this Agreement occurs, Universal and the General Partner shall each have a Participating Percentage of 50%.

SECTION 4.2. Universal 70%/General Partner 30%. If the Partnership does not redeem the Callable Interest during the Call Exercise Period in accordance with Section 7.5, then upon the expiration of the Call Exercise Period, Universal shall have a Participating Percentage of 70% and the General Partner shall have a Participating Percentage of 30%.

SECTION 4.3. Universal 25%/General Partner 75%. If (i) the Partnership redeems the Callable Interest during the Call Exercise Period in accordance with Section 7.5, and (ii) Universal fails to have the Putable Interest redeemed as of the Closing Date in accordance with Section 7.4 then, immediately after the Closing Date, Universal shall have a Participating Percentage of 25% and the General Partner shall have a Participating Percentage of 75%.

SECTION 4.4. Universal Less Than 25%/General Partner Greater Than 75%. If (i) the Partnership redeems the Callable Interest during the Call Exercise Period in accordance with Section 7.5, and (ii) Universal has a portion but not all of the Putable Interest redeemed by the Closing Date pursuant to Section 7.4, then immediately after the Closing Date, Universal shall have a Participating Percentage equal to the difference between 25% and the Putable Interest so redeemed and the General Partner shall have a Participating Percentage equal to the sum of 75% and the Putable Interest so redeemed.

SECTION 4.5. Put/Call Partnership Termination. If (i) the Partnership redeems the Callable Interest during the Call Exercise Period in accordance with Section 7.5, and (ii) Universal has the entire Putable Interest redeemed by the Closing Date pursuant to Section 7.4, then immediately after the Closing Date, the General Partner shall have a Participating Percentage of 100%, and at the General Partner’s option either (x) the Partnership shall terminate and its affairs wound up in accordance with Article XII hereof or (y) the Partnership shall admit a new Partner and continue its operations.

SECTION 4.6. Purchase of Universal’s Interest. If Universal, in its sole and absolute discretion, agrees to the purchase of any part of its Partnership Interest, a condition of such purchase shall be the mutual approval by the Partners of the method of such purchase.

 

10


ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 5.1. Distributions from Operations. Not less frequently than on a quarterly basis, the General Partner, after providing for the Partnership’s debts, obligations, capital needs and reserves as required by the manager of the Venue, shall make distributions of all Distributable Cash to the Partners in accordance with each of their respective Participating Percentages. The Partners agree that payments to lenders which have made Permitted Loans, affiliated with the Partnership or otherwise, have a priority over distributions to the Partners. Solely with respect to the lender from which the General Partner obtains a Permitted Loan to fund a redemption or purchase under Article VII of this Partnership Agreement and/or Section 19.2.B of the Lease, payments to such lender shall be deemed to be (i) a part of Distributable Cash and (ii) a distribution to the General Partner for the purpose of calculating the amount of available Distributable Cash to be paid to the Partners. The payments, if any, to a lender of a Permitted Loan that are deemed to be received by General Partner for calculation of Distributable Cash shall be treated as a distribution to the General Partner. To the extent there is Distributable Cash available, then the Limited Partner shall receive a distribution which equals on a proportionate basis the deemed distribution received by the General Partner. To the extent there are not sufficient funds to make the distribution, then the Limited Partner shall receive a priority distribution as to the General Partner’s distribution from the next distribution of Distributable Cash.

SECTION 5.2. Amounts Required to be Withheld. The General Partner shall be authorized to withhold from amounts to be distributed under this Agreement any withholding required by the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law, and to pay such amounts over to the Internal Revenue Service or other appropriate taxing authority. All such amounts withheld shall be treated as amounts of Distributable Cash distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 5.3. Distributions on Liquidation. Upon liquidation of the Partnership the distribution of all assets of the Partnership shall be made in accordance with Section 12.2 below.

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

SECTION 6.1. Allocations.

(a) General Tax Allocations. As of the end of each fiscal year, and after giving effect to the special tax allocations set forth in Section 6.1(b), Net Profits and Net Losses shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes as well as federal income tax purposes as follows:

(i) Net Profits shall first be allocated to the Partners in the same amount as Net Losses were allocated to such Persons pursuant to Section

 

11


6.1(a)(ii) hereof until the cumulative Net Profits allocated pursuant to this Section 6.l(a)(i) are equal to the total get Losses allocated to such Persons for all prior periods and, thereafter, Net Profits shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Participating Percentages with respect to such fiscal year; and

(ii) Net Losses shall first be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Participating Percentages; provided, however, that any losses in excess of the losses allowable to General Partner pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b) shall be allocated to Universal; provided, however, the General Partner shall have the right exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion to amend this Partnership Agreement from time to time to reflect the imposition on the General Partner (but not on Universal) of a limited deficit Capital Account restoration obligation within the meaning of Treasury Regulation ss.1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c).

(b) Special Allocations. At the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership and notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for both Capital Account purposes and for federal income tax purposes unless otherwise provided:

(i) In accordance with the ordering rules of Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-2(j), items of gross income and realized gain first shall be allocated in an amount and in a manner that complies with the “chargeback” requirement of Treasury Regulation ss.1.704-2(i)(4), the “qualified income offset” requirement of Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), and the “minimum gain chargeback” requirement of Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-2(f). Further, any “partner nonrecourse deductions” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation ss.1.704-2(i)(2) attributable to “partner nonrecourse debt” shall be allocated to the Partner who bears the “economic risk of loss” for such debt in accordance with Treasury Regulation ss.1.704-2(i).

(ii) If a taxing authority ignores the characterization of any amounts paid to a Partner (or an Affiliate thereof) as salaries, fees, expense reimbursements, commissions or other compensation for services (“Compensation”), and refuses to treat such payments as either guaranteed payments within the meaning of Code Section 707(c) or payments made to such Partner other than in such Partner’s capacity as a Partner within the meaning of Code Section 707(a), and such taxing authority ultimately treats such amounts paid to a Partner (or an Affiliate thereto) as a distribution to such Partner for federal income tax purposes which reduces such Partner’s Capital Account, then the Compensation shall be treated as an allocation of an item of income or gain of the Partnership to the recipient Partner so that, consistent with the intent of the Partners, the Compensation shall not be treated as a distribution which reduces

 

12


the recipient Partner’s Capital Account. Accordingly, such Partner shall be allocated the first available items of Partnership income and gain (including in a succeeding year) in an amount equal to the Compensation.

(iii) If the Partnership owns (a) any property contributed by a Partner that had a fair market value different from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes on the date of the contribution, or (b) any property that has been revalued pursuant to Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), then for federal income tax purposes only and not for Capital Account purposes, any income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to such property shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, using the “traditional method.”

SECTION 6.2. Tax Items. Except as otherwise provided herein, any allocation to a Partner of a portion of the Net Profits or Net Losses for a fiscal year (or other relevant period) will be deemed to be an allocation to that Partner of the same proportionate part of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit that is earned, realized or available by or to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 6.3. Partial Year Allocations. In the event that a Partner is admitted to the Partnership during the Partnership’s fiscal year, or all or a portion of a Partner’s Partnership Interest is transferred during the Partnership’s fiscal year, Net Profits and Net Losses shall be allocated to the admitted or transferee Partner in any manner permitted by Code Section 706 or the Treasury Regulations thereunder, as the General Partner shall determine as a Tax Decision.

SECTION 6.4. Allocations and Distributions. When the Partnership is dissolved and wound up pursuant to Article XII hereof or there is a “liquidation” of the Partnership within the meaning of Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), all items of income, gain, loss and deduction not previously allocated shall be allocated to the Partners pursuant to this Article VI. It is the intent of the parties hereto that after the allocations described in the previous sentence are made and the final cash distribution referred to in Section 12.2 is made, that such actions will result in the Capital Account balances of the Partners equaling zero following the dissolution of the Partnership. The allocation and distribution provisions of Articles V and VI hereof, respectively, of this Agreement, as well as the provisions of Article XII hereof, shall be construed in such a way to achieve this result and specifically provided that on liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Section 12.2, any decrease to the General Partner’s Capital Account incurred in any year of the Partnership as a result of allocations of Net Losses, depreciation or loss items shall be offset with allocations of Net Profits or items of income or gain to increase the General Partner’s Capital Account by an equal amount. Provided, however, that any allocations made pursuant to this Section 6.4 must have the consent of Universal.

 

13


ARTICLE VII

CALLABLE INTEREST AND PUTABLE INTEREST

SECTION 7.1. Callable Interest. At any time during the Call Exercise Period, the Partnership shall have the right to redeem a portion of Universal’s Partnership Interest such that, immediately after such redemption, Universal’s Participating Percentage shall be equal to 25%. The portion of Universal’s Partnership Interest that the Partnership may so redeem shall be referred to as the “Callable Interest.”

SECTION 7.2. Call Notice. The Partnership may elect to redeem the Callable Interest by giving Universal written notice (the “Call Notice”) during the Call Notice Period.

SECTION 7.3. Call Purchase Price. The purchase price (the “Call Purchase Price”) for the Callable Interest shall be equal to the product of (A) .75 and (B) the sum of (i) the Initial Capital Contribution of Universal, (ii) any Additional Capital Contribution of Universal made prior to the Closing Date (as defined below), and (iii) a rate of return on (i) and (ii) equal to 15% per annum, compounded annually, from the date of Universal’s initial investment in (i) and (ii) (subparagraphs (B)(i) and (ii) collectively being the “Investment”). If the Callable Interest is not redeemed within the Call Exercise Period, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall have any obligation to pay the Call Purchase Price or any component thereof.

SECTION 7.4. Putable Interest; Put Notice; Put Purchase Price. If the Partnership elects to redeem the Callable Interest, Universal, at its option, may require the Partnership to redeem any amount up to all of Universal’s remaining Partnership Interest (the “Putable Interest”) by delivering written notice (the “Put Notice”) to the Partnership within thirty (30) days of Universal’s receipt of the Call Notice (the “Put Notice Period”). The purchase price for such Putable Interest shall be equal to the product of (i) the Participating Percentage representing the Putable Interest that Universal shall have elected to redeem and (ii) the sum of (A) the Investment and (B) a rate of return on the Investment equal to 15% per annum, compounded annually, from the date of Universal’s initial investment in the Investment (the “Put Purchase Price”). The Closing of the Putable Interest shall occur in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.5.

SECTION 7.5. Call/Put Closing. The closing of the redemption of the Callable Interest and, if applicable, the Putable Interest (the “Closing”) shall take place at a location designated by Universal, on a date (the “Closing Date”) which is no earlier than the expiration of the Put Notice Period and no later than either of the following: (1) if a Put Notice is delivered, the thirty-first (31st) day following the General Partner’s receipt of the Put Notice; or (ii) if a Put Notice is not delivered, the sixty-first (61st) day following Universal’s receipt of the Call Notice.

If a Put Notice is delivered, then at the Closing, the General Partner shall in the case of a Section 736 redemption, at its sole election either (A) make an Additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in immediately available funds, the amount of which shall equal the Call Purchase Price and the Put Purchase Price or (B) cause the Partnership to borrow an amount of

 

14


money sufficient to satisfy the Partnership’s obligations under this Article VII on such terms and conditions as the General Partner in its sole discretion shall determine, equal to the sum of the Call Purchase Price and the Put Purchase Price, as applicable. If a Put Notice is not delivered, then at the Closing the General Partner shall make an Additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in immediately available funds, the amount of which shall equal the Call Purchase Price. Simultaneously with such funding of an Additional Capital Contribution, the Partnership or the General Partner (or its assignee) as the case may be, shall tender the Call Purchase Price, and if applicable, the Put Purchase Price, to Universal in immediately available funds, and in exchange, Universal shall comply with Section 7.6 hereof.

In the case of a Section 736 liquidation of the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest, as a condition to receipt by the Limited Partner of the Call Purchase Price and, if applicable, the Put Purchase Price, in the case of the liquidation of Universal’s Partnership Interest, the General Partner and the Limited Partner expressly agree that such transaction shall be treated as a complete liquidation of the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 736 of the Code. The Limited Partner expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Call Purchase Price and, if applicable, the Put Purchase Price, in cash distributed to the Limited Partner shall be treated as a payment in liquidation under Section 736(b) of the Code to the extent of the fair market value of the Limited Partner’s “interest in Partnership property” within the meaning of Section 736 of the Code and the excess, if any, shall be treated as a Section 707(c) “guaranteed payment” under Section 736(a) of the Code. The General Partner and the Limited Partner acknowledge and agree that the redemption price at which the Partnership can acquire the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest as a Limited Partner (and which will not be equal to its Capital Account balance) has been agreed upon based on arm’s length negotiations as described in the second paragraph of Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). Further, as a further condition to the receipt by the Limited Partner of the Call Purchase Price and Put Purchase Price, the General Partner agrees to execute a written agreement with respect to the redemption which shall include a written undertaking by the Limited Partner to deliver such other instruments, agreements or other documents as the Partnership may reasonably deem necessary to evidence the liquidation of the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest. Finally, the Limited Partner also agrees and acknowledges that under this liquidation of Partnership Interest option, simultaneously with the Closing, there may be admitted as Partners one or more Persons as the General Partner shall approve, with the terms and conditions of such Partnership Interests as the General Partner and such one or more Persons shall mutually agree upon. The Limited Partner hereby consents to the amendment of this Partnership Agreement, including Schedule A, and the related documents, if necessary, under the Act, to reflect the liquidation of its Partnership Interest and, if applicable, the admission of additional Partners.

SECTION 7.6. Transfer of Interest in Partnership. As a condition to receipt by Universal of the Call Purchase Price and, as applicable, the Put Purchase Price, Universal and the Partnership shall execute an assignment agreement with respect to the Transfer which shall include a written undertaking by Universal to deliver such other instruments, agreements or other documents as the Partnership may reasonably deem necessary to evidence such Transfer.

 

15


SECTION 7.7. Repayment of Loans. Upon the Closing Date, if any, any loans made by Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement shall be payable in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Management Agreement and any other loans made by Universal to the Partnership shall be immediately due and payable. Universal expressly agrees that the General Partner may cause the Partnership to borrow any or all funds necessary to (A) repay any loans made by either the Manager or Universal to the Partnership that became due and payable as a result of the acquisition of the Callable Interest or the Putable Interest and (B) satisfy the Partnership’s obligations under this Article VII based on the elections exercised by the General Partner pursuant to this Article VII.

ARTICLE VIII

STATUS OF LIMITED PARTNER

SECTION 8.1. Partnership Management. The Limited Partner (as such) shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s business (within the meaning of the Act), nor shall it have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, said powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner.

SECTION 8.2. Interest in the General Partner’s Assets. The Limited Partner shall have no interest in the properties or assets of the General Partner or in any proceeds of any activities or sales thereof (which sales shall not be restricted in any respect, except as set forth herein) by virtue of acquiring or owning interests in the Partnership or otherwise.

SECTION 8.3. Limited Liability. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Limited Partner, in its capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership, shall not have any personal liability whether to the Partnership, to any of the Partners, or to the creditors of the Partnership, for the debts of the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s losses beyond the Initial Capital Contribution set forth opposite his, her or its name in Schedule A plus the Additional Capital Contributions.

SECTION 8.4. No Right of Partition. The Limited Partner shall not have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any Partnership property, or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Partnership.

SECTION 8.5. Withdrawal; No Dissolution. The Limited Partner shall not have any right to withdraw from the Partnership without the prior written consent of the General Partner, nor shall the Limited Partner have any right to Transfer any or all of its Partnership Interest to a third party other than to an Affiliate that has agreed to accept the terms of this Partnership Agreement pursuant to Section 10.3. The withdrawal of the Limited Partner, or the Transfer of all of its Partnership Interest to an Affiliate, shall not cause a dissolution of the Partnership, but the rights of such Limited Partner to share in the profits and losses of the Partnership, to receive distributions of Partnership funds and to Transfer its Partnership Interest pursuant to Article X hereof shall, on the happening of such an event, devolve on such Limited Partner’s successor-in-interest subject to the terms and conditions of this Partnership Agreement, and the

 

16


Partnership shall continue as a limited partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the transferor of such Partnership Interest shall not be released from liability to the Partnership for any materially false statement made, or caused to be made, by such transferor in the Certificate of Limited Partnership. In no event shall such successor-in-interest become the substituted Limited Partner, except in accordance with Article X hereof.

SECTION 8.6. GAAP Reports to the Limited Partner. The General Partner will furnish the Limited Partner with audited annual financial statements of the Partnership prepared by the independent certified public accountants for the Partnership.

ARTICLE IX

POWER, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

SECTION 9.1. Powers of General Partner. Except as set forth in this Article IX and as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have exclusive authority to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership and to make all decisions regarding the management and operation of the Partnership and its business and affairs. The General Partner shall have the following powers required for the management of the Partnership in the ordinary course of business which, by way of illustration but not by way of limitation, shall include:

(a) to acquire, directly or indirectly, for investment and to hold, maintain, sell, convey, and dispose of the personal property of the Partnership in the ordinary course of business;

(b) to cause the Partnership to purchase or lease personal property from, or sell or lease personal property to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any Partnership purpose;

(c) to cause the Partnership to (i) redeem the Callable Interest or to redeem the Putable Interest; (ii) amend Schedule A hereto to reflect the change in Participating Percentages of the Partners pursuant to Articles IV, VII and XI hereof; and (iii) take all other actions described in Article VII to effectuate the redemption of the Callable Interest and the Putable Interest;

(d) to execute all documents and do all things necessary in connection with the acquisition, maintenance, operation, or improvement of the Partnership’s assets or reasonable or necessary in connection with Partnership business;

(e) to employ or engage on behalf of the Partnership such Persons, as, in the General Partner’s exclusive discretion or judgment, may be deemed advisable for the proper operation of the business of the Partnership, upon such terms and for such compensation as the General Partner shall determine necessary or appropriate provided, however, that, as a condition to any such employment or engagement of an Affiliate of the General Partner, no Affiliate so employed or engaged may seek recourse against the Distributable Cash of Universal;

 

17


(f) to make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver such certificates, instruments, and documents as may be required by, or may be appropriate under, the laws of the States of Delaware, Florida and elsewhere, if applicable, in connection with the use of the name of the Partnership by the Partnership;

(g) to make, file, or record with the appropriate public authority and, if required, publish the certificate, any amendments thereof, and such other certificates, instruments, and documents as may be required or appropriate in connection with the business and affairs of the Partnership;

(h) to establish and maintain reserves for such purposes and in such amounts as the manager reasonably determines from time to time;

(i) to pay, extend, renew, modify, adjust, submit to arbitration, prosecute, defend, or compromise, upon such terms as it may determine and upon such evidence as the General Partner may deem sufficient, any obligation, suit, liability, cause of action, or claim, including taxes, either in favor of or against the Partnership;

(j) to reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for expenses incurred in connection with the Partnership’s business, in accordance with Section 9.11;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance which the General Partner reasonably deems necessary and proper for the protection of the Partnership and the General Partner, for the protection of the Venue or any other assets of the Partnership, for the protection of the Partners or their Affiliates, or for any purpose beneficial to the Partnership;

(l) to employ attorneys and accountants on behalf of the Partnership;

(m) to pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action for, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against the Partnership;

(n) in addition to the specific rights and powers herein granted to engage in any activities necessary or incidental to the accomplishment of any of the purposes and business which the Partnership was formed to conduct the General Partner shall possess and may enjoy and exercise all of the rights and powers of “general partners”, as are more particularly provided by the Act, except to the extent any of such rights may be limited or restricted by the express provisions of this Agreement;

 

18


(o) in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement, to terminate the Manager, if necessary, and engage the services of another manager which can at the sole discretion of the General Partner be the General Partner or its employees;

(p) to take any action required under the Management Agreement;

(q) to require in all Partnership contracts that the General Partner, Universal and their Affiliates shall have no personal liability thereon but that the Person contracting with the Partnership shall look solely to the Partnership and its assets for satisfaction; and

(r) to borrow the “Financed Amount” (as defined in Section 19.2B of the Lease).

SECTION 9.2. Limitations on General Partner. Without the prior written consent of Universal as a Limited Partner, the General Partner shall not have the power to:

(a) perform or refrain from performing any act (i) which does not preserve the economic benefit to Universal of the distribution of Distributable Cash as contemplated in Article V hereof; or (ii) which increases any liabilities of Universal as Limited Partner to the Partnership or the General Partner in a manner not contemplated in this Agreement as of the date hereof;

(b) change the purposes of the Partnership as set forth in Section 1.3;

(c) unless the Call Purchase Price has been paid, amend the Approved Business Plan;

(d) unless the Call Purchase Price has been paid, cause the Partnership to incur any expenses other than expenses incurred by the Manager on behalf of the Partnership or reasonable expenses incurred in connection with (i) ministerial filings required to maintain limited partnership status, (ii) the preparation and filing of Partnership income tax returns, (iii) income tax audits, (iv) all payments required of Licensee under the License Agreement and (v) the approved Development Budget as contemplated in the Management Agreement;

(e) unless the Call Purchase Price has been paid, amend Sections 3.1, 3.2, 6.1, 6.4, 8.3, 9.1(e), 9.2, 9.4, 9.6, 9.11, 9.12, 10.1, 12.2, 14.10 or 14.12 or Articles IV, V or VII;

(f) unless the Call Purchase Price has been paid (and for a period of 366 days following payment of such Call Purchase Price), cause a petition under any Chapter of Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar law or regulation to be filed by or against the Partnership; cause a custodian, receiver or trustee to be appointed for the Partnership; or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors with respect to the Partnership; or

 

19


(g) issue additional interests in the Partnership or admit additional Partners in a manner which would dilute the interest of Universal.

SECTION 9.3. Additional Limitations on General Partner. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, in the event that Buffett is named, or threatened to be named, as an individual defendant in any administrative, civil, criminal, governmental or arbitrable action (each such action, a “Proceeding”), no such pending or threatened Proceeding shall be settled, adjusted or otherwise compromised without the consent of Buffett in his sole discretion. So long as the Limited Partner is the Manager, the foregoing limitation on settlements shall be included in any insurance coverages purchased on behalf of the Partnership.

SECTION 9.4. Tax Matters.

(a) The General Partner shall retain independent certified public accountants to prepare and timely file the Partnership’s income tax return. Universal shall have the right to review and provide comments to the Partnership’s federal and state income tax returns for any Fiscal year (or portion thereof) prior to the filing of such income tax returns by the Partnership. The Partnership’s accountants shall deliver a draft copy of the Partnership’s federal and state income tax returns to Universal for its review at least thirty (30) days prior to the date that the Partnership is required to file such tax returns.

(b) The General Partner will use its reasonable best efforts to furnish Universal with the information as to its distributive share of the Partnership’s Net Profits, Net Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, and deduction, as well as all other tax information, which will be sufficient for Universal to prepare its own federal and state income tax returns, not later than ninety (90) days following the close of each fiscal year (or portion thereof).

(c) The General Partner shall have the right to make tax elections under the Code (or state and local tax law) on behalf of the Partnership except any decision which would result in an allocation of items of income or loss other than in accordance with the Partners’ Participating Percentages can be made only with Universal’s consent.

(d) The General Partner as the Initial General Partner of the Partnership, is hereby designated as the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes (and shall hold such position for only so long as the Initial General Partner is a “general partner” of the Partnership under the Act). As such, the tax matters partner is authorized, but not required, to take any action (including the incurring of expenses with respect to such matters) on behalf of the Partnership or its Partners in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceedings to the extent permitted by the Code in the General Partner’s sole discretion, provided, however, that actions to be taken by the

 

20


General Partner as the tax matters partner which may affect any allocation of taxable income or loss to Universal or which may have a tax impact of greater than $5,000 on Universal shall only be made with the written consent of Universal as a Partner. The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services. Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder, so long as the compensation paid by the Partnership for such services is reasonable.

SECTION 9.5. Indemnification. After the Closing, if any, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall not have any liability, responsibility or accountability in damages or otherwise to any other Partner or the Partnership or any third party for, and the Partnership agrees to indemnify, pay, protect or hold harmless the General Partner and/or its Affiliates (on demand of and to the satisfaction of the General Partner) from and against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, proceedings, costs and expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all reasonable costs and expenses of defense, appeal and settlement of any and all suits, actions or proceedings instituted against the General Partner and/or its Affiliates and/or the Partnership and all costs of investigation in connection therewith) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted or threatened against the General Partner and/or its Affiliates and/or the Partnership by any Partner, the Partnership or third party in any way relating to or arising out of, or alleged to relate to or arise out of, any action or inaction on the part of the Partnership or on the part of the General Partner and/or its Affiliates in connection with any Partnership purpose; provided, that the General Partner and/or its Affiliates shall be liable, responsible and accountable, and the Partnership shall not be liable to the General Partner and/or its Affiliates, for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, disbursements which results from the General Partner’s and/or its Affiliates own fraud, gross negligence, intentional misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty to the Partnership or any Partner. If any action, suit or proceeding shall be pending or threatened against the Partnership or the General Partner and/or its Affiliates relating to or arising out of, or alleged to relate to or arise out of, any such action or inaction, the General Partner and/or its Affiliates shall have the right to employ, at the expense of the Partnership, separate counsel of the General Partner’s and/or its Affiliates’ choice in such action, suit or proceeding. The satisfaction of the obligations of the Partnership under this Section 9.5 shall be from and limited to the assets of the Partnership and no Limited Partner shall have any personal liability on account thereof. The General Partner and/or its Affiliates shall have the right to bill the Partnership for, or otherwise request the Partnership to pay, at any time and from time to time after the General Partner and/or its Affiliates shall have become obligated to make payment therefor, any and all amounts for which the General Partner and/or its Affiliates believes in good faith that the General Partner and/or its Affiliates is entitled to indemnification under this Section 9.5. The Partnership shall pay any and all such bills and honor any and all such requests for payment within sixty (60) days after such bill or request is received by the General Partner and/or its Affiliates. In the event that a final determination is made that the Partnership is not so obligated in respect of any amount paid by it to the General Partner and or its Affiliates, the General Partner and/or its Affiliates will refund such amount within sixty (60) days of such final determination. The rights under this Section 9.5 shall apply to actions or inactions which arise subsequent to the Closing.

 

21


SECTION 9.6. Other Business Interests.

(a) Each of Universal, the General Partner, their respective Affiliates and each of their respective stockholders, directors, officers, controlling persons, partners and employees may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall have any rights by virtue of this Partnership Agreement or the partnership relationship created hereby in any such business interests or activities of any such Person. The General Partner shall devote to the management of the Partnership only such time as it determines is necessary or appropriate to cause the affairs of the Partnership to be conducted in an efficient and businesslike manner.

(b) Subject to Section 9.6(d), neither the General Partner, the Limited Partner, nor any of their respective affiliates shall be obligated to present any particular investment or business opportunity to the Partnership even if the opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, could be undertaken by the Partnership (unless such party is subject to a separate non-competition agreement or similar arrangement). The General Partner, the Limited Partner and any of their respective affiliates shall each have the right to undertake any such opportunity for itself for its own account or on behalf of another or to recommend any such opportunity to other persons or entities.

(c) Except as limited by Section 9.6(d) below, Universal (after consultation with counsel) hereby waives to the maximum extent permitted under the Act and any other applicable law any and all rights it might otherwise have to do any of the following: (i) to object to the involvement of the General Partner, directly or indirectly through any other Person, in any form of business undertaking which may be deemed competitive with the business of the Venue; and (ii) to object to the specifically enumerated matters set forth below including, without limitation, the Future Transaction. Universal expressly acknowledges an awareness of, and agrees to cooperate with the General Partner to facilitate the consummation of the General Partner’s plans to engage in a roll-out business combination, sale of assets, sale of interests or otherwise engage in an initial public offering relating to Jimmy Buffett’s Margaritaville restaurants (collectively, the “Future Transaction”). In this regard, Universal expressly agrees that it shall not take any action to prevent, delay or frustrate the General Partner’s proposed plans to effectuate the Future Transaction. If the General Partner proposes to Transfer all or a portion of its Partnership interest to a proposed third party transferee in an arms-length transaction, neither Universal nor any other Partner shall have any right to require the General Partner to cause (a “Bring Along Right”) such proposed transferee to also purchase all or a portion of such remaining Partner’s Partnership Interest, at the same

 

22


time and on the same terms, consideration (on a Participating Percentage basis) and conditions at which the General Partner is selling its Partnership Interest.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner hereby agrees that neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall, during the Term of the Lease, develop a Jimmy Buffett’s Margaritaville’s restaurant, or a restaurant, nightclub or other venue primarily for food or beverage (“Restaurant”) (i) within a 150 mile radius of the Venue or (ii) in any gated-attraction theme park (or entertainment complex attached to a theme park) in the State of Florida that has an annual attendance of at least 500,000 customers.

Moreover, during the term of the Lease, if the General Partner, or any of its Affiliates, proposes to establish a Restaurant within a 100 mile radius of any then-existing gated-theme park with an annual attendance of at least 500,000 or City Walk development owned by Universal or its Affiliates (the “Competitive Radius”) and such proposed Restaurant is to be located in an area other than Charleston, South Carolina, then Universal shall have the right (the “Right of First Refusal”) to require the General Partner to provide Universal with the same terms and conditions for establishing such Restaurant as the General Partner may have offered to other non-affiliated third parties. The Right of First Refusal shall be exercised on terms comparable to those of the Venue, competitive in the relevant market and remain in force for as long as the Lease remains in effect. If Universal fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within ninety (90) days, the General Partner, or any of its Affiliates, may develop a Restaurant within the Competitive Radius, provided, however, that the General Partner, or its Affiliates, if applicable, agrees not to build a Restaurant at a theme park owned or controlled by The Walt Disney Company or its Affiliates.

If, during the Term of the Lease or Partnership, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates proposes to enter into an agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the purpose of utilizing Buffett’s intellectual property in any of the businesses in which Universal or its parent(s) and Affiliates actively engages the General Partner will discuss with Universal and its parent(s) in good faith such business opportunities, except for ventures in Charleston, South Carolina, in order to have meaningful discussions before the General Partner makes a final decision as to whether to conduct such business with Universal and its parent(s) or the third party; provided that the General Partner shall not be obligated to negotiate with Universal and its parent(s) or to accept Universal and its parents(s)’ proposal; and further provided that this sentence shall not apply to any proposal that is submitted to the General Partner by a third party on the condition that such proposal is confidential or may not be shopped. The businesses in which Universal and its parent(s) and Affiliates engage are identified in Schedule B and supplemented from time to time by Universal or its parent(s) and Affiliates.

SECTION 9.7. Transactions With Affiliates. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed by or retained by the Partnership to provide goods or

 

23


render services to the Partnership. The validity of any action, agreement or payment involving the Partnership and any Affiliate of the General Partner otherwise permitted by the terms of this Partnership Agreement shall not be affected by reason of the relationship between the General Partner and such Affiliate.

SECTION 9.8. Liability. Neither the General Partner nor any agent of a General Partner shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for any action taken, or failure to act, on behalf of the Partnership in good faith within the scope of the authority conferred on the General Partner by this Partnership Agreement or by law unless such act or omission (i) was performed or omitted fraudulently, in bad faith or in breach of the General Partner’s fiduciary duties, or (ii) constituted gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct.

SECTION 9.9. Withdrawal of General Partner. The General Partner shall not be prohibited from withdrawing as the Partnership’s general partner. If the General Partner withdraws, the Limited Partner shall have ninety (90) days to select a replacement general partner.

SECTION 9.10. 754 Election. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, make or revoke the election referred to in Section 754 of the Code. Each of the Partners will upon request supply the information necessary to properly give effect to such election.

SECTION 9.11. Compensation and Reimbursement of General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as General Partner to the Partnership.

(b) After the Closing, if any, the General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis for (i) all actual out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances it pays or incurs in connection with the formation and business of the Partnership, including all expenses, disbursements and advances for legal, accounting, printing and banking matters, consultants and other third parties, reasonable travel expenses, and filing fees, and (ii) that portion of the General Partner’s legal and accounting expenses, telephone, secretarial, travel and entertainment expenses, office rent and other office expenses, salaries and other compensation expenses of employees, and other expenses necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the Partnership’s business which is properly allocable to the Partnership. The General Partner shall determine the expenses which are allocable to the Partnership in a reasonable manner. The rights under this Section 9.11(b) shall apply to costs and expenses incurred on or after the Closing.

SECTION 9.12. General Partner Services. The General Partner agrees that on behalf of the Partnership, it shall provide or cause to be provided the following services to the Partnership. The General Partner shall cause Buffett to make four personal appearances at the Venue during its initial year of operation with one such appearance to be made during the grand

 

24


opening of the Venue. However, the Partnership agrees that Buffett shall not be required to perform at any of the four personal appearances. The General Partner will cause Buffett to use his reasonable best efforts to provide sufficient advance notice of each appearance to allow for sufficient opportunity to publicize the appearance. Universal, or its designated Affiliate, will cooperate with Buffett’s efforts to raise funds for charity as part of any appearance by Buffett. During each year or portion thereof subsequent to the Venue’s initial year, the General Partner will cause Buffett to agree that he shall make at least one such similar appearance at the Venue. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that, in the event that Buffett’s death or disability prevents him from making any or all of the contemplated appearances, such failure on the part of the General Partner to cause Buffett to appear shall not be deemed a breach of this agreement by the General Partner. For purposes of this Section 9.12, “disability” shall be defined as Buffett’s inability to make the contemplated appearances for a period of at least six months. It is acknowledged by the Partner that Buffet is neither a partner in the Partnership nor is he in partnership with the Partnership.

SECTION 9.13. Deadlock. If a deadlock arises with respect to a decision to be made by multiple General Partners, then the decision of Margaritaville Holdings LLC, or its direct successor-in-interest, shall control.

ARTICLE X

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS: ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

SECTION 10.1. Transfer Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no restrictions on the transfer of a Partner’s Partnership Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Partner may, directly or indirectly, Transfer all or any part of his, her or its Partnership Interest voluntarily to a Restricted Transferee, or permit such a Transfer by operation of law or otherwise.

SECTION 10.2. Encumbrances. In all events, each of the General Partner and the Limited Partner shall have the right to encumber, pledge or hypothecate its respective Partnership Interest at any time.

SECTION 10.3. Acceptance of Transfer: Substituted Limited Partner.

(a) No Transfer pursuant to this Article X shall be deemed effective, unless and until the transferee shall execute a written instrument, in a form reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership, agreeing to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Partnership Agreement and all amendments and supplements hereto, to the same extent and on the same terms as the other Partners.

(b) Any person admitted to the Partnership as a substituted Limited Partner shall be subject to and bound by all the provisions of this Partnership Agreement as if originally a party to this Partnership Agreement. Upon the admission to the Partnership of a substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend this Partnership

 

25


Agreement and any schedules hereto to reflect such admission. A transferee of an interest in the Partnership permitted under the provisions of this Article X who is not admitted as a substitute Limited Partner pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 10.3, or who is not a Partner prior to the Transfer shall succeed to the economic interests in the Partnership so transferred, be it profits, losses and/or capital, but shall not succeed to the other rights of the transferee as a Limited Partner.

ARTICLE XI

DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

The happening of any one of the following events shall work an immediate dissolution of the Partnership:

(a) The expiration of the term of the Partnership as provided in Section 1.5 of this Partnership Agreement;

(b) Subject to the prior consent of all the Partners, the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership and distribution of the proceeds therefrom; and

(c) A bankruptcy filing of the General Partner shall constitute a dissolution of the Partnership unless the Limited Partner selects a new general partner within ninety (90) days of the commencement of the proceedings.

ARTICLE XII

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING

DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

SECTION 12.1. Liquidating Committee. In the event of the dissolution of the Partnership for any reason, the General Partner shall commence to wind up the affairs of the Partnership and to liquidate its investments. Subject to the provisions of Articles V and VI, the Partners shall continue to share profits, losses and cash distributions during the period of liquidation in the same proportion as before dissolution. The General Partner (or such liquidator or liquidating committee selected by the Partners) shall have full right and unlimited discretion to determine the time, manner and terms of any sale or sales of Partnership property pursuant to such liquidation having due regard to the activity and condition of the relevant market and general financial and economic conditions. Any such liquidator or liquidating committee may execute and file such documents as are necessary or appropriate to accord it the status of a “Liquidating Trustee” under the Act.

SECTION 12.2. Distributions on Liquidation. Distributions on liquidation shall be made in the following order: (i) the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Partnership; (ii) the payment of all expenses of liquidation: (iii) the return to Buffet of all Buffett Memorabilia; (iv) the return to Buffett of the Buffett Intellectual Property; (v) the creation of such cash reserves

 

26


as the General Partner (or liquidator or liquidating committee) may deem reasonably necessary for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership; (vi) only to the extent that the Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest has been redeemed, the distribution to the General Partner of all removable assets; (vii) distributing to the Partners, prorata based upon their respective Participating Percentages, all undistributed Distributable Cash including all funds in any reserve accounts other than the reserve accounts set up under this Section 12.2(v); and (viii) all cash shall be distributed to the Partners, which distributions shall be in accordance with the Partners’ positive Capital Account balances, to the extent that there is sufficient cash available, as required by Treasury Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b) pursuant to the allocation and distribution provisions set forth in Section 6.4).

SECTION 12.3. Liquidation. Within a reasonable time following the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership’s properties, the General Partner (or a liquidator or liquidating committee) shall supply to the Limited Partner a statement prepared by the Partnership’s independent certified public accountants, which shall set forth the assets and the liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of complete liquidation and each Partner’s distributions pursuant to Section 12.2 above.

SECTION 12.4. Return of Capital. Each Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for all distributions with respect to the Partnership and his, her or its capital contributions thereto, and shall have no recourse therefor against any Partner.

SECTION 12.5. Certificate of Cancellation. Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership and the distribution of all Partnership funds, the Partnership shall terminate, and the General Partner (or such liquidator or liquidating committee) shall have the authority to execute and record a Certificate of Cancellation of the Partnership as well as any and all other documents required to effectuate the dissolution and termination of the Partnership.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

SECTION 13.1. Certificate of Limited Partnership. In the event this Partnership Agreement shall be amended pursuant to this Article XIII, the General Partner shall amend the Certificate of Limited Partnership to reflect such change and make such other filings that it deems to be necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 14.1. Delivery of Documents. The General Partner is obligated to deliver or mail to the Limited Partner a copy of the Partnership’s Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto or restatement thereof

 

27


SECTION 14.2. Applicable Law. This Partnership Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

SECTION 14.3. Successors and Assigns. Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, this Partnership Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their legal representatives, heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns.

SECTION 14.4. Gender. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and neuter.

SECTION 14.5. Headings. Captions contained in this Partnership Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Partnership Agreement or any provision thereof.

SECTION 14.6. Severability. If any provision of this Partnership Agreement, or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Partnership Agreement, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

SECTION 14.7. Counterparts. This Partnership Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

SECTION 14.8. Entire Agreement. The parties acknowledge that they have entered into several other related agreements including, but not limited to, the: (i) Lease; (ii) Management Agreement; (iii) License Agreement; and (iv) Note. The definition of any term or phrase in any of the above documents shall apply to and be incorporated into each of those documents.

SECTION 14.9. Third Parties. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended nor shall be interpreted, to confer on any party the rights of a third party beneficiary. This Agreement shall be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto.

SECTION 14.10. Title to Partnership Assets. Partnership assets shall be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets. Legal title to any or all Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine., The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in its name or the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by the General Partner or such nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this

 

28


Partnership Agreement: All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

SECTION 14.11. Notices. All notices required under this Partnership Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be sent to the addresses set forth on Schedule A hereto unless notification of a new address is properly provided to the General Partner in accordance, herewith. All notices shall be delivered by facsimile and a nationally recognized overnight courier service that obtains acknowledgement or receipt by the addressee. Notice shall be deemed given upon receipt.

SECTION 14.12. Consent. Unless provided to the contrary in this Agreement, any consent required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall not be unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 14.13. Dispute Resolution. The General Partner and the Limited Partner acknowledge that it is in their respective best interests to resolve disputes arising out of the relationship created by this Partnership Agreement through mutual agreement without the assistance of the judicial process whenever reasonably possible. The General Partner and the Limited Partner agree that as a condition precedent to the institution of any litigation of issues between the General Partner and the Limited Partner arising out of this Partnership Agreement, the following efforts will be undertaken: disputes which are not promptly resolved by General Partner’s employee charged with responsibility for the day-to-day operation of the Venue and Limited Partner’s employee charged with the day-to-day operation of the Venue shall be submitted for review and discussion to a representative of senior management of General Partner and the senior-most representative of Limited Partner regularly based in Orlando, Florida (collectively, “Senior Management”). In the event the dispute is not resolved through the efforts of Senior Management within seven (7) days following submission of the issue to Senior Management, either party may invoke mandatory mediation of the dispute utilizing the services of an independent licensed mediator (the “Mediator”). The costs of the Mediator shall be shared equally between General Partner and Limited Partner. Senior Management shall personally participate in the mediation proceedings contemplated herein and shall endeavor in good faith to achieve a resolution of the dispute through mutual agreement. Senior Management, who shall have full authority to decide on behalf of and bind their respective entities, will allocate at least one (1) full business day of their time for the mediation process on any issue submitted to mediation hereunder. In the event mutual agreement cannot be achieved through the foregoing process, either party may thereupon submit the dispute for resolution by any court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, Florida. The foregoing dispute resolution provisions shall not prevent either party from seeking equitable relief to prevent immediate and irreparable harm.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement of Limited Partnership effective as of this 11th day of September, 1997.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

MARGARITAVILLE HOLDINGS LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ John Cohlan

  John Cohlan, its President and Chief Executive Officer

LIMITED PARTNER:

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,

a Florida general partnership

By:  

/s/ Peter C. Giacalone

 

Peter C. Giacalone,

its authorized agent

 

30


Schedule A

 

Name and Address

   Capital
Contribution
   Participating
Percentage
 
GENERAL PARTNER:    $ 0    Estimated Value of    50

Margaritaville Holdings LLC

19 Golfview Road

Palm Beach, Florida 33450

Attention: John Cohlan

        
LIMITED PARTNER:    $ 8,700,000    Approximately    50
            

Universal City Development Partners

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819-7610

Attention: General Manager

            City Walk

         100
            


Schedule B

Motion Picture Film Production Studios

Television Production Studios

Audio Recording and Music Publishing

Record, Television and Film Distribution

Theme Parks-Destination Resort Operations

Merchandising, Licensing and Distribution

Distilled Spirits (Distiller/Wholesaler)

Television Broadcasting

Beverage Alcohol (Distiller/Wholesaler)

Feature Film Exhibition

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.45

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

THIS INSTRUMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of July, 1998, by and between Universal City Development Partners (“Limited Partner”) and Margaritaville Holdings LLC (“General Partner”), is an amendment to that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership among the aforementioned parties dated as of September 11, 1997 (the “Agreement”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

 

WHEREAS, Limited Partner and General Partner (collectively, “the parties” or “the parties hereto”) mutually desire to amend the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived from this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement (including without limitation all Schedules thereto), the parties agree that the trade name of the Venue shall be “Jimmy Buffett’s Margaritaville.” For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the word “Cafe” shall not be used as part of the trade name of the Venue.

3. Except as specifically amended herein, and not otherwise, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS,
a Florida general partnership
By:   Universal City Property Management
  Company II, General Partner
By:  

/s/ Peter C. Giacalone

  Peter C. Giacalone,
  its authorized representative
MARGARITAVILLE HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ John Cohlan

  John Cohlan, its President
  and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.46

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF JB/UNIVERSAL CITY RESTAURANT PARTNERS L.P.

THIS INSTRUMENT is made and entered into as of the 18th day of April , 2000 , (the “Effective Date”) by and between UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as successor in interest by merger to Universal City Development Partners, a Florida partnership, (sometimes referred to herein as “Universal” or “Limited Partner”) and MARGARITAVILLE HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (sometimes referred to herein as “Holdings” or “General Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

 

WHEREAS, Universal, as Limited Partner, and Holdings, as General Partner, entered into that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as of September 11, 1997, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as of July 1, 1998, (collectively, the “Agreement”), creating the Delaware limited partnership known as “JB/UNIVERSAL CITY RESTAURANT PARTNERS, L.P.”; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend certain provisions of the Agreement of Limited Partnership, on the terms more specifically set forth below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived from this amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. The parties recognize that Universal City Development Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, is the successor in interest by merger to Universal City Development Partners, a Florida general partnership, and hereby affirm that the said Universal City Development Partners, LP, is hereby substituted by mutual consent in the place of Limited Partner for all purposes effective as of January 6, 2000, the date of the merger.

3. With reference to Articles IV and VII of the Agreement, the parties release one another from and waive their respective rights and obligations relating to the Callable Interest and the Putable Interest and agree that the allocation of interests contained in this amendment shall hereafter govern their


respective interests and Participating Percentages in the Partnership. Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and 7.1 through 7.7 of the Agreement are, to the extent they are inconsistent with the provisions of this paragraph, revoked.

4. Universal is hereby granted status as of the Effective Date in the Partnership as a General Partner, which status shall be in addition to its status as a Limited Partner. Holdings is hereby granted status as of the Effective Date in the Partnership as a Limited Partner, which status shall be in addition to its status as a General Partner.

5. Unless otherwise mutually agreed by each of the Partners by subsequent amendment or by operation of the terms of the Agreement, the Participating Percentage of Universal and Holdings in the Partnership shall be fifty percent (50%) for each, which interests are allocated as follows: to the respective General Partners, forty percent (40%) each; and to the respective Limited Partners, ten percent (10%) each.

6. Each General Partner shall hereafter have an equal vote in the determinations which were to be made by the General Partner in the Agreement as originally executed.

7. As a result of the establishment of Universal and Holdings as both General Partners and Limited Partners, each use of “General Partner” or “Limited Partner” in the singular form in the Agreement as originally executed is hereby amended to the plural form as the context so requires. Similarly, any limitations upon the Limited Partner shall apply to Universal or Holdings when acting in that capacity and not when acting in its capacity as General Partner.

8. Notwithstanding the grant of powers and rights to the General Partner as contained in the Agreement as originally executed, neither General Partner shall hereafter act on behalf of or bind the Partnership absent the prior written consent of the other General Partner.

9. Section 9.4 (d) is hereby amended to provide that both General Partners shall serve jointly as the “tax matters partner” from and after the Effective Date. Nothing contained herein shall, however, result in a revocation or other modification of the tax letter dated September 11, 1997, from Universal to Holdings.

10. All references to the Closing in the Agreement as originally executed shall, except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, be applied and construed on the basis that the Closing did not occur.

11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this amendment, the references to “General Partner” in Section 9.6(d) of the

 

2


Agreement as originally executed, shall for the purposes of that section refer only to Holdings and the references to Universal small for the purposes of that section refer only to Universal.

12. By agreement of even date herewith, the Partners have modified that certain Management Agreement between the Partnership and Universal dated September 11, 1997 (the “Management Agreement”). The modification provides, among other things, for the service of Universal as Manager therein to be suspended pending performance of the Manager’s duties by others.

13. For and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the Partners, it is agreed by and between the Partners that, commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing at all times and from time-to-time that Universal’s performance as Manager is suspended, is hereafter terminated or if Universal shall elect to resign or forego service as Manager, Universal shall receive a fee equal to five percent (5%) of the gross revenues of the business(es) owned, operated or managed by the Partnership (the “Universal Fee”). The Universal Fee shall be paid from the operating revenues of the Partnership business on a priority basis equal to the Rent payable by the Partnership to Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Lease dated September 11, 1997, and shall not be subject to any set-off, reduction or deferral absent the express written consent of Universal, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. No termination of Universal’s status or suspension or cessation of its services as Manager shall serve to divest or otherwise adversely affect Manager’s entitlement to the Universal Fee.

14. For and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the Partners, it is agreed by and between the Partners that, commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing at all times that Holdings continues from the Effective Date without interruption to provide to the Partnership the personal services of John Cohlan on a basis of not less than                      (            ) hours per month to actively participate in the major decisions relating to the business of the Partnership. Holdings shall receive a fee equal to one percent (1%) of the gross revenues of the business(es) owned, operated or managed by the Partnership (the “Holdings Fee”). The Holdings Fee shall be paid from the operating revenues of the Partnership business on a priority basis equal to the Rent payable by the Partnership to Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Lease dated September 11, 1997, and shall not be subject to any set-off, reduction or deferral absent the express written consent of Holdings, which consent may be withheld in its sale discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at such time as Holdings fails to provide the services of Cohlan as set forth above. Universal shall automatically be reinstated as Manager.

 

Exhibit 10.47

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF JB/UNIVERSAL CITY RESTAURANT PARTNERS, L.P.

THIS INSTRUMENT is made and entered into as of January 9, 2004 (the “Effective Date”) by and between UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, Ltd., (“Universal”) a Florida limited partnership, as successor in interest by merger to Universal City Development Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and MARGARITAVILLE HOLDINGS L.L.C. (“Holdings”), a Delaware limited liability company.

RECITALS

Universal and Holdings entered into an Agreement of Limited Partnership dated September 11, 1997, which was amended by Amendment No. 1 to Agreement of Limited Partnership dated of July 1, 1998, and further amended by Amendment No.2 to Agreement of Limited Partnership dated April 18, 2000, (the foregoing Agreement and Amendments being collectively referred to herein as the “Agreement”); and

The parties, each as the sole General Partners and Limited Partners, mutually desire to further amend the Agreement as specifically set forth below.

AMENDMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived from this amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Section 1.2 of the Agreement and the name of the Limited Partnership shall be and the same is hereby changed to “Universal City Restaurant Partners, Ltd.”

3. Except as expressly modified in this amendment, the undersigned hereby ratify and confirm the provisions contained in the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have set their hands and seals as of the date first set forth above.


UNIVERSAL CITY RESTAURANT PARTNERS, LTD.

By:

  Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
  By:   Universal City Florida Holding Company II
    By:   Universal City Property Management II LLC
    By:   /s/ Catherine A. Roth
      Catherine A. Roth, Vice President

MARGARITAVILLE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:

  /s/ John Cohlan
  John Cohlan, President

Exhibit 10.48

REFUNDING COOPERATION AGREEMENT

FOR THE REFINANCING OF THE

REPUBLIC DRIVE (UNIVERSAL BOULEVARD)/I-4 INTERCHANGE PROJECT

This Refunding Cooperation Agreement (the “2002 Cooperation Agreement”), dated as of August 12, 2002, is entered into by and between the City of Orlando, Florida (the “City”), a Florida municipal corporation, the City of Orlando, Florida Community Redevelopment Agency (the “CRA”), an entity created pursuant to Part III of Chapter 163, Florida Statutes, and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (the “Partnership”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Orlando, by resolution bearing Documentary No. 15407 adopted on February 7, 1994, found a portion of the City in the vicinity of Republic Drive and Interstate Highway 4 to be a “blighted area,” as defined in section 163.340(8), Florida Statutes, and established a community redevelopment area to remedy the blight in the blighted area (hereinafter the “Interchange Redevelopment Area”); and

WHEREAS, the City on June 5, 1995 passed a resolution, bearing Documentary No. 28546, adopting a Community Redevelopment Plan for the Interchange Redevelopment Area calling for the design and construction of an interchange to accommodate the flow and volume of vehicular traffic in the blighted area; and

WHEREAS, the City Council, on June 19, 1995, adopted an ordinance, bearing Documentary No.28578, establishing a Community Redevelopment Trust Fund for the deposit of tax increment revenues generated from the Interchange Redevelopment Area; and

WHEREAS, the City, on August 26, 1997, issued its $47,400,000 Special Assessment Revenue Bonds (Republic Drive Interchange Project) Series 1997A (the “Series 1997A Bonds”) for the purpose of financing the design and construction of the interchange and on the same date entered into the 1997 Cooperation Agreement (as defined herein) with the CRA, Universal City Florida Partners and Universal City Development Partners (which, as a result of a series of mergers on January 6, 2000 and June 5, 2002, is today named Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and referred to herein as the “Partnership”) to allow tax increment revenue to be used for the payment of debt service on the Series 1997A Bonds, provided that the Partnerships complied with certain development and job creation thresholds (the “Benchmarks,” as such term is defined in the 1997 Cooperation Agreement); and

WHEREAS, the City and CRA have determined that the Partnership has developed an entertainment and theme park attraction within the Interchange Redevelopment Area and has done so on a timetable consistent with the Benchmarks so as to produce an increase in property values and tax increment revenues sufficient to enable the City and CRA to refinance the interchange project using tax increment bonds; and

WHEREAS, by resolutions adopted on June 24, 2002, the CRA authorized, and the City Council approved, the issuance of not to exceed $50,000,000 Tax Increment Revenue Refunding Bonds (Republic Drive (Universal Boulevard)/1-4 Interchange Project), Series 2002 for the purpose of refunding the Series 1997A Bonds.

 

Page 1 of 13


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. All terms used herein in capitalized form, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings as ascribed thereto in the Indenture (as defined herein) and the Interlocal Agreement (as defined herein). In the event there is a conflict between documents with respect to any definition, the Indenture shall be controlling. The following terms for the purposes of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement shall have the following meanings:

“1997 Cooperation Agreement” means that Cooperation Agreement dated as of August 26, 1997, by and between the City, the CRA and the Partnerships (as they existed on that date) in connection with the issuance of the Series 1997A Bonds and the original financing of the Interchange Project.

“2002 Supplemental Reserve Subaccount” means the supplemental reserve subaccount created pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Indenture.

“2002 Supplemental Reserve Requirement” shall initially mean $1,667,678.13; provided, however, that such 2002 Supplemental Reserve Requirement shall be reduced to zero on any date after January 1, 2006, on which the CRA provides the Trustee with a written certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the City that the Increment Revenues deposited into the Redevelopment Trust Fund in the then current Fiscal Year and each of the immediately preceding two Fiscal Years have equaled or exceeded two hundred percent (200%) of the Maximum Annual Debt Service on all Outstanding Bonds.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any applicable corresponding provisions of any future laws of the United States of America relating to federal income taxation, and except as otherwise provided herein or required by the context hereof, includes interpretations thereof contained or set forth in the applicable regulations of the Department of the Treasury (including applicable final regulations and temporary regulations), the applicable rulings of the Internal Revenue Service (including published Revenue Rulings and private letter rulings) and applicable court decisions.

“Contribution” means an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Maximum Annual Debt Service for the Series 2002 Bonds that is to be contributed by the Partnership to the CRA for deposit into the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Subaccount to satisfy the initial 2002 Supplemental Reserve Requirement.

“Fiscal Year” means each twelve-months beginning October 1 and ending September 30.

“Indenture” means the Indenture of Trust by and between the City and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the “Trustee”), dated as of August 1, 2002, pertaining to the refinancing of the Interchange Project with proceeds from the Series 2002 Bonds.

“Interchange Project” means the design and construction of a road interchange, including roadways, overpass, direct access ramps, walkways, pertinent stormwater drainage facilities and lighting, in the vicinity of Interstate-4 and Republic Drive in the Interchange Redevelopment Area, as more particularly described in the Redevelopment Plan. The design and scope of the project was as set forth in the Interchange Modification Report, as approved by the Florida Department of Transportation and the Federal Highway Administration. Construction of the Interchange Project

 

Page 2 of 13


began in August 1996 and was substantially complete by September 1999, with minor modifications to the interchange completed in January 2000 (including the addition of another lane for the eastbound Interstate-4 ramp to alleviate traffic backup onto the interstate).

“Interlocal Agreement” means the Orlando/Orange County Interlocal Agreement dated April 2, 1996, by and between the City, the CRA, and Orange County, Florida, with respect to the construction and financing of the Interchange Project, including the First Amendment to the Interlocal Agreement dated June 24, 2002, as the same may be amended from time to time and each of which is made a part hereof by this reference.

“Maximum Annual Debt Service” means the greatest Bond Service Requirement in the current and any future Bond Year for all Outstanding Bonds.

“Payment Date” means any date which is an interest payment date, a principal payment date or a redemption date under the Indenture.

“Redevelopment Trust Fund” means the Community Redevelopment Trust Fund for the Interchange Redevelopment Area created pursuant to an ordinance enacted by the City on June 19, 1995, into which are deposited all Tax Increment Revenues and any investment earnings thereon.

“Series 2002 Bonds” mean the City of Orlando, Florida Community Redevelopment Agency Tax Increment Revenue Refunding Bonds (Republic Drive (Universal Boulevard)/I-4 Interchange Project), Series 2002.

“Tax Increment Revenues” means the “increment revenues” (as the term is defined in Section 163.340(22), Part III of Chapter 163, Florida Statutes (1994 Supp.)) appropriated and paid each Fiscal Year by each taxing authority in connection with the Interchange Redevelopment Area for deposit into the Redevelopment Trust Fund, with the base year for measuring the increment being 1994. This term does not include “increment revenues” associated with any other community redevelopment area.

SECTION 2. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

A. All parties to this 2002 Cooperation Agreement hereby acknowledge that, upon and as of the date of issuance of the Series 2002 Bonds, the 1997 Cooperation Agreement shall be considered terminated in accordance with its terms and conditions and shall no longer be in effect, except for those provisions therein which the parties expressly agreed would survive the expiration or termination of the 1997 Cooperation Agreement.

B. The CRA and the City further acknowledge that through the date of issuance of the Series 2002 Bonds the Partnership has complied with those “Benchmarks” set forth in the 1997 Cooperation Agreement designed to encourage and promote the Partnership’s plan to develop their properties within the Interstate 4/Republic Drive Interchange Community Redevelopment Area on a timely basis.

C. The Partnership further acknowledges that, under the terms of the 1997 Cooperation, Agreement, the CRA was not, at the time of issuance of the Series 2002 Bonds, under any current obligation to refund or defease the Series 1997A Bonds and the City was not, at the time of issuance of the Series 2002 Bonds, under any current obligation to discharge the special assessment or record a satisfaction of lien. The Partnership also acknowledges that the CRA and

 

Page 3 of 13


the City, by refunding or defeasing the Series 1997A Bonds and discharging the special assessment before required to under the terms and conditions of the 1997 Cooperation Agreement and the Interlocal Agreement, have conferred a benefit upon the Partnership.

SECTION 3. CONTRIBUTION. In consideration for the benefit acknowledged by the Partnership under Section 2(C), the Partnership hereby agrees to make the Contribution to the CRA at the time of closing for the Series 2002 Bonds. The Partnership hereby directs the City, at the time of closing on the Series 2002 Bonds, to transfer the Contribution amount to the CRA from those funds due and owing to the Partnership upon the termination of the 1997 Cooperation Agreement previously held by the City in the form of special assessment revenues on deposit in the supplemental reserve account under that indenture of trust established for the benefit of the Owners of the Series 1997A Bonds. The Contribution shall be deposited by the CRA to the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Subaccount and held under the terms of the Indenture until either (i) the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Requirement becomes zero or (ii) the Series 2002 Bonds are no longer Outstanding due to redemption or legal defeasance (the occurrence of either (i) or (ii) above being hereinafter referred to as the “Repayment Event”). After the occurrence of a Repayment Event, the balance remaining in the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Subaccount, including all earnings accrued to such subaccount, shall be returned to the Partnership on a date not later than forty-five (45) days following such Repayment Event. Earnings on the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Subaccount may be limited based on certain rules and regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service, including those on yield restriction, arbitrage and rebate, as applicable.

SECTION 4. TAX INCREMENT REVENUES. The CRA agrees that all Tax Increment Revenues shall, in accordance with Part III of Chapter 163, Florida Statutes, as amended, be deposited or caused to be deposited in the Redevelopment Trust Fund immediately upon receipt. The CRA agrees that the City, whose City Council serves as the CRA’s governing body and whose Chief Financial Officer serves as the manager of the CRA’s finances, shall hold in trust the Redevelopment Trust Fund.

Once tax increment bonds have been issued, the Tax Increment Revenues shall continue to be deposited in the Redevelopment Trust Fund. Amounts on deposit in the Redevelopment Trust Fund are not pledged as security for the Series 2002 Bonds. The CRA has covenanted in the Indenture that it will deposit into the Revenue Fund created under the Indenture all of the moneys received from the Taxing Authorities and deposited into the Redevelopment Trust Fund. At the time such moneys have been deposited to the Revenue Fund they shall be pledged to the payment of principal of, interest on and redemption premium, if any, on the Series 2002 Bonds.

As contemplated in the Interlocal Agreement and to the extent available in the Redevelopment Trust Fund, the City will consider any Bond Payment Obligations which are due in the first quarter of the subsequent Bond Year to be an encumbrance on Tax Increment Revenues before the calculation of the redistribution to the Taxing Authorities of excess Tax Increment Revenues on deposit in the Redevelopment Trust Fund.

SECTION 5. PROJECT REFINANCING; ACCOUNTING. The CRA agrees that, to the extent permitted by law, it will, in good faith, endeavor to issue the Series 2002 Bonds on a tax-exempt basis, in one or more series, with maturities not beyond January 1, 2026 and in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000, plus issuance costs and other related capital costs for the purpose of refunding the Series 1997A Bonds. Issuance costs and other related capital costs shall be those set forth in Section 6.1.4 of the Interlocal Agreement.

 

Page 4 of 13


For as long as the Series 2002 Bonds remain Outstanding and the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Requirement is greater than zero, the CRA agrees to provide to the Partnership, on or before each March 1, a copy of an unaudited accounting of the beginning and ending balances and the cash flows in the Bond Year just ended for the accounts established and governed by the Indenture and this 2002 Cooperation Agreement.

SECTION 6. LIMITED OBLIGATIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement, neither the Series 2002 Bonds nor any other bonds, notes or obligations issued by the CRA or the City shall be construed to be or constitute general obligations, debts or liabilities of the City, the CRA, the State of Florida or any political subdivision thereof within the meaning of the Constitution and laws of the State of Florida, but shall be payable solely in the manner and to the extent provided in or contemplated by the Indenture, the respective authorizing resolutions and supplemental indentures. Neither the Partnership, the owners of the Series 2002 Bonds, nor any other person shall have the right to compel the exercise of the ad valorem taxing power of the City, the CRA, the State of Florida or any other political subdivision thereof, or taxation in any form, upon any real or personal property therein for the payment of principal of, interest on and redemption premium, if any, on the Series 2002 Bonds or other refunding bonds. The CRA has no taxing power.

SECTION 7. CONTINGENCIES. The Partnership understands and agrees that the obligations of the CRA and the City hereunder are contingent upon all of the following:

A. The City, the CRA and the Partnership having duly executed and delivered all necessary documentation in connection with the issuance of the Series 2002 Bonds. Unless and until such time, the CRA shall not be obligated to issue any bonds, notes or other forms of obligations.

B. The CRA’s ability to issue bonds or other form of debt obligations to provide proceeds for the refunding or defeasance of the Series 1997A Bonds in a manner whereby the interest on the obligations would not be treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and would be excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes.

C. The CRA’s ability to (i) secure one or more categorical ratings (as opposed to an underlying ratings) of at least investment grade on the Series 2002 Bonds, with such rating(s) to be provided by either Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch IBCA, Inc. and (ii) obtain a quote on a municipal bond insurance policy from a AAA bond insurer which, in the sole discretion of the Chief Financial Officer, is a reasonable price for such insurance.

D. The absence of major federal tax legislation that would have a materially adverse affect on interest rates in the tax-exempt municipal bond market.

SECTION 8. PARTNERSHIP’S COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND ACCEPTANCES.

A. Secondary Revenue Source. The Partnership agrees and accepts that in no event will the CRA or the City be required to provide a secondary revenue source as security for the Series 2002 Bonds or for any subsequently issued refunding bonds.

B. Disclosure. The Partnership acknowledges and agrees that the City and the CRA must and shall comply with all applicable disclosure requirements for the primary and secondary municipal bond markets as are mandated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),

 

Page 5 of 13


such compliance to be based solely on the reasonable opinion(s) of the CRA’s Disclosure Counsel. Thus, the Partnership hereby covenants to cooperate with the CRA, in good faith, in complying with all such disclosure requirements when and if ever applicable to the Partnership.

C. Consent to Interlocal Agreement. The Partnership, by execution of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement, reaffirms its acceptance and approves of the form and content of the Interlocal Agreement. Furthermore, the Partnership agrees to assist the CRA and the City, in good faith, to comply with the record keeping and reporting requirements set forth in the Interlocal Agreement and as more specifically stated in Section 8.3 therein.

D. Consent to Indenture. The Partnership, by execution of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement, accepts and approves of the form and content of the Indenture as it pertains specifically to the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Requirement and the establishment of the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Subaccount and the use of the funds deposited therein.

SECTION 9. NO MONETARY REMEDY. Any claim asserted by the Partnership, or by any individual partnership or corporation that makes up the Partnership, against the City and/or the CRA shall be limited to direct damages proven to have been suffered by the Partnership, or by any individual partnership or corporation that makes up the Partnership, but only to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the City or CRA in the use of the Contribution for purposes other than for the payment of debt service on the Series 2002 Bonds in accordance with the terms and conditions specified herein or in the Indenture. The Partnership’s only other remedy hereunder for any breach by the City or the CRA shall be limited to mandamus. Neither the City nor the CRA shall be liable for any indirect or consequential damages that may result from any breach.

SECTION 10. TERM. This 2002 Cooperation Agreement shall commence on the date first written above and shall end on the earlier of: (a) sixty (60) days after a Repayment Event; provided that the CRA has returned to the Partnership the balance of the 2002 Supplemental Reserve Subaccount or (b) January 2, 2026.

SECTION 11. TERMINATION. This 2002 Cooperation Agreement cannot be terminated by any of the parties hereto.

SECTION 12. SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall be severable and shall not be construed to render the remainder to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 13. SURVIVAL. Sections 8(A), 14 and 15 shall survive the termination of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement.

SECTION 14. PERSONAL LIABILITY. No provision of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement is intended, nor shall any be construed, as a covenant of any official (either elected or appointed), director, employee or agent of the City or the CRA in an individual capacity and neither shall any such individuals be subject to personal liability by reason of any covenant or obligation of the City or the CRA hereunder. No provision of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement is intended, nor shall any be construed, as a covenant of any officer, director or employee of the Partnership in an individual capacity and neither shall any such individual be subject to personal liability by reason of any covenant or obligation of the Partnership hereunder, provided that such individual is not a partner in the Partnership nor a partner in any individual partnership that makes up the Partnership.

 

Page 6 of 13


SECTION 15. APPLICABLE LAW AND VENUE. This 2002 Cooperation Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. Any action with respect hereto, in law or equity, must be brought and heard in Orange County, Florida.

SECTION 16. ASSIGNMENT. Neither this 2002 Cooperation Agreement, nor any interest or obligation hereunder, shall be assigned or conveyed in any manner by either party without the prior written consent of the other, unless otherwise provided for herein.

SECTION 17. AMENDMENT. This 2002 Cooperation Agreement may not be amended, unless evidenced in writing and executed by all parties hereto.

SECTION 18. THIRD PARTIES. This 2002 Cooperation Agreement does not create, and shall not be construed as creating, any rights enforceable by any person or entity other than the City, the CRA and the Partnership.

SECTION 19. NOTICES. Notices shall be deemed to have been duly given if sent by facsimile or hand-delivered or mailed, first class, postage prepaid, or by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) to the following addresses:

To the Partnership:

Universal City Development Partners, LTD

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, FL 32819

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (407) 363-8190

and

Universal Studios, Inc.

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, CA 91608

Attention: Vice President, General Tax

Facsimile: (818) 866-1553

and

The Blackstone Group

345 Park Avenue

31st Floor

New York, NY 10154

Attention: Senior Managing Director

Facsimile: (212) 583-7510

 

Page 7 of 13


To City:

City Clerk

City of Orlando

400 South Orange Avenue

Orlando, Florida 32801

Facsimile: (407) 246-3010

(Copies to the City’s Chief Financial Officer

(Facsimile: (407) 246-2707) and City Attorney

(Facsimile: (407) 246-2854))

To CRA:

Community Redevelopment Agency

201 South Orange Avenue, Suite 1250

Orlando, Florida 32801

Attention: Executive Director

Facsimile: (407) 246-2848

The parties hereby agree to notify each other of any change of address.

SECTION 20. CAPTIONS. The captions and headings of sections or paragraphs used herein are for convenient reference only and shall not limit, define or otherwise affect the substance or construction of provisions of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement.

SECTION 21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Except for the Indenture (and any supplemental indentures and authorizing resolutions thereto) and the Interlocal Agreement (as all such documents exist as of the date hereof), this 2002 Cooperation Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any representations or statements heretofore made with respect to such subject matter, whether verbal or written, are merged herein.

SECTION 22. COUNTERPARTS; COPIES. This 2002 Cooperation Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Additionally, signed telecopies/facsimiles shall have the same force and effect as a signed original, and, in lieu of an original, any party hereto may use a photocopy of this 2002 Cooperation Agreement in any action or proceeding brought to enforce or interpret any of the provisions contained herein.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

Page 8 of 13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City, the CRA and the Partnership have duly approved this 2002 Cooperation Agreement and have authorized, respectively, the Mayor and City Clerk of the City, the Chairman and Executive Director of the CRA and the authorized officers of the Partnership to execute and deliver this 2002 Cooperation Agreement, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

  CITY OF ORLANDO
 

/s/ Glenda E. Hood

  Mayor

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Candice J. Crawford

City Clerk

 

    APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY
(SEAL)   for the use and reliance of the
  City of Orlando, Florida only.
  August 19, 2002.
 

/s/ Steven J. Zucker

  Ass’t City Attorney
  Orlando, Florida

STATE OF FLORIDA }

COUNTY OF ORANGE }

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 19 day of August, 2002, by Glenda E. Hood and Candice J. Crawford, as the Mayor and City Clerk of the City of Orlando, Florida, and who have acknowledged that they executed the same on behalf of the City of Orlando, Florida and that each was authorized to do so. Each is personally known to me or has produced             as identification.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

 

/s/ Noemi I. Encarnacion

  Notary Public, State of Florida

 

Page 9 of 13


  CITY OF ORLANDO, FLORIDA
  COMMUNITY REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY
 

/s/ Glenda E. Hood

  Chairman

 

ATTEST:

/s/ William F. Billingsley III

Executive Director

 

  APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY
(SEAL)   for the use and reliance of the
  City of Orlando, Florida
  Community Redevelopment Agency
  only.
  August 19, 2002.
 

/s/ Steven J. Zucker

  City Attorney
  Orlando, Florida

STATE OF FLORIDA }

COUNTY OF ORANGE }

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 19 day of August, 2002, by Glenda E. Hood and William Frank Billingsley, as the Chairman and Executive Director of the City of Orlando, Florida Community Redevelopment Agency, and who have acknowledged that they executed the same on behalf of the City of Orlando, Florida Community Redevelopment Agency and that each was authorized to do so. Each is personally known to me or has produced             as identification.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Noemi I. Encarnacion

Notary Public, State of Florida

 

Page 10 of 13


UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT
PARTNERS, LTD.
By:   UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II, as General Partner,
  By: Universal City Property Management
    II LLC, as partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael J. Short

      Name: Michael J. Short
      Title: EVP & CFO
  By: Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital
    Partners L.P., as partner
    By: Blackstone Media Management
        Associates III L.L.C.
      By:  

/s/ Howard A. Lipson

        Name: Howard A. Lipson
        Title: Sr. Managing Director
  By:   Blackstone Family Media Partnership
    III L.P., as partner
    By: Blackstone Media Management
      Associates III L.L.C.
      By:  

/s/ Howard A. Lipson

        Name: Howard A. Lipson
        Title: Sr. Managing Director
  By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P.,
    as partner
    By: Blackstone Media Management
      Associates III L.L.C.
      By:  

/s/ Howard A. Lipson

        Name: Howard A. Lipson
        Title: Sr. Managing Director
  By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P.,
    as partner
    By: Blackstone Media Management
      Associates III L.L.C.
      By:  

/s/ Howard A. Lipson

        Name: Howard A. Lipson
        Title: Sr. Managing Director

 

Page 11 of 13


STATE OF FLORIDA }

COUNTY OF ORANGE }

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 13th day of August, 2002, by Michael J. Short, as EVP & CFO of Universal City Property Management II LLC, on behalf of Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, acting as General Partner for UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. Said person (check one) x is personally known to me or ¨ has produced                      as identification and ¨ did x did not take an oath.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Edith E. Fidler

Notary Public

STATE OF FLORIDA }

COUNTY OF ORANGE }

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 13th day of August, 2002, by Howard A. Lipson, as Sr. Managing Dir. of Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C., for Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., on behalf of Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, acting as General Partner for UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. Said person (check one) x is personally known to me or ¨ has produced                      as identification and ¨ did x did not take an oath.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Edith E. Fidler

Notary Public

STATE OF FLORIDA }

COUNTY OF ORANGE }

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 13th day of August, 2002, by Howard A. Lipson, as Sr. Managing Dir. of Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C., for Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., on behalf of Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, acting as General Partner for UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. Said person (check one) x is personally known to me or ¨ has produced                      as identification and ¨ did x did not take an oath.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Edith E. Fidler

Notary Public

 

Page 12 of 13


STATE OF FLORIDA }

COUNTY OF ORANGE }

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 13th day of August, 2002, by Howard A. Lipson, as Sr. Managing Dir. of Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C., for Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., on behalf of Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, acting as General Partner for UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. Said person (check one) x is personally known to me or ¨ has produced                      as identification and ¨ did x did not take an oath.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Edith E. Fidler

Notary Public

STATE OF FLORIDA }

COUNTY OF ORANGE }

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 13th day of August, 2002, by Howard A. Lipson, as Sr. Managing Dir. of Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C., for Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., on behalf of Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, acting as General Partner for UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. Said person (check one) x is personally known to me or ¨ has produced                      as identification and ¨ did x did not take an oath.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Edith E. Fidler

Notary Public

 

Page 13 of 13

Exhibit 10.49

Certain portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and are replaced herein by ***. The omitted material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

AGREEMENT

As of January 20, 1987

The following documents the agreement (the “Agreement”) which has been reached between Steven Spielberg (“Steven”) and Universal City Florida Partners (a partnership between Cineplex Holdings, Inc. Corporation and Universal City Property Management Company, hereinafter referred to as the “Partnership”) with respect to Steven rendering his services as a creative consultant in connection with the Universal Studios/Florida project (the “Florida Project”). The Florida Project consists of the approximate 440 acre parcel owned by the Partnership. If additional land contiguous to the Florida Project (as it may be extended pursuant to this sentence) is acquired, such additional land shall be deemed part of the Florida Project to the extent the additional land is used: to expand the gated area of the studio tour or the gated area of the motion picture and television themed attraction and/or for parking for the aforementioned studio tour or themed attraction area, or to expand any building located on the 440 acres or for parking specifically for a building located on the 440 acres.

If instead of charging a single front gate admission to the overall themed attraction, the ticket policy is revised so that tickets are sold to the individual shows or rides, the parties will negotiate in good faith as to whether revisions in the references to “gated” throughout this Agreement are necessary.

1. Consulting Services. Steven will render services as a creative consultant to the Partnership in connection with the Florida Project. Steven’s consultation services will entail his suggestions, views, and opinions with respect to the creation and development of visitor attractions. Steven’s services may be rendered via a loan-out arrangement with a corporation controlled by Steven, substantially all of the stock of which is beneficially owned by Steven or his immediate family. Steven shall personally guarantee the obligations of such corporation.

2. Availability. Steven’s services as a consultant will be subject to his availability and the Partnership acknowledges and recognizes that his “producing” and/or directing services may require him to be unavailable (or available on a very restricted basis) for periods of time.

3. Period and Areas Covered. The provisions of this Agreement were effective on January 20, 1987 and subject to the termination rights hereinafter provided will continue on a world-wide basis through the opening of the Florida Project and thereafter as long as the themed attraction at the Florida Project has not been permanently and completely closed to the general public or abandoned (“closed”). Even if the themed


attraction at the Florida Project is closed, the provisions of this Agreement will still continue i) on a world-wide basis if and as long as a Comparable Project (as defined in Paragraph 9) exists in the USA and ii) after the Florida Project and all Comparable Projects in the USA are closed, on a territorial basis with respect to any “Territory” in which a Comparable Project exists or is thereafter created or re-established and has not been closed. “Territory” means each of the following: North America (USA and Canada); Central America (including Mexico); South America; Western Europe and the U.K.; Eastern Europe and the USSR; Africa; China and India; Australia; and the rest of the world. This Paragraph is subject to later provisions in this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary set forth above, Steven’s obligation to render consulting services and Steven’s obligations under Paragraphs 5 through 7 hereunder shall be limited to the periods set forth in Paragraphs 13 and 14.

4. Use of Name. The Partnership will have the right to use Steven’s name in a factual manner as a creative consultant in connection with promoting the Florida Project in press releases, brochures, and the narrative text of advertising. For purposes of this Paragraph, the narrative text of advertising shall not include advertising in any of the following media: motion pictures (wherever and however exhibited or exploited) television (however transmitted, and whether free, pay, subscription or otherwise) radio, slide or similar presentations (with or without audio) and all other audio and audio-visual uses whether now known or hereafter developed, posters, displays, transit advertising or billboards unless advertising in any of the otherwise excluded media is available only for limited times to limited non-public groups for the purpose of promoting the Florida Project (such as travel agent conventions and the like), and shall not be disseminated or available under any circumstances to members of the general public. Steven shall have the right to approve those portions of all press releases, brochures and advertising which use his name, provided that such approval shall be given in a general or conceptual manner. Steven agrees that a statement such as “Steven Spielberg is Creative Consultant to the Florida Tour” or a similar statement is acceptable to him. The Partnership cannot use Steven’s name in a fashion such as “Steven Spielberg presents the Florida Tour,” or “Steven Spielberg, Executive Producer of the Florida Tour” or in any other manner except as set forth above. Steven’s name (or reference to the creative consultant) shall not be given undue prominence, such as appearing in a headline, caption or underscored or by the use of bold face or special type. The Partnership shall not be in breach for any inadvertent violation of any of the limitations or prohibitions in this Paragraph if (a) it establishes a procedure to notify all those who generally disseminate such press releases, brochures and advertising and

 

2.


requires them to obtain approval of all such materials from a legal department or other source which is aware of the requirements of this paragraph, and (b) it uses its best efforts to promptly stop any unauthorized use after receiving notice from Steven. Notwithstanding any of the above limitations, in no event will the Partnership’s right to use Steven’s name be any less expansive than the manner in which Steven’s name is used in the Subject Field by any other (see Paragraph 7) pursuant to Steven’s authorization.

5. Exclusivity re: Services. Steven’s services will be exclusive to the Partnership in the “Subject Field,” which is defined to mean the field of theme, amusement, tour and/or similar tourist park attractions, subject to the following exceptions:

a. Steven may render consulting services in the Subject Field pursuant to his now existing commitment to Lucas pertaining to RAIDERS OF THE LOST ARK and any other productions based thereon or upon any element from any such production.

b. Steven may render consulting services in the Subject Field pursuant to a now existing contract pertaining to ROGER RABBIT.

c. Steven reserves the right to engage in passive activities outside the Subject Field which may, however, include activities within the Subject Field, provided (without derogating from Paragraph 7) his name will not be used in connection with such activities (except as part of shareholder lists and in similar business informational documents of a non-advertising nature or as may be required by law or regulation).

6. Exclusivity re: Properties. Aside from the now existing commitment to Lucas relating to RAIDERS OF THE LOST ARK as specified in Paragraph 5a and the contract relating to ROGER RABBIT as specified in Paragraph 5b, Steven has not previously entered into specific grants of rights with respect to properties with which he was associated for the use of such rights in the Subject Field, but Steven has entered into numerous agreements in connection with his motion picture and television activities which contain grants of rights in language which is customary in the entertainment industry and Steven cannot represent that such agreements may not be construed to enable third persons to exploit rights in the Subject Field. Steven will act in good faith and cooperate with the Partnership to resist any third person’s efforts to rely on any such construction of such pre-existing contracts, but neither the Partnership nor Steven shall take any action against any such third person if Steven in good faith determines that the Partnership’s construction of such contracts is not likely to prevail; Steven will not be required

 

3.


to expend funds in connection with such cooperation and the Partnership will indemnify Steven with respect to all costs and expenses arising out of any claim or action brought by the Partnership to prevent third parties from exploiting such rights in the Subject Field. Steven will not hereafter grant any rights, or consent to the use of any rights, with respect to properties with which he has previously been associated for use in the Subject Field. Steven will endeavor to provide in any agreement which he may hereafter enter into with respect to any future motion picture or television property, that such property may not be utilized in the Subject Field.

7. Exclusivity re: Name. Aside from the existing commitment relating to RAIDERS OF THE LOST ARK as specified in Paragraph 5a and the contract relating to ROGER RABBIT, as specified in Paragraph 5b, Steven has not authorized the use of his name in connection with the Subject Field and will not in the future do so (even in those instances described in Paragraph 6 above in which, after endeavoring not to, he grants rights to use properties in the Subject Field). The preceding sentence is subject, however, to any rights which a third person may now or in the future have by reason of customary billing and credit provisions in the motion picture and television industry, and Steven cannot represent that such agreements may not be construed to enable third persons to use his name in the Subject Field. Steven will act in good faith and cooperate with the Partnership to resist any third person’s efforts to use Steven’s name in the Subject Field; but if such third person is a party to one of the aforementioned agreements, neither the Partnership nor Steven shall take any action against such third person if Steven in good faith determines that the Partnership’s construction of such agreement is not likely to prevail. With respect to the prior sentence, Steven will not be required to expend funds in connection with such cooperation and the Partnership will indemnify Steven with respect to all costs and expenses arising out of any claim or action brought by the Partnership to prevent third persons from exploiting Steven’s name in the Subject Field.

8. Affiliates Exclusivity Exceptions. Paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 will not be deemed violated by reason of any transactions pertaining to the Universal City Studio Tour or any transaction between Steven and the Partnership or any other transaction between Steven and any of the “Affiliates” (which is defined to mean MCA Inc. and any of the partners of the Partnership and any of their affiliates).

9. Comparable Project. Comparable Project means a development which is intended to be a permanent facility and is intended to include, or in which there is, a gated “motion picture and/or television themed attraction” (other than at Universal City or at the Florida Project) which is owned or

 

4.


operated in whole or in part by, or operated pursuant to license from, the Partnership or any Affiliate. To be a “motion picture and/or television themed attraction” (as used in the preceding sentence), the themed attraction need not include any, motion picture studio or tour thereof, but the predominant underlying concept of the attraction must be based upon the subject matter or production of motion pictures and/or television programs. A Comparable Project shall consist of all land within the proposed gated area of a proposed motion picture and/or television themed attraction and all contiguous land having the same relationship to such proposed gated area as the designated commercial land within the Florida Project has to the gated attraction portion of the Florida Project which land is purchased or leased in the developmental stage (i.e., prior to the opening of such themed attraction) of such Comparable Project by a developer group which includes the Partnership or any Affiliate and any additional land purchased or leased by such developer group to the extent that such additional land meets the same criteria as specified in the last sentence of the first introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

If the Partnership or any of the Affiliates becomes involved in Comparable Projects in locations other than the Florida Project, such as Japan or Europe, Steven will function with respect to each such Comparable Project in a like manner as with respect to the Florida Project and the terms of this Agreement shall apply to each such Comparable Project.

10. Ideas. Although the Partnership and/or the Affiliates may use the results of Steven’s consulting services hereunder at the Florida Project and at Comparable Projects, except as provided herein no compensation shall be payable for such use whether such matters are first used in Florida, Universal City or at any Comparable Project.

11. Compensation. For Steven’s services as consultant, he will be paid the following compensation:

a. With respect to all revenue received by or on behalf of the Partnership from the Florida Project commencing on January 20, 1987 and continuing through the third anniversary of the initial opening to the general public of the Florida Project, Steven shall be paid.

(i) ***% of 100% of the Florida Project’s “gross revenues” received. The definition of “gross revenues” shall be the same as applicable to the computation of MCA’s special fee in Paragraph 20(a) of the Partnership Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “A”; plus

 

5.


(ii) ***% of 100% of the gross real estate rentals received (excluding expenses actually borne by the third parties to the extent that it is not unusual in such transactions for third parties to bear them) by the Partnership or any Affiliate from third parties as rent for all or any part of the Florida Project. If the Partnership itself or any of the Affiliates develops the land (other than by making infrastructure type improvements as described in (iv), below) for uses other than the themed attraction and studio uses (such as restaurants and stores which can be entered without going through the themed attraction admission gate, and hotels, office buildings and theaters) (which development is referred to herein as a “Partnership Commercial Development),” a fair-market rental value of the land shall be determined as imputed rent and Steven shall be paid ***% of 100% of such imputed rent in the same fashion as he would share in rentals from third party lessees; plus

(iii) ***% of 100% of the gross sales price received by the Partnership or any Affiliate from sales of land comprising the Florida Project.

(iv) If the Partnership or any Affiliate makes any infrastructure type improvements (such as grading, streets, curbs, utility installations and the like) to any of the commercial land within the Florida Project (i.e., the areas of the Florida Project outside the gated areas and the parking areas directly relating to the activities on the gated areas) the following procedure shall be applicable:

((a)) The value of the affected commercial land shall be ascertained as of the time immediately prior to the making of the improvements (and without regard to the fact that improvements were to be made); there shall be added to the aforementioned value the costs incurred by the Partnership or its Affiliate in making the infrastructure improvements to arrive at a presumed total value of the affected commercial land including the infrastructure improvements; the aforementioned costs of the infrastructure improvements shall then be divided by the above-referenced presumed total value to arrive at a “Specified Percentage”.

((b)) Thereafter the Partnership or its Affiliates shall be entitled to recoup (over whatever period it takes to effect full recoupment) the entire costs of the infrastructure improvements (as above-described) plus interest at the rate provided in Paragraph 11c hereof on the unrecouped balance of such

 

6.


costs from the date of expenditure until recoupment. The recoupment shall be from the Specified Percentage of what would otherwise be the gross real estate rentals and/or gross sales price of any of the commercial land (whether or not directly affected by said improvements) in which Steven would participate. Steven’s percentage shall be based upon, and payable out of, the balance which remains after subtracting such recoupment. Any amounts received by the Partnership or its Affiliate pursuant to these provisions shall be applied first to the interest factor and to the extent the amounts are insufficient to cover the interest factor, then there shall be a compounding of interest on a quarterly basis.

((c)) The Partnership or its Affiliate shall make all the determinations and calculations required to give effect to the above provisions and if made in good faith they shall be binding upon Steven.

((d)) None of the provisions of subparagraphs ((a)) through ((c)) above shall be applicable to any infrastructure or other improvements made by the Partnership or any Affiliate on any Partnership Commercial Development. In determining the fair market rental value of the land of such Partnership Commercial Development for the purposes of the imputed rent specified in paragraph 11a (ii), the land shall be valued as raw land and such value shall not take into account any infrastructure improvements which may have been made or which may thereafter be made.

b. Subsequent to the above three-year period as to the Florida Project and for all years during the term of this agreement as to Comparable Projects, Steven shall be paid ***% of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rentals, sales price, etc. instead of the above-provided ***%. If the cost of the Florida Project’s construction exceeds the “originally contemplated cost” by ***% or more, ***% out of the ***% participation referred to herein with respect only to the Florida Project shall, for a period of five years from the conclusion of above three-year period, at the Partnership’s election be deferred. The “originally contemplated cost” is $***, which represents the project capital expenditures (exclusive of land costs), related fees and construction interest expense for the Project’s construction up to the third anniversary of the opening, as provided in the Projection for Revised Base Case to Steven’s representatives. The “cost of construction” refers to the amounts actually incurred for the same types of costs for the same period.

 

7.


c. The deferred ***% specified in subparagraph b above shall be accrued and payable out of an additional ***% of gross revenues, gross rents, sales price, etc., of the Florida Project commencing in year nine and continuing until paid. Such accrued amounts shall bear interest as in the case of MCA’s deferred special fees in the manner set forth in Exhibit “B”, attached hereto. If MCA is at any time accorded a more favorable interest rate for its deferred special fee, interest on the amounts set forth in this paragraph shall be paid at such more favorable rate. (The Partnership, of course, can accelerate such payments.)

d. Steven will be entitled to quarterly accountings and payments based thereon within 45 days from the end of each quarter.

e. Except as provided in the remainder of this Paragraph 11e, the payment to Steven of ***% of the Project’s revenues specified above in this Paragraph 11 shall, subject to Paragraphs 13e and l4e, apply also to Comparable Projects which are initially opened while Steven has an obligation to render consulting services hereunder (as the term of his obligation to render consulting services may be extended pursuant to Paragraph 13). As to Comparable Projects outside the United States and Canada which are initially opened while Steven has an obligation to render services hereunder (as the term of his obligation to render services may be extended pursuant to Paragraph 13) (and are not exempted by Paragraphs l3e or 14e), in which the Partnership and/or any Affiliate(s) do(es) not own or control at least 50% of the equity thereof, in lieu of all other sums provided above in this Paragraph 11, Steven shall receive a participation in the gross revenues, gross rentals and sales price, etc., of such Comparable Project determined by multiplying *** times the ratio that the Partnership’s (and/or any Affiliate’s) equity in such a Comparable Project bears to 50% but in no event shall Steven’s participation be less than 1*** % of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rentals, sales price, etc., of such Comparable Project. For example, if the Partnership and the Affiliates own 35% of the equity of a Comparable Project, then Steven shall receive ***% of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rental, sales price, etc., of such Comparable Project. “Gross revenues” of such Comparable Project shall be defined as set forth in Exhibit “A”, as if the Partnership was the sole owner and operator of such Comparable Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Partnership and the Affiliates have less than 50% of the equity in a Comparable Project, and Steven feels that the participation set forth in the formula set forth above leaves

 

8.


the Partnership and/or its Affiliates in a better position compared to Steven than it has at the Florida Project, taking all considerations into account (including the capital investment of the Partnership), Steven shall have the right to initiate an arbitration to determine the appropriate participation (which shall not be less than ***% of 100% nor more than, ***% of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rentals, sales price, etc.) which will leave Steven in at least the same relative financial participation compared to the Partnership (and/or its Affiliates) as Steven has in the Florida Project. The arbitration shall be conducted as provided in Paragraph 4b. There shall be no reduction (i.e., no lower percentage comparable to that provided in paragraph 11a) in the percentage payable to Steven with respect to Comparable Projects outside the United States and Canada during the first three years.

12. Vesting. Steven has, as of January 20, 1987, earned the right to receive the ***% of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rentals, sales price, etc., from the Florida Project specified in Paragraph 11a (which means that such compensation is “vested”`). The term “vest” and “vested” as hereinafter used in this Agreement means Steven cannot be deprived of payments which are “vested”` by reason of Steven’s death or disability or by reason of Steven’s default. The term “conditionally vested” as hereinafter used in this Agreement means that Steven cannot after such conditional vesting be deprived of payments which are “conditionally vested” by reason of Steven’s death or disability or by reason of Steven’s default unless such default is substantial and is either not correctable or is not corrected after written notice and a fair and reasonable opportunity to cure. Steven’s right to receive the balance of the compensation to which he is entitled from the Florida Project (i.e., the difference between ***% and ***%) shall be conditionally vested if this Agreement has not been terminated as a result of Steven’s material breach and Steven is not then deceased or permanently and substantially mentally disabled on the opening of the themed attraction at the Florida Project. Similarly his right to be paid ***% of the compensation to which he is entitled from any Comparable Projects is vested now and therefore governed by the first sentence of this Paragraph 12, and his right to be paid the additional remaining compensation to which he is entitled from the particular Comparable Project shall become conditionally vested with respect to each such Comparable Project if this Agreement has not been terminated as a result of Steven’s material breach and Steven is not then deceased or permanently and substantially mentally disabled on the date the themed attraction at such Comparable Project is initially opened to the general public. Nothing set forth above deprives the Partnership of its right to damages (and its offset rights at law or in equity, if any) in the event of Steven’s material breach hereof. This Paragraph is subject to Paragraphs 14-16 of this Agreement.

 

9.


13. Option. Except as provided below, Steven’s obligation to render consulting services hereunder shall terminate one year after the opening of the Florida Project and, provided there is such a termination, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 shall terminate 3 years after the termination of Steven’s obligation to render consulting services. Steven’s right to receive compensation with respect to the Florida Project and all Comparable Projects which are opened more than one year prior to the date he ceased to have an obligation to render consulting services hereunder shall continue perpetually, subject only to the termination provisions of Paragraph 14 and to the provisions of Paragraph 16 with respect to public offer and private sale. The Partnership and Steven shall have the rights set forth below to continue the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to Steven’s services and exclusivity on the terms and conditions set forth below:

a. Subject only to the provisions of Paragraph 14, the Partnership shall have an unlimited number of consecutive options (each referred to as an “Extension Option”) to extend Steven’s obligation to render consulting services for one additional year (an “Extension Year”) provided that an option for a later option year may not be exercised unless the option under Paragraph 13a or 13b for the immediately preceding option year was exercised and provided further that there has not been a “change of control” of MCA or of any successor to MCA’s interest in the Partnership prior to the commencement of such Extension Year. A “change of control” shall be defined as set forth in Exhibit “C” attached hereto. The Partnership shall be deemed conclusively to have exercised the Extension Option unless the Partnership shall have given to Steven a written notice of the declination to exercise such option which declination in order to be effective must be given at any time no more than one year, nor less than 60 days prior to the date on which Steven’s obligation to render consulting services terminates, as such date may be extended by exercise of the Extension option in the previous year. If the Partnership exercises the Extension option for any Extension Year, the Partnership guarantees to Steven that the compensation for such Extension Year with respect to the Florida and all Comparable Projects shall in the aggregate equal or exceed the lesser of ***% of the amount paid to Steven in the year prior to the Extension Year (based upon- the provisions of Paragraph 11, and without regard to any additional amounts paid in such prior year based upon this Paragraph 13a) or $*** for an Extension Year which begins after the third anniversary of the initial opening to the general public of the Florida Project, and $***for an Extension Year which begins prior to such third anniversary, payable no later than 45 days after the end of such Extension

 

10.


Year. If the Florida Project or any Comparable Project which was open at any time during the year prior to the Extension Year is closed or its operations curtailed during the Extension Year, the ***% figure and the $***or $*** figure shall each be equitably reduced.

b. Subject only to the provisions of Paragraph 14, if the Partnership does not exercise (or does not have the right to exercise) its Extension Option, Steven shall have the option(s) (“Steven’s Option”) for such year and each year thereafter (until he does not exercise such option) to extend his obligation to render consulting services for an additional Extension Year, by written notice to the Partnership given no later than the commencement of such Extension Year. The Partnership shall not guarantee Steven any minimum compensation for any Extension Year for which the Partnership does not exercise the Extension Option.

c. Steven’s obligations set forth in Paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 shall continue until the third anniversary date following termination of Steven’s obligation to render consulting services, as it may be extended pursuant to the provision of Paragraphs 13a and 13b above.

d. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, the provisions of Paragraph 4 will continue in perpetuity, but the Partnership agrees that in exercising its rights under Paragraph 4 after Steven no longer has an obligation to render consulting services, Steven’s name cannot be used in a manner which states or implies that he is then rendering services on the Florida Project or on any Comparable Project.

e. Following a termination, notwithstanding Paragraphs 9 and 12, Steven will have no interest of any kind, or right to receive compensation (other than accrued compensation) with respect to any Comparable Project as to which the themed attraction is opened anytime after the date which is one year prior to the date Steven’s obligation to render consulting services terminates. Furthermore, from and after the date Steven ceases to be obligated to render services by reason of nonexercise (including by reason of not having the right to exercise) of the Extension Option or Steven’s Option, Steven will have no further rights under Paragraphs 16 and/or 21.

f. The provisions of this Paragraph 13 shall have no force or effect whatsoever unless Steven is alive on the date his services would otherwise terminate under any provisions of this Paragraph 13.

 

11.


14. Termination. The “Termination Date” is defined to be the first to occur of December 31, 2005 or the 15th anniversary of the opening to the general public of the Florida project themed attraction except that if prior to what would otherwise be the Termination Date a Comparable Project is opened while Steven has an obligation to render consulting services hereunder, the Termination Date shall be the first to occur of December 31, 2010 or 20th anniversary from said opening of the Florida Project. A Comparable Project shall be deemed “opened” on the date the themed attraction located therein is initially opened to the general public. If on the Termination Date Steven has an obligation to render consulting services, Steven shall have the right to give a notice any time on or after the Termination Date that his obligation to render consulting services will terminate 90 days after the giving of such notice. If on the Termination Date (or at any time thereafter) Steven does not have an obligation to render consulting services, Steven shall have the right, exercisable by notice, to terminate his right to receive compensation hereunder 90 days after the giving of such notice. (The date 90 days after Steven gives notice pursuant to either of the preceding sentences is referred to below as the “Stop Date”.) If Steven does so terminate his obligation to render consulting services or his right to receive compensation, the following consequences will apply:

a. His interest in the Florida Project and in all Comparable Projects (including without limitation his right to receive any compensation under Paragraph 11 or otherwise which would otherwise accrue after the Stop Date) will be extinguished as of the Stop Date and thereafter the Partnership will have no further payment obligation except to pay amounts which accrued before the Stop Date and except as provided in Paragraph 14b. Furthermore, from and after the date Steven gives the notice specified above, Steven will have no further rights under Paragraphs 16 and/or 21.

b. The Partnership will pay Steven the fair market value of his interest in the Florida Project and in all Comparable Projects which were open to the general public as of the date which is one year prior to the Stop Date (i.e., the then present value of the anticipated payments to Steven computed as if there had been no termination under this Paragraph 14) which will be determined, if the parties cannot agree after good faith negotiations, by a binding appraisal procedure involving two national public accounting firms each designated by one of the parties and a third national public accounting firm selected by the other two firms. Subject to the foregoing, the appraisal will be conducted as an arbitration pursuant to Paragraph 20.

c. The provisions of Paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 (if still effective) will terminate 5 years from the Stop Date.

 

12.


d. The provisions of Paragraph 4 will continue in perpetuity after the Stop Date but the Partnership agrees that in exercising its rights under Paragraph 4 after the termination of Steven’s services, Steven’s name cannot be used in a manner which states or implies that he is then rendering services on the Florida Project or on any Comparable Project.

e. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 9, 11 and 12, Steven will have no interest of any kind, or right to receive compensation with respect to, any Comparable Project as to which the themed attraction is opened within one year before or anytime after the Stop Date, nor will Steven have any further obligation to render consulting services on any such Comparable Project.

15. Changes. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13 and 16, Steven’s rights and obligations with respect to the Florida Project and Comparable Projects will not be affected by change of ownership (e.g., the Partnership or the Affiliates ceasing to be the owner thereof) whether such change affects all or any of the Florida Project and/or Comparable Projects and Steven will perform his obligations to the new owner[s] of the Project or Projects as to which there was a change of ownership. In performing his obligations to the new owners, Steven will have the right to choose which representative of new owners he will consult with (which right shall not be used to frustrate his obligation to render consulting services) and he will have no obligation to render services to any new owners or to the Partnership in the event of a change of control of either of the Partners or any Affiliates to a greater extent or different nature than as previously rendered to the Partnership. If the Partnership and its Affiliates transfer ownership in the Florida Project and any existing Comparable Projects as a unit to a new owner, provided that as of the date of such change of ownership, the financial condition of the new owner reasonably appears to Steven to be sufficiently strong to enable the new owner to comply with its obligations to Steven and such new owner assumes for Steven’s benefit all of the Partnership’s obligations to Steven in writing, Steven will look solely to the new owner for any obligations accruing or arising after said date and the guarantees by MCA Inc. and Cineplex Odeon Corporation referred to in Paragraph 22 will terminate. Except as set forth above, no transfer of ownership shall affect the rights and obligations of the parties.

16. Public Offering; Private Sale. The following shall apply each time there is a private sale or a public offering (whether primary, secondary, or a combination) of all or any portion of either or both Partner’s (and/or any Affiliate’s) equity in the Florida Project or any Comparable Project other than a sale of substantially all such Partner’s (or Affiliate’s) assets or a spinoff or corporate reorganization which does not constitute

 

13.


principally a sale of the Florida Project or any Comparable Project, to the extent either or both Partners (and/or any Affiliates) realize proceeds therefrom (as distinguished from using the proceeds in connection with the Project) which reduce their budgeted investment below the amount contemplated at the first to occur of commencement of construction of the Project or becoming substantially committed to develop the particular project (“Base Capital Investment”). For each such sale during Steven’s lifetime, Steven shall have the right, subject to paragraphs 13(e) and 14(a) and to an underwriter’s out if the Partners or Affiliates are not themselves realizing cash out of the offering, to value his compensation rights (in equity terms) in the Florida Project or Comparable Projects being sold, in a manner specified in good faith by the Partnership. Then, subject to and upon consummation of the sale, Steven shall have the right to sell in such public offering or private sale the portion of his compensation rights that equals the same percentage that the Partners’ (and Affiliates’) equity ownership being sold bears to their total equity ownership, but in determining the applicable percentage only the portion of the Partners’ and Affiliates’ equity ownership which reduces their investment below the Base Capital Investment will be considered as being sold. Steven recognizes that it may be necessary to adhere to tight time schedules and upon reasonable notice agrees to follow the procedures and methods for the conversion and for the public offering as may be reasonably specified by the Partnership in consultation with the underwriters. If Steven elects to convert and sell any of his compensation rights in any sale, Steven will bear his proportionate share of all fees and expenses of such sale and will be required to be bound by such undertakings as are normally applicable to a seller in his position. The parties will make necessary representations normal for such transactions and execute customary cross-indemnification agreements. If Steven does not agree with the Partnership’s valuation of his compensation rights sold, or to be sold, he shall be entitled to submit the matter to arbitration as provided in Paragraph 14b. The arbitrators in any such arbitration shall be empowered to adjust Steven’s remaining compensation rights or to afford other appropriate relief so that the compensation rights sold, or to be sold, are accurately valued. Steven’s will continue to be obligated under all the provisions of this Agreement without regard to his exercise of any rights under this Paragraph 16.

17. Abandonment. Although the Partnership has every intention of opening and operating the Florida Project, the Partnership retains all decision making rights in connection therewith, including the rights to abandon the themed attraction and/or the studio prior to, or subsequent to, opening. However, Steven’s rights to participate in revenues from land sales or rentals shall not be affected by such abandonment. Furthermore, if the Florida Project themed attraction is not opened by

 

14.


December 31, 1999 (which date is subject to extension for delays caused by force majeure, acts of God, or the like), if Steven so elects all of Steven’s rights and obligations shall automatically terminate except Paragraph 10 shall continue to be applicable and Steven shall continue to be entitled to receive all compensation provided in this Agreement with respect to revenue from land sales or rentals; the failure to open any Comparable Project by any particular date will not have a similar consequence.

18. Other Exploitation. Except as may be expressly set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement prevents or restricts the production, distribution, exhibition and exploitation of any motion picture, television production or other audio visual production or the sales or rental of copies thereof or the exploitation of any publishing, merchandising or any other exploitation in any manner or media of any rights of any kind of nature now or hereafter known.

19. Insurance; Indemnity. Steven, his companies, and their employees will be covered by all relevant Partnership insurance policies applicable to the Florida Project with respect to their involvement with the Florida Project and each Comparable Project. The Partnership will defend and indemnify Steven, his companies, and their employees with respect to any claims of any nature which may be asserted by reason of, related to, occasioned by or occurring as the result of the Florida Project or any Comparable Project. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

20. Arbitration. If there is any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration in Los Angeles County, California in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award of the arbitration tribunal may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.

21. Investment Opportunities. Steven shall have the right during his lifetime (but subject to Paragraphs 13e and 14a) either personally or through an affiliate (as defined in Paragraph 23) to invest in any further real estate development activities of the Partnership or its Affiliates which are part of the Florida Project or of any Comparable Project. Steven’s right, pursuant to the foregoing, shall be to acquire up to ***% of the interest which would otherwise be acquired by the Partnership and its Affiliates and shall be on the same terms and conditions as applicable to the Partnership or its Affiliates except, with the approval of the other parties involved which the Partnership will use reasonable efforts to procure if not inconsistent with the goals and intentions of such development, Steven’s liability will not be joint and several but will only be several.

 

15.


22. Priority and Guarantee. The Partnership represents that (except as may be required by law) Steven’s interest in the Florida Project and Comparable Projects will have priority over the interest of all financiers, lenders and others who may have an interest in such project, but Steven’s priority over the lenders on any particular project will only apply with respect to compensation payable to Steven on account of revenues generated by that project. The Partnership or its Affiliates will notify all lenders of Steven’s priority and attempt to secure for Steven acknowledgment by the lenders of Steven’s priority. If prospective lenders for a Comparable Project (or a proposed Comparable Project) decline to make a satisfactory loan because of Steven’s priority, Steven will deal in good faith with the Partnership or its Affiliates in an effort to tailor a substitution for such priority. By their signatures below, MCA Inc. and Cineplex Odeon Corporation each guarantee, jointly and severally, the performance by the Partnership of the Partnership’s obligations to Steven.

23. Successors. Steven may not assign his rights except to an affiliate of Steven’s which affiliate will be similarly restricted. For this purpose, an affiliate is a trust controlled by Steven and/or any immediate family member for his benefit or the benefit of his immediate family and/or his or their heirs and also includes a corporation substantially all the stock of which is beneficially owned and/or controlled by Steven and/or his heirs or immediate family. This Agreement is binding upon, and subject to the preceding sentence, inures to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns and, in Steven’s case, heirs of the parties. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 6 and 7 shall survive Steven’s death and shall be binding upon Steven’s successors, assigns and heirs.

24. Construction. This Agreement is binding upon the parties. The parties recognize that this Agreement does not contain all the express detailed provisions which would be appropriate for the arrangements contemplated hereby, and accordingly, it may be necessary to construe and apply the provisions hereof to situations not expressly covered. This Agreement will be construed and applied in an even-handed manner, without regard to which party suggested or drafted particular language, and recognizing that it was arrived at after good faith bargaining between parties who possess comparable bargaining power.

25. Public Disclosure. This Agreement shall remain confidential and treated as a trade secret at all times, subject to disclosure only as required by law to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of the United States or of any state thereof, or of any jurisdiction in which Comparable Project is situated or the terms of a valid subpoena or order issued by a

 

16.


court of competent jurisdiction or by a judicial or administrative agency or legislative body or committee, after the parties have taken all lawful steps to prevent or, if that is not possible, to limit such disclosure by the terms of an appropriate protective order. No party shall divulge the terms and conditions of this Agreement to any other person or entity, nor to its own employees, except the minimum number of employees and to the minimum extent necessary in the conduct of its business. No party shall issue any press release or announcement of relating to the terms of this Agreement or to the services rendered by Steven except as expressly permitted pursuant to this Agreement, without the other party’s approval of the content and timing of such announcement.

 

/s/ Steven Spielberg     UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA PARTNERS,
  Steven Spielberg      
      by   Cineplex Holdings, Inc.
        by   /s/
      by   Universal City Property Management Company
        by   /s/

 

17.


GUARANTEE

As an inducement to Steven to execute the foregoing Agreement and in consideration thereof, the undersigned, jointly and severally, guarantee to Steven, his successors and assigns, the full prompt and faithful performance by the Partnership of all of the Partnership’s obligations to Steven under the Agreement.

The undersigned, jointly and severally, waive acceptance, demand, notice of acceptance, and all other notices to which they may be entitled. No modification of the Agreement and no indulgence or change in terms of performance under the Agreement shall release the undersigned from this guarantee. Each of the undersigned agree that Steven may proceed against either or both of the undersigned for all amounts due under the Agreement or performance of other obligations therein provided without taking any action against the Partnership or any Partner or any other party or proceeding against or applying any security he may hold. The undersigned consent to be joined as party to any arbitration conducted pursuant to the foregoing Agreement and that judgment on any award in any such arbitration may be enforced against the undersigned in any court of competent jurisdiction.

Dated: November 4, 1988

 

MCA INC.

    CINEPLEX ODEON CORPORATION
By:   /s/     By:   /s/


Exhibit “A”

20. MCA’s Special Fee.

(a) The term “gross revenues” shall for purposes of this Agreement mean gross revenues received by the Partnership or any successor operator of the Tour and of the Studio, from all phases of the Tour and Studio after excluding sales tax, rebates, refunds, discounts, credit card commissions, non-cash tradeouts, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, gross revenues includes gross revenues received from activities which have a clear genesis in the Tour and/or Studio, such as from “Universal Orlando Tour” T-shirts, whether sold on or off the Site. Gross revenues shall not include amounts received from the sales and leasing of land outside the Project Site, hotels, restaurants and the like to which customer access may be readily obtained without admission to the Project (even if accessible also through the Project), the sale of fixtures or equipment, receipt of insurance proceeds (other than business


interruption type of proceeds), nor shall it include amounts received under corporate sponsorship deals. In those instances in which the Partnership grants licenses, concessions or similar rights in connection with the Project, the gross revenues received by the licensee, concessionaire or similar entity shall, for the purposes of this Section 20, be deemed gross revenues received by the Partnership and any “key money,” license fee, commission or other consideration paid to the Partnership by such licensee, concessionaire or similar entity shall not be included in the Partnership’s gross revenues.


Exhibit “B”

The Special Fee shall not be payable but shall accrue (together with interest at the floating Prime compounded monthly) until the date                     

Prime is defined as the prime or reference rate quoted from time to time by Bank of America.


Exhibit “C”

Change in Control:

For the purpose of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred only if individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of MCA INC. (the “Board” generally and as of the date hereof the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of MCA INC. (or of any successor to MCA INC. by merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or otherwise or of any corporation or other entity that directly or indirectly controls a majority of the outstanding voting securities of MCA INC.), provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by MCA INC.’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Directors of MCA INC., as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board.

Exhibit 10.50

Amendment

Reference is made to the Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987 between Diamond Lane Productions (successor in interest to Steven Spielberg) on the one hand and Universal City Florida Partners on the other (the “Agreement”).

Paragraph 23 of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following language after the second sentence and before the third sentence: “The word “affiliate” also includes any corporation or trust (a “charitable affiliate”) which qualifies as a charitable entity under ss.501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, gifts to which are deductible under ss. 170(c), ss.2055(a) and ss.2522(a) of said Code, to which Diamond Lane Productions or Steven grants any rights hereunder (whether directly or indirectly, e.g. by granting the stock of Diamond Lane Productions, Inc., or any successor entity) by will, or any other instrument (such as a trust) which becomes irrevocable only upon Steven’s death, provided that during Steven’s lifetime, neither Steven nor any of his affiliates (including Diamond Lane Productions) shall assign to a charitable affiliate (whether directly or indirectly) any of his or its rights other than the assignment to a charitable affiliate of the right to receive amounts payable hereunder.” The next following sentence is hereby amended to read as follows: “This Agreement is binding upon, and subject to the preceding sentences, inures to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns and, in Steven’s case, heirs of the parties”.

Except as expressly set forth above, the Agreement remains in force and effect.

 

Agreed & Accepted:
/s/ Steven Spielberg
Diamond Lane Productions
/s/ Steven Spielberg
Steven Spielberg
/s/
Universal City Florida Partners

Dated: February 5, 2001

Exhibit 10.51

Certain portions of this letter agreement have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and are replaced herein by ***. The omitted material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

July 15, 2003

Diamond Lane Productions

c/o Gang, Tyre, Ramer & Brown, Inc.

132 South Rodeo Drive

Beverly Hills, California 90212-2403

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Agreement dated as of January 20, 1987 between Diamond Lane Productions (“DLP”) (DLP is the successor in interest to Steven Spielberg) on the one hand and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (“UCDP”) (successor in interest to Universal City Florida Partners) on the other, as previously amended by Amendment dated February 5, 2001 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms and terms in quotation marks that are used herein without definition have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. The term “Universal Parties” as used in this letter agreement means the undersigned Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and the undersigned Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., jointly and severally.

Notwithstanding that this letter agreement is dated July 15, 2003, it shall apply retroactively to the date Universal Studios Japan (“USJ”) opened to the public, March 31, 2001.

1. The parties agree that USJ is a Comparable Project, as defined in Paragraph 9 of the Agreement, and that, as set forth in Paragraph 11.e. of the Agreement, but subject to the terms of this letter agreement, DLP will receive compensation for Steven Spielberg’s services in connection with USJ in the amount of ***% of 100% of the “gross revenues” of USJ, provided that, ***% of 100% of such “gross revenues” of USJ generated during the period through June 30, 2006 shall be paid to DLP on a current basis (as set forth in paragraph 2 below) and the remaining ***% of 100% of the “gross revenues” of USJ shall be deferred (as set forth in paragraph 3 below). The entire ***% of 100% of the “gross revenues” of USJ generated after June 30, 2006 shall be paid to DLP on a current basis in accordance with the Agreement, but converted from Japanese Yen to U.S. Dollars in accordance with paragraph 2 below.

2. The Universal Parties shall pay to DLP, within 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2001 and ending with the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2006, ***% of 100% of the “gross revenues” of USJ generated during such quarter, converted from Japanese Yen to U.S. Dollars at the applicable exchange rates in effect on each of the dates during such calendar quarter that the Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) received payment of any fees that are calculated based on the “gross revenues” of USJ. By way of example, if the Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) received a fee on August 15, 2003 based


upon Japanese Yen “gross revenues” of USJ generated in July 2003, the calculation of both the ***% payable with respect to such July 2003 generated “gross revenues” after the end of the particular calendar quarter and the ***% deferred pursuant to paragraph 3 below with respect to such July 2003 generated “gross revenues” shall be based upon the exchange rate in effect on August 15, 2003 applied to such July 2003 Japanese Yen generated “gross revenues”.

3. The remaining ***% of 100% of the “gross revenues” of USJ generated during the period through June 30, 2006 that is payable to DLP will be deferred, with interest commencing to accrue with respect to the deferral for a particular calendar quarter on the date that the remaining ***% of 100% of the “gross revenues” of USJ for such calendar quarter is paid to DLP. All amounts deferred shall bear interest at the rate set forth in Exhibit B to the Agreement, and, as set forth therein, shall be compounded monthly (i.e., each month, interest will be calculated on the total principal that has previously been or that is then being deferred, plus interest that has previously accrued thereon).

4. The Universal Parties shall render accountings to DLP setting forth the amount deferred, plus accrued interest thereon, each calendar quarter after execution hereof, within 45 days after the end of such calendar quarter. Subject to paragraph 5 below, the Universal Parties shall pay the amounts deferred pursuant to paragraph 3 of this letter agreement (together with the accrued interest thereon) to DLP within 45 days after the end of any calendar quarter in which the Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) has received any payment of any of the deferred “special fees” in respect of Universal Studios Florida (“USF”) or Universal Studios Islands of Adventure (“IOA”), in accordance with the following formula: the payment to be made to DLP with respect to any such calendar quarter shall be equal to the total amount that has been deferred pursuant to paragraph 3 of this letter agreement (together with accrued interest thereon) as of the last day of such calendar quarter, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such deferred “special fees” (and accrued interest thereon) paid to the Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) in respect of USF and/or IOA during such calendar quarter, and the denominator of which shall be the total amount of the “special fees” in respect of USF and IOA that have been deferred (together with accrued interest thereon) as of the last day of such calendar quarter (without giving effect to any payments thereof that may have been or are to be credited toward such calendar quarter). Any receipt by the Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) of “special fees” in respect of USF and/or IOA during a period when there is any existing deferral of “special fees” owing to the Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) in respect of USF or IOA, respectively, shall be deemed to be payment of the oldest then existing deferral (together with accrued interest thereon) owing to the Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) in respect of USF or IOA, as applicable.

5. If any of the amounts deferred pursuant to this letter agreement have not been paid to DLP within 45 days after the end of the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2006 (i.e., by August 15, 2006) (any of such unpaid deferred amounts existing on June 30, 2006 that are not paid by August 15, 2006, together with the accrued interest thereon existing as of June 30, 2006,

 

2


is referred to herein as the “Final Deferred Amount”), then such Final Deferred Amount will be paid to DLP in twenty (20) installments, one for each calendar quarter during the 5-year period commencing July 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2011, with each such installment being payable to DLP within 45 days after the end of each such calendar quarter during such 5-year period. The unpaid portion of the Final Deferred Amount shall continue to bear interest at the rate set forth in Exhibit B to the Agreement, and, as set forth therein, shall be compounded monthly (i.e., each month, interest will be calculated on the unpaid balance of the Final Deferred Amount and interest that has previously accrued thereon). Each such quarterly installment payment to DLP shall be in the amount of 5% of the Final Deferred Amount plus the interest that has accrued on the unpaid portion of the Final Deferred Amount during the applicable calendar quarter. If, in any calendar quarter during such 5-year period, the amount payable to DLP pursuant to the formula in paragraph 4 above is greater than the amount payable to DLP pursuant to this paragraph 5, the payment to DLP shall be made in accordance with the formula in paragraph 4 above. The amount by which the amount payable to DLP pursuant to the formula in paragraph 4 above is greater than the amount payable to DLP pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be applied in equal portions toward all remaining quarterly payments to be made to DLP under this paragraph 5, and all such remaining quarterly payments to be made under this paragraph 5 shall be recalculated accordingly.

6. The Universal Parties may at any time prepay to DLP all or any amount that has been deferred under this letter agreement, and/or any accrued interest thereon, without penalty or premium.

7. Notwithstanding that the term “Universal Parties” includes an entity other than Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, that the term “Universal Parties (or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates)” includes entities other than Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, and that the Universal Parties may delegate to other entities the obligation to make payments hereunder, Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP agrees that it will be liable to DLP for all payments required to be made by the Universal Parties under this letter agreement.

8. Except as set forth herein, the Agreement remains unmodified and in full force and effect.

Diamond Lane Productions

   
By:  

/s/ Gerald Breslauer

    Name:   GERALD BRESLAUER
    Title:   Vice President

 

3


Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership

 
By:   /s/ Karen Randall
  Name:   Karen Randall
  Title:   Executive Vice President

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership

 

By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. II
  General Partner
  By:   Universal City Property Management II LLC
    General Partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Short

      Name:   Michael Short
      Title:   Vice President and Authorized Agent

 

4

Exhibit 10.52

ASTERISKS INDICATE MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN REDACTED, FOR WHICH

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED.

Execution Version

This AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of October 18, 2009 (the “Amendment Date”), is entered into by and among Steven Spielberg, in his personal capacity, Diamond Lane Productions, Inc., a California corporation (“DLP” and together with Steven Spielberg, “Steven”), and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (as successor in interest to Universal City Florida Partners, the “Partnership”), such parties to be referenced individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Steven Spielberg and the Partnership are parties to that certain Agreement, dated as of January 20, 1987, and amended and/or modified as of January 5, 2001, July 15, 2003 and March 30, 2006 (collectively, the “Agreement”), with respect to Steven Spielberg rendering certain services to the Partnership as creative consultant in connection with certain projects;

WHEREAS Steven Spielberg by letter dated February 27, 1989, has directed that all payments to him by the Partnership under the Agreement be made to DLP;

WHEREAS, DLP is currently receiving payments for the Florida Project and one Comparable Project in Osaka, Japan;

WHEREAS, additional projects that could constitute Comparable Projects are currently contemplated in Singapore, Dubai, *** and ***;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Parties agree to amend the Agreement by way of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT

1.1 Amendments to the Agreement. Steven and the Partnership each hereby consents and agrees that the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (a) The first sentence of Paragraph 11(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Subsequent to the above three-year period as to the Florida Project and for all years during the term of this agreement as to the Comparable Project in Osaka, Japan known as Universal Studios Japan (“USJ”), DLP shall be paid ***% of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rentals, sales price, etc. instead of the above provided ***%.”


  (b) Paragraph 11(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“DLP will be entitled to quarterly accountings and payments based thereon within 45 days from the end of each quarter. On every June 30th during the term of this Agreement (or, if not a Business Day (as used herein, “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Orlando, Florida are authorized or required by law to remain closed), on the next Business Day thereafter), (i) the Partnership will provide DLP with a three-year projection of the payments projected to be owed to DLP under this Agreement in respect of the Florida Project and (ii) Universal City Studios LLLP d/b/a Universal Parks and Resorts (“UPR”) will provide DLP with a three-year projection of the payments projected to be owed to DLP under this Agreement in respect of each Comparable Project.

Such projections will be based on management’s reasonable best estimates as to the future performance of the Florida Project and such Comparable Projects at the time prepared. Steven acknowledges and agrees that such projections are for informational purposes only and actual performance may differ substantially from such projections. Neither the Partnership nor UPR, nor any guarantor of the Partnership’s obligations under this Agreement, shall incur any liability with respect to such projections. Steven shall keep all such projections confidential pursuant to (i) Paragraph 25 of this Agreement, (ii) that certain Confidentiality Agreement between DLP and UPR, dated as of May 1, 2009 and (iii) that certain Confidentiality Agreement between DLP and the Partnership, dated as of October 15, 2009.”

 

  (c) Paragraph 11(e) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Except as provided in the remainder of this Paragraph 11e, the payment to DLP of ***% of the Project’s revenues specified above in this Paragraph 11 shall, subject to Paragraphs 13e and 14e, apply also to Comparable Projects in which Steven becomes vested hereunder pursuant to Paragraph 12 while Steven has an obligation to render consulting services hereunder (as the term of his obligation to render consulting services may be extended pursuant to Paragraph 13). “Gross revenues” of a Comparable Project shall be defined as set forth in Exhibit “A”, as if the Partnership was the sole owner and operator of such Comparable Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, with respect to any Comparable Project (other than USJ) in which DLP’s interest is vested hereunder pursuant to Paragraph 12 while Steven has an obligation to render consulting services hereunder (as the term of his obligation to render consulting services may be extended pursuant to Paragraph 13) (and are not exempted by Paragraphs 13e or 14e) and in which the Partnership and/or any Affiliate(s) do(es) not own or control at least 50% of the equity thereof, in lieu of all other sums provided above in this Paragraph 11, DLP shall receive a participation in 100% of the gross revenues, gross rentals and sales price, etc. of such Comparable Project equal to the greater of (i) ***% and (ii) the percentage figure determined by multiplying *** times the ratio that the Partnership’s (and/or any Affiliate’s) equity in such Comparable Project bears to 50%. For example, if the Partnership and/or any Affiliates own 45% of the equity of a Comparable Project, then DLP shall receive ***% of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rental, sales price, etc., of such Comparable Project.”


  (d) Paragraph 12 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“12. Vesting. Steven has earned the right to receive ***% of 100% of the gross revenues, gross rentals, sales price, etc., from the Florida Project and from USJ, each as in existence on the effectiveness of that certain Amendment to the Agreement (the “2009 Amendment”), dated October 18, 2009 (such date of effectiveness, the “2009 Amendment Date”) (which means that such compensation is “vested”). The term “vest” and “vested” as hereinafter used in this Agreement means Steven cannot be deprived of payments which are “vested” by reason of Steven’s death or disability or by reason of Steven’s default. Steven is also deemed vested as of the 2009 Amendment Date in his right to receive the amounts set forth in Paragraph 11e in connection with the Comparable Projects contemplated as of the 2009 Amendment Date in Singapore, Dubai, *** and *** (the “Contemplated Projects”). Steven’s right to compensation from any other Comparable Project (other than USJ and the Contemplated Projects) under Paragraph 11 shall vest with respect to each such Comparable Project if, on the date when construction of such Comparable Project commences, as evidenced by on-site physical work such as demolition, clearing or construction, Steven continues to have an obligation to render consulting services hereunder, this Agreement has not been terminated as a result of Steven’s material breach and Steven is not then deceased or permanently and substantially mentally disabled. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Partnership or any of its Affiliates, or UPR, to proceed with the development or opening of any Comparable Project (including but not limited to the Contemplated Projects). Also for the avoidance of doubt, the fact that a Comparable Project has “vested”, and therefore Steven cannot be deprived of payments which are “vested” by reason of the events noted above, shall not in and of itself mean that Steven has any right to receive compensation in respect of such Comparable Project pursuant to Paragraph 14b. Nothing set forth herein deprives the Partnership of its right to damages (and its offset and other rights at law or in equity, if any) in the event of Steven’s material breach hereof.”

 

  (e) Paragraph 13b is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence at the end thereof:

“The Partnership is deemed to have given Steven a timely written notice, pursuant to and in accordance with Paragraph 13a, pursuant to which the Partnership has declined to exercise its Extension Option for the Extension Year containing the 2009 Amendment Date, and Steven is deemed to have exercised Steven’s Option for each year that he has the right to do so, whether or not written notice is given as herein provided.”

 

  (f) The first sentence of Paragraph 14 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The “Termination Date” is defined to be June 7, 2017.”

 

  (g) Paragraph 14(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “(i) Subject to this Paragraph 14b and Paragraph 14e, the Partnership will pay DLP, in accordance with the terms hereof, the fair market value of Steven’s interest in the Florida Project and in all Comparable Projects which were vested pursuant to Paragraph 12 hereunder and open to the general public as of the date which is one year prior to the Stop Date (the “Put Payment”), which Put Payment will be determined in accordance with Exhibit D ( Put Payment ) attached hereto (the “Put Payment Formula”).


  (ii) At any time prior to the Stop Date (but in no event later than June 7, 2017) and solely with respect to the Florida Project and Comparable Projects opened to the general public for greater than one year at the time of election (the Florida Project and such Comparable Projects, collectively, the “Qualifying Projects”), DLP may make a one-time election by written notice (the “Interim Adjustment Election”), which shall be dated the date of delivery to the Partnership, to provide for the calculation of an amount which DLP may choose to receive in lieu of the Put Payment (the “Alternative Payment”) if the Stop Date occurs on or before March 31, 2018; provided , however , that the calculation as to any such Qualifying Project which shall not have been opened to the general public at least three years when the Interim Adjustment Election is made (such Qualifying Project, a “Late Qualifying Project”) shall occur as set forth below on the third anniversary of its opening to the general public (the “Late Qualifying Adjustment Date”). The Alternative Payment shall be calculated by adjusting the Applicable Discount Rate and the Applicable Base Payment (as such terms are defined in Exhibit D) set forth in the Put Payment Formula (the “Interim Adjustments”) as of a date (the “Interim Adjustment Date”) that is (i) for the Qualifying Projects (other than the Late Qualifying Projects), 90 days after date of the Interim Adjustment Election and (ii) for any Late Qualifying Project, the Late Qualifying Adjustment Date. DLP’s election to receive the Alternative Payment in lieu of the Put Payment (the “Payment Election”) shall be made within 10 Business Days after the amounts of the Put Payment and Alternative Payment are determined with respect to the Qualifying Projects that are not Late Qualifying Projects, and such Payment Election shall be required to apply to all but not less than all of the Qualifying Projects (including the Late Qualifying Projects) in connection with the calculation of the Put Payment or Alternative Payment, as the case may be.

 

  (iii) In connection with the Interim Adjustment Election, the Interim Adjustments shall be applied to the Put Payment Formula in order to calculate the Alternative Payment as follows:

 

  (A) The Applicable Discount Rate for the Florida Project (as defined in Exhibit D) and the Applicable Discount Rate for a Comparable Project (as defined in Exhibit D) that is a Qualifying Project, as the case may be, shall be calculated as follows:

two-thirds (2/3)  multiplied by (x) the Applicable Discount Rate for the Florida Project on the Interim Adjustment Date or (y) the Applicable Discount Rate for such Comparable Project on the Interim Adjustment Date, as the case may be,

plus

one third (1/3)  multiplied by (x) the Applicable Discount Rate for the Florida Project on the Stop Date or (y) the Applicable Discount Rate for such Comparable Project on the Stop Date, as the case may be; and

 

  (B) the Applicable Base Payment for the Florida Project (as defined in Exhibit D) and the Applicable Base Payment for such Comparable Project (as defined in Exhibit D ), as the case may be, shall be calculated as of the Interim Adjustment Date, rather than as of the Stop Date.


  (iv) DLP’s right to choose to receive, on the Stop Date, the Alternative Payment in lieu of the Put Payment shall be inapplicable if the Stop Date does not occur on or prior to March 31, 2018. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event DLP receives the Alternative Payment, it is acknowledged that the Alternative Payment shall be calculated only with respect to the Qualifying Projects (including Late Qualifying Projects, if any), and DLP will have no interest of any kind in, or right to receive any compensation whatsoever with respect to, any Comparable Projects that are not Qualifying Projects or Late Qualifying Projects, nor will Steven have any further obligation to render consulting services on any such Comparable Project that is not a Qualifying Project or Late Qualifying Project (regardless of whether such Comparable Project that is not a Qualifying Project or Late Qualifying Project opened to the general public more or less than one year before the Stop Date, or opened to the general public anytime after the Stop Date).

 

  (v) If DLP receives the Put Payment (and not the Alternative Payment) set forth in clause (i) above, and on the Stop Date any Comparable Project (including any Contemplated Project) which has vested hereunder, has been opened to the general public as of the date which is one year prior to the Stop Date, and has not then been opened to the general public for at least 3 years prior to the Stop Date, the Put Payment with respect to such Comparable Project shall occur within 10 Business Days following the date, if any, that such Comparable Project has been opened to the general public for 3 years (it being understood that the Applicable Base Payment and the Applicable Discount Rate for any such Comparable Project shall be calculated as of the date that such Comparable Project has been opened to the general public for 3 years, and not as of the Stop Date), and DLP shall continue to receive its quarterly compensation payments pursuant to Paragraph 11 hereunder on such Comparable Project until such Put Payment is made.”

 

  (h) The last two sentences of Paragraph 15 of the Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

“If the Partnership and/or its Affiliates transfer ownership of their equity interests, if any, in the Florida Project and any then-existing Comparable Projects as a unit to a new owner, provided that as of the date of such change of ownership, the financial condition of the new owner reasonably appears to Steven to be sufficiently strong to enable the new owner to comply with its obligations to Steven and such new owner assumes for Steven’s benefit all of the Partnership’s obligations to Steven in writing, Steven will look solely to the new owner for any obligations accruing or arising after said date and the guarantees by MCA Inc. and Cineplex Odeon Corporation, as well as, in the event the transfer occurs after June 7, 2017, the guarantee by NBC Universal, Inc. (“NBCU”), referred to in Paragraph 22 will terminate. Except as set forth above, no transfer of ownership shall affect the rights and obligations of the parties.”

 

  (i) The reference to “Paragraph 14b” in the seventh sentence of Paragraph 16 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with “Paragraph 20”.

 

  (j) Paragraph 20 of the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence at the end thereof:

“In the event either Steven or the Partnership commences any such arbitration against the other party with respect to this Agreement, the parties agree that the prevailing party (as determined by the arbitral panel before whom such proceeding is commenced) shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs as may be incurred in connection therewith in addition to any such other relief or award as may be granted.”

 

  (k) Paragraph 22 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “22. Guarantees and Security; Powers of Attorney; Costs of Perfection.


a. Guarantees . Credit support for the Partnership’s obligations hereunder will be provided (i) by a joint and several Guarantee, dated November 4, 1988, of MCA, Inc. and Cineplex Odeon Corporation and (ii) by the Guarantee (the “NBCU Guarantee”), dated October 18, 2009, of NBCU attached as Appendix B to the 2009 Amendment.

b. Security . Credit support for the Partnership’s obligations hereunder will also be provided pursuant to security documentation executed and delivered in conformity with Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) to the 2009 Amendment, by which, among other things, the Partnership’s obligations arising in respect of the Florida Project shall be secured by a perfected junior security interest and mortgage lien on the Partnership’s tangible personal and real property included in the Florida Project, which security interest and mortgage lien will apply to the property described in, and shall have the terms and be subordinated and junior to the extent set forth in, Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) of the 2009 Amendment.

The security documentation securing the Partnership’s obligations arising in respect of the Florida Project will not restrict the Partnership’s ability to operate, manage, alter or sell any or all of the property representing collateral or contain any covenants or obligations, other than to grant and perfect for Steven’s benefit a security interest in the enumerated classes of property.

The parties agree that the security interest and mortgage lien with respect to the Florida Project granted to Steven pursuant to Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) of the 2009 Amendment will by their terms terminate and be released in full at such time that the senior liens contemplated by such Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) of the 2009 Amendment is released, provided that at that time no other security interest and mortgage lien in the Florida Project shall have been granted by the Partnership to any other lender. The security interest and mortgage lien would not be released under circumstances where Steven is seeking to realize against the collateral and the senior lien contemplated by such Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) of the 2009 Amendment is released as a result of the application of proceeds of realization against the collateral. Under such circumstances, the junior security interest and mortgage lien will be released on the collateral foreclosed upon, but not on collateral that is not foreclosed upon (and not on any proceeds of foreclosure remaining after payment in full of any prior obligations).

If after the release of the liens granted to Steven, the Partnership subsequently grants to any lender a security interest with respect to property included in the Florida Project, the Partnership will at that time grant to Steven a junior security interest and mortgage lien with respect to such property to the extent it includes the tangible personal and real property of the type included in the previously released junior security interest and mortgage lien as described and subject to the terms set forth above and in Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) of the 2009 Amendment; provided , however , that if the subsequent security interest and mortgage lien is a purchase money lien limited to the property being purchased, then no such junior security interest shall be required. For the avoidance of doubt, such terms include those set forth in Appendix C to the 2009 Amendment. Also, it is agreed that any existing or subsequent senior secured debt may not exceed in the aggregate the greater of $975 million and an amount equal to the product of 3.75 times the EBITDA of the Partnership (determined at the time of the incurrence of any term loans or at the time of increasing any revolving commitments or at the time of incurring any other senior secured debt, as the case may be, with “EBITDA” being defined in and calculated pursuant to the relevant provisions of the senior secured credit facilities referenced in Paragraph 3.1(c) of the 2009 Amendment).

The parties agree that the security interest and mortgage lien with respect to the Florida Project granted to Steven pursuant to Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) of the 2009 Amendment will contain self-executing provisions that state that, in the event of the release of any collateral from the lien of any security interest and/or mortgage securing the Partnership’s then-existing senior secured credit facilities, the same collateral, if encumbered by any security interest and/or


mortgage lien with respect to the Florida Project granted to Steven pursuant to Paragraphs 3.1(b) and (c) of the 2009 Amendment, will automatically be deemed to be released therefrom. Such self-executing automatic release provisions shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, the powers of attorney described in Paragraph 3.1(c) of the 2009 Amendment, and shall not derogate from the powers of the attorneys-in-fact under such powers of attorney. In the event the Partnership determines to issue Incremental Obligations (as defined in the Appendix C to the 2009 Amendment), then Steven will enter into an intercreditor agreement and provide a power of attorney with respect to such Incremental Obligations having substantive terms comparable to and based on those set forth in Appendix C to the 2009 Amendment and Paragraph 22c below.

c.  Powers of Attorney . Referring to the General Power of Attorney described in Appendix C to the 2009 Amendment, Steven shall, from time to time, as applicable, provide a power of attorney having similar terms for any agent which shall succeed any agent acting for the benefit of the first lien secured parties and for any such agent in any subsequent senior financing described above, within 10 days of being furnished with a form of power of attorney for execution.

Furthermore, in addition to the General Power of Attorney described in Appendix C to the 2009 Amendment, Steven shall provide, on or before the 2009 Amendment Date, and from time to time thereafter (within 10 days of being furnished with a form of power of attorney for execution), as applicable in the case off successors, an irrevocable, unconditional and recordable General Power of Attorney in favor of NBCU (and its successors as guarantors under the NBCU Guarantee), pursuant to which Steven shall authorize NBCU (and its successors as guarantors under the NBCU Guarantee) to execute and record, in the name and on behalf of Steven, (i) a release (x) each time that the first lien secured parties execute and record a similar such release or (y) in connection with any sale or transfer, in whole or in part, of any or all of the real or personal property in which a collateral interest is granted pursuant to this Paragraph 22, and (ii) a subordination (x) each time that the first lien secured parties execute and record a similar such subordination or (y) in connection with any refinancing, in whole or part, of the senior security interests and mortgage liens encumbering the Florida Project or any portion thereof or interest therein.

d.  Costs of Perfection . The Partnership shall bear the cost to perfect the security interest and mortgage lien granted pursuant to this Paragraph 22b, including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes and other filing fees, but the parties shall otherwise be obligated, subject to Paragraph 20, for their own costs and expenses, including without limitation, legal fees and expenses.”

 

  (l) The Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following Paragraph 26 after Paragraph 25 of the Agreement as follows:

“26. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail, or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) if to the Partnership, to it at Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, Florida 32819, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, Telecopier No.: (407) 224-6740, with a copy to Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, Florida 32819, Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs, Telecopier No.: (407) 363-8219, with a copy to NBC Universal, Inc., 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10012, Attention of Christy Rupert Shibata, Executive Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis, Telecopier No.: (212) 664-5251), with a copy to NBC Universal, Inc., 30


Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10112, Attention of Scott Seeley, Senior Vice President, Corporate & Transactions Law, Telecopier No.: (212) 664-2147); and

(ii) if to Steven, at Gang Tyre Ramer and Brown, Inc., 132 S Rodeo Dr., Beverly Hills, CA 90212, Attention of Bruce Ramer and Harold Brown, Telecopier Nos. (telecopy to be sent to both numbers): (310) 777-7000 and (310) 777-7005, with a copy to Breslauer, Rutman and Anderson, 11400 West Olympic Blvd, Suite 550, Los Angeles, CA 90064-1551, Attention of Gerald Breslauer and Mickey Rutman, Telecopier Nos. (telecopy to be sent to both numbers): (310) 481-3601 and (310) 481-3615.

Each party hereto may change its address or telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other party. All notices and other communications given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.”

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1 Representations and Warranties of DLP. DLP represents and warrants to the Partnership as follows:

 

  (a) DLP is duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization with full power and authority to enter into this Amendment;

 

  (b) this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Steven, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to the general powers of a court of equity; and

 

  (c) the execution and performance of this Amendment by DLP does not and will not violate any provision of, or constitute a default under or breach of, any agreement or instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which DLP, as applicable, is a party or by which any of DLP’s assets is bound.

2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Partnership. The Partnership represents and warrants to Steven as follows:

 

  (a) the Partnership is duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization with full power and authority to enter into this Amendment;

 

  (b) this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Partnership, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to the general powers of a court of equity; and

 

  (c) the execution and performance of this Amendment by the Partnership does not and will not violate any provision of, or constitute a default under or breach of, any agreement or instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which the Partnership is a party or by which any of its assets is bound.


ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

3.1 Conditions. This Amendment and the Guarantee dated as of the date hereof attached hereto in the form of Appendix B hereto (the “NBCU Guarantee”) made by NBC Universal, Inc. (“NBCU”) for the benefit of Steven, shall not become effective until the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a) Each of the parties to this Amendment and the NBCU Guarantee (or their counsel) shall have received counterparts of this Amendment and the NBCU Guarantee executed by the other parties thereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment or the NBCU Guarantee by facsimile or electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

 

  (b) In order to secure the Partnership’s obligations in respect of the Florida Project, the Partnership and Steven shall have executed and delivered (i) documentation granting Steven a security interest in, and a mortgage lien on, the tangible personal and real property assets of the Partnership included in the Florida Project, which documentation and security interests and mortgage liens shall have the terms contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below and (ii) Steven shall have provided the powers of attorney referred to in Paragraph 22c of the Agreement (as amended) and Appendix C attached hereto.

 

  (c) Steven and the agent for the Partnership’s senior secured credit facilities shall have executed and delivered an intercreditor agreement on terms as provided in Appendix C to this Amendment (the “Intercreditor Agreement”).

 

  (d) Either (i) the requisite lenders under the Partnership’s senior secured credit facilities shall have consented to permit the transactions contemplated above and any related transactions or (ii) the Partnership’s senior secured credit facilities shall be amended on terms that permit the transactions contemplated above and any related transactions.

3.2 Agreement to Facilitate. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to exercise all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions set forth in Paragraph 3.1 above to be satisfied as promptly as possible, it being understood that the Partnership has no obligation to satisfy the condition set forth in Paragraph 3.1(b) or Paragraph 3.1(d) above on terms that are not acceptable to it.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Governing Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED, AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

4.2 Paragraph Headings. The paragraph titles contained in this Amendment are included for convenience only and are without substantive meaning or content and are not a part of the agreement between the Parties hereto.

4.3 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature pages to follow. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the Amendment Date first above written.

 

/s/ Steven Spielberg
STEVEN SPIELBERG
DIAMOND LANE PRODUCTIONS , INC.

 

By:   /s/ Steven Spielberg
Name:   Steven Spielberg
Title:   President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT

(STEVEN SPIELBERG)


UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.
By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, General Partner
By:   Universal City Property Management II LLC, General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Thomas Williams
Name:   Thomas Williams
Title:   Chairman and CEO
By:   Blackstone UTP Capital LLC, General Partner
By:   /s/ Peter Wallace
Name:   Peter Wallace
Title:   President and Treasurer

 

By:   Blackstone UTP Capital A LLC, General Partner
By:   /s/ Peter Wallace
Name:   Peter Wallace
Title:   President and Treasurer

 

By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital LLC, General Partner
By:   /s/ Peter Wallace
Name:   Peter Wallace
Title:   President and Treasurer

 

By:   Blackstone Family Media III LLC, General Partner
By:   /s/ Peter Wallace
Name:   Peter Wallace
Title:   President and Treasurer


We agree to provide the reports to be provided by us pursuant to Paragraph 11d of the Agreement.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY STUDIOS LLLP
d/b/a Universal Parks and Resorts (“UPR”)
By:   /s/ Thomas Williams
Name:   Thomas Williams
Title:   Chairman and CEO

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT

(STEVEN SPIELBERG)


Universal Studios, Inc., as successor-in-interest to MCA Inc., reaffirms, as of October      , 2009, its obligations under the Guarantee, dated November 4, 1988, executed by MCA Inc. and Cineplex Odeon Corporation.

 

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
By:   /s/ Lynn Calpeter
Name:   Lynn Calpeter
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT

(STEVEN SPIELBERG)


Appendix A

to the Amendment

Exhibit D to the Agreement

Put Payment

The Put Payment will be calculated based on the following formula. There will be a separate Put Payment calculation for the Florida Project and for each eligible Comparable Project. The total Put Payment will equal the sum of the Put Payments for the Florida Project and for each eligible Comparable Project:

Formula:

 

Put Payment =

   Applicable
Base Payment
   X    Cap Rate

where

 

Cap Rate =    (1+ Applicable Growth Rate)   
   (Applicable Discount Rate – Applicable Growth Rate)   

Definitions:

Applicable Base Payment for the Florida Project :   The Applicable Base Payment for the Florida Project will equal the higher of (a) the sum of the amounts paid to DLP under the Agreement in respect of the Florida Project over the last *** quarters prior to the Stop Date, divided by ***, and (b) the sum of the amounts paid to DLP under the Agreement in respect of the Florida Project over the last *** quarters prior to the Stop Date, divided by ***.

Applicable Discount Rate for the Florida Project:   The Applicable Discount Rate for the Florida Project will equal the most recent yield, prior to the Stop Date, on the Stripped Principal of U.S. Treasury Bonds with a maturity closest to 10 years, as quoted by Bloomberg, or if unavailable, a similar source, plus a risk premium of 6.5 percent.

Applicable Growth Rate for the Florida Project:  The Applicable Growth Rate for the Florida Project will equal ***%.

Applicable Base Payment for a Comparable Project:  The Applicable Base Payment for a Comparable Project will equal the higher of (a) the sum of the amounts paid to DLP under the Agreement in U.S. Dollars in respect of such Comparable Project over the last *** quarters prior to the Stop Date, divided by ***, or (b) the sum of the amounts paid to DLP under the Agreement in U.S. Dollars in respect of such Comparable Project over the last *** quarters prior to the Stop Date, divided by ***. Comparable Projects which were vested pursuant to Paragraph 12 of the Agreement, but not opened to the general public, as of the date which is three years prior to the Stop Date, will be valued at the date that is three years after the opening date thereof, and the calculation of the Applicable Base Payment with respect to such a Comparable Project will be made as of such date, in an amount equal to the sum of the amounts paid to DLP under the Agreement in U.S. Dollars in respect of such Comparable Project over the last *** quarters prior to such date, divided by ***. DLP shall continue to receive its quarterly compensation payments pursuant to Paragraph 11 of the Agreement on such Comparable Project until the Put Payment is made with respect to such Comparable Project. DLP will not be entitled to any further payments under the Agreement after the Put Payment.

Applicable Discount Rate for a Comparable Project : The Applicable Discount Rate for a Comparable Project will equal the most recent yield, prior to the Stop Date, on the senior-most notes with a maturity closest to 10 years, issued directly by the national government of the country where the Comparable Project is located, as quoted by Bloomberg, or if unavailable, a similar source, plus a risk premium of (i) *** percent if such Comparable Project is located outside the United States or (ii) *** percent if such Comparable Project is located in the United States.


Applicable Growth Rate for a Comparable Project:  The Applicable Growth Rate for a Comparable Project will equal ***%.

Example Calculation – Florida Project:

 

Hypothetical Calculation Date

   10/9/2009

Applicable Base Payment:

  

Last *** Quarters Payments to Diamond Lane

   [$***]

Divided by ***

   ***

Applicable Base Payment for the Florida Project

   [$***]

Applicable Discount Rate:

  

Yield on 10-Year U.S. Treasury Bond

   [***%]

Risk Premium

   6.5%
    

Applicable Discount Rate

   ***%

Applicable Growth Rate:

   ***%

 

Put Payment Value:

        

[$ ***] *

   (1+ ***)       = [$***]
   (***–***)      

Example Calculation – Japan:

 

Hypothetical Calculation Date

   10/9/2009

Applicable Base Payment:

  

Last *** Quarters Payments to Diamond Lane in U.S. Dollars

   [$***]

Divided by ***

   ***

Applicable Base Payment for Japan

   [$***]

Applicable Discount Rate:

  

Yield on 10-year Japanese Government Bond

   ***%

Risk Premium

   ***%
    

Applicable Discount Rate

   ***%

Applicable Growth Rate:

   ***%

 

Put Payment Value:

        

[$ ***] *

   (1+ ***)       = [$***]
   (***–***)      

 

 

 

-Appendix A-

 

 

 


Appendix B

to the Amendment

GUARANTEE

GUARANTEE (this “Guarantee”), dated as of October 18, 2009, by NBC UNIVERSAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (with its successors, the “Guarantor”) for the benefit of Steven Spielberg, in his personal capacity, and Diamond Lane Productions, Inc., a California corporation (“DLP” and, together with Steven Spielberg, “Steven” or the “Beneficiary”).

WHEREAS, under an Agreement, dated as of January 20, 1987, between Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (as successor in interest to Universal City Florida Partners, “UCDP”) and Steven Spielberg, as amended and/or modified as of February 5, 2001, July 15, 2003 and March 30, 2006, and as being amended on the date hereof (collectively, the “Agreement”), UCDP has certain payment obligations to DLP; and

WHEREAS, Steven Spielberg is obligated to provide his personal services to the Partnership pursuant to the Agreement and, by letter dated January 27, 1989, has directed that all payments to him by the Partnership under the Agreement be made to DLP.

NOW, THEREFORE, for consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor is willing to enter into this Guarantee, and therefore agrees as follows:

1. The Guarantee. The Guarantor hereby guarantees, in accordance with the terms hereof, to Steven the full and punctual payment when due under the Agreement of each Guaranteed Obligation, as hereinafter defined. “Guaranteed Obligations” means all amounts payable by UCDP to Steven pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

2. Guarantee Terms. The Guarantor waives acceptance, demand, notice of acceptance, and all other notices to which it may be entitled. No modification of the Agreement and no indulgence or change in terms of performance under the Agreement shall release the Guarantor from this guarantee. Steven may fail to obtain or continue or perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest or lien in any collateral or release any collateral from any lien or any security interest without reducing or affecting the liability of the Guarantor. Steven may proceed against it for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations under the Agreement without taking any action against UCDP or any other party, or proceeding against or applying any security Steven may hold. The Guarantor consents to be joined as party to any arbitration conducted pursuant to the Agreement and that judgment on any award in any such arbitration may be enforced against the Guarantor in any court of competent jurisdiction.

3. Demand for Payment under Guarantee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a demand for payment against the Guarantor hereunder shall be made pursuant to the following sequence of events and subject to the following procedures and requirements:

(i) First, 5 Business Days shall have expired after demand for payment upon UCDP is made by Steven with notice to the Guarantor; the payment by UCDP shall then be due under the Agreement and such payment shall not have been made by UCDP within such 5- Business Day period;


(ii) Second, after the expiration of the foregoing 5- Business Day period, an additional 20 Business Days shall have expired after demand for payment upon each of (i) Universal Studios, Inc. (as successor to MCA Inc. (in such capacity, “Universal Studios”) under the Guarantee dated as of November 4, 1988 (the “Original Guarantee”) executed by MCA Inc. and Cineplex Odeon Corporation (“Cineplex”)), and (ii) Cineplex, is made by Steven, in each case, with notice to the Guarantor; the payment by each of Universal Studios and Cineplex shall then be due under the Original Guarantee, and such payment shall not have been made by Universal Studios and/or Cineplex within such 20- Business Day period; and

(iii) Third, upon failure by UCDP, Universal Studios and/or Cineplex to pay amounts equal to the Guaranteed Obligation in accordance with the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) and the expiration of the foregoing periods, the Guarantor shall, within 20 Business Days after a subsequent written demand by Steven identifying (x) the amount not so paid, (y) the applicable provisions of the Agreement which provide for the payment and (z) the expiration of the time periods and satisfaction of the requirements set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, pay any such unpaid amounts to Steven at the place and in the manner specified in the written demand.

As used in this Section 3, “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

4. Steven Agreement. Steven will give the Guarantor not less than 10 days’ prior written notice of any written amendment to the Agreement which increases or advances UCDP’s payment obligations thereunder, provided that (a) the failure to give such notice shall not void Guarantor’s obligation and (b) if Steven does not give such notice, Guarantor’s Guaranteed Obligations hereunder shall not be greater than its Guaranteed Obligations were without such amendment.

5. Subrogation. Upon Steven receiving payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations hereunder, the Guarantor shall be subrogated to, and Steven hereby assigns to the Guarantor (without recourse or warranty, express or implied), Steven’s rights against UCDP and against any other party which shall have provided to Steven a guaranty with respect to such Guaranteed Obligations, and Steven will, at the sole expense of the Guarantor, execute and deliver to the Guarantor such documents as the Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such subrogation and assignment.

6. Representations and Warranties. The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Beneficiary that:

(a) the Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;

(b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guarantee are within the Guarantor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action;

(c) this Guarantee has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,


insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee (i) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any governmental authority, except such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and (ii) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Guarantor or any order of any court or governmental authority.

7. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail, or sent by telecopy, as follows: (i) if to the Guarantor, to it at NBC Universal, Inc., 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10012, Attention of Christy Rupert Shibata, Executive Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis (Telecopier No. (212) 664-5251), with a copy to NBC Universal, Inc., 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10112, Attention of Scott Seeley, Senior Vice President, Corporate & Transactions Law (Telecopier No. (212) 664-2147) and (ii) if to Steven, at Gang Tyre Ramer and Brown, Inc., 132 S Rodeo Dr., Beverly Hills, CA 90212, Attention of Bruce Ramer and Harold Brown, Telecopier Nos. (telecopy to be sent to both numbers): (310) 777-7000 and (310) 777-7005, with a copy to Breslauer, Rutman and Anderson, 11400 West Olympic Blvd, Suite 550, Los Angeles, CA 90064-1551, Attention of Gerald Breslauer and Mickey Rutman, Telecopier Nos. (telecopy to be sent to both numbers): (310) 481-3601 and (310) 481-3615. Each party hereto may change its address or telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other party. All notices and other communications given in accordance with the provisions of this Guarantee will be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

8. No Waiver. No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof by such party nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

9. Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Guarantee may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Beneficiary and the Guarantor.

10. Successors and Assigns. This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns, for the benefit of Steven and its successors and permitted assigns, except that the Guarantor may not transfer or assign any or all of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Steven.

11. Governing Law. This Guarantee shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

12. Attorneys Fees. In the event either Steven or the Guarantor commences any proceeding against the other party with respect to this Guarantee, the parties agree that the prevailing party (as determined by the authority before whom such proceeding is commenced) shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs as may be incurred in connection therewith in addition to any such other relief as may be granted.

13. Counterparts. This Guarantee may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Guarantee to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

NBC UNIVERSAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Lynn Calpeter
Name:   Lynn Calpeter
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Agreed to and accepted as of the date

first written above by:

 

/s/ Steven Spielberg
STEVEN SPIELBERG

 

DIAMOND LANE PRODUCTIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Steven Spielberg
Name:   Steven Spielberg
Title:   President ¨


Appendix C to the Amendment

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

Intercreditor Agreement

Summary of Principal Terms and Conditions

 

Certain Definitions:

“Company” means Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. “First Lien Obligations” means all obligations of the Company and any subsidiary guarantor (a “Guarantor”) in respect of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of [_], 2009(the “Credit Agreement”) together with any interest swap agreement, letter of credit reimbursement agreement, cash management agreement or other agreement related to customary bank products (if and to the extent permitted under such Credit Agreement to be pari passu therewith), and (subject to the limitations specified below) any amendment, restatement or other modification thereof and any refinancing thereof or replacement therefor (collectively, the “Senior Credit Facility”)

 

  “First Lien Secured Parties” means the holders of the First Lien Obligations.

“Second Lien Obligations” means all obligations of the Company in respect of the Florida Project, as defined in, and arising under the consulting agreement dated as of January 20, 1987 between the Company and Steven Spielberg (as amended and in effect from time to time, subject to the limitations specified below).

“Second Lien Secured Parties” means the payee or payees of the Second Lien Obligations from time to time.

“Secured Parties” means the First Lien Secured Parties and Second Lien Secured Parties, collectively, and “Secured Party” means any one of them.

 

Priority of Liens/Prohibition on Contesting Liens:

So long as any of the First Lien Obligations are outstanding, the liens securing the Second Lien Obligations shall be junior and subordinated in all respects to the liens securing the First Lien Obligations. No Secured Party shall contest the priority, validity or enforceability of any lien held by or on behalf of any other Secured Party. The Intercreditor Agreement shall recite that the liens securing the Second Lien Obligations shall be subordinated only to (i) the liens securing the First Lien Obligations, (ii) liens permitted by and prior to the First Lien Obligations, (iii) liens permitted under the Senior Credit Facility as incremental secured debt with respect to all outstanding term loans, first lien notes and indebtedness pursuant to any second lien facility (collectively, the “Incremental Obligations”) and (iv) liens that have priority by law, and to no other liens. The Intercreditor Agreement will provide that the First Lien Obligations and the Incremental Obligations will not be incurred in an aggregate amount in excess of the Secured Debt Limit (as defined below).

 

No New Liens/Similar Liens:

The Collateral securing the First Lien Obligations and the Collateral securing the Second Lien Obligations shall be identical insofar as such Collateral is comprised of tangible personal and real property owned by the Company, but the Collateral for the Second Lien Obligations excludes other types or forms of Collateral granted to secure the First Lien Obligations, including


 

the Company’s intellectual property. The liens with respect to the Collateral securing the First Lien Obligations and the Second Lien Obligations shall be granted pursuant to separate security documentation. So long as any of the First Lien Obligations are outstanding, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall (i) grant or permit any additional liens on any asset or property to secure the Second Lien Obligations unless it has granted a senior lien on such assets or property to secure the First Lien Obligations, or (ii) grant or permit any additional liens on any asset or property in the applicable asset classes to secure the First Lien Obligations unless it has granted a junior lien on such assets or property to secure the Second Lien Obligations, other than with respect to assets or property as to which the Company may be prohibited from granting a junior lien to secure the Second Lien Obligations.

 

Enforcement:

After the expiration of the Standstill Period (180 days from the date of a default under the First Lien Obligations and the Second Lien Obligations which has continued beyond the expiration of all applicable grace or cure periods, if any), the Second Lien Secured Parties may exercise any of their rights or remedies with respect to the Collateral unless the First Lien Secured Parties shall have commenced and be diligently pursuing the exercise of any of their rights or remedies with respect to the Collateral.

 

Application of Proceeds/Turn-over:

So long as any of the First Lien Obligations are outstanding, any Collateral or the proceeds thereof received in connection with the sale or other disposition of such Collateral in connection with the exercise of remedies shall be applied to the First Lien Obligations, and any Collateral and the proceeds thereof received by any Second Lien Secured Party in contravention of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and shall be applied to the First Lien Obligations. To the extent permitted by law, once proceeds received in connection with the sale or other disposition of such Collateral in connection with the exercise of remedies have been applied to fully satisfy any prior obligations, any excess proceeds (if any) received in connection therewith shall be applied to the Second Lien Obligations, up to the amount of such Second Lien Obligations.

 

Releases and Subordination:

In the event that the First Lien Secured Parties release their lien on all or any portion of Collateral (each, a “Release”) in connection with (i) the enforcement or exercise of any rights or remedies on behalf of the First Lien Secured Parties in respect of the Collateral or (ii) any sale or other disposition of any Collateral permitted under the Senior Credit Facility, the comparable lien in respect of the Second Lien Obligations shall be automatically released.

In addition, in the event that the First Lien Secured Parties release or subordinate their lien on all or any portion of Collateral in connection with any other transaction (including any third party capital lease financing) permitted under the Senior Credit Facility, the comparable lien in respect of the Second Lien Obligations shall be automatically released or subordinated, as applicable.

The security documentation executed in connection with the Second Lien Obligations shall state that, in the event of the refinancing of any of the First Lien Obligations, the lien of such security documentation executed in connection with such Second Lien Obligations shall automatically be subordinated to the lien of


 

any new security documentation executed in connection with such refinanced First Lien Obligations. The Second Lien Secured Parties shall execute a subordination agreement confirming such subordination (but no failure to execute such a subordination agreement shall affect the validity or enforceability of such subordination) as well as an Intercreditor Agreement with the new First Lien Secured Parties similar to the Intercreditor Agreement contemplated hereby.

The Second Lien Secured Parties shall execute an irrevocable, unconditional and recordable General Power of Attorney in favor of the First Lien Secured Parties (or in favor of their Agent), pursuant to which the Second Lien Secured Parties shall authorize the First Lien Secured Parties (or their Agent) to execute and record, in the name and on behalf of the Second Lien Secured Parties, such a release and/or subordination each time that the First Lien Secured Parties execute and record a similar such release and/or subordination.

 

Amendments to Loan Documents:

The Intercreditor Agreement will restrict amendments to (i) the Senior Credit Facility, but only if the same would result in the maximum principal amount of term loans and revolving commitments thereunder and any Incremental Obligations permitted thereunder exceeding an amount equal to the greater of $975 million and an amount equal to the product of 3.75 times the EBITDA of the Company (determined at the time of incurrence of any such term loans or at the time of increasing any such revolving commitments, or at the time of incurring any such Incremental Obligations, as the case may be, with “EBITDA” being defined in and calculated pursuant to the relevant provisions of Senior Credit Facility) (such requirement, the “Secured Debt Limit”), and (ii) the Second Lien Obligations which would increase amounts payable thereunder, accelerate the time for payment of amounts due thereunder or otherwise materially increase the obligations of the Loan Parties thereunder or disadvantage the holders of the First Lien Obligations, except as specifically permitted. Amendments to the Second Lien Obligations that affect payments due or potentially due more than six months after the maturity of the loans under the Senior Credit Facility would be permitted and any amendments to or waivers of the security documentation for the First Lien Obligations would automatically apply to any parallel provisions of the security documentation for the Second Lien Obligations, subject to customary exceptions.

 

Rights As Unsecured Creditors:

Except as otherwise set forth in “Enforcement” above, the Second Lien Secured Parties may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against the Company.

 

Bankruptcy:

DIP Financing: In the event of an insolvency or liquidation proceeding of the Company or any Guarantor, whether voluntary or involuntary, if the First Lien Secured Parties desire to permit the use of cash collateral or to permit the Company to obtain any post-petition financing (a “DIP Financing”), then the Second Lien Secured Parties will not object to such use of such cash collateral or any liens securing a DIP Financing and, to the extent the liens securing the First Lien Obligations are subordinated or pari passu with such DIP Financing, the liens securing the Second Lien Obligations shall be subordinated to the liens securing such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto). The Second Lien Secured Parties do not otherwise waive any of their rights under applicable insolvency or liquidation law.


Automatic Stay: So long as any of the First Lien Obligations are outstanding, the Second Lien Secured Parties shall not seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of the First Lien Secured Parties.

Adequate Protection: The Second Lien Secured Parties shall not contest (or support any other person contesting) (a) any request by the First Lien Secured Parties for adequate protection or (b) any objection by the First Lien Secured Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the First Lien Secured Parties or the Agent on their behalf claiming a lack of adequate protection; provided, that if the First Lien Secured Parties are granted adequate protection in the form of additional collateral in connection with any DIP Financing or use of cash collateral, then the Second Lien Secured Parties or the Agent on their behalf may seek or request adequate protection in the form of a lien on such additional collateral, which lien will be subordinated to the liens securing the First Lien Obligations and such DIP Financing.

Voting for Plan of Reorganization: The First Lien Secured Parties and the Second Lien Secured Parties shall be entitled to vote as a separate class on any plan of reorganization in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding.

Exhibit 10.53

INDEMNITY

This Indemnity (this “Indemnity”) is made as of March 6, 2003, by Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“VUE”), in favor of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (“UCDP”). All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the

Consultant Agreement (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, UCDP, as successor to Universal City Florida Partners, and Diamond Lane Productions, as successor-in-interest to Steven Spielberg (the “Consultant”), are parties to an agreement, dated as of January 20, 1987 (the “Consultant Agreement”), relating to the Consultant's rendering of services as a creative consultant in connection with the Florida Project;

WHEREAS, the Consultant Agreement provides that the Consultant receive certain payments for serving as a consultant to the Comparable Project known as Universal Studios Japan (the “Japan Project”) as well as other Comparable Projects;

WHEREAS, VUE beneficially owns 50% of UCDP and is a party to a contribution agreement, dated as of May 7, 2002, whereby VUE agreed to assume, among other things, certain liabilities relating to the recreation businesses of UCDP, including the guarantee of the performance by UCDP of its obligations to the Consultant under the Consultant Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and legal sufficiency of which VUE hereby acknowledges, VUE hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

Section 1. Indemnity.

(a) VUE hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless UCDP from and against any out-of-pocket expenses, liability or loss incurred by it during the Term of this Indemnity and related to a “Consultant Claim.” A “Consultant Claim” is a claim made by the Consultant which claim arises solely under the Consultant Agreement, but only to the extent that it relates to (i) the Japan Project or (ii) any other Comparable Project. For purposes of clarity, no facility owned or controlled by UCDP is a “Comparable Project” for purposes of this Section 1(a).

(b) UCDP shall give VUE written notice as promptly as practicable (but in no event later than ten days after receiving notice) of the assertion by the Consultant of any Consultant Claim, provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not relieve VUE from its obligations hereunder unless and to the extent that such failure results in the loss by VUE of material rights or defenses. Upon receipt of such written notice, VUE shall promptly (but in no case later than 30 days after receiving the notice from UCDP) notify UCDP that it will assume responsibility for such claim as a Consultant Claim, or notify UCDP that such claim is not a Consultant Claim. On VUE’s assumption of responsibility for a Consultant Claim, VUE shall have the sole and exclusive power to direct and control the defense of, and shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle or compromise, such Consultant Claim and VUE shall not

be liable to


UCDP for any attorneys’ fees or other expenses incurred by UCDP after such assumption of liability in connection with the defense of such Consultant Claim. UCDP shall, upon VUE's request, execute all papers reasonably required and shall take all actions reasonably necessary to secure the rights of VUE, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable VUE to assert in the name of UCDP such rights, claims, counterclaims or defenses that UCDP would be or would have been permitted to assert against such Consultant Claim. In addition, UCDP shall use all reasonable efforts to make available to VUE such assistance and cooperation in support of VUE's defense as VUE may reasonable request, including making available any personnel or any books, records or other documents within UCDP's control or which UCDP otherwise has the ability to make available that VUE reasonably believes is necessary or appropriate for such defense.

(c) If UCDP shall receive any amounts of insurance proceeds or any other monies from a third party in connection with any Consultant Claim, then such monies shall be promptly paid to VUE.

(d) VUE shall not take any action which would prevent UCDP from delivering the notice required under Section 1(b) hereof.

Section 2. Amendments. Neither VUE nor UCDP may amend or waive any provision of this Indemnity and no consent to any departure by such party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the other party hereto, and in the case of UCDP approved by the Parks Advisory Board (or the comparable successor body) and then such waiver or

consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Section 3. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications by either party hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally, by facsimile transmission or by internationally recognized courier to the recipient at the following address or facsimile number:

 

    

VUE:

  

Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP

100 Universal City Plaza

Universal City, California 91608

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (818) 866-3444

  

with a copy to:

  

Munger, Tolles & Olson LLP

355 South Grand Avenue

35th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Ruth E. Fisher

Facsimile: (213) 687-3702

:

 

2


    UCDP:   

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819-7610

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Facsimile: (407) 363-8219

All such notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications will (i) if delivered by facsimile transmission, be deemed given upon electronic confirmation of receipt and (ii) if delivered personally or by internationally recognized courier, be deemed given upon actual receipt by the General Counsel of VUE.

Section 4. No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of either VUE or UCDP to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 5. Continuing Indemnity; Assignments. This Indemnity is a continuing indemnity and shall remain in full force and effect from the date hereof to the date, if ever, on which the Consulting Agreement is terminated or there are no Comparable Projects for which UCDP might be liable, directly or indirectly (such period, the “Term”). This Indemnity shall (a) be binding upon VUE and its successors and permitted assigns and (b) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by UCDP and its successors and permitted assigns. Neither VUE nor UCDP may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Indemnity without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

Section 6. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. The terms and provisions of this Indemnity are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors or permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

Section 7. Dispute Resolution. Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or related to this Indemnity, or the interpretation, performance or breach hereof, including but not limited to alleged violations of state or federal statutory or common law rights or duties, shall be resolved according to the procedures set forth in Annex A hereto, which shall constitute the sole and exclusive dispute resolution mechanism hereunder; except that a claim for equitable relief may only be filed in and heard before the United States

District Court for the Central District of California or, if that court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, only in and before the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles. A party need not comply with the informal dispute resolution and mediation requirements of Annex A before filing a claim for equitable relief.

Section 8. Governing Law. This Indemnity shall be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made within, and to be performed in, the State of California.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Indemnity as of the date first above written.

 

VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP
By:  

/s/ Karen Randall

  Name:   Karen Randall
  Title:   Executive Vice President

 

Agreed and acknowledged on

this March 6, 2003 by

Universal City Development

Partners, Ltd.

By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. II,
  as General Partner
  By:  

Universal City Property Management

II LLC, as General Partner.

    By:  

/s/ Catherine Roth

     

Name:

  Catherine Roth
     

Title:

  Vice President
    By:   Blackstone UTP capital partners
      L.P., Blackstone UTP Capital
      Partners A L.P., Blackstone UTP
      Offshore Capital Partners L.P. and
      Blackstone Family Media
      Partnership III L.P.,
      as General Partners
          By:  

Blackstone Media

Management Associates III

L.L.C., as General Partner of

each of the foregoing entities

            By:  

/s/Howard Lipson

              Name:  
              Title:  

 

4


ANNEX A

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

VUE and UCDP are referred to herein as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party”.

1. Exclusive Procedures. Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or related to this Indemnity, or the interpretation, performance or breach hereof, including but not limited to alleged violations of state or federal statutory or common law rights or duties (a “Dispute”), shall be resolved according to the procedures set forth in this Annex A. These procedures constitute the sole and exclusive dispute resolution mechanism to resolve all Disputes and no other procedure, including, without limitation, litigation in court, may be used except as expressly provided in this Indemnity or the following paragraphs. Each Party’s promise to resolve all Disputes as set forth herein is given in consideration for the other Parties’ like promise.

Any Dispute or portion thereof, or any claim for a particular form of relief (not otherwise precluded by any provision of this Indemnity), that may not be arbitrated pursuant to applicable law may be heard in a court of competent jurisdiction in Los Angeles County, California. If a Party believes in good faith that all or part of a Dispute, or any claim for relief or remedy sought, is not subject to arbitration under then-prevailing law, then it may bring such a claim in arbitration, and the arbitrator shall have the jurisdiction to determine whether the matter is arbitrable (which decision shall be appealable to the panel of arbitrators pursuant to Section 4.C(v) below), unless then-prevailing law requires a court to determine arbitrability. If then-prevailing law requires a court to determine arbitrability, then a Party may seek a determination to that effect from an appropriate court, except that no such action may be brought unless the Party has first complied with the informal dispute resolution requirements of Section 3 below. If the arbitrator or court determines that the matter is not arbitrable or that the remedy sought is not available in arbitration, then the specific matter or request for remedy in question may be resolved by the court without a jury, and the Parties hereby irrevocably waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any cause of action, claim, counterclaim or cross-complaint in any action or other proceeding brought by any Party against any other Party or Parties with respect to any matter arising out of, or in any way connected with or related to, this Indemnity or any portion hereof, whether based upon contractual, statutory, tortious or other theories of liability. All other matters and claims for relief shall be subject to arbitration as set forth herein.

2. Confidentiality. The details and/or existence of any Disputes, any informal meetings and arbitration proceedings conducted hereunder, and any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration, shall be kept strictly confidential and shall not be disclosed or discussed with any third party (excluding a Party’s attorneys, accountants, and other agents and representatives, as reasonably required in connection with any Dispute resolution procedure hereunder), except as otherwise required by law. In the event that any Party receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party for such confidential information, the recipient shall promptly notify the other Party and shall provide such Party with the opportunity to object to the production of its confidential information.

 

A-1


3. Informal Dispute Resolution. The Parties shall attempt, whenever possible, to discuss and resolve any Disputes on an informal basis, in order to avoid the expense and delay associated with arbitration. A Party invoking these dispute resolution procedures shall deliver a notice to the other Party (a “Dispute Notice”) of the claims it intends to bring and the relief sought, including sufficient details regarding the factual, contractual or other legal bases for the Party's claim as reasonably required to enable the Party receiving the Dispute Notice to evaluate the claim and respond thereto.

Upon delivery of a Dispute Notice, the Parties shall promptly schedule one or more meetings (the first meeting to be held within five days of delivery of the Dispute Notice), to discuss and attempt in good faith to resolve all Disputes described in the Dispute Notice(s). Such meetings shall be attended by the Parties or their representatives with full authority to settle the Disputes at issue.

All offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the Parties’ attempt to informally resolve a Dispute, whether made by the Parties, their agents, employees, experts or attorneys, shall be confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any litigation, arbitration (including, without limitation, arbitration pursuant to the following section hereof) or other proceeding.

4. Arbitration.

A. Initiation. If the Parties are unable to resolve one or more Disputes on an informal basis as contemplated by Section 3, a Party may initiate a binding arbitration proceeding for the final resolution of such remaining Dispute(s) by delivering a notice to the other Party(ies) (an “Arbitration Notice”) describing the Dispute(s) to be arbitrated. An Arbitration Notice can be delivered at any time after ten days from delivery of a Dispute Notice or, in the case of a request for provisional remedies (including injunctive relief), at any time after the delivery of a Dispute Notice. Within fifteen days of receiving an Arbitration Notice, the receiving Party may deliver its own Arbitration Notice, specifying additional Disputes to be submitted to arbitration. If more than one Dispute is to be arbitrated, the subject matters of the various Disputes need not be related to each other. There shall also be no requirement that Disputes or claims that would be considered either compulsory or permissive counterclaims under any law or rule of procedure must be made or resolved in a single arbitration proceeding. Nothing in this Section 4.A shall relieve, amend or constitute a waiver of the Parties’ obligations under Section 3.

B. Arbitrator/Place of Arbitration. The arbitration, which shall take place in Los Angeles County, shall be administered by the Los Angeles office of JAMS/Endispute (“JAMS”), or any successor thereof, in accordance with the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”), except as otherwise provided herein. The arbitration shall be held before and decided by a single neutral arbitrator (the “Arbitrator”). The Arbitrator shall be a person familiar with complex business transactions and litigation, selected in accordance with the JAMS Rules. The arbitration hearing shall commence no later than sixty days after the delivery of an Arbitration Notice, unless the Arbitrator for good cause sets a later date.

 

A-2


C. Arbitration Procedures. The following procedures shall apply to the arbitration. To the extent that any issue is not addressed herein, the appropriate provisions of the JAMS Rules shall apply.

(i) Discovery. The Parties shall be entitled to undertake discovery in the arbitration as determined by the Arbitrator; provided, that, such discovery shall be limited to (a) five witness depositions plus the depositions of any expert designated by the other Party, (b) thirty interrogatories, (c) thirty document requests and (d) ten requests for admissions. The Arbitrator shall have the authority to hear and rule upon all discovery motions and, in connection therewith, to award sanctions as appropriate in accordance with then-prevailing California law.

(ii) Motions. The Arbitrator shall have the authority to schedule, hear and determine any and all motions (including prehearing and posthearing motions), including, without limitation, motions to dismiss, for judgment on the pleadings, and for summary judgment or adjudication on any or all of the claims, issues or facts in dispute, and shall do so on the motion of any Party.

(iii) Remedies. Upon motion of a Party, the Arbitrator shall have the authority, to the extent permitted by law, to enter an interlocutory award granting temporary, preliminary or provisional remedies (including injunctive relief) in order to maintain the status quo pending conclusion of the arbitration proceedings. The Arbitrator shall have the authority in the Award (as defined below) to grant any compensatory and equitable relief he or she deems appropriate, including the award of costs and fees, specific performance, injunctive relief or any other form of equitable relief; provided, that, the Arbitrator may not award special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages. To the extent that applicable law does not permit an arbitrator to enter injunctive or any other equitable relief, any aggrieved Party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Los Angeles for such relief, but a court may not award any monetary relief whatsoever.

(iv) Award. The Arbitrator shall render a written award (the “Award”) no later than thirty days after the end of the hearing or after completion of any post-hearing briefing that the Arbitrator shall order or permit, whichever is later. The Award shall completely dispose of all Disputes submitted to the Arbitrator and shall include findings of fact and conclusions of law. In all his or their substantive (as opposed to procedural or discovery-related) rulings, the Arbitrator and Appeal Panel shall apply the law specified in the choice of law provision of this Indemnity.

(v) Appellate Review. The Parties agree that any Award, including an Award rendered following remand after appellate review hereunder, shall be subject to review according to the Optional Appeal Procedure of the JAMS Rules, as modified herein. The Appeal Panel shall be composed of three retired judges or justices of any California State or federal court, selected in accordance

 

A-3


with the JAMS Rules. The Arbitrator who rendered the Award being reviewed shall not be eligible to serve on the Appeal Panel.

The Appeal Panel may review all issues of fact and law specified in the notice of appeal and any cross-appeal, as if the appeal were being heard and decided by a panel of the California Court of Appeal reviewing a judgment of a California Superior Court in a civil action. The review shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure and California Rules of Court applicable to appeals from judgments in general commercial cases from California Superior Courts to the California Courts of Appeal. After briefing and any oral argument by the Parties that the Appeal Panel deems necessary, the Appeal Panel shall render a written decision, which may affirm or reverse the Award in whole or in part and may note any specific evidence that the Arbitrator should consider or other actions to be taken upon remand, if necessary. At the conclusion of any post-appeal proceedings before the Arbitrator that are required by the Appeal Panel’s decision, the Arbitrator shall issue a new Award, which shall be subject to appeal hereunder.

D. Binding; Notice of Final Award; Confirmation. The Arbitrator's Award, as modified, if applicable, following one or more appeals pursuant to Section 4.C(v) above, shall become final and fully binding upon the Parties (the “Final Award”) after the expiration of any applicable time limit in which to appeal expires without a Party invoking the appellate review process (the “Final Award Date”). The Parties shall have thirty days from the Final Award Date in which to perform all obligations applicable to them under the Final Award. If a Party fails to perform any obligation under the Final Award within such thirty day period, then the other Party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Los Angeles for confirmation of the Final Award.

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.54

Certain portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and are replaced herein by ***. The omitted material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

FORMAL AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.

AND

MCA INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE

FORMAL AGREEMENT

   1

I.

  

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

   1

II.

  

APPROVALS AND CONSULTATIONS

   2

III.

  

GRANTS OF RIGHTS AND FINANCIAL TERMS

   3
  

A.     RIGHTS ACQUIRED

   3
  

1.      Theme Park Rights and Related Advertising Rights

   3
  

2.      Merchandise Rights

   5
  

3.      Retained Rights

   5
  

B.     FINANCIAL TERMS

   6

IV.

  

OTHER THEME PARKS

   9
  

A.     GRANT OF RIGHTS

   9
  

B.     FINANCIAL TERMS

   9

V.

  

OVERALL MERCHANDISING RELATIONSHIP

   10

VI.

  

MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL

   10

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

   1

1.

  

DEFINITIONS

   1
  

a.      Dr. Seuss Elements

   1
  

b.      Attraction

   1
  

c.      Theme Park

   2
  

d.      MCA

   2

2.

  

WARRANTY OF TITLE

   2

3.

  

COPYRIGHT/TRADEMARK

   4

4.

  

INDEMNITIES

   7

5.

  

TERM

   8

6.

  

CREATIVE MATERIALS

   8

 

i


7.

  

CONFIDENTIALITY

   8

8.

  

NOTICES/PAYMENTS

   9

9.

  

FURTHER INSTRUMENTS

   10

10.

  

SUCCESSOR(S) IN INTEREST

   10

11.

  

AUDIT AND REVIEW

   10

12.

  

BREACH/CURE

   11

13.

  

NO JOINT VENTURE

   12

14.

  

FORCE MAJEURE

   12

15.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   12

 

ii


FORMAL AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.

AND

MCA INC.

Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. (“Dr. Seuss Enterprises”) and MCA INC. (“MCA”) hereby agree as of April 21, 1994, to the following terms and conditions relating to the grant from Dr. Seuss Enterprises of certain specified theme park and related merchandising rights in the Dr. Seuss properties listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Properties”) to MCA (as defined in Section 1(d) of the Terms and Conditions) (such Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated by this reference herein), all as set forth below (“Formal Agreement”). This Formal Agreement is entered pursuant to the provisions of Section VI, paragraph “L,” of that certain agreement between Dr. Seuss Enterprises and MCA effective April 21, 1994 (known as the “Short Form Agreement”) and supersedes said Short Form Agreement.

I. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

MCA is developing a complete destination resort on approximately 800 acres owned by it and a partner in Orlando, Florida, on which Universal Studios Florida is located and attracted over seven million visitors in 1993, which will include a second gated theme park, “The Second Gate”.

“The Second Gate” will be similar in size, quality and originality to Universal Studios Florida and is expected to generate even greater attendance, stay time and visitor expenditures given the unique appeal of the park and the synergies which will arise from a total destination resort concept.

Within “The Second Gate”, as a major component, MCA proposes to include a totally themed environment based on Dr. Seuss properties which may be called “The World of Dr. Seuss”. The World of Dr. Seuss will be substantially similar to that described in the conceptual materials previously furnished to Dr. Seuss Enterprises (subject to the technical and budgetary feasibility of developing the concepts presented), and any significant deviations will be subject to Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ reasonable approval, provided such approval will be exercised in a manner so as to permit the development of The World of Dr. Seuss in a reasonable manner. As contemplated, and as previously presented to Dr. Seuss Enterprises, The World of Dr. Seuss will include shows, rides and other entertainment attractions as well as Dr. Seuss themed facilities and carts selling food and merchandise.

No other proprietary characters, materials or trademarks may be presented as attractions or elements of The World of Dr. Seuss without the consent of Dr. Seuss Enterprises, except in connection with temporary special events such as parades that pass through the area and except as provided herein.

 

1


Within The World of Dr. Seuss the preponderance of logo merchandise sold will be that which is licensed from Dr. Seuss Enterprises, and in no event will a Dr. Seuss character or other Dr. Seuss material, including trademarks, be combined on any item (other than the applicable theme park name and logo) of merchandise with any non-Dr. Seuss character or material without the consent of Dr. Seuss Enterprises.

Within The World of Dr. Seuss there will be no items of merchandise or service sold which are inappropriate for or inconsistent with the Dr. Seuss image such as packaged alcoholic products, cigarettes, “adult” entertainment or products, and the like.

II. APPROVALS AND CONSULTATIONS

The Merchandise sold and Attractions within The World of Dr. Seuss will be designed in consultation with representatives of Dr. Seuss Enterprises, and all major Attractions (as well as all Merchandise developed for sale) will be subject to approval of Dr. Seuss Enterprises which will not be withheld in an unreasonable manner and will be exercised in a manner so as to permit the development of The World of Dr. Seuss in a reasonable manner.

Because of the extensive time and effort (as well as cost) involved in designing and constructing theme park attractions, including the multi-million dollar attractions planned for The World of Dr. Seuss, approvals need to be granted or denied in a timely manner. Accordingly, if Dr. Seuss Enterprises does not respond within two weeks after presentation of a written request for approval, such silence will be deemed an approval; provided, however, that if the exigencies of production or preparing merchandising, advertising or promotional materials require a shorter approval period, Dr. Seuss Enterprises will, upon request, use best efforts to respond on an expedited basis. Rejection from Dr. Seuss Enterprises will include specific reasons and, to the extent feasible, suggested revisions that would make the submittal acceptable. Dr. Seuss Enterprises agrees to keep MCA notified in writing as to which officer and/or agent of Dr. Seuss Enterprises is designated to give its consent and/or approval hereunder.

Once specific design/development stages (such as storyboards or schematic drawings or artwork for theme park elements and drawing and specifications for items of merchandise) are approved for elements of The World of Dr. Seuss and Dr. Seuss Merchandise, such elements or merchandise items can continue in development and be deemed approved unless MCA shall make significant deviation in the same.

 

2


All theme park elements and merchandise will be of the comparable high quality maintained by MCA throughout Universal Studios Florida.

Approval rights will be exercised consistent with the following criteria:

1. The specific theme park use or merchandise must be of high quality and consistent with the standards maintained by MCA throughout Universal Studios Florida.

2. Dr. Seuss Elements must not be portrayed in a manner which is demeaning, derogatory, or inconsistent with their character.

3. Dr. Seuss Elements must be portrayed in a manner that is not inconsistent with their portrayal in the licensed properties in forms of use previously approved by Dr. Seuss Enterprises or in the underlying books.

4. Dr. Seuss Elements must reflect artistic quality and preservation of the integrity of the characters consistent with that of the Properties.

III. GRANT OF RIGHTS AND FINANCIAL TERMS

A. RIGHTS ACQUIRED

1. Theme Park Rights and Related Advertising Rights

Subject to the approvals as previously set forth, Dr. Seuss Enterprises grants to MCA the worldwide exclusive license to use Dr. Seuss Elements in Attractions at Theme Parks (all as defined in Section 1 of the Terms and Conditions). Use of Dr. Seuss Properties is subject to the reservations or exceptions set forth on Exhibit A.

a. The parties acknowledge that the book Oh, the Places You’ll Go! and the story “What Was I Scared Of?” from the book Sneetches and Other Stories are subject to an existing agreement with TriStar Pictures, Inc. and may not be used under this Formal Agreement for a period of seven (7) years from July 13, 1994.

b. The parties acknowledge that “Daisy-Head Mayzie”, an as-yet unpublished book, is subject to a holdback of seven years from the date of first broadcast or ten years from July 23, 1993, whichever is earlier, under an existing contract, and may not be used until that contract permits. Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall provide written notice to MCA as soon as such rights are clear and MCA can use this property immediately thereafter.

 

3


c. None of the works referred to in the foregoing subparagraphs a. and b. will be licensed to any other party for any of the exclusive rights granted hereunder or in a manner inconsistent with the rights granted in this Formal Agreement while this Formal Agreement remains in effect.

MCA’s rights hereunder include the exclusive right to use Dr. Seuss Elements in any Attraction in a Theme Park (all as defined in Section 1 of the Terms and Conditions). The right to use the title “The World of Dr. Seuss” in connection with a Theme Park created pursuant to this Formal Agreement is a non-exclusive license only other than for Theme Parks, for which it is an exclusive license, and the same or similar title may be used by other licensees of Dr. Seuss Enterprises in noncompeting contexts.

Dr. Seuss Enterprises also grants to MCA the right to use Dr. Seuss Elements in connection with the advertising, publicizing and marketing of “The Second Gate” or other Theme Park based on Dr. Seuss Elements consistent with the normal manner in which MCA markets its parks or attractions subject to any limitations provided in this Formal Agreement (“Marketing Rights”).

The Marketing Rights will include the right to have joint promotions for “The Second Gate” involving The World of Dr. Seuss or the Attractions thereof or corporate sponsorship of the same, it being understood that in such joint promotions or corporate sponsorships, it will be clear that it is The World of Dr. Seuss (or the Attractions thereof) at “The Second Gate” and not the Dr. Seuss Elements independent of “The Second Gate” which are being included in such materials, and that the Dr. Seuss Elements are not affiliated with or endorsing any product or service other than “The Second Gate”, but rather are merely portrayed as elements offered at “The Second Gate”. Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall have a reasonable right of approval with respect to any such joint promotions or corporate sponsorships, which right of approval shall be exercised in accordance with the criteria and procedures described in Article II of this Formal Agreement, and in this subparagraph. Neither Properties nor Dr. Seuss Elements will be used to endorse products. Further, no such promotions or corporate sponsorships will be with products reasonably considered inappropriate for Dr. Seuss Elements or inconsistent with the Dr. Seuss public image, or inconsistent with established Dr. Seuss Enterprises marketing relationships. From time to time, Dr. Seuss Enterprises will furnish MCA with the various marketing relationships it has, and MCA will not enter into any joint promotions or corporate sponsorships with any other companies in any of the categories specified by Dr. Seuss Enterprises.

 

4


2. Merchandise Rights

Dr. Seuss Enterprises grants to MCA a non-exclusive license to use the Properties and Dr. Seuss Elements to make and have made merchandise (other than publishing, home or interactive videos, and phonograph recordings) for sale solely within (i) “The Second Gate”, (ii) other Theme Parks owned or operated by MCA pursuant to Article IV, and (iii) in stores owned by MCA or by the operator of a Theme Park operated pursuant to Article IV where a wide collection of its theme park merchandise is sold, provided such stores are located within 25 miles of an MCA owned or operated Theme Park (stores owned and operated by MCA within an airport may be beyond the 25-mile limit if in the ADI market of the city where the Theme Park is located, provided there shall not be airport stores at more than two airports for any one Theme Park). As a direct merchandise licensee, MCA’s rights will be non-exclusive in the sense that Dr. Seuss Enterprises may license third parties (but not for products identified with a Theme Park created pursuant to this Formal Agreement) to develop and sell items in the same categories (e.g., clothing, mugs, caps, etc.).

Merchandise offered for sale by MCA will be manufactured to MCA’s order (subject to the aforesaid approval rights) or purchased from licensees of Dr. Seuss Enterprises. The appropriate royalty specified below will accrue upon receipt by MCA of the licensed merchandise, and will not be subject to reduction for returns, defective merchandise (where MCA or its designee is the manufacturer), or unsold goods.

If MCA purchases merchandise from parties which are licensed by Dr. Seuss Enterprises, the MCA royalty payable hereunder will be the excess, if any, between the royalty specified in this Formal Agreement and the royalty payable to Dr. Seuss Enterprises by such licensee. MCA will receive credit (for purposes of off-setting advances) only for any royalty payable by MCA under this Formal Agreement.

Assuming comparability of price, quality, and ability to deliver the quantity desired on the schedule specified, MCA will give preference in purchase of Dr. Seuss themed merchandise to Esprit de Corp. or any other then current licensee of Dr. Seuss Enterprises (if Esprit de Corp. is currently a licensee of Dr. Seuss Enterprises).

3. Retained Rights

All rights in and to the Properties and associated rights are retained by Dr. Seuss Enterprises, except for the specifically identified granted rights, and Dr. Seuss Enterprises reserves the right to use, and to license others to use, the reserved rights so long as not in conflict with the rights granted under this Formal Agreement. MCA recognizes that Dr. Seuss Enterprises or its predecessors in interest have previously granted all of the rights and licenses to third parties, which are described in Exhibit B.

 

5


B. FINANCIAL TERMS

1. Advance Payments

MCA will make an advance payment of $*** payable as follows:

a. $*** (receipt of which is acknowledged).

b. October 1, 1994 - $***

c. October 1, 1995 - $***

d. October 1, 1996 - $***

If MCA shall fail to make any of the above payments on a timely basis and provided Dr. Seuss Enterprises is not in material default of this Formal Agreement, MCA’s license under this Formal Agreement shall terminate and neither party shall have any further obligations under this Formal Agreement and this Formal Agreement shall terminate. Any payments made as aforesaid shall be non-refundable.

2. Merchandise Royalties and Merchandise Guarantees

Each year, beginning on the date described in Subparagraph (c) below, MCA will pay to Dr. Seuss Enterprises an amount equal to the greater of the Merchandise Royalty or Merchandise Guarantee, as such terms are hereinafter defined.

As provided in subparagraph (d) hereinbelow, of the $*** advance payment described in paragraph 1, $*** shall be a pre-payment (until such $*** is totally absorbed) of the annual Merchandise Guarantees and Merchandise Royalty hereinafter described. Until such $*** has been totally absorbed, the Merchandise Royalty and Merchandise Guaranty payable hereunder shall be $*** annually.

a. “Merchandise Royalty” shall mean the applicable percentage royalty set forth below of the wholesale cost (or if manufactured by MCA or its affiliates its cost of manufacturing) of all Dr. Seuss Merchandise offered for sale by MCA pursuant to this Formal Agreement [excluding all consumable items (even if the packaging of such items is themed around the Properties)], without reduction for returns, defective merchandise (where MCA or its designee is the manufacturer), unsold goods or any other item (the “Wholesale Cost”):

i. The Merchandise Royalty shall be *** percent of Wholesale Cost to MCA of all Merchandise in ***.

 

6


ii. The Merchandise Royalty shall be *** percent of Wholesale Cost to MCA of all Merchandise for ***.

The Merchandise Royalty shall accrue upon receipt by MCA of the applicable Merchandise or other item, as provided in this section.

b. “Merchandise Guarantee” shall mean the minimum annual amount payable (regardless of the actual Merchandise Royalty or Wholesale Costs in any year) set forth below:

i. The Merchandise Guarantee shall be $*** ***.

ii. The Merchandise Guarantee shall be $*** ***.

iii. The Merchandise Guarantee shall be $*** ***.

iv. It is the intent of this Agreement that MCA shall be able to offer a line of approved Dr. Seuss merchandise for sale at the Theme Park. Dr. Seuss Enterprises will not exercise its approval rights so as to frustrate the intent of this Agreement.

c. Payment of the Merchandise Royalty or Merchandise Guarantee, as applicable, shall begin either when The World of Dr. Seuss or first Theme Park is open to the public or on December 31, 2001, whichever shall occur first, and succeeding annual payments shall be made on each anniversary date thereof (the “Anniversary Date”). The payment due upon the opening of “The Second Gate” or first Theme Park shall be the minimum Merchandise Guarantee described above. Thereafter, each annual Merchandise Guarantee or Merchandise Royalty shall be *** at “The Second Gate”. Any appropriate *** shall be made within 30 days

 

7


following the end of the quarter in which the Anniversary Date occurs. Any *** shall be treated as a credit toward the following year’s payments. Failure to make any Merchandise Royalty or Merchandise Guarantee payment when due accompanied by a written notice of license termination by MCA or, subject to the cure provision contained in Section 12 of the Terms and Conditions, failure to make any Merchandise Royalty or Merchandise Guarantee payment when due without written notice of license termination by MCA shall cause MCA’s license under this Formal Agreement to terminate (and MCA will discontinue operation of The World of Dr. Seuss or any other Attractions containing Dr. Seuss Elements) and neither party shall have any further obligations under this Formal Agreement and this Formal Agreement shall terminate, provided, however, that MCA shall have the right to sell off merchandise and accept returns as to merchandise inventoried or stocked or tied into the Theme Park for a period of six-months.

d. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no actual payment of any earned Merchandise Royalty or Merchandise Guarantee in excess of $*** in any given year shall be made, until such time as the aggregate amount of all such Merchandise Royalty and Merchandise Guarantees due and payable in excess of all such $*** yearly payments shall equal $***. In other words, until the $*** advance is “earned out,” each year MCA must pay to Dr. Seuss Enterprises $*** (which amount shall in any event be non-refundable), and the difference between the $*** payment and the actual amount earned by Dr. Seuss Enterprises (which will be the greater of the Merchandise Royalty or applicable Merchandise Guarantee) will be applied to earn out the $*** amount. After the $*** amount is fully absorbed, in any year in which the amount of Merchandise Guarantee is exceeded, the appropriate royalties shall be paid on a quarterly basis, within 30 days after the end of each quarter commencing with the first full quarter after the Anniversary Date on which the $*** amount is fully absorbed.

3. If MCA agrees to pay (whether under an existing deal or a future deal while this Formal Agreement is in effect) to any unrelated third party who is licensing Theme Park rights (for other than a temporary, short term use), for the right to use its proprietary properties in an MCA theme park, a form of compensation based on a percentage of the retail sale by MCA of licensed merchandise, or a higher royalty based on the wholesale cost to MCA of the merchandise, or a percentage or fee based on gross revenues or gross receipts of the theme park, or any substantial portion thereof (including admission charges and/or food sales, but excluding (a) agreements where there is a bona fide and substantial continuing element of personal services, (b) restaurants, and (c) bona fide franchise arrangements, such as McDonald’s or Popeye’s Chicken), MCA shall promptly inform Dr. Seuss Enterprises of such arrangement. Dr. Seuss Enterprises can elect, within 60 days after receipt of such notice, to take the material financial terms of such other arrangement and make

 

8


such form of compensation applicable to this Formal Agreement in which case MCA will receive credit for the sums theretofore paid to Dr. Seuss Enterprises. This paragraph shall not apply to (1) an agreement with a company taking a significant equity interest in the theme park involved, or (2) an agreement where the elements granted (i.e., the group of characters) consist (a) of a major library or the collected works of well known authors or artists (allowing for isolated characters that may not be available, or for that portion of a collection of characters that are not consistent with the theme of the theme park in question) or (b) of a large number of properties assembled by a major company owning properties appropriate for the theme park in question.

4. MCA may purchase, in the sole discretion of MCA and as appropriate for its needs, Dr. Seuss merchandise produced by Dr. Seuss Enterprises or a licensee of Dr. Seuss Enterprises. Dr. Seuss Enterprises will use its best efforts to encourage its current and future licensees to offer Dr. Seuss merchandise for sale to MCA on terms no less favorable than those offered to any other purchaser of Dr. Seuss merchandise, although MCA acknowledges that Dr. Seuss Enterprises cannot be obligated to provide such terms.

IV. OTHER THEME PARKS

A. GRANT OF RIGHTS

MCA shall have the exclusive world wide right to develop Attractions based on Dr. Seuss Elements in other Theme Parks it owns or operates (either alone or in conjunction with other parties), except that MCA will not develop or operate more than three Theme Parks based on the Dr. Seuss Elements in the United States.

Additional Theme Parks shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Formal Agreement provided that each Theme Park’s development and related merchandising shall be treated separately with respect to approval rights, insurance, accounting, reports and royalties and other financial matters, and there shall be no cross-collateralization. The parties shall enter into a separate agreement substantially identical (except for the description of the Theme Park) with this Formal Agreement for each additional Theme Park. All items which have previously been approved shall be deemed approved for any new Theme Parks.

B. FINANCIAL TERMS

All annual payments and guarantees described in Paragraph III.B.2 of this Formal Agreement shall be required for each such additional Theme Park utilizing Dr. Seuss Elements, and in addition an advance payment of $*** shall be paid at the rate of $*** upon the first public announcement that such Theme Park will contain Dr. Seuss Elements (or the commencement of construction of Dr. Seuss

 

9


Attractions, whichever shall occur first). Thereafter, there will be additional payments of $*** each upon the following two anniversary dates of such initial payment. In no event will the entire $*** be paid later than the opening of the Attractions based on Dr. Seuss Elements to the public. *** dollars of the aforesaid $*** advance would be entirely “absorbed,” and the other financial terms described in Paragraph III.B.2 shall apply, in the same manner described previously. Once the above payments are commenced with regard to an additional Theme Park, if the subsequent payments (i.e., either of the $*** payments) are not made, MCA’s rights to that location lapse (but not its exclusivity) without further obligation by either party pursuant to such location’s agreement, and payments must be commenced “de novo” - i.e., the initial $*** payment must be made again if MCA thereafter wishes to utilize Dr. Seuss Elements at that location.

V. OVERALL MERCHANDISING RELATIONSHIP

MCA would like to explore with Dr. Seuss Enterprises the possibility of forming a joint venture to develop and exploit merchandising opportunities in the Properties. Such joint venture, being the sole entity authorized to merchandise Dr. Seuss (other than the Theme Park Merchandising Rights described above) would be empowered, at its own expense, to police and prosecute all non-licensed (i.e., “bootleg”) Dr. Seuss merchandise.

While Dr. Seuss Enterprises presently supervises and grants its own merchandise licenses, if it decides to grant broad multiple category merchandise licensing rights to an unrelated third party, MCA will have a first right to negotiate to exploit such merchandising rights. Additionally, from time to time, MCA may make presentations to Dr. Seuss Enterprises with a goal of entering into a licensing relationship for specific categories of merchandise. The foregoing shall in no way be construed to limit Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ rights to continue to grant licenses to such third parties and for such categories of merchandise as it shall select in its discretion subject to the licenses granted to MCA hereunder.

VI. MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL

A. This Formal Agreement is subject to the Terms and Conditions which are attached to this Formal Agreement as Exhibit B and incorporated by this reference.

B. Dr. Seuss Enterprises will execute the undated Short Form Copyright License attached to this Formal Agreement as Exhibit C. Immediately upon execution of this Formal Agreement, MCA will record Exhibit C with the United States Copyright Office

or such other offices or places in the world as may be reasonably necessary to protect MCA’s rights.

 

10


mca inc.     DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.,
      By:   Geisel-Seuss Enterprises,
By:   /s/ Ron Bension       Inc. General Partner
  Ron Bension, Chairman    
  MCA Recreation Services    
      By:   /s/ Audrey S. Geisel
        Audrey S. Geisel, President
      By:   /s/ Karl ZoBell
        Karl ZoBell, Vice President

 

11


FORMAL AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.

AND

MCA INC.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

These Terms and Conditions are a part of the Formal Agreement between MCA INC. (“MCA”) and Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. (“Dr. Seuss Enterprises”) dated as of April 21, 1994 (“Formal Agreement”) and by this reference made a part of the Formal Agreement. As used in these Terms and Conditions and in all Exhibits which are attached to these Terms and Conditions, capitalized terms have the same meaning as the terms defined in the Formal Agreement or which are otherwise defined in the Terms and Conditions or Exhibits, as the case may be.

1. DEFINITIONS

a. Dr. Seuss Elements. As used in this Formal Agreement, “Dr. Seuss Elements” means, without limitation (but solely and exclusively in connection with the rights granted pursuant to Paragraph III(A) of the Formal Agreement), any of the characters and/or “locations” contained in the Properties (as defined in the Formal Agreement), the name “Dr. Seuss,” art work, plots, dialogue, common phrases, trademarks and/or logos, likenesses, visual representations, digitized likenesses, symbols, designs, personalities, mannerisms, themes, plans, elements contained in the Properties and, to the extent owned by Dr. Seuss Enterprises and not subject to conflicting grants or agreements, music, drawings, cartoon and film footage and sequences, stills, live action footage, voices, storyboards and animations contained in material associated with the Properties.

b. Attraction. As used in this Formal Agreement, “Attraction” means, without limitation (but solely and exclusively in connection with the rights granted pursuant to Paragraph III(A) of the Formal Agreement), live performances, shows, exhibits, attractions, animated and non-animated films (using both then existing films owned or licensed by Dr. Seuss Enterprises and films that may be produced for MCA’s purposes; provided, however, that use of existing films owned or licensed by Dr. Seuss Enterprises is subject to Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ prior written approval and subject to availability of rights under existing agreements relating to such films), visual displays, demonstrations, set designs, musical shows, live or taped shows or films, all configurations of digital storage and delivery systems and/or technology now known or hereafter devised, including without limitation, all computer-assisted media rights (including without limitation, CD-ROM, CD-I, 3D0 and all similar hard or floppy disc systems, interactive cable limited to exhibition and use within Theme Parks owned or operated by MCA pursuant to this Formal Agreement and the marketing thereof (as provided in Paragraph III(A) of the Formal


Agreement) and all other interactive media, systems, devices or methods now known or hereafter devised), virtual reality devices or simulators, backgrounds, costumes, amusement park rides, ride/films, funhouses, strollers, restaurants, food vending facilities, food or merchandise carts, game/arcade areas, decorations, activities, shops, and as otherwise provided in this Formal Agreement and, subject to Paragraph II of the Formal Agreement, in any other manner in which characters or elements are used (or are going to be used) by any means of demonstration, exhibition or technology whether now known or hereafter invented (provided such means shall be consistent with the grant of rights contained in Paragraph III(A) of the Formal Agreement) by MCA in Theme Parks.

c. Theme Park. As used in this Formal Agreement, “Theme Park” means any theme park, studio tour, or similar tourist attraction (whether now known or hereafter invented) (such as, by way of example only, Universal Studios Florida, Universal Studios Hollywood and “The Second Gate”) or any separately identified area or component thereof, or other group location-based entertainment areas (“GLBEA”) which shall contain without limitation a combination of Attractions (such as, by way of example, visual displays, attractions, amusement park rides, funhouses, game/arcade areas (other than coin-operated arcade games and CD-ROMs for home use), ride films and virtual reality devices or simulators), provided that MCA shall not open any GLBEA containing the Dr. Seuss Elements separate and apart from “large scale” centers such as Universal Studios Florida, Universal Studios Hollywood and “The Second Gate”.

d. MCA. As used in this Formal Agreement, “MCA” means any corporation related to or affiliated with MCA INC., or any corporation, partnership or other venture in which MCA, or any corporation or partnership related to or affiliated with MCA, has an ownership or management interest. The parent company, MCA INC., which is signatory to this Formal Agreement shall remain primarily responsible for all payments and other obligations called for in this Formal Agreement, and MCA INC. may not, without prior written approval of Dr. Seuss Enterprises, assign or sublicense any rights hereunder to any entity that does not qualify as one of the entities described above, except as provided in paragraph 10 of these Terms and Conditions.

2. WARRANTY OF TITLE

Dr. Seuss Enterprises represents and warrants that Dr. Seuss Enterprises has the right to enter into and to perform all of Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ obligations under this Formal Agreement, and the execution, performance and delivery by Dr. Seuss Enterprises of this Formal Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ part; this Formal Agreement constitutes Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms; Dr. Seuss Enterprises is the sole and

 

2


exclusive owner in the United States, Japan, France and the United Kingdom during the term of this Formal Agreement of all the rights granted pursuant to this Formal Agreement (subject to the expiration of the applicable terms of copyrights (which term includes the renewal period in the Properties subject to renewal) in the Properties and expiration of trademark rights, if such trademark rights are susceptible to expiration), including, without limitation, the Dr. Seuss Elements; Dr. Seuss Enterprises has made no grant of rights inconsistent with the rights granted to MCA in this Formal Agreement; there are no attachments, liens, encumbrances, or other legal disabilities which exist that would impair MCA’s ability to exercise MCA’s rights under this Formal Agreement; there are no claims or, to the best of Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ knowledge using due diligence, threatened claims, against Dr. Seuss Enterprises, MCA or any third party relating to the use by MCA, Dr. Seuss Enterprises or any other party of the Dr. Seuss Elements or any of the rights granted to MCA under this Formal Agreement; the underlying materials from which the Dr. Seuss Elements are derived, including without limitation the Properties, consist of copyrighted and in some cases trademarked materials, and all such copyrights and trademarks are owned solely by or licensed to Dr. Seuss Enterprises on an exclusive basis; with respect to the United States, Japan, France and the United Kingdom, all copyrights, trademarks and other proprietary rights subject to registration in respect of the Dr. Seuss Elements are valid and subsisting without any attachment, lien or encumbrance and there are no other proprietary rights, whether granted by Dr. Seuss Enterprises or otherwise, that would be infringed by the exercise by MCA the rights granted under this Formal Agreement; Dr. Seuss Enterprises is the owner in the United States of America, France, Japan and the United Kingdom, without any attachment, lien or encumbrance, of all copyrights and trademarks regarding the Dr. Seuss Elements, and all such copyrights and trademarks are valid and subsisting; Dr. Seuss Enterprises will cause the appropriate party to timely renew any copyright subject to renewal in connection with any and all of the Properties; Dr. Seuss Enterprises has not made any grants inconsistent with the grant of rights to MCA under this Formal Agreement; the Properties do not contain any libelous or obscene matter, do not violate the right of privacy or any other right of any party or person, and are not in the public domain (except as reflected on Exhibit A hereof).

MCA represents and warrants that MCA has the right to enter into and to perform all of MCA’s obligations under this Formal Agreement; this Formal Agreement constitutes MCA’s legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms; and all Theme Parks, stores, outlets, goods and services sold or operated by MCA in connection with its performance hereunder shall be of high quality consistent with other MCA theme parks, stores, outlets, goods and services sold or operated by MCA and suitable for their intended purpose.

 

3


3. COPYRIGHT/TRADEMARK

MCA will take appropriate action as reasonably directed by Dr. Seuss Enterprises to protect all copyrights and trademarks (including the use of appropriate notices, as directed by Dr. Seuss Enterprises) in connection with the uses granted hereunder, including in-park uses, merchandise, advertising and packaging.

Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall own all right, title and interest, including all copyrights and copyright renewals and extensions, and causes of action of any kind, with respect to any portion or component of any theme park element, retail element, goods or other item created by or for MCA if and to the extent that it uses a portion of or incorporates the Properties or Dr. Seuss Elements, including all characters, text, and images contained therein, whether such portion or component is a “derivative work” or “new work” under the United States or other applicable copyright laws (the “Work Product”), and such Work Product will be licensed to MCA pursuant to the terms of this Formal Agreement. MCA hereby sells, assigns, and transfers to Dr. Seuss Enterprises its entire worldwide right, title and interest in and to all Work Product and shall obtain and provide to Dr. Seuss Enterprises appropriate written work for hire agreements or assignments, as appropriate, executed by any person or party who has made any contribution to the creation of the Work Product, such that ownership in such Work Product is in the name of Dr. Seuss Enterprises, free of any claims, interests or rights of any other parties. MCA agrees not to permit any persons to retain or reserve by oral or written agreement any rights as “authors” of such Work Product.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Formal Agreement, during the term of this Formal Agreement and following the termination thereof, Dr. Seuss Enterprises agrees that it shall not use, copy or exploit such Work Product, provided that the foregoing will not be construed to prevent Dr. Seuss Enterprises from using or licensing any of the Properties or Dr. Seuss Elements, or any portion of the Properties or Dr. Seuss Elements, including all characters, text and images, for the creation of new (defined to exclude nonmaterial changes to the Work Product) or independently created works, derivative works, compilations, etc. of any kind, even if such independently created works are substantially similar to the Work Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such uses and/or licenses shall not violate MCA’s exclusive license for Theme Park use granted pursuant to Paragraph III(A)(1) of the Formal Agreement. It is understood that any physical and tangible manifestations of Work Product, separate and apart from the copyright and other intellectual property rights therein, shall be owned by MCA, provided that MCA shall have no right to exploit same following the termination of the Formal Agreement, subject to MCA’s right to sell off Merchandise and accept returns as to Merchandise inventoried or stocked or tied into the Theme Park for a period of six-months.

 

4


MCA shall have and retain all exclusive rights in those portions or components of any theme park element, retail element, goods or items comprising or incorporated into the Work Product upon deletion therefrom of all references to Dr. Seuss Elements and the Properties, including any characters, text and images contained in Dr. Seuss Elements and the Properties, trademarks, service marks and the Work Product. MCA shall have all right, title and interest in and to such materials and all proprietary rights therein, including, without limitation, all copyrights and other intellectual property rights, all contract and licensing rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind with respect to any of the foregoing, whether now known or hereafter to become known. MCA can exploit or otherwise dispose of its retained rights in MCA’s sole discretion.

MCA shall make reasonable efforts to register the copyright in each such theme park element, retail element, goods or other item showing copyright ownership as a compilation in its name, showing copyright ownership consistent with the foregoing paragraphs, in compliance with the Copyright Laws of the United States (as amended by the Berne Convention Implementation Act of 1988) and the Universal Copyright Convention, and shall provide such evidence of such registration as is reasonably satisfactory to Dr. Seuss Enterprises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dr. Seuss Enterprises may elect, upon written notice to MCA, to obtain such copyright registrations and other protection as to the Work Product as it shall deem appropriate.

Dr. Seuss Enterprises recognizes that copyrights in the Properties are subject to renewal, and that such renewal rights may vest in persons not parties to this Formal Agreement. Dr. Seuss Enterprises represents and warrants that possible statutory heirs of the renewal rights in connection with the Properties have signed the Heir’s Agreement dated as of April 21, 1994 (attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and incorporated herein by this reference); and Dr. Seuss Enterprises will immediately notify MCA in writing of any new statutory heirs and use best efforts to cause such heir(s) (and/or his or her legal guardian) to sign the Heir’s Agreement.

All trade names, trademarks, service marks, commercial symbols and/or logos used by MCA hereunder which use or incorporate any element of the Properties or Dr. Seuss Elements (“Marks”), including in connection with theme parks, retail stores, merchandise and services, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Dr. Seuss Enterprises and such Marks are licensed to MCA pursuant to the terms of this Formal Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Formal Agreement, during the term of this Formal Agreement and following the termination thereof, Dr. Seuss Enterprises will not use any new Marks which were developed by MCA hereunder, provided that the foregoing will not be construed to prevent Dr. Seuss Enterprises from using or licensing the Properties, including all Dr. Seuss Elements, characters, text and any images in connection with any new

 

5


(defined to exclude nonmaterial changes to the Marks) or independently created trade names, trademarks, service marks, commercial symbols and/or logos to be used in connection with any goods or services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such uses and/or licenses shall not violate MCA’s exclusive license for Theme Park use granted pursuant to Paragraph III(A)(1) of the Formal Agreement. It is understood that any physical and tangible manifestations of the Marks, separate and apart from the intellectual property rights therein, shall be owned by MCA, provided that MCA shall have no right to exploit the same following the termination of the Formal Agreement, subject to MCA’s right to sell off merchandise and accept returns as to merchandise inventoried or stocked or tied into the Theme Park for a period of six-months.

MCA shall have and retain the exclusive rights in those portions or components of the Marks upon deletion therefrom of all references to the Properties, including any characters, text and images contained in the Properties, the Dr. Seuss Elements and Work Product. MCA shall have all right, title and interest in and to such materials and all proprietary rights therein, including, without limitation, all trademark, service mark and other intellectual property rights, all contract and licensing rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind with respect to any of the foregoing, whether now known or hereafter to become known. MCA shall have the right to exploit or otherwise dispose of its retained rights in MCA’s sole discretion.

Each party agrees to take such actions, and to execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other party such assignments, documents, instruments and agreements as the other party shall reasonably request to effect or evidence each party’s ownership rights described herein.

Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall make reasonable efforts to file in the United States, Japan, France and the United Kingdom such trademark or design applications relating to the use or proposed use by MCA of the Marks in such classes as Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall deem appropriate. MCA shall keep Dr. Seuss Enterprises informed as to its proposed uses of any Marks, including the jurisdictions and the goods and/or services in connection with which, it proposes to use the Marks and when it proposes to begin using any Mark in any jurisdiction or any goods or services. Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall consider such information in planning and implementing its worldwide trademark registration and enforcement strategy.

Commencing upon entry of this Formal Agreement, MCA will cooperate with Dr. Seuss Enterprises to develop a trademark registration program, identifying a reasonable number of Marks which should be registered in a reasonable number of countries, for a reasonable number of international classes (with particular reference to the United States, Japan, France and the United Kingdom) to enable the parties to protect their rights which are the subject of this Formal Agreement.

 

6


MCA shall keep appropriate records (including copies of pertinent invoices and correspondence) and evidence of use relating to the dates when each of the Marks is first used hereunder in each country, and the dates of first use with respect to each Mark in connection with each separate good or service. If so requested to do so by Dr. Seuss Enterprises, MCA agrees to supply Dr. Seuss Enterprises with samples of such usages of the Marks and other information which will enable Dr. Seuss Enterprises to complete and obtain trademark, service mark or design applications or registrations, or for enforcement purposes. MCA also agrees to reasonably cooperate with Dr. Seuss Enterprises in connection with providing information for, and executing and delivering such documents as are required in connection with complying with any registered user requirements of any country.

Each party will promptly notify the other of any infringements or violations of the rights licensed to MCA hereunder which come to their attention. The parties agree to consult with each other as to how to respond to each such infringement or violation. In the event the parties jointly conclude that legal or other action should be taken with respect to such infringement or violation, the parties shall promptly and diligently prosecute such action and shall share equally in all costs and expenses and all recoveries and awards, with respect thereto. If either party (i) does not in good faith consult with the other with respect to responding to any infringement or violation in a prompt and timely manner, or (ii) advises the other party that it does not intend to participate in any action, then the other party shall be free to respond to such infringement or violation or proceed with such action in any manner which it deems appropriate, at its own expense, and shall receive all recoveries and awards therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MCA shall have no right to settle or otherwise dispose of any infringement or violation in any manner which affects, relates to or involves Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ Properties, rights, copyrights or Marks licensed under this Formal Agreement, without Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ prior written consent, and Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall have no right to settle or otherwise dispose of any infringement or violation in any manner which affects, relates to or involves the properties, rights, copyrights or trademarks of MCA, without MCA’s prior written consent.

4. INDEMNITIES

MCA agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Dr. Seuss Enterprises against any claims (except to the extent they are related to breaches in Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ warranties) (i) arising out of MCA’s exploitation of the rights granted hereunder, and operation of the theme parks, stores and other outlets, including without limitation, tort liability to

 

7


Dr. Seuss Enterprises, (ii) arising from MCA’s breach of its representations, warranties or covenants contained herein, and any infringement proceedings that may be brought resulting from the use of non-Dr. Seuss elements by MCA, and (iii) resulting from the use of the Dr. Seuss Properties. Dr. Seuss Enterprises agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless MCA against any claims arising from Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ breach of its representations, warranties or covenants contained herein, including any copyright or trademark infringement proceedings that may be brought resulting from the use of the Dr. Seuss Elements by MCA, subject to the limitations in Paragraph 2 of these Terms and Conditions. Any indemnification obligation hereunder shall apply to the party specified, its respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees, partners, agents, attorneys, successors, assigns, parents, subsidiaries and affiliated companies, and shall cover any claims, costs, lawsuits, liabilities or losses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and all related costs). MCA agrees that it or an appropriate theme park operating entity will provide Dr. Seuss Enterprises with a certificate of insurance evidencing General Liability coverage of a minimum of $10 million per occurrence, and naming Dr. Seuss Enterprises as an additional insured.

5. TERM

Once a theme park containing Dr. Seuss Elements is open, the term of this Formal Agreement will be for so long as MCA is operating such theme park in a manner consistent with the descriptions in Sections 1 and 2 of the Formal Agreement, it being understood that the copyrights in the Properties may expire during such period. The copyright provisions, warranties, representations and indemnities contained in Sections 2, 3 and 4, above, shall survive the termination of the Formal Agreement.

6. CREATIVE MATERIALS

Dr. Seuss Enterprises will cooperate in making available to MCA to the extent same is available, information, artwork, archive material, key personnel and other materials reasonably requested by MCA in order that MCA can creatively develop The World of Dr. Seuss and the Dr. Seuss Attractions and exploit its rights hereunder. MCA will reimburse Dr. Seuss Enterprises for its reasonable costs in this regard.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY

Both parties agree that any public announcement concerning the relationship between MCA and Dr. Seuss Enterprises will be at a time, place and manner as is mutually determined by the parties and that neither party will disclose the material provisions of this Formal Agreement, unless required by court order. Dr. Seuss Enterprises will keep confidential any information that is disclosed to Dr. Seuss Enterprises regarding the design and content, budget, techniques, and time tables for

 

8


The World of Dr. Seuss and/or “The Second Gate” unless and until and only to the extent that this information is made public by MCA, or required to be disclosed by law. Any information provided by Dr. Seuss Enterprises to MCA which is identified as confidential will be kept confidential by MCA to same extent.

Both parties agree that under any circumstances they will keep confidential the existence of this Formal Agreement and any of its elements.

8. NOTICES/PAYMENTS

Any notices, approvals, payments or other communications required or permitted to be given or delivered hereunder shall, unless otherwise permitted, be in writing and shall be delivered personally, transmitted by telex, telecopier or telegraph (if other than a payment), or, except during periods of postal disruption, sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the parties at their respective addresses appearing herein, or at such other addresses as either party may from time to time designate to the other in writing. Any notice, approval or communication so given shall be deemed to have been received on the date on which it is delivered, on the day transmitted if by telex, telecopier or telegraph, or, if mailed, on the second business day next following the mailing thereof, except that any payment shall be deemed made when received. Any such notice shall be sent to the parties at the following addresses:

 

To:    DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.
   7301 Encelia Drive
   La Jolla, California 92037
Copy To:    GRAY CARY WARE & FREIDENRICH
   1200 Prospect Street, Suite 575
   La Jolla, California 92037
   Attention: Karl ZoBell
Copy To:    INTERNATIONAL CREATIVE MANAGEMENT, INC.
   40 West 57th Street
   New York, New York 10019
   Attention: Herb Cheyette
To:    MCA INC.
   100 Universal City Plaza
   Universal City, California 91608
   Attention: Ronald Bension
Copy To:    MCA INC.
   100 Universal City Plaza
   Universal City, California 91608
   Attention: Anthony Sauber

 

9


Copy to:    ROSENFELD, MEYER & SUSMAN
   9601 Wilshire Boulevard, 4th Floor
   Beverly Hills, California 90210
   Attention: William J. Skrzyniarz, Esq.

A11 payments hereunder will be made to International Creative Management, Inc, (“ICM”) as agents for Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P., 40 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019, attention: Herbert Cheyette.

9. FURTHER INSTRUMENTS

Dr. Seuss Enterprises will execute, acknowledge and deliver to MCA or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered to MCA, in form approved reasonably by MCA, any and all further assignments or instruments which MCA may deem necessary, expedient or proper to carry out and effectuate the purposes and intent of this Formal Agreement. If Dr. Seuss Enterprises fails to execute and deliver to MCA such further assignments or instruments within fifteen business days after MCA’s request therefor, then to the extent that Dr. Seuss Enterprises is legally entitled to execute, acknowledge and deliver such assignments or other instruments, Dr. Seuss Enterprises appoints MCA as Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ irrevocable attorney in fact, with the right, but not the obligation, to do any and all acts and things necessary to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such further assignments and other instruments, in the name of and on behalf of MCA, which appointment is deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and irrevocable.

10. SUCCESSOR(S) IN INTEREST

The rights granted pursuant to the Formal Agreement and/or any other location’s agreement pursuant to Article IV of the Formal Agreement may be assigned to any successor owner of a Theme Park containing the Dr. Seuss Elements and shall inure to the benefit of any such successor owner of such Theme Park; provided, however, that no such assignment shall relieve MCA, INC. of its obligations under the Formal Agreement unless such assignment is to a party or guarantor that Dr. Seuss Enterprises reasonably approves as being financially responsible and able to assume the obligations in connection with such Theme Park. Successor parties or guarantors may make subsequent assignments to new parties or guarantors, subject to the foregoing procedure.

11. AUDIT AND REVIEW

During the term of this Formal Agreement, MCA shall keep full and accurate books of account and copies of all documents and other materials related to this Formal Agreement (the “Records”) at MCA’s principal office in the United States, for a period of not less than four years after each was generated or prepared in the ordinary course of business. Further, MCA shall provide to Dr. Seuss Enterprises, at the same time it makes

 

10


payment of any Merchandise Royalty or Merchandise Guarantee, a full and complete statement showing in reasonable detail the basis on which such Merchandise Royalties were calculated, and providing such other information as Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall reasonably request.

Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall have reasonable audit and review rights to verify that proper Merchandising Royalties are paid to Dr. Seuss Enterprises in connection with this Formal Agreement. MCA will keep the Records open to inspection by Dr. Seuss Enterprises or Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ duly authorized agents and representatives, who shall have reasonable access to the Records for such purposes at reasonable hours of the day during which MCA’s offices are open.

Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall have the right of inspection of the Records not more than once each calendar year. In the event that Dr. Seuss Enterprises causes an examination to be made of the Records, that examination shall be conducted in a manner as not unduly to interfere with MCA’s business. Dr. Seuss Enterprises and Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ duly authorized agents and representatives conducting any examination will maintain the confidentiality of all information obtained by them as a result of such examination and shall not reveal to any other person, firm or corporation any information acquired as a result of such examination, except as may be required by law in connection with any legal action or other proceeding implemented by Dr. Seuss Enterprises to enforce Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ rights under this Formal Agreement. MCA will maintain the Records for at least four years as set forth above, except that if a bona fide dispute arises between the parties prior to the end of such four year period with respect to any payment or the information contained in the Records, then MCA will maintain the Records until a resolution of the dispute, or four years from the date of the termination of this Formal Agreement, whichever last occurs. Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall respect the confidentiality of, the Records, but shall be entitled to make such disclosures reasonable in order to enforce Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ rights hereunder. MCA will reimburse Dr. Seuss Enterprises for the reasonable cost of any final audit resulting in Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ being due additional sums exceeding five percent of any payment at issue, otherwise, all audits shall be conducted at Dr. Seuss Enterprises’ sole expense.

12. BREACH/CURE

Either party may terminate this Formal Agreement upon a material breach of the other party, subject to written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure. Except as provided herein, any casual or inadvertent failure to make any payment due under this Formal Agreement will not constitute a material breach of this Formal Agreement unless Dr. Seuss Enterprises notifies MCA in writing that MCA has failed to make such payment and MCA then fails to make such payment to Dr. Seuss within 30 days after

 

11


MCA’s receipt of the notice (subject to events of Force Majeure as defined in Section 15, below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a breach and/or termination of any one agreement for a Theme Park containing the Dr. Seuss Elements shall not effect and/or cause a breach and/or termination of any other location’s agreement for a Theme Park containing the Dr. Seuss Elements and Dr. Seuss Enterprises shall be limited in its right to pursue its remedies against MCA in connection with such Theme Park wherein the breach and/or termination occurred.

13. NO JOINT VENTURE

Nothing in this Formal Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the relationship of partners or joint venturers, and neither party has any power to obligate or bind the other party in any manner whatsoever.

14. FORCE MAJEURE

If MCA is prevented, materially hampered, or interrupted in the preparation or production or operation of “The Second Gate” or “The World of Dr. Seuss” or other Theme Park containing the Dr. Seuss Elements pursuant to this Formal Agreement by reason of any governmental law, action, inaction, ordinance, regulation, executive or judicial order, judgment or decree, earthquake, flood, fire, epidemic, accident, explosion, casualty, act of God, lockout, strike, labor controversy or threat thereof, riot, civil disturbance, boycott, war or armed conflict (whether or not officially declared), act of a public enemy, embargo, delay of a common carrier, the inability without fault on MCA’s part to obtain sufficient material, labor transportation, power or other essential commodity or service required in the conduct of a Theme Park or merchandising hereunder, or by reason of any other cause of a similar nature which event has or might reasonably have the effect of interfering with MCA’s ability to exploit the rights granted under this Formal Agreement (“Force Majeure Event”), MCA may suspend payment of any sums otherwise due to Dr. Seuss Enterprises for a period up to six months, but MCA will resume payment at the end of the Force Majeure Event upon written notice to Dr. Seuss Enterprises. None of MCA’s rights in the Dr. Seuss Attractions will be affected by such suspension for a Force Majeure Event and/or suspension of payments.

15. MISCELLANEOUS

a. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Formal Agreement by the other party will be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of any provision of this Formal Agreement. The remedies provided in this Formal Agreement are cumulative, and the exercise of one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy for the same default.

 

12


b. This Formal Agreement and the Exhibits attached to it are intended to be the final and complete expression of the agreement between the parties and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter of this Formal Agreement, including the Short Form Agreement effective as of April 21, 1994.

c. This Formal Agreement may not be modified nor may any of its terms be waived except in writing signed by both parties. If any part of this Formal Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect the validity of the balance of this Formal Agreement.

d. The headings of the paragraphs are for convenience only and in no way limit or affect the provisions of the Formal Agreement.

e. This Formal Agreement is governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements entered into and to be performed wholly in California.

f. The parties agree to first submit any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Formal Agreement, or breach thereof, to non-binding mediation by a mediator to be selected by the parties. Any legal proceeding of any nature brought by either party against the other party to enforce any right or obligation under this Formal Agreement will be submitted only for trial before any state or federal court in the State of California, County of Los Angeles. The parties expressly consent and submit to jurisdiction of any such court, waive all objections to such jurisdiction on the basis of venue, jurisdiction, or personal jurisdiction, and agree to accept service of process outside the State of California in any matter to be submitted to any court under this Formal Agreement.

g. If any party brings an action to enforce or interpret the terms of this Formal Agreement or to declare rights under the Formal Agreement or to recover for or prevent breach of the Formal Agreement, the prevailing party in any such action will be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court as well as to such reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment obtained.

 

13


EXHIBIT A

THE PROPERTIES

 

Title

   Date of
Copyright
   Copyright
Reg. No.
   Date of
Renewal
   Renewal
Reg. No.

500 Hats of Bartholomew Cubbins

   09/28/38    A121907
   11/19/65    R373275

And to Think That I Saw It on

   09/28/37    A112004

Mulberry Street

   10/06/64    R345815

Bartholomew & the Oobleck

   10/06/49    A37840
   11/05/76    R645569

Cat in the Hat

   02/28/57    A281039
   01/31/85    RE240391

Cat in the Hat Comes Back

   09/05/58    A355615
   03/03/86    RE288973

Cat in the Hat Songbook

   08/22/67    A953771

Cat in the Hat (Spanish)

   04/13/67    A954923

Come Over to My House *

   09/07/66    A873098

Dr. Seuss’ ABC Book

   08/29/63    A651707
   06/03/91    RE527899
   12/18/91    RE561716

Dr. Seuss’ Sleep Book

   08/30/62    A599141
   01/22/90    RE465216

Fox in Socks

   02/04/65    A765204
   06/19/93    RE625055

Green Eggs and Ham

   09/01/60    A475565
   01/19/88    RE376436

Happy Birthday to You

   10/01/59    A412696
   01/08/87    RE323355

Hop on Pop

   02/05/63    A616710
   06/03/91    RE528173
   12/18/91    RE561717

 

A-1


Horton Hears a Who

   09/27/50   A152927
   01/06/83   RE115184

How the Grinch Stole Christmas

   09/23/57   A312043
   02/11/85   RE238319

I Had Trouble Getting to Solla Sollew

   08/27/65   A794059
   06/16/93   RE625058

I Wish That I Had Duck Feet *

   08/27/65   A794058
   06/19/93   RE625057

If I Ran the Circus

   09/11/56   A254660
   01/30/84   RE205426

If I Ran the Zoo

   09/27/50   A47792
   10/17/77   R674412

King’s Stilts

   10/04/39   A132666
   05/17/67   R410210

On Beyond Zebra

   09/19/55   A204493
   01/31/83   RE160864

One Fish Two Fish Red Fish Blue Fish

   03/01/60   A35009
   01/19/88   RE376431

Scrambled Eggs Super!

   03/20/53   A84364
   (No renewal)  

Sneetches and Other Stories **

   09/01/61   A543386
   01/17/89   RE425704

Ten Apples Up on Top *

   02/24/61   A512606
   01/17/89   R430091

Thidwick the Big-Hearted Moose

   08/16/48   A25079
   09/09/75   R613758

Yertle the Turtle and Other Stories

   04/24/58   A336186
   03/03/86   RE288967

Because a Little Bug Went KaChoo *

   09/30/75   A729059

Butter Battle Book

   04/10/84   TX1-345339

Cat’s Quizzer

   08/23/76   A808640

Did I Ever Tell You How Lucky You Are?

   09/12/73   A502030

Eye Book *

   10/07/68   A39909

Foot Book

   10/07/68   A39908

 

A-2


Great Day for Up *

   08/27/74    A595526

Hooper Humperdink? Not Him! *

   09/20/76    A815130

Horton Hatches the Egg

   10/21/40    A147032
   01/19/68    R428772

Hunches in Bunches

   03/25/83    TX1-070382

I Can Draw It Myself

   08/28/70    A254607

I Can Lick 30 Tigers Today!

   09/26/69    A132498

I Can Read With My Eyes Shut!

   11/17/78    TX277144

I Can Write! *

   08/12/71    A301287

I’m Not Going to Get Up Today *

   05/12/88    TX2-342518

In a People House *

   08/15/72    A381487

Lorax

   08/12/71    A301289

Many Mice of Mr. Brice

   04/09/90    VA-392557

(aka Pop-Up Mice of Mr. Brice) *

      cover illustration
only)

Marvin K. Mooney, Will You Please Go Now!

   08/15/72    A381497

Maybe you Should Fly a Jet *

   01/26/81    TX633591

McElligot’s Pool

   09/22/47    A17021
   11/04/74    R589631

Mr. Brown Can Moo! Can You?

   08/28/70    A254461

My Book About Me *

   09/02/68    A149611

Oh, Say Can You Say?

   12/18/79    TX474051

Oh, the Places You’ll Go! **

   10/19/90    VA430950

Oh, the Thinks You Can Think

   08/26/75    A692225

Please Try to Remember the First of Octember *

   10/17/77    A922415

Shape of Me and Other Stuff

   07/24/73    A475432

There’s a Wocket in My Pocket

   08/12/74    A595528

Tooth Book *

   09/23/81    TX772784

 

A-3


Wacky Wednesday *

   09/10/74    A596273

Would You Rather be a Bullfrog?

   08/26/75    A729058

You’re Only Old Once

   04/14/86    TX1-807266
   08/26/91    TX3140074

Six by Seuss

   08/26/91    TX3138467

Seven Lady Godivas

   09/20/39    A132274
   03/29/67    R407033

Dr. Seuss From Then to Now ***

   (applied for)

Daisy-Head Mayzie ****

   [Not yet published]

Any other Dr. Seuss books illustrated with typical Dr. Seuss characters, whether or not previously published by Theodor S. Geisel are included in this grant, but not books illustrated with other than typical Dr. Seuss illustrations and not fine art books.

 

* The illustrations to these titles are not included within the definition of the “Properties” under this Formal Agreement. Dr. Seuss, therefore, makes no grant and extends no warranties or indemnities with respect to said illustrations.

 

** MCA acknowledges and agrees that it may not exercise any of the rights granted to it under the Formal Agreement with respect to the book, Oh, the Places You’ll Go!, or to the story “What Was I Scared Of?” which is contained in the book Sneetches and Other Stories, until seven years from July 13, 1994.

 

*** Only the images and verse created by Theodor S. Geisel contained in this title are included in this grant. MCA acknowledges and agrees that some of the images and verse contained in this title are now in the public domain, and Dr. Seuss Enterprises makes no grant and extends no warranties to such material.

 

**** MCA acknowledges and agrees that it may not exercise any of the rights granted to it under the Formal Agreement with respect to Daisy-Head Mayzie prior to seven years following the date of first broadcast of the animated television program based on the title.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

PREVIOUSLY GRANTED RIGHTS

1. Miscellaneous existing contracts with respect to television programs, video products and dramatic presentations, none of which involve any rights inconsistent with rights granted hereunder.

2. Agreement with Tri-Star Pictures, Inc., to produce a motion picture based on “Oh, the Places You’ll Go!” and “What Was I Scared Of?” (from “Sneetches and Other Stories”) including certain rights with respect to “Visiting Characters” from other Dr. Seuss books. Tri-Star Pictures, Inc., has acknowledged that the letter agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 (and incorporated by this reference herein) clarifies Tri-Star Pictures, Inc.’s rights with respect of the Properties and the Visiting Characters.

3. Agreement with Hanna-Barbera, Inc., to produce an animated television program based upon an as yet unpublished book entitled “Daisy-Head Mayzie”, to be published by Random House. Copyright ownership in the program is held jointly by Dr. Seuss Enterprises and Hanna-Barbera, Inc.

4. Agreement with Living Books, Inc. to produce, sell and distribute electronic versions of books written by Theodor S. Geisel.

 

B-1


DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.

c/o International Creative Management, Inc.

40 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

July 13, 1994

Lisbeth Aschenbrenner, Esq.

Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs

Tri-Star Pictures, Inc.

10202 West Washington Boulevard

Culver City, California 90232

Dear Ms. Aschenbrenner:

Reference is made to that certain agreement between Theodor and Audrey Geisel (the “Owner”) and Tri-Star Pictures, Inc. (“Tri-Star”) dated as of September 7, 1990 (the “Agreement”) pertaining to certain rights granted to Tri-Star respecting Oh, the Places You’ll Go! and What was I Scared of? (hereinafter referred to as the “Property”).

This will acknowledge that theme park rights in the Property were not granted to TriStar by Owner under the Agreement either to the Property or to the Visiting Characters as defined in said agreement.

In consideration of Tri-Star’s entering into this letter of clarification, Owner agrees that, if Owner elects to separately license theme park rights to the Property to a third party as distinct from a license to a third party of theme park rights to all or substantially all of the Dr. Seuss properties, Owner shall notify Tri-Star in writing of the terms and conditions it has been offered by such third party for such license and Tri-Star shall have the right to accept such terms and conditions not less than five business days after receipt thereof by written notice to Owner, in which event Owner shall license such theme park rights to TriStar on such basis. The terms and conditions which are presented to Tri-Star shall not include any terms which cannot be met as easily by one person as another.

In the event Tri-Star declines such offer, Owner shall be free to license such theme park rights to a third party on a basis not less favorable to Owner than that last offered to Tri-Star. However, it will not thereafter license such theme park rights to a third party on a basis less favorable to Owner than that last offered to Tri-Star unless it first offers such terms and conditions to Tri-Star as set forth above.

 

EXHIBIT B-2


EXHIBIT C

TO THE FORMAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN

MCA INC.

AND DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.

DATED AS OF APRIL 21, 1994

Attached is the Short Form Copyright License.

 

C-1


SHORT FORM LICENSE OF COPYRIGHT

Subject to the restrictions, exclusions, terms and conditions set forth in the agreement between Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P. (“Licensor”) and MCA INC. (“Licensee”) dated as of April 21, 1994 (the “Formal Agreement”), Licensor, for valuable consideration received, sells, grants and assigns to Licensee and to such of its representatives, successors and assigns as may be authorized pursuant to the terms of the Formal Agreement, an exclusive license to the rights to any and all of the Dr. Seuss characters and any and all related characters and elements, including, but not limited to, the likenesses, digitized likenesses, visual representations, symbols, designs, personalities, voices, music, mannerisms, common phrases, themes, plots, elements and animation, and a non-exclusive merchandising license in connection with the same, for use by Licensee in, and in connection with, theme parks, amusement parks, studio attractions and other comparable venues throughout the world, all as set forth in more detail in the Formal Agreement.

Dated as of this 27th day of Sept., 1994.

 

DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.,
By:  
Geisel-Seuss Enterprises, Inc.
General Partner
By:   /s/ Audrey S. Geisel
  Audrey S. Geisel, President
By:   /s/ Karl ZoBell
  Karl ZoBell, Vice President

 

C-2


STATE OF CALIFORNIA      
      SS.
COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO    }   

On SEPTEMBER 27, 1994, before me, the undersigned Notary Public, personally appeared AUDREY S. GEISEL ( X ) personally known to me or (    ) proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Mildred Basden

(S E A L)

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA      
      SS.
COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO    }   

On SEPT. 28, 1994, before me, the undersigned Notary Public, personally appeared KARL ZOBELL ( X ) personally known to me or (    ) proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Mildred Basden

(S E A L)

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

TO THE FORMAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN

MCA INC.

AND DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.

DATED AS OF APRIL 21, 1994

Attached are the Heir’s Agreements.

 

D-1

Exhibit 10.55

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT

This Amendment is made as of October 1, 1997. The Formal Agreement dated as of April 1, 1994, between DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P. and MCA INC. (the “Agreement”) is amended as hereinafter set forth. (Terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Formal Agreement.)

1. UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC. (“UNIVERSAL”) is now the name of the entity which was MCA INC., when the parties entered into the Formal Agreement.

2. UNIVERSAL may sell merchandise making use of the Properties and Dr. Seuss Elements at the Universal Islands of Adventure Preview Center located at Universal Studios Florida commencing October 1, 1997. Any such merchandise may be made by or for UNIVERSAL, and shall be subject to all of the approval procedures set forth in the Formal Agreement.

2. Any such merchandise shall, in its design and content, relate to Universal Islands of Adventure and/or the Seuss Landing component thereof. Such merchandise may be sold only at the Preview Center (which may include a cart situated outside the Preview Center).

3. UNIVERSAL shall pay to Dr. Seuss Enterprises a royalty of eight percent (8%) of Wholesale Costs, paid quarterly, to be calculated and accounted for as set forth in the Formal Agreement, except that it will not be offset against any advance, and shall be paid directly to ICM, as agents for Dr. Seuss Enterprises, as provided in the Formal Agreement.

4. In all other respects, the Formal Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Dated: October 1, 1997

 

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.     DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.,
    By:  

Geisel-Seuss Enterprises, Inc. General Partner

By:  

/s/

     
      By:  

/s/ Audrey S. Geisel

Its:  

EVP-Recreation Group

      Audrey S. Geisel, President
       

/s/ Karl ZoBell

        Karl ZoBell, Vice President

Exhibit 10.56

SECOND AMENDMENT TO FORMAL AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Formal Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into effective as of the Effective Date, defined below, by and between Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P., a California limited partnership (“ DSE ”) and USI Asset Transfer LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Universal ”), as successor in interest to Universal Studios, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as MCA Inc., with reference to the following facts (DSE and Universal are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”).

RECITALS

A. DSE and MCA Inc. executed that certain Formal Agreement dated as of April 21, 1994 (as amended by the First Amendment (as defined below), the “ Formal Agreement ”), pursuant to which DSE granted to MCA Inc. certain rights to exploit certain elements of the literary works of Theodor S. Geisel, also known as Dr. Seuss, that were and are owned by DSE (collectively, as more particularly defined in the Formal Agreement, the “ Dr. Seuss Elements ”), in connection with the Universal’s Islands of Adventure theme park (“ UIOA ”) in Orlando, Florida, referred to in the Formal Agreement as the “Second Gate”. Also pursuant to the Formal Agreement, DSE granted to MCA Inc. exclusive rights to exploit the Dr. Seuss Elements in Attractions at Theme Parks throughout the world.

B. MCA Inc. changed its name to Universal Studios, Inc. on or about December 9, 1996. DSE and Universal Studios, Inc. amended the Formal Agreement pursuant to a First Amendment to Agreement dated October 1, 1997 (the “ First Amendment ”). Pursuant to a Contribution Agreement dated as of April 24, 2002, Universal Studios, Inc. contributed all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Formal Agreement to Universal. At the time of such contribution, Universal Studios, Inc. indirectly owned, and as of the date hereof, Universal Studios, Inc. indirectly owns, through various intermediate entities, all right, title and interest in and to Universal.

C. By an agreement dated September 25, 2000, DSE agreed that Universal Studios, Inc. could exploit certain rights with respect to both the story and motion picture versions of Dr. Seuss’ How the Grinch Stole Christmas (collectively, the “ Grinch Works ”) for a promotional event in connection with the release of the motion picture consisting of a holiday-themed “Grinchmas” event at the Universal Orlando and Universal Studios Hollywood theme parks and CityWalks. Concurrently herewith, the Parties have entered into that certain 2009 Grinchmas Agreement (the “Grinchmas Agreement”), which Grinchmas Agreement will henceforth govern the respective rights and obligations of the Parties with regard to Grinchmas events at any and all Universal locations.


AGREEMENT

Effective as of the Effective Date, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . The definitions set forth in the Recitals and this Paragraph 1 shall apply to capitalized terms used in this Amendment. Any capitalized terms used in this Amendment without definition have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Formal Agreement.

1.1 “ Approved Food and Beverages ” means Seuss-themed healthy food and beverages developed by Universal, any Permitted Assignee or any Limited Assignee in conjunction with DSE’s Executive Vice-President of Licensing and Marketing, consisting of three (3) food options for each of the following categories: appetizers, entrees, side dishes, and beverages, for a total of 12 items. All such items may bear fanciful Seuss designations, such as Thidwick’s Moose Moss (for a green salad), Cool Nool Pool Water (for a container of water), and so forth. For purposes of this Agreement, “healthy food” shall mean food that is of lower fat, sugar, and caloric content than the food typically sold as “fast food” and, by way of illustration only, may include such items as a grilled chicken breast sandwich, carrot and celery sticks, green salad, apple slices, and raisins, and should not include fried foods, soda pop, and sugary confections. The Parties agree that the foregoing names are for illustrative purposes only and are not required to be used or necessarily approved by DSE.

1.2 “ Attraction Year ” shall mean the year commencing on the date that a ride attraction at an Eligible Theme Park themed to Dr. Seuss Elements opens to the public, and each year commencing on any annual anniversary of such date.

1.3 “ Dr. Seuss Property ” shall mean each property listed in Exhibit A to the Formal Agreement, provided that any such properties that are related in characters, theme and/or content (such as The Cat in the Hat and The Cat in the Hat Comes Back ) shall be considered a single Dr. Seuss Property.

1.4 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date of full execution of this Amendment, as evidenced by the dates of execution under the respective signature lines of this Amendment.

1.5 “ Eligible Theme Park ” shall mean a Theme Park located in any of the Retained Territories at which any Dr. Seuss Elements are not being exploited as of the Effective Date.

1.6 “ Limited Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 4 hereof.

1.7 “ Permitted Assignee ” shall mean (i) the owner or operator of UIOA, and (ii) a single assignee acquiring all or substantially all of Universal’s assets.

1.8 “ Retained Territories ” shall mean the United States, the United Kingdom, the United Arab Emirates, the Peoples Republic of China, and South Korea.

2. Relinquishment of Exclusive Rights . Effective as of the Effective Date, and subject to all applicable provisions of this Amendment, Universal relinquishes to DSE all of Universal’s exclusive rights, pursuant to Article IV of the Formal Agreement, to exploit the Dr. Seuss

 

2


Elements at Theme Parks located anywhere in the world, except that Universal shall retain exclusive rights to exploit the Dr. Seuss Elements at and in connection with Theme Parks located in the Retained Territories. As of the Effective Date, DSE shall own the exclusive rights hereby relinquished by Universal.

3. Exploitation of Dr. Seuss Elements in Retained Territories . For purposes of this Paragraph 3, each reference to “Universal” shall be deemed to mean “Universal, a Permitted Assignee or a Limited Assignee.”

3.1 Timing of Exploitation . Subject to all applicable provisions of this Amendment, in order for Universal to exploit any Dr. Seuss Elements at or in connection with an Eligible Theme Park, Universal must:

3.1.1 Within five (5) years after the Effective Date, with respect to each such exploitation, pay to DSE either of the following amounts:

(a) The amount described in Section IV.B. of the Formal Agreement as the amount payable upon the first public announcement that such Eligible Theme Park will contain Dr. Seuss Elements (or the commencement of construction of Dr. Seuss Attractions at such Eligible Theme Park, whichever occurs first), if such exploitation of Dr. Seuss Elements is to be effected (or, pursuant to Paragraph 3.2 hereof, is required to be effected) in accordance with Article IV of the Formal Agreement; or

(b) The license fee amount for the first Attraction Year of the applicable exploitation at such Eligible Theme Park as set forth in Paragraph 3.3.7, if such exploitation of Dr. Seuss Elements is to be effected in accordance with Paragraph 3.3.

3.1.2 Upon the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Effective Date, all of Universal’s exclusive rights to exploit the Dr. Seuss Elements at an Eligible Theme Park for which a payment described in this Section 3.1 has not been made shall lapse and revert to DSE.

3.2 Exploitation in Accordance with Formal Agreement .

3.2.1 Any exploitation of Dr. Seuss Elements in an Eligible Theme Park located within the United Kingdom or the People’s Republic of China must be effected in accordance with Article IV of the Formal Agreement, including the financial terms set forth in Section IV.B. thereof.

3.2.2 Any exploitation of Dr. Seuss Elements in an Eligible Theme Park located within any of the other Retained Territories may be effected either (i) in accordance with Article IV of the Formal Agreement, including the financial terms set forth in Section IV.B. thereof, or (ii) in accordance with Paragraph 3.3 hereof.

3.2.3 In the event of any exploitation of Dr. Seuss Elements in an Eligible Theme Park in accordance with Article IV of the Formal Agreement, all other applicable provisions of the Formal Agreement shall apply to such exploitation, including:

(a) The approval and consultation provisions of Article II of the Formal Agreement;

 

3


(b) All of the Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit B to the Formal Agreement (provided that, for purposes of Section 5 of such Terms and Conditions, the applicable Eligible Theme Park may be operated by Universal, a Permitted Assignee or a Limited Assignee);

(c) The final paragraph of Section III.A.I. of the Formal Agreement (with respect to the use of Dr. Seuss Elements in the marketing of such Eligible Theme Park, including joint promotions and corporate sponsorships); and

(d) Section III.A.2. of the Formal Agreement (with respect to the development and sale of merchandise themed to Dr. Seuss Elements and Approved Food and Beverages in connection with such Eligible Theme Park, provided that photos and videos of guests with Dr. Seuss Elements taken by such Eligible Theme Park’s photographers (“Photos”), as well as merchandise utilizing such photos and videos (“Photo Merchandise), may be sold to such guests at locations specified in Section III.A.2. of the Formal Agreement and may also be sold through an internet website owned and operated by Universal Or any of its affiliates (“Internet Sales”) subject to the following limitation: Internet Sales of Photos and Photo Merchandise maybe offered only if the Photos were taken of a guest during a visit to an Eligible Theme Park or to UIOA.

3.3 Exploitation as a Single Attraction . In the event that Universal is permitted to exploit Dr. Seuss Elements at an Eligible Theme Park in the United Arab Emirates or South Korea in accordance with this Paragraph 3.3, Universal may elect to exploit such Dr. Seuss Elements comprising a single Dr. Seuss Property at such Eligible Theme Park as follows:

3.3.1 As the theming for a single ride attraction at such Eligible Theme Park (including related signage and other decorative elements in the immediate vicinity of such single ride attraction) (a “Single Attraction’);

3.3.2 As the theming for strolling costumed characters relating to such Single Attraction (which strolling costumed characters may appear in both public and private events at such Eligible Theme Park);

3.3.3 As the theming for merchandise relating to such Single Attraction developed and offered for sale by such Eligible Theme Park, subject to the terms of Section III.A.2. of the Formal Agreement;

3.3.4 By creating Photos and Photo Merchandise (as defined above), which may be sold to such guests at locations specified in Section III.A.2. of the Formal Agreement and may also be sold through an internet website owned and operated by Universal or any of its affiliates (“Internet Sales”) subject to the following limitation: Internet Sales of Photos and Photo Merchandise may be offered only if the Photos were taken of a guest during a visit to the Eligible Theme Park or to UIOA.

 

4


3.3.5 As the theming for Approved Food and Beverages; and

3.3.6 In connection with the advertising, marketing, promotion and publicity of such Eligible Theme Park (including joint promotions and corporate sponsorships).

All such exploitations shall be effected in accordance with the approval and consultation provisions of Article II of the Formal Agreement and all of the Terms and Conditions attached to the Formal Agreement as Exhibit B (provided that, for purposes of Section 5 of such Terms and Conditions, the applicable Eligible Theme Park may be operated by Universal, a Permitted Assignee or a Limited Assignee), and, in addition, all marketing (including joint promotions and corporate sponsorships) involving such Dr. Seuss Elements shall be effected in accordance with the final paragraph of Section III.A.I. of the Formal Agreement, and all development and sale of merchandise themed to Dr. Seuss Elements and Approved Food and Beverages shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Section III.A.2. of the Formal Agreement.

3.3.7 In the event that Universal elects to exploit Dr. Seuss Elements in accordance with this Paragraph 3.3, Universal shall pay to DSE the following amounts:

(a) An annual license fee of US$350,000 per Attraction Year, payable within fifteen (15) business days after each annual anniversary of the date that the Single Attraction opens to the public (the license fee for the first Attraction Year shall have been prepaid as set forth in Paragraph 3.1 hereof); and

(b) An annual royalty guarantee of US$50,000 per Attraction Year, payable within fifteen (15) business days after the date that the Single Attraction opens to the public, and within fifteen (15) business days after each annual anniversary thereof.

(i) Such annual royalty guarantee shall be recoupable against royalties that shall accrue during the applicable Attraction Year on the sale of merchandise developed by Universal and themed to Dr. Seuss Elements and Approved Food and Beverages in connection with such Single Attraction at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the cost of production of such merchandise and such Approved Food and Beverages.

(ii) In the event that, during any Attraction Year, the entire royalty guarantee for such Attraction Year is recouped against royalties that accrue on the sale during such Attraction Year of merchandise themed to Dr. Seuss Elements and Approved Food and Beverages, any additional royalties that may accrue during such Attraction Year on the sale of merchandise themed to Dr. Seuss Elements and Approved Food and Beverages shall be paid to DSE on a quarterly basis, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter containing all or any part of such Attraction Year.

3.4 Exclusivity . In the event that Universal elects to exploit Dr. Seuss Elements in connection with an Eligible Theme Park in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 3, DSE shall not thereafter grant to any other theme park or amusement park located in the applicable exclusive territory for such Eligible Theme Park, as set forth below, any right to exploit any Dr. Seuss Elements at or in connection with such other theme park or amusement park. In the event that, at the time Universal elects to exploit Dr. Seuss Elements in connection with an Eligible Theme Park in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 3, DSE has

 

5


already granted to any other theme park or amusement park located in the applicable exclusive territory for such Eligible Theme Park (other than in the Retained Territories) the right to exploit Dr. Seuss Elements at or in connection with such other theme park or amusement park, such grant may remain in effect, but DSE shall not thereafter expand the geographic territory of such grant. For sake of clarity, the territory of exclusivity for the Retained Territories is as follows:

 

Territory of Exploitation

  

Territory of Theme Park and Amusement Park Exclusivity

United States    United States, Canada
United Kingdom    United Kingdom, Ireland, Belgium, Netherlands, Luxembourg
United Arab Emirates    United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Oman, Qatar, Bahrain, Kuwait, Iraq, Iran, Yemen, Jordan, Syria, and Lebanon
South Korea    South Korea
People’s Republic of China    People’s Republic of China, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macau

4. Assignments . Rights granted to Universal under the Formal Agreement as amended hereby for a Theme Park or a Single Attraction may be licensed to a Permitted Assignee, or subject to the following, to a third party that is not a Permitted Assignee (a “ Limited Assignee ”):

4.1 A license to a Limited Assignee shall be subject to (i) DSE’s prior written approval, which shall be exercised only after review of the proposed Limited Assignee’s capabilities, experience, reputation, and financial status, and which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; and (ii) Universal’s agreement to remain primarily liable for all financial and other obligations hereunder and to remain as the primary contact for DSE with regard to all of DSE’s rights and obligations hereunder. Any purported license granted to a third party other than a Permitted Assignee without DSE’s prior written approval and subject to the conditions of (ii) above shall be void.

4.2 DSE hereby approves the following as Limited Assignees, on the condition that Universal shall remain primarily liable for all financial and other obligations hereunder and shall remain DSE’s primary contact with regard to DSE’s rights and obligations hereunder:

4.2.1 Dubai Holding LLC and its subsidiaries Tatweer Dubai LLC and USD Theme Park LLC, with respect to the United Arab Emirates; and

4.2.2 Beijing Tourism Group Co., Ltd., with respect to the People’s Republic of China.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Except as specifically amended hereby, the Formal Agreement remains in full force and effect and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. All applicable general provisions of the Formal Agreement (e.g., governing law, dispute resolution, etc.) shall be incorporated with full force and effect into this Amendment as if fully set forth herein.

 

6


5.2 DSE represents and warrants that it has full right to grant all rights granted under this Amendment and that no consent by or payment to any of the heirs that executed an Heir’s Agreement in connection with the Formal Agreement is required in connection with this Amendment.

5.3 The Parties acknowledge that the Formal Agreement has been filed by Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (“ UCDP ”), the owner and operator of Universal Orlando, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) as one of its “material contracts”. Accordingly, pursuant to the rules of the SEC, this Amendment is also required to be filed by UCDP with the SEC. The Parties shall cooperate in connection with such filing, including in connection with any request for confidential treatment in respect thereof that either Party may desire to make.

5.4 The addresses for notices and payments set forth in Section 8 of the Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit B to the Formal Agreement are revised to read as follows:

 

“DSE:   

Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P.

1200 Prospect Street, Suite 575

La Jolla, CA 92037

with a copy to:   

Karl ZoBell

DLA Piper LLP (US)

1200 Prospect Street, Suite 575

La Jolla, CA 92037-3610

Fax No.: (858) 456-3075

with a copy to:   

Herbert Cheyette

International Creative Management

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Fax No: (212) 556-5665

UNIVERSAL:   

Universal Parks & Resorts

100 Universal City Plaza, 1280/8

Universal City, CA 91608

Attn: Michael E. Silver, Esq.

Senior Vice President, Business and Legal Affairs

Fax No.: (818) 866-4545

All payments hereunder shall be made to International Creative Management, Inc., as agents for Dr. Seuss Enterprises, L.P., 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, attention: Herbert Cheyette.”

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

DR. SEUSS ENTERPRISES, L.P.     USI ASSET TRANSFER LLC
By:   Geisel-Seuss Enterprises, Inc.,     By:  

/s/ Maren Christensen

  General Partner       Maren Christensen
        Executive Vice President
By:  

/s/ Audrey Geisel

    Date:  

July 31, 2009

  Audrey Geisel      
  President      
Date:  

August 4, 2009

     
By:  

/s/ Karl ZoBell

     
  Karl ZoBell      
  Secretary      
Date:  

August 4, 2009

     

 

8

Exhibit 10.57

Certain portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and are replaced herein by ***. The omitted material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

MARVEL

DEAL CONCEPTS

 

I. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

MCA is developing a complete destination resort on approximately 800 acres owned by it and a partner in Orlando, Florida, on which Universal Studios Florida is located and attracted approximately 7 million visitors in 1992.

When completed, as presently planned the resort will consist of the existing theme park and HARD ROCK CAFE, plus a second gated theme park (“THE SECOND GATE”), four highly themed hotels totalling 4,000 rooms, a themed entertainment and shopping complex, as well as a golf course, tennis club and spa. It is contemplated that the total cost of building out these facilities over the next decade will be approximately $3 billion. The total complex is hereafter referred to as “Universal City Florida”.

THE SECOND GATE will be similar in size, quality and originality to Universal Studios Florida and is expected to generate even greater attendance, stay time and visitor expenditures given the unique appeal of the park and the synergies which will arise from the total destination resort


concept. A theme park with anticipated initial attendance of five million visitors per year which is essentially comparable in size, quality and per capita expenditure to the present Universal Studios Florida is hereafter referred to as a “Universal Theme Park”. As with Universal Studios Florida, Steven Spielberg will play a major role as creative consultant in the development of THE SECOND GATE at the Universal Theme Park (Orlando).

 

  A. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MARVEL UNIVERSE

As part of THE SECOND GATE, within a separate environment designated under the banner of THE MARVEL UNIVERSE (or similar designation approved by Marvel) MCA will construct a complex of attractions, stores and food venues heavily themed around the Marvel properties. Marvel hereby grants MCA a license to use Marvel’s characters for the purposes, on the terms and to the extent set forth herein.

In developing and implementing THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, MCA will follow and be consistent with The Official Handbook of The Marvel Universe, Marvel’s Style Guide and such other descriptive design/style materials as may be provided by Marvel. This Marvel-themed complex would be designed in coordination with Marvel, and all major elements and themes would be subject to Marvel’s reasonable approval. As set forth in Section IV(A)(1)

 

2


any use of non-Marvel characters within THE MARVEL UNIVERSE (whether or not as a major element) will be subject to Marvel’s approval. The completed cost of this Marvel-oriented complex (design and construction, including reasonably allocated infrastructure) would be approximately $***.

 

  B. MARKETING OF THE MARVEL UNIVERSE

In marketing THE SECOND GATE, MCA will see to it that Marvel is a significant focus of its marketing efforts, and that Marvel elements are included in at least $100 million of fair value of advertising, publicity, brochures, joint promotions, or other marketing exposure relating to THE SECOND GATE (which may include other elements of Universal City Florida) during the initial two years of operation (plus the pre-opening period). During the subsequent five year period, Marvel elements will be included in at least 20% of the value of the marketing exposure of the Universal Theme Park (Orlando) and thereafter in at least $*** per year relating to THE SECOND GATE at the Universal Theme Park (Orlando) (which may include other elements of Universal City Florida).

Marvel shall have a reasonable right of advance approval relating to the use of its trademarks in connection with any such advertising, publicity, brochures, promotions or other marketing efforts by MCA. Once particular artwork has been approved by Marvel, MCA may continue to use such artwork unless notified to the contrary by Marvel.

 

3


Permitted marketing efforts shall include joint promotions and corporate sponsorships, so long as it is clear that what is being marketed is THE SECOND GATE or THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, or specific elements of THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, as opposed to the Marvel name or characters themselves apart from the theme park, and in no event will the Marvel elements, in the aggregate, be more than ***% of an overall MCA third party promotion.

Any Corporate Sponsorship shall require Marvel’s approval, as will any joint promotion in which MCA receives cash or other consideration (including items of value) other than free media inclusion. As to MCA joint promotions in which MCA does not receive cash or other consideration, Marvel shall have the right to notify MCA from time to time of significant promotional arrangements it has made or are in serious negotiations with third parties which might conflict with unannounced MCA joint promotions. Thereafter any MCA proposed joint promotion (in which MCA receives no consideration) involving a competing product or entity in the territory covered by a Marvel promotion contained in such notice(s) shall require Marvel’s approval.

 

4


II. PROCEEDING TO COMPLETION OF THE MARVEL UNIVERSE

 

  A. Upon execution of this agreement, MCA will pay Marvel $*** in consideration of entering into this exclusive relationship.

Concurrently, MCA will commence designing THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, and will work diligently (including meeting the requirements set forth in subsection II(B) below) to complete its design and construction as part of its overall plans for the initial opening content of THE SECOND GATE. At the end of each year prior to the opening of any THE MARVEL UNIVERSE the President of MCA shall deliver a letter to Marvel affirming the intention of MCA to complete construction and open THE MARVEL UNIVERSE by the required deadline stated herein, and informing Marvel in general terms of the progress to date, including a statement of the expenditures in such year discussed in the next paragraph.

To further this goal, MCA will expend at least $***/year on a cumulative basis (allowing carry forward) on design and construction of THE MARVEL UNIVERSE over the next three years.

 

5


MCA’s rights under this agreement will terminate if THE MARVEL UNIVERSE does not open within six months of the opening of THE SECOND GATE (with further extensions of up to one year for clear-cut force majeure events such as major fires or other destructive events), with an outside date for opening THE MARVEL UNIVERSE of 2001 (with similar extensions of up to one year for clear-cut force majeure events). In no event shall MCA have any rights under this Agreement if both the Second Gate and The Marvel Universe at Universal City Florida have not opened by December 31, 2002.

 

  B. Further, MCA’s right to proceed to open THE MARVEL UNIVERSE at THE SECOND GATE shall lapse under the following circumstances:

 

  1. MCA shall fail to accomplish any of the following benchmarks:

 

  (a) Securing all significant governmental approvals to utilize the site of THE SECOND GATE by December 31, 1998.

 

  (b) Commence construction of THE SECOND GATE by December 31, 1999.

 

6


  (c) Commence construction of THE MARVEL UNIVERSE by December 31, 2000.

 

  2. In the event THE MARVEL UNIVERSE as part of THE SECOND GATE has not opened by December 31, 1998 and MCA shall fail to pay to Marvel an additional option fee in the amount of $*** on each subsequent January 1st that THE MARVEL UNIVERSE is not open to the public.

 

III. TERM

Once THE MARVEL UNIVERSE opens within the above time period, the term of this agreement shall continue for so long as a THE MARVEL UNIVERSE shall remain open (and operated consistent with the standards of the next paragraph below) at any Universal Theme Park (allowing for temporary closures for force majeure events or refurbishment/maintenance provided they are being diligently pursued), except for termination for material breach (with written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure).

Each THE MARVEL UNIVERSE shall be operated and maintained in a first class manner consistent with the highest standards of the theme park industry and shall be deemed “open” only when operated in such manner (subject to temporary closures for force majeure events as described in the prior paragraph).

 

7


At such time as any THE MARVEL UNIVERSE is no longer open at a particular Universal Theme Park, all exclusivity and marketing rights acquired by MCA as a result of the opening of such THE MARVEL UNIVERSE at such Universal Theme Park, as set forth in Section IV below, shall terminate and this Agreement shall thereafter be construed as if the notice of intent to open THE MARVEL UNIVERSE had not been given by MCA.

 

IV. EXCLUSIVITY

 

  A. Exclusivity of Marvel Characters Within THE MARVEL UNIVERSE:

 

  1. Within THE SECOND GATE, the Marvel Characters will be primarily utilized as part of THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, although they may also be used throughout THE SECOND GATE as strollers or featured elements in stores, restaurants, and the like (subject to Marvel’s reasonable approval). Within THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, the use of any non-Marvel characters will be subject to Marvel’s approval.

 

  B. Other Theme Parks

 

  1.

MCA (or an MCA “Corporately Related Company” (defined below)), shall have an option to utilize the Marvel characters in THE SECOND GATE of the

 

8


 

Universal Theme Park (Orlando) and an exclusive world-wide option to utilize the Marvel characters in additional THE MARVEL UNIVERSES in any other Universal Theme Parks, which initial option must be exercised during the two year period beginning on the date of the opening of THE MARVEL UNIVERSE in the Universal Theme Park (Orlando). The present inventory of the Marvel characters is set forth in the schedule to be attached or provided by Marvel promptly after execution hereof, plus any characters developed or acquired or licensed in the future by Marvel which (x) are marketed under the Marvel “Banner” or (y) were previously marketed under the Marvel “Banner” during the term hereof and are subsequently marketed under the “Banner” of a Marvel Related Company (defined below). Any characters which are licensed to Marvel by third parties subject to terms which require Marvel to pay a license fee based on revenues or which do not permit sublicensing may be excluded, at Marvel’s option, in the foregoing grant.

 

9


  a. After such 2 year period, MCA’s exclusive rights will be subject to “shrinkage” or “expansion” as follows:

 

  1. If no action is taken by MCA, such exclusivity shall be limited as follows:

 

  i. East of The Mississippi - any other theme park is limited to using characters not currently being used by MCA at the time such other license is granted. [For purpose of this subsection and subsection iv, a character is “being used by MCA” if (x) it or another character of the same “family” (e.g., any member of THE FANTASTIC FOUR, THE AVENGERS or villains associated with a hero being used) is more than an incidental element of an attraction, is presented as a costumed character, or is more than an incidental element of the theming of a retail store or food facility; and, (y) in addition, if such character or another character from the same “family” is an element in any MCA marketing during the previous year. Any character who is only used as a costume character will not be considered to be “being used by MCA” unless it appears as more than an incidental element in MCA’s marketing.]

 

10


  ii. West of The Mississippi - any other theme park may use any Marvel characters whether or not used by MCA.

 

  iii. East or West of The Mississippi - permitted uses shall be limited to the use of specific Marvel characters and Marvel may not permit a licensee to use the name “Marvel” as part of the attraction name or marketing.

 

  iv. East or West of The Mississippi - The foregoing permitted uses will be subject to the following marketing restrictions:

 

  (a)

If the particular character is used by MCA (as defined above), such character will not be advertised or promoted East of The Mississippi, except by means of national Network buys

 

11


  of television, within printed materials such as brochures, or by print advertisements in periodicals directed to readers more than 300 miles from Orlando; and with regard to any of the foregoing permitted marketing, if the marketing is for a group of theme parks located both East and West of The Mississippi, the marketing shall make abundantly clear that the character only appears in the parks West of The Mississippi and shall not be subject to confusion on such point (such as would occur by visual inclusion of the character in a generic, multipark advertisement subject to a small print explanation of the parks where the character is present).

 

12


  (b) If the particular character is not used by MCA, such character will not be advertised or promoted by means of (x) spot television buys, billboards, personal appearances, or print advertisements which are (y) viewed, located or primarily directed to persons within 300 miles of Orlando. In other words, regional (i.e. covering a multi-state geographic region) or national television or print media buys, or brochures would not be prohibited within such 300 mile radius.

 

  2. Within 2 years after opening of THE MARVEL UNIVERSE in Orlando, MCA may retain its worldwide exclusivity for up to 5 additional years by designating another location where it intends to develop THE MARVEL UNIVERSE as part of a theme park, and by paying an option fee of $*** per year. Provided such second theme park opens within such 5 year period, MCA shall maintain worldwide exclusivity for an additional two year period after such opening, and thereafter its rights will be subject to the “shrinkage” or “expansion” concept described above (in the manner described below).

 

13


As used throughout this agreement, any subsequent THE MARVEL UNIVERSE must cost at least $*** (calculated in the manner described previously), must appear in a Universal Theme Park, and Marvel’s representation therein will be of at least comparable proportion and like quality to its representation (including as to the retail exposure and promotional efforts of MCA) within THE SECOND GATE at Universal City Florida.

 

  i. With regard to the second and subsequent Universal Theme Parks in the areas specified below, MCA’s exclusivity shall be as follows:

 

  a. Second U.S. Park - all of U.S.

 

  b. Any of Japan, Hong Kong, the Philippines, Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, Mainland China, Taiwan, North or South Korea, Vietnam, or Thailand, exclusivity will apply to all others.

 

14


  c. Europe Park - all Europe, including Turkey, but excluding any areas that were part of the former USSR.

 

  ii. With regard to subsequent Universal Theme Parks in areas other than as described in (i) above, the parties will in good faith agree upon comparable geographic provisions to the “East of the Mississippi” provisions applicable to the Orlando Universal Theme Park. Thereafter, the above “shrinkage” or “expansion” provisions shall continue to apply to all such future Universal Theme Parks described in this subsection (ii). If after opening any subsequent Universal Theme Park MCA does not institute the option payments within 2 years, continue the option payments, and open such newly designated subsequent Universal Theme Park within 5 years thereafter, its rights shall be permanently “shrunk”, and it will have no further right to build any new THE MARVEL UNIVERSE.

 

15


  3. Any THE MARVEL UNIVERSE constructed hereunder after THE MARVEL UNIVERSE (Orlando) shall be subject to the payment and other relevant terms of this agreement applicable to THE MARVEL UNIVERSE (Orlando), except as to CPI increases as set forth herein.

 

  4. To the extent and in the territories that MCA has exclusive theme park rights, such shall not prohibit (except for the limitations described below) Marvel from itself developing or licensing its planned Retail concept which may include interactive elements as a major or minor element (presently intended to be called “The Marvel Action Universe” and referred to as such herein, but which may also be called “The Marvel Universe” or another name chosen by Marvel). The Marvel Action Universe will consist, inter alia, of the sale of comic books, trading cards, software, licensed or Marvel produced merchandise, the use of electronic games and/or pinballs or other coin operated games, and may include one or more virtual reality and/or simulator ride using Marvel characters or other themes. The following restrictions shall apply to The Marvel Action Universe (or elements thereof whether owned or licensed by Marvel).

 

16


  a. Restrictions as to the geographic location of The Marvel Action Universe in areas where MCA has exclusive rights hereunder.

 

  i. The Marvel Action Universe will not be within 60 miles of any Universal Theme Park with a THE MARVEL UNIVERSE

 

  ii. Mini-theme parks, recreation centers, game centers and the like designated with the Marvel name or the name of any Marvel characters or any major entertainment component of a Marvel Action Universe such as a motion based film ride shall not be within 60 miles of any Universal Theme Park with a THE MARVEL UNIVERSE.

 

  iii. Within the ADI market of the city containing a Universal Theme Park (even to the extent such ADI exceeds a 60 mile radius) there shall not be a Marvel themed simulator ride.

 

17


  b. Restrictions as to elements of The Marvel Action Universe in areas where MCA has exclusive rights hereunder.

 

  i. Within 300 miles of any Universal Theme Park with a THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, no The Marvel Action Universe shall contain more than one simulator, nor shall such simulator hold more than 20 people. Motion based or virtual reality attractions which are coin operated and hold no more than 4 people shall not be deemed a “simulator” subject to the above restriction. Any such rides which are interconnected so as to create a simultaneous experience among multiple units exceeding an aggregate of 4 people shall be deemed simulator rides and the number of people in such interconnected rides shall be counted toward the 20 person limit above.

 

  c. Restrictions as to affiliations or marketing of The Marvel Action Universe or elements thereof, in areas where MCA has exclusive rights hereunder.

 

  i. The Marvel Action Universe will not be within any theme park, nor marketed in conjunction with any theme park. For purposes of these restrictions, an area of 10 acres or less will not be deemed a theme park. An area in excess of 10 acres may or may not be deemed a theme park based on its overall characteristics.

 

18


  ii. No The Marvel Action Universe will be marketed so as to infer or imply that such THE MARVEL ACTION UNIVERSE or one of its components (x) constitutes a theme park or (y) is a component of a theme park.

 

  iii. No The Marvel Action Universe shall be in or marketed in conjunction with any themed entertainment areas owned, operated or marketed by Disney, Time-Warner, Six Flags, Sony, Paramount or Busch. As used herein, “theme park” and “themed entertainment areas” shall not include, inter alia, facilities or complexes where at least 70% of the revenues generated on the premises are derived from retail sales or whose primary source of revenue is lodging (which may include food, beverage and gaming revenues).

 

  d. Pre-Existing Conditions in areas where MCA has exclusive rights hereunder.

 

19


The restrictions set forth in subparagraphs a and b above shall not apply to any The Marvel Action Universe or elements thereof which already “Exists” on the “Trigger Date” (both defined below) and would be thereafter impacted by subparagraphs a and b above due to the creation of a new THE MARVEL UNIVERSE in a Universal Theme Park. However, no such Marvel Action Universe shall be materially enhanced in relation to any otherwise prohibited element (except as to matters of governmental compliance and general refurbishment and updating) after the opening of such new THE MARVEL UNIVERSE in a Universal Theme Park. For purposes of this subsection the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (x) A Marvel Action Universe (or otherwise prohibited element) shall be deemed to “Exist” if it is (a) open for business or (b) a lease has been executed or a contract for purchase of land has been executed (in either case for a site for a The Marvel Action Universe) and Marvel is diligently proceeding to develop and open such The Marvel Action Universe.

 

20


  (y) The “Trigger Date” for any THE MARVEL UNIVERSE is the date hereof as to Orlando and,as to any subsequent THE MARVEL UNIVERSE in a Universal Theme Park, the later of the date on which (i) THE MARVEL UNIVERSE at the Universal Theme Park (Orlando) opens for business or (ii) MCA has announced development and paid the $*** (as adjusted by CPI) option fee relating to such new THE MARVEL UNIVERSE as set forth in Section IV(B)(1)(a)(2).

If Marvel is actively operating and/or developing The Marvel Action Universes in the 60 mile radius or ADI of any such newly announced THE MARVEL UNIVERSE at a Universal Theme Park, at the time of such announcement by MCA, Marvel may request MCA to consider, in good faith, modifying those terms of this subsection which limit Marvel’s enhancement and/or development of The Marvel Action Universes in such 60 mile area or ADI, although MCA shall be under no obligation to change the restrictions herein.

 

V. OTHER ASPECTS OF RELATIONSHIP

As to each THE MARVEL UNIVERSE at a Universal Theme Park (subject to CPI adjustments as set forth herein), the following shall apply:

 

21


  A. Annual Fee

Upon the opening of THE SECOND GATE, and on an annual basis thereafter, MCA will pay a fee of $***.

 

  B. Merchandise Opportunities/Specialty Stores

Throughout THE SECOND GATE, stores will carry a wide range of Marvel produced or licensed products and artwork, Marvel comic books, Fleer trading cards (or cards of such other licensee as may be designated by Marvel), and toys (primarily action figures) manufactured by Toy Biz, Inc. (or such other Marvel licensee as may be designated by Marvel). Additionally, within or adjacent to THE MARVEL UNIVERSE there would be significant retail space dedicated to Marvel publications, software, products, and cards produced or licensed by Marvel. It is anticipated that this exposure to a highly motivated public who have experienced THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, combined with the underlying popularity of the Marvel properties, will result in a level of sale of Marvel manufactured and licensed products, such as would make THE SECOND GATE an extremely lucrative outlet for its properties.

Within THE SECOND GATE, a minimum of 10,000 square feet of retail space will be devoted to items licensed or manufactured by Marvel or its related companies

 

22


including a minimum of 5,000 square feet of retail space in stores themed around MARVEL properties and devoted virtually exclusively (allowing for minor exceptions such as film, etc., but not competing characters) to the sale of MARVEL items.

MCA will give serious consideration to placing such Marvel-oriented stores at or adjacent to the exit of the major attractions within THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, consistent with its reasonable judgment as to traffic flow, planning considerations and customer acceptance.

The various Marvel properties and merchandise will also be used throughout the destination resort including within the hotels (if operated by MCA or an MCA Corporately Related Company; or if operated by a third party MCA will encourage such use), and Marvel theming and merchandise will be featured in any airport stores operated by MCA in Los Angeles or Orlando. Uses of Marvel theming in MCA operated stores other than within the resort property or within the aforesaid MCA operated airport stores will require specific Marvel approval.

 

23


The merchandise within such retail facilities will either be (i) purchased from Marvel’s licensees; (ii) purchased directly from Marvel or its designated distributors; or (iii) manufactured by or to MCA’s specifications as a direct licensee of Marvel.

 

  a. Sale of food or beverage, at non-premium prices, from Marvel themed facilities will not be subject to royalties, unless the items sold carry Marvel logos or proprietary elements. In the event such item(s) carry Marvel logos or proprietary elements, Marvel shall receive a license fee of *** percent on the wholesale price of such item (i.e. combined food and packaging).

 

  b. Food or beverage items sold at a premium price, either from Marvel themed facilities or which carry Marvel logos or proprietary elements, shall bear a licensee fee to Marvel equal to the greater of (x) *** percent on the wholesale price or (y) *** percent of the retail price of such item (i.e. combined food and packaging).

 

  C. Merchandise Royalty Guarantee

MCA will pay an annual guaranteed merchandise advance of $*** which will be applied against merchandise royalties from any of its retail outlets calculated at a

 

24


 

rate of ***% of wholesale cost. After the annual guaranteed advance is fully earned, the royalty on additional sales will decrease to ***% and will be paid quarterly. Such royalty will be applied to the wholesale cost of merchandise manufactured for and purchased by MCA as a direct licensee of Marvel, and to the cost of items purchased from Marvel’s licensees. (While Marvel will not require its licensees to sell items to MCA without a royalty built into the price, Marvel will not in any way prohibit or restrict MCA from being a direct licensee of Marvel or a Marvel Related Company for the purpose of producing products to be sold by MCA at Universal Theme Parks, surrounding complexes and certain airport stores as provided herein, including by means of exclusive licenses granted to parties other than Marvel Related Companies). In the event Marvel is unable to give MCA a direct license because of a conflicting license, MCA shall receive a credit for the license fees payable to Marvel by MCA hereunder, and Marvel agrees that the royalty rate paid by its Licensee in connection with each item as to which Marvel cannot grant a license to MCA will be set consistent with Marvel’s normal business practices.

 

  1. Marvel will have reasonable audit and review rights to assure that proper payments are made and that the cost attributed to merchandise manufactured for MCA’s order is being fairly stated and, inter alia, is not being “adjusted” so as to reduce the royalties due Marvel in favor of other merchandise not covered by this agreement.

 

25


  2. The parties will develop reasonable audit rights and procedures which will be consistent with industry standards. MCA will reimburse Marvel for the reasonable cost of any audit resulting in Marvel being due additional sums exceeding ***% of the sums paid by MCA.

 

  3. Marvel will have reasonable approval of all licensed merchandise, artwork, merchandise packaging, logos, and the like utilizing the Marvel properties, which approval will be granted or withheld in a timely and reasonable manner and will not be used in a way which would frustrate the intent of this Agreement.

 

  4. Where items of merchandise feature both the Marvel properties and other characters or elements proprietary to third parties (such as posters, T-shirts, coffee mugs and the like portraying the wide range of characters present in THE SECOND GATE) a procedure to arrive at a reasonable allocation of the royalty will be worked out.

 

26


  D. Product Purchase Guarantee

In addition to the Royalty Guarantee set forth in C above, if MCA’s wholesale cost of the comic books, art work, trading cards, toys, videos, games, and related items purchased from Marvel (or a Marvel Related Company) or their distributor (as to such Marvel produced items) do not exceed at least $*** in a given year, MCA will promptly pay to Marvel any such short fall, or purchase items covering such short fall. Such items purchased by MCA from Marvel or a Marvel Related Company (whether directly or through a distributor) shall not be subject to a Marvel royalty, and any royalty built into the wholesale cost shall be deducted. In the event that the product line produced by Marvel and Marvel Related Companies is substantially reduced after the date hereof, limiting the product available to MCA for sale at Universal Theme Parks, the parties shall negotiate in “good faith” an adjustment to the above $*** guarantee.

 

  E. Comic Book Advertising

MCA intends to advertise THE SECOND GATE (in a manner that features the Marvel properties) on the back page of various Marvel Comics. Marvel will work with MCA toward this end and provide information concerning

 

27


demographically appropriate magazines and their availability. Such advertising buys will be at the best rates available from Marvel to unrelated third parties for such publications for purchases of comparable volume. Subject to the availability of the specific publications MCA reasonably believes appropriate for its needs, MCA will expend at least the following amounts on advertisements appearing on Marvel comics:

 

  1. During the initial two years of operations (plus the pre-opening period) - $***.

 

  2. Per year thereafter - $***.

 

  F. Marvel Compensation Alternative

MCA agrees that if, as to any Universal Theme Park containing a THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, MCA utilizes “characters” not owned by MCA or an MCA Related Company and the financial arrangement between MCA and the owner or licensor of such “characters” (the “third party”) involves the “payment by MCA of sums based on revenues of the Theme Park or a significant portion thereof” (defined below), MCA shall offer to Marvel, the opportunity at Marvel’s option to elect to be compensated for the use of the Marvel license granted herein as it relates to such specific THE MARVEL UNIVERSE, on the same basis as such

 

28


“third party”. If Marvel so elects then MCA shall receive credit for payments previously made to Marvel to the extent comparable or similar payments were not part of such “third party” deal. In the event such “third party” is required by MCA to invest in the Universal Theme Park where its characters are being utilized, Marvel shall have a comparable obligation if Marvel exercises the option to be compensated based on the Compensation Alternative set forth in this paragraph F.

The “payment by MCA of sums based on revenues of the Theme Park or a significant portion thereof” is intended to encompass “royalty” arrangements or similar arrangements which compensate the “third party” based on net revenues, gross revenues, attendance, or any other standard measuring the economic performance of a particular Universal Theme Park or a significant portion thereof.

VI. MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL

 

  A. All sums to be paid or expended by MCA hereunder pursuant to Sections I(B), II(B), IV(B)(1)(a)(2), IV(B)(2), V(A), V(C), V(D) and V(E) shall be increased for each year after 1998 using the U.S. national CPI as of December 31, 1998 as the base.

 

29


  B. Marvel will reasonably cooperate in making information, artwork, archive material, key personnel, etc. available to MCA in order that MCA can creatively develop THE MARVEL UNIVERSE and exploit its rights hereunder. MCA will reimburse Marvel for its reasonable costs in this regard, including time of non-executive personnel and their reasonable travel expense.

 

  C. Whenever Marvel has “reasonable” rights for rejection of approval hereunder, the basic criteria to be used by Marvel may include inconsistency with (i) basic story line, (ii) the powers, (iii) basic personality traits, (iv) physical appearance (including clothing or costume), and/or (v) living habitat or environment relating to such character as portrayed in Marvel’s exploitation of such character in comic books or other products for the particular time period being depicted by MCA.

 

  D. MCA shall take appropriate action, as directed by Marvel to protect all copyrights and trademarks in connection with the uses granted hereunder, including in-park uses, merchandise and packaging.

 

  E. Marvel represents and warrants that it is the proper party to grant the rights contained in this Agreement and that such grant is effective and binding.

 

30


  F. MCA agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Marvel against any claims arising out of MCA’s exploitation of the rights granted hereunder (including, without limitation, the operation of a Universal Theme Park) or use of the Marvel properties (except for those related to breaches in Marvel’s warranties); and Marvel agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless MCA against any claim arising from Marvel’s breach of its representations and warranties contained herein. Any indemnification obligation hereunder shall apply to the party specified, its parent or subsidiary companies, affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, agents and employees (and, in the case of MCA, the actual MCA Corporately Related Company exploiting the rights granted hereunder), and shall cover any and all loss, liability, claims, damage and expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees of the protected party hereunder.

 

  G. Either party may terminate this agreement upon a material breach of the other party, subject to written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure.

 

  H. As used herein, an MCA “Corporately Related Company” shall mean any entity in which MCA has a majority interest in the voting equity (directly or indirectly) which operates or manages a particular Universal Theme Park in which THE MARVEL UNIVERSE is or will be located.

 

31


  I. As used herein, a “Marvel Related Company” shall mean any entity that is owned in whole by Marvel or (i) in which Marvel (or a company in (iii), (iv) or (v) below) has at least a 25% equity interest, (ii) Marvel (or a company in (iii), (iv) or (v) below) has a significant board representation, (iii) is a parent of Marvel, (iv) is controlled by an entity which (directly or indirectly) controls Marvel, or (v) is an “affiliate” of Marvel as defined in the 1933 Securities Act.

 

  J.

In the event any dispute, claim or difference arises out of this Agreement as to the rights and liabilities of the parties hereunder, the breach or invalidity of any covenants hereunder or in connection with the construction of this Agreement (each such event, a “Dispute”), the parties shall settle the Dispute by binding arbitration. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section J, the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the date of commencement of the arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York, unless the parties mutually agree to have the arbitration held elsewhere. The arbitration panel shall have the

 

32


 

authority to order travel, as part of a proceeding, to the site of any Universal Theme Park or other physical location, the viewing of which the panel believes is useful in determining facts relevant to resolution of the dispute. Judgment upon the award made in any arbitration proceeding hereunder may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed to limit or preclude a party from bringing any action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States for injunctive or other provisional relief to compel another party hereto to comply with its obligations under this Agreement during the pendency of the arbitration proceedings.

A party may commence arbitration by giving written notice to the other party, which shall include the contention of the party requesting arbitration, the factual circumstances giving rise to the dispute, the provisions of the Agreement which are alleged to have been breached or violated and the name and address of the arbitrator the party has appointed from a list of arbitrators who have been pre-approved by the parties. The parties shall in good faith appoint arbitrators to the list with experience in the entertainment business and intellectual property rights. Within ten (10) days following receipt of such notice, the other party shall appoint a second

 

33


arbitrator from the same list and provide the name and address to the other party. In the event both parties appoint the same arbitrator, he shall be the only arbitrator to decide the Dispute. In the event each party appoints a different arbitrator, the parties shall appoint a third arbitrator from the list. If within five (5) days the parties cannot agree upon a third arbitrator, they shall so notify the two appointed arbitrators within 24 hours. Within ten (10) days of appointment of the second arbitrator, the two arbitrators appointed shall choose a third arbitrator from the list and shall notify the parties as to their choice. The arbitrators shall be empowered to grant such injunctive relief as they deem appropriate. In the event a party believes that expedited arbitration proceedings are necessary, such party may request an expedited arbitration proceeding. In such event, the arbitrators shall have the power to order all discovery to proceed on an expedited basis, the arbitration shall proceed on an expedited basis and the arbitrators shall render their decision within five (5) business days after concluding all evidentiary proceedings. Either party may request the arbitration panel to assess the costs of the arbitration and/or the prevailing party’s legal fees against the party which loses the arbitration. The arbitrators shall exercise their discretion in deciding if, upon receiving such request and rendering their decision, one party properly should be assessed the costs of the arbitration and/or the legal fees incurred by the prevailing party.

 

34


  K. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

  L. Although the parties may ultimately enter into a more formal agreement containing the above terms, until such occurs, the terms of this Agreement shall be binding on the parties.

[NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

35


MCA Inc.     Marvel Entertainment Group
By:   /s/ Ron Bension     By:   /s/ William Bevins
  Ron Bension       William Bevins
  Chairman       Chief Executive Officer

MCA Recreation Services

This agreement dated March 22, 1994.

 

36

Exhibit 10.58

Certain portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and are replaced herein by ***. The omitted material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT BETWEEN MCA INC. (“MCA”) AND MARVEL CHARACTERS, INC. (“MARVEL”) dated this 29th day of September, 1995.

THE BACKGROUND OF THIS AGREEMENT IS AS FOLLOWS:

A. As of March 22, 1994 MCA and Marvel Entertainment Group, Inc. (“MEG”) entered into an agreement pursuant to which Marvel granted specified rights to MCA for use of Marvel’s Characters in MCA theme parks (the “Agreement”).

B. As of September, 1995, MEG assigned all of its right, title and interest in and to Marvel’s characters, including its interest in the Agreement, to Marvel.

C. The parties have agreed to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

Now therefore, for good and valuable consideration paid by each to the other, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. MCA hereby guarantees to Marvel the payment of the annual license fee described in Section V(A) for a period of ten (10) years beginning January 1, 1999. Such sums shall be paid to Marvel as and when due under Section V(A) of the Agreement.

2. MCA hereby guarantees to Marvel that the $*** annual merchandise minimum royalty described in Section V(C) of the Agreement will be paid for a minimum of 10 years beginning at the earlier of (i) the date that the second gate is open or (ii) July 1, 2000. On or before December 31, 1995 MCA shall pay to Marvel the sum of $*** in payment of the guaranteed payments described in this paragraph 2. No CPI increase shall be applicable to the base royalty payment of $*** per year during the first 10 years of such payments, but starting with the 11th year the base of $*** shall be adjusted using the CPI for December 31, 1998 as the base, so that the minimum for the 11th year shall be $*** multiplied by a fraction of the numerator of which is the CPI in effect for the immediately preceding year and the denominator shall be the 1998 CPI. Each year during the first 10 years when payments are due under Section V(C) of the Agreement, MCA will pay excess royalties, if any, due to Marvel based on a $*** base.

3. All defined terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement unless otherwise noted herein. Except as set forth above, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect unmodified except by the terms of this First Amendment.

4. This document may be signed in counterparts.


In witness whereof the parties have executed this First Amendment to Agreement, as of the day and year first above written.

 

MCA, INC.
BY:   /s/ Ronald Bension
MARVEL CHARACTERS, INC.
BY:   /s/

Marvel Entertainment Group, Inc. hereby joins in this First Amendment to Agreement for the purpose of acknowledging the assignment of its rights under the Agreement to Marvel Characters, Inc.; and Marvel Entertainment Group, Inc. hereby authorizes and directs MCA, Inc. to make all payments due hereunder, as well as future payments due under the Agreement, to Marvel Characters, Inc.

 

MARVEL ENTERTAINMENT GROUP, INC.
BY:   /s/ Paul E. Shapiro
  Executive Vice-President

 

2

Exhibit 10.59

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 6, 2009

Among

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

BARCLAYS CAPITAL,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 

Florida Documentary Stamp Tax in the amount of $4,900,000 and Florida Intangibles taxes in the amount of $2,800,000 have been paid in full to the Florida Department of Revenue in connection with the obligations of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (successor-by-merger to Universal City Development Partners, LP) (the “Borrower”) under Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 5, 1999, amended July 25, 2000 (the “Original Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as JPMorgan Chase Bank, formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, successor-by-merger to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as administrative agent and as collateral agent, as further amended December 19, 2001, March 28, 2002, and March 28, 2003, and as further amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 9, 2004 between Borrower and JP Morgan Chase Bank upon which additional Florida Documentary Stamp Tax was paid in the amount of $186,214 and on which additional Florida Intangible Taxes were paid in the amount of $106,408 per sections 201.09 and 199.145 (4)(b), Florida Statutes, respectively, as evidenced on that certain Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing recorded July 27, 2000, in Official Records Book 6054, Page 320, of the Public Records of Orange County, Florida (the “Public Records”), as modified by (i) Mortgage Modification, Spreading Agreement and Partial Release of Mortgage dated as of February 20, 2001, recorded on February 21, 2001, in the Official Records Book 6198, Page 4726 of the Public Records, (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated as of March 28, 2003, recorded on March 28, 2003 in the Official Records Book 6845, Page 4755 of the Public Records, (iii) Amendment No. 3 to Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated as of December 9, 2004, to be recorded in the Public Records on December 9, 2004 in the Official Records Book 7733, Page 1129, and (iv) the Amended and Restated Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated as of November     , 2009 (the “AAR Mortgage”), to be recorded in the Public Records contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this instrument. The obligations of the Borrower hereunder are a transmogrification of its obligations under the Original Credit Agreement. Florida Documentary Stamp taxes in the amount of $1,281,000 and Florida Intangible taxes in the amount of $732,000 will be paid directly to the Florida Department of Revenue in connection with the recordation of the AAR Mortgage securing the obligations under this instrument, including the increased obligation evidenced by this instrument as a future advance.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I

   Definitions    3

Section 1.01.

   Defined Terms    3

Section 1.02.

   Terms Generally    39

ARTICLE II

   The Credits    40

Section 2.01.

   Commitments    40

Section 2.02.

   Loans and Borrowings    40

Section 2.03.

   Requests for Borrowings    41

Section 2.04.

   Swingline Loans    42

Section 2.05.

   Letters of Credit    44

Section 2.06.

   Funding of Borrowings    49

Section 2.07.

   Interest Elections    50

Section 2.08.

   Termination and Reduction of Commitments    52

Section 2.09.

   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt    52

Section 2.10.

   Repayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans    53

Section 2.11.

   Prepayment of Loans    54

Section 2.12.

   Fees    55

Section 2.13.

   Interest    56

Section 2.14.

   Alternate Rate of Interest    57

Section 2.15.

   Increased Costs    58

Section 2.16.

   Break Funding Payments    59

Section 2.17.

   Taxes    59

Section 2.18.

   Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs    61

Section 2.19.

   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders    63

Section 2.20.

   Incremental Term Loans    67

ARTICLE III

   Representations and Warranties    69

Section 3.01.

   Organization; Powers    69

Section 3.02.

   Authorization    69

Section 3.03.

   Enforceability    70

Section 3.04.

   Governmental Approvals    70

Section 3.05.

   Financial Statements    70

Section 3.06.

   No Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect    71

Section 3.07.

   Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases    71

Section 3.08.

   Subsidiaries    71

Section 3.09.

   Litigation; Compliance with Laws    72

Section 3.10.

   Federal Reserve Regulations    72

Section 3.11.

   Investment Company Act    72

Section 3.12.

   Use of Proceeds    73

Section 3.13.

   Tax Returns    73

Section 3.14.

   No Material Misstatements    73


Section 3.15.    Employee Benefit Plans    73
Section 3.16.    Environmental Matters    74
Section 3.17.    Collateral Documents    74
Section 3.18.    Location of Real Property    75
Section 3.19.    Solvency    75
Section 3.20.    Labor Matters    76
Section 3.21.    Intellectual Property Rights    76
Section 3.22.    Project Documents    77
ARTICLE IV    Conditions of Lending    77
Section 4.01.    All Credit Events    77
Section 4.02.    Effectiveness    78
Section 4.03.    Effect of Amended Agreement    81
ARTICLE V    Affirmative Covenants    81
Section 5.01.    Existence; Businesses and Properties    81
Section 5.02.    Insurance    82
Section 5.03.    Taxes    83
Section 5.04.    Financial Statements, Reports, etc.    83
Section 5.05.    Litigation and Other Notices.    86
Section 5.06.    Compliance with Laws    86
Section 5.07.    Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections    86
Section 5.08.    Use of Proceeds    87
Section 5.09.    Compliance with Environmental Laws    87
Section 5.10.    Further Assurances; Additional Mortgages    87
Section 5.11.    Fiscal Year; Accounting    89
Section 5.12.    Maintenance of Ratings    89
ARTICLE VI    Negative Covenants    89
Section 6.01.    Indebtedness    89
Section 6.02.    Liens    93
Section 6.03.    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions    96
Section 6.04.    Investments, Loans and Advances    96
Section 6.05.    Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions    98
Section 6.06.    Dividends and Distributions    101
Section 6.07.    Transactions with Affiliates    102
Section 6.08.    Business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries    104
Section 6.09.    Limitation on Modifications and Prepayments of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc.    104
Section 6.10.    Capital Expenditures    106
Section 6.11.    Interest Coverage Ratio    106
Section 6.12.    Secured Leverage Ratio    106
Section 6.13.    Significant Event    107
Section 6.14.    Derivatives Obligations    107


ARTICLE VII Events of Default    108
Section 7.01.    Events of Default    108
Section 7.02.    Immaterial Subsidiaries    111
Section 7.03.    Borrower’s Right to Cure    111
ARTICLE VIII The Agents    112
Section 8.01.    Authorization    112
Section 8.02.    Nature of Duties    114
Section 8.03.    Resignation by the Agents    114
Section 8.04.    Each Agent in its Individual Capacity    114
Section 8.05.    Indemnification    115
Section 8.06.    Lack of Reliance on Agents    115
Section 8.07.    Incremental Secured Debt    115
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous    116
Section 9.01.    Notices    116
Section 9.02.    Survival of Agreement    117
Section 9.03.    Binding Effect    118
Section 9.04.    Successors and Assigns    118
Section 9.05.    Expenses; Indemnity    122
Section 9.06.    Right of Set-off    125
Section 9.07.    [Reserved]    125
Section 9.08.    Applicable Law    125
Section 9.09.    Waivers; Amendment    125
Section 9.10.    Interest Rate Limitation    128
Section 9.11.    Entire Agreement    128
Section 9.12.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    129
Section 9.13.    Severability    129
Section 9.14.    Counterparts    129
Section 9.15.    Headings    129
Section 9.16.    Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process    129
Section 9.17.    Confidentiality    130
Section 9.18.    Non-recourse to Partners    131
Section 9.19.    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility    131

 

Exhibits and Schedules

Exhibit A

  

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Schedule 1.01(b)    Mortgaged Properties
Schedule 1.01(c)    Project Documents
Schedule 1.01(d)    License Agreements
Schedule 1.01(e)    Non-Core Assets
Schedule 2.01    Commitments
Schedule 2.04(a)    Swingline Commitments
Schedule 3.04    Governmental Approvals


Schedule 3.05    Specified Transaction Documents
Schedule 3.07    Mortgaged Properties Sales
Schedule 3.08(a)    Subsidiary State of Jurisdictions
Schedule 3.08(b)    Outstanding Agreements or Commitments Relating To Equity Interests
Schedule 3.09    Litigation
Schedule 4.02(j)    Intercreditor Terms and Conditions
Schedule 5.02    Insurance
Schedule 6.01    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02    Liens
Schedule 6.04    Investments
Schedule 6.09    Existing Contractual Encumbrances


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of November 6, 2009 among UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), the LENDERS party hereto from time to time, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), BARCLAYS BANK PLC, DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as co-documentation agents (in such capacity, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2004 (as amended as of July 28, 2008 and in effect on the date hereof, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto on the date hereof (the “ Existing Lenders ”), the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this preamble are defined in Section 1.01 of this Agreement.

Universal City Florida Holding Co. I and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II (collectively, “ Holdings ”), which are the two partnerships that together own 100% of the Equity Interests in the Borrower, have issued (together with their respective finance subsidiaries, as co-issuers) notes in an aggregate principal amount of $450,000,000 (the “ Holdings Notes ”).

The Borrower proposes to issue $400,000,000 of senior unsecured notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Unsecured Notes ”) and $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ” and, together with the Senior Unsecured Notes, the “ New Notes ”). The proceeds of the New Notes will be used, together with the proceeds of the borrowings of the initial Term Loans under this Amended Agreement, to refinance in full the outstanding Term Loans under (and as defined in) the Existing Credit Agreement, the outstanding Senior Notes of the Borrower and, following distribution of a portion of such proceeds to Holdings for such purpose, the Holding Notes (collectively, the “ Refinancing ”).

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders enter into this Agreement in order to (a) amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement and renew and continue the Indebtedness and unused financing commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement (the “ Renewed Debt ”) in the aggregate amount of $609,000,000, composed of $509,000,000 of Term Loans (as defined in the


Existing Credit Agreement, the “ Existing Term Loans ”) and $100,000,000 of such unused financing commitments (the “ Existing Revolving Commitments ”) (the “ Restatement ”, and together with the Refinancing, the “ Transactions ”); and (b) extend additional credit to the Borrower hereunder in the aggregate amount of $366,000,000 (the “ Credit ”), subject to the terms and conditions herein. The Renewed Debt is to be renewed and continued hereunder, and the Credit is to be extended hereunder, in the form of (a) Term Loans on the Restatement Date, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $900,000,000 and (b) Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit from time to time during the Availability Period not in excess of $75,000,000. In addition, the Borrower may request that Lenders or Additional Lenders agree to make available, subject to the terms and conditions herein, Incremental Term Loans from time to time after the Restatement Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150,000,000.

In order to effect the Restatement, on and as of the Restatement Date (a) the Existing Term Loans held by each Lender that is an Existing Lender shall be renewed and continued under this Agreement in the form of Term Loans in amounts not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, (b) the Existing Revolving Commitment held by each Lender that is an Existing Lender shall be renewed and continued in the form of Revolving Facility Commitments, in amounts not exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment and (c) to the extent the aggregate amount of Renewed Debt exceeds the amount thereof renewed and continued pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), each Lender shall acquire such excess Renewed Debt from the Existing Lenders by assignments pursuant to Section 2.19(d), in amounts (taking into account any Renewed Debt of such Lender renewed and continued under clauses (a) and (b) above) not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Revolving Facility Commitment, as applicable, and such Renewed Debt so acquired by such Lender shall be renewed and continued under this Agreement in the form of Term Loans or Revolving Facility Commitments (or combination thereof), as applicable.

The proceeds of the Term Loans (to the extent of amounts not applied to continue and renew the Renewed Debt consisting of outstanding loans under the Existing Credit Agreement as contemplated above) will be used by the Borrower on the Restatement Date solely (i) first, to pay transaction costs related to the Transactions (the “ Transaction Costs ”) and (ii) second, to provide funds for the Refinancing. The proceeds of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans will be used by the Borrower solely for general corporate purposes, provided that the proceeds of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans may not be used for the purposes of financing Transaction Costs or the Refinancing. Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower solely for general corporate purposes.

The Borrower and the Administrative Agent acknowledge that in connection with the Original Credit Agreement, Florida documentary stamp tax in the amount of $4,900,000 and Florida intangibles taxes of $2,800,000 were paid

 

2


to the Florida Department of Revenue and in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement, additional Florida documentary stamp taxes in the amount of $186,214 and additional Florida intangibles taxes in the amount of $106,408 were paid to the Florida Department of Revenue. Finally, in connection with this instrument, additional Florida documentary stamp taxes in the amount of $1,281,000 and additional Florida intangibles taxes in the amount of $732,000 will be paid to the Florida Department of Revenue. Since the date of such payment, the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement has not exceeded $1,358,000,000 at any time.

The Lenders are willing to extend credit to the Borrower as provided above and each Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

ABR Loan ” shall mean any ABR Term Loan, ABR Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan.

ABR Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Revolving Loans.

ABR Revolving Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

ABR Term Loan ” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Additional Extensions of Credit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09(c).

Additional Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

 

3


Additional Mortgage ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10(c).

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate applicable to such Eurocurrency Borrowing, if any; provided that at no time shall the Adjusted LIBO Rate be less than 2.25% per annum.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Administrative Agent Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(c).

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in the form prepared by the Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) duly completed by such Lender.

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified. Each partner in Universal City Florida Holding Co. I and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II and each of their respective Affiliates shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Borrower.

Agents ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Co-Documentation Agents.

Agreement ” shall mean the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended and restated by this Amended Agreement, and as the same may be further amended and in effect from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%; provided that at no time shall the Alternate Base Rate be less than 3.25% per annum. If for any reason the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate, including the failure of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to publish rates or the inability of the Administrative Agent to obtain

 

4


quotations in accordance with the terms thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

Amended Agreement ” shall mean this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009.

Applicable Margin ” shall mean (i) with respect to any ABR Term Loan, 3.25% per annum, (ii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Term Loan, 4.25% per annum and (iii) with respect to any Revolving Loan, as of any date, the percentage per annum set forth below for the applicable Type of Revolving Loan based upon the Secured Leverage Ratio on such date:

 

Secured Leverage Ratio

   ABR     Eurocurrency  

Greater than or equal to 2.0

   3.25   4.25

Less than 2.0

   3.00   4.00

For purposes of the foregoing, each change in the Applicable Margin with respect to any Revolving Loan resulting from a change in the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the Business Day following the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) of the consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change; provided that such Applicable Margin shall be based on the rates per annum set forth above opposite the words “Greater than or equal to 2.0” (x) if the Borrower fails to deliver the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) within the time periods specified herein for such delivery, during the period commencing on and including the day of the occurrence of a Default resulting from such failure and until the delivery thereof and (y) for the period commencing on and including the Restatement Date and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of any change in the Applicable Margin pursuant to the foregoing.

Approved Fund ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

Arrangers ” means the Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners identified on the cover page of this Amended Agreement.

 

5


Assignee Group ” means two or more assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (to the extent required by Section 9.04), in the form of Exhibit A or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Authorized Agent ” shall mean any party authorized in a written consent to execute and deliver the Loan Documents or instruments contemplated therein.

Authorized Officer ” shall mean any of the President, Executive Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Controller of the Borrower, or any officer exercising similar functions.

Availability Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Restatement Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Facility Commitments.

Blackstone ” shall mean, collectively, Blackstone Capital Partners III Merchant Banking Fund L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, its Affiliates and the respective successors of the foregoing.

Blackstone USE ” shall mean Blackstone USE Acquisition Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors.

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrower Partnership Agreement ” shall mean Item 1 of Schedule 1.01(c).

Borrowing ” shall mean (a) a group of Loans of a single Type under a single Facility and made on a single date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect and (b) a Swingline Loan.

Borrowing Minimum ” shall mean (a) in the case of a Revolving Borrowing and prepayment of Term Loans, $1,000,000, and (b) in the case of a Swingline Borrowing, $100,000.

Borrowing Multiple ” shall mean (a) in the case of a Revolving Borrowing and prepayment of Term Loans, $1,000,000, and (b) in the case of a Swingline Borrowing, $100,000.

 

6


Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03.

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed, provided that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in Dollars in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any person in respect of any period, the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such person during such period that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or similar items reflected in the statement of cash flows of such person, provided , however , that Capital Expenditures for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall not include (a) expenditures to the extent they are made with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests, or contributions to the equity capital of, of the Borrower after the Restatement Date or with funds that would have constituted Net Proceeds under clause (a) of the definition of the term “ Net Proceeds ” (but that will not constitute Net Proceeds as a result of the first proviso to such clause (a)), (b) expenditures of proceeds of insurance settlements, condemnation awards and other settlements in respect of lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property to the extent such expenditures are made to replace or repair such lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property or otherwise to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets or properties useful in the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries within 12 months of receipt of such proceeds, (c) interest capitalized during such period, (d) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding the Borrower or any subsidiary thereof) and for which neither the Borrower nor any subsidiary thereof has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person (whether before, during or after such period), (e) the book value of any asset owned by such person prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a capital expenditure during such period as a result of such person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period, provided that (i) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period that such expenditure actually is made and (ii) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired if such asset was originally acquired on or after January 1, 2004, (f) the purchase price of equipment purchased during such period to the extent the consideration therefor consists of any combination of (i) used or surplus equipment traded in at the time of such purchase and (ii) the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of used or surplus

 

7


equipment, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (g) cost-sharing payments received in cash by the Borrower in connection with research and development agreements to the extent such payments are accounted for as “capital reimbursements” under GAAP.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP and, for purposes hereof, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon:

(a) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders; or

(b) the acquisition by any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total combined voting power or the combined economic interests of all Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.10.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

8


Co-Documentation Agents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Collateral ” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Collateral Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Collateral Documents ” shall mean the Mortgages, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.10 and the intercreditor agreements contemplated by Sections 4.02(j) and 8.08.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” shall mean the requirement that:

(a) on the Restatement Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received from Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party, a counterpart of an appropriate amendment or amendment and restatement of the Subordination Agreement and each Collateral Document reflecting the Transactions, all in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such person;

(b) in the case of any person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Restatement Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received from such Subsidiary a supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement, in the form specified therein, in each case duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Subsidiary Loan Party;

(c) all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests (i) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary directly owned by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party, (ii) of any other person owned on the Restatement Date directly by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party, except to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests would violate applicable law or a legally effective contractual obligation binding upon such Equity Interests as of the Restatement Date and for so long as such restriction exists, and (iii) that are acquired by Holdings (in the case of Equity Interests of the Borrower), the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Restatement Date, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary be pledged to secure the Obligations), and the Collateral Agent shall have received all certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

 

9


(d) [Reserved];

(e) all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Collateral Documents (in each case, including any supplements thereto) and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Collateral Documents, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or the recording concurrently with, or promptly following, the execution and delivery of each such Collateral Document;

(f) the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance, paid for by the Borrower, issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as permitted by Section 6.02 and Liens arising by operation of law, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) such legal opinions and other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property, provided that such other documents are reasonably available to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries without significant expense;

(g) each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with (i) the execution and delivery of all Collateral Documents (or supplements thereto) to which it is a party and the granting by it of the Liens thereunder and (ii) the performance of its obligations thereunder; and

(h) on the Restatement Date, the Borrower shall have made all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Liens granted under Collateral Documents on all material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or licensed by it and, subject to Section 7 of the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall have made all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Liens granted under Collateral Documents on all material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or licensed by it on the most recent March 31 or September 30, whichever is more recent.

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

 

10


Commitments ” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment and Term Loan Commitment and (b) with respect to any Swingline Lender, its Swingline Commitment.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided , however , that (i) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) shall be excluded, (ii) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded, (iii) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) shall be excluded, (iv) the Net Income for such period of any person that is not a subsidiary of such person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent person or a subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, (v) the Net Income for such period of any subsidiary of such person shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived except, and only to the extent of, the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent person or a subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; provided , in determining the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower, (x) the net loss of any such subsidiary shall be included and (y) this clause (v) shall not apply to any Subsidiary Loan Party if it has satisfied the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (vi) Consolidated Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and (vii) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded.

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean, as of any date, the total assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP, as the same are (or would be) set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of such date.

Consulting Agreement ” shall mean the Consulting Agreement identified in Item 6 of Schedule 1.01(c).

 

11


Consulting Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(j).

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Core Assets ” shall mean all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries other than Non-Core Assets.

Credit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Credit Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article IV.

Cure Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.03.

Cure Right ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.03.

Current Assets ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Permitted Investments or other cash equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits.

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any debt or Capital Lease Obligations, (b) accruals of Interest Expense (excluding Interest Expense that is past due), (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profit, (d) accruals, if any, of transaction costs resulting from the Transactions, (e) accruals of any costs or expenses related to (i) severance or termination of employees related to the Transactions or (ii) bonuses, pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations (provided that, for purposes of this clause (e), reductions in Current Liabilities attributable to any reversals of such accruals or payments made in respect of such accrued costs or expenses shall also be excluded) and (f) accruals for add-backs to EBITDA included in clauses (a)(v) through (a)(x) of the definition of such term.

 

12


Debt Service ” shall mean, for any period, Interest Expense for such period plus scheduled principal amortization of Total Borrower Debt for such period (whether or not such payments are made).

Default ” shall mean any event or condition that upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.

Derivatives Obligations ” of any person shall mean all obligations of such person in respect of any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing transactions. Derivatives Obligations incurred for bona fide hedging purposes are not Investments.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

EBITDA ” shall (subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 6.13 and 7.03) mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period

plus (a) the sum of (in each case without duplication and to the extent the respective amounts described in subclauses (i) through (xiii) of this clause (a) reduced such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined) (i) provision for Taxes based on income or profits of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (including state, franchise and similar Taxes) for such period, (ii) interest expense of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period (as reported in accordance with GAAP), (iii) depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period, (iv) any fees, expenses or charges related to any equity offering, investment or acquisition permitted hereunder or occurring prior to the Restatement Date, any recapitalization permitted hereunder or any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (whether or not successful) and fees, expenses or charges or any accruals relating to such payments related to the Transactions, (v) any other noncash charges in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition or investment (but excluding any such charge that requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any

 

13


future period), (vi) [reserved], (vii) noncash exchange, translation or performance losses relating to any Derivatives Obligation, (viii) any expense relating to defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans, (ix) noncash charges for the impairment of intangibles and other assets (but excluding any such charge that (A) relates to current assets or (B) requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period), (x) restructuring charges; provided that (A) with respect to each such restructuring charge, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate specifying and quantifying such charge and stating that such charge is a restructuring charge and (B) the aggregate amount of restructuring charges that are not non-cash charges that may be added back pursuant to this clause (x) shall not exceed $20,000,000, (xi) the amount of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses payable to Universal or Blackstone (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period, in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 during any year (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such fees and expenses shall not include any Universal Fees), (xii) any other noncash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including any noncash charges arising from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133), but excluding any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period, (xiii) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period; provided that, for purposes of subclauses (v), (vii), (ix) and (x) of this clause (a), any noncash charges, expenses or losses shall be treated as cash charges or losses in any subsequent period during which cash disbursements attributable thereto are made and (xiv) charges, accruals, interest, depreciation, amortization, fees, expenses, impairment or other asset write-downs or other write-offs or other impact with respect to the rights in the Consulting Agreement to establish or determine the amount of the floor or in connection with any amendments to the Consulting Agreement and other payments related to such amendments;

minus (b) the sum of (in each case without duplication and to the extent the respective amounts described in subclauses (i) through (iii) and (v) of this clause (b) increased such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined) (i) [reserved], (ii) noncash exchange, translation or performance gains relating to any Derivatives Obligation, (iii) any income relating to defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans, (iv) any cash payment relating to defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans and (v) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the

 

14


Subsidiaries for such period (but excluding any such items (A) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (B) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period).

environment ” shall mean ambient air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or legally binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters (to the extent relating to the Release of or exposure to Hazardous Materials).

Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, claim, action, suit, judgment or order, contingent or otherwise (including any damages, costs, fines, penalties or indemnities), relating to, resulting from or based upon (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials, or (e) any contract or other agreement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” of any person shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any Reportable Event; (b) the failure of any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (as defined in Section 412 of the

 

15


Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan in each instance, whether or not waived; (c) the incurrence by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan (other than a standard termination pursuant to Section 4041(b) of ERISA); (d) the receipt by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (e) the incurrence by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the receipt by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

Eurocurrency Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Loans.

Eurocurrency Loan ” shall mean any Eurocurrency Term Loan or Eurocurrency Revolving Loan.

Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Revolving Loans.

Eurocurrency Revolving Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (other than by operation of clause (c) of the definition of “ Alternate Base Rate ”) in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Eurocurrency Term Loan ” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (other than by operation of clause (c) of the definition of “ Alternate Base Rate ”) in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any Excess Cash Flow Period, EBITDA of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Excess Cash Flow Period (including any EBITDA arising through the operation of Section 7.03(a)(i)),

 

16


minus , without duplication, (a) Debt Service for such Excess Cash Flow Period, (b) (i) any voluntary prepayments of Term Loans during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (ii) any permanent voluntary reductions during such Excess Cash Flow Period of Revolving Facility Commitments to the extent that an equal amount of Revolving Loans was simultaneously repaid and (iii) any voluntary prepayment, defeasance, acquisition or other early retirement permitted hereunder of term Indebtedness and any permanent voluntary reduction of revolving Indebtedness to the extent that an equal amount of revolving Indebtedness was simultaneously repaid during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not financed using the proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness, so long as the amount of such prepayment is not already reflected in Debt Service, (c) (i) Capital Expenditures by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Excess Cash Flow Period (excluding Capital Expenditures made in such Excess Cash Flow Period but deducted in the prior Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to a certificate contemplated by the following clause (d)) that are paid or payable in cash and (ii) the aggregate consideration paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period in respect of Investments permitted hereunder ( less any amounts received in respect thereof as a return of capital), (d) Capital Expenditures that the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall, during such Excess Cash Flow Period, become obligated to make but that are not made during such Excess Cash Flow Period, provided that the Borrower shall deliver a certificate to the Administrative Agent not later than 90 days after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period, signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and certifying that such Capital Expenditures will be made in the following Excess Cash Flow Period, (e) Taxes paid in cash by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and Restricted Payments paid in cash by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.06(d), in each case, during such Excess Cash Flow Period or that will be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period ( provided that any amount so deducted that will be paid after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period shall not be deducted again in a subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period), (f) an amount equal to any increase in Working Capital of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Excess Cash Flow Period, (g) [reserved], (h) cash expenditures made in respect of Derivatives Obligations during such Excess Cash Flow Period, to the extent not reflected in the computation of EBITDA or Interest Expense, (i) [reserved], (j) amounts paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period on account of (x) items that were accounted for as noncash reductions of Net Income in determining Consolidated Net Income or as noncash reductions of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in a prior Excess Cash Flow Period and (y) reserves or accruals established in purchase accounting, (k) extraordinary special charges or any nonrecurring loss paid

 

17


in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (l) to the extent not deducted in the computation of Net Proceeds in respect of any asset disposition or condemnation giving rise thereto, the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness created hereunder or under any other Loan Document), together with any interest, premium or penalties required to be paid (and actually paid) in connection therewith, (m) the amount, if any, by which consolidated long-term deferred revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries decreased during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (n) the amount related to items that were added to or not deducted from Net Income in calculating Consolidated Net Income or were added to or not deducted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent such items represented a cash payment, or an accrual for a cash payment, by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (o) the amount of minority interest expense added to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA for such Excess Cash Flow Period and (p) [reserved],

plus , without duplication, (q) an amount equal to any decrease in Working Capital for such Excess Cash Flow Period, (r) all proceeds received during such Excess Cash Flow Period of Capital Lease Obligations, purchase money Indebtedness, Sale and Lease-Back Transactions pursuant to Section 6.03 and any other Indebtedness, in each case to the extent used to finance any Capital Expenditure deducted in calculating Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period, (s) all amounts referred to in clause (c) above to the extent funded with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of, or capital contributions to, the Borrower after the Restatement Date (to the extent not previously used to prepay Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans), make any investment or capital expenditure or otherwise for any purpose resulting in a deduction to Excess Cash Flow in any prior Excess Cash Flow Period) or any amount that would have constituted Net Proceeds under clause (a) of the definition of the term “ Net Proceeds ” if not so spent, in each case to the extent there is a corresponding deduction from Excess Cash Flow above, (t) to the extent any permitted Capital Expenditures referred to in clause (d) above do not occur in the Excess Cash Flow Period of the Borrower specified in the certificate of the Borrower provided pursuant to clause (d) above, the amount of such Capital Expenditures that were not so made in the Excess Cash Flow Period of the Borrower specified in such certificates, (u) cash payments received in respect of Derivatives Obligations during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent (i) not included in the computation of EBITDA or (ii) such payments do not reduce Interest Expense, (v) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain realized in cash during such Excess

 

18


Cash Flow Period (except to the extent such gain consists of Net Proceeds subject to Section 2.11(c)), (w) to the extent deducted in the computation of EBITDA, cash interest income, (x) the amount, if any, by which consolidated long-term deferred revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries increased during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (y) the amount related to items that were deducted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent such items represented cash received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Excess Cash Flow Period and are not Net Proceeds and (z) [reserved].

Excess Cash Flow Period ” shall mean each fiscal year of the Borrower ended on or after December 31, 2010.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Agents, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), any withholding tax that is in effect and would apply to amounts payable hereunder to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to any withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17(a).

Existing Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Existing Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Existing Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Facility ” shall mean the respective facility and Commitments utilized in making Loans and credit extensions hereunder, it being understood that as of the Restatement Date there are two Facilities, i.e. , the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility.

 

19


Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fees ” shall mean the Commitment Fees, the L/C Participation Fees, the Issuing Bank Fees and the Administrative Agent Fees.

Financial Performance Covenants ” shall mean the covenants of the Borrower set forth in Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

First Lien Notes ” shall mean senior secured notes issued by the Borrower (which may be guaranteed by each Subsidiary Loan Party) secured by Liens on the Collateral (but not on any other assets) ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

FQE ” means fiscal quarter end, and when used in conjunction with a specified month means the last day of the fiscal quarter ending on or about the last day of such month (e.g., “FQE 6/09” means the last day of the fiscal quarter ending on or about June 30, 2009).

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

Guarantee ” of or by any person (the “ guarantor ”) shall mean (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the

 

20


economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the holders of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such holders against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part) or (v) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (b) any Lien on any assets of the guarantor securing any Indebtedness (or any existing right, contingent or otherwise, of the holder of Indebtedness to be secured by such a Lien) of any other person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by the guarantor; provided , however , that the term “ Guarantee ” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Restatement Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the relevant Person in good faith.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive, radioactive, hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum and petroleum byproducts and distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto; provided that if after the Effective Date there shall be a Parent of the Borrower, references herein to Holdings shall from and after such time be deemed to refer to Parent.

Holdings Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Hypothetical Income Tax ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower, the product of (i) the sum of the highest federal, state, local and

 

21


foreign tax rates (taking into consideration special rates, e.g., capital gains) applicable to partners of Blackstone USE on the last day of such fiscal year and (ii) the amount of taxable income or gain of the Borrower.

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

Incremental Facility Closing Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

Incremental Secured Debt ” shall mean the aggregate amount of all outstanding Incremental Term Loans, First Lien Notes and Indebtedness pursuant to any Second Lien Facility.

Incremental Term Loan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

Incremental Term Loan Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Term Loans.

Indebtedness ” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money (except, for purposes of the Total Leverage Ratio, Subordinated Debt), (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) current trade liabilities and current intercompany liabilities (but not any refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof except such refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof that are themselves current trade liabilities or current intercompany liabilities) incurred in the ordinary course of business and maturing within 365 days after the incurrence thereof, (ii) obligations of such person in respect of Universal Fees, (iii) customary retentions, holdbacks and similar obligations arising under construction and similar contracts which are not intended as a method of financing the goods or services provided under such contracts and (iv) accrued and unpaid Spielberg Fees), (e) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others (except, for purposes of the Total Leverage Ratio, any such Indebtedness which would be excluded if a direct obligation of such person), (f) all Capital Lease Obligations of such person, (g) [reserved], (h) the principal component of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (i) the principal component of all obligations of such person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner, other than to the extent that the instrument or agreement evidencing or governing such Indebtedness expressly limits the liability of such person in respect thereof.

 

22


Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b).

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Information ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.14.

Information Memorandum ” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated October 2009 relating to the Transactions, as modified or supplemented in writing prior to the Restatement Date.

Intellectual Property Filings ” shall mean the “Intellectual Property Filings” as defined in the Security Agreement.

Intellectual Property Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.21.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11.

Interest Election Request ” shall mean a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Term Borrowing or Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any period, the sum of (a) the gross interest expense of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, excluding (i) the amortization of debt discounts and (ii) the amortization of all fees and related debt issuance costs (including fees with respect to Derivatives Obligations) payable in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness to the extent included in interest expense but including (iii) the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capital Lease Obligations allocable to interest expense and (b) capitalized interest of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries. For purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense (x) shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries with respect to Derivatives Obligations but (y) shall exclude, to the extent otherwise reflected therein, any interest expense resulting from “mark to market” accounting for Derivatives Obligations. For the purposes of the calculations prior to the completion of four full fiscal quarters subsequent to the Restatement Date, Interest Expense shall be annualized at the end of each fiscal quarter based on the number of such fiscal quarters then ended.

 

23


Interest Payment Date ” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing and, in addition, the date of any refinancing or conversion of such Borrowing with or to a Borrowing of a different Type, (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each calendar quarter and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Swingline Loan is required to be repaid pursuant to Section 2.09(a).

Interest Period ” shall mean, as to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as applicable, and ending on (i) the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter (or 9 or 12 months, if at the time of the relevant Borrowing, all participating Lenders make interest periods of such length available), as the Borrower may elect, except that prior to the earlier of (x) 30 days after the Restatement Date and (y) the date on which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that the initial syndication of the Term Loans has been completed, all Interest Periods shall end on the day that is seven days from (and including) the first day of such Interest Period or (ii) the date such Eurocurrency Borrowing is converted to an ABR Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07 or repaid or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.09, 2.10 or 2.11 provided , however , that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

Investment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

Islands Theme Park ” means the “Universal’s Islands of Adventure” theme park located in Orlando, Florida owned and operated by the Borrower.

Issuing Bank ” shall mean JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. and each other Issuing Bank designated pursuant to Section 2.05(k), in each case in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section

 

24


2.05(i). An Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

Issuing Bank Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

knowledge ” shall mean, with respect to any person as of any date of determination, that one or more of the Authorized Officers of such person in fact know as of that date, or in the exercise of reasonable diligence under the circumstances should have known, of the relevant facts and “known” and “knows of” shall have corresponding meanings.

L/C Disbursement ” shall mean a payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

L/C Participation Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Lender ” shall mean each financial institution listed on Schedule 2.01, as well as any person that becomes a “Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 9.04 or pursuant to an Incremental Amendment.

Lender Default ” shall mean (a) the failure or refusal (which has not been retracted) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Borrowing (unless subject of a good faith dispute), to acquire participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 or to fund its portion of any unreimbursed payment under Section 2.05(e), in each case to the extent such Lender is obligated to do so by this Agreement, or (b) a Lender’s having notified in writing the Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its obligations under Section 2.04, 2.05 or 2.06.

Letter of Credit ” shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”) from LIBOR01 page, as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “ LIBO Rate ” with respect to such Eurocurrency Borrowing for

 

25


such Interest Period shall be the average (rounding upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the respective interest rates per annum at which deposits in the currency of such Borrowing are offered for such Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

License Agreements ” shall mean the agreements listed on Schedule 1.01(d) hereto, as such Schedule 1.01(d) may be amended or supplemented from time to time by the Borrower in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, hypothecation, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a person that is not a Loan Party with respect to such securities (excluding any such option, call or similar right with respect to any security held by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in a joint venture that is not a Subsidiary, or by the holder of an Equity Interest in such joint venture, in respect of such security).

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement and, on and after the date on which the same are executed and delivered, any other Collateral Documents.

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

Loans ” shall mean the Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans, the Revolving Loans and the Swingline Loans.

Majority Lenders ” of any Facility shall mean, at any time, Lenders under such Facility having Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding under such Facility and unused Commitments under such Facility at such time.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Margaritaville ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 6.04.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean the existence of events, conditions and/or contingencies that have had or are reasonably likely to have (a) a

 

26


materially adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to perform any of its material obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or to consummate the Transactions or (c) an impairment of the validity or enforceability of any material provision of, or a material impairment of the rights, remedies or benefits available to the Lenders, any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under, any Loan Document.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) Indebtedness (other than Loans and Letters of Credit) or Derivatives Obligations of Holdings or any one or more of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $20,000,000; provided that the “principal amount” of the obligations of any person in respect of any Derivatives Obligations at any time will be the maximum aggregate amount (after giving effect to any netting agreements) that such person would be required to pay if such Derivatives Obligations were terminated at such time; and (b) any Incremental Secured Debt other than Incremental Term Loans.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.10.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgaged Properties ” shall mean, initially, the owned real properties of the Loan Parties set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) and includes each other parcel of owned real property and improvements thereto with respect to which an Additional Mortgage is granted.

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgage described on the cover page of this Agreement and any other mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments of leases and rents and other Collateral Documents delivered with respect to Mortgaged Properties prior to the Restatement Date or pursuant to Section 5.10.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower, Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate (other than one considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to sub-Section (m) or (o) of Code Section 414) is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any person, the net income (loss) of such person attributable to the holders of Equity Interests in such person, determined in accordance with GAAP, after minority interest but before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

 

27


Net Proceeds ” shall mean (a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower or any of the Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (including any cash payment received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but only as and when received) from any loss, damage, destruction or condemnation of, or any sale, transfer or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback of assets and any mortgage or lease of real property) to any person of any asset or assets of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (other than those pursuant to Section 6.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (j) or (k)), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer Taxes, deed or mortgage recording Taxes, required debt payments and required payments of other obligations relating to the applicable asset (other than pursuant hereto), other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith and (ii) Taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, provided that, if no Event of Default exists and the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent promptly following receipt of any such proceeds setting forth the Borrower’s intention to use all or any portion of such proceeds, to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, or make investments pursuant to Section 6.04(p), in each case within 12 months of such receipt, such proceeds or portion shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not so used within such 12-month period, and provided further that (x) no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless such proceeds shall exceed $5,000,000 and (y) no proceeds shall constitute Net Proceeds in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $10,000,000, and (b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01), net of all Taxes and fees (including investment banking fees), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such issuance or sale. For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to Holdings or the Borrower or any Subsidiary of either of them shall be disregarded.

New Money Lender ” means each Lender having a Term Loan Commitment exceeding the amount of its Existing Term Loans (if any).

New Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Non-Core Assets ” shall mean (a) unimproved real estate (including surface parking lots) and (b) sound stages, office buildings, storage facilities and

 

28


similar support facilities that are not necessary to the operation of the Theme Parks, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) above owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including those listed on Schedule 1.01(e) hereto.

Obligations ” shall mean all amounts owing to any of the Agents or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, the Loan Documents.

Parent ” shall mean any corporation, association or other business entity that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Universal City Florida Holding I and Universal City Florida Holding II); provided, however, that such entity (x) shall have been incorporated on a date subsequent to the Restatement Date and (y) shall not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any material business other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) activities incidental to the maintenance of its existence and its employees and (iii) activities incidental to the foregoing activities.

Participant ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Perfection Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Permitted Cure Security ” means Equity Interests of the Borrower having no mandatory redemption, repurchase or similar requirements prior to 180 days after the latest of the Term Loan Maturity Date and the final maturity of any Incremental Term Loan, and upon which all dividends or distributions (if any) shall be payable solely in additional Equity Interests satisfying the foregoing criteria.

Permitted Holder ” shall mean any of (i) Blackstone, (ii) Universal, (iii) any Person in which Blackstone, Universal or combination thereof collectively own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interest and (iv) Parent and its subsidiaries, so long as no person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring,

 

29


holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), acquires more than 50% of the total voting power or the combined economic interests of all Equity Interests or economic interests of Parent.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean: (a) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof; (b) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof whose long-term debt, or whose parent holding company’s long-term debt, is rated A (or the equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act); (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above; (d) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Borrower, except for General Electric Company or General Electric Capital Corporation, to the extent either would constitute an Affiliate of the Borrower) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of P-1 (or higher) according to Moody’s, or A-1 (or higher) according to S&P; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any State, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) shares of mutual funds whose investment guidelines restrict 90% of such funds’ investments to those satisfying the provisions of clauses (a) through (e) above; (g) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000; and (h) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits in an aggregate face amount not in excess of 1% of the total assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently completed fiscal year.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

30


person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company or government, individual or family trust, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Personal Property Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and in respect of which Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Pledge Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, all of the Pledgors listed on the signature pages thereof, and the Collateral Agent.

primary obligor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term Guarantee.

Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Project Documents ” shall mean all agreements listed in Schedule 1.01(c).

Projections ” shall mean the projections of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries included in the Information Memorandum and any other projections and any forward-looking statements of such entities furnished to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary prior to the Restatement Date.

Recordable Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Refinancing ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

 

31


Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such person and such person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Remaining Present Value ” shall mean, as of any date with respect to any lease, the present value as of such date of the scheduled future lease payments with respect to such lease, determined with a discount rate equal to a market rate of interest for such lease reasonably determined at the time such lease was entered into.

Renewed Debt ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, with respect to a Plan (other than a Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to sub-Section (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code).

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having (a) Loans (other than Swingline Loans) outstanding, (b) Revolving L/C Exposures, (c) Swingline Exposures and (d) unused Revolving Facility Commitments (excluding Commitments to make Swingline Loans) that, taken together, represent more than 50% of the sum of (w) all Loans (other than Swingline Loans) outstanding, (x) Revolving L/C Exposures, (y) Swingline Exposures and (z) unused Revolving Facility Commitments (excluding commitments to make Swingline Loans) at such time. The Loans, Revolving L/C Exposures, Swingline Exposures and unused Revolving Facility Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

Restatement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

32


Restatement Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 and 4.02 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.09).

Restricted Payments ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06.

Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, (b) the Swingline Exposure at such time and (c) the Revolving L/C Exposure at such time. The Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean November 6, 2013.

Revolving Facility ” shall mean the Revolving Facility Commitments and the extensions of credit made hereunder by the Revolving Facility Lenders.

Revolving Facility Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Revolving Facility Lender, the commitment of such Revolving Facility Lender to make Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.01, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate permitted amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(c) or 9.04 or (ii) Section 2.20. The initial amount of each Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance or the Incremental Amendment pursuant to which such Revolving Facility Lender shall have assumed or provided its Revolving Facility Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments on the date hereof is $75,000,000.

Revolving Facility Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Facility Commitment or with outstanding Revolving Loans.

Revolving Facility Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Facility Lender, the percentage of the Total Revolving Facility Commitment represented by such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment. If the Revolving Facility Commitments have terminated or expired, the Revolving Facility Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Facility Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments pursuant to Section 9.04.

 

33


Revolving L/C Exposure ” shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (b) the aggregate principal amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The Revolving L/C Exposure of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall mean its Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate Revolving L/C Exposure at such time.

Revolving Loans ” shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Second Lien Facility ” means a senior secured credit facility providing for the making of term loans to the Borrower, or senior secured notes issued by the Borrower (or by the Borrower and UCDP Finance, Inc.), which credit facility or notes may be secured on a second-priority basis by all or any portion of the Collateral (but not by any other assets) and may be guaranteed by each Subsidiary Loan Party; provided that (a) there shall be no scheduled payments of principal under such credit facility or notes earlier than the date falling six months after the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) such credit facility or notes have covenant, default and remedy provisions and provisions relating to mandatory prepayment, repurchase, redemption and offers to purchase that, taken as a whole, are consistent with those customarily found in second lien financings, (c) the covenants contained in such credit facility or notes are not more restrictive than the covenants herein and (d) concurrently with the effectiveness of such credit facility or issuance of such notes, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall have been entered into and shall at all times thereafter be in full force and effect.

Second Lien Facility Documentation ” means the credit agreement, loan agreement or indenture, as applicable, evidencing the Second Lien Facility, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the Collateral Agent and the collateral agent under the Second Lien Facility, pursuant to which it is agreed that the Liens on the Collateral securing the obligations under the Second Lien Facility

 

34


are subordinated to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations on customary terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Secured Debt ” shall mean, on any date, (a) Total Borrower Debt less, to the extent reflected therein, unsecured Indebtedness and any Second Lien Facility, minus (b) the lesser of (i) $60,000,000 and (ii) the amount of cash and Permitted Investments of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties on such date that are not restricted in any manner as to their use as of such date (other than restrictions under Indebtedness included in clause (a) above).

Secured Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Secured Debt as of such date to EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended as of such date, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Secured Parties ” shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Security Agreement.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Senior Notes ” shall mean the Borrower’s 11 3/4 % Senior Notes due 2010.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Senior Unsecured Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Spielberg Fees ” means consulting fees payable in respect of the Borrower’s Theme Parks pursuant to the Consulting Agreement in an amount not exceeding the amount provided for in such agreement as in effect on the Effective Date.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the bank serving as the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the

 

35


Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Studio Theme Park ” shall mean the “Universal Studios Florida” theme park located in Orlando, Florida owned and operated by the Borrower.

Subordinated Debt ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Subordination Agreement.

Subordinated Intercompany Debt ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(d).

Subordination Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Property Management II LLC, Blackstone UTP Capital LLC, Blackstone UTP Capital A LLC, Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital LLC, Blackstone Family Media III LLC, Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, Universal City Travel Partners, Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store and such other Persons party thereto pursuant to the terms thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, directly or indirectly, owned, Controlled or held by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent or (b) that is treated for financial reporting purposes as a consolidated entity in the parent’s annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Subsidiary ” shall mean a subsidiary of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, each Subsidiary Loan Party and the Collateral Agent.

 

36


Subsidiary Loan Party ” shall mean each Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, but shall not include UCDP Finance, Inc. so long as UCDP Finance, Inc. has no assets and conducts no operations (in each case, other than de minimis assets or operations) other than acting as co-issuer of the New Notes (or refinancings thereof) or other debt securities of which the Borrower is a co-issuer.

Swingline Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Swingline Loans.

Swingline Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by a Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2.

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Swingline Lender, the commitment of such Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.04. The amount of each Swingline Lender’s Swingline Commitment on the date hereof is set forth on Schedule 2.04(a). The aggregate amount of the Swingline Commitments on the date hereof is $10,000,000.

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Borrowings at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall mean its Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Swingline Commitment or outstanding Swingline Loans.

Swingline Loans ” shall mean the swingline loans made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.04.

Syndication Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties (including stamp duties), deductions, charges (including ad valorem charges) or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Term Loans hereunder as set forth in Section 2.01. The initial amount of each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments on the date hereof is $900,000,000.

 

37


Term Loan Facility ” shall mean the Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loans made hereunder.

Term Loan Installment Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(a).

Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean November 6, 2014.

Term Loans ” shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a). Each Term Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Term Loan or an ABR Term Loan.

Test Period ” shall mean, on any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended (taken as one accounting period).

Theme Parks ” means the Islands Theme Park and the Studio Theme Park (including the Borrower’s operation currently conducted through the “City Walk” joint venture).

Total Borrower Debt ” at any date shall mean, without duplication, all Indebtedness consisting of Capital Lease Obligations, Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than letters of credit to the extent undrawn) and Indebtedness in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services, in each case of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on such date.

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) Total Borrower Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended as of such date, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Total Revolving Facility Commitment ” shall mean, at any time, the total Revolving Facility Commitments, as in effect at such time.

Transaction Costs ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Transactions ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Type ”, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “Rate” shall include the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

 

38


UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

Universal ” shall mean Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, and its Affiliates.

Universal Fees ” means the fees payable to Universal or an Affiliate of Universal by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Borrower Partnership Agreement.

USA Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any person means a subsidiary of such person, at least 99% of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or nominee or other similar shares required pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such person or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such person. Unless the context otherwise indicates, all references herein to a “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” are references to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Working Capital ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination, provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of the effects of purchase accounting.

Section 1.02. Terms Generally . The definitions set forth or referred to in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any reference in this Agreement to any agreement or contract are to such agreement or contract as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the

 

39


terms hereof and thereof. References to any person include the successors and assigns of such person. References “from” or “through” any date mean, unless otherwise specified, “from and including” or “through and including”, respectively. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time, provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

Section 2.01. Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein in order to effect the Restatement and renew the Renewed Debt that is to be renewed and continued hereunder, and to extend the Credit to be extended hereunder, each Lender agrees (a) to make (or renew and continue) a Term Loan denominated in Dollars to the Borrower on the Restatement Date in a principal amount not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment and (b) to make Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment or (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the Total Revolving Facility Commitment, provided that no Loans may be made under the Revolving Facility on the Restatement Date. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

Section 2.02. Loans and Borrowings . (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans under the same Facility and of the same Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments under the applicable Facility (or, in the case of Swingline Loans, in accordance with their respective Swingline Commitments). The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

40


(b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Borrowing (other than a Swingline Borrowing) shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. Each Lender at its option may make any ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such Lender shall not be entitled to any amounts payable under Section 2.15 or 2.17 solely in respect of increased costs resulting from such exercise.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum, provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Revolving Facility Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of (i) an L/C Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) or (ii) a Swingline Loan as contemplated by Section 2.09. Each Swingline Borrowing shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Borrowings of more than one Type and under more than one Facility may be outstanding at the same time, provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 15 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding under all of the Facilities combined.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.

Section 2.03. Requests for Borrowings . To request a Revolving Borrowing, Term Borrowing or Incremental Term Loan Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing, provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing, Term Borrowing or Incremental Term Loan Borrowing.

 

41


(ii) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(v) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by clause (a) of the definition of the term “ Interest Period ”; and

(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.04. Swingline Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender exceeding such Swingline Lender’s Swingline Commitment or (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the Total Revolving Facility Commitment, provided that no Swingline Lender shall be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Borrowing. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) To request a Swingline Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by a Swingline Borrowing Request by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Borrowing. Each such notice and Swingline Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the requested date

 

42


(which shall be a Business Day) and (ii) the amount of the requested Swingline Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise each Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower and the amount of such Swingline Lender’s Swingline Loan to be made as part of the requested Swingline Borrowing. Each Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan to be made by it hereunder in accordance with Section 2.02(a) on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Swingline Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Swingline Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Swingline Borrowing made to finance the reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank).

(c) A Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent (and to the other Swingline Lenders) not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Facility Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the outstanding Swingline Loans made by it. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loans in which the Revolving Facility Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each such Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Facility Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Swingline Lender, such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Facility Lender acknowledges and agrees that its respective obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Facility Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Facility Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph (c), and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the applicable Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by a Swingline

 

43


Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by such Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Facility Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to such Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear, provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to such Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

Section 2.05. Letters of Credit . (a)  General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period and prior to the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, an Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal (other than an automatic renewal in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section) or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to issue, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the Revolving L/C Exposure shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total Revolving Facility Commitment.

 

44


(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor may provide for the automatic renewal thereof for additional periods of up to one year each (which, in no event, shall extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) of this paragraph (c)).

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Revolving Facility Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Facility Lender, and each Revolving Facility Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Facility Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and, in each case, not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Facility Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement . If the applicable Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement in Dollars, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the date the Borrower receives notice under paragraph (g) of this Section of such L/C Disbursement, provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Borrowing, as applicable, in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving

 

45


Borrowing or Swingline Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to reimburse any L/C Disbursement when due, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Issuing Bank and each other Revolving Facility Lender of the applicable L/C Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage thereof. Within one Business Day following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Facility Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars its Revolving Facility Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Facility Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank in Dollars the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Facility Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Facility Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Facility Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any L/C Disbursement (other than the funding of an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Borrowing as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder),

 

46


any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank, provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the applicable Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by (i) such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof or (ii) such Issuing Bank’s refusal to issue a Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination and each refusal to issue a Letter of Credit. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make a L/C Disbursement thereunder, provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Facility Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest . If an Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on the date such L/C Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such L/C Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such L/C Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans, provided that, if such L/C Disbursement is not reimbursed by the Borrower when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Facility Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Revolving Facility Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

47


(i) Replacement of an Issuing Bank . An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of such Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (i) in the case of an Event of Default described in Section 7.01(h) or (i), on the Business Day or (ii) in the case of any other Event of Default, on the third Business Day, in each case, following the date on which the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Facility Lenders with Revolving L/C Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Revolving L/C Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in Dollars in cash equal to the Revolving L/C Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, provided that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Section 7.01, the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable in Dollars, without demand or other notice of any kind. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Each such deposit pursuant to this paragraph or pursuant to Section 2.11(b) shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of (i) for so long as an Event of Default shall be continuing, the Administrative Agent and (ii) at any other time, the Borrower, in each case, in Permitted Investments and at the risk and expense of the Borrower, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall

 

48


accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse each Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which such Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the Revolving L/C Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Facility Lenders with Revolving L/C Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Revolving L/C Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.11(b) and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(k) Additional Issuing Banks . From time to time, the Borrower may by notice to the Administrative Agent designate up to three Lenders (in addition to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.) that agree (in their sole discretion) to act in such capacity and are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as Issuing Banks. Each such additional Issuing Bank shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement upon the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and shall thereafter be an Issuing Bank hereunder for all purposes.

(l) Reporting . Unless otherwise requested by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on the first Business Day of each week and the first Business Day of each fiscal quarter, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding as of the last Business Day of the preceding week or the preceding fiscal quarter, as applicable, (ii) on or prior to each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank expects to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the aggregate face amount of the Letters of Credit to be issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension occurred (and whether the amount thereof changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any L/C Disbursement, the date of such L/C Disbursement and the amount of such L/C Disbursement and (iv) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

Section 2.06. Funding of Borrowings . (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire

 

49


transfer of immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders, provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request, provided that ABR Revolving Loans and Swingline Borrowings made to finance the reimbursement of a L/C Disbursement and reimbursements as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing or, in the case of an ABR Borrowing, prior to noon New York City time on the proposed date of such ABR Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand (without duplication) such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

Section 2.07. Interest Elections . (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

 

50


(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by clause (a) of the definition of the term “ Interest Period ”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender to which such Interest Election Request relates of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the written request (including a request through electronic means) of the Required

 

51


Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Term Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Restatement Date and (ii) the Revolving Facility Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments under any Facility, provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments under any Facility shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments) and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Facility Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Revolving Facility Commitment.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Facility Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Facility Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments under any Facility shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments under such Facility.

Section 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Facility Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan to the Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10 and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and

 

52


the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least five Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made, provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made by the Borrower, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans outstanding on the date that such Revolving Borrowing was requested.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Facility and Type thereof and the Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) any amount received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein, provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.10. Repayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans . (a) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Borrowings on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, commencing March 31, 2010 (each such date being referred to as a “ Term Loan Installment Date ”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans made on the Restatement Date.

 

53


(b) To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date and all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall be due and payable on the Revolving Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11 shall be applied to each Term Borrowing, (A) in the case of prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11(a) or Section 2.11(d), to reduce scheduled amortization payments under paragraphs (a) and (b) above as directed by the Borrower and (B) in the case of prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11(c), (1) to reduce in order of maturity the scheduled amortization payments under paragraphs (a) and (b) above occurring within the 12-month period after the date of such payment in respect of such Term Borrowing and (2) thereafter, to reduce on a pro rata basis (based on the amount of such amortization payments) the remaining scheduled amortization payments in respect of such Term Borrowing.

(d) Prior to any repayment of any Borrowing under any Facility hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings under the applicable Facility to be repaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such selection not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, (i) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, one Business Day before the scheduled date of such repayment and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, three Business Days before the scheduled date of such repayment. Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing.

Section 2.11. Prepayment of Loans . (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 2.16), in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum or, if less, the amount outstanding, subject to prior notice in accordance with Section 2.10(d).

(b) In the event and on such occasion that the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Total Revolving Facility Commitment, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Total Revolving Facility Commitment.

(c) The Borrower shall apply all Net Proceeds promptly upon (and in any event within five Business Days of) receipt thereof to prepay Term Borrowings.

(d) Not later than 90 days after the end of each Excess Cash Flow Period, the Borrower shall calculate Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period

 

54


and shall apply an amount equal to 50% of such Excess Cash Flow to prepay Term Borrowings in accordance with Section 2.10. Not later than the date on which the Borrower is required to deliver financial statements with respect to the end of each Excess Cash Flow Period under Section 5.04(a), the Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the amount, if any, of the Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period and the calculation thereof in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.12. Fees . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, 10 Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December in each year, and three Business Days after the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a “ Commitment Fee ”) on the daily unused amount of the Revolving Facility Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the Restatement Date or ending with the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated) at a rate equal to (i) 0.75% per annum for any day on which Revolving Credit Exposure represents more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments of all Revolving Facility Lenders on such day and (ii) 1.00% per annum for any other day. All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. For the purpose of calculating any Lender’s Commitment Fee, the outstanding Swingline Loans during the period for which such Lender’s Commitment Fee is calculated shall be deemed to be zero. The Commitment Fee due to each Lender shall commence to accrue on the Restatement Date and shall cease to accrue on the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein.

(b) The Borrower from time to time agrees to pay (i) to each Revolving Facility Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, 10 Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and three Business Days after the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an “ L/C Participation Fee ”) on such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the daily aggregate Revolving L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements), during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the Restatement Date or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which the

 

55


Revolving Facility Commitments shall be terminated) at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowings effective for each day in such period and (ii) to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, (x) three Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and three Business Days after the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a fronting fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to and including the termination of such Letter of Credit, computed at a rate per annum separately agreed upon between the Borrower and such Issuing Bank of the daily average stated amount of such Letter of Credit, plus (y) in connection with the issuance, amendment or transfer of any such Letter of Credit or any L/C Disbursement thereunder, such Issuing Bank’s customary documentary and processing charges (collectively, “ Issuing Bank Fees ”). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees that are payable on a per annum basis shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent, the fees set forth in the Administrative Agent Fee Letter dated as of November 22, 2004, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, at the times specified therein (the “ Administrative Agent Fees ”).

(d) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the applicable Issuing Banks. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.13. Interest . (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any Fees or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section, provided that this paragraph (c) shall not apply to any Event of Default that has been waived by the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.09.

 

56


(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan, (ii) in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Facility Commitments and (iii) in the case of the Term Loans, on the Term Loan Maturity Date, provided that (A) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (B) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (C) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be converted to or continued as an ABR Borrowing on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

 

57


Section 2.15. Increased Costs . (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or Issuing Bank; or

(ii) impose on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), in each case other than as a result of the imposition of any Taxes, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

 

58


(d) Promptly after any Lender or any Issuing Bank has determined that it will make a request for increased compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.16. Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to be the amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue a Eurocurrency Loan, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in Dollars of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.17. Taxes . (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the

 

59


Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Agents, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability executed in good faith and delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf, on behalf of another Agent or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall notify the Borrower within 180 days after it becomes aware of the incurrence of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes. The Borrower shall not have any obligation to indemnify the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for any interest or penalties to the extent that such interest or penalties is attributable to the failure of such Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, to comply with the foregoing sentence.

(d) As soon as reasonably practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority or other written confirmation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that payment has been made.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), on or prior to the time that such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or becomes entitled to an exemption from or reduction

 

60


of such Tax, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. Such documentation shall include two duly completed copies of (i) United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI (as applicable to it), or (ii) in the case of a Lender that is claiming an exemption from United States federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, (A) a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN and (B) a certificate of the Non-U.S. Lender to the effect that such Lender is not (1) a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a 10% shareholder (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (3) a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower or any Subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code). In addition, each Foreign Lender shall deliver such documentation (or any other documentation adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose) promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any documentation previously delivered by such Foreign Lender. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time the Foreign Lender determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered documentation to the Borrower.

(f) If an Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or such Lender in the event such Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require any Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other person.

Section 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs . (a) Unless otherwise specified, the Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of L/C Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the

 

61


Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent to the applicable account designated to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to the applicable Issuing Bank or the applicable Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars. Any payment required to be made by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed to have been made by the time required if the Administrative Agent shall, at or before such time, have taken the necessary steps to make such payment in accordance with the regulations or operating procedures of the clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent to make such payment.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed L/C Disbursements, interest and fees then due from the Borrower hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , towards payment of interest and fees then due from the Borrower hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , towards payment of principal and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due from the Borrower hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Term Loans, Revolving Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Term Loans, Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Term Loans, Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Term Loans, Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans, provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased

 

62


and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph (c) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph (c) shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b) or 2.18(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders . (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the reasonable

 

63


judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as applicable, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Facility Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. Nothing in this Section 2.19 shall be deemed to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender.

(c) In the event any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of all the Lenders affected and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by a majority in interest of the affected Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender), the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (v) such assignee shall consent to such amendment, waiver or other modification, (w) such assignment shall not conflict

 

64


with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (x) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Facility Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (y) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or L/C Disbursements (and funded participations in Swingline Loans) of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus the amount, in immediately available funds, that would be payable to such Lender that refuses to consent to any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 2.16 if such Loans had been repaid on the date of sale, plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender hereunder (including any amounts under Section 2.15 and Section 2.17), and (z) upon the effectiveness of such assignment, the proposed amendment, waiver or other modification shall become effective; provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment such Lender shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2.19(b) and this Section 2.19(c).

(d) The Restatement shall be effected by the following procedures. On the Restatement Date,

(i) the Borrower shall cause each New Money Lender to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the persons identified below an amount equal to the excess of its Term Loan Commitment over the aggregate principal amount of its Existing Term Loans (if any);

(ii) the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Existing Lenders, an amount equal to all accrued interest, fees and other amounts payable for the account of the Existing Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement, including all amounts which would be payable pursuant to Section 2.16 in the event of a prepayment in full of the outstanding Loans on such date;

(iii) upon and subject to receipt of such funds by the Administrative Agent from the New Money Lenders and the Borrower, (m) the Existing Term Loans of each Existing Lender having a Term Loan Commitment shall be continued as Term Loans hereunder (up to the amount of its Term Loan Commitment), (n) simultaneously with the

 

65


assignment pursuant to clause (iii)(p), any Existing Term Loans not continued pursuant to clause (iii)(m) shall be continued as Term Loans hereunder, (o) the Existing Revolving Commitment of each Existing Lender having a Revolving Facility Commitment shall be continued as a Revolving Facility Commitment hereunder (up to the amount of its Revolving Facility Commitment), (p) the Existing Term Loans continued as Term Loans pursuant to clause (iii)(n) above shall be deemed assigned by the Existing Lenders holding the same, without recourse or warranty (except as to absence of adverse claims) to the New Money Lenders ratably in proportion to the amounts funded by them pursuant to clause (i), notwithstanding any failure to comply with the procedures set forth in Section 9.04, (q) the Existing Revolving Commitments not continued pursuant to clause (iii)(o) above shall be deemed assigned by the Existing Lenders having the same to the Lenders having Revolving Facility Commitments in such proportions as may be necessary such that after giving effect thereto, the Revolving Facility Commitments of the Lenders shall be as set forth in Schedule 2.01, notwithstanding any failure to comply with the procedures set forth in Section 9.04, and any excess Existing Revolving Commitments shall be continued as Term Loans hereunder, (r) each Existing Lender which has neither a Term Loan Commitment nor a Revolving Facility Commitment (a “ Departing Lender ”) shall cease to be a Lender for purposes of the Agreement, except that the provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.17 and 9.05 shall continue to inure to its benefit and (s) the Lenders shall be the only Lenders under this Agreement, holding all outstanding Loans and all Commitments;

(iv) the Administrative Agent shall distribute (x) to each Existing Lender its share of the amounts received pursuant to clause (ii) above, (y) to each Existing Lender having Existing Term Loans exceeding its Term Loan Commitment (if any), the amount of such excess and (z) to the Borrower, the amounts received pursuant to clause (i) above in excess of the amounts required to be distributed pursuant to clause (iv)(y) above; and

(v) the Administrative Agent shall execute all such further documents and instruments as it reasonably deems necessary to give effect to the foregoing.

In connection with a future renewal of the Loans and Commitments, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent, elect that the procedures in this Section 2.19(d) (modified, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, in any manner which is not adverse to the Departing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

66


Section 2.20. Incremental Term Loans . The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Restatement Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request one or more additional tranches of term loans (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”), provided that (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Default or Event of Default shall exist, (ii) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants determined on a pro forma basis (including giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower as if such Incremental Term Loans had been outstanding (and such proceeds had been applied) on the last day of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower for testing compliance therewith (and, for purposes of Section 6.11, as if such Incremental Term Loans had been outstanding during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then ended and such proceeds had been applied at the beginning of such period), (iii) the Secured Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to such requested Incremental Term Loans and the application of the proceeds thereof) shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the ratio set forth in Section 6.12 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower, which, for this purpose, shall be deemed reduced by 0.50, and (B) 3.0; provided that up to $50,000,000 of the Incremental Term Loans may be borrowed without compliance with this clause (iii), (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate certifying as to clauses (i), (ii) and, if applicable, (iii) to the Administrative Agent, together with all calculations related thereto, (v) after giving effect thereto, the Collateral and Guaranty Requirement shall have been satisfied, (vi) the net proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans incurred at a time the Secured Leverage Ratio test in clause (iii) would not have been met shall be used by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for Capital Expenditures only and (vii) after giving effect to such requested Incremental Term Loans and the application of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans, Revolving Facility Commitments and Incremental Secured Debt shall not exceed the amount permitted by the Consulting Intercreditor Agreement. Each tranche of Incremental Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $50,000,000 and be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Secured Debt shall not exceed $150,000,000. The Incremental Term Loans (a) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans, (b) shall not mature earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date (but may, subject to clause (c) below, have amortization prior to such date), (c) shall not have a weighted average life that is shorter than the then-remaining weighted average life of the Term Loans and (d) except as set forth above, shall be treated substantially the same as (and in any event no more favorably than) the

 

67


Term Loans (in each case, including with respect to mandatory and voluntary prepayments), provided that (i) the terms and conditions applicable to Incremental Term Loans maturing after the Term Loan Maturity Date may provide for material additional or different financial or other covenants or prepayment requirements applicable only during periods after the Term Loan Maturity Date and (ii) the Incremental Term Loans may be priced differently than the Term Loans, provided further that (i) if the Applicable Margin (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to all Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans) relating to any Incremental Term Loans exceeds the Applicable Margin (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to all Lenders providing the Term Loans) relating to the Term Loans immediately prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Incremental Amendment by more than 0.25%, the Applicable Margin relating to the Term Loans shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable Margin (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to all Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans) relating to such Incremental Term Loans minus 0.25%. Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans if such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans shall become Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “ Incremental Facility Closing Date ”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Borrowing” in such Section 4.01 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. No more than four Incremental Facility Closing Dates may be selected by the Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans unless it so agrees.

 

68


ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders that:

Section 3.01. Organization; Powers . The Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties (a) is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or, if applicable in a foreign jurisdiction, enjoys the equivalent status under the laws of any jurisdiction of organization outside the United States) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow and otherwise obtain credit hereunder.

Section 3.02. Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the borrowings hereunder and the transactions forming a part of the Transactions (a) have been duly authorized by all corporate, stockholder, limited liability company or partnership action required to be obtained by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party, (B) any applicable order of any court or any rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, give rise to a right of or result in any cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation (including any payment) or to a loss of a material benefit under any such indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument, where any such conflict, violation, breach or default referred to in clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii) of this Section 3.02, could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than the Liens created by the Loan Documents or permitted by this Agreement.

 

69


Section 3.03. Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

Section 3.04. Governmental Approvals . No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority or any other third party is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except for (a) such actions, consents, approvals, registrations or filings as (i) have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect and not subject to appeal or, (ii) in the case of actions, consents, approvals, registrations or filings that are not required to be made or obtained until immediately prior to consummation of the Transactions, will be made at or prior to that time or (iii) in the case of actions by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or filings or registrations by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in each case that are not required by applicable law to be made prior to the consummation of the Transactions, will be made when they are so required to be made (giving effect to any extension periods), (b) such actions, consents and approvals the failure to be obtained or made which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) filings required to perfect or continue the perfection of security interests created under the Collateral Documents and (d) filings or other actions listed on Schedule 3.04.

Section 3.05. Financial Statements . (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders: (i) an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, changes in partners’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, accompanied by the report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP, independent certified public accountants, and (ii) the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as at of September 27, 2009 and the related statements consolidated operations, changes in partners’ equity and cash flows for the period of three fiscal quarters then ended. Such financial statements present fairly the financial position of the Borrower as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

(b) Except to the extent reflected or reserved against in the audited balance sheet of the Borrower as of December 31, 2008 (and the notes thereto), or

 

70


otherwise specifically disclosed in this Agreement or in the Information Memorandum, none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries have as of the Restatement Date any Guarantee, contingent liability or liability for Taxes, or any long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment, including any interest rate or foreign currency hedging transaction, that individually is material to the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, other than (A) those incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (B) pursuant to the Loan Documents and (C) pursuant to the documents relating to the Transactions set forth on Schedule 3.05 to this Agreement.

Section 3.06. No Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2008, there has been no material adverse change (or occurrence that is reasonably expected to have a material adverse change) in the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 3.07. Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases . (a) Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other property interests in, all its properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Properties), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. All such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 or arising by operation of law.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) As of the Restatement Date, none of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has received any notice of any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any of the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation that remains unresolved as of the Restatement Date.

(d) None of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is obligated on the Restatement Date under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein, except as permitted under Section 6.02 or 6.05 or disclosed on Schedule 3.07.

Section 3.08. Subsidiaries .

(a) Schedule 3.08(a) sets forth as of the Restatement Date the name and jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organization of each Subsidiary and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Equity Interests owned by the Borrower or by any such Subsidiary.

 

71


(b) As of the Restatement Date, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any nature relating to any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, except under the Project Documents, the Loan Documents or as set forth on Schedule 3.08(b).

Section 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws . (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are no actions, suits, investigations or other proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority or in arbitration now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and their respective properties or assets is in violation of (nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate) any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, ordinance, code or approval or any building permit) or any restriction of record or agreement affecting any Mortgaged Property or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations . (a) None of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or (ii) for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation U or Regulation X.

Section 3.11. Investment Company Act . None of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

72


Section 3.12. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans) and will request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Section 3.13. Tax Returns . All United States federal income tax and other material tax returns and reports of the Borrower and each Subsidiary required to be filed by it have been filed, and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon the Borrower or any Subsidiary or upon its properties, assets, income and franchises which are due and payable have been paid except for such taxes, assessments, fees or other governmental charges being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and as to which such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.

Section 3.14. No Material Misstatements . (a) All written information (other than the Projections, estimates and information of a general economic nature) (the “ Information ”) concerning the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, the Transactions and any other transactions contemplated hereby included in the Information Memorandum or otherwise prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or its representatives and made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Restatement Date in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby, when taken as a whole, were true and correct in all material respects as of the date such Information was furnished to the Administrative Agent and as of the Restatement Date and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact as of any such date or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

(b) The Projections and estimates and information of a general economic nature prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its representatives and that have been made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Restatement Date in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date thereof, as of the date such Projections and estimates and information of a general economic nature were furnished to the Administrative Agent and as of the Restatement Date (it being understood that such assumptions are based on good faith estimates with respect to certain items and that the actual amounts of such items on the Restatement Date are subject to variation).

Section 3.15. Employee Benefit Plans . Each of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the provisions of the Code relating to Plans and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, except for such

 

73


noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Reportable Event has occurred during the past five years as to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate was required to file a report with the PBGC, other than reports that have been filed and reports the failure of which to file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Restatement Date, the excess of the present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan), as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto for which a valuation is available, over the value of the assets of such Plan could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the excess of the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on those assumptions used to fund each such Plan) as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto for which valuations are available, over the value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No event has occurred or circumstance exists with respect to any Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates has received any written notification that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or has knowledge that any Multiemployer Plan is reasonably expected to be in reorganization or to be terminated, where such reorganization or termination has had or could reasonably be expected to have, through increases in the contributions required to be made to such Plan or otherwise, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.16. Environmental Matters . Except for the matters that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to, or responsible for, any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for, or any facts or circumstances that would result in, any Environmental Liability.

Section 3.17. Collateral Documents . (a) Each of the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. When UCC financing statements describing the Collateral as set forth in Exhibit A to the Perfection Certificate have been filed in the offices specified in Perfection Certificate, the Liens granted by the Borrower under the Collateral Documents will constitute perfected security interests in the Personal Property Collateral owned by the Borrower to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to the UCC, prior to all Liens of others therein except Permitted Liens.

 

74


(b) When, in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the applicable Intellectual Property Filings have been made with respect to the Borrower’s Recordable Intellectual Property (including any future filings required pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 7(a) of the Security Agreement), the Liens granted by the Borrower under the Collateral Documents will constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of the Borrower in such Recordable Intellectual Property to the extent that security interests therein may be perfected by such filings, prior to all Liens of others therein except Permitted Liens. Except for (i) the filing of such UCC financing statements, (ii) such Intellectual Property Filings and (iii) the due recordation of the Mortgages, no registration, recordation or filing with any governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or delivery of the Collateral Documents or is necessary for the validity or enforceability thereof or for the perfection or due recordation of the Liens granted by the Borrower under the Collateral Documents or for the enforcement of such Liens.

(c) The Mortgages are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when such Mortgages are filed or recorded in the proper real estate filing or recording offices, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and, to the extent applicable, subject to Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to the rights of a Person pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 and Liens having priority by operation of law.

Section 3.18. Location of Real Property . The Perfection Certificate lists completely and correctly as of the Restatement Date all real property that is (a) owned by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (b) has an individual fair market value in an amount greater than or equal to $5,000,000 or is otherwise material to the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and the addresses thereof. As of the Restatement Date, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property set forth as being owned by them on the Perfection Certificate.

Section 3.19. Solvency . (a) As of the Restatement Date, immediately after giving effect to the Transactions (i) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower (individually), including Equity Interests in the Subsidiaries, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will

 

75


exceed the debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower (individually) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively; (ii) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Borrower (individually), including Equity Interests in the Subsidiaries, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower (individually) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively, on their debts and other liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) the Borrower (individually, taking into account cash flows that will be available to the Borrower from the Subsidiaries) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (iv) the Borrower (individually, taking into account capital that the Borrower will obtain from the Subsidiaries) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Restatement Date.

(b) As of the Restatement Date, the Borrower does not intend to, or believe that it or any Subsidiary Loan Party will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by it or any such subsidiary and the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary Loan Party.

Section 3.20. Labor Matters . There are no strikes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law dealing with such matters. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to the extent required by GAAP.

Section 3.21. Intellectual Property Rights . The Borrower owns or possesses or holds under valid licenses all material patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) that are necessary for the operation

 

76


of the Theme Parks, and the Borrower is not in violation of any material provision thereof. To the knowledge of the Borrower, there is no infringement or claim of infringement by others of any material Intellectual Property Right of the Borrower as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except for the License Agreements, no other license, assignment or other document is or will be required for the Borrower to have the right to use the name “Universal” and the “Universal” logo or is or will be required for the Borrower to use any other Intellectual Property Rights which are owned or possessed by, or licensed to, Universal or any Affiliate of Universal and which are necessary for the conduct of the Borrower’s business. The Borrower is not and will not be contractually obligated to pay any fee, royalty or other amount for the use of any Intellectual Property Rights covered by the License Agreements other than customary royalties with respect to sales of merchandise based on such Intellectual Property Rights and fees, royalties or amounts payable under applicable guild agreements or under license agreements licensing such Intellectual Property Rights to Universal and its Affiliates (including reimbursement of amounts paid to third persons by Universal or its Affiliates in respect of such fees, royalties and other amounts as provided in the Borrower Partnership Agreement).

Section 3.22. Project Documents . The Project Documents are in full force and effect and no default exists (or, in the case of parties other than the Borrower and its Affiliates, is known by the Borrower to exist) in the performance of any party thereto of any of its obligations thereunder that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of (a) the Lenders (including the Swingline Lenders) to make Loans and (b) any Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, increase the stated amounts of Letters of Credit or postpone the expiration of Letters of Credit hereunder (each, a “ Credit Event ”) are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

Section 4.01. All Credit Events . On the date of each Borrowing and on the date of each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, in the case of a Borrowing, a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or a Borrowing Request shall have been deemed given in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 2.03) or, in the case of the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.05(b).

 

77


(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (other than an amendment or renewal of a Letter of Credit without (i) any increase in the stated amount of such Letter of Credit or (ii) any postponement of the expiration of all or any portion of such Letter of Credit), as applicable, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (other than an amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit without (i) any increase in the stated amount of such Letter of Credit or (ii) any postponement of the expiration of all or any portion of such Letter of Credit), as applicable, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Borrowing, issuance, amendment, extension or renewal as applicable, as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01.

Section 4.02. Effectiveness . This Amended Agreement will become effective upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and each Issuing Bank on the Restatement Date, a favorable written opinion of (i) Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, (ii) the Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Borrower and (iii) local counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case (A) dated the Restatement Date, (B) addressed to each Issuing Bank on the Restatement Date, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and (C) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering such other matters relating to the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, and the Borrower hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinions.

(b) All legal matters incident to this Agreement, the borrowings and extensions of credit hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

78


(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received in the case of each Loan Party each of the items referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) below: (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, (A) in the case of a corporation, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State (or other similar official) of the jurisdiction of its organization (or, in the case of a certificate or articles of incorporation that will not be filed with the Secretary of State until the Restatement Date, certified in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), and a certificate as to the good standing (to the extent such concept or a similar concept exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) of each such Loan Party as of a recent date from such Secretary of State (or other similar official) or (B) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, certified by the Authorized Agent of each such Loan Party or such Loan Party’s general partner or managing member, as applicable; (ii) a certificate of the Authorized Agent or Authorized Officer of each Loan Party dated the Restatement Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws (or partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other equivalent governing documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Restatement Date and, except as disclosed therein, at all times at and after the time when the resolutions described in clause (B) below were adopted, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party (or its managing general partner or managing member) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Restatement Date, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, partnership agreement or limited liability agreement of such Loan Party has not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto disclosed pursuant to clause (i) above (or attaching the form of any amendment since such date), (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each Authorized Officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party and (E) as to the absence of any pending proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of such Loan Party or, to the knowledge of such person, threatening the existence of such Loan Party; (iii) a certificate or attestation of another Authorized Officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Authorized Agent or Authorized Officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; and (iv) such other customary documents as the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and any Issuing Bank on the Restatement Date may reasonably request.

 

79


(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Officer, dated the Restatement Date, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01.

(e) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Restatement Date and signed by an Authorized Officer, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, including the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent) filings made with respect to the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions contemplated by the Perfection Certificate and copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or similar documents) are permitted by Section 6.02 or have been or simultaneously are being released or all documentation necessary to effect such release has been delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of, or an insurance broker’s or agent’s certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by Section 5.02, each of which policies shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) The Transactions shall have been consummated or shall be consummated substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Event under this Agreement in a manner consistent with the sources and uses shown on the pro forma capitalization table included in the Information Memorandum; provided that if the retirement of the Holdings Notes and Senior Notes cannot reasonably be achieved by the Restatement Date, arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been made such that the retirement of such notes will occur promptly following the Restatement Date, such arrangements to include the giving of any requisite notice and the funding of an escrow or similar account in the amount necessary to effect such retirement.

(h) All costs, fees, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) and other compensation contemplated hereby, payable to the Lenders and the Agents, shall have been paid to the extent due and invoiced.

(i) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or pdf transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

80


(j) An amendment to the Consulting Agreement shall have become effective pursuant to which the “Termination Date” as defined therein shall have been deferred to a date not earlier than June 17, 2017, and in conjunction therewith an intercreditor agreement (the “ Consulting Intercreditor Agreement ”) shall have been entered into between the Administrative Agent and the payees of the Spielberg Fees subordinating the Liens securing the obligations of the Borrower under the Consulting Agreement to the Liens created by the Collateral Documents in favor of the Lenders on the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 4.02(j).

The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each of the parties hereto of the Restatement Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

Section 4.03. Effect of Amended Agreement . On the Restatement Date, the Existing Credit Agreement will be consolidated, amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in this Amended Agreement. From and after the Restatement Date, the rights of the parties to this Agreement shall be governed by this Amended Agreement; provided that the rights of parties in respect of periods prior to the Restatement Date shall be governed by the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement as in effect at the relevant time.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will, and will cause (or, in the case of non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are not controlled by the Borrower, will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause) each of the Subsidiaries to:

Section 5.01. Existence; Businesses and Properties . (a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05.

(b) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights,

 

81


licenses and rights with respect thereto, and comply with all Laws, in each case reasonably necessary to the operation of the Theme Parks and (ii) at all times maintain and preserve all property reasonably necessary to the operation of the Theme Parks and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements.

Section 5.02. Insurance . (a) Maintain or cause to be maintained, insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers satisfying the criteria specified on Schedule 5.02. In the event any insurance criteria set forth on Schedule 5.02 becomes unavailable on commercially reasonable terms, the Lenders agree to discuss reasonable alternative arrangements with the Borrower; provided , however , that the insurance criteria set forth on Schedule 5.02 shall be maintained if the Required Lenders reasonably determine that such insurance should be maintained.

(b) Cause all such property and casualty insurance policies with respect to the Mortgaged Properties to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, which endorsement shall provide that, from and after the Restatement Date, if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Borrower or the Loan Parties under such policies directly to the Collateral Agent until the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent that no Events of Default are continuing, after which time, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds to the Borrower or other Loan Parties, as applicable, until receipt by the insurance carrier of another notice of an Event of Default as provided herein; cause all such policies to provide that neither the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any other party shall be a coinsurer thereunder, to provide coverage for replacement cost for the property if replaced (and otherwise depreciated value), and to contain such other provisions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably (in light of a Default or a material development in respect of the insured Mortgaged Property) require from time to time to protect their interests; deliver original or certified copies of all such policies or a certificate of an insurance broker to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed upon (i) less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof with respect to non-payment and (ii) less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof with respect to any other event by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, together with delivery of the quarterly financial statements required pursuant to Section 5.04(b), a copy of a

 

82


renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent), or insurance certificate with respect thereto, with respect to each cancellation, modification or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance that occurred during the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower reflected in such financial statements, together with evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.

(c) Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.02 is taken out by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries; and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies, or an insurance certificate with respect thereto, together with delivery of the quarterly financial statements required pursuant to Section 5.04(b).

(d) In connection with the covenants set forth in this Section 5.02, it is understood and agreed that the designation of any form, type or amount of insurance coverage by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under this Section 5.02 shall in no event be deemed a representation, warranty or advice by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that such insurance is adequate for the purposes of the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or the protection of their properties.

Section 5.03. Taxes . Pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its operations or assets or in respect of any of its franchises, business, income or property before any penalty or interest accrues thereon, and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums which have become due and payable and which by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto, other than such taxes, assessments, other governmental charges and claims as to which the failure to pay, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that no such charge or claim need be paid if being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and as to which such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.

Section 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will furnish such information promptly to the Lenders):

(a) promptly when available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of

 

83


operations, comprehensive income (loss), partners’ equity and cash flows showing the financial position of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the consolidated results of their operations during such year, all audited by independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being understood that the delivery by the Borrower of Annual Reports on Form 10-K of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(a) to the extent such Annual Reports include the information specified herein);

(b) promptly when available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited, condensed, consolidated balance sheet and related unaudited condensed, consolidated statements of operations and cash flows (which statements shall be prepared in a manner applicable to financial statements required by Quarterly Reports filed on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act) showing the financial position of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the consolidated results of their operations during such fiscal quarter and the then-elapsed portion of the fiscal year, all certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, on behalf of the Borrower, as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) (it being understood that the delivery by the Borrower of Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(b) to the extent such Quarterly Reports include the information specified herein);

(c) (x) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under (a) or (b) above, a certificate of an Authorized Officer (A) stating that the signer has reviewed the terms of this Agreement and has made, or caused to be made under his supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of the Borrower during the accounting period covered by such financial statements and that such review has not disclosed the existence at the end of such accounting period, and that the signer does not have knowledge of the existence as at the date of such certificate, of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or Default that has occurred and is existing or, if such an Event of Default or Default is existing, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (B) setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.10, 6.11

 

84


and 6.12 and (y) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm opining on or certifying such statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such statements of any Event of Default (which certificate may be limited to accounting matters and disclaims responsibility for legal interpretations);

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other publicly available reports, proxy statements and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, other materials filed by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries with the SEC;

(e) if, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those as in effect on the date of this Agreement, the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above will differ in any respect that is material to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows, as applicable, that would have been reflected in the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such clauses had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of financial statements pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above following such change, a schedule prepared by an Authorized Officer on behalf of the Borrower reconciling such changes to what the financial statements would have been without such changes;

(f) within 90 days after the beginning of each fiscal year, an operating and capital expenditure budget, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent prepared by the Borrower for each of the four fiscal quarters of such fiscal year prepared in reasonable detail, of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, accompanied by the statement of an Authorized Officer to the effect that, to the best of his knowledge, the budget is a reasonable estimate for the period covered thereby;

(g) upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, deliver (no later than 30 days after such request) an updated response to the Perfection Certificate reflecting all changes since the date of the information most recently received pursuant to this paragraph (g) or Section 5.10(e), provided that the Administrative Agent will request such updated responses no more frequently than annually unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing; and

(h) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as in each case

 

85


the Administrative Agent may reasonably request ( provided that such information is reasonably available to, or can reasonably be obtained, calculated or otherwise prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower).

Section 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices . Furnish to the Administrative Agent written notice of the following promptly after any Authorized Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof:

(a) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, investigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, or in arbitration, against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any other event, circumstance or occurrence specific to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is not a matter of general public knowledge and that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and all ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000; and

(e) any change in the published corporate credit rating of the Borrower by Moody’s or S&P or in the outlook therefor, or the withdrawal of such published rating by Moody’s or S&P.

Section 5.06. Compliance with Laws . Comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided that this Section 5.06 shall not apply to Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 5.09, or to laws related to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 5.03.

Section 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections . (a) Maintain all relevant financial records in accordance with GAAP and (b) permit any persons designated by the Agents or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries at reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable prior notice to

 

86


the Borrower, and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any persons designated by the Agents or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender upon reasonable prior notice to the Borrower to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor (subject to reasonable requirements of confidentiality, including requirements imposed by law or by contract, provided that an officer of the Borrower may attend any such discussions with such accountants).

Section 5.08. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans) and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Section 5.09. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Comply, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; and obtain and renew all authorizations and permits required pursuant to Environmental Law for its operations and properties; and conduct any removal, cleanup, investigation, remedial action or other response with respect to any Hazardous Materials required by Environmental Laws, except to the extent disputed in good faith with any Governmental Authority or indemnitor, and except, in each case with respect to this Section 5.09, to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10. Further Assurances; Additional Mortgages . (a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, and provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents.

(b) If any asset (including any real property or improvements thereto or any interest therein) that has an individual fair market value in an amount greater than $5,000,000 is acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party after the Restatement Date or owned by an entity at the time it becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party (in each case other than assets constituting Collateral under a Collateral Document that become subject to the Lien of such Collateral Document upon acquisition thereof), cause such asset to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and take, and cause the Subsidiary Loan Parties to take,

 

87


such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, subject to paragraph (e) below.

(c) In the case of the Borrower, grant and cause each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties to grant to the Collateral Agent security interests and mortgages in such real property of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary Loan Parties as are not covered by the original Mortgages, to the extent acquired after the Restatement Date and having a value at the time of acquisition in excess of $5,000,000 pursuant to documentation substantially in the form of the Mortgages delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Restatement Date or in such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (each, an “ Additional Mortgage ”) and constituting valid and enforceable perfected Liens superior to and prior to the rights of all third persons, subject to no other Liens except as are permitted by Section 6.02 or arising by operation of law, at the time of perfection thereof, and record or file, and cause each such Subsidiary Loan Party to record or file, the Additional Mortgage or instruments related thereto in such manner and in such places as is required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Mortgages and pay, and cause each such Subsidiary Loan Party to pay, in full, all Taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith, in each case subject to paragraph (e) below.

(d) If any additional direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower is formed or acquired after the Restatement Date, if such subsidiary is a Subsidiary Loan Party, within ten Business Days after the date such subsidiary is formed or acquired, notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, within 20 Business Days after the date such subsidiary is formed or acquired, cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party.

(e) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the other provisions of this Section 5.10 need not be satisfied with respect to (i) any real property held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party as a lessee or sublessee under a lease or sublease, (ii) any Equity Interests acquired after the Restatement Date pursuant to Section 6.04(p) if, and to the extent that, and for so long as (A) doing so would violate applicable law or a legally effective contractual obligation binding on such Equity Interests and (B) such law or obligation existed at the time of the acquisition thereof and was not created or made binding on such Equity Interests in contemplation of or in connection with the acquisition of such Equity Interests (provided that the foregoing clause (B) shall not apply in the case of a joint venture, including a joint venture that is a Subsidiary), (iii) any assets acquired after the Restatement Date, to the extent that, and for so long as, taking such

 

88


actions would violate a legally effective contractual obligation binding on such assets that existed at the time of the acquisition thereof and was not created or made binding on such assets in contemplation of or in connection with the acquisition of such assets, or (iv) any Subsidiary Loan Party or asset with respect to which the Collateral Agent determines that the cost of the satisfaction of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the provisions of this Section 5.10 with respect thereto exceeds the value of the security afforded thereby provided that upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, the Borrower shall, and shall cause any applicable Subsidiary Loan Party to, use commercially reasonable efforts to have waived or eliminated any contractual obligation of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, other than those set forth in joint venture agreements to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party is party. Furthermore, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the other provisions of this Section 5.10 need not be satisfied to the extent of any exclusions or exceptions expressly set forth in the Collateral Documents.

Section 5.11. Fiscal Year; Accounting . In the case of the Borrower, cause its fiscal year to end on December 31.

Section 5.12. Maintenance of Ratings . Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of S&P and Moody’s to maintain published corporate credit ratings of the Borrower.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will not, and will cause (or, in the case of non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are not controlled by the Borrower, will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause) the Subsidiaries not to:

Section 6.01. Indebtedness . Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness incurred on or after the date of this Agreement), except:

(a) the New Notes and other Indebtedness existing on the Restatement Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01, and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness; provided that such extending, renewal, refinancing or replacement Indebtedness (i) shall not be in a principal amount that

 

89


exceeds the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or replaced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and transaction costs associated with such extension, renewal or replacement), (ii) in the case of any refinancing or replacement of the New Notes with Indebtedness other than Incremental Secured Debt, shall be unsecured and the average life to maturity thereof shall be greater than or equal to the then-remaining average life of the New Notes being refinanced or replaced and (iii) in the case of any refinancing or replacement of the Senior Subordinated Notes with Indebtedness other than Incremental Secured Debt, shall be subordinated in right of payment pursuant to subordination provisions no less favorable to the Lenders than those applicable to the Senior Subordinated Notes as of the date hereof;

(b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including Incremental Term Loans incurred in compliance with Section 2.20);

(c) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person, provided that upon the incurrence of Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, such obligations are reimbursed not later than 30 days following such incurrence;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that (i) Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties shall be subject to Section 6.04(d) and (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any other Loan Party to any Subsidiary, in either case, that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party (the “ Subordinated Intercompany Debt ”) shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof to the extent that the amount of financing Indebtedness is not greater than the amount of Indebtedness being refinanced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and transaction costs associated with such extension, renewal or refinancing);

(f) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds

 

90


in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(g) [Reserved];

(h) [Reserved];

(i) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction that is permitted under Section 6.03(a);

(j) other Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (j) not in excess of $25,000,000, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of all Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (j) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(k) [Reserved];

(l) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, any assets or a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(m) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements thereof and the unsecured guarantee by any Subsidiary Loan Party of the Borrower’s obligations thereunder, provided that (i) no principal of such Indebtedness shall have a scheduled payment date, or be subject to a mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation, earlier than 180 days after the final maturity of the Loans (other than mandatory redemption provisions having terms no less favorable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any material respect than those contained in the Senior Unsecured Notes on the Restatement Date), (ii) at the time of and after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness (and any substantially concurrent repayment of other Indebtedness) on a pro forma basis, (x) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 6.11 and Section 6.12 and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 5.5 (provided that for purposes of this Section 6.01(m), Section 6.13 shall not apply), and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to such effects described in this clause (ii) above setting forth in reasonable detail the computations necessary to determine such compliance, (iii) at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness and after

 

91


giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or be continuing, (iv) the documentation governing such Indebtedness contains customary market terms (including guarantee release terms that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), (v) the covenants and events of default of which are not materially more restrictive than the covenants and events of default in this Agreement and do not include any financial maintenance covenants and (vi) the aggregate principal amount of unsecured Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (m), other than unsecured Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment pursuant to subordination provisions no less favorable to the Lenders than those applicable to the Senior Subordinated Notes, shall not exceed $200,000,000 at any time;

(n) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(o) Indebtedness of the Borrower that is subordinated to the Obligations of the Borrower pursuant to the Subordination Agreement;

(p) First Lien Notes and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements thereof so long as, at the time of and after giving effect to the issuance of such First Lien Notes and application of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 6.11 determined on a pro forma basis (including giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower as if such First Lien Notes had been outstanding (and such proceeds had been applied) on the last day of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower for testing compliance therewith and as if such First Lien Notes had been outstanding during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then ended and such proceeds had been applied at the beginning of such period, (iii) the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the ratio set forth in Section 6.12 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower, which, for this purpose, shall be deemed reduced by 0.50, and (B) 3.0, and (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate certifying as to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) to the Administrative Agent, together with all calculations related thereto; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Secured Debt (including any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (p)) shall not exceed $150,000,000;

(q) Indebtedness under a Second Lien Facility and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements thereof so long as, at the time of and after giving effect to the issuance of such Indebtedness and application of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 6.11 determined on a pro forma basis (including giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof) as

 

92


of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower as if such Second Lien Facility had been outstanding (and such proceeds had been applied) on the last day of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower for testing compliance therewith and as if such Second Lien Facility had been outstanding during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then ended and such proceeds had been applied at the beginning of such period, (iii) the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the ratio set forth in Section 6.12 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower, which, for this purpose, shall be deemed reduced by 0.50, and (B) 3.0, and (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate certifying as to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) to the Administrative Agent, together with all calculations related thereto; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Secured Debt (including any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (q)) shall not exceed $150,000,000; and

(r) all premium (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (q) above.

Section 6.02. Liens . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (including any Lien incurred on or after the date of this Agreement) on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of any person) at the time owned by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens on property or assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, which Liens are existing on the Restatement Date and set forth on Schedule 6.02 and Liens replacing such Liens, provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations that they secure on the date hereof (and extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements of such obligations in accordance with Section 6.01(a)) and shall not subsequently apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents or permitted in respect of any Mortgaged Property by the terms of the applicable Mortgage;

(c) minor defects and irregularities in title to any real property which in the aggregated do not impair the fair market value or use of the real property for the purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held;

(d) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or that are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03 or for property Taxes on property that the Borrower or one of the Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

93


(e) landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which, if applicable, the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(f) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with the Federal Employers Liability Act or any other workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations;

(g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade and governmental contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(h) zoning restrictions, easements, trackage rights, leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), licenses, special assessments, rights-of-way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries;

(i) Liens arising out of capitalized or operating lease transactions permitted under Section 6.03(a), so long as such Liens attach only to the property sold and being leased in such transaction and any accessions thereto or proceeds thereof and related property;

(j) Liens securing judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j);

(k) other Liens securing obligations in an amount (or principal amount, in the case of obligations bearing interest) not exceeding $25,000,000 at any time;

(l) Liens of the type disclosed by or listed in the title insurance policies delivered pursuant to Sections 4.02 and 5.10 (if such types of Liens are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and other than Liens for borrowed money or other Indebtedness) and any replacement, extension, refinancings or renewal of any such Lien, provided that such replacement, extension, refinancing or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement, extension or renewal, provided , further , that with respect to any such Lien, the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension, refinancing or renewal Lien are permitted by this Agreement;

 

94


(m) any interest or title of a lessor under any leases or subleases entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders or other agreements entered into with customers in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights;

(p) licenses of intellectual property granted in a manner consistent with past practice;

(q) the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in connection with operating leases under which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is the lessee;

(r) Liens of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(s) Liens securing obligations in respect of trade-related letters of credit or trade-related bankers acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, in each case covering the goods (or the documents of title in respect of such goods) financed by such letters of credit or trade-related bankers acceptances and the proceeds and products thereof;

(t) Liens securing obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Consulting Agreement;

(u) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

 

95


(v) Liens on the Collateral (but not on any other assets) securing First Lien Notes; and

(w) Liens on the Collateral (but not on any other assets) securing Indebtedness under any Second Lien Facility (or any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement thereof permitted hereunder), provided that such Liens are subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (or, in the case of any permitted refinancing or replacement thereof, another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement).

Section 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions . Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ”), provided that a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall be permitted so long as (a) at the time the lease in connection therewith is entered into, the Remaining Present Value of such lease (together with the Remaining Present Value at such time of outstanding leases previously entered into under this clause (a)) would not exceed $10,000,000 or (b) such transaction is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the cost of the relevant property and is consummated within 180 days after the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary acquires or completes construction of such property.

Section 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances . Purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with a person that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger) any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances (other than intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business (x) in connection with cash management operations or (y) not in connection with a cash loan or advance) to or Guarantees of the obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest (including any Equity Interests, indebtedness, securities, loans, advances, Guarantees, investments or interests purchased, acquired or made on or after the date of this Agreement) in, any other person (collectively, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) Investments (i) existing on the date hereof in the Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries and (ii) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that Investments made after the Restatement Date by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph

 

96


(a) in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties may be made in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any write-downs or write-offs thereof), together with outstanding intercompany loans permitted under Section 6.04(d)(ii) and Guarantees subject to the proviso to Section 6.04(k) by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, not to exceed $5,000,000 ( plus any return of capital actually received by the respective investors in respect of Investments theretofore made by them pursuant to this paragraph (a));

(b) Permitted Investments and Investments that were Permitted Investments when made;

(c) Investments arising out of the receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of noncash consideration for the sale of assets permitted under Section 6.05;

(d) intercompany loans from the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties to (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party and (ii) Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such intercompany loans made after the Restatement Date pursuant to clause (ii) at any time outstanding (together with Investments made pursuant to the proviso to Section 6.04(a)(ii) and Guarantees subject to the proviso to Section 6.04(k) by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties), not to exceed $5,000,000;

(e) (i) loans and advances to employees of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding and (ii) advances of payroll payments and expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(f) accounts receivable arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and any prepayments and other credits made to suppliers in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(g) Derivatives Obligations permitted pursuant to Section 6.14;

(h) Investments existing on the Restatement Date or made pursuant to commitments existing on the Restatement Date, in each case of the nature and amount, and in the persons, set forth on Schedule 6.04 plus additional Investments after the Restatement Date in such Persons in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write-downs or write-offs thereof) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

97


(i) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits referred to in Sections 6.02(f) and (g);

(j) additional Investments may be made from time to time to the extent made with proceeds of Equity Interests of or capital contributions to (excluding proceeds received as a result of the exercise of Cure Rights pursuant to Section 7.03) the Borrower;

(k) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01, provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness incurred after the Restatement Date of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties that is Guaranteed by any Loan Party (together with Investments made pursuant to the proviso to Section 6.04(a)(ii) and intercompany loans permitted under Section 6.04(d)(ii)) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(l) the Transactions;

(m) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Restatement Date or of a corporation merged into the Borrower or merged into or consolidated with a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.05 after the Restatement Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(o) Guarantees by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and

(p) other Investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write-downs or write-offs thereof) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding ( plus any returns of capital actually received by the respective investor in respect of Investments theretofore made by it pursuant to paragraph (h) above or this paragraph (p)).

Section 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions . Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any

 

98


part of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or issue, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of the assets of any other person, except that this Section shall not prohibit:

(a) (i) the purchase and sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii) the acquisition of any other asset in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iii) the sale of surplus, obsolete or worn out equipment or other property in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iv) the sale, lease or other disposition of land in connection with the development and construction thereof, (v) the purchase and sale of inventory, cash, cash equivalents and other cash management investments, in each case in the ordinary course of business or (vi) the sale of Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;

(b) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) the merger of any Subsidiary into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving entity, (ii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary into or with any Subsidiary Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving or resulting entity is a Subsidiary Loan Party and, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), no person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party receives any consideration that is not permitted by Section 6.04, (iii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party into or with any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, (iv) any merger or consolidation of another person with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary if the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, is the survivor and such merger or consolidation is effected in order to purchase the assets of such other person and the purchase of such assets is permitted hereunder (and such transaction is treated as a purchase of such assets for purposes of determining compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Agreement) or (v) the liquidation or dissolution or change in form of entity of any Subsidiary (other than the liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower) if the Borrower or such Subsidiary determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution or change in form of entity is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(c) sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions to the Borrower or a Subsidiary (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), provided that any sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be made in compliance with Sections 6.04 and 6.07;

(d) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by Section 6.03;

 

99


(e) Investments permitted by Section 6.04, Liens permitted by Section 6.02, dividends, distributions, redemptions, purchases and the like permitted by Section 6.06 and acquisitions of assets that constitute Capital Expenditures permitted by Section 6.10;

(f) the sale of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivables financing transaction;

(g) sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions of assets not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.05, provided that, after giving effect to each such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition, the aggregate gross proceeds (including noncash proceeds) of any or all assets sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of in reliance upon this paragraph (g) (excluding Non-Core Assets and developed hotel sites) shall not exceed $50,000,000;

(h) leases entered into (as lessor) in the ordinary course of business (including hotel site leases) (and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized in its discretion to enter into subordination non-disturbance agreements with respect to such leases);

(i) the issuance by any Subsidiary of additional Equity Interests to the Borrower, a Subsidiary or the holders of its existing Equity Interests; provided that to the extent such transaction results in a reduction in the direct or indirect ownership interest of the Borrower in the issuing Subsidiary, such transaction shall be treated as a disposition of assets by the Borrower the permission for which must be based on a different paragraph of this Section 6.05;

(j) licensing and cross-licensing arrangements involving any technology or other intellectual property of the Borrower or a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(k) dispositions of land to governmental authorities such as the Florida Department of Transportation for road widening or roadway changes; and

(l) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, licensing arrangements involving any Intellectual Property Rights so long as such license permits the continued use of such Intellectual Property Rights by the Borrower in connection with the Theme Parks (to the extent necessary or desirable in connection therewith) and could not materially and adversely affect or impair the value to the Borrower of such Intellectual Property Rights.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, (i) no sale, transfer or other disposition of assets shall be permitted by this Section 6.05 (other than sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions to Loan Parties pursuant to paragraph (c) hereof) unless such disposition is for fair market value, (ii) at least

 

100


75% of the proceeds of any sale, transfer or other disposition of Core Assets pursuant to clause (a), (d) or (g) of this Section 6.05 must be received in cash and (iii) the aggregate amount of non-cash consideration that may be outstanding as a result of all sales, transfers or other dispositions of Non-Core Assets pursuant to clause (a), (d) or (g) of this Section 6.05 shall not exceed $50,000,000, provided that for purposes of determining compliance with this clause (iii), the amount of non-cash consideration outstanding shall be reduced to the extent any such non-cash consideration is subsequently received in (or sold or otherwise disposed of for) cash.

Section 6.06. Dividends and Distributions . Declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to any Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than dividends and distributions on Equity Interests in the Borrower payable solely by the issuance of additional Equity Interests in the Borrower) or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value (or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or acquire) any of the Equity Interests of the Borrower or set aside any amount for any such purpose or pay, purchase or otherwise satisfy (collectively, “ pay ”) any Universal Fees or make any payment with respect to the Subordinated Debt (such payments, subject to Section 6.09(b), collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”); provided , however , that:

(a) [Reserved.]

(b) the Borrower may pay any Universal Fees so long as, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is not less than 1.10. For this purpose, the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” is the ratio of (A)(w) EBITDA for the most recent period of four fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 plus (x) the amount deducted in respect of Universal Fees in the determination of EBITDA for such period less (y) the lesser of (1) $65,000,000 and (2) the consolidated amount of Capital Expenditures of the Borrower for such period, less (z) the aggregate amount of Universal Fees paid since the first day of such period to (B) Interest Expense for such period. No effect shall be given to Section 6.13 in the calculation of financial ratios for purposes of this Section 6.06(b).

(c) the Borrower may effect the Restricted Payments to Holdings necessary in order to effect the Refinancing of the Holdings Notes;

(d) in respect of any fiscal year or portion thereof during which the Borrower is a pass-through entity for Federal income tax purposes, the Borrower may after the close of each fiscal year, make a Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount equal to its Hypothetical Income Tax in respect of such fiscal year; and

 

101


(e) the Borrower may make other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount subsequent to the Restatement Date not to exceed 25% of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ended subsequent to the Restatement Date, so long as, at the relevant time and after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio is not greater than 5.5.

Section 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates . (a) Sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transaction with, any of its Affiliates, unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted (or required) under this Agreement and (ii) upon terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate, provided that this Section shall not prohibit any transaction or series of transactions involving aggregate consideration of less than $5,000,000.

(b) The foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit, to the extent otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (i) transactions between or among the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries, subject to any limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement, (ii) payments, loans or advances to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business, subject to any limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement, (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation to and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower or of Affiliates of the Borrower providing services to the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (iv) the payment of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to Universal and its Affiliates and Blackstone and its Affiliates in an amount in any fiscal year not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate, (v) any consulting, employment or severance agreements or benefit arrangements entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (other than with a Permitted Holder), (vi) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06, (vii) any purchase by any Affiliate of Equity Interests of the Borrower, or any contribution by any Affiliate to the equity capital of the Borrower, provided that any Equity Interests of the Borrower purchased by any Affiliate shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (viii) payment or purchase of Universal Fees, subject to Section 6.06(b), (ix) transactions with Universal, Blackstone or their respective Affiliates consisting of reimbursement of expenses or other reimbursement obligations, sharing of operating and capital costs, sharing of software and IT hardware systems, licensing and sublicensing of rights under intellectual property, joint marketing

 

102


arrangements, promotional, merchandising and advertising arrangements, purchase or sale of services, goods and products, participation in joint ticket products, sharing of personnel and employees, the participation in, and reimbursement obligations with respect to coverage under insurance policies and joint purchasing arrangements, in each case consistent with past practice or practice in effect on the Restatement Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Borrower, provided , however , that such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Subsidiary with a person that is not an Affiliate, (x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are on terms not materially less favorable than as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from a person that is not an Affiliate, (xi) transactions in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent (for delivery to the Lenders) a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, from a financial point of view, or meets the requirements of subsection (a)(ii) above, (xii) the Transactions, (xiii) any agreement as in effect as of the Restatement Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect) or any transaction contemplated thereby, (xiv) agreements in connection with the development, construction and operation of hotels, restaurants and other resort facilities, provided , however , that such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Subsidiary with a person that is not an Affiliate, (xv) transactions relating to resort venues in which Borrower or its Affiliates have an ownership or management interest, provided , however , that such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Subsidiary with a person that is not an Affiliate, (xvi) the participation by the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries in any program sponsored by any of the Borrower’s Affiliates that is made generally available to such Affiliates’ subsidiaries or persons in which such Affiliate invests; provided , however , that the Borrower or such Subsidiary participates on substantially the same terms as are made available to such subsidiaries or such persons; provided further , however , that such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Subsidiary with a person that is not an Affiliate, (xvii) payments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to Blackstone made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or

 

103


divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith, (xviii) the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of any registration rights agreement and any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Restatement Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Restatement Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xviii) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect, (xix) the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses actually and properly incurred by Universal or its Affiliates and Blackstone or its Affiliates in connection with activities of the Borrower as permitted pursuant to its partnership agreement as in effect on the Restatement Date or as modified in a manner no less favorable to the Borrower, and (xx) to the extent otherwise permitted under this Agreement, any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to (or the funding of) employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans to managers, employees or other individuals that are not employed by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries but provide services to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Section 6.08. Business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries . Engage at any time in any business or business activity other than any business or business activity conducted by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any business or business activities incidental or related thereto, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Section 6.09. Limitation on Modifications and Prepayments of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc. (a) Amend or modify in any manner materially adverse to the Lenders, or grant any waiver or release under or terminate in any manner (if such granting or termination shall be materially adverse to the Lenders and other than terminations arising from any liquidation or dissolution of a Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 6.05(b)), the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws or partnership agreement or limited liability company operating agreement of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, the New Notes or any Indebtedness issued under Section 6.01(m) or any agreement relating thereto, any Second Lien Facility Documentation or any Project Document; provided, however, that the Borrower Partnership Agreement may be amended to delete Section 19(i) and the fourth paragraph of Section 20(b) of such agreement;

 

104


(b) Make, or agree or offer to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on (i) the New Notes or (ii) any Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(m) or Section 6.01(q) or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Indebtedness (“ debt payments ”); provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may (x) make payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due in respect of such Indebtedness, (y) make debt payments with proceeds of a refinancing or replacement thereof permitted under Section 6.01(a), 6.01(m), 6.01(p) or 6.01(q) or with proceeds of equity and (z) make debt payments in respect of the Senior Unsecured Notes so long as, at the relevant time and after giving effect thereto, the Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.5 to 1.0; provided further that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make debt payments not permitted by the foregoing proviso to the extent they would be permitted to make Restricted Payments at the time pursuant to Section 6.06(e), in which case such debt payments shall be deemed Restricted Payments for purposes of computations thereunder; or

(c) Permit any Subsidiary to enter into or allow to remain in effect any agreement or instrument that by its terms restricts (i) the payment of dividends or distributions or the making of cash advances by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary or (ii) the granting of Liens by such Subsidiary pursuant to the Collateral Documents, in each case other than those arising under any Loan Document, except, in each case, restrictions existing by reason of: (A) restrictions imposed by applicable law; (B) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the date hereof under (x) any agreement listed on Schedule 6.09(c) or (y) any agreements related to any permitted renewal, extension, refinancing or replacement of any agreement listed on Schedule 6.09(c) that does not expand the scope of any such encumbrance or restriction; (C) any restriction on a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of a Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; (D) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business; (E) any restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (F) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (G) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest; (H) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; (I) customary restrictions and

 

105


conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any asset permitted under Section 6.05 pending the consummation of such sale to the extent such restrictions and conditions apply only to such asset; or (J) customary provisions contained in any First Lien Notes or Second Lien Facility or refinancing or replacement thereof.

Section 6.10. Capital Expenditures . Permit the Borrower or the Subsidiaries to make any Capital Expenditure during any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2009, except that:

(a) During any such fiscal year, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make Capital Expenditures so long as the aggregate amount thereof does not exceed in any fiscal year the applicable amount set forth below:

 

Fiscal Year:

   Amount:

Ending 12/31/2009

   $ 130,000,000

Ending 12/31/2010

   $ 80,000,000

Ending 12/31/2011

   $ 80,000,000

Ending 12/31/2012

   $ 90,000,000

Ending 12/31/2013

   $ 100,000,000

Ending 12/31/2014

   $ 100,000,000

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in paragraph (a) above, to the extent that the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.10(a) is less than the amount set forth for such fiscal year, the amount of such difference (up to an aggregate limit of $40,000,000) may be carried forward and used to make Capital Expenditures in the next succeeding two fiscal years; provided that in any fiscal year, the first Capital Expenditures shall be deemed to be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11. Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the ratio (the “ Interest Coverage Ratio ”) on the last day of any fiscal quarter for the four quarter period ended as of such day, of (a) EBITDA to (b) Interest Expense for such period to be less than 1.65 to 1.00, subject to Section 6.13.

Section 6.12. Secured Leverage Ratio . Permit the Secured Leverage Ratio at the last day of any fiscal quarter occurring in any period set forth below to be in excess of the ratio set forth below for such period, subject to Section 6.13:

 

106


Period:

   Ratio:

Restatement Date through FQE 12/10

   4.25 to 1.00

FQE 3/11 through FQE 12/11

   4.00 to 1.00

FQE 3/12 through FQE 12/12

   3.85 to 1.00

FQE 3/13 through FQE 12/13

   3.75 to 1.00

FQE 3/14 and thereafter

   3.50 to 1.00

Section 6.13. Significant Event . In the event that, for any fiscal quarter (the “affected quarter”), there is (i) a 12% decrease in attendance at the Theme Parks from the attendance in the corresponding fiscal quarter of the prior fiscal year (the “prior-year quarter”) and (ii) a major terrorist activity or an armed conflict involving US military has occurred or is occurring during such fiscal quarter or the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, the Borrower will have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent not later than seven days following the end of the affected quarter (the “notice date”), to substitute in lieu of the EBITDA for the affected quarter (and, if the Borrower so elects and subject to satisfying the liquidity test described below, the immediately following fiscal quarter) the EBITDA for the prior-year quarter (and the immediately following quarter in the prior year) for purposes of calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio as at any date for which such calculation would otherwise include the affected quarter (or the immediately following quarter). In the event the Borrower exercises this right, it shall make appropriate representatives available to meet or conduct a conference call with the Lenders in New York City or Orlando (or another location mutually determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) not later than seven days following the notice date to discuss with Lenders the factors giving rise to such decrease in attendance and their continuing effects, if any. The right of the Borrower under this Section 6.13 is subject to the further limitations that (i) such right may be exercised on only one occasion and (ii) in order to exercise this right with respect to the fiscal quarter immediately following the affected quarter, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that, at the end of the affected quarter it has liquidity in the form of unrestricted cash balances and undrawn Revolving Facility Commitments in an aggregate amount of not less than $40,000,000 through working capital management practices consistent with its past practices and (iii) such substitution shall not be effective for purposes of determining whether Restricted Payments or Universal Fees may be paid in accordance with Section 6.06.

Section 6.14. Derivatives Obligations . Enter into any Derivatives Obligations, other than Derivatives Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.

 

107


ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

Section 7.01. Events of Default . In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party in any Loan Document, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished by Holdings or any Loan Party in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished by Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Disbursement or in the payment of any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of (i) any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to the Borrower), 5.05(a), 5.08 or Section 5.10(d) or in Article VI (other than Section 6.11 and Section 6.12) and (ii) any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 6.11 and Section 6.12 as of the end of any fiscal quarter which shall be continuing at the earliest of (A) the date of delivery of financial statements for the period ending at the end of such fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.04 and (B) the 60th day after the end of such fiscal quarter, subject to Section 7.03;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) (i) any event or condition occurs that (A) results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (B) enables or

 

108


permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay the principal of any Material Indebtedness at the stated final maturity thereof, provided that this clause (f) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and either (x) is also permitted under the documents providing for such Indebtedness or (y) such Indebtedness is fully repaid;

(g) there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in paragraph (h) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(j) the failure by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to pay one or more final judgments aggregating in excess of $20,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third party insurance as to which the insurer

 

109


acknowledges coverage), which judgments are not discharged or effectively waived or stayed for a period of 30 consecutive days, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(k) (i) a Reportable Event or Reportable Events shall have occurred with respect to any Plan or a trustee shall be appointed by a United States district court to administer any Plan, (ii) the PBGC shall institute proceedings (including giving notice of intent thereof) to terminate any Plan or Plans, (iii) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred or will be assessed Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan and such person does not have reasonable grounds for contesting such Withdrawal Liability or is not contesting such Withdrawal Liability in a timely and appropriate manner, (iv) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan or (vi) any other similar event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) (i) any Loan Document shall for any reason be asserted by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any party thereto, (ii) any security interest purported to be created by any Collateral Document and to extend to (x) Equity Interests in the Borrower or (y) other assets that are not immaterial to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected security interest (having the priority required by this Agreement or the relevant Collateral Document) in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer, or (iii) the Guarantees pursuant to the Collateral Documents by the Subsidiary Loan Parties of any of the Obligations shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof), or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party not to be in effect or not to be legal, valid and binding obligations;

 

110


then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding and (iii) demand cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j); and in any event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate, the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable and the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have made a demand for cash collateral to the full extent permitted under Section 2.05(j), without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 7.02. Immaterial Subsidiaries . Solely for the purposes of determining whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred under clause (h), (i) or (j) of Section 7.01, any reference in any such clause to any Subsidiary shall be deemed not to include any Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause that did not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended, have assets with a value in excess of 3.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets, provided that if it is necessary to exclude more than one Subsidiary from clause (h), (i) or (j) of Section 7.01 pursuant to this Section 7.02 in order to avoid a Default or an Event of Default thereunder, all excluded Subsidiaries shall be considered to be a single consolidated Subsidiary for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied.

Section 7.03. Borrower’s Right to Cure . (a)  Financial Performance Covenants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of any Financial Performance Covenant, until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the date the certificate calculating such Financial Performance Covenant is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(c), the Borrower shall have the right to issue Permitted Cure Securities for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of the Borrower (collectively, the “ Cure Right ”), and upon the receipt by Borrower of such cash (the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right such Financial Performance Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of a Default or Event of Default under the Financial Performance Covenants and for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

111


(ii) If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of all Financial Performance Covenants, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Performance Covenants that had occurred shall be deemed cured for this purposes of the Agreement.

(b) Limitation on Exercise of Cure Right . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four-fiscal-quarter period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) in each eight-fiscal-quarter period, there shall be a period of at least four consecutive fiscal quarters during which the Cure Right is not exercised and (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Performance Covenants for the most recently completed four fiscal-quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.04.

ARTICLE VIII

The Agents

Section 8.01. Authorization . (a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such actions on behalf of such Lender and to exercise such powers as are specifically delegated to such Agents by the terms and provisions hereof and of the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent is hereby expressly authorized by the Lenders and each Issuing Bank, without hereby limiting any implied authority, (a) to receive on behalf of the Lenders and such Issuing Bank all payments of principal of and interest on the Loans, all payments in respect of L/C Disbursements and all other amounts due to the Lenders and such Issuing Bank hereunder, and promptly to distribute to each Lender or such Issuing Bank its proper share of each payment so received; (b) to give notice on behalf of each of the Lenders of any Event of Default specified in this Agreement of which the

 

112


Administrative Agent has actual knowledge acquired in connection with the performance of its duties as Administrative Agent hereunder; and (c) to distribute to each Lender copies of all notices, financial statements and other materials delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement as received by the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents. In the event that any party other than the Lenders and the Agents shall participate in all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, all rights and remedies in respect of such Collateral shall be controlled by the Collateral Agent.

(b) Neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable as such for any action taken or omitted by any of them except for its or his own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, or be responsible for any statement, warranty or representation herein or the contents of any document delivered in connection herewith, or be required to ascertain or to make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance by the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements contained in any Loan Document. The Agents shall not be responsible to the Lenders for the due execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or effectiveness of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or other instruments or agreements. The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or refraining from acting, in accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders and, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, such instructions and any action or inaction pursuant thereto shall be binding on all the Lenders. Each Agent shall, in the absence of knowledge to the contrary, be entitled to rely on any instrument or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons. Neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall have any responsibility to the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any other party hereto on account of the failure, delay in performance or breach by, or as a result of information provided by, any Lender or Issuing Bank of any of its obligations hereunder or to any Lender or Issuing Bank on account of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any other Lender or Issuing Bank or the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of their respective obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith. Each Agent may execute any and all duties hereunder by or through agents or employees and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel selected by it with respect to all matters arising hereunder and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

 

113


Section 8.02. Nature of Duties . The Lenders hereby acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Required Lenders. The Lenders further acknowledge and agree that so long as an Agent shall make any determination to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document in good faith, such Agent shall have no liability in respect of such determination to any person. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into the Loan Documents or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Each Lender recognizes and agrees that neither the Syndication Agent nor any Co-Documentation Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, or any functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities for acting as the Syndication Agent or a Co-Documentation Agent hereunder.

Section 8.03. Resignation by the Agents . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, any Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint a successor Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York (or a bank having an Affiliate with such an office) having a combined capital and surplus that is not less than $500,000,000 or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After the Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

Section 8.04. Each Agent in its Individual Capacity . Each Agent in its individual capacity and not as Agent shall have the same rights and powers as any other Lender or Issuing Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the Agents and their Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or other Affiliates thereof as if it were not an Agent.

 

114


Section 8.05. Indemnification . Each Lender severally agrees (a) to reimburse the Agents, on demand, in the amount of its pro rata share determined at the time indemnification is sought hereunder (based on its Commitments hereunder (or if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of its applicable outstanding Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans, as applicable)) of any reasonable expenses incurred for the benefit of the Lenders by the Agents, including counsel fees and compensation of agents and employees paid for services rendered on behalf of the Lenders, which shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower and (b) to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent and any of its directors, officers, employees or agents, on demand, in the amount of such pro   rata share determined at the time indemnification is sought hereunder, from and against any and all liabilities, Taxes, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against it in its capacity as Agent or any of them in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by it or any of them under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, to the extent the same shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower, provided that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Agent or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents.

Section 8.06. Lack of Reliance on Agents . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 8.07. Incremental Secured Debt . The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized, without the consent of any Lender, to enter into such intercreditor agreements and such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Collateral Agent to facilitate the incurrence of Incremental Secured Debt as contemplated hereby. Any such intercreditor agreements shall be binding upon the Lenders.

 

115


ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

Section 9.01. Notices . (a) Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower:

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida 32819

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (407) 224-6740

with a copy to:

Attention: Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs

Facsimile: (407) 363-8219

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Loan and Agency Services Group

1111 Fannin, Floor 10

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Sheila King and Gloria Javier

Facsimile: (713) 750-2878

with a copy to:

Christophe Vohmann

270 Park Avenue - 4th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Telephone: (212) 270-1722

Fax: (212) 270-4584

(iii) if to an Issuing Bank other than the Administrative Agent, to it at the address or telecopy number set forth separately in writing.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply

 

116


to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service, sent by telecopy or (to the extent permitted by paragraph (b) above) electronic means or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01.

(d) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(e) Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, such Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

Section 9.02. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties herein, in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and each Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the issuance of the Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by such persons or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements contained herein, indemnification and reimbursement obligations contained herein (including pursuant to Sections 2.13(c), 2.15, 2.17 and 9.05) shall survive the payment in full of the principal and interest hereunder, the expiration of the Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments or this Agreement.

 

117


Section 9.03. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Agents and when the Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, the Agents and each Lender and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 9.04. Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) other than pursuant to a merger permitted by Section 6.05(b), the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee ( provided that any liability of the Borrower to an assignee that is an Approved Fund or Affiliate of the assigning Lender under Section 2.15 or 2.17 shall be limited to the amount, if any, that would have been payable thereunder by the Borrower in the absence of such assignment); provided further that, except during an Event of Default, the consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment of any Revolving Facility Commitment to any Person other than a Revolving Facility Lender or an Affiliate or an Approved Fund thereof;

(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of a Term Loan to an assignee that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or Approved Fund immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and

 

118


(C) in the case of the assignment of a Revolving Facility Commitment or Revolving Loan, each Issuing Bank.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than (x) $5,000,000, in the case of Revolving Facility Commitments (and, except for an assignment of the entire amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment, such assigning Lender shall retain a Revolving Facility Commitment of at least $5,000,000) and (y) $1,000,000, in the case of Term Loans (and except for an assignment of the entire amount of the Term Loan of the assigning Lender, such assigning Lender shall retain Term Loans of at least $1,000,000), unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under paragraph (b), (c), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing; and provided further that concurrent assignments of Term Loans to members of an Assignee Group will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether the above minimum amount has been met;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, except that this clause (B) shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of a single Facility;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, provided that only one such fee shall be payable in the event of simultaneous assignments to or from two or more Approved Funds with respect to the same Lender;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

 

119


(E) in the case of an assignment by a Lender to a CLO (as defined below) managed or administered by such Lender or by an Affiliate of such Lender, the assigning Lender shall retain the sole right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, provided that the Assignment and Assumption between such Lender and such CLO may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of such CLO, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.09(b) that affects such CLO.

For purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the terms “Approved Fund” and “CLO” have the following meanings:

Approved Fund ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Lender a CLO managed by such Lender or by an Affiliate of such Lender and (b) any other fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is managed by a Lender, by an Affiliate of a Lender or by an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that manages a Lender.

CLO ” means any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to Section 9.04(b)(iv), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C

 

120


Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it), provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 9.04(a)(i) or clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) of the first proviso to Section 9.09(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to Section 9.04(c)(ii), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.06 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

 

121


(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.

(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

Section 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including documentary Taxes) incurred by the Agents in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or by the Agents in connection with the syndication of the Commitments or the administration of this Agreement (including the reasonable fees, disbursements and the charges for no more than one counsel to the Agents in each jurisdiction where Collateral is located) or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Agents or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in connection with the Loans made or the Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel (including the reasonable allocated costs of internal counsel if a Lender elects to use internal counsel in lieu of outside counsel) for the Agents, any Issuing Bank or any Lender (but no more than one such counsel (in addition to any local counsel) for any Lender); provided that it is understood that the Borrower shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Lenders in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one law firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Lenders designated by the Administrative Agent and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.

 

122


(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agents, each Issuing Bank, each Lender and each of their respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, affiliates (including the Arrangers) and controlling persons (each such person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto and thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or the use of any Letter of Credit or (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, that may be brought by the Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any other person and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses result primarily from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (treating, for the purpose set forth in this clause (iii) only, (x) any Agent and its Related Parties as a single Indemnitee, (y) any Issuing Bank and its Related Parties as a single Indemnitee and (z) any Lender and its Related Parties as a single Indemnitee). Subject to and without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the Borrower agrees to indemnify each Indemnitee against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel or consultant fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (A) any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or (B) any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any predecessor of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties. The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the

 

123


repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall be entitled to assume the defense of any action for which indemnification is sought hereunder with counsel of its choice at its expense (in which case the Borrower shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by an Indemnitee except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to each such Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the Borrower’s election to assume the defense of such action, each Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such action, and the Borrower shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel, if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Borrower to represent such Indemnitee would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Borrower and such Indemnitee and such Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Borrower (in which case the Borrower shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnitee); (iii) the Borrower shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee to represent it within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the Borrower shall authorize in writing such Indemnitee to employ separate counsel at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that the Borrower shall not enter into any settlement on behalf of any Indemnitee without the prior written consent of such Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it shall be reasonable for any Indemnitee to withhold its consent to the entry of any settlement against such Indemnitee that (i) by its terms or effect is contrary to such Indemnitee’s internal policies and procedures, or (ii) includes an admission or acknowledgment of any liability or responsibility whatsoever on the part of such Indemnitee, or any of its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and controlling persons).

(d) The Borrower will not be liable under this Agreement for any amount paid by an Indemnitee to settle any claims or actions if the settlement is entered into without the Borrower’s consent, which consent may not be withheld or delayed unless such settlement is unreasonable in light of such claims or actions against, and defenses available to, such Indemnitee.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.05, this Section 9.05 shall not apply to Taxes, it being understood that the Borrower’s only obligations with respect to Taxes shall arise under Sections 2.15 and 2.17.

 

124


(f) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 9.06. Right of Set-off . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document held by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although the obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have.

Section 9.07. [Reserved].

Section 9.08. Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 9.09. Waivers; Amendment . (a) No failure or delay of the Agents, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or

 

125


power. The rights and remedies of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower or any other Loan Party in any case shall entitle such person to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.20 with respect to an Incremental Amendment or Section 8.08 with respect to intercreditor agreements (or amendments thereto) or amendments to the Collateral Documents contemplated thereby, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (x) in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders, and (y) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each party thereto and consented to by the Required Lenders (it being understood, in the case of each of clause (x) and (y), that any waiver, amendment or modification that by its terms only affects rights and obligations under one of the Facilities, but not the other, shall only require the consent of a majority in interest of Lenders under the affected Facility); provided , however , that no such agreement shall (i) decrease or forgive the principal amount of, or extend the final maturity of, or decrease the rate of interest on, any Loan or any L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided , that any amendment to the financial covenant definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest for purposes of this clause (i), (ii) increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender or decrease or extend the date for payment of the Commitment Fees or L/C Participation Fees or other fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitments shall not constitute an increase of the Commitments of any Lender), (iii) extend or waive the Revolving Maturity Date, the Term Loan Maturity Date or any Term Loan Installment Date or extend any date on which payment of interest on any Loan or any L/C Disbursement is due, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (iv) amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would by its terms alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, or the last sentence of Section 2.08(c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of commitment reductions required thereby, in each case, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby,

 

126


(v) amend or modify the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Majority Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Loans and Commitments are included on the Restatement Date), (vi) release all or substantially all the Collateral or release any material Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement unless, in the case of a Subsidiary Loan Party, all or substantially all the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Loan Party is sold or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, (vii) effect any waiver, amendment or modification that by its terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders participating in any Facility in respect of payments or collateral differently from the rights of Lenders participating in other Facilities in respect of payments or collateral, without the consent of the Majority Lenders participating in the adversely affected Facility (it being agreed that the Required Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment or Commitment reduction required by Section 2.11 so long as the application of any prepayment or Commitment reduction still required to be made is not changed in a manner that is subject to this clause (vii)) or (viii) change the relative rights in respect of payments or collateral of the Lenders participating in different Facilities without the consent of the Majority Lenders participating in each adversely affected Facility; provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of an Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of such Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender. Each Lender shall be bound by any waiver, amendment or modification authorized by this Section 9.09 and any consent by any Lender pursuant to this Section 9.09 shall bind any assignee of such Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to each relevant Loan Document (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof (collectively, the “ Additional Extensions of Credit ”) to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, and any Additional Extensions of Credit that do not constitute an increase in the Revolving Facility may share ratably in the application of

 

127


mandatory prepayments with other Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans and with preference to Revolving Loans and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders, Majority Lenders, Lenders and Revolving Facility Lenders.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) to permit the refinancing or replacement of all Revolving Facility Commitments with a replacement facility under this Agreement, or to permit the extension of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date (each of the foregoing, a “ Replacement Revolving Credit Facility ”); provided that (a) the aggregate amount of commitments under such Replacement Revolving Facility Commitments shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the replaced Revolving Facility Commitments, (b) the maturity date of such Replacement Revolving Credit Facility shall not be earlier than the Revolving Credit Maturity Date at the time of such replacement and (c) the terms of such Replacement Revolving Credit Facility shall not adversely affect the Term Loans (it being agreed that the following terms of a Replacement Revolving Credit Facility shall not be deemed to adversely affect the Term Loans: (i) a maturity date that complies with clause (b) and (ii) pricing that is in excess of the pricing in effect with respect to the Revolving Facility Commitments immediately prior to the effectiveness of such Replacement Revolving Credit Facility). The Administrative Agent shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a Replacement Revolving Credit Facility. For the avoidance of doubt, a Replacement Revolving Credit Facility shall not require the consent of any Person other than the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Replacement Revolving Credit Facility.

Section 9.10. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the applicable interest rate, together with all fees and charges that are treated as interest under applicable law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), as provided for herein or in any other document executed in connection herewith, or otherwise contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by any Lender or any Issuing Bank, shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by such Lender in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable hereunder, together with all Charges payable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate, provided that such excess amount shall be paid to such Lender or such Issuing Bank on subsequent payment dates to the extent not exceeding the legal limitation.

Section 9.11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the agreements regarding certain Fees referred to herein constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among or representations from the parties with respect to the

 

128


subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto and thereto (and the Indemnitees) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

Section 9.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.12.

Section 9.13. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 9.14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterpart (including facsimile counterparts and counterparts delivered by other electronic means), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03.

Section 9.15. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.16. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal

 

129


court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any Lender or any Issuing Bank may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or any other Loan Party or their properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

Section 9.17. Confidentiality . Each of the Lenders, each Issuing Bank and each of the Agents agrees that it shall maintain in confidence any information relating to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or the other Loan Parties (other than information that (a) has become generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by such party, (b) has been independently developed by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Agent without violating this Section 9.17 or (c) was available to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Agent from a third party having, to such person’s knowledge, no obligations of confidentiality to the Borrower or any other Loan Party) and shall not reveal the same other than to its directors, trustees, officers, employees and advisors with a need to know or to any person that approves or administers the Loans on behalf of such Lender (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.17), except: (A) to the extent necessary to comply with law or any legal process or the requirements or request of any self-regulatory agency, Governmental Authority, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or of any securities exchange on which securities of the disclosing party or any Affiliate of the disclosing party are listed or traded, (B) as part of normal reporting or review procedures to Governmental Authorities or the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, (C) to its parent companies, Affiliates or auditors (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.17), (D) in order to enforce its rights under any Loan Document in a legal proceeding, (E) to any

 

130


prospective assignee of, or prospective Participant in, any of its rights under this Agreement (so long as such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential on terms no less restrictive than this Section 9.17), (F) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in Derivatives Obligations or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section) and (G) with the prior written consent of the Borrower.

Section 9.18. Non-recourse to Partners . Except (i) pursuant to the express terms of the other Loan Documents and (ii) to the extent of any Restricted Payments made to any partner in violation of Section 6.06, no recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan, or for any claim based thereon, or otherwise in respect thereof, or with respect to any other obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, against any past, present or future partner of the Borrower or any partner thereof, whether by virtue of any statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the Agents and each Lender.

Section 9.19. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any of them has advised or is currently advising the Borrower or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests

 

131


that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty

 

132


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

  By:

 

/s/ Tracey Stockwell

 

Name:

  Tracey Stockwell
 

Title:

  Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

Tax ID:  59-3128514

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank and Lender
  By:  

/s/ Christophe Vohmann

  Name:   Christophe Vohmann
  Title:   Executive Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent and Lender
  By:  

/s/ Robert Schleusner

  Name:   Robert Schleusner
  Title:   Managing Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Co-Documentation Agent and Lender
  By:  

/s/ Robert H. Chen

  Name:   Robert H. Chen
  Title:   Managing Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Co-Documentation Agent and Lender
  By:  

/s/ Stefan Parsch

  Name:   Stefan Parsch
  Title:   Director
  By:  

/s/ Robert M. Wood, Jr.

  Name:   Robert M. Wood, Jr.
  Title:   Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,
as Co-Documentation Agent and Lender
  By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

  Name:   Alexis Maged
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Co-Documentation Agent and Lender
  By:  

/s/ Paul Fassati

  Name:   Paul Fassati
  Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


GOLDENTREE CAPITAL OPPORTUNITIES,

L.P.

as Lender
By:   GoldenTree Asset Management, LP
By:  

/s/ Karen Weber

      Name:   Karen Weber
      Title:   Director - Bank Debt

[SIGNATURE PAGE to UCDP CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

This Assignment and Acceptance (the “ Assignment and Acceptance ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor (as defined below) and the Assignee (as defined below). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Acceptance as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor: [    ]

 

2. Assignee: [    ]

 

3. Borrower: UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.


4. Administrative Agent: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement

 

5. Credit Agreement: The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009, among UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership, the LENDERS party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent for the Lenders and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as syndication agent.

 

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned  

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans for

all Lenders

 

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

Assigned

Revolving Loans

   

Term Loans

   

 

7. Effective Date: [    ]

 

2


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Acceptance are hereby agreed to:

 

[ASSIGNOR]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

 

3


[ASSIGNEE ]
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

4


Consented 1 to and accepted:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

1 Consents to be included to the extent required by Section 9.04(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

5


Consented 2 to:

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

2 Consents to be included to the extent required by Section 9.04(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

6


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to this Assignment and Acceptance is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 


2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Acceptance shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Acceptance by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 


SCHEDULE 1.01(d)

LICENSE AGREEMENTS

 

1. License Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002 by and among Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Studios, Inc., Universal City Property Management Company II and Universal City Development Partners, LP., as amended by the First Amendment to the License Agreement made and entered into May 25, 2007 by and among Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Studios LLLP (f/k/a Universal City Studios, Inc.), Universal City Property Management Company II LLC (f/k/a Universal City Property Management II) and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. (f/k/a Universal City Development Partners, LP).

Exhibit 10.60

EXECUTION VERSION

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

Intercreditor Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 6, 2009, among JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, with its successors and assigns, the “ First Priority Representative”) for the First Priority Secured Parties (as defined below), DIAMOND LANE PRODUCTIONS, INC., as agent (in such capacity, with its successors and assigns, the “ Second Priority Representative”) for the Second Priority Secured Parties (as defined below), and UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the First Priority Representative and certain financial institutions (with their respective successors and assigns, the “ First Priority Lenders”) are parties to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, the “ Existing First Priority Agreement”), pursuant to which such financial institutions have agreed to make loans and extend other financial accommodations to the Borrower; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, Steven Spielberg and Diamond Lane Productions, Inc., a California corporation, are parties to that certain Agreement, dated as of January 20, 1987, and amended and/or modified as of January 5, 2001, July 15, 2003, March 30, 2006 and October 18, 2009 (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, the “ Second Priority Agreement”), pursuant to which the Borrower is obligated to make certain payments at the times and in the amounts therein specified; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower has granted to the First Priority Representative security interests in the Common Collateral (as defined below) as security for payment and performance of the First Priority Obligations (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower proposes to grant to the Second Priority Representative junior security interests in the Common Collateral as security for payment and performance of the Second Priority Obligations (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the First Priority Lenders under the Existing First Priority Agreement have agreed to permit the grant of such junior security interests on the terms and conditions of this Intercreditor Agreement;


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the existence and sufficiency of which is expressly recognized by all of the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions.

The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended from time to time.

Cash Management Obligations” means any obligations of the Borrower in respect of treasury management arrangements, depositary or other cash management services.

Common Collateral” means all assets that are both First Priority Collateral and Second Priority Collateral.

Comparable Second Lien Security Document” means, in relation to any Common Collateral subject to any First Priority Security Document, that Second Priority Security Document that creates a security interest in the same Common Collateral.

Enforcement Action” means, with respect to the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations, any demand for payment or acceleration thereof, the exercise of any rights and remedies with respect to any Common Collateral securing such obligations or the commencement or prosecution of enforcement of any of the rights and remedies under, as applicable, the First Priority Documents or the Second Priority Documents, or applicable law, including without limitation the exercise of any rights of set-off or recoupment, and the exercise of any rights or remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction or under the Bankruptcy Code.

Existing First Priority Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.

First Priority Agreement” means (i) the Existing First Priority Agreement and (ii) any other credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, replace, refinance or refund in whole or in part the indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing First Priority Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in this clause (ii) unless such agreement or instrument expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a First Priority Agreement hereunder. Any reference to the First Priority Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to any First Priority Agreement then extant.

 

2


First Priority Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to any First Priority Secured Party as security for any First Priority Obligation.

First Priority Documents” means the First Priority Agreement, each First Priority Security Document and all other documents related to the First Priority Obligations.

First Priority Lenders” means the “Lenders” as defined in the First Priority Agreement, or any Persons that are designated under the First Priority Agreement as the “First Priority Lenders” for purposes of this Agreement.

First Priority Obligations” means (i) all principal of and interest (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) and premium (if any) on all loans made pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (ii) all reimbursement obligations (if any) and interest thereon (including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest) with respect to any letter of credit or similar instruments issued pursuant to the First Priority Agreement, (iii) all Hedging Obligations secured (or purported to be secured) pursuant to the First Priority Security Documents, (iv) all Cash Management Obligations secured (or purported to be secured) pursuant to the First Priority Security Documents, and (v) all fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the First Priority Documents, in each of the foregoing cases whether or not allowed or allowable against any Loan Party or its estate in an Insolvency Proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any First Priority Obligation (whether by or on behalf of any Loan Party, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any Second Priority Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

First Priority Obligations Payment Date” means the first date on which (i) the First Priority Obligations (other than contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations for which no claim for payment has been asserted by the Person entitled thereto) have been indefeasibly paid in cash in full (or cash collateralized or defeased in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents), (ii) all commitments to extend credit under the First Priority Documents have been terminated, (iii) there are no outstanding letters of credit or similar instruments issued under the First Priority Documents (other than such as have been cash collateralized or defeased in accordance with the terms of the First

 

3


Priority Security Documents), and (iv) the First Priority Representative has delivered a written notice to the Second Priority Representative stating that the events described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) have occurred to the satisfaction of the First Priority Secured Parties.

First Priority Representative” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

First Priority Secured Parties” means the holders of the First Priority Obligations.

First Priority Security Documents” means the “Collateral Documents” as defined in the First Priority Agreement.

Florida Project” has the meaning set forth in the Second Priority Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Hedging Obligations” means all obligations of the Borrower in respect of any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing transactions.

Incremental Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(c).

Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding in respect of bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, receivership, dissolution or assignment for the benefit of creditors, in each of the foregoing events whether under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership or similar law.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

Loan Party” means the Borrower and each direct or indirect affiliate or shareholder (or equivalent) of the Borrower or any of its affiliates that is now or hereafter becomes a party to any First Priority Document.

Person ” means any person, individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, association, institution, entity, party, including any government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

4


Post-Petition Interest” means any interest, fees, expenses or other amount that accrues or would have accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding.

Second Priority Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the second WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.

Second Priority Collateral” means all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower, in which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted to any Second Priority Secured Party as security for any Second Priority Obligation.

Second Priority Documents” means the Second Priority Agreement and each Second Priority Security Document.

Second Priority Obligations” means (i) all amounts payable by the Borrower under the Second Priority Agreement solely in respect of the Florida Project, (ii) all fees, expenses and other amounts payable from time to time pursuant to the Second Priority Security Documents and (iii) all amounts owed under any modifications, renewals or extensions of any of the foregoing obligations, and in each case whether or not allowed or allowable in an Insolvency Proceeding. To the extent any payment with respect to any Second Priority Obligation (whether by or on behalf of the Borrower, as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be a fraudulent conveyance or a preference in any respect, set aside or required to be paid to a debtor in possession, any First Priority Secured Party, receiver or similar Person, then the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, for the purposes of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties, be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

Second Priority Representative” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Second Priority Secured Parties” means the Second Priority Representative and any holders of the Second Priority Obligations.

Second Priority Security Documents” means, collectively, all documents pursuant to which the Borrower grants any Lien to secure any of the Second Priority Obligations.

Secured Parties” means the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties.

 

5


Senior Debt Limit” means an amount equal to the greater of (i) $975,000,000 and (ii) the product of 3.75 times the EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recent four-quarter period for which financial statements are available (such amount to be determined at the time of incurrence of any term indebtedness or at the time of establishing or increasing any commitments to extend revolving credit or at the time of incurring any Incremental Obligations, as the case may be, and in each case that would constitute First Priority Obligations or Incremental Obligations, with “EBITDA” being as defined in and calculated pursuant to the relevant provisions of the First Priority Agreement).

Senior Maturity Date” means the Maturity Date (as defined in the First Priority Agreement).

Standstill Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(vi).

Subject Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Section 2. Lien Priorities.

2.1 Subordination of Liens . (a) Any and all Liens now existing or hereafter created or arising in favor of any Second Priority Secured Party securing the Second Priority Obligations, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, are expressly junior and subordinated in all respects in priority, operation and effect to any and all Liens now existing or hereafter created or arising in favor of the First Priority Secured Parties securing the First Priority Obligations, notwithstanding (i) anything to the contrary contained in any agreement or filing to which any Second Priority Secured Party may now or hereafter be a party, and regardless of the time, order or method of grant, attachment, recording or perfection of any financing statements or other security interests, assignments, pledges, deeds, mortgages and other liens, charges or encumbrances or any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing, (ii) any provision of the UCC or any applicable law or any First Priority Document or Second Priority Document or any other circumstance whatsoever and (iii) the fact that any such Liens in favor of any First Priority Secured Party securing any of the First Priority Obligations are (x) subordinated to any Lien securing any obligation of any Loan Party other than the Second Priority Obligations or (y) otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed.

(b) No First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party shall object to or contest, or support any other Person in contesting or objecting to, in any proceeding (including without limitation, any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien granted to or for the benefit of the other in conformity with this Agreement. Notwithstanding any failure by any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party to perfect its security interests in the Common Collateral or any avoidance, invalidation or subordination by any third party or court of competent jurisdiction

 

6


of the security interests in the Common Collateral granted to the First Priority Secured Parties or the Second Priority Secured Parties, the priority and rights as between the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties with respect to the Common Collateral shall be as set forth herein.

2.2 Nature of First Priority Obligations . The Second Priority Representative on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties acknowledges that a portion of the First Priority Obligations are revolving in nature and that the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the First Priority Obligations may be modified, extended, amended or amended and restated from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the First Priority Obligations may, subject to the Senior Debt Limit, be increased, replaced or refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the Second Priority Secured Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof. Subject to Section 6, the lien priorities provided in Section 2.1 shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the First Priority Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations, or any portion thereof.

2.3 Agreements Regarding Actions to Perfect Liens . (a) The Second Priority Representative on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties agrees that UCC-1 financing statements or other filings or recordings filed or recorded by or on behalf of the Second Priority Representative shall be in form satisfactory to the First Priority Representative.

(b) The Second Priority Representative agrees on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties that all mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds and similar instruments and any amendments or modifications thereof (collectively, “ mortgages ”) now or thereafter filed against real property in favor of or for the benefit of the Second Priority Representative shall be in form satisfactory to the First Priority Representative and shall contain the following notation: “The lien created by this mortgage on the property described herein is junior and subordinate to the lien on such property created by any mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument now or hereafter granted to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent, and its successors and assigns, in such property, in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of November 6, 2009 among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the First Priority Secured Parties (as defined therein), Diamond Lane Productions, Inc., as agent for the Second Priority Secured Parties (as defined therein) and Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., as amended from time to time.”

2.4 Limitation on New Lien s . (a) So long as the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has not occurred, the parties hereto agree that no Second Priority Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Loan Party securing any Second Priority Obligation other than tangible personal

 

7


and real property of the Borrower included in the Florida Project (“ Subject Property”) which is also subject to the first-priority Lien of the First Priority Representative under the First Priority Documents. If any Second Priority Secured Party shall (nonetheless and in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Loan Party securing any Second Priority Obligation which assets are not also subject to the first-priority Lien of the First Priority Representative under the First Priority Documents, then the Second Priority Representative (or the relevant Second Priority Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other Second Priority Secured Party and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Second Priority Document (i) be deemed to hold and have held such lien for the benefit of the First Priority Representative as security for the First Priority Obligations and shall assign such lien to the First Priority Representative (in which case the Second Priority Representative may retain a junior and subordinated lien on such assets subject to the terms hereof) or (ii) if so requested by the First Priority Representative, release such lien.

(b) The parties hereto agree that, so long as the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has not occurred, the Borrower shall not grant or permit any additional Liens on any Subject Property to secure any First Priority Obligations unless it concurrently therewith grants a Lien on such Subject Property to secure the Second Priority Obligations, with each such Lien to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement; provided that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to any Subject Property as to which the Borrower is prohibited by law or contract from granting a junior or subordinated Lien thereon to the Second Priority Representative.

2.5 Limitation on Priority Liens . The Borrower covenants and agrees that:

(a) the Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations shall be junior in priority only to Liens that (i) secure First Priority Obligations, (ii) secure Incremental Obligations, (iii) that are permitted by the First Priority Documents and senior to the Liens securing the First Priority Obligations or (iv) that have priority by operation of law; and

(b) it will not incur any Incremental Obligations or increase the amount available to be borrowed under the First Priority Agreement if as a consequence the sum of the aggregate principal amount of First Priority Obligations plus the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Obligations (assuming for this purpose the full utilization of any revolving commitment included therein) would exceed the Senior Debt Limit.

Section 3. Enforcement Rights.

3.1 Exclusive Enforcement . (a) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, whether or not an Insolvency Proceeding has been

 

8


commenced by or against any Loan Party, the First Priority Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to take and continue any Enforcement Action with respect to the Common Collateral, without any consultation with or consent of any Second Priority Secured Party, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in any Insolvency Proceeding, any Second Priority Secured Party may file a proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to Second Priority Obligations; (ii) the Second Priority Representative may take any action to preserve or protect the validity and enforceability of the liens on the Second Priority Collateral, provided that no such action is, or could reasonably be expected to be, (A) adverse to the Liens or the rights of the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party to exercise remedies in respect thereof or (B) otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the automatic release of Liens provided in Section 4.2; (iii) the Second Priority Secured Parties may file any responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the Second Priority Secured Parties, including any claims secured by the Second Priority Collateral or otherwise make any arguments or file any motions pertaining to the Second Priority Obligations, in each case, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; and (iv) subject to Section 3.2, the Second Priority Representative and the other Second Priority Secured Parties may enforce any of their rights and exercise any of their remedies with respect to the Second Priority Collateral after the termination of the Standstill Period (the actions described in this proviso being referred to herein as the “ Second Priority Permitted Actions”) . Except for the Second Priority Permitted Actions, unless and until the First Lien Obligation Payment Date has occurred, the sole right of the Second Priority Representative and the other Second Priority Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral shall be to receive a share of the proceeds of the Second Priority Collateral, if any, after the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred and in accordance with the Second Priority Documents and applicable law.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a default or an event of default under the First Priority Documents, the First Priority Representative and the other First Priority Secured Parties may take and continue any Enforcement Action with respect to the First Priority Obligations and the Common Collateral in such order and manner as they may determine in their sole discretion.

3.2 Standstill and Waivers . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, except for Second Priority Permitted Actions:

(i) they will not take or cause to be taken any action, the purpose or effect of which is to make any Lien in respect of any Second Priority Obligation pari passu with or senior to, or to give any Second Priority Secured Party any preference or priority relative to, the Liens with respect to the First Priority Obligations or the First Priority Secured Parties with respect to any of the Common Collateral;

 

9


(ii) they will not oppose, object to, interfere with, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings (including without limitation the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding) or otherwise, any foreclosure, sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the Common Collateral by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party or any other Enforcement Action taken by or on behalf of the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party;

(iii) they have no right to (x) direct either the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Security Documents or (y) consent or object to the exercise by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Collateral Documents or to the timing or manner in which any such right is exercised or not exercised (or, to the extent they may have any such right described in this clause (iii), whether as a junior lien creditor or otherwise, they hereby irrevocably waive such right);

(iv) they will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim against either First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to, and none of the First Priority Representatives nor any other First Priority Secured Party shall be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party with respect to the Common Collateral or pursuant to the First Priority Documents;

(v) they will not make any judicial or nonjudicial claim or demand or commence any judicial or non-judicial proceedings against any Loan Party or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates under or with respect to any Second Priority Security Document seeking payment or damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise under or with respect to any Second Priority Security Document (other than filing a proof of claim) or exercise any right, remedy or power under or with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce, other than filing a proof of claim, any Second Priority Security Document;

(vi) they will not commence judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or

 

10


similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of any Common Collateral, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce their interest in or realize upon, the Common Collateral or pursuant to the Second Priority Security Documents; provided that the Second Priority Secured Parties may exercise the rights, remedies and powers described in this paragraph (vi) after a period of 180 days shall have elapsed since the later of (x) the date on which the Second Priority Representative has delivered to the First Priority Representative written notice of default by the Borrower in payment of Second Priority Obligations beyond any applicable grace or cure period and (y) the date on which an “Event of Default” under and as defined in the First Priority Agreement shall have occurred which is then continuing (the “ Standstill Period”); provided further, however, that notwithstanding the expiration of the Standstill Period or anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Second Priority Representative or any other Second Priority Secured Party enforce or exercise any rights or remedies with respect to any Common Collateral, or commence, join with any person in commencing, or petition for or vote in favor of any resolution for, any such action or proceeding, if the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party shall in good faith have commenced, and shall in good faith be diligently pursuing (or shall be subject to the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding which bars the commencement and pursuit thereof), the enforcement or exercise of any rights or remedies with respect to the Common Collateral or any such action or proceeding; and

(vii) they will not seek, and hereby waive any right, to have the Common Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of the Common Collateral.

3.3 Judgment Creditors . In the event that any Second Priority Secured Party becomes a judgment lien creditor as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor, such judgment lien shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the First Priority Liens and the First Priority Obligations and, if applicable, the Incremental Obligations) to the same extent as all other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations (created pursuant to the Second Priority Collateral Documents) subject to this Agreement.

3.4 Cooperation . The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that each of them shall take such actions as the First Priority Representative shall reasonably request in connection with the exercise by the First Priority Secured Parties of their rights set forth herein.

3.5 No Additional Rights For the Borrower Hereunder . Except as provided in Section 3.6, if any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority

 

11


Secured Party shall enforce its rights or remedies in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to use such violation as a defense to any action by any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party, nor to assert such violation as a counterclaim or basis for set off or recoupment against any First Priority Secured Party or Second Priority Secured Party.

3.6 Actions Upon Breach . (a) If any Second Priority Secured Party, contrary to this Agreement, commences or participates in any action or proceeding against the Borrower or the Common Collateral, the Borrower, with the prior written consent of the First Priority Secured Representative, may interpose as a defense or dilatory plea the making of this Agreement, and any First Priority Secured Party may intervene and interpose such defense or plea in its or their name or in the name of the Borrower.

(b) Should any Second Priority Secured Party, contrary to this Agreement, in any way take, attempt to or threaten to take any action with respect to the Common Collateral (including, without limitation, any attempt to realize upon or enforce any remedy with respect to this Agreement), or fail to take any action required by this Agreement, any First Priority Secured Party (in its or their own name or in the name of the Borrower) or the Borrower may obtain relief against such Second Priority Secured Party by injunction, specific performance and/or other appropriate equitable relief, it being understood and agreed by the Second Priority Representative on behalf of each Second Priority Secured Party that (i) the First Priority Secured Parties’ damages from its actions may at that time be difficult to ascertain and may be irreparable, and (ii) each Second Priority Secured Party waives any defense that the Borrower and/or the First Priority Secured Parties cannot demonstrate damage and/or be made whole by the awarding of damages.

3.7 Rights as Unsecured Creditors . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the Second Priority Representative and the other Second Priority Secured Parties may, in accordance with the terms of the Second Priority Documents and applicable law, enforce rights and exercise remedies against the Borrower as unsecured creditors.

Section 4. Application Of Proceeds Of Common Collateral; Dispositions And Releases Of Common Collateral; Inspection and Insurance.

4.1 Application of Proceeds; Turnover Provisions . All proceeds of Common Collateral (including without limitation any interest earned thereon) resulting from the sale, collection or other disposition of Common Collateral in connection with or resulting from any Enforcement Action, and whether or not pursuant to a Insolvency Proceeding, shall be distributed as follows: first to the First Priority Representative for application to the First Priority Obligations in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents, until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred and thereafter , to the extent permitted by law, to the Second Priority Representative for application in accordance with the

 

12


Second Priority Documents. Until the occurrence of the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any Common Collateral, including without limitation any such Common Collateral constituting proceeds, that may be received by any Second Priority Secured Party in violation of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and promptly paid over to the First Priority Representative, for the benefit of the First Priority Secured Parties, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, and each Second Priority Secured Party hereby authorizes the First Priority Representative to make any such endorsements as agent for the Second Priority Representative (which authorization, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable). In the event of incurrence of any Incremental Obligations, the foregoing priorities are subject to modification in connection therewith as contemplated by Section 9.3(c).

4.2 Releases or Subordination of Second Priority Lien . (a) Upon any release, sale or disposition of all or any portion of the Common Collateral permitted pursuant to the terms of the First Priority Documents that results in the release of all or any portion of the First Priority Lien on any Common Collateral (including without limitation any sale or other disposition pursuant to any Enforcement Action and any release in connection with any other transaction, including any third party lease financing), the Second Priority Lien on such Common Collateral (but not on any proceeds of such Common Collateral not required to be paid to the First Priority Secured Parties) shall be automatically and unconditionally released with no further consent or action of any Person. Upon any subordination of the First Priority Lien on any Common Collateral to any other claim or Lien, including but not limited to in connection with any other transaction (including any third party lease financing) permitted under the First Priority Documents, the Second Priority Lien on such Common Collateral shall be automatically subordinated to the same extent, such that the resulting senior claim or Lien shall have priority over both the First Priority Lien and the Second Priority Lien on the affected Common Collateral to the same extent, and the relative rights of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties as set forth in this Agreement with respect the affected Common Collateral shall be otherwise unaffected.

(b) The Second Priority Representative shall promptly execute and deliver such documents and instruments and shall take such further actions as the First Priority Representative shall reasonably request to evidence any release or subordination of, or consent related to, the Second Priority Lien described in paragraph (a). The Second Priority Representative hereby appoints the First Priority Representative and any officer or duly authorized person of the First Priority Representative, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of the Second Priority Representative and in the name of the Second Priority Representative or in the First Priority Representative’s own name, from time to time, in the First Priority Representative’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and

 

13


to file, record, execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this paragraph, including, without limitation, any financing statements, recordings, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).

4.3 Inspection Rights and Insurance . (a) Any First Priority Secured Party and its representatives and invitees may at any time inspect, repossess, remove and otherwise deal with the Common Collateral, and the First Priority Representative may advertise and conduct public auctions or private sales of the Common Collateral, in each case without notice (other than any notice of sale required by law) to, the involvement of or interference by any Second Priority Secured Party or liability to any Second Priority Secured Party.

(b) Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, the First Priority Representative will have the sole and exclusive right (i) to be named as additional insured and loss payee under any insurance policies maintained from time to time by any Loan Party; (ii) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering the Common Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and (iii) to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Common Collateral.

Section 5. Insolvency Proceedings.

5.1 Filing of Motions . Until the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has occurred, the Second Priority Representative agrees on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties that no Second Priority Secured Party shall, in or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, file any pleadings or motions, take any position at any hearing or proceeding of any nature, or otherwise take any action whatsoever, in each case in respect of any of the Common Collateral, including, without limitation, with respect to the determination of any Liens or claims held by the First Priority Representative (including the validity and enforceability thereof) or any other First Priority Secured Party or the value of any claims of such parties under Section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise; provided that the Second Priority Representative may file a proof of claim in a Insolvency Proceeding, subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement and only if consistent with the terms and the limitations on the Second Priority Representative imposed hereby.

5.2 Financing Matters . If any Loan Party becomes subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, and if the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties desire to consent (or not object) to the sale, use or lease of cash or other collateral under the Bankruptcy Code or to provide financing to any Loan Party under the Bankruptcy Code or to consent (or not object) to the provision of such financing to any Loan Party by any third party (“ DIP Financing”), then the Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, that each Second Priority Secured Party (i) will be

 

14


deemed to have consented to, will raise no objection to, nor support any other Person objecting to, the sale, use or lease of such cash or other collateral or to such DIP Financing, (ii) will not request or accept any form of adequate protection or any other relief in connection with the sale, use or lease of such cash or other collateral or such DIP Financing except as set forth in paragraph 5.4 below, (iii) will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) the Second Priority Liens (x) to such DIP Financing (and all obligations related thereto) to the extent the First Priority Liens are subordinated thereto or pari passu therewith (and such subordination will not alter in any manner the terms of this Agreement), (y) to any adequate protection provided to the First Priority Secured Parties and (z) to any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees agreed to by the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties, and (iv) agrees that notice received five (5) business days prior to the entry of an order approving such usage of cash collateral or approving such financing shall be adequate notice.

5.3 Relief From the Automatic Stay . The Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, that none of them will seek relief from the automatic stay or from any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding or take any action in derogation thereof, in each case in respect of any Common Collateral, without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative.

5.4 Adequate Protection . The Second Lien Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that none of them shall object, contest, or support any other Person objecting to or contesting, (i) any request by the First Priority Representative or the First Priority Secured Parties for adequate protection or (ii) any objection by the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim of a lack of adequate protection or (iii) the payment of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts to the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party under section 506(b) or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section and in Section 5.2, in any Insolvency Proceeding, (x) the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties may seek, support, accept or retain adequate protection (A) only if the First Priority Secured Parties are granted adequate protection that includes replacement liens on additional collateral and superpriority claims and the First Priority Secured Parties do not object to the adequate protection being provided to the First Priority Secured Parties and (B) solely in the form of (a) a replacement Lien on such additional collateral, subordinated to the Liens securing the First Priority Obligations and such DIP Financing on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Second Priority Claims are so subordinated to the First Priority Claims under this Agreement and (b) superpriority claims junior in all respects to the superpriority claims granted to the First Priority Secured Parties, and (y) in the event the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second

 

15


Priority Secured Parties, receives adequate protection, including in the form of additional collateral, then the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself or any of the Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that the First Priority Representative shall have a senior Lien and claim on such adequate protection as security for the First Priority Obligations and that any Lien on any additional collateral securing the Second Priority Obligations shall be subordinated to the Liens on such collateral securing the First Priority Obligations and any DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) and any other Liens granted to the First Priority Secured Parties as adequate protection, with such subordination to be on the same terms that the other Liens securing the Second Priority Obligations are subordinated to such First Priority Obligations under this Agreement.

5.5 Avoidance Issues . (a) If any First Priority Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to disgorge, turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of any Loan Party, because such amount was avoided or ordered to be paid or disgorged for any reason, including without limitation because it was found to be a fraudulent or preferential transfer, any amount (a “ Recovery ”), whether received as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of set-off or otherwise, then the First Priority Claims shall be reinstated to the extent of such Recovery and deemed to be outstanding as if such payment had not occurred and the First Priority Obligations Payment Date shall be deemed not to have occurred. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto. The Second Priority Secured Parties agree that none of them shall be entitled to benefit from any avoidance action affecting or otherwise relating to any distribution or allocation made in accordance with this Agreement, whether by preference or otherwise, it being understood and agreed that the benefit of such avoidance action otherwise allocable to them shall instead be allocated and turned over for application in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Agreement.

5.6 Asset Dispositions in an Insolvency Proceeding . Neither the Second Priority Representative nor any other Second Priority Secured Party shall, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, oppose any sale or disposition of any assets of any Loan Party that is supported by the First Priority Secured Parties, and the Second Priority Representative and each other Second Priority Secured Party will be deemed to have consented under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (and otherwise) to any sale supported by the First Priority Secured Parties and to have released their Liens in such assets.

5.7 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . Each Second Priority Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the First Priority Security Documents and the Second Priority Security Documents constitute two separate and distinct grants of Liens and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Common Collateral, the Second Priority Obligations are fundamentally different from the First Priority

 

16


Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties in respect of the Common Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the Second Priority Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions shall be made as if there were separate classes of senior and junior secured claims against the Loan Parties in respect of the Common Collateral (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Common Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Second Priority Secured Parties), the First Priority Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of Post-Petition Interest before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the Second Priority Secured Parties, with the Second Priority Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the First Priority Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the claim or recovery of the Second Priority Secured Parties.

5.8 No Waivers of Rights of First Priority Secured Parties . Nothing contained herein shall prohibit or in any way limit the First Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured Party from objecting in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to any action taken by any Second Priority Secured Party unless such action was taken in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including the seeking by any Second Priority Secured Party of adequate protection or the asserting by any Second Priority Secured Party of any of its rights and remedies under the Second Priority Documents or otherwise.

5.9 [Intentionally Omitted]

5.10 Other Matters . To the extent that the First Priority Obligations Payment Date has not occurred and the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Secured Party has or acquires rights under Section 363 or Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any of the Common Collateral, the Second Priority Representative agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Second Priority Secured Parties not to assert any of such rights without the prior written consent of the First Priority Representative; provided that if requested by the First Priority Representative, the Second Priority Representative shall timely exercise such rights in the manner requested by the First Priority Representative, including any rights to payments in respect of such rights.

5.11 Effectiveness in Insolvency Proceedings . This Agreement, which the parties hereto expressly acknowledge is a “subordination agreement” under section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be effective before and after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding. All references in this Agreement to

 

17


any Loan Party shall include such Loan Party as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Loan Party in any Insolvency Proceeding.

Section 6. Second Priority Documents and First Priority Documents.

(a) Each Loan Party and the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not at any time execute or deliver any amendment or other modification to any of the Second Priority Documents which would increase amounts payable thereunder, accelerate the time for payment of amounts due thereunder or otherwise materially increase the obligations of any Loan Party thereunder or disadvantage the First Priority Secured Parties, except amendments that affect only payments due or potentially due more than six months after the Senior Maturity Date then in effect.

(b) Each Loan Party and the First Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the First Priority Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not at any time execute or deliver any amendment or other modification to any of the First Priority Documents which would increase the principal amount of First Priority Obligations incurred or to be incurred thereunder to an amount exceeding the Senior Debt Limit.

(c) In the event the First Priority Representative enters into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the First Priority Security Documents for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any First Priority Security Document or changing in any manner the rights of any parties thereunder, then such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of the Comparable Second Lien Security Document without the consent of or action by any Second Priority Secured Party (with all such amendments, waivers and modifications subject to the terms hereof); provided that (other than with respect to amendments, modifications or waivers that secure additional extensions of credit and add additional secured creditors and do not violate the express provisions of the Second Priority Agreements), (A) no such amendment, waiver or consent shall have the effect of removing assets subject to the Lien of any Second Priority Security Document, except to the extent that a release of such Lien is permitted by Section 4.2 hereof, (B) any such amendment, waiver or consent that materially and adversely affects the rights of the Second Priority Secured Parties and does not affect the First Priority Secured Parties in a like or similar manner shall not apply to the Second Priority Security Documents without the consent of the Second Priority Representative and (C) notice of such amendment, waiver or consent shall be given to the Second Priority Representative no later than 30 days after its effectiveness, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the effectiveness and validity thereof.

 

18


Section 7. Reliance; Waivers; etc.

7.1 Reliance . The First Priority Documents are deemed to have been executed and delivered, and all extensions of credit thereunder are deemed to have been made or incurred, in reliance upon this Agreement. The Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and the Second Priority Secured Parties, expressly waives all notice of the acceptance of and reliance on this Agreement by the First Priority Secured Parties. The Second Priority Documents are deemed to have been executed and delivered and all extensions of credit thereunder are deemed to have been made or incurred, in reliance upon this Agreement. The First Priority Representative expressly waives all notices of the acceptance of and reliance by the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties.

7.2 No Warranties or Liability . The Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative acknowledge and agree that neither has made any representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectibility or enforceability of any other First Priority Document or any Second Priority Document. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective extensions of credit to any Loan Party in accordance with law and their usual practices, modified from time to time as they deem appropriate.

7.3 No Waivers . No right or benefit of any party hereunder shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of such party or any other party hereto or by any noncompliance by any Loan Party with the terms and conditions of any of the First Priority Documents or the Second Priority Documents.

Section 8. Nature of Obligations.

8.1 Nature of First Priority Obligations . All rights of the First Priority Representative hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of the Second Priority Representative, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any First Priority Document;

(ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the First Priority Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any First Priority Document;

 

19


(iii) prior to the First Priority Obligations Payment Date, any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Common Collateral or any other collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of all or any portion of the First Priority Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or

(iv) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the First Priority Obligations, or of any of the Second Priority Representative, or any Loan Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.

8.2 Nature of Second Priority Obligations . Subject to compliance with the terms of this Agreement, all rights and interests of the Second Priority Representative under this Agreement, and all agreements and obligations of the First Priority Representative, the Loan Parties, to the extent applicable, hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Second Priority Document;

(ii) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the Second Priority Obligations, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of any Second Priority Document;

(iii) any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Common Collateral, or any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, replacement, refunding or restatement of all or any portion of the Second Priority Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or

(iv) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the Second Priority Obligations, or of any of the First Priority Representative or other Loan Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.

Section 9. Miscellaneous.

9.1 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any First Priority Document or any Second Priority Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

 

20


9.2 Continuing Nature of Provisions . This Agreement shall continue to be effective, and shall not be revocable by any party hereto, until the First Priority Obligation Payment Date shall have occurred. This is a continuing agreement and the First Priority Secured Parties and the Second Priority Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, Borrower or any other Loan Party on the faith hereof.

9.3 Amendments; Waivers . (a) No amendment or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the First Priority Representative and the Second Priority Representative, and, in the case of amendments or modifications of Sections 3.5, 3.6, 9.5 or 9.6 that directly affect the rights or duties of any Loan Party, such Loan Party.

(b) In the event that any First Priority Obligations shall be refinanced, replaced or refunded, the Second Priority Representative hereby agrees, on behalf of the Second Priority Secured Parties, that at the request of the agent or lenders under the loan facility that so refinances, replaces or refunds such First Priority Obligations, it will execute and deliver a new intercreditor agreement with such agent and/or lenders on substantially the same terms as herein provided, it being understood that this provision is included for the benefit of such future agent and/or lenders and that the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the status of such refinancing, replacement or refunding loan facility as First Priority Obligations entitled to the benefits hereof shall not be affected by the absence of any such new intercreditor agreement.

(c) Pursuant to the Second Priority Agreement, and as permitted by the First Priority Agreement, the Borrower may within the limits of the Senior Debt Limit incur additional indebtedness (“ Incremental Obligations ”) which may be secured by a lien on the Common Collateral either on a parity with the First Lien Obligations or on a basis junior to the First Lien Obligations but senior to the Second Priority Obligations (including, without limitation, any “First Lien Notes” or “Second Lien Facility” as defined in the Existing First Priority Agreement). In connection therewith, the Second Priority Representative hereby agrees to enter into such amendments to this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by the agent and/or lenders under such additional indebtedness or by the First Priority Representative to clarify the inter-relationship of the Lien securing such indebtedness with the First Priority Liens and Second Priority Liens hereunder.

9.4 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties . Each of the Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the First Priority

 

21


Obligations or the Second Priority Obligations. The Second Priority Representative and the First Priority Representative hereby agree that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event the Second Priority Representative or the First Priority Representative, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, it shall be under no obligation (A) to provide any such information to such other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (B) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (C) to disclose any other information.

9.5 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York , except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law and except to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction.

9.6 Submission to Jurisdiction . (a) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any First Priority Secured Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any First Priority Documents against the Borrower or any other Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) The Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Second Priority Secured Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent they may legally and effectively do so (x) any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section and (y) the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.7. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

22


9.7 Notices . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, or sent by overnight express courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail (certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto (until notice of a change thereof is delivered as provided in this Section) shall be as set forth below each party’s name on the signature pages hereof, or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.

9.8 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and each of the First Priority Secured Parties and Second Priority Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Common Collateral. All references to any Loan Party shall include any Loan Party as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Loan Party in any Insolvency Proceeding.

9.9 Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

9.10 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.11 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by each party hereto.

9.12 Appointment of Second Priority Representative . Each of the Second Priority Secured Parties irrevocably authorizes the Second Priority Representative to take such action on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Second Priority Documents as are specifically delegated to the Second Priority Representative by the terms hereof and thereof together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

23


[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as

First Priority Representative for and on

behalf of the First Priority Secured Parties

By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Christophe Vohmann

Title:  

Executive Director

Address for Notices:

Attention: Jeremy Jones and Gloria Javier

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Loan and Agency Services Group

1111 Fannin, Floor 10

Houston, TX 77002

Facsimile: (713) 750-2878

With a copy to:

Attention: Christophe Vohrmann

270 Park Avenue, 4 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Facsimile: (212) 270-4584

[SIGNATURE PAGE to INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]


DIAMOND LANE PRODUCTIONS, INC., as
Second Priority Representative
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Steven Spielberg

Title:  

President

Address for Notices:

Gang Tyre Ramer and Brown, Inc

132 S. Rodeo Drive

Beverly Hills

Attention:  

Bruce Ramer and Harold Brown

Telecopy No.:  

(310) 777-7000 and (310) 777-7005

With a copy to:

Breslauer, Rutman and Anderson

11400 West Olympic Blvd.

Los Angeles, California 60064

Attention:  

Gerald Breslauer and Mickey Rutman

Telecopy No.:  

(310) 481-3601 and (310) 481-3615

[SIGNATURE PAGE to INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]


DIAMOND LANE PRODUCTIONS, INC., as
Second Priority Secured Party
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Steven Spielberg

Title:  

President

[SIGNATURE PAGE to INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]


STEVEN SPIELBERG, as
Second Priority Secured Party

LOGO

[SIGNATURE PAGE to INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]


UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Tracy Stockwell

Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Address for Notices:

1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, FL 32819

Attention:  

Tracy Stockwell

Telecopy No.:  

(407) 224-6740

With a copy to:

1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, FL 32819

Attention:  

Catherine Roth, Esq.

Telecopy No.:  

(407) 363-8219

[SIGNATURE PAGE to INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]

 

Exhibit 10.61

[FINAL COPY]

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 9, 2004,

Among

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. and

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

FLORIDA DOCUMENTARY STAMP TAX IN THE AMOUNT OF $4,900,000 HAS BEEN PAID IN FULL TO THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE IN CONNECTION WITH THE OBLIGATIONS OF UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. (SUCCESSOR-BY-MERGER TO UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LP) (THE “BORROWER”) UNDER AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 5, 1999, AMENDED JULY 25, 2000 (THE “ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT”), AMONG THE BORROWER, THE BANKS PARTY THERETO AND JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, SUCCESSOR-BY-MERGER TO MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK), AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND AS COLLATERAL AGENT, AS FURTHER AMENDED DECEMBER 19, 2001, MARCH 28, 2002, AND MARCH 28, 2003, AND AS FURTHER AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AS EVIDENCED ON THAT CERTAIN MORTGAGE, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING RECORDED JULY 27, 2000, IN OFFICIAL RECORDS BOOK 6054, PAGE 320, OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF ORANGE COUNTY, FLORIDA (THE “PUBLIC RECORDS”), AS MODIFIED BY MORTGAGE MODIFICATION, SPREADING AGREEMENT AND PARTIAL RELEASE OF MORTGAGE DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 20, 2001, RECORDED ON FEBRUARY 21, 2001, IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS BOOK 6198, PAGE 4726 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS, AS MODIFIED BY AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO MORTGAGE, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING DATED AS OF MARCH 28, 2003, RECORDED ON MARCH 28, 2003 IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS BOOK 6845, PAGE 4755 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS AND AS MODIFIED BY AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO MORTGAGE, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING DATED AS OF DECEMBER 9, 2004, TO BE RECORDED IN THE PUBLIC RECORD CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS INSTRUMENT. THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER HEREUNDER ARE A TRANSMOGRIFICATION OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I

  

Definitions

   3

Section 1.01.

  

Defined Terms

   3

Section 1.02.

  

Terms Generally

   38

ARTICLE II

  

The Credits

   38

Section 2.01.

  

Commitments

   38

Section 2.02.

  

Loans and Borrowings

   39

Section 2.03.

  

Requests for Borrowings

   40

Section 2.04.

  

Swingline Loans

   41

Section 2.05.

  

Letters of Credit

   43

Section 2.06.

  

Funding of Borrowings

   49

Section 2.07.

  

Interest Elections

   50

Section 2.08.

  

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

   51

Section 2.09.

  

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

   52

Section 2.10.

  

Repayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans

   53

Section 2.11.

  

Prepayment of Loans

   54

Section 2.12.

  

Fees

   54

Section 2.13.

  

Interest

   56

Section 2.14.

  

Alternate Rate of Interest

   57

Section 2.15.

  

Increased Costs

   57

Section 2.16.

  

Break Funding Payments

   59

Section 2.17.

  

Taxes

   59

Section 2.18.

  

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

   61

Section 2.19.

  

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

   63

Section 2.20.

  

Incremental Term Loans

   66

ARTICLE III

  

Representations and Warranties

   68

Section 3.01.

  

Organization; Powers

   68

Section 3.02.

  

Authorization

   68

Section 3.03.

  

Enforceability

   69

Section 3.04.

  

Governmental Approvals

   69

Section 3.05.

  

Financial Statements

   69

Section 3.06.

  

No Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect

   70

Section 3.07.

  

Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases

   70

Section 3.08.

  

Subsidiaries

   71

Section 3.09.

  

Litigation; Compliance with Laws

   71

Section 3.10.

  

Federal Reserve Regulations

   71

Section 3.11.

  

Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act

   72

Section 3.12.

  

Use of Proceeds

   72

Section 3.13.

  

Tax Returns

   72

Section 3.14.

  

No Material Misstatements

   72


Section 3.15.

  

Employee Benefit Plans

   73

Section 3.16.

  

Environmental Matters

   73

Section 3.17.

  

Collateral Documents

   74

Section 3.18.

  

Location of Real Property

   75

Section 3.19.

  

Solvency

   75

Section 3.20.

  

Labor Matters

   76

Section 3.21.

  

Intellectual Property Rights

   76

Section 3.22.

  

Project Documents

   76

ARTICLE IV

  

Conditions of Lending

   77

Section 4.01.

  

All Credit Events

   77

Section 4.02.

  

Effectiveness

   78

Section 4.03.

  

Effect of Amended Agreement

   80

ARTICLE V

  

Affirmative Covenants

   80

Section 5.01.

  

Existence; Businesses and Properties

   80

Section 5.02.

  

Insurance

   81

Section 5.03.

  

Taxes

   82

Section 5.04.

  

Financial Statements, Reports, etc

   83

Section 5.05.

  

Litigation and Other Notices

   85

Section 5.06.

  

Compliance with Laws

   86

Section 5.07.

  

Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections

   86

Section 5.08.

  

Use of Proceeds

   86

Section 5.09.

  

Compliance with Environmental Laws

   86

Section 5.10.

  

Further Assurances; Additional Mortgages

   87

Section 5.11.

  

Fiscal Year; Accounting

   89

Section 5.12.

  

Maintenance of Ratings

   89

ARTICLE VI

  

Negative Covenants

   89

Section 6.01.

  

Indebtedness

   89

Section 6.02.

  

Liens

   92

Section 6.03.

  

Sale and Lease-Back Transactions

   95

Section 6.04.

  

Investments, Loans and Advances

   95

Section 6.05.

  

Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions

   97

Section 6.06.

  

Dividends and Distributions

   100

Section 6.07.

  

Transactions with Affiliates

   101

Section 6.08.

  

Business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries

   102

Section 6.09.

  

Limitation on Modifications and Prepayments of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc

   102

Section 6.10.

  

Capital Expenditures

   104

Section 6.11.

  

Interest Coverage Ratio

   104

Section 6.12.

  

Total Leverage Ratio

   104

Section 6.13.

  

Significant Event

   104

Section 6.14.

  

Derivatives Obligations

   105


ARTICLE VII

 

Events of Default

   105

Section 7.01.

 

Events of Default

   105

Section 7.02.

 

Immaterial Subsidiaries

   109

Section 7.03.

 

Borrower’s Right to Cure

   109

ARTICLE VIII

 

The Agents

   110

Section 8.01.

 

Authorization

   110

Section 8.02.

 

Nature of Duties

   112

Section 8.03.

 

Resignation by the Agents

   112

Section 8.04.

 

Each Agent in its Individual Capacity

   112

Section 8.05.

 

Indemnification

   113

Section 8.06.

 

Lack of Reliance on Agents

   113

Section 8.07.

 

Syndication Agent

   113

ARTICLE IX

 

Miscellaneous

   113

Section 9.01.

 

Notices

   113

Section 9.02.

 

Survival of Agreement

   115

Section 9.03.

 

Binding Effect

   115

Section 9.04.

 

Successors and Assigns

   115

Section 9.05.

 

Expenses; Indemnity

   119

Section 9.06.

 

Right of Set-off

   122

Section 9.07.

 

[Reserved]

   122

Section 9.08.

 

Applicable Law

   122

Section 9.09.

 

Waivers; Amendment

   123

Section 9.10.

 

Interest Rate Limitation

   125

Section 9.11.

 

Entire Agreement

   125

Section 9.12.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

   125

Section 9.13.

 

Severability

   126

Section 9.14.

 

Counterparts

   126

Section 9.15.

 

Headings

   126

Section 9.16.

 

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

   126

Section 9.17.

 

Confidentiality

   127

Section 9.18.

 

Non-recourse to Partners

   127

Exhibits and Schedules

  

 

  

Exhibit A

 

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

  

Exhibit B

 

Form of Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement

  

Schedule 1.01(b)

 

Mortgaged Properties

  

Schedule 1.01(c)

 

Project Documents

  

Schedule 1.01(d)

 

License Agreements

  

Schedule 1.01(e)

 

Scheduled Affiliate Transactions

  

Schedule 2.01

 

Commitments

  

Schedule 2.04(a)

 

Swingline Commitments

  

Schedule 3.04

 

Governmental Approvals

  


Schedule 3.05

  

Specified Transaction Documents

Schedule 3.07

  

Mortgaged Properties Sales

Schedule 3.08(a)

  

Subsidiary State of Jurisdictions

Schedule 3.08(b)

  

Outstanding Agreements or Commitments Relating To Equity Interests

Schedule 3.09

  

Litigation

Schedule 5.02

  

Insurance

Schedule 6.01

  

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

  

Liens

Schedule 6.04

  

Investments

Schedule 6.09

  

Existing Contractual Encumbrances


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of December 9, 2004 among UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the LENDERS party hereto from time to time, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (formerly known as JPMorgan Chase Bank), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Lenders and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “Syndication Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 5, 1999 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 25, 2000 (“Amendment No. 1”), and as further amended as of December 19, 2001, March 28, 2002, and March 28, 2003 and in effect on the date hereof, the “1999 Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Banks (as defined therein) party thereto on the date hereof (the “1999 Banks”) and the Administrative Agent in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder (in such capacity, the “1999 Agent”) and (b) the Credit Agreement dated as of March 28, 2003 (as amended and in effect on the date hereof, the “2003 Credit Agreement” and, together with the 1999 Credit Agreement, the “Existing Credit Agreements”), among the Borrower, the Banks (as defined therein) party thereto on the date hereof (the “2003 Banks” and, together with the 1999 Banks, the “Existing Banks”) and the Administrative Agent in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder (in such capacity, the “2003 Agent” and, together with the 1999 Agent, the “Existing Agents”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this preamble are defined in Section 1.01 of this Agreement.

Universal City Florida Holding Co. I and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II (collectively, “Holdings”), which are the two partnerships that together own 100% of the Equity Interests in the Borrower, intend to issue (together with their respective finance subsidiaries, as co-issuers) notes in an aggregate principal amount of $450,000,000 (such notes, together with any debt securities issued by Holdings and such co-issuers to refinance such notes, the “Holdings Notes”) in a Rule 144 A offering (the “Offering”). At the time of the closing of the Offering, the Borrower will make a cash distribution to Holdings in the approximate amount of $92,000,000 (the “Cash Payment”). Also, Holdings will make a cash distribution to the holders of their Equity Interests in the approximate amount of $450,000,000.

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders enter into this Agreement in order to (a) consolidate, amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreements and renew and continue the Indebtedness and unused financing commitments under the Existing Credit Agreements (the “Renewed Debt”) in the


aggregate amount of $596,796,000 (the “Consolidation and Restatement”, and together with the Cash Payment, the “Transactions”) and (b) extend credit to the Borrower hereunder in the aggregate amount of $53,204,000 (the “Credit”), subject to the terms and conditions herein. The Renewed Debt is to be renewed and continued hereunder, and the land sales Credit is to be extended hereunder, in the form of (a) Term Loans on the Restatement Date, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $550,000,000 and (b) Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit from time to time during the Availability Period not in excess of $100,000,000. In addition, the Borrower may request that Lenders or Additional Lenders agree to make available, subject to the terms and conditions herein, Incremental Term Loans from time to time after the Restatement Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200,000,000.

In order to effect the Consolidation and Restatement, on and as of the Restatement Date (a) Renewed Debt held by each Lender that is an Existing Bank shall be consolidated, renewed and continued under this Agreement in the form of Term Loans or Revolving Facility Commitments (or combination thereof), as applicable, in amounts not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Revolving Facility Commitment, as applicable, and (b) to the extent the aggregate amount of Renewed Debt exceeds the amount thereof consolidated, renewed and continued pursuant to clause (a), each Lender shall acquire such excess Renewed Debt from the Existing Banks by assignments pursuant to the applicable renewal provisions of the Existing Credit Agreements, in amounts (taking into account any Renewed Debt of such Lender renewed and continued under clause (a) above) not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Revolving Facility Commitment, as applicable, and such Renewed Debt so acquired by such Lender shall be consolidated, renewed and continued under this Agreement in the form of Term Loans or Revolving Facility Commitments (or combination thereof), as applicable. To the extent that Renewed Debt consists of outstanding loans under the Existing Credit Agreements as of the Restatement Date, a portion of the amounts funded by the Lenders pursuant to their respective Term Loan Commitments on the Restatement Date, in an aggregate amount equal to the excess of the principal amount of such outstanding loans over the principal amount thereof continued and renewed hereunder pursuant to clause (a) of the first sentence of this paragraph, shall be paid by the Administrative Agent to the Existing Agents for the account of the Existing Banks holding such outstanding loans, as consideration for the assignment thereof to such Lenders a contemplated by clause (b) of the first sentence of this paragraph.

The proceeds of the Term Loans (to the extent of amounts not applied to continue and renew the Renewed Debt consisting of outstanding loans under the Existing Credit Agreements as contemplated above) will be used by the Borrower on the Restatement Date solely (i) first, to pay transaction costs related to the Transactions (the “Transaction Costs”) and (ii) second, to make the Cash

 

2


Payment. The proceeds of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans will be used by the Borrower solely for general corporate purposes, provided that the proceeds of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans may not be used for the purposes of financing Transaction Costs or the Cash Payment. Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower solely for general corporate purposes.

The Borrower and the Administrative Agent acknowledge that in connection with Amendment No. 1, Florida documentary stamp tax in the amount of $4,900,000 was paid to the Florida Department of Revenue and that since such date, the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreements has not exceeded $1,358,000,000 at any time.

The Lenders are willing to extend credit to the Borrower as provided above and each Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

“ABR Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

“ABR Loan” shall mean any ABR Term Loan, ABR Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan.

“ABR Revolving Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Revolving Loans.

“ABR Revolving Loan” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

“ABR Term Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

“Additional Extensions of Credit” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09(c).

“Additional Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

 

3


“Additional Mortgage” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10(c).

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate applicable to such Eurocurrency Borrowing, if any.

“Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Administrative Agent Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(c).

“Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in the form prepared by the Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) duly completed by such Lender.

“Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified. Each partner in Holdings and each of their respective Affiliates shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Borrower.

“Agents” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

“Agreement” shall mean, collectively, the Existing Credit Agreements, as consolidated, amended and restated by this Amended Agreement, and as the same may be further amended and in effect from time to time.

“Alternate Base Rate” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. If for any reason the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate, including the failure of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to publish rates or the inability of the Administrative Agent to obtain quotations in accordance with the terms thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

 

4


“Amended Agreement” shall mean this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2004.

“Amendment No. 1” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Applicable Margin” shall mean, with respect to any Term Loan or Revolving Loan, the applicable margin per annum set forth below under the caption “Revolving Loan ABR Spread”, “Revolving Loan Eurocurrency Spread”, “Term Loan ABR Spread” or “Term Loan Eurocurrency Spread”, as applicable, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date.

 

     Revolving Loan     Term Loan  

Total Leverage Ratio:

   Revolving
Loan ABR
Spread
    Eurocurrency
Spread
    Term Loan
ABR
Spread
    Eurocurrency
Spread
 

Category 1

        

Greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00

   1.50   2.50   1.25   2.25

Category 2

        

Less than 4.50 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00

   1.25   2.25   1.00   2.00

Category 3

        

Less than 3.50 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00

   1.00   2.00   0.75   1.75

Category 4

        

Less than 3.00 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00

   0.75   1.75   0.75   1.75

Category 5

        

Less than 2.50 to 1.00

   0.50   1.50   0.75   1.75

For purposes of the foregoing,(a) the Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower’s fiscal year based upon the consolidated financial information of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or (b) and (b) each change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the first Business Day after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial information indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, provided that until the delivery of consolidated financial statements for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2004, the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 2 for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin; provided further that the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 (i) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) at

 

5


the option of the Administrative Agent or at the request of the Required Lenders, if the Borrower fails to deliver the consolidated financial information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or (b), during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof until such consolidated financial information is delivered.

“Approved Fund” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

“Asset Disposition” shall mean any sale, transfer or other disposition by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to any person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party of any asset or group of related assets in one or a series of related transactions, the Net Proceeds from which exceed $5,000,000.

“Assignee Group” means two or more assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

“Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (to the extent required by Section 9.04), in the form of Exhibit A or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Authorized Agent” shall mean any party authorized in a written consent to execute and deliver the Loan Documents or instruments contemplated therein.

“Authorized Officer” shall mean any of the President, Executive Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Controller of the Borrower, or any officer exercising similar functions.

“Availability Period” shall mean the period from and including the Restatement Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Facility Commitments.

“Blackstone” shall mean, collectively, Blackstone Capital Partners III Merchant Banking Fund L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, its Affiliates and the respective successors of the foregoing.

“Blackstone USE” shall mean Blackstone USE Acquisition Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

“Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

6


“Borrower Partnership Agreement” shall mean Item 1 of Schedule 1.01(c).

“Borrowing” shall mean (a) a group of Loans of a single Type under a single Facility and made on a single date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect and (b) a Swingline Loan.

“Borrowing Minimum” shall mean (a) in the case of a Revolving Borrowing and prepayment of Term Loans, $1,000,000, and (b) in the case of a Swingline Borrowing, $100,000.

“Borrowing Multiple” shall mean (a) in the case of a Revolving Borrowing and prepayment of Term Loans, $1,000,000, and (b) in the case of a Swingline Borrowing, $100,000.

“Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03.

“Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed, provided that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in Dollars in the London interbank market.

“Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any person in respect of any period, the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such person during such period that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or similar items reflected in the statement of cash flows of such person, provided, however, that Capital Expenditures for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall not include (a) expenditures to the extent they are made with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower after the Restatement Date or with funds that would have constituted Net Proceeds under clause (a) of the definition of the term “Net Proceeds” (but that will not constitute Net Proceeds as a result of the first proviso to such clause (a)), (b) expenditures of proceeds of insurance settlements, condemnation awards and other settlements in respect of lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property to the extent such expenditures are made to replace or repair such lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property or otherwise to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets or properties useful in the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries within 12 months of receipt of such proceeds, (c) interest capitalized during such period, (d) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding the Borrower or any subsidiary thereof) and for which neither the Borrower nor any subsidiary thereof has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person

 

7


(whether before, during or after such period), (e) the book value of any asset owned by such person prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a capital expenditure during such period as a result of such person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period, provided that (i) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period that such expenditure actually is made and (ii) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired if such asset was originally acquired on or after January 1, 2004 and (f) the purchase price of equipment purchased during such period to the extent the consideration therefor consists of any combination of (i) used or surplus equipment traded in at the time of such purchase and (ii) the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of used or surplus equipment, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP and, for purposes hereof, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Payment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon:

(a) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders; or

(b) the acquisition by any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total combined voting power and the combined economic interests of all Equity Interests of the Borrower.

 

8


“Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

“Charges” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.10.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Collateral” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Collateral Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.

“Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Collateral Documents” shall mean the Mortgages, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.10.

“Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall mean the requirement that:

(a) on the Restatement Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received from Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party, if any, a counterpart of an appropriate amendment to the Subordination Agreement and each Collateral Document reflecting the Transactions, all in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such person;

(b) (i) in the case of any person that is a Subsidiary Loan Party at the Restatement Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received from such Subsidiary a counterpart of the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement, and (ii) in the case of any person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Restatement Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received from such Subsidiary a supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement, in the form specified therein, in each case duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Subsidiary Loan Party;

(c) all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests (i) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary directly owned by or on behalf of the

 

9


Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party, (ii) of any other person owned on the Restatement Date directly by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party, except to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests would violate applicable law or a legally effective contractual obligation binding upon such Equity Interests as of the Restatement Date and for so long as such restriction exists, and (iii) that are acquired by Holdings (in the case of Equity Interests of the Borrower), the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Restatement Date, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary be pledged to secure the Obligations), and the Collateral Agent shall have received all certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Collateral Documents (in each case, including any supplements thereto) and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Collateral Documents, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or the recording concurrently with, or promptly following, the execution and delivery of each such Collateral Document;

(f) the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance, paid for by the Borrower, issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as permitted by Section 6.02 and Liens arising by operation of law, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) such legal opinions and other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property, provided that such other documents are reasonably available to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries without significant expense;

(g) each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with (i) the execution and

 

10


delivery of all Collateral Documents (or supplements thereto) to which it is a party and the granting by it of the Liens thereunder and (ii) the performance of its obligations thereunder; and

(h) on the Restatement Date, the Borrower shall have made all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Liens granted under Collateral Documents on all material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or licensed by it and, subject to Section 7 of the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall have made all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Liens granted under Collateral Documents all material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or licensed by it on the most recent March 31 or September 30, whichever is more recent.

“Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

“Commitments” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment and Term Loan Commitment and (b) with respect to any Swingline Lender, its Swingline Commitment.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such person and its subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that (i) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) shall be excluded, (ii) any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded, (iii) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) shall be excluded, (iv) the Net Income for such period of any person that is not a subsidiary of such person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of, the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent person or a subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, (v) the Net Income for such period of any subsidiary of such person shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived except, and only to the extent of, the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent person or a subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; provided, in determining the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower, this

 

11


clause (v) shall not apply to any Subsidiary Loan Party if it has satisfied the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (vi) Consolidated Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and (vii) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded.

“Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean, as of any date, the total assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP, as the same are (or would be) set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of such date.

“Consolidation and Restatement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

“Credit” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Credit Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article IV.

“Cure Amount” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.03.

“Cure Right” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.03.

“Current Assets” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Permitted Investments or other cash equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits.

“Current Liabilities” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any debt or Capital Lease Obligations, (b) accruals of Interest Expense (excluding Interest Expense that is past due), (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profit, (d) accruals, if any, of transaction costs resulting from the Transactions, (e) accruals

 

12


of any costs or expenses related to (i) severance or termination of employees related to the Transactions or (ii) bonuses, pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations (provided that, for purposes of this clause (e), reductions in Current Liabilities attributable to any reversals of such accruals or payments made in respect of such accrued costs or expenses shall also be excluded) and (f) accruals for add-backs to EBITDA included in clauses (a)(v) through (a)(x) of the definition of such term.

“Current Universal Fees” shall mean Universal Fees accruing after March 31, 2004.

“Debt Service” shall mean, for any period, Interest Expense for such period plus scheduled principal amortization of Total Borrower Debt for such period (whether or not such payments are made).

“Default” shall mean any event or condition that upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

“Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default is in effect.

“Deferred Universal Fees” shall mean Universal Fees which are not Current Universal Fees.

“Derivatives Obligations” of any person shall mean all obligations of such person in respect of any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing transactions. Derivatives Obligations incurred for bona fide hedging purposes are not Investments.

“Dollars” or “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

“Early Maturity Date” shall mean (i) December 1, 2009, if the Senior Notes shall not have been refinanced or repaid in full prior to such date, or (ii) January 1, 2010, if the Holdings Notes shall not have been refinanced or repaid in full prior to such date; provided that in the case of any such refinancing, the Indebtedness resulting from such refinancing must mature no earlier than 180 days after the date that is six and one half years after the Restatement Date and, in the case of any such refinancing of Holdings Notes, the issuer or issuers of any such refinancing Indebtedness shall not be the Borrower or a Subsidiary and in case of any refinancing of Senior Notes the issuer or issuers of such refinancing Indebtedness shall be the same as the Senior Notes.

 

13


“EBITDA” shall (subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 6.13 and 7.03) mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period

plus (a) the sum of (in each case without duplication and to the extent the respective amounts described in subclauses (i) through (x) (but not (xi)) of this clause (a) reduced such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined) (i) provision for Taxes based on income or profits of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (including state, franchise and similar Taxes) for such period, (ii) interest expense of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period (as reported in accordance with GAAP), (iii) depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period, (iv) any fees, expenses or charges related to any equity offering, investment or acquisition permitted hereunder or occurring prior to the Restatement Date, any recapitalization permitted hereunder or any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (whether or not successful) and fees, expenses or charges or any accruals relating to such payments related to the Transactions, (v) any other noncash charges in relation to the Transactions or any acquisition or investment (but excluding any such charge that requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period), (vi) [reserved], (vii) noncash exchange, translation or performance losses relating to any Derivatives Obligation, (viii) any expense relating to defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans, (ix) noncash charges for the impairment of intangibles and other assets (but excluding any such charge that (A) relates to current assets or (B) requires an accrual of a cash reserve for anticipated cash charges for any future period), (x) restructuring charges; provided that (A) with respect to each such restructuring charge, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate specifying and quantifying such charge and stating that such charge is a restructuring charge and (B) the aggregate amount of restructuring charges that are not non-cash charges that may be added back pursuant to this clause (x) shall not exceed $20,000,000 (provided that, for purposes of subclauses (v), (vii), (ix) and (x) of this clause (a), any noncash charges, expenses or losses shall be treated as cash charges or losses in any subsequent period during which cash disbursements attributable thereto are made), and (xi) for purposes only of determining EBITDA for any period that includes the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended September 26, 2004, $17,500,000 (such amount representing an adjustment to account for the impact of hurricanes in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004),

 

14


minus (b) the sum of (in each case without duplication and to the extent the respective amounts described in subclauses (i) through (iii) and (v) of this clause (b) increased such Consolidated Net Income for the respective period for which EBITDA is being determined) (i) the amount of any minority interest income, except to the extent received in cash (or plus the amount of any minority interest loss), (ii) noncash exchange, translation or performance gains relating to any Derivatives Obligation, (iii) any income relating to defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans, (iv) any cash payment relating to defined benefits pension or post-retirement benefit plans and (v) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period (but excluding any such items (A) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period or (B) which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period).

“environment” shall mean ambient air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata.

“Environmental Laws” shall mean all applicable laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or legally binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters (to the extent relating to the Release of or exposure to Hazardous Materials).

“Environmental Liability” shall mean any liability, claim, action, suit, judgment or order, contingent or otherwise (including any damages, costs, fines, penalties or indemnities), relating to, resulting from or based upon (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials, or (e) any contract or other agreement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” of any person shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest.

 

15


“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any Reportable Event; (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the incurrence by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (d) the receipt by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (e) the incurrence by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the receipt by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

“Eurocurrency Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Loans.

“Eurocurrency Loan” shall mean any Eurocurrency Term Loan or Eurocurrency Revolving Loan.

“Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Revolving Loans.

“Eurocurrency Revolving Loan” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

“Eurocurrency Term Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

 

16


“Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any Excess Cash Flow Period, EBITDA of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Excess Cash Flow Period (including any EBITDA arising through the operation of Section 7.03(a)(i)),

minus, without duplication, (a) Debt Service for such Excess Cash Flow Period, (b) (i) any voluntary prepayments of Term Loans during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (ii) any permanent voluntary reductions during such Excess Cash Flow Period of Revolving Facility Commitments to the extent that an equal amount of Revolving Loans was simultaneously repaid and (iii) any voluntary prepayment permitted hereunder of term Indebtedness and any permanent voluntary reduction of revolving Indebtedness to the extent that an equal amount of revolving Indebtedness was simultaneously repaid during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not financed, or intended to be financed, using the proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness, so long as the amount of such prepayment is not already reflected in Debt Service, (c) (i) Capital Expenditures by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Excess Cash Flow Period (excluding Capital Expenditures made in such Excess Cash Flow Period but deducted in the prior Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to a certificate contemplated by the following clause (d)) that are paid or payable in cash and (ii) the aggregate consideration paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period in respect of Investments permitted hereunder (less any amounts received in respect thereof as a return of capital), (d) Capital Expenditures that the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall, during such Excess Cash Flow Period, become obligated to make but that are not made during such Excess Cash Flow Period, provided that the Borrower shall deliver a certificate to the Administrative Agent not later than 90 days after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period, signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and certifying that such Capital Expenditures and the delivery of the related equipment will be made in the following Excess Cash Flow Period, (e) Taxes paid in cash by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and Restricted Payments paid in cash by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.06(d), in each case, during such Excess Cash Flow Period or that will be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period (provided that any amount so deducted that will be paid after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period shall not be deducted again in a subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period), (f) an amount equal to any increase in Working Capital of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Excess Cash Flow Period, (g) [reserved], (h) cash expenditures made in respect of Derivatives Obligations during such Excess Cash Flow Period, to the extent not reflected in the computation of EBITDA or Interest Expense, (i)

 

17


without duplication of amounts referred to in clause (a) or (e) above, Restricted Payments paid in cash by the Borrower during such Excess Cash Flow Period, in each case in accordance with Section 6.06, (j) amounts paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period on account of (x) items that were accounted for as noncash reductions of Net Income in determining Consolidated Net Income or as noncash reductions of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in a prior Excess Cash Flow Period and (y) reserves or accruals established in purchase accounting, (k) extraordinary special charges or any nonrecurring loss paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (l) to the extent not deducted in the computation of Net Proceeds in respect of any asset disposition or condemnation giving rise thereto, the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness created hereunder or under any other Loan Document), together with any interest, premium or penalties required to be paid (and actually paid) in connection therewith, (m) the amount, if any, by which consolidated long-term deferred revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries decreased during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (n) the amount related to items that were added to or not deducted from Net Income in calculating Consolidated Net Income or were added to or not deducted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent such items represented a cash payment, or an accrual for a cash payment, by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Excess Cash Flow Period, and (o) the amount of minority interest expense added to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA for such Excess Cash Flow Period,

plus, without duplication, (q) an amount equal to any decrease in Working Capital for such Excess Cash Flow Period, (r) all proceeds received during such Excess Cash Flow Period of Capital Lease Obligations, purchase money Indebtedness, Sale and Lease-Back Transactions pursuant to Section 6.03 and any other Indebtedness, in each case to the extent used to finance any Capital Expenditure (other than Indebtedness under this Agreement to the extent there is no corresponding deduction to Excess Cash Flow above in respect of the use of such Borrowings), (s) all amounts referred to in clause (c) above to the extent funded with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of, or capital contributions to, the Borrower after the Restatement Date (to the extent not previously used to prepay Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans), make any investment or capital expenditure or otherwise for any purpose resulting in a deduction to Excess Cash Flow in any prior Excess Cash Flow Period) or any amount that would have constituted Net Proceeds under clause (a) of the definition of the term “Net Proceeds” if not so spent, in each case to the extent there is a

 

18


corresponding deduction from Excess Cash Flow above, (t) to the extent any permitted Capital Expenditures and the corresponding delivery of equipment referred to in clause (d) above do not occur in the Excess Cash Flow Period of the Borrower specified in the certificate of the Borrower provided pursuant to clause (d) above, the amount of such Capital Expenditures that were not so made in the Excess Cash Flow Period of the Borrower specified in such certificates, (u) cash payments received in respect of Derivatives Obligations during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent (i) not included in the computation of EBITDA or (ii) such payments do not reduce Interest Expense, (v) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain realized in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (except to the extent such gain consists of Net Proceeds subject to Section 2.11(c)), (w) to the extent deducted in the computation of EBITDA, cash interest income, (x) the amount, if any, by which consolidated long-term deferred revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries increased during such Excess Cash Flow Period, (y) the amount related to items that were deducted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA to the extent such items represented cash received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Excess Cash Flow Period and are not Net Proceeds and (z) the amount of minority interest income deducted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA for such Excess Cash Flow Period.

“Excess Cash Flow Period” shall mean each fiscal year of the Borrower ended on or after December 31, 2005.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Agents, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), any withholding tax that is in effect and would apply to amounts payable hereunder to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to any withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17(a).

 

19


“Existing Agents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Existing Banks” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Existing Credit Agreements” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Facility” shall mean the respective facility and Commitments utilized in making Loans and credit extensions hereunder, it being understood that as of the Restatement Date there are two Facilities, i.e., the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Fees” shall mean the Commitment Fees, the L/C Participation Fees, the Issuing Bank Fees and the Administrative Agent Fees.

“Financial Performance Covenants” shall mean the covenants of the Borrower set forth in Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

“Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“FQE” means fiscal quarter end, and when used in conjunction with a specified month means the last day of the fiscal quarter ending on or about the last day of such month (e.g., “FQE 6/05” means the last day of the fiscal quarter ending on or about June 30, 2005).

 

20


“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

“Guarantee” of or by any person (the “guarantor”) shall mean (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the holders of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such holders against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part) or (v) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (b) any Lien on any assets of the guarantor securing any Indebtedness (or any existing right, contingent or otherwise, of the holder of Indebtedness to be secured by such a Lien) of any other person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by the guarantor; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Restatement Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the relevant Person in good faith.

“Hazardous Materials” shall mean all explosive, radioactive, hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum and petroleum byproducts and distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Holdings” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

21


“Holdings Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

“Hypothetical Income Tax” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower, the product of (i) the sum of the highest federal, state, local and foreign tax rates (taking into consideration special rates, e.g., capital gains) applicable to partners of Blackstone USE on the last day of such fiscal year and (ii) the amount of taxable income or gain of the Borrower.

“Incremental Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

“Incremental Facility Closing Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

“Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

“Incremental Term Loan Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Term Loans.

“Indebtedness” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money (except, for purposes of the Total Leverage Ratio, Subordinated Debt), (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) current trade liabilities and current intercompany liabilities (but not any refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof except such refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof that are themselves current trade liabilities or current intercompany liabilities) incurred in the ordinary course of business and maturing within 365 days after the incurrence thereof, (ii) obligations of such person in respect of Universal Fees, (iii) customary retentions, holdbacks and similar obligations arising under construction and similar contracts which are not intended as a method of financing the goods or services provided under such contracts and (iv) accrued and unpaid Spielberg Fees), (e) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others (except, for purposes of the Total Leverage Ratio, any such Indebtedness which would be excluded if a direct obligation of such person), (f) all Capital Lease Obligations of such person, (g) [reserved], (h) the principal component of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (i) the principal component of all obligations of such person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner, other

 

22


than to the extent that the instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness expressly limits the liability of such person in respect thereof.

“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b).

“Information” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.14.

“Information Memorandum” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated November 2004, as modified or supplemented in writing prior to the Restatement Date.

“Intellectual Property Filings” shall mean the “Intellectual Property Filings” as defined in the Security Agreement.

“Intellectual Property Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 3.21.

“Interest Coverage Ratio” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11.

“Interest Election Request” shall mean a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Term Borrowing or Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

“Interest Expense” shall mean, with respect to any period, the sum of (a) the gross interest expense of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, excluding (i) the amortization of debt discounts and (ii) the amortization of all fees and related debt issuance costs (including fees with respect to Derivatives Obligations) payable in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness to the extent included in interest expense but including (iii) the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capital Lease Obligations allocable to interest expense and (b) capitalized interest of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries. For purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense (x) shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries with respect to Derivatives Obligations but (y) shall exclude, to the extent otherwise reflected therein, any interest expense resulting from “mark to market” accounting for Derivatives Obligations.

“Interest Payment Date” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an

 

23


Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing and, in addition, the date of any refinancing or conversion of such Borrowing with or to a Borrowing of a different Type, (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each calendar quarter and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Swingline Loan is required to be repaid pursuant to Section 2.09(a).

“Interest Period” shall mean, as to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as applicable, and ending on (i) the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter (or 9 or 12 months, if at the time of the relevant Borrowing, all participating Lenders make interest periods of such length available), as the Borrower may elect, except that prior to the earlier of (x) 30 days after the Restatement Date and (y) the date on which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that the initial syndication of the Term Loans has been completed, all Interest Periods shall end on the day that is seven days from (and including) the first day of such Interest Period or (ii) the date any Eurocurrency Borrowing is converted to an ABR Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07 or repaid or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.09, 2.10 or 2.11 provided, however, that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

“Investment” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

“Islands Theme Park” means the “Universal’s Islands of Adventure” theme park located in Orlando, Florida owned and operated by the Borrower.

“Issuing Bank” shall mean JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and each other Issuing Bank designated pursuant to Section 2.05(k), in each case in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i). An Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

“Issuing Bank Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

 

24


“knowledge” shall mean, with respect to any person as of any date of determination, that one or more of the Authorized Officers of such person in fact know as of that date, or in the exercise of reasonable diligence under the circumstances should have known, of the relevant facts and “known” and “knows of” shall have corresponding meanings.

“L/C Disbursement” shall mean a payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

“L/C Participation Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

“Lender” shall mean each financial institution listed on Schedule 2.01, as well as any person that becomes a “Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 9.04 or pursuant to an Incremental Amendment.

“Lender Default” shall mean (a) the refusal (which has not been retracted) of a Lender to make available its portion of any Borrowing, to acquire participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 or to fund its portion of any unreimbursed payment under Section 2.05(e), in each case to the extent such Lender is obligated to do so by this Agreement, or (b) a Lender’s having notified in writing the Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its obligations under Section 2.04, 2.05 or 2.06.

“Letter of Credit” shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

“LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones Market Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurocurrency Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the average (rounding upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the respective interest rates per annum at which deposits in the currency of such Borrowing are offered for such Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

25


“License Agreements” shall mean the agreements listed on Schedule 1.01(d) hereto, as such Schedule 1.01(d) may be amended or supplemented from time to time by the Borrower in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent.

“Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, hypothecation, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a person that is not a Loan Party with respect to such securities (excluding any such option, call or similar right with respect to any security held by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in a joint venture that is not a Subsidiary, or by the holder of an Equity Interest in such joint venture, in respect of such security).

“Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement and, on and after the date on which the same are executed and delivered, any other Collateral Documents.

“Loan Parties” shall mean the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

“Loans” shall mean the Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans, the Revolving Loans and the Swingline Loans.

“Majority Lenders” of any Facility shall mean, at any time, Lenders under such Facility having Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding under such Facility and unused Commitments under such Facility at such time.

“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

“Margaritaville” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 6.04.

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean the existence of events, conditions and/or contingencies that have had or are reasonably likely to have (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to perform any of its material obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or to consummate the Transactions or (c) an impairment of the validity or enforceability of any material provision of, or a material impairment of the material rights, remedies or benefits available to the Lenders, any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under, any Loan Document.

 

26


“Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than Loans and Letters of Credit) or Derivative Obligations of Holdings or any one or more of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $20,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of any person in respect of any Derivatives Obligations at any time will be the maximum aggregate amount (after giving effect to any netting agreements) that such person would be required to pay if such Derivatives Obligations were terminated at such time.

“Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.10.

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Mortgaged Properties” shall mean, initially, the owned real properties of the Loan Parties set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) and includes each other parcel of owned real property and improvements thereto with respect to which an Additional Mortgage is granted.

“Mortgages” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments of leases and rents and other Collateral Documents delivered with respect to Mortgaged Properties prior to the Restatement Date or pursuant to Section 5.10.

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower, Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate (other than one considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to sub-Section (m) or (o) of Code Section 414) is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any person, the net income (loss) of such person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” shall mean (a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower or any of the Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (including any cash payment received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but only as and when received) from any loss, damage, destruction or condemnation of, or any sale, transfer or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback of assets and any mortgage or lease of real property) to any person of any asset or assets of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (other than those

 

27


pursuant to Section 6.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (j) or (k)), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer Taxes, deed or mortgage recording Taxes, required debt payments and required payments of other obligations relating to the applicable asset (other than pursuant hereto), other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith and (ii) Taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, provided that, if no Event of Default exists and the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent promptly following receipt of any such proceeds setting forth the Borrower’s intention to use all or any portion of such proceeds, to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, or make investments pursuant to Section 6.04(p), in each case within 12 months of such receipt, such proceeds or portion shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not so used within such 12-month period, and provided further that (x) no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless such proceeds shall exceed $5,000,000 and (y) no proceeds shall constitute Net Proceeds in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $10,000,000, and (b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01), net of all Taxes and fees (including investment banking fees), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such issuance or sale. For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to Holdings or the Borrower or any Subsidiary of either of them shall be disregarded.

“Obligations” shall mean all amounts owing to any of the Agents or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Offering” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, the Loan Documents.

“Participant” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

 

28


“Perfection Certificate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Permitted Cure Security” means Equity Interests of the Borrower having no mandatory redemption, repurchase or similar requirements prior to 180 days after the latest of the Term Loan Maturity Date and the final maturity of any Incremental Term Loan, and upon which all dividends or distributions (if any) shall be payable solely in additional Equity Interests satisfying the foregoing criteria.

“Permitted Holder” shall mean Blackstone, Universal and any Person in which Blackstone and Universal collectively own at least 75% of the outstanding Equity Interest.

“Permitted Investments” shall mean: (a) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof; (b) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof whose long-term debt, or whose parent holding company’s long-term debt, is rated A (or the equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act); (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above; (d) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Borrower, except for General Electric Company or General Electric Capital Corporation, to the extent either would constitute an Affiliate of the Borrower) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of P-1 (or higher) according to Moody’s, or A-1 (or higher) according to S&P; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any State, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) shares of mutual funds whose investment guidelines restrict 90% of such funds’ investments to those satisfying the provisions of clauses (a) through (e) above; (g) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000; and (h) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits in an aggregate face amount not in excess of 1% of the total assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently completed fiscal year.

 

29


“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

“person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company or government, individual or family trust, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Personal Property Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and in respect of which Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Pledge Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated as of January 6, 2000 among the Borrower, all of the Pledgors listed on the signature pages thereof, and the Collateral Agent.

“primary obligor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term Guarantee.

“Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

“Project Documents” shall mean all agreements listed in Schedule 1.01(c).

“Projections” shall mean the projections of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries included in the Information Memorandum and any other projections and any forward-looking statements of such entities furnished to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary prior to the Restatement Date.

“Recordable Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

“Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

 

30


“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Affiliates.

“Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

“Remaining Present Value” shall mean, as of any date with respect to any lease, the present value as of such date of the scheduled future lease payments with respect to such lease, determined with a discount rate equal to a market rate of interest for such lease reasonably determined at the time such lease was entered into.

“Renewed Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Reportable Event” shall mean any reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, with respect to a Plan (other than a Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to sub-Section (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code).

“Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having (a) Loans (other than Swingline Loans) outstanding, (b) Revolving L/C Exposures, (c) Swingline Exposures and (d) unused Revolving Facility Commitments (excluding Commitments to make Swingline Loans) that, taken together, represent more than 50% of the sum of (w) all Loans (other than Swingline Loans) outstanding, (x)Revolving L/C Exposures, (y) Swingline Exposures and (z) unused Revolving Facility Commitments (excluding commitments to make Swingline Loans) at such time. The Loans, Revolving L/C Exposures, Swingline Exposures and unused Revolving Facility Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

“Restatement Date” shall mean the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 and 4.02 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.09).

 

31


“Restricted Payments” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06.

“Revolving Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

“Revolving Credit Exposure” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, (b)the Swingline Exposure at such time and (c) the Revolving L/C Exposure at such time. The Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier of (i) the date that is six years after the Restatement Date and (ii) if applicable, the Early Maturity Date, or in either case if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such date.

“Revolving Facility” shall mean the Revolving Facility Commitments and the extensions of credit made hereunder by the Revolving Facility Lenders.

“Revolving Facility Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Revolving Facility Lender, the commitment of such Revolving Facility Lender to make Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.01, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate permitted amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(c) or 9.04 or (ii) Section 2.20. The initial amount of each Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance or the Incremental Amendment pursuant to which such Revolving Facility Lender shall have assumed or provided its Revolving Facility Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments on the date hereof is $100,000,000.

“Revolving Facility Lender” shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Facility Commitment or with outstanding Revolving Loans.

“Revolving Facility Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Facility Lender, the percentage of the Total Revolving Facility Commitment represented by such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment. If the Revolving Facility Commitments have terminated or expired, the Revolving Facility Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Facility Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments pursuant to Section 9.04.

 

32


“Revolving L/C Exposure” shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (b) the aggregate principal amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The Revolving L/C Exposure of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall mean its Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate Revolving L/C Exposure at such time.

“Revolving Loans” shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“Scheduled Affiliate Transactions” shall mean transactions and agreements described in Schedule 1.01(e) hereto.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

“Secured Parties” shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Security Agreement.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Security Agreement” shall mean the Security Agreement dated as of July 27, 2000 between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

“Senior Notes” shall mean the Borrowers 11  3 / 4  % Senior Notes due 2010.

“Spielberg Fees” means consulting fees payable in respect of the Borrower’s Theme Parks pursuant to the consulting agreement identified in Item 6 of Schedule 1.01(c) in an amount not exceeding the amount provided for in such agreement as in effect on November 13, 1995.

“Statutory Reserve Rate” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the bank serving as the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency

 

33


funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

“Studio Theme Park” shall mean the “Universal Studios Florida” theme park located in Orlando, Florida owned and operated by the Borrower.

“Subordinated Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in the Subordination Agreement.

“Subordinated Intercompany Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(d).

“Subordination Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of January 6, 2000, among Universal Studios, Inc., Universal City Property Management Company, Universal City Property Management II LLC, Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP and such other Persons party thereto pursuant to the terms thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, directly or indirectly, owned, Controlled or held by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent or (b) that is treated for financial reporting purposes as a consolidated entity in the parent’s annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Subsidiary” shall mean a subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement” shall mean a Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, among the Borrower, each Subsidiary Loan Party and the Collateral Agent.

“Subsidiary Loan Party” shall mean each Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, but shall not include UCDP Finance, Inc. so long as UCDP Finance, Inc. has no assets and conducts no operations (in each case, other

 

34


than de minimis assets or operations) other than acting as co-issuer of the Senior Notes (or refinancings thereof) or other debt securities of which the Borrower is a co-issuer.

“Swingline Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Swingline Loans.

“Swingline Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by a Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2.

“Swingline Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Swingline Lender, the commitment of such Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.04. The amount of each Swingline Lender’s Swingline Commitment on the date hereof is set forth on Schedule 2.04(a). The aggregate amount of the Swingline Commitments on the date hereof is $10,000,000.

“Swingline Exposure” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Borrowings at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Facility Lender at any time shall mean its Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

“Swingline Lender” shall mean a Lender with a Swingline Commitment or outstanding Swingline Loans.

“Swingline Loans” shall mean the swingline loans made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Syndication Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties (including stamp duties), deductions, charges (including ad valorem charges) or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

“Term Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.

“Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Term Loans hereunder as set forth in Section 2.01. The initial amount of each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments on the date hereof is $550,000,000.

“Term Loan Facility” shall mean the Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loans made hereunder.

 

35


“Term Loan Installment Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(a).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier of (i) the date that is six and one-half years after the Restatement Date or (ii) if applicable, the Early Maturity Date, or if either such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such date.

“Term Loans” shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a). Each Term Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Term Loan or an ABR Term Loan.

“Test Period” shall mean, on any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended (taken as one accounting period).

“Theme Parks” means the Islands Theme Park and the Studio Theme Park (including the Borrower’s operation currently conducted through the “City Walk” joint venture).

“Total Borrower Debt” at any date shall mean (a) the sum of (without duplication), all Indebtedness consisting of Capital Lease Obligations, Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than letters of credit to the extent undrawn) and Indebtedness in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services, in each case of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on such date minus (b) the lesser of (i) $60,000,000 and (ii) the amount of cash and Permitted Investments of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties on such date that are not restricted in any manner as to their use (other than restrictions under Indebtedness included in clause (a) above).

“Total Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) Total Borrower Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended as of such date, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Total Revolving Facility Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the total Revolving Facility Commitments, as in effect at such time.

“Transaction Costs” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Transactions” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Type”, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “Rate” shall include the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

 

36


“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

“Universal” shall mean Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, and its Affiliates.

“Universal Fees” means the fees payable to Universal or an Affiliate of Universal by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Borrower Partnership Agreement.

“USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any person means a subsidiary of such person, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or nominee or other similar shares required pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such person or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such person. Unless the context otherwise indicates, all references herein to a “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” are references to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

“Working Capital” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination, provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of the effects of purchase accounting.

“1999 Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

“1999 Banks” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

“1999 Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

37


“2003 Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

“2003 Banks” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

“2003 Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

Section 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions set forth or referred to in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any reference in this Agreement to any agreement or contract are to such agreement or contract as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any person include the successors and assigns of such person. References “from” or “through” any date mean, unless otherwise specified, “from and including” or “through and including”, respectively. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time, provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

Section 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein in order to effect the Consolidation and Restatement and renew the Renewed Debt that is to be renewed and continued hereunder, and to extend the Credit to be extended hereunder, each Lender agrees to make (or renew and continue) a Term Loan denominated in Dollars to the Borrower on the

 

38


Restatement Date in a principal amount not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment and to make Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment or (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the Total Revolving Facility Commitment, provided that no Loans may be made under the Revolving Facility on the Restatement Date. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

Section 2.02. Loans and Borrowings. Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans under the same Facility and of the same Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments under the applicable Facility (or, in the case of Swingline Loans, in accordance with their respective Swingline Commitments). The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Borrowing (other than a Swingline Borrowing) shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. Each Lender at its option may make any ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such Lender shall not be entitled to any amounts payable under Section 2.15 or 2.17 solely in respect of increased costs resulting from such exercise.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum, provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Revolving Facility Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of (i) an L/C Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) or (ii) a Swingline Loan as contemplated by Section

 

39


2.09. Each Swingline Borrowing shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Borrowings of more than one Type and under more than one Facility may be outstanding at the same time, provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 15 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding under all of the Facilities combined.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.

Section 2.03. Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, Term Borrowing or Incremental Term Loan Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing, provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing, Term Borrowing or Incremental Term Loan Borrowing.

(ii) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(v) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by clause (a) of the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed.

 

40


If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.04. Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender exceeding such Swingline Lender’s Swingline Commitment or (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the Total Revolving Facility Commitment, provided that no Swingline Lender shall be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Borrowing. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) To request a Swingline Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by a Swingline Borrowing Request by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Borrowing. Each such notice and Swingline Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and (ii) the amount of the requested Swingline Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise each Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower and the amount of such Swingline Lender’s Swingline Loan to be made as part of the requested Swingline Borrowing. Each Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan to be made by it hereunder in accordance with Section 2.02(a) on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Swingline Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Swingline Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Swingline Borrowing made to finance the reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank).

(c) A Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent (and to the other Swingline Lenders) not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the

 

41


Revolving Facility Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the outstanding Swingline Loans made by it. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loans in which the Revolving Facility Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each such Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Facility Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Swingline Lender, such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Facility Lender acknowledges and agrees that its respective obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Facility Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Facility Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph (c), and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the applicable Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by a Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by such Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Facility Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to such Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear, provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to such Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

 

42


Section 2.05. Letters of Credit. General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period and prior to the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, an Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal (other than an automatic renewal in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section) or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to issue, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the Revolving L/C Exposure shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total Revolving Facility Commitment.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor may provide for the automatic renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which, in no event, shall extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) of this paragraph (c)).

 

43


(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Revolving Facility Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Facility Lender, and each Revolving Facility Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Facility Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and, in each case, not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Facility Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement. If the applicable Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement in Dollars, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the date the Borrower receives notice under paragraph (g) of this Section of such L/C Disbursement, provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Borrowing, as applicable, in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to reimburse any L/C Disbursement when due, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Issuing Bank and each other Revolving Facility Lender of the applicable L/C Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage thereof. Within one

 

44


Business Day following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Facility Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars its Revolving Facility Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Facility Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank in Dollars the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Facility Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Facility Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Facility Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any L/C Disbursement (other than the funding of an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Borrowing as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms

 

45


or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank, provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the applicable Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by (i) such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof or (ii) such Issuing Bank’s refusal to issue a Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination and each refusal to issue a Letter of Credit. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make a L/C Disbursement thereunder, provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Facility Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on the date such L/C Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such L/C Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such L/C Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans, provided that, if such L/C Disbursement is not reimbursed by the Borrower when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Facility Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Revolving Facility Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

46


(i) Replacement of an Issuing Bank. An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of such Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (i) in the case of an Event of Default described in Section 7.01(h) or (i), on the Business Day or (ii) in the case of any other Event of Default, on the third Business Day, in each case, following the date on which the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Facility Lenders with Revolving L/C Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Revolving L/C Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in Dollars in cash equal to the Revolving L/C Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, provided that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Section 7.01, the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable in Dollars, without demand or other notice of any kind. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Each such deposit pursuant to this paragraph or pursuant to Section 2.11(b) shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative

 

47


Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of (i) for so long as an Event of Default shall be continuing, the Administrative Agent and (ii) at any other time, the Borrower, in each case, in Permitted Investments and at the risk and expense of the Borrower, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse each Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which such Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the Revolving L/C Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Facility Lenders with Revolving L/C Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Revolving L/C Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.11(b) and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(k) Additional Issuing Banks. From time to time, the Borrower may by notice to the Administrative Agent designate up to three Lenders (in addition to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.) that agree (in their sole discretion) to act in such capacity and are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as Issuing Banks. Each such additional Issuing Bank shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement upon the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and shall thereafter be an Issuing Bank hereunder for all purposes.

(l) Reporting. Unless otherwise requested by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on the first Business Day of each week and the first Business Day of each fiscal quarter, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding as of the last Business Day of the preceding week or the preceding fiscal quarter, as applicable, (ii) on or prior to each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank expects to issue, amend, renew

 

48


or extend any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the aggregate face amount of the Letters of Credit to be issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension occurred (and whether the amount thereof changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any L/C Disbursement, the date of such L/C Disbursement and the amount of such L/C Disbursement and (iv) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

Section 2.06. Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders, provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request, provided that ABR Revolving Loans and Swingline Borrowings made to finance the reimbursement of a L/C Disbursement and reimbursements as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing or, in the case of an ABR Borrowing, prior to noon New York City time on the proposed date of such ABR Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand (without duplication) such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

 

49


Section 2.07. Interest Elections. (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by clause (a) of the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

 

50


If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender to which such Interest Election Request relates of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the written request (including a request through electronic means) of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Term Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Restatement Date and (ii) the Revolving Facility Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments under any Facility, provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments under any Facility shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of the Revolving Facility Commitments) and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Facility Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Revolving Facility Commitment.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Facility Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, provided that a notice of termination of the

 

51


Revolving Facility Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments under any Facility shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments under such Facility.

Section 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Facility Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan to the Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10 and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least five Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made, provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made by the Borrower, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans outstanding on the date that such Revolving Borrowing was requested.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Facility and Type thereof and the Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) any amount received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein, provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

52


(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.10. Repayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans. Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Borrowings on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, commencing March 31, 2005 (each such date being referred to as a “Term Loan Installment Date”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans made on the Restatement Date.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date and all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall be due and payable on the Revolving Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11 shall be applied to each Term Borrowing, (A) in the case of prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11(a) or Section 2.11(d), to reduce scheduled amortization payments under paragraphs (a) and (b) above as directed by the Borrower and (B) in the case of prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11(c), (1) to reduce in order of maturity the scheduled amortization payments under paragraphs (a) and (b) above occurring within the 12-month period after the date of such payment in respect of such Term Borrowing and (2) thereafter, to reduce on a pro rata basis (based on the amount of such amortization payments) the remaining scheduled amortization payments in respect of such Term Borrowing.

(d) Prior to any repayment of any Borrowing under any Facility hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings under the applicable Facility to be repaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such selection not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, (i) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, one Business Day before the scheduled date of such repayment and (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, three Business Days before the scheduled date of such repayment. Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing.

 

53


Section 2.11. Prepayment of Loans. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 2.16), in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum or, if less, the amount outstanding, subject to prior notice in accordance with Section 2.10(d).

(b) In the event and on such occasion that the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Total Revolving Facility Commitment, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Total Revolving Facility Commitment.

(c) The Borrower shall apply all Net Proceeds promptly upon (and in any event within five Business Days of) receipt thereof to prepay Term Borrowings.

(d) Not later than 90 days after the end of each Excess Cash Flow Period, the Borrower shall calculate Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period and shall apply an amount equal to 50% of such Excess Cash Flow to prepay Term Borrowings in accordance with Section 2.10. Not later than the date on which the Borrower is required to deliver financial statements with respect to the end of each Excess Cash Flow Period under Section 5.04(a), the Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the amount, if any, of the Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period and the calculation thereof in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be required to make any such prepayment or to deliver any such certificate if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period does not exceed the applicable ratio specified in the table below:

 

Excess Cash Flow Period Ending:

   Ratio:

12/31/2005

   4.25 to 1.00

12/31/2006

   4.00 to 1.00

Each fiscal year end thereafter

   3.75 to 1.00

Section 2.12. Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, 10 Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December in each year, and three Business Days after the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a

 

54


commitment fee (a “Commitment Fee”) on the daily unused amount of the Revolving Facility Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the Restatement Date or ending with the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated) at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum. All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. For the purpose of calculating any Lender’s Commitment Fee, the outstanding Swingline Loans during the period for which such Lender’s Commitment Fee is calculated shall be deemed to be zero. The Commitment Fee due to each Lender shall commence to accrue on the Restatement Date and shall cease to accrue on the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein.

(b) The Borrower from time to time agrees to pay (i) to each Revolving Facility Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, 10 Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and three Business Days after the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an “L/C Participation Fee”) on such Lender’s Revolving Facility Percentage of the daily aggregate Revolving L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements), during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments shall be terminated) at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowings effective for each day in such period and (ii) to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, (x) three Business Days after the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and three Business Days after the date on which the Revolving Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall be terminated as provided herein, a fronting fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to and including the termination of such Letter of Credit, computed at a rate per annum separately agreed upon between the Borrower and such Issuing Bank of the daily average stated amount of such Letter of Credit, plus (y) in connection with the issuance, amendment or transfer of any such Letter of Credit or any L/C Disbursement thereunder, such Issuing Bank’s customary documentary and processing charges (collectively, “Issuing Bank Fees”). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees that are payable on a per annum basis shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent, the fees set forth in the

 

55


Administrative Agent Fee Letter dated as of November 22, 2004, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, at the times specified therein (the “Administrative Agent Fees”).

(d) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the applicable Issuing Banks. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.13. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any Fees or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section, provided that this paragraph (c) shall not apply to any Event of Default that has been waived by the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.09.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan, (ii) in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Facility Commitments, (iii) in the case of the Term Loans, on the Term Loan Maturity Date, provided that (A) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (B) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (C) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

56


(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be converted to or continued as an ABR Borrowing on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

Section 2.15. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or Issuing Bank; or

(ii) impose on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

57


and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), in each case other than as a result of the imposition of any Taxes, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Promptly after any Lender or any Issuing Bank has determined that it will make a request for increased compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date

 

58


that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.16. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to be the amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue a Eurocurrency Loan, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in Dollars of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.17. Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

59


(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Agents, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability executed in good faith and delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf, on behalf of another Agent or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall notify the Borrower within 180 days after it becomes aware of the incurrence of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes. The Borrower shall not have any obligation to indemnify the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for any interest or penalties to the extent that such interest or penalties is attributable to the failure of such Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, to comply with the foregoing sentence.

(d) As soon as reasonably practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority or other written confirmation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that payment has been made.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), on or prior to the time that such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or becomes entitled to an exemption from or reduction of such Tax, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. Such documentation shall include two duly completed copies of (i) United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI (as applicable to it), or (ii) in

 

60


the case of a Lender that is claiming an exemption from United States federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, (A) a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN and (B) a certificate of the Non-U.S. Lender to the effect that such Lender is not (1) a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a 10% shareholder (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (3) a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower or any Subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code). In addition, each Foreign Lender shall deliver such documentation (or any other documentation adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose) promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any documentation previously delivered by such Foreign Lender. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time the Foreign Lender determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered documentation to the Borrower.

(f) If an Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or such Lender in the event such Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require any Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other person.

Section 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) Unless otherwise specified, the Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of L/C Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments

 

61


shall be made to the Administrative Agent to the applicable account designated to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to the applicable Issuing Bank or the applicable Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17, 2.20 and 9.05 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars. Any payment required to be made by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed to have been made by the time required if the Administrative Agent shall, at or before such time, have taken the necessary steps to make such payment in accordance with the regulations or operating procedures of the clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent to make such payment.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed L/C Disbursements, interest and fees then due from the Borrower hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due from the Borrower hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due from the Borrower hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed L/C Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Term Loans, Revolving Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Term Loans, Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Term Loans, Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Term Loans, Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans, provided that (i) if any such

 

62


participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph (c) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph (c) shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b) or 2.18(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental

 

63


Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as applicable, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Facility Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. Nothing in this Section 2.19 shall be deemed to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender.

(c) In the event any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of all the Lenders affected and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent,

 

64


require such Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (v) such assignee shall consent to such amendment, waiver or other modification, (w) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (x) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Facility Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (y) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or L/C Disbursements (and funded participations in Swingline Loans) of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus the amount, in immediately available funds, that would be payable to such Lender that refuses to consent to any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 2.16 if such Loans had been repaid on the date of sale, plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender hereunder (including any amounts under Section 2.15 and Section 2.17), and (z) upon the effectiveness of such assignment, the proposed amendment, waiver or other modification shall become effective; provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment such Lender shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2.19(b) and this Section 2.19(c).

(d) In connection with a future renewal of the Loans and Commitments, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent, elect that the procedures in this Section 2.19(d) shall apply. Under these procedures:

(i) the Borrower shall cause one or more financial institutions (“NEW LENDERS”), who may or may not be Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders other than the New Lenders (“OLD LENDERS”) an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans (other than Loans, if any, held by the New Lenders);

 

65


(ii) the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders (including any Lenders which are New Lenders), an amount equal to all accrued interest, fees and other amounts payable for the account of the Lenders hereunder, including all amounts which would be payable pursuant to Section 2.16 in the event of a prepayment in full of the outstanding Loans on such date;

(iii) upon receipt of such funds by the Administrative Agent from the New Lenders and the Borrower for the account of the Lenders, (i) each Old Lender shall be deemed to have assigned ratably to the New Lenders the outstanding principal balance of such Old Lender’s Loans and the Commitments, if any, of such Old Lender, without recourse or warranty (except as to absence of adverse claims), notwithstanding any failure to comply with the procedures specified in Section 9.04, (ii) each Old Lender shall cease to have any obligation in respect of its Commitment, if any, (iii) each Old Lender shall cease to be a Lender for purposes of the Agreement, except that the provisions of the Sections 2.15, 2.17 and 9.05 shall continue to inure to its benefit, and (iv) the New Lenders shall be the only Lenders under this Agreement, holding all outstanding Loans and all Commitments; and

(iv) the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender its ratable share of the amounts received pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above and shall execute all such further documents and instruments as it reasonably deems necessary to give effect to the foregoing.

Section 2.20. Incremental Term Loans. The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Restatement Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request one or more additional tranches of term loans (the “Incremental Term Loans”), provided that (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Default or Event of Default shall exist, (ii) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenants determined on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower as if such Incremental Term Loans had been outstanding on the last day of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower for testing compliance therewith (and, for purposes of Section 6.11, as if such Incremental Term Loans had been outstanding during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then ended), (iii) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate certifying as to clauses (i) and (ii) to the Administrative Agent, together with all calculations related thereto and (iv) after giving effect thereto, the Collateral and Guaranty Requirement shall have

 

66


been satisfied. Each tranche of Incremental Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $50,000,000 and be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans shall not exceed $200,000,000. The Incremental Term Loans (a) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans, (b) shall not mature earlier than the date falling six months after the Term Loan Maturity Date (but may, subject to clause (c) below, have amortization prior to such date), (c) shall not have a weighted average life that is shorter than the then-remaining weighted average life of the Term Loans and (d) except as set forth above, shall be treated substantially the same as (and in any event no more favorably than) the Term Loans (in each case, including with respect to mandatory and voluntary prepayments), provided that (i) the terms and conditions applicable to Incremental Term Loans maturing after the Term Loan Maturity Date may provide for material additional or different financial or other covenants or prepayment requirements applicable only during periods after the Term Loan Maturity Date and (ii) the Incremental Term Loans may be priced differently than the Term Loans, provided further that (i) if the Applicable Margin (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to all Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans) relating to any Incremental Term Loans exceeds the Applicable Margin (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to all Lenders providing the Term Loans) relating to the Term Loans immediately prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Incremental Amendment by more than 0.25%, the Applicable Margin relating to the Term Loans shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable Margin (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable to all Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans) relating to such Incremental Term Loans minus 0.25%. Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “Additional Lender”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans if such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans shall become Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan

 

67


Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “Incremental Facility Closing Date”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Borrowing” in such Section 4.01 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. No more than four Incremental Facility Closing Dates may be selected by the Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans unless it so agrees.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders that:

Section 3.01. Organization; Powers. The Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties (a) is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or, if applicable in a foreign jurisdiction, enjoys the equivalent status under the laws of any jurisdiction of organization outside the United States) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow and otherwise obtain credit hereunder.

Section 3.02. Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the borrowings hereunder and the transactions forming a part of the Transactions (a) have been duly authorized by all corporate, stockholder, limited liability company or partnership action required to be obtained by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party, (B) any applicable order of any court or any rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or

 

68


both) a default under, give rise to a right of or result in any cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation (including any payment) or to a loss of a material benefit under any such indenture, certificate of designation for preferred stock, agreement or other instrument, where any such conflict, violation, breach or default referred to in clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii) of this Section 3.02, could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than the Liens created by the Loan Documents or permitted by this Agreement.

Section 3.03. Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

Section 3.04. Governmental Approvals. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority or any other third party is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except for (a) such actions, consents, approvals, registrations or filings as (i) have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect and not subject to appeal or, (ii) in the case of actions, consents, approvals, registrations or filings that are not required to be made or obtained until immediately prior to consummation of the Transactions, will be made at or prior to that time or (iii) in the case of actions by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or filings or registrations by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in each case that are not required by applicable law to be made prior to the consummation of the Transactions, will be made when they are so required to be made (giving effect to any extension periods), (b) such actions, consents and approvals the failure to be obtained or made which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) filings required to perfect or continue the perfection of security interests created under the Collateral Documents and (d) filings or other actions listed on Schedule 3.04.

Section 3.05. Financial Statements. (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders: (i) an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of December 27, 2003, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, changes in partners’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, accompanied by the report thereon of

 

69


Ernst & Young LLP, independent certified public accountants, and (ii) the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as at of September 26, 2004 and the related statements consolidated operations, changes in partners’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year then ended. Such financial statements present fairly the financial position of the Borrower as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

(b) Except to the extent reflected or reserved against in the audited balance sheet of the Borrower as of December 27, 2003 (and the notes thereto), or otherwise specifically disclosed in this Agreement or in the Information Memorandum, none of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries have as of the Restatement Date any Guarantee, contingent liability or liability for Taxes, or any long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment, including any interest rate or foreign currency hedging transaction, that individually is material to the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, other than (A) those incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (B) pursuant to the Loan Documents and (C) pursuant to the documents relating to the Transactions set forth on Schedule 3.05 to this Agreement.

Section 3.06. No Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect. Since December 27, 2003, there has been no material adverse change (or occurrence that is reasonably expected to have a material adverse change) in the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 3.07. Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases. (a) Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other property interests in, all its properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Properties), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. All such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 or arising by operation of law.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) As of the Restatement Date, none of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has received any notice of any pending or contemplated

 

70


condemnation proceeding affecting any of the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation that remains unresolved as of the Restatement Date.

(d) None of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is obligated on the Restatement Date under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein, except as permitted under Section 6.02 or 6.05 or disclosed on Schedule 3.07.

Section 3.08. Subsidiaries.

(a) Schedule 3.08(a) sets forth as of the Restatement Date the name and jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organization of each Subsidiary and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Equity Interests owned by the Borrower or by any such Subsidiary.

(b) As of the Restatement Date, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments of any nature relating to any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, except under the Project Documents, the Loan Documents or as set forth on Schedule 3.08(b).

Section 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws. (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority or in arbitration now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and their respective properties or assets is in violation of (nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate) any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, ordinance, code or approval or any building permit) or any restriction of record or agreement affecting any Mortgaged Property or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.10. Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) None of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

 

71


(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or (ii) for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation U or Regulation X.

Section 3.11. Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act. None of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

Section 3.12. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans) and will request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

Section 3.13. Tax Returns. All United States federal income tax and other material tax returns and reports of the Borrower and each Subsidiary required to be filed by it have been filed, and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon the Borrower or any Subsidiary or upon its properties, assets, income and franchises which are due and payable have been paid except for such taxes, assessments, fees or other governmental charges being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and as to which such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.

Section 3.14. No Material Misstatements. (a) All written information (other than the Projections, estimates and information of a general economic nature) (the “Information”) concerning the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, the Transactions and any other transactions contemplated hereby included in the Information Memorandum or otherwise prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or its representatives and made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Restatement Date in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby, when taken as a whole, were true and correct in all material respects as of the date such Information was furnished to the Administrative Agent and as of the Restatement Date and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact as of any such date or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

 

72


(b) The Projections and estimates and information of a general economic nature prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its representatives and that have been made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Restatement Date in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date thereof, as of the date such Projections and estimates and information of a general economic nature were furnished to the Administrative Agent and as of the Restatement Date (it being understood that such assumptions are based on good faith estimates with respect to certain items and that the actual amounts of such items on the Restatement Date are subject to variation).

Section 3.15. Employee Benefit Plans. Each of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the provisions of the Code relating to Plans and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, except for such noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Reportable Event has occurred during the past five years as to which the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate was required to file a report with the PBGC, other than reports that have been filed and reports the failure of which to file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Restatement Date, the excess of the present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan), as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto for which a valuation is available, over the value of the assets of such Plan could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the excess of the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on those assumptions used to fund each such Plan) as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto for which valuations are available, over the value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No event has occurred or circumstance exists with respect to any Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates has received any written notification that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or has knowledge that any Multiemployer Plan is reasonably expected to be in reorganization or to be terminated, where such reorganization or termination has had or could reasonably be expected to have, through increases in the contributions required to be made to such Plan or otherwise, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.16. Environmental Matters. Except for the matters that could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (i) has failed to

 

73


comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to, or responsible for, any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for, or any facts or circumstances that would result in, any Environmental Liability.

Section 3.17. Collateral Documents. (a) Each of the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. When UCC financing statements describing the Collateral as set forth in Exhibit A to the Perfection Certificate have been filed in the offices specified in Perfection Certificate, the Liens granted by the Borrower under the Collateral Documents will constitute perfected security interests in the Personal Property Collateral owned by the Borrower to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to the UCC, prior to all Liens of others therein except Permitted Liens.

(b) When, in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the applicable Intellectual Property Filings have been made with respect to the Borrower’s Recordable Intellectual Property (including any future filings required pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 7(a) of the Security Agreement), the Liens granted by the Borrower under the Collateral Documents will constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of the Borrower in the Recordable Intellectual Property to the extent that security interests therein may be perfected by such filings, prior to all Liens of others therein except Permitted Liens. Except for (i) the filing of such UCC financing statements, (ii) such Intellectual Property Filings and (iii) the due recordation of the Mortgages, no registration, recordation or filing with any governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or delivery of the Collateral Documents or is necessary for the validity or enforceability thereof or for the perfection or due recordation of the Liens granted by the Borrower under the Collateral Documents or for the enforcement of such Liens.

(c) The Mortgages are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when such Mortgages are filed or recorded in the proper real estate filing or recording offices, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property

 

74


and, to the extent applicable, subject to Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to the rights of a Person pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 and Liens having priority by operation of law.

Section 3.18. Location of Real Property. The Perfection Certificate lists completely and correctly as of the Restatement Date all real property that is (a) owned by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (b) has an individual fair market value in an amount greater than or equal to $5,000,000 or is otherwise material to the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and the addresses thereof. As of the Restatement Date, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property set forth as being owned by them on such Schedule.

Section 3.19. Solvency. (a) As of the Restatement Date, immediately after giving effect to the Transactions (i) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower (individually), including Equity Interests in the Subsidiaries, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower (individually) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively; (ii) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Borrower (individually), including Equity Interests in the Subsidiaries, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower (individually) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively, on their debts and other liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) the Borrower (individually, taking into account cash flows that will be available to the Borrower from the Subsidiaries) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, direct, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (iv) the Borrower (individually, taking into account capital that the Borrower will obtain from the Subsidiaries) and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the Restatement Date.

(b) As of the Restatement Date, the Borrower does not intend to, or believe that it or any Subsidiary Loan Party will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by it or any such subsidiary and the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary Loan Party.

 

75


Section 3.20. Labor Matters. There are no strikes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the hours worked and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law dealing with such matters. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to the extent required by GAAP.

Section 3.21. Intellectual Property Rights. The Borrower owns or possesses or holds under valid licenses all material patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) that are necessary for the operation of the Theme Parks, and the Borrower is not in violation of any material provision thereof. To the knowledge of the Borrower, there is no infringement or claim of infringement by others of any material Intellectual Property Right of the Borrower as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except for the License Agreements, no other license, assignment or other document is or will be required for the Borrower to have the right to use the name “Universal” and the “Universal” logo or is or will be required for the Borrower to use any other Intellectual Property Rights which are owned or possessed by, or licensed to, Universal or any Affiliate of Universal and which are necessary for the conduct of the Borrower’s business. The Borrower is not and will not be contractually obligated to pay any fee, royalty or other amount for the use of any Intellectual Property Rights covered by the License Agreements other than customary royalties with respect to sales of merchandise based on such Intellectual Property Rights and fees, royalties or amounts payable under applicable guild agreements or under license agreements licensing such Intellectual Property Rights to Universal and its Affiliates (including reimbursement of amounts paid to third persons by Universal or its Affiliates in respect of such fees, royalties and other amounts as provided in the Borrower Partnership Agreement).

Section 3.22. Project Documents. The Project Documents are in full force and effect and no default exists (or, in the case of parties other than the Borrower and its Affiliates, is known by the Borrower to exist) in the performance of any party thereto of any of its obligations thereunder that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

76


ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of (a) the Lenders (including the Swingline Lenders) to make Loans and (b) any Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, increase the stated amounts of Letters of Credit or postpone the expiration of Letters of Credit hereunder (each, a “Credit Event”) are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

Section 4.01. All Credit Events. On the date of each Borrowing and on the date of each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, in the case of a Borrowing, a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or a Borrowing Request shall have been deemed given in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 2.03) or, in the case of the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.05(b).

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (other than an amendment or renewal of a Letter of Credit without (i) any increase in the stated amount of such Letter of Credit or (ii) any postponement of the expiration of all or any portion of such Letter of Credit), as applicable, with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (other than an amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit without (i) any increase in the stated amount of such Letter of Credit or (ii) any postponement of the expiration of all or any portion of such Letter of Credit), as applicable, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Borrowing, issuance, amendment, extension or renewal as applicable, as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01.

 

77


Section 4.02. Effectiveness. This Amended Agreement will become effective upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and each Issuing Bank on the Restatement Date, a favorable written opinion of (i) Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, (ii) the Vice President, Legal Affairs of the Borrower and (iii) local counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case (A) dated the Restatement Date, (B) addressed to each Issuing Bank on the Restatement Date, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and (C) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering such other matters relating to the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, and the Borrower hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinions.

(b) All legal matters incident to this Agreement, the borrowings and extensions of credit hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received in the case of each Loan Party each of the items referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) below: (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, (A) in the case of a corporation, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State (or other similar official) of the jurisdiction of its organization (or, in the case of a certificate or articles of incorporation that will not be filed with the Secretary of State until the Restatement Date, certified in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), and a certificate as to the good standing (to the extent such concept or a similar concept exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) of each such Loan Party as of a recent date from such Secretary of State (or other similar official) or (B) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, certified by the Authorized Agent of each such Loan Party or such Loan Party’s general partner or managing member, as applicable; (ii) a certificate of the Authorized Agent or Authorized Officer of each Loan Party dated the Restatement Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws (or partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other equivalent governing documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Restatement Date and, except as disclosed therein, at all times at and after the time when the

 

78


resolutions described in clause (B) below were adopted, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party (or its managing general partner or managing member) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Restatement Date, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, partnership agreement or limited liability agreement of such Loan Party has not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto disclosed pursuant to clause (i) above (or attaching the form of any amendment since such date), (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each Authorized Officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party and (E) as to the absence of any pending proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of such Loan Party or, to the knowledge of such person, threatening the existence of such Loan Party; (iii) a certificate or attestation of another Authorized Officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Authorized Agent or Authorized Officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; and (iv) such other customary documents as the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and any Issuing Bank on the Restatement Date may reasonably request.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Officer, dated the Restatement Date, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01.

(e) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Restatement Date and signed by an Authorized Officer, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, including the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent) filings made with respect to the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions contemplated by the Perfection Certificate and copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or similar documents) are permitted by Section 6.02 or have been or simultaneously are being released or all documentation necessary to effect such release has been delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of, or an insurance broker’s or agent’s certificate as to coverage under, the

 

79


insurance policies required by Section 5.02, each of which policies shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) The Transactions shall have been consummated or shall be consummated substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Event under this Agreement in a manner consistent with the sources and uses shown on the pro forma capitalization table dated as of September 26, 2004, provided to the Lenders prior to the date hereof.

(h) All costs, fees, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) and other compensation contemplated hereby, payable to the Lenders and the Agents, shall have been paid to the extent due and invoiced.

The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each of the parties hereto of the Restatement Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

Section 4.03. Effect of Amended Agreement. On the Restatement Date, the Existing Credit Agreements will be consolidated, amended and restated to read in their entirety as set forth in this Amended Agreement. From and after the Restatement Date, the rights of the parties to this Agreement shall be governed by this Amended Agreement; provided that the rights of parties in respect of periods prior to the Restatement Date shall be governed by the terms of the Existing Credit Agreements as in effect at the relevant time.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will, and will cause (or, in the case of non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are not controlled by the Borrower, will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause) each of the Subsidiaries to:

Section 5.01. Existence; Businesses and Properties. Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05.

 

80


(b) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and rights with respect thereto, and comply with all Laws, in each case reasonably necessary to the operation of the Theme Parks and (ii) at all times maintain and preserve all property reasonably necessary to the operation of the Theme Parks and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements.

Section 5.02. Insurance. (a) Maintain or cause to be maintained, insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers satisfying the criteria specified on Schedule 5.02. In the event any insurance criteria set forth on Schedule 5.02 becomes unavailable on commercially reasonable terms, the Lenders agree to discuss reasonable alternative arrangements with the Borrower; provided, however, that the insurance criteria set forth on Schedule 5.02 shall be maintained if the Required Lenders reasonably determine that such insurance should be maintained.

(b) Cause all such property and casualty insurance policies with respect to the Mortgaged Properties to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, which endorsement shall provide that, from and after the Restatement Date, if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Borrower or the Loan Parties under such policies directly to the Collateral Agent until the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent that no Events of Default are continuing, after which time, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds to the Borrower or other Loan Parties, as applicable, until receipt by the insurance carrier of another notice of an Event of Default as provided herein; cause all such policies to provide that neither the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any other party shall be a coinsurer thereunder, to provide coverage for replacement cost for the property if replaced (and

 

81


otherwise depreciated value), and to contain such other provisions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably (in light of a Default or a material development in respect of the insured Mortgaged Property) require from time to time to protect their interests; deliver original or certified copies of all such policies or a certificate of an insurance broker to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed upon (i) less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof with respect to non-payment and (ii) less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof with respect to any other event by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, together with delivery of the quarterly financial statements required pursuant to Section 5.04(b), a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent), or insurance certificate with respect thereto, with respect to each cancellation, modification or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance that occurred during the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower reflected in such financial statements, together with evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor. (c) Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.02 is taken out by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries; and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies, or an insurance certificate with respect thereto, together with delivery of the quarterly financial statements required pursuant to Section 5.04(b).

(d) In connection with the covenants set forth in this Section 5.02, it is understood and agreed that the designation of any form, type or amount of insurance coverage by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under this Section 5.02 shall in no event be deemed a representation, warranty or advice by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that such insurance is adequate for the purposes of the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or the protection of their properties.

Section 5.03. Taxes. Pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its operations or assets or in respect of any of its franchises, business, income or property before any penalty or interest accrues thereon, and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums which have become due and payable and which by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its assets,

 

82


prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto, other than such taxes, assessments, other governmental charges and claims as to which the failure to pay, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that no such charge or claim need be paid if being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and as to which such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.

Section 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will furnish such information promptly to the Lenders):

(a) promptly when available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), partners’ equity and cash flows showing the financial position of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the consolidated results of their operations during such year, all audited by independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which shall not be qualified in any material respect) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being understood that the delivery by the Borrower of Annual Reports on Form 10-K of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(a) to the extent such Annual Reports include the information specified herein);

(b) promptly when available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited, condensed, consolidated balance sheet and related unaudited condensed, consolidated statements of operations and cash flows (which statements shall be prepared in a manner applicable to financial statements required by Quarterly Reports filed on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act) showing the financial position of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the consolidated results of their operations during such fiscal quarter and the then-elapsed portion of the fiscal year, all certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, on behalf of the Borrower, as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) (it being understood that the delivery by the Borrower of Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.04(b) to the extent such Quarterly Reports include the information specified herein);

 

83


(c) (x) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under (a) or (b) above, a certificate of an Authorized Officer (A) stating that the signer has reviewed the terms of this Agreement and has made, or caused to be made under his supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of the Borrower during the accounting period covered by such financial statements and that such review has not disclosed the existence at the end of such accounting period, and that the signer does not have knowledge of the existence as at the date of the Officer’s Certificate, of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or Default that has occurred and is existing or, if such an Event of Default or Default is existing, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (B) setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.10, 6.11 and 6.12 (including computation of the ratios specified in the latter provisions as of December 31, 2004, in the case of the initial such certificate), and (y) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm opining on or certifying such statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such statements of any Event of Default (which certificate may be limited to accounting matters and disclaims responsibility for legal interpretations);

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other publicly available reports, proxy statements and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, other materials filed by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries with the SEC;

(e) if, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those as in effect on the date of this Agreement, the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above will differ in any respect that is material to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows, as applicable, that would have been reflected in the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such clauses had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of financial statements pursuant to paragraph (a) and (b) above following such change, a schedule prepared by an Authorized Officer on behalf of the Borrower reconciling such changes to what the financial statements would have been without such changes;

 

84


(f) within 60 days after the beginning of each fiscal year, an operating and capital expenditure budget, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent prepared by the Borrower for each of the four fiscal quarters of such fiscal year prepared in reasonable detail, of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, accompanied by the statement of an Authorized Officer to the effect that, to the best of his knowledge, the budget is a reasonable estimate for the period covered thereby;

(g) upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, deliver (no later than 30 days after such request) an updated response to the Perfection Certificate reflecting all changes since the date of the information most recently received pursuant to this paragraph (g) or Section 5.10(e), provided that the Administrative Agent will request such updated responses no more frequently than annually unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing; and

(h) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as in each case the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (provided that such information is reasonably available to, or can reasonably be obtained, calculated or otherwise prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower).

Section 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Administrative Agent written notice of the following promptly after any Authorized Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof:

(a) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, investigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, or in arbitration, against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any other event, circumstance or occurrence specific to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is not a matter of general public knowledge and that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

85


(d) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and all ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000; and

(e) any change in the published corporate credit rating of the Borrower by Moody’s or S&P or in the outlook therefor, or the withdrawal of such published rating by Moody’s or S&P.

Section 5.06. Compliance with Laws. Comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided that this Section 5.06 shall not apply to Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 5.09, or to laws related to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 5.03.

Section 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections. (a) Maintain all relevant financial records in accordance with GAAP and (b) permit any persons designated by the Agents or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries at reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable prior notice to the Borrower, and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any persons designated by the Agents or, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender upon reasonable prior notice to the Borrower to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor (subject to reasonable requirements of confidentiality, including requirements imposed by law or by contract, provided that an officer of the Borrower may attend any such discussions with such accountants).

Section 5.08. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans) and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Section 5.09. Compliance with Environmental Laws. Comply, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; and obtain and renew all authorizations and permits required pursuant to Environmental Law for its operations and properties; and conduct any removal, cleanup, investigation, remedial action or other response

 

86


with respect to any Hazardous Materials required by Environmental Laws, except to the extent disputed in good faith with any Governmental Authority or indemnitor, and except, in each case with respect to this Section 5.09, to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10. Further Assurances; Additional Mortgages. (a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, and provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents.

(b) If any asset (including any real property or improvements thereto or any interest therein) that has an individual fair market value in an amount greater than $5,000,000 is acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party after the Restatement Date or owned by an entity at the time it becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party (in each case other than assets constituting Collateral under a Collateral Document that become subject to the Lien of such Collateral Document upon acquisition thereof), cause such asset to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and take, and cause the Subsidiary Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, subject to paragraph (e) below.

(c) In the case of the Borrower, grant and cause each of the Subsidiary Loan Parties to grant to the Collateral Agent security interests and mortgages in such real property of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary Loan Parties as are not covered by the original Mortgages, to the extent acquired after the Restatement Date and having a value at the time of acquisition in excess of $5,000,000 pursuant to documentation substantially in the form of the Mortgages delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Restatement Date or in such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (each, an “Additional Mortgage”) and constituting valid and enforceable perfected Liens superior to and prior to the rights of all third persons, subject to no other Liens except as are permitted by Section 6.02 or arising by operation of law, at the time of perfection thereof, and record or file, and cause each such Subsidiary Loan Party to record or file, the Additional Mortgage or instruments related

 

87


thereto in such manner and in such places as is required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Mortgages and pay, and cause each such Subsidiary Loan Party to pay, in full, all Taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith, in each case subject to paragraph (e) below.

(d) If any additional direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower is formed or acquired after the Restatement Date, if such subsidiary is a Subsidiary Loan Party, within ten Business Days after the date such subsidiary is formed or acquired, notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, within 20 Business Days after the date such subsidiary is formed or acquired, cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party.

(e) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the other provisions of this Section 5.10 need not be satisfied with respect to (i) any real property held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party as a lessee or sublessee under a lease or sublease, (ii) any Equity Interests acquired after the Restatement Date pursuant to Section 6.04(p) if, and to the extent that, and for so long as (A) doing so would violate applicable law or a legally effective contractual obligation binding on such Equity Interests and (B) such law or obligation existed at the time of the acquisition thereof and was not created or made binding on such Equity Interests in contemplation of or in connection with the acquisition of such Equity Interests (provided that the foregoing clause (B) shall not apply in the case of a joint venture, including a joint venture that is a Subsidiary), (iii) any assets acquired after the Restatement Date, to the extent that, and for so long as, taking such actions would violate a legally effective contractual obligation binding on such assets that existed at the time of the acquisition thereof and was not created or made binding on such assets in contemplation of or in connection with the acquisition of such assets, or (iv) any Subsidiary Loan Party or asset with respect to which the Collateral Agent determines that the cost of the satisfaction of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the provisions of this Section 5.10

 

88


with respect thereto exceeds the value of the security afforded thereby provided that upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, the Borrower shall, and shall cause any applicable Subsidiary Loan Party to, use commercially reasonable efforts to have waived or eliminated any contractual obligation of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, other than those set forth in joint venture agreements to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party is party. Furthermore, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the other provisions of this Section 5.10 need not be satisfied to the extent of any exclusions or exceptions expressly set forth in the Collateral Documents.

Section 5.11. Fiscal Year; Accounting. In the case of the Borrower, cause its fiscal year to end on December 31.

Section 5.12. Maintenance of Ratings. Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of S&P and Moody’s to maintain published corporate credit ratings of the Borrower.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will not, and will cause (or, in the case of non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are not controlled by the Borrower, will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause) the Subsidiaries not to:

Section 6.01. Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness incurred on or after the date of this Agreement), except:

(a) Indebtedness existing on the Restatement Date and set forth on Schedule 6.01, and any extensions, renewals or replacements of such Indebtedness, provided that such extending, renewal or replacement Indebtedness shall not be in a principal amount that exceeds the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or replaced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and transaction costs associated with such extension, renewal or replacement) and, in the case of any refinancing or replacement of the Senior Notes with Indebtedness other than Incremental Term Loans, shall be unsecured and the average life to maturity thereof shall be greater than or equal to the then-remaining average life of the Senior Notes being refinanced or replaced;

(b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including Incremental Term Loans incurred in compliance with Section 2.20);

 

89


(c) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person, provided that upon the incurrence of Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, such obligations are reimbursed not later than 30 days following such incurrence;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that (i) Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties shall be subject to Section 6.04(d) and (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any other Loan Party to any Subsidiary, in either case, that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party (the “Subordinated Intercompany Debt”) shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof to the extent that the amount of financing Indebtedness is not greater than the amount of Indebtedness being refinanced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and transaction costs associated with such extension, renewal or refinancing);

(f) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(g) [Reserved];

(h) [Reserved];

(i) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction that is permitted under Section 6.03(a);

 

90


(j) other Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (j) not in excess of $40,000,000, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of all Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Loan Parties outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (j) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(k) [Reserved];

(l) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, any assets or a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(m) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower and the unsecured guarantee by any Subsidiary Loan Party of the Borrower’s obligations thereunder, provided that (i) no principal of such Indebtedness shall have a scheduled payment date, or be subject to a mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation, earlier than 180 days after the final maturity of the Loans (other than mandatory prepayment provisions having terms no less favorable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any material respect than those contained in the Senior Notes on the Restatement Date), (ii) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis at the time of and after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness (and any substantially concurrent repayment of other Indebtedness), with the financial covenants contained in Section 6.11 and Section 6.12 (provided that for purposes of this Section 6.01(a), the otherwise applicable ratio set forth in Section 6.12 shall be reduced by 0.25 and Section 6.13 shall not apply) and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to such effects described in this clause (ii) above setting forth in reasonable detail the computations necessary to determine such compliance, (iii) at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or be continuing, (iv) the documentation governing such Indebtedness contains customary market terms (including guarantee release terms that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and (v) the covenants and events of default of which are not materially more restrictive than the covenants and events of default in this Agreement and do not include any financial maintenance covenants;

 

91


(n) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(o) Indebtedness of the Borrower that is subordinated to the Obligations of the Borrower pursuant to the Subordination Agreement;

(p) [Reserved]; and

(q) all premium (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in paragraphs (a) through (r) above.

Section 6.02. Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (including any Lien incurred on or after the date of this Agreement) on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of any person) at the time owned by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens on property or assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, which Liens are existing on the Restatement Date and set forth on Schedule 6.02 and Liens replacing such Liens, provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations that they secure on the date hereof (and extensions, renewals and replacements of such obligations in accordance with Section 6.01(a)) and shall not subsequently apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents or permitted in respect of any Mortgaged Property by the terms of the applicable Mortgage;

(c) minor defects and irregularities in title to any real property which in the aggregated do not impair the fair market value or use of the real property for the purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held;

(d) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or that are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03 or for property Taxes on property that the Borrower or one of the Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(e) landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue

 

92


by more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which, if applicable, the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(f) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with the Federal Employers Liability Act or any other workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations;

(g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade and governmental contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(h) zoning restrictions, easements, trackage rights, leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), licenses, special assessments, rights-of-way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries;

(i) Liens arising out of capitalized or operating lease transactions permitted under Section 6.03(a), so long as such Liens attach only to the property sold and being leased in such transaction and any accessions thereto or proceeds thereof and related property;

(j) Liens securing judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j);

(k) other Liens securing obligations in an amount (or principal amount, in the case of obligations bearing interest) not exceeding $40,000,000 at any time;

(l) Liens of the type disclosed by or listed in the title insurance policies delivered pursuant to Sections 4.02 and 5.10 (if such types of Liens are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and other than Liens for borrowed money or other Indebtedness) and any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien, provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement,

 

93


extension or renewal, provided, further, that with respect to any such Lien, the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Lien are permitted by this Agreement;

(m) any interest or title of a lessor under any leases or subleases entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders or other agreements entered into with customers in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights;

(p) licenses of intellectual property granted in a manner consistent with past practice;

(q) the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in connection with operating leases under which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is the lessee;

(r) Liens of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(s) Liens securing obligations in respect of trade-related letters of credit or trade-related bankers acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, in each case covering the goods (or the documents of title in respect of such goods) financed by such letters of credit or trade-related bankers acceptances and the proceeds and products thereof;

(t) Liens securing obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Spielberg Fee; and

(u) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that

 

94


(i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such person becoming a Subsidiary , as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof.

Section 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction”), provided that a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall be permitted so long as at the time the lease in connection therewith is entered into, the Remaining Present Value of such lease (together with the Remaining Present Value at such time of outstanding leases previously entered into under this clause (a)) would not exceed $10,000,000 or (b) such transaction is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the cost of the relevant property and is consummated within 180 days after the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary acquires or completes construction of such property.

Section 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances. Purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with a person that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger) any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances (other than intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business (x) in connection with cash management operations or (y) not in connection with a cash loan or advance) to or Guarantees of the obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest (including any Equity Interests, indebtedness, securities, loans, advances, Guarantees, investments or interests purchased, acquired or made on or after the date of this Agreement) in, any other person (collectively, “Investments”), except:

(a) Investments (i) existing on the date hereof in the Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries and by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that Investments made after the Restatement Date by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph (a) in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties may be made in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof and without giving effect to any write-downs or write-offs thereof), together with outstanding intercompany loans permitted under Section 6.04(d)(ii) and Guarantees subject to the proviso to Section

 

95


6.04(k) by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, not to exceed $5,000,000 (plus any return of capital actually received by the respective investors in respect of Investments theretofore made by them pursuant to this paragraph (a));

(b) Permitted Investments and Investments that were Permitted Investments when made;

(c) Investments arising out of the receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of noncash consideration for the sale of assets permitted under Section 6.05;

(d) intercompany loans from the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties to (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party and Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such intercompany loans made after the Restatement Date pursuant to clause (ii) at any time outstanding (together with Investments made pursuant to the proviso to Section 6.04(a)(ii) and Guarantees subject to the proviso to Section 6.04(k) by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties), not to exceed $5,000,000;

(e) (i) loans and advances to employees of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding and (ii) advances of payroll payments and expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(f) accounts receivable arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and any prepayments and other credits made to suppliers in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(g) Derivatives Obligations permitted pursuant to Section 6.14;

(h) Investments existing on the Restatement Date or made pursuant to commitments existing on the Restatement Date, in each case of the nature and amount, and in the persons, set forth on Schedule 6.04 plus additional Investments after the Restatement Date in such Persons in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write-downs or write-offs thereof) not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(i) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits referred to in Sections 6.02(f) and (g);

 

96


(j) additional Investments may be made from time to time to the extent made with proceeds of Equity Interests of or capital contributions to (excluding proceeds received as a result of the exercise of Cure Rights pursuant to Section 7.03) the Borrower;

(k) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01, provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness incurred after the Restatement Date of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties that is Guaranteed by any Loan Party (together with Investments made pursuant to the proviso to Section 6.04(a)(ii) and intercompany loans permitted under Section 6.04(d)(ii)) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(l) the Transactions;

(m) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Restatement Date or of a corporation merged into the Borrower or merged into or consolidated with a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.05 after the Restatement Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(o) Guarantees by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(p) other Investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write-downs or write-offs thereof) not to exceed $40,000,000 at any time outstanding (plus any returns of capital actually received by the respective investor in respect of Investments theretofore made by it pursuant to paragraph (h) above or this paragraph (p)); and

(q) the Scheduled Affiliate Transactions.

Section 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions. Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any

 

97


part of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or issue, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of the assets of any other person, except that this Section shall not prohibit:

(a) (i) the purchase and sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii) the acquisition of any other asset in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iii) the sale of surplus, obsolete or worn out equipment or other property in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iv) the sale, lease or other disposition of land in connection with the development and construction thereof, (v) inventory, cash, cash equivalents and other cash management investments, in each case in the ordinary course of business, (vi) the sale, lease or other disposition of assets in connection with a Scheduled Affiliate Transaction, or (vii) the sale of Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;

(b) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) the merger of any Subsidiary into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving entity, (ii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary into or with any Subsidiary Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving or resulting entity is a Subsidiary Loan Party and, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), no person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party receives any consideration that is not permitted by Section 6.04, (iii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party into or with any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, (iv) any merger or consolidation of another person with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary if the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, is the survivor and such merger or consolidation is effected in order to purchase the assets of such other person and the purchase of such assets is permitted hereunder (and such transaction is treated as a purchase of such assets for purposes of determining compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Agreement) or (v) the liquidation or dissolution or change in form of entity of any Subsidiary (other than the liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower) if the Borrower or such Subsidiary determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution or change in form of entity is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(c) sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions to the Borrower or a Subsidiary (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), provided that any sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be made in compliance with Sections 6.04 and 6.07;

 

98


(d) Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by Section 6.03;

(e) Investments permitted by Section 6.04, Liens permitted by Section 6.02, dividends, distributions, redemptions, purchases and the like permitted by Section 6.06 and acquisitions of assets that constitute Capital Expenditures permitted by Section 6.10;

(f) the sale of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivables financing transaction;

(g) sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions of assets not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.05, provided that, after giving effect to each such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition, the aggregate gross proceeds (including noncash proceeds) of any or all assets sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of in reliance upon this paragraph (g) (excluding hotel sites and vacant land) shall not exceed $100,000,000;

(h) leases entered into (as lessor) in the ordinary course of business (including hotel site leases);

(i) [Reserved];

(j) licensing and cross-licensing arrangements involving any technology or other intellectual property of the Borrower or a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and

(k) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, licensing arrangements involving any Intellectual Property Rights so long as such license permits the continued use of such Intellectual Property Rights by the Borrower in connection with the Theme Parks (to the extent necessary or desirable in connection therewith) and could not materially and adversely affect or impair the value to the Borrower of such Intellectual Property Rights.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, (i) no sale, transfer or other disposition of assets shall be permitted by this Section 6.05 (other than sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions to Loan Parties pursuant to paragraph (c) hereof) unless such disposition is for fair market value and (ii) no sale, transfer or other disposition of assets shall be permitted by paragraph (a), (d) or (g) of this Section 6.05 unless such disposition is for at least 75% cash consideration, except that the consideration received for any sale, transfer or other disposition of land pursuant to Section 6.05(a)(iv) or (g) may consist in whole or in part of Equity Interests in land development ventures.

 

99


Section 6.06. Dividends and Distributions. Declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to any Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than dividends and distributions on Equity Interests in the Borrower payable solely by the issuance of additional Equity Interests in the Borrower) or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value (or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or acquire) any of the Equity Interests of the Borrower or set aside any amount for any such purpose or pay any Deferred Universal Fees or make any payment with respect to the Subordinated Debt (such payments, collectively, “Restricted Payments”); provided, however, that:

(a) [Reserved.]

(b) the Borrower may pay any Current Universal Fees;

(c) the Borrower may effect the transactions contemplated by, and pay the Cash Payment pursuant to, the Transactions;

(d) in respect of any fiscal year or portion thereof during which the Borrower is a pass-through entity for Federal income tax purposes, the Borrower may after the close of each fiscal year, make a Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount equal to its Hypothetical Income Tax in respect of such fiscal year;

(e) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay when due (and required to be paid in cash), and in aggregate amounts equal to, accrued and unpaid interest on Indebtedness of Holdings; provided that before and immediately after giving effect to such payment, (x) no Default under Section 7.01(b) or (c) shall exist and (y) no other Event of Default shall exist or would result from such action; provided that in the case of this clause (y), the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower of such Event of Default and that such Event of Default shall prohibit during the continuation of such Event of Default Restricted Payments pursuant to this paragraph (e); and

(f) the Borrower may make other Restricted Payments so long as, at the relevant time and after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans shall not exceed $30,000,000 and (iii) the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed the applicable ratio specified in the table below:

 

Periods:

   Ratio:

Restatement Date through 12/30/2005

   4.25 to 1.00

12/31/2005 through 12/30/2006

   4.00 to 1.00

12/31/2006 and thereafter

   3.75 to 1.00

 

100


Section 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) Sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transaction with, any of its Affiliates, unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted (or required) under this Agreement and (ii) upon terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate, provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the indemnification of directors, officers or employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in accordance with customary practice.

(b) The foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit, to the extent otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (i) loans to Affiliates pursuant to Section 6.04(p), (ii) loans or advances to employees of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 6.04(e), (iii) (A) transactions among the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties, (B) transactions among the Subsidiary Loan Parties, (C) transactions among Subsidiaries that are all not Loan Parties and (D) transactions between the Borrower or the Subsidiary Loan Parties, on the one hand, and Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, on the other hand, provided that such transactions are on terms no less favorable to the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate, in each case otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (iv) the payment of fees and indemnities to directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (v) [reserved], [reserved], (vii) any consulting, employment or severance agreements or benefit arrangements entered into by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (viii) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06, (ix) any purchase by any Affiliate of Equity Interests of the Borrower, or any contribution by any Affiliate to the equity capital of the Borrower, provided that any Equity Interests of the Borrower purchased by any Affiliate shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (x) [reserved], (xi) payment of Universal Fees, subject in the case of Deferred Universal Fees to Section 6.06, (xii) transactions with Wholly Owned Subsidiaries for the purchase or sale of services, goods and products entered into in the ordinary course of business in a manner consistent with

 

101


past practice, (xiii) any transaction in respect of which the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent (for delivery to the Lenders) a letter addressed to the Representatives of Holdings or the Borrower or of the applicable Subsidiary from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is (A) in the good faith determination of the Borrower qualified to render such letter and (B) satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which letter states that the consideration provided for in such transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (xiv) the Transactions, (xv) the Scheduled Affiliate Transactions or (xvi) the performance of the Project Documents.

Section 6.08. Business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries. Engage at any time in any business or business activity other than, any business or business activity conducted by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any business or business activities incidental or related thereto, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Section 6.09. Limitation on Modifications and Prepayments of Indebtedness; Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements; etc. (a) Amend or modify in any manner materially adverse to the Lenders, or grant any waiver or release under or terminate in any manner (if such granting or termination shall be materially adverse to the Lenders and other than terminations arising from any liquidation or dissolution of a Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 6.05(b)), the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws or partnership agreement or limited liability company operating agreement of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, any Indebtedness issued under Section 6.01(m) or any agreement relating thereto or any Project Document; provided, however, that the Borrower Partnership Agreement may be amended to delete Section 19(i) and the fourth paragraph of Section 20(b) of such agreement.

(b) Make, or agree or offer to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on (i) the Senior Notes, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(m) or (iii) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a) refinancing the Senior Notes in whole or in part or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Indebtedness, except payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due in respect thereof, and other than payments in respect thereof made with the proceeds of a refinancing thereof permitted hereby or with proceeds of

 

102


equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower or any Subsidiary may purchase or redeem any such Indebtedness if, based on the Total Leverage Ratio at the relevant time and after giving effect thereto, the Borrower would be permitted to make a Restricted Payment of at least $1.00 pursuant to Section 6.06(f); or

(c) Permit any Subsidiary to enter into or allow to remain in effect any agreement or instrument that by its terms restricts (i) the payment of dividends or distributions or the making of cash advances by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary or (ii) the granting of Liens by such Subsidiary pursuant to the Collateral Documents, in each case other than those arising under any Loan Document, except, in each case, restrictions existing by reason of: (A) restrictions imposed by applicable law; (B) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the date hereof under (x) any agreement listed on Schedule 6.09(c) or (y) any agreements related to any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of any agreement listed on Schedule 6.09(c) that does not expand the scope of any such encumbrance or restriction; (C) any restriction on a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of a Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; (D) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business; (E) any restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (F) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (G) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest; (H) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; or (I) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any asset permitted under Section 6.05 pending the consummation of such sale to the extent such restrictions and conditions apply only to such asset.

 

103


Section 6.10. Capital Expenditures. Permit the Borrower or the Subsidiaries to make any Capital Expenditure during any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2005, except that:

(a) During any such fiscal year, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make Capital Expenditures so long as the aggregate amount thereof does not exceed in any fiscal year the applicable amount set forth below:

 

Fiscal Year:

   Amount:

Ending 12/31/2005

   $ 75,000,000

Ending 12/31/2006

   $ 85,000,000

Each fiscal year ending thereafter

   $ 100,000,000

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in paragraph (a) above, to the extent that the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.10(a) is less than the amount set forth for such fiscal year, the amount of such difference may be carried forward and used to make Capital Expenditures in the next succeeding fiscal year, provided that in any fiscal year, the first Capital Expenditures shall be deemed to be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11. Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit the ratio (the “Interest Coverage Ratio”) on the last day of any fiscal quarter occurring in any period set forth below, for the four quarter period ended as of such day, of (a) EBITDA to (b) Interest Expense to be less than the ratio set forth below for such period, subject to Section 6.13:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending:

   Ratio:

FQE 3/05 through FQE 12/05

   1.50 to 1.00

FQE 3/06 through FQE 12/06

   1.60 to 1.00

FQE 3/07 and thereafter

   1.70 to 1.00

Section 6.12. Total Leverage Ratio. Permit the Total Leverage Ratio at the last day of any fiscal quarter occurring in any period set forth below to be in excess of the ratio set forth below for such period, subject to Section 6.13:

 

Period:

   Ratio:

FQE 3/05 through FQE 3/06

   5.00 to 1.00

FQE 6/06 through FQE 12/06

   4.50 to 1.00

FQE 3/07 through FQE 12/07

   4.25 to 1.00

FQE 3/08 and thereafter

   4.00 to 1.00

Section 6.13. Significant Event. In the event that, for any fiscal quarter ending not later than FQE 12/08 (the “affected quarter”), there is (i) a 12% decrease in attendance at the Theme Parks from the attendance in the corresponding fiscal quarter of the prior fiscal year (the “prior-year quarter”) and (ii) a major terrorist activity or an armed conflict involving US military has occurred or is occurring during such fiscal quarter or the immediately preceding

 

104


fiscal quarter, the Borrower will have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent not later than seven days following the end of the affected quarter (the “notice date”), to substitute in lieu of the EBITDA for the affected quarter (and, if the Borrower so elects and subject to satisfying the liquidity test described below, the immediately following fiscal quarter) the EBITDA for the prior-year quarter (and the immediately following quarter in the prior year) for purposes of calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio as at any date for which such calculation would otherwise include the affected quarter (or the immediately following quarter). In the event the Borrower exercises this right, it shall make appropriate representatives available to meet or conduct a conference call with the Lenders in New York City or Orlando (or another location mutually determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) not later than seven days following the notice date to discuss with Lenders the factors giving rise to such decrease in attendance and their continuing effects, if any. The right of the Borrower under this Section 6.13 is subject to the further limitations that (i) such right may be exercised on only one occasion and (ii) in order to exercise this right with respect to the fiscal quarter immediately following the affected quarter, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that, at the end of the affected quarter it has liquidity in the form of unrestricted cash balances and undrawn Revolving Commitments in an aggregate amount of not less than $40,000,000 through working capital management practices consistent with its past practices and (iii) such substitution shall not be effective for purposes of determining whether Restricted Payments or Universal Fees may be paid in accordance with Section 6.06.

Section 6.14. Derivatives Obligations. Enter into any Derivatives Obligations, other than Derivatives Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

Section 7.01. Events of Default. In case of the happening of any of the following events (“Events of Default”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Holdings, Borrower or any other Loan Party in any Loan Document, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished by Holdings or any Loan Party in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished by Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

 

105


(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Disbursement or in the payment of any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of (i) any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to the Borrower), 5.05(a), 5.08 or Section 5.10(d) or in Article VI (other than Section 6.11 and Section 6.12) and (ii) any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 6.11 and Section 6.12 as of the end of any fiscal quarter which shall be continuing at the earliest of (A) the date of delivery of financial statements for the period ending at the end of such fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.04 and (B) the 60th day after the end of such fiscal quarter, subject to Section 7.03;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) (i) any event or condition occurs that (A) results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (B) enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay the principal of any Material Indebtedness at the stated final maturity thereof, provided that this clause (f) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness;

 

106


(g) there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in paragraph (h) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(j) the failure by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to pay one or more final judgments aggregating in excess of $20,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third party insurance as to which the insurer acknowledges coverage), which judgments are not discharged or effectively waived or stayed for a period of 30 consecutive days, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

 

107


(k) (i) a Reportable Event or Reportable Events shall have occurred with respect to any Plan or a trustee shall be appointed by a United States district court to administer any Plan, (ii) the PBGC shall institute proceedings (including giving notice of intent thereof) to terminate any Plan or Plans, (iii) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred or will be assessed Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan and such person does not have reasonable grounds for contesting such Withdrawal Liability or is not contesting such Withdrawal Liability in a timely and appropriate manner, (iv) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan or (vi) any other similar event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) (i) any Loan Document shall for any reason be asserted by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any party thereto, (ii) any security interest purported to be created by any Collateral Document and to extend to (x) Equity Interests in the Borrower or (y) other assets that are not immaterial to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected security interest (having the priority required by this Agreement or the relevant Collateral Document) in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer, or (iii) the Guarantees pursuant to the Collateral Documents by the Subsidiary Loan Parties of any of the Obligations shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof), or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party not to be in effect or not to be legal, valid and binding obligations;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) above), and at any time thereafter during the

 

108


continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding and (iii) demand cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j); and in any event with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate, the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable and the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have made a demand for cash collateral to the full extent permitted under Section 2.05(j), without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 7.02. Immaterial Subsidiaries. Solely for the purposes of determining whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred under clause(h), (i) or (j) of Section 7.01, any reference in any such clause to any Subsidiary shall be deemed not to include any Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause that did not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended, have assets with a value in excess of 3.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets, provided that if it is necessary to exclude more than one Subsidiary from clause(h), (i) or (j) of Section 7.01 pursuant to this Section 7.02 in order to avoid a Default or an Event of Default thereunder, all excluded Subsidiaries shall be considered to be a single consolidated Subsidiary for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied.

Section 7.03. Borrower’s Right to Cure. (a) Financial Performance Covenants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of any Financial Performance Covenant, until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the date the certificate calculating such Financial Performance Covenant is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(c), the Borrower shall have the right to issue Permitted Cure Securities for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of the Borrower (collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by Borrower of such cash (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right such Financial Performance Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of a Default or Event of Default under the Financial Performance Covenants and for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

109


(ii) If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of all Financial Performance Covenants, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Performance Covenants that had occurred shall be deemed cured for this purposes of the Agreement.

(b) Limitation on Exercise of Cure Right. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four-fiscal-quarter period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) in each eight-fiscal-quarter period, there shall be a period of at least four consecutive fiscal quarters during which the Cure Right is not exercised and (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Performance Covenants for the most recently completed four fiscal-quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.04.

ARTICLE VIII

The Agents

Section 8.01. Authorization. (a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agents to take such actions on behalf of such Lender and to exercise such powers as are specifically delegated to the Agents by the terms and provisions hereof and of the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent is hereby expressly authorized by the Lenders and each Issuing Bank, without hereby limiting any implied authority, (a) to receive on behalf of the Lenders and such Issuing Bank all payments of principal of and interest on the Loans, all payments in respect of L/C Disbursements and all other amounts due to the Lenders and such Issuing Bank hereunder, and promptly to distribute to each Lender or such Issuing Bank its proper share of each payment so received; (b) to give notice on behalf of each of the Lenders of any Event of Default specified in this Agreement of which the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge acquired in connection with the performance of its duties as Administrative Agent hereunder; and (c) to distribute to each Lender copies of all notices, financial

 

110


statements and other materials delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement as received by the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents. In the event that any party other than the Lenders and the Agents shall participate in all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, all rights and remedies in respect of such Collateral shall be controlled by the Collateral Agent.

(b) Neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable as such for any action taken or omitted by any of them except for its or his own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, or be responsible for any statement, warranty or representation herein or the contents of any document delivered in connection herewith, or be required to ascertain or to make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance by the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements contained in any Loan Document. The Agents shall not be responsible to the Lenders for the due execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or effectiveness of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or other instruments or agreements. The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or refraining from acting, in accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders and, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, such instructions and any action or inaction pursuant thereto shall be binding on all the Lenders. Each Agent shall, in the absence of knowledge to the contrary, be entitled to rely on any instrument or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons. Neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall have any responsibility to the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any other party hereto on account of the failure, delay in performance or breach by, or as a result of information provided by, any Lender or Issuing Bank of any of its obligations hereunder or to any Lender or Issuing Bank on account of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any other Lender or Issuing Bank or the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of their respective obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith. Each Agent may execute any and all duties hereunder by or through agents or employees and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel selected by it with respect to all matters arising hereunder and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

 

111


Section 8.02. Nature of Duties. The Lenders hereby acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Required Lenders. The Lenders further acknowledge and agree that so long as an Agent shall make any determination to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document in good faith, such Agent shall have no liability in respect of such determination to any person. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into the Loan Documents or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Each Lender recognizes and agrees that the Syndication Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and shall have no functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities for acting as the Syndication Agent hereunder.

Section 8.03. Resignation by the Agents. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, any Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint a successor Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York (or a bank having an Affiliate with such an office) having a combined capital and surplus that is not less than $500,000,000 or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After the Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

Section 8.04. Each Agent in its Individual Capacity. Each Agent in its individual capacity and not as Agent shall have the same rights and powers as any other Lender or Issuing Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the Agents and their Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or other Affiliates thereof as if it were not an Agent.

 

112


Section 8.05. Indemnification. Each Lender severally agrees (a) to reimburse the Agents, on demand, in the amount of its pro rata share determined at the time indemnification is sought hereunder (based on its Commitments hereunder (or if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of its applicable outstanding Loans or participations in L/C Disbursements and Swingline Loans, as applicable)) of any reasonable expenses incurred for the benefit of the Lenders by the Agents, including counsel fees and compensation of agents and employees paid for services rendered on behalf of the Lenders, which shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower and (b) to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent and any of its directors, officers, employees or agents, on demand, in the amount of such pro rata share determined at the time indemnification is sought hereunder, from and against any and all liabilities, Taxes, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against it in its capacity as Agent or any of them in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by it or any of them under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, to the extent the same shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower, provided that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Agent or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents.

Section 8.06. Lack of Reliance on Agents. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 8.07. Syndication Agent. The Syndication Agent, in such capacity, shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever under the Loan Documents.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

Section 9.01. Notices. (a) Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, to it at the address or telecopy number set forth on the signature pages hereof;

 

113


(ii) if to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to it at the address or telecopy number set forth on the signature pages hereof, and

(iii) if to an Issuing Bank other than the Administrative Agent, to it at the address or telecopy number set forth separately in writing.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service, sent by telecopy or (to the extent permitted by paragraph (b) above) electronic means or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01.

(d) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(e) Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, such Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

 

114


Section 9.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties herein, in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and each Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the issuance of the Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by such persons or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements contained herein, indemnification and reimbursement obligations contained herein (including pursuant to Sections 2.13(c), 2.15, 2.17 and 9.05) shall survive the payment in full of the principal and interest hereunder, the expiration of the Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments or this Agreement.

Section 9.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Agents and when the Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, the Agents and each Lender and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that other than pursuant to a merger permitted by Section 6.05(b), the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its

 

115


rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7.01(b), (c), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee (provided that any liability of the Borrower to an assignee that is an Approved Fund or Affiliate of the assigning Lender under Section 2.15 or 2.17 shall be limited to the amount, if any, that would have been payable thereunder by the Borrower in the absence of such assignment);

(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of a Term Loan to an assignee that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or Approved Fund immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and

(C) in the case of the assignment of a Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan, each Issuing Bank.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than (x) $5,000,000, in the case of Revolving Facility Commitments (and, except for an assignment of the entire amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment, such assigning Lender shall retain a Revolving Facility Commitment of at least $5,000,000) and (y) $1,000,000, in the case of Term Loans (and except for an assignment of the entire amount of the Term Loan of the assigning Lender, such assigning Lender shall retain Term Loans of at least $1,000,000), unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under paragraph (b), (c), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing; and provided further that concurrent assignments of Term Loans to members of an Assignee Group will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether the above minimum amount has been met;

 

116


(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, except that this clause (B) shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of a single Facility;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, provided that only one such fee shall be payable in the event of simultaneous assignments to or from two or more Approved Funds with respect to the same Lender;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(E) in the case of an assignment by a Lender to a CLO (as defined below) managed or administered by such Lender or by an Affiliate of such Lender, the assigning Lender shall retain the sole right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, provided that the Assignment and Assumption between such Lender and such CLO may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of such CLO, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.09(b) that affects such CLO.

For purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the terms “Approved Fund” and “CLO” have the following meanings:

“Approved Fund” shall mean (a) with respect to any Lender a CLO managed by such Lender or by an Affiliate of such Lender and (b) any other fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is managed by a Lender, by an Affiliate of a Lender or by an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that manages a Lender.

“CLO” means any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be

 

117


released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.05). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i)Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it), provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Agents, each Issuing Bank and

 

118


the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 9.04(a)(i) or clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) of the first proviso to Section 9.09(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.06 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.

(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

Section 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including documentary Taxes) incurred by the Agents in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or by the Agents in connection with the syndication of the Commitments or the administration of this Agreement (including the

 

119


reasonable fees, disbursements and the charges for no more than one counsel in each jurisdiction where Collateral is located) or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Agents or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in connection with the Loans made or the Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Davis Polk & Wardwell, counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel (including the reasonable allocated costs of internal counsel if a Lender elects to use internal counsel in lieu of outside counsel) for the Agents, any Issuing Bank or any Lender (but no more than one such counsel for any Lender); provided that it is understood that the Borrower shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Lenders in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one law firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Lenders designated by the Administrative Agent and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.

(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agents, each Issuing Bank, each Lender and each of their respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and controlling persons (each such person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto and thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or the use of any Letter of Credit or (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses result primarily from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee (treating, for the purpose set forth in this clause (iii) only, (x) any Agent and its Related Parties as a single Indemnitee, (y) any Issuing Bank and its Related Parties as a single Indemnitee and (z) any Lender and its Related Parties as a single Indemnitee). Subject to and without limiting the generality of the

 

120


foregoing sentence, the Borrower agrees to indemnify each Indemnitee against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel or consultant fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (A) any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or (B) any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any predecessor of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties. The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall be entitled to assume the defense of any action for which indemnification is sought hereunder with counsel of its choice at its expense (in which case the Borrower shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by an Indemnitee except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to each such Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the Borrower’s election to assume the defense of such action, each Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such action, and the Borrower shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel, if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Borrower to represent such Indemnitee would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Borrower and such Indemnitee and such Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Borrower (in which case the Borrower shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnitee); (iii) the Borrower shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee to represent it within a

 

121


reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the Borrower shall authorize in writing such Indemnitee to employ separate counsel at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that the Borrower shall not enter into any settlement on behalf of any Indemnitee without the prior written consent of such Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it shall be reasonable for any Indemnitee to withhold its consent to the entry of any settlement against such Indemnitee that (i) by its terms or effect is contrary to such Indemnitee’s internal policies and procedures, or (ii) includes an admission or acknowledgment of any liability or responsibility whatsoever on the part of such Indemnitee, or any of its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and controlling persons).

(d) The Borrower will not be liable under this Agreement for any amount paid by an Indemnitee to settle any claims or actions if the settlement is entered into without the Borrower’s consent, which consent may not be withheld or delayed unless such settlement is unreasonable in light of such claims or actions against, and defenses available to, such Indemnitee.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.05, this Section 9.05 shall not apply to Taxes, it being understood that the Borrower’s only obligations with respect to Taxes shall arise under Sections 2.15 and 2.17.

Section 9.06. Right of Set-off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document held by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although the obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have.

Section 9.07. [Reserved].

Section 9.08. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

122


Section 9.09. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the Agents, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower or any other Loan Party in any case shall entitle such person to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.20 with respect to an Incremental Amendment, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (x) in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders, and (y) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each party thereto and consented to by the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall (i) decrease or forgive the principal amount of, or extend the final maturity of, or decrease the rate of interest on, any Loan or any L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, that any amendment to the financial covenant definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest for purposes of this clause (i), (ii) increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender or decrease or extend the date for payment of the Commitment Fees or L/C Participation Fees or other fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the aggregate Commitments shall not constitute an increase of the Commitments of any Lender), (iii) extend or waive the Revolving Maturity Date, the Term Loan Maturity Date or any Term Loan Installment Date (but excluding the Early Maturity Date) or extend any date on which payment of interest on any Loan or any L/C Disbursement

 

123


is due, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, (iv) amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would by its terms alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, or the last sentence of Section 2.08(c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of commitment reductions required thereby, in each case, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, (v) amend or modify the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Majority Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Loans and Commitments are included on the Restatement Date), (vi) release all or substantially all the Collateral or release any material Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Subsidiary Guaranty and Security Agreement unless, in the case of a Subsidiary Loan Party, all or substantially all the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Loan Party is sold or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, (vii) effect any waiver, amendment or modification that by its terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders participating in any Facility in respect of payments or collateral differently from the rights of Lenders participating in other Facilities in respect of payments or collateral, without the consent of the Majority Lenders participating in the adversely affected Facility (it being agreed that the Required Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment or Commitment reduction required by Section 2.11 so long as the application of any prepayment or Commitment reduction still required to be made is not changed in a manner that is subject to this clause (vii)) or (viii) change the relative rights in respect of payments or collateral of the Lenders participating in different Facilities without the consent of the Majority Lenders participating in each adversely affected Facility; provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of an Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of such Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender. Each Lender shall be bound by any waiver, amendment or modification authorized by this Section 9.09 and any consent by any Lender pursuant to this Section 9.09 shall bind any assignee of such Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended (or amended and restated) with the

 

124


written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to each relevant Loan Document (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof (collectively, the “Additional Extensions of Credit”) to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, and any Additional Extensions of Credit that do not constitute an increase in the Revolving Facility may share ratably in the application of mandatory prepayments with other Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans and with preference to Revolving Loans and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders, Majority Lenders, Lenders and Revolving Facility Lenders.

Section 9.10. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the applicable interest rate, together with all fees and charges that are treated as interest under applicable law (collectively, the “Charges”), as provided for herein or in any other document executed in connection herewith, or otherwise contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved by any Lender or any Issuing Bank, shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by such Lender in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable hereunder, together with all Charges payable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate, provided that such excess amount shall be paid to such Lender or such Issuing Bank on subsequent payment dates to the extent not exceeding the legal limitation.

Section 9.11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the agreements regarding certain Fees referred to herein constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among or representations from the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto and thereto (and the Indemnitees) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

Section 9.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

125


EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.12.

Section 9.13. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 9.14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterpart (including facsimile counterparts and counterparts delivered by other electronic means), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03.

Section 9.15. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.16. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any Lender or any Issuing Bank may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or any other Loan Party or their properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

126


(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

Section 9.17. Confidentiality. Each of the Lenders, each Issuing Bank and each of the Agents agrees that it shall maintain in confidence any information relating to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or the other Loan Parties (other than information that (a) has become generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by such party, (b) has been independently developed by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Agent without violating this Section 9.17 or (c) was available to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Agent from a third party having, to such person’s knowledge, no obligations of confidentiality to the Borrower or any other Loan Party) and shall not reveal the same other than to its directors, trustees, officers, employees and advisors with a need to know or to any person that approves or administers the Loans on behalf of such Lender (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.17), except: (A) to the extent necessary to comply with law or any legal process or the requirements of any self-regulatory agency, Governmental Authority, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or of any securities exchange on which securities of the disclosing party or any Affiliate of the disclosing party are listed or traded, (B) as part of normal reporting or review procedures to Governmental Authorities or the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, (C) to its parent companies, Affiliates or auditors (so long as each such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.17), (D) in order to enforce its rights under any Loan Document in a legal proceeding, (E) to any prospective assignee of, or prospective Participant in, any of its rights under this Agreement (so long as such person shall have been instructed to keep the same confidential in accordance with this Section 9.17), (F) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in Derivatives Obligations or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section) and (G) is disclosed with the prior written consent of the Borrower.

Section 9.18. Non-recourse to Partners. Except (i) pursuant to the express terms of the other Loan Documents and (ii) to the extent of any Restricted Payments made to any partner in violation of Section 6.06, no recourse shall be

 

127


had for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan, or for any claim based thereon, or otherwise in respect thereof, or with respect to any other obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, against any past, present or future partner of the Borrower or any partner thereof, whether by virtue of any statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the Agents and each Lender.

 

128


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.
By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  
Address:   Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.
  1000 Universal Studios Plaza
  Orlando, Florida 32819
Attention:   Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile:   (407) 224-6740
with a copy to:
Attention:   Vice President, Legal Affairs
Facsimile:   (407) 363-8219
Tax ID:   59-3128514


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent

and as Issuing Bank

By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Lender
By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Lender
By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 10.62

TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

by and among

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P.,

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL PARTNERS A L.P.,

BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P.,

BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA PARTNERSHIP III L.P.,

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC,

USI ENTERTAINMENT INC.,

VIVENDI UNIVERSAL ENTERTAINMENT LLLP,

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.,

NBC UNIVERSAL, INC.,

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I

and

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II

Dated as of December 9, 2004

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I AGREEMENTS
1.1 Partners’ Agreement Amendment
1.2 Financing Transactions
1.3 Use of Proceeds
1.4 Loan.
1.5 Fee Balance
1.6 IOA/USF Fees.
1.7 Post-Closing Covenants.
1.8 Special Fee Advance Agreement
1.9 Cross-Ownership of Debt Side Letter
1.10 Efforts
1.11 Borrowers
ARTICLE II THE CLOSING
2.1 The Closing
2.2 Closing Deliveries.
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BLACKSTONE ENTITIES
3.1 Capitalization
3.2 Authority; No Conflict
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE NBCU ENTITIES
4.1 Capitalization
4.2 Authority; No Conflict
ARTICLE V CLOSING CONDITIONS
5.1 Conditions to Obligations of the NBCU Entities and the Blackstone Entities


5.2 Conditions to Obligations of the NBCU Entities
5.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Blackstone Entities
ARTICLE VI TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT
6.1 Termination
6.2 Effect of Termination
ARTICLE VII INDEMNIFICATION
7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties
7.2 Indemnification by the NBCU Entity
7.3 Indemnification by the Blackstone Entities
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
8.1 Amendment and Modification
8.2 Waiver
8.3 Notices
8.4 Assignment
8.5 Counterparts
8.6 Entire Agreement
8.7 Fees and Expenses
8.8 Public Announcements
8.9 Severability
8.10 Enforcement
8.11 Choice of Forum
8.12 Waiver of Jury Trial
8.13 Governing Law


TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

TRANSACTION AGREEMENT, dated as of December 9, 2004 (this “ Agreement ”), by and between Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Blackstone UTP ”), Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Blackstone UTP A ”), Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Blackstone Offshore ”), and Blackstone Family Media Partnership III L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Blackstone FMP ” and, together with Blackstone Offshore, Blackstone UTP A and Blackstone UTP, the “ Blackstone Entities ”), Universal City Property Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ UniCo II ”), Vivendi Universal Entertainment LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“ VUE ”), USI Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ USI ”), Universal Studios, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Universal ”), NBC Universal, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ NBC Universal ,” together with UniCo II, VUE, USI and Universal, the “ NBCU Entities ”), Universal City Florida Holding Co. I, a general partnership organized under the laws of the State of Florida (“ Holding I ”) and Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, a general partnership organized under the laws of the State of Florida (“ Holding II ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, (a) the Blackstone Entities hold a general partnership interest (the “ Blackstone Holding I Interest ”) and (b) UniCo II holds a general partnership interest (the “ NBCU Holding I Interest ”) in Holding I, governed by the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of General Partnership of Holding I, dated as of July 27, 2000 (as amended, the “ Holding I Partnership Agreement ”), by and among the Blackstone Entities and UniCo II;

WHEREAS, (a) the Blackstone Entities hold a general partnership interest (the “ Blackstone Holding II Interest ”) and (b) UniCo II holds a general partnership interest (the “ NBCU Holding II Interest ”) in Holding II. governed by the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of General Partnership of Holding II, dated as of July 27, 2000 (as amended, the “ Holding II Partnership Agreement ”), by and among the Blackstone Entities and UniCo II;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Closing (as such term is defined below), the Blackstone Entities will contribute the Blackstone Holding I Interest and the Blackstone Holding II Interest to certain affiliates of the Blackstone Entities (which contributions shall be structured to be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

WHEREAS, Holding I is the sole limited partner and Holding II is the sole general partner of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the State of Florida (“ UCDP ”) and governed by the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., dated as of June 5, 20012 (as amended, the “ UCDP Partnership Agreement ,” and together with the Holding I Partnerships Agreement and the Holding II Partnership Agreement, the “ Partnership Agreements ”), by and between Holding I and Holding II;

 


WHEREAS, the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities desire to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Partners’ Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2000 (as amended, the “ Partners’ Agreement ”), by and among the Blackstone Entities, UniCo II and Universal; and

WHEREAS, the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities desire to cause Holding I and Holding II to issue the Holdings Notes (as such term is defined herein) and to complete the refinancing of the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined herein).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AGREEMENTS

1.1 Partners’ Agreement Amendment . The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree that the amendment and restatement of the Partners’ Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A will be executed and become effective as of the Closing Date (as such term is defined herein).

1.2 Financing Transactions . The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause Holding I and Holding II to (a) consummate the issuance of $450 million of senior fixed and floating rate notes due 2010 (the “ Holdings Notes ”) as contemplated by the offering memorandum attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “ Holdings Offering Memorandum ”) and (b) cause UCDP to consolidate, restate and renew (i) the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1999, as amended as of July 25, 2000, December 19, 2001, March 28, 2002 and March 28, 2003 (the “ Term Credit Agreement ”), and (ii) the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003 (the “ Revolving Credit Agreement ” and together with the Term Credit Agreement, the “ Credit Agreement ”), each among UCDP, the banks listed therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPMorgan ”), as administrative agent and collateral agent, as contemplated by the commitment letter attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 (the “ Credit Agreement Commitment Letter ”). The issuance of the Holdings Notes and the refinancing of the Credit Agreement will hereinafter be referred to collectively as the “ Financing .” The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree to cause Holding I and Holding II and their respective affiliates and representatives to provide all reasonably necessary cooperation in connection with the foregoing, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of any underwriting or placement agreements, indentures or other definitive financing documents or other requested certificates, documents or financial information as may be requested in connection with the Financing.


1.3 Use of Proceeds. The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree that they will cause Holding I and Holding II to use a portion of the proceeds from the Financing to: (i) make aggregate partnership distributions of $225 million on a pro-rata basis to each of the Blackstone Entities, (ii) make partnership distributions of $225 million to UniCo II, (iii) make the Fee Payment (as such term is defined herein) and (iv) pay transaction fees and expenses associated with the Financing and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

1.4 Loan.

(a) On the Closing Date, NBC Universal and the Blackstone Entities agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause JPMorgan and/or one or more other lenders to make a loan (the “ Loan ”) to Blackstone UTP Capital LLC, Blackstone UTP Capital A LLC, Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital LLC and Blackstone Family Media III LLC (collectively, the “ Borrowers ”) in the original aggregate principal amount of One Hundred Seventy-Eight Million Dollars ($178,000,000) (the “ Loan Proceeds ”) substantially on the terms and conditions set forth in definitive loan documentation attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 (the “ Loan Agreement ”), with such modifications as have been agreed upon by each of the parties thereto, in their sole discretion, prior to the Closing Date. The loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement shall be non-recourse to the Blackstone Entities (other than the Borrowers) and secured by a first priority pledge of the Blackstone Entities’ ownership interests in Holding I and Holding II. NBC Universal hereby agrees to guarantee (the “ Guarantee ”) the Loan substantially on the terms and conditions set forth in the guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 (the “ Guarantee Agreement ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Loan Agreement, the Guarantee or any other document related thereto (the “ Loan Documents ”), whether expressly stated, implied or otherwise interpreted or construed, each of the NBCU Entities agrees for itself and its respective successors and assigns that: (i) recourse of such parties with respect to the obligations of any Borrower under the Loan Documents and with respect to any and all claims, demands, causes of action, and liabilities of any kind whatsoever (upon any legal or equitable theory, whether contractual, common-law, statutory, decisional, federal, state, local or otherwise), whether known or unknown, in any way relating to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or any other document related thereto are limited solely to such Borrower and to the Collateral (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement) that secures such Borrower’s Secured Obligations (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement), and (ii) such parties shall not have any recourse or other rights or remedies at law or in equity against any of the respective officers, equity interest holders, members, agents, employees and representatives of any Borrower (collectively, the “ Non-Recourse Parties ”), and hereby forever unconditionally waive, release and discharge each of such Non-Recourse Parties from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, and liabilities of any kind whatsoever (upon any legal or equitable theory, whether contractual, common-law, statutory, decisional, federal, state, local or otherwise), whether known or unknown, in each case in any way relating to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or any other document related thereto. The NBCU Entities hereby acknowledge that (i) the Borrowers are newly-formed entities whose sole assets consist of the Collateral, and (ii) immediately


upon receipt of the Loan Proceeds, the Borrowers will distribute the Loan Proceeds to their respective equity holders; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 1.4(a) shall limit or affect or be construed to limit or affect the obligations and liabilities of any Non-Recourse Party (i) in accordance with the terms of any agreement related to or entered into in connection with the Financing, other than the Loan Documents, to which such Non-Recourse Party is a party or (ii) arising from liability pursuant to applicable law for such Non-Recourse Party’s fraudulent actions.

(b) The Blackstone Entities and NBC Universal agree, and they agree to cause their respective affiliates and representatives, to provide all reasonably necessary cooperation in connection with the arrangement of the Loan and the Guarantee, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of the Loan Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement and other related documentation. On the Closing Date, the Blackstone Entities shall make a payment to NBC Universal in the amount of the estimated “ Guarantee Fee ” calculated in accordance, with the method set forth on Exhibit C-3 hereto. Within ten (10) days of the date of repayment (the “ Repayment Date ”) in full of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Blackstone Entities shall provide written notice (the “ Repayment Notice ”) of such repayment to NBC Universal, and such notice shall include a recalculation of the guarantee fee (the “ Actual, Fee ”) in accordance with the method set forth on Exhibit C-3, substituting the actual amortization, applied interest rates and repayment schedule of such loan. In the event that (a) the Actual Fee is greater than the Guarantee Fee, then the Blackstone Entities shall, as soon as reasonably, practicable after delivery of the Repayment Notice (but in no event more than 10 days after delivery of the Repayment Notice), deliver to NBC Universal, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the Actual Fee less the Guarantee Fee or (b) the Guarantee Fee is greater than the Actual Fee, then NBC Universal shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after delivery of the Repayment Notice (but in no event more than 10 days after receipt of the Repayment Notice), deliver to an account designated by the Blackstone Entities in the Repayment Notice, an amount equal to the Guarantee Fee less the Actual Fee. In the event that at maturity of the loan under the Loan Agreement (a) aggregate partnership distributions to the Blackstone Entities (including distributions paid to JPMorgan in accordance with Section 1.7(c)) from Holding I and Holding II have not been made in an amount sufficient to repay the loan in its entirety and (b) there has been no default under the Loan Agreement which is continuing (other than a default that is the result of the failure to pay interest and principal on the loan at maturity of the loan under the Loan Agreement), NBC Universal and the Blackstone Entities will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts and shall cooperate in obtaining refinancing of the then outstanding balance of the loan under the Loan Agreement (the “ Loan Refinancing ”) with a third-party lender or otherwise (which shall not be the Blackstone Entities), with substantially similar terms as those currently represented by the Loan Agreement, the Guarantee and the Guarantee Fee. NBC Universal shall provide the credit enhancement necessary, for up to an additional five (5) year term following the maturity of the loan under the Loan Agreement, to obtain the Loan Refinancing. The credit enhancement shall be a guarantee of NBC Universal, similar to the Guarantee, or, if required by the lenders in the Loan Refinancing, the form of credit enhancement required (which may include other guarantees, cash collateral or a letter of credit) for the lenders to consummate the Loan Refinancing. For the avoidance of doubt, any Loan Refinancing


(i) will be non-recourse to the Blackstone Entities (other than the Borrowers), (ii) shall bear interest that is payable in kind, or entirely serviceable through partnership distributions to the Blackstone Entities from Holding I and Holding II or a concurrent revolving credit facility, and (iii) will have default and acceleration provisions substantially similar to those in the Loan Agreement.

1.5 Fee Balance . Schedule A attached hereto sets forth, as of September 26, 2004, the balance, both prior to and after giving pro forma effect to the Fee Payment and the Universal Fee Forgiveness (as such term is defined herein), of the outstanding: (i) Special Fee (as such term is defined in the UCDP Partnership Agreement) relating to the Gate 2 Gross (as such term is defined in the UCDP Partnership Agreement) (the “ IOA Fee ”) owed by UCDP to an entity designated by USI, VUE or Universal, as applicable, pursuant to Section 20(b) of the UCDP Partnership Agreement (the “ Fee Payee ”) and (ii) Special Fee relating to the Project 1 Gross (as such term is defined in the UCDP Partnership Agreement) (the “ USF Fee ,” and together with the IOA Fee, the “ Universal Fees ”) owed by UCDP to the Fee Payee, in each case, in accordance with Section 20 of the UCDP Partnership Agreement.

1.6 IOA/USF Fees .

(a) The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities agree that, concurrent with the Closing, they will cause Holding I and Holding II to pay $70 million to the Fee Payee to purchase the $70 million most recently accrued but unpaid receivables resulting from the IOA Fee owed to the Fee Payee (the “ Fee Payment ”).

(b) The parties hereto acknowledge that, concurrent with the Closing, the next most recently accrued $50 million of unpaid deferred Universal Fees will be forgiven (the “ Universal Fee Forgiveness ”).

(c) Except to the extent required by a change in law, the Blackstone Entities, the NBCU Entities, Holding I and Holding II each agree to treat (and cause each of their affiliates to treat) the transactions effected pursuant to Section 1.6(b) as giving rise to a $50 million deduction to UniCo II and an equal amount of taxable income to UCDP, which taxable income will be allocated by UCDP to Holding I and Holding II and then allocated by Holding I and Holding II, 50% to the Blackstone Entities, on the one hand, and 50% to UniCo II, on the other hand, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the capital accounts of the partners will be adjusted accordingly for accounting purposes.

1.7 Post-Closing Covenants .

(a) From and after the Closing, subject to the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement (as amended as contemplated by the Credit Agreement Commitment Letter), the UCDP Notes (as such term is defined herein) and applicable law, but in addition to the tax distributions required by Section 19(b) of the UCDP Partnership Agreement, the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree to cause Holding I and Holding II, and they agree ‘to cause their respective affiliates and representatives, to:

(i) first, cause UCDP to make partnership distributions to Holding I and Holding II in amounts sufficient to enable Holding I and Holding II to pay all accrued and unpaid interest on the Holdings Notes as such interest becomes due in accordance with the terms of the Holdings Notes, and


(ii) second, cause UCDP to make partnership distributions to Holding I and Holding II in amounts sufficient: (A) to fund any cash needs of Holding I or Holding II, (B) at the option of the NBCU Entities, for Holding I and Holding II to purchase from time to time any accrued but unpaid receivables owed to the Fee Payee in connection with the Universal Fees, (C) to make partnership distributions to the partners of Holding I and Holding II and (D) for such other uses as may be determined by Holding I and Holding II, respectively; provided , that no distribution contemplated by this Section 1.7(a)(ii) shall be made unless, after giving effect to such distribution (1) UCDP would be permitted, in accordance with Section 4.11 of the Indenture, dated March 28, 2003 (as amended, the “ Indenture ”) by and among UCDP, UCDP Finance, Inc. (“ UCDP Finance ”) and the Bank of New York, as trustee, to make at least $50 million in additional distributions to Holding I and Holding II, in the aggregate and (2) UCDP would hold at least $20 million in cash after payment of all interest due, and payable on the UCDP Notes at the time of the distribution.

(b) The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree: (i) that, as of the Closing Date, the requirement set forth in the fourth paragraph of Section 20(b) of the UCDP Partnership Agreement (the “ Deferral Provision ”) that the Blackstone Entities, as general partners of Holding II, shall receive an amount equal to $234,700,000 by way of distributions from Holding II prior to payment of the IOA Fee, shall have been satisfied, and the deferred, current and future IOA Fees will no longer be subject to the Deferral Provision and shall be paid as and when permitted by the other terms of Section 20 of the UCDP Partnership Agreement and the terms of the Indenture and (ii) not to impose, on or after the Closing Date, any restrictions or limitations on the payment of the Universal Fees after the Closing, including upon the refinancing, if any, of the 113%% Senior Notes due 2010 (the “ UCDP Notes ”) issued by UCDP and UCDP Finance (the “ UCDP Note Refinancing ”). Effective as of the Closing Date, the Blackstone Entities agree to permanently waive all of their respective rights pursuant to Section 19(i) of the UCDP Partnership Agreement to cause UCDP to incur additional indebtedness (or refinance its existing indebtedness). In the event of a UCDP Note Refinancing, the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities agree that the UCDP Partnership Agreement shall be amended to delete Section 19(i) and the fourth paragraph of Section 20(b) of such agreement.

(c) The Blackstone Entities agree that, from and after the Closing, each of them shall assign and direct that all amounts that would otherwise be paid to the Blackstone Entities by Holding I or Holding II as a distribution pursuant to the Holding I Partnership Agreement and the Holding II Partnership Agreement (other than


Adjusted Tax Distributions, as defined below) shall instead be paid directly to JPMorgan and applied as payments of interest and/or principal on the loan contemplated by the Loan Agreement until such time as all amounts owing to the lenders pursuant to the Loan Agreement have been fully satisfied and discharged and all obligations under the Guarantee have been released. For the purposes of this Subsection 1.7(c), “ Adjusted Tax Distributions ” shall mean a Tax Distribution that, but for this Section 1.7(c), would have been made to the Blackstone Entities pursuant to Section 19(b) of the Holding I Partnership Agreement and Section 19(b) of the Holding II Partnership Agreement, reduced by (without duplication) the product of (i) the amount of interest, expenses and guarantee fees in respect of the Loan or the Guarantee that are deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as reasonably determined by the Blackstone Entities and (ii) the combined tax rate described in the definition of Hypothetical Income Tax in Section 19(b) of the Holding II Partnership Agreement for the period in which such amounts are deductible. For the avoidance of doubt, so long as payments are required to be made to JP Morgan pursuant to this Section 1.7(c), the Blackstone Entities shall be entitled to receive Adjusted Tax Distributions at the time and in the manner determined under Section 19(b) of the Holding I Partnership Agreement and the Holding II Partnership Agreement, respectively, and this Section 1.7(c), in lieu of Tax Distributions.

(d) The Blackstone Entities agree that, from and after the Closing, until such time as the loan outstanding under the Loan Agreement has been fully satisfied and discharged and all obligations under the Guarantee have been released, none of the Blackstone Entities shall (i) transfer, directly or indirectly, all or any part of its interest in UCDP, Holding I or Holding II (other than to an affiliate of a Blackstone Entity as permitted under the applicable Partnership Agreement), (ii) allow or suffer any lien on its interests in Holding I or Holding II, other than the lien arising under the Loan Agreement, or (iii) directly or indirectly capitalize any of the Borrowers unless each Borrower is capitalized pro-rata with the other Borrowers according to its Percentage Interest (as defined in the Loan Agreement).

(e) The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree to cause Holding I and Holding II to hold any receivables purchased from the Fee Payee, without attempting collection of payment, until such time as the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities mutually agree in writing to cause Holding I and Holding II to pursue payment of such receivables from UCDP.

(f) The Blackstone Entities agree that, from and after the Closing, none of such entities shall transfer, directly or indirectly, all or any part of its interest in UCDP, Holding I or Holding II (other than to a Blackstone Entity), unless and until the transferee of such interest affirmatively agrees in writing to succeed to all of the obligations and agreements of the Blackstone Entities set forth in this Section 1.7 (other than, in a transfer to a non-affiliate of the Blackstone Entities, Sections 1.7(c) and 1.7(d) which will be satisfied by their terms prior to such transfer).

(g) The Blackstone Entities agree and acknowledge that, from and after the Closing, in the event that the NBCU Entities sell their interest, directly or


indirectly, in UCDP, (i) the Blackstone Entities shall continue to perform all of their respective obligations pursuant to Sections 1.7(a), 1.7(b), 1.7(c), 1.7(d) and 1.7(f) hereof and (ii) the Blackstone Entities shall, on a timely basis, provide NBC Universal with a copy of all financial information required to be provided from time to time to the lenders that are parties to the Credit Agreement, in each case until such time as the Loan Agreement shall have been fully satisfied and discharged and all obligations under the Guarantee have been released.

1.8 Special Fee Advance Agreement . The Blackstone Entities, VUE, UniCo II, Holding I and Holding II each agree, as of the Closing, that the Special Fee Advance Agreement (the “ Special Fee Advance Agreement ”), dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among the Blackstone Entities, VUE, UniCo II, Holding I and Holding II shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. On the Closing Date, the NBCU Entities shall cause a payment to be made to the Blackstone Parties, in proportion to their ownership interests in Holding I and Holding II, in an aggregate amount of $7.5 million plus interest to the Closing Date (the “Fee Loan”), with such interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Special Fee Advance Agreement.

1.9 Cross-Ownership of Debt Side Letter . The Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities hereby agree that, upon consummation of the Closing, each of the Blackstone Entities, Universal, UniCo II and General Electric Company, a New York corporation, will enter into a side letter (the “ Side Letter ”) substantially on the terms set forth in the side letter attached hereto as Exhibit D regarding the acquisition or ownership by any of the Blackstone Entities, directly or indirectly, of any interest in any indebtedness issued by Holding I, Holding II or UCDP.

1.10 Efforts . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper and advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

1.11 Borrowers . At such time as the ownership interests of the Blackstone Entities in Holding I and Holding II are transferred to the Borrowers, each of the parties hereto shall, and the Blackstone Entities shall cause each of the Borrowers to, execute a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E whereby, as of the date of such transfer, each such Borrower shall become a party to this Agreement and shall have all of the obligations of, and shall be treated for all purposes as, a “Blackstone Entity” pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

THE CLOSING

2.1 The Closing . Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been abandoned pursuant to Article VI, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article V, the


transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) will take place at 10:00 a.m. on the second business day (the “ Closing Date ”), following the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Article VI (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing (but subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof)), at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, NY 10036, unless another date, time or place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto. The Closing shall be deemed effective as of 12:01 a.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date.

2.2 Closing Deliveries .

(a) At the Closing, the Blackstone Entities shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the NBCU Entities:

(i) duly executed counterparts of the Partners’ Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A;

(ii) duly executed counterparts of the Loan Agreement, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits C-1;

(iii) the certificates contemplated by Section 5.2(a)(iii);

(iv) payment by wire transfer, to an account designated by NBC Universal in writing no less than three days prior to the Closing Date, of the Guarantee Fee; and

(v) all other documents, instruments and writings required to be delivered by the Blackstone Entities pursuant to this Agreement and such other documents, instruments and writings as counsel for the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities mutually agree to be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions described herein.

(b) At the Closing, the NBCU Entities shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Blackstone Entities:

(i) duly executed counterparts of the Partners’ Agreement, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A;

(ii) counterparts of the Loan Agreement, as duly executed by JP Morgan, and the Guarantee Agreement, as duly executed by NBC Universal, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits C-1 and C-2;

(iii) the certificates contemplated by Section 5.3(a)(iii);

(iv) payment by wire transfer, to (A) accounts designated by and (B) in the proportion designated by, the Blackstone Entities in writing no less than three days prior to the Closing Date, of the Fee Loan; and


(v) all other documents, instruments and writings required to be delivered by the NBCU Entities pursuant to this Agreement and such other documents, instruments and writings as counsel for the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities mutually agree to be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions described herein.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BLACKSTONE ENTITIES

Each of the Blackstone Entities, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the NBCU Entities as follows:

3.1 Capitalization . The Blackstone Holding I Interest represents a 50% general partnership interest in Holding I. The Blackstone Holding II Interest represents a 50% general partnership interest in Holding II. The Blackstone Entities directly own and immediately prior to the Closing will own the Blackstone Holding II Interest and the Blackstone Holding I Interest, in each case, free and clear of all Liens, and there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of the Blackstone Holding I Interest or the Blackstone Holding II Interest.

3.2 Authority; No Conflict . Each of the Blackstone Entities is duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization with full power and authority to enter into this Agreement; this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Blackstone Entity enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights or creditors generally and subject to the general powers of a court of equity; the execution and performance of this Agreement by such Blackstone Entity does not and will not violate any provision of, or constitute a default under, or breach of any agreement or other instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which such Blackstone Entity is a party or by which any of its assets is bound.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE NBCU ENTITIES

Each of the NBCU Entities, jointly and severally, represents and warrants the Blackstone Entities as follows:

4.1 Capitalization . The NBCU Holding I Interest represents a 50% general partnership interest of UniCo II in Holding I. The NBCU Holding II Interest represents a 50% general partnership interest of UniCo II in Holding II. The NBCU Entities indirectly own through UniCo II and immediately prior to the Closing will indirectly own through UniCo II the NBCU Holding II Interest and the NBCU Holding I Interest, in each case, free and clear of all Liens, and there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of the NBCU Holding I Interest or the NBCU Holding II Interest.


4.2 Authority; No Conflict . Each of the NBCU Entities is duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization with full power and authority to enter into this Agreement; this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such NBCU Entity enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights or creditors generally and subject to the general powers of a court of equity; the execution and performance of this Agreement by such NBCU Entity does not and will not violate any provision of, or constitute a default under, or breach of any agreement or other instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which such NBCU Entity is a party or by which any of its assets is bound.

ARTICLE V

CLOSING CONDITIONS

5.1 Conditions to Obligations of the NBCU Entities and the Blackstone Entities . The obligations of the NBCU Entities and the Blackstone Entities to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment (or written waiver), at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a) Litigation . No action, suit, proceeding, statute, rule, regulation, order, decree, judgment, injunction, restraining order or investigation by or before any court, administrative agency or other governmental authority shall have been enacted, issued, enforced or commenced: (i) which has the effect of restraining, prohibiting or invalidating or otherwise materially interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) involving any challenge to, or which seeks damages or other relief in connection with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (iii) which may materially affect the right of either party to own, operate or control, directly or indirectly, after the Closing, its respective partnership interests in Holding I, Holding II and/or UCDP, as applicable.

(b) Amendment to the Partners’ Agreement . The amendment to the Partners’ Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A will have been executed.

(c) Financing Transactions . (i) Holding I and Holding II will have issued the Moldings Notes as contemplated by the Holdings Offering Memorandum attached hereto as Exhibit B-1, and UCDP shall have entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as contemplated by the Credit Agreement Commitment Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 and (ii) the Blackstone Entities, on the other hand, and the NBCU Entities, on the other hand, shall have received the partnership distributions contemplated by Section 1.3 hereof.


(d) Loan . The Loan Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1, with such modifications that have been agreed upon by each of the parties, in their sole discretion, prior to the Closing Date, and the Guarantee Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-2, will have been executed by the parties thereto, along with any other documentation required to be executed in connection with the Loan and the Guarantee.

(e) Side Letter . The Side Letter, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, shall have been executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto.

5.2 Conditions to Obligations of the NBCU Entities . The obligations of the NBCU Entities to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment (or written waiver), at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following additional conditions:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . (i) The representations and warranties of each of the Blackstone Entities contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if made at the Closing, other than representations and warranties made as of another date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date; (ii) the agreements contained in this Agreement to be complied with by the Blackstone Entities on or before the Closing shall have been complied with in all material respects; and (iii) the NBCU Entities shall have received a certificate from each of the Blackstone Entities to such effect signed by a duly authorized executive officer of each Blackstone Entity.

(b) Consents and Approvals . The Blackstone Entities shall have obtained any and all permits, authorizations, consents or approvals of any public body or authority which are required for the lawful consummation by the Blackstone Entities of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) Guarantee Fee . The Blackstone Entities shall have paid the Guarantee Fee in accordance with Sections 1.4 and 2.2(a)(iv).

(d) Fee Payment . The Fee Payee shall have received the Fee Payment in accordance with Section 1.6.

(e) Amendment . The amendment contemplated by Section 1.11 shall have been executed and delivered by each of the Borrowers.

5.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Blackstone Entities . The obligations of the Blackstone Entities to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment (or written waiver), at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following additional conditions:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants . (i) The representations and warranties of the NBCU Entities contained in this Agreement shall be


true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if made at the Closing, other than representations and warranties made as of another date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date; (ii) the covenants contained in this Agreement to be complied with by the NBCU Entities on or before the Closing shall have been complied with in all material respects; and (iii) the Blackstone Entities shall have received a certificate from each of the NBCU Entities to such effect signed by a duly authorized executive officer of each NBCU Entity.

(b) Consents and Approvals . The NBCU Entities shall have obtained any and all permits, authorizations, consents or approvals of any public body or authority which are required for the lawful consummation by the NBCU Entities of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) Fee Loan . The NBCU Entities shall have paid the Fee Loan in accordance with Sections 1.8 and 2.2(b)(iv).

(d) Loan Proceeds . The Borrowers shall have received the Loan Proceeds in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1, with such modifications that have been agreed upon by each of the parties, in their sole discretion, prior to the Closing Date.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

6.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by:

(a) either the NBCU Entities, on the one hand, or the Blackstone Entities, on the other hand, if the Closing shall not have occurred by December 31, 2004; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(a) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date.

(b) the mutual written consent of the NBCU Entities, on the one hand, and the Blackstone Entities, on the other hand.

6.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 6.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void, and there shall be no liability on the part of either party hereto except nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for any fraud or for an intentional breach of this Agreement.


ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the NBCU Entities and the Blackstone Entities contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing.

7.2 Indemnification by the NBCU Entity . The NBCU Entities shall indemnify and hold harmless the Blackstone Entities and their affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, subsidiaries, partners and controlling persons from and against all liabilities, losses or damages, together with all reasonable costs and expenses related thereto (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) (“ Liabilities ”), relating to or arising from the breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the NBCU Entities contained in this Agreement.

7.3 Indemnification by the Blackstone Entities . The Blackstone Entities shall indemnify and hold harmless the NBCU Entities and its affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, subsidiaries, partners and controlling persons from and against all Liabilities, relating to or arising from the breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the Blackstone Entities contained in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

8.1 Amendment and Modification . Subject to applicable law, this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of each of the parties hereto at any time with respect to any of the terms contained herein.

8.2 Waiver . No waiver by any party hereto of any of the provisions hereof or any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be effective and valid unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party hereto waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement; including any investigation by or on behalf of any party hereto, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party hereto taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein and in any documents delivered or to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement and in connection with the Closing hereunder. The waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.


8.3 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid or sent by telegram or facsimile, as follows:

(a) if to the Blackstone Entities, to it at:

c/o Blackstone Media Management Associates III L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Facsimile: (212) 583-5703

Attention: Howard A. Lipson

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Facsimile: (212) 735-2000

Attention: Mark C. Smith, Esq.

Allison R. Schneirov, Esq.

(b) if to the NBCU Entities, to it at:

NBC Universal, Inc.

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY 10112

Facsimile: 212-664-4733

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Dewey Ballantine LLP

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: 212-259-6333

Attention: Steven R. Loeshelle, Esq.

or to such other person or address as a party hereto shall specify by notice in writing to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of personal delivery or on the third business day after the mailing thereof or, in the case of notice by facsimile, when receipt thereof is confirmed by telephone.

8.4 Assignment . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, nor is this Agreement intended to confer


upon any other person except the parties hereto (or their respective successors and permitted assigns) any rights (whether legal or equitable), benefits, obligations, liabilities or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement; provided , however , that: (i) each Blackstone Entity may assign its rights, interests and obligations to an affiliate of such Blackstone Entity, without the consent of the NBCU Entities, but no such assignment shall relieve such Blackstone Entity of its obligations hereunder and (ii) each NBCU Entity may assign its rights, interests and obligations to an affiliate of such NBCU Entity, without the consent of the Blackstone Entities, but no such assignment shall relieve such NBCU Entity of its obligations hereunder.

8.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

8.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

8.7 Fees and Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, except as expressly provided herein, each of the Parties shall pay its own fees and expenses incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement, including attorneys’, accountants’ and other advisors’ fees and the fees and expenses of any agent, broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor or agent retained by such party hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , that $180,000 of fees and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than the Loan and the Guarantee) of each of, the Blackstone Entities on the one hand, and the NBCU Entities on the other hand, shall be paid by Holding I and Holding II in proportion to their respective ownership interests in UCDP.

8.8 Public Announcements . Unless otherwise required by applicable law, prior to the Closing Date, no press release or other public announcement pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be made by or on behalf of any party hereto, without the prior written approval of the other parties hereto. Prior to issuing a press release or other public announcement required by applicable law, the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities shall consult with each other and each party hereto shall have reasonable opportunity to comment on such press release and prior to issuing a press release or other public announcement with respect to the Closing, the Blackstone Entities and the NBCU Entities shall mutually agree on the form of such press release or other public announcement.

8.9 Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect, and the validity and enforceability of the offending term or provision shall not be affected in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.


8.10 Enforcement . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court of the United States located in the State of New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto: (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any court of the State of New York located in such district in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction or venue by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than such courts sitting in the State of New York.

8.11 Choice of Forum . Each party hereto: (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or any court of the State of New York located in such district in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction or venue by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby in any court other than such courts sitting in the State of New York.

8.12 Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS SECTION 8.12 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY AND THAT ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

8.13 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereto hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the each of the parties hereto has duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL

PARTNERS L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C.

By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
Name:   Howard A. Lipson
Title:   Member

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL

PARTNERS A L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
Name:   Howard A. Lipson
Title:   Member

BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE

CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C.

By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
Name:   Howard A. Lipson
Title:   Member


BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA

PARTNERSHIP III L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C.

By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
Name:   Howard A. Lipson
Title:   Member

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY

MANAGEMENT II LLC

By:   /s/ Tom Williams
Name:   Tom Williams
Title:  

VIVENDI UNIVERSAL

ENTERTAINMENT LLLP

By:   /s/ Lynn Calpeter
Name:   Lynn Calpeter
Title:  
USI ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
By:   /s/ Lynn Calpeter
Name:   Lynn Calpeter
Title:  
UNIVERSAL STUDIOS, INC.
By:   /s/ Lynn Calpeter
Name:   Lynn Calpeter
Title:  


NBC UNIVERSAL, INC
By:   /s/ Lynn Calpeter
Name:   Lynn Calpeter
Title:  

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING

CO. I

By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY

MANAGEMENT II LLC

  By:   /s/ Tom Williams
  Name:   Tom Williams
  Title:  
By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL

PARTNERS L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

    By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
    Name:   Howard A. Lipson
    Title:   Member
By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL

PARTNERS A L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

    By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
    Name:   Howard A. Lipson
    Title:   Member


By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE

CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

  By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
  Name:   Howard A. Lipson
  Title:   Member
By:  

BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA

PARTNERSHIP III L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

  By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
  Name:   Howard A. Lipson
  Title:   Member
UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II
  By:  

UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY

MANAGEMENT II LLC

  By:   /s/ Tom Williams
  Name:   Tom Williams
  Title:  
By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL

PARTNERS L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

  By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
  Name:   Howard A. Lipson
  Title:   Member


By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL

PARTNERS L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

  By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
  Name:   Howard A. Lipson
  Title:   Member
By:  

BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE

CAPITAL PARTNERS L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

  By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
  Name:   Howard A. Lipson
  Title:   Member
By:  

BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA

PARTNERSHIP III L.P.

  By:  

BLACKSTONE MEDIA

MANAGEMENT

ASSOCIATES III L.L.C

  By:   /s/ Howard A. Lipson
  Name:   Howard A. Lipson
  Title:   Member

Exhibit 10.63

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of February 29, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among:

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. , a Florida limited partnership with its registered office at 1000 Universal Studios Plaza, Orlando, Florida 32819-7610 (the “ Partnership ”);

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I , a Florida general partnership and the sole limited partner of the Partnership (“ Holding I ”);

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. II , a Florida general partnership and the sole general partner of the Partnership (“ Holding II ”);

the constituents of Holding I, namely BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ UTP LLC ”), BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ UTP A LLC ”), BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Offshore LLC ”), and BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Family LLC ” and, together with Offshore LLC, UTP A LLC, and UTP LLC, collectively, the “ Blackstone Partner s” and individually, each a “ Blackstone Partner ”) and UNIVERSAL CITY PROPERTY MANAGEMENT II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ UniCo ”); and

the constituents of Holding II, namely the Blackstone Partners and UniCo.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Holding I has an approximately 23.22% limited partnership interest in the Partnership (the “ Holding I Partnership Interest ”) and Holding II has an approximately 76.78% general partnership interest in the Partnership (the “ Holding II Partnership Interest ”);

WHEREAS , the partnership interests in each of Holding I and Holding II are currently 50% owned by the Blackstone Partners and 50% owned by UniCo;

WHEREAS , the Blackstone Partners and UniCo desire to transfer, as a capital contribution in return for equity interests to be issued by Holding I, to Holding I, and Holding I desires to acquire and accept from each of the Blackstone Partners and UniCo, divided in proportion to their respective equity interests (each, a “ Holding I Cash Contribution ”);

WHEREAS , the Blackstone Partners and UniCo desire to transfer, as a capital contribution in return for equity interests to be issued by Holding II, to Holding II, and Holding II desires to acquire and accept from each of the Blackstone Partners and UniCo, divided in proportion to their respective equity interests (each, a “ Holding II Cash Contribution ”);


WHEREAS, the Blackstone Partners and UniCo agree that the aggregate amount of the Holding I Cash Contribution and the Holding II Cash Contribution shall not exceed $50,000,000 (the “ Total Cash Contribution ”) and that the Total Cash Contribution shall be divided between Holding I and Holding II in proportion to the Holding I Partnership Interest and the Holding II Partnership Interest;

WHEREAS , immediately thereafter, Holding I desires to transfer, as a capital contribution, to the Partnership, and the Partnership desires to acquire and accept from Holding I, a cash contribution in an amount equal to the Holding I Cash Contribution (the “ Second Holding I Cash Contribution ”);

WHEREAS , immediately thereafter, Holding II desires to transfer, as a capital contribution, to the Partnership, and the Partnership desires to acquire and accept from Holding II, a cash contribution in an amount equal to the Holding II Cash Contribution (the “ Second Holding II Cash Contribution ”);

NOW, THEREFORE , it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1. Cash Contributions

1.1 Each of the Blackstone Partners and UniCo hereby agrees to contribute, and Holding I hereby agrees to accept, a Holding I Cash Contribution as a contribution to the capital of Holding I in return for the issuance of additional partnership interests effective as of the Effective Date.

1.2 Each of the Blackstone Partners and UniCo hereby agrees to contribute, and Holding II hereby agrees to accept, a Holding II Cash Contribution as a contribution to the capital of Holding II in return for the issuance of additional partnership interests effective as of the Effective Date.

1.2 Subject to the contribution referred to in Section 1.1, Holding I hereby contributes, and the Partnership hereby accepts, the Second Holding I Cash Contribution as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership in return for the issuance of additional partnership interests effective as of the Effective Date.

1.3 Subject to the contribution referred to in Section 1.2, Holding II hereby contributes, and the Partnership hereby accepts, the Second Holding II Cash Contribution as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership in return for the issuance of additional partnership interests effective as of the Effective Date.

1.4 Each of the Blackstone Partners and UniCo hereby agrees to make their respective portions of Holding I Cash Contribution and the Holding II Cash Contribution not later than five business days after receipt of written notice from Holdings I or Holdings II, as applicable, that such contribution is being requested. The written notice shall state the amount of the contribution (which amount shall not be more than the applicable amount set forth in the Recitals) and the wiring instructions for making such contribution.

 

2


2. Segregation of Funds

The Partnership shall segregate the proceeds from the Second Holding I Cash Contribution and the Second Holding II Cash Contribution from the Partnership’s other funds. Such proceeds shall be used only to make certain capital expenditures and the capital expenditures funded from such capital contributions shall not count against the limitations on capital expenditures under the Partnership’s existing bank credit agreement.

3. Representations and Warranties

Each party hereto hereby warrants, represents, and covenants that it is a duly organized and existing partnership or company, has all the powers and authority to carry on the business it now conducts and has the full right, power, and authority to enter into and perform the obligations set forth in this Agreement.

4. General Provisions

4.1 Further Assurances . The parties hereto shall each perform such acts, execute and deliver such instruments and documents, and do all such other things as may be reasonably necessary to accomplish the contributions contemplated in this Agreement.

4.2 Governing Law . This agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida (without regard to principles of conflict of laws).

4.3 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement remain in full force, if the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for each party remain valid, binding and enforceable.

4.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the final agreement by and among the parties, and is the complete and exclusive statement of the parties’ agreement on the matters contained herein. All prior and contemporaneous negotiations and agreements by and among the parties with respect to the matters contained herein are superseded by this Agreement.

4.5 Counterparts . The parties may execute this Agreement in multiple counterparts, each of which constitutes an original as against the party that signed it, and all of which together constitute one agreement. The signatures of all parties need not appear on the same counterpart. The delivery of signed counterparts by facsimile or email transmission that includes a copy of the sending party’s signature is as effective as signing and delivering the counterpart in person.

4.6 Headings . The captions, titles and headings included in this Agreement are for convenience only, and do not affect this Agreement’s construction or interpretation. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section or the Recitals, such reference will be to a Section of this Agreement or the Recitals of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

4.7 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement is binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties to this Agreement.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized and empowered officers and representatives effective as of the date first written above.

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD., a Florida limited partnership
By:   Universal City Florida Holding Co. II, its general partner
  By:   Universal City Property Management II LLC
  By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

  Name:   Thomas L. Williams
  Title:   Chairman and CEO

UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING

CO. II , a Florida general partnership

By:   Universal City Property Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
  By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

  Name:   Thomas L. Williams
  Title:   Chairman and CEO
  BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner

    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

 

4


  BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
  By:  

Blackstone Family Media Partnership III

L.P., its sole member

    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
  BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
  By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P.,

its sole member

   

By:

  Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
  BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A L.L.P., its sole member
   

By:

  Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

 

5


UNIVERSAL CITY FLORIDA HOLDING CO. I, a Florida general partnership
By:   Universal City Property Management II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
  By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Williams

  Name:   Thomas L. Williams
  Title:   Chairman and CEO
  BLACKSTONE UTP OFFSHORE CAPITAL L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   Blackstone UTP Offshore Capital Partners L.P., its sole member
    By:  

Blackstone Media Management

Associates III, L.L.C., its general

partner

    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
  BLACKSTONE FAMILY MEDIA III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
  By:  

Blackstone Family Media Partnership III

L.P., its sole member

    By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

    Name:   Michael Chae
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

 

6


BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL L.L.C., a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners L.P.,

its sole member

  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

  Name:   Michael Chae
  Title:   Senior Managing Director

BLACKSTONE UTP CAPITAL A L.L.C., a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

Blackstone UTP Capital Partners A

L.L.P., its sole member

  By:   Blackstone Media Management Associates III, L.L.C., its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Michael Chae

  Name:   Michael Chae
  Title:   Senior Managing Director

 

7

Exhibit 12.1

 

     Historical     Pro Forma  
     Nine months ending     Fiscal year ended December 31,     Nine months ending     Fiscal year
ended
December 31,
 
     September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008     2007     2006     September 27,
2009
    September 28,
2008
    2008  

Earnings

                

Net income attributable to Partners

   $ 46,516      $ 68,244      $ 75,740      $ 91,888      $ 41,960      $ 21,846      $ 42,567      $ 43,407   

(Income) loss from joint ventures

     (1,601     (2,816     (2,673     (1,724     711        (1,601     (2,816     (2,673

Fixed charges

     88,434        80,217        109,610        110,435        111,362        111,826        104,395        140,009   

Amortization of capitalized interest

     4,925        3,981        6,745        6,929        6,799        4,925        3,981        6,745   

Distributions from joint ventures

     2,540        2,504        3,691        3,681        164        2,540        2,504        3,691   

Capitalized interest

     (10,337     (3,725     (6,020     (1,848     (817     (10,337     (3,725     (6,020
                                                                

Earnings before fixed charges

   $ 130,477      $ 148,405      $ 187,093      $ 209,361      $ 160,179      $ 129,199      $ 146,906      $ 185,159   
                                                                

Fixed Charges

                

Interest expense

   $ 77,239      $ 75,797      $ 102,669      $ 107,906      $ 109,733      $ 100,631      $ 99,975      $ 133,068   

Capitalized interest

     10,337        3,725        6,020        1,848        817        10,337        3,725        6,020   

Interest implicit in rentals

     858        695        921        681        812        858        695        921   
                                                                

Total fixed charges

   $ 88,434      $ 80,217      $ 109,610      $ 110,435      $ 111,362      $ 111,826      $ 104,395      $ 140,009   
                                                                

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.5        1.9        1.7        1.9        1.4        1.2        1.4        1.3   
                                                                

Exhibit 14.1

SECTION 343

MARCH 23, 2007

SUPERCEDES DECEMBER 1, 2003

CODE OF CONDUCT

POLICY: Universal Orlando (the Company”) values its reputation for honesty and integrity and, accordingly, directs all its team members to adhere to the highest moral, legal and ethical standards in the conduct of their business. The Company’s team members, officers and directors (“Team members”) are not permitted to achieve results by unethical or illegal methods, including knowingly engaging in otherwise prohibited activities through third parties such as the team member’s family members or other organizations.

The standards set forth in this Code of Conduct (Code”) are designed to promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, as well as adherence to the highest ethical principles. This Code sets out a set of basic principles and guidelines to guide team members regarding the minimum requirements expected of them; however, this Code does not provide a detailed description of all team member policies. This Code supplements our existing team member handbooks and policies.

It is the responsibility of all persons at the Company to maintain a work environment that fosters fairness, respect and integrity; and it is our Company policy to be lawful, highly-principled and socially responsible in all our business practices. All team members are expected to become familiar with this Code and to apply it in the daily performance of their job responsibilities. All team members of the Company are responsible for complying with this Code.

All team members are expected to seek the advice of their supervisor, manager or other appropriate persons within the Company when questions arise about issues discussed in this Code and any other issues that may implicate the ethical standards or integrity of the Company or any of its team members. Compliance procedures are set forth below under Compliance.”

PURPOSE: To establish a consistent policy for conducting the Company’s business in a legal and ethical manner and preventing possible conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST: A conflict of interest” exists when an team member’s private interest interferes in any way with the interests of the Company.

A conflict situation can arise when a team member takes action or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when a team member or a member of his or her family receives improper personal benefits (including personal loans, services or payment for services that the person is performing in the course of Company business) as a result of his or her position in the Company, or gains personal enrichment through access to confidential information.

Conflicts of interest can arise in many common situations, despite one’s best efforts to avoid them. Team members are encouraged to seek clarification of, and to discuss questions about, potential conflicts of interest with the Company’s Executive Vice President, Human Resources. Any team member who becomes aware of a conflict or potential conflict should bring it to the attention of a supervisor, manager or other appropriate person within the Company, in accordance with the procedures set forth below under Compliance.”

DISCLOSURE: All financial statements and books, records and accounts of the Company must accurately reflect transactions and events and conform both to required legal requirements and accounting principles, and also to the Company’s system of internal accounting. Each team member has the responsibility to ensure that false or intentionally misleading entries are not made by him or her, or anyone who reports to him or her, in the Company’s accounting records. Regardless of whether reporting is required by law, dishonest reporting within the Company or to organizations or


people outside the Company, is strictly prohibited. All team members that are responsible for financial or accounting matters are also required to ensure the full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in all periodic reports filed with or submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company and in other public communications made by the Company.

Any team member in possession of material information must take steps to ensure that it is disclosed to those responsible for the preparation of the Company’s periodic reports and other public disclosures. This commitment and responsibility extends to the highest levels of the Company’s organization, including its President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller.

GENERAL ADMINISTRATION:  The Administration Department is responsible for the administration of this policy and for receiving questions and notification of violations.

 

  1. Prohibited Activities - Examples of activities prohibited by Universal Orlando team members include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  A. The appropriation or conversion of Company property or services to one’s own personal benefit.

 

  B. The submission of fraudulent expense reports.

 

  C. The receiving, offering, promising, soliciting, authorizing or making of any commercial bribe or kickback.

 

  D. Receiving or soliciting payment for confidential information.

 

  E. The giving of Company political contributions without the prior authorization of the Universal Orlando office of Governmental Relations or Political Action Committee.

 

  F. The unauthorized disclosure of confidential or proprietary information or the use or dissemination of such information in a manner which may be detrimental to the Company’s interest.

 

  G. Concurrent employment at a competing Company without prior authorization from the Company’s Executive Vice President, Human Resources.

 

  H. Service as a director on the board of directors of any outside business organization (other than charities, schools and service organizations), without the prior authorization of senior management (not applicable to the Company’s outside directors).

 

  I. The acquisition or disposition of any property or interests on the basis of confidential or proprietary information obtained through the Company or advising third parties to trade in related Company stocks or the stock of other companies on the basis of non-public information.

 

  J. The ownership interest in, or acting in any capacity for, any supplier, contractor or other enterprise with whom the Company does business.

 

  K. The influence of any decision on behalf of the Company regarding any vendor, contractor or other business when the team member’s relatives own an interest in such an enterprise doing business with the Company.

 

  L. Ownership of an interest, other than as a minority shareholder in, or acting in any capacity for, any enterprise in competition with the Company.

 

  M. The appropriation to the team member or diversion to others of any business opportunity in areas where the Company conducts a business or enterprise.


  N. Unauthorized use of the Company’s name as representation in any organization in which the team member participates.

 

  O. Any activities that constitute a conflict of interest.

 

  P. Violating the Company’s sexual harassment policy.

 

  Q. Violating the Company’s policy regarding confidential information.

 

  2. Acceptance of Gifts.

 

  A. Team members are prohibited from accepting gifts, items of entertainment, or promotional items having more than nominal value from public officials or persons with whom the Company does business or is pursuing a business relationship, including vendors, without prior authorization from the team member’s department head (but at least director level). Nominal value is defined as $150.

 

  B. Unsolicited gifts that are shared with a team member’s department (such as holiday gift baskets) shall not result in a violation of this policy.

 

  C. Team member participation in closing dinners or other celebratory events hosted and paid for by a vendor, firm or other organization of which the Company is a client requires prior approval of senior management (Executive or Sr. Vice President for the department or division).

 

  3. Compliance

 

  A. Each team member has a duty to disclose any of his or her own activities which he or she feels raise, or to a reasonable person would raise, questions as to a possible violation of this Code. Such disclosure must be reported to the team member’s immediate supervisor for review prior to the team member engaging in the conduct in question. The supervisor will review the proposed activity with the appropriate senior level management, and, in turn, advise the team member whether a violation exists.

 

  B. Each team member also has the duty to immediately report a possible violation of this Code to his or her immediate supervisor or to the President, Chief Financial Officer or Executive Vice President, Human Resources.

 

  1. The supervisor has a responsibility to immediately inform the appropriate senior level management executives as to the allegations of possible Code violations.

 

  2. It is the responsibility of senior management to conduct a review of such matters and report its findings to its internal auditors.

 

  3. Violation - A violation of the Code may result in disciplinary action, up to an including termination of employment, the Company’s seeking legal action for any financial loss it may have suffered, and/or criminal prosecution.

 

  4. Waiver or Amendment - Any change or waiver of this Code for executive officers (including our Chief Executive officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller or principal accounting officer) may be made only by the Park Advisory Board or a committee thereof and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

Exhibit 14.2

LOGO

Always with unyielding integrity

The Spirit

& The Letter


CONTENTS           
STATEMENT OF INTEGRITY    1      REGULATORY EXCELLENCE    14
THE SPIRIT & THE LETTER:         WORKING WITH CUSTOMERS & SUPPLIERS    16
GUIDING THE WAY WE DO BUSINESS    2      Improper Payments    18
        Supplier Relationships    20
GE CODE OF CONDUCT    3      International Trade Controls    24

YOUR PERSONAL COMMITMENT

  

4

     Money Laundering Prevention    26
        Privacy    28
WHO MUST FOLLOW GE COMPLIANCE POLICIES    5      GOVERNMENT BUSINESS    30
        Working with Governments    32
WHAT EMPLOYEES MUST DO    6     

 

COMPETING GLOBALLY

   34
        Complying with Competition Laws    36
WHAT LEADERS MUST DO    7        
RAISE YOUR VOICE:         IN THE GE COMMUNITY    38

YOUR OBLIGATION TO RAISE INTEGRITY CONCERNS

 

   8

 

     Fair Employment Practices    40
        Environment, Health & Safety    44
        Security & Crisis Management    46
HOW TO RAISE AN INTEGRITY CONCERN    9        
        PROTECTING GE ASSETS    48
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN AN INTEGRITY CONCERN IS RAISED    10      Intellectual Property    50
        Controllership    52
        Conflicts of Interest    56
PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS    11      Insider Trading & Stock Tipping    58
BUSINESS POLICIES AND PROCEDURES    12      INDEX    60
THE SPIRIT & THE LETTER POLICIES    13      APPENDIX: WHICH LAW APPLIES    61

 

 

This booklet is just an introduction to GE compliance policies. The full text of those policies and many other resources are located at integrity.ge.com.


1

 

Statement of integrity

For more than 125 years, GE has demonstrated an unwavering commitment to performance with integrity. At the same time we have expanded into new businesses and new regions and built a great record of sustained growth, we have built a worldwide reputation for lawful and ethical conduct.

This reputation has never been stronger. In several surveys of CEOs, GE has been named the world’s most respected and admired company. We have been ranked first for integrity and governance.

But none of that matters if each of us does not make the right decisions and take the right actions. At a time when many people are more cynical than ever about business, GE must seek to earn this high level of trust every day, employee by employee.

This is why I ask each person in the GE community to make a personal commitment to follow our Code of Conduct. This set of GE policies on key integrity issues guides us in upholding our ethical commitment. All GE employees must comply not only with the letter of these policies, but also their spirit.

If you have a question or concern about what is proper conduct for you or anyone else, promptly raise the issue with your manager, a GE ombudsperson or through one of the many other channels the Company makes available to you. Do not allow anything — not “making the numbers,” competitive instincts or even a direct order from a superior — to compromise your commitment to integrity.

GE leaders are also responsible not only for their own actions but for fostering a culture in which compliance with GE policy and applicable law is at the core of business-specific activities. Leaders must address employees’ concerns about appropriate conduct promptly and with care and respect.

There is no conflict between excellent financial performance and high standards of governance and compliance — in fact, the two are mutually reinforcing. As we focus on becoming the preeminent growth company of the 21st century, we must recognize that only one kind of performance will maintain our reputation, increase our customers’ confidence in us and our products and services, and enable us to continue to grow, and that is performance with integrity.

 

LOGO
Jeffrey R. Immelt
Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer
June 2005


2     The Spirit & The Letter

 

The Spirit & The Letter:

Guiding the way we do business

Every day, everyone at GE has the power to influence our company’s reputation — everywhere we do business. The Spirit & The Letter helps to ensure that, after more than 125 years, we still conduct our affairs with unyielding integrity.

For well over a century, GE employees have worked hard to uphold the highest standards of ethical business conduct. We seek to go beyond simply obeying the law — we embrace the spirit of integrity.

GE’s Code of Conduct articulates that spirit by setting out general principles of conduct everywhere, every day and by every GE employee.

LOGO


GE Code of Conduct

Obey the applicable laws and regulations governing our business conduct worldwide.

Be honest, fair and trustworthy in all your GE activities and relationships.

............

Avoid all conflicts of interest between work and personal affairs.

............

Foster an atmosphere in which fair employment practices extend to every member of the diverse GE community.

............

Strive to create a safe workplace and to protect the environment.

............

Through leadership at all levels, sustain a culture where ethical conduct is recognized, valued and exemplified by all employees.


4     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Your Personal Commitment

You will be asked to acknowledge your awareness that every GE employee must follow The Spirit & The Letter Policies and raise concerns about possible violations of law or policy with a GE manager, company legal counsel, GE auditor, GE ombudsperson or other GE compliance specialist.

For the complete text of policies, visit the GE integrity Web site: integrity.ge.com.


5

 

Who must follow GE compliance policies

 

GE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.

SUBSIDIARIES AND CONTROLLED AFFILIATES Entities in which GE owns more than 50 percent of the voting rights, or has the right to control the entity, are required to adopt and follow GE compliance policies.

NON-CONTROLLED AFFILIATES Non-controlled affiliates should be encouraged to adopt and follow GE compliance policies.

 

THIRD PARTIES REPRESENTING GE GE employees working with third parties, such as consultants, agents, sales representatives, distributors and independent contractors, must:

 

 

require these parties to agree to comply with relevant aspects of GE’s compliance policies

 

 

provide these parties with education and information about policy requirements

 

 

take action, up to and including terminating a contract, after learning that a third party failed to abide by GE’s compliance policies.



6     The Spirit & The Letter

 

What employees must do

All employees can contribute to GE’s culture of compliance by understanding GE’s policies, embracing GE’s commitment to integrity and acting to enforce compliance and avoid violations.

Employee responsibilities are as follows:

 

UNDERSTAND GE POLICIES

 

 

Gain a basic understanding of the policy requirements summarized in this booklet.

 

 

Learn the details of policies relevant to your job.

 

 

Check integrity.ge.com for the complete and up-to-date policies.

 

 

Go to your manager, company legal counsel or other GE resources with any questions about the policies.

 

RAISE YOUR CONCERNS

 

 

Promptly raise any concerns about potential violations of any GE policy.

 

 

Understand the different channels for raising integrity concerns: ombudsperson, manager, GE lawyer, GE auditor or other compliance resource.

 

 

If a concern you raise is not resolved, pursue the issue! Raise it through another of GE’s channels.

 

 

Cooperate in GE investigations related to integrity concerns.



7

 

What leaders must do

A leader must: create a culture of compliance in which employees understand their responsibilities and feel comfortable raising concerns without fear of retaliation; encourage ethical conduct and compliance with the law by personally leading compliance efforts; consider compliance efforts when evaluating and rewarding employees; and ensure that employees understand that business results are never more important than ethical conduct and compliance with GE policies.

Leaders must also take the following steps to build an infrastructure to prevent, detect and respond to compliance issues:

 

PREVENT COMPLIANCE ISSUES

 

 

Identify business compliance risks.

 

 

Ensure that processes, tailored to address your particular risk areas, are communicated and implemented.

 

 

Provide education on GE policies and applicable law to employees and (where appropriate) board members and third parties.

 

 

Commit adequate resources to your business’s compliance program.

DETECT COMPLIANCE ISSUES

 

 

Implement control measures, such as “dashboards” and “scorecards,” to detect heightened compliance risks and/or violations.

 

 

Promote an effective ombudsperson system.

 

 

Ensure that periodic compliance reviews are conducted, with the assistance of business compliance leaders and/or the Corporate Audit Staff.

RESPOND TO COMPLIANCE ISSUES

 

 

Take prompt corrective action to fix identified compliance weaknesses.

 

 

Take appropriate disciplinary action.

 

 

Consult with GE legal counsel and make appropriate disclosures to regulators and law enforcement authorities.



8     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Raise Your Voice:

Your obligation to raise integrity concerns

Raising an integrity concern protects the GE community: our company, our colleagues and our stakeholders.

If you have a concern about compliance with GE policy, you have a responsibility to raise that concern.

 

RAISE CONCERNS EARLY.

The longer we wait to address a concern, the worse it may become.

YOU MAY REMAIN ANONYMOUS.

However, if you identify yourself, we are able to follow up with you and provide feedback.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY IS RESPECTED.

Your identity and the information you provide will be shared only on a “need-to-know” basis with those responsible for resolving the concern.

RETALIATION VIOLATES GE POLICY.

GE absolutely prohibits retaliation against anyone for raising or helping to address an integrity concern. Retaliation is grounds for discipline up to and including dismissal.


 

 

You can raise a concern orally or in writing.

If you prefer, you can do it anonymously.


9

 

How to raise an integrity concern

GE offers several channels for raising concerns. Use the channel that is most comfortable for you.

WITHIN YOUR BUSINESS

Generally, your supervisor or manager will be in the best position to resolve an integrity concern quickly. However, your direct supervisor is not your only option. Other resources include:

 

Your compliance leader or auditor

Company legal counsel

 

Next level of management

Your business ombudsperson or integrity helpline (listed at integrity.ge.com )


 

GE CORPORATE OMBUDSPERSON

The GE Ombudsperson process allows you to voice your integrity questions and concerns, anonymously if you choose, and you will receive a response.

 

P.O. Box 911

Fairfield, CT 06430

U.S.A.

800-227-5003 (U.S.A. only) or

8*229-2603 or

(1) 203-373-2603


 

ombudsperson@corporate.ge.com

GE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

You may report concerns about GE’s accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, as well as other concerns, to the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee.

 

GE Board of Directors

General Electric Company (W2E)

3135 Easton Turnpike

Fairfield, CT 06828 U.S.A.

800-417-0575 (U.S.A. only)

(1) 203-373-2652

directors@corporate.ge.com


 

 

Speak up, ask questions, get answers. If your concern is not addressed, raise it to one of the other channels.


10     The Spirit & The Letter

 

What happens when an integrity concern is raised

Concerns about compliance with GE policy will be investigated. GE’s investigation process includes:

 

1. ASSIGNING AN INVESTIGATION TEAM

Experts with the right knowledge and objectivity are assigned to investigate.

 

2. CONDUCTING AN INVESTIGATION

The team determines the facts through interviews and/or review of documents.

 

3. CORRECTIVE ACTION

If necessary, the team recommends corrective actions to the appropriate managers for implementation.

 

4. FEEDBACK

The person raising the concern receives feedback on the outcome.


11

 

Penalties for violations

Employees and leaders who violate the spirit or letter of GE’s policies are subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Misconduct that may result in discipline includes:

 

 

Violating GE policy

 

 

Requesting others to violate GE policy

 

 

Failure to promptly raise a known or suspected violation of GE policy

 

 

Failure to cooperate in GE investigations of possible policy violations

 

Retaliation against another employee for reporting an integrity concern

 

 

Failure to demonstrate leadership and diligence to ensure compliance with GE policies and law


 

GE absolutely prohibits retaliation


12     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Business policies and procedures

Your business may issue its own policies and procedures. You must follow those policies and procedures in addition to those described in this guide.

 

 

IMPORTANT This guide and the policies described in it are not an employment contract. GE does not create any contractual rights by issuing this guide or the policies.


Introduction: Regulatory Excellence

Working With Customers & Suppliers

Government Business

Competing Globally

In the GE Community

Protecting GE Assets

The Spirit

& The Letter

Policies

LOGO


14     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Regulatory excellence

Virtually all of our Spirit & Letter policies are based on government laws and regulations. These regulations impact every GE business and every GE employee. Regulators establish and defi ne the rules that we must comply with to conduct business. Effectively engaging with regulators as they establish regulations and assuring compliance with these regulations are critical to maintaining GE’s reputation for integrity.

Today’s regulatory environment is becoming more and more challenging. GE is subject to a growing number of regulations and enforcement activities around the world. This environment demands that every employee and leader be aware, knowledgeable and committed to regulatory excellence.


15

 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALL EMPLOYEES

 

 

Be knowledgeable about and comply with the Spirit & Letter policies that affect your job responsibilities.

 

 

Be aware of the specific regulatory requirements of the country and region where you work and that affect your business.

 

 

Gain a basic understanding of the key regulators (who they are) and the regulatory priorities (what they require) that affect your business and your work.

 

 

Promptly report any red flags or potential issues that may lead to a regulatory compliance breach.

 

 

Always treat regulators professionally, with courtesy and respect.

 

 

Assure that you coordinate with business or corporate experts when working with or responding to requests of regulators.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALL LEADERS

Leaders have the following special responsibilities for regulatory compliance:

LEAD

 

 

Assure that you and your team are engaged in addressing regulatory policy, meeting regulatory requirements and managing regulatory risks.

 

 

Embed regulatory requirements into key operating processes. (e.g., Growth Playbook, Session C and Session D)

ASSESS

 

 

Determine the key regulators and regulatory requirements that affect your business operations globally.

RESOURCE

 

 

Assign owners for all regulatory risk areas and assure that they coordinate with any relevant government relations and corporate regulatory specialists.

 

 

Confirm that the right domain expertise exists to effectively manage regulatory relationships and compliance.

ANTICIPATE

Implement effective processes that alert you to new and changing regulations. Include regulation in your risk assessments.

RELATE

 

 

Develop and maintain effective relationships with regulators in coordination with government relations and compliance experts.

 

 

Work proactively with regulators on the development of regulations that achieve policy objectives efficiently and effectively.

CONTROL

Monitor execution and conduct audits to assure that processes which support regulatory relationships and compliance are operating effectively.



LOGO

Section One

Improper Payments

Supplier Relationships

International Trade Controls

Money Laundering Prevention

Privacy

Working With Customers & Suppliers


LOGO

17

An overseas customer has been invited to travel to visit our training facility at GE expense, but also wants to add a weekend side trip to visit Universal Studios.

Can we fund the whole trip?

SEE PAGE 18: IMPROPER PAYMENTS

Your low-cost supplier offers good quality and reliable delivery at prices that can’t be beat. But you are uncomfortable with the working and living conditions it provides its workers.

Shrug it off, or make an issue of it?

SEE PAGE 20: SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS

Working With

Customers & Suppliers


18     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Improper Payments

WHAT TO KNOW

An improper payment to gain advantage in any situation is never acceptable and exposes you and GE to possible criminal prosecution. GE expressly prohibits improper payments in all business dealings, in every country around the world, with both governments and the private sector.

Improper payments should not be confused with reasonable and limited expenditures for gifts, business entertainment and customer travel and living expenses directly related to the promotion of products or services or the execution of a contract. These payments are acceptable, subject to specific GE corporate and business guidelines.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 17 It depends on many factors, including whether your customer is a government official, the local law, the customer’s policies, your business’s guidelines and other facts. You must consult with GE counsel and your manager to determine whether the trip is acceptable.


19

WHAT TO DO

 

BEFORE GIVING A GIFT, engaging in customer entertainment or reimbursing customer travel expenses, make sure you understand applicable legal requirements, the customer’s own rules and GE corporate and business guidelines.

MAKE SURE RECORDS OF SUCH EXPENDITURES accurately reflect the true nature of the transaction.

NEVER OFFER A BUSINESS COURTESY, such as a gift, contribution or entertainment, under circumstances that might create the appearance of an impropriety.

NEVER OFFER, PROMISE, PAY OR AUTHORIZE anything of value (such as money, goods or services) to a government official or employee of a customer to obtain or retain an improper advantage.

NEVER GIVE A GRATUITY or other payment to government officials or employees to expedite a routine administrative action without fully disclosing it to the GE National Executive or GE legal counsel. Some national laws that prohibit bribery outside that nation include an exception for “facilitating payments” to expedite a routine administrative action to which a person is otherwise entitled. These payments are often illegal under local anti-bribery laws, and GE strongly discourages them. Make sure you understand the difference between a bribe — corruptly giving someone else a thing of value in exchange for exercising discretion in your favor — and a facilitating payment, which involves the payment of a small amount of money to expedite a routine action to which you are entitled.

NEVER CONTRIBUTE COMPANY FUNDS or other company assets for political purposes in the United States

without the prior approval of GE’s Vice President for Government Relations. Never contribute company funds or other company assets for political purposes outside the United States without the approval of both GE’s Vice President for Government Relations and GE’s Vice President for International Law and Policy.

REQUIRE ANY PERSON OR FIRM WHO REPRESENTS GE (such as a consultant, agent, sales representative, distributor or contractor) to comply with this policy and related laws.

FOLLOW YOUR BUSINESS’S DUE DILIGENCE PROCEDURES when selecting persons or firms to represent GE.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

BACKGROUND INFORMATION about existing or potential third-party representatives that indicates:

 

 

allegations of improper business practices

 

 

reputation for bribes

 

 

family or other relationship that could improperly influence the

   

decision of a customer or government official

ANY DEMAND to receive a commission payment before the announcement of an award decision

ANY SUGGESTION TO DIRECT GE BUSINESS

through a specific representative or partner due to a “special relationship”

ANY REQUEST to make a payment in a country or to a name not related to the transaction.

A COMMISSION that is disproportionate to the services provided


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


20     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Supplier Relationships

WHAT TO KNOW

GE’s relationships with suppliers are based on lawful, efficient and fair practices. We expect our suppliers to obey the laws that require them to treat workers fairly, provide a safe and healthy work environment and protect environmental quality. Following GE guidelines helps ensure that our supplier relationships will not damage GE’s reputation.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 17 Don’t shrug it off. It’s a big issue — GE’s reputation depends on doing business only with suppliers that deal responsibly with their workers and with their local environments.


21

WHAT TO DO

 

COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAWS and government regulations covering supplier relationships.

DO BUSINESS only with suppliers that comply with local and other applicable legal requirements and GE guidelines relating to labor, the environment, health and safety. Follow the procedures set out in GE’s Supplier Reputational Guidelines, found at integrity.ge.com.

FOLLOW GOVERNMENT ACQUISITION REGULATIONS when purchasing materials and services for fulfilling government contracts.

PROVIDE A COMPETITIVE OPPORTUNITY for suppliers to earn a share of GE’s purchasing volume, including small businesses and businesses owned by the disadvantaged, minorities, women and disabled veterans.

 

SAFEGUARD GE’S CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION with a confidentiality agreement, and safeguard any supplier-provided information protected by any confidentiality agreement.

SAFEGUARD “PERSONAL DATA” obtained from suppliers (for instructions, see “Privacy” on page 28).


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

CHOOSING SUPPLIERS on any basis other than open, competitive bidding

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST in supplier selection, such as accepting improper gifts or other items of value

DIRECTING BUSINESS TO A SUPPLIER owned or managed by a relative or close friend

 

UNSAFE CONDITIONS in supplier facilities

SUPPLIER EMPLOYEES who appear to be underage or subject to coercion

APPARENT DISREGARD of environmental standards in supplier facilities

 

ENTRUSTING “PERSONAL DATA” or confidential information to suppliers without ensuring that they have appropriate technical, physical, and organizational measures to prevent unauthorized access or use


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


LOGO

22 The Spirit & The Letter

You seek lower-cost suppliers in key areas and have found a non-domestic supplier that looks promising.

Can you e-mail technical drawings to see if this new company has the capabilities you need?

SEE PAGE 24:

INTERNATIONAL TRADE CONTROLS

A representative from a potential new customer or supplier has given you his card, containing his name and contact details.

Is it OK to put this information in a database where other GE personnel can access it?

SEE PAGE 28: PRIVACY


LOGO

23

A longtime GE customer recently opened a new import/export company in Nevada. Her company wants to purchase medical equipment for a private clinic in the Middle East. She offers to pay via a wire transfer from an account held in the name of a British Virgin Islands company at a bank located in a Pacific island nation.

Should I be suspicious?

SEE PAGE 26:

MONEY LAUNDERING PREVENTION

Working With Customers & Suppliers


24     The Spirit & The Letter

 

International Trade Controls

WHAT TO KNOW

International trade control (ITC) laws affect the transmission of goods, services and technology across national borders. These laws apply to many aspects of GE’s operations — not just shipping products. Exchanges of information across national boundaries, including e-mail and web access, are subject to trade controls. The United States also controls the release of technical information to non-U.S. nationals within the United States. It is important that we carefully observe ITC laws in connection with these activities.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 22 It depends on the export classification of the technical information and your business’s “Know Your Supplier” policy — check with your business’s ITC expert for specific guidance.


25

WHAT TO DO

 

FOLLOW RELEVANT ITC REGULATIONS of all countries in which you operate and your business’s own ITC procedures as they relate to importing and exporting goods, technology, software, services and financial transactions.

REPORT ALL RELEVANT INFORMATION to your import manager to ensure accurate and complete import declarations. Ensure GE or its agent provides accurate and complete information to government authorities.

 

CHECK THE EXPORT CLASSIFICATION of the product, software or technology prior to export to determine whether special authorization is required.

SCREEN YOUR TRANSACTIONS against all applicable rules that restrict transactions with certain sanctioned countries, persons and prohibited end uses.

SCREEN ALL YOUR BUSINESS PARTNERS, suppliers and parties involved in your international transactions against government-provided watch-lists. Follow your business’s “Know Your Customer/Know Your Supplier” procedures.

 

DO NOT COOPERATE WITH ANY RESTRICTIVE TRADE PRACTICE or boycott that is prohibited or penalized under U.S. or applicable local laws.

CONSULT WITH YOUR MANAGER if a transaction involves a conflict between U.S. law and applicable local laws, such as the laws adopted by Canada, Mexico and the members of the European Union blocking certain U.S. restrictions.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

ANY FACTS, SOMETIMES KNOWN AS “RED FLAGS,” that suggest your customer may be attempting to evade ITC laws (a complete list of “Red Flags” is available from the International Law & Policy site found at integrity.ge.com)

EVASIVE, RELUCTANT OR OTHERWISE UNSATISFACTORY ANSWERS by a customer to questions about end use, end user, delivery dates or delivery locations

INVOLVEMENT OF PARTIES OR ACTIVITIES suspected of any connection with the development of biological, chemical or nuclear weapons, or ballistic missiles

 

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING AN EMBARGOED COUNTRY, a citizen or representative of an embargoed country or an individual or entity subject to government sanction

INVOICES ON IMPORTED GOODS where the price shown does not reflect the full value, the description of the goods is not complete, or the country of origin is not correctly identified

ANY PAYMENT TO THE EXPORTER or benefiting the exporter that is not included in the invoice price or otherwise reported

 

TRANSFER PRICES between related parties that fail to cover appropriate costs and profits

USE OF AN IMPORT TARIFF CLASSIFICATION that does not seem to describe the imported goods accurately

DESIGNATION OF GE AS THE IMPORTER OF RECORD (party responsible for an importation) without maintaining necessary processes to comply with import laws

ENTRY OF GOODS UNDER A PREFERENTIAL DUTY PROGRAM (GSP, NAFTA, ETC.) without supportive procedures assuring compliance with the program’s requirements


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


26     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Money Laundering Prevention

WHAT TO KNOW

People involved in criminal activity — e.g., terrorism, narcotics, bribery, and fraud — may try to “launder” the proceeds of their crimes to hide them or make them appear legitimate. More than 100 countries now have laws against money laundering, which prohibit conducting transactions that involve proceeds of criminal activities. A related concern is that legitimate funds may be used to finance terrorist activity — sometimes called “reverse” money laundering.

GE is committed to complying fully with all anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws throughout the world. GE will conduct business only with reputable customers involved in legitimate business activities, with funds derived from legitimate sources. Each GE business is required to implement risk-based “Know Your Customer” due diligence procedures calibrated to the risk in question, and to take reasonable steps to prevent and detect unacceptable and suspicious forms of payment. Failing to detect customer relationships and transactions that place GE at risk can severely damage GE’s integrity and reputation.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 23 Yes, you should be suspicious if a transaction involves transferring funds to or from countries or entities unrelated to the transaction or not logical for the customer. Moreover, requests to transfer money to third parties also raise red flags that need to be investigated to ensure the legitimacy of the transaction. Consult with company counsel or a GE anti-money laundering specialist before proceeding.


27

WHAT TO DO

 

COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS and regulations that prohibit money laundering and support and financing of terrorism, and that require the reporting of cash or suspicious transactions. Understand how these laws apply to your business.

FOLLOW YOUR BUSINESS’S “KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER” PROCEDURES. Collect and understand documentation about prospective customers, agents and business partners to ensure that they

are involved in legitimate business activities and their funds come from legitimate sources.

FOLLOW YOUR BUSINESS’S RULES concerning acceptable forms of payment. Learn the types of payments that have become associated with money laundering (for example, multiple money orders or travelers checks, or checks on behalf of a customer from an unknown third party).

IF YOU ENCOUNTER A WARNING SIGN of suspicious activity, raise your concern with a designated GE anti-money laundering compliance specialist or company legal counsel and be sure to resolve your concern promptly before proceeding further with the transaction. Ensure the resolution is well documented.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

A CUSTOMER, AGENT OR PROPOSED BUSINESS PARTNER who is reluctant to provide complete information, provides insufficient, false or suspicious information, or is anxious to avoid reporting or record keeping requirements

PAYMENTS using monetary instruments that appear to have no identifiable link to the customer, or have been identified as money laundering mechanisms

ATTEMPTS BY A CUSTOMER or proposed business partner to pay in cash

EARLY REPAYMENT of a loan in cash or cash equivalents

ORDERS, PURCHASES OR PAYMENTS that are unusual or inconsistent with the customer’s trade or business

UNUSUALLY COMPLEX DEAL STRUCTURES, payment patterns that reflect no real business purpose, or unusually favorable payment terms

UNUSUAL FUND TRANSFERS to or from countries unrelated to the transaction or not logical for the customer

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING LOCATIONS identified as secrecy havens or areas of known terrorist activity, narcotics trafficking or money laundering activity

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING FOREIGN SHELL OR OFFSHORE BANKS, unlicensed money remitters or currency exchangers, or non-bank financial intermediaries

STRUCTURING OF TRANSACTIONS TO EVADE RECORD KEEPING or reporting requirements (for example, multiple transactions below the reportable threshold amounts)

REQUESTS TO TRANSFER MONEY or return deposits to a third party or unknown or unrecognized account


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


28     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Privacy

WHAT TO KNOW

A growing number of countries are more stringently regulating the collection and use of consumers’ “personal data” (names, home and office contact information, and other data). In addition, many countries regulate personal data of company representatives in business-to-business transactions. A few countries even regulate the privacy of information relating to corporations. GE is committed to handling personal data responsibly and in compliance with applicable privacy laws.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 22 If you collected this data in a country regulated by a “personal data protection” law — for example, most countries in Europe — you may be prohibited by law from using or sharing the information where the person to whom the data pertains has not granted express consent. If you are not sure, consult with the Chief Privacy Leader for your business listed on the Privacy site at Support Central.


29

WHAT TO DO

 

LEARN AND COMPLY with the following as they apply to personal data including:

 

 

applicable laws and regulations of jurisdictions from which the personal data is collected and in which it is processed or used.

 

 

the privacy policies of GE and your business.

 

 

any contractual obligations that apply.

COLLECT, PROCESS AND USE PERSONAL DATA for legitimate business purposes only.

USE “ANONYMOUS” DATA (names removed and not identifiable) or “aggregated” data (summarized so as not to be identifiable to an individual) instead of personal data where appropriate or required.

LIMIT ACCESS to personal data to individuals who need it for a legitimate business purpose.

USE CARE to prevent unauthorized access in processing of personal data or accidental loss or destruction of personal data.

IF YOU LEARN THAT PERSONAL DATA HAS BEEN USED IN VIOLATION of this policy or your business’s privacy implementing procedures, or if you learn that the security of any system or device containing personal data has been compromised, immediately notify your manager, business Privacy Leader or company legal counsel.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

INADEQUATE ACCESS OR SECURITY CONTROLS for personal data, such as e-mailing or otherwise distributing personal data to a larger group than legitimately needed, or leaving printouts with personal data at a printer, copy machine or fax machine for others to see

SHARING OF PERSONAL DATA with unaffiliated third parties, such as vendors or suppliers, who lack appropriate security safeguards or restrictions on information use

 

TRANSFERS OF PERSONAL DATA between countries, without considering applicable legal requirements


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


LOGO

Section Two

Working with Governments

Government Business


LOGO

31

We are entitled to a large payment from a government customer if we certify that project installation has been completed. We’re not sure whether a few small items have been installed yet, but they should be soon. It’s getting close to year-end, and we’d like to book the payment.

Can we submit our invoice and certification now?

SEE PAGE 32:

WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

Government Business


32     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Working with Governments

WHAT TO KNOW

GE conducts business with national governments and government-owned enterprises. In the course of our work, we frequently interact with government agencies, officials and public international agencies. In every instance, GE employees must apply the highest ethical standards and comply with applicable laws and regulations, including certain special requirements associated with government transactions.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 31 No, you cannot submit the invoice and certification until you are certain that the entire installation has been completed in accordance with the contract. Submission of an incorrect certification could subject the company, and you personally, to criminal penalties. Therefore, it is extremely important that all certifications submitted to the government be current, accurate and complete.


33

WHAT TO DO

 

ABIDE BY APPLICABLE LAWS and regulations relating to working with governments, particularly special requirements associated with government contracts and transactions.

REQUIRE anyone providing goods or services for GE on a government project or contract — such as consultants, sales representatives, distributors or suppliers — to agree to comply with the intent of GE’s Working with Governments policy.

BE TRUTHFUL AND ACCURATE when dealing with government officials and agencies.

ADOPT PROCESSES THAT ENSURE reports, certifications, statements and proposals are current, accurate and complete and that contract requirements are adequately identified and communicated to the responsible parties.

DO NOT MAKE ANY UNAUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS for contracted goods and services or deviate from contract requirements without the written approval of the authorized government official.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS that apply to transactions with governments, including commercial transactions between private parties financed by government agencies such as the EX-IM Bank, U.S. Agency for International Development, the European Union or the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development

INCORRECT OR UNAUTHORIZED COST-CHARGING on government contracts

DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS or unauthorized contract substitutions, such as failure to perform required tests and inspections

SUBMISSION OF INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE cost or pricing data when this data is required by the government

VIOLATING GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS that establish gratuity restrictions, recruiting and hiring restrictions, or certification procedures

ACCEPTING INFORMATION about a government’s competitive selection of a supplier, or a competitor’s bid or proposal (unless the contracting officer or agency leader has specifically and lawfully authorized the information’s release)

NEGOTIATING FOR EMPLOYMENT with a government official or government official’s family members while the official has the ability to influence decision-making about contracts with the government


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


LOGO

Section Three

Complying with Competition Laws

Competing Globally


LOGO

35

There is a big account I think my business could land — but only if we partner with one of our competitors to go after it.

Can we work together without violating the competition laws, or should I let this opportunity pass?

SEE PAGE 36:

COMPLYING WITH COMPETITION LAWS

Competing Globally


36     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Complying with Competition Laws

WHAT TO KNOW

Competition and antitrust laws:

 

 

Prohibit agreements or understandings between competitors that undermine competition;

 

 

Regulate the behavior of dominant companies; and

 

 

Require prior review and in some instances clearance for mergers, acquisitions and certain other transactions, in order to prevent transactions that would substantially reduce competition.

These laws are complex, and global in reach, and can operate differently in any particular situation. Your business provides specific guidelines on addressing contacts with competitors, obtaining and handling data about competitors, and participating in trade and professional associations and standards setting and product certification organizations. In addition, it is often essential that you involve legal counsel early in the process of developing new commercial initiatives given the many uncertainties that arise in the application of these laws.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 35 Partnering with a competitor for a specific project may be permissible when the result is an improvement in the solution offered to the customer; for example, when both companies together can provide an offering that neither would be able to supply separately. Always seek legal advice before agreeing to work with a competitor on a joint proposal.


37

WHAT TO DO

 

COMPLY with all applicable competition laws and regulations as well as competition law decrees, orders and agreements with any competition regulator about how business will be conducted.

REVIEW AND UNDERSTAND both GE and business-specific policies and procedures, and if you have questions or issues, bring them up with company legal counsel.

DO NOT propose or enter into agreements or understandings — expressed or implied, formal or informal, written or oral — with any competitor regarding any aspect of the competition between GE and the competitor. Do not discuss with a competitor or competitor representative:

 

 

prices

 

 

bids

 

 

sales territories, allocation of customers or product lines

 

 

terms or conditions of sale

 

 

production, sales capacity or volume

 

 

costs, profits or profit margins

 

 

market share

 

 

product or service offerings

 

 

customer or supplier classification

 

 

distribution methods

DO NOT propose or enter into agreements with anyone (including competitors, agents, brokers or customers) regarding whether to submit a bid or the terms of a bid where there is an understanding that the bid is submitted for any purpose other than winning the business.

AVOID CONTACTS of any kind with competitors that could create the appearance of improper agreements or understandings.

 

DO NOT propose or enter into agreements or understandings with customers that restrict the price or other terms at which the customer may resell or lease a product or service to a third party.

DO NOT propose or enter into agreements or understandings with suppliers that restrict the price or other terms at which GE may resell or lease any product or service.

CONSULT with company legal counsel to help reduce the risks of noncompliance in the evaluation of any proposed merger, acquisition, joint venture or any other business arrangement that could raise competition law issues (examples of arrangements that need to be discussed with counsel are listed in “What to Watch Out For” below).


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

EXCLUSIVE ARRANGEMENTS for the purchase or sale of products or services

BUNDLING of goods and services

AGREEMENTS THAT RESTRICT A CUSTOMER’S CHOICES in using or reselling a GE product or service

 

TECHNOLOGY LICENSING agreements that restrict the freedom of the licensee or licensor

SELECTIVE PRICE DISCOUNTING to only certain customers

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS with competitors

 

AGREEMENTS TO ADD A GE EMPLOYEE to another entity’s board of directors


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


LOGO

Section Four

Fair Employment Practices Environment, Health & Safety Security & Crisis Management

In the GE Community


LOGO

I’m disabled and required to attend an offsite meeting that is not physically accessible for me.

Don’t I have rights offsite?

SEE PAGE 40:

FAIR EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES

In the GE Community


40     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Fair Employment Practices

WHAT TO KNOW

Fair employment practices do more than keep GE in compliance with applicable labor and employment laws. They contribute to a culture of respect. GE is committed to complying with all laws pertaining to freedom of association, privacy, collective bargaining, immigration, working time, wages and hours, as well as laws prohibiting forced, compulsory and child labor and employment discrimination. Beyond legal compliance, we strive to create an environment considerate of all employees wherever GE business is being conducted.

 

LOGO   A NSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 39 Yes. Reasonable accommodations should be made to provide access and facilitate full participation in the meeting, or alternative arrangements should be made for you.


41

WHAT TO DO

 

BASE EMPLOYMENT DECISIONS on job qualifications (e.g., education, prior experience) and merit. Merit includes an individual’s skills, performance, values, leadership and other job-related criteria.

MAKE ALL EMPLOYMENT RELATED DECISIONS AND ACTIONS without regard to a person’s race, color, religion, national origin, sex (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law.

 

PROVIDE A WORK ENVIRONMENT free of improper harassment and bullying.

RESPECT THE PRIVACY RIGHTS of employees by using, maintaining and transferring personal data in accordance with GE’s Employment Data Protection Standards and related procedures found at integrity.ge.com. (While seeking to maintain employee privacy, GE reserves the right to monitor use of company property, including computers, e-mail, phones, proprietary information, etc., in accordance with applicable law.)

 

TAKE LAWFUL AFFIRMATIVE ACTIONS in the United States, and elsewhere if required by local law, to increase opportunities in employment for women, minorities, people with disabilities and certain veterans.

IF A CONFLICT ARISES between the requirements of this policy and the laws, customs or practices of a particular area, consult with management and company legal counsel to determine the most appropriate course of action.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

A HOSTILE WORK ENVIRONMENT (for example, telling jokes or displaying materials that ridicule or offend a member of a particular race or ethnic group)

MAKING UNWELCOME SEXUAL ADVANCES to another employee or person with whom you work

 

VIOLATING A LABOR LAW in your country (for example, hiring a child under the legal minimum age)

REFUSING TO WORK, or otherwise cooperate with, certain individuals because of their race, religion, sex, or other characteristic protected by law

 

DISCLOSING EMPLOYMENT DATA to a person who does not have the business need, authority or the subject’s consent

TAKING AN ADVERSE ACTION against an employee (e.g., firing) because the employee has raised a concern about a violation of policy or law


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


LOGO

42 The Spirit & The Letter


LOGO

You’re dispatched to rewire a customer’s failing electrical system. Unfortunately, the customer cannot completely shut down the system for repairs as planned. You accomplish most of the job by shutting down parts of the system as needed. Finally, all that remains is some simple rewiring that requires a more disruptive shut-down. The customer asks you, as a favor, to do this work with no shut-down. You feel confident that you can do it with minimal risk.

Can you do the customer this favor?

SEE PAGE 44:

ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY

A new customer wants to place a big order with GE, provided the equipment can be shipped to them overnight. That doesn’t give us enough time to do the required Watchlist screening.

Can I ship the equipment today and check the Watchlists tomorrow?

SEE PAGE 46: SECURITY & CRISIS MANAGEMENT

In the GE Community


44     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Environment, Health & Safety

WHAT TO KNOW

Protecting the environment and the health and safety of employees is the law — and GE believes it’s also the right thing to do. Through management leadership and employee commitment, GE works to conduct its operations in a safe manner that minimizes environmental impact. This policy affects all company activities — not just managing our waste and emissions, but everything we do — for example, selling products, driving a car on company business, acquiring a new business or providing customer service.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 43 Absolutely not. Both GE policy and safe work practices require that energized machinery be de-energized before work is commenced.


45

 

WHAT TO DO

COMPLY with all applicable environmental health and safety (“EHS”) laws and regulations, and GE EHS policies.

CREATE AND MAINTAIN a safe working environment and prevent workplace injuries.

ASSESS EHS LEGAL AND REPUTATIONAL RISKS before starting a new activity, venture or project, selling a new product, acquiring a new business or participating in a hazardous business.

CONSIDER EHS IMPACTS in the design and production of GE’s products and services as part of evaluating the “life cycle” of our products.

ELIMINATE UNREASONABLE EHS RISKS from GE’s facilities, products, services and activities.

AS PRACTICABLE, REDUCE TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; prevent pollution; and conserve, recover and recycle materials, water and energy.

CONTINUE TO IMPROVE OUR EHS SYSTEMS and performance as an integral part of GE’s operational strategy.

PRESENT IDEAS that support the goals of this policy to your manager or your business’s EHS manager.

PROMPTLY ALERT YOUR MANAGER or EHS contact of unlawful or unsafe conditions.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

UNSAFE ACTIVITIES AND CONDITIONS, such as:

 

 

failure to use personal protective equipment (shoes, safety glasses, hearing protection, gloves, monitors, etc.)

 

 

unlabeled or unapproved chemicals

 

 

exposed or unsafe wiring

 

 

blocked fire or emergency exits

 

 

unsafe driving, or failure to wear seat belts or follow GE’s driving policies

 

 

working in high places without fall protection

 

 

working beneath heavy, suspended loads, or improperly using cranes

 

 

working on electrical or powered equipment without following safety (e.g. “lock-out, tag-out”) procedures

 

 

working unsafely at a customer site

 

 

potential exposure to serious infectious diseases

 

 

disabling safety controls or guarding on equipment and machinery

FAILURE TO COMPLY with health, safety or environmental regulations and procedures

EHS COMPLAINTS from employees, customers or neighbors

UNREPORTED environmental, health or safety hazards or accidents

FAILING TO RESPOND promptly to concerns about possible product safety issues

MISSED OPPORTUNITIES for reducing waste and toxic materials

 

FAILING TO FOLLOW GE POLICIES for the management, shipping, transportation, import/export and disposal of hazardous materials and chemicals

RISKS AND LIABILITY associated with new acquisitions as well as both new and existing products, processes, services and ventures that present increased legal liability and reputational risk

INADEQUATE SECURITY procedures or practices that may present safety threats to a facility and/ or employees

NEW PRODUCTS, processes, ventures or acquisitions that present increased legal liability and reputational risk


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


46     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Security & Crisis Management

WHAT TO KNOW

In an age of increasing terrorist threats, protecting the security of our people, workplaces, information and businesses is critical. It starts with every business implementing a rigorous and comprehensive security and crisis management (SCM) plan. GE’s SCM plan includes measures for preventing terrorist and other criminal acts covering our employees, facilities, information, information technology (IT) infrastructure, business continuity and crisis management. In addition, employees must take every precaution to avoid doing business with terrorists or those that support terrorist activity.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 43 No, don’t ship the equipment until the screening is done. GE cannot agree to do business with a customer, supplier or any other third party until after all required Watchlist screening has been completed


47

 

WHAT TO DO

IMPLEMENT RIGOROUS PLANS to address the security of employees, facilities, information, IT assets and business continuity.

PARTICIPATE IN your business’s emergency planning and emergency drills.

COMPLY WITH the entry and exit rules at GE facilities, including wearing the appropriate badge.

PROTECT ACCESS to GE facilities from all but authorized personnel.

PROTECT IT ASSETS from theft or misappropriation.

 

CREATE AND MAINTAIN a safe working environment — this includes identifying and reporting indicators of workplace violence.

COMPLY WITH global immigration rules when traveling internationally, and ensure that employees or visitors who work for you or are closely associated with your business also comply.

COMPLY WITH all GE international travel policies. Obtain appropriate pre-clearances to designated countries.

CONDUCT appropriate background checks on new hires and contractors, wherever allowed by law.

ENSURE PROPER BUSINESS continuity plans are prepared for an emergency.

SCREEN all customers, suppliers, agents and dealers against appropriate terrorist Watchlists.

REPORT ANY APPARENT security lapses to your manager, Crisis Management Leader or GE Ombudsperson.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

INDIVIDUALS AT GE FACILITIES not wearing appropriate badges

UNSECURE IT ASSETS, such as laptops, servers, etc.

INADEQUATE PROTECTION of hazardous materials

 

UNSECURE AREAS OF A FACILITY where only authorized personnel are allowed to enter

SECURITY COMPLAINTS from employees, customers or neighbors

 

UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY to a facility

DOING BUSINESS with a customer, supplier or any third party without sufficient screening


 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


LOGO

Section Five

Intellectual Property

Controllership

Conflicts of Interest

Insider Trading & Stock Tipping

Protect GE Assets


LOGO

49

One of our products will soon have a new feature that will really help it outperform the competition. A big customer of mine is pressing me to describe the new feature to her now, because she needs to make her buying decisions this week. I know GE wants to patent the feature, but I’m not sure the application has been filed yet.

Can I show the customer the new feature?

SEE PAGE 50:

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

I’d like to persuade my customer to purchase a new product before they really need it, because it will help me exceed my quarterly sales goals.

I could offer them a discount, and we could hold the product at our plant until they need it.

If the customer agrees, can I do this?

SEE PAGE 52: CONTROLLERSHIP

Protecting GE Assets


50     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Intellectual Property

WHAT TO KNOW

GE’s intellectual property is one of its most valuable assets. All employees must work to safeguard our patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information. At the same time, it is critical that we respect the valid intellectual property rights of others. Unauthorized use of others’ intellectual property can expose the Company and even individual GE employees to civil law suits and damages, including significant fines and criminal penalties. A key to protecting our intellectual property and, at the same time, guarding against these risks, is the timely and reasonable review of new GE products, services, processes and software, for possible inventions and trade secrets and infringement of the intellectual property rights of others.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 49 No. Patent counsel should be consulted first, because showing the feature to the customer before a patent application is filed could result in the loss of GE’s right to obtain a patent.


51

 

WHAT TO DO

IDENTIFY AND PROTECT GE intellectual property.

FOLLOW THE REQUIREMENTS of GE’s Submitted Ideas Procedure (found at ge.com/en/subidea) in handling any unsolicited ideas from outsiders as well as any employee ideas not covered by the “Employee Innovation and Proprietary Information Agreement” (EIPIA). For more information, consult the “Intellectual Property Rights” Management Procedure found at integrity.ge.com.

RESPECT VALID PATENTS, copyrighted materials and other protected intellectual property of others.

CONSULT with Company legal counsel concerning necessary licenses or approvals to use protected intellectual property of others such as patents, trademarks or proprietary information (i.e. information that is in confidence and not publicly known or generally available).

CONSULT with company legal counsel before:

 

 

soliciting, accepting or using proprietary information of outsiders (for example, soliciting from a customer proprietary information of a competitor)

 

 

disclosing GE proprietary information to outsiders

 

 

permitting outsiders to use GE intellectual property

UNDERSTAND YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES to the Company regarding new inventions, ideas that you may develop as a GE employee and the Company’s information. Consult with company legal counsel if you have any question about these responsibilities, or about the EIPIA (signed by exempt employees and other employees in a position of trust or likely to make inventions).

COMPLY with the guidelines for use of the GE primary trademarks and trade names (available at gebrandcentral.com) and GE’s “Intellectual Property Rights” Management Procedure found at integrity.ge.com.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

ACCEPTING PROPRIETARY INFORMATION belonging to an outsider, without first consulting company legal counsel

DISCUSSING GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION with customers or suppliers

USING ANOTHER COMPANY to develop new products or software without a written agreement in place covering ownership and other rights in the developed intellectual property

 

PASSING ON, for technical or management review, an outsider’s suggestion for a new product, product feature, service or name, without following the GE Submitted Ideas Procedure (found at ge.com/en/subidea)

INTRODUCING, OR PROVIDING INFORMATION about, a new product or service before patent applications have been filed or a decision has been made not to file an application

INTRODUCING A NEW PRODUCT or service, or new product or service name, before checking for patent or trademark infringement

 

THREATENING anyone suspected of infringing any GE intellectual property without first consulting with company legal counsel

EMPLOYING A NEW PERSON, especially a person who previously worked for a competitor, without putting in place safeguards to prevent the person from inadvertently disclosing or using the proprietary information of the previous employer

EMPLOYING A PERSON who has not signed the EIPIA in a job where inventions are likely to be made


 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


52     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Controllership

WHAT TO KNOW

Controllership embodies three fundamental elements: (1) rules that classify transactions and balances appropriately; (2) systems and controls that protect assets and accumulate information consistently and correctly; and (3) financial and transaction reporting that is timely and unbiased. Controllership creates the right environment for disclosing timely, reliable and accurate information to government agencies and the public.

 

LOGO   ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 49 No. This can be damaging both economically (giving away margin and putting strain on a customer relationship) and from an accounting standpoint (not technically a sale, as the rules for revenue recognition have not been met).


53

 

WHAT TO DO

FOLLOW GE’S GENERAL ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES, as well as applicable generally accepted accounting principles, standards and regulations for accounting and financial reporting.

ENSURE THAT FINANCIAL AND NON-FINANCIAL INFORMATION and operating metrics are reported accurately and in a timely fashion.

MAINTAIN COMPLETE, ACCURATE AND TIMELY records and accounts to appropriately reflect all business transactions.

SAFEGUARD ALL COMPANY ASSETS (physical, financial and informational).

PROVIDE TIMELY, CANDID FORECASTS and assessments.

MAINTAIN SOUND PROCESSES and controls.

COMPLY WITH GE’S DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES (found at integrity.ge.com) as well as all applicable laws and regulations relating to the preservation of documents and records.

PRESERVE DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS relevant to pending or reasonably foreseeable litigation, audits or investigations, and as directed by Company counsel.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

FINANCIAL RESULTS THAT SEEM INCONSISTENT with underlying performance

INACCURATE FINANCIAL RECORDS, such as overstated travel and living expense reports, or erroneous timesheets or invoices

TRANSACTIONS THAT ARE INCONSISTENT with good business economics

ABSENCE OF CONTROLS to protect assets from risk of loss

 

PHYSICAL ASSETS or other resources that could be more fully used, reallocated or disposed of

CIRCUMVENTING REVIEW and approval procedures

INADEQUATE ROUTINES AND CONTROLS at newly acquired businesses and at remote and/or understaffed sites

INADEQUATE ROUTINES AND CONTROLS to preserve documents (including e-mail) for

pending or reasonably foreseeable litigation, audits and investigations

DISPOSAL OF DOCUMENTS without knowing what is being discarded or whether the documents are subject to legal preservation requirements

FALSE OR EXAGGERATED STATEMENTS in e-mail, presentations or other documents


 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


LOGO

54 The Spirit & The Letter

I was chatting with my brother and mentioned that I had an upcoming business trip to close the deal for GE to acquire Company X.

Could this create a problem?

SEE PAGE 58:

INSIDER TRADING & STOCK TIPPING


LOGO

55

Your cousin owns a company that supplies raw materials to a GE business.

Is that a prohibited conflict of interest, no matter what GE business you’re in?

SEE PAGE 56:

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST


56     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Conflicts of Interest

WHAT TO KNOW

On the job or in your free time, nothing you do should conflict with your responsibilities to GE. No activity at work or at home should hurt GE’s reputation or good name. Misusing GE resources or influence is also prohibited. Even when nothing wrong is intended, the appearance of a conflict can have negative effects. It is crucial to consider how your actions might appear, and to avoid the perception of a conflict of interest.

 

LOGO    ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 55 This is not explicitly prohibited, but the Conflicts of Interest policy requires that you disclose the situation to GE management, and that you not attempt to influence GE business with your cousin’s company.


57

WHAT TO DO

 

DISCLOSE (in writing to your manager and to company legal counsel) all of your outside activities, financial interests or relationships that may either present a conflict or the appearance of one.

USE GOOD JUDGMENT in all personal and business dealings outside your GE job.

AVOID ACTIONS OR RELATIONSHIPS that may cause potential conflicts or create the appearance of a conflict with your job or GE’s interests.

 

DO NOT MISUSE or use for personal gain GE resources, intellectual property, time or facilities — this includes office equipment, e-mail and computer applications.

DO NOT TAKE for yourself personally any opportunities that GE could have an interest in that are discovered through the use of GE position, information or property.

 

GET APPROVALS before accepting officer or director positions with an outside business while you are a GE employee.

GET YOUR MANAGER’S APPROVAL when accepting not-for-profit board positions, particularly if the organization has a GE relationship or might expect GE financial or other support.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

FINANCIAL INTERESTS in a company where you could personally affect GE’s business with that company (for example, a customer, supplier or investment)

PART-TIME JOBS which you perform using GE hours or GE equipment or materials

GIFTS of other than nominal value from suppliers, customers or competitors, particularly if you’re making decisions (on GE’s behalf) that involve them

 

PERSONAL DISCOUNTS or other benefits from suppliers, service providers or customers that the public or your GE peers do not receive

DIRECTING BUSINESS to suppliers when you know they are owned or managed by your family members or close friends

MISUSING GE RESOURCES, your position or influence to promote or assist an outside activity

HIRING, PROMOTING OR DIRECTLY SUPERVISING a family member or close friend

PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS that may conflict with your GE responsibilities or compromise company interests


 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


58     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Insider Trading & Stock Tipping

WHAT TO KNOW

In the course of your job, you may learn of material information about GE or other companies before it is made public. You may simply overhear a hallway conversation or come across a memo left at a copy machine. Using this information for your financial or other personal benefit or conveying this information to others constitutes a violation of this policy and may even violate the law. This includes buying or selling the securities of any company about which you have material non-public information and giving this “inside information” to anyone else who might base financial trades on the information you’ve shared.

 

LOGO    ANSWER TO QUESTION ON PAGE 54 Yes, if Company X is a public company and the possible acquisition of Company X has not been publicly announced. If your brother trades Company X stock based on your tip, both of you could be charged with insider trading.


59

WHAT TO DO

 

DO NOT BUY OR SELL the securities of any company, including GE, either directly or through family members or other persons or entities, while you are aware of inside information about the company. (This is known as “insider trading.”)

DO NOT RECOMMEND OR SUGGEST that anyone else buy or sell the securities of any company, including GE, while you have inside information about the company. (This is known as “tipping.”)

 

MAINTAIN THE CONFIDENTIALITY of Company information and do not convey information to anyone outside the Company unless it is necessary for the Company’s business activities.

IF THE NATURE OF YOUR BUSINESS’S ACTIVITIES and your position in the business subject you to additional requirements relating to buying and selling securities (such as pre-clearing personal trades through the Transaction Control Authority, found at integrity.ge.com), learn and follow all of those requirements.

 

IF QUESTIONS ARISE, consult company counsel before trading in the security or disclosing company information.


 

WHAT TO WATCH OUT FOR

 

NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION WHICH, IF DISCLOSED, would reasonably be expected to affect the price of a security or would influence your decision to buy, sell or hold a security, such as an earnings announcement or a prospective acquisition announcement (this is known as “inside information”)

 

BUYING OR SELLING A SECURITY because you hear or learn of information at work that you think will make the price go up or down once it’s publicly announced

ENGAGING IN TRADING ACTIVITY around the time of a significant company announcement

 

DISCUSSING GE BUSINESS with family and friends

TALKING ABOUT WHAT YOU’RE WORKING ON or where you’re going on company business or who visited the office


 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO


 

 

FOR MORE IN-DEPTH INFORMATION GO TO: integrity.ge.com


60     The Spirit & The Letter

 

Index

A

 

Acquisition 21, 36, 37, 45, 58, 59

Affiliates 5, 61

Affirmative action 41

Agent 5, 19, 25, 27, 37, 47

Antitrust laws 36

Appendix 61

Assets 13, 19, 47, 48, 50, 52, 53

B

Board of directors 9, 37

Boycotts 25

Bribery 18, 19, 26

Business policies and procedures 12, 37

C

Cash transactions 27

Code of Conduct 1, 2, 3

Commission 19

Competing Globally 13, 34-37

Competition Laws, Complying with 34-37

Competitors 33, 35, 36, 37, 51, 57

Compliance specialists 4, 6, 9, 27

Concerns, Integrity 1, 4, 6, 7, 8-10, 11, 41, 45

Confidential Information 8, 21, 59

Confidentiality 8, 21, 59

Conflicts of Interest 3, 21, 48, 55, 56-57

Conflicts between laws 41, 61

Consultants 5, 19, 33

Contractors 5, 19, 47

Contracting officer 33

Contributions 19

Controlled affiliates 5, 61

Controllership 48, 49, 52-53

Copyrights 50, 51

Cost-charging 33

Crisis Management 38, 43, 46-47

Customer relationships 26, 52

D

Disability 41

Discrimination 40

Distributors 5, 19, 33

Due diligence 19, 26

E

Embargoed countries 25

Employee responsibilities 1, 6, 12, 32, 50, 51, 56, 57

Employment Practices 3, 11, 33, 38, 39, 40-41

Entertainment 18, 19

Environment 3, 20

Environment, Health & Safety 20, 21, 38, 43, 44-45

Ethical conduct 1, 2, 3, 7

Ethical standards 32

Exports 23, 24, 25, 45

F

Fair Employment Practices 3, 38, 39, 40-41

Facilitating payment 19

Family 19, 33, 57, 59

Financial records 53

Financial reporting 52, 53

 

Forecasts 53

Fund transfers 23, 26, 27

G

Generally accepted accounting principles 53

Gifts 18, 19, 21, 57

Government Business 13, 30-33

Government contracts 21, 33

Gratuity 19, 33

H

Harassment 41

Hazardous materials 45, 47

Health 20, 21, 38, 43, 44, 45

Hiring 33, 41, 57

Hostile work environment 41

I

Imports 23, 25, 45

Improper Payments 16, 17, 18-19

In the GE Community 13, 38-47

Independent contractors 5, 19, 47

Inside information 58, 59

Insider Trading & Stock Tipping 48, 54, 58-59

Integrity Web site 4, 6, 9, 21, 25, 41, 51, 53, 59, 62

Intellectual Property 48, 49, 50-51, 57

International Trade Controls (ITC) 16, 22, 24-25

J

Joint venture 37

K

“Know Your Customer” 25, 26, 27

“Know Your Supplier” 24, 25

L

Laundering money 16, 23, 26, 27

Leadership responsibilities 1, 3, 7, 11

Licenses 51

Licensing agreements 37

M

Merger 36, 37

Minorities 21, 41

Money Laundering Prevention 16, 23, 26-27

N

Non-controlled affiliates 5

Non-public information 58, 59

Not-for-profit 57

O

Ombudsperson 1, 4, 6, 7, 9, 47

Outside activities 57

P

Part-time job 57

Patents 49, 50, 51

Payments 16, 17, 18-19, 25, 26, 27, 31

Penalties for Violations 11

Personal data 20, 28, 29, 41

Political contributions 19

Price 17, 25, 37, 59

 

Privacy 16, 21, 22, 28-29, 40, 41

Property, company 41

Property, intellectual 48, 49, 50-51, 57

Proprietary information 21, 41, 50, 51

Protecting GE Assets 13, 48-59

R

Raising a concern 6, 8-10, 11

Red flags 25, 26

Regulatory 14, 15

Relatives 21

Responsibilities, employee 1, 6, 12, 32, 50, 51, 56, 57

Responsibilities, leader 1, 3, 7, 11

Restrictive trade practice 25

Retaliation 7, 8, 11

S

Safety 21, 38, 43, 44, 45

Sales representatives 5, 19, 33

Securities 58, 59

Security and Crisis Management 29, 38, 43, 45, 46-47

Sexual advances 41

Stock tipping 48, 54, 58-59

Submitted Ideas Procedure 51

Subsidiaries 5, 61

Supplier Relationships 16, 17, 20-21

Supplier Reputational Guidelines 21

Suppliers 13, 16, 17, 20-21, 22, 24, 25, 29, 33, 37, 46, 47, 51, 57

Suspicious transactions 23, 26, 27

T

Terrorism 26-27, 46-47

Third parties 5, 7, 19, 26, 27, 29, 37, 46, 47

Toxic materials 45

Trademarks 50, 51

Trade names 51

Trade secrets 50

Transaction Control Authority 59

Transactions 19, 25, 26, 27, 28, 32, 33, 35, 52, 53

Travel and living expenses 18, 19, 53

V

Veterans 21, 41

Violations 4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 29, 41, 58

W

Watchlists 25, 43, 46-47

Web site 4, 6, 9, 62

Working with Customers & Suppliers 13, 16-29

Working with Governments 30, 31, 32-33

Women 21, 41

Y

Your Personal Commitment 1, 4



Appendix

WHICH LAW APPLIES

GE conducts business in more than 100 countries around the world. Our employees are citizens of many different countries. As a result, our operations are subject to the laws of many countries, provinces, states and municipalities, and organizations such as the European Union.

An important challenge for all of us is to understand how these laws may apply to our operations. GE, the parent company, is a corporation organized in the United States. The laws of the United States frequently extend to the operations of GE and its affiliates throughout the world, as well as to the business activities of GE employees wherever they live and work. Other countries may also apply their own laws outside of their borders to their own citizens and to corporations that are organized under their laws, such as GE subsidiaries or other controlled affiliates.

The references in GE policies to the laws of the United States and the other countries where we do business reflect the reality that a global company is regulated by many different laws at the same time. In some instances, there may be a conflict between the applicable laws of two or more countries. When you encounter such a conflict, it is especially important to consult company legal counsel to understand how to resolve that conflict properly.

©2005 General Electric Company Printed in the U.S.A.

The cover to this document was printed on paper made with 30% postconsumer waste fiber. The paper was manufactured using wind-generated energy and is Green Seal certified. The inside pages to this document were printed on paper containing 10% postconsumer recovered fiber and manufactured with green power in the form of electricity generated from renewable resources including 85% Hydro Power, 10% Wind Power and 5% Biogas.

GE employed a printer that produces all of its own electricity and is a certified totally enclosed facility that produces virtually no volatile organic compound emissions.


General Electric Company

Fairfield, Connecticut 06828

Visit the integrity

Web site

integrity.ge.com

GE intranet: for employees only

You’ll find more information including:

 

 

Complete policies, including questions and answers

 

 

Procedures and guidelines

 

 

How to raise a concern

 

 

How to contact an expert

 

 

Business integrity Web sites

 

 

Compliance training

 

 

Tools and resources

 

LOGO    01/08/S&L/5MM/E/SE

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

 

NAME

   STATE OF
ORGANIZATION

UCDP Finance, Inc.

   Florida

Universal City Travel Partners (doing business as Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations)

   Florida

Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store

   Florida

Universal City Restaurant Partners

   Florida


SUBSIDIARIES

OF

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

 

* There are no subsidiaries of UCDP Finance, Inc.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and to the use of our report dated March 13, 2009 (except for the retrospective changes for noncontrolling interests described in Note 2, as to which the date is June 26, 2009, and Note 16, as to which the date is January 20, 2010) in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-00000) and the related Prospectus of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd. and subsidiaries for the registration of $400,000,000 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and $225,000,000 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Orlando, Florida

January 20, 2010

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)   ¨

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

  95-3571558

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

700 South Flower Street Suite 500

Los Angeles, California

  90017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   59-3128514

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

 

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   42-1581381

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)


 

Universal City Travel Partners

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   59-3345457

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

 

Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   27-0470373

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida

  32819-7610
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

and Guarantees of 8   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 

 

- 2 -


1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

 

Address

Comptroller of the Currency

United States Department of the Treasury

  Washington, D.C. 20219
Federal Reserve Bank   San Francisco, California 94105
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Washington, D.C. 20429

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the articles of association of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

 

  2. A copy of certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

 

  3. A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers (Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

 

- 3 -


  4. A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-162713).

 

  6. The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

- 4 -


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Jacksonville, and State of Florida, on the 7 th day of January, 2010.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By:   /S/ TINA D. GONZALEZ
Name:   TINA D. GONZALEZ
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

- 5 -


EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

of 700 South Flower Street, Suite 200, Los Angeles, CA 90017

At the close of business September 30, 2009, published in accordance with Federal regulatory authority instructions.

 

     Dollar Amounts
in Thousands

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

  

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

     1,585

Interest-bearing balances

     426

Securities:

  

Held-to-maturity securities

     16

Available-for-sale securities

     553,806

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

  

Federal funds sold

     83,000

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     0

Loans and lease financing receivables:

  

Loans and leases held for sale

     0

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     0

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     0

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

     0

Trading assets

     0

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

     10,983

Other real estate owned

     0

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

     1

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

     0

Intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

     852,858

Other intangible assets

     251,145

Other assets

     156,398
      

Total assets

   $ 1,910,218
      

 

1


LIABILITIES

  

Deposits:

  

In domestic offices

   1,712

Noninterest-bearing

   1,712

Interest-bearing

   0

Not applicable

  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

  

Federal funds purchased

   0

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   0

Trading liabilities

   0

Other borrowed money:

  

(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

   268,691

Not applicable

  

Not applicable

  

Subordinated notes and debentures

   0

Other liabilities

   198,124

Total liabilities

   468,527

Not Applicable

  

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

   0

Common stock

   1,000

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

   1,121,520

Not Applicable

  

Retained earnings

   316,907

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   2,264

Other equity capital components

   0

Not Available

  

Total bank equity capital

   1,441,691

Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

   0

Total equity capital

   1,441,691
    

Total liabilities and equity capital

   1,910,218
    

I, Karen Bayz, Managing Director of the above-named bank do hereby declare that the Reports of Condition and Income (including the supporting schedules) for this report date have been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

Karen Bayz    )    Managing Director

We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of the Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) for this report date and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

 

Troy Kilpatrick, MD    )   
Frank P. Sulzberger, MD       )     Directors (Trustees)
William D. Lindelof, MD    )   

 

2

Exhibit 25.2

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)   ¨

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

  95-3571558

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

700 South Flower Street Suite 500

Los Angeles, California

  90017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   59-3128514

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

 

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   42-1581381

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)


 

Universal City Travel Partners

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   59-3345457

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

 

Universal Orlando Online Merchandise Store

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   27-0470373

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

1000 Universal Studios Plaza

Orlando, Florida

  32819-7610
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

and Guarantees of 10   7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 

 

- 2 -


1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

 

Address

Comptroller of the Currency

United States Department of the Treasury

  Washington, D.C. 20219
Federal Reserve Bank   San Francisco, California 94105
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Washington, D.C. 20429

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the articles of association of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

 

  2. A copy of certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

 

  3. A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers (Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

 

- 3 -


  4. A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-162713).

 

  6. The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

- 4 -


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Jacksonville, and State of Florida, on the 7 th day of January, 2010.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By:   /S/ TINA D. GONZALEZ
Name:   TINA D. GONZALEZ
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

- 5 -


EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

of 700 South Flower Street, Suite 200, Los Angeles, CA 90017

At the close of business September 30, 2009, published in accordance with Federal regulatory authority instructions.

 

     Dollar Amounts
in Thousands

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

  

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

     1,585

Interest-bearing balances

     426

Securities:

  

Held-to-maturity securities

     16

Available-for-sale securities

     553,806

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

  

Federal funds sold

     83,000

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     0

Loans and lease financing receivables:

  

Loans and leases held for sale

     0

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     0

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     0

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

     0

Trading assets

     0

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

     10,983

Other real estate owned

     0

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

     1

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

     0

Intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

     852,858

Other intangible assets

     251,145

Other assets

     156,398
      

Total assets

   $ 1,910,218
      

 

1


LIABILITIES

  

Deposits:

  

In domestic offices

   1,712

Noninterest-bearing

   1,712

Interest-bearing

   0

Not applicable

  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

  

Federal funds purchased

   0

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   0

Trading liabilities

   0

Other borrowed money:

  

(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

   268,691

Not applicable

  

Not applicable

  

Subordinated notes and debentures

   0

Other liabilities

   198,124

Total liabilities

   468,527

Not Applicable

  

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

   0

Common stock

   1,000

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

   1,121,520

Not Applicable

  

Retained earnings

   316,907

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   2,264

Other equity capital components

   0

Not Available

  

Total bank equity capital

   1,441,691

Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

   0

Total equity capital

   1,441,691
    

Total liabilities and equity capital

   1,910,218
    

I, Karen Bayz, Managing Director of the above-named bank do hereby declare that the Reports of Condition and Income (including the supporting schedules) for this report date have been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

Karen Bayz    )    Managing Director

We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of the Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) for this report date and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

 

Troy Kilpatrick, MD    )   
Frank P. Sulzberger, MD       )     Directors (Trustees)
William D. Lindelof, MD    )   

 

2

Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

UCDP Finance, Inc.

Offer to Exchange

Up to $400,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

and

Up to $225,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the Prospectus, dated             , 2010

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2010, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH DATE AND TIME, AS IT MAY BE EXTENDED, THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

EXCHANGE AGENT:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

 

By Registered or Certified Mail:

 

Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street–7 East

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

 

By Hand or Overnight Courier:

 

Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street–7 East

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

 

By Facsimile:

 

Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

(212) 298-1915

Attn: Diane Amoroso

For information, call:

(212) 815-2742

Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above, or transmission of instructions via facsimile other than as set forth above, will not constitute a valid delivery.

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the prospectus, dated             , 2010 (the “Prospectus”), of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (“UCDP”), and UCDP Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation (“UCDP Finance” and, together with UCDP, the “Registrants”), and this letter of transmittal (the “Letter”), which together constitute the Registrants’ offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (i) an aggregate principal amount of up to $400,000,000 of registered 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Exchange Notes”) of the Registrants and the guarantees thereof for an equal principal amount of the Registrants’ outstanding 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Original Notes”) and the guarantees thereof and (ii) an aggregate principal amount of up to $225,000,000 of registered 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”) of the Registrants and the guarantees thereof for an equal principal amount of the Registrants’ outstanding 10  7 / 8 %


Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “Senior Subordinated Original Notes” and, together with the Senior Original Notes, the “Original Notes”) and the guarantees thereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

For each Senior Original Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Senior Original Note will receive a Senior Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Senior Original Note. The Senior Exchange Notes will bear interest at a rate of 8  7 / 8 % per annum from the most recent date to which interest on the Senior Original Notes has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from November 6, 2009. Interest on the Senior Exchange Notes will be payable semiannually in arrears on November 15 and May 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010. The Senior Exchange Notes will mature on November 15, 2015. The terms of the Senior Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the terms of the Senior Original Notes, except that the Senior Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and are free of any obligation regarding registration.

For each Senior Subordinated Original Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Senior Subordinated Original Note will receive a Senior Subordinated Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Senior Subordinated Original Note. The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will bear interest at a rate of 10  7 / 8 % per annum from the most recent date to which interest on the Senior Subordinated Original Notes has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from November 6, 2009. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will be payable semiannually in arrears on November 15 and May 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010. The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will mature on November 15, 2016. The terms of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Original Notes, except that the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and are free of any obligation regarding registration.

If the Exchange Offer is not completed (or, if required, a shelf registration statement is not declared effective) on or before the date that is 425 days after the Issue Date (the “Target Registration Date”), the annual interest rate borne by the applicable series of notes will be increased 0.25% per annum, with respect to the first 90 days after the Target Registration Date, and, if the Exchange Offer is not completed (or, if required, the applicable shelf registration statement is not declared effective) prior to the end of such 90-day period, by an additional 0.25% per annum (provided that the interest rate will not be increased by more than 1.0% per annum in the aggregate), in each case until the Exchange Offer is completed or the applicable shelf registration statement is declared effective.

The Registrants reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at their discretion, in which event the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Registrants shall publicly announce any extension by making a timely release through an appropriate news agency.

This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Original Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” section of the Prospectus. Holders of Original Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or confirmation of the book-entry tender (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) of their Original Notes into the account maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”) and all other documents required by this Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” section of the Prospectus. See Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

 

2


List below the Original Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the numbers and principal amount at maturity of Original Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

 

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES
    1   2   3   4   5

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

(Please fill in, if blank)

  Certificate
Number(s)*
  Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
Senior Original
Notes
Represented by
Certificate
  Principal
Amount of
Senior Original
Notes
Tendered**
  Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
Senior
Subordinated
Original Notes
Represented by
Certificate
  Principal
Amount of
Senior
Subordinated
Original Notes
Tendered***
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
                     
           
    Total                

*          Need not be completed if Original Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.

**       Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL of the Senior Original Notes represented by the Senior Original Notes indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2. Senior Original Notes tendered must be in an amount equal to $2,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. See Instruction 1.

***     Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL of the Senior Subordinated Original Notes represented by the Senior Subordinated Original Notes indicated in column 4. See Instruction 2. Senior Subordinated Original Notes tendered must be in an amount equal to $2,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. See Instruction 1.

 

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name of Tendering Institution    

 

Account Number       Transaction Code Number    

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s)    

 

Window Ticket Number (if any)    

 

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery    

 

Name of Institution which guaranteed delivery    

If Being Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the Following:

 

Account Number       Transaction Code Number    

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

Name:    

 

Address:    
   

 

3


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Registrants the aggregate principal amount of the Original Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Registrants all right, title and interest in and to such Original Notes as are being tendered hereby.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Original Notes tendered hereby and that the Registrants will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Registrants. The undersigned hereby further represents that it is not an “affiliate”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of any Registrant, that any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of business and that at the time of commencement of the Exchange Offer it had no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes.

In addition, if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes, it represents that the Original Notes to be exchanged for Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned also acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is being made by the Registrants based upon the Registrants’ understanding of an interpretation by the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that: (1) such holders are not affiliates of the Registrants within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (2) such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business; and (3) such holders are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. However, the staff of the Commission has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the Commission would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. If a holder of Original Notes is an affiliate of the Registrants, acquires the Exchange Notes other than in the ordinary course of such holder’s business or is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Registrants to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in “The exchange offer—Withdrawal of tenders” section of the Prospectus.

 

4


Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Original Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Original Notes.”

THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE ORIGINAL NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.

 

 

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Notes not exchanged and/or Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above, or if Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.

 

Issue Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to:

 

 
  Name(s):          
  (Please Type or Print)  
     
  (Please Type or Print)  
  Address:      
     
  (Including Zip Code)  
 

(Complete accompanying Substitute Form W-9)

 

¨         Credit unexchanged Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below.

 

 
     
 

(Book-Entry Transfer Facility

Account Number, if applicable)

 

 


 

 

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Notes not exchanged and/or Exchange Notes are to be sent to someone other than the person(s) whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person(s) at an address other than shown in the box entitled, “Description of Original Notes” on this Letter above.

 

Mail Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to:

 

 
  Name(s):          
  (Please Type or Print)  
     
  (Please Type or Print)  
  Address:      
     
     
  (Including Zip Code)  
   
   
   
   
   


 

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES) OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.

 

5


PLEASE SIGN HERE

(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)

(Complete accompanying Substitute Form W-9 on reverse side)

X:          
X:          
  (Signature(s) of Registered Owner(s))       (Date)
Area Code and Telephone Number:    

If a holder is tendering any Original Notes, this Letter must be signed by the registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Original Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title. See Instruction 3.

 

Name(s):    

 

Title:    
(Please Type or Print)

 

Capacity:    

 

Address:    
(Including Zip Code)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(if Required by Instruction 3)

 

Signature Guaranteed by

an Eligible Institution:

   
(Authorized Signature)
 
(Title)
 
(Name and Firm)

 

Date:    

6


INSTRUCTIONS

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Offer to Exchange

Up to $400,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

and

Up to $225,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

 

1. Delivery of this Letter and Original Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

This Letter or, in lieu thereof, a message from the Book-Entry Transfer Facility stating that the holder has expressly acknowledged receipt of, and agrees to be bound by and held accountable by, this Letter (a “Book-Entry Acknowledgement”) is to be completed by or received with respect to holders of Original Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in “The exchange offer—Procedures for tendering” section of the Prospectus. Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes (or Book-Entry Confirmation), as well as a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other documents required by this Letter (or, in lieu thereof, a Book-Entry Acknowledgement), must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Original Notes tendered hereby must be in an amount equal to $2,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Holders of Original Notes whose certificates for Original Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined below), (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery (or facsimile thereof), substantially in the form provided by the Registrants (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Original Notes, the certificate number(s) of such Original Notes, if any, and the principal amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, (a) the certificate or certificates representing the Original Notes to be tendered, or a confirmation of book-entry transfer, as the case may be, and (b) the letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other documents required by this Letter or, in lieu thereof, a Book-Entry Acknowledgement, will be deposited by the Eligible Institution (as defined below) with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) (a) certificate or certificates representing all tendered Original Notes, or a confirmation of book-entry transfer, as the case may be, and (b) the properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and all other documents required by this Letter or, in lieu thereof, a Book-Entry Confirmation, are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

The method of delivery of this Letter, the Original Notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an overnight or

 

7


hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date. No letter of transmittal or Original Notes should be sent to the Registrants. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the tenders for such holders.

See “The exchange offer” section of the Prospectus.

 

2. Partial Tenders (not applicable to holders of Original Notes who tender by book-entry transfer); Withdrawals.

If less than all of the Original Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled “Description of Original Notes—Principal Amount of Senior Original Notes Tendered” or “Description of Original Notes—Principal Amount of Senior Subordinated Original Notes Tendered.” A newly reissued certificate for the Original Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date. All of the Original Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise clearly indicated.

If not yet accepted, a tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. To be effective with respect to the tender of Original Notes, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date; (ii) specify the name of the person who deposited the Original Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Original Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number(s), if any, and principal amount of such Original Notes); (iv) be signed by the depositor in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter by which such Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee register the transfer of such Original Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and (v) specify the name in which any such Original Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the depositor. The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Original Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Original Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Original Notes or otherwise comply with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s procedures. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawal, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Registrants, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

 

3. Signatures on this Letter, Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

If this Letter is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any tendered Original Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter.

If any tendered Original Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of certificates.

When this Letter is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Original Notes) of the Original Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued to a person other than the registered holder(s), then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificates must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined below).

 

8


If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Original Notes specified therein, such certificate(s) must be endorsed by such registered holder(s) or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or endorsed in blank by such registered holder(s) in form satisfactory to the Registrants and duly executed by the registered holder, in either case signed exactly as such registered holder’s or holders’ name(s) appear(s) on the Original Notes.

If this Letter or any certificates of Original Notes or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed or endorsed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Registrants, evidence satisfactory to the Registrants of their authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter.

Signature on a Letter or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Original Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Payment Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the Letter or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Institution”).

 

4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.

Tendering holders of Original Notes should indicate in the applicable box the name and address to which Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such holder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Original Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter.

 

5. Tax Identification Number and Backup Withholding.

An exchange of Original Notes for Exchange Notes will not be treated as a taxable exchange or other taxable event for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. In particular, no backup withholding or information reporting is required in connection with such an exchange. However, U.S. Federal income tax law generally requires that payments of principal and interest on a note to a holder be subject to backup withholding unless such holder provides the payor with such holder’s correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) on Substitute Form W-9 below or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption. If such holder is an individual, the TIN is his or her social security number. If the payor is not provided with the current TIN or an adequate basis for an exemption, such tendering holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, such holder may be subject to backup withholding in an amount that is currently 28% of all reportable payments of principal and interest.

Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Such holders should nevertheless complete the attached Substitute Form W-9 below, and check the box marked “exempt” in Part 2, to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. If the tendering holder of Original Notes is a nonresident alien or foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, such holder must give the Registrants a completed Form W-8BEN Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding, or other appropriate Form W-8. These forms may be obtained from the Exchange Agent or from the Internal Revenue Service’s website, www.irs.gov. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the “W-9 Guidelines”) for additional instructions.

 

9


To prevent backup withholding on reportable payments of principal and interest, each tendering holder of Original Notes must provide its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth below, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a TIN) and that (i) the holder is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to a backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Original Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, such holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report. If such holder does not have a TIN, such holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for instructions on applying for a TIN, check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 and write “applied for” in lieu of its TIN. Note: checking this box and writing “applied for” on the form means that such holder has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If a holder checks the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 and writes “applied for” on that form, backup withholding at a rate currently of 28% will nevertheless apply to all reportable payments made by such holder. If such a holder furnishes its TIN to the Registrants within 60 calendar days, however, any amounts so withheld shall be refunded to such holder.

If backup withholding applies, the payor will withhold the appropriate percentage (currently 28%) from payments to the payee. Backup withholding is not an additional Federal income tax. Rather, the Federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

6. Transfer Taxes.

Holders who tender their Original Notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith. If, however, Exchange Notes are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Original Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Original Notes specified in this Letter.

 

7. Waiver of Conditions.

The Registrants reserve the right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus at any time and from time to time prior to the Expiration Date.

 

8. No Conditional Tenders.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Original Notes, by execution of this Letter or, in lieu thereof, a Book-Entry Acknowledgement, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original Notes for exchange.

None of the Registrants, the Exchange Agent or any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Original Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

 

10


9. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Original Notes.

Any holder whose Original Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

 

10. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter, may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.

 

11


TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS (See Instruction 5)

SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION

PAYORS’ NAMES: UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD. AND

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

PAYEE INFORMATION

(Please print or type)

Individual or business name (if joint account list first and circle the name of person or entity whose number you furnish in Part 1 below):

 

Check appropriate box:   

¨ Individual/Sole proprietor

¨ Corporation

¨ Partnership

¨ Other

  
  
ADDRESS (NUMBER, STREETS AND APT. OR SUITE NO.)
  
  
CITY, STATE, AND ZIP CODE

 

 

PART 1: TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (“
TIN ”)

 

Enter your TIN below. For individuals, this is your
social security number. For other entities, it is your
employer identification number. Refer to the chart on
page 1 of the Guidelines for Certification of
Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form
W-9 (the “ Guidelines ”) for further clarification. If
you do not have a TIN, see instructions on how to
obtain a TIN on page 2 of the Guidelines, check the
appropriate box below indicating that you have
applied for a TIN and, in addition to the Part 3
Certification, sign the attached Certification of
Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

Social Security Number:              -          -                   

 

Employer Identification number:              -                 

 

¨ Applied For

 

       

 

PART 2: PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP
WITHHOLDING

 

Check box (See page 2 of the Guidelines for further
clarification. Even if you are exempt from backup
withholding, you should still complete and sign the
certification below):

 

¨ Exempt

 

12


PART 3: CERTIFICATION

Certification instructions: You must cross out item 2 below if you have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

  1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me) and

 

  2. I am not subject to backup withholding because (i) I am exempt from backup withholding, (ii) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

 

  3. I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

 

 
Signature
 
Date

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED “GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9” FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX “APPLIED FOR” IN PART 1 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

13


CERTIFICATION OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify, under penalties of perjury, that a TIN has not been issued to me, and either (i) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a TIN to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (ii) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a TIN to the payor, the payor is required to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service a percentage (currently 28%) of all reportable payments made to me until I furnish the payor with a TIN.

 

 
Signature
 
Date

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING AT THE APPLICABLE WITHHOLDING RATE (WHICH IS CURRENTLY 28%) ON ANY REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU.

 

14

Exhibit 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

FOR TENDER OF

8  7 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015 AND

10  7 / 8 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2016

OF

UNIVERSAL CITY DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

UCDP FINANCE, INC.

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated             , 2010

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially equivalent to this form, must be used to tender Original Notes (as defined below) pursuant to the Exchange Offer (as defined below) described in the prospectus dated                 , 2010 ( the “Prospectus”) of Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (“UCDP”), and UCDP Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation (“UCDP Finance” and, together with UCDP, the “Registrants”), if (i) certificates for the outstanding 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 of the Registrants (the “Senior Original Notes”) or the outstanding 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 of the Registrants (the “Senior Subordinated Original Notes” and, together with the Senior Original Notes, the “Original Notes”) are not immediately available, (ii) time will not permit the Original Notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to be delivered to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Exchange Agent”) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2010 or such later date and time to which the Exchange Offer may be extended (such date and time, the “Expiration Date”), or (iii) the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially equivalent to this form, must be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile transmission or mail to the Exchange Agent, and must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date. See “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures” in the Prospectus. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

 

By Registered or Certified Mail:

 

Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street–7 East

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

 

By Hand or Overnight Courier:

 

Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street–7 East

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

 

By Facsimile:

 

Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

(212) 298-1915

Attn: Diane Amoroso

For information, call:

(212) 815-2742

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ALL DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CERTIFICATES, IS AT THE RISK OF THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, WE RECOMMEND USE OF AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, YOU SHOULD ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. YOU SHOULD READ THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE YOU COMPLETE THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a letter of transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an “Eligible Institution” under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the letter of transmittal.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus and the related letter of transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) which describes the offer by the Registrants (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (i) registered 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 of the Registrants (the “Senior Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees thereof for a like principal amount of Senior Original Notes and the guarantees thereof and (ii) registered 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 of the Registrants (the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”) and the guarantees thereof for a like principal amount of Senior Subordinated Original Notes and the guarantees thereof. The undersigned further acknowledges that it may tender some or all of its Original Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer, but only in an amount equal to $2,000 principal amount or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Registrants, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes indicated below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures.”

The undersigned understands that no withdrawal of a tender of Original Notes may be made after the Expiration Date. The undersigned understands that for a withdrawal of a tender of Original Notes to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Offer must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses specified on the cover of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date.

The undersigned understands that the exchange of Original Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (1) such Original Notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) and (2) a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with respect to such Original Notes, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or, in lieu thereof, a message from DTC stating that the tendering holder has expressly acknowledged receipt of, and agrees to be bound by and held accountable under, the Letter of Transmittal.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding on the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):    
  (Please Print or Type)

 

Signature(s):    

 

Address(es):    

 

Area Code(s) and Telephone Number(s):    

 

If Original Notes will be delivered by book-entry
transfer at DTC, insert Depository Account Number:

   

 

Date:    


Certificate Number(s)*  

Principal Amount of Senior

Original Notes Tendered**

 

Principal Amount of Senior

Subordinated Original Notes

Tendered**

         
         
         
  * Need not be completed if the Original Notes being tendered are in book-entry form.
** Must be an amount equal to $2,000 principal amount or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear(s) on certificates for Original Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of Original Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.

 

Name(s):    

 

Title(s):    

 

Signature(s):    

 

Address(es):    

DO NOT SEND ORIGINAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ORIGINAL NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT TOGETHER WITH A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.


GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY

(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or a correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby (1) represents that each holder of Original Notes on whose behalf this tender is being made “owns” the Original Notes covered hereby within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, (2) represents that such tender of Original Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 of the Exchange Act and (3) guarantees that the undersigned will deliver to the Exchange Agent the certificates representing the Original Notes being tendered hereby for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility of DTC) with delivery of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, or in lieu of a Letter of Transmittal a message from DTC stating that the tendering holder has expressly acknowledged receipt of, and agrees to be bound by and held accountable under, the Letter of Transmittal, all within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

 

Name of Firm:     

 

Address:     
 

 

Telephone Number: 

   

 

 
Authorized Signature
Name:    
(Please Print or Type)
Title:    
Date:    

 

The institution that completes the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (a) must deliver the same to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above by hand, or transmit the same by facsimile or mail, prior to the Expiration Date, and (b) must deliver the certificates representing any Original Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or a message from DTC stating that the tendering holder has expressly acknowledged receipt of, and agrees to be bound by and held accountable under, the Letter of Transmittal in lieu thereof, to the Exchange Agent within the time period shown herein. Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such institution.

Exhibit 99.3

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

UCDP Finance, Inc.

Offer to Exchange

Up to $400,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

and

Up to $225,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the Prospectus, dated                 , 2010

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated                 , 2010 (the “Prospectus”) and the related letter of transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of Universal City Development Partners, Inc., a Florida limited partnership (“UDCP”), and UCDP Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation (“UCDP Finance” and, together with UCDP, the “Registrants”), to exchange (i) up to $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of registered 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 of the Registrants, which will be freely transferable (the “Senior Exchange Notes”), and the guarantees thereof for any and all of the Registrants’ outstanding 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015, which have certain transfer restrictions (the “Senior Original Notes”), and the guarantees thereof, and (ii) up to $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of registered 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 of the Registrants, which will be freely transferable (the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), and the guarantees thereof for any and all of the Registrants’ outstanding 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have certain transfer restrictions (the “Senior Subordinated Original Notes” and, together with the Senior Original Notes, the “Original Notes”), and the guarantees thereof, in each case upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain obligations of the Registrants contained in the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 6, 2009, among the Registrants, the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representative for each of the initial purchasers of the Senior Original Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 6, 2009, among the Registrants, the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representative for each of the initial purchasers of the Senior Subordinated Original Notes.

This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Original Notes carried by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Original Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions, unless you obtain a properly completed bond power from us or arrange to have the Original Notes registered in your name.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Original Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

Please forward your instructions to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Original Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010 (such date and time, the “Expiration Date”), unless


extended by the Registrants. Any Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn any time prior to the Expiration Date.

Your attention is directed to the following:

 

1. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Original Notes.

 

2. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus in the section captioned “The exchange offer—Conditions to the exchange offer.”

 

3. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, unless extended by the Registrants.

If you wish to have us tender your Original Notes, please instruct us to do so by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter.

The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for information only and may not be used directly by you to tender Original Notes, unless you obtain a properly completed bond power from us or arrange to have the Original Notes registered in your name.


INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of this letter and the enclosed materials referred to herein relating to the Exchange Offer made by the Registrants with respect to the Original Notes.

This will instruct you to tender the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

¨     Please tender the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned as indicated below:

 

    Aggregate Principal Amount of Senior Original Notes

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015

 
   
 

(must be an amount equal to $2,000 principal

amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof)

 

¨ Please do not tender any Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

  Aggregate Principal Amount of Senior Subordinated Original Notes

 

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016.          
       

(must be an amount equal to $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof)

 

¨ Please do not tender any Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

   
Signature(s)
   
   
Please print name(s) here
Dated:                                                   , 2010
   
   
Address(es)
   
Area Code(s) and Telephone Number(s)
   
Tax Identification or Social Security No(s).


None of the Original Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Original Notes held by us for your account.

Exhibit 99.4

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

UCDP Finance, Inc.

Offer to Exchange

Up to $400,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

and

Up to $225,000,000 Principal Amount Outstanding of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

for

a Like Principal Amount of

10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and the guarantees thereof

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the Prospectus, dated                     , 2010

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership (the “UCDP”), and UCDP Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation (“UCDP Finance” and, together with UCDP, the “Registrants”), hereby offer to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated                     , 2010 (the “Prospectus”) and the enclosed letter of transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), (i) up to $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of registered 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 of the Registrants, which will be freely transferable (the “Senior Exchange Notes”), and the guarantees thereof for any and all of the Registrants’ outstanding 8  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015, which have certain transfer restrictions (the “Senior Original Notes”), and the guarantees thereof and (ii) up to $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of registered 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 of the Registrants, which will be freely transferable (the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), and the guarantees thereof for any and all of the Registrants’ outstanding 10  7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have certain transfer restrictions (the “Senior Subordinated Original Notes” and, together with the Senior Original Notes, the “Original Notes”), and the guarantees thereof. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain obligations of the Registrants contained in the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 6, 2009, among the Registrants, the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representative for each of the initial purchasers of the Senior Original Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement dated November 6, 2009, among the Registrants, the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representative for each of the initial purchasers of the Senior Subordinated Original Notes.

We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Original Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Original Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold Original Notes registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:

 

  1. Prospectus dated             , 2010;

 

  2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your clients;

 

  3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer if certificates for Original Notes are not immediately available or time will not permit all required documents to reach The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Exchange Agent”) prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis;

 

  4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Original Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer;


  5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9; and

 

  6. Return envelopes addressed to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Exchange Agent.

Your prompt action is requested. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2010 (such date and time, the “Expiration Date”), unless extended by the Registrants. Any Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or a message from The Depository Trust Company stating that the tendering holder has expressly acknowledged receipt of, and agrees to be bound by and held accountable under, the Letter of Transmittal, must be sent to the Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Original Notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company) must be delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.

If holders of Original Notes wish to tender but it is impracticable for them to forward their certificates for Original Notes prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under “The exchange offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures.”

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials should be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.

Very truly yours,

Universal City Development Partners, Ltd.

UCDP Finance, Inc.

 

NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE REGISTRANTS OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

2